 |
|
| TAC
- TE - TEM - TERMAN
- TEST - TH - THÉORIE
- THÉRAPIE - THI
- THORNDIKE - TO
- TRA - TRE/TRI - TRO
- TROUBLE - TU/TY -
TULVING |
 Tabachnick Barbara G. (1936-) : Psychologue
et statisticienne
américaine, spécialisée en éthique
et en éducation.
Elle s'intéresse également aux statistiques
multivariées. Collaboratrice de Fidell,
Fidell, Keith-Spiegel,
Pope et Whitley.
 |
TABACHNICK, B.G. & BROTSKY, S.J. (1976). Free recall
and complexity of pictorial stimuli. Memory &
Cognition, 4 (5), 466-470. |
|
TABACHNICK, B.G. (1979). Test scatter on the WISC-R. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 12 (9), 626-628. |
|
TABACHNICK, B.G., KEITH-SPIEGEL, P. & POPE, K.S.
(1991). Ethics of teaching : Beliefs and behaviors of
psychologists as educators. American Psychologist, 46
(5), 506-515. [PDF] |
|
TABACHNICK, B.G. & FIDELL, L.S. (1996). Using
multivariate statistics. New York : Harper &
Row. |
|
TABACHNICK, B.G., WHITLEY, B.E. & WASHBURN, J. (1998).
Why do professors ignore cheating ? Opinions of a national
sample of psychology instructors. Ethics &
Behavior, 8, 215-227. |
 |
 |
|
|
|
Tabet
Paola (1935-) : Anthropologue,
ethnologue et féministe
(matérialiste)
italienne, spécialisée dans l'étude du racisme,
des rapports de
sexe et de la prostitution.
 |
TABET, P. (1987). Du don au tarif. Les relations sexuelles
impliquant compensation. Les Temps Modernes, 490, 1-53. |
|
TABET, P. (1991). Les dents de la prostituée : échange,
négociation, choix dans les rapports économico-sexuels.
Dans M.-C. Hurtig, M. Kail & H. Rouch (Dirs.), Sexe
et genre. De la hiérarchie entre les sexes (p.
227-243). Paris : Éditions du CNRS. |
|
TABET, P. (1998). La construction sociale de
l'inégalité des sexes. Des outils et des corps.
Paris : L'Harmattan/Bibliothèque du féminisme. |
|
TABET, P. (2001). La grande arnaque. L'expropriation de la
sexualité des femmes. Actuel Marx, 30, 131-152. |
|
TABET, P. (2004). La grande arnaque. Sexualité des
femmes et échange économico-sexuel. Paris :
L'Harmattan. |
|
|
DROUILLEAU, F. (2005). Paola Tabet, La grande arnaque.
Sexualité des femmes et échange économico-sexuel. Paris :
L'Harmattan. Bibliothèque CLIO : Histoire, Femmes et
Sociétés, 22, 1-3. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Table
:
Table.
|
|
|
Table ronde : En science,
forme de communication
informelle qui consiste à réunir autour d'une table les
experts d'un domaine, d'une matière pour discuter d'une question, échanger
des points de vue ou mettre à jour leurs connaissances. Cet
exercice peut faire l'objet d'une communication scientifique ou
d'un colloque. EX : Rencontre
de Royaumont entre Piaget
et Chomsky. Ronde
table.
| |
|
|
DASHIELL, J.F. (1938). The law of effect : a round table
discussion. Psychological Review, 45, 212-214. |
|
|
|
|
Table statistique : Statistical table.
| |
|
|
STUDENT (1917). Tables for estimating the probability that
the mean of a unique sample of observations lies between
-[infinity] and any given distance of the mean of the
population from which the sample is drawn. Biometrika,
11, 414-417. |
|
FISHER, R.A. & YATES, F. (1938/74). Statistical
tables for biological, agricultural and medical
research. London : Longman. |
|
|
|
Tableau : Espace (réel,
virtuel ou imprimé) sur laquelle on peut inscrire de l'information
(mots, chiffres, etc.). Tableau et école. Table.
|
Tableau blanc interactif : TBI : Technologie
de l'information et de la communication (TIC). Il s'agit en
fait d'un grand écran interactif commandé par ordinateur que les
enseignants/professeurs peuvent utiliser en classe pour présenter
la matière d'un cours
et illustrer certains concepts.
=
tableau blanc interactif (TBI), tableau numérique interactif
(TNI), tableau pédagogique interactif (TPI), tableau interactif,
tableau numérique.
/tableau
noir.
Whiteboard, new board.
| |
|
|
KARSENTI, T. (2003). Plus captivantes qu'un tableau noir :
L'impact des nouvelles technologies sur la motivation à
l'école. Revue de la Fédération Suisse des
Psychologues, 6, 24-29. |
|
LOVER, D., MILLER, D., AVERIS, D. & DOOR, V. (2005).
The interactive whiteboard : A literature survey.
Technology, Pedagogy & Education, 14 (2),
155-170. |
|
HARRIS, C. (2009). Meet the New School Board : Board games
are back - and they're exactly what your curriculum needs.
School Library Journal, 55, 24-26. |
|
DIGREGORIO, P. & SOBEL-LOJESKI, K. (2010). The effects
of interactive whiteboards (IWBs) on student performance
and learning : A literature review. Journal of
Educational Technology Systems, 38 (3), 255-312. |
|
HARLOW, A., COWIE, B. & HEAZLEWOOD, M. (2010). Keeping
in touch with learning : The use of an interactive
whiteboard in the junior school. Technology, Pedagogy
& Education, 19 (2), 237-243. |
|
DOSTAJ, J. (2011). Reflections on the use of interactive
whiteboards in instruction in international context. The
New Educational Review, 25 (3), 205-220. |
|
TÜREL, Y.K. & JOHNSON, T.E. (2012). Teachers' belief
and use of interactive whiteboards for teaching and
learning. Educational Technology & Society, 15 (1),
381-394. |
|
|
Voir aussi Classe
et École |
|
|
Tableau croisé : = tableau de
fréquences. Crosstabs.
|
Tableau de contingence : Tableau croisé
à double entrée montrant la relation entre deux variables
qualitatives nominales
(ou plus). Contingency table.
| |
|
|
FISHER, R. A. (1922). On the interpretation of x2 from
contingency tables, and the calculation of P. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society, 85, 87-94. |
|
YULE, G.U. (1923). On the application of the khi-deux
method to association and contingency tables, with
experimental illustrations. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, 85, 95-104. |
|
YATES, F. (1934). Contingency table involving small
numbers and the ?2 test. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, 1 (2), 217-235. |
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2007). Les tableaux de fréquences 2 X 2
et leur traitement statistique. Tutorials in
Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 3, 14-25. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Variable qualitative nominale
et
Coefficient de contingence |
| |
|
|
Tableau
noir : = bon vieux tableau.
Blackboard.
| |
|
|
SZABO, A. & HASTING, N. (2000). Using IT in the
undergraduate classroom : should we replace the blackboard
with PowerPoint ? Computers & Education, 35, 175-187.
[PDF] |
|
KARSENTI, T. (2003). Plus captivantes qu'un tableau noir :
L'impact des nouvelles technologies sur la motivation à
l'école. Revue de la Fédération Suisse des
Psychologues, 6, 24-29. |
|
KINASH, S., BRAND, J. & MATHEW, T. (2012). Challenging
mobile learning discourse through research : Student
perceptions of Blackboard Mobile Learn and iPads. Australasian
Journal of Educational Technology, 28 (4), 639-655. |
| |
|
Voir aussi École et
Enseignement |
|
|
Tableau de résultats : Dans un article
empirique, présentation des résultats
d'une recherche sous
forme de cellules logiquement disposées selon deux axes, x et y
(tableau à double entrée). Par convention, on place le titre
au-dessus du tableau, les résultats de l'analyse
principale dans les cellules du haut et les résultats de l'analyse
secondaire dans les cellules du bas.
=
Tableau de données.
Table, data table
| Titre
--» |
|
Tableau 1
Comparaisons entre les hommes et femmes sur le plan de la
scolarité, du revenu et des réponses à la question 2. |
| Analyse
principale --» |
|
| Indicateurs |
Groupes |
n= |
 |
Test
t |
Valeur
de p |
<0,05
= * |
Scolarité
(en année) |
Hommes |
15 |
17,20 |
-0,727 |
0,473 |
|
| Femmes |
15 |
16,87 |
Revenu
annuel (en $) |
Hommes |
15 |
57669 |
2,684 |
0,006 |
* |
| Femmes |
15 |
43297 |
|
Foui |
Khi
carré |
|
| Question
no 2 |
Hommes |
15 |
10 |
4,821 |
0,028 |
* |
| Femmes |
15 |
4 |
|
| Analyse
secondaire --» |
| |
|
|
SMITH, L.D., BEST, L.A., STUBBS, D.A., ARCHIBALD, A.B.
& ROBERSON-NAY, R. (2002). Constructing knowledge :
The role of graphs and tables in hard and soft psychology.
American Psychologist, 57, 749-761. |
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2007). Les tableaux de fréquences 2 X 2
et leur traitement statistique. Tutorials in
Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 3, 14-25. |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Analyse des données |
|
|
Tablette
tactile : Technologie de l'information
et de la communication (TIC). Il s'agit en fait d'un petit
écran intéractif commandé par ordinateur que les élèves/étudiants
peuvent utiliser en classe pour accéder à la matière d'un cours.
=
ordinateur de poche.
Touch screen, I-Pad.
| |
|
|
GEIST, E. (2011). The game changer : Using iPads in
college teacher education classes. College Student
Journal, 45 (4), 758-768. |
HILL, J., NUSS, M., MIDDENDORF, B., CERVERO, R. &
GAINES, J. (2012). Using iPads to enhance teaching and
learning in third-year medical clerkships. Dans T.
Bastiaens et G. Marks (Dirs.), Proceedings of World
Conference on E-Learning in corporate, government,
healthcare, and higher education (pp. 1482-1488).
Chesapeake, VA : AACE. |
|
CHURCCHILL, D., FOX, B. & KING, M. (2012). Study of
affordances of iPads and teachers' private theories. International
Journal of Information & Education Technology, 2
(3), 251-254.
[PDF] |
HUTCHISON, A., BESCHORNER B. & SCHMIDT-CRAWFORD, D.
(2012). Exploring the use of the iPad for literacy
learning. The Reading Teacher, 66 (1), 15-23. |
|
HENDERSON, S. & YEOW, J. (2012). iPad in education : A
case study of iPad adoption and use in a primary school.
Dans R.H. Sprague (Dir.), Proceedings of the 45th
Annual Hawaii International Conference on System
Sciences (pp. 78-87). New York, NY : IEEE. |
MCCLANAHAN, B., WILLIAMS, K., KENNEDY, E. & TATE, S.
(2012). A break through for Josh : How use of an iPad
facilitated reading improvement. Techtrends, 56
(3), 20-28. |
|
HAHN, J. & BUSSELL, H. (2012). Curricular use of the
iPad 2 by a first-year undergraduate learning community. Library
Technology Reports, 48 (8), 42-47. |
LAU, A. & HO, S. (2012). Using iPad 2 with note-taking
apps to enhance traditional blackboard-style pedagogy for
mathematics-heavy subjects : A case study. In M.J.W. Lee
& H. VaLeong (Eds.), Proceedings of IEEE
international conference on teaching, assessment, and
learning for engineering. New York, NY : IEEE. |
|
KIRKORIAN, H.L. & PEMPEK, T.A. (2013). Toddlers and
touch screens. Zero to Three, 33 (4), 32-37. |
|
VIVIAN, R., BERTOLO, D. & DINET, J. (2014).
Interactions tactiles sur tablettes pour l'apprentissage
de la géométrie dans l'espace : présentation et premières
évaluations. Revue des Interactions Humaines
Médiatisées, 15 (1), 51-89. [PDF] |
|
KARSENTI, T. et IÉVREZA. (2014). L'iPad à l'école :
de l'adoption à l'innovation. Éditions Grand Duc :
Montréal. |
|
PEMPEK, T. & McDANIEL, B. T. (2016). Young children's
tablet use and associations with maternal well-being. Journal of Child & Family Studies, 25, 2636-2647. |
|
|
Voir aussi Ordinateur
et TIC |
|
|
Tabou
: Réalité - parfois trouble - qu'un
groupe ou une société
refuse d'admettre ou de dévoiler à autrui et qui, en conséquence,
impose un silence collectif, sous peine de saction morale
(humiliation, dénigrement, mépris, etc). =
interdiction, occultation.
Taboo.
|
|
|
FREUD, S. (1972). Totem et tabou. Paris : Payot. |
|
McMULLEN, R.J. (1990). Male rape : Breaking the
silence on the last taboo. London : GMP Publishers
Ltd. |
|
STRASSMANN, B.I. (1992). The function of menstrual taboos
among the Dogon : Defense against cuckoldry ? Human
Nature, 3, 89-131. |
|
TETLOCK, P.E., KRISTEL, O.V., ELSON, S.B., GREEN, M.C.
& LERNER, J.S. (2000). The psychology of the
unthinkable : taboo trade-offs, forbidden base rates, and
heretical counterfactuals. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 78, 853-870. |
|
SIMMIE, S. & NUNES, J. (2002). The last taboo : A
survival guide to mental health in Canada. Toronto
: McClelland and Stewart. |
|
POPE, K.S., SONNE, J.L. & GREENE, B.G. (2006). What
therapists don't talk about and why : Understanding
taboos that hurt us and our clients. Washington,
DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
MILETSKI, H. (2007). Mother-son-incest : The
unthinkable broken taboo : an overview of finding and
revised overview of finding. East West Publishing. |
|
ASTUTI, R. (2007). La moralité des conventions : tabous
ancestraux à Madagascar. Terrain, 48, 101-112. |
|
Voir aussi Tabou
de l'inceste
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| TA - TÂCHE - TACT
- TAILLE - TAJFEL
- TALENT - TANAKA
- TARDE - TARDIF - TAT
- TAUX - TAVRIS - TAXONOMIE
- TAYLOR - TE |
Tâche : Le terme a au moins deux sens : a)
Dans une recherche
expérimentale ou quasi-expérimentale,
le terme renvoie à ce que l'on demande aux participants
de faire ou de dire. Cette tâche est habituellement présentée
oralement ou par écrit aux sujets avant le début de l'expérience
(= consignes). Elle permet
d'observer et de mesurer la variable
indépendante. Il peut s'agir d'un test,
d'un questionnaire, d'une
épreuve ou d'une mise en situation. Dans certains cas, la
tâche et la variable indépendante
se confondent. = épreuve,
test, tâche psychologique. ( ):
Voir tableau ci-dessous. b) Une tâche, c'est
aussi ce qu'il faut faire dans un contexte donné, et ce contexte
varie beaucoup (travail, maison,
etc.). Le tavail d'un employé est
généralement divisé en tâches précises qu'il doit exécuter pour
obtenir un salaire.
Task.
| |
|
| a |
| |
| b |
|
WILLIAMS, K.D., KARAU, S.J. & BOURGEOIS, M.J. (1993).
Working on collective tasks : Social loafing and social
compensation. In M. Hogg & D. Abrams (Eds.),
Group motivation : Social psychological perspectives
(pp. 130-148). New York : Harvester Wheatsheaf. |
| RAUSCHER, F.H., SHAW, G.L. & KY, K.N. (1993). Music
and spatial task performance. Nature, 365, 611.
|
|
|
Voir aussi Procrastination |
|
|
|
Tâche (Analyse) :
Job analysis.
| |
|
|
SANCHEZ, J.I. & LEVINE, E.L. (1989). Determining
important tasks within jobs : A policy capturing approach.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 74, 336-342. |
| BRANNICK, M.T., BRANNICK, J.P. & LEVINE, E.L. (1992). Job analysis, personnel selection and the ADA. Human
Resource Management Review, 2, 171-182. |
| SANCHEZ, J.I. & LEVINE, E.L. (1999). Is job analysis
dead, misunderstood or both ? New forms of work analysis
and design. In A.I. Kraut & A.K. Korman (Eds.),
Evolving practices in human resource management (pp. 43-68). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
|
|
Tâche (Commutation) : Renvoie à la capacité d'un individu (flexibilité
cognitive) de passer d'un stimulus à l'autre, d'une tâche
à l'autre. Task switching, task-set switching.
| |
|
|
NEILL, W.T. (1979). Switching attention within and between categories : Evidence for intracategory inhibition.
Memory & Cognition, 7, 283-290. |
DIAMOND, A., CARLSON, S.M. & BECK. D.M. (2005).
Preschool children's performance in task switching on the
dimensional change card sort task : Separating the
dimensions aids the ability to switch. Developmental
Neuropsychology, 28, 689-729. |
|
GROSSBERG, S. & STONE, G.O. (1985). Neural dynamics of
attention switching and temporal order information in
short-term memory. Memory & Cognition, 14,
451-468. |
MEIRAN, N. & CHOREV, Z. (2005). Phasic alertness and
the residual task-switching cost. Experimental
Psychology, 52, 109-124. [PDF] |
|
MOULDEN, D.J.A., PICTON, T., MEIRAN, N., STUSS, D.T.,
RIERA, J.J. & VALDS-SOSA, P. (1998). Event related
potentials when switching of attention between task sets.
Brain & Cognition, 37, 186-190. |
|
|
MEIRAN, N. (2000). Modeling cognitive control in
task-switching. Psychological Research, 63, 234-249.
[PDF] |
|
|
MONSELL, S., YEUNG, N. & AZUMA, R. (2000).
Reconfiguration of task-set : is it easier to switch to
the weaker task ? Psychological Research, 63 (3-4),
250-264. |
SCHNEIDER, D.W. & LOGAN, G.D. (2007). Modeling task
switching without switching tasks : A short-term priming
account of explicitly cued performance. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 134 (3),
343-367. |
|
MEIRAN, N., CHOREV, Z. & SAPIR, A. (2000). Component
processes in task switching. Cognitive Psychology, 41,
211-253. [PDF] |
|
|
ALLPORT, D.A. & WYLIE, G. (2000). Task-switching,
stimulus-response bindings, and negative priming. In S.
Monsell & J. Driver (Eds.), Control of cognitive
processes : Attention and performance XVIII (pp.
35-70). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
|
MEIRAN, N., LEVINE, J., MEIRAN, N. & HENIK, A. (2000).
Task set switching in schizophrenia. Neuropsychology,
14, 471-482. |
|
|
GOSCHKE, T. (2000). Intentional reconfiguration and
involuntary persistence in task-set switching. In S.
Monsell & J. Driver (Eds.), Control of cognitive
processes : Attention and performance XVIII (pp.
331-355). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
|
MEIRAN, N. (2000). Reconfiguration of stimulus task sets
and response task sets during task switching. In S.
Monsell & J. Driver (Eds.), Control of cognitive
processes : Attention and performance (Vol. 18, pp.
377-399). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. [PDF] |
|
|
MEIRAN, N., LEVNE, J., MEIRAN, N. & HENIK, A. (2000).
Task set switching in schizophrenia. Neuropsychology,
14, 471–482. [PDF] |
LOGAN, G.D., SCHNEIDER, D.W. & BUNDESEN, C. (2007).
Still clever after all these years : Searching for the
homunculus in explicitly cued task switching. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 33, 978-994. |
|
CEPEDA, N.J., CEPEDA, M.L. & KRAMER, A.F. (2000). Task
switching and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 213-226. |
|
|
KRAY, J. & LINDENBERGER, U. (2000). Adult age
differences in task switching. Psychology &
Aging, 15 (1), 126-147. [PDF] |
RAVIZZA, S.M. & CARTER, C.S. (2008). Shifting set
about task switching : Behavioral and neural evidence for
distinct forms of cognitive flexibility. Neuropsychologia,
46, 2924-2935. [PDF] |
|
MAYR, U. & KLIEGL, R. (2000). Task-set switching and
long-term memory retrieval. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 26,
1124-1140.
|
|
|
MEIRAN, N. & GOTLER, A. (2001). Modeling cognitive
control in task-switching and aging. European Journal
of Cognitive Psychology, 13, 165-186. [PDF] |
|
|
CEPEDA, N.J., KKRAMER, A.F. & GONZALEZ DE SATHER, J.C.
(2001). Changes in executive control across the life span
: Examination of task switching performance. Developmental
Psychology, 37, 715-730. |
|
|
SOHN, M.-H. & ANDERSON, J.R. (2001). Task preparation
and task repetition : Two-component model of task
switching. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 130 (4), 764-778. |
SOHN, M.-H., URSU, S., ANDERSON, J.R., TENGER, V.A. &
CARTER, C.S. (2000). The role of prefrontal cortex and
posterior parietal cortex in task-switching. Proceedings
of National Academy of Sciences, 97, 13448-13453. |
|
RUBINSTEIN, J.S., MEYER, D.E. & EVANS, J.E. (2001).
Executive control of cognitive processes in task
switching. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human
Perception & Performance, 27, 763-797. |
|
 |
|
MEIRAN, N., HOMMEL, B., BIBI, U. & LEV I. (2002).
Consciousness and control in task switching. Consciousness
& Cognition, 11, 10-33. [PDF] |
|
|
NIEUWENHUIS, S. & MONSELL, S. (2002). Residual costs
in task switching : Testing the failure-to-engage
hypothesis. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 9
(1), 86-92. [PDF] |
|
|
MONSELL, S. (2003). Task switching. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 7, 134-140. [PDF] |
|
|
ALTMANN, E.M. (2003). Task switching and the pied
homunculus : Where are we being led ? Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 7, 340-341. [PDF] |
|
|
MONSELL, S. & YEUNG, N. (2003). Switching between
tasks of unequal familiarity : the role of
stimulus-attribute and response-set selection. Journal
of Experimental Psychology Human Perception &
Performance, 29 (2), 455-469. |
BRAVERMAN, A. & MEIRAN, N. (2010). Task conflict
effect in task switching. Psychological Research, 74,
568-578. [PDF] |
|
MONSELL, S., SUMNER, P. & WATERS, H. (2003). Task-set
reconfiguration with predictable and unpredictable task
switches. Memory & Cognition, 31, 327-342. |
KARLE, J.W., WATTER, S. & SHEDDEN, J.M. (2010). Task
switching in video game players : Benefits of selective
attention but not resistance to proactive interference.
Acta Psychologica, 134, 70-78. |
|
ALTMANN, E.M. (2004). Advance preparing task switching :
What work Is being done ? Psychological Science, 19
(9), 616-622. [PDF] |
VANDIERENDONCK, A., LIEFOOGHE, B. & VERBRUGGEN, F.
(2010). Task switching : Interplay of reconfiguration and
interference control. Psychological Bulletin, 136
(4), 601-626. |
|
MEIRAN, N., FRIEDMAN, G. & YEHENE, Y. (2004).
Parkinson's disease is associated with goal setting
deficits during task switching. Brain &
Cognition, 54, 260-262. [PDF] |
BASAK, C. & VERHAEGHEN, P. (2011). Aging and switching
of the focus of attention in working memory : age
differences in item availability but not in item
accessibility. The Journals of Gerontology, Series B
: Psychological Sciences & Social Sciences, 66
(5), 519-526. [PDF] |
|
ARON, A., MONSELL, S., SAHAKAIN, B. & ROBBINS, T.W
(2004). A componential analysis of task-set switching
deficits associated with lesions of left and right frontal
cortex. Brain, 127 (7), 1561-1573. |
GREEN, C.S., SUGARMAN, M.A., MEDFORD, K., KLOBUSICKY, E.
& BAVELIER, D. (2012). The effect of action video game
experience on task-switching. Computers in Human
Behavior, 28, 984-994. |
|
CASEY, B.J., DAVIDSON, M.C., HARA, Y., THOMAS, K.M.,
MATINEZ, A., GALVAN, A., ALPERIN, J.M., RODRIGUEZ-ARANDA,
C.E. & TOTTENHAM, N. (2004). Early development of
subcortical regions involved in non-cued attention
switching. Developmental Science, 7 (5),
534-542.
[PDF] |
SCHNEIDER, D.W. (2019). On the role of attention in
working memory for response selection in task switching. Journal
of Cognition, 2 (1), 34, 1-4. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Flexibilité cognitive et Décrochage
cognitif |
|
|
Tâche (Complexité) : Niveau de
difficulté des tâches, de leur exécution aussi
bien que de leur organisation.
Task complexity.
| |
|
|
HOGARTH, R.M. (1975). Decision time as a function of task
complexity. In D. Wendt & C. Vlek (Eds.), Utility,
probability, and human decision making (pp.
321-338). Dordrecht, Holland : Reidel Publishing Co. |
|
HOGARTH, R.M. (1975). Decision time as a function of task
complexity. Organizational Behavior & Human
Performance, 13, 171-192. |
|
PAYNE, J. (1976). Task complexity and contingent
processing in decision making : An information search and
protocol analysis. Organizational Behavior &
Human Performance, 16, 366-387. |
|
SWELLER, J. (1976). The effect of task complexity and
sequence on rule learning and problem solving. British
Journal of Psychology, 67, 553-558. |
|
HARKINS, S. & PETTY, R. (1982). Effects of task
difficulty and task uniqueness on social loafing. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 43,
1214-1229. |
|
JACKSON, J.M. & WILLIAMS, K.D. (1985). Social loafing
on difficult tasks : Working collectively can improve
performance. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 49, 937-942. |
|
|
Voir aussi Complexité,
Organisation
et Tâche |
|
|
|
|
|
Tâche (Multi-) : Terme dérivé de
l'informatique. Se dit d'un ordinateur
qui exécute simultanément deux tâches (notamment grâce aux
microprocesseur multi-cœur). Chez un organisme, capacité
d'exécuter deux tâches à la
fois, en alternant l'une et l'autre ou en les exécutant
simultanément ou quasi-simultanément. Cette capacité est d'autant
plus grande que le sujet maîtrise les habiletés qui permettent
d'accomplir les tâches en question
(= expert). En revanche, en phase d'apprentissage de ces
habiletés, l'efficacité des sujets diminue, souvent de manière con
(l'apprentissage se fait plus lentement et les erreurs
s'accumulent). Le multitâche est fréquent lorsqu'on utilise en
même temps un ordinateur ou
un téléphone ou
lorsqu'on conduit une
voiture. Multitâche, erreur
et attention
partagée.
=Alternance des tâches.
Multitasking, dual-task processing, overlapping-task performance, academic distractibility, task switching, task alternation time, Homo zappiens.
| |
|
|
BOTWINICK, J., BRINLEY, J.F. & ROBBIN, J.S. (1958).
Task alternation time in relation to problem difficulty
and age. Journal of Gerontology, 13, 414-417. |
SALVUCCI, D.D., TAATGEN, N.A. & KUSHLEYEVA, Y. (2006).
Learning when to switch tasks in a dynamic multitasking
environment. In Proceedings of the Seventh
International Conference on Cognitive Modeling (pp.
268-273). Trieste, Italy : Edizioni Goliardiche. |
|
SPELKE, E., HIRST, W. & NEISSER, U. (1976). Skills of
divided attention. Cognition, 4, 215-230. |
FOERDE, K., KNOWLTON, B.-J. & POLDRACK, R.-A. (2006).
Modulation of competing memory systems by distraction.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA,
103, 11778-11783. [PDF] |
|
SALVUCCI, D.D. (2006). Modeling driver behavior in a
cognitive architecture. Human Factors, 48, 362-380. |
|
BRUMBY, D.P. & SALVUCCI, D.D. (2006). Exploring human
multitasking strategies from a cognitive constraint
approach. In Proceedings of the 28th annual conference
of the cognitive science society (pp. 2451).
Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
VEEN W. & VRAKKING, B. (2006). Homo Zappiens :
Growing up in a digital age. London, UK : Network
Continuum Education. |
|
BROOKHUIS, K.A., DE VRIES, G. & DE WAARD, D. (1991).
The effects of mobile telephoning on driving performance.
Accident Analysis & Prevention, 23, 309-316. |
BÜHNER, M., KÖNIG, C., PICK, M. & KRUMM, S. (2006).
Working memory dimensions as differential predictors of
the speed and error aspect of multitasking performance. Human
Performance, 19, 253-275. |
|
JEONG, S. & FISHBEIN, M. (2007). Predictors of
multitasking with media : Media factors and audience
factors. Media Psychology, 10 (3), 364-384. |
|
DE JONG, R. (1995). The role of preparation in
overlapping-task performance. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Experimental Psychology,
48 (A), 2-25. |
LEVINE, L.E., WAITE, B.M. & BOWMAN, L.L. (2007).
Electronic media use, reading, and academic
distractibility in college youth. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 10 (4), 560-566. [PDF]
|
|
ROGERS, R. & MONSELL, S. (1995). Costs of a
predictable switch between simple cognitive tasks. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 124, 207-231. |
ROSEN, C. (2008). The myth of multitasking. The New
Atlantis, 20, 105-110. |
|
BARON, N. (2008). Adjusting the volume : Technology and
multitasking in discourse control. In J.E. Katz (Ed.),
Mobile communication and social change in a global
context (pp. 177-195). Cambridge, MA : The MIT
Press. |
|
ZUMBACH, J. & MOHRAZ, M. (2008). Cognitive load in
hypermedia reading comprehension : Influence of text type
and linearity. Computers in Human Behavior, 24,
875e887. |
|
PESTA, B.J., SANDERS, R.E. & NEMEC, R.J. (1996). Older
adults' strategic superiority with mental multiplication :
A generation effect assessment. Experimental Aging
Research, 22, 155-169. |
SALVUCCI, D.D. & TAATGEN, N.A. (2008). Threaded
cognition : An integrated theory of concurrent
multitasking. Psychological Review, 115 (1),
101-130. [PDF]
|
|
MEYER, D.E. & KIERAS, D.E. (1997). A computational
theory of executive control processes and human
multiple-task performance: Part 1. Basic Mechanisms. Psychological
Review, 104, 3-65. |
CARRIER, L.M., CHEEVER, N.A., ROSEN, L.D., BENITEZ, S.
& CHANG, J. (2009). Multi-tasking across generations :
multi-tasking choices and difficulty ratings in three
generations of Americans. Computers in Human
Behavior, 25, 483-489. [PDF]
|
|
LIN, L, ROBERTSON, T. & LEE, J. (2009). Reading
performances between novices and experts in different
media multitasking environments. Computers in the
Schools, 26 (3), 169-186. |
|
WYLIE, G. & ALLPORT, A. (2000). Task switching and the
measurement of "switch costs". Psychology Reports, 63
(3-4), 212-233 |
OPHIR, E., NASS, C. & WAGNER, A.D. (2009). Cognitive
control in media multitaskers. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 106 (37),
15583-1558. [PDF]
|
|
BANNISTER, R. & REMENYI, D. (2009). Multitasking: The
uncertain impact of technology on knowledge workers and
managers. Electronic Journal Information Systems
Evaluation, 12 (1), 1-12. [PDF] |
|
GOPHER, D., ARMONY, L. & GREENSHPAN, Y. (2000).
Switching tasks and attention policies. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 129, 308-339. |
ELLIS, Y., DANIELS, B. & JAUREGUI, A. (2010). The
effect of multitasking on the grade performance of
business students. Research in Higher Education
Journal, 8, 1-10.
[PDF] |
|
ALLPORT, A. & WYLIE, G. (2000). Task switching,
stimulus-response bindings, and negative priming. In S.
Monsell & J. Driver (Eds.), Attention and
performance XVIII : Control of cognitive processes
(pp. 35-70). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
WATSON, J.M. & STRAYER, D.L. (2010). Supertaskers :
Profiles in extraordinary multi-tasking ability. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 17 (4), 479-485. [PDF]
|
|
|
BOWMAN, L.L., LEVINE, L.E., WAITE, B.M. & GENDRON,
M.S. (2010). Can students really multitask ? An
experimental study of instant messaging while reading. Computers
& Education, 54 (4), 927–931. |
|
STRAYERS, D.L. & JOHNSTON, W.A. (2001). Driven to
distraction : Dual-task studies of simulated driving and
conversing on a cellular phone. Psychological
Science, 12, 462-466. [PDF]
|
KRAUSHAAR, J.M. & NOVAK, D.C. (2010). Examining the
affects of student multitasking with laptops during the
lecture.Journal of Information Systems Education, 21
(2), 241-252.
[PDF] |
|
CAIN, M.S. & MITROFF, S.R. (2011). Distractor
filtering in media multitaskers. Perception, 40,
1183–1192. |
|
BRASEL, S.A.& GIPS, J. (2011). Media multitasking
behavior : Concurrent television and computer usage. Cyberpsychology, Behavior & Social Networking, 14, 527-534. |
|
SALVUCCI, D.D. & TAATGEN, N.A. (2011). The
multitasking mind. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
|
JUDD, T. & KENNEDY, G. (2011). Measurement and
evidence of computer-based task switching and multitasking
by "net generation" students. Computers &
Education, 56 (3), 625–631. |
|
RUBINSTEIN, J.S., MEYER, D.E. & EVANS, J.E. (2001).
Executive control of cognitive processes intask switchig.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 27 (4),
763-797. [PDF] |
STRAYER, D.L., WATSON, J.M. & DREWS, F.A. (2011).
Cognitive distraction while multitasking in the
automobile. In B. Ross (Ed.), The psychology of
learning and motivation (Vol. 54, pp. 29-58).
Burlington : Academic Press. [PDF] |
|
BEILOCK, S.L., CARR, T.H., MacMAHON, C. & STARKES,
J.L. (2002). When paying attention becomes
counterproductive : Impact of divided versus skill-focused
attention on novice and experienced performance of
sensorimotor skills. Journal of Experimental
Psychology Applied, 8, 6-16. [PDF] |
WOOD, E., ZIVCAKOVA, L., GENTILE, P., ARCHER, K., DE
PSQUALE, D. & NOSKO, A. (2012). Examining the impact
of off-task multi-tasking with technology on real-time
classroom learning. Computers & Education, 58
(1), 365-374. [PDF] |
|
WANG, Z. & TCHERNEV, J.M. (2012). The "myth" of media
multitasking : Reciprocal dynamics of media multitasking,
personal needs, and gratifications. Journal of
Communication, 62, 493-513.
[PDF] |
|
MORENO, M.A., JELENCHICK, L.A., KOFF, R., EIKOFF, J.,
DIERMYER, C. & CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2012). Internet use
and multitasking among older adolescents : An experience
sampling approach. Computers in Human Behavior, 28,
1097-102. |
|
JUNCO, R. & COTTEN, S.R. (2012). No a 4 U: The
relationship between multitasking and academic
performance. Computers & Education, 59 (2),
505–514. |
|
ALZAHABI, R. & BECKER, M.W. (2013). The association
between media multitasking, task-switching, and dual-task
performance. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 39 (5),
1485–1495. |
|
VOORVELD, H.A. & VAN DER GROOT, M. (2013). Age
differences in media multitasking : A diary study. Journal
of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 57 (3),
392-408. |
|
SUBRAHMANYAM, K., MICHIKYAN, M., CLEMMONS, C., CARRILLO,
R., UHLS, Y.T. & GREENFIELD, P.M. (2013). Learning
from paper, learning from screens : Impact of screen
reading and multitasking conditions on reading and writing
among college students. International Journal of
Cyber Behavior, Psychology, & Learning, 3 (4),
1–27. |
|
PASHLER, H., KANG, S.H.K. & IP, R.Y. (2013). Does
multitasking impair studying ? Depends on timing. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 27, 593–599. |
|
YAP, J.Y. & LIM, S.W.H. (2013). Media multitasking
predicts unitary versus splitting visual focal attention.
Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 25, 889-902. |
|
HAZELTINE, E., TEAGUE, D. & IVRY, R.B. (2002).
Simultaneous dual-task performance reveals parallel
response selection after practice. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 28, 527-545. |
SANA, F., WESTON, T. & CEPEDA, N.J. (2013). Laptop
multitasking hinders classroom learning for both users and
nearby peers. Computers & Education, 62,
24-31. [PDF] |
|
MINEAR, M., BRASHER, F., McCURDY, M., LEWIS, J. &
YOUNGGREN, A. (2013). Working memory, fluid intelligence,
and impulsiveness in heavy media multitaskers. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 20 (6), 1274-1281. [PDF] |
|
KONOVA, A. (2013). Multitasking across borders : a
cross-national study of media multitasking behaviors, its
antecedents, and outcomes. International Journal of
Communication, 7, 1688-1710. |
|
SANBONMATSU, D.M., STRAYER, D.L., MEIDEROS-WARD, N. &
WATSON, J.M. (2013). Who multi-tasks and why ?
Multi-tasking ability, perceived multi-tasking ability,
impulsivity, and sensation seeking. PLOS One, 8 (1),
1-8. [PDF] |
|
LOH, K.K. & KANAI, R. (2014). Higher media
multi-tasking activity is associated with smaller
gray-matter density in the anterior cingulate cortex.
PLoS One, 9 (9), 1-9. [PDF] |
|
YEYKELIS, L., CUMMINGS, J.J. & REEVES, B. (2014).
Multitasking on a single device: Arousal and the
frequency, anticipation, and prediction of switching
between media content on a computer. Journal of
Communication, 64 (1), 167-192 |
|
HWANG, Y., KIM, H. & JEONG, S. (2014). Why do media
users multitask ? : Motives for general, medium-specific,
and content-specific types of multitasking. Computers
in Human Behavior, 36, 542–548. |
|
JUDD, T. (2014). Making sense of multitasking : The role
of Facebook. Computers & Education, 70,
194–202. |
|
HEMBROOKE, H. & GAY, G. (2003). The laptop and the
lecture : The effects of multitasking in learning
environments. Journal of Computing in Higher
Education, 15 (1), 46–64. |
VAN DUR SCHUUR, W.A., BAUMGARTNER, S.E., SUMTER, S.R.
& VALKENBURG, P.M. (2015). The consequences of media
multitasking for youth : A review. Computers in Human
Behavior, 53, 204–215. [PDF] |
|
BERTI, S. & SCHRÖGER, E. (2003). Working memory
controls involuntary attention switching : Evidence from
an auditory distraction paradigm. European Journal of
Neuroscience, 17 (5), 1119-1122. |
LIN, L., COCKERHAM, D., CHANG, Z. & NATIVIDAD, G.
(2015). Task speed and accuracy decrease when
multitasking. Technology, Knowledge & Learning,
21 (3), 307–323 |
|
BELLUR, S., NOWAK, K.L. & HULL, K.S. (2015). Make it
our time : In class multitaskers have lower academic
performance. Computers in Human Behavior, 53,
63–70. |
|
CHINCHANACHOKCHAI, S., DUFF, B.R. & SAR, S. (2015).
The effect of multitasking on time perception, enjoyment,
and ad evaluation. Computers in Human Behavior, 45,
185–191. |
|
MONSELL, S. (2003). Task switching. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 17, 134-140. [PDF] |
ZHANG, W. (2015). Learning variables, in-class laptop
multitasking and academic performance : A path analysis.
Computers & Education, 81, 82–88 |
|
COURAGE, M.L., BAKHTIAR, A., FITZPATRICK, C., KENNY, S.
& BRANDEAU, K. (2015). Growing up multitasking : The
costs and benefits for cognitive development. Developmental
Review, 35, 5–41. |
|
|
DOWNS, E., TRAN, A., MCMENEMY, R. & ABEGAZE, N.
(2015). Exam performance and attitudes toward multitasking
in six, multimedia-multitasking classroom environments. Computers
& Education, 86, 250-259. |
|
CAIN, M.S., LEONARD, J.A., GABRIELI, J.D. & FINN, A.S.
(2016). Media multitasking in adolescence. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 23 (6), 1932-1941. |
|
CALDERWOOD, C., GREEN, J.D., JOY-GABA, J.A. & MOLONEY,
J.M. (2016). Forecasting errors in student media
multitasking during homework completion. Computers
& Education, 94, 37–48. |
|
CHEN, Q. & YAN, Z. (2016). Does multitasking with
mobile phones affect learning ? A review. Computers
in Human Behavior, 54, 34-42. |
|
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. & ETGAR, S. (2016). Intimacy and
smartphone multitasking - a new oxymoron ? Psychological
Reports, 119, 826-838. [PDF] |
|
HEMBROOKE, H. & GAY, G. (2003). The laptop and the
lecture : the effects of multitasking in learning
environments. Journal of Computing in Higher
Education, 15 (1), 46-64.
[PDF] |
REDICK, T.S. (2016). On the relation of working memory and
multitasking : Memory span and synthetic work performance.
Journal of Applied Research in Memory & Cognition,
5 (4), 401-409. |
|
ALTMANN, E.M. (2003). Task switching and the pied
homunculus : Where are we being led ? Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 7, 340-341. [PDF] |
HOLLINGWORTH, A. & BECK, V.M. (2016). Memory-based
attention capture when multiple items are maintained in
visual working memory. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 42 (7),
911–917. |
|
CAIN, M.S., LEONARD, J.A., GABRIELI, J.D. & FINN, A.S.
(2016). Media multitasking in adolescence. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 23 (6), 1932–1941. [P(2016).
DF] |
|
MOISALA, M., SALMELA, V., HIETJÄRVI, L., SALO, E.,
CARLSON, S., SALONEN, O., LONKA, K., HAKKARAINEN, K.,
SALMELA-ARO, K., ALHO, K. (2016). Media multitasking is
associated with distractibility and increased prefrontal
activity in adolescents and young adults. Neuroimage,
134, 113-121. |
|
UNCAPHER, M.R., THIEU, M.K. & WAGNER, A.D. (2016).
Media multitasking and memory : Differences in working
memory and long-term memory. Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 23, 483-490. [PDF] |
|
BAUMGARTNER, S.E., LEMMENS, J.S., WEEDA, W.D. &
HUIZINGA, M. (2016). Measuring media multitasking :
development of a short measure of media multitasking for
adolescents. Journal of Media Psychology, 29
(2), 92-101. |
|
ANDERSON, G. S., COURTNEY, A., PLECAS, D. &
CHAMBERLIN, C. (2005). Multi-tasking behaviors of general
duty police officers. Police Practice & Research,
6 (1), 39- 48. |
LAU, W.W.F. (2017). Effects of social media usage and
social media multitasking on the academic performance of
university students. Computers in Human Behavior, 68,
286–291. |
|
KUSHLEYEVA, Y., SALVUCCI, D.D. & LEE, F.J. (2005).
Deciding when to switch tasks in time-critical
multitasking. Cognitive Systems Research, 6,
41-49. [PDF] |
PATTERSON, M.C. (2017). A naturalistic investigation of
media multitasking while studying and the effects on exam
performance. Society for the Teaching of Psychology,
44 (1), 51-57. [PDF] |
|
KIRSCHNER, P.A. & DE BRUYCKERE, P. (2017). The myths
of the digital native and the multitasker. Teaching
& Teacher Education, 67, 135-142. [PDF] |
|
SALVUCCI, D.D. (2005). A multitasking general executive
for compound continuous tasks. Cognitive Science, 29,
457-492. [PDF]
|
MAY, K.E. & ELDER, A.D. (2018). Efficient, helpful, or
distracting ? A literature review of media multitasking in
relation to academic performance. International
Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education,
15 [13], 1-17. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Attention
partagée,
Distraction, TDAH,
Charge
cognitive, Génération
internet et
Conduite automobile |
|
|
|
Tâche (Organisation/Division/Partage) : Ensemble
des règles et des principes qui régissent
l'organisation du travail, donc de
ce qu'il faut faire au sein d'un groupe
ou d'une entreprise. La
division des tâches consiste à partager l'ensemble du travail en
petites unités, que l'on nomme fonctions ou
tâches.
Task structure.
|
|
|
DEUTSCH, M. (1951). Task structure and group process. American
Psychologist, 6, 324-325. |
McGRATH, J.E., ARROW, J.E., GRUENFELD, D.H., HOLLONGSHEAD,
A.B. & O'COONER, K.M. (1993). Groups, tasks, and
technology : the effects of experience and change. Small
Group Research, 24, 406-420. |
|
HAGMAN, J.D. & ROSE, A.M. (1983). Retention of
military tasks : A review. Human Factors, 23, 199-213. |
|
|
BENBASAT, I. & LIM, L.H. (1984). The effects of group,
task, context, and technology variables on the usefulness
of group support systems : a meta-analysis of experimental
studies. Small Group Research, 24, 430-462. |
BUEHLER, R., GRIFFIN, D. & ROSS, M. (1994). Exploring
the planning fallacy : Why people underestimate their task
completion times. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 67, 366-381. |
|
ZACCARO, S.J. & McCOY, M.C. (1988). The effects of
task and interpersonal cohesiveness on performance of a
disjunctive group task. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 18, 837-851. |
LAM, S.S.K. (1997). The effects of group decision support
systems and task structures on group communication and
decision quality. Journal of Management Information
Systems Archive, 13 (4), 193-215. |
|
ZACCARO, S.J. & LOWE, C.A. (1988). Cohesiveness and
performance on an additive task : evidence for
multidimensionality. Journal of Social Psychology,
128, 547-558. |
MANSON, T.M., LEVINE, E.L. & BRANNICK, M. (2000). The
construct validity of task inventory ratings : A
multi-trait multi-method analysis. Human Performance,
13, 1-22. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tâche,
Organisation, Procrastination
et Travail |
|
|
Tâche
d'identification des concepts :
Concept
identification task.
| |
|
|
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (1981). A general framework for the
analysis of concept identification tasks. Acta
Psychologica, 49, 233-261. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Concept et
Tâche |
|
|
|
|
Tâche de décision de Bechara :
Bechara's Gambling Task.
| |
BECHARA, A., DAMASIO, A.R., DAMASIO, H. & ANDERSON,
S.W. (1994). Insensitivity to future consequences
following damage to human pre-frontal cortex. Cognition,
50, 7-15. |
| BUSEMEYER,
J.R. & STOUT, J.C. (2002). A contribution of
cognitive decision models to clinical assessment :
Decomposing performance on the Bechara gambling task. Psychological Assessment, 14 (3), 253–262. |
|
|
Voir aussi Tâche, Posner
et Lettre |
|
|
Tâche
de décision d'Iowa : Iowa
gambling task, IGT.
| |
|
|
EVANS, C.E., KEMISH, K. & TURNBULL, O.H. (2004).
Paradoxical effects of education on the Iowa Gambling
Task. Brain & Cognition, 54 (3), 240-244. |
CELLA, M., DYMOND, S., COOPER, A. & TURNBULL, O.
(2007). Effects of decision-phase time constraints on
emotion-based learning in the Iowa Gambling Task. Brain
& Cognition, 64 (2), 164-169. |
|
BOWMAN, C.H. & TURNBULL, O.H. (2004). Emotion-based
learning on a simpli ed card game : the Iowa and Bangor
Gambling Tasks. Brain & Cognition, 55 (2),
277-282. |
SEVY, S., BURDICK, K.E., VISWESWARAIAH, H., ABDELMESSIH,
S., LUKIN, M., YECHIAM, E. & BECHARA, A. (2007). Iowa
gambling task in schizophrenia : a review and new data in
patients with schizophrenia and co-occurring cannabis use
disorders. Schizophrenia Research, 92 (1-3),
74-84. |
|
EVANS, C.E., BOWMAN, C.H. & TURNBULL, O.H. (2005).
Subjective awareness on the Iowa Gambling Task : The key
role of emotional experience in schizophrenia. Journal
of Clinical & Experimental Neuropsychology, 27 (6),
656-664. |
VRIES, M.D., HOLLAND, R.W. & WITTEMAN, C.L. (2008). In
the winning mood : A ect in the Iowa gambling task.
Judgment & Decision Making, 3 (1), 42-50. |
|
TURNBULL, O.H., EVANS, C.E., BUNCE, A., CARZOLIO, B. &
O'CONNOR, J. (2005). Emotion-based learning and central
executive resources : An investigation of intuition and
the Iowa Gambling Task. Brain & Cognition, 57 (3),
244-247. |
BAKOS, D.S., DENBURG, N., FONSECA, R.P. & DE MATTOS
PIMENTA PARENTE, M.A. (2010). A cultural study on decision
making : Performance differences on the Iowa Gambling Task
between selected groups of Brazilians and Americans. Psychology
& Neuroscience, 3, 101-107. |
|
BAGNEUX, B., THOMASSIN, N., GONTHIER, C. & ROULIN,
J.L. (2013). Working memory in the processing of the Iowa
Gambling Task : an individual differences approach.
PloS one, 8, e81498. |
|
|
Voir aussi Tâche et
Décision |
|
|
Tâche de dénomination rapide : Tâche développée par Denckla et Rudel (1976), qui consiste à nommer le plus rapidement possible une série d'éléments (couleurs, chiffres, lettres ou ) présentés sur une feuille de papier ou un
écran. Cette tâche est utilisée pour prédire
l'apprentissage de la lecture
et pour diagnostiquer la dyslexie.
Rapid Automatized Naming, RAN.
| |
|
|
DENCKLA, M.B. & RUDEL, R.G. (1976). Naming of objects
by dyslexic and other learning-disabled children.
Brain & Language, 3, 1-15. |
|
DENCKLA, M.B. & RUDEL, R.G. (1976). Rapid automatized
naming (R.A.N.) : Dyslexia differentiated from other
learning disabilities. Neuropsychologia, 14,
471-479. |
|
MISRA, M., KATZIR, T., WOLF, M. & POLDRACK, R.A.
(2004). Neural systems for rapid automatized naming in
skilled readers : unraveling the RAN-Reading relationship.
Scientific Studies of Reading, 8 (3), 241-256. |
|
|
Voir aussi Tâche et
Nommer
rapidement |
|
|
Tâche de jugement de Asch : Tâche de
groupe élaborée par Asch, qui
consiste à trouver quelle ligne, parmi un choix de 3 lignes
(A-B-C), est de longueur identique à la ligne-étalon X. Cette
tâche permet de mettre en évidence et d'évaluer le conformisme.
= test de Asch. Asch's
line judgment task.
| |
|
|
ASCH, S.E. (1951). Effects of group pressure on the
modification and distortion of judgments. In H. Guetzkow
(Ed.), Groups, leadership and men (pp. 177-190).
Pittsburgh, PA : Carnegie Press. |
|
ASCH, S.E. (1956). Studies of independence and conformity
: a minority of one against a unanimous majority. Psychological
Monographs : General & Applied, 70 (9), 1-70. [PDF] |
|
BOND, R. & SMITH, P. (1996). Culture and conformity :
a meta-analysis of studies using Asch's (1952, 1956). line
judgment task. Psychological Bulletin, 119,
111-137. [PDF] |
|
 |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tâche, Conformisme
et Asch |
|
|
Tâche
de jugement d'identité de lettres : Tâche
développée par Posner, qui
consiste à comparer des lettres.
= tâche de reconnaissance des lettres.
|
|
|
|
|
Tâche
de rappel : Tâche utilisée dans
les expériences sur la mémoire
pour mesurer la capacité
de rappel des
participants. Elle comporte habituellement deux étapes : 1)
Le participant doit d'abord mémoriser une liste de mots, de
chiffre ou de syllabes
non-sens; 2) Il doit ensuite écrire ou
dire ces mots ou ces syllabes, ce qui permet au chercheur
d'évaluer sa capacité de rappel.
( ): tâche
Brown-Peterson, tâche de
Sternberg.
Task.
| |
|
|
TURNER, M.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (1989). Is working memory
capacity task dependent ? Journal of Memory &
Language, 28, 127-154. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tâche |
|
|
Tâche de rappel Brown-Peterson : Tâche
de rappel développé par Brown pour montrer l'effet d'interférence,
et qui consiste d'abord à présenter aux participants de deux groupes distincts
une suite de trois consonnes ( EX: P-Z-V). Immédiatement après cette
présentation, on demande au premier groupe (groupe de contrôle) de se
rappeler les consonnes et au second groupe (groupe expérimental)
de se livrer à une tâche de comptage à rebours à partir d'un
nombre composé de trois chiffres, de 3 en 3 ( EX: 777-774-771,
etc.) avant d'effectuer la tâche de rappel des consonnes. La tâche
de comptage s'effectue à haute voix au rythme d'un métronome.
L'analyse des résultats indique sans surprise que le rappel
immédiat (groupe 1) suscite un excellent rappel des consonnes
tandis que le rappel précédé de la tâche de comptage à rebours
interfère avec la mémoire à court terme, tant et si bien que le
rappel est nul lorsque cette tâche dure plus de 18 secondes.
Brown-Peterson's task.
| |
|
|
BROWN, J. (1958). Some tests of the decay theory of
immediate memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 10, 12-21. |
|
|
Voir aussi Tâche |
|
|
Tâche de sélection de Wason : Tâche
logique, développée par Wason, qui
met en évidence l'usage de l'implication (modus
tollens et modus
ponens). Tâche de Wason et raisonnement.
Wason selection task.
| |
|
 |
|
|
WASON, P.C. (1960). On the failure to eliminate hypothesis
in a conceptual task. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 14, 129-140. |
FIDDICK, L., COSMIDES, L. & TOOBY, J. (2000). No
interpretation without representation : The role of
domain-specific representations in the Wason selection
task. Cognition, 77, 1-79. |
|
WASON, P.C. & SHAPIRO, D. (1966). Natural and
contrived experience in a reasoning problem. In B.M. Foss
(Ed.), New horizons in psychology. Harmondsworth
: Penguin. |
LEIGHTON, J.P. & DAWSON, M.R.W. (2001). A parallel
processing model of Wason's card selection task. Cognitive
Systems Research, 2-3, 207-231. |
|
GRIGGS, R. & COX, J. (1982). The elusive
thematic-materials effect in Wason's selection task. British
Journal of Psychology, 73, 407-420. |
VAN DER HENST, J.-B. (2002). Le raisonnement humain. In G.
Politzer (Ed.), Une interprétation pragmatique de la
tâche de Wason. Hermès. |
|
TUKEY, D.D. (1986). A philosophical and empirical analysis
of subjects' modes of inquiry in Wason's 2-4-6 task.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 38A,
5-33. |
|
|
COSMIDES, L. (1989). The logic of social exchange : Has
natural selection shaped how humans reason ? Studies with
the Wason selection task. Cognition, 31 (3),
187-276. [PDF] |
MAYO, R., ALFASI, D. & SCHWARZ N. (2014). Distrust and
the positive test heuristic : Dispositional and situated
social distrust improves performance on the Wason rule
discovery task. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 143 (3), 985-990. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Wason et
Tâche |
|
|
|
Tâche de Sternberg : Tâche
de rappel développé par Sternberg
qui consiste à présenter au participant des listes de 1 à 6
chiffres. À la fin de chaque liste, on présente au participant un
chiffre-cible et on lui demande de dire si ce chiffre fait partie
ou non de la liste mémorisée. L'analyse des résultats révèlent que
le temps de réaction
lors du rappel augmente de façon linéraire en fonction du nombre
de chiffres de la liste et ce, que le chiffre-cible appartienne ou
non à la liste. Selon Sternberg, ces résultats indiquent que le rappel
en mémoire à court terme
s'effectue au moyen d'un balayage
exhaustif par comparaison séquentielle de l'information-cible et
de l'information en mémoire à
court terme.
Sternerg's task.
| |
|
|
STERNBERG, S. (1966). High-speed scanning in human memory.
Science, 153, 652-654. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tâche |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tâche
domestique : Ensemble des tâches
qui consistent à s'occuper de l'organisation familliale et à
nettoyer et à entrenir son domicile et son environnement immédiat
(cours, jardin, balcon, stationnement, garage). Tâches et
division des
tâches.
= tâche ménagère, tâche
courante.
Family work, housework, household
labor, separation of work, domestic division of labour.
| |
|
|
VANDELAC, L. (Dir.) (1985). Du travail et de l'amour.
Les dessous de la production domestique. Montréal
: Éditions Saint-Martin. |
BREEN, R. & COOKE, L.P. (2005). The persistence of the
gendered division of domestic labour. European
Sociological Review, 21 (1), 43-57. |
|
BARNETT, R.C. & BARUCH, G.K. (1987). Determinants of
fathers' participation in family work. Journal of
Marriage & the Family, 49, 29-40. |
GEIST, C. (2005). The welfare state and the home : regime
differences in the domestic division of labour. European
Sociological Review, 21, 23-41. |
|
MOSS, P., FOXMAN, R. & OWEN, C. (1987). The division
of household work during the transition to parenthood. Journal
of Reproductive & Infant Psychology, 5 (2),
71-86. |
CUNNINGHAM, M. (2005). Gender in cohabitation and marriage
: the influence of gender ideology on housework allocation
over the life course. Journal of Family Issues, 26,
1037-1061. |
|
COLTRANE, S. (1990). Birth timing and the division of
labor in dual-earner families. Journal of Family
Issues, 11, 157-181. |
BAXTER, J. (2005). To marry or not to marry : marital
status and the household division of labor. Journal
of Family Issues, 26, 300-321. |
|
MERCIER, L. (1990). Le quotidien et le partage des tâches.
dans D. Lemieux (Dir.), Familles d'aujourd'hui.
Québec, Institut québécois de recherche sur la culture :
143-155. |
|
|
BIERNAT, M. & WHORTMAN, C.B. (1991). Sharing of home
responsibilities between professionally employed women and
their husbands. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 60, 844-860. |
|
|
BAXTER, J. (1992). Power attitudes and time : the domestic
division of labour. Journal of Comparative Family
Studies, 23, 165-182. |
|
|
ALWIN, D.F., BRAUN, M. & SCOTT, J. (1992). The
separation of work and the family: attitudes towards
women's labour- force participation in Germany, Great
Britain, and the United States. European Sociological
Review, 8, 13-37. |
|
|
PRESSER, H.B. (1994). Employment schedules among
dual-earner spouses and the division of household labor by
gender. American Sociological Review, 59,
348-364. |
|
|
GLASS, J. & FUJIMOTO, T. (1994). Housework, paid work,
and depression among husbands and wives. Journal of
Health & Social Behavior, 35, 179-191. |
|
|
BRINES, J. (1994). Economic dependency, gender, and the
division of labor at home. American Journal of
Sociology, 100, 652-688. |
FUWA, M. & COHEN, P.N. (2006). Housework and social
policy. Social Science Research, 36, 512-530. |
|
MILGRAM, N.A. & MARSHEVSKY, S. (1995). Correlates of
academic procrastination : Discomfort, task
aversiveness, and task capability. Journal of
Psychology, 129 (2), 144-145. |
|
|
HERSCH, J. & STRATTON, L.S. (1997). Housework, fixed
effects, and wages of married workers. Journal of
Human Resources, 32 (2), 285-307. |
COOKE, L.P. (2006). Doing gender in context : household
bargaining and risk of divorce in Germany and the United
States. American Journal of Sociology, 112,
442-472. |
|
GUPTA, S. (1999). The effects of transitions in marital
status on men's performance of housework. Journal of
Marriage & the Family, 61, 700-711. |
COOKE, L.P. (2006). Policy, preferences, and patriarchy:
the division of domestic labor in East Germany, West
Germany, and the United States. Social Politics :
International Studies in Gender, State & Society,
13, 117-143. |
|
BIRD, CE. (1999). Gender, household labor, and
psychological distress : The impact of the amount and
division of housework. Journal of Health & Social
Behavior, 40, 32-45. |
|
|
PRESSER, H.B. (2000). Nonstandard work schedules and
marital instability. Journal of Marriage & the
Family, 62, 93-110. |
HANK, K. & JURGES, H. (2007). Gender and the division
of household labor in older couples : a European
perspective. Journal of Family Issues, 28,
399-421. |
|
|
GREENSTEIN, T.N. (2000). Economic dépendance, gender, and
the division of labor in the home : A replication and
extension. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 62,
322,335. |
|
|
STOHS, J.H. (2000). Multicultural women's experience of
household labor, conflicts, and equity. Sex Roles, 42,
339-361. |
|
|
SULLIVAN,O. (2000). The division of domestic labour :
twenty years of change ? Sociology, 34, 437-456. |
|
|
BAXTER, J. (2000). The joys and justice of housework.
Sociology, 34, 609-631. |
|
|
BIANCHI, S.M., MILKIE, M.A., SAYER, L.C. & ROBINSON
J.P. (2000). Is anyone doing the housework ? Trends in the
gender division of household labor. Social Forces, 79,
191-228. |
BONKE, J., DEDING, M. LAUSTEN, M. & STRATTON, L.S.
(2008). Intrahousehold specialization in housework in the
United States and Denmark. Social Science Quarterly,
89 (4), 1023-1043. |
|
LAROCHE, D. (2001). Le partage du temps productif et
des tâches domestiques. Institut de la statistique
du Québec, Portrait social du Québec. |
GEIST, C. (2009). One Germany, two worlds of housework ?
Examining employed single and partnered women in the
decade after unification. Journal of Comparative
Family Studies, 40 (3), 415-437. [PDF] |
|
DES RIVIÈRES-PIGEON, C., DESCARRIES, F., GOULET, L. et
SÉGUIN, L. (2001). Le partage des tâches domestiques et
les problèmes dépressifs : une analyse de la situation des
nouvelles mères au Québec. Féminin Pluriel, 14
(2), 5-26. [PDF] |
GEIST, C. (2010). Gendered views of domestic labor :
Cross-national variation in men's and women's' reports of
housework. in J. Treas & S. Drobnic (Eds.), Dividing
the domestic : Women, men and housework in
cross-national perspective. Stanford : Stanford
University Press. |
|
BLANE, L., BERNEY, L. & MONTGOMERY, S.M. (2001).
Domestic labour, paid employment and women's Health :
Analysis of Life course data. Social Science &
Medicine, 52, 959-965. |
|
|
STEVENS, D., KIGER, G. & RILEY, P. (2001). Working
hard and hardly working : Domestic labor and marital
satisfaction among dual-earner couples. Journal of
Marriage & Family, 63, 504-526. |
|
|
BATALOVA, J.A. & COHEN, P.N. (2002). Premarital
cohabitation and housework : Couples in cross-national
perspective. Journal of Marriage & Family, 64,
743-755. |
GEIST, C. & COHEN, P.N. ( 2011). Headed toward
equality ? Housework change in comparative perspective. Journal
of Marriage & Family, 73, 832-844. |
|
FRISCO, M.L. & WILLIAMS, K. (2003). Perceived
housework equity, marital happiness, and divorce in
dual-earner households. Journal of Family Issues, 24,
51-73. |
STRATTON, L.S. (2012). The role of preferences and
opportunity costs in determining the time allocated to
housework. American Economic Review, 102 (2),
60-611. |
|
FUWA, M. (2004). Macro-level gender inequality and the
division of household labor in 22 countries. American
Sociological Review, 69, 751-767. |
HIRSCH, B. & KONIETZKO, T. (2013).The effect of
housework on wages in Germany : No impact at all. Journal
for Labour Market Research, 46 (2), 103-118. |
|
COOKE, L.P. (2004). The gendered division of labor and
family outcomes in Germany. Journal of Marriage &
Family, 66 (5), 1246-1259. |
BURDA, M., HAMERMESH, D.S. & WEIL, P. (2013). Total
work and gender : Facts and possible explanations. Journal
of Population Economics, 26 (1), 239-261. |
|
DAVIS, S.N. & GREENSTEIN, T.N. (2004). Cross-national
variations in the division of household labor. Journal
of Marriage & Family, 66, 1260-1271. |
STANCANELLI, E.G.F. & STRATTON, L.S. (2014). Maids,
appliances, and couples housework : The demand for inputs
to domestic production. Economica, 81 [323],
445-467. |
|
KOSKA, A. (2004). Divisions of domestic work : revising
and expanding the theoretical explanations. Journal
of Family Issues, 25, 900-932. |
KABATEK, J., VAN SOEST, A. & STANCANELLI, E.G.F.
(2014). Income taxation, labour supply and housework : A
discrete choice model for French couples. Labour,
27, 30-43. |
|
CUBBINS, L.A. & VANNOY, D. (2004). Division of
household labor as a source of contention for married and
cohabiting couples in metropolitan Moscow. Journal of
Family Issues, 25, 182-215. |
STRATTON, L.S. (2015). the determinants of housework time
boosting the efficiency of household production could have
large economic effects. IZA World of Labor, 133, 1-10.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir Tâche, Père
absent, Satisfaction
conjugale, Procrastination
et Implication/Parent |
|
|
|
Tâche motrice : Tâche qui, pour être exécutée, nécessite l'usage des muscles. Tâche,
dévelppement moteur et habiletés
motrices.
Motor task, locomotor task.
| |
|
|
KRUEGER, W.C.F. (1947). Influence of difficulty of
perceptual-motor task upon acceleration of curves of
learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 38
(1), 51-53. |
| WYCKOFF, L.B. & SIDOWSKI, J.B. (1955). Probability discrimination in a motor task. Journal of
Experimental Psychology 50 (4), 225 |
|
STRAUSS, B. (2002). Social facilitation in motor tasks : A
review of research and theory. Psychology of Sport
& Exercise, 3, 237-256.
[PDF] |
|
BERGER, S.E. & ADOLPH, K.E. (2003). Infants use
handrails as tools in a locomotor task. Developmental
Psychology, 39, 594-605. |
|
MAMASSIAN, P. (2008). Overconfidence in an objective
anticipatory motor task. Psychological Science, 19
(6), 601-606. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Locomotion,
Préhension, Marcher,
Habileté
motrice et Tâche |
| |
|
|
Tâche perceptuelle :
Perceptual task.
| |
|
|
KRUEGER, W.C.F. (1947). Influence of difficulty of
perceptual-motor task upon acceleration of curves of
learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 38
(1), 51-53. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tâche |
|
|
Tâche
simultanée :
Dual-Task Performance.
| |
|
|
SIGMAN, M. & DEHAENE, S. (2008). Brain mechanisms of
serial and parallel processing during dual-task
performance. Journal of Neuroscience, 28 (30),
7585-7598. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tâche |
|
|
Tâche
visuospatiale :
Spatial task.
| |
|
|
RAUSCHER, F.H., SHAW, G.L. & KY, K.N. (1993). Music
and spatial task performance. Nature, 365, 611. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tâche |
|
|
Tachylalie : Du grec tacky qui signifie "vitesse". Chez
les schizophrènes,
accélération du débit verbal qui rend le discours
incompréhensible. Tachylia.
|
Tact (Con-) : Concept développé par Skinner
pour désigner un lien ou un "con-tact" entre un mot (ou comportement
verbal) et un objet (stimulus),
lien qui peut-être renforcé ou puni et ainsi augmenter ou diminuer
la fréquence de ce comportement dans le répertoire.
Tact et
commande.
= contact avec les
contingences, contact verbal.
Tact.
| |
|
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1957). Verbal behavior. New York
: Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
SUNDBERG, M.L., ENDICOTT, K. & EIGENHEER, P. (2000).
The use of intraverbal prompts to teach tacts to children
with autism. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 17, 89-104.
[PDF] |
|
WENRICH, W.W. (1964).The tact relation : An experiment in
verbal behavior. Journal of General Psychology, 71,71-78. |
LOWE, F.C., HORNE, P.J., HARRIS, F.D. & RANDLE, V.R.L.
(2002). Naming and categorization in young children :
vocal tact training. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 78 (3), 527-549. [PDF] |
|
LEMARRE, J. & HOLLAND, J.G. (1985). The functional
independence of mands and tacts. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43 (1), 5-19. [PDF] |
ARNTZEN, E. & ALMAAS, I.K. (2002). Effects of
mand-tact vs. tact-only training on the acquisition of
tacts. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 35
(4), 419-422. [PDF] |
|
PLACE, U.T. (1985). Three senses of the word "tact". Behaviorism,
13 (1), 63-74. |
GREER, R.D. & NIRGUDKAR, A. (2003). The effects
of multiple exemplar instruction on the transformation
of mand and tact function. The 29 Annual Conference
of the Association for Behavior Analysis, San Francisco. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1985). Reply to Place : Three senses of the
word "tact". Behaviorism, 13 (1), 75-76. |
NUZZOLO-GOMEZ, R. & GREER, R.D. (2004). Emergence of
untaught mands or tacts of novel adjective-object pairs as
a function of instructional history. The Analysis of
Verbal Behavior, 20, 63-76.
[PDF] |
|
CARROLL R.J. & HESSE, B.E. (1987). The effects of
alternating mand and tact training on the acquisition of
tacts. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 5,
55-65.
[PDF] |
LOWE, F.C., HORNE, P.J. & HUGHES, J.C. (2005). Naming
and categorization in young children : III. Vocal tact
training and transfer of function. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 83 (1), 47-65. |
|
STAFFORD, M.W., SUNDBERG, M.L. & BRAAM, S.J. (1988). A
preliminary investigation of the consequences that define
the mand and the tact. The Analysis of Verbal
Behavior, 8, 31-41. [PDF] |
MIGUEL, C.F., PETURSDOTTIR, A. & CARR, J. (2005). The
effects of multiple-tact and receptive-discrimination
training on the acquisition of intraverbal behavior. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 21, 27-41. [PDF] |
|
SIGAFOOS, J., DOSS, S. & REICHLE, J. (1989).
Developing mand and tact repertoires in persons with
severe developmental disabilities using graphic symbols. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 10, 183-200. |
BARBERA, M.L. & KUBINA, R.M. (2005). Using transfer
procedures to teach tacts to a child with autism. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 21, 155-161. [PDF] |
|
RIBEIRO, A.D. (1989). Correspondence in children's
self-report : Tacting and manding aspects. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 51, 361-367.
[PDF] |
WALLACE, M., IWATA, B.A. & HANLEY, G.P. (2006).
Establishment of mands following tact training as a
function of reinforcer strength. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 39 (1), 17-24. [PDF] |
|
SIGAFOOS, J., REICHLE, J., DOSS, S., HALL, K. & PETIT,
L. (1990)."Spontaneous" transfer of stimulus control from
tact to mand contingencies. Research in Developmental
Disabilities,11,165-176. |
WILLIAMS, G., CARNERERO, J.J. & PÉREZ-GONZALEZ, L.A.
(2006). Generalization of tacting actions in children with
autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 39 (2),
233-237. [PDF] |
|
|
SUNDBERG, M.L., SAN JUAN, B., DAWDY, M. & ARGUELLES,
M. (1990). The acquisition of tacts, mands, and
intraverbals by individuals with traumatic brain injury.
The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 8, 83-99. [PDF] |
MIGUEL, C.F., PETURSDOTTIR, A.I., CARR, J.E. &
MICHAEL, J. (2008). The role of naming in stimulus
categorization by preschool children. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 89 (3),
383-405. [PDF] |
|
EGAN, C.E. & BARNES-HOLMES, D. (2009). Emergence of
tacts following mand training in young children with
autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42
(3), 691-696.
[PDF] |
|
KODAK, T. & CLEMENTS, A. (2009). Acquisition of mands
and tacts with concurrent echoic training. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 42, 839-844. [PDF] |
|
PARTINGTON, J.W., SUNDBERG, M.L., NEWHOUSE, L. &
SPENGLER, S. (1994). Overcoming an autistic child's
failure to acquire a tact repertoire. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (4), 733-734. [PDF] |
GREER, R.D. & DU, L. (2010). Generic instruction
versus intensive tact instruction and the emission of
spontaneous speech. The Journal of Speech-Language
Pathology & Applied Behavior Analysis, 5 (1),
1-19. |
|
TWYMAN, J.S. (1996). The functional independence of impure
mands and tacts of abstracts stimulus properties. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 13, 1-19. [PDF] |
LEDOUX, S.F. (2010). Increasing tact control and student
comprehension through such new postcedent terms as added
and subtracted reinforcers and punishers.
Behaviorology Today, 13 (1), 3-6. [PDF] |
|
GUZINSKI, E., CIHON T.M. & ESHLEMAN, J.
(2012). The effects of tact training on stereotypic
vocalizations in children with autism. The Analysis of
Verbal Behavior, 28 101-110.
|
|
LÖHR, T. & GILL, M.S.C.A. (2015). Learning by playing
: echo and tact in expanding the verbal repertoire of
infants. Paidéia, 25, 77-85. |
|
BOUDREAU, B.A., VLADESCU, J.C., KODAK, T., ARGOTT, P.
& KISAMORE, A.N. (2015). A comparison of differential
reinforcement procedures on the acquisition of tacts in
children with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 48 (4), 918-923. [PDF] |
|
HAQ, S. & KODAK, T. (2015). Evaluating the effects of
massed and distributed practice on acquisition of tacts
and textual behavior with typically developing children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 48 (1), 85-95. |
|
HORNE, P.J. & LOWE, C.F. (1996). On the origins of
naming and other symbolic behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 65, 185-241. [PDF] |
EBY, C.M. & GREER, R.D. (2017). Effects of social
reinforcement on the emission of tacts by preschoolers. Behavioral
Development Bulletin, 22 (1), 23-43. |
|
SCHNELL, L.K., VLADESCU, J.C., KODAK, T. & NOTTINGHAM,
C.L. (2018). Comparing procedures on the acquisition and
generalization of tacts for children wih autism spectrum
disorder. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 51
(4), 769-783. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Skinner, Mand
et Comportement
verbal |
|
|
Taffe Michael A. ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américain, spécialisée dans l'étude des drogues,
notamment du cannabis.
 |
TAFFE, M.A., WEED, M.R. & GOLD, L.H. (1999).
Scopolamine alters rhesus monkey performance on a novel
neuropsychological test battery. Cognitive Brain
Research, 8 (3), 203-212. |
|
TAFFE, M.A., WEED, M.R., GUTIERREZ, T., DAVIS, S.A., GOLD,
L.H. (2002). Differential muscarinic and NMDA
contributions to visuo-spatial paired-associate learning
in rhesus monkeys. Psychopharmacology, 160,
253-262. |
|
TAFFE, M.A. (2004). Effects of parametric feeding
manipulations on behavioral performance in macaques.
Physiology & Behavior, 81, 59-70. |
|
TAFFE, M.A., WEED, M.R., GUTIERREZ, T., DAVIS, S.A. &
GOLD, L.H. (2004). Modeling a task that is sensitive to
dementia of the Alzheimer's type : individual differences
in acquisition of a visuo-spatial paired-associate
learning task in rhesus monkeys. Behavioural Brain
Research, 149, 123-133. |
|
TAFFE, M.A. (2012). Delta(9)Tetrahydrocannabinol impairs
visuo-spatial associative learning and spatial working
memory in rhesus macaques. Journal of
Psychopharmacology, 26, 1299-1306. |
|
|
|
Tager-Flusberg Helen ( ) :
Psychiatre américaine, d'origine anglaise, et spécialiste de
l'étude du langage chez les
l'autistes. Collaboratrice de Baron-Cohen,
Bailey, Gottesman,
Le Couteur et Rutter.
|
TAGER-FLUSHBERG, H. (1981). On the nature of linguistic
functioning in early infantile autism. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 11, 45- 56. |
|
TAGER-FLUSHBERG, H. & ANDERSON, M. (1991). The
development of contingent discourse ability in autistic
children. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 32, 1123-1134. |
|
TAGER-FLUSHBERG, H. & SULLIVAN, K. (1995). Attributing
mental states to story characters : A comparison of
narratives produced by autistic and mentally retarded
individuals. Applied Psycholinguistics, 16, 241-256. |
|
TAGER-FLUSBERG, H. & KASARI, C. (2013).
Minimally-verbal school-aged children with autism spectrum
disorder : the neglected end of the spectrum. Autism
Research, 6, 468-478. [PDF] |
|
TAGER-FLUSBERG, H. (2014). Promoting communicative speech
in minimally verbal children with autism spectrum
disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 53 (6), 612-613. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tai chi :
Tai chi.
| |
|
| FRY, B., SCHEINTHAL, S., KEMARSKAYA, T. & PRUCHNO, R. (2007). Tai Chi and low impact exercise : effects on the
physical functioning and psychological well-being of older
people. Journal of Applied Gerontology, 26 (5),
433-453. |
|
NGUYEN, M.H. & KRUSE, A. (2012). A randomized
controlled trial of Tai chi for balance, sleep quality and
cognitive performance in elderly Vietnamese. Clinical
Interventions in Aging, 7, 185-190. |
|
|
|
Taille : Mesure de la longueur ou de la hauteur d'un organisme,
ou de certaines de ses caractéristiques.
EX: longueur des défenses. Taille et poids.
Body size, physical growth, height,
stature.
| |
|
|
GALTON, F. (1886). Hereditary stature. Nature, 33,
295-298. |
SLATER, A., MATTOCK, A. & BROWN, E. (1990). Size
constancy at birth : Newborn infants' responses to retinal
and real size. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 49, 314-322. |
|
KUSKOWSKA-WOLK, A., BOSTRÖM, G. & RÖSSNER, S. (1990).
Influence of body image on estimation of body mass index
based on self-reported weight and height. Diabetes
Research & Clinical Practice, 10 (S), 155-158. |
|
KEYL, P.M, FLEGAL, K.M. & NIETO-GARCIA, F.J. (1991).
Effects of using self-reported versus measured weight and
height in epidemiologic analyses. American Journal of
Epidemiology, 134, 733-734. |
|
TUDDENHAM, R.D. & SNYDER, M.M. (1954). Physical growth
of California boys and girls from birth to eighteen years.
University of California Publications in Child &
Development, 1, 183-364. |
BEAUGRAND, J.P., GOULET, C. & PAYETTE, D. (1991).
Outcome of dyadic conflict in male green swordtail fish
(Xiphophorus helleri) : Effects of body size and prior
dominance. Animal Behaviour, 41, 187-194. |
|
SHANON, B., SMICKILAS-WRIGNT, H. & WANG, M.Q. (1991).
Inaccuracies in self-reported weights and heights of a
sample of sixth-grade children. Journal of The
American Dietetic Association, 91, 675-678. |
|
TIENBOON, P., WAHLQVIST, M.L. & RUTISHAUSER, I.H.E.
(1992). Self-reported weight and height in adolescents and
their parents. Journal of Adolescent Health, 13,
528-533. |
|
FORTENBERRY, J.D. (1992). Reliability of adolescents'
reports of height reliability of adolescents' reports of
height and weight. Journal of Adolescent Health, 13,
114-117. |
|
OLIVIER, G. (1980). The increase of stature in France. Journal
of Human Evolution, 9, 645 649. |
DAVIS, H. & GERGEN, P.J. (1994). The weights and
heights of Mexican-American adolescents : The accuracy of
self-reports. American Journal of Public Health, 84,
459-462. [PDF] |
|
SCHLICHTING, P.F., HOILUND-CARLSEN, P.F. & QUAADE, F.
(1981). Comparison of self-reported height and weight with
controlled height and weight in women and men. International
Journal of Obesity, 5, 67-76. |
VINCENT, J.P., BIDEAU, E., HEWISON, A.J.M. &
ANGIBAULT, J.M. (1995). The influence of increasing
density on body weight, kid production, home range and
winter grouping in roe deer (Capreolus capreolus). Journal
of Zoology, 236, 371-382. |
| PIRIE, P., JACOBS, D., JEFERY, R. & HANNA, P. (1981).
Distortion in self-reported height and weight data. Journal
of the American Dietetic Association, 78, 601-606. |
BEAUGRAND, J.P., PAYETTE, D. & GOULET, C. (1996).
Conflict outcome in male green swordtail fish dyads
(Xiphophorus helleri) : Interaction of body size, prior
dominance/subordination experience and prior residency. Behaviour, 133, 303-319. |
|
ZIBERGELD, B. (1983). The shrinking of America :
Myths of psychological change. Boston : Little
Brown. |
SAND, H. (1996). Life history patterns in female moose
(Alces alces) : the relationship between age, body size,
fecundity and environmental conditions. Oecologia,
106, 212-220. |
|
WELLS, M.S. (1988). Effects of body size and resource
value on fighting behaviour in a jumping spider. Animal
Behaviour, 36, 321-326. |
AMBROSI-RANDIC, N. (2000). Perception of current and ideal
body size in preschool age children. Perceptual &
Motor Skills, 90, 885-889. |
|
THOMAS, P., PEABODY, J., TURNIER, V. & CLARK, R.H.
(2000). A new look at intrauterine growth and the impact
of race, altitude, and gender. Pediatrics, 106
(2), 1-6. [PDF]
|
|
McCABE, M., RICCIARDELLI, L. & RIDGE, D. (2006). Who
thinks I need a perfect body ? Perceptions and internal
dialogue among adolescents about their bodies. Sex
roles, 55 (5-6) 409-419. |
|
BRIFFA, M. (2008). Decisions during fights in the house
cricket, Acheta domesticus : mutual or self assessment of
energy, weapons and size ? Animal Behaviour, 75,
1053-1062. [PDF] |
|
WEEDON, M.N. & FRAYLING, T.M. (2008). Reaching new
heights : Insights into the genetics of human stature. Trends in Genetics, 24, 595-603. |
|
VISSCHER, P.M. (2008). Sizing up human height variation. Nature
Genetics, 40, 489-490. [PDF] |
|
SHILPA, M.C., SEN, R. & GADAGKAR, R.. (2010).
Nestmateship, body size and dominance do not influence
mate choice in males and females : A laboratory study of a
primitively eusocial wasp Ropalidia marginata.
Behavioural Processes, 85, 42-46. |
|
YANG, J., BENYAMIN, B., MCEVOY, B.P., GORDON, S., HENDERS,
A.K., NYHOLT, D.R., MADDEN, P.A., HEATH, A.C., MARTIN,
N.G., MONTGOMERERY, G.W., GODDARD, M.E. & VISSCHER,
P.M. (2010). Common SNPs explain a large proportion of the
heritability for human height. Nature Genetics, 42,
565-569. [PDF] |
|
SEN, R., SAMUDRE, S., SHILPA, M.C., CHITRA TARAK, R. &
GADAGKAR, R. (2010). Middle aged wasps mate through most
of the year, without regard to body size, ovarian
development and nestmateship : a laboratory study of the
primitively eusocial wasp Ropalidia marginata. Insectes
Sociaux, 57, 95-103. |
|
BEACHAM, J.L. (1988). The relative importance of body size
and aggressive experience as determinants of dominance in
pumpkinseed sunfish, Lepomis gibbosus. Animal
Behaviour, 36, 621-623. |
COUTURIER, S., OTTO, R.D., CÔTÉ, S.D., LUTHER, G. &
MAHONEY, S.P. (2010). Body size variations in caribou
ecotypes and relationships with demography. Journal
of Wildlife Management, 74 (3), 395-404. [PDF] |
|
KUSKOWSKA-WOLK, A., KARLSSON, P., STOLT, M. & RÖSSNER,
S. (1989). The predictive validity of body mass index
based on self-reported weight and height. International
Journal of Obesity, 5, 441-453. |
VISSCHER, P.M., YANG, J. & GODDARD, M.E. (2010). A
commentary on "Common SNPs explain a large proportion of
the heritability for human height" by Yang et al. (2010).
Twin Research & Human Genetics, 13, 517-524.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Différence
sexuelle/Anatomie, Poids, Croissance
et Dimorphisme |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taille
(Différence) : Body
size.
| |
|
|
ZAYAN, R.C. (1976). Modifications des effets liés à la
priorité de résidence chez Xiphophorus (Pisces,
Poeciliidae), le rôle de l'isolement et des différences de
taille. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 41,
142-190. |
|
BEAUGRAND, J.P., GOULET, C. & PAYETTE, D. (1991).
Outcome of dyadic conflict in male green swordtail fish
(Xiphophorus helleri) : Effects of body size and prior
dominance. Animal Behaviour, 41, 187-194. |
|
BEAUGRAND, J.P., PAYETTE, D. & GOULET, C. (1996).
Conflict outcome in male green swordtail fish dyads
(Xiphophorus helleri) : Interaction of body size, prior
dominance/subordination experience and prior residency. Behaviour, 133, 303-319. |
|
GOUZOULES, H. & GOUZOULES, S. (2010). Body size
effects on the acoustic structure of pigtail macaque
(Macaca nemestrina) screams. Ethology, 85 (4),
324-340. |
|
COUTURIER, S., OTTO, R.D., CÔTÉ, S.D., LUTHER, G. &
MAHONEY, S.P. (2010). Body size variations in caribou
ecotypes and relationships with demography. Journal
of Wildlife Management, 74, 395-404. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Différence sexuelle sur le plan anatomique et
Dimorphisme |
| |
|
|
Taille (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent d'évaluer et de mesurer
la taille.
Measuring height.
|
|
|
SCHLICHTING, P.F., HOILUND-CARLSEN, P.F. & QUAADE, F.
(1981). Comparison of self-reported height and weight with
controlled height and weight in women and men. International
Journal of Obesity, 5, 67-76. |
KEYL, PM, FLEGAL, K.M. & NIETO-GARCIA, F.J. (1991).
Effects of using self-reported versus measured weight and
height in epidemiologic analyses. American Journal of
Epidemiology, 134, 733-734. |
|
PIRIE, P., JACOBS, D., JEFERY, R. & HANNA, P. (1981).
Distortion in self-reported height and weight data. Journal
of the American Dietetic Association, 78, 601-606. |
TIENBOON, P., WAHLQVIST, M.L. & RUTISHAUSER, I.H.E.
(1992). Self-reported weight and height in adolescents and
their parents. Journal of Adolescent Health, 13,
528-532. |
|
KUSKOWSKA-WOLK, A., KARLSSON, P., STOLT, M. & RÖSSNER,
S. (1989). The predictive validity of body mass index
based on self-reported weight and height. International
Journal of Obesity, 5, 441-453. |
|
|
KUSKOWSKA-WOLK, A. BOSTRÖM, G. & RÖSSNER, S. (1990).
Influence of body image on estimation of body mass index
based on self-reported weight and height. Diabetes
Research & Clinical Practice, 10 (S), 155-158. |
FORTENBERRY, J.D. (1992). Reliability of adolescents'
reports of height reliability of adolescents' reports of
height and weight. Journal of Adolescent Health, 13,
114-117. |
|
SHANON, B., SMICKILAS-WRIGNT, H. & WANG, M.Q. (1991).
Inaccuracies in self-reported weights and heights of a
sample of sixth-grade children. Journal of The
American Dietetic Association, 91, 675-678. |
DAVIS, H. & GERGEN, P.J. (1994). The weights and
heights of Mexican-American adolescents : The accuracy of
self-reports. American Journal of Public Health, 84,
459-462. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Taille et Poids |
|
|
Taille réelle/Taille perçue : Body size
overestimation, body size distortion, physical size.
| |
|
|
WEINBERG, W.A., DIETZ, S.G., PENICK, E.C. & MCALISTER,
W.H. (1974). Intelligence, reading achievement, physical
size and social class. Journal of Pediatrics, 85,
482-489. |
|
TAYLOR, M.J. & COOPER, P.J. (1986). Body size
overestimation and depressed mood. British Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 25, 153-154. |
|
THOMPSON, J.K. & THOMPSON, C.M. (1986). Body size
distortion and self-esteem in asymptomatic, normal weight
males and females. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 5, 1061-1068. |
|
LEON, M.-P., GONZÀLEZ-MARTI, I. FERNÀANDOS-BUSTOS, J-G.
& CONTRERAS, O. (2018). Perception of body size and
dissatisfaction in children aged 3 to 6: a systematic
review. Anales de psicología, 34 (1), 173-183. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Sastisfaction corporelle |
|
|
Taiwan : Pays.
|
|
|
EVANS, E.M., SCHWEINGRUBER, H. & STEVENSON, H.W.
(2002). Gender Differences in Interest and Knowledge
Acquisition: The United States, Taiwan, and Japan. Sex
Roles, 47 (3/4), 153-167. [PDF] |
|
|
CHIU, S.-I., LEE, J.-Z. & HUANG, D.-H. (2004). Video
game addiction in children and teenagers in Taiwan.
CyberPsychology & Behavior, 7, 571-581. |
UTTAL, L. & HAN, C.Y. (2011). Taiwanese immigrant
mothers' childcare preferences : Socialization for
bicultural competency. Cultural Diversity &
Ethnic Minority Psychology, 17, 437–443. |
|
WAN, C.S. & CHIOU, W.B. (2006). Why are adolescents
addicted to online gaming ? An interview study in Taiwan.
Cyberpsychology & Behavior, 9 (6), 762-766. |
HSIEH, P.-H. (2012). Taiwan's education cloud : Current
development and future challenge. Journal of
Education Research, 216, 57-72. |
|
CHEN, H., KEITH, T.Z., WEISS, L., ZHU, J. & LI, Y.
(2010). Testing for multigroup invariance of second-order
WISC-IV structure across China, Hong Kong, Macau, and
Taiwan. Personality & Individual Differences, 49,
677-682. |
CHEN, H., CHEN, M., LEE, Y., CHEN, H. & KEITH, T.Z.
(2013). Gender reality regarding mathematic outcomes of
students aged 9 to 15 years in Taiwan. Learning &
Individual Differences, 26, 55-63. |
|
WANLESS, S.B., SCHARPHORN, L, CHIU, Y.J.I, CHEN, F.M.
& CHEN, J.L. (2015). Taiwanese preschool and
elementary teacher's beliefs about discipline, students,
and teaching practices. International Journal of
School & Cognitive Psychology, 2 (3), 1-12. [PDF] |
|
HSIEH, P.-H. (2010). KM-oriented school space-allocation
programs integrated with ITS : examples from middle
schools in Taipei, Taiwan. International Journal of
Management & Enterprise Development, 9 (1),
43-62. |
HSIEH, P.-H., LEE, C.-I. & CHEN, W.-F. (2015).
Students' perspectives on e-portfolio development and
implementation : A case study in Taiwanese higher
education. Australasian Journal of Educational
Technology, 31 (6), 641-656.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Pays |
|
|
Tajfel Henri (Wloclaweck 1919-1982 Oxford) : Psychosociologue
polonais, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'identité
sociale et de la discrimination.
Il s'intéresse également aux groupes
et aux relation
entre les groupes. Professeur de Bourhis.
Collaborateur de Gardner, Moscovici
et Turner.
 |
TAJFEL, H. & WILKES, A.L. (1963). Classification and
quantitative judgment. British Journal of Psychology,
54, 101-114. |
|
TAJFEL, H. (1970). Experiments in intergroup
discrimination. Scientific American, 233 (5),
96-102. |
|
TAJFEL, H., BILLIG, M.G., BUNDY, R.P. & FLAMENT, C.
(1971). Social categorization and intergroup behavior.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 1 (2),
149-178.
[PDF] |
|
TAJFEL, H. (1974). Social identity and intergroup
behaviour. Social Science Information, 13,
65-93. |
|
TAJFEL, H. (1982). Social psychology of intergroup
relations. Annual Review of Psychology, 33,
1-39. |
|
|
CORNEILLE, O., KLEIN, O., LAMBERT, S. & JUDD, C.M.
(2002). On the role of familiarity with units of
measurement in categorical accentuation : Tajfel and
Wilkes (1963) revisited and replicated. Psychological
Science, 4, 380-383.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Takeuchi Hirotaka (1946-) : Spécialiste
japonais des organisations,
des entreprises et de
la mise en marché. On
lui doit le concept de spirale des connaissances. Collaborateur de
Nonaka.
|
TAKEUCHI, H. (1981). Productivity : Learning from the
Japanese. California Management Review, 23 (4),
5-19. |
|
TAKEUCHI, H. & QUELCH, J. (1983). Quality is more than
making a good product. Harvard Business Review, 61 (4),
139-145. |
|
TAKEUCHI, H. (1985). The changing role of the Japanese
market and its impact on global strategy. Hitotsubashi
Journal of Commerce & Management, 20 (1),
49-61. |
|
TAKEUCHI, H. & NONAKA, I. (1986). The new new product
development game. Harvard Business Review, 64
(1), 137-146. [PDF] |
|
TAKEUCHI, H. (12013). Wise leadership and wise capitalism.
Kindai Management Review, 1, 15-26. |
|
|
|
Talent : Talentueux : Ensemble des facteurs physiques et psychologiques qui permettent à un individu de se distinguer, de s'élever au dessus
de la moyenne dans un
domaine particulier. = don. *douance.
Innate talent, talent.
| |
|
|
RÉVÉSZ, G. (1941). The indivisibility of mathematical
talent. Acta Psychologica, 5, 1-21. |
BENBOW, C.P. & LUBINSKI, D. (Eds.) (1996). Intellectual
talent : Psychometric and social issues. Baltimore
: Johns Hopkins University Press. |
|
MacKINNON, D.W. (1962). The nature and nurture of creative
talent. American Psychologist, 17 (7), 484-495. |
MacKINNON, D.W. (1962). The nature and nurture of creative
talent. American Psychologist, 17 (7), 484-495. |
|
MARLAND, S. (1972). Education of the gifted and
talented : Report to the congress of the United States
by the U.S. Commissioner of Education. Washington,
DC : U.S. Government Printing Office. |
HOWE, M.J.A., DAVIDSON, J.W. & SLOBODA, J.A. (1998).
Innate talents : Reality or myth ? Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 21, 399-442. [PDF] |
|
GAGNÉ, F. (1983). Douance et talent : deux concepts à ne
pas confondre. Apprentissage et Socialisation, 6,
146-159. |
PIIRTO, J. (1999). Talented children and adults :
Their development and education. Columbus, OH :
Merrill. |
| REIS, S.M. & RENZULLI, J.S. (1984). Key features of successful programs for the gifted and talented. Educational Leadership, 41 (7), 28-34. [PDF]
|
CÔTÉ, J. (1999). The influence of the family in the
development of talent in sport. The Sport
Psychologist, 13, 395-417. [PDF] |
|
BLOOM, B. (Éd.) (1985). Developing talent in young
people. New York : Ballantine Books. |
SIMONTON, D.K. (1999). Talent and its development : An
emergenic and epigenetic model. Psychological Review,
106, 435-457. |
|
BARTON, J.M. & STARNES, W.T. (1988). Distinguishing
characteristics of gifted and talented/learning disabled
students. Special Issue : Gifted students with
disabilities. Roeper-Review, 12 (1), 23-29. |
WILLIAMS, A.M. (2000). Perceptual skill in soccer :
Implications for talent identification and development.
Journal of Sports Sciences, 18, 737-740. |
|
GAGNÉ, F. (1991). Toward a differentiated model of
giftedness and talent. In N. Colangelo & G.A. Davis
(Eds.), Handbook of gifted education (pp.
65-80). Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
WILLIAMS, A.M. & REILLY, T. (2000). Talent
identification and development in soccer. Journal of
Sports Sciences, 18, 657-667. |
|
FORD, D.Y. & HARRIS, J.J. (1991). On discovering the
hidden treasure of gifted and talented Black children.
Roeper Review, 13 (1), 27-32. |
HELSEN, W.F., HODGES, N.J., VAN WICKEL, J. & STARKES,
J.L. (2000). The roles of talent, physical precocity and
practice in the development of soccer expertise. Journal
of Sports Sciences, 18, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
MILLS, C.J. (1992). Academically talented children : The
case for early identification and nurturance.
Pediatrics, 89, 156-157. |
HELLER, K.A., MÖNKS, F.J., STERNBERG, R.J. & SUBOTNIK,
R. (Eds.) (2000). International handbook for research
on giftedness and talent. Oxford : Pergamon Press.
|
|
PALMQUIST, M. & YOUNG, R.E. (1992). The notion of
giftedness and student expectations about writing. Written Communication, 9 (1), 137-168. |
SHEA, D.L., LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOW, C.P. (2001).
Importance of assessing spatial ability in talented young
adolescents : A 20-year longitudinal study. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 93, 604-614. |
|
PALMQUIST, M. & YOUNG, R.E. (1992). Is writing a gift
? The impact on students who believe it is. In J.R. Hayes,
R.E. Young, M.L. Matchett, M. McCaffrey, C. Cochran &
T. Hajduk (Eds.) Reading empirical research studies :
The rhetoric of research. Hillsdale NJ : Erlbaum. |
REIS, S.M. & McCOACH, D.B. (2002). Underachievement
in gifted and talented students with special needs. Exceptionality, 10 (2), 113-125. |
|
MARTIN, A.J. (2002). Motivating the gifted and talented :
Lessons from research and practice. Australasian
Journal of Gifted Education, 11 (2), 26–34. |
|
RENZULLI, J.S. (1994). Schools for talent development
: A practical plan for total school improvement.
Mansfield Center, CT : Creative Learning Press. |
REIS, S.M., SCHADER, R., MILNE, H. & STEPHENS, R.
(2003). Music and minds : Using a talent development
approach for young adults with Williams syndrome.
Exceptional Children, 69, 293-314. |
|
VALLERAND, R.J., GAGNÉ, F., SÉNÉCHAL, C. & PELLETIER,
L.G. (1994). A comparison of the school intrinsic
motivation and perceived competence of gifted and regular
students. Gifted Child Quarterly, 38 (4),
172-175. |
DAVIS, G.A. & RIMM, S.B. (2004). Education of the
gifted and talented. Boston : Pearson. |
|
LOHMAN, D.F. (2005). The role of nonverbal ability tests
in identifying students for participation in programs for
the academically gifted. Gifted Child Quarterly, 49,
111-138. |
|
LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOW, C.P. (1995). Optimal
development of talent : Respond educationally to
individual differences in personality. Educational
Forum, 59, 381-392. |
ELHOWERIS, H. (2008). Teacher judgment in identifying
gifted/talented students. Multicultural Education, 15
(3), 35-38. [PDF] |
|
ACKERMAN, P.L (2014). Nonsense, common sense, and science
of expert performance : Talent and individual differences.
Intelligence, 45, 6-17. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Intelligence
et Douance |
|
|
Talent Development & Excellence : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'expertise
et au talent.
Éditeur : IRADTE.
GRUBER, H., JANSEN, P., MARIENHAGEN, J. &
ALTENMUELLER (2010). Adaptations during the acquisition
of expertise. Talent Development & Excellence,
2 (1), 3-15. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Talwar Victoria ( ) : Psychologue
québécoise et spécialiste de l'étude du mensonge.
Elle enseigne à l'Université
Mcgill. Collaboratrice de Fu,
Lee et Xu.
|
TALWAR, V. & LEE, K. (2002). Development of lying to
conceal a transgression : Children's control of expressive
behavior during verbal deception. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 26 (5),
436-444.
[PDF] |
|
TALWAR, V. & LEE, K. (2002). Emergence of white-lie
telling in children between 3 and 7 years of Age. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 48 (2), 160-181.
[PDF] |
|
TALWAR, V., GORDON, H. & LEE, K. (2007). Lying in the
elementary school : : Verbal deception and its relation to
second-order belief understanding. Developmental
Psychology, 43, 804-810. |
|
TALWAR, V. & LEE, K. (2008). Social and cognitive
correlates of children's lying behavior. Child
Development, 79, 866-881. |
|
TALWAR, V. & LEE, K. (2011). A punitive environment
fosters children's dishonesty : A natural experiment. Child
Development, 82, 1751-1758. |
|
|
|
Tamarin (Saguinus oedipus) : Singe.
= Sagouin.
Teasing.
|
|
|
SANTOS, L.R. & HAUSER, M.D. (1999). How monkeys see
the eyes: Cotton-top tamarins' reaction to changes in
visual attention and action. Animal Cognition, 2,
131-139.
[PDF] |
|
HAUSER, M.D., KRALOK, J. & BOTTO-MHAN, C. (1999).
Problem solving and functional design features :
experiments with cotton-top tamarins. Animal
Behaviour, 57, 565-582. |
|
SANTOS, L.R. ERICSON, B.N. & HAUSER, M.D. (1999).
Constraints on problem solving and inhibition : object
retrieval in cotton-top tamarins. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 113 (2), 186-193. |
|
HAUSER, M.D., PEARSON, H.E. & SEELIG, D. (2002).
Ontogeny of tool use in cotton-top tamarins (Saguinus
oedipus) : innate recognition of functionally relevant
features. Animal Behaviour, 64, 299-311. |
|
HAUSER, M.D., CHEN, M.K., CHEN, F. & CHUANG, E.
(2003). Give unto others : genetically unrelated
cotton-top tamarin monkeys preferentially give food to
those who altruistically give food back. Proceedings
of the Royal Society B, 270, 2363-2370. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Animal et
Singe |
|
|
Tamminga
Carol A. (Grand rapids-) : Psychiatre
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de la schizophrénie.
|
TAMMINGA, C.A., SCHAFFER, M.H., SMITH, R.C. & DAVIS,
J.M. (1978). Schizophrenic symptoms improve with
apomorphine. Science, 200, 567-568. |
|
TAMMINGA, C.A., CRAYTON, J.W. & CHASE, T.N. (1979).
Improvement in tardive dyskinesia after muscimol therapy.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 36, 595-598. |
|
TAMMINGA, C.A. & SCHAFFER, M.H. (1979). Treatment of
schizophrenia with ergot derivatives. Psychopharmacology,
66, 239-242. |
|
TAMMINGA, C.A. (2005). Partial dopamine agonists and
thetreatment of psychosis. Current Neuropharmacology,
3, 3-8.
[PDF] |
|
TAMMINGA, C.A., STAN, A.D. & WAGNER, A.D. (2010). Theh
hippocampal formation in schizophrenia. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 167, 1178-1193. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Tanaka
James W. ( ) : Neurocognitiviste
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de la catégorisation
et de la reconnaissance
des visages. Collaborateur de Izard,
Lee, Pascalis
et Quinn.
|
TANAKA, J.W. & TAYLOR, M. (1991). Object categories
and expertise : Is the basic level in the eye of the
beholder ? Cognitive Psychology, 23, 457-482. [PDF] |
|
TANAKA, J.W. & FARAH, M.J. (1993). Parts and wholes in
face recognition. Quarterly Journal of Experiment
Psychology, 46A, 225-245. [PDF] |
|
TANAKA, J.W. & SENGCO, J. (1997). Features and their
configuration in face recognition. Memory &
Cognition, 25, 583-592. [PDF] |
|
TANAKA, J.W. (2001). The entry point of face recognition :
evidence for face expertise. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 130 (3), 534-543.
[PDF] |
|
TANAKA, J.W., MEIXNAR, T.R. & KANTNER, J. (2011).
Exploring the perceptual spaces of faces, cars and birds
in children and adults. Developmental Science, 14, 762-768.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Tanner Wilson P. (1912-1977) : Psychophysiologiste
américain et spécialiste de la perception.
Avec Swets, il a proposé une théorie de la détection
du signal.
= Spike Tanner.
Professeur de Swets.
|
TANNER, W.P. & SWETS, J.A. (1953). A new
theory of visual detection. Michigan : University of
Michigan.
[PDF]
|
|
TANNER, W.P. & SWETS, J.A. (1954). A decision-making
theory of visual detection. Psychological Review, 61
(6), 401-409. |
|
TANNER, W.P. & SWETS, J.A. (1954). The human use of
information-I-II : Signal detection for the case of the
signal known exactly. Transactions of the IRE
Professional Group on Information Information Theory, 4,
213-221/222-227. |
|
TANNER, W.P. (1956). Theory of recognition. Journal
of the Acoustical Society of America, 28, 882-888. |
|
TANNER, W.P. & BIRDSALL, T.G. (1958). Definitions of
d' and n as psychophysical measures. Journal of the
Acoustical Society of America, 30, 922-928. |
|
|
SORKIN, R.D. (1977). Wilson P. Tanner : A general review
of his scientific contribution. The Journal of
Acoustic Society of America, 62 (S1), 23. |
|
|
|
Tannock
Rosemary ( ) : Psychiatre
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du trouble
d'attention avec hyperactivité et de l'un de ses traitements
(methylphenidate).
Collaboratrice de Castellanos,
Joanisse, Johansen,
Killeen, Logan,
Sagvolden, Schachar,
Tripp, Toplak
et Wickens.
|
|
TANNOCK, R., SCHACHAR, R.J., CARR, R.P., CHAJCZYK, D.
& LOGAN, G.D. (1989). Effect of mythylphenidate on
inhibititory control in hyperactive children. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 17 (5), 473-491. [PDF] |
|
TANNOCK, R., SCHACHAR, R.J., CARR, R.P. & LOGAN, G.D.
(1989). Dose-response effects of methylphenidate on
academic performance and overt behavior in hyperactive
children. Pediatric, 84, 648-657. [PDF] |
|
TANNOCK, R., SCHACHAR, R.J. & LOGAN, G.D. (1993). Does
methylphenidate induce overfocusing in hyperactive
children? Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 22, 28-41. |
|
TANNOCK, R., SCHACHAR, R.J., CARR, R.P. & LOGAN, G.D.
(1995). Methylphenidate and cognitive flexibility :
Dissociated dose effects on behavior and cognition in
hyperactive children. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 23, 235-266. [PDF] |
|
TANNOCK, R. (2005). Hypodopaminergic function influences
learning and memory as well as delay gradients. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 28, 444-445. |
|
|
|
Tantam
Digby John Howard ( ) : Psychologue
anglais et spécialiste du syndrome
d'Asperger et des
thérapies à distance.
|
TANTAM, D. (1988). Asperger's syndrome. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 29, 245-255. |
|
TANTAM, D., MONOGHAN, L., NICHOLSON, H. & STIRLING, J.
(1989). Autistic children's ability to interpret faces : a
research note. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 30 (4), 623-630. |
|
TANTAM, D. (2003). The challenge of adolescents and adults
with Asperger syndrome. Child & Adolescent
Psychatric Clinics in North America, 12, 143-163. |
|
TANTAM, D. (2003). The flavour of emotions. Psychology
& Psychotherapy, 76, 23-45 |
|
TANTAM, D. (2006). Opportunities and risks in e-therapy. Advances
in Psychiatric Treatment, 12, 368-374. |
|
|
|
Taoïsme
: Religion.
Taoism.
| |
|
|
DE GROOT, J.J.M. (1912). Religion in China :
Universism, a key to the study of Taoism and
Confucianism. New York : G.P. Putnam. |
|
CAPRA, F. (1975). The Tao of physics : An exploration
of the parallels between modern physics and Eastern
mysticism. Berkeley : Shambhala Publications. |
|
WONG, E. (1996). Teachings of the Tao. Berkeley
: Shambhala Publications. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Religion |
|
|
Taquiner : Taquinerie
: Ensemble de comportements sociaux (commentaire,
expression faciale, geste, etc.) émis à l'adresse d'une personne
et qui vise à la faire sourire ou rire. Taquinerie, humour
et harcèlement.
*moquerie. Teasing.
|
|
| GRILO, C.M., WILFLEY, D.E., BROWNELL, D.D. & RODIN, J.
(1994). Teasing, body image, and self esteem in a clinical
sample of obese women. Addictive Behaviors, 19,
443-450. |
|
KELTNER, D., YOUNG, R.C., HEEREY, E.A., OEMIG, C. &
MONARCH, N.D. (1998). Teasing in hierarchical and intimate
relations. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 75, 1231-1247. |
|
KELTNER, D., CAPPS, L.M., KRING, A.M., YOUNG, R.C. &
HEEREY, E.A. (2001). Just teasing : A conceptual analysis
and empirical review. Psychological Bulletin, 127,
229-248. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi humour
et Harcèlement |
|
|
Tarabulsy
George M. ( ) : Psychologue
écologiste québécois et
professeur à l'Université Laval.
Collaborateur de Moss
et Tessier.
|
TARABULSY, G.M., TESSIER, R. & KAPPAS, A. (1996).
Contingency detection and the contingent organization of
behavior in interactions : Implications for socioemotional
development in infancy. Psychological Bulletin, 119,
1-17. |
|
LAROSE, S., BERNIER, A. & TARABULSY, G.M. (2005).
Attachment state of mind, students' learning dispositions,
and academic performance during the college transition. Developmental
Psychology, 41, 281-289. |
|
TARABULSY, G.M., BERNIER, A., PROVOST, M.A., MARANDA, J.,
LAROSE, S., MOSS, E., LAROSE, M. & TESSIER, R. (2005).
Another look inside the gap : Ecological contributions to
the transmission of attachment in a sample of adolescent
mother-infant dyads. Developmental Psychology, 41,
212-224. |
|
TARABULSY, G.M., PASCUZZO, K., MOSS, E., ST-LAURENT, D.,
BERNIER, A. & CYR, C. (2008). Attachment-based
interventions for maltreating families. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 78, 322-332. |
|
TARABULSY, G.M., MORAN, G., PEDERSON, D.R., PROVOST, M.
& LAROSE, S. (2011). Adolescent motherhood, maternal
sensitivity and early infant development. In D.W. Davis
& C. Logdson (Eds.), Maternal sensitivity : A
critical review for practitioners. Haupauge, NY :
Nova Publishers. |
|
|
|
Tarbox
Rachel S.F. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de l'autisme
et des soins parentaux.
Collaboratrice de Friman,
Ghezzi et
Williams.
|
TARBOX, R., WALLACE, M.D. & WILLIAMS, W.L. (2003).
Assessment and treatment of elopement : a replication and
extension. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36
(2), 239-244. [PDF] |
|
TARBOX, R., WILLIAMS, W.L. & FRIMAN, P.C. (2004).
Extended diaper wearing : effects on continence in and out
of the diaper Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
37 (1), 97-100. [PDF] |
|
TARBOX, R.S.F., GHEZZI, P.M. & WILSON, G. (2006). The
effects of token reinforcement on attending in a young
child with autism. Behavioral Interventions, 21,
155-164. |
|
TARBOX, R., WALLACE, M.D., PENROD, B. & TARBOX, J.
(2007). Effects of three-step prompting on compliance with
caregiver requests. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 40 (4), 239-244. [PDF] |
|
TARBOX, R., TARBOX, J. GHEZZI, P.M., WALLACE, M.D. &
YOO, J.-H. (2007). The effects of blocking mouthing of
leisure items on their effectiveness as reinforcers.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (4),
761-765. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tarde Gabriel (Sarlat France 1843-1904 Paris) :
Criminologue, sociologue
et philosophe français. Il s'est
notamment intéressé aux foules et
à l'imitation. Il fut
également un farouche adversaire des thèses de Durkheim.
 |
TARDE, G. (1880). La croyance et le désir ; la possibilité
de leur mesure. Revue Philosophique, 10,
150-180/264-283. |
|
TARDE, G. (1887). Publications récentes sur la psychologie
criminelle. Revue philosophique, 24, 625-644. |
|
TARDE, G. (1889). Le crime et l'épilepsie. Revue
Philosophique, 27, 49-469. |
|
TARDE, G. (1890/2001). Les lois de l'imitation. Paris
: Alcan/ Paris : Les empêcheurs de penser en rond. |
|
TARDE, G. (1901/1989/2006). L'opinion et la foule.
Paris : Prresses Universitaires de France/L'Harmattan. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tardif
Maurice ( ) : Pédagogue
québécois et professeur à l'Université
du Québec à Montréal. Collaborateur de Gauthier,
Karsenti et Lessard.
|
TARDIF, M., BÉLANGER, N. et GRENIER, D. (1994).
L'idéologie cognitiviste et l'éducation. Canadian
Journal of Education/Revue canadienne de l'éducation, 19
(3), 316-330. |
|
TARDIF, M., LESSARD, C. et GAUTHIER, C. (Dirs.) (1998). Formation
des maîtres et contextes sociaux. Perspectives
internationales. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
TARDIF, M. et LESSARD, C. (1999). Le travail
enseignant au quotidien. Expérience, interactions
humaines et dilemmes professionnels. Québec :
Presses de l'Université Laval/ Bruxelles : De Boeck. |
|
TARDIF, M. et GAUTHIER, C. (Dirs.) (1999). Pour ou
contre un ordre professionnel des enseignantes et des
enseignants au Québec. Québec : Les Presses de
l'Université Laval. |
|
TARDIF, M. et LESSARD, C. (2004). La profession
d'enseignant aujourd'hui. Évolutions, perspectives et
enjeux internationaux. Québec/Belgique : Presses
de l'Université Laval/de Boeck. |
|
|
|
Tarski Alfred (Varsovie 1902-1983 Berkeley États-Unis) :
Philosophe et
logicien américain
d'origine polonaise. Collaborateur de Nagel
et Suppes.
 |
TARSKI, A. (1944). The semantic conception of truth and
the foundations of semantics. Philosophy &
Phenomenological Research, 4, 341-376. |
|
NAGEL, E., SUPPES, P. & TARSKI, A. (1962). Logic,
methodology and philosophy of science. Stanford :
Stanford University Press. |
|
TARSKI, A. (1972). Logique, sémantique, mathématique.
Paris : Armand Collin. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tashakkori Abbas ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste des
méthodes mixtes. Collaborateur de Creswell
et Teddlie.
|
TASHAKKORI, A. & TEDDLIE, C. (1998). Mixed
methodology : Combining qualitative and quantitative
approaches. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
TASHAKKORI, A. & CRESWELL, J. (2008). The new era of
mixed methods. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 1 (1),
3-7. |
|
TASHAKKORI, A. & CRESWELL, J. (2008). Exploring the
nature of research questions in mixed methods research.Journal
of Mixed Methods Research, 1 (3), 207-211. |
|
TASHAKKORI, A. & CRESWELL, J. (2008). Mixed
methodology across disciplines. Journal of Mixed
Methods Research, 2 (1), 1-5. |
|
TASHAKKORI, A. & TEDDLIE, C. (2010). Putting the human
back in "human research methodology" : The researcher in
mixed methods research. Journal of Mixed Methods
Research, 4 (4), 271-277. |
|
|
|
Tassé Marc J. ( ) : Psychologue
américain, d'origine québécoise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la qualité
de vie, des comportements
adaptatifs et de la déficience
intelectuelle. Collaborateur de
Maurice et Schalock.
|
TASSÉ, M.J., MORIN, L.N. et GIROURD, N. (2000).
Traduction et validation de la version
canadienne-française du Nisonger Child Behavior Rating
Form. Psychologie Canadienne, 41 (2), 116-123. |
|
TASSÉ, M.J. (2009). Adaptive behavior assessment and the
diagnosis of mental retardation in capital cases. Applied
Neuropsychology, 16, 114-123. |
|
TASSÉ, M.J. & WEHMEYER, M.L. (2010). Intensity of
support needs in relation to co-occurring psychiatric
disorders. Exceptionality, 18, 182-192. |
|
TASSÉ, M.J., SABOURIN, G., GARCIN, N. et LECAVALIER, L.
(2010). Définition d'un trouble grave du comportement chez
les personnes ayant une déficience intellectuelle
[Definition of Severe Problem Behavior in Individuals with
Intellectual Disability]. Canadian Journal of
Behavioural Science, 42, 62-69. |
|
TASSÉ, M.J. (2013). What is in a name ? Intellectual
& Developmental Disabilities, 51, 113-116. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tatham
Thomas A. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude du conditionnement
opérant, notamment de l'histoire
des contingences. Collaborateur de Barrett,
Hineline et Wanchisen.
|
TATHAM, T.A., GYORDA, A.M. & BARRETT, J.E. (1993).
Generalization of behavioral history across responses in
the reversal of the effects of d-amphetamine and cocaine
on the punished responding of squirrel monkeys. Behavioural
Pharmacology, 4, 61-68. |
|
TATHAM, T.A. & BARRETT, J.E. (1993). Shock avoidance
but not DRL history reverses the effects of cocaine on
punished behavior of squirrel monkeys. Behavioural
Pharmacology, 4, 159-166. |
|
TATHAM, T.A. & WANCHISEN, B.A & HUINELINE, P.N.
(1993). Effects of fixed and variable ratios on human
behavioral variability. Journal of Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 59 (2), 349-359. [PDF] |
|
TATHAM, T.A., GYORDA, A.M. & BARRETT, J.E. (1994).
Shock postponement reverses the effects of cocaine on the
punished pecking of pigeons. Pharmacology Biochemistry
& Behavior, 48, 491-495. |
|
TATHAM, T.A. & WANCHISEN, B.A. (1998). Behavioral
history : A definition and some common findings from two
areas of research. The Behavior Analyst, 21,
241-251. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tatouage
: Signe
corporel - indélébile ou non - inscrit dans la peau.
Tattoo.
| |
|
|
SINGH, D. & BRONSTAD, P.M. (1997). Sex differences in
the anatomical locations of human body scarification and
tattooing as a function of pathogen prevalence. Evolution
& Human Behavior, 18, 403-416. |
|
DEGELMAN, D. & PRICE, N.D. (2002). Tattoos and ratings
of personal characteristics. Psychological Reports,
90, 507-514. |
|
D'AMBROSIO, A., CASILLO, N. & MARTINI, V. (2013).
Piercings and tattoos : psychopathological aspecs.
Activitas Nervosa Superior Rediviva, 51 (3-4),
146-149. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Signe |
|
|
|
Tatsuoka Maurice Makomoto (1922-1996) :
Statisticien américain et spécialiste de l'éducation.
|
TATSUOKA, M.M. & TIEDEMAN, D.V. (1954). Discriminant
analysis. Review of Educational Research, 24, 402-420. |
|
TATSUOKA, M.M. (1971). Multivariate analysis
techniques for educational and psychological research. New
York : Wiley. |
|
TATSUOKA, M.M. (1986). Graph theory and its applications
in educational research : A review and integration. Review
of Educational Research, 56 (3), 291-329. |
|
TATSUOKA, M.M. (1993). Effect size. In G. Keren & C.
Lewis (Eds.), A handbook for data analysis in the
behavioral sciences : Methodological issues (pp.
461-479). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
|
LINN, R.L. (1996). In memoriam : Maurice M. Tatsuoka
(1922-1996). Journal of Educational Measurement, 33 (2),
125-127. |
|
|
|
Taub Gordon E. ( ) : Psychométricien
américain. Il s'intéresse à l'éducation,
notamment à la lecture et à
l'enseignement des mathématiques. Collaborateur de Keith
et McGrew.
|
TAUB, G.E. & HAYES, B.G. (2001). Identifying g : The
current role of intelligence. International Journal of
Sociology & Social Policy, 20, 39-50. |
|
TAUB, G.E., WITTA, E.L. & McGREW, K.S (2004). A
confirmatory analysis of the factor structure and
cross-age invariance of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence
Scale - Third edition. Psychological Assessment, 16
(1), 85-89. [PDF] |
|
TAUB, G.E. & McGREW, K.S. (2013). The Woodcock-Johnson
Tests of Cognitive Abilities III's Cognitive Performance
Model : Empirical support for intermediate factors within
CHC theory. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment,
32 (3), 187-201. [PDF] |
|
TAUB, G.E., McGREW, K.S. & KEITH, T. Z. (2007).
Improvements in interval time tracking and effects on
reading achievement. Psychology in the Schools, 44,
849-863. |
|
TAUB, G.E., McGREW, K.S. & KEITH, T.Z. (2015). Effects
of improvements in interval timing on mathematics
achievement of elementary school students. Journal of
Research in Childhood Education, 29, 325-366. |
|
|
|
Taubman Paul James (1939-1995) : Économiste américain. Il s'intéresse à l'éducation et la scolarisation. Collaborateur
de Arvey et Behrman.
|
TAUBMAN, P. & WALES, T.J. (1969). Impact of
investment subsidies in a neoclassical growth model.
Journal of Political Economy, 81 (1), 28-55. |
|
TAUBMAN, P. & WALES, T.J. (1973). Higher
education, mental ability and screening. Journal of
Political Economy, 81 (1), 28-55. |
|
TAUBMAN, P. (1976). Earnings, education, genetics and
environment. Journal of Human Resources, 11
(4), 447-461. |
|
TAUBMAN, P. (1976). The determinants of earnings :
Genetics, family, and other environments; A study of
white male twins. American Economic Review, 66 (5), 858-870. [PDF] |
|
TAUBMAN, P. (1989). Role of parental income in
educational attainment. The American Economic
Review, 79 (2), 57-61. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tautologie
: Raisonnement
dont le prédicat ne
dit rien de plus que l'objet (et
ses propriétés
essentielles). EX : Tous les chiens (objet)
sont des mammifères (prédicat). Tautology.
| |
|
|
RACHLIN, H.C. (1971). On the tautology of the matching
law. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 15 (2), 249-251. [PDF] |
|
PETERS, R.H. (1976). Tautology in evolution and ecology.
American Naturalist, 110, 1-12. |
| |
|
|
Voir aussi Raisonnement
et Prédicat |
|
|
Taux : Le taux est un rapport entre deux quantités,
qui exprime une réalité décrite, mesurée et souvent inférée à partir d'un échantillon.
EX : Le taux de dépression dans une population.
Il est souvent exprimé en pourcentage.
*moyenne. (
): Taux
de réponse à un questionnaire, taux
de réponse motrice. Rate.
| |
|
|
FLEISS, J.L. (1981). Statistical methods for rates
and proportions. New York : John Wiley. |
|
GALLISTEL C.R. & GIBBON, J. (2000). Time, rate and
conditioning. Psychological Review, 107,
289-344. [PDF] |
|
FLEISS, J.L., LEVIN, B. & PAIK, M.C. (2003).
Statistical methods for rates and proportions. New
York : Wiley. |
| GILLES, A. (1984). Éléments de méthodologie et d'analyse
statistique pour les sciences sociales. St-Laurent
: Mcgraw-Hill Éditeurs. |
|
|
|
|
Taux
de réponse à un questionnaire : Voir Réponse
(taux). Response rates at a survey.
|
| Taux de réponse à un sondage : Voir Réponse
(taux).
Response rates at a poll. |
Tavris Carol Anne (1944-) : Psychosociolologue
et féministe américaine.
Collaboratrice d'Aronson, Aronson,
Russo, Shaver
et Zajonc.
 |
TAVRIS, C. (1989). Anger : The misunderstood emotion.
New York : Simon & Schuster/Touchstone. |
|
TAVRIS, C. (1993). The mismeasure of woman. Feminism
& Psychology, 3, 149-168. |
|
TAVRIS, C. (1992). The longest war : Sex differences
in perspective. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. |
|
TAVRIS, C. (1992). The mismeasure of woman : Why
women are not the better sex, the opposite sex, or the
inferior sex. New York : Simon and Schuster. |
|
TAVRIS, C. & SADD, S. (1977). The redbook report
on female sexuality. New York : Delacorte. |
|
|
|
Taxage : À l'école, dans
les gangs de rue et autres
groupes criminalisés, forme d'intimitation
et de harcèlement qui
consiste à réclamer les effets personnels d'autrui (vêtements,
souliers, casse-croûte, Ipod, montre, bracelet, bijou, argent de
poche, etc.) en échange de protection ou d'une promesse de
non-agression.
|
Taxe : Taxer : Taxation : Taxation.
| |
|
|
COURANT, P.N. (1977). General equilibrium model of
heterogeneous local property taxes. Journal of Public
Economics, 8, 313-327. [PDF] |
ENGEN, E. & SKINNER, J. (1996). Taxation and economic
growth. National Tax Journal, 49 (4), 617-642.
[PDF] |
|
DEATON, A. (1981). Optimal taxation and the structure of
preferences. Econometrica, 49, 1245-1260. |
HEIJMAN, W.J.M. & VAN OPHEM, J.A.A.C. (2005).
Willingness to pay tax The Laffer curve revisited for 12
OECD countries. The Journal of Socio-Economic, 34,
714-723. [PDF] |
|
LAFFER, A.B., MOORE, S. & TANOUS, P. (2009). The
end of prosperity : how higher taxes will doom the
economy - if we let it happen. Threshold Editions. |
|
FRENETTE, M., GREEN, D.A. & MILLIGAN, K. (2009).
Taxes, transfers and Canadian income inequality. Canadian Public Policy, 35 (4), 389–411. |
|
XIN LI, S., ECKEL, C.C., GROSSMAN, P.J. & LARSON BROWN, T. (2011). Giving to government : Voluntary
taxation in the lab. Journal of Public Economics 95,
1190-1201.[PDF] |
|
PICCIOTTO, S. (1992). International taxation and
intra-firm pricing in transnational corporate groups. Accounting,
Organizations & Society, 17 (8), 759-792. |
PIKETTY, T. & SAEZ, E. (2013). A theory of optimal inheritance taxation. Econometrica, 81 (5), 1851-1886. |
|
PICCIOTTO, S. (1992). International business taxation.
London : Weidenfeld & Nicolson/Butterworths. |
PIKETTY, T., SAEZ, E. & STANTCHEVAA, S. (2014).
Optimal taxation of top labor incomes : A tale of three
elasticities. American Economic Journal, 6 (1),
230-271. |
|
|
Voir aussi Gouvernement
et Justice |
|
|
|
|
Taxon : Regroupement ordonné,
hiérarchique et homogène
d'organismes réels en
fonction de leurs similitudes
dans le le but de les identifier
et de les classer. L'espèce
est le taxon étalon. = classement
scientifique, catégorie biologique.
Taxon.
| |
|
|
GEIST, V. (1988). Phantom subspecies : the Wood Bison
Bison bison "athabascae", Rhoads 1887, is not a valid
taxon, but an ecotype. Arctic, 44, 283-300. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (2004). What's in a taxon ? Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 113, 39-43. |
|
|
|
Taxonomie : Classement d'objets réels ou de leurs propriétés selon certaines règles et
critères (inclusion, similitude,
hiérarchie, etc.),
notamment des animaux (objet
réel).Taxonomie, taxon et taxonomie de Bloom./a>
= taxinomie. Taxonomy.
| |
|
|
BLOOM, B.S. ENGLEHART, M., FURST, E., HILL, W. &
KRATHWOHL, D.R. (1956/75). Taxonomy of educational
objectives : The classification of educational goals, by
a committee of college and university examiners.
Handbook I : Cognitive Domain. New York :
Longmans Green / Taxonomie des objectifs pédagogiques
: Vol. 1 : Domaine cognitif. Montréal : PUQ. |
|
|
NORMAN, W.T. (1963). Toward an adequate taxonomy of
personality attributes : replicated factor structure in
peer nomination personality ratings. Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 66, 574-588. |
|
|
SOKAL, R.R. & CAMIN, J.H. (1965). The two taxonomies :
areas of agreementand conflict. Systematic Zoology,
14, 175-195. |
TRYON, W.W. (1996). Observing contingencies : Taxonomy and
methods. Clinical Psychology Review, 16, 215-230. |
|
WIGGINS, J.S. (1979). A psychological taxonomy of
trait-descriptive terms : The interpersonal domain. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 37 (3),
395-412. |
|
|
PEARCE, P.L. & AMATO, P.R. (1980). A taxonomy of
helping : A multidimensional scaling analysis. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 43 (4), 363-371. |
GATI, I., KRAUSZ, M. & OSIPOW, S.H. (1996). A taxonomy
of difficulties in career decision making. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 43 (4), 510-526. |
|
BLOOM, B.S. (1984). Taxonomy of educational
objectives. Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
CARSON, R.C. (1996). Aristotle, Galileo, and the DSM
taxonomy : The case of schizophrenia. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 64,
1133-1139. [PDF] |
|
WIESLER, N.A., HANSON, R.H., CHAMBERLAIN, T.P. &
THOMPSON, T. (1985). Functional taxonomy of stereotypic
and self-injurious behavior. Mental Retardation, 23,
230-234. |
KIPNIS, D. (1997). Ghosts, taxonomies, and social
psychology. American Psychologist, 52, 205-211.
|
|
ELLIOTT, R. (1985). Helpful and nonhelpful events in brief
counseling interviews : An empirical taxonomy. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 32, 307-322. |
CATANIA, A.C. (1998). The taxonomy of verbal behavior. In
K.A. Lattal & M. Perone (Eds.), Handbook of
research methods in human operant behavior (pp.
405-433). Plenum. |
|
RAVEN, B.H. (1986). A taxonomy of power in human
relations. Annals of Psychiatry, 16, 633- 636. |
PELAEZ, M. & MORENO, R. (1998). A taxonomy of rules
and their correspondence to rule-governed behavior.
Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis, 24, 197-214.
[PDF] |
| BLACKBURN, R. (1986). Patterns of personality deviation
among violent offenders : replication and extension of an
empirical taxonomy. British Journal of Criminology,
26, 254-269. |
SLIFE, B.D., YANCHAR, S.C. & WILLIAMS, B. (1999).
Conceptions of determinism in radical behaviorism : A
taxonomy. Behavior & Philosophy, 27 (2),
75-96. [PDF] |
|
THISSEN, D. & LYNNE, S. (1986). A taxonomy of item
response models. Psychometrika 51, 567-577. |
AIRASIAN, P.W. & MIRANDA, H. (2002). The role of
assessment in the revised taxonomy. Theory into
Practice, 41, 249-254. |
|
KORNBLUM, S., HASBROUCQ, T. & OSMAN, A. (1990).
Dimensional overlap : Cognitive basis for
stimulus-response compatibility : A model and taxonomy. Psychological Review, 97, 253-270. |
FOSTER, E.K. (2004). Research on gossip : Taxonomy,
methods, and future directions. Review of General
Psychology, 8, 78-99. |
|
GEIST, V. (1991). On the taxonomy of giant sheep (Ovis
ammon Linnaeus 1766). Canadian Journal of Zoology, 69,
706-723. |
DEHAENE, S., CHANGEUX, J.P., NACCACHE, L., SACKUR, J.
& SERGENT, C. (2006). Conscious, preconscious, and
subliminal processing : A testable taxonomy. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 10, 204-211. |
|
GEIST, V. (1991). Taxonomy : on the objective defintion of
subspecies, taxa vs legal entities, and its application to
Rangifer tarandus Linnaeus 1758. In C.E. Butler & S.P.
Mahoney (Eds.), Proc. 4th N. American Caribou Workshop
(pp. 1-21). St. Johns, Newfoundland. |
ZHENG, A.Y., LAWHORN, J.K., LUMLEY, T. & FREEMAN, S.
(2008). Application of Bloom's taxonomy debunks the "MCAT
myth". Science, 319, 414-415. |
|
MARRADI, A. (1990). Classification, typology, taxonomy. Quality
& Quantity, 24 (2), 129-157. [PDF] |
BRABRAND, C. & DAHL, B. (2009) Using the SOLO taxonomy
to analyse competence progression of university science
curricula. Journal Higher Education 58, 531-549. |
|
BORMAN, W.C. & BRUSH, D.H. (1993). More progress
toward a taxonomy of managerial performance requirements.
Human Performance, 6, |
KUBINA, R.M., KOSTEEWICZ, D.E. & LIN, F.-Y. (2009).
The taxonomy of learning and behavioral fluency. Journal
of Precision Teaching & Celeration, 25, 17-27.
[PDF] |
|
SZIRMAK, Z. & DE RAAD, B. (1994). Taxonomy and
structure of Hungarian personality traits. European
Journal of Personality, 8, 95-117. |
HASLAM, N., HOLLAND, E. & KUPPENS, P. (2012).
Categories versus dimensions in personality and
psychopathology : A quantitative review of taxometric
research. Psychological Medicine, 42, 903-920. |
|
PINÊRO, B. & BECONA, E. (2013). Relapse situations
according to Marlatt’s taxonomy in smokers. The
Spanish Journal of Psychology, 16. |
|
|
| ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
Taxonomie de Bloom : Taxonomie des objectifs
d'apprentissage conçue par Bloom
(1956). Elle s'appliquent à trois domaines : cognitif,
affectif et psychomoteur (comportement). Ces six objectifs
d'apprentissage sont : 1) Savoir; 2)
Compréhension; 3) Application; 4)
Analyse; 5) Synthèse; 6)
Évaluation.
Bloom's taxonomy.
|
| Niveaux |
Objectifs
généraux |
Objectifs
spécifiques/Verbes d'action |
| 1 |
Savoir |
Arranger, définir,
dupliquer, étiqueter, lister, mémoriser, nommer, ordonner,
identifier, relier, rappeler, répéter, reproduire |
| 2 |
Compréhension
|
Classifier, décrire, discuter,
expliquer, exprimer, identifier, indiquer, situer,
reconnaître, rapporter, reformuler, réviser, choisir,
traduire |
| 3 |
Application |
Appliquer, choisir, démontrer,
dramatiser, employer, illustré, interpréter, opérer,
pratiquer, planifier, schématiser, résoudre, utiliser,
écrire |
| 4 |
Analyse |
Analyser, estimer, calculer,
catégoriser, comparer, contraster, critiquer,
différencier, discriminer, distinguer, examiner,
expérimenter, questionner, tester |
| 5 |
Synthèse |
Arranger, assembler, collecter,
composer, construire, créer, concevoir, développer,
formuler, gérer, organiser, planifier, préparer, proposer,
installer, écrire |
| 6 |
Évaluation |
Arranger, argumenter, évaluer,
rattacher, choisir comparer, justifier, estimer, juger,
prédire, chiffrer, élaguer, sélectionner, soutenir |
|
|
|
|
|
BLOOM, B.S. (1956). Taxonomy of educational
objectives : the classification of educational goals. New York, NY : Longmans, Green. |
FOREHAND, M. (2005). Bloom's taxonomy : Original and
revised. In M. Orey (Ed.), Emerging perspectives on
learning, teaching, and technology. [PDF] |
|
BLOOM, B.S., ENGLEHART, M., FURST, E., HILL, W. &
KRATHWOHL, D.R. (1956/75). Taxonomy of educational
objectives : The classification of educational goals, by
a committee of college and university examiners.
Handbook I : Cognitive Domain. New York :
Longmans Green / Taxonomie des objectifs pédagogiques
: Vol. 1 : Domaine cognitif. Montréal : PUQ. |
SU, M., OSISEK, P.J. & STARNES, B. (2005). Using the
revised Bloom's taxonomy in the clinical laboratory :
Thinking skills involved in diagnostic reasoning.
Nurse Educator, 30, 117-122. |
|
BLOOM, B.S. & KRATHWOHL, D.R. (1956). Taxonomy of
educational objectives : The classification of
educational goals, by a committee of college and
university examiners. Handbook 1: Cognitive domain.
New York, Longmans. |
AMER, A. (2006). Reflections on Bloom's revised taxonomy.
Electronic Journal of Research in Education
Psychology, 8 (4), 214-230. [PDF] |
|
KRATHWOHL, D.R., BLOOM, B.S. et MASIA, B.B. (1970). Taxonomie
des objectifs pédagogiques. Tome 2 (le domaine
affectif). Éducation nouvelle. |
DETTMER, P. (2006). New Blooms in established fields :
Four domains of learning and doing. Roeper Review,
28, 70-78. |
|
ORMELL, C.P. (1974-1095). Bloom's taxonomy and the
objectives of education. Educational Research, 17, 3-18. |
PICKARD, M.J. (2007). The new Bloom's taxonomy : An
overview for family and consumer sciences. Journal of
Family and Consumer Sciences Education, 25 (1),
45-55. |
|
BLOOM, B.S. (1984). Taxonomy of educational
objectives. Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
CROWE, A., DIRKS, C. & WENDEROTH, M.P. (2008). Biology
in bloom : implementing Bloom's taxonomy to enhance
student learning in biology. CBE-Life Sciences
Education, 7, 368-381. |
|
ANDERSON, L. & KRATHWOHL, D.R. (2000). Taxonomy
for learning, teaching and assessing : A revision of
Bloom's taxonomy of educational objectives. New
York : Longman. |
ZHENG, A.Y., LAWHORN, J.K., LUMLEY, T. & FREEMAN, S.
(2008). Application of Bloom's taxonomy debunks the"MCAT
myth". Science, 319, 414-415. |
|
ANDERSON, L., KRATHWOHL, D.R., AIRASIAN, P.W.,
CRUIKSHANK, K.A., MAYER, R.E., PINTRICH, P.R., RATHS, J.
& WITTROCK, M.C. (2001). A taxonomy for Learning,
Teaching, and Assessing : A revision of Bloom's Taxonomy of
Educational Objectives. New York: Pearson, Allyn &
Bacon. |
GREEN, K.H. (2010). Matching functions and graphs at
multiple levels of Bloom's revised taxonomy. Primus,
20 (3), 204-216. |
|
WITTROCK, M.C. (2001). A taxonomy for learning,
teaching and assessing : A revision of Bloom's taxonomy.
New York : Allyn & Bacon. |
TIEMEIER, T., STACY, A.Z. & BURKE, J.M. (2011). Using
multiple choice questions written at various Bloom's
taxonomy levels to evaluate student performance across a
therapeutics sequence. Innovations in Pharmacy, 2, 1-11.
|
|
FERGUSON, C. (2002). Using the revised Bloom's Taxonomy to
plan and deliver team-taught, integrated, thematic units.
Theory into Practice, 41 (4), 239-244. |
BHAGOOLI, R. (2011). Applying Bloom's taxonomy to analyze
the level of learning in university biology education. University
of Mauritius Research Journal, 17, 209-223. [PDF] |
|
KRATHWOHL, D.R. (2002). A revision of Bloom's taxonomy :
An overview. Theory into Practice, 41 (4),
212-218. [PDF] |
LEMONS, P.P. & LEMONS, J.D. (2013). Questions for
assessing higher-order cognitive skills: it's not just
Bloom's. CBE Life Sciences Education, 12 (1),
47-58. |
|
ATHANASSIOU, N., McNETT, J.M. & HARVEY, C. (2003).
Critical thinking in the management classroom : Bloom's
taxonomy as a learning tool. Journal of Management
Education, 27 (5), 533-555. |
NEVID, J.S. & McCLELLAND, N. (2013). Using action
verbs as learning outcomes : Applying Bloom's taxonomy in
measuring instructional objectives in Introductory
Psychology. Journal of Education & Training
Studies, 1 (2), 19-24. [PDF] |
|
CRUZ, E. (2003). Bloom's revised taxonomy. In B. Hoffman
(Ed.), Encyclopedia of Educational Technology. |
ADAMS, N.E. (2015). Bloom's taxonomy of cognitive learning
objectives. Journal of the Medical Library
Association, 103 (3), 152–153. [PDF] |
|
ADELI, M.R. & SOOZANDEHFAR, S.M.A. (2016). A Critical
Appraisal of Bloom's Taxonomy. American Research
Journal of English & Literature, 2, 1-9. [PDF] |
|
| |
| LEGENDRE,
R. (1993). Dictionnaire actuel de l'Éducation. Montréal
: Guérin/Paris : ESKA. |
|
|
|
|
|
Taylor Bridget A. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américaine
et spécialiste de l'étude du conditionnement
opérant, notamment chez les autistes.
|
TAYLOR, B.A. & HARRIS, S.L. (1995). Teaching children
with autism to seek information : Acquisition of novel
information and generalization of responding. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 28 (1), 3-14. [PDF]
|
|
TAYLOR, B.A. & LEVIN L. (1998). Teaching a student
with autism to make verbal initiations: Effects of a
tactile prompt. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 37 (1), 651-654. [PDF]
|
|
TAYLOR, B.A., HUGHES, C.E., RICHARD, E., HOCH, H. &
RODRIGUEZ-COELLO, A. (2004). Teaching teenagers with
autism to seek assistance when lost. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 37 (1), 79–82. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, B.A., HOCH, H. & WEISSMAN, M. (2004).
The analysis and treatment of vocal stereotypy in a child
with autism. Behavioral Interventions, 20, 239-253. ,
37 (1), 79–82. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, B.A., (2015). Stereo knobs and swing sets :
falling in love with the science of behavior. The
Behavior Analyst, 38, 283–292. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taylor Donald M. (1943-2021) : Psychosociologue
québécois et spécialiste de l'étude des stéréotypes
raciaux/ethniques et des
langues autochtones. Il enseigne à l'Université
McGill. Collaborateur de De
la Sablonnière.
|
TAYLOR, D.M. & GARDNER, R.C. (1969). Ethnic
stereotypes : Their effects on the perception of
communicators of varying credibility. Canadian Journal
of Psychology, 23, 161-173. |
|
TAYLOR, D.M., CAOUETTE, J., USBORNE, E. & WRIGHT, S.C.
(2008). Aboriginal languages in Québec : Fighting
linguicide with bilingual education. Diversité
Urbaine, 8, 69-90. |
|
TAYLOR, D.M. & De la SABLONNIÈRE, R. (2013). Why
interventions in dysfunctional communities fail : the need
for a truly collective approach. Canadian Psychology,
54, 22-29. |
|
TAYLOR, D.M., De la SABLONNIÈRE, R. &
FRENCH-BOURGEOIS, L. (2014). Genuine community ownership
of northern education : From theory to practice. Northern Public Affairs, 2, 55-59. |
|
TAYLOR, D.M. & De la SABLONNIÈRE, R. (2014).
Towards constructive change in Aboriginal communities :
A social psychology perspective. Montréal :
McGill-Queen's University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Taylor Graeme J. ( ) : Psychiatre
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de la personnalité,
notamment de
l'alexithymie. Collaborateur de Bagby.
|
TAYLOR, G.J., DOODY, K. & NEWMAN, A. (1981).
"Alexithymia" characteristics in patients with
inflammatory bowel disease. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 26, 470-474. |
|
TAYLOR, G.J., BAGBY, R.M. & PARKER, J.D.A. (1991). The
alexithymia construct : A potential paradigm for
psychosomatic medicine. Psychosomatics, 32,
153-164. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, G.J., BAGBY, R.M. & PARKER, J.D. (1992). The
Revised Toronto Alexithymia Scale : Some reliability,
validity, and normative data. Psychotherapy &
Psychosomatics, 57 (1-2), 34-41. |
|
TAYLOR, G.J. (1994). The alexithymia construct :
Conceptualization, validation, and relationship with basic
dimensions of personality. New Trends in Experimental
& Clinical Psychiatry, 10, 61-74. |
|
TAYLOR, G.J., BAGBY, R.M., KUSHNER, SS., BENOIT, D. &
ATKINSON, L. (2014). Alexithymia and adult attachment
representations : Associations with the five-factor model
of personality and perceived relationship adjustment. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 55 (5), 1258-1268. |
|
|
|
Taylor Marjorie ( ) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du
développement, notamment du mensonge
et des amis
imaginaires.
|
TAYLOR, M. & CARLSON, S.M. (1997). The relation
between individual differences in fantasy and theory of
mind. Child Development, 68, 436-455. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, M., LUSSIER, G.L. & MARING, B.L. (2003). The
distinction between lying and pretending. Journal of
Cognition & Development, 4, 299-324. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, M., CARLSON, S.M., MARING, B.L., GEROW, L. &
CHARLEY, C. (2004). The characteristics and correlates of
high fantasy in school-aged children : Imaginary
companions, impersonation and social understanding. Developmental
Psychology, 40, 1173-1187. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, M. & MOTTWEILER, C.M. (2008). Imaginary
companions : Pretending they are real but knowing they are
not. American Journal of Play, 1, 47-54. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, M., HULETTE, A.C. & DISHION, T.J. (2010).
Longitudinal outcomes of young high-risk adolescents with
imaginary companions. Developmental Psychology, 46, 1632-1636.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Taylor
Marylee C. (Oakland 1943-) : Psychosociologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des relations ethniques.
Collaboratrice de Hall et Pettigrew.
|
TAYLOR, M.C. (1979). Race, Sex, and self-fulfilling
prophecy effects in a laboratory teaching situation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 37,
897-912. |
|
TAYLOR, M.C. & HALL, J.A. (1982). Psychological
androgyny : Theories, methods, and conclusions. Psychological
Bulletin, 92, 347-366. |
|
TAYLOR, M.C. (1995). The impact of affirmative action on
beneficiary groups : Evidence from the 1990 general social
survey. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 15, 143-178. |
|
TAYLOR, M.C. (1995). White backlash to workplace
affirmative action : Peril or myth ? Social Forces,
73, 1385-1414. |
|
TAYLOR, M.C. (1998). How white attitudes vary with the
racial composition of local populations : Numbers count. American
Sociological Review, 63, 512-535. |
|
|
|
|
|
Taylor
Shelley Elisabeth (Mont Kisko, 1946-) : Psychosociologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du soutien
social. Collaboratrice de Buunk,
Etcoff, Fiske,
Kim, Peplau,
Sears et
Sherman.
|
TAYLOR, S.E., FISKE, S.T., ETCOFF, N.L. & RUDERMAN,
A.J. (1978). Categorical and contextual bases of person
memory and sereotyping. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 36 (7), 778-793. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, S.E. (1983). Adjustment to threatening events : A
theory of cognitive adaptation. American
Psychologist, 38, 1161-1173. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, S.E. (1991). Asymmetrical effects of positive and
negative events : The mobilization-minimization
hypothesis. Psychological Bulletin, 110 (1),
67-85. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, S.E., KLEIN, L.C., LEWIS, B.P., GRUENEWALD, T.L.,
GURUNG, R.A. & UPDEGRAFF, J.A. (2000). Biobehavioral
responses to stress in females : Tend-and-befriend, not
fight-or-flight. Psychological Review, 107,
411-429. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, S.E. & STANTON, A. (2007). Coping resources,
coping processes, and mental health. Annual Review of
Clinical Psychology, 3, 129-153.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Taylorisme
: Doctrine et
système d'organisation
du travail formulés par Taylor.
qui s'appuie sur trois grands principes : 1) une analyse
minitieuse dite "scientifique" des modes de production de l'entreprise;
2) organisation et division systématique des
tâches (parcellisation et spécialisation du travail)
permettant cette production; 3) Offrir aux employés des conditions
qui les encouragent à travailler,
à réaliser leurs tâches. Taylorisme et fordisme.
Taylorism.
|
|
| |
TAYLOR, F.W. (1916). Principles of scientific management.
Bulletin of the Taylor Society. In D. Mankin, R.E. Ames
& M.A. Grodski (Eds.), (1980). Classics of
industrial and organizational psychology. (pp.
15-28). Oak Park, Illinois : Moore Publishing Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| TAC
- TEASDALE
- TECHNIQUE -
TECHNOLOGIE - Technologie
Information/Communication (TIC) - TÉLÉ
- TÉLÉPHONE - TÉLÉVISION
- TEM |
Te
Nijenhuis Jan ( ) : Psychométricien
néérlandais et spécialiste de l'étude de l'intelligence,
notamment de l'intelligence
générale (facteur G). Collaborateur de Woddley.
|
TE NIJENHUIS, J., EVERS, A. & MUR, J.P. (2000). The
validity of the Differential Aptitude Test for the
assessment of immigrant children. Educational
Psychology, 20, 99-115. |
|
TE NIJENHUIS, J., VAN VIANEN, A.E.M. & VAN DER FLIER,
H. (2007). Score gains on g-loaded tests: No g. Intelligence,
35, 283-300. |
|
TE NIJENHUIS, J. & VAN DER FLIER, H. (2007). The
secular rise in IQs in the Netherlands : Is the Flynn
effect on g ? Personality & Individual
Differences, 43, 1259-1265. [PDF] |
|
TE NIJENHUIS, J. & VAN DER FLIER, H. (2013). Is the
Flynn effect on g ? A meta-analysis. Intelligence, 41,
802-807. [PDF] |
|
TE NIJENHUIS, J., JONGENEEL-GRIMEN, B. & ARMSTRONG,
E.L. (2015). Are adoption gains on the g factor ? A
meta-analysis. Personality & Individual
Differences, 73, 56-60. |
|
|
|
Teacher Educator (The...) : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'enseignement.
Éditeur : Taylor & Francis.
MOORE, K.D. & MARKAM, J.S. (1983). A competency
model for the evaluation of teacher education program
graduates. The Teacher Educator, 19 (1),
20-31.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching of Psychology : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'enseignement
de la psychologie. Éditeur
: Routdlege.
BROTHEN, T. & WAMBACH, C. (2001). Effective student
use of computerized quizzes. Teaching of
Psychology, 28 (4), 292-294.
|
| |
|
|
Teaching
Thinking & Problem Solving (1979-1995) :
Revue scientifique
qui consacre ses pages à l'enseignement.
Éditeur : Routdlege.
JACKENDOFF, R. (1991). The paradox of language
acquisition. Teaching Thinking & Problem
Solving, 13 (5), 1-6.
|
| |
|
|
Teasdale John D. (1950-) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain, d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
dépression et des rechutes.
Collaborateur de Abramson,
Segal, Seligman,
Shapiro,
Watkins et Williams.
 |
TEASDALE, J.D., FENNELL, M.J.V., HIBBERT, G.A. &
AMIES, P.L. (1984). Cognitive therapy for major depressive
disorder in primary care. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 144, 400-406. |
|
TEASDALE, J.D. (1985). Psychological treatments for
depression : How do they work ? Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 23, 157-165. |
|
TEASDALE, J.D., WILLIAMS, J.M.G., SOULSBY, J.M. SEGAL,
Z.V., RIDGEWAY, V.A. & LAU, M.A. (2000). Prevention of
relapse/Recurrence in major depression by
mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68 (4),
615-623. [PDF] |
|
TEASDALE, J.D., SCOTT, J., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURS, H., POPE,
M. & PAYKEL, E.S. (2001). How does cognitive therapy
prevent relapse in residual depression ? Evidence from a
controlled trial. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 69 (3), 347-357. [PDF] |
|
TEASDALE, J.D., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURST, H., POPE, M.,
WILLIAMS, S. & SEGAL, Z.V. (2002). Metacognitive
awareness and prevention of relapse in depression :
Empirical evidence. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 70, 278-287. [PDF] |
|
|
ROBINS, C.J. & BLOCK, P. (1989). Cognitive theories of
depression viewed from a diathesis-stress perspective :
Evaluation of the models of Beck and Abramson, Seligman
& Teasdale. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 13
(4), 297-313. |
|
LAU, M.A., SEGAL, Z. & WILLIAMS, J.M.G. (2004).
Teasdale's differential activation hypothesis :
Implications for mechanisms of depressive relapse and
suicidal behaviour. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
42, 1001-1017. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Technique : Terme générique qui désigne «ce que l'on fait» pour
résoudre un problème ou
atteindre un objectif (Le
comment), par opposition à la méthode qui décrit et explique les
raisons ou les causes pour lesquelles on fait ce que l'on fait (Le
pourquoi). En principe, une technique est une façon particulière
de faire les choses qui repose sur des connaissances et des
méthodes qui sont reproduites et transmises en raison de leur
efficacité (avérée ou supposée), mais il existe également des
techniques efficaces sans rationnel clair ou évident. EX:
les techniques d'anesthésie qui, à l'origine, se sont développées
sans que l'on comprenne exactement pourquoi et comment le cerveau
"s'endort". = marche à suivre, façon
de faire, le comment, ce que l'on fait. ( ):
Voir tableau ci-dessous. /Le pourquoi, méthode.
Technique, procedure.
|
|
|
Technique d'enseignement : Voir Enseigner.
Teaching, teaching method, effective learning techniques.
|
Technique de la porte-dans-la-face : Technique de persuasion en deux temps qui consiste d'abord à faire une demande ou une offre exagérée à autrui, sachant pertinemment qu'elle sera refusée, puis
de revenir à la charge avec une offre ou une demande beaucoup plus
raisonnable, demande qui sera probablement acceptée, alors qu'en
temps normal elle ne l'aurait probablement pas été. Technique du
pied-dans-la-porte et persuasion.
= stratégie de la porte-au-nez.
Door-in-the-face
technique, door-in-the-face procedure, DITF.
| |
|
|
CIALDINI, R.B., VINCENT, J.E., LEWIS, S.K., CATALAN, J.,
WHEELER, D. & DARBY, B.L. (1975). Reciprocal
concessions procedure for inducing compliance : The
door-in-the-face technique. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 31, 206-215. [PDF] |
REEVES, R.A., BAKER, G.A., BOYD, J.G. & CIALDINI, R.B.
(1991). The door-in-the-face technique: Reciprocal
concessions vs. self-presentation explanations.
Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 6, 545-558. |
|
CANN, A., SHERMAN, S.J. & ELKES, R. (1975). Effects of
initial request size and timing of a second request on
compliance : The foot in the door and the door in the
face. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology,
32, 774-782. |
DILLARD, J.P. & HALE, J.L. (1992). Prosocial parameter
of sequential request strategies : Limits to the
foot-in-the-door and the door-in-the-face ? Communication
Studies, 43, 220-232. |
|
PENDLETON, M.G. & BATSON, C.D. (1979).
Self-presentation and the door-in-the-face technique for
inducing compliance. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 5 (1), 77-81. |
ABRAHAMS, M.F. & BELL, R.A. (1994). Encouraging
charitable contributions : An examination of three models
of door-in-the-face Compliance. Communication
Research, 21, 131-153. |
|
BELL, R.A., ABRAHAMS, M.F., CLARK, C. & SCHLATTER, C.
(1996). The door-in-the-face compliance strategy : an
individual differences analysis of two models in an aids
fund raising context. Communication Quarterly, 44, 107-124. |
|
SCHWARZWALD, J., RAZ, M. & ZVIBEL, M. (1979). The
applicability of the door-in-the face technique when
established behavioral customs sexist. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 9 (6), 576-586. |
O'KEEFE, D.J. & FIGGE, M. (1997). A guilt-based
explanation of the door-in-the-face influence strategy. Human Communication Research, 24 (1), 64-81. [PDF] |
|
SHANAB, M. & ISONIO, S. (1980). The effects of delay
upon compliance with socially undesirable requests in the
door-in-the-face paradigm. Bulletin of the
Psychonomic Society, 15, 76-78. |
O'KEEFE, D.J. & HALE, S.L. (1998). The
door-in-the-face influence strategy : A random-effects
meta-analytic review. Communication Yearbook, 2, 1-33.
[PDF] |
|
O'KEEFE, D.J. & FIGGE, M. (1999). Guilt and expected
guilt in the door-in-the-face technique. Communication
Monographs, 66, 312-324. [PDF] |
|
HALE, J.J. & LALIKER, M. (1999). Explaining the
door-in-the-face : Is it really time to abandon reciprocal
concessions ? Communication Studies, 10, 203-210. |
|
O'KEEFE, D.J. (1999). Three reasons for doubting the
adequacy of the reciprocal-concessions explanation of
door-in-the-face effects. Communication Studies, 50,
211-220. [PDF] |
|
MOWEN, J.C. & CIALDINI, R.B. (1980). On implementing
the door-in-the-face compliance technique in a business
context. Journal of Marketing Research, 27,
253-258. |
TUSING, K.J. & DILLARD, J.P. (2000). The psychological
reality of the door-in-the-face : It's Helping, not
Bargaining. Journal of Language & Social
Psychology, 19 (1), 5-25. |
|
|
GOLDMAN, M. & CREASON, C. (1981). Inducing compliance
by a two-door-in-the face procedure and a
self-determination request. The Journal of Social
Psychology, 114, 229-235. |
O'KEEFE, D.J. & HALE, S.L. (2001). An odds-ratio-based
meta-analysis of research on the door-in-the-face
influence. Communication Reports, 14, 31-38. [PDF] |
|
GROVES, R.M. & MAGILAVY, L. (1981). Increasing
response rates to telephone surveys : A door in the face
for foot in the door ? Public Opinion Quarterly, 45
(3), 346-358. |
GUADAGNO, R.E., DEMAINE, L.J. & CIALDINI, R.B. (2001).
When saying yes leads to saying no : Preference for
consistency and the reverse foot-in-the-door effect. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 27 (7), 859-867.
[PDF] |
|
DILLARD, J.P. & BURGOON, M. (1982). An appraisal of
two sequential request strategies for gaining compliance :
Foot-in-the-door and door-in-the-face. Communication,
11, 40-57. |
MILLAR, M. (2002). Effects of a guilt induction and guilt
reduction on door in the face. Comminication
Research, 29 (6), 666-680. [PDF] |
|
GUÉGUEN, N. (2003). Fund raising on the Web : The effect
of the electronic foot-in-the-door on prosocial request. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 6 (2), 189-193. [PDF] |
|
PASCUAL, A. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2005). Foot-in-the-door and
door-in-the-face : A comparative Meta-analytic study. Psychological
Reports, 96 (1), 122-128. [PDF] |
|
DILLARD, J.P., HUNTER, J.E. & BURGOON, M. (1984).
Sequential-request persuasive strategies : Meta-analysis
of foot-in-the-door and door-in-the-face. Human
Communication Research, 10, 461-488. |
MITCHELL-TURNER, M., TAMBORINI, R., LIMON, M.S. &
ZUCKREMAN-HYMAN, C. (2007). The moderators and mediators
of door-in-the-face requests : Is it a negotiation or a
helping experience ? Communication Monographs, 74
(3), 333-356. [PDF] |
| GOLDMAN, M., McVEIGH, J.F. & RICHTERKESSING, J.L.
(1984). Door-in-the-face procedure : Reciprocal
concession, perceptual contrast, or worthy person. Journal
of Social Psychology, 123, 245-251. |
EBSTER C. & NEUMAYR, B. (2008). Applying the
door-in-the-face compliance technique to retailing. The
International Review of Retail, Distribution &
Consumer Research, 18 (1), 121-128. |
|
OLDMAN, M. (1986). Compliance employing a combined
foot-in-the-door and door-in-the-face procedure. Journal
of Social Psychology, 126, 111-116. |
GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. MEINERI, S. (2011). Effects of
the door-in-the-face technique on restaurant customers'
behavior. International Journal of Hospitality
Management, 30, 759-761. [PDF] |
|
FEELEY, T.H., ANKER, A.E. & LOE, A.M. (2012). The
door-in-the-face persuasive message strategy : A
meta-analysis of the first 35 years. Communication
Monographs, 79, 316-343. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Technique de
persuasion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technique de relaxation : Voir Relaxation.
Relaxation therapy.
|
Techniques de tri qualitatif : Test projectif d'évaluation du point de vue d'un sujet, de ses opinions,
inventée par Stephenson. Le
sujet doit choisir à partir d'une liste d'énoncés décrivant des traits,
des comportements ou
des attitudes celles qui lui semblent le mieux correspondre à ses
opinions, à son point de vue. Q-sort method.
| |
|
|
STEPHENSON, W. (1935). Technique of factor analysis.
Nature, 136, 297. |
|
STEPHENSON, W. (1953). The study of behavior :
Q-technique and its methodology. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
|
STEPHENSON, W. (1982). Q-methodology, interbehavioral
psychology, and quantum theory. Psychological Record,
32, 235-248. |
|
STEPHENSON, W. (1987). Q-methodology : Interbehavioral and
quantum theoretical connections in clinical psychology. In
D.H. Ruben & D.J. Delprato (Eds.), New ideas in
therapy (pp. 95-106). Westport, CT : Greenwood. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Stephenson |
|
|
|
|
Technique
du low-ball : Technique
de persuasion fondée
sur l'engagement. =
stratégie du low-ball.
Low-ball procedure.
| |
|
|
CIALDINI, R.B. & CACIOPPO, J., BASSET, R. &
MILLER, B.L. (1978). Low-ball procedure for producing
compliance : Commitment then cost. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 599-604. [PDF] |
|
BURGER, J.M. & PETTY, R.E. (1981). The lowball
compliance technique : Task or person commitment ? Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 40, 492-500. |
|
POLLOCK, C.L., SMITH, S.D., KNOWLES, E.S. & BRUCE,
H.J. (1998). Mindfulness limits compliance with the
that's-not-all technique. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 24, 1153-1 157. |
|
BURGER, J.M. REED, M., DECESARE, K., RAUNER, S. &
ROZOLIS, J. (1999). The effects of initial request size on
compliance : More about the that's-not-all technique. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 21, 243-249. [PDF] |
|
GUÉGUEN, N., PASCUAL A. & DAGOT L. (2002). The
low-ball technique : An application in a field setting. Psychological
Reports, 91, 81-84. [PDF] |
|
BURGER, J.M. & CORNELIUS, T. (2003). Raising the price
of agreement : public commitment and the low-ball
compliance procedure. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 33 (5), 923-934. [PDF] |
|
BURGER, J.M. & CAPUTO, D. (2015). The low-ball
compliance procedure: a meta-analysis. Social
Influence, 10 (4), 1-7. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Technique de
persuasion |
|
|
Technique
du pied-dans-la-bouche : Technique
de persuasion.
Foot-in-the-mouth.
| |
|
|
AUNE, R.K. & ASIL, M.D. (1994). A relational
obligations approach to the foot-in-the-mouth effect.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 24, 546-556. |
|
MEINERI, S. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2011). I hope I don't
disturb you, Am I ? Another operationalization of the
foot-in-the-mouth paradigm. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 41 (4), 965-975. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Technique de
persuasion |
|
|
Technique du pied-dans-la-porte : Technique de persuasion en deux temps qui consiste d'abord à faire une demande à un individu
tellement peu exigente qu'il ne pourra la refuser (acquiescement),
puis de revenir à la charge avec une seconde demande beaucoup plus
importante, qui en temps normal serait sans doute refusée, mais
que plusieurs individus acceptent néanmoins. Technique du
pied-dans-la-porte et persuasion.
= stratégie du pied-dans-la-porte, le pied-dans-la-porte.
FITD, foot-in-the-door, foot-in-the-door technique, foot-in-the-door effect.
| |
|
|
FREEDMAN, J.L. & FRASER, S.C. (1966). Compliance
without pressure : The foot-in-the-door technique. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 4, 195-202. |
DILLARD, J. (1990). Self-inference and the
foot-in-the-door technique : Quantity of behavior and
attitudinal mediation. Human Communication Research,
16, 422-447. |
|
BARON, R.A. (1973). The foot-in-the-door phenomenon :
Mediating effects of size of first request and sex of
requester. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 2,
113–114. |
|
|
PLINER, P., HART, H., KOHL, J. & SAARI, D. (1974).
Compliance without pressure : Some further data on the
foot-in-the-door technique. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 10, 17–22. |
|
SNYDER, M. & CUNNINGHAM, M.R. (1974). To comply
or not comply : Testing the self-perception explanation of
the foot-in-the-door phenomenon. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 31, 64–67.
|
|
|
BEAMAN, A.L., SVANUM, S., MANLOVE, S. & HAMPTON, C.
(1974). An attribution theory explanation of the
foot-in-the-door effect. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 1, 122-123. |
DILLARD, J.P. & HALE, J.L. (1992). Prosocialness and
sequential request compliance techniques : Limits to the
foot-in-the-door and the door-in-the-face ?
Communication Studies, 43, 220-232. |
|
CANN, A., SHERMAN, S.J. & ELKES, R. (1975). Effects of
initial request size and timing of a second request on
compliance : The foot in the door and the door in the
face. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 32, 774-782. |
GORASSINI, D. & OLSON, J. (1995). Does self-perception
change explain the foot-in-the door effect ? Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 69, 91-105.
[PDF] |
SELIGMAN, C., BUSH, M. & KIRSCH, K. (1976).
Relationship between compliance in the foot-in-the-door
paradigm and thes Size of the first request. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 33,
517–520.
|
|
|
REINGEN, P.H. & KERNAN, J.B. (1977). Compliance with
an interview request : A foot-in-the-door, self-perception
interpretation. Journal of Marketing Research, 14
(3), 365-369. |
|
|
SCOTT, C.A. (1977). Modifying socially-conscious behavior
: The foot-in-the-door technique. Journal of Consuner
Research, 4, 156-164. |
|
|
ZUCKERMAN, M., AZZARO, M. & WALDGEIR, D. (1979).
Undermining effects of the foot-in-the-door technique with
extrinsic rewards. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 9, 292-296. |
DOLIN, D.J. & BOOTH-BUTTERFIELD, S. (1995).
Foot-in-the-door and cancer prevention. Health
Communication, 7 (1), 55. |
DEJONG, E. (1979). An examination of self-perception
mediation of the foot-in-the-door effect.”Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology. 37(12), 2221-2239.
|
|
|
HANSEN, R.A. & ROBINSON, L.M. (1980), Testing the
Effectiveness of Alternative Foot-in-the-door
manipulation. Journal of Marketing Research, 17 (3),
359-364. |
|
|
GROVES, R.M. & MAGILAVY, L. (1981). Increasing
response rates to telephone surveys : A door in the face
for foot in the door ? Public Opinion Quarterly, 45
(3), 346-358. |
BURGER, J.M. (1999). The foot-in-the-door compliance
procedure : A multiple-process analysis and review. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 3 (4), 303-325. [PDF] |
ALLEN, C.T., SCHEWE, C.D. & WIJK. G. (1980). More on
self-perception theory’s foot technique in the
pre-call/mail survey setting. Journal of Marketing
Research, 17, 498–502.
|
|
|
FURSE, D.H., STEWART, DÉWÉ & RADOS, D.L. (1981).
Effects of foot-in-the-door, cash incentives, and
followups on survey response. Journal of Marketing
Research, 18, 473–478. |
CHIN, M.L., BOND, J.R. & GEVA, N. (2000). A foot in
the door : An experimental study of PAC and constituency
effects on access. The Journal of Politics, 6
(2), 534-549. |
|
BEAMAN, A.L., COLE, M., PRESTON, M., LENTZ, B. &
MEHRKENS-STEBLAY, N. (1983). Fifteen years of
foot-in-the-door research : A meta-analysis. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 9, 181-196. |
GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2001). Fund raising on the
Web : The effect of the electronic foot-in-the-door on
prosocial request. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 4
(6), 705-709. [PDF] |
|
DILLARD, J., HUNTER, J. & BURGOON, M. (1984).
Sequential request persuasive strategies : Meta-analysis
of foot-in-the-door and door-in-the-face. Human
Communication Research, 10, 461-488. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). Foot-in-the-door and computer-mediated
communication. Computers in Human Behavior, 18
(1), 11-15. [PDF] |
|
OLDMAN, M. (1986). Compliance employing a combined
foot-in-the-door and door-in-the-face procedure. Journal
of Social Psychology, 126, 111-116. |
BURGER, J.M. & CALDWELL, D.F. (2003). The effects of
monetary incentives and labeling on the foot-in-the-door
effect : Evidence for a self-perception process. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 25 (3), 235-241. [PDF] |
|
JOULE, R.-V. (1987). Le pied-dans-la-porte : Un paradigme
à la recherche d'une théorie. Psychologie Française,
32, 301-306. |
PASCUAL, A. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2005). Foot-in-the-door and
door-in-the-face : A comparative meta-analytic study. Psychological
Reports, 96 (1), 122. [PDF] |
|
JOULE, R.-V. (1987). Tobacco deprivation : The
foot-in-the-door technique versus the lowball technique.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 17, 361-365. |
GRIFFITHS, M. (2010). Online gambling, social responsibility and 'foot-in-the-door' techniques. i-Gaming Business, 62, 100-101. [PDF] |
|
VREDENBURG, H. & MARSHALL, J. (1988). Extending the
external validity of the FITD effect to the industrial
marketplace. Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science, 16 (2), 49-56. |
GUÉGUEN, N., MEINERI, S., GRANDJEAN, I. & MARTIN, A.
(2010). The combined effect of the Foot-in-the-Door
technique and the "But you are free of technique" : An
evaluation on the selective sorting of household wastes. EcoPsychology,
2 (4), 231-237.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Conformisme, Acquiescement
et Technique de
persuasion |
|
|
|
|
Technique pédagogique : Voir Enseigner.
Teaching, teaching method, effective learning
techniques.
|
|
|
Technique
thérapeutique directive : Ensemble des techniques
utilisées par la plupart des psychologues,
sauf les humanistes,
techniques qui, comme le nom l'indique, tentent d'amener
systématiquement le client/ patient
vers un but précis (révéler son inconscient,
modifier ses comportements,
prendre conscience de ses erreurs de raisonnement
(biais), accepter son sort,
etc.). La plupart des humanistes préconisent plutôt des techniques
qui permettent au client de trouver sa voie, de fixer ses propres
objectifs, reléguant ainsi le thérapeute à un rôle d'accompagnateur
ou de simple guide (plutôt qu'un
expert).
|
Technique thérapeutique non-directive : Ensemble des techniques
utilisées par les humanistes,
techniques qui, comme le nom l'indique, ne tente pas d'amener
systématiquement le client vers un but précis (révéler son
inconscient, modifier ses comportements, prendre conscience de ses
erreurs de raisonnement, etc.), mais plutôt de favoriser un climat
d'échange qui encourage le client à parler de lui, de ses expériences.
= orientation non directive .
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
| |
|
|
PAGES, M. (1965). L'orientation non directive en
psychothérapie et en psychologie sociale. Paris :
Dunod. |
|
|
|
|
|
Technoference
: Distraction
(interférence) créée par les technologies, notamment l'usage
inapproprié des écrans (Téléphone,
ordinateur, tablette
ou télévision). Technoference,
Technology interference.
| |
|
|
McDANIEL, B.T. & COYNE, S.M. (2016). "Technoference"
The interference of technology in couple relationships and
implications for women's personal and relational
well-being. Psychology of Popular Media Culture, 5, 85-98. |
McDANIEL, B.T. & RADESKY, J. (2018). Technoference :
Parent technology use, stress, and child behavior problems
over time. Pediatric Research, 84, 210-218. |
|
McDANIEL, B.T. & RADESKY, J. (2018). Technoference :
Parent distraction by technology and associations with
child behavior problems. Child Development, 89
(1), 100-109. [PDF] |
McDANIEL, B.T. GALOVAN, A.M., CRAVENS J. & DROUIN, M.
(2018). Technoference and implications for mothers' and
fathers' couple and coparenting relationship quality. Computers
in Human Behavior, 80, 303-313. |
|
NEWHAM, G., DROUIN, M. & McDANIEL, B.T. (2018).
Problematic phone use, depression, and technology
interference among mothers. Psychology of Popular
Media Culture. |
McDANIEL, B.T. & DROUIN, M. (2019). Daily technology
interruptions and emotional and relational well-being. Computers
in Human Behavior, 99, 1-8. |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Réseau à distance, Ordinateur,
Distraction,
Message-texte et Téléphone |
|
|
|
Technologie : Technologue
: Toute discipline qui a pour but de de modifier les
propriétés de son objet
d'étude au moyen de techniques dont l'efficacité
a été éprouvée scientifiquement (du moins en principe...). Une
technologie est donc la pratique systématique d'une
science. En principe, le technologue ne devrait faire que ce que la science sait. Bien sûr, la science ne sait pas tout. Il y a donc, dans toute technologie, une part d'approximation, de flou. Cette zone grise - la marge de manoeuvre du professionnel - permet au technologue de recourir à son intuition et à son expérience (ou à celles de ses pairs) pour proposer des solutions à des problèmes que la science n'arrive pas à résoudre ou qui font l'objet de peu d'attention des chercheurs. Autrement, le technologue est tenue de recourir aux techniques dont l'efficacité a été verifiées par la science En psychologie, ces techniques systématiques visant à résoudre des problèmes se nomment thérapie.
On utilise également le terme technique
de modification du comportement. La psychologie clinique
est donc une technologie car son but premier est d'aider
et de guérir un
patient/client/malade, donc de modifier les états psychologiques
de cet individu, et non de décrire et d'expliquer ces états comme
le fait la science. En principe, science et technologie
travaillent en étroite
collaboration : la pratique d'une technologie repose donc
sur des connaissances
acquises par la science (en grande partie mais non exclusivement);
en retour, les praticiens des technologies communiquent à la
science leurs observations
cliniques et leurs interrogations, qui guident la science
vers de nouveaux problèmes et contribuent à la découverte de
nouvelles connaissances/solutions. EX: La
médecine, le génie, la psychologie
clinique. Le technologue est donc un professionnel qui
utilise les connaissances développées par la science pour résoudre
des problèmes concrets. EX: Guérir une
dépression, un mal de ventre, construire un pont, analyser la
qualité de l'eau, modifier le comportement d'un enfant hyperactif,
etc. Science et
technologie. = techniques
scientifiques, thérapeutes, cliniciens. *science
appliquée. Technology, practice.
|
Psychologie scientifique (=
Science)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Psychologie clinique ( =
Technologie)
|
| |
|
|
BURNS, T. (1956). The social character of technology. Impact,
7, 147-167. |
BUNGE, M. (1991). Le système technique-science-philosophie
: un ménage à trois fécond. Revue Internationale de
Systémique, 5, 171-180. |
|
MECHNER, F. (1963). Science education and behavioral
technology. In R. Glaser (Ed.), Teaching machines and
programmed learning II (pp. 441-508). Washington,
DC : National Education Association. |
MORRIS, E.K. (1991). Deconstructing "technological to a
fault". Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 24 (3),
411-416. [PDF] |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1968). The technology of teaching.
New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
LATOUR, B. (1992). Aramis ou l'amour des techniques.
Paris : La Découverte. |
|
GRANT, G. (1969). Technology and empire.
Toronto, ON : House of Anansi. |
VOLLMER, T.R. & IWATA, B.A. (1993). Implications of a
functional analysis technology for the use of restrictive
behavioral interventions. Child & Adolescent
Mental Health Care, 3, 95-113. |
|
LERMAN, D.C. & IWATA, B.A. (1996). Developing a
technology for the use of operant extinction in clinical
settings : an examination of basic and applied research. Journal
of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 29 (3),
345-3821/383-5. [PDF] |
|
AUSUBEL, J.H. (1996). Can technology spare the earth ? American
Scientist, 84, 166-178. |
|
WILLEMS, E.P. (1974). Behavioral technology and behavioral
ecology. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 7 (1),
151-165. [PDF] |
JOHNSTON, J.M. (1996). Distinguishing between applied
research and practice. The Behavior Analyst, 19
(1), 35-47. [PDF] |
|
PENNYPACKER, H.S. & HENCH, S.L. (1997). Making
behavioral technology transferrable. The Behavior
Analyst, 20 (2), 97-108. [PDF]
|
|
NOBLE, D. (1999). The religion of technology : The
divinity of man and the spirit of invention. New
York : Penguin. |
|
GOLDIAMOND, I. (1976). Protection of human subjects and
patients : a social contingency analysis of distinctions
between research and practice, and its implications. Behaviorism,
4 (1), 1-41. |
MARTELL, C.R. & HOLLON S.D. (2001). Working together
on shifting ground : Researcher and clinician
collaboration in clinical trials. The Behavior
Therapist, 24 (7), 144-146. |
|
DEITZ, S.M. (1978). Current status of applied behavior
analysis : Science versus technology. American
Psychologist, 33 (9), 805-814. |
HAWKINS, R.P. & ANDESON, C.M. (2002). On the
distinction between science and practice : A reply to
Thyer and Adkins. The Behavior Analyst, 25,
115-119. [PDF] |
|
FAWCETT, S.B., MATHEWS, M.R. & FLETCHER, R.K. (1980).
Some promising dimensions for behavioral community
technology. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 13
(3), 505-518. [PDF] |
NEWLAND, M.C., PENNYPACKER, H.S., ANGER, K.W. & MELE,
P. (2003). Transferring behavioral technology across
applications. Neurotoxicology & Teratology, 25, 529-542.
[PDF] |
MALIK, Y.K. (1982). Attitudinal and political implications
of diffusion of technology : the case of north Indian
youth. Journal of Asian and African Studies, 17, 45-73.
|
COUPER, M.P. (2005). Technology trends in survey data
collection. Social Science Computer Review, 23,
486-501. |
|
GINGRAS, Y. (2005). Éloge de l'homo techno-logicus.
Montréal : Fides. |
|
PENNYPACKER, H.S. (1986). The challenge of technology
transfer : Buying in without seling out. The Behavior
Analyst, 9, 147-156. |
SCHMID, R., BERNARD, R., BOROKHOVSKI, E., TAMIM, R.,
ABRAMI, P.C., WADE, C.A., SURKES, M.A. & LOWERISON, G.
(2009). Technology's effect on achievement in higher
éducation : a stage I méta-analysis of classroom
applications. Journal of Computers in Higher
Education, 21, 95-109. |
|
REHFELDT, R.A. (2011). Toward a technology of derived
stimulus relations : An analysis of articles published in
the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1992-2009. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (1), 109-119. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Pseudoscience |
|
|
|
|
Technologie
de l'information et de la communication : TIC :
Expression qui désigne l'ensemble des technologies -
principalement l'ordinateur
et ses logiciels
- qui favorisent l'apprentissage
et la transmission des connaissances,
à l'école, en
entreprise ou à distance. TIC, tutoriel
et enseignement
assisté par ordinateur. = NTIC,
TIC, TICE, IT, multimedia. E-Learning, ICT,
educationnal technology, new technology, multimedia learning,
computer technology, information technology in school.
| |
|
|
PAPERT, S. (1972). A computer laboratory for elementary
schools. Computer & Automation, 21 (6). |
HARRINGTON, C.F. & REASONS, S.G. (2005). Online
student evaluation of teaching for distance education : A
perfect match. The Journal of Educators Online, 2 (1),
1-12.
[PDF] |
|
PAPERT, S. & SOLOMON, C. (1972). Twenty Things to do
with a computer. Educational Technology, 12 (4),
9-18. |
SUSSKIND, J.E. (2005). PowerPoint's power in the classroom
: enhancing students' self-efficacy and attitudes. Computers
& Education, 45, 203-215. [PDF] |
|
PAPERT, S. (1973). Uses of technology to enhance
education. MIT Artificial Intelligence Memo, 298. |
DEAUDELIN, C. LEFEBVRE, S., BRODEUR, M., MERCIER, J.,
DUSSAULT, M. & RICHER, J. (2005). Évolution des
conceptions relatives à l'enseignement, à l'apprentissage
et aux technologies de l'information et de la
communication chez des enseignants du primaire. Canadian
Journal of Education, 28 (4), 583-614. [PDF] |
|
TESSIER, B. (1979). Parallèles de l'évolution dans les
activités scolaires et para-scolaires chez un enfant
utilisant le programme d'ordinateur Logo. La Revue
Canadienne de Psycho-Éducation, 8 (1), 21-30. |
DESJARDINS, F. (2005). La représentation par les
enseignants quant à leurs profils de compétences relatives
à l'ordinateur : Vers une théorie des TIC en éducation. La
Revue Canadienne de l'Apprentissage et de la
Technologie, 31 (1), 27-49. |
|
PAPERT, S. (1980). Mindstorms; children, computers,
and powerful ideas. New York : Basic Books &
HarperCollins. |
KARSENTI, T. et LAROSE, F. (2005). L'intégration
pédagogique des TIC dans le travail enseignant :
recherches et pratiques. Québec : Presses de
l'Université du Québec. |
|
UNDERWOOD, J.H. (1984). Linguistics, computers, and
the language teacher. Rowley, Mass : Newbury House. |
BARRETTE C. (2005). Vers une méta-synthèse des impacts des
TIC sur l'apprentissage et l'enseignement dans les
établissements du réseau collégial québécois. Mise en
perspective. Clic, 57, 18-24. |
|
HERMANT, C. (1985). Enseigner, apprendre avec
l'ordinateur. Paris : Cedic/Nathan. |
DEAUDELIN, C. LEFEBVRE, S. BRODEUR, M., MERCIER, J.,
DUSSAULT, M. et RICHER, J. (2005). Évolution des pratiques
et des conceptions de l'enseignement, de l'apprentissage
et des TIC chez des enseignants du primaire en contexte de
développement professionnel. Revue des Sciences de
l'Éducation 31 (1), 79-110. [PDF] |
|
FERRELL, K. (1987). Computers in the classroom : Ten years
and counting. COMPUTE! The Journal for Progressive
Computing, 9 (9), 12–13. |
|
|
MUCCHIELLI, A. (1987). L'enseignement par ordinateur.
Paris : Que-sais-je?/Presses Universitaires de France. |
HELLSTEN, I. (2006). The paradox of inform@tion technology
in primary schools : e-learning is new but gender patterns
are old ! Scandinavian Journal of Educational
Research, 50 (1), 1-21. |
|
DAVIS, F.D., BAGOZZI, R.P. & WARSHAW, P.R. (1989).
User acceptance of computer technology : A comparison of
two theoretical models. Management Science, 35
(8), 982-1003. [PDF] |
BARAK, M., LIPSON, A. & LERMAN, S. (2006). Wireless
laptops as means for promoting active learning in large
lecture halls. Journal of Research on Technology in
Education, 38 (3), 245-263. |
|
HAREL, I. & PAPERT, S. (Eds.) (1991). Software design
as a learning environment. In I. Harel & S. Papert
(Eds.), Constructionism. Westport, CT, US :
Ablex Publishing. |
|
|
MAYER, R.E. & ANDERSON, R. (1992). The instructive
animation : Helping students build connections between
words and pictures in multimedia learning. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 84, 444-452. |
HALLETT, T.L. & FARIA, G. (2006). Teaching with
multimedia : Do bells and whistles help students learn ? Journal
of Technology in Human Services, 24 (2-3),
167-179. |
|
BROTHEN, T. (1992). A developmental education approach to
computer-assisted content instruction. Journal of
Developmental Education, 15 (3), 32-35. |
WATSON, S. (2006). Virtual mentoring in higher education :
Teacher education and cyber-connections. Teaching
& Learning in Higher Education, 18 (3),
168-179.
[PDF] |
|
LAURILLARD, D. (1993). Rethinking university teaching
: a framework for the effective use of educational
technology. Londres : Routledge. |
APPERSON, J.M., LAWS, E.L. & SCEPANSKY, J.A. (2006).
An assessment of student preferences for PowerPoint
presentation structure in undergraduate courses. Computers
& Education, 50 (1), 148-153. [PDF] |
|
MAYER, R.E. & SIMS V.K. (1994). For whom is a picture
worth a thousand words ? Extensions of a dual-coding
theory of multimedia learning. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 86, 389-401. |
APPERSON, J., LAWS, E. & SCEPANSKY, J. (2006). The
impact of presentation graphics on students' experience in
the classroom. Computers & Education, 47
(1), 116-126. |
|
KERKMAN, D., KELLISON, K., PINON, M., SCHIMDT, D. &
LEWIS, S. (1994). The quiz game : Writing and explaining
questions improve quiz scores. Teaching of
Psychology, 21 (2), 104-106. |
BIBEAU, R. (2006). Les TIC à l'école : proposition de
taxinomies et analyse de quelques obstacles à leur
intégration en classe, In Le matériel didactique et
pédagogique : soutien à l'appropriation ou déterminant
de l'intervention éducative (p. 297-325). Québec :
Les Presses de l'Université Laval. |
|
PAPERT, S. (1993). The children's machine :
Rethinking school in the age of the computer. Hemel
Hempstead (UK) : Harvester Wheatsheaf. |
AMADIEU, F. & TRICOT A. (2006). Utilisation d'un
hypermédia et apprentissage : deux activités concurrentes
ou complémentaires ? Psychologie Française 51,
5-23. [PDF] |
|
BOSTOW, D.E., KRITCH, K.M. & TOMPKINS, B.F. (1995).
Computers and pedagogy : Replacing telling with
interactive computer-programmed instruction. Behavior
Research Methods, Instruments & Computers, 27,
297-300. |
LOWERISON, G., SCLATER, J., SCHMID, R.F. & ABRAMI P.C.
(2006). Student perceived effectiveness of computer
technology use in post-secondary classrooms. Computer
& Education, 47, 465-489. |
|
|
BROTHEN, T. (1995). Using a new text-based authoring
system to create a computer-assisted introductory
psychology course. In T. Sechrest, M. Thomas & N.
Estes (Eds.), Leadership for creating educational
change : Integrating the power of technology (Vol.
1, pp. 308-310). Austin : University of Texas. |
AMIEL, T. (2006). Mistaking computers for technology :
Technology literacy and the digital divide. AACE
Journal, 14 (3), 235-256. [PDF] |
|
NAJJAR, L.J. (1996). Multimedia information and learning.
Journal of Educational Multimedia Hypermedia, 5
(2), 129-150. [PDF] |
KINCHIN, I. (2006). Developing PowerPoint handouts to
support meaningful learning. British Journal of
Education Technology, 37 (4), 647-650. |
|
OKOLO, C.M. & FERRETTI, R.P. (1996). The impact of
multimedia design projects on the knowledge, attitudes,
and collaboration of students in inclusive classrooms. Journal
of Computers in Childhood Education, 7, 223-251. |
NOPPE, I. (2007). PowerPoint presentation handouts and
college student learning outcomes. International
Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching & Learning,
1 (1), 1-13. [PDF] |
|
CERPA, N., CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J. (1996). Some
conditions under which integrated computer- based training
software can facilitate learning. Journal of
Educational Computing Research, 15, 345-367. |
YANG, Z. & LIU, Q. (2007). Research and development of
Web-based virtual online classroom. Computers &
Education, 48, 171-184. |
|
BROTHEN, T. (1996). A student-accessible computerized
gradebook that facilitates self-regulated studying
behavior. Teaching of Psychology, 23, 127-130. |
BARRETTE C. (2007). Réussir l'intégration pédagogique des
TIC - un guide d'action de plus en plus précis. Bulletin
Clic, 63, 11-19. |
|
BÉLISLE, C. et LINARD, M. (1996). Quelles nouvelles
compétences des acteurs de la formation dans le contexte
des TIC ? Éducation Permanente, 127 (2), 19-47. |
NOPPE, I., ACHTERBERG, J., DUQUAINE, L., HUEBBE, M. &
Carol, W. (2007). Powerpoint handouts and college student
learning outcomes. International Journal for the
Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 48 (1),
2-10. |
|
HOLZL, J. (1997). Twelve tips for effective PowerPoint
presentations for the technologically challenged.
Medical Teacher, 19 (3), 175–179. |
BROTHEN, T. & WAMBACH, C. (2007). Internet vs.
classroom access in a hybrid psychology course for
developmental students. Research & Teaching in
Developmental Education, 23 (2), 15-22. |
|
TERGAN, S. (1997). Misleading theoretical assumptions in
hyper- text/hypermedia research. Journal of
Educational Multimedia & Hypermedia, 6, 257-283. |
AMIEL, T. & REEVES, T.C. (2008). Design-based research
and educational technology : Rethinking technology and the
research agenda. Educational Technology & Society,
11 (4), 29-40. [PDF] |
|
MAYER, R.E. (1997). Multimedia learning : Are we asking
the right questions. Educational Psychologist, 32, 1-19. |
SUSSKIND, J.E. (2008). Limits of PowerPoint's power :
Enhancing students' self-efficacy and attitudes but not
their behavior. Computers & Education, 50, 1228-1239.
[PDF] |
|
TINDALL-FORD, S., CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J. (1997).
When two sensory modes are better than one. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Applied, 3, 257-287. |
APPERSON, J.M., LAWS, E. & SCEPANSKY, J.A. (2008). An
assessement of student preferences for Powerpoint
presentation structure in undergraduate courses. Computers
& Education, 50 (1), 148-153. [PDF] |
|
PERRY, T. & PERRY, L.A. (1998). University students'
attitudes towards multimedia presentations. British
Journal of Educational Technology, 29, 375-377. |
BURKE, L.A. & JAMES, K.E. (2008). PowerPoint-based
lectures in business education : An empirical investigation of student-perceived novelty and effectiveness. Business Communication Quarterly, 71, 278-296. |
|
BERTIN, J.-C. (1998). L'ordinateur au service de
l'apprentissage ou l'apprentissage au service de
l'ordinateur ? Les Cahiers de l'APLIUT, 17 (3),
58-68. |
CLARK, J. (2008). PowerPoint and pedagogy maintaining
student interest in university lectures. College
Teaching, 56 (1), 39-45. |
|
TARDIF, J. (1998). Intégrer les nouvelles technologies
de l'information : Quel cadre pédagogique ? Paris :
ESF. |
GRABE, M. FLANNERY, K. & CHRISTOPHERSON, K. (2008).
Voluntary use of online study questions as a function of
previous minimal use requirements and learner aptitude. The
Internet & Higher Education, 11 (3-4),
145-151. |
|
DANIELS, L. (1999). Introducing technology in the
classroom : PowerPoint as a first step. Journal of
Computing in Higher Education, 10, 42-56. |
MAYER, R.E. & JOHNSON, C.I. (2008). Revising the
redundancy principle in multimedia learning. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 100 (2), 380-386. |
|
PARKS, R.P. (1999). Macro principles, PowerPoint, and the
internet: four years of the good, the bad, and the ugly. The
Journal of Economic Education, 30, 200-209. |
KIRKWOOD, A. & PRICE, L. (2008). Assessment and
student learning- a fundamental relationship and the role
of information and communication technologies. Open
Learning, 23 (1), 5-16. [PDF] |
|
CRAWFORD, R. (1999). Teaching and learning IT in secondary
schools : Towards a new pedagogy ? Education &
Information Technologies, 4 (1), 49-63. |
SAVOY, A., PROCTOR, R.W. & SALVENDY, G. (2009).
Information retention from PowerPoint and traditional
lectures. Computers & Education, 52 (4),
858-867. |
|
MANTEI, E. (2000). Using internet class notes and
PowerPoint in the physical geology lecture. Journal
of College Science Teaching, 29, 301-305. |
BERK, R.A. (2009). Multimedia teaching with video clips :
TV, movies, YouTube, and mtvU in the college classroom.
International Journal on Technology in Teaching &
Learning, 5 (1), 1-21. [PDF] |
|
BROTHEN, T. & WAMBACH, C. (2000). The effectiveness of
computer-based quizzes in a PSI introductory psychology
course. Journal of Educational Technology Systems,
28, 253-261. |
GIER, V.S. & KREINER, D.S. (2009). Incorporating
active learning with PowerPoint-based lectures using
content-based questions. Teaching of Psychology, 36,
134-139. |
|
SZABO, A. & HASTING, N. (2000). Using IT in the
undergraduate classroom : should we replace the blackboard
with PowerPoint ? Computers & Education, 35, 175-187.
[PDF] |
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. (Ed.) (2009). Technology and
well-being. New York : Cambridge University Press. |
|
KALYUGA, S., CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J. (2000).
Incorporating learner experience into the design of
multimedia instruction. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 92, 126-136. [PDF] |
WARSCHAUER, M. & MATUCHNIAK, T. (2010). New technology
and digital worlds : Analyzing evidence of equity in
access, use, and outcomes. Review of Research in
Education, 34 (1), 179-225. [PDF] |
|
WHITE, R.J. & HAMMER, C.A. (2000). Quiz-o-Matic : A
free Web-based tool for constructionof self-scoring
on-line quizzes. Behavior Research Methods,
Instruments & Computers, 32, 250-253. |
ALLUIN, F. (2010). Les technologies de l'information et de
la communication (TIC) en classe au collège et au lycée :
éléments d'usages et enjeux. Les dossiers, 197, 1-84.
[PDF] |
|
DESJARDINS, F., LACASSE, R. & BÉLAIR, L.M. (2001).
Toward a definition of four orders of competency for the
use of information and communication technology (ICT) in
education. In Computers and advanced technology in
education : Proceedings of the Fourth IASTED
International Conference (pp. 213-217). Calgary :
ACTA Press. |
LAVIN, A.M., KORTE, L. & THOMAS, T.L. (2010). The
impact of classroom technology on student behavior.
Journal of Technology Research, 2, 1-13. [PDF] |
|
MAYER, J.D. (2001). Multimedia learning. New
York : Cambridge University Press. |
ROSS, S.M., MORRISON, G.R. & LOWTHER, D.L. (2010).
Educational technology research past and present :
Balancing rigor and relevance to impact school learning. Contemporary
Educational Technology, 1 (1), 17-35. [PDF] |
|
|
RANKIN, E.L. & HOAAS, D.J. (2001). The use of
PowerPoint and student performance. Atlantic Economic
Journal, 29, 113. |
BERK, R.A. (2010). Top 10 evidence-based, best practices
for PowerPoint in the classroom. Transformative
Dialogues : Teaching & Learning Journal, 5 (3),
1-7. [PDF] |
|
VOLMAN, M. & VAN ECK, E. (2001). Gender equity and
information technology in education. The second decade. Review
of Educational Research, 71 (4), 613-631. |
AZIZ, T., KHAN, M.B. & SINGH, R. (2010). Effects of
information technology usage on student learning : an
empirical study in the United States. International
Journal of Management, 27 (2), 205- 217. |
|
MAGLI, R. et WINIKIN, Y. (2002). Changement dans le
rapport au savoir et au pouvoir : une approche
ethnographique des TICE à l'école. Dans R. Guir (Dir.), Pratiquer
les TICE, former les enseignants et les formateurs à de
nouveaux usages (p. 63-75). Bruxelles : de Boeck.
|
SELWYN, N. (2010). Looking beyond learning : Notes towards
the critical study of educational technology. Journal
of Computer Assisted Learning, 26 (1), 65-73. |
|
CHAPELLE, C. (2001). Computer applications in second
language acquisition. Cambridge : CUP. |
WANG, F., KINZIE, M., McGUIRE, P. & PAN, E. (2010).
Applying technology to inquiry-based learning in early
childhood education. Early Childhood Education
Journal, 37 (5), 381-389. |
|
GUIR, R. (2002). Pratiquer les TICE: Former les
enseignants et les formateurs à de nouveaux usages.
De Boeck : Bruxelles. |
UNDERWOOD, J. & DILLON, G. (2011). Chasing dreams and
recognising realities : Teachers' responses to ICT. Technology,
Pedagogy & Education, 20 (3), 317-330. |
|
BEAUDOIN, M.F. (2002). Learning or lurking ? Tracking the
"invisible" online student. The Internet & Higher
Education, 5 (2), 147-155. |
KARSENTI, T., KOMIS, V., DEPOVER, C. et COLLIN, S. (2011).
Les TIC comme outils de recherche en sciences de
l'éducation. Dans T. Karsenti et L. Savoie-Zajc (Dirs.), La
recherche en éducation : étapes et approches (p.
168-192). Saint-Laurent, QC : ERPI. |
|
ISABELLE, C., LAPOINTE, C. & CHIASSON, M. (2002). Pour
une intégration réussie des TIC à l'école. De la formation
des directions à la formation des maîtres. Revue des
Sciences de l'Éducation, 28 (2), 325-343. |
BROCK, S. & JOGLEKAR, Y. (2011). Empowering PowerPoint
: Slides and teaching effectiveness. Interdisciplinary
Journal of Information, Knowledge, & Management, 6,
85-93. [PDF] |
|
BASQUE, J. & LUNDGREN-CAYROL, K. (2002). Une typologie
des typologies des applications des TIC en éducation. Sciences
et Techniques Éducatives, 9 (3-4), 263-289. |
PALMÉN, R. (2011). Girls, boys and ICT in the UK : an
empirical review and competing policy agendas. International
Journal of Gender, Science & Technology, 3 (2),
407-423. [PDF] |
|
FREY, B. & BIRNAUM, P. (2002). Learners' perceptions
on the use of PowerPoint in lectures. Computers &
Education, 41, 72-86. |
BERK, R.A. (2011). Research on PowerPoint®: From basic
features to multimedia. International Journal of
Technology in Teaching & Learning, 7 (1),
24-35. [PDF] |
|
KARSENTI, T., LEPAGE M. & GERVAIS, C. (2002).
@ccompagnement des stagiaires à l'ère des TIC : forum
électronique ou groupe de discussion ? Formation et
Profession, 8 (2), 7-12. |
DAVIDSON, A.-L. & DESJARDINS, F. (2011). Vers
l'identification d'une relation entre les représentations
de la pédagogie et de l'usage des TIC chez des formateurs
d'enseignants. Revue Canadienne de l'Éducation, 34 (3),
47-67. [PDF] |
|
MAYER, J.D. & MORENO, R. (2003). Nine ways to reduce
cognitive load in multimedia learning. Educational
Psychologist, 38, 43-52. |
VOLPE, R.J., BURNS, M.K., DUBOIS, M. & ZASLOFSKY, A.F.
(2011). Computer-assisted tutoring : Teaching letter
sounds to kindergarten students using incremental
rehearsal. Psychology in the Schools, 48 (4),
332-342. |
|
WANG, F. & REEVES, T.C. (2003). Why do teachers need
to use technology in their classrooms ? Issues, problems,
and solutions. Computers in the Schools, 20 (4),
49-65. |
|
|
KARSENTI, T. (2003). Plus captivantes qu'un tableau noir :
L'impact des nouvelles technologies sur la motivation à
l'école. Revue de la Fédération Suisse des
Psychologues, 6, 24-29. |
LIVINGTSONE, S. (2012). Critical reflections on the
benefits of ICT in education. Oxford Review of
Education, 38 (1), 9-24. |
|
BROCK, S. & JOGLEKAR, Y. (2011). Empowering PowerPoint
: Slides and teaching effectiveness. Interdisciplinary
Journal of Information, Knowledge, & Management, 6,
85-93. [PDF] |
El KHOURY, R. & MATTAR, D. (2012). PowerPoint in
accounting classrooms : Constructive or destructive ? International
Journal of Business & Social Science, 3 (10),
240-259. [PDF] |
|
BARTSCH, R.A. & COBERN, K.M. (2003). Effectiveness of
PowerPoint presentation in lectures. Computers &
Education, 41 (1), 77-86. [PDF] |
POELLHUBER, B., KARSENTI, T., RAYNAUD, J., DUMOUCHEL, G.,
ROY, N., FOURNIER SAINT-LAURENT, S. et GÉRAUDIE, N.
(2012). Les habitudes technologiques au cégep :
résultats d'une enquête effectuée auprès de 30,724
étudiants. Montréal : Centre de recherche
interuniversitaire sur la formation et la profession
enseignante (CRIFPE).
[PDF] |
|
MILLER, M.T. & POPE, M.L. (2003). Integrating
technology into new student orientation programs at
community colleges. Community College Journal of
Research & Practice, 27, 15-33. |
MADDUX, C.D. & JOHNSON, D.L. (2012). External validity
and research in information technology in education. Computers
in the Schools, 29 (3), 249-252. |
|
POIRIER, C.R. & FELDMAN, R.S. (2004). Teaching in
cyberspace : Online versus traditional instruction using a
waiting-list experimental design. Teaching of
Psychology, 31 (1), 59-61. |
|
|
GRANT, L.K. (2004). Teaching positive reinforcement on the
internet. Teaching of Psychology, 31 (1), 69-71. |
KARSENTI, T. et COLLIN, S.S. (2013). Quand les TIC font
mouche : leur impact sur l'engagement scolaire des élèves.
Éducation Canada, 53 (1), [LIRE] |
|
CARROLL, D.W. (2004). Web-based assignments in the
psychology of language class. Teaching of Psychology,
31, 204-206. |
SANA, F., WESTON, T. & CEPEDA, N.J. (2013). Laptop
multitasking hinders classroom learning for both users and
nearby peers. Computers & Education, 62,
24-31. [PDF] |
|
KALYUGA, S., CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J. (2004). When
redundant on-screen text in multimedia technical
instruction can interfere with learning. Human Factors
: The Journal of the Human Factors & Ergonomics
Society, 46 (3), 567-584. [PDF] |
COLLIN, S.S. et KARSENTI, T. (2013). Usages des
technologies en éducation : analyse des enjeux
socioculturels. Éducation et Francophonie, 41
(1), 192-210. [PDF] |
|
DEBORD, K.A., ARUGUETE, M.S. & MUHLIG, J. (2004). Are
computer-assisted teaching methods effective ? Teaching
of Psychology, 31 (1), 65-68. |
|
|
SCHULT, C.A. & McINTSOH, J.L. (2004). Employing
computer-administered exams in general psychology :
student anxiety and expectations. Teaching of
Psychology, 31 (3), 209-211. |
CABOT, I. & LÉVESQUE, M.C. (2014). Avec les TIC, ça
clique! : Stimuler l'intérêt des collégiens par
l'intégration des TIC en classe. Pédagogie
Collégiale, 28 (1), 18-23. [PDF] |
|
CYPHERT, D. (2004). The problem of Powerpoint : Visual aid
or visual rhetoric ? Business Communication Quarterly,
67, 80-84. |
|
|
KUNKEL, K. (2004). A research note assessing the benefit
of PowerPoint software in different lecture courses. Teaching
Sociology, 32, 188-196. |
DILIBERTO-MACALUSO, K. & HUGHES, A. (2016). The use of
mobile apps to enhance student learning in introduction to
psychology. Teaching of Psychology, 43 (1),
48-52. [PDF] |
|
MARTENS, R.L., GULIKERS, J. & BASTIAENS, T. (2004).
The impact of intrinsic motivation on e-learning in
authentic computer tasks. Journal of Computer
Assisted Learning, 20 (5), 368-376. [PDF] |
JORGENSEN, M., HAVEL, A., FICHTEN, C., KING, L., MARCIL,
E., LUSSIER, A., BUDD, J. & VITOUCHANSKAIA, C.
(2017)."Simply the best" : Professors nominated by
students for their exemplary technology practices in
teaching. Education & Information Technologies,
1-18. [PDF]
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Ordinateur,
Enseignement
à distance, Logiciel,
Cliqueur
électronique et Tablette
tactile |
|
|
|
Technostructure : Technocrate : Chez Galbraith,
concept selon lequel les individus qui prennent les décisions
au sein des entreprises
appartiennent de moins en moins à la classe
des détenteurs de capitaux
- les propriétaires ou les actionnaires - mais plutôt à une
nouvelle catégorie d'acteurs qui
se distinguent par ses connaissances
technologiques et scientifiques
- les gestionnaires (ou technocrates) - qui forment cette
technostructure.
|
Tectum : Partie sous-corticale du cerveau,
plus précisément du mésencéphale.
| |
|
|
CARPENTER, M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human
neuroanatomy. Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
|
|
Teddlie Charles (Winnfield 1949-) : Psychologue
et spécialiste américain de l'éducation.
Il s'intéresse notamment aux méthodes
mixtes. Collaborateur de Onwuegbuzie,
Slater et Tashakkori.
|
TEDDLIE, C., KIRBY, P.C. & STRINFIELD, S. (1989).
Effective versus ineffective schools : Observable
differences in the classroom. American Journal of
Education, 97 (3), 221-236 |
|
TEDDLIE, C. & TASHAKKORI, A. (2003). Major issues and
controversies in the use of mixed methods in the social
and behavioral sciences. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie
(Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social &
behavioral research (pp. 3-50). Thousand Oaks, CA :
Sage. |
|
TEDDLIE, C. (2005). Methodological issues related to
causal studies of leadership : A mixed methods perspec-
tive from the USA. Educational Management
Administration & Leadership, 33 (2), 211-217. |
|
TEDDLIE, C. & TASHAKKORI, A. (2006). A general
typology of research designs featuring mixed methods. Research
in the Schools, 13 (1), 12-28. [PDF] |
|
TEDDLIE, C. & YU, F. (2007). Mixed methods sampling :
A typology with examples. Journal of Mixed Methods
Research, 1 (1), 77-100. [PDF] |
|
|
KERVIN, J. (2000). Tashakkori, Abbas and Charles Teddlie,
Mixed Methodology : Combining Qualitative and Quantitative
Approaches. Relations industrielles, 55 (3),
539–540. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Teigen Karl Halvor ( ) : Psychologue
norvégien et spécialiste de l'étude de la perception
du hasard, de la
chance et de la surprise.
Collaborateur de Keren.
|
TEIGEN, K.H. (1995). How good is good luck ? : The role of
counterfactual thinking in the perception of lucky and
unlucky events. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 25, 281-302. |
|
TEIGEN, K.H. (1996). Luck : The art of a near miss. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 37, 156-171. |
|
TEIGEN, K.H. (1997). Luck, envy, gratitude : It could have
been different. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology,
38, 318-323. |
|
TEIGEN, K.H. (1998). Hazards mean luck : Counterfactual
thinking and perceptions of good and bad fortune in
reports of dangerous situations and careless behaviour.
Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 39, 235-248. |
|
TEIGEN, K.H. & KEREN, G. (2003). Surprises : low
probabilities or high contrasts ? Cognition, 87,
55-71. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telch Michael J. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'anxiété.
|
TELCH, M.J., LUCAS, J.A., SCHMIDT, N.B., HANNA, H.H.,
LANAE JAIMEZ, T. & LUCAS, R.A. (1993), Group
cognitive-behavioral treatment of panic disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 31 (3), 279-287. |
|
TELCH, M.J., VALENTINER, D. & BOLTE, M. (1994).
Proximity to safety and its effects on fear prediction
bias. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 32,
747-751. |
|
TELCH, M.J., SCHMIDT, N.B., JAIMEZ, L., JACQUIN, K.M.
& HARRINGTON, K.J. (1995). Impact of
cognitive-behavioral treatment on quality of life in panic
disorder patients. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 63 (5), 823-830. [PDF] |
|
TELCH, M.J., JACQUIN, K., SMITS, J.A. & POWERS, M.B.
(2003). Emotional responding to hyperventilation as a
predictor of agoraphobia status among individuals
suffering from panic disorder. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 34, 161-70 |
|
TELCH, M.J., BEEVERS, C.G., ROSENFIELD, D., LEE, H.J.,
REIJNTJES, A., FERRELL, R.E. & HARIRI, A.R. (2015).
5-HTTLPR genotype potentiates the effects of war zone
stressors on the emergence of PTSD, depressive and anxiety
symptoms in soldiers deployed to iraq. World
Psychiatry : Official Journal of the World Psychiatric
Association (Wpa). 14 (2), 198-206. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Télé
: Préfixe qui
signifie «à distance».
|
Téléologie
: /téléonomie
Teleology, teleological explanation,
teleological thought, teleological thinking.
| |
|
|
ROSENBLUETH, A., WIENER, N. & BIGELOW, J. (1943).
Behavior, purpose and teleology. Philosophy of
Science, 10, 18-24. [PDF] |
BECHTEL, W. (1986). Teleological functional analysis and
the hierarchical organization of nature. In N. Rescher
(Ed.), Current issues in teleology (pp. 26-48).
Lanham, MD : University Press of America. |
|
CANFIELD, J. (1964). Teleological explanation in biology.
British Journal for the Philosophy of Science, 14 (56),
285-295. |
RACHLIN, H. (1992). Teleological behaviorism. American
Psychologist, 47, 1371-1382. |
|
WRIGHT, L. (1968). The case against teleological
reductionism. The British Journal for the Philosophy
of Science, 19, 211-223. |
REESE. H.W. (1994). Teleology and teleonomy in behavior
analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 17 (1), 75-91. [PDF] |
|
AYALA, F.J. (1970). Teleological explanations in
evolutionary biology. Philosophy of Science, 37, 1-15. |
STOUT, R. (1996). Things that happen because they
should : A teleological approach to action. Oxford
: Oxford University Press. |
|
WRIGHT, L. (1972). Explanation and teleology. Philosophy
of Science, 39 (2), 204-218. |
KELEMEN, D. (1999). The scope of teleological thinking in
preschool children. Cognition, 70, 241–272. |
|
WIMSATT, W.C. (1972). Teleology and the Logical Structure
of Function Statements, Studies in History and
Philosophy of Science 3: 1-80. |
|
|
WOODFIELD, A. (1976). Teleology. Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press. |
KELEMEN, D. (1999). Beliefs about purpose: On the origins
of teleological thought. In M. Corballis & S. Lea
(Eds.), The descent of mind : Psychological
perspectives on hominid evolution (pp. 278–294).
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
WRIGHT, L. (1976). Teleological explanation.
Berkeley : University of California Press. |
RACHLIN, H. (1999). Philosophical behaviorism : a review
of things that happen because they should : a teleological
approach to action, by Rowland Stout. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 72 (2),
273-277. [PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, L. (1977). Teleology. International Studies
in Philosophy, 9, 187-189. |
CUMMINS, R. (2002). Neo-teleology. In A. Ariew,
R. Cummins, and M. Perlman (Eds.), Functions : New
essays in the philosophy of psychology and biology
(pp. 157-173). Oxford : Oxford University Press. [PDF] |
|
NAGEL, E. (1979). Teleology revisited and other
essays in the philosophy and history of science.
New York : Columbia University Press. |
GERGELY, G. & CSIBRA, G. (2003). Teleological
reasoning about actions : The one-year-old's naïve theory
of rational action. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7
(7), 287-292. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Téléonomie |
|
|
Téléonomie : Du grec telos, qui signifie "but" et nomos,
qui veut dure "loi". Étude des lois
de la finalité. On l'utilise également pour qualifier une
comportement manifestement orienté vers un but (une finalité). /Teléologie.
Telonomy.
| |
|
|
ALLPORT, F.H. (1937). Teleonomic description in the study
of personality. Character & Personality, 5,
202-214. |
|
MONOD, J. (1970). Le hasard et la nécessité.
Paris : Seuil. /Chance and necesity : An essay on the
natural philosophy of modern biology. New York :
VintageBooks. |
|
THOMPSON, N.S. (1987). The misappropriation of teleonomy.
In P.P.G. Bateson & P.H. Klopfe (Eds.), Perspectives
in ethology (Vol. 6, pp. 259-273). Plenum
Publishing. |
|
REESE. H.W. (1994). Teleology and teleonomy in behavior
analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 17 (1), 75-91. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Teléologie |
|
|
Télépathie
: Du grec tele qui signifie "à distance" pathos
qui signifie «être touché par, être affecté». Forme de perception
extra-sensorielle. Il s'agit en fait d'une croyance,
donc d'un pseudophénomène
qui consisterait en la capacité de communiquer à distance,
par la pensée, sans la parole. Télépathie, perception
extra-sensorielle et parapsychologie.
Telepathy.
| |
|
|
ROHEIM, G. (1932). Telepathy in a dream. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 1, 277-291. |
ULLMAN, M., KRIPPNER, S. & VAUGHAN, A. (1973). Dream
telepathy : Experiments in nocturnal ESP.
Jefferson, NC : McFarland. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1947). Telepathy and psychoanalysis : a
critique of recent findings. Psychiatric Quarterly,
21, 607-659. |
MEEHL, P.E. (1978). Precognitive telepathy I : On the
possibility of distinguishing it experimentally from
psychokinesis. Noüs, 12, 235-266. |
|
SOAL, S.G. & BATEMAN, F. (1954). Modern
experiments in telepathy. New Haven, CT : Yale
University Press. |
MEEHL, P.E. (1978). Precognitive telepathy II : Some
neurophysiological conjectures and metaphysical
speculations. Noûs, 12, 371-395. |
|
HANSEL, C.E.M. (1959). Experiments on telepathy. New
Scientist, 5, 457-459. |
|
|
HANSEL, C.E.M. (1960). Experiments on telepathy. British
Journal of Statistical Psychology, 13, 175-178. |
|
|
ULLMAN, M. (1969). Telepathy and dreams. Experimental
Medicine & Surgery, 27, 19-38. |
HACKING, I. (1988). Telepathy : Origins of randomization
in experimental design. Isis, 79 (S), 427-451. |
|
KRIPPNER, S. & ULLMAN, M. (1970). Telepathy and dreams
: Controlled experiment with
electroencephalogram-electro-oculogram monitoring. Journal
of Nervous & Mental Disease, 151, 394-403. |
|
| |
|
Voir Parapsychologie
et Perception
extra-sensorielle |
|
|
Téléphone : Du grec tele qui signifie "à distance" phôné
qui signifie «voix, parler, dire». Le téléphone est un appareil de
communication. En
science, il est à la fois : a) un objet
d'étude, surtout en ce qui concerne ses effets négatifs sur
l'attention, notamment en
classe, au
volant d'une voiture (comportement
nuisible et distraction)
ou lors d'une conversation (décrochage).
Dans certains cas, où l'usage nuit à la vie sociale et au travail,
on parle même de dépendance.
Le téléphone dit "intelligent" est un petit ordinateur doté d'un
téléphone. = Téléphone dit
"intelligent". Telephone, cell phone, mobile,
mobile phone, smart phone, mobile device, wireless mobile
device. b) il s'agit également d'un
procédé de collecte
de données à distance dans le cadre d'une enquête.
Telephone survey. c) Le téléphone est aussi
utilisé pour conduire des thérapies
à distance surtout lorsque qu'il s'agit de problèmes mineurs
ou passagers. Téléphone et Travail
à distance.
Telephone-administered
therapy, smartphone applications for
the treatment.
| |
|
| a |
|
|
BROWN, I.D., TICKNER, A.H. & SIMMONDS, D.C.V. (1969).
Interference between concurrent tasks of driving and
telephoning. Journal of Applied Psychology, 53,
419-424. |
TROTTER, A. (2009). Students turn their cell phone on for
classroom lessons. Education Week, 28 (16),
10-11. |
|
WOLFIE, L.M. (1979). Characteristics of persons with and
without home telephones. Journal of Marketing
Research, 16, 421-425. |
EIFLER, K. (2009). Three things to do with cell phones
(Besides confiscate them). The Teaching Professor, 23
(7), 3-3. |
|
MOYAL, A. (1989). The feminine culture of the telephone. Prometheus,
7 (1), 5-31. |
DOCKSAI, R. (2009). Teens and cell phones. The
Futurists, 10-11. |
|
BROOKHUIS, K.A., DE VRIES, G. & DE WAARD, D. (1991).
The effects of mobile telephoning on driving performance.
Accident Analysis & Prevention, 23, 309-316.
|
SCORNAVACCA, E., HUFF, S. & MARSHALL, S. (2009).
Mobile phones in the classroom : If you can't beat them,
join them. Communication of the ACM, 52 (4),
142-146. |
|
REICH, W. & EARLS, F. (1990). Interviewing adolescents
by telephone : Is it a useful methodological strategy ? Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 31, 211-215. |
TAKAO. M., TAKHASHI, S. & KITAMURA, M. (2009).
Addictive personality and problematic mobile phone use. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 12 (5), 501-507. |
|
YEN, C.F., TANG, T.C., YEN, J.Y., LIN, H.C., HUANG, C.F.,
LIU, S.C. & KO, C.H. (2009). Symptoms of problematic
cellular phone use, functional impairment and its
association with depression among adolescents in Southern
Taiwan. Journal of Adolescent Health, 32, 863-873. |
|
MCKNIGHT, A.J. & MCKNIGHT, A.S. (1993). The effect of
cellular phone use upon driver attention. Accident
Analysis & Prevention, 25, 259-265. |
SHELTON, J.T., ELLIOTT, E.M., EAVES, S.D. & EXNER,
A.L. (2009). The distracting effects of a ringing cell
phone : An investigation of the laboratory and the
classroom setting. Journal of Environmental
Psychology, 29, 513-521.
[PDF] |
|
WALSH, S.P., WHITE, K.M. & YOUNG, R. (2009). The phone
connection : A qualitative exploration of how
belongingness and social identification relate to mobile
phone use amongst Australian youth. Journal of
Community & Applied Social Psychology, 19 (3),
225-240. |
|
ROOS, J.-P. (1994). Sociologie du téléphone cellulaire :
le modèle nordique. Réseaux, 12 (65), 35-44. [PDF]
|
WEI, F.F. & WANG, Y.K. (2010). Students, silent
messages : Can teacher verbal and nonverbal immediacy
moderate student use of text messaging in class ? Communication
Education, 59, 475-496. |
|
ALM, H. & NILSSON, L. (1995). The effects of a mobile
telephone task on driver behaviour in a car following
situation. Accident Analysis & Prevention, 27, 707-715. |
DIXIT, S., SHUKLA, H. & BHAGWAT, A.K. (2010). A study
to evaluate mobile phone dependance among students of a
medical college and associated hospital of central India.
Journal of Community Medecine, 35 (2), 339-341. [PDF] |
|
REDELMEIER, D.A. & TIBSHIRANI, R.J. (1997).
Association between cellular-telephone calls and motor
vehicle collisions. New England Journal of Medicine,
336, 453-458. |
EMBERSON, L.L., LUPYAN, G., GOLDSTEIN, M.H. & SPIVEY,
M.J. (2010). Overheard cell-phone conversations : When
less speech is more distracting. Psychological
Science, 21 (10), 1383-1388.
[PDF] |
|
CORBALAN, J.-A. (1997). Le téléphone portable : usages et
usagers. Communication et Langages, 113 (1),
90-103. [PDF] |
BURNS, S.M. & LOHENRY, K. (2010). Cellular phone use
in class : Implications for teaching and learning a pilot
study. College Student Journal, 44 (3), 805-810. |
|
COLLET, C., GUILLOT, A. & PRTIT, C. (2010). Phoning
while driving I : A review of epidemiological,
psychological, behavioural and physiological studies.
Ergonomics, 53, 589–601. |
|
ROHDE, P., LEWINSOHN, P.M. & SEELEY, J.R. (1997).
Comparability of telephone and face-to- face interviews in
assessing axis I and axis II disorders. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 154, 1593-1598.
|
COBB, S., HEANEY, R., CORCORAN, O. & HENDERSON-BEGG,
S. (2010). Using mobile phones to increase classroom
interaction. Journal of Educational Multimedia &
Hypermedia, 19 (2), 147-157. |
|
WEI, R. & LEUNG, L. (1999). Blurring public and
private behaviours in public space; Policy changes in the
use of the cell phone. Telematics & Informatics,
16, 11-26. |
WALSH, S.P., WHITE, K.M. & YOUNG, R. (2010). Needing
to connect : The effect of self and others on young
people's involvement with their mobile phones. Australian
Journal of Psychology, 62 (4), 194-203. [PDF]
|
|
STRAYERS, D.L. & JOHNSTON, W.A. (2001). Driven to
distraction : Dual-task studies of simulated driving and
conversing on a cellular phone. Psychological
Science, 12, 462-466. [PDF]
|
BURNS, S. & LOHENRY, K. (2010). Cellular phone use in
class : Implications for teaching and learning a pilot
study. College Student Journal, 44, 805-810. |
|
HAIGNEY, D. & WESTERMAN, S.J. (2001). Mobile
(cellular) phone use and driving : A critical review of
research methodology. Ergonomics, 44, 132-143. |
HANSON, T.L., DRUMHELLER, K., MALLARD, J., MCKEE, C. &
SCHLEGEL, P. (2011). Cell phones, text messaging, and
Facebook : Competing time demands of today's college
students. College Teaching, 59, 23-30. |
|
SALVUCCI, D.D. & MACUGA, K.L. (2002). Predicting the
effects of cellular-phone dialing on driver performance. Cognitive
Systems Research, 3, 95-102. [PDF]
|
BARON, N.S. (2011). Concerns about mobile phones : A
cross-national study. First Monday, 16 (8), 1-24. |
|
CARROLL, J., HOWARD, S., PECK, J. & MURPHY, J. (2002).
A Field study of perceptions and use of mobile telephones
by 16-22 years olds. Journal of Information
Technology Theory & Practice, 4, 49-61. |
HASSANZADEH, R. & ABBAS, R. (2011). Effect of sex,
course and age on SMS addiction in students. Middle-East
Journal of Scientific Research, 10 (5), 619-625. [PDF] |
|
COOPER, G. (2002). The mutable mobile : Social theory in
the wireless world. In B. Brown, N. Green and R. Harper
(Eds.), Wireless world : Social and interactional
aspects of the mobile age (pp. 19-31). New York, NY
: Springer. |
AHMED, I., QAZI, T.F. & PERJI, A. (2011). Mobile phone
to youngsters : Necessity or addiction. Journal of
Business Management, 5 (32), 12512-12519. [PDF] |
|
STRAYER, D.L., DREWS, F.A. & CROUCH, D.J. (2003).
Fatal distraction ? A comparison of the cell-phone driver
and the drunk driver. In Proceedings of the Second
International Driving Symposium on Human Factors in
Driver Assessment, Training, and Vehicle Design (pp.
25-30). Iowa City : Driving Assessment/University of Iowa. |
WHITE, A., BUBOLTZ, W. & IGOU, F. (2011). Mobile phone
use and sleep quality and length in college students. International
Journal of Humanities & Social Science, 1 (18),
51-58. |
|
STRAYERS, D.L., DREWS, F.A. & JOHNSTON, W.A. (2003).
Cell phone induced failures of visual attention during
simulated driving. Journal of Experimental Psychology
Applied, 9, 23-32. |
MBILINYI, L.F., NEIGHBORS, C., WALKER, D.D., ROFFMAN,
R.A., ZEGREE, J., EDLESON, J. & O'ROURKE, A. (2011). A
telephone intervention for substance-using adult male
perpetrators of intimate partner violence. Research
on Social Work Practice, 21 (1), 43-56. |
|
TAYLOR, A.S. & HARPER, R. (2003). The gift of the gab
? : A design oriented sociology of young people's use of
mobiles. Journal of Computer Supported Cooperative
Work, 12 (3), 267-296. |
OULASVIRTA, A, RATTENBURRY, T. & MA, L. & RAITA,
E. (2011). Habits make smartphone use more pervasive. Personal
& Ubiquitous Computing, 16 (1), 105-114. |
|
HANCOCK, P.A., LESCH, M. & SIMMONS, L. (2003). The
distraction effects of phone use during a crucial driving
maneuver. Accident Analysis & Prevention, 35,
501-514. |
MTEGA, W.P., BERNARD, R., MSUNGU, A.C. & SANARE, R.
(2012). Using mobile phones for teaching and learning
purposes in higher learning institutions : the case of
Sokoine university of agriculture in Tanzania. Proceedings
& report of the 5th UbuntuNet Alliance Annual
Conference, 118-129. [PDF] |
|
GILROY, M. (2004). Invasion of the classroom cell phones.
Education Digest, 69 (6), 56-60. |
THOMÉE, S., HÄRENSTAM, A. & HAGBERG, M. (2011). Mobile
phone use and stress, sleep disturbances, and symptoms of
depression among young adults - a prospective cohort
study. BMC Public Health, 11 [66] 1-11. [PDF] |
|
MATTHEWS, R. (2004). The Psychosocial aspects of mobile
phone use among adolescents. In Psych, 26 (6),
16-19. |
BEYDOKHTI, A., HASSANZADEH, R. & MIRZAIAN, B. (2012).
The relationship between five main factors of personality
and addiction to SMS in high school students. Current
Research Journal of Biological Sciences, 4 (6),
685-689. [PDF] |
|
MONK, A., CARROL, J., PARKER, P. & BLYTHE, M. (2004).
Why are mobile phones annoying ? Behaviour &
Information Technology, 23, 33-41. |
WEI, F.F., WANG, Y.K. & KLAUSNER, M. (2012).
Rethinking college students' self-regulation and sustained
attention : Does text messaging during class influence
cognitive learning ? Communication Education, 61, 185-204. |
|
STRAYER, D.L. & DREWS, F.A. (2004). Profiles in driver
distraction : Effects of cell phone conversations on
younger and older drivers. Human Factors, 46,
640-649. [PDF] |
TINDELL, D.R. & BOHLANDER, R.W. (2012). The use and
abuse of cell phones and text messaging in the classroom :
A survey of college students. College Teaching, 60 (1),
1-9.
[PDF] |
|
SMITH, A. & WILLIAMS, K.D. (2004). R U There ? Effects
of ostracism by cell phone messages. Group Dynamics :
Theory, Research, & Practice, 8 (4), 291-301.
[PDF] |
DUNCAN, D.K., HOEKSTRA, A.R. & WILCOX, B.R. (2012).
Digital devices, distraction, and student performance :
Does in-class cell phone use reduce learning ? Astronomy
Education Review, 11 (1), 1-4. [PDF] |
|
MATTHEWS, R. (2004). The Psychosocial aspects of mobile
phone use among adolescents. In Psych, 26 (6),
16-19. |
CHOLIZ, M. (2012). Mobile-phone addiction in adolescence :
The Test of Mobile Phone Dependence (TMD). Progress
in Health Sciences, 2 (1), 33-44. [PDF] |
|
HUMPHREYS, L. (2005). Cellphones in public : social
interactions in a wireless era. New Media &
Society, 7 (6), 810-833.
[PDF] |
DUNCAN, D.K., HOEKSTRA, A.R. & WILCOX, B.R. (2012).
Digital devices, distraction, and student performance :
Does in-class cell phone use reduce learning ? Astronomy
Education Review, 11 (1), 1-4. [PDF] |
|
MCEVOY, S.P., STEVENSON, M.R., MCCARTT, A.T., WOODWARD,
M., HAWORTH, C., PALAMARA, P. & CERCARELLI, R. (2005).
Role of mobile phones in motor vehicle crashes resulting
in hospital attendance: A case- crossover study. British
Medical Journal, 331, 428-433. |
THOMAS, K. & BOLTON, N. (2013). Cell phones in the
classroom : Preservice teachers' perceptions product code
: JDLTE, 30 (1), 11-20. [RTF] |
|
|
LIU, B. & LEE, Y. (2005). Effects of car-phone use and
affective disposition during critical driving maneuvers. Transportation
Research Part F, 8, 369-382. |
THOMAS, K. O'BANNON, B.W. & BOLTON, N. (2013). Cell
phones in the classroom : Teachers' perspectives of
inclusion, benefits, and barriers. Computers in the
Schools : Interdisciplinary Journal of Practice, Theory,
& Applied Research, 30 (4), 295-308. [PDF]
|
|
OULASVIRTA, A. (2005). The fragmentation of attention in
mobile interaction, and what to do with it.
Interactions : New Visions of Human-Computer
Interaction, 12 (6), 16-18. |
KUZNEKOFF, J.H. & TITSWORTH, S. (2013). The impact of
mobile phone usage on student learning. Communication
Education, 62 (3), 233-252.
[PDF] |
|
BIANCHI, A. & PHILLIPS, J. (2005). Psychological
predictors of problem mobile phone use. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 8 (1), 39-51. |
VANDEN ABEELE, M., BEULLENS, K. & ROE, K. (2013).
Measuring mobile phone use: Gender, age and real usage
level in relation to the accuracy and validity of
self-reported mobile phone use. Mobile Media &
Communication, 1, 213-236. |
|
HUMPHREYS, L. (2005). Cell phones in public : Social
interaction in a wireless era. New Media &
Society, 7 (6), 813-836. |
GIKAS, J. & GRANT, M.M. (2013). Mobile computing
devices in higher education : Student perspectives on
learning with cellphones, smartphones & social media.
The Internet & Higher Education, 19, 18-26. |
|
SRIVASTAVA, L. (2005). Mobile phones and the evolution of
social behaviour. Behaviour & Information
Technology, 24, 111-129. |
WU, A.M., CHEUNG, V.I., KU, L. & HUNG, E.P. (2013).
Psychological risk factors of addiction to social
networking sites among Chinese smartphone users. Journal
of Behavioral Addictions, 2 (3), 160-166. [PDF] |
|
KAMIBEPPU, K. & SUGIURA, H. (2005). Impact of the
mobile phone on junior high school students'friends hips
in the Tokyo metropolitan area. CyberPsychology &
Behavior, 8, (2), 121-130. |
PRZYBELKSY, A.K. & WEINSTEIN, N. (2013). Can you
connect with me now ? How the presence of mobile
com-munication technology influences face-to-face
conversation quality. Journal of Social and Personal
Relationships, 30, 237-246. |
|
CHO, S. & CAMERON, G. T. (2005). Public nudity on cell
phones : Managing conflict in crisis situations. Public
Relations Review, 32, 199-201. |
THOMAS, K. & BOLTON, N. (2013). Cell phones in the
classroom : Preservice teachers' perceptions product code
: JDLTE, 30 (1), 11-20. [RTF] |
|
BOASE, J. & LING, R. (2013). Measuring mobile phone
use : Self-report versus log data. Journal of
Computer-Mediated Communication, 18, 508–519. |
|
KUZNEKOFF, J.H. & TITSWORTH, S. (2013). The impact of
mobile phone usage on student learning. Communication
Education, 62 (3), 233-252.
[PDF] |
|
GIKAS, J. & GRANT, M.M. (2013). Mobile computing
devices in higher education : Student perspectives on
learning with cellphones, smartphones & social media.
The internet & Higher Education, 19, 18-26. |
|
MAGHNATI, F. & LING, K.C. (2013). Exploring the
relationship between experiential value and usage attitude
towards mobile apps among the smartphone users. International
Journal of Business & Management, 8 (4), 1-9. [PDF] |
|
LOPEZ-FERNANDEZ, O., HONRUBIA-SERRANS, M.L. &
FREIXA-BLANXART, M.I (2014). Adapting the Mobile Phone
Problem Use Scale for the Mobile Phone Problem Use Scale
for adolescents : The English Version. Personality
& Individual Differences, 60 (S), 24-47. |
|
WHITE M.P., ELSERJ, R. & HARRIS, P.R. (2014). Risk
perceptions of mobile phone use while driving. Risk
Analysis, 24, 323–334. |
|
JONES, T. (2014). Students' cell phone addiction and their
opinions. The Elon Journal of Undergraduate Research
in Communications, 5 (1), 74-79. [PDF]
|
|
PHILLIPS, J., BUTT, S. & BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P. (2006).
Personality and self-reported use of mobile phones of
games. Cyber Psychology & Behavior, 9 (6),
753-758. |
RADESKY, J., KISTIN, C.J., ZUCKERMAN, B., NITZBERG, K.,
GROSS, J., KAPLAN- SANOFF, M. & SILVERSTEIN, M.
(2014). Patterns of mobile device use by caregivers and
children during meals in fast food restaurants. Pediatrics,
133 (4), 843-849. |
|
TODA, M., MONDEN, K., KUBO, K. & MORIMOTO, K. (2006).
Mobile phone dependence and health related lifestyle of
university students. Social Behavior & Personality
: An International Journal, 34 (10), 1277-1284. [PDF] |
WANG, C., LEE, M.K.O. & HUA, Z. (2014). Understanding
and predicting compulsive smartphone use : An extension of
reinforcement sensitivity approach. Thirty Fifth
International Conference on Information Systems, 1-12.
[PDF] |
|
TANEJA, C. (2014). The psychology of excessive cellular
phone use. Delhi Psychiatry Journal, 17 (2),
448-451. [PDF]
|
|
CLAYTON, M., HELMS, B. & SIMPSON, C. (2006). Active
prompting to decrease cell phone use and increase seat
belt use while driving. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 39 (3), 341-349. [PDF] |
DERKS, D. & BAKKER, A. B. (2014). Smartphone use,
work-home interference, and burnout : A diary study on the
role of recovery. Applied Psychology, 63,
411-440 |
|
CAMPBELL, S. (2006). Perceptions of mobile phones in
college classrooms : Ringing, cheating, and classroom
policies. Communication Education, 55 (3),
280-294. |
CHEEVER, N.A., ROSEN, L.D., CARRIER, L.M. & CHAVEZ, A.
(2014). Out of sight is not out of mind : The impact of
restricting wireless mobile device use on anxiety levels
among low, moderate and high users. Computers in
Human Behavior, 37, 290-297. |
|
MASLEN, G. (2006). Mobile phones improve literacy, say
researchers. The Times Educational Supplement, 4696,
13-13. |
BURGESS, S.R. & MURRAY, A.B. (2014). Use of
traditional and smartphone app flashcards in an
introductory psychology class. Journal of
Instructional Pedagogies, 13, 1-7. [PDF] |
|
WALSH, S.P., WHITE, K.M. (2006). Ring, ring, why did I
make that call ? Beliefs underlying Australian university
students' mobile phone use. Youth Studies Australia,
25 (3), 49-57. |
MTABE, J.S. & RAISAMO, R. (2014). Investigating
students' behavioural intention to adopt and use mobile
learning in higher education in East Africa. International
Journal of Education & Development using Information
& Communication Technology, 10 (3), 4-20. [PDF] |
|
RUSSO, R., FOX, E., CINEL, C., BOLDINI, A., MIRSHEKAR, D.
& MEHTA, A. (2006). Does acute exposure to mobile
phones affect cognitive tasks ? Bioelectromagnetics,
27, 215-220. |
WANG, C., LEE, M.K.O. & HUA, Z. (2014). Understanding
and predicting compulsive smartphone use : An extension of
reinforcement sensitivity approach. Thirty Fifth
International Conference on Information Systems, 1-12.
[PDF] |
|
MARKETT, C., SANCHEZ, I.A., WEBER, S. & TANGEY, B.
(2006). Using short message service to encourage
interactivity in the classroom. Computers &
Education, 46, 280-293. |
RADESKY, J.S., MILLER, A.L., ROSENBLUM, K.L., APPUGLIESE,
D., ACIROTI, N. & LUMENG, J.C. (2015). Maternal mobile
device use during a structured parent' child interaction
task. Academic Pediatrics, 15 (2), 238-244. |
|
STRAYER, D.L., DREWS, F.A. & CROUCH, D.J. (2006). A
comparison of the cell phone driver and the drunk driver.
Human Factors, 48, 381-391. [PDF] |
VAN DEURSEN, A.J., BOLLE, C.L., HEGNER, S.M. &
KOMMERS, P.A. (2015). Modeling habitual and addictive
smartphone behavior : The role of smartphone usage types,
emotional intelligence, social stress, self-regulation,
age, and gender. Computers in Human Behavior, 45, 411-420. |
|
WALSH, S.P., WHITE, K.M. (2007). Me, my mobile and I : The
role of self and prototypical identity influences in the
prediction of mobile phone behavior. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 37, 2405-2434. |
BILLIEUX, J., MAURAGE, P., LOPEZ-FERNANDEZ, O., KUSS, D.J.
& GRIFFTIHS, M.D. (2015). Can disordered mobile phone
use be considered a behavioral addiction? An update on
current evidence and a comprehensive model for future
research. Current Addiction Reports, 2, 156-162.
[PDF]
|
|
ROYE, A., JACOBSEN, T. & SCHRÖGER, E. (2007). Personal
significance is encoded automatically by the human brain :
An event-related potential study with ringtones. European
Journal of Neuroscience, 26, 784-790. |
DEMIRCI, K., AKGÖNÖL, M. & AKPINAR, A. (2015).
Relationship of smartphone use severity with sleep
quality, depression, and anxiety in university students. Journal
of Behavioral Addictions 4, 85-92. [PDF] |
|
PARK, Y. & CHEN, J.V. (2007). Acceptance and adoption
of the innovative use of smartphone. Industrial
Management & Data Systems, 107 (9), 1349-1365 |
LIN, Y.H., LIN, Y.C., LEE, Y.H., LIN, P.H., LIN, S.H.,
CHANG, L.R., TSENG, H.W., YEN, L.Y., YANG, C.C. & KUO,
T.B. (2015). Time distortion associated with smartphone
addiction : Identifying smartphone addiction via a mobile
application. Journal of Psychiatic Research, 65,
139-145. |
|
LIBRERO, F., RAMOS, A.J., RANGA, A.I., TRINONA, J. &
LAMBWEET, D. (2007). Uses of the cell phone for education
in the Philippines and Mongolia. Distance Education,
28 (2), 231-244. |
CLAYTON, R.B., LESHNER, G. & ALMOND, A. (2015). The
extended iSelf : the impact of iPhone separation on
cognition, emotion, and physiology. Journal of
Computer-Mediated Communication, 20 (2), 119-135.
|
|
STRAYER, D.L. & DREWS, F.A. (2007). Cell-phone-induced
driver distraction. Current Directions In
Psychological Science, 16, 128-131. [PDF]
|
NAKUMURA, T. (2015). The action of looking at a mobile
phone display as nonverbal behavior/communication : A
theoretical perspective. Computers in Human Behavior,
43, 68-75. |
|
RUTLAND, J.B., SHEETS, T. & YOUNG, T. (2007).
Development of a scale to measure problem use of short
message service : the SMS problem use diagnostic
questionnaire. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 10
(6), 841-843. |
MONTAG, C., BLASKIEWICZ, K., LACHMANN, B., SARIYSKA, R.,
ANDONE, I., TRENDAFILOV, B. & MARKOWETZ, A. (2015).
Recorded behavior as a valuable resource for
psychodiagnostics in mobile phone addiction : evidence
from psychoinformatics. Behavioral Sciences, 5
(4), 434-442.
[PDF] |
|
VAN DER LINDEN, M., D'ACREMONT, M., CESCHI, G. &
ZERMATTEN, A. (2007). Does impulsivity relate to perceived
dependence on and actual use of the mobile phone ?
Applied Cognitive Psychology, 21 (4), 527-537. |
MONTAG, C., BLASKIEWICZ, K., SARIYSKA, R., LACHMANN, B.,
ANDONE, I., TRENDAFILOV, B. EIBES, M. & MARKOWETZ, A.
(2015). Smartphone usage in the 21st century : Who is
active on WhatsApp ? BMC Res. Notes, 8, 331, |
|
HARLEY, D., WINN, S., PEMBERTON, S. & WILCOX, P.
(2007). Using texting to support students' transition to
university. Innovations in Education & Teaching
International, 44 (3), 229- 241. |
CHAN, M. (2015). Mobile phones and the good life B :
Examining the relationships among mobile use, social
capital and subjective well-being. New Media Society,
17, 96-113. |
|
CAMPBELL, S.W. (2007). Perceptions of mobile phone Use in
public settings : A cross-cultural comparison. International
Journal of Communication, 1, 738-757 [PDF]
|
ANDREWS, S., ELLIS, D. A., SHAW, H. & PIWEK, L.
(2015). Beyond self-report : Tools to compare estimated
and real-world smartphone use. PLOS One, 10
(10), 1-9. [PDF] |
|
MILRAD, M. & SPIKOL, D. (2007). Anytime, anywhere
learning supported by smart phones : Experiences and
results from MUSIS project. Educational Technology
& Society, 10 (4), 62-70. [PDF]
|
ELHAI, J.D., LEVINE, J.C., DVORAK, R.B. & HALL,
B.J. (2016). Fear of missing out, need for touch, anxiety
and depression are related to problematic smartphone use.
Computers in Human Behavior, 63, 509-516. |
|
HANSSON, K.M., HARDELL, L. & CARLBERG, M. (2007).
Pooled analysis of two Swedish case-control studies on the
use of mobile and cordless telephones and the risk of
brain tumours diagnosed during 1997-2003. International
Journal of Occupational Safety & Ergonomics, 13, 63-71. |
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. & ETGAR, S. (2016). Intimacy and
smartphone multitasking - a new oxymoron? Psychological
Reports, 119, 826-838. [PDF] |
|
LIBRERO, F., RAMOS, A.J., RANGA, A.I., TRINONA, J. &
LAMBERT, D. (2007). Uses of the cell phone for education
in the Philippines and Mongolia. Distance Education,
28 (2), 231-244. |
LONG, J., LIU, T.-Q., LIAO, Y.H., HE, H.-Y., CHEN, S.-B.
& BILLIEUX, J. (2016). Prevalence and correlates of
problematic smartphone use in a large random sample of
Chinese undergraduates. BMC Psychiatry, 16,
1-12. [PDF] |
|
LINDQUIST, D., DENNING, T., KELLY, M., MALANI, R.,
GRISWORLD, W.G. & SIMON, B. (2007). Exploring the
potential of mobile phones for active learning in the
classroom. SIGCSE, 39 (1), 384-388. |
MISRA, S., CHENG, L., GENEVIE, J. & YUAN, M. (2016).
The iPhone effect : The quality of in-person social
interactions in the presence of mobile devices. Environment
& Behavior, 48 (2), 275-298. [PDF] |
|
YESHI, T. (2007). Cell phones for college teaching : A
literature review. [PDF]
|
CUTINO, C.M. & NEES, M.A. (2017). Restricting mobile
phone access during homework increases attainment of study
goals. Mobile Media & Communication, 5, 63-79. |
|
WALSCH, S., WHITE K. & YOUNG, R. (2008).
Over-connected ? A qualitative exploration of the
relationship between Australian youth and their mobile
phones. Journal of Adolescence, 31 (1), 77-92 |
ELHAI, J.D., TIAMIYU, M.F., WEEKS, J.W., LEVINE, J.C.,
PICARD, K.J. & HALL, B.J. (2017). Depression and
emotion regulation predict objective smartphone use
measured over one week. Personality & Individual
Differences, 133, 21-28. |
|
BUTT, S. & PHILLIPS, J. (2008). Personality and self
reported mobile phone use. Computers in Human
Behavior, 24 (2), 346-360. |
WILCOCKSON, T.D.W., ELLIS, D.A. & SHAW, H. (2018).
Determining typical smartphone usage : What data do we
need ? Cyberpsychology, Behavior, & Social
Networking, 21, 395-398. |
|
BHATIA, M.S. (2008). Cell phone dependancy-a new
diagnostic entity. Delhi Psychiatry Journal, 11
(2), 123-124. [PDF] |
EIDE, T.A., ARESTAD, S.H., ANDREASSEN, C.S., BILDER, R.M.
& PALLESEN, A. (2018). Smartphone restriction and its
effect on subjective withdrawal related scores.
Frontiers in Psychology, 9 [1444], 1-11. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, S.W. & PARK, Y.J. (2008). Social
implications of mobile telephony : The rise of personal
communication society. Sociology Compass, 2,
371-387 |
RADESKY, J.S. LEUNG, C., APPUGLIESE, D., MILLER, A.L.,
LUMENG, J.C. & ROSENBLUM, K.L. (2018). Maternal mental
representations of the child and mobile phone use during
parent' child mealtimes. Journal of Developmental
& Behavioral Pediatrics, 39, 310-317. |
|
LEUNG, L. (2008). Linking psychological attributes to
addiction and improper use of the mobile phone among
adolescents in Hong Kong. Journal of Children &
Media, 2 (2), 93–113. |
McDANIEL, B.T. (2019). Parent distraction with phones,
reasons for use, and impacts on parenting and child
outcomes : A review of the emerging research. Human
Behavior & Emerging Technologies, 1, 72-80. [PDF] |
|
BANJO, O., HU, Y. & SUNDAR, S. (2008). Cell phone
usage and social interaction with proximate others :
Ringing in a theoretical model. The Open
Communication Journal, 2, 127-135. [PDF] |
MONTAG, C., WEGMANN, E., SARIYSKA, R., DEMETROVICS, Z.
& BRAND, M. (2020). How to overcome taxonomical
problems in the study of technology related use disorders
and what to do with "smartphone addiction" ? Journal
of Behavioral Addictions, 9 (4), 908-914. |
|
BRAGUGLIA, K.H. (2008). Cellular telephone use : A survey
of college business students. Journal of College
Teaching & Learning, 5 (4), 55-61. [PDF]
|
ELHAI, J.D., YANG, H., ROZGONJUK, D. & MONTAG, C.
(2020). Using machine learning to model problematic
smartphone use severity : The significant role of fear of
missing out. Addictive Behaviors, 103, [106261]. |
|
| |
|
Voir Dépendance,
Tricherie, Multitâche,
Distraction,
Capital social,
Réseau, Anxiété
de ratage et
Conduite automobile |
| b |
|
SUDMAN, S. (1973). The uses of telephone directories for
survey sampling. Journal of Marketing Research, 10,
204-207. |
MILLER, G. (2012). The smartphone psychology manifesto. Perspectives
on Psychological Science, 7 (3), 221-237. |
|
DILLMAN, D.A. (1978). Mail and telephone surveys :
The total design method. New York : John Wiley
& Sons. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Enquête
par téléléphone et Sondage |
| c |
|
SOBIN, E., WEISSMAN, M.M., GOLDSTEIN, R.B. & ADAMS, P.
(1993). Diagnostic interviewing for family studies :
Comparing telephone and face-to-face methods for the
diagnosis of lifetime psychiatric disorders. Psychiatric
Genetics, 3, 227-233. |
MOHR, D.C., HART, S., JULIAN, L., CATLEDGE, C.,
HONOS-WEBB, L., VELLA, L. & TASCH, E.T. (2005).
Telephone-administered psychotherapy for depression.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 1007-1014. [PDF] |
|
KRISHNA, S., BOREN, S.A. & BALAS, E.A. (2009).
Healthcare via cell phones : a systematic review.
Telemedicine and e-Health Journal, 15 (3), 231–240. |
|
ROHDE, P., LEWINSOHN, P.M. & SEELEY, J.R. (1997).
Comparability of telephone and face-to- face interviews in
assessing axis I and axis II disorders. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 1593-1598. |
MOHR, D.C., HO, J., DUFFECY, J., REIFLER, D., SOKOL, L.,
BURNS, M.N., JIN, L. & SIDDIQUE, J. (2012). Effect of
telephone-administered vs face-to-face cognitive
behavioral therapy on adherence to therapy and depression
outcomes among primary care patients : A randomized trial.
Journal of American Medical Association, 307 (21),
2278-2285. [PDF] |
|
JUARASCIO, A.S., MANASSE, S.M., GOLDSTEIN, S.P., FORMAN,
E.M. & BUTRYN, M.L. (2015). A review of smartphone
applications for the treatment of eating disorders. European
Eating Disorders Review, 23, 1-11.[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Entrevue
clinique par téléphone, Travail
à distance et Thérapie
par téléphone |
|
|
|
Téléphone
"intelligent" : Voir Téléphone.
Smart phone, cell phone.
|
| Télétravail
: Voir Travail à distance.
elework,
telecommuting, working at home, virtual work. |
Télévision
: Média
d'information et de divertissement. =
TV. Television, small screen, media viewing.
| |
|
 |
|
|
KRUGMAN, H.E. (1962). An application of learning theory to
TV copy testing. Public Opinion Quarterly, 26, 626-634.
|
COMSTOCK, G. (1991). Television in America. Newbury
Park, CA : Sage |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. (1962). A behavioral measure of television
viewing. Journal of Advertising Research, 2,
2-12. |
NEUMAN, S.B. (1991). Literacy in the television age :
The myth of the TV effect. Norwood, NJ : Ablex. |
|
ERON, L.D. (1963). Relationship of TV viewing habits and
aggressive behavior in children. Journal of Abnormal
& Social Psychology, 67 (2), 193-196. |
KNULST, W. (1991). Is television substituting reading ?
Changes in media Usage 1975-1985. Poetics : Journal
of Empirical Research on Literature, the Media & the
Arts 20 (1), 53-72. |
|
BERKOWITZ, L. & RAWLINGS, E. (1963). Effects of film
violence on inhibitions against subsequent aggression. Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 66, 405-412. |
SAPOLSKY, B.S. & TABARLET, J.O. (1991). Sex in
primetime television : 1979 versus 1989. Journal of
Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 35, 505-516. |
|
KRUGMAN, H.E. (1965). The impact of television advertising
: Learning without involvement. Public Opinion
Quarterly, 29, 349-356. [PDF] |
VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (1991). Television and the decline
of reading. Poetics: Journal of Empirical Research on
Literature, the Media & the Arts 20 (1), 73-89. |
|
BERKOWITZ, L. & GEEN, R.G. (1966). Film violence and
the cue properties of available targets. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 3, 525-530. |
TUCKER, L.A. & BAGWELL, M. (1991). Television viewing
and obesity in adult females. American Journal of
Public Health, 81 (7), 908-991. |
|
PARKER, E.B. (1963). The effects of television on public
library circulation. Public Opinion Quarterly, 27,
578-589. |
COMSTOCK, G. & PAIK, H. (1991). Television and
the American child. San Diego : Academic Press. |
|
STEINER, G. (1963). The people look at television. New
York : Knopf. |
SNEED C. & RUNCO, M.A. (1992). The beliefs adults and
children hold about television and video games.
Journal of Psychology, 126, 273-284. |
|
KRUGMAN, H.E. & HARTLEY, E.L. (1970). Passive learning
from television. Public Opinion Quarterly, 34 (2),
184-190. [PDF] |
WILCOX, B.L. & ZUCKERMAN, D. (1992). Big world,
small screen. Lincoln : University of Nebraska
Press. |
|
DOMINICK, J.R. & RAUCH, G.E. (1972). The image of
women in network TV commercials. Journal of
Broadcasting, 16, 259-265. |
HUESMANN, L.R., ERON, L.D., BERKOWITZ, L. & CHAFFEE,
S. (1992). The effects of television violence on
aggression : A reply to a skeptic. In P. Suedfeld &
P.E. Tetlock (Eds.), Psychology and social policy
(pp. 191-200). New York : Hemisphere. |
|
U.S. SURGEON GENERAL'S SCIENTIFIC ADVISORY COMMITTEE/On
Television and social behavior. (1972). Television
and growing up : The impact of televised violence.
Washington, DC. |
HUSTON, A.C., DONNERSTEIN, E., FAIRCHILD, H., FESHBACH,
N.D., KATZ, P.A., MURRAY, J.P., RUBINSTEIN, E.A., WILCOX,
B. & ZUCKERMAN, D. (1992). Big world, small
screen : The role of television in American society. Lincoln,
NE : University of Nebraska Press. |
|
ERON, L.D., HUESMANN, L.R., LEFKOWITZ, M.M. & WALDER,
L.O. (1972). Does television violence cause aggression ? American
Psychologist, 27, 253-263. [PDF] |
CRAIG, R.S. (1992). The effect of television day part on
gender portrayals in television commercials : A content
analysis. Sex Roles, 26 (5/6), 197-21. [PDF] |
|
GERBNER, G. (1972). Violence in television drama : Trends
and symbolic functions. In G.A. Comstock & E.A.
Rubenstein (Eds.), Television and social behavior
: Media content and control (Vol. 1. pp. 28-187).
Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. [PDF] |
CENTERWALL, B.S. (1992). Television and violence. The
scale of the problem and where to go from here. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 267,
3059-3063. |
|
ROBERTSON, L.S., KELLEY, A.B., O'NEILL, B., WIXOM, C.W.,
EISWIRTH, R.S. & HADDON, W. (1974). A controled study
of the effect of television messages on safety belt use. American
Journal of Public Health, 64, 1071-1080. [PDF] |
FREEDMAN, J.L. (1992). Television violence and aggression
: What psychologists should tell the public. In P.
Suedfeld & P. Tetlock (Eds.), Psychology and
social policy (pp. 179-189). New York : Hemisphere
Publishing. |
|
COURTNEY, A.E. & WHIPPLE, T.W. (1974). Women in TV
commercials. Journal of Communication, 24, 110 -
118. |
SIGNORIELLI, N. (1993). Television, the portrayal of
women, and children's attitudes. In G.L. Berry & J.K.
Asamen (Eds.), Children and television : Images in a
changing sociocultural world (pp. 229-242).
Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
|
COMSTOCK, G. (1975). Television and human behavior :
The key studies. Santa Monica, CA : Rand
Corporation. |
CONDRY, J. (1993). Thief of time, unfaithful servant:
Television and the American child. Daedalus, 122,
259-278. |
|
FRIEDRICH L.K. & STEIN, A.H. (1975). Prosocial
television and young children : The effects of verbal
labeling and role playing on learning and behavior.
Child Developmental, 46, 27-38. |
SOMMERS-FLANAGAN, R., SOMMERS-FLANAGAN J. & DAVIS, B.
(1993). What's happening on music television ? A gender
role content analysis. Sex Roles, 28, 745-753. |
|
ZANNA, M.P., CHERESKIN, E. & DARLEY, J.M. (1976). How
television news viewers deal with facts that contradict
their beliefs; A consistency and attribution analysis.Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 6, 159-176. |
BURNS, J.J. & ANDERSON, D.R. (1993). Attentional
inertia and recognition memory in adult television
viewing. Communication Research, 20, 777-799. |
|
GERBNER, G. & GROSS, L. (1976). Living with
television: The violence profile. Journalof
Communication, 26 (2), 173-199. |
JASON, L.A., JOHNSON, S.Z. & JURS, A. (1993). Reducing
children's television viewing with an inexpensive lock. Child
& Family Behavior Therapy, 15 (3), 45-54. |
|
McARTHUR, L.Z. & EISEN, S.V. (1976). Television and
sex role stereotyping. Journal of Applied Psychology,
60 (4), 329-351. |
RIFFE, D., PLACE, P.C. & MAYO, C.M. (1993). Game time,
soap time and prime time TV ads : Treat- ment of women in
Sunday football and rest-of-week advertising.
Journalism Quarterly, 70, 437-446. |
|
THOMAS, M.H., HORTON, R.W., LIPPINCOTT, E.C. &
DRABMAN, R.S. (1977). Desensitization to portrays of real
life aggression as a function of television violence.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 35,
450-458. |
SIGNORIELLI, N. (1993). Television and adolescents'
perceptions about work. Youth & Society 24 (3),
314-341. |
|
SALOMON, G. (1977). Effects of encouraging Israeli mothers
to co-observe "Sesame Street" with their five-year-olds. Child
Development, 48, 1146-1151. |
PAIK, H. & COMSTOCK, G. (1994). The effects of
television violence on anti-social behavior : A
meta-analysis. Communication Research, 21,
516-546. |
|
MANDER, J. (1978). Four arguments for the elimination
of television. New York : Quill. |
SEGE, R. & DIETZ, W. (1994). Television viewing and
violence in children : The pedeatrician as agent for
change. Pediatrics, 94, 600-607. |
|
SALOMON, G. & COHEN, A. (1977). (1978).On the meaning
anc,ialidity of television viewing. Human
Comunication Research, 4, 265-270. |
|
|
MARECK, J., PILIAVIN, J.A., FITZSIMMONS, E., KROGH, E.C.,
LEADER, E. & TRUDELL, B. (1978). Women as TV experts :
The voice of authority. Journal of Communication, 28,
159-168. |
DELLI CARPINI, M.X. & WILLIAMS, B.A. (1994). Methods,
metaphors, and media research : The uses of television in
political conversation. Communication Research, 21,
782-812. |
|
|
LORCH, E.P., ANDERSON, D.R. & LEVIN, S.R. (1979). The
relationship of visual attention and children's
comprehension of television. Child Development, 26, 126-135. |
HALL, C.I. & CRUM, M.J. (1994). Women and "body-isms"
in television beer commercials. Sex Roles, 31 (5/6),
329-337. |
|
SCHNEIDER, K.C. & SCHNEIDER, S.B. (1979). Trends in
sex roles in television commercials. Journal of
Marketing, 42, 79-84. |
WEIGEL, R.H., KIM, E.L. & FROST, J.L. (1995). Race
relations on prime time television reconsidered : Patterns
of continuity and change. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 25, 223-236. |
|
COLLINS, W.A., WELLMAN, H., KENISTON, A.H. & WESTBY,
S.D. (1978). Age-related aspects of comprehension and
inference from a televised dramatic narrative. Child
Development, 49, 389-399. |
|
|
DIENER, E. & DEFOUR, D. (1978). Does television
violence enhance program popularity ? Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 333-341. |
MULIN, C.R. & LINZ, D. (1995). Desensitization and
resensitization to violence against women : Effects of
exposure to sexually violent films on judgments of
domestic violence victims. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 69, 449-459. |
|
SCHEIBE, C. (1979). Sex roles in TV commercials. Journal
of Advertising Research, 19, 23- 27. |
ALLAN, K. & COLTRANE, S. (1996). Gender displaying
television commercials : A comparative study of television
commercials in the 1950s and the 1980s. Sex Roles, 35
(3/4), 185-203. [PDF] |
|
GERBNER, G., GROSS, L. & MORGAN, M & SIGNORELLI,
N. (1980). On Wober's “Televised Violence and Paranoid
Perception: The View from Great Britain”. Public
Opinion Quarterly 43 (1), 123-124 |
|
|
FRIEDRICH-COFER, L.K., HUSTON-STEIN, A.H., KIPNIS, D.M.,
SUSMAN, E.J. & CLEWETT, A.S. (1979). Environmental
enhancement of prosocial television content : Effects on
interpersonal behavior, imaginative play, and
self-regulation in a natural setting. Developmental
Psychology, 15, 637-646. |
WALKER, A.J. (1996). Couples watching television : Gender,
power, and the remote control. Journal
of Marriage & Family, 58, 813–8203. |
|
BANKART, C.P. & ANDERSON, C.C. (1979). Short-term
effects of prosocial television viewing on play of
preschool boys and girls. Psychological Reports, 44,
935-941. |
TIGGERMANN, M. & PICKERING, A.S. (1996). Role of
television in adolescent women's body dissatisfaction and
drive for thinness. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 20 (2), 199-203. |
|
HAYES D. & BIRNBAUM, D. (1980). Preschoolers'
retention of televised events : Is a picture worth a
thousand words ? Developmenfal Psychology, 16,
410-416. |
REEVES, B. & NASS, C. (1996). The media equation
: How people treat computers, television, and new media
like real people and places. New York, NY :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
GERBNER, G. (1980). Aging with television: images on
television drama and conceptions of social reality.Journal
of communication, 30 (1), 37-47. |
|
|
McGHEE, P.E. & FRUEH, T. (1980). Television viewing
and the learning of sex-role stereotype. Sex Roles, 6
(2), 179-188. |
MARES, M.L. (1996). Positive effects of television on
social behavior : A meta-analysis. Philadelphia :
Annenberg Public Policy Center. |
|
MORGAN, M. (1980). Television viewing and reading : Does
more equal better ? Journal of Communication, 30,
159-165. |
WILSON, B.J., KUNKEL, D., LINZ, D., POTTER, J.
DONNERSTEIN, E., SMITH, S.L., BLUMENTHAL, E. & GRAY,
T. (1997). Violence in television programming overall :
University of California, Santa Barbara study. In M.
Seawall (Ed.), National television violence study
(Vol. 1-2, pp. 3-184). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage
Publications. |
|
WATKINS, B.A., CALVERT, S.L., HUSTON-STEIN, A.C. &
WRIGHT, J.C. (1980). Children's recall of television
material: Effects of presentation mode and adult labeling.
Developmental Psychology, 16, 672-674. |
O'GUINN, T.C. & SHRUM, L.J. (1997). The role of
television in the construction of consumer reality. Journal
of Consumer Research, 23 (4), 278-294. |
|
COLLINS, W.A., SOBOL, B.L. & WESTBY, S. (1981).
Effects of adult commentary on children's comprehension
and inferences about a televised aggressive portrayal. Child
Development, 52, 158-163. |
HOBBS, R. (1998). Teaching with and about film and
television Integrating media literacy concepts into
management education. Journal of Management
Development, 17 (4), 259-272. [PDF] |
|
BRYANT, J., ARVETH, R.A. & BROWN, D. (1981).
Television viewing and anxiety : An experimental
examination. Journal of Communication, 31,
106-119. |
SHANAHAN, J. (1998). Television and authoritarianism :
Exploring the concept of mainstreaming. Political
Communication, 15, 483-495. |
|
KERNS, T.Y. (1981). Television : A bisensory bombardment
that stifles children's creativity. Phi Delta Kappan,
62, 456-457. |
DILL, K.E. & DILL, J.C. (1998). Video game violence :
A review of the empirical literature. Aggressive
& Violent Behavior, 3, 407-428.
[PDF] |
|
COLLINS, W.A. (1981). Schemata for understanding
television. New Directions for Child & Adolescent
Development, 13, 31-45. |
|
|
SALOMON, G. (1981). Introducing AIME : the assessment of
children's mental involvement with television. New
Directions for Child & Adolescent Development,
86-102. |
|
|
ANDERSON, D.R., LORCH, E.P., FIELD, D.E. & SANDERS, J.
(1981). The effects of tv program comprehensibility on
children's visual attention and story comprehension. Child
Development, 52, 151-157. |
|
|
WRIGHT, J.C. & HUSTON, A.C. (1981). The forms of
television. Nature and development of television literacy
in children In H. Gardner & H. Kelly (Eds.),
Viewing children through television (pp. 73-88).
San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
CANTOR, J. (1998). Children's attraction to violent
television programming. In J.H. Goldstein (Ed.), Why
we watch : The attractions of violent entertainment
(pp. 88-115). New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
HAYES D., CHEMELSKI, B. & BIRNBAUM, D. (1981). Young
children incidental and intentional retention of televised
events. Developmental Psychology, 17, 230-232. |
SINGER, M.I., SLOVAK, K., FRIERSON, T. & YORK, P.
(1998). Viewing preferences, symptoms of psychological
trauma, and violent behaviors among children who watch
television. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 37 (10), 1041-1048. |
|
PHILLIPS, D.P. (1982). The impact of fictional television
stories on U.S. adult fatalities : New evidence on the
effect of the mass media on violence. American Journal
of Sociology, 87, 1340-1359. |
SHRUM, L.J., WYER, R.S. & O'GUINN, T.C. (1998). The
effects of television consumption on social perceptions :
The use of priming procedures to investigate psychological
processes. Journal of Consumer Research, 24 (4),
447-458. |
|
HUESMANN, L.R. (1982). Television violence and aggressive
behavior. In D. Pearl & L. Bouthilet (Eds.), Television
and behavior: Ten years of scientific progress and
implications for the 80s. Washington, DC : U.S.
Government Printing Office. |
LAVINE, H., SWEENEY, D. & WAGNER, S.H. (1999).
Depicting women as sex objects in television advertising :
Effects on body dissatisfaction. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 25 (8), 1049-1058. [PDF] |
|
COLLINS, W.A. (1982). Cognitive processing in television
viewing. In D. Pearl, L. Bouthilet, and J. Lazar (Eds.), Television
and behaviour : Ten years of scientific progress and
implications for the eighties : Technical reviews
(Vol. 2, p. 9-23). Rockville, MD : National Institute of
Mental Health. |
HUSTON, A.C., WRIGHT, J.C., MARQUIS, J. & GREEN, S.B.
(1999). How young children spend their time : Television
and other activities. Developmental Psychology, 35,
912-925. |
|
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF MENTAL HEALTH (1982). Television
and behavior : Ten years of scientific progress and
implications for the eighties. Washington, DC :
U.S. Government Printing Office. |
FURNHAM, A., GUNTER, B. & WALSH, D. (1998). Effects of
programme context on memory of humorous television
commercials. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 12,
555-567. |
|
JASON, L.A. & KLICH, M. (1982). Use of feedback in
reducing television watching. Psychological Reports,
51, 812-814. |
|
|
|
CALVERT, S.L., HUSTON, A.C., WATKINS, B.A. & WRIGHT,
J.C. (1982). The relation between selective attention to
television forms and children's comprehension of content.
Child Development, 53, 601-610. |
|
|
GERBNER, G. GROSS, L., MORGAN, M. & SIGNORIELLI, N.
(1982). Charting the mainstream : Television's
contributions to political orientations. Journal of
Communication, 32 (2), 100-127. |
|
|
ZILLMANN, D. (1982). Television viewing and arousal. In D.
Pearl, L. Bouthilet & J. Lazar (Eds.), Television
and behavior : Ten years of scientific progress and
implications for the eighties. (Vol. 2, pp. 53-67).
Washington, DC : U.S. Government Printing Office. |
WARD, L.M. & RIVADEYRA, R. (1999). Contributions of
entertainment television to adolescents' sexual attitudes
and expectations : The role of viewing amount versus
viewer involvement. Journal of Sex Research, 36,
237-249. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R. & LOREH, E.P. (1983). Looking at
television : Action or reaction ? In J. Bryant & D.R.
Anderson (Eds.), Children's understanding of
television : Research on attention and comprehension
(pp. 1-33). NewYork : Academic. |
LAVINE, H., SWEENEY, D. & WAGNER, S.H. (1999).
Depicting women as sex objects in television advertising :
Effects on body dissatisfaction. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 25 (8), 1049-1058. [PDF] |
|
MILAVSKY, J.R., KESSLER, R., STIPP, H.R., UBENS, W.S.
PEARL, D., BOUTHILET, L. & LAZAR, J. (Eds.) (1982). Television
and behavior : Ten years of scientific progress and
implications for the eighties. Washington, DC :
U.S. Government Printing Office. |
BARR, R. & HAYNE, H. (1999). Developmental changes in
imitation from television during infancy. Child
Development 70, 1067-1081. |
|
BEAGLES-ROSS, J. & GAT, I. (1983). Specific impact of
radio and television on children's story comprehension.
Joumai of Educational Psychology, 75, 128-137. |
COMSTOCK, G. & SCHARRER, E. (1999). Television :
What's on, who's watching, and what it means. New
York : Academic Press. |
|
LOCELACE V. & HUSTON, H.C. (1983). Can television
teach prosocial behavior ? Prevention in Human
Services, 2, 93-106. |
SHANAHAN, J. & MORGAN, M. (1999) Television and
its viewers : Cultivation Theory and Research.
Cambridge University Press |
|
BRYANT, J., ZILLMANN, D. & BROWN, D. (1983).
Entertainment features in children's educational
television : Effects on attention and information
acquisition. In J. Bryant & D.R. Anderson (Eds.), Children's
understanding of television : Research on attention and
comprehension (pp. 221-238). New York : Academic. |
LANG, A., BOLLS, P., POTTER, RF. & KAWAHARA K. (1999).
The effects of production pacing and arousing content on
the information processing of television messages. Journal
Broadcasting Electronic Media, 43 (4), 451-475. |
|
COLLINS, W.A. (1983). Interpretation and inference in
children's television viewing. In J. Bryant & D.R.
Anderson (Eds.), Children's understanding of
television : Research on attention and comprehension
(pp. 125-150). New York : Academic. |
VAN DER MOLEN, W.J.H. & VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (2000).
Children's and adults' recall of television and print news
in children's and adult news formats. Communication
Research, 27 (2), 132-160. |
|
PEZDEK, K. & HARTMAN, E.F. (1983). Children's
television viewing : Attention and comprehension of
auditory versus visual information. Child
Development, 54, 1015-1023. |
MASTRO, D.E. & GREENBERG, B.S. (2000). The portrayal
of racial minorities on prime time television. Journal
of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 44 (4),
690-703. [PDF] |
|
LIST, J.A., COLLINS, W.A. & WESTBY, S.D. (1983).
Comprehension and inferences from traditional and
nontraditional sex-role portrayals on television. Child
Development, 54 (6), 1579-1587. |
POOL, M.M., VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A., BEENTJES, J.WJ. &
KOOLSTRA, C.M. (2000). Background television as an
inhibitor of performance on easy and difficult homework
assignments. Communication Research, 27,
293-326. |
|
SALOMON, G. (1983).Television watching and mental effort
:A social psychological view. In J. Bryant & D.R.
Anderson (Eds.), Children's understanding of
television : Research on attention and comprehension
(pp.181-198). New York : Academic. |
|
|
GUNTER, B. (1983). Do aggressive people prefer violent
television ? Bulletin of the British Psychological
Society, 36, 166-168. |
|
|
PEZDEK, K. & HARTMAN, E.F. (1984). Children's memory
for auditory and visual information on television. Developmental
Psychology, 20, 212-218. |
BOTTA, R. (2000). The mirror of television : A comparison
of black and white adolescents' body image. Journal of
Communication, 50, 144-159. |
|
DOMINICK, J.R. (1984). Videogames, television violence,
and aggression in teenagers. Journal of
Communication, 34, 136-147. |
|
|
SALOMON, G. (1984). Television is "easy" and print is
"tough" : the differential investment of mental effort in
learning as a function of perceptions and attributions.
Journal of Educational Psychology 76 (4), 647-658. |
|
|
|
RUNCO, M.A. & PEZDEK, K. (1984). The effect of radio
and television on children's creativity. Human
Communications Research, 11, 109-120. |
CRESPO, C.J., SMIT, E., TROIANO, R.P., BARTLETT, S.J.,
MACERA, C.A. & ANDERSEN, R.E. (2001). Television
watching, energy intake, and obesity in US children :
results from the third National Health and Nutrition
Examination Survey, 1988-1994. Archives of Pediatrics
& Adolescent Medicine, 155 (3), 360-365. |
|
KENNY, D.A. (1984). Television violence, aggression, and
the NBC study. Journal of Communication, 34,
176-188. |
BUSHMAN, B.J. & HUESMANN, L.R. (2001). Effects of
televised violence on aggression. In D. Singer & J.
Singer (Eds.), Handbook of children and the media
(pp. 223-254). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications.
[PDF] |
|
SALOMON, G. & LEIGH, T. (1984). Predispositions about
learning from print and television. Journal of
Communication, 34, 119-135. |
|
|
GERBNER, G. GROSS, L., MORGAN, M. & SIGNORIELLI, N.
(1984). Political correlates of television viewing. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 48 (1), 283-300. |
|
|
PEZDEK, K., LEHRER, A. & SIMON, S. (1984). The
relationship between reading and cognitive processing of
television and radio. Child Development, 55 (6),
2072-2082. |
|
|
JASON, L.A. (1985). Using a token-actuated timer to reduce
television viewing. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 18 (3), 269-272. [PDF]
|
GRABER, D.A. (2001). Processing politics : Learning
from television in the internet age. University of
Chicago Press. |
|
PEZDEK, K. (1985). Debunking some myths regarding
cognitive processing of television. Television &
Children, 8 (4), 41-46. |
NABI, R.L. & SULLIVAN, J.L. (2001). Does television
viewing relate to engagement in protective action against
crime ? A cultivation analysis from a theory of reasoned
action perspective. Communication Research, 28 (6),
802-825. |
|
LANZETTA, J.T. SULLIVAN, D.G., MASTERS R.D. & McHUGO,
G.J. (1985). Emotional and cognitive responses to
televised images of political leaders. In S. Krauss &
R.M. Perloff (Eds.), Mass media and political thought
: An information processing approach (pp. 50–67).
Beverly Hills, CA : Sage. |
GRABE, M.E., ZHOU, S. & BARNETT, B. (2001).
Explicating sensationalism in television news : Content
and the bells and whistles of form. Journal of
Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 45, 635-655. |
|
WILLIAMS, T.M. (Ed.) (1986). The impact of television
: A natural experiment in three communities. New
York : Academic Press. |
NATHANSON, A.I., WILSON, B.J., McGEE, J. & SEBASTIAN,
M. (2002). Counteracting the effects of female stereotypes
on television via active mediation. Journal of
Communication, 42 (4), 922-937. |
|
CANONO, G.J. HUSTON, A.C. (1986). A content analyses of
prime-time TV and radio news in Puerto Rico.
Journalism Quarterly, 63 (1), 150-154. |
KUBEY, R. & CSIKSZENTMIHALYI, M. (2002). Television
addiction is no mere metaphor. Scientific American,
286, 74-80. [PDF] |
|
GERBNER, G., GROSS, L., MORGAN, M. & SIGNORELLI, N.
(1986). Living with television : The dynamics of the
cultivation process. Perspectives on Media Effects, 17-40 |
NATHANSON, A.I., WILSON, B.J., McGEE, J. & SEBASTIAN,
M. (2002). Counteracting the effects of female stereotypes
on television via active mediation. Journal of
Communication, 52, 922-937. |
|
HAROLD, S. (1986). A synthesis of 1043 effects of
television on social behavior. Public Communication
& Behavior, 1, 65-133. |
FOUTS, G. & VAUGHAN, K. (2002). Locus of control,
television viewing, and eating disorder symptomatology in
young females. Journal of Adolescence, 25,
307-311. |
|
SIGNORIELLI, N. Selective television viewing : A limited
possibility. Journal of communication, 36 (3),
64-76. |
|
|
FRIEDRICH-COFER, L. & HUSTON, A.C. (1986). Television
violence and aggression : The debate continues. Psychological
Bulletin, 100, 364-371. |
BECKER, A.E., BURWELL, R.A., GILMAN, S.E., HERZOG, D.B.
& HAMBURG P. (2002). Eating behaviors and attitudes
following prolonged esposure to television among ethnic
Fijian adolescent girls. Bristih Journal of
Psychiatry, 180, 509-514. [PDF] |
|
|
KIMBALL, M.M (1986). Television and sex-role attitudes. In
T.M. Williams (Ed.), The impact of television.
Orlando, FL : Academic Press. |
JOHNSON, J.G., COHEN, P., SMAILES, E.M., KASEN, S. &
BROOK, J.S. (2002). Television viewing and aggressive
behavior during adolescence and adulthood. Science,
295, 2468-2471. |
|
HUSTON, A.C. (1987). Television and human behavior. In F.
Farley & C.N. Null (Eds.) Using psychological
science : Making the public case (pp. 131-142).
Washington D.C. Federation of Behavioral, Psychological,
and Cognitive Sciences. |
WARD, L.M. (2002). Does television exposure affect
emerging adults' attitudes and assumptions about sexual
relationships ? Correlational and experimental
confirmation. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 31,
1-15. |
|
PRESTON, J.M. (1987). Review of the impact of television :
A natural experiment in three communities. Canadian
Psychology/Psychologie Canadienne, 28 (3),
298-299. |
FURNHAM, A., BERGLAND, J. & GUNTER, B. (2002). Memory
for television advertisements as a function of
advertisement-programme congruity. Applied Cognitive
Psychology 16, 525-545. |
|
CALVERT, S.L. & HUSTON, A.C. (1987). Television and
children's gender schemata. New Directions for Child
Development, 38, 75-88. |
BOLLS, P.D., MUEHLING, D.D. & YOON, K. (2003). The
effects of television commercial pacing on viewers'
attention and memory. Journal of Marketing
Communications, 9 (1), 17-28. |
|
JASON, L.A. (1987). Reducing children's excessive
television viewing and assessing secondary changes. Journal
of Clinical Child Psychology, 16, 245-250. |
HENDERSON, J.J. & BALDASTY, G.J. (2003). Race,
advertising, and prime-time television. The Howard
Journal of Communication, 14, 97-112. |
|
CALVERT, S.L. & GERSH, T.L. (1987). The selective use
of sound effects and visual inserts for children's
television story comprehension. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 8, 363-375. [PDF] |
HU, F.B., LI, T.Y., COLDITZ, G.A., WILLET, W.C. &
MANSON, J.E. (2003). Television watching and other
sedentary behaviors in relation to risk of obesity and
Type 2 diabetes mellitus in women. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 289, 1785-1791. |
|
CALVERT, S.L., HUSTON, A.C. & WRIGHT, J.C. (1987).
Effects of television preplay formats on children's
attention and story comprehension. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 8, 329-392. |
CARNAGEY, N.L. & ANDERSON, C.A. (2003). Theory in the
study of media violence : The general aggression model. In
D.A. Gentile (Ed.), A complete guide for parents and
professionals. Londres : Praeger. [PDF] |
|
WROBLESKI, R. & HUSTON, A.C. (1987). Televised
occupational stereotypes and their effects on early
adolescents : Are they changing ? Journal of Early
Adolescence, 7, 283-297. |
HAYNE, H., HERBERT, J. & SIMCOCK, G. (2003). Imitation
from television by 24- and 30-month-olds.
Developmental Science, 6 (3), 254-261. |
|
FERRANTE, C., HAYNES, A. & KINGSLEY, S. (1988). Images
of women in television advertising. Journal of
Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 32, 231-237.
|
SCHMITT, K.I., WOOLF, K.D. & ANDERSON, D.R. (2003).
Viewing the viewers : Viewing behaviors by children and
adults during television programs and commercials. Journal
of Communication, 53, 265-281. |
|
BRETL, D.J. & CANTOR, J. (1988). The portrayal of men
and women in U.S. television commercials : A recent
content analysis and trends over 15 years. Sex Roles,
18 (9/10), 595-609. [PDF] |
VAN EVRA, J. (2004). Television and child
development. Taylor & Francis eBooks. |
|
|
BERMAN, A.L. (1988). Fictional depiction of suicide in
television films and imitation effects. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 145, 982-986. |
SCHOOLER, D.L., WARD, M., MERRIWETHER, A. & CARUTHERS,
A. (2004). Who's that girl : Television's role in the body
image development of young White and Black women. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 28, 38-47. |
|
ALVAREZ, M., HUSTON, A.C., WRIGHT, J.C. & KERKMAN, D.
(1988). Gender differencs in visual attention to
television form and content. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 9, 459-475. |
DIXON, W.W. (2004). Film and television after 9/11. Illinois.
Southern Illinois University Press. |
|
GILLY, M.C. (1988). Sex roles in advertising : A
comparison of television advertisements in Australia,
Mexico, and the United States. Journal of Marketing,
52, 75-85. |
BECKER, A. (2004). Television, disordered eating, and
young women in Fiji : Negotiating body image identity
during rapid social change. Culture, Medicine &
Psychiatry, 28, 533-559. [PDF] |
|
KESSLER, R.C., DOWNEY, G., MILAVSKY, J.R. & STIPP, H.
(1988). Clustering of teenage suicides after television
news stories about suicides : A reconsi |
FUNK, J.B., BALDACCI, H.B., PASOLD, T. & BAUMGARDNER,
J. (2004). Violence exposure in real-life, video games,
television, movies, and the internet : is there
desensitization ? Journal of Adolescence, 27
(1), 23-39. [PDF] |
|
VAN DE WATER, E.A., BICKMAN, D.S., LEE, J.H., CUMMING,
H.M., WARTELLA, E.A. & IDEOUT, V.J. (2005). When the
television is always on. American Behavioral
Scientist, 48, 562-577. [PDF] |
|
JASON, L.A., DANIELWICZ, J. & MESINA, A. (2005).
Reducing media viewing : Implications for behaviorists.
Journal of Early & Intensive Behavioral
Intervention, 2, 194-206. |
|
GUNTER, B. & FURNHAM, A. & PAPPA, E. (2005).
Effects of television violence on memory for violent and
nonviolent advertising. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 35 (8), 1680-1697.
[PDF] |
|
LOVDAL, L.T. (1989). Sex role messages in television
commercials : An update. Sex Roles, 21 (11/12),
715-724. |
GENTILE, D.A., HUMPHREYS, J. & WALSH, D.A. (2005).
Media ratings for movies, music, video games &
television : A review of the research and recommendations
for improvements. Adolescent Medicine Clinics, 16,
427-446. [PDF] |
|
O'GUINN, T.C., FABER, R.J. & MEYER, T.P. (1989).
Ethnic segmentation and spanish language television. Journal
of Advertising, 14 (3), 63-66. |
BUSHMAN, B.J. (2005). Violence and sex in television
programs do not sell products in advertisements. Psychological
Science, 16, 702-708.
[PDF] |
|
COMSTOCK, G. (1989). The evolution of American
television. Newbury Park : Sage. |
CHERNEY, I.D. & LONDON, K. (2006). Gender-linked
differences in the toys, television shows, computer games,
and outdoor activities of 5- to 13-year-old children.
Sex Roles, 54 (9-10), 717-726. [PDF] |
|
SIGNORIELLI, N. (1989). Television and conceptions about
sex roles : Maintaining conventionality and the status
quo. Sex Roles, 21, 337-356. |
STEVENS, T. & MULSOW, M. (2006). There is no
meaningful relationship between television exposure and
symptoms of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder.
Pediatrics, 117, 665-672. |
|
CENTERWALL, B.S. (1989). Exposure to television as a risk
factor for violence. American Journal of Epidemiology,
129, 643-652. |
SHARIF, I. & SARGENT, J.D. (2006). Association between
television, movie, and video game exposure and school
performance. Pediatrics, 118 (4), 1061-1070. |
|
TUCKER, L.A. & FRIEDMAN, G.M. (1989). Television
viewing and obesity in adult males. American Journal
of Public Health, 79 (4), 516-518. |
ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. & MORGAN, E.M. (2006). Who wants to
marry a millionaire ? Reality dating television programs,
attitudes toward sex, and sexual behaviors. Sex
Roles, 54 (1-2), 1-17. [PDF] |
|
CENTERWALL, B.S. (1989). Exposure to television as a cause
of violence. Public Communication & Behavior, 2,
1-58. |
DIXON, T.L. (2007). Black criminals and White officers :
The effects of racially misrepresenting law breakers and
law defenders on television news. Media Psychology,
10, 270-291. [PDF] |
|
CONDRY, J.C. (1989). The psychology of television.
New York : L. Erlbaum |
DONG, Q. & MURRILLO, A.P. (2007). The impact of
television viewing on young adults' stereotypes towards
hispanic americans. Human Communication, 10 (1),
33-44. [PDF] |
|
CHONCHAIYA, W. & PRUKSANANONDA, C. (2008). Television
viewing associates with delayed language development. Acta
Paediatrica, 97, 977-982. |
|
CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2007). Can we turn a toxin into a tonic
? Toward 21st-Century television alchemy. Pediatrics,
120 (3), 647-648. |
|
MASTRO, D., LAPINSKI, M.K., KOPACZ, M.A. &
BEHM-MORAWITZ, E. (2009). The influence of exposure to
depictions of race and crime in TV News on viewer's social
judgments. Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic
Media 53 (4), 615-635. [PDF] |
|
WOBER, J.M. (1990). Does television cultivate the British
? Late 80s Evidence. In N. Signorielli & M. Morgan
(Eds.), Cultivation analysis : New directions in
media effects research. Newbury : Sage. |
FERGUSON, C.J., CRUZ, A.A., MARTINEZ, D., RUEDA, S.M.
& FERGUSON, D.E. (2010). Violence and sex as
advertising strategies in television commercials.
European Psychologist, 5 (4), 304-311.
[PDF] |
|
SIGNORELLI, N. (1990). Television's mean and dangerous
world : A continuation of the cultural indicators
perspective. In N. Signorielli & M. Morgan (Eds.), Cultivation
analysis : New directions in media effects research (pp.
85-106). Newbury Park, CA : Sage Publications. |
MONK-TURNER, E., HEISERMAN, M., JOHNSON, C., COTTON, V.
& JACKSON, M. (2010). The portrayal of racial
minorities on prime time television. Studies in
Popular Culture, 32 (2), 101-113. [PDF] |
|
WARTELLA, E., RICHERT, R.A. & ROBB, M.B. (201).
Babies, television and videos : How did we get here ? Developmental
Review, 30 (2), 116-127. |
|
ROBINSON, J.P. (1990). Television's effects on families'
use of time. In J. Bryant (Ed.), Television and the
American family (pp. 195-209). Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
SWING, E., GENTILE, D.A., ANDERSON, C.A. & WALSH, D.A.
(2010). Television and video game exposure and the
development of attention problems. Pediatrics, 126,
214-221. [PDF] |
|
FERGUSON, C.J. (2011). The influence of television and
video game use on attention and school problems : A
multivariate analysis with other risk factors controlled.
Journal of Psychiatric Research, 45 (6),
808-813. [PDF] |
|
KUBEY, R. & CSIKSZENTMIHALYI, M. (1990). Television
and the quality of life : How viewing shapes everyday
experience. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
SAXBE, D., GRAESCH, A. & ALVIK, M. (2011). Television
as a social or solo activity : Understanding families'
everyday television viewing patterns. Communication
Research Reports, 28 (2), 180-189. [PDF] |
|
BRODY, G.H. (1990). Effects of television viewing on
family interactions : An observational study. Family
Relations, 29 (2), 216-220. |
DESMURGET, M. (2011). TV Lobotomie - la vérité
scientifique sur les effets de la télévision. Max
Milo. |
|
PARKES, A., SWEETING, H., WIGHT, D. & HENDERSON, M.
(2013). Do television and electronic games predict
children’s psy- chosocial adjustment ? Longitudinal
research using the UK Millennium Cohort Study.
Archives of Disease in Childhood, 98, 341–348. |
|
WONNEBERGER A. & IRAZOQUI, M. (2017). Explaining
response errors of self-reported frequency and duration of
TV exposure through individual and contextual factors. Journalism
& Mass Communication Quarterly, 94, 259-281. |
|
SCHWAB, F., HENNIGHAUSEN, C., ADLER, D.C. & CAROLUS,
A. (2018). Television is still "easy" and print is stil
"tough" ? More than 30 Years of research on the amount of
invested mental effort. Frontiers in Psychology, 9
[1098], 1-17. [PDF] |
|
KIRKORIAN, H., CHOI, K. & ANDERSON, D.R. (2019).
American parents' active involvement mediates the impact
of background television on toddlers' play. Journal
of Children & Media, 13 (4), 377-394. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Publicité,
Écran et
Représentation de la violence |
|
|
Télévision
(pour enfants + adolescents) : Média
d'éducation et de
divertissement qui s'adresse plus particulièrement aux enfants.
= TV.
Childhood television.
| |
|
|
BARROW, L.C. & WESTLEY, B.H. (1959). Comparative
teaching effectiveness of radio and television. Audio
Visual Communication Review, 7, 14-23. |
JASON, L.A. & JOHNSON, S.Z. (1995). Reducing excessive
television viewing while increasing physical activity. Child
& Family Behavior Therapy, 17, 35-45. |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. (1962). A behavioral measure of television
viewing. Journal of Advertising Research, 2,
2-12. |
WARD, L.M. (1995). Talking about sex : Common themes about
sexuality in the prime-time television programs children
and adolescents view most. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 24, 595-615. |
|
BALL, S. (1970). The first year of Sesame Street : An
evaluation. Final Report. Educational Testing
Service. |
WRIGHT, J.C., HUSTON, A.C., ALVAREZ, M., TRUGLIO, R.,
FITCH, M. & PIEMYAT, S. (1995). Perceived television
reality and children's emotional and cognitive responses
to its social content. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 16, 231-251. |
|
BALL, S. & BOGATZ, G.A. (1970). The first year of
Sesame Street : An evaluation. Princeton, NJ :
Educational Testing Service. |
VALKENBURG, P.M. & VAN DER VOORT, T.H. (1995). The
Influence of television on children's daydreaming styles :
A 1-year panel study. Communication Research, 22
(3), 267-287. |
|
BOGATZ, G.A. & BALL, S. (1971). The second year
of Sesame Street : A continuing evaluation : a report to
the children's television workshop. Educational
Testing Service. |
|
|
STEIN, G.M. & BRYAN, J.H. (1972). The effects of a
television model upon rule adoption behavior of children.
Child Development, 43 (1), 268-273. |
KOOLSTRA, C.M. & VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (1996).
Longitudinal effects of television on children's
leisure-time reading : a test of three explanatory models.
Human Communication Research, 23, 4-35. |
|
CHAFFEE, S.H. (1972). Television and adolescent
aggressiveness (overview). In G.A. Comstock & E.A.
Rubinstein (Eds.), Television and social behavior : A
technical report to the Surgeon General's Scientific
Advisory Committee on Television and Social Behavior
(Vol. 3, pp. 1-34). Washington, DC : U.S. Government
Printing Office. |
TIGGERMANN M. & PICKERING, A.S. (1996). Role of
television in adolescent women's body dissatisfaction and
drive for thinness. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 20 (2), 199-203. |
|
BOGATZ G.A. & BALL, S. (1972). The impact of
Sesame Street on children's first school experiences.
Princeton, NJ : Educational Testing Service. |
MARES, M.L. (1996). Positive effects of television on
social behavior : A meta-analysis. Philadelphia :
Annenberg Public Policy Center. |
|
LIEBERT, R. & BARON, R. (1972). Some immediate effects
of televised violence on children's behavior.
Developmental Psychology, 6, 469-475. |
BARKER, C. (1997). Television and the reflexive project of
the self : soaps, teenage talk and hybrid identities.
British Journal of Sociology, 48, 611-628. |
|
U.S. SURGEON GENERAL'S SCIENTIFIC ADVISORY COMMITTEE/On
Television and social behavior. (1972). Television
and growing up : The impact of televised violence.
Washington, DC. |
VALKENBURG, P.M. & BENTJES, J.W.J. (1997). Children's
creative imagination in response to radio and television
stories. Journal of Communication 47 (2),
21-38. [PDF]
|
|
MICHAUD, R. et SIRKIS, R. (1973). L'utilisation des
Oraliens et des 100 Tours de Centour. Montréal :
Ministère de l'Éducation du Québec. |
WALMA VAN DER MOLEN, J. & VAN DER VOORT, T. (1997)
Children's recall of television and print news : a media
comparison study. Journal of Educational Psychology,
89 (1), 82-91. |
|
FRIEDRICH, L.K. & STEIN, A.H. (1973). Aggressive and
prosocial television programs and the natural behavior of
preschool children. Monographs of the Society for
Research in Child Development, 38, 1-64. |
SHANAHAN, J. (1998). Television and authoritarianism :
Exploring the concept of mainstreaming. Political
Communication, 15, 483-495. |
|
CLINE, V.B., CROFT, R.G. & COURRIER, S. (1973).
Desensitization of children to television violence. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 27,
360-365. |
BROWNE, B.A. (1998). Gender stereotypes in advertising on
children's television in 1990s : A cross-national
analysis. Journal of Advertising, 1, 83-96. |
|
WEIGEL, R.H. & JESSOR, R. (1973). Television and
adolescent conventionality : An exploratory study. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 37, 76-90. |
|
|
STERNGLANZ, S.H. & SERBIN, L.A. (1974). Sex role
stereotyping in childrenís television programs.
Developmental Psychology, 10 (5), 710-715. |
CANTOR, J. (1998). Children's attraction to violent
television programming. In J.H. Goldstein (Ed.), Why
we watch : The attractions of violent entertainment
(pp. 88-115). New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
FREIDLANDER, B.Z., WETSTONE, H.S. & SCOTT, C.S. (1974)
Surburban preschool children's comprehension of an
age-appropriate informational television program. Child
Development, 45, 561-565. |
SINGER, M.I., SLOVAK, K., FRIERSON, T. & YORK, P.
(1998). Viewing preferences, symptoms of psychological
trauma, and violent behaviors among children who watch
television. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 37 (10), 1041-1048. |
|
FRIEDRICH, L.K. & STEIN, A.H. (1975). Prosocial
television and young children : The effects of verbal
labeling and role playing on learning and behavior.
Child Development, 46, 27-38. |
ANDERMAN, E.M. & JOHNSTON, J. (1998). TV news in the
classroom : What are adolescents learning ? Journal of
Adolescent Research, 13, 73-100. |
|
SPRAFKIN, J.N., LIEBERT, R.M. & POULOS, R.W. (1975).
Effects of a prosocial televised example on children's
helping. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
20, 119-126. |
SIDNEY, S., STERNFELD, B., HASKELL, W.L., JACOBS, D.R.,
CHESNEY, M.A. & HULLEY, S.B. (1998). Television
viewing and cardiovascular risk factors in young adults :
The CARDIA study. Annals of Epidemiology, 6 (2),
154-159. |
|
STEIN, A.H. & FRIEDRICH, L.K. (1975). Impact of
television on children and youth. In E.M. Hetherington,
J.W. Hagen, R. Kron, & A.H. Stein (Eds.), Review
of child development research (Vol. 5, pp.
183-256). Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
HOOPER, M.L. & CHANG, P. (1998). Comparison of demands
of sustained attentional events between public and private
children's television programs. Perceptual &
Motor Skills, 86 (2), 431-434. |
|
COOK, T.D., APPLETON, H., CONNOR, R. & SCHAFFER, A.
(1975). Sesame Street revisited : A case study in
evaluation research. New York : Russell Sage. |
FUJIOKA, Y. (1999). Television portrayals and
African-American stereotypes : Examination of television
effects when direct contact is lacking. Journalism
& Mass Communication Quarterly, 76 (1), 52-75. |
|
SURBECK, E. (1975). Young children's emotional reactions
to TV violence : The effect of children's perceptions of
reality. Dissertation Abstracts International, 35,
5139-A. |
|
|
COLLINS, W.A. & GETZ, S.K. (1976). Children's social
responses following modeled reactions to provocation :
Prosocial effects of a television drama. Journal of
Personality, 44, 488-500. |
WARD, L.M. & RIVADENEYRA, R. (1999). Contributions of
entertainment television to adolescents' sexual attitudes
and expectations : The role of viewing amount versus
viewer involvement. Journal of Sex Research, 36,
237-249. |
|
BROWN, J.D. (1976). Children's uses of television. In R.
Brown (Ed.), Children and television. London :
Collier MacMillan. |
SHANAHAN, J. & MORGAN, M. (1999) Television and
its vewers : Cultivation theory and research.
Cambridge University Press |
|
|
LULL, J.T. HANSON, C.A. & MARX, M.J. (1977).
Recognition of female stereotypes in TV commercials. Journalism
Quarterly, 54, 153-157. |
HUSTON, A.C., WRIGHT, J.C., MARQUIS, J. & GREEN, S.B.
(1999). How young children spend their time : television
and other activities. Developmental Psychology 35
(4), 912-925. |
|
TCHERNOFF, A., PAGÉ, M. et GAGNÉ, G. (1977).
L'enseignement des Oraliens et des Cent tours de Centour
Une évaluation. Québec français, 28, 56-59. [PDF]
|
BARR. R. & HAYNE, H. (1999). Developmental changes in
imitation from television during infancy. Child
Development, 70 (5), 1067-1081. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R. LEVIN, S, LORCH, E. (1977). The effects of
TV program pacing on the behavior of preschool children. Educational
Technology Research & Development, 25 (2),
159-166. |
|
|
TCHERNOFF, A. (1977). Évaluation de l'impact des émissions
éducatives télévisuelles : les Oraliens et les 100 Tours
de Centour. (Mémoire de maîtrise). Université de Montréal. |
CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (1999). Developmental changes in
imitation from television during infancy. Child
Development, 70 (5), 1067-1081. |
|
SALOMON, G. (1977). Effects of encouraging Israeli mothers
to co-observe "Sesame Street" with their five-year-olds. Child
Development, 48, 1146-1151. |
GEIST, E.A. & GIBSON, M. (2000). The effect of network
and public television programs on four and five year olds
ability to attend to educational tasks. Journal of
Instructional Psychology, 27 (4), 250-261. |
|
HOLLENBECK, A.R. (1978). Television viewing patterns of
families with young infants. Journal of Social
Psychology, 105 (2), 259-264. |
VAN DER MOLEN, W.J.H. & VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (2000).
Children's and adults' recall of television and print news
in children's and adult news formats. Communication
Research, 27 (2), 132-160. |
|
O'DONNELL, W.J. & O'DONNELL, K.J. (1978). Update : Sex
role messages in TV commercials. Journal of
Communication, 28, 156-158. |
POOL, M.M., VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A., BEENTJES, W.J. &
KOOLSTRA, C.M. (2000). Background television as an
inhibitor of performance on easy and difficult homework
assignments. Communication Research, 27 (2),
293-326. |
|
O'BRYANT, S.L. & CORDER BOLZ, C.R. (1978). The effects
of television on children's stereo typing of women's work
roles. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 12,
233-244. |
WITT, S.D. (2000). The influence of television on
children's gender role socialization. Childhood
Education, 76 (5), 322-324. [PDF]
|
|
REEVES, B. (1978). Perceived TV reality as a predictor of
children's social behavior. Journalism Quarterly, 55,
682-689, 695. |
LEVINE, L.E. & WITE, B.M. (2000). Television viewing
and attentional abilities in fourth and fifth grade
children. Journal of Applied Developmental
Psychology, 21, 667-679. |
|
LORCH, E.P., ANDERSON, D.R. & LEVIN, S.R. (1979). The
relationship of visual attention and children's
comprehension of television. Child Development, 50
(3), 722-727. |
MASTRO, D.E. & GREENBERG, B.S. (2000). The portrayal
of racial minorities on prime time television. Journal
of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 44 (4),
690-703. [PDF] |
|
TOWER, R.B., SINGER, D.G., SINGER, L.J. & BIGGS, A.
(1979). Differential effects of television programming on
preschoolers' cognition and play. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 49, 265-281. |
BUSHMAN, B.J. & HUESMANN, L.R. (2001). Effects of
televised violence on aggression. In D. Singer & J.
Singer (Eds.), Handbook of children and the media
(pp. 223-254). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications.
[PDF] |
|
WATKINS, B.A., CALVERT, S.L., HUSTON-STEIN, A.C. &
WRIGHT, J. (1980). Children's recall of television
material : effects of presentation mode and adult
labeling. Developmental Psychology, 16, 672-674. |
SIGNORELLI, N. (2001). Television's gender role images and
contribution to stereotyping. In D. Singer & J. Singer
(Eds.), Handbook of children and the media (pp.
341-358). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
SINGER, D.G. & SINGER, J.L. (1980). Television viewing
and aggressive behavior in preschool children : A field
study forensic psychology and psychiatry. Annals of
the New York Academy of Science, 347, 289-303. |
GRABER, D.A. (2001). Processing politics : Learning
from television in the internet age. University of
Chicago Press. |
|
SINGER, D.G., ZUCKERMAN, D.M. & SINGER, J.L. (1980).
Helping elementary school children learn about T.V. Journal
of Communication, 30, 166-174. |
AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS (2001). Children,
adolescents, and television. Committee on Public
Education. Pediatrics, 107 (2), 423-426. [PDF] |
|
GADERRY, S. (1980). Effects of restricting first graders'
TV-viewing on leisure time use, IQ change, and cognitive
style. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology,
1, 45-57. |
NABI, R.L. & SULLIVAN, J.L. (2001). Does television
viewing relate to engagement in protective action against
crime ? A cultivation analysis from a theory of reasoned
action perspective. Communication Research, 28 (6),
802-825. |
|
GERBNER, G. (1980). Aging with television: images on
television drama and conceptions of social reality.Journal
of communication, 30 (1), 37-47. |
ANDERSON, D.R., HUSTON, A.C., SCMITT, K.L., LINEBARGER,
D.L. & WRIGHT, J.C. (2001). Early childhood television
viewing and adolescent behavior : The Recontact Study.
Monographs of the Society for Research in Child
Development, 66 (1, Serial No. 264). |
|
HAYES D. & CHEMELSKI, B. & BIRNBAUM, D. (1981).
Young children incidental and intentional retention of
televised events. Developmental Psychology, 17,
230-232. |
NAIGLES, L.R. & MAYEUX, L. (2001). Television as
incidental language teacher. In D.G. Singer & J.L.
Singer (Eds.), Handbook of children and the media (pp.
135-152). Sage Publications, Inc. |
|
WRIGHT, J.C. & HUSTON, A.C. (1981). The forms of tele-
vision: nature and development of television literacy in
children. In H. Gardner & H. Kelly (Eds.), Children
and the worlds of television : New directionsfor
child development. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
BEENTJES, J.W.J., VAN OORDT, M. & VAN DER VOORT,
T.H.A. (2002). How television commentary affects
children's judgments on soccer fouls. Communication
Research, 29 (1), 31-45. |
|
HUSTON, A.C., WRIGHT, J.C., WARTELLA, E., RICE, M.L.,
WATKINS, B.A., CAMPBELL, T. & POTTS, R. (1981).
Communicating more than content : Formal features of
children's television programs. Journal of
Communication, 31 (3), 32-48. |
DENNISON, B.A., ERB, T.A. & JENKINS, P.L. (2002).
Television viewing and television in bedroom associated
with overweight risk among low- income preschool children.
Pediatrics, 109 (6), 1028-1035. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R., LORCH, E.P., FIELD, D.E. & SANDERS, J.
(1981). The effects of tv program comprehensibility on
children's visual attention and story comprehension. Child
Development, 52, 151-157. |
CERTAIN, L.K. & KAHN, R.S. (2002). Prevalence,
correlates, and trajectory of television viewing among
infants and toddlers. Pediatrics, 109 (4),
634-642. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R., LORCH, E.P., SMITH, R. BRADFORD, R. &
LEVIN, S.R. (1981). The effects of peer presence on
preschool children's television viewing behavior. Developmental
Psychology, 17, 446-453. |
OZMERT, E., TOYRAN, M. & YURDAKOK, K. (2002).
Behavioral correlates of television viewing in primary
school children evaluated by the child behavior checklist.
Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 156
(9), 910-914. |
|
KERNS, T.Y. (1981). Television : A bisensory bombardment
that stifles children's creativity. Phi Delta Kappan,
62, 456-457. |
FURNHAM, A., BERGLAND, J. & GUNTER, B. (2002). Memory
for television advertisements as a function of
advertisement-programme congruity. Applied Cognitive
Psychology 16, 525-545. |
|
HUSTON-STEIN, A., FOX, S., GREER, D., WATKINS, B.A. &
WHITAKER, J. (1981). The effects of action and violence in
television programs on the social behavior and imaginative
play of preschool children. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 138, 183-191. |
JOHNSON, J.G., COHEN, P., SMAILES, E.M., KASEN, S. &
BROOK, J.S. (2002). Television viewing and aggressive
behavior during adolescence and adulthood. Science,
295, 2468-2471. |
|
WRIGHT, J.C. & HUSTON, A.C. (1981). The forms of
television. Nature and development of television literacy
in children In H. Gardner & H. Kelly (Eds.),
Viewing children through television (pp. 73-88).
San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
TROSETH, G.L. (2003). TV guide : two-year-old children
learn to use video as a source of information. Developmental
Psychology, 39 (1), 140. |
|
|
HAYNE, H., HERBERT, J. & SIMCOCK, G. (2003). Imitation
from television by 24- and 30-month-olds. Developmental
Science, 6 (3), 254–261. |
|
TEACHMAN, G. & ORME, M. (1981). Effects of aggressive
and prosocial film material on altruistic behavior of
children. Psychological Reports, 48, 699-702. |
HUESMANN, L.R., MOISE-TITUS, J., PODOLSKI, C. & ERON,
L.D. (2003). Longitudinal relations between children's
exposure to TV violence and their aggressive and violent
behavior in young adulthood : 1977-1992. Developmental
Psychology, 39, 201-221.
[PDF] |
|
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF MENTAL HEALTH (1982). Television
and behavior : Ten years of scientific progress and
implications for the eighties. Washington, DC :
U.S. Government Printing Office. |
McCOLLUM, J.F. & BRYANT, J. (2003). Pacing in
chilldren's television programming. Mass Communication
& Society, 6 (2), 115-136. |
|
JOHNSTON J. & ETTEMA, J. (1982). Positive images:
Breaking stereotypes with children's television.
Beverly Hills, CA : Sage. |
HAYNE, H., HERBERT, J. & SIMCOCK, G. (2003). Imitation
from television by 24-and 30-month-olds. Developmental
Science, 6 (3), 254-261. |
|
CALVERT, S.L., HUSTON, A.C., WATKINS, B.A. & WRIGHT,
J.C. (1982) The relation between selective attention to
television forms and children's comprehension of content.
Child Development 53, 601-610. |
PROCTOR, M.H., MOORE, L.L., GAO, D., CUPPLES, L.A.,
BRADLEE, M.L., HOOD, M.Y. & ELLISON, R.C. (2003).
Television viewing and change in body fat from preschool
to early adolescence : The Framingham children's study. International
Journal of Obesity, 27, 827-833. |
|
RICE, M.L., HUSTON, A.C. & WRIGHT, J.C. (1982). The
forms of television : Effects on children's attention,
comprehension, and social behavior. In D. Pearl, L.
Bouthilet, J. & Lazar (Eds.), Television and
behavior : Ten years of scientific progress and
implications for the eighties (pp. 24-38).
Washington, DC : Government Printing Office. |
VALKENBURG, P.M. & VRONNE, M. (2004). Developmental
changes in infants' and toddlers'attention to television
entertainment. Communication Research, 31 (3),
288-311. |
|
LARSON, R.W. & KUBEY, R. (1983). Television and music
: Contrasting media in adolescent life. Youth &
Society, 15, 13-31. |
CHRISTAKIS, D.A., EBEL, B.E., RIVARA, F.P. &
ZIMMERMAN, F.G. (2004). Television, video, and computer
game usage in children under 11 years of age. The
Journal of Pediatrics 145 (5), 652-656. |
|
PEZDEK, K. & HARTMAN, E.F. (1983). Children's
television viewing: Attention and comprehension of
auditory versus visual information. Child
Development, 54, 1015-1023. |
FUNK, J.B., BALDACCI, H.B., PASOLD, T. & BAUMGARDNER,
J. (2004). Violence exposure in real-life, video games,
television, movies, and the internet : is there
desensitization ? Journal of Adolescence, 27
(1), 23-39. [PDF] |
|
HUSTON, A.C. & WRIGHT, J.C. (1983). Children's
processing of television : The informative functions of
formal features. In J. Bryant & D.R. Anderson (Eds.),
Children's understanding of relevision : Research on
attention and comprehension (pp. 35-68). New York
Academic. |
CHRISTAKIS, D.A., ZIMMERMAN, F.G., DI GIUSEPPE, D.L. &
McCARTY, C.A. (2004). Early television exposure and
subsequent attentional problems in children. Pediatrics,
113 (4), 708-713. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R. & LORCH, E.P. (1983). Looking at
television : Action or reaction ? In J. Bryant & D.R.
Anderson (Eds.), Children's understanding of
television : Research on attention and comprehension
(pp. 1-33). New York : Academic Press. |
SCHOOLER, D.L., WARDM., MERRIWETHER, A. & CARUTHERS,
A. (2004). Who's that girl : Television's role in the body
image development of young White and Black women. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 28, 38-47. |
|
BEAGLES-ROOS, J. & GAT, I.J. (1983). Specific impact
of radio and television on children's story comprehension.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 75, 128-137. |
NATHANSON, A.I. (2004). Factual and evaluative approaches
to modifying children's responses to violent television. Journal
of Communication, 20, 321-336. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R. & FIELD, D.E. (1983). Children's
attention to television. Implications for production. In
M. Meyer (Ed.), Children and the formal features of
television. Munich: Saur. |
VAN DE WATER, E.A., BICKMAN, D.S., LEE, J.H., CUMMING,
H.M., WARTELLA, E.A. & IDEOUT, V.J. (2005). When the
television is always on. American Behavioral
Scientist, 48, 562-577. [PDF] |
|
PEZDEK, K. & STEVENS, E. (1984). Children's memory for
auditory and visual information on television. Development
Psychology, 20, 212-218. |
THOMPSON, D.A. & CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2005). The asso-
ciation between television viewing and irregular sleep
schedules among children less than 3 years of age.
Pediatrics, 116 (4), 851-856. |
|
WRIGHT, J.C., HUSTON, A.C., ROSS, R.P., CALVERT, S.L.,
ROLANDELLI, D., WEEKS, L.A., RAESSI, P. & POTTS, R.
(1984) Pace and continuity of television programs :
Effects on children's attention and comprehension. Developmental
Psychology, 20 (4), 653-666. [PDF] |
ANDERSON, D.R. & PEMPEK, T.A. (2005). Television and
very young children. American Behavioral Scientist,48
(5), 505-522. |
|
SINGER, J.L., SINGER, D.G. & RAPACZYNSK, W.S. (1984).
Family patterns and television viewing as predictors of
children's beliefs and aggression. Journal of
Communication, 34 (2), 73-89. |
DUMOVA, T. (2005/06). Prosocial learning : Northwest Ohio
sixth graders participating in a local television
newscast. International Journal of Learning, 12 (9),
189-194. [PDF] |
|
LINEGARGER, D.L. & WALKER, D. (2005). Infants' and
toddlers' television viewing and language outcomes. American
Behavioral Scientist, 48 (5), 624-645. |
|
HAYES, D.S. & KELLY, S.B. (1984). Young children's
processing of television : Modality differences in the
retention of temporal relations. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 38 (3), 505-514. |
ZIMMERMAN, F.G. & CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2005). Children's
television viewing and cognitive outcomes : a longitudinal
analysis of national data. Archives of Pediatrics
& Adolescent Medicine, 159, 619-625. |
|
SIGNORIELLI, N. (2005). Age-based ratings, content
designations, and television content : Is there a problem?
Mass Communication & Society, 8 (4), 277-298. |
|
GEIST, F.L., BROWN, V., JENNINGS, J. & PORTER, N.
(1984). TV commercials as achievement scripts for women.
Sex Roles, 10 (7-8), 513-525. |
HANCOX, R.J., MILNE, B.J. & POULTON, R. (2005).
Association of television viewing during childhood with
poor educational achievement. Archives of Pediatrics
& Adolescent Medicine, 159 (7), 614-168. |
|
RUNCO, M. & PEZDEK, K. (1984). The effect of
television and radio on children's creativity. Human
Communication Research, 11, 109-120. |
MASTRO, D.E. & BEHM-MORAWITZ, E. (2005). Latino
representation on primetime television. Journalism
& Mass Communication Quarterly, 82, 110-130. [PDF] |
|
WINETT, R.A., LECKLITER, I.N., CHINN, D.E., STAHL, B.
& LOVE, S.Q. (1985). Effects of television modeling on
residential energy conservation. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 18 (1), 33-44. [PDF] |
VANDEWATER, E.A., BICKHAM, D.S. & LEE, J.H. (2006).
Time well spent ? Relating television use to children's
free-time activities. Pediatrics, 117 (2),
181-191.
[PDF] |
|
|
CHRISTAKIS, D.A. & ZIMMERMAN, F.G. (2006). The
elephant in the living room : Make television work for
your kids. Rodale Books. |
|
VAN DE WATER, E.A., BICKMAN, D.S. & LEE, J.H. (2006).
Time well spent ? Relating television use to children's
free-time activities. Pediatrics, 117, 181-191.
[PDF] |
|
WINETT, R.A., LECKLITER, I.N., CHINN, D.E., STAHL, B.
& LOVE, S.Q. (1985). Effects of television modeling on
residential energy conservation. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 18 (1), 33-44. [PDF] |
ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. & MORGAN, E.M. (2006). Who wants to
marry a millionaire ? Reality dating television programs,
attitudes toward sex, and sexual behaviors. Sex
Roles, 54, 1-17. |
|
STEVENS, T. & MULSOW, M. (2006). There is no
meaningful relationship between television exposure and
symptoms of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Pediatrics,
117 (3), 665-672. |
|
JASON, L.A. (1985). Using a token-actuated timer to reduce
television viewing. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 18 (3), 269-272. [PDF] |
WARD, L.M. & FRIEDMAN, K. (2006). Using TV as a guide:
Associations among television viewing and adolescents'
sexual attitudes and behaviors. Journal of Research
on Adolescents, 16, 133-156. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R., FIELD, D.E., COLLINS, P.A., LORCH, P.E.
& NATHAN, J.G. (1985). Estimates of young children's
time with television : A methodological comparison of
parent reports with time-lapse video home observation. Child
Development, 56, 1345-1357. |
BURKE, V., BEILIN, K., STRIZKE, W.G., HOUGHTON, S. &
CAMERON, C.A. (2006). Television, computer use, physical
activity, diet and fatness in Australian adolescents. International
Journal of Pediatric Obesity, 1 (4), 248-255. |
|
HARRIS P. STOBART, J. (1986). Sex-role stereotypes in
British television advertizements at different times of
the day. British Journal of Social Psychology, 25, 155-164. |
CHERNEY, I.D. & LONDON, K. (2006). Gender-linked
differences in the toys, television shows, computer games,
and outdoor activities of 5- to 13-year-old children. Sex
Roles, 54 (9-10), 717-726. [PDF] |
|
VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (1986). Television violence : A
child's-eye view. New York : Elsevier Science. |
SCHMIDT, M.E., CRAWLEY-DAVIS, A.M. & ANDERSON, D.R.
(2007). Two-year-olds' object retrieval based on
television : Testing a perceptual account.
Media Psychology, 9, 389-409. |
|
LANDHUIS, C.E., POULTON, R., WELCH, D. & HANCOX, R.J.
(2007). Does childhood television viewing lead to
attention problems in adolescence ? Results from a
prospective longitudinal study. Pediatrics, 120 (3),
532-537. |
|
ZIMMERMAN, F.J., CHRISTAKIS, D.A. & MELTZOFF, A.N.
(2007). Television and dvd/video viewing in children
younger than 2 years. Archives of Pediatrics &
Adolescent Medicine, 161 (5), 473-479. [PDF] |
|
JOY, L.A., KIMBALL, M.M. & ZABRACK, M.L. (1986).
Television and children's aggressive behavior. In T.M.
Williams (Ed.), The impact of television : A natural
experiment in three communities (pp. 303-360). New
York : Academic Press. |
AUBREY, J.S. (2007). Does television exposure influence
college-aged women's sexual self-concept ? Media
Psychology, 10, 157-181. |
|
SINGER, J.L & SINGER, D.G. (1986). Television viewing
and family communication style as predictors of children's
emotional behavior. Journal of Children in
Contemporary Society, 17, 75-91. |
TANIMURA, M., OKUMA, K. & KYOSHIMA, K. (2007).
Television viewing, reduced parental utterance, and
delayed speech development in infants and young children.
Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 161
(6), 618-619. |
|
POTTS, R., HUSTON, A.C. & WRIGHT, J.C. (1986). The
effects of television form and violent content on boys'
attention and social behavior. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 41 (1), 1-17 |
EVANS, M.K. & ANDERSON, D.A. (2007). The impact of
television on cognitive development and educational
achievement. In J. Murray, N. Pecora, & E. Wartella
(Eds.), Fifty years of children's television (pp.
65-84). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
SINGER, J.L. & SINGER, D.G. (1986). Family experiences
and television viewing as predictors of children's
imagination, restlessness, and aggression. Journal of
Social Issues, 42 (3), 107-124. |
JENVEY, V.B. (2007). The relationship between television
viewing and obesity in young children : a review of
existing explanations. Early Child Development &
Care, 177 (8), 809-820. |
|
HUESMANN, L.R. & ERON, L.D. (1986). Television
and the aggressive child : A cross-national comparison.
Lawrence Erlbaum. |
DONG, Q. & MURRILLO, A.P. (2007). The impact of
television viewing on young adults' stereotypes towards
Hispanic Americans. Human Communication, 10 (1),
33-44. [PDF] |
|
HAROLD, S. (1986). A synthesis of 1043 effects of
television on social behavior. Public Communication
& Behavior, 1, 65-133. |
CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2007). Can we turn a toxin into a tonic
? Toward 21st-Century television alchemy. Pediatrics,
120 (3), 647-648. |
|
LEMISH, D. & RICE, M.L. (1986). Television as a
talking picture book : A prop for language acquisition.
Journal of Child Language, 13, 251-274. |
HUSTON, A.C. BICKMAN, D.S., LEE, J.H. & WRIGHY, J.C.
(2007). From attention to comprehension : How children
watch and learn from television (pp. 41-64). In N. Pecora,
J. Murray & E.A. Wartella (Eds.), Children and
television : Fifty years of research. Mahwah NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
GERBNER, G., GROSS, L., MORGAN, M. & SIGNORELLI, N.
(1986). Growing up with television : The cultivation
perspective. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc |
BARR. R., MUENTENER, P., GARCIA, A., FUJIMOTO, M. &
CHAVEZ, V. (2007). The effect of repetition on imitation
from television during infancy. Developmental
Psychobiology, 49 (2), 196-207. |
|
KRCMAR, M., GRELA, B. & LIN, K. (2007). Can toddlers
learn vocabulary from television ? An experimental
approach. Media Psychology, 10 (1), 41-63. |
|
ZIMMERMAN, F.J., CHRISTAKIS, D.A. & MELTZOFF, A.N.
(2007). Television and dvd/video viewing in children
younger than 2 years. Archives of Pediatrics &
Adolescent Medicine, 161 (5), 473-479. |
|
CHRISTAKIS, D.A. & ZIMMERMAN, F.J. (2007). Violent
television viewing during preschool is associated with
antisocial behavior during school age. Pediatrics,
120 (5), 993-999. |
|
KIRKORIAN, H.L. & ANDERSON, D.R. (2008). Television
and learning. In S. Neuman (Ed.), Educating the other
america (pp. 301-318). Paul H. Brookes Publishing
: Baltimore, MD. |
|
MENDELSOHN, A.L., BERKULE, S.B., TOMOPOULOS, S.,
TAMIS-LEMONDA, C.S., HUBERMAN, H.S., ALVIR, J. &
DREYER, B.P. (2008). Infant television and video exposure
associated with limited parent-child verbal interactions
in low socioeconomic status households. Archives of
Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 162 (5),
411-417. [PDF] |
|
CALVERT, S.L. & GERSH, T.L. (1987). The selective use
of sound effects and visual inserts for children's
television story comprehension. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 8, 363-375. [PDF] |
NIELSEN, M., SIMCOCK, G. & JENKINS, L. (2008). The
effect of social engagement on 24 month olds' imitation
from live and televised models. Developmental
Science, 11 (5), 722-731. |
|
SCHMIDT, M.E., PEMPEK, T.A., KIRKORIAN, H.L., LUND, A.F.
& ANDERSON, D.R. (2008). The effects of background
television on the toy play behavior of very young
children. Child Development, 79 (4), 1137-1151. |
|
JASON, L.A. (1987). Reducing children's excessive
television viewing and assessing secondary changes Journal
of Clinical Child Psychology, 16, 245-250. |
CHANDRA, A., MARTINO, S.C., COLLINS, R.L., ELLIOT, M.N.,
BERRY, S.H., KANOUSE, D.E. & MIU, A. (2008). Does
watching sex on television predict teen pregnancy ?
Findings from a national longitudinal survey of youth.
Pediatrics, 122 (5), 1047-1054. [PDF] |
|
TISSERON, S. (2008). Les dangers de la télé pour les
bébés. Paris : Érès. |
|
CALVERT, S.L., HUSTON, A.C., WATKINS, B.A. & WRIGHT,
J.C. (1987). Effects of television preplay formats on
children's attention and story comprehension. Journal
of Applied Developmental Psychology, 8 (3),
329-342. |
MASTRO, D.E., BEHM-MORAWITZ, E. & KOPACZ, M. (2008).
Exposure to TV portrayals of Latinos : The implications of
aversive racism and social identity theory. Human
Communication Research, 34, 1-27. [PDF] |
|
JOSEPHSON, W.L. (1987). Television violence and children's
aggression : Testing the priming, social script, and
disinhibition predictions. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 53, 882-890. |
CHONCHAIYA, W. & PRUKSANANONDA, C. (2008). Television
viewing associates with delayed language development. Acta
Paediatrica, 97 (7), 977-982. |
|
CAMPBELL, T.A., WRIGHT, J.C. & HUSTON, A.C. (1987).
Form cues and content difficulty as determinants of
children's cognitive processing of televised educational
messages. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
43, 311-327. |
BARR. R., ZACK, E., GARCIA, A. & MUENTENER, P. (2008).
Infants attention and responsiveness to television
increases with prior exposure and parental interaction. Infancy,
13 (1), 30-56. |
|
VAN DE WATER, E.A. (2009). The effect of video on
infant word learning : Can babies learn from
commercially available video ? A report prepared for
RTI International. Austin, TX. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R., CHOI, H.P. & LORCH, E.P. (1987).
Attentional intertia reduces distractibility during young
children's TV viewing. Child Development, 58, 798-806.
|
KIRKORIAN, H.L., PEMPEK, T.A., MURPHY, L.A., SCHMIDT, M.E.
& ANDERSON, D.R. (2009). The impact of background
television on parent-child interaction. Child
Development, 80 (5), 1350-1359. |
|
OKUMA, K. & TANIMURA, M. (2009). A preliminary study
on the relationship between characteristics of TV content
and delayed speech development in young children. Infant
Behavior & Development, 32 (3), 312-321. |
|
LEE, M.J., BICHARD, S.L., IREY, M.S., WALT, H.M. &
CARLSON, A.J. (2009). Television viewing and ethnic
stereotypes : Do college students form stereotypical
perceptions of ethnic groups as a result of heavy
television consumption ? Howard Journal of
Communications, 20 (1), 95-110. |
|
CHRISTAKIS, D.A. & GARRISON, M.M. (2009)
Preschool-aged children's television viewing in child care
settings. Pediatrics, 124 (6), 1627-1632. |
|
TISSERON, S. (2009). Les dangers de la télé pour les
bébés : non au formatage des cerveaux. Toulouse,
érès. |
|
LINDER, J.R. & GENTILE, D.A. (2009). Is the television
rating system valid ? Indirect, verbal, and physical
aggression in programs viewed by fifth grade girls and
associations with behavior. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 30 (3), 286-297. [PDF] |
|
CALVERT, S.L. (1988). Television production feature
effects on children's comprehension of time. Journal
of Applied Developmental Psychology, 9 (3),
263-273. |
ZACK, E., BARR. R., GERHARDSTEIN, P., DICKERSON, K. &
MELTZOFF, A.N. (2009). Infant imitation from television
using novel touch screen technology. British Journal
of Developmental Psychology, 27 (1), 13-26. |
|
COURAGE, M.L. & SETLIFF, A.E. (2009). Debating the
impact of television and video material on very young
children : Attention, learning, and the developing brain.
Child Development Perspectives, 3, 72-78. |
|
MELTZOFF, A.N. (1988). Imitation of televised models by
infants. Child Development, 59 (5), 1221-1229.
[PDF] |
CHRISTAKIS, D.A., GILKERSON, J., RICHARDS, J.A.,
ZIMMERMAN, F.G., GARRISON, M.M., XU, D., GRAY, S. &
YAPANEL, U. (2009). Audible television and decreased adult
words, infant vocalizations, and conversational turns : a
population-based study. Archives of Pediatrics &
Adolescent Medicine, 163 (6), 554-558. |
|
GREENFIELD, P.M. & BEAGLES-ROOS, J. (1988). Radio vs.
television : Their cognitive impact on children of
different socioeconomic and ethnic groups. Journal of
Communication, 38 (2), 71-92. |
SWING, E., GENTILE, D.A., ANDERSON, C.A. & WALSH, D.A.
(2010). Television and video game exposure and the
development of attention problems. Pediatrics, 126,
214-221. [PDF]
|
|
COURAGE, M.L. & HOWE, M.L. (2010). To watch or not to
watch : Infants and toddlers in a brave new electronic
world. Developmental Review, 30 101-115. [PDF]
|
|
FOSTER, E.M. & WATKINS, S. (2010). The value of
reanalysis : Television viewing and attention problems. Child
Development, 81, 368-375. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R. & COLLINS, P.A. (1988). The impact
on children's education : Television's influence on
cognitive development. Washington, DC : Office of
Educational Research and Improvement. [PDF]
|
PAGANI, L.S., FITZPATRICK, C., BARNETT, T.A. & DUBOW,
E. (2010). Prospective associations between early
childhood television exposure and academic, psychosocial,
and physical well being by middle childhood. Archives
of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 164,
425-431. |
|
WEAVER, J., ZILLMAN, D. & BRYANT, J. (1988). Effects
of humorous distortions on children's learning from edu-
cational television : Further evidence. Communication
Edu- cation, 37, 181-187. |
BARR. R., SHUK, L., SALERNO, K., ATKINSON, E. &
LINEGARGAR, D.L. (2010). Music interferes with learning
from television during infancy. Infant & Child
Development, 19 (3), 313-331. |
|
GILLY, M.C. (1988). Sex roles in advertising : A
comparison of television advertisements in Australia,
Mexico, and the United States. Journal of Marketing,
52, 75-85. |
FIDLER, A.E., ZACK, E. & BARR. R. (2010). Television
viewing patterns in 6 to 18 month olds : the role of
caregiver-infant interactional quality. Infancy, 15 (2),
176-196. |
|
COURAGE, M.L. & SETLIFF, A.E. (2010). When babies
watch television : Attention getting, attention holding,
and implications for learning. Developmental Review,
30 (2), 220-238. |
|
BRETL, D.J. & CANTOR, J. (1988). The portrayal of men
and women in U.S. television commercials : A recent
content analysis and trends over 15 years. Sex Roles,
18 (9/10), 595-609. [PDF] |
BARR. R., LAURICELLA, A., ZACK, E. & CALVERT, S.L.
(2010). Infant and early childhood exposure to
adult-directed and child-directed television programming :
Relations with cognitive skills at age four. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 56 (1), 21-48. |
|
|
SEEHAGEN, S. & HERBERT, J.S. (2010). The role of
demonstrator familiarity and language cues on infant
imitation from television. Infant Behavior &
Development, 33 (2), 168-175. |
|
COURAGE, M.L., MURPHY, A.N., GOULDING, S. & SETLIFF,
A.E. (2010). When the television is on: The impact of
infant-directed video on 6- and 18-month-olds toy play and
on parent-infant interaction. Infant Behavior &
Development, 33, 176-188. |
|
PEMPEK, T.A., KIRKORIAN, H.L., RICHARDS, J.E., LUND, A.F.,
ANDERSON, D.R. & STEVENS, M. (2010). The effects of
visual and auditory comprehensibility on infants' and
toddlers' attention to television. Developmental
Psychology, 46, 1283-1293. |
|
ROSENWASSER, S.M., LINGENFELTER, M. & HARRINGTON, A.F.
(1989). Nontraditional gender role portrayals on
television and children's gender role perceptions. Journal
of Applied Developmental Psychology, 10, 97-105. |
ZIMMERMAN, F.J. & BELL, J.F. (2010). Associations of
television content type and obesity in children.
American Journal of Public Health, 100 (2),
334-340. [PDF] |
|
SIGNORIELLI, N. (1989). Television and conceptions about
sex roles : Maintaining conventionality and the status
quo. Sex Roles, 21, 337-356. |
SIMCOCK, G., GARRITY, K. & BARR, R. (2011). The effect
of narrative cues on infants' imitation from television
and picture books. Child Development, 82 (5),
1607-1619. [PDF] |
|
SIGNORELLI, N. (1990). Children, television, and gender
roles : Messages and impact. Journal of Adolescent
Health Care, 11 (1), 50-58. |
DESMURGET, M. (2011). TV Lobotomie - la vérité
scientifique sur les effets de la télévision. Max
Milo. |
|
HUSTON, A.C., WRIGHT, J.C., RICE, M.R., KERKMAN, D. &
ST. PETERS, M. (1990). The development of television
viewing patterns in early childhood : A longitudinal
investigation. Developmental Psychology, 26, 409-420. |
LILLARD, A.S. & PETERSON, J. (2011). The immediate
impact of different types of television on young
children's executive function. Pediatrics, 128
(4), 644-649. [PDF] |
|
HUSTON, A.C., RICE, M.L., HUSTON, A.C., TRUGLIO, R.T.
& WRIGHT, J.C. (1990). Words from Sesame Street :
Learning vocabulary while viewing. Developmental
Psychology, 26, 421-428. |
FERGUSON, C.J. & SAVAGE, J. (2012). Have recent
studies addressed methodological issues raised by five
decades of television violence research ? A critical
review. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 17, 129-139.
[PDF] |
|
VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. & VOOIJS, M.W. (1990). Validity
of children's direct estimates of time spent viewing. Journal
of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 34 (1),
93-99. |
LAPIERRE, M.A., PIOTROWSKI, J.T. & LINEBARGER, D.L.
(2012). Background television in the homes of US children.
Pediatrics, 130 (5), 839-846.
[PDF] |
|
BRODY, G.H., STONEMAN, Z. & SANDERS, A.K. (1990).
Effects of television viewing on family interactions : An
observational study. Family Relations, 29 (2),
216-220. |
ESPINAR-RUIZ, E. & GONZÀLEZ-DIAZ, C. (2012). Gender
portrayals in food commercials : A content analysis of
Spanish television advertisements. Observatorio
Journal, 6 (4), 109-126. [PDF] |
|
COMSTOCK, G. & PAIK, H.J. (1991). Television and
the American child. New York : Academic Press. |
SETLIFF, A.E. & COURAGE, M.L. (2011). Background
television and infants' allocation of their attention
during toy play. Infancy, 16 (6), 611-639. |
|
ST. PETERS, M., FITCH, M., HUSTON, A.C., WRIGHT, J.C.
& EAKINS, D.J. (1991). Television and families: what
do young children watch with their parents ? Child
Development, 62 (6), 1409-1423. |
FITZPATRICK, C., BARNETT, F. & PAGANI, L.S. (2012).
Early exposure to media violence and later child
adjustment. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral
Pediatrics, 33 (4), 291-297. |
|
VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (1991). Television and the decline
of reading. Poetics : Journal of Empirical Research on
Literature, the Media & the Arts, 20 (1),
73-89. |
ZIMMERMAN, F.J., ORTIZ, S.E., CHRISTAKIS, D.A. &
ELKUN, D. (2012). The value of social-cognitive theory to
reducing preschool TV viewing : a pilot randomized trial.
Preventive Medicine, 54 (3), 212-218. |
|
HAYNE, H., RICHARDSON, R. & BYRON, A. (1992).
Developmental constraints on the expression of behavioral
and heart-rate orienting responses : II. The role of
ambient temperature.Campbell Developmental
Psychobiology, 25, (1), 51-65. |
LANOVAZ, M.J., RAPP, J.T., MACIA, I. & FERGUSON, S.
(2013). Assessment and treatment of vocal stereotypy
associated with television : A pilot study. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42, 544-548. [PDF] |
|
LEARS, M. (1992). Children, television, and conceptions
about chores : attitudes and behaviors. Sex Roles, 27,
157-170. |
WEAVER, J. (2013). Sesame Street provides lessons about
natural brain development in children. PLOS
Biology, 11 (1), e1001463.
doi:10.1371/journal.pbio.1001463 [PDF] |
|
HUESMANN, L.R., ERON, L.D., BERKOWITZ, L. & CHAFFEE,
S. (1992). The effects of television violence on
aggression : A reply to a skeptic. In P. Suedfeld &
P.E. Tetlock (Eds.), Psychology and social policy
(pp. 191-200). New York : Hemisphere. |
BACH, J.-F., HOUDÉ, O., LÉNA, P. et TISSERON, S. (2013). L'enfant
et les écrans. Rapport institutionnel : Un Avis de
l'Académie des sciences. Paris : Le Pommier. |
|
JASON, L.A., JOHNSON, S.Z. & JURS, A. (1993). Reducing
children's television viewing with an inexpensive lock. Child
& Family Behavior Therapy, 15 (3), 45-54. |
PAGANI, L.S., FITZPATRICK, C. & BARNETT, T.A. (2013).
Early childhood television viewing and kindergarten entry
readiness. Pediatric Research, 74, 350-355. [PDF] |
|
VOOIJS, M.W. & VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (1993). Teaching
children to evaluate television violence critically : the
impact of a Dutch schools television project. Journal
of Educational Television, 19 (3), 139-152. |
BACH. J.F., HOUDÉ, O., LÉNA, P. et TISSERON, S. (2013). L'enfant
et les écrans. Avis de l'Académie des sciences. |
|
WRIGHT, J.C., HUSTON, A.C., REITZ, A.L. & PIEMYAT, S.
(1994). Children's perceptions of television reality :
Determinants and developmental differences. Developmental
Psychology, 30, 229-239. |
HUDON, T.M., FENNELL, C.T. & HOFYZER, M. (2013).
Quality not quantity of television viewing is associated
with bilingual toddlers' vocabulary scores. Infant
Behavior & Development, 36 (2), 245-254. |
|
THOMPSON, A.L., ADAIR, L.S. & BENTLEY, M.E. (2013).
Maternal characteristics and perception of temperament
associated with infant TV exposure. Pediatrics, 131
(2), 390-397. [PDF] |
|
SEGE, R. & DIETZ, W. (1994). Television viewing and
violence in children : The pedeatrician as agent for
change. Pediatrics, 94, 600-607. |
CANTION, J.F. & LI, R. (2013). Neural Activity during
natural viewing of Sesame Street statistically predicts
test scores in early childhood. PLOS Biology,
11 (1),
[PDF] |
|
GERDING, A. & SIGNORIELLI, N. (2014). Gender roles in
tween television programming : A content analysis of two
genres. Sex Roles 70 (1), 43-56 |
|
PAIK, H. & COMSTOCK, G. (1994). The effects of
television violence on antisocial behavior.
Communication Research, 21, 516-546. |
PEMPEK, T.A., KIRKORIAN, H.L. & ANDERSON, D.R. (2014).
The impact of background television on the quality and
quantity of parents' child-directed language. Journal
of Children & Media, 8, 211-222. |
|
VALKENBURG, P.M. & VAN DER VOORT, T.H. (1994).
Influence of TV on daydreaming and creative imagination :
A review of research. Psychological Bulletin, 116, 316-339. |
WATT, E., FITZPATRICK, C., DEREVENSKY, J.L. & PAGANI,
L.S. (2015). Too much television ? Prospective
associations between early childhood televiewing and later
self-reports of victimization by sixth grade classmates. Journal
of Developmental & Behavioral, Pediatrics, 36, 426-433. |
|
LORCH, E.P. (1994). Measuring children's cognitive
processing of television. In A. Lang (Ed.), Measuring
psychological responses to media messages (pp. 209-226).
Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
MASUR, E.F., FLYNN, V. & OLSON, J. (2016). Infants'
background television exposure during play : Negative
relations to the quantity and quality of mothers'speech
and infants'vocabulary acquisition. First Language,
36 (2), 109-123. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Représentation de la violence, Publicité,
Enfant, Écran,
Télévision éducative et
Télévision |
|
|
|
Télévision
(Dépendance) : Voir Dépendance
(Télévision).
Dependence, subtance addiction, substance abusing, behavioral addiction.
|
Télévision (Violence) : Voir Violence.
Television violence.
|
Télévision éducative : Télévision
dont l'objectif est de favoriser l'apprentissage
de contenu scolaire et de certaines valeurs
(tolérance, partage,
coopération,
effort, etc). Télévision éducative,
enfant et Éducation.
Educational media, prosocial television.
| |
|
|
BALL, S. (1970). The first year of Sesame Street : An
evaluation. Final Report. Educational Testing
Service. |
SINGER, D.G., ZUCKERMAN, D.M. & SINGER, J.L. (1980).
Helping elementary school children learn about T.V. Journal
of Communication, 30, 166-174. |
|
BALL, S. & BOGATZ, G.A. (1970). The First Year of
Sesame Street : An Evaluation. Princeton, NJ :
Educational Testing Service. |
|
|
BOGATZ, G.A. & BALL, S. (1971). The second year
of Sesame Street : A continuing evaluation : a report to
the children's television workshop. Educational
Testing Service. |
WEAVER, J., ZILLMAN, D. & BRYANT, J. (1988). Effects
of humorous distortions on children's learning from
educational television : Further evidence. Communication
Education, 37, 181-187. |
|
BOGATZ G.A. & BALL, S. (1972). The impact of
Sesame Street on children's first school experiences.
Princeton, NJ : Educational Testing Service. |
RICE, M.L., HUSTON, A.C., TRUGLIO, R. & WRIGHT,
J.C. (1990). Words from Sesame Street : Learning
vocabulary while viewing. Developmental Psychology,
26 (3), 421. |
|
MICHAUD, R. et SIRKIS, R. (1973). L'utilisation des
Oraliens et des 100 Tours de Centour. Montréal :
Ministère de l'Éducation du Québec. |
ANDERMAN, E.M. & JOHNSTON, J. (1998). TV news in the
classroom : What are adolescents learning ? Journal of
Adolescent Research, 13, 73-100. |
|
FRIEDRICH, L.K. & STEIN, A.H. (1975). Prosocial
television and young children : The effects of verbal
labeling and role playing on learning and behavior.
Child Development, 46, 27-38. |
GEIST, E.A. & GIBSON, M. (2000). The effect of network
and public television programs on four and five year olds
ability to attend to educational tasks. Journal of
Instructional Psychology - Learning & Technology, 27
(4), 250-261. |
|
COOK, T.D., APPLETON, H., CONNOR, R. & SCHAFFER, A.
(1975). Sesame Street revisited : A case study in
evaluation research. New York : Russell Sage. |
KOOLSTRA, C.M., VAN ZANTEN, J., LUCASSEN, N. & ISHAAK,
N. (2004). The formal pace of Sesame Street over 26 years.
Perceptual & Motor Skills, 99 (1), 354 -360 |
|
TCHERNOFF, A., PAGÉ, M. et GAGNÉ, G. (1977).
L'enseignement des Oraliens et des Cent tours de Centour
Une évaluation. Québec Français, 28, 56-59. [PDF]
|
VAN DE WATER, E.A. & BICKMAN, D.S. (2004). The impact
of educational television on young childrenr's reading in
the context of family stress. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 25, 717-728. |
|
TCHERNOFF, A. (1977). Évaluation de l'impact des
émissions éducatives télévisuelles : les Oraliens et les
100 Tours de Centour. (Mémoire de maîtrise).
Université de Montréal. |
GARISSON, M.M. & CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2005). A
teacher in the living room ? Educational media
for infants, toddlers, and preschoolers. Menlo
Park, CA : Kaiser Family Foundation. |
|
SALOMON, G. (1977). Effects of encouraging Israeli mothers
to co-observe "Sesame street" with their five-year-olds. Child
Development, 48, 1146-1151. |
WEAVER, J. (2013). Sesame Street provides lessons about
natural brain development in children. PLOS Biology, 11 (1), 1. [PDF]
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Télévision pour
enfants, Media
et Éducation |
|
|
Télévoteur
: Manette électronique couplée à un ordinateur
qui permet aux individus d'un groupe de répondre
individuellement à des questions
et de compiler le résultat de leurs réponses. En classe,
les enseignants/professeurs
se servent de ce petit gadget pour animer leur enseignement,
favoriser la participation
élèves/étudiants, vérifier
leur mémoire à court terme et
leur compréhension
d'une explication ou d'un segment de matière
et connaître leurs opinions.
Télévoteur et technologie
de l'information et de la communication (TIC). =
Cliqueur électronique. *cliqueur.
Clicker, voting machine, electronic quizz
system, student response systems (SRS), audience response
system, electronic-keypad responses, personal response system in
the classroom, electronic audience response system.
| |
|
|
ELLIOT, C. (2003). Using a personal response system in
economics teaching. International Review of Economics
Education, 1 (1), 80-86. |
MOLLBORN, S. & HOEKSTRA, A. (2010). A meeting of minds
: Using Clickers from critical thinking and discussion in
large sociology classes. Teaching Sociology, 38
(1), 18-27. |
|
WOOD, W.B. (2004). Clickers : a teaching gimmick that
works. Developmental Cell, 7 (6), 796-798.
[PDF] |
LANTZ, M.E. (2010). The use of "clickers" in the classroom
: Teaching innovation or merely an amusing novelty ? Computers
in Human Behavior, 26, 556-561. |
|
BEATTY, I. (2004). Transforming student learning with
classroom communication systems. Educause Research
Bulletin, 3, 1-13. [PDF] |
|
|
DRAPER, S.W. & BROWN, M.I. (2004). Increasing interac-
tivity in lectures using an electronic voting system.
Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 20, 81-94. |
SPRAGUE, E.W. & DAHL, D.W. (2010). Learning to click :
An evaluation of the personal response system clicker
technology in introductory marketing courses. Journal
of Marketing Education, 32 (1), 93-103. |
|
JOHNSON, D. & McLEOD, S. (2004). Get answers : Using
student response systems to see students' thinking. Learning
& Leading with Technology, 32 (4), 16-23. |
|
|
DUNCAN, D. (2005). Clickers in the classroom : How to
enhance science teaching using classroom response
systems. San Francisco : Pearson Education |
PATTERSON, B., KILPATRICK, J. & WOEBKENBERG, E.
(2010). Evidence for teaching practice : The impact of
clickers in a large classroom environment. Nurse
Education Today, 30, 603-607. |
|
REAY, N.W., BAO, L., PENGFEI, L., WARNAKULASOORIYA, R.
& BOUGH, G. (2005). Toward an effective use of voting
machines in physics lectures. American Journal of
Physics, 73 (6), 554-558.
[PDF] |
STOWELL, J.R., OLDHAM, T. & BENNETT, D. (2010). Using
student response systems ("clickers") to combat conformity
and shyness. Teaching of Psychology, 37, 135-140. |
|
FIES, C. & MARSHALL, J. (2005). Electronic response
systems in classrooms. American Association of
Physics Teachers : Announcer, 34 (4), 111. |
WOLTER, B., LUNDEBERG, M., KANG, H. & HERRIED, C.
(2011). Students' perceptions of using personal response
systems "clickers" with cases in science. Journal of
College of Science Teaching, 4 (40), 14-19. [PDF] |
|
KENNEDY, G.E. & CUTTS, Q.I. (2005). The association
between students' use of an electronic voting system and
their learning outcomes. Journal of Computer Assisted
Learning, 21, 260-268. |
ELICKER, J.D. & McCONNELL, N.L. (2011). Interactive
learning in the classroom : Is student response method
related to performance ? Teaching of Psychology, 38, 147-150. |
|
EL-RADY, J. (2006). To click or not to click : That's the
question. Innovate 2 (4), 1-5. |
|
|
FIES, C. & MARSHALL, J. (2006). Classroom response
systems: A review of the literature. Journal of
Science Education & Technology, 15 (1),
101-109. |
RUSSELL, J.S., MCWILLIAMS, M., CHASEN, L. & FARLEY,
J. (2011). Using clickers for clinical reasoning and
problem solving. Nurse educator, 36 (1), 13-15. |
|
HOFFMAN, C. & GOODWIN, S. (2006). A clicker for your
thoughts : Technology for active learning. New
Library World, 107 (9/10), 422-433. |
WHITE, P., SYNCOX, D. & ALTERS, B. (2011). Clicking
for grades ? Really ? Investigating the use of clickers
for awarding grade-points in post-secondary education. Interactive
Learning Environments, 19, 551-561. |
|
DUNCAN, D. (2006). Clickers in the astronomy
classroom. New York : Pearson/Addison-Wesley. |
ROBINSON, W. & SEVIAN, H. (2011). Clickers promote
learning in all kinds of classes - small and large,
graduate and undergraduate, lecture and lab. Journal
of College of Science Teaching, 4 (40), 14-18. |
|
BEATTY, I.D., GERACE, W.J., LEONARD, W.J. & DUFRESNE,
R.J. (2006). Designing effective questions for classroom
response system teaching. American Journal of Physics,
74, 31-39. |
FALLON, M. & FPRREST, S.L. (2011). High-tech versus
low-tech instructional strategies : A comparison of
clickers and handheld response cards. Teaching of
Psychology, 38, 194-198. |
|
DUNCAN, D. (2006). Clickers : A new teaching aid with
exceptional promise. Astronomy Education Review, 5
(1), 70-88. [PDF] |
DALLAIRE, D.H. (2011). Effective use of personal response
"clicker" systems in psychology courses. Teaching of
Psychology, 38, 199-204. |
|
HERREID, C.F. (2006). "Clicker" cases : Introducing case
study teaching in large classrooms. Journal of
College Science Teaching, 36 (2), 43-47. |
ANTHIS, K. (2011). Is it the clicker, or is it the
question ? Untangling the effects of student response
system use. Teaching of Psychology, 38, 189-193. |
|
LABRIE, J., EARLEYWINE, M., LAMB, T. & SHELESKY, K.
(2006). Comparing electronic-keypad responses to
paper-and-pencil questionnaires in group assessments of
alcohol consumption and related attitudes. Addictive
Behaviors, 31, 2334-2338. [PDF] |
GACHAGO, D., MORRIS, A. & SIMON, E. (2011). Engagement
levels in a graphic design clicker class : Students'
perceptions around attention, participation and peer
Learning. Journal of Information Technology
Education, 10, 253-268. [PDF] |
|
BEEKES, W. (2006). The "millionaire" method for
encouraging participation. Active Learning in Higher
Education 7 (1), 25-36. [PDF] |
BARTSCH, R.A. & MURPHY, W. (2011). Examining the
effects of an electronic classroom response system on
student engagement and performance. Journal of
Educational Computing Research, 44, 25-33. |
|
PRATHER, E.E., SLATER, T.F., BRISSENDEN, G. & DOKTER,
E.F. (2006). To click or not to click is not the question
: How research with clickers develops a better
understanding of when learning happens in your classroom.
Bulletin of the American Astronomical Society, 38, 948. |
PREIS, M.W., KELLAR, G.M. & CORSBY, E. (2011). Student
acceptance of clickers in large introductory business
classes. American Journal of Business Education, 4, 1-14. |
|
LOWERY, R.C. (2006). Clickers in the classroom: A
comparison of interactive student-response keypad systems.
National Social Science Association, 1-22. |
ANDERSON, L.S., HEALY, A.F., KOLE, J.A. & BOURNE, L.E.
(2011). Conserving time in the classroom : The clicker
technique. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Experimental Psychology, 64, 1457-1462. |
|
|
STOWELL, J. & NELSON, J. (2007). Benefits of
electronic audience response systems on student
participation, learning, and emotion. Teaching of
Psychology, 34, 253-258. |
POWELL, S., STARUB, C., RODRIGUEZ, J. & VAN HORN, B.
(2011). Using clickers in large college psychology classes
: Academic achievement and perceptions. Journal of
the Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 11 (4),
1-11.
[PDF] |
|
POIRIER, C.R. & FELDMAN, R.S. (2007). Promoting active
learning using individual response technology in large
introductory psychology classes. Teaching of
Psychology, 34, 194-196. |
BOJINOVA, E.D. & OIGARA, J.N. (2011). Teaching and
learning with clickers : Are clickers good for students ?
Interdisciplinary Journal of E-Learning & Learning
Objects, 7, [PDF] |
|
TREES, A. & JACKSON, M. (2007). The learning
environment in clicker classrooms : Student processes of
learning and involvement in large university-level courses
using student response systems. Learning, Media &
Technology 32 (1), 21-40. |
KEOUGH, S.M. (2012). Clickers in the classroom : A review
and a replication. Journal of Management Education,
36, 822-847. |
|
CALDWELL, J.E. (2007). Clickers in the large classroom :
Current research and best-practice tips. CBE Life
Sciences Education, 6 (1), 9-20.
[PDF] |
SHAPIRO, A.M. & GORDON, L.T. (2012). A controlled
study of clicker-assisted memory enhancement in college
classrooms. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 26, 635-643.
[PDF] |
|
BARBER, M. & NJUS, D. (2007). Clicker evolution :
seeking intelligent design. CBE Life Sciences
Education, 6 (1), 1-8. |
HOEKSTRA, A. & MOLLBORN, S. (2012). How clicker use
facilitates existing pedagogical practices in higher
education : Data from interdisciplinary research on
student response systems. Learning, Media &
Technology, 33, 329-341. |
|
LANGLEY, M.M., CLEARY, A.M. & KOSTIC, B.N. (2007). On
the use of wireless response systems in experimental
psychology : Implications for the behavioral researcher. Behavior
Research Methods, 39, 816-823. |
LI, P. & LAMBRIGHT, J. (2012). Using clickers in
physics lectures with predominant minority students. R.E.A.L.
Education, 3 (1), [PDF] |
|
SIMPSON, V. & OLIVER, M. (2007). Electronic voting
systems for lectures then and now : A comparison of
research and practice. Australasian Journal of
Educational Technology, 23, 187-208. |
|
|
MARTYN, M. (2007). Clickers in the classroom : An active
learning approach. Educause Quarterly, 2, 71-74. |
ROTH, K.A. (2012). Assessing clicker examples versus board
examples in calculus. Primus, 22, 353-364. |
|
RIBBENS, E. (2007). Why I like clicker personal response
systems. Journal of College Science Teaching, 37,
60-62. |
|
|
RUDOLPH, A. (2007). Interactive learning and "clickers".
Bulletin of the American Astronomical Society, 38, 949. |
KANG, H., LUNDEBERG, M., WOLTER, B., DELMAS, R. &
HERREID, C.F. (2012). Gender differences in student
performance in large lecture classrooms using personal
response systems ("clickers") with narrative case studies.
Learning, Media & Technology, 37, 53-76. |
|
NELSON, M.L. & HAUCK, R.V. (2008). Clicking to learn :
A case study of embedding radio-frequency based clickers
in an introductory management information systems course.
Journal of Information Systems Education, 19 (1),
55-65. |
BROUSSARD, B.B. (2012).To click or not to click : Learning
to teach to the microwave generation. Nurse Education
in Practice, 12 (1), 3-5. |
|
YOURSTONE, S.A., KRAYE, H.S. & ALBAUM, G. (2008),
Classroom questioning with immediate electronic response
do clickers improve learning. Journal of Innovative
Education, 6 (1), 75-88. [PDF] |
STERNBERGER, C.S. (2012). Interactive learning environment
: engaging students using clickers. Nursing Education
Perspectives, 33 (2), 121-124. |
|
MORLING, B., MCAULIFFE, M., COHEN, L. & DILORENZO, T.
M. (2008). Efficacy of personal response systems
("clickers") in large, introductory psychology classes. Teaching
of Psychology, 35, 45-50. |
BLASCO-ARCAS, L., BUIL, I., HERNANDEZ-ORTEGA, B. &
SESE, F.J. (2013). Using clickers in class : The role of
interactivity, active collaborative learning and
engagement in learning performance. Computers &
Education, 62, 102-110. |
|
LASRY, N. (2008). Clickers or flashcards : Is there really
a difference ? The Physics Teacher, 46, 242-244.
[PDF] |
RICHARDSON, C.T. & O'SHEA, B.W. (2013). Assessing
gender differences in response system questions for an
introductory physics course. American Journal of
Physics, 81, 231 |
|
KING, D. & JOSHI, S. (2008). Gender differences in the
use and effectiveness of personal response devices. Journal
of Science & Education Technology, 17 (6),
544-552. |
LANDRUM, R.E. (2013). The ubiquitous clicker : SoTL
applications for scientist-educators. Teaching of
Psychology, 40, 98-103. |
|
MORGAN, R.B. (2008). Exploring the pedagogical
effectiveness of clickers. Insight : A Journal of
Scholarly Teaching, 3, 31-36. |
|
|
DEBOURGH, G.A. (2008). Use of classroom "clickers" to
promote acquisition of advanced reasoning skills.
Nurse Education in Practice, 8 (2), 76-87. |
|
|
WIEMAN, C. et al. (2008). Clicker resource guide : An
instructors guide to the effective use of personal
response systems (clickers) in teaching. Vancouver
: University of British Columbia. [PDF] |
|
|
LINCOLN, D.J. (2008). Teaching with clickers in the
large-size principles of marketing class. Marketing
Education Review, 18 (1), 39-45. |
GARVER, M.S. & ROBERTS, B.A. (2013). Flipping and
clicking your way to higher-order learning. Marketing
Education Review, 23 (1), 17-22. |
|
MACGEORGE, E.L., HOMAN, S.R., DUNNING, J.B., ELMORE, D.,
BODIE, G.D., EVANS, E. & GEDDES, B. (2008). Student
evaluation of audience response technology in large
lecture classes. Education Technology Research &
Development, 56, 125-145. |
ANDERSON, L.S., HEALY, A.F., KOLE, J.A. & BOURNE, L.E.
(2013). The clicker technique : Cultivating efficient
teaching and successful learning. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 27, 222-234. |
|
MORLING, B., MCAULIFFE, M., COHEN, L. & DILORENZO,
T.M. (2008). Efficacy of personal response systems
("clickers") in large, introductory psychology classes. Teaching
of Psychology, 35, 45-50. [PDF] |
BRADY, M., SELI, H. & ROSENTHAL, J. (2013). "Clickers"
and metacognition : A quasi-experimental comparative study
about metacognitive self-regulation and use of electronic
feedback devices. Computers & Education, 65,
56-63. |
|
HOEKSTRA, A. (2008). Vibrant student voices : exploring
effects of the use of clickers in large college courses. Learning,
Media & Technology, 33 (4), 329-341. [PDF] |
OSWALD, K.M. & RHOTEN, S.E. (2014). Improving
classroom clicker practices : Effects of incentives and
feedback on retention. North American Journal of
Psychology, 16, 79-88. |
|
LASRY, N. (2008). Clickers or flashcards: Is there really
a difference ? The Physics Teacher, 46, 242-244. |
|
|
CROSSGROVE, K. & CURRAN, K.L (2008). Using clickers in
nonmajors-and majors-level biology courses : Student
opinion, learning, and long-term retention of course
material. CBE Life Sciences Education, 7, 146 |
|
|
WATKINS, E.P. & SABELLA, M.S. (2008). Examining the
effectiveness of clickers on promoting learning by
tracking the evolution of student responses. American
Institute of Physics. 223-226. |
|
|
CLEARY, A.M. (2008). Using wireless response systems to
replicate behavioral research findings in the classroom. Teaching
of Psychology, 35, 42-44. |
FORTNER-WOOD, C., ARMISTEAD, L., MARCHAND, A. &
MORRIS, F.B. (2013). The effects of student response
systems on student learning and attitudes in undergraduate
psychology courses. Teaching of Psychology, 40, 26-30. |
|
|
BUGEJA, M. (2008). Classroom clickers and the cost of
technology. Chronicle of Higher Education, 55
(15), A31. |
|
|
CAMEY, J.P., GRAY, G.T. & WERTGRAY, S. (2008).
Evaluating the impact of student response systems on
student performance. Journal for Advancement of
Marketing Education, 13, 1-7. |
|
|
LASRY, N. (2008). Clickers of flashcards : Is the realy a
difference. The Physical Teacher, 46, 242-244.
[PDF]
+ [PDF]
|
SUTHERLIN, A.L., SUTHERLIN, G.R. & AKPANUDO, U.M.
(2013). The effect of clickers in university science
courses. Journal of Science Education &
Technology, 22, 651-666 |
|
SHAFFER, D.M. & COLLURA, M.J. (2009). Evaluating the
effectiveness of a personal response system in the
classroom. Teaching of Psychology, 36, 273-277. |
KELLY, K.F.G. (2013). Student response systems
("Clickers") in the psychology classroom : A beginner's
guide. Office of Teaching Resources in Psychology.
[PDF] |
|
PRATHER, E.E. & BRISSENDEN, G. (2009). Clickers as
data gathering tools and students' attitudes, motivations,
and beliefs on their use in this application.
Astronomy Education Review, 8 (1), 1-10. [PDF] |
OSWALD, K.M., BLAKE, A.B. & SANTIAGO, D.T. (2014).
Enhancing immediate retention with clickers through
individual response identification. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 28, 438-442. |
|
MAYER, R.E., STULL, A., DELEEUW, K., ALMEROTH, K.,
BIMBER, B., CHUN, D., BULGER, M., CAMPBELL, J., KNIGHT, A.
& ZHANG, H. (2009). Clickers in college classrooms :
Fostering learning with questioning methods in large
lecture classes. Contemporary Educational Psychology,
34, 51-57. |
|
|
PERKINS, K. & TURPEN, C. (2009). Student perspectives
on using clickers in upper division physics courses. American
Institute of Physics Conference Proceedings, 225-228. |
|
|
SHAPIRO, A.M. (2009). An empirical study of personal
response technology for improving attendance and learning
in a large class. Journal of the Scholarship of
Teaching & Learning, 9, 13-26. |
HEDGCOCK, W.H. & ROUWENHORST, R.M. (2014). Clicking
their way to success : Using student response systems as a
tool for feedback. Journal for Advancement of
Marketing Education, 22 (2), 16-25. [PDF] |
|
KENWRIGHT, K. (2009). Clickers in the classroom. TechTrends,
53 (1), 74-77. |
|
|
MAYER, R.E., STULL, A., DELEEUW, K., ALMEROTH, K.,
BIMBER, B., CHUN, D., BULGER, M., CAMPBELL, J., KNIGHT, A.
& ZHANG, H. (2009). Clickers in college classrooms :
Fostering learning with questioning methods in large
lecture classes. Contemporary Educational Psychology,
34 (1), 51-57. |
|
|
MULA J.M. & KAVANAGH, M. (2009). Click go the
students, click-click-click : The efficacy of a student
response system for engaging students to improve feedback
and performance. E-Journal of Business Education &
Scholarship of Teaching, 3 (1), 1-17. |
|
|
KORTEMEYER, G. (2009). Gender differences in the use of an
online homework system in an introductory physics course.
Physical Review Physics Education Research, 5, 1-8.
[PDF] |
LANTZ, M.E. & STAWISKI, A. (2014). Effectiveness of
clickers : Effect of feedback and the timing of questions
on learning. Computers in Human Behavior, 31, 280-286. |
|
SMITH, M.K., WOOD, W.B., ADAMS, W.K., WIEMAN, C., KNIGHT,
J.K., GUILD, N. & SU, T.T. (2009). Why peer discussion
improves student performance on in-class concept
questions. Science, 323, 122-124. [PDF] |
|
|
PATRY, M. (2009). Clickers in large classes : From student
perceptions towards an understanding of best practices. International
Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching & Learning,
3 (2), 1-11. |
LANDRUM, R.E. (2015). Teacher-ready research review :
clickers. Scholarship of Teaching & Learning in
Psychology, 1 (3), 250-254. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
TIC,
Jeu-questionnaire
et
Question |
|
|
Tellegen
Auke (Batavia 1930-2024 Minnesota) : Psychométricien
américain d'origine néérlandaise et spécialiste de l'étude et la
mesure de la personnalité,
notamment du test du MMPI.
Étudiant de Lindzey.
Collaborateur de
Ben-Porath, Bouchard,
Butcher, Lubinski,
Lykken, Masten et Watson.
 |
TELLEGEN, A. & ATKINSON, G. (1974). Openness to
absorption and self-altering experiences : A trait related
to hypnotic susceptibility. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 83, 268-277. |
|
TELLEGEN, A. & LUBINSKI, D. (1983). Some
methodological comments on labels, traits, interaction,
and types in the study of "femininity" and "masculinity" :
Reply to Spence. al of Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 44 (2), 447-455. [PDF] |
|
TELLEGEN, A. (1985). Structures of mood and personality
and their relevance to assessing anxiety, with an emphasis
on self-report. In A.H. Tuma & J. Maser (Eds.), Anxiety
and the anxiety disorders (pp. 681-706). Hillsdale,
N.J. : Erlebaum. |
|
TELLEGEN, A., LYKKEN, D.T., BOUCHARD, T.J., WILCOX, K.J.,
SEGAL, N.L. & RICH, S. (1988). Personality similarity
in twins reared apart and together. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 54, 1031-1039. |
|
TELLEGEN, A., BEN-PORATH, Y.S. & SELBOM, M. (2009).
Construct validity of the MMPI-2- Restructured Clinical
(RC) Scales : Reply to Rouse, Greene, Butcher, Nichols,
& Williams. Journal of Personality Assessment, 91
(3), 211-221. |
|
|
SEGAL, N.L. (2024). In Memoriam : Dr. Auke Tellegen (July
16, 1930 ? March 11, 2024). Twin Research & Human
Genetics, 27 (2), 128-130.
|
|
|
|
|
|
| TE - TÉMOIN -
TEMPÉRAMENT - TEMPS -
TERMAN - TERRACE - TERRITOIRE
- TERRORISME - TEST
- TESTOSTÉRONE - TET
- TH |
|
|
Témoin/Témoignage
: Personne présente au moment de la commission d'un
crime, d'un accident ou d' un simple incident, et à qui l'on
demande de rapporter avec exactitude ce qu'il a vu ou entendu ou
dont la simple présence influence les autres. =
témoin oculaire. *passant.
Eyewitness, witness, testimony.
| |
|
|
BESTERMAN, T. (1932). The psychology of testimony in
relation to paraphysical phenomena : Report of an
experiment. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical
Research, 40, 363-387. |
KASSIN, S.M., TUBB, V.A., HOSCH, H.M. & MEMON, A.
(2001). On the "general acceptance" of eyewitness
testimony research : A new survey of the experts.
American Psychologist, 56 (5), 405-416. [PDF]
|
|
BEHRMAN, B.W. & DAVEY, S.L. (2001). Eyewitness
identification in actual criminal cases : An archival
analysis. Law & Human Behavior, 25, 475-491. |
|
ROSENTHAL, A.M. (1964). Thirty-eight witnesses.
New York : McGraw-Hill. |
WELLS, G.L. & OLSON, E.A. (2003). Eyewitness
testimony. The Annual Review of Psycychology, 54,
277-295. |
|
LOFTUS, E.F. (1975). Leading questions and the eyewitness
report. Cognitive Psychology, 7, 560-572. [PDF]
|
FAHSING, I.A., ASK, K. & GRANHAG, P.A. (2004). The man
behind the mask : Accuracy and predictors of eyewitness
offender descriptions. Journal of Applied Psychology,
89, 722-729. |
|
FORGAS, J.R. VARGAS, P. & LAHAM, S. (2005). Mood
effects on eyewitness memory : Affective influences on
susceptibility to misinformation. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 41, 574–588. |
|
WELLS, G.L. (1978). Applied eyewitness testimony research
: System variables and estimator variables. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 1546-1557. |
KORIAT, A., GOLDSMITH, M., SCHNEIDER, W. &
NAKASH-DURA, M. (2005). The credibility of children's
testimony : Can children control the accuracy of their
memory reports ? Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 79 (4), 405-437. |
|
DALE, P.S., LOFTUS, E.F. & RATHBUN, L. (1978). The
influence of the form of the question on the eyewitness
testimony of preschool children. Journal of
Psycholinguistic Research, 7, 269-277. |
ALLWOOD, C.M., ASK, K. & GRANHAG, P.A. (2005). The
cognitive interview : Effects on the realism in witnesses'
confidence in their free recall. Psychology, Crime
& Law, 11, 183-198. |
|
WARNICK, D.H. & SANDERS, G.S. (1980). The effects of
discussion on eyewitness accuracy. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 10, 249-259. |
PETERSON, C. (2007). Reliability of child witnesses : A
decade of research. Canadian Journal of Police &
Security Services, 5 (3/4), 142-151. [PDF]
|
|
GOODMAN, G.S. & REED, R.S. (1986). Age differences in
eyewitness testimony. Law & Human Behavior 10
(4), 317-332. |
ASK, K. & GRANHAG, P.A. (2007). Motivational bias in
criminal investigators' judgments of witness reliability.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 37,
561-591. |
|
WELLS, G.L. & TURTLE, J.W. (1987). Eyewitness
testimony : Current knowledge and emergent controversies.
Canadian Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 19,
363-388. |
WILCOCK, R., BULL, R. & VRIJ, A. (2007). Are old
witnesses always poorer witnesses ? Psychology :
Crime & Law, 13, 305-316. |
|
GOODMAN, G.S., BOTTOMS, B.M., SCHWARTZ-KENNEY & RUDY,
L. (1987). Children's testimony about a stressful event :
Improving children's reports. Journal of Narrative
& Life History 1 (1), 69-99. |
HOLMES, A.E. & WEAVER, C.A. (2010). Eyewitness memory
and misinformation : are remember/know judgments more
reliable than subjective confidence ? Applied
Psychology in Criminal Justice, 6 (1), 47-61. [PDF]
|
|
KASSIN, S.M., ELLSWORTH, P. & SMITH, V. (1989). The
"general acceptance" of psychological research on
eyewitness testimony : A survey of the experts.
American Psychologist, 44 (8), 1089-1098. |
WEBER, N. & PERFECT, T.J. (2012). Improving eyewitness
identification accuracy by sreening out those who say they
don't know. Law & Human Behavior, 36 (1)
28-36. |
|
GOODMAN, G.S. & Clarke-Stewart, A. ( 1991).
Suggestibility in children's testimony : Implications for
child sexual abuse investigations. In J. Doris (Ed.),
The suggestibility of children's recollections :
Implications for eyewitness testimony, (pp.
92-105). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association. |
STOLZENBERG, S. & PEZDEK, K. (2012). Interviewing
child witnesses : The effect of forced confabulation on
event memory. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 114 (1), 77-88. |
|
WELLS, G.L. (1993). What do we know about eyewitness
identification? American Psychologist, 48,
553-571 |
PERFECT, T.J. & WEBER, N. (2012). How should witnesses
regulate the accuracy of their identification decisions :
one step forward, two steps back ? Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 38 (6), 1810-1818. |
|
CECI, S.J. & BRUCK, M. (1993). Suggestibility of the
child witness : A historical review and synthesis. Psychological
Bulletin, 113, 403-439. [PDF]
|
GRONLUND, S.D., WIXTED, J.T. & MICKES, L. (2014).
Evaluating eyewitness identification procedures using
receiver operating characteristic analysis. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 23 (1), 3-10.
[PDF]
|
|
PIPE, M.-E. (1993). Children's testimony. In E R.H. Webb,
J.G. Adams, W.R. Atkin, L.L. Caldwell & R.M. Henaghan
(Eds.), Family law guide (pp. 522-533).
Wellington, New Zealand : Butterworths. |
WIXTED, J.T. & WELLS, G.L. (2017). The relationship
between eyewitness confidence and identification accuracy
: A new synthesis. Psychological Science in the
Public Interest, 18, 10-65. |
|
WELLS, G.L. & SEELAU, E.P. (1995). Eyewitness
identification : Psychological research and legal policy
on lineups. Psychology, Public Policy, & Law, 1,
765-791. |
WELLS, G.L., KOVERA, M.B., DOUGLASS, A.B., BREWER, N.,
MEISSNER, C.A. & WIXTED, J.T. (2020). Policy and
procedure recommendations for the collection and
preservation of eyewitness identification evidence. Law
& Human Behavior, 44, 3-36 |
|
LOFTUS, E. (1996). Eyewitness testimony.
Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
WELLS, G.L. (2020). Psychological science on eyewitness
identification and its impact on police practices and
policies. American Psychologist, 75, 1316-1329. |
|
LOFTUS, E.F. & KETCHAM, K. (1996). Witness for
the defense : The accused, the eyewitness and the expert
who puts memory on trial. St. Martin's Press. |
SMALARZ L., YANG, Y. & WELLS, G.L. (2021).
Eyewitnesses' free-report verbal confidence statements are
diagnostic of accuracy. Law & Human Behavior, 45
(2), 138-151. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Fabuler,
Mythomanie, Police,
Tribunal et Mensonge |
|
| |
|
Tempérament
: Ensemble des réactions ou comportements
innées relativement stables qui modulent l'expression du
niveau d'activité, le style d'approche et de réaction à un stimulus
ou à une situation donnée. Temperament.
| |
|
|
SHELDON, H. (1942). The varieties of temperament.
Harper. |
PRIOR, M. (1992). Childhood temperament. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 33, 249-279. |
|
JAMES, W.T. (1951). Social organization among dogs of
different temperaments, terriers and beagles, reared
together. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 44 (1), 71-77. |
BRAUNGART, J.M., PLOMIN, R., DEFRIES, J.C. & FULKER,
D.W. (1992). Genetic influence on tester-rated infant
temperament as assessed by Bayley's Infant Behavior Record
: Nonadoptive and adoptive siblings and twins. Developmental
Psychology, 28, 40-47. |
|
DIAMOND, S. (1957). Personality and temperament. New
York : Harper. |
AHADI, S.A., ROTHBART, M.K. & YE, R. (1993).
Children's Temperament in the U.S. and China :
Similarities and differences. European Journal of
Personality, 7, 359-378. [PDF] |
|
LINDZEY, G., LYKKEN, D.T. & WINSTON, H. (1960).
Infantile trauma, genetic factors, and adult temperament.
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 61,
7-14. |
ROTHBART, M.K., AHADI, S.A. & HERSHEY, K.L. (1994).
Temperament and social behaviour in childhood. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 40 (1), 21-39. [PDF] |
|
BIRNS, B., BARTERN, S. & BRIDGER, W. (1969).
Individual differences in temperamental charactenstics of
infants Transactions of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 31, 1071-1082 |
CLARK, L.A., WATSON, D. & MINEKA, S. (1994).
Temperament, personality, and the mood and anxiety
disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103,
103-116. |
|
CAREY, W.B. (1970). A simplified method for measuring
infant temperament. Journal of Pediatrics, 77,
188-194. |
MARTIN, R.P. (1994). Child temperament and common problems
in schooling : Hypotheses about causal connections.
Journal of School Psychology, 32, 119-134. |
|
BUSS, A.H. & PLOMIN, R.A. (1975). A temperament
theory of personality. New York : Wiley. |
ROTHBART, M.K., AHADI, S.A. & HERSHEY K.L. (1994).
Temperament and social behaviour in childhood. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 40 (1), 21-39. [PDF] |
|
ROWE, D.C. & PLOMIN, R. (1977). Temperament in early
childhood. Journal of Personality Assessment, 41,
150-156. |
PICHOT, P. (1995). Histoire du concept de temprament. Revue
Internationales de Psychopathologie, 17, 5-23. |
|
THOMAS, A. & CHESS, S. (1977). Temperament and
development. New York : Brunner/Mazel. |
ARCUS, D. & KAGAN, J. (1995). Temperament and
craniofacial variation in the first two years. Child
Development, 66, 1529-1540. |
|
TORGENSEN, A.E. & KNNGLEN, E. (1978). Genetic aspects
of temperament differences in infants Joumal of the
American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 17, 443-449 |
CHESS, S. & THOMAS, A. (1996). Temperament :
Theory and practice. Brunner/Mazel. |
|
RONALD S. & KING, M. (1978).
Existential-phenomenological alternatives for
psychology. Oxford U Press. |
MEHRABIAN, A. & BLUM, J.S. (1996). Temperament and
personality as functions of age. International
Journal of Aging & Human Development, 42, 251-269. |
|
CAREY, W.B. & McDEVITT, S.C. (1978). Revision of the
infant temperament questionnaire. Pediatrics, 61, 735-739. |
TLEFLEY, H.P. (1998). Temperament : Theory and practice.The
American Journal of Psychiatry, 155 (1), 144. |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B. (1979). Patterns of mother-infant
interaction and maternal ratings of temperament. Child
Psychiatry & Human Development, 10, 67-76. |
ROTHBART, M.K. & JONES, L.B. (1998). Temperament,
self-regulation, and education. School Psychology
Review, 27 (4), 479-491.
[PDF] |
|
BATES, J. (1980). The concept of difficult temperament. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 26, 299-319. |
TARABULSY, G.M. (Dir.) (1998). Le tempérament de
l'enfant : Cinq études. Sainte-Foy : Québec,
Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
|
VAUGHN B., DEINARD, A. & EGELAND, B. (1980). Measuring
temperament in pediatric practice. Journal of
Pediatrics, 96, 510-514. |
MEHRABIAN, A. (1998-1999). Relations of home preference
with temperament and with prevailing emotional conditions
in everyday life. Imagination, Cognition and
Personality, 18, 43-58. |
|
MEHRABIAN, A. & O'REILLY, E. (1980). Analysis of
personality measures in terms of basic dimensions of
temperament. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 38, 492-503. |
|
|
VAUGHN, B.E., TARALDSON, B.J., CRICHTON, L. & EGELAND,
B. (1981). The assessment of infant temperamentx: A
critique of the Carey Infant Temperament Questionnaire. Infant
Behavior & Development, 4, 1-17. |
BLUM, J.S. & MEHRABIAN, A. (1999). Personality and
temperament correlates of marital satisfaction. Journal
of Personality, 67, 93-125. |
|
ROTHBART, M.K. (1981). Measurement of temperament in
infancy. Child Development, 52, 569-578. [PDF] |
KAGAN, J. (1999). La part de l'inné; temperament et
nature humaine. Paris : Bayard. |
|
ROTHBART, M.K. (1982). The concept of difficult
temperament : A critical analysis of Thomas, Chess &
Korn. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 28, 35-40. [PDF] |
YEN, S. & ISPA, J. (2000). Children's temperament and
behavior in Montessori and constructivist early childhood
programs. Early Education and Development, 11,
171-186. |
|
WILSON, R.S. & MATHENY, A.P. (1983). Assessment of
temperament in infant twins. Developmental Psychology,
19, 172-183. |
WILLS, T., SANDY, J., YAEGER, A. & SHINER, O. (2001).
Family risk factors and adolescent substance use :
Moderation effects for temperament dimensions. Developmental
Psychology, 37 (3), 283-297. [PDF] |
|
BUSS, A.H. & PLOMIN, R. (1984). Temperament :
Early developing personality traits. Hillsdale, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
ROTHBART, M.K. & HWANG, J. (2002). Measuring infant
temperament. Infant Behavior & Development, 25 (1),
113-116. [PDF] |
|
ROTHBART, M.K. & GOLDSMITH, H.H. (1985). Three
approaches to the study of infant temperament. Developmental
Review, 5, 237-260. |
KEOGH, B.K. (2003). Temperament in the classroom. Baltimore
: Brookes Publishing. |
|
SROUFE, L. (1985). Attachment classification from the
perspective of infant-caregiver relationships and infant
temperament. Child Development, 56, 1-14. |
KAGAN, J. (2004). The long shadow of temperament.
Harvard : Harvard University Press. |
|
|
SANSON, A., PRIOR, M. & OBERKLAID, F. (1985).
Normative data on temperament in Australian infants. Australian
Journal of Psychology, 37 (2), 185-195. |
|
|
MEHRABIAN, A. & WEINSTEIN, L. (1985). Temperament
characteristics of suicide attempters. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 53, 544-546. |
JONES, A.C. & GOSLING, S.D. (2005). Temperament and
personality in dogs (Canis familiaris) : A review and
evaluation of past research. Applied Animal Behaviour
Science, 95, 1-53. [PDF] |
|
ROTHBART, M.K. (1986). Longitudinal observation of infant
temperament. Developmental Psychology, 22, 356-365. |
CALKINS, S.D. (2005). Temperament and its impact on child
development : Comments on Rothbart, Kagan, and Eisenberg.
In R.E. Tremblay, R.G. Barr & R DeV, Peters (Eds.), Encyclopedia
on early childhood development (pp. 1-6). Montreal,
Quebec : Centre of Excellence for Early Childhood
Development. [LIRE] |
|
KSIONSKY, S. & MEHRABIAN, A. (1986). Temperament
characteristics of successful police dispatchers: Work
settings requiring continuous rapid judgments and
responses to complex information. Journal of Police
Science & Administration, 14, 45-48. |
|
|
MEHRABIAN, A. & BEKKEN,M.L. (1986). Temperament
characteristics of individuals who participate in
strenuous sports. Research Quarterly for Exercise
& Sport, 57, 160-166. |
TARABULSY, G.M. & PROVOST, M.A. (2006). Predicting
preschool cognitive development from infant temperament,
maternal sensitivity, and psychosocial risk. Merrill
Palmer Quarterly, 52, 779-806. |
|
MEHRABIAN, A. & VENTER, C. (1986). Temperament
correlates of clutch playing and overall success among
top-ranked college tennis players. International
Journal of Small Group Research, 2, 100-106. |
SAUCIER, G. et GOLDBERG, L.R. (2006). Personnalité,
caractère et tempérament : La structure translinguistique
des traits. Psychologie Française, 51, 265-284.
[PDF] |
|
STRELAU, J. (1987). Temperament : A psychological
perspective. New York : Plenum Press. |
TSAI, J.L., LEVENSON, R.W. & McCOY, K. (2006).
Cultural and temperamental variation in emotional
response. Emotion, 6, 484-497. [PDF] |
|
BRADSHAW, K.D.L., GOLDSMITH, H.H. & CAMPOS, J.J.
(1987). Attachment, temperament, and social referencing :
Interrelationships among three domains of infant affective
behavior. Infant Behavior & Development, 10, 223-231. |
ELSE-QUEST, N.M., HYDE, J.S., GOLDSMITH, H.H. & VAN
HULLE, A. (2006). Gender differences in temperament : A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 132 (1),
33-72. [PDF] |
|
BATES, J.E. (1987). Temperament in infancy. In J.D.
Osofsky (Ed.), Handbook of infant development
(pp. 1101-1149). New York : Wiley. |
WACHS, T.D. (2006). The nature, etiology and consequences
of individual differences in temperament. In T. LeMonda
& L. Balter (Eds.), Child psychology : A handbook
of contemporary issues (pp. 27-52). New York :
Garland. |
|
BARCLAY, L.K. (1987). Skill development and temperament in
kindergarten children: A cross-cultural study.
Perceptual & Motor Skills, 65, 963-972. |
ROTHBART, M.K. & BATES, J.E. (2006). Temperament. In
N. Eisenberg & W. Damon (Eds.), Handbook of child
psychology : Social, emotional, and personality
development (Vol. 3, pp.99-166). New York : Wiley. |
|
STRELAU, J. (1987). Emotion as a key concept in
temperament research. Journal of Research in
Personality, 21, 510-528. |
DEGNAN, K.A. & FOX, N.A. (2007). Behavioral inhibition
and anxiety disorders : Multiple levels of a resilience
process. Development & Psychopathology, 19
(3), 729-746. |
|
GOLDSMITH, H.H., BUSS, A.H., PLOMIN, R., ROTHBART, M.K.,
THOMAS, A. & CHESS, S. (1987). What is temperament ? :
Four approaches. Child Development, 58, 505-529.
|
RHEE, S.H., COSGROVE, V.E., SCHMITZ, S., HABERSTICK, B.C.,
CORLEY, R.C. & HEWITT, J.K. (2007). Early childhood
temperament and the covariation between internalizing and
externalizing behavior in school-aged children. Twin
Research & Human Genetics, 10 (1), 33-44. |
|
SANSON, A., PRIOR, M. GARINO, E., OBERKLAID, F.M. &
SEWELL, J. (1987). The structure of infant temperament :
Factor analysis of the Revised Infant Temperament
Questionnaire. Infant Behavior & Development, 10
(1), 97-104. |
PETERSON, C. (2007). Reliability of child witnesses : A
decade of research. Canadian Journal of Police &
Security Servives, 5 (3/4), 142-151.
[PDF] |
|
KAGAN, J. (1988). Tempermental contributions to social
behavior. American Psychology, 44, 668–674. [PDF]
|
HENDERSON, H.A. & WACHS, T.D. (2007). Temperament
theory and the study of cognition-emotion interactions
across development. Developmental Review, 27,
396-427.
[PDF] |
|
ROTHBART, M.K. (1988). Temperament and the development of
inhibited approach. Child Development, 59, 1241-1250. |
KAGAN, J. (2008). The biological contributions to
temperaments and emotions. European Journal of
Developmental Science, 2, 38-51.
[PDF] |
|
WHIFFEN, V.E. & GOTLIEB, I.H. (1989). Infants of
postpartum depressed mothers : Temperament and cognitive
status. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 98 (3),
274-279. |
ZENTNER, M. & BATES, J.E. (2008). Child temperament :
An integrative review of concepts, research programs, and
measures. European Journal of Developmental Science,
2 (1/2), 7-37. [PDF] |
|
BALLANTINE, J.H. & KLEIN, H.A. (1990). The
relationship of temperament and adjustment in Japanese
schools. Journal of Psychology, 124, 299-309. |
VAUGHN, B.E., BOST, K.K. & VAN IJZENDOORN, M.H.
(2008). Attachment and temperament : Additive and
interactive influences on behavior, affect, and cognition
during infancy and childhood. In J. Cassidy & P.
Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment (pp.
192-216). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
PERUGI, G., MUSETTI, L., SIMONINI, E., PIAGENTINI, F.,
CASSANO, G.B. & AKISKAL, H.S. (1990). Gender-mediated
clinical features of depressive illness the importance of
temperamental differences. The British Journal of
Psychiatry, 157 (6), 835-841. |
ASL AMINABABI, A., PURALIBABAB, F., ERFANPARAST, L.,
NAJAFPOUR, E. & JAMALI, Z. (2011). Impact of
temperament on child behavior in the dental setting.
Journal of Dental Research, Dental Clinics, Dental
Prospects, 5 (4), 119-122. [PDF] |
|
EYSENCK, H.J. (1991). Dimensions of personality : the
biosocial approach to personality. In J. Strelau & A.
Angleitner (Eds.), Explorations in temperament :
international perspectives on theory and measurement
(pp. 87-103). London : Plenum. |
VAUGHN, B.E. & SHIN, N. (2011). Attachment,
temperament, and adaptation : One long argument In D.
Cicchetti & G.I. Roisman (Eds.), The origins and
organization of adaptation and maladaptation : Minnesota
symposia on child psychology (Vol. 36, pp.
55-107). New York : Wiley. |
|
STRELAU, J. & AGLEITNER, A. (1991). Explorations
in temperament : International perspectives on theory
and measurement. London : Plenum. |
ROTHBART, M.K. (2011). Becoming who we are :
Temperament and personality in development.
Guilford Press. |
|
FOX, N.A. & PINE, D.S. (2012). Temperament and the
emergence of anxiety disorders. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
51 (2), 125–128. |
|
GRAY, J.A. (1991). The neuropsychology of temperament. In
J. Strelau & A. Angleitner (Eds.), Explorations
in temperament : international perspectives on theory
and measurement (pp. 105-128). London : Plenum. |
SHINER, R.L. (2015). The development of temperament and
personality traits in childhood and adolescence. In M.
Mikulincer, P.R. Shaver, M.L. Cooper & R.J. Larsen
(Eds.), APA handbook of personality and social
psychology : Personality processes and individual
differences (Vol. 4, pp. 85-105). Washington, DC :
American Psychological Association. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Mesure et
évaluation du tempérament |
|
|
Tempérament
(Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
le tempérament.
Measuring temperament.
| |
|
|
CAREY, W.B. (1970). A simplified method for measuring
infant temperament. Journal of Pediatrics, 77,
188-194. |
|
|
MEHRABIAN, A. (1978). Measures of individual differences
in temperament. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 38, 1105-1117. |
|
|
CAREY, W.B. & McDEVITT, S.C. (1978). Revision of the
Infant Temperament Questionnaire. Pediatrics, 61, 735-739. |
|
|
VAUGHN B., DEINARD, A. & EGELAND, B. (1980). Measuring
temperament in pediatric practice. Journal of
Pediatrics, 96, 510-514. |
SANSON, A., PRIOR, M. GARINO, E., OBERKLAID, F.M. &
SEWELL, J. (1987). The structure of infant temperament :
Factor analysis of the Revised Infant Temperament
Questionnaire. Infant Behavior & Development, 10
(1), 97-104. |
|
VAUGHN, B.E., TARALDSON, B.J., CRICHTON, L. & EGELAND,
B. (1981). The assessment of infant temperament : A
critique of the Carey Infant Temperament Questionnaire. Infant
Behavior & Development, 4, 1-17. |
BRAUNGART, J.M., PLOMIN, R., DEFRIES, J.C. & FULKER,
D.W. (1992). Genetic influence on tester-rated infant
temperament as assessed by Bayley's Infant Behavior Record
: Nonadoptive and adoptive siblings and twins. Developmental
Psychology, 28, 40-47. |
|
ROTHBART, M.K. (1981). Measurement of temperament in
infancy. Child Development, 52, 569-578. [PDF] |
|
|
VAUGHN, B.E., TARALDSON, B.J., CRICHTON, L. & EGELAND,
B. (1981). The assessment of infant temperament: A
critique of the Carey Infant Temperament Questionnaire. Infant
Behavior & Development, 4, 1-17. |
BOER, F. & WESTENBERG, P.M. (1994). The factor
structure of the Buss and Plomin EAS Temperament Survey
(parental ratings) in a Dutch sample of elementary school
children. Journal of Personality Assessment, 62,
537-551. |
|
WILSON, R.S. & MATHENY, A.P. (1983). Assessment of
temperament in infant twins. Developmental Psychology,
19, 172-183. |
ROTHBART, M.K. & HWANG, J. (2002). Measuring infant
temperament. Infant Behavior & Development, 25 (1),
113-116. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Température
(du corps) : Voir Température d'un
organisme. = température
interne.
|
|
|
|
|
Temporairement
vraie : Expression qui souligne le caractère temporel
d'une hypothèse
corroborée par les faits disponibles
(plutôt que possibles). EX. L'affirmation Tous
les éléphants sont gris est une affirmation temporairement
vraie car elles correpond aux faits
actuels, mais non-définitive puisqu'on ne peut exclure la
possibilité que l'on trouve un jour sur la planète Etyllik-0.8 un
éléphant rose. Pour que l'hypothèse soit vrai à jamais, il
faudrait passer en revue toutes les époques et tous les lieux où
il est possible d'observer des éléphants. Cela étant impossible,
il se pourrait que l'on découvre, un jour, une nouvelle planète
(Etyllik-24 ou Sirhose-12) où s'ébattent en toute tranquilité des
millions d'éléphants roses et ronds. /définitivement
fausse.
|
|
|
Temps
:
|
|
|
Temps
(humain) : Temps
réel ou objectif décomposé subjectivement en portion
équivalente et périodique (ou durée) par un dispositif, une
machine (sablier, montre, horloge nucléaire ou solaire, etc).
Temps et espace.
= temps objectif.
|
|
|
PIAGET, J. (1946). Le développement de la notion de
temps chez l'enfant. Paris : Presses Universitaires
de France. |
ALBERT, D. (2000). Time and chance. Harvard
University Press. |
|
SHAFFER, H. & HARDWICK, J. (1969). Monitoring
simultaneous auditory messages. Perception &
Psychophysics, 6, 401-404. |
BROWN, J.W. (2004). A microgenetic approach to time and
memory in neuropsychology. Acta Neuropsychologica, 2
(1), 1-12. |
|
FREDERICK, W. & WALBERGH, J. (1980). Learning as a
function of time. Journal of Educational Research,
73, 183-194. |
UTTAL W.R. (2008). Time, space, and number in physics
and psychology. Cornwell- on-Hudson, NY : Sloan. |
GIBBON, J. & CHURCH, R.M. (1981). Time left :
Linear versus logarithmic subjective time. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, 7,
87-108.
|
|
MECK, W.H., CHURCH, R.M. & OLTON, D. (1984).
Hippocampus, time, and memory. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 98, 3-22.
|
|
CHURCH, R.M. & BROADBENT, H. A. (1990). Alternative
representations of time, number, and rate. Cognition,
37, 55-81.
|
|
|
ELMAN, J.L. (1990). Finding structure in time. Cognitive
Science, 14, 179-211. |
FIELD D. P. & HINELINE, P.N. (2008). Dispositioning
and the obscured roles of time in psychological
explanation. Behavior & Philosophy, 36,
5-69. [PDF] |
|
GIBBON, J. & CHURCH, R.M. (1990). Representation of
time. Cognition, 37, 23-54. |
TOOLEY, M. (2010). Time, truth, actuality, and causation :
On the impossibility of divine foreknowledge. European
Journal for Philosophy of Religion, 1, 143-163. |
|
BROWN, J.W. (1996). Time, will and mental process.
New York: Plenum. |
ROSA, H (2010). Accélération : une critique sociale du
temps. Paris : La Découverte. |
CRYSTAL, J.D., CHURCH, R.M. & BROADBENT, H.A. (1997).
Systematic nonlinearities in the memory representation of
time. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal
Behavior Processes, 23, 267-282.
|
NÙNEZ, R., COOPERIDDER, K., DOAN, D. & WASSMAN, J.
(2012). Contours of time : Topographic construals of past,
present, and future in the Yupno Valley of Papua New
Guinea. Cognition, 124 (1), 25-35. |
|
DONAHOE, J.W. & BURGOS, J.E. (1999). Timing without a
timer. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 71 (2), 257-263. [PDF]
|
NÙNEZ, R. & COOPERIDDER, K. (2013). The tangle of
space and time in human cognition. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 17 (5), 220-229. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Perception
du temps, Âge,
Perception du temps, Âge,
Chrono, Horloge
interne et Temps |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Temps
(réel) : Mouvement ou changement d'état de la matière vivante ou non. Le temps est donc la différence entre deux états (T 1et T 2). Ainsi défini, il ne peut y avoir de temps sans mouvement (ou énergie) ou
sans transformation de l'état initial (T 1-----»T 2
-----»T x)., d'où l'expression «Le temps passe». Dans
cette conception du temps, la matière et l'énergie précèdent donc
le temps. = temps naturel. Time,
real time.
| |
|
|
GRÜNBAUM, A. (1962). The nature of time. In R.G. Colodny
(Ed.), Frontiers of science and philosophy (Vol.
I., pp. 147-188). Pittsburgh, PA : University of
Pittsburgh Press. |
|
HAWKING, S.H. (1988). A brief history of time : From
the big bang to black holes. Toronto : Bantam
Books. |
|
GLASS, L. & MACKEY, M. (1988). From clocks to
chaos. Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
|
UTTAL W.R. (2008). Time, space, and number in physics
and psychology. Cornwell-on-Hudson, NY : Sloan. |
|
TOOLEY, M. (2010). Time, truth, actuality, and causation :
On the impossibility of divine foreknowledge. European
Journal for Philosophy of Religion, 1, 143-163. |
|
NORTON, J. (2010). Time really passes. Humana Mente :
Journal of Philosophical Studies, 13, 23-34.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Temps |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Temps
de réaction : Temps de réponse : Laps de temps qui s'écoule entre le
début de la présentation d'un stimulus
et le début de la réponse
de l'organisme. Ce
concepts, initialement développé en physiologie, a été appliqué en
psychologie par Donders et
Galton. En psychologie
cognitive, le temps de réaction permet d'inférer la
vitesse de traitement d'une information (temps
machine), notamment lors des tâches
de rappel et de résolution de problème. Temps de réaction, intelligence
et balayage.
= temps de réponse. Processing
time, reaction time, speed, speed-of-processing, speed of
information processing, response time.
| |
|
|
DONDERS, F.C. (1869). On the speed of mental processes. Acta
Psychologica, 30, 412-431. |
BARRETT, P.T. EYSENK, H.J. & LUCKING, S. (1986).
Reaction time and intelligence : a replicated study. Intelligence,
10 (1), 9-40. |
|
GALTON, F. (1890) (1889). An instrument for measuring
reaction time. Report of the British Association for
the Advancement of Science, 59, 784-785. |
LUCE, R.D. (1986). Response times, their role in
inferring elementary mental organization. New York
: Oxford university press. |
|
GALTON, F. (1890). Exhibition of instruments (1) for
testing the perception of differences of tint, and (2) for
determining reaction-time. Journal of Anthropology
Institute 19, 27-29. |
KAMIN, L.J. & GRANT-HENRY, S. (1987). Reaction time,
race, and racism. Intelligence, 11, 299-304. |
|
FRANZ, S.I. (1905). Anomalous reaction-times in a case of
manic-depressive depression. Psychological Bulletin, 2
(7), 225-232. |
DETTERMAN, D.K. (1987). What does reaction time tell us
about inteligence. In P.A. Vernon (Ed.), Speed of
information-processing and intelligence (pp.
177-200). Norwood, NJ : Ablex |
|
HENMON, V.A.C. (1915). Reaction time. Psychological
Bulletin, 12 (11), 414-415. |
FREARSON, W., BARRETT, P.T. & EYSENK, H.J. (1988)
Intelligence, Reaction Time, and Smoking. Personality
& Individual Differences, 9 (3), 497-517. [PDF] |
|
SEASHORE, R.H., STARMANN, R., KENDALL W.E. & HELMICK,
J.S. (1941). Group factors in simple and discrimination
reaction times. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
29, 346-394. |
WILKINSON, R.T. & ALLISON, S. (1989). Age and simple
reaction time : decade differences for 5,324 subjects. Journal
of Gerontology, 44, 29-35. |
|
FORBES, G. (1945). The effect of certain variables on
visual and auditory reaction times. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 35, 153-162. |
CLARKE, J.M. & ZAIDEL, E. (1989). Simple reaction
times to lateralized light flashes. Varieties of
interhemispheric communication routes. Brain, 112
(4), 849-870. |
|
HYMAN, R. (1953). Stimulus information as a determinant of
reaction-time. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 45
(3), 188-196. [PDF] |
LYNN, R. (1990). Reaction times and intelligence.
Current Psychology, 9 (3), 264-276. |
|
GRICE, G.R. (1955). Discrimination reaction time as a
function of anxiety and intelligence. The Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 50 (1),
71–74. |
|
|
BRICKER, P.D. (1955). Information measurement and reaction
time : a review In H. Quastler (Ed.), Information
theory in psychology. Glencoe : Free Press. |
JENSEN, A.R. (1990). Speed of information processing in a
calculating prodigy. Intelligence, 14, 259-274. |
|
KLEMMER, E. T. (1957). Reaction time. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 51, 179-184. |
TAIMELA, S. (1991). Factors affecting reaction-time
testing and the interpretation of results. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 73, 1195-1202. |
|
KLEMMER, E.T. (1957). Simple reaction time as a function
of time uncertainty. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 54 (3), 195-200. [PDF] |
KAIL, R. (1991). Developmental change in speed of
processing during childhood and adolescence. Psychological
Bulletin, 109, 490-501. |
|
CHURCH, R.M. (1961). Effects of a competitive situation on
the speed of response. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 54, 162-166. |
HEATCOTE, A., POPIEL, S.J. & MEWHORT, D.J.K. (1991).
Analysis of response time distributions : An example using
the Stroop task. Psychological Bulletin, 109
(2), 340-347. [PDF] |
|
CHURCH, R.M. (1962). The effects of competition on
reaction time and palmar skin conductance. Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 65, 32-40. |
GEARY, D.C. & WILEY, J.G. (1991). Cognitive addition :
Strategy choice and speed-of-processing differences in
young and elderly adults. Psychology & Aging, 6,
474-483. |
|
SEIBEL, R. (1962). Discrimination reaction time as a
function of the number of stimulus-response pairs and the
self-pacing adjustment of the subject. Psychological
Monographs, 76 (Whole No. 561). |
ABEL, S.M. (1992). The effect of aging on reaction time in
auditory detection and discrimination tasks. Canadian
Acoustics/Acoustique Canadienne, 20 (4), 3-9.
[PDF] |
|
BEHAR, I. (1963). On the relation between response
uncertainty and reaction time in category judgments. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 16, 595-596. |
KOUNIOS J. & HOLCOMB, P.J. (1992). Structure and
process in semantic memory : Evidence from event-related
potentials and reaction time. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 121, 459-479.
[PDF] |
|
|
SEIBEL, R. (1963). Discrimination reaction time for a
1,023 alternative task. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 66, 215-226. |
ROBERT, S. & STERNBERG, S. (1993). The meaning of
additive reaction-time effects : Tests of three
alternatives. In D.E. Meyer & S. Kornblum (Eds.), Attention
and performance XIV : Synergies in experimental
psychology, artificial intelligence, and cognitive
neuroscience (pp. 611-653). Cambridge, MA : M.I.T.
Press. |
|
LABERGE, D. & TWEEDY, J.R. (1964) Presentation
probability and choice time. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 68, 477-481. |
|
|
McCORMACK, P. & WRIGHT, N. (1964). The postive skew
observed in reaction time. Canadian Journal of
Psychology, 18 (1), 43-51. |
RATCLIFF, R. (1993). Methods for dealing with reaction
time outliers. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 510-532.
[PDF] |
|
HILGENDORF, L. (1966). Information input and response
time. Ergonomics, 9, 31–37. |
|
|
ZAHN, T.P. & ROSENTHAL, D. (1966). Simple reaction
time as a function of the relative frequency of the
preparatory interval. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 72, 15-19. |
FOZARD, J.L., VERCRYSSEN, M., REYNOLDS, S.L., HANCOCK,
P.A. & QUILTER, R.E. (1994). Age differences and
changes in reaction time : the Baltimore Longitudinal
Study of Aging. Journal of Gerontology, 49,
179-189. |
|
SMITH, E.E. (1968). Choice reaction time : An analysis of
the major theoretical positions. Psychological
Bulletin, 69, 77-110. |
ULRICH, R. & MILLER, J. (1994). Effects of outlier
exclusion on reaction time analysis. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 123, 34-80. [PDF] |
|
ELLIOTT, R. (1968). Simple visual and simple auditory
reaction time : A comparison. Psychonomic Science,
10, 335-336. |
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1994). Reaction times
and dyslexia. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 47A, 29-48. |
|
BAMBER, D. (1969). Reaction times and error rates for
"same" - "different" judgments of multidimensional
stimuli. Perception & Psychophysics, 6,
169-174. |
THORPE, S., FIZE, D. & MARLOT, C. (1996). Speed of
processing in the human visual system. Nature, 381, 520-552.
[PDF] |
|
ATKINSON, R.C., HOLMGREN, J.E & JUOLA J.F. (1969).
Processing time as influenced by the number of elements in
a visual display. Perception & Psychophysics, 6,
321-326. |
DZHAFAROV, E.N. (1997). Process representations and
decompositions of response times. In A.A.J. Marley (Ed.),
Choice, decision, and measurement (pp. 255-278).
Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
STERNBERG, S. (1969). Memory-scanning : Mental processes
revealed by reaction-time experiments. American
Scientist, 57 (4), 421-457.
[PDF] |
MINIUSSI, C., WILDING E.L., COULL, J.T. & NOBRE, A.C.
(1999). Orienting attention in time : modulation of brain
potentials. Brain, 122, 1507-1518. [PDF] |
|
SWANSON, J.M. & BRIGGS, G.E. (1969). Information
processing as a function of speed versus accuracy. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 81, 223-229. |
RATCLIFF, R., VAN ZANDT, T. & McKOON, G. (1999).
Connectionist and diffusion models of reaction time. Psychological
Review, 106, 261-300. [PDF] |
|
NEURINGER, A. (2000). Pigeon reaction time, Hick's law and
intelligence. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 7,
284-291. |
LABERGE, D., LEGRAND, R. & HOBBIE, R.K. (1969)
Function identification of perceptual and response biases
in choice reaction time. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 79, 295-299.
|
VIKREY, C. & NEURINGER, A. (2000). Pigeon reaction
time, Hick's law and intelligence. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 7 (2), 284-291. |
|
STERNBERG, S. (1969). The discovery of processing stages :
Extensions of Donders' method. Acta Psychologica, 30,
276-315. |
CHWILLA, D.J., KOLK, H.J. & MULDER, G. (2000).
Mediated Priming in the lexical decision task : Evidence
from event-related potentials and reaction time. Journal
of Memory & Language, 42, 314-341. [PDF] |
|
KORNBLUM, S. (1969). Sequential determinants of
information processing in serial and discrete choice
reaction time.Psychological
Review, 76, 113–131. |
HAYNE, H., GROSS, J., HILDRETH, K. & ROVEE-COLLIER, C.
(2001). Repeated reminders inrease the speed of memory
retrieval by 3-month-old infants. Developmental
Science, 3 (3), 312–318. |
|
DEARY, I.J., DER, G. & FORD, G. (2001). Reaction times
and intelligence differences : a population-based cohort
study. Intelligence, 29, 389-399. |
|
LABERGE, D., VAN GELDER, P. & YELLOTT, J. (1970) A
cueing technique in choice reaction time. Perception
& Psychophysics, 7, 57-62. |
DEARY, I.J. (2003). Reaction time and psychometric
intelligence : Jensen's contributions. In H. Nyborg (Ed.),
The scientific study of general intelligence: A
tribute to Arthur R. Jensen (pp. 53-75). Oxford :
Pergamon. |
|
LEFCOURT, H.M. & SIEGEL, J.M. (1970). Reaction time
behaviour as a function of internal-external control of
reinforcement and control of test administration.
Canadian Journal of Behavioural Sciences, 2, 253-266. |
DER G. & DEARY, I.J. (2003). IQ, reaction time and the
differentiation hypothesis. Intelligence, 31,
491-503. |
|
SEAMON, J.G. (1972). Serial position effects in probe
recall : Effect of rehearsal on reaction time. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 96, 460-462. |
SMILLER, J. & ULRICH, R. (2003). Simple reaction time
and statistical facilitation : A parallel grains model.
Cognitive Psychology, 46, 101-151. [PDF] |
|
YONAS, A. & PITTENGER, J. (1973). Searching for many
targets : An analysis of speed and accuracy. Perception
& Psychophysics, 13, 513-516. |
DEARY, I.J. & DER, G. (2005). Reaction time, age, and
cognitive ability : longitudinal findings from age 16 to
63 years in representative population samples. Aging,
Neuropsychology, & Cognition, 12, 187-213. |
|
TEICHNER, W. & KREBS, M. (1974). Laws of visual choice
reaction time. Psychological Review, 81, 75-98. |
DER, G. & DEARY, I.J. (2006). Age and sex differences
in reaction time in adulthood : results from the United
Kingdom health lifestyle survey. Psychology &
Aging, 21, 62-73.
[PDF] |
|
PACHELLA, R.G. (1974). The interpretation of reaction time
in information processing research. In. B.H. Kantowitz
(Ed.), Human information processing : Tutorials in
performance and cognition (pp. 41-42). Hillsdale,
NJ : Erlbaum. |
RATCLIFF, R., SCHMIEDEK, F. & McKOON, G. (2008). A
diffusion model explanation of the worst performance rule
for reaction time and IQ. Intelligence, 36, 10-17.
[PDF] |
|
KESSLER, Y. & MEIRAN, N. (2010). The reaction-time
task-rule congruency effect is not affected by working
memory load : Further support for the activated long-term
memory hypothesis. Psychological Research, 74,
388-399. [PDF] |
|
|
BRIGGS, G.E. (1974). On the predictor variable for choice
reaction time. Memory & Cognition, 2,
575-580. |
MONTARE, A. (2010). The simplest chronoscope II : reaction
time measured by meterstick versus machine. Perception
& Motor Skills, 111, 819-828. |
|
SILVERMAN, I.W. (2010). Simple reaction time: It is not
what it used to be. The American Journal of
Psychology, 123, 39-50. |
|
SHAW, M.L. (1978). A capacity allocation model for
reaction time. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 4, 586-598. |
MEIRAN, N., HSIEH S. & DIMOV, E. (2010). Resolving
task rule incongruence during task switching by competitor
rule suppression. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 36, 992-1002. [PDF] |
|
PALMER, E.M., HOROWITZ, T.S., WOLFE, J.M. & TORRALBA,
A. (2011). What are the shapes of response time
distributions in visual search ? Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 37 (1), 58-71.
[PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, W. & DEARY, I.J. (2011). Placing inspection
time, reaction time, and perceptual speed in the broader
context of cognitive ability : The VPR model in the
Lothian Birth Cohort 1936. Intelligence, 39,
405-417. |
|
ANNETT, M. & ANNETT, J. (1979). Individual differences
in right and left reaction time. British Journal of
Psychology, 70, 393-404. |
LITTLE, D.R., NOSOFSKY, R.M. & DENTON, S.E. (2011).
Response-time tests of logical-rule models of
categorization. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 37, 1-27. [PDF] |
|
DYKIERT, D., DER, G. STARR, J. & DEARY, I.J. (2012).
Age differences in intra-individual variability in simple
and choice reaction time : systematic review and
meta-analysis. PLOS One, 7 (10), 1-23. [PDF] |
|
RATCLIFF, R. (1979). Group reaction time distributions and
an analysis of distribution statistics. Psychological
Bulletin, 86, 446-461. |
BRAND, A. & BRADLEY, M.T. (2012). Assessing the
effects of technical variance on the statistical outcomes
of Web experiments measuring response times. Social
Science Computer Review, 30 (3), 350-357. [PDF] |
|
LOGAN, G.D. (1980). Short-term memory demands of reaction
time tasks that differ in complexity. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 6, 375-389.
[PDF] |
WOODLEY, M.A., TE NIJENHUIS, J. & MURPHY, R. (2013).
Were the Victorians cleverer than us ? The decline in
general intelligence estimated from a meta-analysis of the
slowing of simple reaction time. Intelligence, 41
(6), 843-850. [PDF] |
|
|
|
ASHBY, F.G. & TOWNSEND, J.T. (1980). Decomposing the
reaction time distribution : Pure insertion and selective
influence revisited. Journal of Mathematical
Psychology, 21, 93-123. [PDF] |
DODONOVA, Y. A. & DDONOV, Y S. (2013). Is there any
evidence of historical slowing of reaction time ? No,
unless we compare apples and oranges. Intelligence,
41, 674-687. |
|
NIEMI, P. & NÄÄTÄNEN, R. (1981). Foreperiod and simple
reaction time. Psychological Bulletin, 89,
133-162. |
WOODLEY, M.A., MADISON, G. & CHARLTON, B.G. (2014).
Possible dysgenic trends in simple visual reaction time
performance in the Scottish Twenty-07 cohort : a
reanalysis of Deary & Der (2005). Mankind
Quarterly, 55 (1 & 2), 110-124. [PDF] |
|
NICOLAS, S. & PINS, D. (2014). La loi de Piéron et les
premiers instruments de mesure des temps de réaction. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 67 (5), 385-407. |
|
JENSEN, A.R. (1981). Reaction times and intelligence. In
M.P. Friedman, J.P. Das & N. O'Connor (Eds.), Intelligence
and Learning. NATO Conference Series (Vol 14, pp.
39-50). Boston, MA. : Springer.
[PDF] |
WOODLEY, M.A. TE NIJENHUIS, J. & MURPHY, R. (2014). Is
there a dysgenic secular trend towards slowing simple
reaction time ? Responding to a quartet of critical
commentaries. Intelligence 46, 131-147 |
|
TEN HOOPEN, G., AKERBOOM, S. & RAAYMAKERS, E.
(1982). Vibrotactual choice reaction time, tactile
receptor systems and ideomotor compatibility. Acta
Psychologica, 50, 143–157 |
HOPE, D., BATES T.C., DYKIERT, D., DER, G. & DEARY,
I.J. (2015). More symmetrical children have faster and
more consistent choice reaction times. Developmental
Psychology, 51 (4), 524-532. |
|
ASHBY, F.G. (1982). Testing the assumptions of exponential
additive reaction time models. Memory &
Cognition, 10, 125-134.
[PDF] |
WOODS, D.L., KISHIYAMA, M.M., YUND, E.W., HERRON, T.J.
& REED, B. (2015). Factors influencing the latency of
simple reaction time. Frontiers of Human
Neuroscience, 9 [131], 1-12. [PDF] |
|
JENSEN, A.R. (1982). Reaction time and psychometric g. In
H.J. Eysenck (Ed.), A model for intelligence (pp.
93-132). New York : Springer. |
GALE, C.R., BATTY, G.D., COOPER, S.-A., DEARY, I.J., DER,
G., MCEWAN, B.S. & CAVANAGH, J. (2015). Reaction time
in adolescence, cumulative allostatic load and symptoms of
anxiety and depression in adulthood : the West of Scotland
Twenty-07 Study. Psychosomatic Medicine, 7 (5),
493-505. |
|
JASKOWSKI, P. (1983). Distribution of the human reaction
time measurements. Acta Neurobiologiae
Experimentalis, 43, 221-225. [PDF] |
WOODS, D.L., WYMA, J.M., YUND, E.W., HERRON, T.J. &
REED, B. (2015). Age-related slowing of response selection
and production in a visual choice reaction time task.
Frontiers of Human Neuroscience, 9 [193], 1-12. [PDF] |
|
ASHBY, F.G. (1983). A biased random walk model of two
choice reaction times. Journal of Mathematical
Psychology, 27, 277-297. |
MADISON, G., WOODLEY, M.A. & SÄNGER, J. (2016).
Secular slowing of auditory simple reaction time in Sweden
(1959-1985). Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 10 [407],
1-8. [PDF] |
|
LONGSTRETH, L.E. (1984). Jensen's reaction-time
investigations of intelligence : A critique. Intelligence,
8 (2), 139-160. |
|
|
HOCKLEY, W.E. (1984). Analysis of response time
distributions in the study of cognitive processes. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 10 (4), 598-615. |
DER, G. & DEARY, I.J. (2017). The relationship between
intelligence and reaction time varies with age: Results
from three representative narrow-age age cohorts at 30, 50
and 69 years. Intelligence, 64, 89-97. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Temps, Latence
intelligence
et Vitesse de traitement |
| |
|
|
Temps
de réaction (Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble
des tests et des
outils de collecte de données
qui permettent d'évaluer et
de mesurer le temps
de réaction.
| |
|
|
GALTON, F. (1889). An instrument for measuring reaction
time. Report of the British Association for the
Advancement of Science, 59, 784-785. |
|
|
GALTON, F. (1890). Exhibition of instruments (1) for
testing the perception of differences of tint, and (2) for
determining reaction-time. Journal of Anthropology
Institute 19, 27-29 |
|
|
BRICKER, P.D. (1955). Information measurement and reaction
time : a review In H. Quastler (Ed.), Information
theory in psychology. Glencoe : Free Press. |
KUTCHER, J.S., J.T., KUTCHER, J.S. & RICHARDSON, J.K.
(2011). Between-seasons test-retest reliability of
clinically measured reaction time in National Collegiate
Athletic Association Division I athletes. Journal of
Athletic Training, 46, 409-414. |
|
JASKOWSKI, P. (1983). Distribution of the human reaction
time measurements. Acta Neurobiologiae Experimentalis
43, 221-225. [PDF] |
NICOLAS, S. & PINS, D. (2014). La loi de Piéron et les
premiers instruments de mesure des temps de réaction. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 67 (5), 385-407. |
|
MONTARE, A. (2010). The simplest chronoscope II : reaction
time measured by meterstick versus machine. Perception
& Motor Skills, 111, 819-828. |
|
|
NEATH, I., EARLE, A., HALLETT, D. & SURPRENANT, A.M.
(2011). Response time accuracy in Apple Macintosh
computers. Behavior Research Methods, 43, 353-362. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Temps de réaction et
Vitesse de traitement |
|
|
Temps
de rétention : Propriété d'une mémoire.
Laps de temps qui s'écoule entre le stockage d'une information
donnée et son oubli. =
durée.
|
Temps
historique : Découpage scientifique, donc non- arbitraire,
du temps objectif en époques et
périodes marquantes du développement des sociétés
et des civilisations.
| |
|
|
HEIDEGGER, M. (1916/78). The concept of time in the
science of history. Journal of the British Society
for Phenomenology, 9 (1), 3-10. [PDF] |
|
LELLO, J. (1980). The concept of time, the teaching of
history, and school organization. The History Teacher,
13 (3), 341-350. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Civilisation,
Temps et Histoire |
|
|
|
|
Temps
long/court : Expression utilisée en science pour
insister sur le fait qu'il vaut parfois mieux considérer un
phénomène sur une longue période de temps (perpective
développementale) pour mieux le comprendre, surtout lorsque
ce phénomène subit de fortes variations (phase, stade,
étapes, crise).etc).
|
Temps
machine : Durée de traitement
de l'information d'une ou de plusieurs tâches
double ou quasi-simultanées (temps partagé) réalisé par un
ordinateur ou un humain. Le temps machine peut être partagé entre
deux ou plusieurs tâches. EX: Vous calculez le
montant de vos achats (tâche no 1), vous vous demandez où est
votre foutu portefeuille (tâche no 2), tout en essayant de vous
rappeler le nombre de billets de 20 $ qu'il vous reste (tâche no
3).
= gestion du temps machine.
Time
in cognitive processing.
| |
|
|
SHAFFER, H. & HARDWICK, J. (1969). Monitoring
simultaneous auditory messages. Perception &
Psychophysics, 6, 401-404. |
|
MEDIN, D.L. (1984). Time in cognitive processing and
memory : Discussion paper. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 423, 385-388. |
|
ELMAN, J.L. (1990). Finding structure in time. Cognitive
Science, 14, 179-211. |
|
GEARY, D.C. & WILEY, J.G. (1991). Cognitive addition :
Strategy choice and speed-of-processing differences in
young and elderly adults. Psychology & Aging, 6,
474-483. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Temps |
|
|
Temps
neural : Neural time.
| |
|
|
LIBET, B. (1992). The neural time-factor in perception,
volition and free will. Revue de Métaphysique, 2, 255-272. |
|
|
Voir aussi Temps |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tendance
: Le mot a deux acceptions complémentaires : a) la
tendance est le produit d'une cause qui oriente fortement un phénomène.
b) Phénomène dont
la fréquence ou l'intensité (ou d'autres paramètres) s'accélère
(parfois le contraire) de manière notable.
Trend.
|
Tendance
à l'autoactualisation : Pour Maslow
et Rogers, motivation
fondamentale de tout être humain, qui pousse la personne à
s'accomplir, à réaliser son plein potentiel. Pour Maslow, il
s'agit chez l'humain du dernier besoin
à se développer.
|
Tennie
Claudio ( ) : Biologiste
et primatologue
cognitiviste américain, spécialiste de la psychologie
comparée et de la cognition
animale, notamment chez le
chimpanzé. Étudiant de Call
et Tomasello.
Collaborateur de Frith, Haun
et Henrich.
|
TENNIE, C., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2006). Push or
pull : Imitation vs. emulation in great apes and Human
Children. Ethology, 112, 1159-1169. [PDF] |
|
TENNIE, C., HEDWIG, D., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M.
(2008). An experimental study of nettle feeding in captive
gorillas. American Journal of Primatology, 70,
584-93. [PDF] |
|
TENNIE, C., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2009).
Ratcheting up the ratchet: on the evolution of cumulative
culture. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society of London B Biological Sciences, 364,
2405-2415. [PDF] |
|
TENNIE, C., FRITH, U. & FRITH, C. (2010). Reputation
management in the age of the world-wide web. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 14, 482-488. |
|
TENNIE, C., O'MALLEY, R.C. & GILBY, I.C. (2014). Why
do chimpanzees hunt ? Considering the benefits and costs
of acquiring and consuming vertebrate versus invertebrate
prey. Journal of Human Evolution, 71, 38-45. |
|
|
|
Tennis
: Sport.
Tennis.
| |
|
|
JONES, C.M. & MILES, T.R. (1978). Use of advance cues
in predicting the flight of a lawn tennis ball. Journal
of Human Movement Studies, 4, 231-235. |
ANSHEL, M.H. & WRISBERG, C. (1993). Reducing warm-up
decrement in the performance of the tennis serve. Journal
of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 15, 290-303. |
|
GOULD, D., TUFFEY, S., UDRY, E. & LOEHR, J., GOULD,
D., TUFFEY, S., UDRY, E. & LOEHR, J. (1996). Burnout
in competitive junior tennis players : II. Qualitative
analysis. The Sport Psychologist, 10, 341-366. |
|
RIKLI R. & SMITH, G. (1980). Videotape feedback
effects on tennis serving form. Perceptual &
Motor Skills, 50 (3), 895-901. |
DEHOYOS, D.V., HERRING, D., GARZARELLA, L., WERBER, G.,
BRECHUE, W.F. & POLLOCK, M.L. (1997). Effect of
strength training volume on the development of strength
and power in adolescent tennis players. Medicine
& Science in Sports & Exercise, 29 (S),
164. |
|
KELLER, D. (1985). Comportement préparatoire et adaptation
au tennis. Revue des Sciences et Techniques des
Activités Physiques et Sportives, 6, 57-63. |
GIACOMINI, C.P. (1999). Association of birthdate with
success of nationally ranked junior tennis players in the
United States. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 89,
381-386. |
|
RIEMER, H.A. & TOON, K. (2001). Leadership and
satisfaction in tennis : Examination of congruence,
gender, and ability. Research Quarterly for Exercise
& Sport, 72, 243-256. |
|
GOULET, C., FLEURY, M., BARD, C., YERLES, M., MICHAUD, D.
& LEMIRE, L. (1988). Analyse des indices visuels
prélevés en réception de service au tennis. Journal
Canadien des Sciences du Sport, 13, 79-87. |
MORAES, L.C., SALMELA, J.H., RABELO, A. & VIANNA, N.
(2004). Le rôle des parents dans le développement des
jeunes joueurs de football et de tennis brésiliens.
Revue STAPS, 64, 109-126. |
|
GOULET, C., BARD, C. & FLEURY, M. (1989). Expertise
differences in preparing to return a tennis serve : A
visual information processing approach. Journal of
Sport & Exercise Psychology, 11, 382-398. |
DELFORGE, C. & LE SCANFF, C. (2006). Rôles et
comportements favorables ou défavorables des parents pour
les jeunes joueurs de tennis. Staps, 7, 39-56.
[PDF] |
|
McPHERSON, S.L. & KERNODLE, M. (2007). Mapping two new
points on the tennis expertise continuum : tactical skills
of adult advanced beginners and entry-level professionals
during competition. Journal of Sports Sciences, 25 (8), 945-959. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Sport |
|
|
Tennis
de table : Sport.
Table tennis
| |
|
|
WILLIAMS, A.M., VICKERS, J. & RODRIGUES, S. (2002).
The effects of anxiety on visual search, movement
kinematics, and performance in table tennis : A test of
Eysenck and Calvo's processing efficiency theory. Journal
of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 24, 438-455. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Sport |
|
|
Tension
: Terme utilisé pour désigner un malaise (individuel)
ou une situation sociale désagréable (collectif), voire
anxiogène, entre des individus
ou des groupes, situation
susceptible de se transformer en
conflit, parfois même en
crise.
| |
|
|
KUHN, T.S. (1977/90). The essential tension. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. / La tension essentielle :
Tradition et changement dans les Sciences. Paris :
Gallimard. |
|
|
Voir aussi conflit et
Crise |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Teo
Thomas ( ) : Psychosociologue
socioconstructiviste
canadien.
|
TEO, T. (1997) Developmental psychology and the relevance
of a critical metatheoretical reflection. Human
Development 40 (4), 195-210. [LIRE] |
|
TEO, T. (1998). Klaus Holzkamp and the rise and decline of
German critical psychology. History of Psychology, 1
(3), 235-253. [PDF] |
|
TEO, T. (1999). Functions of knowledge in psychology. New
Ideas in Psychology, 17 (1), 1-15. [PDF]
|
|
TEO, T. (1999). Methodologies of critical psychology :
Illustrations from the field of racism. Annual Review
of Critical Psychology, 1, 119-134. [LIRE] |
|
TEO, T. (2012). Psychology is still a problematic science
and the public knows it. American Psychologist, 67
(12), 807-808. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tepperman
Lorne (1943-) : Sociologue
canadien. Collaborateur de Curtis.
|
TEPPERMAN, L. (1975). Deviance as a search process. Canadian
Journal of Sociology, 1 (3), 277-294. |
|
TEPPERMAN, L. (1975). Social mobility in Canada.
Toronto : McGraw-Hill Ryerson. |
|
TEPPERMAN, L. (1977). Crime control : The urge toward
authority. Toronto : McGraw-Hill Ryerson. |
|
TEPPERMAN, L., CURTIS, J. (2004). What is sociology ? In
L. Tepperman & J. Curtis (Eds.), Sociology : A
Canadian perspective (pp. 1-31). Toronto : Oxford
University Press. |
|
TEPPERMAN, L. (2005). Straight and narrow : An
introduction to the sociology of deviance and control. Toronto
: Oxford University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Terman
Lewis Madison (Johnson County 1877-1956 Palo Alto) :
Psychométricien
américain spécialisé dans l'étude et la mesure de l'intelligence.
Inventeur du test
d'intelligence Stanford-Binet (1916) et du test d'habileté
mentale Terman-McNemar (Terman-McNemar Test of Mental Ability-
1942). Président de l'APA en
1923. NDLR : La seule chose que Terman ne
semble pas avoir mesurée, c'est son influence sur la psychologie !
Étudiant de Hall. Professeur
de Goodenough, Kelly
et Mcnemar. Collaborateur
de Merrill.
No
72 |
TERMAN L.M. (1916). The uses of intelligence tests.
Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
TERMAN, L.M. (1919). The intelligence of school
children. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
TERMAN, L.M. (1924). The mental test as a psychological
method. Psychological Review, 31, 93-117. |
|
TERMAN, L.M. & MERRILL, M. (1937). Revised
Stanford-Binet scale. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
TERMAN, L. & MERRILL, M. (1937). Measuring
intelligence. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
|
AUTEUR INCONNU (1957). Obituary : Lewis M. Terman, Ph.D. British
Medical Journal, 19 (1), 170. [PDF] |
|
MINTON, H.L. (1998). Lewis M. Terman : Pioneer in
psychological testing. New York : New York
University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termote
Marc ( ) : Démographe
québécois, professeur à l'Université
de Montréal et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'immigration et de la démographie linguistique. Il est
aussi membre du comité scientifique de
l'Institut de recherche sur le français en Amérique.
 |
LEDENT, J. et TERMOTE, M. (1999). L'immigration et la
croissance des régions métropolitaines : implications
politiques. Options Politiques - Policy Options, 20,
39-44. |
|
TERMOTE, M. (2002). The explanatory power of migration
models. In R. Franck (Ed.), The explanatory power of
models (pp. 165-179). Boston/Dordrecht/London :
Kluwer Academic Publishers. |
|
TERMOTE, M. (2002). La mesure de l'impact économique de
l'immigration internationale. Problèmes méthodologiques et
résultats empiriques. Cahiers Québécois de
Démographie, 31 (1), 35-67. |
|
TERMOTE, M. (2003). L'immigration n'est qu'une solution
partielle. Le cas des États-Unis et du Canada. Forum
: Revue Suisse pour l'Étude des Migrations et de la
Population, 2, 32-36. |
|
TERMOTE, M. (2003). La dynamique démolinguistique du
Québec et de ses régions. Dans V. Piché et C. Le Bourdais
(Dirs.), La démographie québécoise : Enjeux du XXIe
siècle (p. 264-299). Montréal : Les Presses de
l'Université de Montréal. |
|
|
|
Terracciano
Antonio ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain, d'origine
italienne, spécialisé dans l'étude de la personnalité.
Collaborateur de Costa et McCrae.
|
TERRACCIANO, A., MERRITT, M., ZONDERMAN, A.B. & EVANS,
M.K. (2003). Personality traits and sex differences in
emotions recognition among African. Annals of New
York Academy of Sciences, 1000, 309-312. [PDF] |
|
TERRACCIANO, A. & COSTA, P.T. (2004). Smoking and the
five-factor model of personality. Addiction, 99, 472-480.
[PDF] |
|
TERRACCIANO, A. & COSTA, P.T. (2007). Perceptions of
Americans and the Iraq invasion : Implications for
understanding national character stereotypes. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 38 (6), 695-710.
[PDF] |
|
TERRACCIANO, A., LOECKENHOFF, C.E., CRUM, R.M., BIENVENU,
O.J. & COSTA, P.T. (2008). Five-factor model
personality profiles of drug users. BMC Psychiatry, 8
22. |
|
TERRACCIANO, A., McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (2010).
Intra-individual change in personality stability and age.
Journal of Research in Personality, 44, 31-37. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Terrace
Herbert S. (1936-) :
Psychologue et
primatologue cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain. Il a mis sur pied un
laboratoire d'étude de la cognition chez les primates, à l'Université
Columbia. Terrace et Nim
Chimpsy. Professeur de
Brannon et Roitblat.
Collaborateur de Balsam, Colombo,
Gibbon, Holloway,
Locurto, Kornell et Scarf.
 |
TERRACE, H.S. (1963). Errorless transfer of a
discrimination across two continua. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6 (2), 223-232.
[PDF] |
|
TERRACE, H.S., GIBBON, J., FARRELL, L. & BALDOCK, M.D.
(1975). Temporal factors influencing the acquisition and
maintenance of an autoshaped keypeck. Animal Learning
& Behavior, 3, 53-62. [PDF] |
|
TERRACE, H.S., PETITTO, L.A., SNADERS, R.J. & BEVER,
T.G. (1979). Can an ape create a sentence ? Science,
206, 891-902. |
|
TERRACE, H.S., SON, L.K. & BRANNON, E.M. (2003).
Serial expertise of rhesus macaques. Psychological
Science, 14 (1), 66-73. [PDF] |
|
TERRACE, H.S. (2005). The simultaneous chain : a new
approach to serial learning. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 9 (4), 202-210. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Terrain
: Le mot renvoie à deux réalités voisines : a)
Partie du milieu naturel
d'un organisme que l'on
souhaite étudier (Recherche
en milieu naturel). En ce sens, le terrain s'oppose au laboratoire.
= in vivo, conditions réelles,
conditions naturelles, vraie vie. /laboratoire.
Natural environment, field. b)
Le terrain désigne également une surface aménagée pour pratiquer
un sport ou faire de
l'exercice. Terrain et avantage
du terrain.
Field.
|
|
| a |
|
THARP, R.G. & WETZEL, R.J. (1969). Behavior
modification in the natural environment. New York :
Academic Press. |
|
NOIRIEL, G. & WEBER, F. (1990). Journal de terrain,
journal de recherche et auto- analyse. Genèses, 2,
138-147. |
|
De SARDAN, O. (1995). La politique du terrain.
Enquête, 1, 71-109. |
|
HUGHES, E.C. (1996). La place du travail de terrain dans
les sciences sociales. Dans Le regard sociologique
(pp. 267-279). Paris : Éditions de l'EHESS. |
|
GOLD, R. (1958/2003). Jeux de rôle sur le terrain.
Observation et participation dans l'enquête sociologique.
Dans D. Céfaï (Dir.), L'enquête de terrain (pp.
340-349). Paris : La Découverte. |
|
BEAUD, S. et WEBER, F. (2003). Guide de l'enquête de
terrain. Paris : La Découverte. |
| GOULET, J-G.A. (2011). Trois manières d'être sur le
terrain. Une brève histoire des conceptions de
l'intersubjectivité. Anthropologie et Sociétés, 35 (3),
107-125. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Recherche
en milieu naturel |
| b |
|
BAUMEISTER, R.F. & STEINHILBER, A. (1984). Paradoxical
effects of supportive audiences on performance under
pressure : The home-field disadvantage in sports
championships. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 47, 85-93. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Sport et
Avantage du terrain |
|
|
|
|
Terre
: Terre, territoire
et pays.
Earth.
| |
|
|
DAILY G.C. & HRLICH, P.R. (1992). Population,
sustainability, and earth's carrying capacity. BioScience,
42 (10), 761-771. |
|
COHEN, J.E. (1995). How many people can the earth support
? The Sciences, 35 (6), 25-39. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, J.E. (1995). Popula on growth and earth's human
carrying capacity. Science, 269 (5222), 341-346. |
|
COHEN, J.E. (1995). How many people can the earth
support ? New York and London : Norton. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Populatiom,
Territoire et Pays |
|
|
Terreur
: Grande peur, qui
s'accompagne de l'angoisse
que l'événement
qui est à l'origine de cette émotion
se reproduise, perdure, n'ait de fin. =
frayeur. Terror.
| |
|
|
KAM, C. & KINDER, D.R.. (2007) Terror and
ethnocentrism : Foundations of American support for the
war on terrorism. Journal of Politics, 69,
320-338. |
|
MUSGRAVE, L. & McGARTY, C. (2008). Opinion-based group
membership and the war on terror. Social Psychology,
39 (1), 37-47. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Terrorisme |
|
|
Terreur
nocturne : Parasomnie.
| |
|
|
DURAND, V.M. & MINDELL, J.A. (1999). Behavioral
intervention for childhood sleep terrors. Behavior
Therapy, 30, 705-715. |
|
DURAND, V.M. (2002). Treating sleep terrors in children
with autism. Journal of Positive Behavioral
Interventions, 4, 66-72. |
|
DURAND, V.M. & CHRISTODULU, K.V. (2003). Sleep
terrors. In T.H. Ollendick and C.S. Schroeder (Eds.), Encyclopedia
of pediatric and child psychology (pp. 617- 618).
Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers. |
|
DURAND, V.M. (2006). Sleep terrors. In J.E. Fisher &
W.T. O'Donohue (Eds.), Practitioners guide to
evidenced based psychotherapy (pp. 654-660). New
York : Springer. |
|
|
|
Terrisse
Bernard ( ) : Psychologue
québécois d'origine française, spécialisé en éducation
spécialisée. Il s'intéresse notamment à la résilience. Il
enseigne à l'Université du Québec
à Montréal. Collaborateur de Larivée.
 |
TERRISSE, B. et DANSEREAU, S. (1988). Une approche
systémique en intervention précoce. International
Journal of Early Chilhood, 20 (2), 11-22. |
|
TERRISSE, B., ROBERTS, D., PALACIO-QUINTIN, E. &
MACDONALD, B. (1998). Parenting practices and child
development. Swiss Journal of Psychology, 57
(2), 114-123. |
|
TERRISSE, B. (2001). La résilience : facteurs de risque et
facteurs de protection dans l'environnement social et
scolaire du jeune enfant. Cahiers du Centre de
recherche sur les formes d'éducation et
d'enseignement/École/Famille : Quelle médiation ? 14, 129-172.
[PDF] |
|
TERRISSE, B. (2002). Enfance et résilience. Cahiers
de Psychopédagogie Curative et Interculturelle, 1
(2), 34-52. |
|
LAROSE, F., TERRISSE, B. et BÉDARD, J. (2006). Les
représentations de parents québécois au regard de
l'intervention socioéducative au préscolaire. Brock
Education : A Journal of Educational Research &
Practice, 15 (2), 148-174. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Territoire : Territorialité
: Espace occupé
(et défendu dans la plupart des cas) par un individu, un groupe,
une population ou un pays. Celui qui occupe le territoire se nomme
habitant ou résidant,
tandis que celui qui le pénètre est un étranger (avec permission)
ou un envahisseur (sans permission). Territoire et
priorité de
résidence. *priorité de
résidence. Territory.
| |
|
|
GREENBERG, N. (1947). Some relations between territory,
social hierarchy and leadership in the green sunfish
(Lepomis cyanellus). Physiological Zoology, 20, 269-299. |
LUCKMANN, T. (1982). Territorial borders as system
boundaries. In R. Strassoldo & G. Delli Zotti (Eds.),
Cooperation and conflict in border areas (pp.
235-244). Franco Angeli Editore. |
|
TINBERGEN, N. (1957). The fonction of territory. Bird
Study, 4, 14-27. |
EDNEY, J.J. & BELL, P.A. (1983). The commons dilemma :
comparing altruism, the Golden Rule, perfect equality of
outcomes, and territoriality. The Social Science
Journal, 20, 23-33. |
|
ESSER, A.H., CHAMBERLAIN, A.S., CHAPPIE, E.D. & KLINE,
N.S. (1965). Territoriality of patients on a research
ward. In Wortis, J. (Ed.), Recent advances in
biological psychiatry (Vol. 7). New York : Plenum
Press. |
|
|
ARDREY, R. (1966). The Territorial Imperative.
Atheneum : New York. |
|
|
COLEMAN, A.D. (1968). Territoriality in man; a comparison
of behavior in home and hospital. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 38, 464-468. |
|
|
ALTMAN, I. (1970). Territorial behavior in humans : An
analysis of the concept. In L. Pastalan & D. Carson
(Ed.), Spatial behavior of older people (pp.
1-24). Michigan : The University of Michigan. |
SACHSER, N. & PRÖVE, E. (1984). Short-term effects of
residence on the testosterone responses to fighting in
alpha male guinea pigs. Aggressive Behavior, 10,
285-292. |
|
EDNEY, J.J. (1974). Property, possession, and permanence:
A field study in human territoriality. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 2, 275-282. |
SHANK, C.C. (1986). Territory size, energetics, and
breeding strategy in the Corvidae. The American
Naturalist, 128, 642-652. |
|
SYMONS, P.E.K. (1974). Territorial behavior of juvenile
Atlantic salmon reduces predatio by brook trout.
Canadian Journal of Zoology, 52, 677-679. |
HEINSOHN, R. (1997). Group territoriality in two
populations of African lions. Animal Behaviour, 53, 1143-1147.
[PDF] |
|
EDNEY, J.J. & JORDAN-EDNEY, N. (1974). Territorial
spacing on a beach. Sociometry, 37, 92-104. |
HEINSOHN, R. & PACKER. C. (1995). Complex cooperative
strategies in group-territorial African lions. Science,
269, 1260-1262. [PDF] |
|
EDNEY, J.J. (1974). Human territoriality.
Psychological Bulletin, 81 (12), 959-975. |
NEAVE, N. & WOLFSON, S. (2003). Testosterone,
territoriality, and the "home advantage". Physiology
& Behavior, 78, 269-275. [PDF] |
|
ZAYAN, R.C. (1975). Défense du territoire et
reconnaissance individuelle chez Xiphophorus (Pisces,
Poeciliidae). Behaviour, 52, 266-312. |
MOSSER, A. & PACKER, C. (2009) Group territoriality
and the benefits of sociality in the African lion,
Panthera leo. Animal Behaviour, 78, 359-370. [PDF] |
|
EDNEY, J.J. (1975). Territoriality and control : A field
experiment. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 31, 1108-1115. |
|
|
EDNEY, J.J. & BUDA, M.A. (1976). Distinguishing
territoriality and privacy : Two studies. Human
Ecology, 4, 283-296. |
|
|
EDNEY, J.J. & HARPER, C.S. (1978). Human territories :
Comment on functional properties. Environment &
Behavior, 8 (1), 141. |
|
|
WELLS, K.D. (1978). Territoriality in the green frog (Rana
clamitans) : vocalizations and agonistic behaviour. Animal
Behaviour, 26, 1051-1063. |
VERKUYTEN, M., SIERKSMA J. & THIJS, J. (2015). First
arrival and owning the land : How children reason about
ownership of territory. Journal of Environmental
Psychology, 41, 58-64. |
|
TULLOCK, G. (1978). On the adaptive significance of
territoriality : Comment. The American Naturalist,
113 (5), 772-775. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Utilisation
de l'espace, Espace
public et
Priorité de résidence |
|
|
|
Terrorisme : Terroriste
: Stratégie militaire
ou para-militaire qui vise à semer la terreur
au sein d'une population civile. Le but de cette «stratégie
indirecte» est de déstabiliser ou de détruire ceux que l'on
considère comme nos véritables ennemis
(un gouvernement, une coalition au pouvoir, la police, l'armée, un
groupe religieux, etc.).
Le terrorisme fait généralement usage de violence,
mais il existe d'autres moyens pour déstabliser un ennemi et semer
la terreur (virus informatique qui paralyse un gouvernement, par
exemple ou qui enraye le fonctionnement d'une centrale électique
ou nucléaire). Les victimes
d'un attentat sont donc rarement les véritables cibles de cette
stratégie. Le choix des victimes dépend alors de la nature de la
cause défendue. Il peut s'agir de sa propre population, dans le
cas du terrorisme révolutionnaire (guérilla), ou de la population
d'un pays ennemi, lorsque
l'attentat est commis dans le contexte d'une guerre
("froide" ou non). Dans les deux cas, il s'agit d'un sous-groupe
("nous/les bons") qui en attaque un autre ("eux/les méchants"). Le
plus souvent, les terroristes opèrent secrètement (complot),
même s'ils révèlent parfois publiquement leur cible ou leurs
motifs (tract, manifeste, lettre de menace, etc.) ou revendiquent
leur geste (attentat, kidnapping, bommbe sale, etc) ou leur
appartenance. Par définition, les victimes d'un attentat sont des
civils (accidentellement des militaires); s'il s'agit de soldats,
on utilise plutôt les termes "opération militaire ou déclaration
de guerre" pour désigner cette stratégie.
Sauf exception, le terrorisme prend généralement la forme d'un
acte criminel violent planifié
par des individus (terroristes) bien organisées
(cellule, front, bande, faction, etc.) ayant une
idéologie commune (politique, raciale, religieuse,
révolutionnaire, etc.). NDLR : Je suis conscient que cette
définition opérationnelle du terrorisme (voir tableau ci-dessous)
est très restrictive, mais ces précisions sont à mes yeux
nécessaires si on veut éviter que le concept ne soit
récupérer par les uns et les autres à des fins strictement
idéologiques, plutôt qu'analytiques ou scientifiques. C'est
d'ailleurs le sort qui attend le concept de racisme ou genre, si
on ne parvient pas à les définir plus clairement. Utiliser
«à toutes les sauces», ces concepts finissent par perdre leur
pertinence, leur sens. De fait, on confond souvent le terrorisme
avec le loup solitaire, le meurtrier de masse ou le cinglé
puissance 10.
Contrairement au meurtrier
de masse ou au loup solitaire, celui ou celle qui sème la
terreur (sbire, exécutant, lampiste, sous-fifres, second violon,
homme de main, etc.) n'agit pas en son nom propre; il est
l'instrument de "l'organisation", le rouage d'une machination qui
le dépasse. Il peut être payé pour agir ainsi (meurtrier
professionnel) ou se sacrifier pour la cause en obéissant
aux ordres (fidèle). En ce sens, les attentats commis en Norvège
par Anders Breivik (2011) et Timothy McVeigh à Oklahoma City
(1996) ne peuvent être considérés comme des attentats terroristes
puisqu'ils n'étaient pas commandés par un sous-groupe organisé
autour d'une idéologie commune (même si McVeigh avait trois
complices qui se réclamaient des Davidiens, la secte de David
Koresch). Le terroriste connaît parfois les motifs belliqueux et
criminel qui animent son sous-groupe d'appartenance, mais le plus
souvent il les ignore totalement ou n'en a qu'une vague idée
(instrumentalisation). Terrorisme, trouble
de stress post-traumatique et victime.
= guerre par procuration. (
): 11
septembre, Piazza Fontana, attentat de Oklahoma City, la
gare de Bologne, les attentats de Madrid, Opération
Condor.
Terrorism, bombing.
|
| Conditions
nécessaires du terrorisme |
| 1 |
Acte
criminel, généralement violent
|
| 2 |
Planifié
par un sous-groupe d'individus ("nous", les
terroristes) |
| 3 |
Les
membres de ce sous-groupe partagent la même idéologie,
la même cause |
| 4 |
Commis souvent par un exécutant (sbire, lampiste, homme de main, etc.) au nom des
terroristes
|
| 5 |
À
l'endroit d'un autre groupe/sous-groupe ("eux"/victimes) |
| 6 |
Victimes
essentiellement composées de civils (Si
militaire = guerre) |
| 7 |
Dans le
but de semer la terreur chez la
population de ce groupe/sous-groupe de victimes |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
HACKER, F.J. (1976). Crusaders, criminals, crazies :
terror and terrorism in our time. New York : W.W.
Norton. |
SPECKARD, A. & AKMEDOVA, K. (2005). Talking to
terrorists. Journal of Psychohistory, 33, 125-156. |
|
OCHBERG, F.M. (1978). The victim of terrorism :
Psychiatric considerations. Terrorism, 1,
147-168. |
MOGHADDAM, F.M. (2005). The staircase to terrorism : A
psychological exploration. American Psychologist, 60
(2), 161-169. [PDF] |
|
COOPER, H.H.A. (1978). Psychopath as terrorist. Legal
Medical Quarterly, 2, 253-262. |
BLOOM, M. (2005). Dying to kill : The allure of
suicide terror. New York : Columbia University
Press. |
|
MERARI, A.A. (1978). A classification of terrorist
groups. Terrorism, 1 (3–4). 331–346. |
|
|
WOLF, J. (1978). Organization and management practices of
urban terrorist groups. Terrorism, 1 (2),
169-186. |
MILAM, J., RITT-OLSON, A., TAN, S., UNGER, J. &
NEZAMI, E. (2005). The September 11th 2001 terrorist
attacks and reports of posttraumatic growth among a
multi-ethnic sample of adolescents. Traumatology, 11,
233-246. |
|
KELLEN, K. (1980). Terrorists what are they like "How some
terrorists describe their world and actions". IN B.M.
Jenkins (Ed ), Terrorism and beyond : An international
conference on terrorism and low-level conflict (pp.
123-173). Santa Monica, CA : Rand. |
GARCIA-GARCIA, M., TORRES-PÉREZ, I. & VALDES-DIAZ, M.
(2005). Ten outstandind references about : Psychopathology
and terrorism. Annuary of Clinical & Health
Psychology, 1, 39-51. [PDF] |
|
CORRADO R. (1981). A critique of the mental disorder
perspective of political terrorism. International
Journal of Law & d Psychiatry, 4, 3-4, 293-309. |
POST, J.M. (2005). When hatred is bred in the bone:
Psycho-cultural foundations of contemporary terrorism. Political
Psychology, 26, 615-636. |
|
KNUTSON, J.N. (1981). Social and psychodynamic pressure
toward a negative identity: the case of an American
revolutionary terrorist. Y. Alexander & J.M. Gleason
(Eds.), Behavioral and quantitative perspectives on
terrorism (pp. 105-150). New York : Pergamon. |
MARTIN, G. (2005). Understanding terrorism. Thousand
Oaks, CA : SAGE Publications. |
|
STRENTZ, T. (1981). The terrorist organizational profile :
A psychological role model. Y. Alexander, & J.M.
Gleason (Eds.), Behavioral and quantitative
perspectives on terrorism (pp. 86-104). New York :
Pergamon. |
FREMONT, W.P., PATAKI, C. & BERESIN, E.V. (2005). The
impact of terrorism on children and adolescents : terror
in the skies, terror on television. Child &
Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 14
(3), 429-451. |
|
HERMAN, E.S. (1982). The real terror network :
Terrorism in fact and propaganda. Boston : South
End Press. |
COHRS, J.C., KILEMANN, S., MAES, J. & MOSCHNER, B.
(2005). Effects of right-wing authoritarianism and threat
from terrorism on restriction of civil liberties.
Analyses of Social Issues & Public Policy, 5, 263-276. |
|
FRIED, R. (1982). The psychology of the terrorist. In B.M.
Jenkins (Ed.), Terrorism and beyond : An
international conference on terrorism and low- level
conflict. Santa Monica, California : Rand. |
ARENA, M.P. & ARIGO, B.A. (2005). Identity and the
terrorist threat : An interpretative and explanatory
model. In L. Snowden & B. Whistel (Eds.), Terrorism
: Research, readings and realities (pp. 11-45).
Upper Saddle River, NJ : Person-Prentice Hall. |
|
WAUGH, W. (1983). The values in violence : organizational
and political objectives of terror groups. Conflict
Quarterly, 5-19. |
GAMBETTA, D. (Ed.) (2005). Making sense of suicide
missions. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
POST, J.M. (1984). Notes on a psychodynamic theory of
terrorist behaviour. Terrorism, 7, 241-256. |
AHMED, N.M. (2005). The war on truth : 9/11,
Disinformation, and the anatomy of terrorism. Olive
Branch Press. / La Guerre contre la vérité : 11
Septembre, désinformation et anatomie du terrorisme.
Demi-Lune. |
|
FRIEDLAND, N. & MERARI, A. (1985). The psychological
impact of terrorism : A double-edged sword. Political
Psychology 6, 591-604. |
PAPE, R.A. (2005). Dying to win : The strategic logic
of suicide terrorism. New York, NY : Random House. |
|
MARTIN, L.J. (1985). The media's role in international
terrorism. Terrorism : An International Journal, 8,
127-143. |
VICTOROFF, J. (2005). The mind of the terrorist : A review
and critique of psychological approaches. Journal of
Conflict Resolution, 49 (1), 3-42. |
|
CRENSHAW, M. (1985). An organizational political approach
to the analysis of political terrorism. Orbis, 29
(3), 465-489. |
BONANNO, G.A., RENNICKE, C. & DEKEL S. (2005).
Self-enhancement among high-exposure survivors of the
September 11th terrorist attack : Resilience or social
maladjustment ? Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 88, 984-998. |
|
SHAW, E.D. (1986). Political terrorists : Dangers of
diagnosis and an alternative to the psychopathology model.
International Journal of Law & Psychiatry, 8,
359-68. |
KERBY, D.S., BRAND, M.W., JOHNSON, D.L. & GHOURI, F.S.
(2005). Self-assessment in the measurement of public
health workforce preparedness for bioterrorism or other
public health disasters. Public Health Reports, 120,
186-191. |
|
CRENSHAW, M. (1986). The psychology of political
terrorism. In M.G. Hermann (Ed.), Political
psychology : contemporary problems and issues (pp.
379-413). London : Josey- Bass. |
GOODWIN, R., WILSON, M. & GAINES, S. (2005). Terror
threat perception and its consequences in contemporary
Britain. British Journal of Psychology, 96,
389-406. |
|
LAQUER, W. (1987). The age of terrorism. Boston
: Little, Brown. |
SADLER, M.S., LINEBERGER, M., CORRELL, J. & PARK, B.
(2005). Emotions, attributions, and policy endorsement in
response to the September 11th terrorist attacks.
Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 27, 249-258. |
|
SCHMID, A.P., JONGMAN, A.J. & HOROWITZ, I.L. (1988). Political
terrorism : a new guide to actors, authors, concepts,
data bases, theories, and literature. Amsterdam,
Netherlands : Transaction Books. |
ARENA, M.P. & ARIGO, B.A. (2005). Social psychology,
terrorism, and identity : A preliminary re-examination of
theory, culture, self, and society. Behavioral
Sciences & the Law, 23 (4), 485-506. |
|
FRIEDLAND, N. & MERARI, A. (1985). The psychological
impact of terrorism : A double-edged sword. Political
Psychology, 6, 591-604. |
RODGERS, J.L., ST. JOHN, C. & COLEMAN, R. (2005). Did
fertility go up after the Oklahoma City bombing ? An
analysis of births in metropolitan counties in Oklahoma,
1990-1999. Demography, 42, 675-692. |
|
GREENBERG, J., PYSZCZYNSKI, T. & SOLOMON, S. (1986).
The causes and consequences of the need for self-esteem :
A terror management theory. In R. F. Baumeister (Ed.), Public
self and private self (pp. 189-212). New York :
Springer-Verlag. |
HARRIS, S. (2005). The end of faith : Religion, terror
and the future of reason. New York : W.W. Norton. |
|
CRENSHAW, M. (1988). The subjective reality of the
terrorist: Ideological and psychological factors in
terrorism. In In R.O. Slater and M. Stohl. (Eds.),
Current Perspectives in international terrorism.
Basingstoke, Hampshire : Macmillan. |
PEDHAZUR, A. (2005). Suicide terrorism.
Cambridge, UK : Polity Press. |
|
TAYLOR, M. (1988). The terrorist. London :
Brassey's. |
MOGHADDAM, F.M. (2005). Psychological processes and the
staircase to terrorism. American Psychologist, 60,
1039-1044.
[PDF] |
|
|
MaCAULEY, C.R. & SEGAL, M.E. (1989). Terrorist
individuals and terrorist groups: The normal psychology of
extreme behavior. J. Groebel & J.H. Goldstein (Eds.),
Terrorism : Psychological perspectives (pp.
41-64). Seville: Publicaciones de la Universidad de
Sevilla. |
GALEA, S. & RESNICK, H. (2005). Posttraumatic stress
disorder in the general population after mass terrorist
incidents : Considerations about the nature of exposure. CNN
Spectrums, 10, 107-115. |
|
OOTS, K.L. (1989). Organizational perspectives on the
formation and disintegration of terrorist groups.
Terrorism, 12, 139-152. |
RUBIN, G.J., BREWIN, C.R., GREENBERG, N., SIMPSON. J.
& WESSELY, S.S. (2005). Psychological and behavioural
reactions to the bombings in London on 7 July 2005 : Cross
sectional survey of a representative sample of Londoners.
British Medical Journal, 33, 1-7.
[PDF] |
|
CORRADO, R.R. & TOMPKINS, E. (1989). A comparative
model of the psychological effects on the victims of state
and anti-state terrorism. International Journal of
Law & Psychiatry, 12, 281-293. |
CHOSSUDOVSKY, M. (2005). America’s war on terrorism. Global
Research. |
|
HERMAN, E.S. (1990). The terrorism industry.
Pantheon. |
|
|
PEARLSTEIN, R.M. (1991). The mind of the political
terrorist. Wilmington, DE : Scholarly Resources. |
|
|
RAPOPORT, D.C. (1990). Sacred terror : A case from
contemporary Islam. In W. Reich (Ed.), Origins of
terrorism (pp. 103-130). Cambridge, England :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
MERARI, A. (1991). Academic research and government policy
on terrorism. Terrorism & Political Violence, 3
(1), 88-102. |
|
|
WEINBERG, L. (1991). Turning to terror : The conditions
under which political parties turn to terrorist
activities. Comparative Politics, 23 (4),
423-438. |
|
|
FRIEDLAND, N. (1992). Becoming a terrorist : Social, and
individual antecedents. In L. Howard (Ed.), Terrorism
: roots, impacts, responses (pp. 81-93). New York,
NY : Praeger. |
|
|
CRENSHAW, M. (1992). How terrorists think : Psychological
contributions to understanding terrorism. In L. Howard
(Ed), Terrorism : Roots, impact, responses (pp.
71-80). London : Praeger. |
|
|
CRENSHAW, M. (1992). Decisions to use terrorism :
Psychological constraints on instrumental reasoning. International
Social Movements Research, 4, 29-42. |
PRUITT, D.G. (2006). Negotiation with terrorists. International
Negotiation, 11, 370-394. |
|
CRENSHAW, M. (1992). Current research on terrorism : The
Academic Perspective. Studies in Conflict &
Terrorism, 15, 1-11. |
ALY, A.. (2006). Australian Muslim responses to the
discourse on terrorism in the Australian popular media. Australian
Journal of Social Issues, 42, 27-40. |
|
SCHMID, A.P. (1993). Defining terrorism : The response
problem as a definition problem. In A.P. Schmid and R.D.
Crelinsten (Eds.) Western responses to terrorism.
London : Frank Cass. |
NERIA, Y., GROSS, R. & MARSHAL, R.D. (2006). Mental
health in the wake of terrorism : Making sense of mass
casualty trauma. In Y. Neria, R. Gross, R. Marshall
& E. Susser (Eds.), 9/11 : Mental health in the
wake of terrorist attacks (pp. 3-16). New York,
NY : Cambridge University Press. |
|
MERARI, A. (1993). Terrorism as a strategy in insurgency.
Terrorism & Political Violence, 5, 213-251. |
BONGER, B., BEUTLER, J., BRECKENRIDGE, J. & ZIMBARDO,
P. (2006). The psychology of terrorism. New
York : Oxford Press. |
|
ROSS, J. (1993). Structural causes of pppositional
political terrorism. Journal of Peace Research, 30, 317-329. |
POST, J. (2006). The mind of the terrorist : The
psychology of terrorism from the IRA to Al Qaeda.
New York, NY : Palgrave Macmillan. |
|
SMITH, B.L. (1994) Terrorism in America : Pipe bombs
and pipe dreams. Albany, NY : SUNY Press. |
|
|
LUCKABAUGH, R., FUQUA, H.E., CANGEMI, J.P. & KOWALSKI,
C.J. (1997). Terrorist behavior and United States Foreign
Policy : Who Is the enemy ? Some psychological and
political perspectives. Psychology, 34 (2),
1-15. |
SHEPPARD, B., RUBIN, G.J., WARDMAN, J.K. & WESSELEY,
S. (2006). Terrorism and dispelling the myth of a panic
prone public. Journal of Public Health Policy, 27, 219-245. |
|
HOFFMAN, B. (1998). Inside terrorism. New York :
Columbia University Press. |
SMALL, D.A., LERNER, J.S. & FISCHHOFF, B. (2006).
Emotion priming and attributions for terrorism :
Americans' reactions in a national field experiment. Political
Psychology, 27, 289-298. |
|
SILKE, A. (1998) Cheshire-cat logic : The recurring theme
of terrorist abnormality in psychological research. Psychology,
Crime & Law, 4 (1), 51-69. |
ECHEBARRA-ECHABE, A. & FERNÀNDEZ-GUEDE, A. (2006).
Effects of terrorism on attitudes and ideological
orientation. European Journal of Social Psychology,
36, 259-265. |
CARTER, A.B., DEUTSCH. & ZELOKOW, P. (1998).
Catastrophic terrorism : Tackling the new danger. Foreign
Affairs, 77, 80–94.
|
|
|
DRAKE, C.J.M. (1998). The role of ideology in terrorists'
target selection. Terrorism & Political Violence,
10 (2), 53-85. |
WEINBERG, L. & EUBANK, W.L. (2006). What is
terrorism ? New York, NY : Infobase Publishing. |
|
AKHTAR, S. (1999). The psychodynamic dimension of
terrorism. Psychiatric Annals, 29 (6), 350-355. |
RICHARDSON, L. (2006). What terrorists want :
Understanding the enemy, containing the threat. New
York, NY : Random House. |
|
SPRANG, G. (1999). Post-disaster stress following the
Oklahoma City bombing : An Examination of three community
groups. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 14,
69-83. |
SKITKA, L.J., BAUMAN, C.W., ARAMOVICH, N.P. & MORGAN,
G.S. (2006). Confrontational and preventative policy
responses to terrorism : Anger wants a fight and fear
wants "them" to go away. Basic & Applied Social
Psychology, 28 (4), 375-384. [PDF] |
|
NORTH, C.S., NIXON, S.J., SHARIAT, S., MALLONCE, S.,
McMILLEN, J.C., SPITZNAGEL E.L. & SMITH, E. (1999).
Psychiatric disorders among survivors of the Oklahoma City
bombing. Journal of American Medical Association,
282, 755-762. |
ABRAMS, M. (2006). Why terrorism does not work. International
Security, 2, 42-78. |
|
|
HOFFMAN, B. (1999). The mind of the terrorist :
Perspectives from social psychology. Psychiatric
Annals, 29 (6), 337-340. |
ROSZAK, T. (2006). World beware ! American
triumphalism in an age of terror /La menace américaine.
Le triomphalisme américain à l'âge du terrorisme.
Paris : Édition le cherche midi. |
|
SCHMID, A.P. (2000) Terrorism and the use of weapons of
mass destruction : From where the risk ? In M. Taylor, and
J. Horgan, (Eds.), The future of terrorism. London
: Frank Cass. |
ATRAN, S. (2006). The moral logic and growth of suicide
terrorism. The Washington Quarterly, 29, 127-147. |
|
WILSON, M.A. (2000). Toward a model of terrorist behavior
in hostage-taking incidents. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 44 (4), 403-424. |
NOOR, F.A. (2006). How Washington's "war on terror" became
everyone's : Islamophobia and the impact of september 11
on the political terrain of south and southeast Asia. Human
Architecture : Journal of the Sociology of
Self-Knowledge, 5 (1), 29-50. [PDF] |
|
CAMERON, G. (2000). WMD terrorismm the United States
: The threat and possible countermeasures. The
Non-proliferation Review, 7 (1), 162-179. [PDF] |
ALY, A. (2006). Australian Muslim responses to the
discourse on terrorism in the Australian popular media. Australian
Journal of Social Issues, 42, 27-40. |
|
CRENSHAW, M. (2001). The psychology of terrorism : An
agenda for the 21st century. Political Psychology, 21
(2), 405-420. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W. & FISMAN, S. (2006). The psychology
of terrorism : "Syndrome" versus "tool" perspectives.
Journal of Terrorism & Political Violence, 18,
193-215. [PDF] |
|
KEANE, F. (2001). The mind of a terrorist. In J. Baxter
& M. Downing (Ed.), The day that shook the world
: Understanding Sept. 11 (pp. 54-67). London : BBC
Worldwide. |
McDERMOTT, R. & ZIMBARDO, P. (2006). The psychology of
terrorist alarms. In B. Bonger, L. Beutler, J.
Breckenridge & P.G. Zimbardo (Eds.), The
psychology of terrorism. New York : Oxford Press. |
|
SCHUSTER, M.A., STEIN, B.D., JAYCOX, L.H., COLLINS, R.I.,
MARSHALL, G.N., ELLIOT, M.N., ET NNIE, J., ZHOU, M.S.,
KANOUSE, D.E., MORRISON, J.L. & BERRY, S.H. (2001). A
national survey of stress reactions after the September
11, 2001, terrorist attacks. New England Journal of
Medicine, 345,1507-1512. |
ENDERS, W. & SANDLER, T. (2006). The political
economy of terrorism. Cambridge University Press :
Cambridge. |
| MMICHEL, L. & HERBECK, D. (2001). American
terrorist: Timothy McVeigh and the Oklahoma city
bombing. New York, NY : Harper. |
TAYLOR, M. & HORGAN, J. (2006). A conceptual framework
for understanding psychological process in the development
of the terrorist. Terrorism & Political Violence,
18 (5), 585-601. |
|
HEWITT, C. (2002). Understanding terrorism in America
(Extremism and Democracy). Routledge. |
MERARI, A. (2007). Terrorism as a strategy of insurgency.
Terrorism & Political Violence, 5 (4),
213-251. |
|
NORTH, C.S. & PFEFFERBAUM, B. (2002). Research on the
mental health effects of terrorism. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 288, 633-636. |
LOZA, W. (2007). Psychology of extremism and terrorism : A
middle-eastern perspective. Aggression & Violent
Behavior, 12 (2), 141-155. |
|
WHITEHEAD, J.W. & ADEN, S.A. (2002). Forfeiting
"enduring freedom" for "homeland security": A
constitutional analysis of the USA Patriot Act and the
Justice Department's anti-terrorism initiatives.
American University Law Review, 51, 1080-1133. |
MARSHALL, R.D., BRYANT, R.A., AMSEL, L., SUH, E.J., COOK,
J.M. & NERIA, Y. (2007). The psychology of ongoing
threat : relative risk appraisal, the September 11
attacks, and terrorism-related fears. American
Psychologist, 62 (4), 304-316. [PDF] |
|
RUBY, C.L. (2002). Are terrorists mentally deranged ? Analysis
of Social Issues & Public Policy, 2, 15-26. |
BLANCHETTE, I., RICHARDS, A., MELYNK, L. & LAVDA, A.
(2007). Reasoning about emotional contents following
shocking terrorist attacks : a tale of three cities. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Applied, 13, 47-56. |
|
STOUT, C.E. (2002). The psychology of terrorism :
Theoretical understandings and perspectives. Westport
: Praeger. |
ULLRICH, J. & COHRS, C. (2007). Terrorism salience
increases system justification : Experimental evidence.
Social Justice Research, 20, 117-137. |
|
SEDGEWICK, M. (2007). Inspiration and the origins of
global waves of terrorism. Studies in Conflict &
Terrorism, 2, 97-112. |
|
ALEXANDER Y. (2002). Palestinian religious terrorism
: Hamas and Islamic jihad. Ardsley, NY :
Transnational Publishers. |
CONEJERO, S. & ETXEBARRIA, I. (2007). The impact of
the Madrid bombing on personal emotions, emotional
atmosphere and emotional climate. Journal of Social
Issues, 63, 273-287. |
|
HEWITT, C. (2002). Understanding terrorism in America
(Extremism and democracy). Routledge. |
WOLFENDALE, J. (2007). Terrorism, security, and the threat
of Counterterrorism. Studies in Conflict &
Terrorism, 1 75-92. |
|
DEMAUSE, L. (2002). The childhood origins of terrorism. Journal
of Psychohistory, 29 (4), 340- 348. |
LADD, J.M. (2007). Predispositions and public support for
the president during the war on terrorism. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 71, 511-538. |
|
SHILOH, S., KAPTAN, G. & ONKAL, D. (2007). Cognitive
and emotional representations of terror attacks : A
cross-cultural exploration. Risk Analysis, 27 (2),
397-408. |
|
|
GALEA, S., AHERN, J., RESNICK, H., KILPATRICK, D.
BUCUVALAS, M., GOLD, J. & VLAHOV, D. (2002).
Psychological sequelae of the September 11 terrorist
attacks on New York City. New England Journal of
Medicine, 346, 982-987. |
MARSHALL, R.D., BRYANT, R.A., AMSEL, L., SUH, E.J., COOK,
J.M. & NERIA, Y. (2007). The psychology of ongoing
threat : relative risk appraisal, the September 11
attacks, and terrorism-related fears. American
Psychologist, 62 (4), 304-316. [PDF] |
|
SCHLENGER, W.E., CADDELL, J.M., EBERT, L., JORDAN, B.K.,
ROURKE, K.M., WILSON, D., THALJI, L., DENNIS, M. FAIRBANK,
J.A. & KULKA, R.A. (2002). Psychological reactions to
terrorist attacks. Findings from the national study of
American's reactions to september 11. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 288, 581-588. |
ABBOTT, C., ROGERS, P. & SLOBODA, J.A. (2007). Beyond
terror : the truth about the real threats to our world.
London : Rider |
|
HOFFMAN, B. (2002). Rethinking terrorism ? and
counterterrorism since 9/11. Studies in Conflict
& Terrorism, 25, 303-316. [PDF] |
DUFFY, M., GILLEPSIE, K. & CLARK, D.M. (2007).
Post-traumatic stress disorder in the context of terrorism
and other civil conflict in Northern Ireland : randomised
controlled trial. British Medical Journal, 334 (7604),
1147. |
|
NORTH, C.S. & PFERFFERBAUM, B. (2002). Research on the
mental health effects of terrorism. Jourrnal of
American Medical Association, 288, 633-636. |
BUDSON, A.E., SIMONS, J.S., WARING, J.D., SULLIVAN, A.L.,
HUSSOIN, T. & SCHACTER, D.L. (2007). Memory for the
September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks one year later in
patients with Alzheimer's disease, patients with mild
cognitive impairment, and healthy older adults.
Cortex, 43 (7), 875-88. [PDF] |
|
ESPOSITIO, J.L. (2002). Unholy war : Terror in the
name of Islam. New York : Oxford University Press. |
LAFREE, G. & HENDRICKSON, J. (2007). Build a criminal
justice policy for terrorism. Criminal & Public
Policy, 6 (4), 781-790. |
|
SCIUTTO, M.J. (2002). Cognition, anger, and terrorism. In
J.C. Kovats-Bernat & M. Hass (Eds.), Aftermath :
Thinking about september 11th. Center for Ethics
and Leadership : Muhlenberg College. |
WHALLEY, M.G. & BREWIN, C.R. (2007). Mental health
following terrorist attacks. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 190, 94-96.
[PDF] |
|
FREYD, J.J. (2002). In the wake of terrorist attack hatred
may mask fear. Analyses of Social Issues & Public
Policy, 2, 5-8.
[PDF] |
ULLRICH, J. & COHRS, J.C. (2007). Terrorism salience
increases system justification : Experimental evidence. Social
Justice Research, 20, 117-139. |
|
SLOVIC, P. (2002). Terrorism as hazard : A new species of
trouble. Risk Analysis, 22 (3), 425-426. |
ROBERTS, R. (Ed.) (2007). Just war : Psychology and
terrorism. Ross on Wye : PCCS Books. |
|
HAMM, M.S. (2007). Terrorism as crime : From Oklahoma
city to Al-Qaeda and beyond. New York : New York
University Press. |
|
AOUN, S. et COSSETTE-TRUDEL, A. (2002). Le terrorisme
religieux. Dans C.P. David (Dir.), Repenser la
sécurité. Montréal : Fides. |
GANSER, D. (2007). Les armées secrètes de l'OTAN :
Réseaux Stay Behind, Opération Gladio et terrorisme en
Europe. Éditions Demi-Lune. |
|
CHOMSKY, N. (2002). Pirates and emperors, old and new:
International terrorism in the real world. South End
Press. |
ALY, A.& BALNAVES, M. (2007). "They want us to be
afraid": Developing a metric for the fear of terrorism. The
International Journal of Diversity in Organisations,
Communities & Nations, 6, 113-122. |
|
BAKKER, E. (2007). Jihadi terrorists in Europe : Their
characteristics and the circumstances in which they
joined the Jihad : An Exploratory study. The Hague :
Clingendael
Institute |
|
JACKSON, R. (2007). Constructing enemies: "Islamic
terrorism" in political and academic discourse. Government
& Opposition, 42, 394–426.
|
|
KAM, C. & KINDER, D.R. (2007) Terror and ethnocentrism
: Foundations of American support for the war on
terrorism. Journal of Politics, 69, 320-338. |
|
BECK, U. (2003). La société du risque globalisé revue sous
l'angle de la menace terroriste. Cahiers
Internationaux de Sociologie, 114 (1), 27-33. [PDF] |
BUENO DE MESQUITA, E. & DICKSON, E.S. (2007). The
propaganda of the Deed : Terrorism, counterterrorism, and
mobilization. American Journal of Political Science,
51, 364-381. |
|
SELLNOW, T.L., ULMER, R.R., SEEGER, M.W. & VEIL, S.R.
(2008). Terrorism as chaos : A chaos model for managing
random acts of terror. In D. O'Hair, R. Health & G.
Ledlow (Eds.), Terrorism : Communication and
rhetorical perspectives (pp. 411-424). Cresskill,
NJ : Hampton Press. |
|
PYSCZYNSKI, T., SOLOMON, S. & GREENBERG, J. (2003). In
the wake of 9/11 : The psychology of terror. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 160 (5), 1019. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W., CRENSHAW, M., POST, J.M. &
VICTOROFF, J. (2008). What should this fight be called?
Metaphors of counterterrorism and their implications. Psychological
Science, in the Public Interest, 8, 97-133. |
|
|
SUEDFELD, P. (2003). Integrative complexity of western and
terrorist leaders in the war against the afghan terrorist
regime. Psicología Política, 27, 79-91. [PDF] |
WOODS, J., TEN EYCK, T.A., KAPLOWITZ, S.A. &
SHLAPENTOKH, V. (2008). Terrorism risk perceptions and
proximity to primary terrorist targets : How close is too
close ? Human Ecology Review, 15 (1), 63-70. [PDF] |
|
HORGAN, J. (2008). From profiles to pathways and roots to
routes : Perspectives from psychology on radicalization
into terrorism. The ANNALS of the American Academy of
Political and Social Science, 618 (1), 80-94. |
|
ATRAN, S. (2003). Genesis of suicide terrorism. Science,
299, 1534-1539. |
HENRICH, C.C. & SHAHAR, G. (2008). Social support
buffers the effects of terrorism on adolescent depression
: Findings from Sderot, Israel. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
47 (9), 1073-1076. |
|
BORUM. R. (2003). Understanding the terrorist mindset. FBI
Law Enforcement Bulletin, 72 (7), 7-10. |
McCAULEY C. & MOSKALENKO, S. (2008). Mechanisms of
political radicalization : Pathways toward terrorism. Terrorism
& Political Violence, 20, 415-433. |
|
GALEA, S., VLAHOV, D., RESNICK, H., AHERN, J., SUSSER, E,
GOLD, J., BUCUVALAS, M. & KILPATRICK, D. (2003).
Trends on probable post-traumatic stress disorder in New
York City after the September 11 terrorist attacks. American
Journal of Epidemiology, 158, 514-524. |
HARROW, M. (2008). Inside a wave of terrorism : The
dynamic relation between terrorism and the factors leading
to terrorism. Journal of Global Change &
Governance, 1 (3), 1-18. [PDF] |
|
BAHDI, R. (2003). No exit : Racial profiling and Canada's
war against terrorism. Osgoode Hall Law Journal, 41
(2-3), 293-316. |
LOYER, B. & AGUERRE, C. (2008). Terrorisme et
démocratie : les exemples basque et catalan. Hérodote,
130, 112-145. [PDF] |
|
PAPE, R.A. (2003). The strategic logic of suicide
terrorism. American Political Science Review, 97
(3), 343-361. |
SCHWARTZ, S.J., DUNKEL, C. & WARERMAN, A.S. (2009).
Terrorism : An identity theory perspective. Studies
in Conflict & Terrorism, 32, 537-559. |
|
HEWITT, C. (2003). The political context of terrorism in
Amercia : Ignoring extremists of panderong to them ? In Understanding
terrorism in America : from the klan to al Qaeda.
London and New York : Routledge.[PDF] |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W. & FISMAN, S. (2009). What makes
terrorism tick ? Its individual, group, and organizational
aspects. Revista de Psicologia Social, 24,139-162. |
|
BLEICH, A., GELKOPF, M. & SOLOMON, Z. (2003). Exposure
to terrorism, stress-related mental health symptoms, and
coping behaviours among a nationally representative sample
in Israel. Journal of American Medical Association,
290, 612-620. |
DE CASTELLA, K., McGARTHY, C. & MUSGROVE, L. (2009).
Fear appeals in political rhetoric about terrorism : An
analysis of speeches by Australian Prime Minister Howard.
Political Psychology, 30 (1), 1-26. |
|
PYSCZYNSKI, T., SOLOMON, S. & GREENBERG, J. (2003). In
the wake of 9/11: The psychology of terror.
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association. |
HIRST, W., PHELPS, E.A., BUCKNER, R.L., BUDSON, A.E., CUC,
A., GABRIELI, J.D.E., SIMONS, J.S., BUDSON, A.E., JOHNSON,
M.K., LYLE, K.B., LUSTIG, C., MATHER, M, MEKSIN, R.,
MITCHELL, K.J., OCHSNER, K.N. & SCHACTER, D.L. (2009).
Long-term memory for the terrorist attack of September 11
: Flashbulb memories, event memories, and the factors that
influence their retention. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 138 (2), 161-176. [PDF] |
OSOFSKY, H.J. & OSOFSKY, J.D. (2003). Terrorism
: Improving psychosocial preparedness for young
children and families. Zero to Three, 23 (3),
44-49. |
SHAHAR, G., COHEN, G., GROGAN, K.E., BARILE, J.P. &
HENRICH, C.C. (2009). Terrorism-related perceived stress,
adolescent depression, and social support from friends. Pediatrics,
24 (2), 35-40. |
|
SILKE, A. (2003). The psychology of suicidal terrorism. In
A. Silke (Ed.), Terrorist, victims, and society :
Psychological perspectives on terrorism and its
consequence (pp. 93-108). London : John Wiley. |
DAS, E., BUSHMAN, B.J., BEZEMER, M.D., KERKHOF, P. &
VERMEULEN, I.E. (2009). How terrorism news reports
increase prejudice against out-groups : A terror
management account. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 45, 453-459. |
|
HORGAN, J. (2003). The social and psychological
characteristics of terrorism and terrorists. In T. Bjorgo
(Ed.), A Forerunner to fighting terrorism for
humanity : A conference on the roots of evil; New
York. Norwegian Institute of International Affairs and
Norwegian Ministry of Foreign Affairs. |
MANNIK, E. (2009). Terrorism: Its Past, Present and Future
Prospects. KVÜQA Toimetised, 12, 151-171. [PDF] |
|
NACOS, B.L. (2003). Terrorism as breaking news : Attack on
America. Political Science Quarterly, 118, 1,
23-52. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W., CHEN, X., DECHESNE, M., FISMAN, S. &
OREHEK, E. (2009). Fully committed : Suicide bombers'
motivation and the quest for personal significance. Political
Psychology, 30, 331-557. |
|
POST, J.M., FARHANA, A., HENDERSON, S.W., SHANFIELD, S.,
VICTOROFF, J. & WEINE, S. (2009). The psychology of
suicide terrorism. Psychiatry : Interpersonal &
Biological Processes, 72 (1), 13-31. |
|
HORGAN, J. (2009). Deradicalization or disengagement ? A
process in need of clarity and a counterterrorism
initiative in need of evaluation Revista de
Psicología Social, 24, 291-298. |
|
DIXON, M.R., DYMOND, S., REHFELDT, R A., ROCHE, B. &
ZLOMKE, K.R. (2003). Terrorism and relational frame
theory. Behavior & Social Issues, 12,
129-147. [PDF] |
DE CASTELLA, K., MCGARTY, C. & MUSGRAVE, L. (2009).
Fear appeals in political rhetoric about terrorism : An
analysis of speeches by australian Prime Minister Howard.
Political Psychology, 30 (1), 1-26. |
|
FISCHHOFF, B., GONZALEZ, R., SMALL, D. & LERNER, J.
(2003). Judged terror risk and proximity to the World
Trade Center. Journal of Risk & Uncertainty, 26 (2/3),
137-151. |
MINTZ, A. & BRULE, D. (2009). Methodological issues in
studying suicide terrorism. Political Psychology, 30
(1), 365-371. [PDF] |
|
|
HORGAN, J. & TAYLOR, M. (2003). The psychology of
terrorism. London : Frank Cass. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W. & FISMAN, S. (2009). Psychological
factors in terrorism and counterterrorism : Individual,
group, and organizational levels of analysis. Social
Issues & Policy Review, 3 (1), 1-44. [PDF] |
|
McCORMICK, G.H. (2003). Terrorist decision making. Annual
Review of Political Science, 6, 473-507. |
HORGAN, J. (2009). Walking away from terrorism : Accounts
of disengagement from radical and extremist movements
London : Routledge. |
KUSHNER, H.W. (2003). Encyclopedia of terrorism.
Thousand Oaks and London: Sage. |
GINGES, J., HANSEN, I.G. & NORENZAYAN, A. (2009).
Religion and support for suicide attacks.
Psychological Science, 20, 224-230. [PDF] |
|
ATRAN, S. (2003). Genesis of suicide terrorism. Science,
299, 1534-1539. |
RICE, S.K. (2009). Emotions and terrorism research : A
case for a social-psychological agenda. Journal of
Criminal Justice, 37, 248-255. |
|
WILSON, M.A. & LEMANSKI, L., (2009) The forensic
psychology of terrorism. In J. Adler and J. Gray (Eds.), Forensic
Psychology; Concepts, debates and practice. Willan
Publishing. |
|
JACQUES, K. & TAYLOR, P.J. (2009). Female terrorism :
A review. Terrorism & Political Violence, 21
(3), 499-515. |
|
SIDMAN, M. (2003). Introduction : Terrosrism as behavior.
Behavior & Social Issues, 12, 83-89. |
JOHNSON, D.D.P. (2009) Darwinian selection in asymmetric
warfare : the natural advantage of insurgents and
terrorists. Journal of the Washington Academy of
Sciences, 95 (3), 89-112. [PDF] |
|
SPAAIJ, R. (2010). The enigma of lone wolf terrorism : an
assessment. Studies in Conflict Terrorism, 33,
854–870. |
|
STERNBERG, R.J. (2003). A duplex theory of hate :
Development and application to terrorism, massacres, and
genocide. Review of General Psychology, 7 (3),
299-328. |
SHARVIT, K., BAR-TAL, D., RAVIV, A., RAVIV, A. &
GUREVICH, R. (2010). Ideological orientation and social
context as moderators of the effect of terrorism : The
case of Israeli-Jewish public opinion regarding peace.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 40, 105-121. |
|
SALZINGER, K. (2003). Terrorism is behavior. NYS
Psychologist, 15, 7-10. |
HORGAN, J. (2010). Rehabilitating the terrorists ?
Challenges in assessing the effectiveness of
de-radicalization programs. Terrorism & Political
Violence, 22, 267-291.
[PDF] |
|
SIMCOX, R., STUART, H. & AHMED, H. (2010). Islamist
terrorism: the British connections. London, U.K.:
Center for Social Cohesion. |
|
SCHMIDT, F. (2010). From Islamic warriors to drug lords :
The evolution of Taliban insurgency. Mediterranean
Quarterly, 21 (2), 61-77. |
|
BARTLETT, J. & MILLER, C. (2010). The power of
unreason: Conspiracy theories, extremism and
counter-terrorism. London, England : Demos. |
|
PAPE, R.A. (2003). The strategic logic of suicide
terrorism. American Political Science Review, 97
(3), 343-361. |
BURNS, W.J. & SLOVIC, P. (2010). Predicting and
modeling public response to a terrorist strike. In P.
Slovic (Ed.), The feeling of risk : New perspectives
on risk perception (pp. 285-306). London :
Earthscan. |
|
LERNER, J.S., SMALL, D.A. & FISCHHOFF, B. (2003).
Effects of fear and anger on perceived risks of terrorism
: A national field experiment. Psychological Science,
14, 144-150. [PDF] |
OREHEK, E., DOSSJE, B., KRUGLANSKI, A.W., COLE, A.,
SADDLER, T. & JACKSON, J. (2010). Need for closure and
the social response to terrorism. Basic & Applied
Social Psychology, 32, 279-290. [PDF] |
|
TURK, A.T. (2004). Sociology of terrorism. Annual
Review of Sociology, 30, 271-286. |
REINARES, F. (2011). Exit from terrorism : A qualitative
empirical study on disengagement and deradicalization
among members of ETA. Terrorism & Political
Violence, 23, 780-803. |
|
BLOOM, M.M. (2004). Palestinian suicide bombing : Public
support, market share and outbidding. Political
Science Quarterly, 199, 61-88. |
De CASTELLA, K. & MCGARTY, C. (2011). Two leaders, two
wars : A psychological analysis of fear and anger content
in political rhetoric about terrorism. Analyses of
Social Issues, & Public Policy, 11 (1),
180-200. |
|
HENRY, V.E. & KING, D.H. (2004). Improving emergency
preparedness and public-safety responses to terrorism and
weapons of mass destruction. Brief Treatment &
Crisis Intervention, 4 (1), 11-35. [PDF] |
FISCHHOFF, B. (2011). Communicating about the risks of
terrorism (or anything else). American Psychologist,
66, 520-531.
[PDF] |
REINARES, F. (2004). Who are the terrorists ? Analyzing
changes in sociological profile among members of
ETA. Studies in Conflict Terrorism, 33, 465–488.
|
JACKSON, R., JARVIS, L., GUNNING, J. & SMITH, M. B.
(2011). Terrorism : a critical introduction.
Palgrave Macmillan.
|
|
TILLY, C. (2004), Terror, terrorism, terrorists. Sociological
Theory, 22 (1), 5-13. |
HUDDY, L. & FELDMAN, S. (2011). Americans respond
politically to 9/11 understanding the impact of the
terrorist attacks and their aftermath. American
Psychologist, 66 (6), 455-467. [PDF] |
|
BLOOM, M. (2011). Bombshell: women and terrorism. Philadelphia,
PA: University of Pennsylvania Press. |
|
SKITKA, L.J., BAUMAN, C.W. & MULLEN, E. (2004).
Political tolerance and coming to psychological closure
following the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks : A
model comparison approach. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 30, 743-756. |
KURZMAN, C. (2011). The missing martyrs : Why there
are so few Muslim terrorists. Oxford University
Press. |
|
HENRY, D.B., TOLAN, P. & GORMAN-SMITH, D. (2004). Have
there been effects associated with the September 11, 2001,
terrorist attacks among inner-city parents and children ?
Professional Psychology : Research & Practice, 3,
542-547. |
EISENBERG, N. & COHEN, R.C. (2011). Growing up in the
shadow of terrorism : Youth in America after 9/11. American
Psychologist, 66, 468-481.
[PDF] |
|
MOGHADDAM, F.M. & MARSELLA, A.J. (2004). Understanding
terrorism : Psychosocial roots, causes and consequences.
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association Press. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W. & OREHEK, E. (2011). The role of
quest for significance in motivating terrorism. In J.
Forgas, A. Kruglanski & K. Williams (Eds.), Social
conflict and aggression (pp. 153-164). New York, NY
: Psychology Press.
[PDF] |
|
MILLER, A.M. & HELDRING, M. (2004). Mental health and
primary care in a time of terrorism : psychological impact
of terrorism attacks. Families Systems & Health,
22, 7-30. |
PERLIGER, A. & PEDAHZUR, A. (2011). Social network
analysis in the study of terorism and political violence.
Political Science & Politics, 44 (1), 45-50.
[PDF] |
|
ALY, A. (2011). Terrorism and global security :
Historical and contemporary perspectives. Palgrave
Macmillan. |
|
DAVIS, D.W. & SILVER, B.D. (2004). Civil liberties vs.
security in the context of the terrorist attacks on
America. American Journal of Political Science, 48, 28-46. |
EISENBERG, N. & SILVER, R.C. (2011). Growing up in the
shadow of terrorism : Youth in America after 9/11. American
Psychologist, 66, 468-481. [PDF] |
|
SAGEMAN, M. (2004). Understanding terror networks. Philadelphia
: University of Pennsylvania Press. |
WILSON, M.A., BRADFORD, E. & LEMANSKI, L. (2012). The
role of group psychology in terrorism. In J. Wood & T.
Gannon (Eds.), Criminal activity and crime reduction
: the role of group processes (pp. not yet known).
London : Psychology Press/Taylor and Francis. |
|
STERN, J. (2004). Terror in the name of God. New
York, NY : Ecco. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W. & OREHEK, E. (2012). The need for
certainty as a psychological nexus for individuals and
society. In M.A. Hogg and D.L. Blaylock. (Eds.), Extremism
and the psychology of uncertainty. Blackwell
Publishing Ltd. [PDF] |
|
WILLER, R. (2004). The effects of government-issued terror
warnings on president approval ratings. Current
Research in Social Psychology, 10, 1-12. [PDF] |
McGARTY, G., THOMAS, E.F. & LOUIS, W.R. (2012). Are
they terrorist sympathizers or do they just disagree with
the war on terror ? A comment on testing theories of
radicalization in polls of U.S. Muslims. Analyses of
Social Issues & Public Policy, 12 (1), 316-319.
[PDF] |
|
LEVANT, R.F. & SALZINGER, K. (2004). Psychology
responds to terrorism. In T.L. Jackson and L. VandeCreek
(Eds.), Innovations in clinical practice : Focus on
violence treatment and prevention (pp. 151-164).
Sarasota, FL. Professional Resource Press. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W., GELFAND, M.J. & GUNARATNA, R.
(2012). Terrorism as means to an end : How political
violence bestows significance. In P.R. Shaver & M.
Mikulincer (Eds.), Meaning, mortality, and choice :
The social psychology of existential concerns (pp.
203-212). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association. |
|
|
ALY, A. (2013). The policy response to home-grown
terrorism : reconceptualising Prevent and Resilience as
collective resistance. Journal of Policing,
Intelligence & Counter Terrorism, 8 (1), 2-18. |
|
WILSON, M.A. & LEMANSKI, L. (2013). Apparent intended
lethality : Toward a model of intent to harm in terrorist
bomb attacks. Dynamics of Asymmetric Conflict
Pathways toward terrorism & Genocide, 6 (1-3).
1-21. |
|
BRAITHWAITE, A. (2013). The logic of public fear in
terrorism and counter-terrorism. Journal of Police
& Criminal Psychology, 28 (2), 95-101. |
|
TAYLOR, D.M. & LOUIS, W. (2004). Terrorism and the
quest for identity. In F.M. Moghaddam & A.J Marsella
(Ed.), Understanding terrorism : Psychosocial roots,
consequences, and interventions (pp. 169-185).
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association. |
HORGAN, J. (2014). Bombing alone : Tracing the motivations
and antecedent behaviors of lone-actor terrorists. Journal
of Forensic Sciences, 59 (2), 425-435.
[PDF] |
|
GRAY, J.M. & DICKINS, T.E. (2014). Suicide terrorism
and post-mortem benefits. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 37 (4), 369-370.
|
|
BORUM, R. (2004). Psychology of terrorism. Tampa
: University of South Florida. |
HORGAN, J. (2014). The psychology of terrorism. Routledge. |
|
COLLINS, R. (2004). Rituals of solidarity and security in
the wake of terrorist attack. Sociological Theory,
22, 53-87. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W., GELFAND, M.J., BÉLANGER, J.J.,
SHEVELAND, A., HETIARACHCHI. M. & GUNARATNA, R.
(2014). The psychology of radicalization and
deradicalization : How significance quest impacts violent
extremism. Advances in Political Psychology, 35
(S1), 69-93. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
SMALL, D.A., LERNER, J.S., GONZALEZ, R.M. & FISCHHOFF,
B. (2004). Emotion priming and attributions for terrorism
: Americans' reactions in a national field experiment. Political
Psychology, 27, 289-298. |
GILL, P. (2015). Lone-actor terorists : A behavioural
analysis. Routlege. |
|
MARTENS, W.H.J. (2004). Terrorist with Antisocial
Personality Disorder. Journal of Forensic Psychology
Practice, 4 (1), 45-56. |
SCHLEGELMILCH, J., PETKOVA, E., MARTINEZ, S. &
REDLENER, I. (2015). Acts of terrorism and mass violence
targeting schools : Analysis and implications for
preparedness in the USA. Journal of Business
Continuity & Emergency Planning, 10 (3),
280-289. [PDF] |
|
FERGUSON, N. (2016). Disengaging from terrorism : A
northern Irish experience. Journal for
Deradicalization, 6, 1-23.
[PDF] |
|
WIRTZ, P.W. & ROHRBECK C.A. (2017). Efficacy for
dealing with terrorism precautionary behavior: laying the
groundwork for communication effectiveness. Journal
of Health Communication, 22 (10), 829-838. |
|
BERNIER, M.-F. (2018). Introduction. Médias, terrorisme et
conflit : Pratiques et stratégies [Introduction. Media,
terrorism and conflict : Practices and strategies]. Les
Cahiers du Journalisme, 2 (1), 3-6. |
|
VASILOPOULOS, P., MARCUS, G.E. & FOUCAULT, M. (2018).
Emotional responses to the Charlie Hebdo attacks :
Addressing the authoritarianism puzzle. Political
Psychology 39 (3), 557-575. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Violence,
Pouvoir,
Complot, Guerre,
TSPT,
Territoire,
Théorie du complot et 11
Septembre |
|
|
|
Terrorisme
(Contre-) : Counter-terrorism.
| |
|
|
HOFFMAN, B. (2002). Rethinking terrorism ? and
counterterrorism since 9/11. Studies in Conflict
& Terrorism, 25, 303-316. [PDF] |
|
WOLFENDALE, J. (2007). Terrorism, security, and the threat
of counterterrorism. Studies in Conflict &
Terrorism, 1 75-92. |
|
BARTLETT, J. & MILLER, C. (2010). The power of
unreason : Conspiracy theories, extremism and
counter-terrorism. London, England : Demos. |
|
BRAITHWAITE, A. (2013). The logic of public fear in
terrorism and counter-terrorism. Journal of Police
& Criminal Psychology, 28 (2), 95-101. |
|
|
Voir aussi Terrorisme |
|
|
|
|
|
Tesser
Abraham (New York 1941-) :
Psychosociologue américain.
 |
TESSER, A., MILLAR M. & MOORE, J. (1988). Some
affective consequences of social comparison and reflection
processes : The pain and pleasure of being close. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 54, 49-61. |
|
TESSER, A. (1993). On the importance of heritability in
psychological research : The case of attitudes. Psychological
Review, 100, 129-142. |
|
TESSER, A. & BEACH, S.R.H. (1998). Life events,
relationship quality, and depression : An investigation of
judgement discontinuity in vivo. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 74, 36-52. |
|
TESSER, A. (2000). On the confluence of self-esteem
maintenance mechanisms. Personality & Social
Psychology Review, 4, 290-299. [PDF] |
|
TESSER, A. (2001). On the plasticity of self defense. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 10, 66-69. |
|
|
|
Tessier Réjean ( ) : Psychologue
écologiste québécois et
professeur à l'Université Laval.
Il se spécialise dans l'étude du développement
psychologique et social des enfants
nés prématurément. Collaborateur de Nadeau
et Tarabulsy.
 |
TARABULSY, G.M., TESSIER, R. & KAPPAS, A. (1996).
Contingency detection and the contingent organization of
behavior in interactions : Implications for socioemotional
development in infancy. Psychological Bulletin, 119,
1-17. |
|
TESSIER, R., CRISTO, M.E., VELEZ, S., GIRON, M., NADEAU,
L. & CHARPAK, N. (2003). Kangaroo mother-care : A
method of protecting high-risk premature infants against
developmental delay. Infant Behavior &
Development, 26, 384-397. |
|
NADEAU, L., TESSIER, R., BOIVIN, M., LEFEVBRE, F. &
ROBAEY, P. (2003). Extreme premature and very low
birthweight infants : A double hazard population ? Social
Development, 12, 235-248. |
|
NADEAU, L. & TESSIER, R. (2003). Relations sociales
entre enfants à l'âge scolaire : effet de la prématurité
et de la déficience motrice. Enfance, 55, 48-55. |
|
LAGANIÈRE, J., TESSIER, R. & NADEAU, L. (2003).
Attachement mère-enfant prématuré : Un lien médiatisé par
les perceptions maternelles. Enfance, 55,
101-117. |
|
|
|
Test : Tester : De façon générale, un test est la mise à
l'épreuve du fonctionnement d'un objet, d'une idée. Les tests
répondent à la question : est-ce que ça fonctionne ? Est-ce que
ceci ou cela donne les résultats escomptés ? Dans quelle mesure ?
En science, le mot possède
au moins six acceptions : a) En psychologie,
notamment chez Freud, il
désigne une expérience personnelle qui consiste à confronter ses perceptions
à la réalité (test de réalité).
Reality test, realty testing.
b) Toujours en
psychologie, le mot renvoie à un outil
qui permet d'évaluer de
manière objective ou subjective certaines propriétés psychologique
de l'humain ou de l'animal (intelligence, personnalité,
apprentissage, troubles mentaux, etc); On dit «passer ou
administrer un test». Généralement, ces tests comparent l'individu
évalué aux résultats moyens d'une population (tout ceux qui ont
passé le test avant lui), ce qui permet deux choses : comparer le
sujet à un standard et le déclarer plus ou moins normal sur le
plan statistique = épreuve, tâche,
inventaire, échelle. Psychological test,
mental test. c) En méthodologie,
le test prend la forme d'une expérience
scientifique ou d'une simulation
dont la fonction est de mettre à l'épreuve une hypothèse
en la confrontant directement aux faits (test
empirique) ou à un test de cohérence
théorique (simulation), de manière à pouvoir affirmer que
cette hypothèse est vraie
ou fausse ou Le
test permet donc de vérifier
une hypothèse, et indirectement la théorie
de laquelle découle cette hypothèse. Test, méthodes scientifiques
et inférence
forte. Empirical test, experimental
test. d) En relation avec 3, on
utilise ce terme pour désigner la procédure mathématique et
logique qui permet de vérifier si une hypothèse
statistique est vraie ou fausse en la confrontant aux
résultats d'une recherche (données empiriques), et en comparant
ces résultats à ceux que l'on pourrait obtenir au
hasard (données de la variable
aléatoire). = test
statistique. Statistical test. e)
Finalement, en éducation,
le terme désigne une forme d'examen
court composé de
questions qui permettent de vérifier les apprentissages/ connaissances
acquises en lisant.
Test,
quizz. f) On utilise également ce terme
comme synonyme d'essai clinique ou étude
clinique.
Clinical trial.
| |
|
| a |
|
HURVICH, M. (1970). On the concept of reality testing.
The International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 51, 299-312. |
|
LANDA, Y., SILVERSTEIN, S.M., SCHWARTZ, F. & SAVITZ,
A. (2006). Group cognitive behavioral therapy for
delusions : helping patients improve reality testing.
Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 36, 9-17. |
| b |
|
GULLILSEN, H. (1950). Theory of mental tests. New
York : Wiley. |
|
WITKIN, H.A., OLTMAN, P.K., RASKIN, E. & KARP, S.A.
(1971). A manual for the embedded figures test.
Palo Alto : Consulting Psychologists Press, Inc. |
|
BURROUGHS, W.A., MURRAY J., WESLEY, S.S., MEDINA, D.R.,
PENN, S.L., GORDON, S.R. & CATELLO, M. (1999). Easing
the implementation of behavioral testing through
computerization. In F. Drasgow & J.B. Olson-Buchanan
(Eds.), Innovations in computerized assessment (pp.
221-247) Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
MEYER, G.J., FINN, S.E., EYDE, L.D., KAY, G.G., MORELAND,
K.L., DIES, R.R., EISMAN, E.J., KUBISZYN, T.W. & REED,
G.M. (2001). Psychological testing and psychological
assessment : A review of evidence and issues. American
Psychologist, 56 (2), 128-165. |
|
LAVEAULT, D. et GRÉGOIRE, J. (2002). Introduction aux
théories des tests en psychologie et en sciences de
l'éducation. Bruxelles : De Boeck Université. |
|
URBINA, S. (2004). Essentials of psychological
testing. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. |
|
NAGLIERI, J.A., DRASGOW, F., SCHMIT, M., HANDLER, L.,
PRIFITERA, A., MARGOLIS, A. & VELASQUEZ, R. (2004).
Psychological testing on the Internet : New problems, old
issues. American Psychologist, 59 (3), 150-162.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir Test
psychologique/Test psychométrique |
| c |
|
WILTON, R.N. & CLEMENTS, R.O. (1971). The role of
information in the emission of observing responses : a
test of two hypotheses. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 16, 161-166. [PDF] |
|
HACKMAN, J.R. & OLDAM, G.R. (1976). Motivation through
the design of work : Test of a theory. Organizational
Behavior & Human Performance, 16, 250-279 |
|
BURNS, D.J. (1990). The generation effect : A test between
single- and multifactor theories. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 16, 1060-1067. |
|
KYONKA, E.G.E. & CHURCH, R.M. (2005). Empirical tests
of "Take-the-best" with non-human subjects.
Behavioural Processes, 69, 133-135. |
|
POHL, R.F. (2006). Empirical tests of the recognition
heuristic. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 19
(3), 251-271. |
|
LAIDRE, M.E. (2009). How often do animals lie about their
intentions ? An experimental test. The American
Naturalist, 173 (3), 337-346. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir Expérience
scientifique |
| d |
|
NEYMAN, J. & PEARSON, S.E. (1933). On the problem of
the most efficient tests of statistical hypotheses. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society, 231, 289-337. [PDF]
|
|
BUCHANAN-WOLLASTON, H.J. (1935). Statistical tests.
Nature, 136, 182-183. |
|
|
Voir Test statistique |
| e |
|
HALADYNA, T.M. (1974). Effects of different samples on
item and test characteristics of criterion-referenced
tests. Journal of Educational Measurement, 11,
93-100. |
|
TOWNSEND, N.R. & WHEATLEY, G.H. (1975). Analysis of
frequency of tests and varying feedback delays in college
mathematics achievement. College Student Journal, 9, 32-36. |
|
ANDERSON, J.E. (1984). Frequency of quizzes in a
behavioral science course : An attempt to increase medical
student study behavior. Teaching of Psychology, 11,
34. |
|
ZEIDNER, M. (1990). College students' reactions towards
key facets of classroom testing. Assessment &
Evaluation in Higher Education, 15, 151-169. |
|
LANDRUM, R.E. (1992). Students' perceptions of the effects
of test delays. College Student Journal, 26 (3),
387-389. |
|
|
|
Voir Examen et Test
de lecture |
| f |
|
|
Voir Étude
clinique |
|
|
|
Test(Pré/Post-) : Le terme prétest
a deux acceptions : a) Dans une recherche
quasi-expérimentale, il désigne la mesure réalisée avant le
traitement; le terme post-test est donc utilisé pour
désigner la mesure réalisée après le traitement. b) On
utilise également les termes prétest et prétester pour
désigner les tests réalisés avant une recherche pour parfaire un
outil de collecte de données (grille d'observation, appareil de
mesure, etc.).
= essai.
Pretest-posttest design.
| |
|
| a |
| HUNT, S.D., SPARKMAN, R.D. & WILCOX, J.B. (1982). The pretest in survey research : Issues and preliminary
findings. Journal of Marketing Research, 19, 269-273. |
|
THYER, B.A. & CURTIS, G.C. (1983). The repeated
pretest-posttest single-subject experiment : A new design
for empirical clinical practice. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 14,
311-315. |
|
VENTER, A., MAXWELL, S.E. & BOLIG, E. (2002). Power in
randomized group comparisons : The value of adding a
single intermediate time point to a traditional
pretest-posttest design. Psychological Methods, 7 (2),
194-209. |
|
MORRIS, S.B. (2008). Estimating effect sizes from
pretest-posttest-control group designs. Organizational
Research Methods, 11 (2), 364-386. |
| b |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
biologique/Médical :
|
Test bilatéral : Tout test
statistique qui permet de refuser l'hypothèse
nulle (Ho) et donc d'accepter l'hypothèse
alternative (H1) selon laquelle le groupe A est différent du
groupe B. Différent signifie deux choses : ou bien A < B, ou
bien A > B, d'où le préfixe bi qui signifie "deux".
Tests unilatéral et
bilatéral.
= test bidirectionnel ou
bicaudale.
Two-sided test, two-tailed test.
| |
|
|
LEVENTHAL, L. & HUYNH, C.-L. (1996). Directional
decisions for two-tailed tests : Power, error rates, and
sample size. Psychological Methods, 1 (3),
278-292. |
| |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Test
statistique |
|
|
Test binomial : Test
statistique qui permet notamment de comparer au hasard
les données des classes d'un échantillon. =
modèle de la pièce de monnaie (pile ou face), test dichotomique.
Binomial test.
|
|
|
KEMP, K.E. & BUTCHER, D.F. (1972). Methods of
analyzing binomial data in a two-factor experiment
compared by computer simulation. JRSS, Series C 21 (3). |
HSU, L.M. (2004). Biases of success rate differences shown
in binomial effect display. Psychological Methods, 9
(2), 183-197. |
|
McGARTY, C. (2005). Independence and nonindependence : A
simple methods for comparing groups using multiple
measures and the binomial test. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 35, 171-180. |
|
BUTCHER, D.F. & KEMP, K.E. (1974). Analyzing binomial
data in a two-factor experiment with unequal observations
per cell. JRSS, Series C 23, 190. |
LAURENCELLE, L. (2005). Le test binomial exact de la
différence entre deux proportions et ses approximations. Lettres Statistiques, 12, 1-14. |
|
WILCOX, R.R. (1978). Estimating true score in the compound
binomial error model. Psychometrika, 43,
245-258. |
ABDI, H. (2007). Binomial distribution : Binomial and sign
tests. In N.J. Salkind (Ed.), Encyclopedia of
measurement and statistics. Thousand Oaks (CA) :
Sage. |
|
D'AGOSTINO, R.B., CHASE, W. & BELANGER, A. (1988). The
appropriateness of some common procedures for testing the
equality of two independent binomial populations.
American Statistician, 42, 198-202. |
GOULET, C. (2003). Tutoriel SPSS / Comment faire un
test binomial. Montréal : Collège Ahuntsic. |
| |
| SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse et
Test statistique |
|
|
|
|
Test d'Ishihara : Test chromatique
qui permet de diagnostiquer le daltonisme,
inventé par le docteur Shinobu Ishihara (1879-1963).
|
Test d'ajustement (Données)
: Famille de tests
statistiques qui permet de mesurer le degré d'ajustement ou
de prédiction d'un modèle statistique à un ensemble de données.
Les tests de normalité sont des test d'ajustement d'un modèle
statistique particulier, celui de la courbe
normale. Test of goodness of fit.
| |
|
|
ANDERSON, T.W. & DARLING, D.A. (1954). A test of
Goodness-of-fit. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 49 (268), 765-769. |
|
|
|
Test
d'Ammons : Test
d'intelligence inventé par Ammons
et Ammons qui évalue l'intelligence verbale au moyen de liste de
mot. Surtout utilisé auprès des déficients
intellectuels. Ammons Quick Test.
| |
|
|
AMMONS, R.B. & HOLMES, C. (1949). The Full-Range
Picture Vocabulary Test: III. Results for a Preschool-Age
Population. Child Develpment, 20 (1), 5-14. |
OTTO, W. & McMENEMY, R.A. (1965). An appraisal of the
Ammons Quick Test in a remedial reading program.
Journal of Educational Measurement, 2 (2), 193-198. |
|
AMMONS, R.B. & HUTH, R.W. (1950). The Full-Range
Picture Vocabulary Test: I. Preliminary scale. The
Journal of Psychology Interdisciplinary & Applied,
28 (1), 151-64. |
MEDNICK, M.T. (1967). Relationship of the Ammons quick
test of intelligence to other ability measures. Psychology
Reports, 20 (2), 523-526. |
|
AMMONS, R.B. & RACHIELE, L.D. (1950). The Full-Range
Picture Vocabulary Test : Ii. Selection of Items for Final
Scales 1. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 10 (2), 307-319. |
MEDNICK, M.T. (1969). Ammons quick test validity among
randomly selected referrals. Psychological Reports,
24 (2), 388-390. |
|
AMMONS, R.B., ARNOLD, P.R. & HERMANN, R.S. (1950). The
full-range picture vocabulary test : IV. Results for a
white school population. Clinical Psychology, 6
(2), 164-169. |
SEITZ, F.C. & BRAUCHT, G.N. (1971). Ammons' quick test
as a measure of adult intelligence in a psychiatric
sample. Psychological Reports, 29 (2), 356-358. |
| AMMONS, R.B., LARSON, W.L. & SHEARN, C.R. (1950). The Full-Range Picture Vocabulary Test : V. Results for an
adult population. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
14 (2), 150-155. |
VANCE, B., HANKINS, N. & BROWN, W. (1986). The
Relationship among the Test of Nonverbal Intelligence,
Ammons' Quick Test, and Wechsler Intelligence Scale for
Children-Revised. Assessment for Effectice
Intervention, 12 (1), 47-52. |
|
ZAGAR, R.J., KOVACH, J.W., BUSCH, K.G., ZABLOCKI, M.D.,
OSNOWITZ, W., NEUHENGEN, J., LIU, Y. & ZAGAR, A.K.
(2013). Ammons quick test validity among randomly selected
referrals. Psychological Reports, 113 (3),
823-854. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
d'intelligence |
|
|
|
|
Test
d'aperception thématique : TAT : Test
projectif, inventé par Morgan et Murray,
dans lequel on demande au répondant
d'interpréter une série d'illustrations ambiguës mettant en scène
des personnes.
Thematic Apperception
Test.
| |
|
  |
|
|
MORGAN, C.D. & MURRAY, H.A. (1935). A method of
investigating fantasies : The Thematic Apperception Test.
Archives of Neurology & Psychiatry, 34, 289–306. |
HOLMSTROM, R.W., SILBER, D.E. & KARP, S.A. (1990).
Development of the Apperceptive Personality Test. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 54 (1-2), 252-264. |
|
MURRAY, H.A. (1938). Explorations in personality.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
WESTEN, D. (1991). Clinical assessment of object relations
using the TAT. Journal of Personality Assessment,
56, 56-74. |
|
HARRISON, R. (1940). Studies in the use and validity of
the Thematic Apperception Test with mentally disordered
patients. I. A quantitative validity study. Journal of
Personality, 9 (2), 122-133. |
MORGAN, W.G. (1995). Origin and history of the Thematic
Apperception Test images. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 65, 237-254. |
|
SANFORD, R.N. (1943). Thematic apperception test.
CMonographs of the Society for Research in Child
Development, 8 (1), 258-301. |
|
|
MURRAY, H.A. (1943). Thematic Apperception Test
Manual. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
HOLT, R.R. (1999). Empiricism and the Thematic
Apperception Test : Validity is the payoff. In L. Gieser
& M. I. Stein (Eds.), Evocative Images: The
Thematic Apperception Test.Washington, DC :
American Psychological Association. |
|
HARRISON, R. & ROTTER, J.B. (1940). A note on the
reliability of the Thematic Apperception Test. The
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 40
(1), 97-99. |
CRAMER, P. (1999). Future directions for the Thematic
Apperception Test. Journal of Personality Assessment,
72, 74-92. |
|
HARRISON, R. (1943). The Thematic Apperception and
Rorschach methods of personality investigation in clinical
practice. The Journal of Psychology :
Interdisciplinary & Applied, 15, 49-74. |
ACKERMAN, S.J., HILSENROTH, M.J., CLEMENCE, A.J.,
WEATHERILL, R. & FOWLER, J.C. (2001). Convergent
validity of Rorschach and TAT scales of object relations.
Journal of Personality Assesment, 77, 295-306. |
|
TOMKINS, S.S. (1947). The thematic apperception test.
A theory and technique of interpretation. New York
USA : Grune & Stratton. |
HIBBARD, S., MITCHELL, D. & PORCERELLI, J. (2001).
Internal consistency of the object relations and social
cognition scales for the thematic apperception test. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 77 (3), 408-419. |
|
ERON, L.D. (1950). A normative study of the Thematic
Apperception Test. Psychological Monographs : General
& Applied, 64 (9), 1-48. |
PICA, M. (2001). The responses of dissociative patients on
the Thematic Apperception Test. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 57, 847-864. |
|
SEN, A. (1953). A preliminary study of the Thematic
Apperception Test. British Journal of Statistical
Psychology, 6, 91-100. |
|
|
WINCH, R.F. & MORE, D.M. (1956). Does TAT add
information to interviews ? Statistical analysis of the
increment. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 12,
316-321. |
ARONOW, E., WEISS, K.A. & REZINKOFF, M. (2001). A
Practical Guide to the Thematic Apperception Test. Philadelphia
: Brunner Routledge. |
|
REZNIKOFF, M. (1961). Social desirability in TAT themes. Journal
of Projective Techniques, 25, 87-89. |
|
|
HARRISON, R. (1965). Thematic apperception methods. In
B.B. Wilman (Ed.), Handbook of clinical psychology. New
York : McGraw-Hil. |
|
|
VANE, J.R. (1981). The Thematic Apperception test : A
review. Clinical Psychology Review, 1 (3),
319-336. |
LANGAN-FOX, J. & GRANT, S. (2006). The Thematic
Apperception Test : Toward a standard measure of the big
three motives. Journal of Personality Assessment, 87,
277-291. |
|
FENZ, W.D. & EPSTEIN, S. (1962). Measurement of
approach-avoidance conflict by a stimulus dimension in a
test of thematic apperception. Journal of
Personality, 30, 613-632. |
EURELINGS-BONTEKOE, E., ZWINKELS, K., SCHAAP-JONKER, H.
& EDREDI, M. (2011). Formal characteristics of
Thematic Apperception Test narratives of adult patients
with an autism spectrum disorder. A preliminary study. Psycholoogy,
2 (7), 687-693. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Test projectif |
|
|
Test
d'Apgar : Test inventé par Apgar
en 1952, pour évaluer l'état d'un nouveau-né,
ses signes vitaux. Le mot Apgar est un acronyme pour : Apparence
(coloration), Pouls (fréquence cardiaque), Grimace
(réflexe à l'irritation), Activité (tonus
musculaire) et Respiration.
= score d'Apgar.
| |
| Valeur |
Apparence
(Coloration) |
Pouls
(Fréquence cardiaque) |
Grimace
(Réflexe à l'irritation ou réactivité) |
Activité
(Tonus musculaire) |
Respiration |
| 0 |
Corps
bleu (cyanose) ou gris |
Absente |
Aucune |
Flasque
ou Faible |
Absente |
| 1 |
Extrémité
des membres bleutées |
<
100 |
Faible
grimace |
Flexion
des membres |
Irrégulière |
| 2 |
Rose |
>
100 |
Réaction
vive de l'ensemble du visage |
Grande
activité |
Régulière |
|
|
|
Test d'aptitude : ( ):
SAT.
|
Test d'association implicite : TAI : Test psychologique objectif d'évaluation des
attitudes.
Implicit Association Test.
|
|
|
GREENWALD, A.G., McGHEE, D.E. & SCHWARTZ, J.L.K.
(1998). Measuring individual differences in implicit
cognition : The Implicit Association Test. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 74 (6),
1464-1480. [PDF] |
|
GREENWALD, A.G. & FARNHAM, S.D. (2000). Using the
Implicit Association Test to measure self-esteem and
self-concept. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 79 (6), 1022-1038. [PDF] |
|
GREENWALD, A.G. & NOSEK, B.A. (2001). Health of the
Implicit Association Test at age 3. Zeitschrift für
Experimentelle Psychologie, 48 (2), 85-93. [PDF] |
|
ROTHERMUND, K. & WENTURA, D. (2001). Figure-ground
asymmetries in the Implicit Association Test.
Zeitschrift fur Experimentelle Psychologie, 48 (2),
94-106. [PDF] |
|
GREENWALD, A.G., NOSEK, B.A. & BANAJI, M.R. (2003).
Understanding and using the Implicit Association Test : I.
An Improved Scoring Algorithm. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 85 (2),
197-216. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Mesure
des attitudes |
|
|
Test d'évaluation des fonctions cognitives de Montréal
(MoCA) : Test, inventé par Nasreddine,
qui permet d'évaluer l'existence d'un trouble
neuro-cognitif (démence).
Montreal Cognitive Assessment (MoCA), MoCA
test Full.
| |
|
|
NASREDDINE, Z.S., PHILLIPS, N.A., BÉDIRIAN, V.,
CHARBONNEAU, S., WHITEHEAD, V., COLLIN, I., CUMMINGS, L.
& CHERTKOW, H. (2005). The Montreal Cognitive
Assessment, MoCA : a brief screenig tool for mild
cognitive impairment. Journal of the American
Geriatrics Society, 53 (4), 695-699. |
WITTICH, W., PHILLIPS, N., WITTICH, W, PHILLIPS, N.,
NASREDDINE Z.S. & CHERTOW, H. (2010). Sensitivity and
specificity of the Montreal Cognitive Assessment modified
for individuals who are visually impaired. Journal of
Visual Impairment & Blindness, 104 (6),
360-368. |
|
OLSON, R.A., CHHANABHAI, T. & MCKENZIE, M. (2008).
Feasibility study of the Montreal Cognitive Assessment
(MoCA) in patients with brain metastases. Supportive
Care in Cancer : Official Journal of the Multinational
Association of Supportive Care in Cancer, 16 (11),
1273-1278. |
DALRYMPLE-ALFORD, J.C., MACASKILL, M.R., NAKAS, C.T. &
LIVINGSTON, L. (2010). The MoCA : well-suited screen for
cognitive impairment in Parkinson disease. Neurology,
75 (19), 1717-1725. |
|
LUIS, C.A., KEEGAN, A.P. & MULLAN, M. (2009). Cross
validation of the Montreal Cognitive Assessment in
community dwelling older adults residing in the
Southeastern US. International Journal of Geriatric
Psychiatry, 24 (2), 197-201. |
VIDENOVIC, A., BERNARD, B., FAN, W., JAGLIN, J., LEURGANS,
S. & SHANNON, K.M. (2010). The Montreal Cognitive
Assessment as a screening tool for cognitive dysfunction
in Huntington's disease. Movement Disorders :
Official Journal of the Movement Disorder Society, 25
(3), 401-404. |
|
HOOPS, S., NAZEM, S., SIDEROWF, A.D., DUDA, E., XIE, S.X.,
STERN, M.B. & WIENTRAUB, D. (2009). Validity of the
MoCA and MMSE in the detection of MCI and dementia in
Parkinson disease. Neurology, 73 (21),
1738-1745. [PDF] |
FUJIWARA, Y., SUZUKI, H., MASASHI YASUNAGA, M. &
SUGIYAMA, M. (2010). Brief screening tool for mild
cognitive impairment in older Japanese : validation of the
Japanese version of the Montreal Cognitive Assessment.
Geriatrics & Gerontology International, 10 (3),
225-232. |
|
JULAYANONOT, P., PHILLIPS, N., CHERTKOW, H. &
NASREDDINE, Z.S. (2012). The Montreal Cognitive Assessment
(MoCA) : Concept and clinical review. In A.J. Larner
(Ed.), Cognitive screening instruments : A practical
approach (pp. 111-152). Springer-Verlag. [PDF] |
|
PENDLEBURY, S.T., WELCH, S.J.V., CUTHBERTSON, F.C., MARIZ,
J., MEHTA, Z. & ROTHWELL, P.M. (2013). Telephone
assessment of cognition after transient ischemic attack
and stroke : modified telephone interview of cognitive
status and Telephone Montreal Cognitive Assessment versus
face-to-face Montreal Cognitive Assessment and
neuropsychological battery. Stroke, 44 (1),
227-279.
[PDF] |
|
WONG, A., XIONG, Y.Y., KWAN, P.W., CHAN, A.Y., LAM, W.W.,
WANG, K., CHU, W.C., NYENHUIS, D.L., NASREDDINE, Z.S,
WONG, L.K. & MOK, V.C. (2009). The validity,
reliability and clinical utility of the Hong Kong Montreal
Cognitive Assessment (HK-MoCA) in patients with cerebral
small vessel disease. Dementia & Geriatric
Cognitive Disorders, 28 (1), 81-87. |
TU, Q.Y., JIN, H., DING, B.R., YANG, X., LEI, Z.H., BAI,
S. & TANG, X.Q. (2013). Reliability, validity, and
optimal cutoff score of the Montreal Cognitive Assessment
(Changsha version) in ischemic cerebrovascular disease
patients of Hunan Province, China. Dementia &
Geriatric Cognitive Disorders Extra, 3 (1), 25-36.
[PDF] |
|
DAVIS, D.H.J., CREAVIN, S.T., YIP, J.L.Y., NOEL-STORR,
A.H., BRAYNE, C. & CULLUM, S. (2016). Montreal
Cognitive Assessment for the diagnosisof Alzheimer's
disease and other dementias. Cochrane Database of
Systematic Reviews, 10. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
psychologique et Test du
mini-mental |
|
|
|
|
Test
d'homogénéité : Test of
homogeneity.
| |
|
|
CAMILLI, G. (1990). The test of homogeneity for 2 X 2
contingency tables : A review of and some personal
opinions on the controversy. Psychological Bulletin,
108, 135-145. |
|
|
|
Test d'hypothèse : Ensemble de tests
statistiques conçu, selon Neyman
et Pearson, pour vérifier
l'hypothèse statistique
d'une recherche (en
rejetant ou non l'hypothèse nulle
et en acceptant par défaut l'hpothèse
alternative). Pour ce faire, on compare la
valeur P du test au seuil
de signification fixé par le chercheur (souvent 5 %). Un bon
test statistique est robuste et puissant.
Les tests infèrent l'existence d'une cause ou d'un
déterminisme en comparant les résultats d'une recherche aux lois
du hasard, donc en inférant que les réusultats d'un échantillon
peuvent être généraliser à l'ensemble de la
population. EX: Test t. =
test de signification, test de comparaison. Hypothesis
testing, significance test, test of signifiance.
|
| Comparaison |
Décision/Conclusion |
Bonne
conclusion |
Mauvaise conclusion
|
| La
valeur P d'un test est supérieure au seuil de
signification |
Je
ne rejette pas l'hypothèse nulle... |
Il
n'y a donc pas de différence significative entre A et B |
A = B
|
| La
valeur P d'un test est inférieure au seuil de
signification |
Je
rejette l'hypothèse nulle... |
Alors
j'accepte l'hypothèse alternative : il y a une différence
significative entre A et B |
|
|
|
|
| Type |
Notation |
Rôle |
| Hypothèse
nulle |
A = B |
Hypothèse que le chercheur tente de rejeter
|
| Hypothèse
alternative |
Unilatérale |
A > B
ou A < B |
Hypothèse que le chercheur souhaite généralement vérifier
|
| Bilatérale |
A 
B |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
NEYMAN, J. & PEARSON, S.E. (1933). On the problem of
the most efficient tests of statistical hypotheses.
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, 231, 289-337.
[PDF] |
HARRIS, R.J. (1997). Significance tests have their place.
Psychological Science, 8, 8-11. [PDF] |
|
BUCHANAN-WOLLASTON, H.J. (1935). Statistical tests.
Nature, 136, 182-183. |
RINDSKOPF, D.M. (1997). Testing "small", not null,
hypotheses: Classical and Bayesian approaches. In L.L.
Harlow, S.A. Muliak & J.H. Steiger (Eds.), What if
there were no significance tests ? (pp. 319-322).
Hillsdale NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
BARTLETT, M.S. (1939). A note on tests of significance in
multivariate analysis. Mathematical Proceedings of
the Cambridge Philosophical Society, 35 (2),
180-185. |
HUNTER, J.E. (1997). Needed : A ban on the significance
test. American Psychological Society, 8, 3-7. |
|
BERKSON, J. (1942). Tests of significance considered as
evidence. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 37 (219), 325-335. |
ABELSON, R.P. (1997). On the surprising longevity of
flogged horses : Why there is a case for the significance
test. Psychological Science, 6, 12-15. [PDF] |
|
RAO, C.R. (1948). Tests of significance in multivariate
analysis. Biometrika, 35 (1/2), 58-79. |
HARLOW, L.L., MULAIK, S.A. & STEIGER, J.H. (1997). What
if there were no significance tests. Hillsdale, NJ
: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
BARTLETT, M.S. (1950). Tests of significance in factor
analysis. British Journal of Psychology, 3,
77-85. |
MEEHL, P.E. (1997). The problem is epistemology, not
statistics : Replace significance tests by confidence
intervals and quantify accuracy of risky numerical
predictions. In L.L. Harlow, S.A. Mulaik & J.H.
Steiger (Eds.), What if there were no significance
tests ? Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. [PDF] |
|
BARTLETT, M.S. (1950). Tests of significance in
multivariate analysis. British Journal of Mathematical
and Statistical Psychology, 3, 77-85. |
MULAIK, S.A., RAJU, N.S. & HARSHMAN, R.A. (1997).
There is a time and place for significance testing. In
L.L. Harlow S.A. Mulaik & J.H. Steiger (Eds.), What
if there were no significant tests ? (pp. 65-116).
Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1956). On a test of significance in
Pearson's Biometrika Tables (No. 11). Journal of the
Royal Statistical Society Series B, 18 (1), 56-60. |
HAGEN, R.L. (1997). In praise of the null hypothesis
statistical test. American Psychologist, 52,
15-24. [PDF]
|
|
GOOD, I.J. (1958). Significance tests in parallel and in
series. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 53, 799-813. |
THOMPSON, B. (1997). Editorial policies regarding
statistical significance tests : Further comments. Educational
Researcher, 26 (5), 29-32. |
|
STERLING, T.D. (1959). Publication decisions and their
possible effects on inferences drawn from tests of
significance: Or vice versa. Journal of the American
Statistical Association, 54, 30-34. |
|
|
NATRELLA, M.G. (1960). The relation between confidence
intervals and tests of significance. The American
Statistician, 14, 20-22. |
|
|
RYAN, T.H. (1960). Significance tests for multiple
comparisons of proportions, variances, and other
statistics. Psychological Bulletin, 57 (4),
318-328. |
|
|
EYSENK, H.J. (1960). The concept of statistical
significance and the controversy about one-tailed tests.
Psychological Review, 67 (4), 269-271. |
CHERRY, S. (1998). Statistical tests in publications of
the Wildlife Society. Wildlife Society Bulletin, 26,
947-953. |
|
CUTLER, S.J., GREENHOUSE, S.W., CORNFIELD, J. &
SCHNEIDERMAN, M.A. (1966). The role of hypothesis testing
in clinical trials. Journal of Chronic Disease, 19
(8), 857-882. |
McLEAN, J.E. & ERNEST, J.M. (1998). The role of
statistical significance testing in educational research.
Research in the Schools, 5 (2), 15-22. |
|
BAKAN, D. (1966). The test of significance in
psychological research. Psychological Bulletin, 66,
1-29. |
BISKIN, B.H. (1998). Comment on significance testing. Measurement
& Evaluation in Counselling & Development, 31 (1),
58-62. |
|
PRATT, J.W. (1961). Testing statistical hypotheses. Journal
of the American Statistical Association, 56 (293),
163-167. |
THOMPSON, B. (1998). Use of tests of statistical
significance and other analytic choices in a school
psychology Journal : Review of practices and suggested
alternatives. School Psychology Quarterly, 13
(4), 335-348. |
|
KRUSKAL, W. (1968). Significance, tests of. In The
international encyclopedia of the social science (pp.
238-250). New York : The Macmillan Co. and the Free Press. |
SNYDER, P.A. & THOMPSON, B. (1998). Use of tests of
statistical significance and other analytic choices in a
school psychology journal : Review of practices and
suggested aternatives. School Psychology Quarterly,
13 (4), 335-348. |
|
SEEGER, P. (1968). A note on a method for the analysis of
significances en masse. Technometrics 10 (3),
586-593. |
|
|
|
GOLD, D. (1969). Statistical tests and substantive
significance. The American Sociologist, 5,
42-46. |
|
|
MORRISON, D.E. & HENKEL, R.E. (1969). Significance
tests reconsidered. The American Sociologist, 4, 131-140. |
MBENGUE, A. (1999). Tests de comparaison. In R.A. Thiétart
(Dir.), Méthodes de recherche en management.
Paris : Dunod. |
|
MORRISON, D.E. & HENKEL, R.E. (1969). The
significance test controversy-a reader. Chicago,
Ill : Aldine Publishing. |
NICKERSON, R.S. (1999). Statistical significance testing :
Useful tool or bone-headedly misguided procedure ? Review
of what if there were no significance tests ? Journal
of Mathematical Psychology, 43 (3), 455-471. |
|
KATZER, J. & SODT, J. (1973). An analysis of the use
of statistical testing in communication research.
Journal of Communication, 23, 251-265. |
WAINER, H. (1999). One cheer for null hypothesis
significance testing. Psychological Methods, 4 (2),
212-213.
[PDF] |
|
HENKEL, R.E. (1976). Tests of significance.
London : Sage. |
JOHNSON, D.H. (1999). The insignificance of statistical
significance testing. Journal of Wildlife Management,
63, 763-772. |
|
GILL, J. (1999). The insignificance of null hypothesis
significance testing. Political Research Quarterly, 52
(3), 647-674. |
|
COX, D.R. (1977). The role of significance tests. Scandinavian
Journal of Statistics, 4, 49-63. |
ANDERSSON, G. (1999). The role of meta-analysis in the
significance test controversy. European Psychologist,
4, 75-82. |
|
CARVER, R.P. (1978). The case against statistical
significance testing. Harvard Educational Review, 48
(3), 378-399. [PDF] |
BRANCH, M.N. (1999). Some things significance testing does
and does not do. The Behavior Analyst, 22, 87-92. |
|
CHASE, L.J. & SIMPSON, T.J. (1979). Significance and
substance : An examination of experimental effects. Human
Communication Research, 5, 351-354. |
|
|
BENTLER, P.M. & BONNETT, D.G. (1980). Significance
tests and goodness of fit in the analysis of covariance
structures. Psychological Bulletin, 88, 588-606. |
HSU, L.M. (2000). Effects of directionality of
significance tests on the bias of accessible effect sizes.
Psychological Methods, 5, 333-342. [PDF] |
|
LECOUTRE, M-P. et POITEVINEAU, J. (2000). Aller au delà
des tests de signification traditionnels : vers de
nouvelles normes de publication. L'Année
Psychologique, 100 (4), 683-713. [PDF] |
|
|
SAWYER A.G. & PETER, J.P. (1983). The significance of
statistical significance tests in marketing research.
Journal of Marketing Research, 20 (2), 122-133. |
JONES, L. & TUKEY, J.W. (2000). A sensible formulation
of the significance test. Psychological Methods, 5 (4),
411-414. [PDF] |
|
FLEISS, J.L. (1986). Confidence intervals vs significance
tests : quantitative interpretation. American Journal
of Public Health, 76, 587-588. |
NICKERSON, R.S. (2000). Null hypothesis significance
testing : A review of an old and continuing controversy. Psychological
Methods, 5 (2), 241-301. [PDF] |
|
GARDNER, M.J. & ALTMAN, D.G. (1986). Confidence
intervals rather than P values : Estimation rather than
hypothesis testing. British Medical Journal, 292, 746-750.
[PDF] |
STERNE, J.A.C. & SMITH, G.D. (2001). Sifting the
evidence : what's wrong with significance tests ? British
Medical Journal, 322, 226-331. |
|
ZIMMERMAN, D.W. & WILLIAMS, R.H. (1986). Note on the
reliability of experimental measures and the power of
significance tests. Psychological Bulletin, 100, 123-124. |
KRUEGER, J. (2001). Null hypothesis significance testing :
On the survival of a flawed method. American
Psychologist, 56 (1), 16-26. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
OAKES, M.J. (1986). Statistical inference : A
commentary for social and behavioral sciences. New
York : Wiley. |
GORDON, H.R.D. (2001). American Vocational Education
Research Association members' perceptions of statistical
signif- icance tests and other statistical controversies.
Journal of Vocational Educational Research, 26 (2),
1-18. |
|
LECOUTR, B., LECOUTRE M.-P. & POITEVINEAU J. (2001).
Uses, abuses and misuses of significance tests in the
scientific community : Won't the Bayesian choice be
unavoidable? International Statistical Review, 69,
399-418. [PDF] |
|
BERGER, J.O. & SELLKE, T. (1987). Testing a point null
hypothesis : The irreconcilability of p values and
evidence. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 82, 112-122. [PDF] |
MARKUS, K.A. (2001). The converse inequality argument
against tests of statistical significance. Psychological
Methods, 6 (2), 147-160. |
|
BERGER, J.O. & DELAMPADY, M. (1987). Testing precise
hypothesis (with discussion). Statistical Science, 2
(3), 317-352. [PDF] |
STERNE, J.A. (2002) Teaching hypothesis tests - time for
significant change ? Statistics in Medicine 21,
985-994. |
|
CHOW, S.L. (1988). Significance test or effect size ? Psychological
Bulletin, 103, 105-110. [PDF] |
MACKINNON, D.P., LOCKWOOD, C.M., HOFFMAN, J.M., WEST, S.G.
& SHEETS, V. (2002). A comparison of methods to test
the significance of the mediated effect. Psychological
Methods, 7, 83-104. [PDF] |
|
SAWILOWSKY, S. (2003). Deconstructing arguments from the
case against hypothesis testing. Journal of Modern
Applied Statistical Methods, 2 (2), 467-474. |
|
STEINFATT, T.M. (1990). Ritual versus logic in
significance testing in communication research.
Communication Research Reports, 7, 90-93. |
LECOUTRE, M-P., POITEVINEAU, J. & LECOUTRE, B. (2003).
Even statisticians are not immune to misinterpretations of
null hypothesis significance tests. International
Journal of Psychology, 38 (1), 37-45. |
|
LEHMAN, E.L. (1991). Testing statistical hypotheses.
Pacific Grove, California : Wadsworth & Brooks. |
TRAFINOW, D. (2003). Hypothesis testing and theory
evaluation at the boundaries: Surprising insights from
Bayes's theorem. Psychological Review, 11 (3),
526-535. [PDF] |
|
RUTLEDGE, T. et LOH, C. (2004). Effect sizes and
statistical testing in the determination of clinical
significance in behavioral medicine research. Annals
of Behavioral Medicine, 27, 138-145. |
|
SHAVER, J. (1992), What significance testing is, and
what it isn't. Paper presented at the Annual
Meeting of the American Educational Research Association,
San Francisco, CA. |
POITEVINEAU, J. (2004). L'usage des tests statistiques par
les chercheurs en psychologie : aspects normatif,
descriptif et prescriptif. Mathématiques et Sciences
Humaines / Mathematics & Social Sciences, 42
(3), 5-25. [PDF] |
|
CARVER, R.P. (1993). The case against statistical
significance testing, revisited. Journal of
Experimental Education, 61 (4), 287-292. |
LECOUTRE, B., POITENIVEAU, J. et LECOUTRE, M.-P. (2005).
Une raison pour ne pas abandonner les tests de
signification de l'hypothèse nulle. Modulab, 33,
243-248. |
|
HUBERTY, C.J. (1993). Historical origins of statistical
testing practices : The treatment of Fisher versus
Neyman-Pearson views in textbooks. The Journal of
Experimental Education, 61 (4), 317-333. |
KILLEEN, P.R. (2005). An alternative to null hypothesis
statistical tests. Psychological Science, 16, 345-353.
[PDF] |
|
BELHOUSE, D.R. (1993). P values, hypothesis tests, and
likelihood. American Journal of Epidemiology, 137,
497-498. |
KLINE, R. (2004). Beyond significance testing :
Reforming data analysis methods in behavioral research.
Washington, DC : APA. |
|
|
THOMPSON, B. (1993). The use of statistical significance
tests in research : Bootstrap and other alternatives.
Journal of Experimental Education, 61, 361-377. |
GELMAN, A. & STERN, H. (2006), The difference
between"significant" and "not significant" is not itself
statistically Significant. The American Statistician,
60 (4), 328-331. |
|
COHEN, J. (1994). The earth is round (p < .05). American
Psychologist, 49, 997-1003. [PDF] |
ARMSTRONG, J.S. (2007). Statistical significance tests are
unnecessary even when properly done and properly
interpreted : Reply to commentaries. International
Journal of Forecasting, 23 (2), 335-336. |
|
McCLURE, J. & SUEN, H.K. (1994). Interpretation of
statistical significance testing : A matter of
perspective. Topics in Early Childhood Special
Education, 14, 88-100. |
LEVINE, T.R., WEBER, R., HULLETT, C., PARK, H.S. &
MASSI-LINDSAY, L.L. (2008). A critical assessment of null
hypothesis significance testing in quantitative
communication research. Human Communication Research,
34, 171-187. [PDF] |
|
APA (1996). Board of scientific affairs : Task force on
statistical inference initial report. |
KESELMAN, H.J., AALGINA, J., LIX, L.M., WILCOX, R.R.
& DEERING, K.N. (2008). A generally robust approach
for testing hypotheses and setting confidence intervals
for effect sizes. Psychological Methods, 13,
110-129. [PDF] |
|
BERGER, J.O., BROWN, L.D. & WOLPERT, R.L. (1994). A
unified conditional frequentist and Bayesian test for
fixed and sequential simple hypothesis testing. The
Annals of Statistics, 22, 1787-1807. [PDF] |
BALLUERKA, N., IRAETA, A.I.V. & GRAS, J.A. (2009).
Calculating the main alternatives to
null-hypothesis-significance testing in between-subject
experimental designs. Psicothema, 21 (1),
141-151. [PDF] |
|
SEDLMEIER, P. (2009). Beyond the significance test ritual.
What is there ? Zeitschrift für Psychologie /Journal
of Psychology, 217 (1), 1-5. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, B. (1996). AERA editorial policies regarding
statistical significance testing : Three suggested
reforms. Educational Researcher, 25 (2), 26-30. |
BOURQUE, J., BLAIS, J. et LAROSE, F. (2009).
L'interprétation des tests d'hypothèses : p, la taille de
l'effet et la puissance. Revue des Sciences de
l'Éducation, 35 (1), 211-226. [PDF] |
|
FRICK, R.W. (1996). The appropriate use of null hypothesis
testing. Psychological Methods, 1 (4), 379-390. [PDF] |
MBENGUE, A. (2010). Faut-il brûler les tests de
signification statistique ? M@N@Gement, 13, 100-127.
[PDF] |
|
KIRK, R.E. (1996). Practical significance : A concept
whose time has come. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 56, 746-759. |
KESELMAN, H.J., MILLER, C.W. & HOLLAND, B. (2011).
Many tests of significance : new methods for controlling
type I errors. Psychological Methods, 16,
420-431. [PDF] |
|
SCHIMDT, F. (1996). Statistical significance testing and
cumulative knowledge in psychology : Implications for the
training of researchers. Psychological Methods, 1 (2),
115-129. [PDF] |
FILHO, D.B.F., PARANHOS, R., DA ROCHA, E.C., BATISTA, M.
DA SILVA, J.E., SANTOS, M.L.W. & MARINO, J.G. (2013).
When is statistical significance not signicant ? Brazilian
Political Science Review, 7 (1), 31-55. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, B. (2014). The use of statistical significance
tests in research. The Journal of Experimental
Education, 61 (4), 361-377.
|
|
BENJAMIN, D.J., BERGER, J.O., JOHANNESSON, M., NOSEK,
B.A., WAGENMAKERS, E.J., BERK, R., CESARINI, D. ET al.
(2017). Redefine statistical significance. Nature
Human Behaviour, 2, 6-10. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse,
Seuil de signification, Hypothèse
statistique et Vérification
d'une hypothèse |
|
|
|
|
|
Test
d'intégrité : Integrity test.
| |
|
|
CAMERA, W. & SCHNEIDER, D.L. (1994). Integrity tests :
Facts and unresolved issues. American Psychologist,
49, 112-119. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de Bartlett : Test
statistique visant à comparer l'homoscédascité
de deux échantillons.
Il permet d'estimer si les différentes sous-catégories d'une
variable de distribution normale ont la même variance.
Bartlett test.
| |
|
|
BARTLETT, M.S. (1937). Properties of sufficiency and
statistical tests. Proceedings of the Royal
Statistical Society, Series A 160, 268-282. |
|
KNAPP, T.R. & SWOYER, V.H. (1967). Some empirical
results concerning the power of Bartlett's test of the
significance of a correlation matrix. American
Educational Research Journal, 4, 13-17. |
|
DYER, D. & KEATING,P. (1980). On the determinationf of
critical values for Bartlett's test. Journal of the
American Statistical Association, 75, 313-319. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test statistique |
|
|
Test
de Binet-Simon : Premier
test d'intelligence, inventée en 1905 par Binet
et Simon. =
test d'intelligence Binet-Simon, le Binet-Simon, échelle métrique
d'intelligence.
Binet-Simon.
| |
|
|
BOAKE, C. (2002). From the Binet-Simon to the
Wechsler-Bellevue: Tracking the history of intelligence
testing. Journal of Clinical & Experimental
Neuropsychology, 24, 383-405. |
|
|
Voir aussi Binet, Simon
et d'intelligence |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tests
de conformité :
Tests of goodness
of fit.
| |
|
|
ANSCOMBE, F. (1963). Tests of goodness of fit. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society B, 25, 81-94. |
|
|
|
Test/Tableau
de contingence : Tableau croisé
à double entrée montrant la relation entre deux variables
qualitatives nominales
(ou plus). = coefficient de
contingence. Contingency table.
| |
|
|
FISHER, R. A. (1922). On the interpretation of x2 from
contingency tables, and the calculation of P. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society, 85, 87-94. |
|
YULE, G.U. (1923). On the application of the khi-deux
method to association and contingency tables, with
experimental illustrations. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, 85, 95-104. |
|
YATES, F. (1934). Contingency table involving small
numbers and the ?2 test. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, 1 (2), 217-235. |
|
SIMPSON, E.H. (1951). The interpretation of interaction in
contingency tables. Journal of the Royal Statistical
Society, 13 (2), 238-241. |
| BIRCH, M.W. (1963). Maximum
likelihood in three-way contingency tables. Journal of
the Royal Statistical Society, Series B, 25 (1),
220-233. |
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2007). Les tableaux de fréquences 2 X 2
et leur traitement statistique. Tutorials in
Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 3, 14-25. |
|
GOULET, C. (2003). Tutoriel SPSS/Comment calculer un
coefficient de contingence. Montréal : Collège
Ahuntsic. |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Variable qualitative nominale
et
Coefficient de contingence |
| SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaétan
Morin. |
|
|
|
Test
de continuité de Yates : Yates
continuity correction.
| |
|
|
CONOVER, W.J. (1974). Some reasons for not using the Yates
continuity correction on 2 x 2 Contingency Tables.
Journal of the American Statistical Association, 69, 374-382. |
|
|
|
Test
de corrélation : Test
statistique développé par Pearsons,
à partir du concept de variation proposé par Galton,
qui permet de mesurer l'intensité d'un lien linéaire entre deux ou
plusieurs variables
quantitatives (= corrélation). =
corrélation de Pearson, coefficient R. Correlation.
| |
|
|
FISHER, R.A. (1921). On the "probable error" of a
coefficient of correlation deduced from a small sample. Metron,
4, 1-32. |
|
GOULET, C. (2003). Tutoriel SPSS/Comment calculer un
coefficient de corrélation. Montréal : Collège
Ahuntsic. |
| |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Corrélation
et Test statistique |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de dépistage des retards de développement : Cette
famille de tests psychologiques confie
aux parents le soin de dépister
les retards de développement de leurs enfants.
( ): Ages and Stages Questionnaire (ASQ), Parents'
Evaluation of Developmental Status (PEDS).
Developmental
Screening Test, screening for developmental delay.
| |
|
|
GLASCOE, F.P., MARTIN, E.D. & HUMPHREY, S. (1999). A
comparative review of developmental screening tests. Pediatric,
86, 547-554. |
|
SQUIRES, J., BRICKER, D. & POTTER, L. (1997). Revision
of a parent-completed development screening tool : Ages
and Stages Questionnaires. Journal of Pediatric
Psychology, 22, 313-328. |
|
GLASCOE, F.P. (1999). The validation and standardization
of Parents' Evaluations of Developmental Status. Diagnostique,
23, 185-203. |
|
MALHI, P. & SINGH, P. (2002). Role of Parents'
Evaluation of Developmental Status in detecting
developmental delay in young children. Indian
Pediatrics, 39, 271-275. |
|
BROTHERS, K.B., GLASCOE, F.P. & ROBERTSHAW, N.S.
(2008). PEDS : developmental milestones - an accurate
brief tool for surveillance and screening. Clinical
Pediatrics, 47, 271-279. |
|
LIMBOS, M.M. & JOYCE, D.P. (2011). Comparison of the
ASQ and PEDS in screening for developmental delay in
children presenting for primary care. Journal of
Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 32 (7),
1-13. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
psychologique |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test de frustration de Rosenzweig : P-F :
Test projectif, inventé
par Rosenzweig, qui
comporte 24 mises en situation mettant en scène deux personnages
et des phylactères que le répondant doit remplir pour donner un
sens à ce qu'il voit.
Rosenzweig Picture Frustration (P-F).
| |
|
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1945). The picture-association method and
its application in a study of reactions to frustration.
Journal of Personality, 14 (1), 3-23. |
ROSENZWEIG, S. & ROSENZWEIG, L. (1952). Aggression in
problem children and normals as evaluated by the
Rosenzweig P-F Study. Journal of Abnormal &
Social Psychology, 47 (3), 683-687. |
|
CLARKE, H.J. & ROSENZWEIG, S. (1945). The reliability
of the scoring of the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration
study. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 3 (4),
364-370. |
LINDZEY, G. & GOLDWYN, R.M. (1954). Validity of the
Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration Study. Journal of
Personality, 22 (4), 519-547. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1945). Frustration tolerance and the
picture frustration study. Psychological Service
Center Journal, 2, 109-115. |
PICHOT, P.et DANJON, S. (1955). La fidélité du test de
frustration de Rosenzweig. Revue de Psychologie
Appliquée, 5, 1-11. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S., CLARKE, H.J., GARFIELD, M.S. &
LENDORFF, A. (1946). Scoring Samples for the Rosenzweig
Picture-Frustration Study. The Journal of Psychology :
Interdisciplinary & Applied, 21 (1), 45-72. |
PAREEK, U.N. (1958). Reliability of the Indian adaptation
of scoring of the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration Study
(children's form). Journal of the Psychologial
Researches, 2, 18-23. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S., FLEMING, E.E. & CLARKE, H.J. (1947).
Revised scoring manual for the Rosenzweig
Picture-Frustration Study. The Journal of Psychology:
Interdisciplinary & Applied, 24 (2), 165-208. |
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1960). Rosenzweig Picture Frustration
(P-F) Study children's form. In A.I. Rabin & M.
Haworth (Eds.),Projective technique with children
(pp. 149-176). New York : Grune & Stratton. |
|
CLARKE, H.J., FLEMING, E.E. & ROSENZWEIG, S. (1947).
The reliability of the scoring of the Rosenzweig
Picture-Frustration Study. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 3, 364-370. |
ROSENZWEIG, S., LUDWIG, D.J. & ADELMAN, S. (1975).
Retest reliability of the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration
Study and similar semiprojective techniques. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 39 (1), 3-12. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S., FLEMING, E.E. & ROSENZWEIG, L. (1948).
The children's form of the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration
Study. The Journal of Psychology : Interdisciplinary
& Applied, 26 (1), 141-191. |
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1976). Aggressive behavior and the
Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration (P-F) study. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 32 (4), 885-891. |
|
BERNARD, J. (1949). The Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration
evaluation. The Journal of Psychology :
Interdisciplinary & Applied, 28 (2), 325-332. |
ROSENZWEIG, S. & ADELMAN, S. (1977). Construct
validity of the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration Study.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 41 (6), 578-588. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1950). Levels of behavior in
psychodiagnosis with special reference to the
Picture-Frustration Study. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 20, 63-72. |
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1978). An investigation of the reliablitiy
of the Rosenzweig Picture Frustration (P-F) Study
children's form. Journal of Personality Assessment,
42, 483-488. |
|
LINDZEY, G. (1950). An experimental test of the validity
of Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration Study. Journal of
Personality, 18, (3), 315-320. |
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1978). Aggresive behavior and the
Rosenzweig Picture Frustration (P-F) Study. New
York : praeger. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1950). Revised norms for the adult form of
the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration Study. Journal of
Personality, 18 (3), 344-346 |
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1978). The Rosenzweig Picture
Frustration (P-F) Study. St. Louis : Rana House. |
|
|
Voir aussi Rosenzweig
et Test projectif |
|
|
Test
de Hue : Test of hue memory.
| |
|
|
BURNHAM, R.W. & CLARKE, J.R. (1955). A test of hue
memory. Journal of Applied Psychology, 39 (3),
164-172. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de Kolmogorov-Smirnov : Test
statistique de normalité développé par Smirnov.
Kolmogorov-Smirnov test, K-S test.
| |
|
|
SMIRNOV, N.V. (1939). Estimate of deviation between
empirical distribution function in two independent
samples. Bulletin Mathématique de Mouscou, 2
(2), 3-16. |
|
SMIRNOV, N.V. (1948). Table for estimating the goodneess
of fit of empirical distributions. The Annals of
Mathematical Statistics 19, 279-281 |
|
GOODMAN, L.A. (1954). Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests for
psychological research. Psychological Bulletin, 51 (2),
160-168. |
|
FASANO, G. & FRANCESCHINI, A. (1987). A
multidimensional version of the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test. Monthly
Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, 225,
155-170. |
|
HASSANI, H. & SIRIMAL-SILVA, E. (2015). A
Kolmogorov-Smirnov based test for comparing the predictive
accuracy of two sets of forecasts. Econometrics, 3,
590-609. [PDF] |
|
MAGEL, R.C. & WIBOWO, S.H. (1997). Comparing the
powers of the Wald-Wolfowitz and Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests.
Biometrical Journal, 39 (6), 665-675. |
| |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Smirnov
et Statistique de normalité |
|
|
Test
de Kruskal-Wallis : Test
statistique non-paramétrique développé par
Kruskal et Wallis. Il
est utilisé lorsqu'il faut décider si k échantillons
indépendants sont issus de la même population.
Il permet aussi de comparer la moyenne des rangs des données
de groupes indépendants. Test de Kruskal-Wallis et
test de Friedman. =
ANOVA univariée sur les rangs, Anova avec données ordinales.
Kruskal-Wallis
1 way anova.
| |
|
|
KRUSKAL, W. & WALLIS, W.A. (1952). Use of ranks in
one-criterion variance analysis. Journal of the
American Statistical Association, 47 (260),
583-621. |
|
RUXTON, G.D. & BEAUCHAMP, G. (2008). Some suggestions
about appropriate use of the Kruskal-Wallis test.
Animal Behaviour, 76, 1083-1087. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Kruskal
et Wallis et Test
statistique non-paramétrique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de la personnalité : Ensemble de tests objectifs
et projectifs qui permet d'évaluer les
diverses facettes de la personnalité,
ainsi que leurs troubles.
( ): Voir ci-dessous. Personality
scale, personality test, personality Inventory.
| |
|
|
CATTELL, R.B. (1952). Objective personality tests : A
reply to Dr. Eysenck. Occupational Psychology, 38,
69-86. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1945). The dynamics of "structured"
personality tests. In L.D. Goodstein & R.I. Lanyon
(Eds.), Readings in personality assessment (pp.
245-253). New York : Wiley. [PDF] |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1971). A historical survey of personality
scales and inventories. In P. McReynolds (Ed.), Advances
in psychological assessment (Vol. 2, pp. 293-336).
Palo Alto, CA : Science and Behavior Books. |
|
WEISS, P. & INWALD, R. (2008). Brief history of
personality assessment in Police Psychology : 1916–2008. Journal
of Police & Criminal Psychology, 33 (2), |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Tests objectifs
et projectifs |
|
|
Test
de personnalité d'Eysenk : Test
de la personnalité développé par Eysenk
pour évaluer deux traits de
personnalité, Extraversion/Intraversion et Stabilité
émotionnelle/Névrotisme. Test de la personnalité d'Eysenk et
inventaire de la
personnailté d'Eysenk.
Eysenck
Personality Questionnaire, EPQ.
| |
|
|
EYSENK, H.J. & EYSENK, S.B.G. (1975). Manual for
the Eysenk Personality Questionnaire. San Diego :
Educational and Indistrial Testing Service. |
FORREST, S., LEWIS, C.A. & SHEVLIN, M. (2000).
Examining the factor structure and differential
functioning of the Eysenck personality questionnaire
revised - abbreviated. Personality & Individual
Differences 29 (3), 579-588. |
|
LOO, R. (1979). A psychometric investigation of the Eysenk
Personality QUestionnaire. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 43, 54-58. |
CARUSO, J.C., WITKIEWITZ, K., BELCOURT-DITTLOFF, A. &
GOTTLIEB, J.D. (2001). Reliability of scores from the
Eysenck Personality Questionnaire : A reliability
generalization study. Educational and Psychological
Measurement, 61 (4), 675-689. |
|
BARRETT, P.T. & KLINE, P. (1980) Personality factors
in the Eysenck Personality Questionnaire. Personality
& Individual Differences, 1, 317-333. [PDF] |
LEWIS, C.A., FRANCIS, L.J., SHEVLIN, N. & FORREST, S.
(2002). Confirmatory Factor Analysis of the French
Translation of the Abbreviated Form of the Revised Eysenck
Personality Questionnaire (EPQR-A). European Journal
of Psychological Assessment, 18, 179-185. |
|
LOO, R. & SHIOMI, K. (1983). Extreme samples on the
Eysenck Personality Questionnaire Psychoticism Scale. Social
Behavior & Personality : An international journal,
11 (2), 29-32. |
SHEVLIN, M., BAILEY, F. & ADAMSON, G. (2002).
Examining the factor structure and sources of differential
functioning of the Eysenck Personality Questionnaire
Revised -Abbreviated. Personality & Individual
Differences, 32 (3), 479-487. |
|
ROCKLIN, T. & REVELLE, W. (1983). The measurement of
extroversion : A comparison of the Eysenck Personality
Inventory and the Eysenck Personality Questionnaire. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 20 (4), 279-284. [PDF] |
SATO, T. (2005). The Eysenck Personality Questionnaire
Brief Version : factor structure and reliability. The
Journal of Psychology, 139 (6), 545-552. |
|
BARRETT, P.T., BARRETT, P.T., PETRIDES, K.V., EYSENK,
S.B.G. & EYSENK, H.J. (1998). The Eysenck Personality
Questionnaire : an examination of the factorial similarity
of P, E, N, and L across 23 countries. Personality
& Individual Differences, 25, 805-819. [PDF] |
ROY, A. (2012). The short-form of the revised junior
Eysenck personality questionnaire : A Bengali edition.
Industrial Psychiatry Journal, 21 (2), 115-118. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Eysenk et
Inventaire de
la personnalité d'Eysenk |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHUSMAN, E.,INWALD R. & LANDA, B. (1984). Correction
officer job performance as
predicted by the IPI and MMPI : A validation and
cross-validation study. Criminal Justice &
Behavior, 11, 309-329. |
|
CORTINA, J.M., DOHERTY, M.L., SCHMITT, N., KAUFMAN, G.
& SMITH, R.G. (1992). The "big five" personality
factors in the IPI and MMPI : Predictors of police
performance. Personnel Psychology, 45, 119-141. |
|
KNATZ, H., INWALD, R., BROCKWELL, A. & TRAN, L.
(1992). IPI and MMPI predictions of
counterproductive job behaviors by racial group. Journal
of Business and Psychology Test Validity Yearbook, 7, 189-201. |
|
INWALD, R. & GEBBIA, M. (1993). Confirmation of
the utility of the IPI with same-sex norms. Hilson
Research, Inc. |
|
MUFSON, D. & MUFSON, M. (1998). Predicting police
officer performance using the
Inwald Personality Inventory : An illustration from
Appalachia. Professional Psychology: Research &
Practice, 29, 59-62. |
|
|
| |
Voir aussi Inwald |
|
|
|
Test de personnalité (névrotique) de Woodworth : Test
de la personnalité développé en 1920 par Woodworth
pour évaluer les troubles
de personnalité. Il contient 116 questions
auxquelles on répond oui/non.
Woodworth Personal Data Sheet.
| |
|
|
GARRETT, H.E. & SCHNECK, M.R. (1928). A study of the
discriminative value of the Woodworth Personal Data Sheet.
The Journal of General Psychology, 1 (3-4),
459-471. |
|
PAPURT, M.J. (1930). A study of the Woodworth
Psychoneurotic Inventory with suggested revision. The
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 25
(3), 335. |
|
PESCOR, M.J. (1934). The Woodworth Personal Data Sheet as
applied to delinquents. Public Health Reports, 49
(38), 1111-1115. |
|
|
Voir aussi Woodworth |
|
|
|
Test
de lecture : Forme d'examen
composé de questions à
choix multiples ou de questions
ouvertes, qui permet d'évaluer les apprentissages
réalisées grâce aux lectures
faites dans le cadre d'un cours,
d'une formation. Le test peut se faire en classe
ou à la maison via internet. Test de lecture, examen
et jeu
questionnaire. Quizz, quizzes on the
Web, nettest, out-of-class quizzes internet quizzes, online
study question.
| |
|
|
CLASS, E.C. (1935). The effect of test announcement on
students preparation. Journal of Educational Research,
28, 358-361. |
WHITE, R.J. & HAMMER, C.A. (2000). Quiz-o-Matic : A
free Web-based tool for construction of self-scoring
on-line quizzes. Behavior Research Methods,
Instruments, & Computers, 32 (2), 250-253. [PDF] |
|
THORNE, B.M. (2000). Extra credit exercise : A painless
pop quiz. Teaching of Psychology, 27, 204-205. |
|
FITCH, M.L., DRUCKER, A.J. & NORTON, J.A. (1951).
Frequent testing as a motivating factor in large lecture
classes. Journal of Educational Psychology, 42, 1-20. |
CONNOR-GRENE, P.A. (2000). Assessing and promoting student
learning : Blurring the line between teaching and testing.
Teaching of Psychology, 27 (2), 84-88. |
|
STANDLEE, L.S. & PASHAN, W.J. (1960). "Quizzes"
contribution to learning. Journal of Educational
Psychology, Vol. 51, 322-325. |
BROTHEN, T. & WAMBACH, C. (2001). Effective student
use of computerized quizzes. Teaching of Psychology,
28 (4), 292-294. |
|
OLSEN, R.E., WEBER, L.J. & DORNER, J.L. (1968).
Quizzes as teaching aids. Journal of Medical
Education, 43, 941-942. |
WILDER, D.A., FLOOD, W.A & STROMESNES, W. (2001). The
use of random extra credit quizzes to increase student
attendance. Journal of Instructional Psychology, 28,
117-120. |
|
MAWHINNEY, V.T., BOSTOW, D.E., LAWS, D.R., BLUMENFELD,
G.J. & HOPKINS, B.J. (1971). A comparison of students
studying behavior produced by daily, weekly, and three
week testing schedules. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 4 (4), 257-264. [PDF] |
MAKI, W.S. & MAKI, R.H. (2001). Mastery quizzes on the
Web : Results from a Web-based introductory psychology
course. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments &
Computers, 33, 212-216. |
|
MARTIN, R.R. & SRIKAMESWARAN, K. (1974). Correlation
between frequent testing and student performance. Journal
of Chemical Education, 51, (7), 485-486. |
ZHANG, J., COOLEY, D.H. & NI, Y. (2001). NetTest : An
integrated web-based test tool. International Journal
of Educational Telecommunication, 7, 33-55. |
|
TOWNSEND, N.R. & WHEATLEY, G.H. (1975). Analysis of
frequency of tests and varying feedback delays in college
mathematics achievement. College Student Journal, 9, 32-36.
|
RUSCIO, J. (2001). Administering quizzes at random to
increase students' reading. Teaching of Psychology, 28
(3), 204-206. [PDF] |
|
GEIGER, O.G. & BOSTOW, D.E. (1976).
Contingency-managed college instruction : Effects of
weekly quizzes on performance on examination. Psychological
Reports, 39, 707-710. |
MARCHANT, G.J. (2002). Student reading of assigned
articles : Will this be on the test ? Teaching of
Psychology, 29, 49-51. |
|
PECKHAM, P.D. & ROE M.D. (1977). The effects of
frequent testing. The Journal of Research &
Development in Education, 10, 40-50. |
RAYMARK, P.H. & CONNOR-GREENE, P.A. (2002). The
syllabus quiz. Teaching of Psychology, 29 (4),
286. |
|
LEE-SAMMONS, W.H. & WOLLEN, K.A. (1989). Computerized
practice tests and effects on in-class exams. Behavior
Research Methods, Instruments & Computers, 21,
189-194. |
ESTEELE, J.E. (2003). Effect of essay-style lecture
quizzes on student performance on anatomy and physiology
exams. Bioscene, 29 (4), 15-20. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, J.E. (1984). Frequency of quizzes in a
behavioral science course: An attempt to increase medical
student study behavior. Teaching of Psychology, 11,
34. |
DESOUZA, E. & FLEMING, M. (2003). A comparison of
in-class vs. online quizzes on student exam performance. Journal
of Computing in Higher Education, 14 (2), 121-134. |
|
ROEDIGER, H.L. & BLAXTON, T.A. (1985). Testing
psychological trivia. Bulletin of the Psychonomic
Society, 23, 433-436. [PDF] |
BROTHEN, T. & WAMBACH, C. (2004). The value of time
limits on internet quizzes. Teaching of Psychology,
31, 62-64.[PDF] |
|
DANIEL, D.B. & BROIDA, J. (2004). Using web-based
quizzing to improve exam performance : Lessons learned. Teaching
of Psychology, 31, 207-208. |
|
FERNALD, P. (2004). The Monte Carlo quiz : Encouraging
punctual completion and deep processing of assigned
readings. College Teaching, 52, 95-99. [PDF] |
|
LANDRUM, R.E. (1992). Students' perceptions of the effects
of test delays. College Student Journal, 26 (3),
87-389. |
KOUYOUMDJIAN, H. (2004). Influence of unannounced quizzes
and cumulative exam on attendance and study behavior. Teaching
of Psychology, 31 (2), 110. |
|
NARLOCH, R., GARBIN, C.P. & TURNAGE, K.D. (2006).
Benefits of prelecture quizzes. Teaching of
Psychology, 33, 109-112. |
|
BURNS, D.J. & VINCHUR, A.J. (1992). Effects of
evaluative quizzes on test performance. Journal of
Instructional Psychology, 19, 148-154. |
URTEL, M.G., BAHAMONDE, R.E., MIKESKY, A.E., UDRY, E.M.
& VESSELY, J.S. (2006). On-line quizzing and its
effect on student engagement and academic performance. Journal
of Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 6 (2),
84-92.
[PDF] |
|
|
KERKMAN, D., KELLISON, K., PINON, M., SCHIMDT, D. &
LEWIS, S. (1994). The quiz game : Writing and explaining
questions improve quiz scores. Teaching of
Psychology, 21 (2), 104-106. |
MCDANIEL, M.A., ANDERSON, J.L., DERBISH, M.H. &
MORRISETTE, N. (2007). Testing the testing effect in the
classroom. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology,
19, 494-513. |
|
EHRLICH, R. (1995). Giving a quiz every lecture. The
Physics Teacher, 33, 378-379. |
CLAYTON, M.C. & WOODARD, C. (2007). The effects of
response cards on participation and weekly quiz scores of
university students enrolled in introductory psychology
courses. Journal of Behavioral Education, 16,
250-258. |
|
IFERT-JOHNSON, D. (2007). Using out-of-class quizzes to
promote cognitive engagement. Communication Teacher,
21 (2), 35-38. |
|
PADILLA-WALKER, L.M. (2007). The impact of daily extra
credit quizzes on exam performance. Teaching of
Psychology, 33 (4), 236. |
|
MARCELL, M. (2008). Effectiveness of regular online
quizzing in increasing class participation and
preparation. International Journal for the
Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 2 (1),
1-9. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
NARLOCH, R., GARBIN, C.P. & TURNAGE, K.D. (2007).
Benefits of prelecture quizzes. Teaching of
Psychology, 33 (2), 109. |
|
AGARWAL, P.K., KARPICKE, J.D., KANG, S.K., ROEDIGER, H.L.
& MCDERMOTT, K.B. (2008). Examining the testing effect
with open-and closed-book tests. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 22, 861-876. |
|
GRABE, M., FLANNERY, K. & CHRISTOPHERSON, K. (2008).
Voluntary use of online study questions as a function of
previous minimal use requirements and learner aptitude. The
Internet & Higher Education, 11 (3-4),
145-151. |
|
LANDRUM, R.E. (2008). Introductory psychology student
performance : weekly quizzes followed by a cumulative
final exam. Teaching of Psychology, 34 (3), 177.
|
|
COX, K. & CLARK, D. (1998). The use of formative
quizzes for deep learning. Computers in Education, 3
(3/4), 57-167. |
JOHNSON, B.C. & KIVINIEMI, M.T. (2009). The effect of
online chapter quizzes on exam performance in an
undergraduate social psychology course. Teaching of
Psychology, 36 (1), 33-37. [PDF] |
|
GRAHAM, R.B. (1999). Unannounced quizzes raise test scores
selectively for mid-range students. Teaching of
Psychology, 26 (4), 271-273. |
GHOLAMI, V. & MOGHADDAM, M.M. (2013). The effect of
weekly quizzes on students' final achievement score.
Modern Education & Computer Science, 1, 36-41.
[PDF] |
|
NGUYEN, K. & McDANIEL, M.A. (2015). Using quizzing to
assist student learning in the classroom : the good, the
bad, and the ugly. Teaching Psychology, 42,
87-92. |
|
BELL, M.C., SIMONE, P.M. & WHITFIELD, L.C. (2015).
Failure of online quizzing to improve performance in
introductory psychology courses. Scholarship of
Teaching & Learning in Psychology, 1, 163-171. |
|
KHANNA, M.M. (2015). Ungraded pop quizzes : test-enhanced
learning without all the anxiety. Teaching of
Psychology, 42, 174-178 |
|
MAURER, T. & LONGFIELD, J. (2015). Using reading
guides and on-line quizzes to improve reading compliance
and quiz scores. International Journal for the
Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 9 (1),
1-22. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Examen,
Réussite
scolaire, Effet
test et Jeu
questionnaire |
|
|
|
|
|
Test de Levene : Test
d'homogénéité des variances, développé par Levene,
qui permet d'évaluer si les variances
de deux populations sont égales ou non. Levene's
test.
| |
|
|
CARROLL R.J. & SCHNEIDEIR, H. (1985). A note on
Levene's tests for equality of variances. Statistics
& Probability Letters, 3, 191-194. |
|
LEVENE, H. (1990). Robust tests for equality of variances.
In I. Olkin (Ed.), Contributions to probability and
statistics (pp. 278-292). Palo Alto, California :
Stanford University Press. |
|
GASTWIRTH, J.L., GEL, Y.L. & MIAO, W. (2009). The
impact of Levene's test of equality of variances on
statistical theory and practice. Statistical Science,
24 (3), 343-360. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test d'homogénéité
et Levene |
|
|
|
Test
de Luria-Nebraska : Batterie
de tests objectifs qui permet
d'évaluer la santé neurocognitive d'un patient. Luria-Nebraska, neuropsychological battery, LNNB.
|
Test de Mann-Whitney : Test statistique non-paramétrique proposé par Wilcoxon,
Mann et Whitney. Test U de Mann-Whitney.Mann-Whitney
statistic, Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon.
| |
|
|
WILCOXON, F. (1945). Individual comparisons by ranking
methods. Biometrics Bulletin, 1 (6), 80-83. |
|
MANN, H.B. & WHITNEY, D.R. (1945). On a test of
whether one of two random variables is stochastically
larger than the other. The Annals of Mathematical
Statistics, 18 (1), 50-56. |
|
NEWCOMBE, R.G. (2006). Confidence intervals for an effect
size measure based on the Mann-Whitney statistic. Part 1 :
General issues and tail-area-based methods. Statistics
in Medicine, 25, 543-557. |
|
NEWCOMBE, R.G. (2006). Confidence intervals for an effect
size measure based on the Mann-Whitney statistic. Part 2:
Asymptotic methods and evaluation. Statistics in
Medicine, 25, 559-573. |
|
DE WINTER, J.C.F. & DODOU, D. (2012). Five-point
Likert items : t test versus Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon.
Practical Assessment, Research & Evaluation, 15
(11), 1-16. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Wilcoxon
et Test statistique
non-paramétrique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test de Newman-Keuls : S-N-K :
Test
statistique post-hoc de
l'analyse de la variance (ANOVA) élaboré par Duncan.
Newman-Keuls test,
Student-Newman-Keuls method, S-N-K.
| |
|
NEWMAN, D. (1939). The distribution of range in samples
from a normal population, expressed in terms of an
independent estimate of standard deviation. Biometrika,
31 (1), 20–30.
|
|
KEULS, M. (1952). The use of the "studentized range" in
connection with an analysis of variance". Euphytica, 1
(2), 112–122. [PDF] |
|
SHAFFER, J.P. (2007). Controlling the false discovery rate
with constraints : The Newman–Keuls test revisited.
Biometrical Journal, 49 (1), 136–143. |
|
ABDI, H. & WILLIAMS, L.J. (2010). Newman-Keuls test
and Tukey test. In Encyclopedia of research design (pp.
1-11). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
|
|
|
|
Test de Page : Test
statistique non-paramétrique.
Page test
|
|
|
VAN DE WIEL, M.A. & DI BUCCHIANICO, A. (2001). Fast
computation of the exact null distribution of Spearman’s
rho and Page’s L statistic for samples with and without
ties. Journal of Statistical Planning and Inference,
92,1 33–145. |
| |
Voir aussi Test
statistique non-paramétrique |
|
|
|
Test de probabilité des intentions : Échelle ordinale des intentions de comportement développée par Juster,qui permet d'évaluer la probabilité subjective d'une intention sur une échelle en onze degrés.
|
| EX: Dans
quelle mesure avez-vous l'intention d'utiliser à nouveau
ce lexique ? |
|
|
|
| Aucune chance |
1 |
0
% |
| Très faible possibilité |
2 |
10 % |
| Faible
possibilité |
3 |
20 % |
| Quelques
possibilités |
4 |
30 % |
| Possibilité
moyenne |
5 |
40 % |
| Assez
bonne possibilité |
6 |
50 % |
| Bonne
possibilité |
7 |
60 % |
| Probablement |
8 |
70 % |
| Très
probablement |
9 |
80 % |
| Presque
sûrement |
10 |
90 % |
| Certainement |
11 |
100 % |
|
|
|
|
Test de rang : Test
statistique non-paramétrique développé par Kendall.
Voir corrélation
de rang.
Rank correlation.
| |
|
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (1937). The use of ranks to avoid the
assumption of normality implicit in the analysis of
variance. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 32 (200), 675-701. |
|
|
KENDALL, M.G. (1938). A new measure of rank correlation. Biometrika, 30, 81-93. |
CONOVER, W.J. (1973). Rank tests for one sample, two
samples, and k-Samples without the assumption of a
continuous distribution function. Annals of
Statistics, 1, 1105-1125. |
|
WILCOXON, F. (1945). Individual comparisons by ranking
methods. Biometrics, 1, 80-83. |
|
|
SIEGEL, S. & TUKEY, J.W. (1960). A nonparametric sum
of ranks procedure for relative spread in unpaired
samples. Journal of American Statistical Association,
55, 429-445. |
CONOVER, W.J. & IMAN, R.L. (1977). On the power of the
t-Test and some ranks tests when outliers may be present.
The Canadian Journal of Statistics, 5 (2), 187-193. |
|
KENDALL, M.G. (1962). Rank correlation methods.
Londres : Griffin. |
LAURENCELLE, L. (2005). La distribution nulle de la somme
de rangs de Wilcoxon et ses moments. Lettres
Statistiques, 12, 99-108. |
|
PAGE, E.B. (1963). Ordered hypotheses for multiple
treatments: A significance test for linear ranks. Journal
of the American Statistical Association, 58 (301),
216-230. |
LAURENCELLE, L. (2009). Le tau et le tau-b de Kendall pour
la corrélation de variables ordinales simples ou
catégorielles. Tutorials in Quantitative Methods for
Psychology, 5 (2), 51-58. [PDF] |
| |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Kendall et
Test statistique
non-paramétrique |
|
|
|
|
Test
de rang de Friedman : Test
statistique non-paramétrique développé par Friedman.
Il s'agit d'un test de comparaison pour échantillons
appariés. Test de Friedman et
Kruskal-Wallis. = Anova de Friedman.
Friedman test, Friedman anova by rank.
|
|
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (1937). The use of ranks to avoid the
assumption of normality implicit in the analysis of
variance. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 32 (200), 675-701. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (1939). A correction : The use of ranks to
avoid the assumption of normality implicit in the
analysis of variance. Journal of the American
Statistical Association. American Statistical
Association, 34 (205), 109. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (1940). A comparison of alternative tests of
significance for the problem of m rankings.The Annals
of Mathematical Statistics, 11 (1), 86-92. |
|
DANIEL, W.W. (1990). Friedman two-way analysis of
variance by ranks. Applied nonparametric statistics.
Boston : PWS-Kent. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test de Wilcoxon, Friedman
et Test statistique
non-paramétrique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
Test
de rang de Jonckheree-Terpstra : Test
statistique non-paramétrique. =
Test de tendance de Jonckheere. Jonckheere
Terpstra test.
| |
|
|
JONCKHEERE, A.R. (1954). A distribution-free k-sample test
against ordered alternatives. Biometrika, 41, 133-145. |
|
ALI, A., RASHEED, A., SIDDIQUI, A.A., NASEER, M., WASIM,
S. & AKHTAR, W. (2015). Non-parametric test for
ordered medians : The Jonckheere Terpstra test. International
Journal of Statistics in Medical Research, 4,
203-207. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test
statistique non-paramétrique |
|
|
|
Test
de rang de Kendall : Test
statistique non-paramétrique développé par Kendall.
Voir corrélation
de rang. Measure of rank correlation.
| |
|
|
KENDALL, M.G. (1938). A new measure of rank correlation. Biometrika,
30, 81-93. |
|
TERPSTRA, T.J. (1952). The asymptotic normality and
consistency of Kendall's test against trend, when ties are
present in one ranking. Indagationes Mathematicae, 14,
327-333. |
|
KENDALL, M.G. (1962). Rank correlation methods.
Londres : Griffin. |
|
|
Voir aussi Kendall,
Test statistique
non-paramétrique |
|
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi :
Gaëtan Morin. |
|
|
Test
de rang de Kruskal et Wallis : Test
statistique non-paramétrique.
Kruskal-Wallis one-way analysis of variance.
| |
|
|
KRUSKAL, W. & WALLIS, W.A. (1952). Use of ranks in
one-criterion variance analysis. Journal of the
American Statistical Association, 47 (260),
583-621. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test
statistique non-paramétrique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
Test
de rang de Spearman : =
Test statistique non-paramétrique. Spearman's
rank correlation.
| |
|
|
SPEARMAN, C.E. (1904). Proof and measurement of
association between two things. American Journal of
Psychology, 15, 72-101. [PDF] |
|
SPEARMAN, C.E. (1914). The theory of two factors. Psychological
Review, 21, 101-115. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test
statistique non-paramétrique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
Test de rang de Wilcoxon :
Test non-paramétrique élaboré par Wilcoxon.
Ce test est considéré comme une alternative non-paramétrique au
test t pour des échantillons
appariés (ou un groupe à mesure répétées).
=
Test de Wilcoxon, test de rangs signés de Wilcoxon, test
Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon, test MWW.
Wilcoxon signed-rank test.
|
|
|
WILCOXON, F. (1945). Individual comparisons by ranking
methods. Biometrics, 1, 80-83. |
|
KRUSKAL, W. (1957). Historical notes on the Wilcoxon
unpaired two-sample test. Journal of the American
Statistical Association, 52, 356-360. |
|
BLAIR, R.C. & HIGGINS, J.J. (1980). A comparison of
the power of Wilcoxon's rank- sum test to that of
Student's t statistic under various nonnormal
distributions. Journal of Educational Statistics, 5,
309-335. |
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2005). La distribution nulle de la somme
de rangs de Wilcoxon et ses moments. Lettres
Statistiques, 12, 99-108. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test
statistique non-paramétrique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
|
|
Test
de réalité : Chez Freud,
confrontation du fantasme ou
du désir du patient/sujet
à sa propre réalité.
Reality testing.
| |
|
|
WÄLDER, R. (1936). The problem of freedom in
psycho-analysis and the problem of reality-testing.
International Journal of Psycho-analysis, 17,
89-108. |
HURVICH, M. (1970). On the concept of reality testing. International
Journal of Psycho-analysis, 51, 299-312. |
|
FRENCH, T.M. (1937). Reality testing in dreams. Psychoanalytic
Quaterly, 6, 62-77. |
JACOBSON, J.G. (1973). Reliving the past, perceptual
experience and the reality-testing functions of the ego. International
Journal of Psycho-analysis, 54, 399-413. |
|
KANZER, M. (1957). Acting out, sublimation and reality
testing. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 5, 663-684. |
SCHWABER, E.A. (1997). Psychic reality and psychic
testing. International Journal of Psycho-analysis,
78, 157-158. |
|
RUBINFINE, D.L. (1961). Perception, reality testing, and
symbolism. Psychoanalytic Study of Child, 16, 73-89. |
FIGUEIREDO, L.C. (2006). Sense of reality, reality testing
and reality processing in borderline patients. International
Journal of Psycho-analysis, 87, 769-787. |
|
ARLOW, J.A. (1969). Fantasy, memory, and reality testing.
Psychoanalytic Quaterly, 38, 28-51. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Freud |
|
|
|
Test
de réflexion cognitive : TRC : Test
psychologique. Cognitive reflection test.
| |
|
|
FREDERICK, S. (2005). Cognitive reflection and decision
making. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 19 (4),
25-42. |
|
HOPPE, E.I. & KUSTERER, D.J. (2011). Behavioral biases
and cognitive reflection. Economics Letters, 110
(2), 97-100. |
|
TOPLAK, M., WEST, R.F. & STANOVICH, K.E. (2011). The
Cognitive Reflection Test as a predictor of performance on
heuristics-and-biases tasks (PDF). Memory &
Cognition, 39 (7), 1275-1289. |
|
TOPLAK, M.E., WEST, R.F. & STANOVICH, K.E. (2014).
Assessing miserly information processing : An expansion of
the Cognitive Reflection Test. Thinking &
Reasoning, 20 (2), 147-168. |
|
BLACKSMITH, N., YANG, Y., BEHREND, T.S. & RUARK, G.
(2019). Assessing the validity of inferences from scores on
the cognitive reflection test. Journal of Behavioral
Decision Making, 32 (5), 599-612. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test psychologique |
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de Rorschach : Test projectif
de personnalité élaboré par Rorschach,
dans lequel on demande au patient/ répondant
d'interpréter des taches d'encre abstraites et symétriques. Il
sert à diagnostiquer certains
troubles de la personnalité.
Rorshach test.
| |
|
 |
|
|
RORSCHACH, H. (1924). Manual for Rorschach Ink-blot
Test. Chicago, IL: Stoelting. |
|
|
RORSCHACH, H. & OBENHOLZER, E. (1924). The
application of the interpretation of form to
psychoanalysis. Chicago. |
|
|
RORSCHACH, H. & BECK, S.J. (1932). The Rorschach
Test as applied to a feeble-minded Group. New
York. |
ACKLIN, M.W., McDOWELL C.J., VERSCHELL, M.S. & CHAN,
D. (2000). Interobserver agreement, intraobserver
reliability, and the Rorschach Comprehensive System.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 74, 15-47. [PDF] |
|
ELLIS, A., HERTZ, M.R. & SYMONDS, P.M. (1947).
Rorschach methods and other projective techniques. Review
of Educational Research, 17, 78-100. |
|
|
BRUNER, J.S. (1948). Perceptual theory and the Rorschach
test. Journal of Personality, 17, 157-168. |
WEINER, I.B. (2000). Making Rorschach interpretation as
good as it can be. Journal of Personality Assessment,
74, 164-174. |
|
WIKLER, A. & DAINGERFIELD M. (1948). Practical use of
the Rorschach test. Diseases of the Nervous System,
9, 42-45. |
|
|
BANDURA, A. (1954). The Rorschach white space response and
"oppositional" behavior. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 18, 17-21. |
WOOD, J.M., LILIENFIELD, S.O., GARB, H.N. & NEZWORSKI,
M.T. (2000). The Rorschach Test in clinical diagnosis : A
critical review, with a backward look at Garfield (1947).
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 56 (3), 395-430.
[PDF] |
|
BANDURA, A. (1954). The Rorschach white space response and
perceptual reversal. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 48, 113-117. |
WEINER, I.B. (2000). Using the Rorschach properly in
practice and research. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 56, 435-438. [PDF] |
|
SINGER, J.L. & SPOHN, H. (1954). Some behavioral
correlates of Rorschach's experience type. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 18, 1-9. |
WEINER, I.B. (2001). Advancing the science of
psychological assessment : The Rorschach Inkblot Method as
exemplar. Psychological Assessment, 13, 423-432.
[PDF] |
|
SCHAFER, R. (1954). Psychoanalytic interpretation in
Rorschach testing. New York : Grune & Stratton. |
VIGLIONE, D.J. & HILSENROTH, D.J. (2001). The
Rorschach : Facts, fictions, and future. Psychological
Assessment, 13, 452-471. |
|
SINGER, J.L. (1955). Non-pojective aspects of the
Rorschach : Implications for clinical application.
Journal of Social Psychology, 44, 207-214. |
BLAIS, M.A., HILSENROTH, M.J., CASTLEBURY, F., FOWLER,
J.C. & BAITY, M.R. (2001). Predicting DSM-IV Cluster B
personality disorder criteria from MMPI-2 and Rorschach
data: A test of incremental validity. Journal of
Personality Assesment, 76, 150-168. |
|
LEVENTHAL, H. (1956). The effects of perceptual training
on The Rorschach W and Z scores. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 20, 93-98. |
BORNSTEIN, R.F. (2001). Clinical utility of the Rorschach
Inkblot Method : Reframing the debate. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 77, 39-47. |
|
HOOKER, E. (1957). The adjustment of the male overt
homosexual. Journal of Projective Techniques, 21,
18-31. |
GARB, H.N., WOOD, J.M., NEZWORSKI, M.T., GROVE, W.M. &
STEJSKAL, W.J. (2001). Toward a resolution of the
Rorschach controversy. Psychological Assessment, 13 (4),
433-448. |
|
HOOKER, E. (1958). Male homosexuality in the Rorschach.
Journal of Projective Techniques, 23, 278-281. |
FOWLER, J.C., PIERS, C., HILSENROTH, M.J., HOLDWICK, D.J.
& PADAWER, J.R. (2001). The Rorschach suicide
constellation : Assessing various degrees of lethality. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 76, 333-351. |
|
HOOKER, E. (1961). Homosexuality : Summary of studies. In
E.M. Duvall & S.M. Duvall (Eds.), Sex ways in
fact and faith. New York : Association Press. |
WEINER, I.B. (2001). Considerations in collecting
Rorschach reference data. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 77 (1), 122-127. |
|
|
HOOKER, E. (1965). An empirical study of some relations
between sexual patterns and gender identity in male
homosexuals. In J. Money (Ed.), Sex research : New
development (pp. 24-52). New York : Holt, Rinehart
& Winston. |
MEYER, G.J. (1999). I. The utility of the Rorschach in
clinical assessment [Special section]. Psychological
Assessment, 11 (3). |
|
HOOKER, E. (1965). Male homosexuals and their worlds. In
J. Marmor (Ed.), Sexual inversion : The multiple roots
of homosexuality (pp. 83-107). New York : Basic
Books. |
MEYER, G.J. (2001). II. The utility of the Rorschach in
clinical assessment [Special section]. Psychological
Assessment, 13 (4). |
|
HOOKER, E. (1968). Homosexuality. In The
international encyclopedia of the soci al sciences. New
York : MacMillan and Free Press. |
GARB, H.N., WOOD, J.M., NEZWORSKI, M.T., GROVE, W.M. &
STEJSKAL, W.J. (2001). Toward a resolution of the
Rorschach controversy. Psychological Assessment, 13
(4), 433-448. [PDF] |
|
LOISELLE, R.H., O'LEARY, V.E. & PARRISH, K. (1968). A
comparison of the stimulus value of Rorschach Inkblots and
their percept as perceived by children and schizophrenics.
Journal of Projective Techniques crud Personality
Assessment, 32, 237-245. |
|
|
HOOKER, E. (1969). Parental relations and male
homosexuality in patient and non-patient samples. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 33,
140-142. |
|
|
EXNER, J.E. (1969). Rorschach responses as an index of
narcissism. Journal of Personality Assessment, 33,
324-330. |
|
|
EKEHAMMAR, B. (1971). A psychophysical approach to the
study of individuals' perceptions of Rorschach cards.
Perceptual & Motor Skills, 33, 951-965. |
|
|
EXNER, J.E. (1974). The Rorschach : A comprehensive
system. New York : Wiley. |
|
|
BLATT, J.S. & RITZLER, B.A. (1974). Suicide and the
representation of transparency and cross sections on the
Rorschach. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 42, 280-287. |
BAITY M.R. & HILSENROTH, M.J. (2002). Rorschach
aggressive content (AgC) variable : A study of criterion
validity. Journal of Personality Assessment, 78, 275-287. |
|
BLATT, S.J., BRENNEIS C.B., SCHIMEK, J.G. & GLICK, M.
(1976). The normal development and the psychopathological
impairment of the concept of the object on Rorschach. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 85, 364-373. |
|
|
ALBERT, S., FOX, H.M. & KAHN, M.W. (1980). Faking
psychosis on the Rorschach : can expert judges detect
malingering ? Journal of Personality Assessment, 44,
115-119. |
EXNER, J.E. (2002). A new nonpatient data sample forthe
Rorschach Comprehensive System : A progress report. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 78, 391-404. |
|
BLATT, S.J. & BERMAN, W. (1984). A methodology for the
use of the Rorschach in clinical research. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 48, 226-239. |
WOOD, J.M., NEZWORSKI, M.T., LILIENFELD, S.O. & GARB,
H.N. (2003). What's wrong with the Rorschach :
Science confronts the controversial inkblot test.
New York : Jossey-Bass. |
|
EXNER, J.E. (1986). Some Rorschach data comparing
schizophrenic with borderline and schizotypal personality
disorders. Journal of Personality Assessment, 50,
455-472. |
MOULLER, V., SABA, G., VERDON, C.-M. & JANUEL, D.
(2004). Étude de la rémission dans la schizophrénie à
l'aide du test de Rorschach. Pratiques
Psychologiques, 10 (4), 365-377. |
|
EXNER, J.E. (1989). Searching for projection in the
Rorschach. Journal of Personality Assessment, 53,
520-536. |
|
|
|
WEINER, I.B. & EXNER, J.E. (1991). Rorschach changes
in long-term and short-term psychotherapy. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 56, 453-465. |
|
|
EXNER, J.E. & ANDRONIKOF-SANGLADE, A. (1992).
Rorschach changes following brief and short-term therapy.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 59, 59-71. |
|
|
FRUEH, C.B. & KINDER, B.N. (1994). The susceptibility
of the Rorschach Inkblot Test to malingering of
combat-related PTSD. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 62, 280-298. |
HUPRICH, S.K., O'NEILL, R.M., BORNSTEIN, R.F., KUSAJ, C.
& SMITH, P.Q. (2003). Detecting social interest in
dependent patients with the Rorschach Interpersonal
cluster. Individual Differences Research, 1,
64-72. |
|
EXNER, J.E. (Ed.) (1995). Issues and methods in
Rorschach research. Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
|
WEINER, I.B. (1995). Methodological considerations in
Rorschach research. Psychological Assessment, 7, 330-337. |
|
|
FRUEH, C.B., LEVERETT, J.P. & KINDER, B.N. (1995).
Interrelationship between MMPI-2 and Rorschach variables
in a sample of Vietnam veterans with PTSD. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 64, 312-318. |
HILSENROTH, M.J. & STRCIKER, G. (2004). A
consideration of challenges to psychological assessments
instruments in forensic settings : Rorschach as exemplar.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 83 (2),
141-152. |
|
EXNER, J.E. (1996). Critical bits and the Rorschach
response process. Journal of Personality Assessment,
67, 464-477. |
|
|
BORNSTEIN, R.F. (1996). Construct validity of the
Rorschach Oral Dependency Scale : 1967-1995. Psychological
Assessment, 8, 200-205. |
|
|
WEINER, I.B. (1996). Some observations on the validity of
the Rorschach Inkblot Method. Psychological
Assessment, 8, 206-213. |
|
|
BORNSTEIN, R.F. (1996). Construct validity of the
Rorschach Oral Dependency Scale: 1967-1995. Psychological
Assessment, 8, 200-205. |
|
|
EXNER, J.E. (1997). The future of Rorschach in personality
assessment. Journal of Personality Assessment, 67,
37-46. |
KLONSKY, E.D. (2004). Performance of PAI and Rorschach
indices of schizophrenia in a public psychiatric hospital.
Psychological Services, 2, 107-110. [PDF] |
|
BORNSTEIN, R.F. (1998). Implicit and self-attributed
dependency needs in dependent and histrionic personality
disorders. Journal of Personality Assessment, 71,
1-14. |
HILSENROTH, M.J. & STRCIKER, G. (2004). A
consideration of Challenges to psychological assessments
instruments in forensic settings : Rorschach as exemplar.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 83 (2),
141-152. |
|
BLAIS, M.A., HILSENROTH, M.J. & FOWLER, J.C. (1998).
Rorschach correlates of the DSM- IV Histrionic Personality
Disorder. Journal of Personality Assessment, 70,
355-364. |
HUPRICH, S.K., GACONO, C.B., SCNEIDER, R.B. & BRIDGES,
M.R. (2004). Rorschach oral dependency in psychopaths,
pedophiles, and sexual homicide perpetrators. Behavioral
Sciences & the Law, 22, 345-356. |
|
SZALAI, J.P. (1998). Kappa-sub(sc) : A measure of
agreement on a single rating category for a single item or
object rated by multiple raters. Psychological
Reports, 82 (3), 1321-1322. |
COSTA, P.T. & McCRAE, R.R. (2005). A Five-Factor
Theory perspective on the Rorschach. Rorschachiana,
27, 76-96. [PDF] |
|
HUNSLEY, J. & BAILEY, J.M. (1999). The clinical
utility of the Rorschach : Unfulfilled promises and an
uncertain future. Psychological Assessment, 11
(3), 266-277. [PDF] |
BORNSTEIN, R.F. & MASLING, J.M. (Eds.) (2005). Scoring
the Rorschach : Seven validated systems. Mahwah,
NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
DAWES, R.M. (1999). Two methods for studying the
incremental validity of a Rorschach variable.
Psychological Assessment, 11 (3), 297-302. |
ACKLIN, M.W. (2007). The Rorschach test and forensic
psychological evaluation : Psychosis and the insanity
defense. In C.B. Gacono & B. Evans (Eds.), The
handbook of forensic Rorschach assessment. New
York : Routledge. [PDF] |
|
BAITY M.R. & HILSENROTH, M.J. (1999). Rorschach
aggression variables : A study of reliability and
validity. Journal of Personality Assessment, 72,
93-110. |
|
|
STRICKER, G. & GOLD, J.R. (1999). The Rorschach :
Toward a nomothetically based, idiographically applicable
configurational model. Psychological Assessment, 11 (3),
240-250. |
PERFECT, M.M., THARINGER, D.J., KEITH, T.Z. &
LYLE-LAHROUD, T. (2011). Relations between Minnesota
Multiphasic Personality Inventory-A Scales and Rorschach
variables with scope and severity of maltreatment among
adolesecents. Journal of Personality Assessment, 93,
582-591. |
|
BORNSTEIN, R.F. (1999). Criterion validity of objective
and projective dependency tests : A meta-analytic
assessment of behavioral prediction. Psychological
Assessment, 11, 48-57. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Test projectif et Rorschach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de Stanford-Binet : Test
d'intelligence développé par Binet
et Simon, puis modifié et
adapté en 1916 par Terman
et Merrill.
=
Échelle d'intelligence Stanford-Binet.
Stanford-Binet
scale, Stanford-Binet Intelligence Scale.
| |
|
|
TERMAN, M.L. MERRILL, M.A. (1916). The Stanford
Revision of the Binet-Simon Tests. Boston, Houghton
Mifflin. |
TERMAN L.M. & MERRILL, M.A. (1960). Stanford-Binet
Intelligence Scale : Manual for the third revision, form
L-M.Boston : Houghton Mifflin Compagny. |
|
TERMAN, M.L. & MERRILL, M.A. (1937). Revised
Stanford-Binet Scale. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
|
PINNEAU,
S.R. (1961). Changes in intelligence quotient infancy
to maturity : New insights from the Berkeley Growth
Study with implications for the Stanford-Binet Scales
and applications to professional practice. Boston
: Houghton Mifflin. |
|
TERMAN, M.L. MERRILL, M.A. (1937). Measuring
intelligence : A guide to the administration of the new
revised Stanford-Binet tests of intelligence.
Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
WADDELL, D.D. (1980). The Stanford-Binet : An Evaluation
of the Technical Data Available since the 1972
Restandardization. Journal of School Psychology, 18
(3), 203-209. |
|
MERRILL, M.A. (1938). The significance of IQ's on the
Revised Stanford-Binet Scales. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 29, 641-651. |
THORNDIKE, R.L., HAGEN, E.P. & SATTLER, J.M. (1986). Stanford-Binet intelligence scale (Technical Manual). Chicago : Riverside. |
|
McNEMAR, Q. (1942). The revision of the
Stanford-Binet scale. Boston : Houghton Mifflin
Co. |
CARSON, D. & ROID, G. (2004). Acceptable use of
the Stanford-Binet Form L-M: Guidelines for the
professional use of the Stanford-Binet Intelligence
Scale. Itasca, IL : Riverside Publishing. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
d'intelligence, Binet
et Simon |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de Torrance : Test
psychologique dévelopé par Torrance
pour évaluer la créativité.
| |
|
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1962). Non-Test Ways of identifying the
creatively gifted. Gifted Child Quarterly, 6,
71-75. |
|
|
TORRANCE, E.P (1966). The Torrance Tests of Creative
Thinking : Norms-technical manual. Lexington, MA :
Personal Press. |
TORRANCE, E.P. (1998). The torrance tests of creative
thinking norms - technical manual figural (streamlined)
forms A & B. Bensenville, IL : Scholastic
Testing Service. |
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1972). Predictive validity of the Torrance
Tests of Creative Thinking. The Journal of Creative
Behavior, 6, 236-252. |
|
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1974). Torrance tests of creative
thinking. Lexington, MA : Personnel Press. |
TORRANCE, E.P. & HAENSLEY, P.A. (2003). Assessment of
creativity in children and adolescents. In C.R. Reynoolds,
& R.W. Kamphaus (Eds.), Handbook of psychological
and educational assessment of children : Intelligence,
aptitude and achievement (pp. 584-607). New York
: The Guildford Press. |
|
KHATENA, J. & TORRANCE, E.P. (1976).
Khatena-Torrance creative perception inventory. Chicago,
IL : Stoelting. |
WECHSLER, S. (2006). Validity of the Torrance Tests of
Creative Thinking to the Brazilian culture. Creativity
Research Journal, 18, 15-25. |
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1980). Growing up creatively gifted : The
22-year longitudinal study. The Creative Child &
Adult Quarterly, 5, 148-158. |
TORRANCE, E.P.. (2008). The Torrance Tests of
Creative Thinking-norms-technical manual-figural
(streamlined) forms A and B. Bensenville, IL :
Scholastic Testing Service. |
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1981). Empirical validation of criterion
referenced indicators of creative ability through a
longitudinal study. The Creative Child & Adult
Quarterly, 6, 136-140. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Torrance,
Créativité et Évaluer
la créativité |
|
|
Test de Tukey :Test
statistique post-hoc du test
t, élaboré par Tukey, et
qui permet de comparer deux-à-deux les n échantillons d'une analyse
de variance.= Tukey-Kramer
omnibus test Tukey's range test, Tukey's post
hoc test, Tukey's honestly significant difference (HSD) test.
| |
|
|
TUKEY, J.W. (1949). Comparing individual means in the
analysis of variance. Biometrics, 5 (2),
99-114. [PDF] |
|
ABDI, H. & WILLIAMS, L.J. (2010). Newman-Keuls test
and Tukey test. In Encyclopedia of research design (pp.
1-11). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
RICHTER, S.J. & McCANN, M.H. (2012). Using the
Tukey-Kramer omnibus test in the Hayter-Fisher procedure.
British Journal of Mathematical & Statistical
Psychology, 65 (3), 499-510. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test t, Tukeyet Test
statistique |
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de Van der Waerden : Test
statistique non-paramétrique.
Van der
Waerden 1-way anov, Van der Waerden test.
| |
|
|
VAN DER WAERDEN, B.L. (1952). Order tests for the
two-sample problem and their power. Indagationes
Mathematicae, 14, 453-458. |
|
VAN DER WAERDEN, B.L. (1953). Order tests for the
two-sample problem. II, III. Proceedings of the
Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen,
Serie A, 564, 303-310, 311-316. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test statistique |
|
|
|
|
Test de Wald : Test statistique développé par Wald pour
vérifier l'existence d'une relation entre deux variables ordinales
ou nominales. Wald test.
|
|
| |
HAUCK, W.W. & DONNER, A. (1977). Wald's test as
applied to hypotheses in logit analysis. Journal of
the American Statistical Association, 72 (360),
851-853. |
GLONEK, G.F.V. (1993). On the behaviour of Wald statistics
for the disjunction of two regular hypotheses. Journal of
the Royal Statistical Society Series B55 749–755.
|
GAFFKE, R., STEYER, R. & VON DAVIER, A.A. (1999). On
the asymptotic null-distribution of the Wald statistic at
singular parameter points. Statististical Decisions,
17, 339–358.
|
|
GAFFKE, R., HEILIGERS, B. & OFFINGER, R. (2002). On
the asymptotic null-distribution of the Wald statistic at
singular parameter points. Statistical Decisions, 20,
379–398. |
DRTON, M. & XIAO, H. (2016). Wald tests of
singular hypotheses. Bernouilli, 22 (1), 38-59.
|
| GUDICHA, D.W., SCHMITTMANN, V.D. & VERMUNT,
J.K. (2017). Statistical power of likelihood ratio and
Wald tests in latent class models with covariates. Behavior
Research Methods, 49 (5), 1824-1837. |
|
ALKAN, G., GÖKPINAR, F. & GÖKPINAR, E. (2023).A Wald
test on the problem of homogeneity of variances.
Communications in Statistics - Simulation and Computation,
1–14. |
|
Voir aussi Wald et Test
statistique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
Test
de Wald-Wolfowitz : Test
statistique élaboré par Wald
et Wolfowitz. Wald-Wolfowitz
runs test, runs test.
| |
|
|
WALD, A. & WOLFWITZ, J. (1940). On a test whether two
samples are from the same population. The Annals of
Mathematical Statistics, 11, 147-162. |
|
FRIEDMAN, J.H. & RAFSKY, L.C. (1979). Multivariate
generalizations of the Wald-Wolfowitz and Smirnov
two-sample tests. Annals of Statistics, 7 (4),
697-717. |
|
MAGEL, R.C. & WIBOWO, S.H. (1997). Comparing the
powers of the Wald-Wolfowitz and Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests.
Biometrical Journal, 39 (6), 665-675. |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Test statistique |
|
|
Test
de Wallis-Moore : .
Wald-Wolfowitz runs test, runs test.
| |
|
|
WALLIS, W.A. & MOORE, G.H. (1941). A significance test
for time series analysis. Journal of the American
Statistical Association, 36 (215), 401-409. |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Test statistique |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de Weiss : Voir Échelle
de Weiss.
Weiss
functional impairment rating scale (WFIRS).
|
|
|
Test
de Woodcock : Test
psychologique conçu par Woodcock
en 1973.
Woodcock Reading Mastery Test, WRMT.
| |
|
|
WOODCOCK, R.N.. (1973). Woodcock Reading Mastery
Tests. Circle Pines, MN : American Guidance
Service. |
|
BANNATYNE, A. (1974). Woodcock reading mastery tests
review. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 7,
398-9. |
|
ALLINGTON, RL. (1976). Woodcock reading mastery tests
review. Journal of Reading, 20, 162-163. |
|
HOUCK, C. & HARRIS, L. (1976). Woodcock Reading
Mastery Tests review. Journal of School Psychology,
14 (1), 77-79. |
|
JAEGER, R.M. (1989). Review of the Woodcock Reading
Mastery Tests-revised. In J.C Conoley & J.J. Kramer
(Eds.), The 10th mental measurements yearbook (pp.
913-916). Highland Park, NJ : Gryphon. |
|
EAVES, R.C. (1990). Woodcock Reading Mastery Tests-revised
(WRMTR). Diagnostique, 15, 277-297. |
|
DE ROSE, M. (1999). Review of the Woodcock Reading Mastery
Test-Revised (WRMT-R). TESL Canada Journal/ La Revue
TEST du Canada, 16 (2), 87-93. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Test de Woodcock-Johnson : Batterie de tests
psychométriques comprenant un test d'intelligence (habiletés
cognitives), conçu en 1977 par Woodcock et Johnson.
Woodcock-Johnson Tests of Cognitive Ability, WJ.
| |
|
|
WOODCOCK, R.N. & JOHNSON, M. (1990). Woodcock~Johnson
Psychoeducational Battery - Revised Tests of Achievement
(WJ-R). Chicago : Riverside. |
|
WOODCOCK, R.N. & JOHNSON, M. (1977).
Woodcock-Johnson Psychological Battery. Allen, TX :
DLM Teaching Resources. |
WOODCOCK, R.N., McGREW, K. & WERDER, J. (1994). Woodcock-McGrew-Werder
Mini-Battery of Achievement (MBA). Chicago, IL.
Riverside. |
|
McGREW, K.S. (1983). Comparison of the WISC-R and
Woodcock-Johnson Tests of Cognitive Ability. Journal
of School Psychology, 21, 271-276. |
TAUB, G.E. & McGREW, K.S (1990). The Woodcock-Johnson
Tests of Cognitive Abilities III's Cognitive Performance
Model : Empirical support for intermediate factors within
CHC theory. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment,
32 (3), 187-201 |
|
THOMPSON, P.L. & BRASSARD, M.R. (1984). Validity of
the Woodcock-Johnson tests of cognitive ability : A
comparison with the WISC-R in LD and normal elementary
students. Journal of School Psychology, 22 (2),
201-208. |
McGREW, K.S (1995). Woodcock-Johnson Tests of Cognitive
Ability-Revised. In R.J. Sternberg (Ed.), Encyclopedia
of human intelligence (pp. 1152-1158). Macmillan.
|
|
CIZEK, G.J. (2003). Review of the Woodcock-Johnson III. In
B.S. Plake, J.C. Impara & R.A. Spies (Eds.),
The fifteenth mental measurements yearbook (pp.
1020-1024). Lincoln, NE : Buros Institute of Mental
Measurements. |
|
McGREW, K.S. (1985). Investigation of the verbal/nonverbal
structure of the Woodcock-Johnson. Implications for
subtest interpretation and comparisons with the Wechsler
Scales. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 3, 65-71. |
TAUB, G.E. & McGREW, K.S. (2013). The Woodcock-Johnson
Tests of Cognitive Abilities III's Cognitive Performance
Model : Empirical Support for Intermediate Factors Within
CHC Theory. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment,
32 (3), 187-201. [PDF] |
|
McGREW, K.S. (1986). A review of the differential
predictive validity of the Woodcock-Johnson Scholastic
Aptitude clusters. Journal of Psychoeducational
Assessment, 4, 307-3l7. |
SCHRANK, F.A., McGREW, K.S., MATHER, N. & WOODCOCK,
R.W. (2014). Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling
Meadows, IL: Riverside Publishing. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
d'intelligence |
|
|
Test
des gobelets :
|
Test des matrices progressives de Raven : Test
d'intelligence développé par Raven
en 1939. Raven's
standard rogressive matrices.
| |
|
|
RAVEN, J. (1939). Progressive matrices : A perceptual
test of intelligence. London. |
VAN DER VEN, A.H.G.S. & ELLIS, J.L. (2000). A Rasch
analysis of Raven's Standard Progressive Matrices. Personality
& Individual Differences, 29, 45-64. |
|
GABRIEL, K.R. (1954). The simplex structure of the
progressive matrices test. British Journal of
Statistical Psychology, 7, 9-14. |
RUSHTON, J.P. & SKUY, M. (2000). Performance in
Raven's Matrices by African and White university students
in South Africa. Intelligence, 28, 251-265. |
|
BURKE, H.R. (1958). Raven's progressive matrices : A
review and critical evaluation. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 93, 199-28. |
|
|
HUNT, E.B. (1974). Quote the Raven ? Nevermore ! In L.W.
Gregg (Ed.), Knowledge and cognition (pp.
129-158). Hillsdale : Erlbaum. |
|
|
VINCENT, K.R. & COX, J.A. (1974). A re-evaluation of
Reven's Standard Progressive Matrices. Journal of
Psychology, 88, 299-303. |
|
|
CARLSON, J.S. & WIEDL, K.H. (1979). Toward a
differential testing approach : Testing-the-limits
employing the Raven matrices. Intelligence, 3,
323-344. |
|
|
DILLON, R.F., POHLMAN J.T. & LOHMAN, D.F. (1981). A
factor analysis of Raven's advanced progressive matrices
freed of difficulty factors. Educational &
Psychological Measurement, 41, 1295-1302. |
LYNN, R., ALLIK, J., PULLMAN, H. & AIDRA, K. (2002).
Sex differences on the progressive matrices among
adolescents : Some data for Estonia. Personality
& Individual Differences, 34, 669-679. |
|
COURT, J.H. (1983). Sex differences in performance on
Raven's progressive matrices : A review. Alberta
Journal of Educational Research, 29, 54-74. |
VERGUTS T. & DE BOECK, P. (2002). The induction of
solution rules in Raven's Progressive Matrices Test.
European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 14,
521-547. |
|
VILLARDITA, C. (1985). Raven's colored progressive
matrices and intellectual impairment in patients with
focal brain damage. Cortex, 21, 627-634. |
LYNN, R ALLIK, J. & IRWING, P. (2004). Sex differences
on three factors identified in Raven's Standard
Progressive Matrices. Intelligence, 32, 411-424.
|
|
CARPENTER, P.A., JUST, M.A. & SCHELL, P. (1990). What
one intelligence test measures : A theoretical account of
the processing in the Raven's progressive matrices test. Psychological
Review, 97, 404-431. |
ABAD, F.J., COLOM, R., REBOLLO, I. & ESCORIAL, S.
(2004). Sex differential functioning in the Raven's
advanced progressive matrices : Evidence for bias. Personality
& Individual Differences, 36, 1459-1470. |
|
ARTHUR, W. & WOEHR, D.J. (1993). A confirmatory factor
analytic study examining the dimensionality of the Raven's
progressive matrices. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 50, 471-478. |
COLOM, R., ESCORIAL, S. & REBOLLO, I. (2004). Sex
differences on the progressive matrices are influenced by
sex differences on spatial ability. Personality &
Individual Differences, 37, 1289-1293. |
|
VODEGEL-MATZEN, L., VAN DER MOLEN, M. & DUDINK, A.
(1994). Error analysis of Raven test performance.
Personality & Individual Differences, 16, 433-445. |
MACKINTOSH, N.J. & BENNETT, E.S. (2005). What do
Raven's Matrices measure ? An analysis in terms of sex
differences. Intelligence, 33, 663-674. [PDF] |
|
DESCHON, R.P., CHAN, D. & WEISSBEIN, D.A. (1995).
Verbal overshadowing effects on Raven's advanced
progressive matrices : Evidence for multidimensional
performance determinants. Intelligence, 21,
135-155. |
WILEY, J., JAROSZ, A.F., CUSHEN, P.J. & COLESH, G.J.H.
(2011). New rule use drives the relation between working
memory capacity and Raven's Advanced Progressive Matrices.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory,
& Cognition, 37, 256-263. |
|
RAVEN, J. RAVEN, J.C. & COURT, J.H. (1998).
Manual for Raven's Progressive Matrices and Vocabulary
Scales. Section 1 : General overview. San Antonio,
TX : Harcourt Assessment. |
VAN DER ELST, W., OUWEHAND, C., VAN RIJN, P., LEE, N., VAN
BOXTEL, M. & JOLLES, J. (2013). The Shortened Raven
Standard Progressive Matrices : Item response theory-based
psychometric analyses and normative data. Assessment,
20 (1), 48-59. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
psychométrique |
|
|
Test
des signes : Test
statistique non-paramétrique, qui permet de comparer K échantillons
ou groupes appariés. = test du signe.
Sign test.
| |
|
|
RAISON, J. (1957). Le test des signes. Note complémentaire
théorique. Revue de Statistique Appliquée, 5 (3),
91-98. |
|
YANG, M.C.K. & SCHRECKENGOST, J.F. (1981). Difference
sign test for comovements between two time serie. Communications
in Statistics, Theory & Methods, A10, 355-369. |
| |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaétan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Test statistique |
|
|
Test
des tracés : Test
psychologique qui évalue la
flexibilité cognitive. Il se déroule en deux étapes. Dans un
premier temps, le sujet doit relier une série de nombres en ordre
croissant le plus rapidement possible (1-2-3-4...); lors de la
seconde étape, il doit procéder de la même manière mais en
alternant des nombres et des lettres (1-A/2-B/3-C ...). Le sujet
doit donc planifier en parallèle et en alternance deux tâches
sans qu'elles interfèrent entre elles.
Trail
Making Test, TMT, Army Individual Test Battery.
| |
|
|
REITAN, R.M. (1958). Validity of the Trail Making test as
an indicator of organic brain damage. Perception &
Motor Skills, 8,271-276. |
|
DAVIES, A. (1986). The influence of age on Trail Making
Test performance. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 24,
96–98. |
|
CORRIGAN, J.D. & HINKELDEY, M.S. (1987). Relationships
between Parts A and B of the Trail Making Test.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 43, 402–409. |
|
GAUDINO, E.A., GEISLER, M.W. & SQUIRES, N.K. (1995).
Construct validity in the Trail Making Test : what makes
Part B harder ? Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Neuropsychology, 17 (4), 529-535. |
|
BECHTOLD-KORTLE, K, HOPKINS, J. & HORNE, M.D. (2002).
The Trail Making Test, Part B : Cognitiv flexibility or
ability to maintain set ? Applied Neuropsychology, 9 (2),
106-109. |
|
TOMBAUGH, T.N. (2004). Trail Making Test A and B:
Normative data stratified by age and education Author
links open overlay panel Tom N Tombaugh. Archives of
Clinical Neuropsychology, 19 (2), 203-214.
[PDF) |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
psychométrique |
|
|
Test
du cube de Knox : Knox cube
imitation test.
| |
|
|
VECCHI, T. & RICHARDSON, J.T.E. (2001). Measures of
visuospatial short-term memory: The knox cube imitation
test and the corsi blocks test compared. Brain &
Cognition, 46, 291-295. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test
psychométrique |
|
|
Test
du développement moral de Rest :
Defining Issues Test, DIS.
| |
|
|
REST, J., THOMA, S.J., NARVAEZ, D. & BEBEAU, M.J.
(1997). Alchemy and beyond : indexing the Defining Issues
Test. Journal of Educational Psychology, 89,
498-507. |
|
REST, J.R., NARVAEZ D., THOMA, S. & BEBEAU, M. (1999).
DIT2 : Devising and testing a revised instrument of moral
judgment. Journal of Educational Psychology, 9,
644-659. |
|
REST, J.R., NARVAEZ D., BEBEAU, M. & THOMA, S. (1999).
A neo-kohlbergian approach : The DIT and schema theory. Educational
Psychology Review, 11 (4), 291-324. |
|
NARVAEZ D. & BOCK, T. (2002). Moral schemas and tacit
judgment or how the Defining Issues Test is supported by
cognitive science. Journal of Moral Educational, 31
(3), 297-314. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Rest et Test
psychométrique |
|
|
Test
du khi-deux : Khi2 :
Test d'hypothèse, inventé par Pearson
(1900), qui permet de comparer deux ou plusieurs variables
qualitatives nominales, afin d'inférer entre elles un lien
de dépendance. NDLR : Doit-on écrire
Khi-deux avec un trait d'union ou non ? L'usage semble hésitant...
Quoi qu'il en soit, prononcez « Qui deux».
= Khi 2 , khi carré, test du khi, khi de
Pearson. Pearson's chi-square test,
chi-squared test, Tests of
chi-squared types.
| |
|
|
PEARSON, K. (1900). On the criterion that a given system
of deviations from the probable in the case of a
correlated system of variables is such that it can be
reasonably supposed to have arisen from random sampling.
Philosophical Magazine Series, 5, 50 (302),
157-175. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
GOULET, C. (2003). Tutoriel SPSS/Comment faire un
khi-deux/Khi-carré. Montréal : Collège Ahuntsic. |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1922). On the interpretation of ?2 from
contingency tables, and the calculation of P. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society, 85, 87-94. |
BENTON, D. & KRISHNAMOORTHY, K. (2003). Computing
discrete mixtures of continuous distributions : Noncentral
chisquare, noncentral t and the distribution of the square
of the sample multiple correlation coefficient. Computational
Statistics & Data Analysis, 43, 249-267. |
|
YULE, G.U. (1923). On the application of the khi-deux
method to association and contingency tables, with
experimental illustrations. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, 85, 95-104. |
|
|
YATES, F. (1934). Contingency table involving small
numbers and the X2 test. Journal of the
Royal Statistical Society, 1 (2), 217-235. |
YUAN, K.H. & BENTLER, P.M. (2004). On chi-square
difference and Z tests in mean and covariance structure
analysis when the base model is mispecified. Educational
& Psychological Measurement, 64, 737-757. |
|
COCHRAN, W.G. (1952). The X2 test of goodness
of fit. Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 23, 315-345.
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2005). La représentativité d'un
échantillon et son test par le Khi-deux. Lettres
Statistiques, 12, 131-146. |
|
COCHRAN, W.G. (1954). Some methods for strengthening the
common X2 tests. Biometrics, 10,
417-451. |
LAURENCELLE, L. (2007). Les tableaux de fréquences 2 x 2
et leur traitement statistique. Tutorials in
Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 3 (1), 14-25.
[PDF] |
|
MOORE, D.S. (1986). Tests of chi-squared type. In R.B.
D'Agostino & M.A. Stephens (Eds.), Goodness-
of-fit techniques (pp. 63-96). New York : Marcel
Dekker. |
|
|
PLACKETT, R.L. (1983). Karl Pearson and the chi-squared
test. International Statistical Review, 51 (1),
59-72. |
|
|
RAO, J.N.K. & SCOTT, A.J. (1984). On chi-squared tests
for multiway contingency tables with cell proportions
estimated from survey data. Annals of Statistics, 12,
46-60. |
|
| |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse et
Test statistique |
|
|
Test du khi-deux corrigé : Utilisé à la place d'un X2
lorsque N < 20 et que tous les effectifs théoriques sont
inférieurs à 5. = test de correction de
la continuité de Yates.
Yates continuity correction X2 test.
| |
|
|
YATES, F. (1934). Contingency table involving small
numbers and the ?2 test. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, 1 (2), 217-235. |
|
GRIZZLE, J.E. (1967). Continuity correction in the X
2-test for 2 X 2 tables. American Statistician, 21,
28-32. |
|
CONOVER, W.J. (1974). Some reasons for not using the Yates
continuity correction on 2 x 2 contingency tables. Journal
of the American Statistical Association, 69,
374-376. |
|
HABER, M. (1980). A comparison of some continuity
corrections for the Chi-square test on 2 x 2 tables. Journal
of the American Statistical Association, 75, 510-515. |
| |
|
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi :
Gaëtan Morin |
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse et
Test statistique |
|
|
|
|
Test
du mini-mental : Test
psychologique, inventé par Folstein,
Folstein et McHugh, qui
détecte l'existence et évalue l'ampleur d'un trouble
neuro-cognitif (démence).
Mini-Mental State, Mini-Mental State
Examination, MMSE.
| |
|
|
FOLSTEIN, M.F., FOLSTEIN, S.E. & McHUGH, P.R. (1975).
Mini-Mental State : a practical method for grading the
cognitive state of patients for the clinician. Journal
of Psychiatric Research, 12 (3), 189-198. |
AEVARSSON, O. & SKOOG, I. (2000). A longitudinal
population study of the Mini-Mental State Examination in
the very old : relation to dementia and education. Dementia
& Geriatric Cognitive Disorders, 11, 166-175. |
|
MAGAZINER, J., BASSETT, S.S. & HEBEL, J.R. (1987).
Predicting performance on the Mini-Mental State
Examination : use of age and educational-specific
equations. Journal of American Geriatrics Society,
35, 996-1000. |
DORAIlSWAMY, P.M. & KAISER, L. (2000). Variability of
the Mini-Mental State Examination in dementia.
Neurology, 54, 1538-1539. |
|
FILLENBAUM, G.G., HUGHES, D.C., HEYMAN, A., GEORGE, L.K.
& BLAZER, D.G. (1988). Relationship of health and
demographic characteristics to Mini-Mental State
Examination score among community residents. Psychological
Medicine, 18, 719-726. |
|
|
O'CONNOR, D.W., POLLITT, P.A., HYDE, J.B., FELLOWS J.L.,
MILLER, N.D., BROOK C.P. & REISS B.B. (1989). The
reliability and validity of the Mini-Mental State in a
British community survey. Journal of Psychiatry
Research, 23, 87-96. |
JUVA, K., SULKAVA, R., VERKKONIEMI, A. & NIINISTÖ, L.
(2001). Sex differences in cognitive performance among the
very old & Mini-Mental State Examination in a
population aged 85 years and over. Journal of
Clinical Geropsychology, 7 (1), 39-45. |
|
GALASKO, D., KLAUBER, M.R., HOFSTETTER, C.R., SALMON,
D.P., LASKER, B. & THAL, L.J. (1990). The Mini-Mental
State Examination in the early diagnosis of alzheimer's
disease. Archives of Neurology, 47, 49-52. |
|
|
OLIN, J.T. & SELINSKI, E.M. (1991). The 12-month
reliability of the Mini-Mental State Examination. Psychological
Assessment, 3 (3), 427-432. |
JONES, R.N. & GALLO, J.J. (2002). Education and sex
differences in the Mini-Mental State Examination : effects
of differential item functioning. Journal of
Gerontology, 57B, 548-558. |
|
UHLMANN, R.F. & LARSON, E.B. (1991). Effect of
education on the Mini-Mental State Examination as a
screening tests for dementia. Journal of the American
Geriatrics Society, 39, 876-880. |
SHIGEMORI, K., OHGI, S., OKUYAMA, E., SHIMURA, T. &
SCHNEIDER, E. (2010). The factorial structure of the
mini-mental state examination (MMSE) in Japanese dementia
patients. BMC Geriatrics, 10, 36-42. [PDF] |
|
TOMBAUGH, T.N. & McINTYRE, N.J. (1992). The
mini-mental state examination : a comprehensive review. Journal
of American Geriatric Society, 40(9), 922-935. |
BOBANA, M., MALOJCIC, B., MIMICA, N., VUKOVIC, S., ZRILIC,
I., HOF, P.R. & SIMIC, G. (2012). The reliability and
validity of the Mini-Mental State Examination in the
erlderly Croatian population. Dementia &
Geriatric Cognitive Disorders, 33, 385-392. [PDF]
|
|
JAGGER, C., CLARKE, M., ANDERSON, J. & BATTCOCK, T.
(1992). Misclassification of dementia by the Mini-Mental
State Examination - Are education and social class the
only factors ? Age & Ageing, 21, 404-411. |
|
|
DEALBERTO, M.J., GAGNON, M., BARBERGER-GATEAU, P.,
DARTIGUES, J.F. et ALPEROVITCH, A.A. (1992). Influence du
niveau d'études sur un test de dépistage de la démence, le
Mini-Mental State Examination. Revue d'Épidémiologie
et de Santé Publique, 40, 93-101. |
|
|
CRUM, R.M., ANTHONY, J.C., BASSETT, S.S. & FOLSTEIN,
M.F. (1993). Population-based norms for the Mini-Mental
State Examination by age and education level. Journal
of American Medical Association, 269, 2386-2391. |
|
|
IZAKS, G.J., GUSSEKLOO, J., DERMOUT, K.M.T., HEEREN, T.J.
& LIGTHART, G.J. (1995). Three-year follow-up of
Mini-Mental State Examination score in community residents
aged 85 and over. Psychological Medicine, 25, 841-848. |
|
|
TOMBAUGH, T.N., McDOWELL, I., KRISTJANSSON, B. &
HUBLEY, A.M. (1996). Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE)
and the Modified MMSE (3MS) : a psychometric comparison
and normative data. Psychological Assessment, 8 (1),
48-59. |
|
|
MAGNI, E., BINETTI, G., PADOVANI, A., CAPPA, S.F. &
BIANCHETTI, A. (1996). Mini-Mental State Examination in
Alzheimer's disease and multi-infarct dementia. International
Psychogeriatrics, 8, 127-134. |
|
|
JACQMIN-GADDA, H., FARIBOULE, C., COMMENGES, D. &
DARTIGUES, J.-F. (1997). A 5-year study of the Mini-Mental
State Examination in normal aging. American Journal
of Epidemiology, 145, 498-506 |
CREAVIN, S.T., WISNIEWSKI, S., NOEL-STORR, A.H.,
TREVELYAN, C.M., HAMPTON, T., RAYMENT, D., THOM, V.M.,
NASH, K.J.E., ELHAMOUI, H., MILLIGAN, R., PATEL, A.S.,
TSIVOSDV, WING, T., PHILLIPS, E., KELLMAN, S.M.,
SHACKLETON, H.L., SINGLETON, G.F., NEALE, B.E., WATTON,
M.E. & CULLUM, S. (2016). Mini-Mental State
Examination (MMSE) for the detection of dementia in
clinically unevaluated people aged 65 and over in
communityandprimary care populations. Cochrane
Database of Systematic Reviews, 1. [PDF] |
|
KANG, Y., NA, D.L. & HAHN, S.H. (1997). A validity
study on the Korean version of Mini-Mental State
Examination in dementia patients. Journal of Korean
Neurological Association, 15, 300-307. |
BAEK, M.J., KIM, K., PARK, Y.H. & KIM, S. (2016). The
validity and reliability of the Mini-Mental State
Examination-2 for detecting mild cognitive impairment and
alzheimer's disease in a Korean population. PLOS
One, 11 [9], 1-19. [PDF] |
|
BRAYNE, C. (1998). The Mini-Mental State Examination, will
we be using it in 2001 ? International Journal of
Geriatric Psychiatry, 13, 285-290. |
|
|
KRAEMER, H.C., MORITZ, D.J. & YESAVAGE, J. (1998).
Ajusting Mini-Mental State Examination score for age and
educational level to screen for dementia : correcting bias
or reducing validity ? International
Psychogeriatrics, 10, 43-51. |
|
|
GRIGOLETTO, F., ZAPPALA, G., ANDERSON, D. & LEBOWITZ,
B. (1999). Norms for the Mini-Mental State Examination in
a healthy population. Neurology, 53, 315-320. |
|
|
CLARK, C.M. SHEPPARD, L., FILLENBAUM, G.G., GALASKO, D.,
MORRIS, J.C., KOSS, E., MOHS, R. & HEYMAN, A. (1999).
Variability in annual Mini-Mental State Examination score
in patients with probable Alzheimer's disease : a clinical
perspective of data from the Consortium to establish a
eegistry for Alzheimer's disease. Archives of
Neurology, 56, 857-862. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Test
psychologique, Test du MOCA et
Alzheimer |
|
|
|
Test
du miroir : Dispositif
expérimental utilisé de manière différente selon que l'on
souhaite mesurer la reconnaissance
de soi ou l'agressivité
: a) En psychologie, cette procédure
expérimentale, mise au point par Gallup,
ser à vérifier la capacité d'un enfant ou d'un animal à se
reconnaître dans un miroir. On
utilise également ce test pour accroître la conscience de soi./a> b)
En éthologie, le test du
miroir est également utilisé pour induire des comportements
agonistiques chez des espèces
qui ne se reconnaissent pas dans un miroir (notamment chez les
poissons comme le Xiphophorus
helleri) et observer
les menaces et les attaques
à l'égard du dispositif.
Test du miroir, reconnaissance
de soi et
conscience de soi. = épreuve
du miroir. Mirror test, mirror effect.
| |
|
| a |
|
BOULANGER-BALLEYGUIER, G. (1964). Premieres réactions
devant le miroir. Enfance, 1, 51-67. |
HEYES, C.M. (1995). Self-recognition in primates : Further
reflections create a hall of mirrors. Animal
Behaviour, 50 (1), 533-1542. [PDF] |
|
GALLUP, G.G. (1970). Chimpanzees : self-recognition. Science,
167, 86-87. |
INOUE, N. (1995). Mirror self-recognition among infant
chimpanzees : Application of longitudinal and
cross-sectional methods. Japanese Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 5, 51-60. |
|
AMSTERDAM, B. (1972). Mirror self-image reactions before
age two. Developmental Psychobiology, 5,
297-305. |
WALRAVEN, V., VAN ELSACKER, L. & VERHEYEN, R. (1995).
Reactions of a group of pygmy chimpanzees (Pan paniscus)
to their mirror-images: Evidence of self-recoguition. Primates,
36, 145-150. |
|
BENHAR, E., CARLTON, P. & SAMUEL, D. (1975). A search
for mirror-image reinforcement and self-recognition in
baboons. In S. Kondo, M. Kawai & A. Ehara (Eds.),
Contemporary primatology (pp. 202-208). Tokyo :
Japan Science Press. |
INOUE-NAKAMURA, N. (1997). Mirror self-recognition in
nonhuman primates : A phylogenetic approach. Japanese
Psychological Research, 39 (3), 266-275. [PDF] |
|
ZAZZO, R. (1975). Des jumeaux devant le miroir: Questions
de methode. Journal de Psychologie, 4, 389-341. |
GLANZER, M., KIM, K. & ADAMS, J.K. (1998). Response
distribution as an explanation of the mirror effect. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning Memory &
Cognition, 24, 633-644. |
|
EPSTEIN, R., LANZA, R.P. & SKINNER, B.F. (1981).
"Self-awareness" in the pigeon. Science, 212,
695-696. [PDF] |
HYATT, C.W. (1998). Responses of gibbons (Hylobates lar)
to their mirror images. American Journal of
Primatology, 45, 307-311. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1983). Responses to mirror-image
stimulation, and assessment of self-recognition in
mirror-and peer-reared stumptail macaques. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 35, 201-222. |
SWARTZ, K.B., SARAUW, D. & EVANS, S. (1999).
Comparative aspects of mirror self-recognition in great
apes. In S.T. Parker, R.W. Mitchell & H.L. Miles
(Eds.), The mentalities of gorillas and orangutans :
Comparative perspectives (pp. 283-294). New York :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
EGLASH, A.R. & SNOWDON, C.T. (1983). Mirror-image
responses in pygmy marmosets (Cebuella pygmaea). American
Journal of Primatology, 5, 211-219. |
UJHELYI, M., BUK, P., MERKER, B. & GEISSMANN, T.
(2000). Observations on the behavior of gibbons (Hylobates
leucogenys, H. gabriellae, and H. lar) in the presence of
mirrors. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 114
(3), 253-262. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1984). Monkeys with mirrors : some
questions for primate psychology. International
Journal of Primatology, 5, 81-98. |
VYT, A. (2001). Processes of visual self-recognition in
in- fants : Experimental induction of "mirror" experience
via video self-image presentation. Infant & Child
Development, 10, 173-187. |
|
BAYART, F. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1985). Mirror-image
reactions in tool-using, adult male Macaca tonkeana. Behavioural
Processes, 10, 219-227. |
|
|
PLATT, M.M. & THOMPSON, R.L. (1985). Mirror responses
in a Japanese macaque troop. Primates, 26,
300-314. |
GALLUP, G.G., ANDERSON, J.R. & SHIKLITO, D.J. (2002).
The mirror test. In M. Bekoff, C. Allen & G. Burghardt
(Eds.), The cognitive animal (pp. 325-333).
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1986). Mirror-mediated finding of hidden
food by monkeys (Macaca tonkeana and M. fascicularis). Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 100, 237-242. |
|
|
ANDERSON, J.R. & CHAMOVE, A.S. (1986). Infant
stumptail macaques reared with mirrors or peers : Social
responsiveness, attachment, and adjustment. Primates,
27, 63-82. |
|
|
ITAKURA, S. (1987). Use of a mirror to direct their
responses in Japanese monkeys (Macaca fuscata fuscata).
Primates, 28, 343-352. |
ROCHAT, P. & STRIANO, T. (2002). Who's in the mirror ?
Self- other discrimination in specular images by 4- and
9-month-old infants. Child Development, 73,
35-46. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. & ROEDER, J.-J. (1989). Responses of
capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella) to different conditions of
mirror-image stimulation. Primates, 30, 581-587. |
KEENAN, J.P., FALK, D. & GALLUP, G.G. (2003). The
face in the mirror : The search for the origins of
consciousness. New York : Harper Collins
Publishers. |
|
MORIN, A. & DEBLOIS, S. (1989). Gallup's mirrors :
More than an operationalization of self-awareness in
primates. Psychological Reports, 65, 287-291. |
NIELSEN, M., DISSANAYAKE, C. & KASHIMA, Y. (2003). A
longitudinal investigation of self-other discrimination
and the emergence of mirror self-recognition. Infant
Behavior & Development, 26, 213-226. |
|
GLANZER, M. & ADAMS, J.K. (1990). The mirror effect in
recognition memory : Data and theory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 16, 5-16. |
TATTERSALL, I. (2003). The Monkey in the mirror :
Essays on the science of what makes us human.
Mariner Books. |
|
GALLUP, G.G. & SUAREZ, S.D. (1991). Social responding
to mirrors in rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) : effects of
temporary mirror removal. Journal of Comparative
Psychology 105 (4), 376-379. |
NIELSEN, M. & DISSANAYAKE, C. (2004). Pretend play,
mirror self-recognition and imitation: A longitudinal
investi- gation through the second year. Infant
Behavior & Development, 27, 342-365. |
|
GLANZER, M., ADAMS, J.K. & IVERSON, G. (1991).
Forgetting and the mirror effect in recognition memory :
Concentering of underlying distributions. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 17, 81-93. |
SHERMAN, P.W. & BEKOFF, M. (2004). Monkeys, mirrors,
mark tests and minds. Trends in Ecology &
Evolution, 19 (8), 407-408. |
|
FORNASIERI, I., ROEDER, J. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1991).
Les reactions au miroir chez trois especes de lemuriens
(Lemur fulvus, L. macaco, L. catta). Comptes Rendus
de L'academie des Sciences, 312, 349-354. |
NIELSEN, M., SUDDENDORF, T. & SLAUGHER, V. (2006).
Mirror self-recognition beyond the face. Child
Development, 77 (1), 176-185. [PDF] |
|
MITCHELL, R.W. (1993). Mental models of mirror
self-recognition : Two theories. New Ideas in
Psychology, 11, 295-325. |
BROESCH, T.L., CALLAGHAN, T., HENRICH, J., MURPHY, C.
& ROCHAT, P. (2011). Cultural variations in children's
mirror sef-recognition. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 42 (6), 1018-1029.
[PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, R.L. & BOATRIGHT-HOROWITZ. S.L. (1994). The
question of mirror-mediated self-recognition in apes and
monkeys: Some new results and reservations. In S.T.
Parker, R.W. Mitchell, & M.L. Boccia (Eds.), Self-awareness
in animals and humans : Developmental perspectives (pp.
330-349). New York : Cambridge University Press. |
ANDERSON, J.R. & GALLUP, G.G. (2011) Do rhesus monkeys
recognize themselves in mirrors ? American Journal of
Primatology, 73, 603-606. |
|
BALZARINI, V., TABORSKY, M., WANNER, S., KOCH, F. &
FROMMEN, J.G. (2014). Mirror, mirror on the wall : the
predictive value of mirror tests for measuring aggression
in fish. Behavoral Ecology Sociobioology, 68 (5),
871–878. |
|
ITAKURA, S. (1994). An exploratory study of mirror-image
shape discrimination in young children : vision and touch.
Perceptual & Motor Skills, 78, 83-88. |
CHANG, L., FANG, Q., ZHANG, S., POO, M.-M. & ONG, N.
(2015) Mirror-induced self-directed behaviors in rhesus
monkeys after visual-somatosensory training. Current
Biology, 25 (2), 212-217. [PDF] |
|
BOCCIA, M.L. (1994). Mirror behavior in macaques. In S.T.
Parker, R.W. Mitchell, & M.L. Boccia (Eds.),
Self-awareness in animals and humans (pp. 350-360).
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
TODA, K. & PLATT, M.L. (2015). Animal cognition :
Monkeys pass the mirror test. Current Biology, 25
(2), 64-66.
[PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1994). The monkey in the mirror : A
strange conspecific. In S.T. Parker, R.W. Mitchel &
M.L. Boccia (Eds.), Self-awareness in animals and
humans : developmental perspectives (pp 315-329.
New York : Cambridge University Press. |
ANDERSON, J.R.
& GALLUP, G.G. (2015). Mirror self-recognition : a
review and critique of attempts to promote and engineer
self-recognition in primates. Primates, 56 (4),
317-326.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Concept
de soi, Conscience
de soi et Reconnaissance
de soi |
| b |
|
BEAUGRAND, J.P., GOULET, C. & PAYETTE, D. (1991).
Outcome of dyadic conflict in male green swordtail fish
(Xiphophorus helleri) : Effects of body size and prior
dominance. Animal Behaviour, 41, 187-194. |
DE WAAL, F.B.M., DINDO, M., FREEMAN, C.A. & HALL, M.
(2005). The monkey in the mirror : Hardly a stranger. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 102,
11140-11147. |
|
|
Voir aussi Comportements
agonistiques |
|
|
Test
du MMPI : Sigle pour Minnesota Multiphasic
Personality Inventory. Test
de personnalité objectif, l'un des plus utilisés dans le
monde, inventé en 1937, par Hathaway
et McKinley. MMPI, mesure
de la personnalité et personnalité.
Minnesota Multiphasic
Personality Inventory, MMP-
MMPI-2I.
| |
|
|
HATHAWAY, S.R. & McKINLEY, J.C. (1940). A multiphasic
personality schedule (Minnesota) : Construction of the
schedule. Journal of Psychology, 10, 249-254. |
HERSH, P.D. & ALEXANDER, R.W. (1990). MMPI
profile
patterns of emotional disability claimants. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 46, 793-799. |
|
GREENE, R.L. (1990). Stability of MMPI scale scores with
four code types across forty years. Journal of
Personality
Assessment, 55, 1-6 |
|
GRAHAM, J.R., WATTS, D. & TIMBROOK, R.E. (1991).
Detecting fake good and fake bad MMPI-2 profiles. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 57, 264-277. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1946). Profile analysis of the Minnesota
Multiphasic Personality Inventory in differential
diagnosis. Journal of Applied Psychology, 30, 517-524. |
BEN-PORATH, Y.S., BUTCHNER, J.N. & GRAHAM, J.R.
(1991). Contribution of the MMPI-2 Content Scales to the
differential diagnosis of schizophrenia and major
depression. Psychological Assessment, 3, 634-640. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. & HATHAWAY, S.R. (1946). The K factor as a
supressor variables in the MMPI. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 30, 525-564. |
BERRY, D., BAER, R. & HARRIS, M. (1991). Detection of
malingering on the MMPI : A meta-analysis. Clinical
Psychology Review, 11, 585-598. |
|
McKINLEY, J.C. & MEEHL, P.E. (1948). The Minnesota
Multiphasic Personality Inventory : VI. The K scale. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 12, 20-31. |
WOYCHYSHYN, C.A., McELHERAN, W.G. & ROMENY, D.M.
(1992). MMPI validity measures : A comparative study of
iriginal with alternative indices. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 58, 138-148. |
|
CORTINA, J.M., DOHERTY, M.L., SCHMITT, N., KAUFMAN, G.
& SMITH, R.G. (1992). The "big five" personality
factors in the IPI and MMPI : Predictors of police
performance. Personnel Psychology, 45, 119-141. |
|
HATHAWAY, S.R. & MEEHL, P.E. (1951). An atlas for
the clinical use of the MMPI. Minneapolis :
University of Minnesota Press. |
WEED, N.C., BUTCHER, J.N. & WILLIAMS, C.L. (1994).
Development of MMPI-A alcohol/drug problem scale. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 55, 296-302. |
|
FORDYCE, W.E. (1956). Social desirability in the MMPI. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 20, 171-175. |
KELLEY, P.L., JACOBS, R.R. & FARR, J.L. (1994).
Effects of
multiple administrations of the MMPI for employee
screening. Personnel Psychology, 47, 575-591. |
|
FRICKE, B.G. (1956). Response sets as a suppressor
variable in the OAIS and MMPI. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 20, 161-169. |
FRUEH, C.B., LEVERETT, J.P. & KINDER, B.N. (1995).
Interrelationship between MMPI-2 and Rorschach variables
in a sample of Vietnam veterans with PTSD. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 64, 312-318. |
|
MERRILL, R.M., HEATHERS, L.B. & FORDYCE, W.E. (1956).
The relation of the MMPI to the Edwards Personal
Preference Schedule on a College Counseling Center Sample.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 20, 310-314.
|
ARBISI, P.A. & BEN-PORATH, Y.S. (1995). An MMPI-2
Infrequent Response Scale for use with psychopathological
populations: The Infrequency- Psychopathology Scale, F(p).
Psychological Assessment, 7 (4), 424-431. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. & DAHLSTROM, W.G. (1960). Objective
configural rules for discriminating psychotic from
neurotic MMPI profiles. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 24, 375-387. |
BISSON, T. (1997). Le M.M.P.I. Grenoble :
Presses universitaires de Grenoble. |
|
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1959). A comparison of clinicians with five
statistical methods of identifying MMPI profiles. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 6, 102-109. |
ARCHER, R.P., FONTAINE, J. & MCCRAE, R. R. (1998). The
effects of two MMPI-2 validity scales on basic scale
relations to external criteria. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 70, 87-102. |
|
EDWARDS, A.L. (1962). Social desirability and expected
means on MMPI Scales. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 22 (1), 71-76. |
WORKOWSKI, E.J. & PALLONE, N.J. (1999). Previously
unscored pre-service MMPI data in relation to police
performance over a decade : A multivariate inquiry. Journal
of Offender Rehabilitation, 29, 71-94. |
|
PERKINS, J. & GOLDBERG, L.R. (1964). Contextual
effects on the MMPI. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
28, 133-140. |
ZHANG, J.X. SONG, W.Z. & ZHANG, M.Q. (1999).
Introduction on Minnesota Multiphasic Personality
Inventory-2 (MMPI-2) and it's standardization process in
mainland China and Hong Kong. Chinese Mental Health
Journal, 1, 29-31. |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1969). The search for configural
relationships in personality assessment : The diagnosis of
psychosis vs. neurosis from the MMPI. Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 4, 523-536. |
KLONSKY, E.D. & BERTELSON, A.D. (2000). MMPI-2
clinical scale differences between dysthymia and major
depression. Assessment, 7, 143-149. [PDF] |
|
WIGGINS, J.S., GOLDBERG, L.R. & APPLEBAUM, M. (1971).
MMPI content scales : Interpretative norms and
correlations with other scales. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 37, 403-410. |
BAER, R.A. & MILLER, J. (2002). Underreporting of
psychopathology on the MMPI-2: A meta-analytic review. Psychological
Assessment, 14, 16-26. |
|
DEROGATIS, L.R., RICKELS, K. & ROCK, A. (1976). The
SCL-90 and the MMPI : A step in the validation of a new
self-report scale. British Journal of Psychiatry,
128, 280-289. |
WANG, J., ZHANG, Y. & LUO, G. (2005). A study on
applicability of brief MMPI for Chinese armed police
force. Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology, 13, 138-140. |
|
BUTCHER, J.N. & TELLEGEN, A. (1978). Common
methodological problems in MMPI. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 46 (4),
620-628. |
TELLEGEN, A., BEN-PORATH, Y.S., SELBOM, M., ARBISI, P.A.,
McNULTY, J.L. & GRAHAM, J.R. (2006). Further evidence
on the validity of the MMPI-2 Restructured Clinical (RC)
Scales : Response to Rogers, Sewell, Harrison and Jordan
and Nichols. Journal of Personality Assessment, 87,
148-171. |
|
GOLDEN, R. & MEEHL, P.E. (1979). Detection of the
schizoid taxon with MMPI indicators. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 88, 217-233. |
TELLEGEN, A. & BEN-PORATH, Y.S. (2008). The
Minnesota Multiphaisc Personality Inventory -2
Restructured Form: Technical manual. Minneapolis,
MN : University of Minnesota Press. |
|
DRALLE, P.W. & BAYBROK, R.M. (1985). Screening of
police applicants: A replication of a 5- item MMPI
research index validity study. Psychological Reports,
57, 1031-1034. |
SIIRA, V., WAHLBERG, K.E., MIETTUNNEN, J. & LÄSKY, K.
(2008). MMPI measures as signs of predisposition to mental
disorder among adoptees at high risk for schizophrenia. Psychiatry
Research, 158 (3), 278-286. |
|
SHUSMAN, E.J., INWALD, R.E. & KNATZ, H. (1987). A
cross-validation of police recruit performance as
predicted by the IPI and MMPI. Journal of Police
Science & Administration, 15, 162-169. |
BUTCHER, J.N. (2009). Personality assessment with the
MMPI-2 : Historical roots, international adaptations, and
current challenges. Applied Psychology : Health &
Well-Being, 2, 105-135. |
|
COSTA, P.T., BUSCH, C.M., ZONDERMAN, A.B. &
McCRAE, R.R. (1986). Correlations of MMPI factor scales
with measures of the five factor model of personality. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 50, 640-650. |
TELLEGEN, A., BEN-PORATH, Y.S. & SELBOM, M. (2009).
Construct validity of the MMPI-2- Restructured Clinical
(RC) Scales : Reply to Rouse, Greene, Butcher, Nichols,
& Williams. Journal of Personality Assessment, 91
(3), 211-221. |
|
ERICKSON, W.D., LUXENBERG, M.G., WALBEK, N.H. & SEELY,
R.K. (1987). Frequency of MMPI two-point code types among
sex offenders. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 55, 566-570. |
PERFECT, M.M., THARINGER, D.J., KEITH, T.Z. &
LYLE-LAHROUD, T. (2011). Relations between Minnesota
Multiphasic Personality Inventory-A Scales and Rorschach
variables with scope and severity of maltreatment among
adolesecents. Journal of Personality Assessment, 93, 582-591. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
objectif et Mesure
de la personnalité |
|
|
|
|
Test
du N-back : Test de la mémoire à court terme/de
travail, qui consiste à présenter des lettres ou des fomes
successives (EX: carré, triangle, cercle) au sujet qui doit
répondre uniquement quand une forme (cercle) a déjà été présenté n
positions auparavant (par exemple, 2 positions (n) auparavant).
N-back test.
| |
|
|
OWEN, A.M., McMILLAN, K.M., LAIRD, A.R. & BULLMORE, E.
(2005). N-back working memory paradigm : A meta-analysis
of normative functional neuroimaging studies. Human
Brain Mapping, 25 (1), 46-59. |
|
KANE, M.J., CONWAY, A.R.A., MIURA, T.K. & COLFLESH,
G.J.H (2007). Working memory, attention control, and the
N-back task : a question of construct validity.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory,
& Cognition, 33 (3), 615-622. |
|
JAEGGI, S.M., STUDER-LUETHI, B., BUSCHKUEHL, M., SU,
Y.-F., JONIDES, J. & PERRIG, W.J. (2010). The
relationship between n-back performance and matrix
reasoning -- implications for training and transfer. Intelligence,
38 (6), 625-635. |
|
JAEGGI, S.M., BUSCHKUEHL, M., PERRIG, W.J. & MEIER, B.
(2010). The concurrent validity of the N-back task as a
working memory measure. Memory, 18 (4), 394-412. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
psychométrique |
|
|
Test
du pouvoir : Test de réalité
qu'une parti politique doit subir lorsqu'il forme le gouvernement.
En effet, une fois au pouvoir,
les partis sacrifient souvent de grands pans de leur
idéologie et de leur programme
politique. Des projets
ou des valeurs au coeur de
ces programmes sont mis sur la glace ou en veilleuses, soit parce
qu'ils étaient irréalistes ou flous, soit parce qu'ils n'étaient
en fait que des stratégies
ou des techniques pour persuader
l'électeur, ou bien encore
en raison de la conjoncture sociale et économique qui ne se prête
pas à la réalisation de tels projets/valeurs. De fait, les partis
trop à gauche
ou à droite
gouvernent souvent au centre et les élections
qui les portent au pouvoir sont souvent le théâtre d'une migration
idéologique vers le "p'tit mou commun".
|
Test
du tri qualitatif : Test
projectif d'évaluation du point de vue d'un sujet, de ses opinions,
inventée par Stephenson. Le
sujet doit choisir à partir d'une liste d'énoncés décrivant des traits,
des comportements ou
des attitudes celles qui lui semblent le mieux correspondre à ses
opinions, à son point de vue. Q-sort method.
| |
|
|
STEPHENSON, W. (1953). The study of behavior : Q-technique
and its methodology. Chicago : University of Chicago
Press. |
|
STEPHENSON, W. (1982). Q-methodology, interbehavioral
psychology, and quantum theory. Psychological Record,
32, 235-248. |
|
STEPHENSON, W. (1987). Q-methodology : Interbehavioral and
quantum theoretical connections in clinical psychology. In
D.H. Ruben & D.J. Delprato (Eds.), New ideas in
therapy (pp. 95-106). Westport, CT : Greenwood. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test projectif et Stephenson |
|
|
Test
du Wisconsin : WCST : Test
neuropsychologique élaboré par Grant et Berg (1948) pour évaluer
les fonctions
exécutives. Il s'agit d'un jeu de 128 cartes qui présentent
des formes que l'on peut classer
ou associer selon la couleur, la forme ou le nombre.
Wisconsin Card Sorting Test.
| |
|
|
GRANT, D.A. & BERG, E. (1948). A behavioral analysis
of degree of reinforcement and ease of shifting to new
responses in Weigl-type card-sorting problem. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 38, 404-411. |
SMITH-SEEMILLER, L., ARFFA, S. & FRANZEN, M.D (2001).
Use of Wisconsin Card Sorting Test short forms with
scholl-age children. Archives of Clinical
Neuropsychology, 16, 489-499. |
|
HEATON, R.K. (1981). A manual for the Wisconsin Card
Sorting Test. Psychological Assessment Resources,
Odessa, FL. |
LAVOIE, K. & EVERETT, J. (2001). Schizophrénie et
performance au Wisconsin Card Sorting Test.
L'encéphale, 27, 444-449. |
|
HARTMAN, M., BOLTON, E. & FEHNEL, S.E. (2001).
Accounting for age differences on the Wisconsin Card
Sorting Test : decreased working memory, not
inflexibility. Psychology & Aging, 16 (3),
385-399. |
|
WANG, L., KAKIGI, R. & HOSHIYAMA, M. (2001). Neural
activities during Wisconsin Card Sorting Test - MEG
observation. Brain Research : Cognitive Brain
Research, 12, 19-31. |
|
GRAFMAN, J., JONES, B. & SALAZAR, A. (1990). Wisconsin
Card Sorting Test performance based on location and size
of neuroanatomical lesion in Vietnam veterans with
penetrating head injury. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 71, 1120-1122. |
MONCHI, O., PETRIDES, M., PETRE, V., WORSLEY, K. &
DAGHER, A. (2001). Wisconsin card sorting revisited :
Distinct neural circuits participating in different stages
of the task identified by event-related functional
magnetic resonance imaging. The Journal of
Neuroscience, 21 (19), 7733-7741. |
|
STUSS, D.T., LEVINE, B., ALEXANDER, M.P., HONG, J.,
PALUMBO, C., HAMER, L. MURPHY, K. & IZUKAWA, D.
(2000). Wisconsin card sorting test performance in
patients with focal frontal and posterior brain damage:
Effects of lesion location and test structure on separable
cognitive processes. Neuropsychologia, 38, 388-402. |
|
ARNETT, P.A., RAO, S.M., BERNARDIN, L., GRAFMAN, J.,
YETKIN, F.Z. & LOBECK, L. (1994). Relationship between
frontal lobe lesions and Wisconsin Card Sorting Test
performance in patients with multiple sclerosis. Neurology,
44 (3), 420-425. |
DEMAKIS, G.J. (2003). A meta-analytic review of the
sensitivity of the Wisconsin Card Sorting Test to frontal
and lateralized frontal brain damage. Neuropsychology,
17, 255-264. |
|
BERMAN K.F., OSTREM J.L., RANDOLF, C., GOLD, J., GOLDBERG,
T.E, COPPOLA R., CARSON, R.E., HERSCOVITCH, P. &
WEINBERGER, D.R. (1995). Physiological activation of a
cortical network during performance of the Wisconsin Card
Sorting Test : A positron emission tomography study. Neuropsychologia,
33, 1027-1046. |
GREVE, K.W., STICKLE, T.R., LOVE, J., BIANCHINI, K.J.
& STANFORD, M.S. (2005). Latent structure of the
Wisconsin Card Sorting Test : a confirmatory factor
analytic study. Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology,
20, 355-364. |
|
NYHUS, E. & BARCELO, R. (2009). The Wisconsin Card
Sorting Test and the cognitive assessment of prefrontal
executive functions : A critical update. Brain &
Cognition 71 (2009) 43-451. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
psychométrique |
|
|
Test
empirique : Tester empiriquement : En méthodologie,
le test est une recherche
qui vise à éprouver la véracité d'une hypothèse et la solidité
d'une théorie en les confrontant directement aux faits. Le test
permet donc de vérifier si hypothèse/théorie sont vraies ou
fausses. Le résultat de ce test peut être favorable ou non (test
négatif) à la théorie et entraîner son rejet en partie ou en totalité. =
recherche empirique.
|
Test
exact de Fisher : Test
statistique élaboré par Fisher
lorsque les conditions d'application du Khi-deux
ne sont pas observés, par exemple un petit nombre de sujets.
Fisher's exact test, Fisher exact probability
test.
| |
|
|
FISHER, R.A. (1922). On the interpretation of ?2 from
contingency tables, and the calculation of P. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society, 85 (1), 87-94. |
|
METHA, C.R. & PATEL, N.R. (1983). A network algorithm
for performing Fisher's exact test in r Xc contingency
tables. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 78 (382), 427-434. |
|
YATES, F. (1984). Tests of Significance for 2 x 2
contingency tables (with discussion). Journal of the
Royal Statistical Society, Series A 147 (3),
426-463. |
|
METHA, C.R., PATEL, N.R. & TSIATIS, A. (1984). Exact
significance testing to establish treatment equivalence
with ordered categorical data. Biometrics, 40
(3), 819-825. |
|
AGRESTI, A. (1992). A survey of exact inference for
contingency tables. Statistical Science, 7 (1),
131-153. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse et
Test statistique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
|
|
Test
G : Test de conformité.
Test of goodness-of-fit.
| |
|
|
FISHER, R.A. (1922). The goodness of fit of regression
formula, and the distribution of regression coefficients.
Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, 85, 597-612. |
BOLLEN, K.A. & STINE, R. (1992). Bootstrapping
goodness of fit measures in structural equation models. Sociological
Methods & Research, 21, 205-229. |
|
COCHRAN, W.G. (1952). The X2 test of goodness of fit. Annals
of Mathematical Statistics, 23, 315-345. |
SOKAL, R.R. & ROHLF, F.J. (1994). Biometry : the
principles and practice of statistics in biological
research. New York : Freeman. |
|
LAMTZ, K. (1978). Small-sample comparisons of exact levels
for chi-squared goodness-of-fit statistics. Journal of
the American Statistical Association, 73 (362),
253-263. |
MADEU-OLIVARES, A. & JOE, H. (2006). Limited
information goodness-of-fit testing in multidimensional
contingency tables. Psychometrika, 71, 713-732. |
|
BLACK, P., LAURENCELLE, L. (1987). Le test G pour les
tableaux de fréquences et sa décomposition additive. Lettres
Statistiques, 8, 99-114. |
MADEU-OLIVARES, A. & GARCIA-FORERO, C. (2010).
Goodness-of-Fit testing. International Encyclopedia
of Education, 7, 190-196. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test statistique |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
papier-crayon : En science,
expression qui désigne un type de tests
qui demande à un sujet de
répondre par écrit à des questions
- objectives ou subjectives - ou de résoudre un problème en
choisissant une solution, par opposition à une épreuve dans
laquelle la réponse du sujet est un comportement moteur. Cette
expression a de moins en moins cours aujourd'hui puisque ces tests
sont de plus en plus admnistrés au moyen d'un ordinateur.
Paper-and-pencil test, Paper-and-pencil instrument.
| |
|
|
KNAPP, H. & KIRK, S.A. (2003). Using pencil and paper,
Internet and touch-ton phones for self- administered
surveys : does methodology matter ? Computers in
Human Behavior, 19, 117–134. |
|
| |
Voir aussi Test objectif |
|
|
Test
post-hoc : Test statistique
que l'on réalise après un premier test (= post-hoc), par
exemple une anayse de variance, et dont la fonction est de
préciser quelle paire de groupe comparée deux-à-deux est
significative. EX: Test
de Scheffé. ( ): Voir
tableau ci-bas. Post-hoc test, pairwise
multiple comparisons, comparisons of
treatments after an analysis of variance.
| |
|
|
DAY, R.W. & QUINN, G.P. (1989). Comparisons of
treatments after an analysis of variance in ecology.
Ecological Monographs, 5, 433-463. |
|
SEAMAN, M.A., LEVIN, J.R. & SERLIN, R.C. (1991). New
developments in pairwise multiple comparisons : Some
powerful and practicable procedures. Psychological
Bulletin, 110, 577-586. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test statistique |
|
|
Test
projectif : Tout test
psychologique dont les bonnes réponses ne sont pas
déterminées par le chercheur.
Il contient habituellement des figures ou des mises en situation
floues ou ambiguës. = test subjectif,
méthode projective. /test
objectif. ( ): C.A.T.,
Test de Rorscharch, Test
de Szondi, T.A.T. Projective
test.
|
|
|
GEMELLI, A. (1950). Le film comme methode projective.
Acta Psychologica, 7, 190-195. |
LILIENFELD, S.O. (2000). Projective measures of
personality and psychopathology. How well do they work ?
Skeptical Inquirer, 23 (5), 32-39. |
|
VAN LENNEP, D.J. & HOUWINK, R.H. (1951/52). Projection
tests and overt behavior. Acta Psychologica, 8,
240-253. |
LILIENFELD, S.O., WOOD, J. & GARB, H.N. (2000). The
scientific status of projective tests. Psychological
Science in the Public Interest, 1 (2), 27-66. [PDF] |
|
SOSKIN, W.F. (1954). Bias in postdiction from protective
tests. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology,
49, 69-74. |
|
|
JENSEN, A.R. (1959). The reliability of projective
techniques : methodology. Acta Psychologica, 16,
108-136. |
LILIENFELD, S.O., WOOD, J. & GARB, H.N. (2001). What's
wrong with this picture? Scientific American, 81-87. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1959). Structured and projective tests : Some
common problems in validation. Journal of Projective
Techniques, 23, 268-272. |
BORNSTEIN, R.F. (2002). A process dissociation approach to
objective-projective test score relationships. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 78, 47-68. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
psychologique |
|
|
Test
psychologique : Test psychométrique : Outil de collecte de
données et d'évaluation
qui permet de mesurer et d'évaluer
un grand nombre de phénomènes
psychologiques au moyen de questions et de mises en
situation réelles ou virtuelles. Les tests permettent d'évaluer
les traits de personnalité, les états émotionnels, les troubles
cognitifs, les capacités intellectuelles, les intérêts, les
habiletés, les valeurs, les opinions, etc. Test psychologique, tâche
et épreuve.
= test psychométrie.
( ): test
objectif, test projectif. Mental
test, psychological test, psychometric test.
| |
|
|
CATTELL, J.M. (1890). Mental tests and measurements.
Mind, 15, 373-381. |
PASCUAL-LEONE, J., BAILLARGEON, R., LEE, C. & HO, G.W.
(1990). Toward standardization of mental capacity
testing. Department of Psychology Report. York
University, Toronto. |
|
BURT, C. (1909). Experimental tests of general
intelligence. British Journal of Psychology, 3,
94-177. |
|
|
KENT, G.H. (1923). A combination mental test for clinical
use. Journal of applied Psychology, 7, 246-257. |
CHEVRIER, J.-M. (1990). Chronique de test : Epreuve
individuelle d'habileté mentale. McGill Journal of
Education, 25 (1), 121-127. |
|
GUILFORD, J.P. (1936/54). Psychometric methods. New
York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
|
KENT, G.H. (1938). Use and abuse of mental tests in
clinical diagnosis. Psychological Record, 2, 391-400.
|
THIRIART, O. (1991). Acceptance of personality test
results Skeptical Inquirer, 15 (2),
|
|
CRONBACH, L.J. (1949/1990). Essentials of psychological
testing. New York: Harper |
HEILBRUN, K. (1992). The role of psychological testing in
forensic assessment. Law & Human Behavior, 16
(3), 257-272. [PDF] |
|
GULLIKSEN, H. (1950). Theory of mental tests. New
York : Wiley. |
|
|
KENT, G.H. (1950). Mental tests in clinics for
children. New York : D. Van Nostrand Company, Inc. |
FITZGERALD, L.F., GELFAND, M.J. & DRASGOW, F. (1995).
Measuring sexual harassment : Theoretical and psychometric
advances. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 17,
425-427. [PDF] |
|
SPREEN, O. & STRAUSS, E. (1998). A compendium of
neuropsychological tests : Administration, norms and
commentary. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (1954). Technical
recommendations for psychological tests and manuals. Washington
DC : American Psychological Association |
McDONALD, R.P. (1999). Test theory. A unified
treatment. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
ANASTASI, A. (1954). Psychological testing. New
York : Macmillan. |
|
|
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (1966). Standards
for educational and psychological tests. Washington
DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
|
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. (1972). Implications of testing for
individual and society. In L.J. Cronbach & P.J.D.
Drenth (Eds.), Mental tests and cultural adaptation.
(pp. 23-26). The Hague : Mouton. |
WARWICK, K. (2000). QI : the quest for intelligence.
London : Judy Piatkus Publishers Ltd. |
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. (1975). Psychological tests for developing
countries; rationale and objectives. Nederlands
Tijdschrift voor de Psychologie, 30, 5-22. |
|
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. & FLIER, H. (1976). Cultural
differences and comparability of test scores. International
Review of Applied Psychology, 25, 137-144. |
|
|
FLIER, H. & DRENTH, P.J.D. (1980). Fair selection
and comparability of test scores. In L.J. Kamp, W.F.
Langerak, & D.N.M. de Gruijter (Eds.), Psychometrics
for educational debates (pp. 85-101). London :
Wiley. |
|
|
ANASTASI, A. (1983). What do intelligence tests measure ?
In S.B. Anderson & J.S. Helmick (Eds.), On
educational testing : Intelligence, performance
standards, test anxiety, and latent traits (pp.
5-28). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
KLINE, P. (2000). Handbook of psychological testing.
London : Routledge. |
BALI, S.K., DRENTH, P.J.D., FLIER H. & YOUNG, W.C.E.
(1983). Contribution of aptitude tests to the
prediction of school performance in Kenya: A
longitudinal
study. Lisse : Swets & Zeitlinger. |
|
|
ANASTASI, A. (1986). Evolving concepts of test
validations. Annual Review of Psychology, 37,
1-15. |
RAMSAY, M.C. & REYNOLDS, C.R. (2000). Development of a
scientific test : A practical guide In M. Hersen & G.
Goldstein (Eds.), Handbook of psychological
assessment (pp. 21-42). Oxford, UK : Elsevier
Science. |
|
KLINE, P. (1986). A handbook of test construction :
Introduction to psychometric. Design. London :
Methuen. |
KOHN, A. (2000). The case against standardized
testing. Portsmouth, NH : Heinemann. |
|
CROCKER, L. & ALGINA, J. (1986). Introduction to
classical and modern test theory. New York :
Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. |
MEYER, G.J., FINN, S.E., EYDE, L.D., KAY, G.G., MORELAND,
K.L, DIES, R.R., EISMAN, E.J., KUBISZYN, T.W. & REED,
G.M. (2001). Psychological testing and psychological
assessment : A review of evidence and issues. American
Psychologist, 56 (2), 128-165. [PDF] |
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. (1989). Psychological testing and
discrimination. In P. Herriot (Ed.), Assessment and
selection in organizations (pp. 71-80). London :
Wiley. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Épreuve
et Tâche |
|
|
|
|
Test
seize (16) PF : Test de
personnalité inventé par Cattell
pour mesurer les diverses facettes de la personnalité,
telles que décrites par sa théorie. =
seize facteurs de personnalité. 16PF scales.
| |
|
|
CATTELL, R.B. & DREVDAHL, J.E. (1955). A comparison of
the personality profile (16 P.F.) of eminent teachers and
administrators, and of the general population. British
Journal of Psychology, 46, 248-261. |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R., NORMAN, W.T. & SCHWARTZ, E. (1980).
The comparative validity of questionnaire data (16PF
scales) and objective test data (O-A Battery) in
predicting five peer-rating criteria. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 4, 183-194. |
|
KIRTON, M.J. & DE CIANTIS, S.M. (1986). Cognitive
styles and personality : The Kirton Adaptation-Innovation
and Cattell 16-PF Personality Factors Inventories. Personality
& Individual Differences, 7, 141-146. |
|
KRUG, S.E. & JOHNS, E.F. (1986). A large scale
cross-validation of second-order personality structure
defined by the 16PF. Psychological Reports, 59
(2), 683-693. |
|
GROSSMAN, L.S. & CRAIG, R.J. (1995). Comparison of
MCMI-II and 16PF Validity Scales. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 64, 384-389. |
|
CATTELL, H.E.P. & MEAD, A.D. (2007). The 16
Personality Factor Questionnaire (16PF). In G.J. Boyle, G.
Matthews & D.H. Saklofske (Eds.), Handbook of
personality theory and testing : Personality measurement
and assessment (Vol. 2). London : Sage. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test de
personnalité |
|
|
|
|
Test
statistique : Ensemble de tests et d'analyses qui
utilisent les statistiques pour prendre une décision.
Test statistique, variation
et hasard.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Statistical
test.
|
|
|
NEYMAN, J. & PEARSON, S.E. (1933). On the problem of
the most efficient tests of statistical hypotheses. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, 231, 289-337. [PDF]
|
ZUMBO, B.D. & ZIMMERMAN, D.W. (1993). Is the selection
of statistical methods governed by level of measurement ?
Canadian Psychology, 34, 390-400. [PDF] |
|
BUCHANAN-WOLLASTON, H.J. (1935). Statistical tests.
Nature, 136, 182-183. |
INMAN, H.F. (1994). Karl Pearson and R.A. Fisher on
statistical tests : A 1935 Exchange from Nature. The
American Statistician, 48 (1), 2-11. |
|
BERKSON, J. (1942). Tests of significance considered as
evidence. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 37 (219), 325-335. |
|
|
FISHER, R.A. (1956). On a test of significance in
Pearson's Biometrika Tables (No. 11). Journal of the
Royal Statistical Society Series B, 18 (1), 56-60. |
|
|
BAKAN, D. (1966).The test of significanccin
psychologicarlescarch. Psychological Bulletin, 66,
1-29. |
|
|
MORRISON, D. & HENKEL, R.E. (1970). The
significance test controversy. Chicago Aldine. |
STERLING, T.D., ROSENBAUM, W.L. & WEINKAM, J.J.
(1995). Publication decisions revisited : The effect of
the outcome of statistical tests on the decision to
publish and vice versa. American Statistician, 49, 108-112.
[PDF] |
|
SCHWWEDER, T. (1988). A significance version of the basic
Neyman-Pearson theory for scientific hypothesis testing. Scandinavian
Journal of Statistics, 15, 225-242. |
COX, D.R. (1995). The relation between theory and
application in statistics (with discussion). Test, 4,
207-261. |
|
THOMPSON, B. (1996). AERA editorial policies regarding
statistical significance testing : Three suggested
reforms. Educational Researcher, 25 (2), 26-30. |
JOHNSON, D.H. (1999). The insignificance of statistical
significance testing. Journal of Wildlife Management,
63 (3), 763-772. |
|
JONES, L.V. & TUKEY, J.W. (2000). A sensible
formulation of the significance test. Psychological
Methods, 5 (4), 411-414. |
KLINE, R.B. (2004). Beyond significance testing :
reforming data analysis methods in behavioral research.
Washington, District of Columbia : American Psychological
Association. |
|
LAVEAULT, D et GRÉGOIRE, J. (2002). Introduction aux
théories des tests en psychologie et en sciences de
l'éducation. Bruxelles : De Boeck Université. |
POITEVINEAU, J. (2004). L'usage des tests statistiques par
les chercheurs en psychologie : aspects normatif,
descriptif et prescriptif. Mathématiques et Sciences
Humaines / Mathematics & Social Sciences, 42
(3), 5-25. [PDF] |
|
MBENGUE, A. (2010). Faut-il brûler les tests de
signification statistique ? M@N@Gement, 13, 100-127.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Estimateur,
Ampleur de
l'effet, Hasard, Test
d'hypothèse, Hypothèse
nulle et
Seuil de signification |
|
|
|
Test
statistique (Puissance) :
Capacité d'un test
statistique à détecter une différence entre deux
groupes/mesures (si cette différence existe dans la population,
cela va de soi) et donc de postuler l'existence d'un effet. La
puissance est donc la probabilité de rejeter l'hypothèse nulle
alors qu'elle est fausse (faux négatif). Pour Cohen,
il s'agit de la probabilité qu'un test produise des résultats
statistiquement significatifs lorsque H0 est fausse. Cette
puissance se calcule en soustrayant la probabilité d'une erreur de
type II ( erreur beta ou ?)
moins 1. Cinq facteurs déterminent cette puissance : 1)
La taille réelle de l'effet observé (plus cet effet est faible,
plus le test doit être puissant pour le détecter); 2)
la taille de l'échantillon
(plus le n de l'échantillon augmente, plus la puissance du
test augmente); 3) la taille réelle de l'effet
observé (plus l'effet est faible, plus le test doit être puissant
pour le détecter); 4) l'erreur alpha (?)
consentie (plus l'erreur alpha est grande, plus la puissance du
test est faible); 5) la fréquence naturelle
d'apparition du phénomène (plus le phénomène est rare ou variable,
plus le test doit être puissant pour le détecter). =
résolution ou acuité statistique d'un test. Statistical
power.
| |
|
|
|
 Puissance faible/Conclusion du test : absence de différence entre les 2 groupes (= cercles) |
Augmentation
de la puissance du test/Conclusion : la différence entre
les 2 groupes (= cercles) existe bel et bien |
|
|
|
COHEN, J. (1962/88). The statistical power of
abnormal-social psychological research : a review. Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 65 (3),
145-153. |
BLOOM, H.S. (1995). Minimum detectable effects : A simple
way to report the statistical power of experimental
designs. Evaluation Review, 19 (5), 547-556. |
|
COHEN, J. (1969). Statistical power analysis for the
behavioral sciences. Hillsdale : Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates. |
WILLIAMS, R.H., ZIMMERMAN, D.W. & ZUMBO, B.D. (1995).
Impact of measurement error on statistical power : review
of an old paradox. Journal of Experimental Education,
63 (4), 363-370. |
|
BREWER, J.K. (1972). On the power of statistical tests in
the American Educational Research. Journal of
american educational research journal, 9 (3),
391-401. |
|
|
HAASE, R.F. (1974). Power analysis of research in
counsellor education. Counselor Education &
Supervision, 14 (2), 124-132. |
MONE, M.A., MUELLER, G.C. & MAULAND, W. (1996). The
perceptions and usage of statistical power in applied
psychology and management research. Personnel
Psychology, 49, 103-120. |
|
KEMP, K.E. (1975). Multiple comparisons : Comparison wise
versus experiment wise Type I error rates and their
relationship to power. Journal of Dairy Science, 58,
1373-1378. |
MacCALLUM, R.C., BROWNE, M.W. & SUGARAWA, H.M. (1996).
Power analysis and determination of sample size for
covariance structure modeling. Psychological Methods,
1 (2), 130-149. |
|
BLAIR, R.C. & HIGGINS, J.J. (1980). A comparison of
the power of Wilcoxon's rank- sum test to that of
Student's statistic under various non-normal
distributions. Journal of Educational Statistics, 5,
309-335. |
LEVINE, J. (1997). Overcoming feelings of powerlessness in
"aging" researchers : A primer on statistical power in
analysis of variance designs. Psychology & Aging,
12, 84-106. |
|
CASIO, W.F. & ZEDECK, S. (1983). Opening a new window
in rational research planning : Adjust alpha to maximize
statistical power. Personnel Psychology, 36,
517-526. |
CLARK-CARTER, D. (1997). The account taken of statistical
power in research published in the British Journal of
Psychology. British Journal of Psychology, 88,
71-83. |
|
ORME, J.G. & TOLMAN, R.M. (1986). The statistical
power of a decade of social work education research. Social
Service Review, 60, 619-632. |
BORENSTEIN, M., COHEN, J. & ROTHSTEIN, H. (1997). Power
and precision. Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
ZIMMERMAN, D.W. & WILLIAMS, R.H. (1986). Note on the
reliability of experimental measures and the power of
significance tests. Psychological Bulletin, 100, 123-124. |
CLARK-CARTER, D. (1997). The account taken of statistical
power in research. British Journal of Psychology, 88
(1), 71-83. |
|
KRAEMER, H.C. & THIEMANN, S. (1987). How many
subjects ? Statistical power analysis in research.
Newbury Park, CA : Sage Publications. |
RAUDENBUSH, S.W. & LIU, X. (2000). Statistical power
and optimal design for multisite randomized trials. Psychological
Methods, 5 (2), 199-213. |
|
MAGID, A., MAZEN, M., HENMASSI, M. & LEWIS, M.F.
(1987). Assessment of statistical power in contemporary
strategy research. Strategic management journal, 8,
403-410. |
|
|
LIPSEY, M.W. & HURLEY, S.M. (1989). Design sensitivity
: Statistical power for applied experimental research. In
M.W. Lipsey (Ed.), Design sensitivity : Statistical
power for Experimental Research (pp. 44-76). Sage
Publications.
[PDF] |
BEZEAU, S. & GRAVES, R. (2001). Statistical power and
effect sizes of clinical neuropsychology research.
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Neuropsychology,
23 (3), 399-406. |
|
|
GATSONIS, C. & SAMPSON, A.R. (1989). Multiple
Correlation : Exact power and sample size calculations. Psychological
Bulletin, 106, 516-524. [PDF] |
MADDOCK, J.E. & ROSSI, J. (2001). Statistical power of
articles published in three health psychology-related
journals. Health Psychology, 20, 76-78. |
|
SEDMEIER, P. & GIGERENZER, G. (1989). Do studies of
statistical power have an effect on the power of studies ?
Psychological Bulletin, 105, 309-316. |
HOENIG, J.M. & HEISE, D.M. (2001). The abuse of power
: the pervasive fallacy of power calculations in data
analysis. The American Statistician, 55, 19-24. |
|
SAWILOWSKY, S.S., BLAIR, R.C. & HIGGINS, J.J. (1989).
An investigation of the type I error and power properties
of the rank transform procedure in factorial ANOVA.
Journal of Educational Statistics, 14, 255-267. |
BOOIL, J. (2002). Statistical power in randomized
intervention studies with noncompliance. Psychological
Methods, 7 (2), 178-193. |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. & BASS, D. (1989). Power to detect
differences between alternative treatments in comparative
psychotherapy outcome research. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 57 (1), 138-147. |
COHN, L.D. & BECKER, B.L. (2003). How meta-analysis
increases statistical power. Psychological Methods, 8
(3), 243-253. |
|
ROSSI, J.S. (1990). Statistical power of psychological
research : What have we gained in 20 years ? Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58,
646-656. |
NAKAGAWA, S. (2004). A farewell to Bonferroni : the
problems of low statistical power and publication bias.
Behavioral Ecology, 15 (6), 1044-1045. |
|
CHOW, S.L. (1991). Some reservations about power analysis.
American Psychologist, 46, 1088-1089. |
BAGULEY, T. (2004). Understanding statistical power in the
context of applied research. Applied Ergonomics, 35
(2), 73-80. |
|
GREEN, S.A. (1991). How many subjects does it take to do a
multiple regression analysis ? Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 26, 499-510. |
LAURENCELLE, L. (2005). L'estimation de la puissance
statistique à partir des données d'expérience. Lettres
Statistiques, 12, 15-36. |
|
COHEN, J. (1992). A power primer. Psychological
Bulletin, 112, 155-159. [PDF] |
MacCALLUM, R.C., BROWNE, M.W. & CAI, L. (2006).
Testing differences between nested covariance structure
models : Power analysis and null hypotheses. Psychological
Methods 11 (1), 19-35. |
|
ZIMMERMAN, D.W. & ZUMBO, B.D. (1993). The relative
power of parametric and nonparametric statistical methods.
In G. Keren & C. Lewis (Eds.), A handbook for
data analysis in the behavioral sciences :
Methodological issues (pp. 481-517). Hillsdale, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
DESCÔTEAUX, J. (2007). Statistical power : An historical
introduction. Tutorials in Quantitative Methods for
Psychology, 3 (2), 28-34. [PDF] |
|
ZIMMERMAN, D.W., WILLIAMS, R.H. & ZUMBO, B.D. (1993).
Reliability, power, functions, and relations : A reply to
Humphreys. Applied Psychological Measurement, 17 (1),
15-16. [PDF] |
O'KEEFE, D.J. (2007). Post hoc power, observed power, a
priori power, retrospective power, prospective power,
achieved power : Sorting out appropriate uses of
statistical power analyses. Communication Methods
& Measures, 1, 291-299. [PDF] |
|
KOSCIULEK, J.F. & SZYMANSKI, E.M. (1993). Statistical
power analysis of rehabilitation counseling research. Rehabilitation
Counseling Bulletin, 36, 212-219. |
LAURENCELLE, L. (2007). Inventer ou estimer la puissance
statistique : Quelques considérations utiles pour le
chercheur. Tutorials in Quantitative Methods for
Psychology, 3, 35-42. [PDF] |
|
ZIMMERMAN, D.W., WILLIAMS, R.H. & ZUMBO, B.D. (1993).
Reliability of measurement and power of significance tests
based on differences. Applied Psychological
Measurement, 17, 1-9. |
YERGEAU, E. (2009). Étude sur la puissance statistique des
devis de recherche en éducation. Revue des Sciences
de l'Éducation, 35 (2), 199-221. [PDF] |
|
FAUL, F., ERDFELDER, E., BUCHNER, A. & LANG, A.-G.
(2009). Statistical power analyses using G* Power 3.1:
tests for correlation and regression analyses. Behavior
Research Methods, 41, 1149-1160. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, J. (1994). The earth is round (p > .05). American
Psychologist, 49, 997-1003. [PDF] |
BOURQUE, J., BLAIS, J. & LAROSE, F. (2009).
L'interprétation des tests d'hypothèses : p, la taille de
l'effet et la puissance. Revue des Sciences de
l'Éducation, 35 (1), 211-226. [PDF] |
|
STONE-ROMERO, E.F. & ANDERSON, L.E. (1994). Relative
power of moderated multiple regression and the comparison
of subgroup correlation coefficients for detecting
moderating effects. Journal of Applied Psychology, 79
(3), 354-359. |
BUTTON, K.S., IOANNIDIS, J.P.A., MOKYSZ, C., NOSEK, B.A.,
FLINT, J., ROBINSON, E.S.J. & MUNAFÖ, M.R. (2013).
Power failure : Why small sample size undermines the
reliability of neuroscience. Nature Reviews
Neuroscience, 14, 365-376. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Inférence
statistique, Différence
significative, Seuil
de signification, Hypothèse
nulle et Tests
|
|
|
|
Test statistique (Robustesse) : Se
dit d'un test
statistique qui peut transgresser ses conditions
d'application sans compromettre la valeur de ses conclusions
(rejet ou non de l'hypothèse
nulle). Parmi les conditions d'application des tests, on
compte un très petit nombre de sujets (- de 5), la normalité des populations,
l'indépendance des échantillons,
des populations d'égale variance,
etc. Robustness of parametric statistics.
|
|
|
CONOVER, W.J. & KEMP, K.E. (1973). Robustness and
power of the t-Test compared with some nonparametric
alternatives when sampling from a poisson distribution.
Journal of Statistical Computation & Simulation, 2,
293-307. |
HETTMANSPERGER, T.P. & McKEAN, J.W. (1998). Robust
nonparametric statistical methods. London : Arnold. |
|
BROWN, M.B. & FORSYTHE, A.B. (1974). Robust tests for
the equality of variances. Journal of the American
Statistical Association 69, 364-367. |
|
|
BRADLEY, J.V. (1978). Robustness ? British Journal of
Mathematical & Statistical Psychology, 31,
144-152. |
|
|
HUBER, P. (1981). Robust statistics. New York :
Wiley. |
|
|
HOAGLIN, D.C., MOSTELLER, E. & TUKEY, J.W. (1983). Understanding
robust and exploratory data analysis. New York :
Wiley. |
GANGESTAD, S.W. & THORNHILL, R. (1998). The analysis
of fluctuating asymmetry redux : The robustness of
parametric statistics. Animal Behaviour, 55,
497-501. |
|
STAUDTE, R.G. & SHEATHER, S.J. (1990). Robust
estimation and testing. New York : Wiley. |
WILCOX, R.R. (2003). Modern robust data analysis methods :
Measures of central tendency. Psychological Method, 8
(3), 254-274. [PDF] |
|
WILCOX, R.R. (1993). Robustness in ANOVA. In L. Edwards
(Ed.), Applied analysis of variance in the behavioral
sciences (pp. 345-374). New York : Marcel Dekker. |
WILCOX, R.R. (2009). Comparing robust measures of
association estimated via a smoother. Communications
in Statistics-Simulation & Computation, 38,
1969-1979. |
|
CURRAN, P.J., WEST, S.G. & FINCH, J.F. (1996). The
robustness of test statistics to nonnormality and
specification error in confirmatory factor analysis.
Psychological Methods, 1 (1), 16-29. |
WILCOX, R.R., GRANGER, D. & CLARK, F. (2013). Modern
robust statistical methods : Basics with illustrations
using psychobiological data. Universal Journal of
Psychology, 1, 21-31. |
|
WILCOX, R.R. (1997/2005/2012). Introduction to robust
estimation and hypothesis testing. San Diego, CA:
Academic Press. |
WILCOX, R.R. (2014). Modern robust statistical methods can
provide substantially higher power and a deeper
understanding of data. Annals of Phytomedicine 3
(1), 25-30. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
statistique |
|
|
|
|
Test statistique non paramétrique : Contrairement aux tests paramétriques, ces tests
statistiques ne formulent aucune hypothèse sur la normalité
de la distribution de X. Il n'est donc pas nécessaire de préciser
la forme de la distribution de la population étudiée.
Non-parametric statistic, free distribution test.
| |
|
|
HODGES, J.L. & LEHMANN, E.L. (1956). The efficiency of
some nonparametric competitors of the t-test. The
Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 27 (2), 324-335.
[PDF] |
BELL, W.D., ROTHSTEIN, S.M. & LI, W. (1982). Empirical
study of some non-parametric tests of dispersion of
correlated data. Journal of Statistical Computation
& Simulation, 15, 9-15. |
|
SIEGEL, S. (1956). Non-parametric statistics for the
behavioral sciences. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
SIEGEL, S. & CASTELLAN, N.J. (1988). Nonparametric
statistics for the behavioral sciences. New York :
McGraw-Hill. |
|
CONOVER, W.J. (1971/99). Practical nonparametric
statistics. New York : John Wiley and Sons. |
GIBBONS, J.D. (1998). Non parametric methods for
quantitative analysis. Columbus, Ohio : American
Sciences Press, Inc. |
|
HOLLANDER, M. & WOLFE, D.A. (1973). Nonparametric
Statistics. New York : Wiley. |
DALMAY, F., PREUX, P.M., DRUET-CABANAC, M. &
VERGNENÈGRE, A. (2003). Qu'est-ce qu'un test non
paramétrique ? Revue des Maladies Respiratoires, 20
(6), 955-958. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
statistique |
| |
|
Test
t : Test d'hypothèse
élaboré par Gosset, qui
permet de comparer la moyenne de deux groupes. =
test de Student, test de comparaison des moyennes, test de Gosset.
T test, Student's t.
| |
|
 |
| |
|
STUDENT/GOSSET, W.S. (1908). The probable error of a mean.
Biometrika, 6, 1-25. |
GOULET, C. (2003). Tutoriel SPSS/Comment faire un
test T. Montréal : Collège Ahuntsic. |
|
BENTON, D. & KRISHNAMOORTHY, K. (2003). Computing
discrete mixtures of continuous distributions : Noncentral
chisquare, noncentral t and the distribution of the square
of the sample multiple correlation coefficient. Computational
Statistics & Data Analysis, 43, 249-267. |
|
STEIGER, J.H. (2004). Beyond the F test : Effect size
confidence intervals and tests of close fit in the
analysis of variance and contrast analysis.
Psychological Methods, 9, 164-182. |
|
HODGES, J.L. & LEHMANN, E.L. (1956). The efficiency of
some nonparametric competitors of the t-test. The
Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 27 (2), 324-335.
[PDF] |
COUSINEAU, D. (2007). Computing the power of t-tests. Tutorials
in Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 3 (2),
60-62. |
|
CONOVER, W.J. & KEMP, K.E. (1973). Robustness and
power of the t-Test compared with some nonparametric
alternatives when sampling from a poisson distribution.
Journal of Statistical Computation & Simulation, 2,
293-307. |
ROUDER, J.N., SPRECKMAN, P.L., SUN, D. & MOREY, R.D.
(2009). Bayesian t tests for accepting and rejecting the
null hypothesis. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review,
16 (2), 225-237. [PDF] |
|
YUEN, K.K. (1974). The two-sample trimmed t for unequal
population variances. Biometrika, 61, 165-170. |
ZUO, Y. (2010). Is the t confidence interval ± t? (n -
1)s/?n optimal ?. The American Statistician, 64
(2), 170-173. |
|
CRESSIE, N.A.C. & WHITFORD, H.J. (1986). How to use
the two-sample t-test. Biometrical Journal, 28, 131-148.
|
BORNEMAN, M.J. (2010). Mean comparisons. In N.J. Salkind,
B. Frey & D.M. Dougherty (Eds.), Encyclopedia of
research design. (pp. 785-790). Thousand Oaks, CA
: Sage. |
|
TITACHMAN, J.J., GIAMBALVO, V. & DIPNNER, R S. (1978).
On the assumptions concerning the assumptions of a test. Journal
of General Psychology, 99, 107-116. |
DE WINTER, J.C.F. & DODOU, D. (2012). Five-point
Likert items : t test versus Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon.
Practical Assessment, Research & Evaluation, 15
(11), 1-16. [PDF] |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse |
|
|
Test
U de Mann-Whitney : Test
statistique non-paramétrique élaboré séparément par Mann et
Witney d'un côté et Wilcoxon
de l'autre. Ce test est considéré comme alternative
non-paramétrique au test t pour des échantillons indépendants. =
test Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon, test MWW, test de rang de Wilcoxon.
Mann-Whitney U, Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon test, test MWW, Wilcoxon
rank-sum test, Mann-Whitney comparaison.
| |
|
|
MANN, H.B. & WHITNEY, D.R. (1947). On a test of
whether one of 2 random variables is stochastically larger
than the other. Annals of Mathematical Statistics,
18, 50-60. |
|
WILCOXON, F. (1945). Individual comparisons by ranking
methods. Biometrics Bulletin, 1, 80-83. |
|
FAGERLAND, M.W. & SANDVICK, L. (2009). The
Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney test under scrutiny. Statistics
in Medicine, 28, 1487-1497. |
| |
|
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi :
Gaëtan Morin. |
Voir aussi Test
statistique non-paramétrique |
|
|
Test unilatéral : Tout test
statistique qui permet de refuser l'hypothèse nulle et donc
d'accepter l'hypothèse alternative selon laquelle le groupe A est
> que B ou l'inverse (mais non les deux possibilités car le
préfixe un signifie un seul). Contrairement au test
bilatéral, le test unilatéral permet de préciser le sens de la
différence entre A et B. Tests unilatéral et bilatéral.
= test unidirectionnel ou
unicaudale.
One-sided test, one-tailed test.
| |
|
|
DEUTSCH, M. (1977). Recurrent themes in the study of
social conflict. Journal of Social Issues, 33,
222-225. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse |
|
|
Test
Z : Test d'hypothèse. Z
test.
| |
|
|
YUAN, K.H. & BENTLER, P.M. (2004). On chi-square
difference and z tests in mean and covariance structure
analysis when the base model is mispecified. Educational
& Psychological Measurement 64, 737-757. |
|
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse |
| |
|
|
Testabilité : Ensemble des caractéristiques qui permet à une théorie
ou à une thérapie
d'être soumise à un test empirique,
et donc d'être vérifiée
ou non par les faits.
Ces caractéristiques sont : définitions
claires des concepts,
organisation logique des concepts (cohérence),
variables mesurables
avec précision, hypothèses
opérationelles, outil de
mesure adéquat, etc. Testability.
| |
|
|
POPPER, K.R. (1968). The logic of scientific
discovery. London : Hutchinson. |
|
ZAMORA-BONILLA, J.P. (2003). Meaning and testability in
the structuralist theory of science. Erkenntnis, 59,
47-76. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test empirique |
|
|
|
|
Testicule
: Testis.
| |
|
|
BRUBAKER, R. & WICKERSHAM, D. (1990). Encouraging the
practice of testicular self-examination : a field
application of the theory of reasoned action. Health
Psychology, 9, 154-163. |
|
KARAMAN, M.I., KAYA, C., CASKURLU, T., GUNEY, S. &
ERGENEKON, E. (2005). Measurement of pediatric testicular
volume with Prader orchid-ometer : comparison of different
hands. Pediatric Surgery International, 21 (7),
517-520. |
|
|
|
|
|
Testostérone : Hormone
masculine sécrétée par les testicules. Elle agit, entre autres,
sur le développement des caractères
sexuels. Testostérone, agressivité
et agression.
Testosterone.
| |
|
|
STONE, C.P. (1938). Activation of impotent male rats by
injections of testosterone propionate. Comparative
Psychology, 25, 445-450. |
NETTER, P., TOLL, C., ROHRMANN, S., HENNIG, J. &
NYBORG, H. (2000). Configural frequency analysis of
factors associated with testosterone levels in Vietnam
veterans. Psychologische Beiträge, Band 42,
504-514. |
|
PHOENIX, C.H., GOY, R.W., GERALL, A.A. & YOUNG, W.C.
(1959). Organizing action of prenatally administered
testosterone propionate on the tissues mediating mating
behavior in the female guinea pig. Endocrinology, 65,
369-382. |
POPE, H.G., KOURI E.M. & HUDSON, J.I. (2000). The
effects of supraphysiologic doses of testosterone on mood
and aggression in normal men : A randomized controlled
study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57,
133–140. |
|
ROSE, R., BERNSTEIN, I. & GORDON, T. (1975).
Consequences of social conflict on plasma testosterone
levels in rhesus monkeys. Psychosomatic Medicine, 37,
50-61. |
DABBS, J.M. & DABBS, M.G. (2000). Heroes, rogues,
and lovers : Testosterone and behavior. New York :
McGraw-Hill. |
|
MOFFAT, S.D. & HAMPSON, E. (2000). Salivary testosterone concentrations in left-handers : an
association with cerebral language lateralization ? Neuropsychology,
14, 71–81. |
|
MICHAEL, R.P. & BONSALL, R.D. & ZUMPE, D. (1984).
The behavioral thresholds of testosterone in castrated
male rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Hormones &
Behavior, 18 (2), 161-176. |
RABKIN, J.G. WAGNER, G. & RABKIN, R. (2000). A
double-blind placebo controlled trial of testosterone
therapy for HIV+ men with hypogonadal symptoms.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 141-147. |
|
SACHSER, N. & PRÖVE, E. (1984). Short-term effects of
residence on the testosterone responses to fighting in
alpha male guinea pigs. Aggressive Behavior, 10, 285-292. |
NYBORG, H. & JENSEN, A.R. (2000). Testosterone Levels
as Modifiers of Psychometric g. Personality &
Individual Differences, 28, 601-607. |
|
O'CARROLL, R. & BANCROFT, J. (1984). Testosterone
therapy for low sexual interest and erectile dysfunction
in men : a controlled study. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 145, 146-151. |
DAVIS, S.R. & TRAN, J. (2000). Testosterone influences
libido and well being in women. Trends in
Endocrinology & Metabolism, Journal, 12, 33–37. |
|
ZUMPE, D. & MICHAEL, R.P. (1985). Effects of
testosterone on the behavior of male cynomolgus monkeys
(Macaca fascicularis). Hormones & Behavior, 19 (3),
265-277. |
BERG, S.J. & WYNNE-EDWARDS, K.E. (2001). Changes in
testosterone, cortisol, and estradiol levels in men
becoming fathers. Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 76
(6), 582-592. |
|
WINGFIELD, J.C., BALL, G.F., DUFTY, A.M., HEGNER, R.E.
& RAMENOFSKY, M. (1987). Testosterone and aggression
in birds. American Scientist, 75 (6), 602-608.
[PDF] |
RABKIN, J.G. WAGNER, G.J. & RABKIN, R. (2001).
Testosterone's effects not limited to mood (letter).
Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 403-404. |
|
DABBS, J.M. RUBACK, R.B., FRADY, R.L., HOPPER, C.H. &
SGOUTAS, D.S. (1988). Saliva testosterone and criminal
violence among women. Personality & Individual
Differences, 9, 269-275. |
|
|
|
|
JULIAN T. & McKENRY, P.C. (1989). Relationship of
testosterone to men's family functioning in mid-life.
Aggressive Behavior 15, 281-289. |
O'CONNOR, D.B., ARCHER, J., HAIR, M. & WU, F.W.C.
(2001). Activational effects of testosterone on cognitive
function in men. Neuropsychologia, 39,
1385-1394. [PDF] |
|
DABBS, J.M. (1990). Salivary testosterone measurements :
reliability across hours, days and weeks. Physiology
& Behavior, 48, 83-86. |
GUAY, A.T. (2001). Decreased testosterone in regularly
menstruating women with decreased libido : a clinical
observation. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy,
27, 513-519. |
|
ALEXANDER, G.M. & SHERWIN, B.B., BANCROFT, J.B. &
DAVIDSON, D.W. (1990). Testosterone and sexual behavior in
oral contraceptive users and nonuser s: A prospective
study. Hormones & Behavior, 24, 388-402. |
DABBS, J.M., BERNIERI, F.J., STRONG, R.K., CAMPO, R. &
MILUN, R. (2001). Going on stage : Testosterone in
greetings and meetings. Journal of Research in
Personality, 35, 27-40. |
|
ALEXANDER, G.M. & SHERWIN, B.B. (1991). The
association between testosterone, sexual arousal, and
selective attention for erotic stimuli in men. Hormones
& Behavior, 25, 367-381. |
BOOK, A.S., STARZYK, K.B. & QUINSEY, V.L. (2001). The
relationship between testosterone and aggression : A
meta-analysis. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 6
(6), 579-599. |
|
MAZUR, A., BOOTH, A. & DABBS, J. (1992). Testosterone
and chess competition. Social Psychology Quarterly,
55, 70-77. |
MAZUR, A. (2002). Does testosterone cause machismo ? Contemporary
Psychology, 47, 275-276. |
|
ROOF, R.L. & HAVENS, M.D. (1992). Testosterone
improves maze performance and induces development of a
male hippocampus in females. Brain Research, 572
(12), 310-313. |
HINES, M., GOLOMBOK, S., RUST, J., JOHNSTON, K.J. &
GOLDING, J. (2002). Testosterone during pregnancy and
gender role behavior of preschool children : A
longitudinal, population study. Child Development,
73, 1678-1687. |
|
DE BEUN, R., JANSEN, E., SLANGEN, J.D. & VAN DE POLL,
N.E. (1992). Testosterone as appetitive and discriminative
stimulus in rats : Sex- and dose-dependent effects. Physiology
& Behavior, 5 (4), 629-634. |
DABBS, J.M., CATE, K., BROWER, A., EMERY, C., LEANDER, P.
& ZACHERY, M. (2003). Testosterone treatment, affect,
and appearance : Slight effects in normal subjects.
Social Behavior & Personality, 31, 387-394. |
|
ELLIS, L. & NYBORG, H. (1992). Racial/ethnic
variations in male testosterone levels : A possible
contributor to group differences in health. Steroids,
57 (2), 72-75. |
NEAVE, N. & WOLFSON, S. (2003). Testosterone,
territoriality, and the "home advantage". Physiology
& Behavior, 78, 269-275. [PDF] |
|
DABBS, J.M., (1992).Testosterone and occupational
achievement. Social Forces, 70, 813-824. |
NYBORG, H. (2004). Multivariate modelling of
testosterone-dominance associations. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 27, 155-162. |
|
ALEXANDER, G.M., PACKARD, M.G. & HINES, M. (1994).
Testosterone has rewarding affective properties in male
rats : Implications for the biological basis of sexual
motivation. Behavioral Neuroscience, 108,
424-428. |
O'CONNOR, D.B., ARCHER, J. & WU, F.C.W. (2004).
Effects of testosterone on mood, aggression and sexual
behavior in young men : A double-blind,
placebo-controlled, cross-over study. Journal of
Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, 89,
2837-2845. |
|
DABBS, J.M., CARR, T.S., FRADY, R.L. & RIAD, J.K.
(1995). Testosterone, crime, and misbehavior among 692
male prison inmates. Personality & Individual
Differences, 18 (5), 627-633. |
HOOVEN, C.K., CHABRIS, C.F., ELISON, P.T. & KOSSLYN,
S.M. (2004). The relationship of testosterone to
components of mental rotation. Neuropsychologia, 42,
782-790. [PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, M., LACUNA, A. & WONG, C. (1995). Sex
behavior after neonatal progesterone, testosterone,
estrogen or antiandrogens hormones. Behavior, 4
(1-2), 73-88. |
POISBLEAU, M., FRITZ, H., GUILLEMAIN, M. & LACROIX, A.
(2005). Testosterone and linear social dominance status in
captive male dabbling ducks in winter. Ethology, 111,
493-509. [PDF] |
|
VAN ANDERS, S.M. & HAMPSON, E. (2005). Waist-to-hip
ratio is positively associated with bioavailable
testosterone but negatively associated with sexual desire
in healthy pre-menopausal women. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 67, 246-250.[PDF] |
|
DABBS, J.M. (1997). Testosterone, smiling, and facial
appearance. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 21,
45-55. |
ISIDORI, A.M., GIANETTA, E., GIANFRILLI, D., GRECO, E.A.,
BONIFACIO, V., AVERSA, A., ISIDORI, A., FABBRI, A. &
LENZI, A. (2005). Effects of testosterone on sexual
function in men : Results of a meta-analysis. Clinical
Endocrinology, 63, 381-394. [PDF] |
|
|
|
TÖNNESSEN, F.E. (1997). Testerone and dyslexia. Pediatric
Rehabilitation, 51-58. |
BEEHNER, J.C., BERGMAN, T.J., CHENEY, D.L., SEYFARTH, R.M.
& WHITTEN, P.L (2005). Testosterone predicts future
dominance rank and mating activity among male chacma
baboons. Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 59
(4), 469-479. [PDF]+[PDF] |
|
MAZUR, A. (2006). The role of testosterone in male
dominance contests that turn violent. Social Biology, 53
(1-2), 24-29. |
|
KRAUSE, W., MUELLER, U. & MAZUR, A. (2006).
Testosterone supplementation in the aging male : Which
questions have to be answered ?The Aging Male, 8,
31-38. |
|
ARCHER, J. (2006). Testosterone and human behavior : An
evaluation of the challenge hypothesis. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 30, 319-345. |
|
TRAVISON, T.G., MORLEY, J.E., ARAUJO, A.B., O'ODNNELL,
A.B. & McKINLAY, J.B. (2006). The relationship between
libido and testosterone levels in aging men. The Journal
of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, 91 (7),
2509-2513. |
|
MAZUR, A. (2006). Testosterone and social behavior. Social
Forces, 86, 166-191. |
|
McDERMOTT, R., JOHNSON, D., COWDEN, J. & ROSEN, S.
(2007). Testosterone and Aggression in a Simulated Crisis
Game. In J. Hibbing & K. Smith (Eds.), The annals
: Biology and political behavior. American Academy
of Political and Social Science. |
|
VAN ANDERS, S.M., HAMILTON, L.D. & WATSON, N.V.
(2007). Multiple partners are associated with higher
testosterone in North American men and women. Hormones
& Behavior, 51, 454-459. |
|
JOHNSON, D.D.P., McDERMOTT, R., BARRETT, E.S., COWDEN, J.,
WRANGHAM, R., McINTYRE, M.H. & ROSEN, S. (2006).
Overconfidence in wargames : experimental evidence on
expectations, aggression, gender and testosterone. Proceedings
of the Royal Society (B), 273 (1600), 2513-2520. |
|
KINSBERG, S., SHIFREN, J., WEKSELMAN, K., RODENBERG, C.,
KOOCHAKI, P. & DEROGATIS, L. (2007). Evaluation of the
clinical relevance of benefits associated with transdermal
testosterone treatment in postmeno- pausal women with
hypoactive sexual desire disorder. Journal of Sexual
Medicine, 4, 1001-1008. |
|
MEHTA, P.J., JONES, A.C. & JOSEPHS, R.A. (2008). The
social endocrinology of dominance : Basal testosterone
predicts cortisol changes and behavior following victory
and defeat. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 94 (6), 1078-1093. [PDF] |
|
CARRÉ, J.M. & McCORMICK, C.M. (2008). Aggressive
behavior and change in salivary testosterone
concentrations predict willingness to engage in a
competitive task. Hormones & Behavior, 54, 403-409.
[PDF] |
|
ALLAN, C.A., FORBES, E.A., SRAUSS, B.J. & McLACHIAN,
R.I. (2008). Testosterone therapy increases sexual desire
in ageing men with low-normal testosterone levels and
symptoms of androgen deficiency. International
Journal of Impotence Research, 20, 396-401. [PDF] |
|
MAZUR, A. (2009). Dominance hierarchies. In J. Levine
& M. Hogg (Eds.), Encyclopedia of group processes
and intergroup relations. Sage. |
|
|
|
SAPOLSKY, R. (1998). The trouble with testosterone :
And other essays on the biology of the human
predicament. Scribner. |
CARRÉ, J.M. (2009). No place like home : testosterone
responses to victory depend on game location. American
Journal of Human Biology, 21, 392-394. [PDF] |
|
DABBS, J.M. (1998) Testosterone and the concept of
dominance. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21, 370-371. |
CAMPBELL, B.C., DREBER, A., APICELLA, C.L., EISENBERG,
D.T.A., GRAY, P.B., LITTLE, A.C., GARCIA, J.R., ZAMORE,
R.S. & LUM. K.J. (2010). Testosterone exposure,
dopaminergic reward, and sensation-seeking in young men. Physiology
& Behavior, 99 (4), 451-456. [PDF] |
|
BENRHARDT, P.C., DABBS, J.M., FIELDEN, J.A. & LUTTER,
C.D. (1998) Testosterone changes during vicarious
experiences of winning and losing among fans at sporting
events. Physiology & Behavior, 65, 59-62. |
MILLER, S.L. & MANER, J.K. (2010). Scent of a woman :
Men's testosterone responses to olfactory ovulation cues.
Psychological Science, 21, 276-283. [PDF] |
|
TREMBLAY, R.E., SCHAAL, B., BOULERICE, B., ARSENEAULT, L.,
SOUSSIGNAN, R.G., PAQUETTE, D. & LAURENT, D. (1998).
Testosterone, physical aggression, dominance, and physical
development in early adolescence. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 22, 753-777. |
CARRÉ, J. & PUTNAM, S.K. (2010). Watching a
previous victory produces an increase in testosterone
among elite hockey players. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
35, 475-479. [PDF] |
|
MAZUR A. & BOOTH, A. (1998). Testosterone and
dominance in men. Behavioral & Brain Science, 21,
353-397. [PDF] |
LIENING, S.H. & JOSEPHS, R.A. (2010). It is not just
about testosterone : Physiological mediators and
moderators of testosterone's behavioral effects. Social
& Personality Psychology Compass, 4 (11),
982-994. [PDF] |
|
CARRÉ, J.M. & MEHTA, P.J. (2011). Importance of
considering testosterone-cortisol interactions in
predicting human aggression and dominance. Aggressive
Behavior, 37, 1-3. [PDF] |
|
EISENEGGER, C., HAUSHOFER, J. & FEHR, E. (2011). The
role of testosterone in social interaction. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 15 (6), 263-271. [PDF] |
|
DENSON, T.F., MEHTA, P.H. & HO TAN, D. (2013).
Endogenous testosterone and cortisol jointly influence
reactive aggression in women.
Psychoneuroendocrinology, 38, 416-424. [PDF] |
|
REIS, S.L. & ABDO, C.H. (2014). Benefits and risks of
testosterone treatment for hypoactive sexual desire
disorder in women : a critical review of studies published
in the decades preceding and succeeding the advent of
phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitors. Clinics, 69
(4), 294-303. [PDF] |
|
JORDAN-YOUNG, R. & RUMIATI, R. (2015). Debating a
testosterone "sex gap". American Association for the
Advancement of Science, 348 (6237), 858-886. |
|
MAZUR, A. (2016). Testosterone is high among young Black
men with little education. Frontiers in Sociology, 1
[1], 1-5. [PDF] |
|
CORONA, G., RASTRELLI. G., MORGENTALER, A., SFORZA, A.,
MANNUCCI. E. & MAGGI, M. (2017). Meta-analysis of
results of testosterone therapy on sexual function based
on International Index of Erectile Function Scores. European
Urology, 72 (6), 1000-1011. |
|
KOHN, T.P. & RAMASAMY, R. (2017). Is a normal
testosterone level necessary for erectile function ? European
Urology, 72 (6), 1012-1013. |
|
FINE, C. (2017). Testosterone Rex. : Myths of sex,
science and society. W.W. Norton. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Violence,
Dominance
e Hormone |
|
|
|
|
Tête
(Circonférence) : Head
circumference.
| |
|
|
FROEHLICH, W., CLEVELAND, S., TORRES, A., PHILLIPS, J.,
COHEN, B., TORIGOE, T., MILLER, J., FEDELE, A., COLLINS,
J., SMITH, K., LOTSPEICH, L., CROEN, L.A., OZONOFF, S.,
LAJONCHERE, C., GRETHER, J.K., RISCH, N. & HALLMAYER,
J. (2013). Head circumference in twins with and without
autism spectrum disorder. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 43, 2026-2037. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Apparence
physique |
|
|
Tetlock
Philip E. ( ) : Psychosociologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude des conflits
et des idéologies.
Il s'intéresse également aux styles
cognitifs. Collaborateur de
Jussim, Singh, Skitka,
Stern, Suedfeld
et Roese.
|
TETLOCK, P.E. & LEVI, A. (1983). Attribution biais :
On the inconclusiveness of the cognition : Motivation
debate. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
18, 66-888. [PDF] |
|
TETLOCK, P.E. (1986). A value pluralism model of
ideological reasoning. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 50, 819-827. [PDF] |
|
TETLOCK, P.E. (1994). Political psychology or politicized
psychology : Is the road to scientific hell paved with
good moral intentions ? Political Psychology, 15,
509-530. [PDF] |
|
TETLOCK, P.E. (2004). Political psychology : The
challenges of sustaining interdisciplinary research
programs. Contemporary Psychology, 49 (2),
170-173. [PDF] |
|
TETLOCK, P.E., VISSER, P., SINGH, R., POLIFRONI, M.,
ELSON, B., MAZZOCCO, P. & RESCOBER, P. (2007). People
as intuitive prosecutors : The impact of social control
motives on attributions of responsibility. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 43, 195-209. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Teven
Jason J. ( ) : Spécialiste américain
de l'éducation et de la communication.
Il s'intéresse notamment à la
convivialité des
enseignants. Collaborateur de
McCroskey et Richmond.
|
TEVEN, J.J. & McCOSKEY, J.C. (1997). The relationship
of perceived teacher caring with student learning and
teacher evaluation. Communication Education, 46,
1-9. [PDF] |
|
TEVEN, J.J. & HANSON, T.L. (2004). The impact of
teacher immediacy and perceived caring on teacher
competence and trustworthiness. Communication
Quarterly, 52, 39-53. [PDF] |
|
TEVEN, J.J. & McCROSKEY, J.C. & RICHMOND, V.P.
(2006). Communication correlates of perceived
Machiavellianism of supervisors : Communication
orientations and outcomes. Communication Quarterly,
54, 127-142. |
|
TEVEN, J.J. (2007). Teacher temperament : Correlates with
teacher caring, burnout, and organizational outcomes.
Communication Education, 56 (3), 382-400. [PDF] |
|
TEVEN, J.J. (2010). The effects of supervisor nonverbal
immediacy and power use on employees' ratings of
credibility and affect for the supervisor. Human
Communication, 13, 69-85. |
|
|
|
Texte
: Ensemble de phrases,
généralement divisé en paragraphes, dont le but est d'exprimer au
moins une idée.
|
|
|
|
|
Texte: Cette fonction du
lexique vous permet de lire des textes/articles/chapitres de livre
des auteurs disponibles sur internet, en format html ou pdf. Exemple
de
Des PDF sont aussi disponibles sous [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
| TEM - THAGARD - THALAMUS
- THÈME DE RECHERCHE -
THÉORÈME - THÉORÊT - THÉORIE
- THÉRAPEUTE - THÉRAPIE
- THÈSE - THI |
Thagard Paul R. (Yorkton Canada 1950-) : Philosophe
cognitiviste
américain, d'origine canadienne, spécialisé dans l'étude du
raisonnement (modèle
computationnel) et des émotions.
Collaborateur de Holyoak,
Nisbett et Holland.
 |
THAGARD, P.R. (1982). From the descriptive to the
normative in psychology and logic. Philosophy of
Science, 49 (1), 24-42. [PDF] |
|
THAGARD, P.R. (1989). Explanatory coherence. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 12, 435-467. [PDF] |
|
THAGARD, P.R. (1992). Adversarial problem solving :
Modelling an opponent using explanatory coherence. Cognitive
Science, 16, 123-149.
[PDF] |
|
THAGARD, P. (2005). The emotional coherence of religion. Journal
of Cognition & Culture, 5, 58-74. [PDF] |
|
THAGARD, P. (2006). Evaluating explanations in science,
law, and everyday life. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 15, 141-145. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Thalamus
: Structures jumelles du cerveau
découverte par Galien. Il
s'agit en fait de deux
noyaux de matière grise qui relaient et filtrent les messages
sensoriels au cortex
cérébral. Thalamus et amygdale.
Thalamus, thalamic nuclei.
| |
|
|
LEGROS CLARK, W.E. (1932). The structure and connections
of the thalamus. Brain 55, 406-470. |
LEDOUX, J.E., FARB, C. & RUGGIERO, D.A. (1990).
Topographic organization of neurons in the acoustic
thalamus that project to the amygdala. Journal of
Neuroscience, 10 (4), 1043-1054. [PDF] |
|
MORISON, R.S. & DEMPSEY, E.W. (1942). A study of
thalamo-cortical relations. American Journal of
Physiology, 135, 281-292 |
VON KROSIGK, M., BAL, T. & MCCORMICK, D.A. (1993).
Cellular mechanisms of a synchronized oscillation in the
thalamus. Science, 261, 361-364. |
|
LASHLEY, K.S. & SPERRY, R.W. (1943). Olfactory
discrimination after destruction of the anterior thalamic
nuclei. American Journal of Physiology, 139,
446-450. |
|
|
MAGOUN, H.W. & McKINLEY, W.A. (1942). The termination
of ascending trigeminal and spinal tracts in the thalamus
of the cat. American Journal of Physiology, 137, 409-416. |
PURPURA, K.P. & SCHIFF, N.D. (1997). The thalamic
intralaminar nuclei : a role in visual awareness. The
Neuroscientist, 3, 8-15. |
|
POLLEN, D.A., PEROT, P. & REID, K.H. (1963).
Experimental bilateral wave and spike from thalamic
stimulation in relation to level of arousal. Electroencephalography
& Clinical Neurophysiology, 13, 1017-1028. |
VAN DER WERF, Y.D., WITTER, M.P., UYLINGS, H.B. &
JOLLES, J. (2000). Neuropsychology of infarctions in the
thalamus : a review. Neuropsychologia, 38,
613-627. [PDF] |
|
POLLEN, D.A. (1964). Intracellular studies of cortical
neurones during thalamic induced wave and spike. Electroencephalography
& Clinical Neurophysiology, 17, 398-404. |
BENDER, D.B. & YOUAKIM, M. (2001). Effect of attentive
fixation in macaque thalamus and cortex. Journal of
Neurophysiology, 85 (1), 219-234. [PDF] |
|
JONES, E.G. (1985). The Thalamus. New York :
Plenum Press. |
GAILLOUD, P., CAROTA, A., BOGOUSSLAVSKY, J. & FASEL,
J. (2003). Histoire de l'anatomie du thalamus de
l'antiquité à la fin du XIXe siècle.
Archives Suisses de Neurologie, Neurochirurgie et de
Psychiatrie, 154, 49-58. |
|
RAFAL, R.D. & POSER, M.I. (1987). Deficit in human
spatial attention following thalamic lesions. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences U.S.A. 84,
7349-7353. |
SHERMAN, S. (2006). Thalamus. Scholarpedia. 1
(9), 1583.
[PDF] |
|
LEDOUX, J.E., FARB C. & RUGGERIO, D.A. (1990).
Topographic organization of neurons in the acoustic
thalamus that project to the amygdala. Journal of
Neuroscience, 10, 1043-1054. |
JONES, E. (2006). The thalamus 2. Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
EDELINE, J.M. & WEINBERGER, N.M. (1991). Thalamic
short-term plasticity in the auditory system : associative
returning of receptive fields in the ventral medial
geniculate body. Behavioral Neuroscience, 105
(5), 618-639. |
KAAS, J.H. (2007). The thalamus revisited : where do we go
from here ? Brain, 130 (9), 2470-2473. [PDF] |
|
BUTLER, A.B. (2008). Evolution of the thalamus : A
morphological and functional review. Thalamus &
Related Systems, 4 (1), 35-58. |
|
EDELINE, J.M. & WEINBERGER, N.M. (1992). Associative
retuning in the thalamic source of input to the amygdala
and auditory cortex : receptive field plasticity in the
medial division of the medial geniculate body.
Behavioral Neuroscience, 106 (1), 81-105. |
KUNIATSU, J. & TANAKA, M. (2010). Roles of the primate
motor thalamus in the generation of antisaccades.
Journal of Neuroscience, 30 (14), 5108-5117. [PDF] |
|
PARNAUDEAU, S., TAYLOR, K.T., BOLKAN, S .S., WARD, R.D.,
BALSAM, P. & KELLENDONK, C. (2015) Mediodorsal
thalamus hypofunction impairs flexible goal-directed
behavior. Biological Psychiatry, 77, 445-453. |
| |
|
PINEL, J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
Voir aussi Cerveau
et Noyaux de
matière grise |
|
|
|
|
Thaler
Richard (East Orange 1945-) : Économiste
américain et spécialiste du comportement social et de la
théorie des jeux. On lui doit la théorie du libéralisme
paternalisme (nudge theory). Il a reçu prix
de la Banque de Suède en Sciences Économiques en 2017.
Collaborateur de Dawes, Kahneman
et Tversky.
|
THALER, R. (1980). Toward a positive theory of consumer
choice. Journal of Economic Behavior &
Organisation, 1, 39-60. [PDF] |
|
THALER, R. (1981). Some empirical evidence on dynamic
inconsistency. Economic Letters, 8, 201-207. [PDF] |
|
THALER, R. (1985). Mental accounting and consumer choice.
Marketing Science, 4 (3), 199-214. [PDF] |
|
THALER, R. (1994). Psychology and savings policies. American
Economic Review, 84 (2), 186-192. [PDF] |
|
THALER, R., TVERSKY, A., KAHNEMAN, D. & SCHWARTZ, A.
(1997). The effect of myopia and loss aversion on risk
taking : An experimental test. Quarterly Journal of
Economics, 12 (2), 647-661. [PDF] |
|
|
DEDAI, A.C. (2011). Libertarian paternalism,
externalities, and the “spirit of liberty”: How Thaler and
Sunstein Are nudging us toward an “overlapping consensus.
Law & Social Inquiry, 36 (1), 263–295. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Thanatos
: Thanatos est un dieu grec. Chez Freud,
pulsion qui engendre des
comportements haineux, violents et destructeurs. =
pulsion de mort. /Éros.
Thanatos.
|
|
|
Thelen
Esther (Brooklin 1941-2004 Bloomington) :
Psychologue américaine
et spécialiste du développement
des enfants, notamment du développement
moteur. Collaboratrice de Bates.
|
|
THELEN, E. (1985). Developmental origins of motor
coordination: Leg movements in human infants. Developmental
Psychobiology, 18, 1–22. |
|
THELEN, E. KELSO, J. & FOGEL, A. (1987).
Self-organizing systems and infant motor development. Developmental
Review, 7, 39–65. |
|
THELEN, E. & ULRICH, B. (1991). Hidden skills : A
dynamic systems analysis of treadmill stepping during the
first year. Monographs of the Society for Research in
Child Development, 56, 1–104. |
|
THELEN, E. (1995). Motor Development : A new synthesis. American
Psychologist, 50 (2), 79-95. |
|
THELEN, E. & BATES, E. (2003). Connectionism and
dynamic systems : Are they really different ? Developmental
Science, 6, 378–391. |
|
|
ADOLPH, K., CORBETTA, D., VEREIJKEN, B. & SPENCER, J.
(2005).In meoriam : Esther Thelen. Infancy, 7 (1),
1-4. [PDF] |
|
ADOLPH, K. & VEREIJKEN, B. (2005). Esther Thelen
(1941-2004) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 60 (9),
1032. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Theofilou
Pareskevi ( ) : Psychologue
grec et spécialiste de l'étude de la santé, notamment de la
qualité de vie.
|
THEOFILOU, P. (2011). Quality of life in patients
undergoing haemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis treatment.
Journal of Clinical Medicine Research, 3,
132-138. |
|
THEOFILOU, P. (2011). The role of sociodemographic factors
in health-related quality of life of patients with
end-stage renal disease. International Journal of
Caring Sciences, 4, 40-50. |
|
THEOFILOU, P. (2012). The relation of social support to
mental health and locus of control in chronic kidney
disease. Journal of Renal Nursing, 4, 18-22. |
|
THEOFILOU, P. (2012). Self-esteem in Greek dialysis
patients : The contribution of health locus of control. Iranian
Journal of Kidney Diseases, 6 (2), 136-140. |
|
THEOFILOU, P. (2013). Quality of life : Definition and
measurement. Europe's Journal of Psychology, 9
(1), 150-162. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Théorème central limite : Central limit
theorem.
| |
|
|
ADAMS, W.J. (1974). The life and times of the central
limit theorem. New York : Kaedmon. |
|
|
|
| | |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1926). Bayes' theorem and the fourfold
table. Eugenics Review, 18 (1), 32-33. [PDF] |
COX, D.R. (2000). The five faces of Bayesian statistics. Calcutta
Statistical Association Bulletin, 50, 127-136. [PDF] |
|
WINKLER, R.L. (1972). Introduction to bayesian
inference and decision. New York : Holt. |
SCHOOLER, L.J., SHIFFRIN, R.M. & RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W.
(2001). A bayesian model for implicit effects in
perceptual identification. Psychological Review, 108,
257-272. [PDF] |
|
TRAFINOW, D. (2003). Hypothesis testing and theory
evaluation at the boundaries : Surprising insights from
Bayes's theorem. Psychological Review, 11 (3),
526-535. [PDF] |
|
ELLISON, A.M. (2004). Bayesian inference in ecology. Ecology
Letters 7, 509-520. |
|
CLARK, J.S. (2005). Why environmental scientists are
becoming Bayesians. Ecology Letters, 8, 2-14. |
|
EFRON, B. (1986). Why isn't everyone a bayesian ? The
American Statistician, 40, 1-11. [PDF] |
CELEUX, G., FORBES, F., ROBERT, C.P. & TITTERINGTON,
D.M. (2006). Deviance Information criteria for missing
data models. Bayesian Analysis, 1 (4), 651-674.
[PDF] |
|
FELDMAN, J. (2009). Bayes and the simplicity principle in
perception. Psychological Review, 116 (4),
875-888. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, J.Q. (1988). Decision analysis : A bayesian
approach. London : Chapman and Hull. |
VAN DER HELM, P.A. (2011). Bayesian confusions surrounding
simplicity and likelihood in perceptual organization.
Acta Psychologica, 138, 337-346. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Statistique
bayesienne, Modèle
de Bayes, Raisonnement bayesien et Bayes |
|
|
|
|
|
Théorème du singe savant : Théorème
selon lequel un nombre infini de singe
qui taperaient indéfiniment et à l'aveuglette sur le clavier d'une
machine à écrire finiraient un jour "presque sûrement" par écrire
un texte intelligible. Infinite monkey
theorem.
|
Théorêt
Manon ( ) :Psychologue
béhavioriste,
féministe et écologiste
québécoise, professeure au département de
psychopédagogie et d'andragogie de l'Université
de Montréal. Elle s'intéresse à l'apprentissage et au décrochage
en milieu scolaire, à la discrimination envers les filles à
l'école et à la résilience.
Elle est l'un des quatre fondatrices des Scientifines.
Étudiante de Bélanger.
Collaboratrice de Chamberland,
De la
Sablonnière, Garon et
Hrimech.
 |
CHAMBERLAND, C., THÉORÊT, M. et GARON, R. (1995). Les
Scientifines en action : conception, implantation et
évolution. Montréal : Université de Montréal :
École de service social. |
|
THÉORÊT, M. et GARON, R. (1995). Reconnaître les plans à
cas unique en sciences de l'éducation. Mesure et
Évaluation en Éducation, 28, 1. |
|
THÉORÊT, M., GARON, R. et HRIMECH, M. (2000). Évaluation
d'une intervention de mentorat visant a reduire le risque
d'abandon scolaire. Revue Canadienne de
Psycho-Education, 29 (1), 65-86. |
|
THÉORÊT, M., LEROUX, M., CARPENTER, A. et BERTRAND, C.
(2005). Analyse de l'appropriation de la réforme du
curriculum par des enseignants et évaluation d'impact
sur la réussite en mathématiques d'élèves à risque.
Projet Transmaths. Montréal : Université de
Montréal. |
|
THÉORÊT, M., GARON, R., HRIMECH, M. et CARPENTIER, A.
(2006). Exploration de la résilience éducationnelle chez
des enseignants. International Review of Education,
52 (6), 575-598. |
|
|
|
Théorie (scientifique) : Synonyme d'explication.
Une théorie est toujours une réduction de la complexité à
l'essentiel; jamais une description/explication totale de la
réalité, dans ses moindres détails. En science,
il s'agit d'un système de suppositions et de principes organisés
plus ou moins logiquement, visant à décrire et à expliquer un
ensemble donné de phénomènes
et leurs relations. Une théorie comprend au moins deux concepts
logiquement reliés ( EX: ça-moi-surmoi chez Freud
ou Sd-R-C chez Skinner), desquels on peut déduire une hypothèse
vérifiable ou
potentiellement vérifiable. Bref, une théorie est une explication logique qui s'appuie sur des faits. Théorie, qualité d'une théorie et explication.
= explication scientifique, modèle
scientifique, simplification volontaire de la réalité, abstraction
du réel. /athéorique.
Theory, scientific explanation.
| Problème |
 |
Théorie |
|
Solution |
 |
| Recherche |
 |
| Méthodes
scientifiques |
|
| |
| |
 |
|
| Rôle
des théories |
|
WOODGER, J.H. (1939). The technique of theory
construction. Chicago : University of Chicago
Press. |
ANKER, J.D. (Ed.) (1987). Systems and theories in
psychology. New York : McGraw Hill. |
|
HULL, C.L., ROSS, R.T., HALL, M., PERKINS, D.T. &
FITCH, F.B. (1940). Mathematico-deductive theory of
rote learning. New Haven, NJ : Yale University
Press. |
MARX, M.H. & CRONAN-HILLIX, W.A. (1987). Systems
and theories in psychology. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1941). Current trends in psychological
theory. Psychological Bulletin, 38, 29-65. |
GERGEN, K.J. (1988). The concept of progress in
psychological theory. Recent Trends in Theoretical
Psychology 1-14. |
|
SPENCE, K.W. (1944). The nature of theory construction in
contemporary psychology. Psychological Review, 51
(1), 47-68 |
STAGNER, R. (1988). A history of psychological
theories. New York : Macmillan. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1950). Are thories of learning necessary ?
Psychological Review, 57, 193-216. [PDF] |
GREENWALD, A.G. & PRATKANIS, A.R. (1988). On the use
of "theory" and the usefulness of theory. Psychological
Review, 95, 575-579. |
|
BORING, E.G. (1953). The role of theory in experimental
psychology. American Journal of Psychology, 66,
169-184. |
SUPPE, F. (1989). The semantic conception of theories
and scientific realism. Chicago : University of
Illinois Press. |
|
DALLENBACH, K.M. (1953). The place of theory in science.
Psychological Review, 60 (1), 33-39. |
MEEHL, P.E. (1990). Appraising and amending theories : The
strategy of Lakatosian defense and two principles that
warrant It. Psychological Inquiry, 1 (2),
108-141. [PDF] |
|
HEMPEL, C.G. (1958). The theoretician's dilemma. In H.
Feigel and M. Scriven (Eds.), Minnesota studies in the
philosophy of science (Vol. II). Minneapolis :
University ofMinnesota Press. |
HINELINE, P.N. (1990). The origins of environment-based
psychological theory. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 53 (2), 305-320. [PDF] |
|
SELLARS, W. (1961). The language of theories. In H.Feigl
and G.Maxwell, (Eds.), Current issues in the
philosophy of science. New York. |
DECERF, A. (Dir.) (1991). Les théories scientifiques
ont-elles un sexe ? Moncton : Éditions d'Acadie. |
|
HEMPEL, C.G. (1965). Aspects of scientic explanation.
New York : Free Press. |
LUNDIN, R.W. (1991). Theories and systems of
psychology. Lexington, MA : Heath. |
|
SUPPES, P. (1967). What is a scientific theory ? In S.
Morgenbesser (Ed.), Philosophy of science today
(pp. 55-67). New York : Basic Books. |
WEINBERG, S. (1992). Dreams of a Final Theory, Pantheon
Books, New York, |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1967). Theory-testing in psychology and
physics : a methodological paradox. Philosophy of
Science, 34, 103-115. [PDF] |
BAUM, W.M. & HEATH, J.L. (1992). Behavioral
explanation and intentional explanations in psychology. American Psychologist, 47, 1312-1317. |
|
|
ROZEBOOM, W.W. (1970). The art of metascience, or, What
should a psychological theory be ? In J.R. Royce (Ed.), Toward
unification in psychology. Toronto: Toronto
University Press. |
SUPPES, P. (1995). What is a scientific theory ? In S.
Morgenbesser (Ed.), Philosophy of science today
(pp. 55-67). New York : Basic Books. |
|
SUPPE, F. (1972). What's wrong with the received view on
the structure of scientific theories ? Philosophy of
Science, 39, 1-19. |
MOORE, J.C (1998). On behaviorism, pragmatism and
scientific theories. Mexican Journal of Behavior
Analysis, 22, 83-118. [PDF]
|
|
KOCH, S. (1973). Theory and experiment in psychology. Social
Research, 40, 691-707. |
LEIGLAND S. (1997). Systems and theories in behavior
analytic science : An overview of alternatives. In L.J.
Hayes & P.M. Ghezzi (Eds.), Investigations in
behavioral epistemology (pp. 11-31). Reno, NV :
Context Press. |
|
SUPPE, F. (1974). The search for philosophic understanding
of scientific theories. In F. Suppe (Ed.), The
structure of scientific theories (pp. 1-232).
Illinois : University of Illinois Press. |
THYER, B.A. (1997). Is it possible to know when theories
of human behavior are obsolete ? Yes. In M. Bloom & W.
Klein (Eds.), Controversial issues in human behavior
(pp. 64-71, 79-80). Boston, MA : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
SUPPE, F. (Ed.) (1977). The structure of scientific
theories. Champagne-Urbana, IL : University of
Illinois Press. |
MOORE, J.C (1998). On behaviorism, theories, and
hypothetical constructs. Journal of Mind &
Behavior, 19, 215-242. |
|
DUNCAN, S. & FISKE, D.W. (1977). Face-to-face
interaction : Research, methods, and theory.
Hillsdale, New Jersey : Lawrence Erlbaum associates
Publishers. |
GOERGE, J.M. & JONES, G.R. (2000). The role of time in
theory and theory building. Journal of Management,
26, 657-684. [PDF] |
|
ROYCE, J.R. (1978). How can we best advance the
construction of theory in psychology. Canadian
Psychological Review, 19 (4), 259-274. |
MACHADO, A., LOURENÇO, O. & SILVA, F.J. (2000). Facts,
concepts, and theories : The shape of psychology's
epistemic triangle. Behavior & Philosophy, 28,
1-40. [PDF]
|
|
LEARY, M.R. (1979). Levels of discomfirmability and social
psychological theory : A response to Greenwald.
Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 5, 149-153. |
MITCHELL, T.R. & JAMES, L.R. (2001). Building better
theory : Time and the specification of when things happen.
The Academy of Management Review, 26 (4),
530-547. [PDF] |
|
MARTIN, J.L. (2001). On the limits of sociological theory
Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 31 (2),
187-220. |
|
PAPINEAU, D. (1979). Theory and meaning. Oxford
: Clarendon Press. |
LATTAL, K.A. & CHASE, P.N. (Eds.) (2003). Behavior
theory and philosophy. New York : Plenum
Publishing. |
|
RIBES-INESTA, E. (2003). Concepts and theories :
Relation to scientific categories. In K.A. Lattal &
P. Chase (Eds.), Behavior theory and philosophy (pp.
147–164). New York, NY : Kluwer-Plenum.
|
|
CHAPLIN, J.P. & KRAWIEK, T.S. (1979). Systems and
theories of psychology. New York : Holt, Rinehart
& Winston. |
BURGOS, J.E. (2003). Laudable goals, interesting
experiments, unintelligible theorizing : A critical review
of relational frame theory. Behavior &
Philosophy, 31, 19-45. [PDF] |
|
GLYMOUR, C. (2004). Review of "James Woodward, making
things happen" : A theory of causal explanation (Critical
notice). British Journal for the Philosophy of
Science, 55, 779-790. |
|
SHEVRIN, H. & DICKMAN, S. (1980). The psychology of
unconscious : A necessary assumption for all psychological
theory ? American Psychologist, 35, 421-434. |
WYNNE, L. (2004). The missing theory : Why behavior
analysis has little impact on voluntary adult outpatient
services. Ethical Human Psychology & Psychiatry,
6 (2), 135-146. [PDF] |
|
LOWRY, R. (1982). The evolution of psychological
theory. New York : Aldine. |
GEARY, D.C. (2005). Role of theory in study of learning
difficulties in mathematics. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 38, 305-307. [PDF] |
|
NORMAN, D.A. (1984). Theories and models in cognitive
psychology. In E. Donchin (Ed.), Cognitive
psychophysiology : Event-related potentials and the
study of cognition. The Carmel conferences (Vol.
1). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
BURGOS, J.E. (2007). The theory debate in psychology.
Behavior & Philosophy, 35, 149-183.
[PDF] |
|
TORRES, I.M. (2007). A tale of two theories : Sympathy or
competition ? Journal of Business Research, 60
(3), 197-205. |
|
WYNNE, L. (2007). The missing theory II : Further musings
on a new zeitgeist for clinical psychology. Ethical
Human Psychology & Psychiatry, 9 (2), 87-98. [PDF] |
|
SHIMP, C.P. (1985). The development of theory : Logic of
method or underlying processes ? Commentary on
"Associations across time : The hippocampus as a temporary
memory store" by J.N.P. Rawlins. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 8, 511-512. |
HUBER, F. (2008). Assessing theories, Bayes style. Synthèse, 161, 89-118. |
|
MURPHY, G.L. & MEDIN, D.L. (1985). The role of
theories in conceptual coherence. Psychological
Review, 92, 289-316. [PDF] |
MAY, C., MAIR, F.S., FINCH, T., MACFARLANE, A., DOWRICK,
C., TREWEEK, S., RAPLEY, T., BALLINI, L., ONG, B.N.,
ROGERS, A., MURRAY, E., ELWYN, G. LÉGARÉ, F.J., GUNN, J.
& MONTORI, V.M. (2009). Development of a theory of
implementation and integration : Normalization process
theory. Implementation Science, 4 [29], 1-9.
[PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, B.A. (1986). On the role of theory in behavior
analyst. Behaviorism, 14 (2), 111-124. [PDF] |
DODDS, W.K. (2009). Laws, theories, and patterns in
ecology. San Francisco : University of California
Press. |
|
GREENWALD, A.G., PRATKANIS, A.R., LEIPPE, M.R. &
BAUMGARDNER, M.H. (1986). Under what conditions does
theory obstruct research progress ? Psychological
Review, 93 (2), 216-229. [PDF] |
DAR-NIMROD, I., HEINE, S.J. CHEUNG, B.Y. & SCHALLER,
M. (2011). Do scientific theories affect men's evaluations
for sex crimes ? Aggressive Behavior, 37 (5),
440-449. |
|
SHWEDER, R.A. & FISKE, D.W. (Eds.) (1986). Metatheory
in social science : Pluralisms and subjectivities.
Chicago : The University of Chicago Press. |
GORELICK, R. (2011). What is theory. Ideas in Ecology
& Evolution, 4, 1-10.
[PDF] |
|
ZAMORA-BONILLA, J.P. (2013). Why are good theories good ?
Reflections on epistemic values, confirmation, and formal
epistemology. Synthese, 190 (9), 1533-1553. [PDF] |
|
|
| Exemple |
|
SPEARMAN, C.E. (1914). The theory of two factors. Psychological
Review, 21, 101-115. |
|
|
MALINOWSKI, B. (1968). Une théorie scientifique de la
culture. Paris : Maspéro. |
|
|
NORMAN, D.A. (1968). Toward a theory of memory and
attention Psychological Review, 75, 522-536. |
|
|
WALLER, B. (1982). Skinner's two stage value theory. Behaviorism,
10, 25-44. |
MAYES, A.R. & ROBERTS, N. (2001). Theories of episodic
memory. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society B: Biological Sciences, 356, 1395-1408. [PDF] |
|
EMMONS, R.A. (1987). Narcissism : Theory and measurement.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 52,
1117. [PDF] |
|
|
RICCIO, G.E. & STROFFREGEN, T.A. (1991). An ecological
theory of motion sickness and postural instability. Ecological
Psychology, 3, 195-240. [PDF] |
PYLYSHYN, Z.W. (2002). Mental imagery : In search of a
theory. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 25 (2),
157-237.
[PDF] |
|
McCLOSKEY, M. (1991). Networks and theories : The place of
connectionnism in cognitive science. Psychological
Science, 2 (6), 387-395. [PDF] |
|
|
ACKERMAN, P.L. (1996). A theory of adult intellectual
development : Process, personality, interests, and
knowledge. Intelligence, 22, 229- 259. |
HIDDLESTON, E. (2005). A causal theory of counterfac-
tuals. Nous, 39, 632-657. |
|
ANDERSON J.R., BOTHELL, D., LEBIERE, C. & MATESSA, M.
(1998). An integrated theory of list memory. Journal
of Memory & Language, 38, 341-380. |
HSEE, C.K. & ZHANG, J. (2010). General evaluability
theory. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 5 (4),
343-355. [PDF] |
|
VICENTE, K.J. & WANG, J.H. (1998). An ecological
theory of expertise effects in memory recall. Psychological
Review, 105, 33-57. |
THYER, B.A. & MYERS, L.L. (2011). Behavioral and
cognitive theories. In J.R. Brandell (Ed.), Theory
and practice in clinical social work (pp. 21-40).
Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Explication,
Qualité d'une théorie, Neutralité
théorique,
Athéorique et Science |
|
|
|
Théorie
(Cimetière) : Expression utilisée en science
pour désigner l'ensemble des théories tombées dans l'oubli,
simplement parce qu'elles étaient fausses, donc infirmée, ou parce qu'avec le temps elles ont été remplacées par de meilleures théories, plus puissantes.
|
Théorie (Complexité) : Par
définition, une théorie est une
simplification de la réalité. On peut cependant distinguer les
théories simples (au moins deux concepts logiquement reliés) des
théories complexes, qui comptent de nombreux concepts formant un
tout relativement cohérent.
= nombre
de concepts.
Complexity theory.
| |
|
|
GELL-MANN, M. (1988). Simplicity and complexity in the
description of nature. Engineering & Science, 5
(3), 2-9. |
|
COLEMAN, S.R. (1984). Background and change in B.F.
Skinner's metatheory from 1930 to 1938. Journal of
Mind & Behavior, 5, 471-500. |
|
STREVENS, M. (2016). Complexity theory. In P. Humphreys
(Ed.), Oxford handbook of the philosophy of science.
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Complexité
et Théorie |
|
|
|
|
Théorie
(Puissance) : Qualité
d'une théorie qui renvoie à sa capacité d'expliquer et de prédire
les faits, la réalité. Les théories
tente d'expliquer une portion de la réalité,
jamais toute la réalité. Toutefois, plus le nombre de
phénomène (P X) expliqué par une théorie est grand, plus
cette théorie sera considérée comme puissante. Les théories ont
également la prétention d'être vraie en tout monde en tout temps.
NDLR : : Attention, une théorie peut s'intéresser
à de nombreux facteurs mais n'en expliquer réellement que
quelques-uns. Il ne faut donc pas confondre la puissance d'une
théorie avec son caractère
synthétique.
| T1 |
P1 |
|
P5 |
P4 |
> |
T2 |
P1 |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
P3 |
| |
P2 |
P3 |
P6 |
|
P2 |
|
|
| P7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| + |
|
- |
|
Théorie (Qualités/Propriétés) : Une bonne théorie
possède de nombreuses qualités : la cohérence (ou l'absence de contradiction), la clarté (concepts exempts de flous et bien définis, certains de manière opérationnelle),
la fécondité/heuristique
(qui donne naissance à de nouvelles explications), le caractère
intemporel (vraie en tout temps), la précision (concepts définis
de manière à réduire l'erreur de mesure), la puissance (capacité à
expliquer et à prédire les faits), le caractère universel (vraie
en tout monde, en tout temps), la vérificabilité (concepts
formulés de manière à être confrontés aux faits), le caractère
synthétique (qui embrasse la réalité la plus large possible), la
complétude (toutes les hypothèses formulées ont été vérifiées).
Certaines qualités sont dites internes car elles ne concernent que
les aspects logiques de la théorie, alors que d'autres qualités
sont qualifiées d'externes car elles renvoient à la relation entre
les concepts de la théorie et la réalité qu'elle cherche à décrire
et expliquer.
|
|
|
Théorie
ancrée : Théorie
proposée par Glaser et Strauss.
= théorie auto-régulée
empiriquement. Grounded theory.
| |
|
|
GLASER, B. & STRAUSS, A. (1967). The discovery of grounded theory : Strategies for qualitative research. Chicago : Aldine. |
ANNELLS, M. (1997). Grounded theory method, part I :
Within the five moments of qualitative research. Nursing Inquiry, 4 (2), 120-129. |
|
ANNELLS, M. (1997). Grounded theory method, part II :
Options for users of the method. Nursing Inquiry, 4
(3), 176-180. |
|
GLASER, B.G. (1978). Advances in the methodology of
grounded theory : Theoretical sensitivity. Mill
Valley, CA : The Sociology Press. |
STARRIN, B., DAHLGREN, L., LARSSON, G. & STYBORN, S.
(1997). Along the path of discovery. Qualitative
methods and grounded theory. Lund, Sweden : Student
Litteratur. |
|
PIDGEON N. & HENWOOD, K. (1997). Using grounded theory
in psychological research. In N. Hayes (Ed.), Doing
qualitative analysis in psychology (pp. 245-273).
Hove, UK : Psychology Press. |
|
STERN, P.N. (1980). Grounded theory methodology : Its uses
and processes. Image. The Journal of Nursing
Scholarship, 12 (1), 20-23. |
DEMAZIÈRE, D. et DUBAR, C. (1997). E.C. Hughes,
intitiatieur et précurseur critique de la grounded theory.
Sociétés Contemporaines, 27, 49-55. |
|
MARTIN, P.Y. & TURNER, B.A. (1986). Grounded theory
and organizational research. The Journal of Applied
Behavioral Science, 22 (2), 141. |
RENNIE, D.L. (1998). Grounded theory methodology : The
pressing need for a coherent logic of justification.
Theory & Psychology, 8, 101-119. |
|
GLASER, B.G. (1992). Basics of grounded theory
analysis. Mill Valley, CA : Sociology Press. |
GLASER, B.G. (1998). Doing grounded theory : Issues
and discussions. Mill Valley, CA : Sociology Press. |
|
DEY, I. (1999). Grounding grounded theory : Guidelines
for qual itative inquiry. San Diego : Academic
Press. |
|
CORBIN, J. & STRAUSS, A.L. (1990). Grounded theory
research : Procedures, canons, and evaluative criteria. Qualitative
Sociology, 13 (1), 3-21. |
NORTON, L. (1999). The philosophical bases of grounded
theory and their implications for research practice. Nurse
Researcher, 7 (1), 31-43. |
|
CUTCLIFFE, J.R. (2000). Methodological issues in grounded
theory. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 31,
1476-148. |
|
D'AMBROISE, G. & NKONGOLO-BAKENDA, J.-M. (1992). Le
"grounded theory" et ses possibilités d'utilisation en
sciences de l'administration. Québec : Faculté des
sciences de l'administration de l'Université Laval. |
GILGUN, J.F. (2001). Grounded theory and other inductive
research methods. Dans B.A. Thyer (Ed.), The handbook
of social work research methods (pp. 345-364).
Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
STRAUSS, A.L. & CORBIN, J. (1994). Grounded theory
methodology : An overview. In N.K. Denzin & Y.S.
Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research
(pp. 273-285). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
HUTCHISON, S.A. & WILSON, H.S. (2001). Grounded theory
: The method. In P.L. Munhall (Ed.), Nursing research
: A qualitative perspective (pp. 209-243). Sudbury,
MA : Jones & Bartlett. |
|
PAILLÉ, P. (1994). L'analyse par théorisation ancrée. Cahiers
de recherche sociologique, 23, 147-181. |
WUEST, J. & MERRITT-GRAY, M. (2001). Feminist grounded
theory revisited : Practical issues and new
understandings. In R. Schreiber & P.N. Stern (Eds.), Using
grounded theory in nursing (pp. 159-176). New York
: Springer. |
|
CHARMAZ, K. (1995). Grounded theory. In J. Smith, R. Harré
& L. Langenhove (Eds.), Rethinking methods in
psychology (pp. 27-65). London : Sage. |
GLASER, B.G. (2001). The grounded theory perspective
: Conceptualization contrasted with description.
Mill Valley, CA : Sociology Press. |
|
JEON, Y. H. (2004). The application of grounded theory and
symbolic interactionism. Scandinavian Journal of
Caring Sciences, 18 (3), 249-256. |
|
MAY, K.A. (1996). Diffusion, dilution, or distillation ? :
The case of grounded theory method. Qualitative
Health Research, 6 (3), 309-311. |
GLASER, B.G. (2005). The grounded theory perspective
III : Theoretical coding. Mill Valley, CA :
Sociology Press. |
|
SUDDABY, R. (2006). What grounded theory is not. Academy
of Management Journal, 49, 633-642. |
|
ANNELLS, M. (1996). Grounded theory method : Philosophical
perspectives, paradigm of inquiry, and postmodernism. Qualitative
Health Research, 6, 379-393. |
MILLS, J., BONNER, A. & FRANCIS, K. (2006). The
development of constructivist grounded theory. International
Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5 (1), 1-10.
[PDF] |
|
STARKS, H. & BROWN-TRINIDAD, S. (2007). Choose your
method : a comparison of phenomenology, discourse
analysis, and grounded theory. Qualitative Health
Research, 17 (10), 1372-1380. [PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, R.B., McGOWAN, M.W. & TURNER, L.A. (2010).
Grounded theory in practice : Is it inherently a mixed
method ? Research in the Schools, 17 (2), 65-78.
|
|
CORBIN, J. (2012). Préface. In J. Luckerhoff & F.
Guillemette (Dirs.), Méthodologie de la théorisation
enracinée (p. 7-12). Presses de l'Université du
Québec. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie, Glaser
et Strauss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Théorie
complotiste : Voir Théorie
du complot et Complot. Conspiracy
theories, CT, conspiracy belief, conspiracy thinking, culture of
conspiracy, conspiracist ideation, conspiracist ideation bogus
conspiracy theory, genuine conspiratorial politics. |
Théorie computationnelle : Computational theory, computational model.
| |
|
|
MARR, D. (1982/90). Vision : A computational
investigation into the human representation and
processing of visual information. San Francisco :
W.H. Freeman. |
VAN GELDER, T. (1995). What might cognition be, if not
computation ? Journal of Philosophy, 92 (7),
345-381. [PDF] |
|
PYLYSHYN, Z.W. (1984). Computation and cognition :
Toward a foundation for cognitive science. Cambridge
: MIT Press. |
SUN, R. (1999). Computational models of consciousness : An
evaluation. Journal of Intelligent Systems, 9, 507-562. |
|
KOSSLYN, S.M. (1987). Seeing and imagining in the cerebral
hemispheres : A computational approach. Psychological
Review, 94, 148-175. |
MEYER, D.E. & KIERAS, D.E. (1997). A computational
theory of executive control processes and human
multiple-task performance: Part 1. Basic Mechanisms.
Psychological Review, 104, 3-65. |
|
JACKENDOFF, R. (1987). Consciousness and the
computational mind. Cambridge, MA : The MIT Press. |
GREEN, C.D. (2000). Dispelling the "mystery" of
computational cognitive science. History of
Psychology, 3, 62-66. |
|
CHURCHLAND, P.M. (1989). A neurocomputational
perspective. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
SPERLING, G. REEVES, A., BLASER, E., LU, Z.-L. &
WEICHSELGARTNER, E. (2001). Two computational models of
attention. In J. Braun, C. Koch & J.L. Davis (Eds.), Visual
attention and cortical circuits (pp. 177-214).
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
WAGNER, A.R. & DONEGAN, N. (1989). Some relationships
between a computational model (SOP) and an essential
neural circuit for Pavlovian (rabbit eyeblink)
conditioning. In R.D. Hawkins and G.H. Bower (Eds.), Computational
models of learning in simple neural systems : The
psychology of Learning & Motivation (Vol. 23,
pp. 157-203). New York : Academic Press. |
JORDAN, M.I. & RUSSEL, S. (2001). Computational
intelligence. In R.A. Wilson & F.C. Keil (Eds.),The
MIT encyclopedia of the cognitive sciences.
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
FRENCH, R.M. (2002). The computational modeling of
analogy-making. Trends in Cognitive Science, 6, 200-205. |
|
GALLISTEL, C.R. & GELMAN, R. (1992). Preverbal and
verbal counting and computation. Cognition, 44,
43-74. |
LANE, P.C.R. & GOBET, F. (2003). Developing
reproducible and comprehensible computational models.
Artificial Intelligence, 144, 251-263. [PDF] |
|
CHURCHLAND, P.S. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (1992). The
computational brain. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
PICCININI, G. (2004). The first computational theory of
mind and brain : A close look at McCulloch and Pitts's
logical calculus of ideas immanent in nervous activity.
Synthese, 141, 175-215. [PDF] |
|
MUMFORD, D. (1992). On the computational architecture of
the neocortex II. The role of cortico-cortical loops. Biological Cybernetics, 66, 241-251. |
SCHMAJUK, N.A., LARRAURI, J.A., HAGENBUCH, N., LEVIN,
E.D., FELDON, J. & YEE, B.K. (2006). Startle and
pre-pulse inhibition as a function of background noise : A
computational and experimental analysis. Behavioural
Brain Research, 170, 182-196. |
|
WILSON, R. (1994). Wide computationalism. Mind, 103,
351-72. |
JONES, F., GOBET, F. & PINE, J.M. (2007). Linking
working memory and long-term memory : A computational
model of the learning of new words. Developmental
Science, 10 (6), 853-873. [PDF] |
|
SMOLENSKY, P. (1994). Computational theories of mind. In
S. Guttenplan (Ed.), A companion to the philosophy of
mind (pp. 176-185). Blackwell Publishers. |
HERNANDEZ, A.E. & LI, P. (2007). Age of acquisition :
Its neural and computational mechanisms. Psychological
Bulletin, 133, 638-650. [PDF] |
|
ZHANG, Q. (2009). A computational account of dreaming :
Learning and memory consolidation. Cognitive Systems
Research, 10 (2), 91-101. |
|
CHALMERS, D.J. (1994). On implementing a computation. Minds
& Machines, 4, 391-402. |
GENTNER, D. & FORBUS, K. (2011). Computational models
of analogy. WIREs Cognitive Science, 2, 266-276. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Computation |
|
|
Théorie de l'action :
Action theory.
| |
|
|
STEVENSON, G.P. (2004). Revamping action theory. Behavior
& Philosophy, 32, 427-451. [PDF] |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie de l'action raisonnée : Théorie
proposée par Fishbein
pour expliquer et prédire le comportement.
Theory of reasoned action.
| |
|
|
BAGOZZI, R.P. (1986). Attitude formation under the theory
of reasoned action and a purposeful behavior
reformulation. British Journal of Social Psychology,
25, 95-107. |
|
|
SHEPPARD, B., HARTWICK, H. & WARSHAW, P. (1988). The
theory of reasoned action : A meta-analysis of past
research with recommendations for modifications and future
research. Journal of Consumer Research, 15, 325-343. |
AJZEN, I. & FISHBEIN, M. (2004). Questions raised by a
reasoned action approach : Comment on Ogden (2003). Health
Psychology, 23, 431-434. |
|
MONTANO, D. & TAPLIN, S. (1991). A test of an expanded
theory of reasoned action to predict mammography
participation. Social Science & Medicine, 32,
733-741. |
AJZEN, I. & ALBARRACIN, D. (2007). The theory of
reasoned action approach. In I. Ajzen, D. Albarracin &
R. Hornik (Eds.), Prediction and change of health
behavior : Applying the theory of reasoned action
approach. Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
MADDEN, T.J., ELLEN, P.S. & AJZEN, I. (1992). A
comparison of the theory of planned behavior and the
theory of reasoned action. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 18 (1), 3-9. |
ANDERSON, A. & LAVALLEE, D. (2008). Applying the
theories of reasoned action and planned behavior to
athlete training adherence behavior. Applied
Psychology : An International Journal, 57 (2),
304-312. |
|
MORRISON, D.M., BAKER, S.A. & GILLMORE, M.R. (1998).
Condom use among high-risk heterosexual teens : A
longitudinal analysis using the theory of reasoned action.
Psychology & Health, 13, 207-222. |
YOUSAFZAI, S.Y., FOXALL, G.R. & PALLISTER, J.G.
(2010). Explaining internet banking behavior : Theory of
reasoned action, theory of planned behavior, or technology
acceptance model ? Journal of Applied Psychology, 40
(5), 1172-1202. |
|
SHEENAN, P. & TAYLOR, S. (1999). Predicting intentions
to use condoms: A meta-analysis and comparison of the
theories of reasoned action and planned behavior.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 28, 1624-1675. |
AJZEN, I. (2012). Martin Fishbein's legacy : The reasoned
action approach. Annals of the American Academy of
Political & Social Science, 640 (1), 11-27. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie,
Ajzen et Fishbein |
|
|
|
|
Théorie
de l'apprentissage : Ensemble de théories
qui postule que le principal mécanisme ou processus de changement
psychologique chez l'humain et l'animal provient de l'apprentissage
(et non de la personnalité, du développement ou des gènes). Ces
changements peuvent être de nature comportemental
(pour les behavioristes)
ou cognitive (pour les cognitivistes).
Learning theory.
| |
|
|
MOWRER, O.H. (1948). Learning theory and the neurotic
paradox. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry 18, 571-609.
|
|
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1950). Are theories of learning necessary?
Psychological Review, 57 (4), 193-216. |
JOHNSTON, T.D. (1981). Contrasting approaches to a theory
of learning. The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 4,
125-173. |
|
ESTES, W.K. (1950). Toward a statistical theory of
learning. Psychological Review, 57, 94-104. |
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1986). Tolman and modern conditioning
theory. British Journal of Psychology, 77,
517-523. |
|
ESTES, W.K., KOCH, S., MaCORQUODALE, K., MEEHL, P.E.,
MUELLER, C.G., SCHOENFELD, W.N. & VERPLANK, W.S.
(Eds.) (1954). Modern learning theory : A critical
analysis of five examples. New York :
Appleton-Century- Crofts. |
HERGENHAHN, B.B. (1988). An introduction to the
theories of learning. Englewood Cliffs, NJ :
Prentice Hall. |
|
AMSEL, A. (1989). Behaviorism, neobehaviorism and
cognitivism in learning theory. Hillsdale, New
Jersey : Erlbaum. |
|
BUSH, R.R. & MOSTELLER, F. (1955). Stochastic
models for learning. New York : Wiley. |
MALONE, J.C. (1990). Theories of learning : A
historical approach. Belmont, CA : Wadsworth. |
|
SPENCE, K.W. (1960). Behavior theory and learning. Englewood
Cliffs, New Jersey : Prentice-Hall. |
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1997). Has the wheel turned full circle
? Fifty years of learning theory, 1946-1996. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 50A, 879-898. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1961). Learning theory and future research.
In J. Lysaught (Ed.), Programmed learning : Evolving
principles and industrial applications. (pp.
59-66). Ann Arbor : Foundation for Research on Human
Behavior. |
TARPY, R.M. (1997). Contemporary learning theory and
research. Boston, MA : McGraw-Hill. |
|
GROSSBERG, S. (1969). Embedding fields : A theory of
learning with physiological implications. Journal of
Mathematical Psychology, 6, 209-239. |
DOMJAN, M. (2000). General process learning theory :
Challenges from Response and Stimulus Factors. International
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 13, 101-118. [PDF] |
|
HILGARD, E.R & BOWER, G.H. (1975). Theories of
learning. New York : Appleton Century-Crofts. |
BOUTON, M.E., MINEKA, S. & BARLOW, D.H. (2001). A
modern learning theory perspective on the etiology of
panic disorder. Psychological Review, 108, 4-32.
[PDF] |
|
DICKINSON, A. (1980). Contemporary animal learning
theory. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
MINEKA, S. & ZINBARG, R. (2006). A contemporary
learning theory perspective on the etiology of anxiety
disorders : It's not what you thought it was. American
Psychologist, 61 (1), 10-26. |
|
ROTHSCHILD, M.L. & GAIDIS W.C. (1981). Behavioral
learning theory : Its relevance to marketing and
promotions. Journal of Marketing, 45, 70-78. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Apprentissage |
|
|
|
|
Théorie
de l'attachement :
Théorie de
l'attachement. Attachment theory.
| |
|
|
BRETHERTON, I. (1985). Attachment theory: Retrospect and
prospect. In I. Bretherton & E. Waters (Eds.), Growing
points of attachment theory and research. Monographs
of the Society for Research in Child Development, 209
(1-2), 3-35. |
SHAVER, P.R. & FRALEY, R.C. (2000). Attachment theory
and caregiving : An evaluation of Bell and Richard's
critique. Psychological Inquiry, 11, 109-114. |
|
BOWLBY, J. (1988). A secure base: Clinical
applications of attachment theory. Routledge :
London. |
SROUFE, L.A. & SAMPSON, M. C. (2000). Attachment
theory and systems concepts. Human Development, 43, 321-326. |
|
THOMPSON, R. (1988). The effects of infant day care
through the prism of attachment theory. Early
Childhood Research Quarterly, 3, 273-282. |
SCHORE, A.N. (2002). Advances in neuropsychoanalysis,
attachment theory, and trauma research : Implications for
self psychology. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 22,
433-484. [PDF] |
|
LEVINE, R.A. & MILLER, P.M. (1990). Commentary on
cross-cultural validity of attachment theory. Human
Development, 33, 73-80. |
SIMPSON, J.A. (2002). Attachment theory in modern
evolutionary context. In J. Cassidy & P.R. Shaver
(Eds.), Handbook of attachment : theory, research,
and clinical applications. The Guilford Press. |
|
BRETHERTON, I. (1991). The roots and growing points of
attachment theory. In C.M. Parkes, J. Stevenson- Hinde
& P. Harris (Eds.), Attachment across the life
cycle (pp. 9-32). London : Routledge. |
|
|
SCHNEIDER, E.L. (1991). Attachment theory and research :
review of the literature. Clinical Social Work
Journal, 19, 251-266. |
MIKULINCER, M., SHAVER, P.R. & PEREG, D. (2003).
Attachment theory and affect regulation : The dynamics,
development, and cognitive consequences of
attachment-related strategies. Motivation &
Emotion, 27 (2), 77-102. [PDF] |
|
BRETHERTON, I. (1992). The origins of attachment theory :
John Bowlby and Mary Ainsworth. Developmental
Psychology, 28, 759-775. [PDF] |
|
|
HOLMES, J (1993). John Bowlby and attachment theory.
London : Routledge. |
|
|
BELSKY, J. & CASSIDY, J. (1994). Attachment theory and
evidence. In M. Rutter & D. Hay (Eds.) Development
through life; A handbook for clinicians (pp.
373-402). Oxford : Blackwell Scientific Publications. |
|
|
HAZAN, C. & SHAVER, P.R. (1994). Deeper into
attachment theory. Psychological Inquiry, 5,
68-79. |
MIKULINCER, M. & SHAVER, P.R. (2005). Attachment
theory and emotions in close relationships : Exploring the
attachment-related dynamics of emotional reactions to
relational events. Personal Relationships, 12, 149-168. |
|
BARTHOLOMEW, K. & THOMPSON, J. (1995). The application
of attachment theory to counseling psychology. The
Counseling Psychologist, 23, 484-490. [PDF] |
LEVY, K.N. (2005). The implications of attachment theory
and research for understanding borderline personality
disorder. Development & Psychopathology, 17,
959-986. [PDF] |
|
GROSSMANN, K.E. (1995). The evolution and history of
attachment research and theory. In S. Goldberg, R. Muir
& J. Kerr (Eds.), Attachment theory : Social,
developmental and clinical perspectives (pp.
85-102). Hillsdale, NJ. : The Analytic Press. |
BYRNE, J., CONNOR, T., MARVIN, R. & WHELAN, W. (2005).
Practitioner review : The contribution of attachment
theory to child custody assessments. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 46, 115-127. |
|
BRETHERTON, I. (1996). Attachment theory and research in
historical and personal context : A review of ABecoming
attached@ by Robert Karen. Contemporary Psychology,
41, 236-238. |
|
|
BELSKY, J. (1997). Theory testing, effect-size evaluation,
and differential susceptibility to rearing influence : The
case of mothering and attachment. Child Development,
64, 598-600. |
|
|
MORTON, N. & BROWNE, K.D. (1998). Theory and
observation of attachment and its relation to child
maltreatment : a review. Child Abuse Neglect, 22, 1093-1104. |
|
|
SROUFE, L.A., CARLSON, E., LEVY, A. & EGELAND, B.
(1999). Implications of attachment theory for
developmental psychopathology. Development &
Psychopathology, 11, 1-13. |
STERNEK, C. (2007). Attachment theory and gestalt
psychology. Gestalt Theory, 29 (1), 310-318. |
|
CASSIDY, J. & SHAVER, P.R. (1999). Handbook of
Attachment : Theory, research and clinical applications.
New York : Guilford Press. |
BERRY, K., BARROWCLOUGH, C. & WEARDEN, A. (2008).
Attachment theory : A framework for understanding symptoms
and interpersonal relationships in psychosis. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 46 (12), 1275-1282. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, E.R., MURPHY, J. & COATS, S. (1999). Attachment
to groups : Theory and measurement. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 77, 94-110. |
SIMPSON, J.A. & BELSKY, J. (2008). Attachment theory
within a modern evolutionary framework. In P.R. Shaver
& J. Cassidy (Eds.), Handbook of attachment :
Theory, research, and clinical applications. New
York : Guilford. |
|
LEVY, K.N. & BLATT, S.J. (1999). Attachment theory and
psychoanalysis : Further differentiation within insecure
attachment patterns. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 19, 541-575.
[PDF] |
GARBER, B.D. (2009). Attachment methodology in custody
evaluation : Four hurdles standing between developmental
theory and forensic application. Journal of Child
Custody, 6, 38-61.
[PDF] |
|
SIMPSON, J.A. (1999). Attachment theory in modern
evolutionary perspective. In J. Cassidy & P. Shaver
(Eds.), Handbook of attachment theory and research
(pp. 115-140). New York : Guilford Press. |
MERCER, J. (2009). Child custody evaluations, attachment
theory, and an attachment measure : the science remains
limited. The Scientific Review of Mental Health
Practice, 7 (1), 37-54. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Attachement |
|
|
Théorie
de l'attention visuelle : Fonction
cognitive qui trie ou sélectionne l'information
contenue dans la mémoire
vsiuelle. Attention visuelle, vision
et champ
visuel. Selective visual attention,
visual attention.
| |
|
|
BUNDESEN, C. (1990). A theory of visual attention. Psychological
Review, 97, 523-547. [PDF]
|
TSAL, Y., MEIRAN, N. & LAMY, D. (1995). Toward a
resolution theory of visual attention. Visual
Cognition, 2, 313-330. |
|
OLSHAUSEN, B.A., ANDERSON, C.H. & VANESSEN, D.C.
(1993). A neurobiological model of visual attention and
invariant pattern recognition based on dynamic routing of
information. The Journal of Neuroscience, 13, 4700-4719. |
LOGAN, G.D. (1996). The CODE theory of visual attention:
An integration of space-based and object-based attention.
Psychological Review, 103, 603-649. |
|
GROSSBERG S., MINGOLLA E. & ROSS W.D. (1994). A neural
theory of attentive visual search : Interactions of
boundary, surface, spatial, and object representations. Psychological
Review, 101, 470-489. |
KASTNER, S. & UNGERLEIDER, L.G. (2000). Mecanism of
visual attention in the human cortex. Annual Review
Neuroscience, 23, 315-341.
[PDF] |
|
ANDERSEN, T.S. & KYLINGSBAEK, S. (2012). The theory of
visual attention without the race : a new model of visual
selection. 34th Annual Meeting of the Cognitive
Science Society, 1284-1289. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Vision,
Attention, Yeux,
Cortex
visuel et Champ
visuel |
| |
|
|
Théorie
de l'attribution : Ensemble de théories
qui tentent d'expliquer comment les individus attribuent
ou inférent les causes de
leurs comportements (ou
d'autres phénomènes) et de ceux d'autrui. (
): théorie de Jones
et Davis, théorie de Kelley,
théorie de Wiener.
Attribution theory.
| |
|
|
JONES, E.E. & DAVIS, K.E. (1965). From acts to
dispositions : The attribution process in person
perception. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in
experimental social psychology. Orlando, FL :
Academic Press. |
BUSS, A.R. (1978). Causes and reasons in attribution
theory : A conceptual critique. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 1311-1321. |
|
KELLEY, H.H. (1967). Attribution theory in social
psychology. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 15,
192-238. |
WEINER, B. (1986). An attributional theory of
Motivation & Emotion. New York :
Springer-Verlag. |
|
KELLEY, H.H. (1967). Attribution theory in social
psychology. In D. Levine (Ed.), Nebraska symposium on
motivation (Vol. 15, pp. 192-238). Lincoln :
University of Nebraska Press. |
SMITH, E.R. (1994). Attribution theory and research :
Returning to Heider's conceptions. In P.G. Devine, D.L.
Hamilton & T.M. Ostrom (Eds.), Social cognition :
Its impact on social psychology (pp. 77-108).
Orlando, FL : Academic Press. |
|
WEINER, B. (1972). Theory, achievement motivation, and the
educational process. Review of Educational Research,
42 (2), 203-215. |
METALSKY, G.I., LAIRD, R.S., HECK, P.M. & JOINER, T.E.
(1995). Attribution theory : Clinical applications. In W.
O'Donohue & L. Krasner (Eds.), Theories of
behavior therapy : Exploring behavior change (pp.
385-413). Washington, D.C. : American Psychological
Association. |
|
HIMMELFARB, S. (1972). Integration and attribution
theories in personality impression formation.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 23 (3),
309-313. |
|
|
| |
|
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Attribution |
|
|
Théorie
de l'autodétermination : Théorie
développée par Deci et Ryan
pour expliquer l'autodétemination
et la motivation. Elle
repose sur trois besoins : le besoin
d'autonomie, le besoin
de compétence et le besoin
d'appartenance sociale. Théorie de l'auto-détermination
et auto-détermination.
Self-determination theory.
| |
|
|
VANSTEENKISTE, M., LENS, W. & DECI, E. (2006).
Intrinsic versus extrinsic goal contents in
self-determination theory: Another look at the quality of
academic motivation. Educational Psychologist, 41, 19-31. |
|
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (1985). Intrinsic
motivation and self-determination in human behavior.
Plenum, New York. |
PATRICK, H., KNEE, C., CANEVELLO, A. & LONSBARY, C.
(2007). The role of need fulfillment in relationship
functioning and well-being : A self-determination theory
perspective. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 92 (3), 434-457. |
|
RYAN, R.M. & CONNELL, J.P. & DECI, E.L. (1985). A
motivational analysis of self-determination and
self-regulation in education. In C. Ames & R.E. Ames
(Eds.), Research on motivation in education : The
classroom milieu (pp. 13-51). New York : Academic
Press. |
RYAN, R.M., HUTA, V. & DECI, E.L. (2008). Living well
: a self-determination theory perspective on eudaimonia. Journal
of Happiness Studies 9, 139-170. |
|
DECI, E.L., VALLERAND, R.J., PELLETIER, L.G. & RYAN,
R.M. (1991). Motivation and education : The
self-determination perspective. The Educational
Psychologist, 26, 325-346. |
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (2008). Self-determination
theory : A macrotheory of human motivation, development,
and health. Canadian Psychology, 49 (3), 182-185.
[PDF] |
|
VANSTEENKISTE, M., RYAN, R.M. & DECI, E.L. (2008).
Self-determination theory and the explanatory role of
psychological needs in human well-being. In L. Bruni, F.
Comim & M. Pugno (Eds.), Capabilities and
happiness (pp. 187-223). Oxford, UK : Oxford
University Press. |
|
DECI, E.L., EGHARI, H., PATRICK, B.C. & LEONE, D.R.
(1994). Facilitating internalization : the
self-determination theory perspective. Journal of
Personality, 62, 119-142. |
RYAN, R.M., PATRICK, H., DECI, E.L. & WILLIAMS, G.C.
(2008). Facilitating health behavior change and its
maintenance : interventions based on self-determination
theory. The European Health Psychologist, 10, 2-5. |
|
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (1994). Promoting self
determined education. Scandinavian Journal of
Educational Research, 38, 3-41. |
LA GUARDIA, J.G. & PATRICK, H. (2008).
Self-determination theory as a fundamental theory of close
relationships. Canadian Psychology, 49 (3),
201-209. |
|
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D., BIDDLE, S.J.H. & MEEK,
G.A. (1997). A self-determination theory approach to the
study of intentions and the intention-behaviour
relationship in children's physical activity. British
Journal of Health Psychology, 2 (4), 343-360. |
RYAN, R.M. & NIEMIEC, C.P. (2009). Self-determination
theory in schools of education : Can an empirically
supported framework also be critical and liberating ? Theory
& Research in Education, 7, 263-272. [PDF] |
|
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (2000). The «what» and «why»
of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination
of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11, 227-268. |
RYAN, R.M. & DECI, E.L. (2009). Promoting
self-determined school engagement : motivation, learning,
and well-being. In K.R. Wentzel & A. Wigfield, A.
(Eds.), Handbook on motivation at school (pp.
171-196). Routledge : New York. |
|
RYAN, R.M., WILLIAMS, G., PATRICK, H. & DECI, E.L.
(2009). Self-determination theory and physical activity :
The dynamics of motivation in development and wellness. Hellenic
Journal of Psychology, 6, 107-124. |
|
VALLERAND, R.J. (2000). Deci and Ryan's self-determination
theory : A view from the hierarchical model of intrinsic
and extrinsic motivation. Psychological Inquiry, 11,
312-318. [PDF]
|
PELLETIER, L.G., VALLERAND, R.J. & KOESTNER, R.
(2009). Self-determination theory : A Canadian
contribution. Canadian Psychology / Psychologie
Canadienne, 49 (3), |
|
VAN LANGE, P..A.M. (2000). Self-determination in
interpersonal situations. Psychological Inquiry, 11,
310-312. |
NTOUMANIS N. & STANDAGE M. (2009). Morality in sport :
a self-determination theory perspective. Journal of
Applied Sport Psychology, 2, 365-380. |
|
RYAN, R.M. & DECI, E.L. (2000). Self-determination
theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation,
social development, and well-being. American
Psychologist 55, 68-78. |
SOENENS, B. & VANSTEENKISTE, M. (2010). A theoretical
upgrade of the concept of parental psychological control :
Proposing new insights on the basis of self-determination
theory. Developmental Review, 30 (1), 74-99. [PDF] |
|
REEVE, J. (2002). Self-determination theory applied to
educational settings. In E.L. Deci & R.M. Ryan (Eds.),
Handbook of self- determination research (pp.
183-203). Rochester, NY : University of Rochester Press. |
SHELDON, K.M. & SCHÜLER, J. (2011). Wanting, having,
and needing : Integrating motive disposition theory and
self-determination theory. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 101 (5), 1106-1123. [PDF] |
|
SARRAZIN, P.G., PELLETIER, L. DECIN E.L. et RYAN, R.M.
(2012). Nourrir une motivation autonome et des
conséquences positives dans différents milieux de vie :
Les apports de la théorie de l'autodétermination. In
C.Martin-Krumm et C. et Tarquinio (Eds.), Traité de
psychologie positive. Bruxelles, Belgium : De
Boeck. |
|
PELLETIER, L.G. (2002). A motivational analysis of
self-determination for pro- environmental behaviors. In
E.L. Deci & R.M. Ryan (Eds.), The handbook of
self-determination research (pp. 205-232).
Rochester, NY : University of Rochester Press. |
VERSTUYF, J., PATRICK, H., VANSTEENKISTE, M. &
TEIXEIRA, P. (2012). Motivational dynam- ics of eating
regulation : A self-determination theory perspective. International
Journal of Behavioral Nutrition & Physical Activity,
9, 1-16. |
|
CHIRKOV, V., RYAN, R.M., KIM, Y., KAPLAN, U. (2003).
Differentiating autonomy from individualism and
independence: a self-determination theory perspective on
internalization of cultural orientations and well-being. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 84, 97-110. |
NG, J.Y.Y., NTOUMANIS, N., THOGERSEN-NTOUMANI, C., DECI,
E.L., RYAN, R.M., DUDA, J. & WILLIAMS, G.C. (2012).
Self-determination theory applied to health contexts : a
meta-analysis. Perspectives on Psychological Science,
7, 325-340. |
|
ASSOR, A., ROTH, G. & DECI, E.L. (2004). The emotional
costs of parents' conditional regard : A
self-determination theory analysis. Journal of
Personality, 72, 47-88. |
GOURLAN, M., SARRAZIN, P. & TROUILLOD, D. (2013).
Motivational interviewing as a way to promote physical
activity in obese adolescents : A randomised-controlled
trial using self-determination theory as an explanatory
framework. Psychology & Health, 28 (11),
1265-1286. [PDF] |
|
GAGNÉ, M. & DECI, E. (2005). Self-determination theory
and work motivation. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 26, 331-362. [PDF] |
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (2015). Self-determination
theory. International Encyclopedia of the Social
& Behavioral Sciences, 21, 486-491. [PDF] |
|
AITKEN, N.M., PELLETIER, L.G. & BAXTER, D.E. (2016).
Doing the difficult stuff : Influence of self-determined
motivation toward the environment on transportation
pro-environmental behaviour. Ecopsychology, 8,
153-162. [PDF] |
|
MARKLAND, D., RYAN, R.M., TOBIN, V.J. & ROLLNICK, S.
(2005). Motivational interviewing and self-determination
theory. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology,
24 (6), 811-831.
[PDF] |
GUERTIN, C., BARBEAU, K., PELLETIER, L.G. &
MARTINELLI, G. (2017). Why do women engage in fat talk ?
Examining fat talk using self-determination theory as an
explanatory framework. Body Image, 20, 7-15. [PDF] |
|
SOENENS, B. & VANSTEENKISTE, M. (2005). Antecedents
and outcomes of self-determination in 3 life domains : the
role of parents' and teachers' autonomy support .Journal
of Youth & Adolescence, 34, 589-604. |
MATOSIC, D., NTOUMANIS, N., BOARDLEY, I.D., SEDIKIDES, C.,
STEWART, B.D. & CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D. (2017).
Narcissism and coach interpersonal style : A
self-determination theory perspective. Scandinavian
Journal of Medicine & Science in Sports, 27 (2),
254-261. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie, Deci
et Ryan |
|
|
Théorie
de l'auto-efficacité : Théorie
développée par Bandura.
Self-efficacity theory.
|
|
 |
|
|
|
BANDURA, A. (1977). Self-efficacy : Toward a unifying
theory of behavioral change. Psychological Review,
84, 191-215. |
|
TRYON, W.W. (1981). A methodological critique of Bandura's
self-efficacy theory of behavior change. Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 12, 113-114. |
|
BIGLAN, A. (1987). A behavior-analytic critique of
Bandura's self-efficacy theory. The Behavior Analyst,
10 (1), 1-15. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir Théorie, Bandura
et Sentiment
d'auto-efficacité |
|
|
Théorie
de l'esprit : Ensemble des
fonctions cognitives humaines (et animales) qui permettent à
un individu d'inférer
chez un congénère
l'existence d'états ou d'un processus
internes inobservables, dit "cognitif ou mentaux". =
Théorie intuitive de la psychologie.
Theory of mind.
| |
|
|
AJZEN, I. (1977). Intuitive theories of events and the
effects of base-rate information on prediction. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 35,
303-314. |
HEYES, C.M. (1998). Theory of mind in nonhuman primates. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 21, 101-148. |
|
PREMACK, D. & WOODRUFF, G. (1978). Does the chimpanzee
have a theory of mind ? Behavioral & Brain
Sciences 4 (1), 515-528. [PDF] |
LESLIE, A.M. (1999). The innate capacity to acquire a
theory of mind : synchronic or diachronic modularity ? Mind
& Language, 17, 141-155. |
|
WELLMAN, H.M., CROSS, D. & WATSON, J. (2001).
Meta-analysis of theory-of-mind development : The truth
about false belief. Child Development, 72, 655-684. |
|
WIMMER, H. & PERNER, J. (1983). Beliefs about beliefs
: Representing and constraining function of wrong beliefs
in young children's understanding of deception. Cognition,
13, 103-128.[PDF] |
HARE, B., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2001). Do
chimpanzees know what conspecifics know and do not know ?
Animal Behaviour, 61, 139-151. [PDF] |
|
TERRACE, H.S. (1984). A behavioral-theory of mind. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 7 (4), 569-571. |
KRAUSS, R.M., FREYBERG, R. & MORSELLA, E. (2002).
Inferring speaker's physical attributes from their voices.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38
(6), 618-625. |
|
MALLE, B.F. (2002). The relation between language and
theory of mind in development and evolution. In T. Givon
& B.F. Malle (Eds.), The evolution of language
out of pre-language (pp. 265-284). Amsterdam :
Benjamins. [PDF] |
|
BARON-COHEN, S., LESLIE, A.M. & FRITH, U. (1985). Does
the autistic child have a "theory of mind" ? Cognition,
21, 37-46. [PDF] |
SAXE, R. & KANWISHER, N. (2003). People thinking about
thinking people : The role of the temporo-parietal
junction in"theory of mind". NeuroImage, 19 (4),
1835-1842. [PDF] |
|
CARLSON, S.M. & MOSES, L.J. (2003). Individual
differences in inhibitory control and ildren's theory of
mind. Child development, 72, (4), 1032-1053. |
|
GALLAGHER, H.L. & FRITH, C.D. (2003). Functional
imaging of "theory of mind". Trends in Cognitive
Science, 2 (7), 77-83. |
|
WELLMAN, H.M. (1990). The child's theory of mind. MIT
Press. [KB] |
OLSON, M.A. & FAZIO, R.H. (2004). Trait inferences as
a function of automatically-activated racial attitudes and
motivation to control prejudiced reactions. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 26, 1-11. [PDF] |
|
PREMARK, D. (1990). The infant's theory of self-propelled
objects. Cognition, 36, 1-16. [PDF] |
MALLE, B.F. (2005). Folk theory of mind : Conceptual
foundations of human social cognition. In R. Hassin, J.S.
Uleman & J.A. Bargh (Eds.), The new unconscious (pp.
225-255). New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
MELOT, A.M. (1993). Métacognition et théories de l'esprit.
Journal International de Psychologie, 28,
581-593. |
SALLY, D. & HILL, E. (2006). The development of
interpersonal strategy : Autism, theory-of-mind,
cooperation and fairness. Journal of Economic
Psychology, 27 (1), 73-97.
[PDF] |
|
FOMBONNE, E., SIDDONS, F., ACHARD, S. & FRITH, U.
(1994). Adaptive behaviour and theory of mind in autism.
European Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 3,176-186. |
KAMINSKI, J., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2008).
Chimpanzees know what others know, but not what they
believe. Cognition, 109 (2), 224-234. [PDF] |
|
CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2008). Does the chimpanzee
have a theory of mind ? 30 years later. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 12 (5), 187-192.
[PDF] |
|
ASTINGTON, J.W. & JENKINS, J.M. (1995). Theory of mind
and social understanding. Cognition & Emotion, 9
(2-3), 151-165. |
MALLE, B.F. & HOLBROOK, J. (2009). Theory of mind and
consciousness. In A. Cleeremans, P. Wilken & T. Bayne
(Eds.), Oxford companion to consciousness (pp.
630-632). Oxford, England : Oxford University Press. |
|
LIVERTA-SEMPIO, O. & MARCHETTI, A. (1997). Cognitive
development and theories of mind : Towards a contextual
approach. European Journal of Psychology Education,
12 (1), 3-21. |
WELLMAN, H.M. (2010). Developing a theory of mind. In U.
Goswami (Ed.), The Wiley-Blackwell handbook of
childhood cognitive development (pp. 258-284).
Wiley. |
|
POIRIER, N. (1998). La théorie de l'esprit de l'enfant
autiste. Autisme, 23 (1), 115-129. [PDF] |
BEGEER, S., MALLE, B.F., NIEUWLAND, M. & KEYSAR, B.
(2010). Using theory of mind to represent and take part in
social interactions : Comparing individuals with
high-functioning autism and typically developing controls.
European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 7
(1), 104-122.
[PDF] |
|
MITCHELL, R.W. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1998). Primate theory
of mind is a Turing test. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 21, 127-128. [PDF] |
ASTINGTON, J.W. & EDWARD, M.J. (2010). The development
of theory of mind in early childhood.
[PDF] |
|
SHOLL, B. & LESLIE, A.M. (1999). Modularity,
development and "theory of mind". Mind &
Language, 14, 131-153. |
NADER-GROSBOIS, N. & THIRRION MARISSIAUX, A F. (2011)
Principaux cadres théoriques à propos de la Théorie de
l'esprit. La théorie de l'esprit. Entre cognition,
émotion et adaptation sociale.Deboek éditeur. |
|
SAXE, R. & HOULIHAN, S.D. (2017). Formalizing emotion
concepts within a Bayesian model of theory of mind. Current
Opinion in Psychology, 17, 15-21.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie, Fonction
cognitive et Inférer
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie de l'évolution : Théorie
proposée par Darwin pour
expliquer l'évolution
des espèces. =
lutte pour la survie,
théorie synthétique de l'évolution. Theory
of evolution, evolutionary theory, evolutionary perspective,
evolutionist explanation.
| |
|
|
DARWIN, C. (1859). On the origin of species.
London : Murray. [PDF] |
GAULIN, S.J.C. (1995). Does evolutionary theory predict
sex differences in the brain ? In M.S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The
cognitive neurosciences (pp. 1211-1225). Cambridge
: MIT Press. |
|
DARWIN, C. (1871). The descent of man, and selection
in relation to sex. London : John Murray. |
|
|
MORGAN, C.L. (1885). The springs of conduct; An essay
in evolution. London : Kegan Paul, Trench. |
DENNETT, D.C. (1995). Darwin's dangerous idea :
Evolution and the meanings of life. New York :
Touchstone. |
|
WHITMAN C.O. (1895). Evolution and epigenesis : Bonnet's
theory of evolution, a system of negations. The
Monist, 5 (3), 412-426. |
SCHLINGER, H.D. (1996). What's wrong with evolutionary
explanations of human behavior. Behavior & Social
Issues, 6, 35-54. [PDF] |
|
MORGAN, T.H. (1916). A critique of the theory of
evolution. Princeton University Press : Princeton. |
GOULD, S.J. (2002). The structure of
evolutionary theory. Cambridge, MA : Belknap Press. |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1959). The theory of evolution.
London : Penguin Books. |
BURGESS, R.L. & MacDONALD, K. (2005). Evolutionary
perspectives on human development. Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage Publications. |
|
HULL, D.L. (1973/83). Darwin and his critics : The
reception of Darwin's theory of evolution by the
scientific community. Cambridge, MA : Harvard
University Press. |
SHTULMAN, A. (2006). Qualitative differences between naive
and scientific theories of evolution. Cognitive
Psychology, 52, 170–194. [PDF] |
|
TURCHIN, V. (1977). The phenomenon of science : A
cybernetic theory of human evolution. Columbia
University Press. |
|
|
THOMPSON, N.S. (1981). Toward a falsifiable theory of
evolution. In P.P.G. Bateson and P.H. Klopfer (Eds.), Perspectives in ethology (Vol. 4, pp. 51-73). Plenum Publishing. |
PIGLIUCCI, M. & KAPLAN, J.M. (2006). Making sense
of evolution : The conceptual foundations of
evolutionary theory. Chicago : University of
Chicago Press. |
|
RICHARDS, R.J. (1987). Darwin and the emergence of
evolutionary theories of Mind & Behavior. Chicago
: The University of Chicago Press. |
MAHER, B. (2009). Evolution : Biology's next top model ? Nature, 458 (7239), 695-698. |
|
SOBER, E. (1984). Force and disposition in evolutionary
theory. In C. Hookway (Ed.), Minds, machines and
evolution (pp. 43-62). Cambridge : University
Press. |
DeBRUINE, L.M. (2009). Beyond "just-so stories" : How
evolutionary theories led to predictions that
non-evolution-minded researchers would never dream of. The
Psychologist, 22 (11), 930-931.
[PDF] |
|
EVANS, E.M. & LANE, J.D. (2011). Contradictory or
complementary ? Creationist and evolutionist explanations
of the origin(s) of species. Human Development, 54 (3),
144-159. |
|
LLOYD E. (1988). The structure and confirmation of
evolutionary theory. Boulder : Greenwood Press. |
SCOTT-PHILLIPS, T.C., DICKINS, T.E. & WEST, S.A.
(2011). Evolutionary theory and the ultimate-proximate
distinction in the human behavioral sciences. Perspectives
on Psychological Science, 6 (1), 38-47.
[PDF] |
|
KIMURA, M. (1989). The neutral theory of molecular
evolution and the world view of the neutralists. Genome,
31 (1), 24-31. |
LALAND, K.J., ULLER, T., FELDMANM M., STERELNY, K.,
MÜLLER, G.B., MOCZEK, A., JABLONKA, E., ODLING-SMEE, J.,
WRAY, G.A., HOEKSTRA, H.E., FUTUYMA, J. LENSLKI, R.E.,
McKAY, T., SCHULER, D. & STRASSMANN, J.E. (2014). Does volutionary theory need a rethink ? Nature, 514
(7521), 161-164. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Théorie,
Évolution, Fossile et Darwin |
|
|
Théorie
de l'évolution et des jeux : Théorie
des jeux appliquée à l'évolution.
Théorie qui tente de mesurer les avantages (pertes) et les
inconvénients (gains) d'un comportement ou d'une stratégie
collective (= espèce). ( ): Beaugrand,
Maynard Smith, Parker.
Evolution games theory, EGT.
| |
|
|
LEWONTIN, R.C. (1961). Evolution and the theory of
games. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 1, 382-403. |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. & MICHIE, D. (1965). Machines that
play games. New Scientist, 12, 367-369. |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1974). The theory of games and animal
conflicts. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 47,
209-221. |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1976). Evolution and the theory of
games. American Scientist, 64, 41-45. |
|
GIRALDEAU, L.-A. & LIVORELLI, B. (1998). Game theory
and social foraging, In L.A. Dugatkin, et H.K. Reeve
(Eds.), Game theory and animal behavior. New
York : Oxford University Press. |
|
STEPHENS, D.W. & CLEMENTS, K.C. (1995). Game theory
and learning : The law of effect and altruistic
cooperation. In L.A. Dugatkin & H.K. Reeve (Eds.), Advances in game theory and the study of animal behavior.
Oxford, UK : Oxford University Press. |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (2003). Games and theories. New
Scientist, 178, 48-51. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie et
Théorie des
jeux |
|
|
Théorie de l'identité (physique) : En logique, ensemble de théories
qui tentent de répondre à la question : Qu'est-ce qu'un objet
? Quelles caractéristiques doit posséder un objet x pour que l'on
puisse affirmer qu'il s'agit bel est bien d'un objet x ? Une
légende grecque, rapportée par Plutarque, Thésée et le Minotaure,
permet de mieux comprendre ce problème. À son retour d'Athènes,
Thésée, vainqueur du Minotaure, un colosse à tête de taureau,
confie son bateau aux autorités du port d'Athènes, qui, en bons
marins, en retirèrent les planches usées pour les remplacer par du
bois neuf. Ainsi, le bateau fut préservé pendant des siècles. Mais
après un certain temps, il ne restait plus aucune planche
d'origine. Le problème est ici de savoir si le changement de
matière (les planches) implique un changement d'identité (un autre
bateau ?), ou si l'identité du bateau de Thésée est préservée par
sa forme initiale, malgré les transformations ? S'agit-il du
Bateau de Thésée ou d'un autre bateau ? En philosophie et en
psychologie, le problème consiste à se demander si les concepts de
corps et d'esprit renvoient à une seule et même chose (identité)
ou s'il s'agit deux objets ou états ayant des propriétés
différentes (non-identité). L'une des solutions à ce problème
consiste en une théorie de l'identité, élaborée par Feigl
et Place, qui postule
l'existence d'une identité entre les états
mentaux et les états
physiques (ou neurobiologiques) du cerveau. Théorie de
l'identité, problème
du corps et de l'esprit et matérialisme.
= théorie de l'identité,
cerveau-esprit.
Identity theory of mind,
mind-brain identity theory.
| |
|
|
PLACE, U.T. (1956). Is consciousness a brain process ? In
B. Beakley & P. Ludlow (Eds.), The philosophy of
mind : Classical problems/contemporary issues (pp.
33-39). Cambridge : MIT Press. / British Journal of
Psychology, 47, 44-50. |
KIM, J. & BRANDT, R.B. (1967). The logic of the
identity theory. Journal of Philosophy, 64, 515-537. |
|
FEIGL, H. (1958).The "mental" and the "physical". In H.
Feigl, M. Scriven & G. Maxwell, G. (Eds.) Concepts,
theories and the mind-body problem (Vol. 2).
Minneapolis, Minnesota Studies in the Philosophy of
Science. |
HORGAN, T.E. (1976). Functionalism and token physicalism. Synthese, 59, 321-38. |
|
LEWIS, D. (1966). An argument for the identity theory. Journal
of Philosophy, 63 17-25. |
RICHADSON, R.C. (1981). Disappearance and the identity
theory. The Canadian Journal of Philosophy, 11, 473-485. |
|
FEIGL, H. (1967). The "mental" and the "physica" : The
essay and a postscript. Minneapolis : University of
Minnesota Press. |
DODD, J. (2000). An identity theory of truth. New York : St. Martin's Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie,
Feigl et Place |
|
|
Théorie de l'identité (sociale et psychologique) :
En psychologie/ sociologie,
ensemble de théories qui
tentent de répondre à la question : Qu'est-ce qu'un individu ? Qui
suis-je ? Théorie de l'identité et identité
sociale et
identité psychologique.
Social identity theory.
| |
|
|
TAJFEL, H. & TURNER, J.C. (1986). The social identity
theory of inter-group behavior. In S. Worchel & L.W.
Austin (Eds.), Psychology of intergroup relations.
Chigago : Nelson-Hall. |
|
DOBBS, M. & CRANO, W.D. (2001). Outgroup
accountability in the minimal group paradigm :
Implications for aversive discrimination and social
identity theory. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 27, 355-364. |
|
SCHWARTZ, S.J. (2001). The evolution of Eriksonian and
Neo-Eriksonian identity theory and research : A review and
integration. Identity : An International Journal of
Theory & Reseach, 1 (1), 7-58. [PDF] |
|
McGARTY, C. (2001). Social identity theory does not
maintain that identification produces bias, and
Self-categorization Theory does not maintain that salience
is identification : Two comments on Mummendey, Klink and
Brown. British Journal of Social Psychology, 40
(2), 173-176. |
|
HAKOLA, R. (2009). Erik H. Erikson's identity theory and
the formation of early Christianity. Journal of
Beliefs & Values, 30 (1), 5-15.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Théorie,
Identité
sociale, Erickson,
Marcia et Psychologique |
| |
|
|
Théorie de l'influence sociale : Théorie proposée par Latané.
Social impact theory, Dynamic social impact
theory.
| |
|
|
LATANÉ, B. & WOLF, S. (1981). The social impact of
majorities and minorities. Psychological Review, 88,
438-453. |
|
LATANÉ, B. (1981). The psychology of social impact. American
Psychologist, 36, 343-356. |
|
LATANÉ, B. & BOURGEOIS, M.J. (1996). Experimental
evidence for dynamic social impact : The emergence of
subcultures in electronic groups. Journal of
Communication, 46 (4), 35-47. |
|
LATANÉ, B. (1996). Dynamic social impact : The creation of
culture by communication. Journal of Communication, 46
(4), 13-25. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Latané |
|
|
Théorie de l'information : Théorie proposée par Shannon et Weaver.
= modèle de l'information, théorie de Shannon et Weaver.
Information theory, theory of communication.
| |
|
|
SHANNON, C. (1948). Mathematical theory of communication.
Bell System Technical Journal, 27,
379-423/623-656. |
|
GOOD, I.J. (1955-6). Some terminology and notation in
information theory. IEE Monograph/Proceedings of the
Institution of Electrical Engineers, 103, 200-204. |
|
SHANNON, C.E. & WEAVER, W. (1969). The
mathematical theory of communication. Chicago :
The University of Illinois Press//London : Urbana. |
|
ESCARPIT, R. (1970). Théorie générale de l'information
et de la communication. Paris : Hachette. |
|
WOLFOWITZ, J. (1978). Coding theorems of information
theory. New York : Springer-Verlag. |
|
LUCE, D. (2003). Whatever happened to information theory
in psychology ? Review of General Psychology, 7,
183-188. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie, Shannon
et Weaver |
|
|
|
|
Théorie de l'investissement parental :
|
Théorie de l'optimisme dispositionnel : Théorie
proposée par Scheier et Carver
pour expliquer le degré d'optimisme
des individus face aux difficultés de la vie (catastrophe,
cancer, mortalité, etc.) et à l'influence de cet optimisme sur nos choix de vie.
| |
|
|
SCHEIER, M.F. & CARVER, C.S. (1985). Optimism, coping,
and health : Assessment and implications of generalized
outcome expectancies. Health psychology, 4 (3),
219-247. |
|
SCHEIER, M.F & CARVER, C.S. (1992). Effects of
optimism on psychological and physical well-being :
Theoretical overview and empirical update. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 16, 201-228. |
|
SCHEIER M.F., MATTHEWS, K.A., OWENS, J.F., SCHULZ, R.,
BRIDGES, M.W., MAGOVERN, G.J. & CARVER, C.S. (1999).
Optimism and rehospitalization following coronary artery
bypass graft surgery. Archives of Internal Medicine,
159, 829-835. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie,
Scheier et Carver |
|
|
Théorie de l'organisation hormonale du cerveau : Théorie
selon laquelle le cerveau
se diférencie sur le plan sexuel dès la naissance en raison de
l'effet différentiel in utero de la
testostérone. /Intersexualisme.
Brain organization theory, hardwired
paradigm.
| |
|
|
JOST, A. 1953. Problems of fetal endocrinology-the gonadal
and hypophyseal hormones. Recent Progress in Hormone
Research, 8, 379-418. |
|
PHOENIX, C.H. & GOY, R.W., GERALL, A.A. & YOUNG,
W.C. (1959). Organizing action of prenatally administered
testosterone propionate on the tissues mediating mating
behavior in the female guinea pig. Endocrinology, 65,
369-382. |
|
BISHOP, K.M. & WAHLSTEN, D. (1999). Sex and species
differences in mouse and rat forebrain commissures depend
on the method of adjusting for brain size. Brain
Research, 815, 358-366. |
|
BAO, A.M. & SWAAB, D.F. (2010). Sex differences in the
brain, behavior, and neuropsychiatric disorders. Neuroscientist, 16, 550-565. |
|
FINE, C. (2012). Explaining, or sustaining, the status quo
? The potentially self- fulfilling effects of "hardwired"
accounts of sex differences. Neuroethics, 5, 285-294. |
|
JORDAN-YOUNG, R. & RUMIATI, R.I. (2012). Hardwired for
sexism ? Approaches to sex/gender in neuroscience. Neuroethics,
5 (3), 305-315. [PDF] |
|
JORDAN-YOUNG, R.M. (2016). Hormones, sexe et cervau.
Paris : Belin. / Brainstorm : The flaws in the science
of sexe differences. Harvard University Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Différence sexuelle/Hormone/Cerveau |
|
|
Théorie de la boîte grise :
Grey box.
| |
|
|
DOUGLAS, R.J. & MARTIN, K.A.C. (1991). Opening the
grey box. Trends in Neuroscience, 14, 286-293. |
|
SOHLBER, B. & JACOBSEN, E.W. (2008). Grey box Modeling
- Branches and experience. IFAC Proceeding, 41
(2), 11415-11420. |
|
|
|
Théorie de la boîte noire : En psychologie,
ensemble de théories qui
refusent de postuler l'existence de processus pour l'instant inobservable, en tout ou en partie (comme la conscience ou l'apprentissage), pour se concentrer sur l'étude des données observables (dites intrant/ extrant) qui alimentent (stimuli) ou émanent (comportement) de ces processus. Dans cette expression, la "boîte" renvoie aux mécanismes
causaux, qu'ils soient
mécanique, biologique ou cognitif, et sa «couleur» à notre
capacité d'en observer
(blanc ou translucide) ou non (noir/gris) le contenu (=
mécanismes). EX: l'esprit est une boîte noire
car on ne peut observer directement ses mécanismes, seulement en
inférer l'existence; ou grise si l'on suppose que l'esprit
repose en partie sur le fonctionnement biologique, qui lui est
observable ou potientiellement oservable. C-EX:
Un vélo est une boîte translucide car on peut observer tous les
rouages de son mécanisme d'entraînement, et ainsi en expliquer
aisément les comportements (avance, tourne, freine); une voiture
est une boîte blanche car il faut ouvrir le capot pour observer
son fonctionnement, ses mécanismes. =
contexte opaque, fonctionnement opaque, mécanisme opaque. /cerveau
virtuel. Black box theory, black boxism.
|
|
|
HUNT, J.G., BOAL, K.B. & SORENSEN, R.L. (1990). Top
management leadership : Inside the black box. Leadership
Quarterly, 1, 41-65. |
|
BUNGE, M. (1963). A general black box theory.
Philosophy of Science, 30, 346-358. |
RICHARDSON, R.C. (1999). Heuristics; Black box,
figure-ground, modularity, split brain effects and
Zeigarnik effect. In R. Audi (Ed.), The Cambridge
dictionary of philosophy (pp. 310-311, 379, 579,
874-5, 987). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
WHITHLEY, R. (1972). Black boxism and the sociology of
science; a discussion of the major developments in the
field. The Sociological Review Monograph, 18,
61-91. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1999). Disorder as a black box
essentialist concept. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
108, 465-472. |
|
SALZINGER, K. (1973). Inside the black box, with apologies
to Pandora. A review of Ulric Neisser's Cognitive
Psychology. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 19, 369-378. [PDF] |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2000). Aristotle as sociobiologist : The
'function of a human being' argument, black box
essentialism, and the concept of mental disorder. Philosophy,
Psychiatry, & Psychology, 7, 17-44. |
|
ROSENBERG, N. (1982). Inside the black box :
Technology and economics. Cambridge, New York :
Cambridge University Press |
ZHOU X., ZHU, J. & WEISS, L.G. (2010). Peeking inside
the "black box" of the Flynn effect : Evidence from three
Wechsler instruments. Journal of Psychoeducational
Assessment, 28, 399-411. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie de la cognition socialement distribué :
Distributed cognition.
| |
|
|
HUTCHINS, E. (1995). Cognition in the wild.
Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press. |
|
KIRSH, D. (1999). Distributed cognition, coordination and environment design. Proceedings of the European Cognitive
Science Society. [LIRE] |
|
HUTCHINS, E. (2000). Distributed cognition.
Working paper, UCSD. |
|
HOLLAN, J.E., HUTCHINS, E. & KIRSH, D. (2000).
Distributed cognition: toward a new foundation for
human-computer interaction research. ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction, 7 (2), 174-196. [PDF] |
|
CONEIN, B. (2004). Cognition distribuée, groupe social et
technologie cognitive. Réseaux, 2 (124), 53-79.
[PDF] |
|
KIRSH, D. (2006). Distributed cognition : A methodological
note. Pragmatics & Cognition, 14 (2),
249-262. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
|
|
Théorie
de la communication : Ensemble de théories
qui étudient le contexte social et l'efficacité de la
communication et de transmission du message.
Communication theory.
|
|
|
GABOR, D. (1946). Theory of communication. Journal of
the Institute of Electrical Engineers, 93, 429-441. |
|
SHANNON, C. (1948). Mathematical theory of communication. Bell System Technical Journal, 27,
379-423/623-656. |
|
SHANNON, C.E. & WEAVER, W. (1964/69). The
mathematical theory of communication. Chicago :
The University of Illinois Press//London : Urbana. |
|
ESCARPIT, R. (1970). Théorie générale de l'information
et de la communication. Paris : Hachette. |
|
MATUSITZ, J. & BREEN, G.-M. (2011). Applying
communication theories toward designing compliance-gaining
techniques in customer dissatisfaction. Journal of
Tourism & Cultural Heritage, 9 (1), 37-46. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Message |
|
|
Théorie de la confirmation : Voir Confirmation.
Confirmation theory.
|
|
|
Théorie de la correspondance :
Correspondence theory of truth.
| |
|
|
SCHAFFNER, K.F. (1964). Correspondence rules. Philosophy
of Science, 36 (3), 280-290. |
|
O'CONNOR, D.J. (1975). The correspondence theory of
truth. London : Hutchinson University Library. |
|
VISION, G. (2004). Veritas: The correspondence theory
and its critics. Cambridge : The MIT Press. |
|
DAVID, M. (2004). Don't forget about the correspondence
theory of truth. In F. Jackson & G. Priest (Eds.), Lewisian
themes : The philosophy of David K. Lewis (pp.
43-48). Oxford : Clarendon Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Vérité
empirique |
|
|
Théorie de la décision (psychologique) : Voir
Décision.
Decision, decision making.
|
Théorie de la décision (statistique) : Voir Décision.
|
Théorie de la détection du signal : Ensemble des théories qui
s'intéressent au processus par lequel un
stimulus est repéré - parmi d'autres - et reconnu
par le cerveau. Dans
plusieurs théories, il s'agit de la première étape de l'attention.
= détection du stimulus. Detection
of signal.
| |
|
|
TANNER, W.P. & SWETS, J.A. (1953). A new
theory of visual detection. Michigan : University of
Michigan. [PDF] |
|
|
TANNER, W.P. & SWETS, J.A. (1954). The human use of
information-I-II : Signal detection for the case of the
signal known exactly. Transactions of the IRE
Professional Group on Information Information Theory, 4, 213-221/222-227. |
NEVIN, J.A. & MacWILLIAMS, S. (1983). Ratio
reinforcement of signal detection. Behaviour Analysis
Letters, 3, 317-324. |
|
TANNER, W.P. & SWETS, J.A. (1954). A decision-making theory of visual detection. Psychological Review, 61,
401-409. |
|
|
ATKINSON, R.C. (1963). A variable sensitivity theory of
signal detection. Psychological Review, 70, 91-106. |
|
|
SWETS, J.A. (1964). Signal detection and recognition
by human observers. Contemporary readings. New York
: Wiley. |
ZAHAVI, A. (1987). The theory of signal detection and some
of its implications. In V.P. Delfino (Ed.), International
symposium of biological evolution. Bari : Adriatica
Editrice. |
|
NORMAN, D.A. (1964). Stochastic learning and a quantal
model of signal detection. Transactions of IEEE on
Applications & Industry, 83, 292-296. |
ASHBY, F.G. (1988). Estimating the parameters of
multidimensional signal detection theory from simultaneous
ratings on separate stimulus components. Perception
& Psychophysics, 44, 195-204. [PDF] |
|
RILLING, M. & McDIARMID, C. (1965). Signal detection
in fixed-ratio schedules. Science, 148, 526-527. |
MACMILLAN, N.A. & CREELMAN, C.D. (1990). Response bias
: Characteristics of detection theory, threshold theory,
and "nonparametric" indexes. Psychological Bulletin,
107 (3), 401-413. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, D.M. & SWETS, J.A. (1966). Signal
detection theory and psychophysics. New York :
Wiley. |
NEVIN, J.A. (1991). Signal detection analysis of illusions
and heuristics. In M.L. Commons, M. Davison & J.A.
Nevin (Eds.), Quantitative analyses of behavior (Vol.
11). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
PARKS, T.E. (1966). Signal detectability theory of
recognition performance. Psychological Review, 73,
44-58. |
YONELINAS, A.P., DOBBINS, I., SZYMANSKI, M.D., DHALIWAL,
H.S. & KING, L. (1996). Signal-detection, threshold,
and dual-process models of recognition memory : ROCs and
conscious recollection. Consciousness &
Cognition, 5, 418-441. |
|
BLOUGH, D.S. (1967). Stimulus generalization as signal
detection in pigeons. Science, 158, 940-941. |
SWETS, J.A. (1996). Signal detection theory and ROC
analysis in psychology and diagnostics. Collected
papers. Hillsdale, New Jersey. |
|
KRANTZ, D.H. (1969). Threshold theories of signal
detection. Psychological Review, 76, 308-324. |
SLOTNICK, S.D., KLEIN, S.A., DODSON, C.S. & SHIMAMURA,
A.P. (2000). An analysis of signal detection and threshold
Models of source memory. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 26, 1499-1517. |
|
KUBOVY, M., RAPPAPORT, A. & TVERSKY, A. (1971).
Deterministic vs. probabilistic strategies in detection. Perception
& Psychophysics, 9, 427-429. |
ALLAN, L.G. & SIEGEL, S. (2002). A signal detection
theory analysis of the placebo effect. Evaluation
& the Health Professions, 25, 410-420. |
|
AHUMADA, A.J. & LOVELL, J. (1971). Stimulus features
in signal detection. Journal of the Acoustical
Society of America, 49, 1751-1756. |
|
|
McNICOL, D. (1972). A primer of signal detection
theory. London : George Allen & Unwin. |
WICKENS, T.D. (2002). Elementary signal detection theory.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
WRIGHT, A.A. & NEVIN, J.A. (1974). Signal detection
methods for the measurement of utility in animals. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 21,
373-380. [PDF] |
ROTELLO, C.M., MACMILLAN, N.A. & REEDER, J.A. (2004).
Sum-difference theory of remembering and knowing : A
two-dimensional signal-detection model. Psychological
Review, 111, 588-616. [PDF] |
|
|
NEVIN, J.A., OLSON, K., MANDELL, C & YARENSKY, P.
(1975). Differential reinforcement and signal detection. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 24 (3),
355-367. [PDF] |
KILLEEN, P.R. & TAYLOR, T.J. (2004). Symmetric
receiver operating characteristics. Journal of
Mathematical Psychology, 48, 432-434. |
|
EGAN, J.P. (1975). Signal detection theory and ROC
analysis. New York : Academic Press. |
WRIGHT, D.B., HORRY, R. & SKAGERBERG, E.M. (2009).
Functions for traditional and multilevel approaches to
signal detection theory. Behavior Research Methods,
41, 257-267. |
|
KUBOVY, M. (1977). A possible basis for conservatism in
signal detection and probabilistic categorization tasks. Perception
& Psychophysics, 22, 277-281. |
LIPP, O.V., DERAKSHAN, N., WATERS, A.M. & LOGIES, S.
(2004). Snakes and cats in the flowerbed : Fast detection is not specific to pictures of fear-relevant animals.
Emotion, 4, 233-250. |
|
DAVISON, M.C. & TUSTIN, R.D. (1978). The relation
between the generalized matching law and signal-detection
theory. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 29, (2), 331-336.
[PDF] |
ALLAN, L.G., SIEGEL, S. & TANGEN, J.M. (2005). A
signal detection analysis of contingency data. Learning
& Behavior, 33 (2), 250-263. [PDF] |
|
POSNER, M.I., SNYDER, R.R. & DAVIDSON, D.J. (1980).
Attention and the detection of signals. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 109, 160-174. [PDF] |
ROUDER, J.N. & LU, J. (2005). An introduction to
Bayesian hierarchical models with an application in the
theory of signal detection. Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 12, 573-604. [PDF] |
|
HEALY, A.F. & KUBOVY, M. (1981). Probability matching
and the formation of conservative decision rules in a
numerical analog of signal detection. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory,
7, 344-354. |
WIXTED, J.T. (2007). Dual-process theory and
signal-detection theory of recognition memory. Psychological
Review, 114 (1), 152-176. [PDF] |
|
NEVIN, J.A., OLSON, K., MANDELL, C. & YARENSKY, P.
(1982). Differential reinforcement and signal detection. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 24 (3),
355-367. [PDF] |
SIEGEL, S.L., ALLAN, S.D. & HANNAH, S.D. (2009).
Applying signal detection theory to contingency
assessment. Comparative Cognition & Behavior
Reviews, 4, 116-134. [PDF] |
|
NEVIN, J.A., JENKINS, P., WHITTAKER, S. & YARENSKY, P.
(1982). Reinforcement contingencies and signal detection.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 37 (1), 65-79. [PDF] |
JANG, Y., WIXTED, J.T. & HUBER, D.E. (2009). Testing
signal-detection models of yes/no and two-alternative
forced-choice recognition memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 138 (2),
291-306. [PDF] |
|
LYNN, S.K. & BARRETT, L.F. (2014). "Utilizing" signal
detection theory. Psychological Science, 25 (9),
1663–1673. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Reconnaissance |
| |
|
|
Théorie de la double contrainte :Théorie proposée par Bateson,
Haley, Jackson
et Weakland, qui décrit
et explique les réactions parfois pathologiques des
individus qui sont soumis à des situations sociales dans
lesquelles il n'y a pas de façon adéquate d'agir, de bonne
réponse, peu importe nos tentatives ou nos efforts. Autrement dit,
peu importe ce que l'on fait la conséquence de nos comportements
est aversive ou désagréable (d'où le mot "contrainte"). Pour certains auteurs, ces réactions pathologiques ou «sous contraintes» vont de
la paralysie, lorsque la situation est passagère, à la
schizophrénie, si la double-contrainte perdure trop longtemps. EX
: Il y a un exemple de situation contraignante
passagère dans l'album «Astérix en Corse» lorsque un chef de
village Corse réplique à un légionnaire romain : «Je n'aime pas
qu'on parle à ma soeur (le Corse) — Mais elle ne m'intéresse pas
votre sœur, je voulais seulement... (Le Romain) — Ah, elle te
plaît pas ma soeur ? — Mais si, bien sûr, elle me plaît… — Ah, elle te plaît, ma soeur !!! Retenez-moi ou je le tue lui et ses
imbéciles ! » Bref, le légionnaire est piégé, quoi qu'il
dise.
Double bind theory.
|
|
|
BATESON, G., JACKSON, D.D., HALEY, J. & WEAKLAND, J.H.
(1956). Toward a theory of schizophrenia. Behavioral
Science, 1, 251-264. |
|
BATESON, G. (1978). The birth of a matrix or double bind
and epistemology. In M.M. Berger (Ed.), Beyond the
double bind (pp. 39-64). New York : Brunner/Mazel.
|
|
|
Voir aussi Palo Alto
Bateson,
Haley, Jackson
et Weakland. |
|
|
|
Théorie de la fixation des objectifs/buts : Théorie
proposée par Locke, qui
stipule que la fixation des objetifs/ buts
clairs et précis (assigned goal) accroît la motivation
d'un individu et, partant, son efficacité au travail (task
performance).
Goal-setting theory of
motivation.
|
|
|
LOCKE, E.A. (1968). Toward a theory of task motivation and
incentives. Organizational Behavior & Human
Performance, 3 (2), 157-189. |
LOCKE, E.A. (1991). Goal theory vs. control theory:
Contrasting approaches to understanding work motivation.
Motivation & Emotion, 15, 9–28. |
|
LOCKE, E.A. & BRYAN, J. (1968). Goal setting as a
determinant of the effects of knowledge of score in
performance. American Journal of Psychology, 81,
398–406. |
BUTTON, S., MATHIEU, J. & ZAJAC, D. (1995). Goal
orientation in organizational behavior
research. Organizational Behavior & Human Decision
Processes, 67, 26-48 |
|
LATHAM, G.P. & BALDES, J. (1975). The «practical
significance» of Locke's theory of goal setting. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 60, 122–124. |
LOCKE, E.A. (2001). Self-set goals and self-efficacy as
Lumean mediators of incentives and personality. In M. Erez, H.U.
Kleinbeck & H. Thierry (Eds.), Work motivation in
the context of a globalizing economy (pp. 13–26).
Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
LATHAM, G.P., MITCHELL, T.R. & DOSSETT, D.L. (1978).
The importance of participative goal setting and
anticipated rewards on goal difficulty and job
performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 63, 163–171. |
VANDEWALLE, D., BROWN, S., CRON, W. & SLOCUM, J.
(1999). The influence of goal orientation and
self-regulation tactics on sales performance. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 84, 249-259. |
|
VANDEWALLE, D. (2001). Goal orientation : Why wanting to
look successful doesn’t always lead to success. Organizational Dynamics, 30 (2), 162-171. |
|
VANDEWALLE, D., CRON, W. & SLOCUM, J. (2001). The role
of goal orientation following performance feedback.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 86 (4), 629-640. |
|
LATHAM, G.P. & SAARI, L.M. (1979). The importance of
supportive relationships in goal setting. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 64, 151–156. |
LOCKE, E.A. & LATHAM, G.P. (2002). Building a
practically useful theory of goal setting and task
motivation : A 35-year odyssey. American
Psychologist, 57 (9), 705-717. [PDF] |
|
VAN YPEREN, N.W. & JANSENN, O. (2002). Fatigued and
dissatisfied or fatigued but satisfied? Goal orientations
and responses to high job demands. Academy of
Management Journal, 45 (6), 1161-1171 |
|
LATHAM, G.P. & Marshall, H. A. (1982). The effects of
self-set, participatively set, and assigned goals on the
performance of government employees. Personnel
Psychology, 35, 399-404. |
LATHAM, G.P. (2003). Goal setting : A five-step approach to
behavior change. Organizational Dynamics, 32 (3),
309-318. |
|
LOCKE, E.A., MOTOWILDO, S.J. & BOBKO P. (1986). Using
self-efficacy theory to resolve the conflict between
goal-setting theory and expectancy theory in
organizational behavior and industrial/organizational
psychology. Journal of Social & Clinical
Psychology 4, 328-338. |
LOCKE, E.A. & LATHAM, G.P. (2009). Has goal setting
gone wild, or have its attackers abandoned good
scholarship ? Academy of Management Perspectives, 23,
17-23. |
|
LOCKE, E.A. & LATHAM, G.P. (1990). A theory of
goal setting and task performance. Upper Saddle
River, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
LUNENBERG, F.C. (2011). Goal-setting theory of motivation.
International Journal of Management, Business, &
Administration, 15 (1), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Locke et
Théorie |
|
|
|
|
Théorie de la mémoire floue : Théorie
de la mémoire floue.
Fuzzy-trace theory.
| |
|
|
REYNA, V.F. & BRAINERD, C.J. (1991). Fuzzy-trace
theory and framing effects in choice : gist extraction,
truncation, and conversion. Journal of Behavior
Decision Making, 4, 249-262 |
|
REYNA, V.F. (2000). Fuzzy-trace theory and source
monitoring : An evaluation of theory and false memory
data. Learning & Individual Differences, 12,
163-175. |
|
REYNA, V.F. & ADAM, M.B. (2003). Fuzzy-trace theory,
risk communication, and product labeling in sexually
transmitted diseases. Risk Analysis, 23, 325-342.
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
de la frustration/agression : Ensemble de théories
qui postule l'existence d'un lien étroit entre la frustration
(cause) et l'agressivité
(effet et l'agression).
Frustration-aggression hypothesis.
|
|
|
DOLLARD, J., DOOB, L.W., MILLER, N.E., MOWRER, O.H. &
SEARS, R.R. (1939). Frustration and aggression.
New Haven : Yale University Press. |
ELLIS, A. (1969). Sex, frustration and aggression. Rogue,
18, 27-30 |
|
SEARS, R.R., HOVLAND, C.I. & MILLER, N.E. (1940).
Minor studies of aggression : I. Measurement of aggressive
behavior. Journal of Psychology, 9, 275-295. |
HANRATTY, M., O'NEIL, E. & SULZER, J. (1972). The
effect of frustration on the imitation of aggression. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 21, 30-34. |
|
BARKER, R., DEMBO, T. & LEWIN, K. (1941). Frustration
and aggression : An experiment with young children. University
of Iowa Studies in Child Welfare, 18, 1-314. |
CAPRARA, G.V. (1982). A comparison of the
frustration-aggression and emotional susceptibility
hypothesis. Aggressive Behavior, 8, 234-236. |
|
MILLER, N.E. & BUGELSKI, R. (1948). Minor studies of
aggression II. The influence of frustrations imposed by
the in-group on attitudes expressed toward out-groups. Journal
of Psychology, 25, 437-442. |
BERKOWITZ, L. (1989). The frustration-aggression
hypothesis : Examination and reformulation. Psychological
Bulletin, 106, 59-73. [PDF]
|
|
DILL, J. & ANDERSON, C.A. (1995). Effects of justified
and unjustified frustration on aggression. Aggressive
Behavior, 21, 359-369. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Agressivité,
Agression, Frustration
et Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
de la motivation : Ensemble de théories
qui postule l'existence d'une force ou d'une énergie - la
motivation - qui pousse les individu à agir.
Motivation
theory, théory of motivation.
|
|
|
MASLOW, A.H. (1943). A preface to motivation theory. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 5, 85-92. |
ZAGZEBSKI, L. (2004). Divine motivation theory.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
BOLLES, R.C. (1967). Theory of motivation. New
York : Harper & Row. |
|
|
SOLOMON, R.L. & CORBIT, J.D. (1973). An
opponent-process theory of motivation. II. Cigarette
addiction. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 81 (2),
158-171. |
LATHAM, G.P. & PINDER, C.C. (2005). Work motivation
theory and research at the dawn of the twenty-first
century. Annual Review of Psychology, 56,
485-516. [PDF]
|
|
SOLOMON, R.L. & CORBIT, J.D. (1974). An
opponent-process theory of motivation. I. Temporal
dynamics of affect. Psychological Review, 81,
119-415. |
|
|
SOLOMON, R.L. & HOFFMAN, H.S. (1974). An
opponent-process theory of motivation. III. Some affective
dynamics in imprinting. Learning & Motivation, 5,
149-64. |
MILLER, W.R. & ROSE, G.S. (2009). Toward a theory of
motivational interviewing. American Psychologist, 64
(6), 527-537. |
|
THOMPSON, N.S. (1977). "Instinctive behavior" and
"Ethological motivation theory". In B.B. Wolman and L.R.
Pomeroy (Eds.), International Encyclopedia of
Neurology, Psychiatry, Psychoanalysis & Psychology,
6, 67-68 and 4, 388-390. |
|
|
SOLOMON, R.L. (1977). An opponent-process theory of
motivation. V. Affective dynamics of eating. In L.M.
Barker, M.R. Best & M. Domjan (Eds.), Learning
mechanisms in food selection (pp. 255-293). Waco,
Texas : Baylor University Press. |
|
|
WEINER, B. (1979). A theory of motivation for some
classroom experiences. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 71, 3-25. |
|
NUTTIN, J. (1980). Théorie de la motivation humaine.
Paris : PUF. |
|
|
KORNADT, H.-J., ECKENSBERGER, L.H. & EMMINGHAUS, W.B.
(1980). Cross-cultural research on motivation and its
contribution to a general theory of motivation. In H.C.
Triandis & W. Lonner (Eds.), Handbook of
cross-cultural psychology : Basic processes (Vol.
3, pp. 223-321). Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
|
|
BOWMAN, R.F. (1982). A Pac-Man theory of motivation.
Tactical implications for classroom instruction.
Educational Technology 22 (9), 14-17. |
|
|
WEINER, B. (1986). An attributional theory of
motivation and emotion. New York :
Springer-Verlag. |
|
|
TURNER, J.H. (1987). Toward a sociological theory of
motivation. American Sociological Review, 52 (1),
15-27. |
|
|
KANFER, R. (1990). Motivation theory and industrial and
organizational psychology. In M. Dunnette & L. Hough
(Eds.), Handbook of industrial and organizational
psychology (pp. 76-170). Palo Alto, Consulting
psychologists press. |
UDECHUKWU, I. (2009). Correctional officer turnover : Of
Maslow's needs hierarchy and Herzberg's motivation theory.
Public Personnel Management, 38 (2), 69-82. |
|
URDAN, T. & MAEHR, M.L. (1995). Beyond a two-goal
theory of motivation : A case for social goals. Review
of Educational Research, 65, 213-244. |
REEVE, J. (2016). A grand theory of motivation : Why not ?
Motivation & Emotion, 40, 31-35. |
|
ZAGZEBSKI, L. (1997). Perfect goodness and divine
motivation theory. Midwest Studies in Philosophy 21,
296-310. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Motivation et Théorie |
|
|
Théorie de la personnalité : Ensemble de théories
qui postule l'existence d'une organisation stable de la psyché (personnalité),
laquelle organisation serait à l'origine des comportements,
des émotions ou de
l'interprétation de nos expériences.
Elles permettraient également d'expliquer les variations entre les
individus. EX: Théorie de la personnalité de
Freud (ca-moi-surmoi).
Theories of
personality.
| |
|
|
LEWIN, K. (1936). Dynamic theory of personality.
New York : McGraw-Hill. |
EYSENK, H.J. (1993). Creativity and personality :
suggestions for a theory. Psychological Inquiry, 4,
147-178. |
|
HALL, C.S. & LINDZEY, G. (1957). Theories of
personality. New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
FEIST, J. (1994). Theories of personality.
Harcourt Brace. |
|
BOUCHARD, T.J. (1997). Experience producing drive theory :
How genes drive experience and shape personality. Acta
Paediatrica, 422 (S), 60-64. |
|
DOHERTY, M.A (1973). Sexual bias in personality theory.
The Counseling Psychologist, 4, 67-75. |
HALL, C., LINDZEY, G. & CAMPBELL, J.B. (1997). Theories
of personality. New York : Wiley. |
|
PERVIN, L.A. (1980). Personality, Theory, assessment
and research. New York : Wiley & Sons. |
PERVIN, L.A. & JOHN, O.P. (Eds.) (1999/2005). Handbook
of personality : Theory and research. / La personnalité.
Théorie et recherche. New York : The Guilford
Press/Bruxelles : Deboeck. |
|
CATTELL, R.B. (1983). Structured personality learning
theory. New York : Praeger. |
PHELPS, B.J. (2001) Personality, personality "theory" and dissociative identity disorder : What behavior analysis
can contribute and clarify. The Behavior Analyst
Today, 2 (4), 325-335. |
|
FONAGY, P., TARGET, M., GERGELY, G., ALLEN, J.G. &
BATEMAN, A. (2001). The developmental roots of borderline
personality disorder in early attachment relationships : A
theory and some evidence. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 23,
412-459. |
|
HUMPHREYS, M.S. & REVELLE, W. (1984). Personality,
motivation, and performance : A theory of the relationship
between individual differences and information processing.
Psychological Review, 91 (2), 153-184. |
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (2003). Personality in
adulthood : A five-factor theory perspective. New
York : Guilford. |
|
GATCHEL, R.J. & MEARS, F.G. (1984). Personality.
Theory, assessment and research. New York :
Saint-Martin Press. |
RYCKMAN, R. (2004). Theories of personality.
Belmont, CA : Thomson/Wadsworth. |
|
MADDI, S.R. (2006). Taking the theorizing in personality
theories seriously. American Psychologist, 61, 330-331. |
|
CLONINGER, C.R. (1986). A unified biosocial theory of
personality and its role in the development of anxiety
states. Psychiatric Developments, 3, 167-226. |
CORR, P.J. (2008). The reinforcement sensitivity
theory of personality. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1987). Dialectical behavior therapy for
borderline personality disorder : Theory and method. Bulletin
of the Menninger Clinic, 51, 261-276. |
LANE, C. (2009). The surprising history of
passive-aggressive personality disorder. Theory &
Psychology, 19 (1), 55-70. |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1989). Levels of explanation in
personality theory. In D. Buss & N. Cantor (Eds.), Personality
psychology : Recent trends and emerging directions
(pp. 333-346). New York : Springer-Verlag. |
DE YOUNG, C.G. (2010). Toward a theory of the Big Five. Psychological
Inquiry, 21 (1), 26-33. [PDF] |
|
PERVIN, L.A. (1990). Handbook of personality, theory
and research. New York : Guilford Press. |
BOAG, S. & TILIOPOULOS, N. (Eds.) (2011).
Personality and individual differences : Theory,
assessment and application. New York : Nova. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Personnalité
et Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
de la preuve : En logique, étude des relations logiques
entre les éléments d'un raisonnement
théorique et ses critères de vérité ou son degré de
véracité, sans égard aux aspects sémantiques de la question. Proof
theory.
|
Théorie
de la probabilité : Theory of
probability.
| |
|
|
NEYMAN, J. (1937). Outline of a theory of statistical
estimation based on the classical theory of probability. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series A,
Mathematical & Physical Sciences, 236 (767),
333-380. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Probabilité
et Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
de la réciprocité : Theory of
reciprocity.
| |
|
|
FALKA, A. & FISHBACHE, U. (2006). A theory of
reciprocity. Games & Economic Behavior, 54 (2),
293-315. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
de la référence : Théorie
qui explique comment les mots
et les concepts sont
reliés aux objets qu'ils désignent ou dénotent. (
): théorie de la référence descriptive, théorie de la
référence causale.
Theory of reference.
| |
|
|
LINSKY, L. (1967). Le problème de la référence.
Paris : Seuil. |
|
LINSKY, L. (Ed.) (1971). Reference and modality.
Oxford University Press. |
|
QUINE, W.V.O (1974). The roots of reference open
court. La Salle, IL. |
|
UNGER, P. (1983). The causal theory of reference. Philosophical
Studies : An International Journal for Philosophy in the
Analytic Tradition, 43 (1), 1-45. |
|
CUMMINS, R. (1997). The lot of the causal theory of
reference. The Journal of Philosophy, 94,
535-542. |
|
JACKSON, F.C. (1998). Reference and description revisited.
Philosophical Perspectives : Language, mind, and
ontology, 12, 201-218. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie de la relation mot-milieu : Théorie
proposée par Barnes-Homes
et Hayes
pour expliquer le comportement verbal (= cognition ou idée). Cette
théorie stipule que les mots sont des
comportements verbaux qui, comme tous les comportements, ont
un effet sur le milieu (ou contexte),
lequel effet ou renforcement augmente la fréquence ou la
probabilité d'utilisation de ces mots pour nommer
les objets.
=
théorie de la relation mot-contexte.
Relational
frame theory, RFT.
| |
|
|
BARNES-HOLMES, D. (1994). Stimulus equivalence and
relational frame theory. The Psychological Record, 50,
61-81. |
BLACKLEDGE, J.T. (2003). An introduction to relational
frame theory : basics and applications. The Behavior
Analysist, 3 (4), 421-433. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C. & WILSON, K.G. (1996). Criticisms of
relational frame theory : Implications for a behavior
analytic account of derived stimulus relations.
Psychological Record, 46, 221-236. |
BURGOS, J.E. (2003). Laudable goals, interesting
experiments, unintelligible theorizing : A critical review
of relational frame theory. Behavior &
Philosophy, 31, 19-45. [PDF] |
|
GALIZIO, M. (2003). The abstracted operant : A review of
relational frame theory : A post-skinnerian account of
human language and cognition. The Behavior Analyst,
26 (1), 159-169. [PDF] |
|
GALIZIO, M. (2003). Relational frames : Where do they come
from ? A comment on Barnes-Holmes and Hayes (2003). The
Behavior Analyst, 27, 107-112. [PDF] |
|
BARNES-HOLMES, D., BARNES-HOLMES, Y. & CULLINAN, V.
(2000). Relational frame theory and Skinner's Verbal
Behavior : A possible synthesis. The behavior
Analyst, 23 (1), 69-84. [PDF] |
TONNEAU, F. (2004). Review of the book Relational frame
theory : A post-Skinnerian account of human language and
cognition. British Journal of Psychology, 95,
265-268. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C., BARNES-HOLMES, D. & ROCHE, B. (Eds.)
(2001). Relational frame theory : A post-skinnerian
account of human language and cognition. New York
: Plenum Publishers. |
DYMOND, S., WHELAN, R. & SMEETS, P.M. (2005). A
transformation of discriminative functions in accordance
with equivalence relations. European Journal of
Behavior Analysis, 6 (2), 111-123. [PDF] |
|
TONNEAU, F. (2001). Equivalence relations : A critical
analysis. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 2,
1-33. [PDF] |
CULLINAN, V. & VITALE, A. (2008). The contribution of
relational frame theory to the development of
interventions for impairments of language and cognition. Journal
of Speech-Language Pathology & Applied Behavior
Analysis 3 (1), 122-35. [PDF] |
|
BARNES-HOLMES, Y., BARNES-HOLMES, D., ROCHE, B. &
SMEETS, P.M. (2001). The development of self and
perspective-taking : A relational frame analysis.
Behavioral Development Bulletin, 1, 42-45. [PDF] |
GROSS, A.C. & FOX, E.J. (2007). Relational frame
theory: An overview of the controversy. The Analysis
of Verbal Behavior, 25, 87-98. [PDF] |
|
STEWART, I. & BARNES-HOLMES, Y. (2001). Understanding
metaphor : a relational frame perspective. Behaviour
Analysis 24 (2), 191-199. |
VILLATTE, M., MONESTES, J.L. & McHUGH, L. FREIXA i
BAQUÉ, E. & LOAS, G. (2010). Adopting the perspective
of another in belief attribution : Contribution of
relational frame theory to the understanding of
impairments in schizophrenia. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 41, 125-134. |
|
BARNES-HOLMES, D. & HAYES, S.C. (2002). Relational
frame theory is a behavior analytic account : Is
Tonneau's. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 3 (2),
87-94. [PDF] |
VILLATTE, M., VILLATTE, J.L. & MONESTES, J.L. (2014).
Understanding and using Relational Frame Theory in
experiential clinical practice. In J. Stoddard & N.
Afari (Eds.), The big book of ACT metaphors : A
practitioner's guide to experiential exercises and
metaphors in acceptance and commitment therapy.
Oakland, CA : New Harbinger. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie de la réponse : TRI : Sous
ce vocable, on désigne un ensemble de modèles probabilistes qui
tente de mettre en relation le résultat d'un répondant pour une question
donnée (item response) avec son niveau de performance ou
d'habileté sur une échelle relative à la compétence mesurée par
cette question, compétence ou habileté que l'on ne peut observer
directement mais qui peut être inférée à partir des réponses du
répondant. Trois auteurs ont, séparément, à leur manière,
contribué au dévelopmment de ces théories, soit Lazersfeld,
Lord et Rasch.
Théorie de la réponse et
modèle de Rasch.
Item response theory,
item response modelS, IRT, latent trait theory, strong true
score theory, modern mental test theory.
| |
|
|
LORD, F.M. & NOVICK, M.R. (1968). Statistical
theories of mental test scores. Reading :
Addison-Wesley. |
EMBRETSON, S.E. & REISE, S.P. (2000). Item
response theory for psychologists. Lawrence Erlbaum
Ass. |
|
SCHEUNEMAN, J.D. (1980). Latent trait theory and item
bias. In L.J.T. van der Kamp, W.F. Langerak & D.N.M.
de Gruijter (Eds.), Psychometrics for educational
debates (pp. 140-151). New York : Wiley. |
|
|
HOLLAND, P.W. (1981). When are item response models
consistent with observed data ? Psychometrika, 46,
79-92. |
SIJTSMA, K. & HEMKER, B.T. (2000). A taxonomy of IRT
models for ordering persons and items using simple sum
scores. Journal of Educational & Behavioral
Statistics, 25 (4), 391-415. [PDF] |
|
LORD, F.M. (1982). Standard error of an equating by item
response theory. Applied Psychological Measurement,
6, 463-472. |
FRALEY, R.C WALLER, N.G. & BRENNAN, K.A. (2000). An
item response theory analysis of self-report measures of
adult attachment. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 78, 350-365. [PDF] |
|
LORD, F.M. (1982). Application of item response
theory to practical testing problems. Hillsdale, NJ
: LEA |
|
|
HULIN, C.L., DRASOGW, F. & PARSON, C.K. (1983).
Item response theory-application to psychological
measurement. homewood : Irwin. |
|
|
STOCKING, M.L. & LORD, F.M. (1983). Developing a
common metric in item response theory. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 7, 201-210. |
|
|
LORD, F.M. (1983). Maximum likelihood estimation of item
response parameters when some responses are omitted. Psychometrika,
48, 477-482. |
|
|
HAMBLETON, R.K. & SWAMINATHAN, H. (1984). Item
response theory : Principles and applications.
Boston : Kluwer Academic. |
|
|
KINGSTON, N.M. & DORANS, N.J. (1984). Item Location
Effects and their implications for IRT equating and
adaptive testing. Applied Psychological Measurement,
8 (2), 147-154. |
|
|
LORD, F.M. & WINGERSKY, M.S. (1984). Comparison of IRT
true-score and equipercentile observed-score "equatings".
Applied Psychological Measurement, 8, 453-461. |
|
|
KINGSTON, N.M. & DORANS, N.J. (1985). The analysis of
item-ability regressions : An exploratory IRT model fit
tool. Applied Psychological Measurement, 9 (3),
281-288. |
|
|
ROSENBAUM, P.R. (1985). Comparing distributions of item
responses for two groups. British Journal of
Mathematical & Statistical Psychology, 38,
206-215. |
|
|
HAMBLETON, R.K. & SWAMINATHAN, H. (1985). Item
response theory : Principles and applications.
Boston, MA : Kluwer-Nijhoff. |
LAVEAULT, D et GRÉGOIRE, J. (2002). Introduction aux
théories des tests en psychologie et en sciences de
l'éducation. Bruxelles : De Boeck Université. |
|
HOLLAND, P.W. & ROSENBAUM, P.R. (1986). Conditional
association and unidimensionality in monotone latent
variable models. Annals of Statistics, 14,
1523-1543. [PDF] |
RIJMEN, F., TUERLINCKX, F., DE BOECK, P. & KUPPENS, P.
(2003). A nonlinear mixed model framework for item
response theory. Psychological Methods, 8, 185-205. |
|
THISSEN, D. & STEINBERG, L. (1986). A taxonomy of item
response models. Psychometrika, 51, 567-577. |
|
|
TATSUOKA, K.K. (1986). Diagnosing cognitive errors :
Statistical pattern classi cation based on item response
theory. Behaviormetrika, 13, 73-86. |
|
|
|
THISSEN, D. & LYNNE, S. (1986). A taxonomy of item
response models. Psychometrika, 51, 567-577. |
|
|
LORD, F.M. (1986). Maximum likelihood and Bayesian
parameter estimation in item response theory. Journal
of Educational Measurement, 23 (2), 57-162. |
VON DAVIER, M. (2004). Partially observed mixtures of IRT
models : An extension of the generalized partial-credit
model. Applied Psychological Measurement 28
(6), 389-406. |
|
MISLEVY, R. (1987). Recent developments in item response
theory with implications for teacher certi cation. Review
of Research in Education, 14, 239-275. |
BERTRAND R. et BLAIS, J.-G. (2004). Modèles de mesure.
L'apport de la théorie des réponses aux items. Sainte-Foy,
Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
|
McKINLEY, R.L. (1988). A comparison of six methods for
combining multiple IRT item parameter estimates.
Journal of Educational Measurement, 25, 233-246. |
VON DAVIER, M. & ROST, J. (2006) Mixture Distribution
Item Response Models. In C.R. Rao and S. Sinharay (Eds.),
Handbook of Statistics (Vol. 26). Psychometrics.
Amsterdam : Elsevier. |
|
THISSEN, D. & STEINBERG, L. (1988). Data analysis
using item response theory. Psychological Bulletin,
104, 385-395. |
SIJTSMA, K. & JUNKER, B.W. (2006). Item response
theory : Past performance, present developments, and
future expectations. Behaviormetrika, 33, 75-102 |
|
HAMBLETON, R.K. (Ed.) (1989). Applications of item
response theory. International Journal of Educational
Research, 13, 121-220. |
VON DAVIER, M. & VON DAVIER, A.A. (2007). A unified
approach to IRT scale linking and scale transformation.
Methodology : European Journal of Research Methods
for the Behavioral & Social Sciences, 3,
115-124. |
|
WARM, T.A. (1989). weighted likelihood estimation of
ability in item response models. Psychometrika, 54, 427-450. |
HABERMAN, S.J., HOLLAND, P.W. & SINHARAY, S. (2007).
Limits on log odds ratios for unidimen- sional item
response theory models. Psychometrika, 72, 551-561. |
|
McKINLEY, R.L. (1989). Methods plainly speaking : An
introduction to item response theory. Measurement and
Evaluation in Counseling & Development, 22, 37-57. |
DE AYALA, R.J. (2009). The theory and practice of
item response theory. New York : The Guilford
Press. |
|
HAMBLETON, R.K. (1989). Constructing tests with item
response models : A discussion of methods and two
problems. Bulletin of the International Test
Commission, 16, 96-106. |
LEVY, R., MISLEVY, R. & SINHARAY, S. (2009). Posterior
predictive model checking for multidimensionality in item
response theory. Applied Psychological Measurement,
33, 519- 537 |
|
HOLLAND, P.W. (1990). On the sampling theory foundations
of item response theory models. Psychometrika, 55, 577-601. |
RIJMEN, F. (2010). Formal relations and an empirical
comparison among the bi-factor, the testlet, and a
second-order multidimensional IRT model. Journal of
Educational Measurement, 47, 361-372. |
|
STOCKING, M.L. (1990). Specifying optimum examinees for
item parameter estimation in item response theory. Psychometrika,
55, 461-475. |
|
|
HOLLAND, P.W. (1990). The Dutch identity : A new tool for
the study of item response theory models. Psychometrika,
55, 5-18. |
HABERMAN, S.J. & SINHARAY, S. (2010). Reporting of
subscores using multidimensional item response theory. Psychometrika,
75, 209-227. |
|
THISSEN, D. & WAINER,H. (1990). Con dence envelopes
for item response theory. Journal of Educational
Statistics, 15, 113-128. |
LI, D., JIANG, Y. & VON DAVIER, A.A. (2012). The
accuracy and consistency of a series of IRT true score
equatings. Journal of Educational Measurement, 49, 167-189. |
|
MISLEVY, R. & VERHEIST, N. (1990). Modeling item
responses when different subjects employ different
solution strategies. Psychometrika, 55, 195-215. |
BÉLAND, S., MAGIS, D. et RAÎCHE, G. (2013). Estimation des
paramètres d'item et de sujet à partir du modèle de Rasch
: une étude comparative des logiciels BILOG-MG, ICL et R.
Mesure et Évaluation en Éducation, 36 (1),
83-110. [PDF] |
|
HAMBLETON, R.K., SWAMINATHAN, H. & ROGERS, J. (1991).
Fundamentals of item response theory. Newbury Park,
CA : Sage. |
KHORRAMDEL, L. & VON DAVIER, M. (2014). Measuring
response styles Across the Big Five : A multiscale
extension of an approach using multinomial processing
trees. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 49 (2),
161-177. |
|
HAMBLETON, R.K. & JONES, W. (1993). Comparison of
classical test theory and item response. Educational
Measurement : Issues & Practice, 12 (3),
38-47. |
SINHARAY, S. & HABERMAN, S.J. (2014). How often is the
misfit of item response theory models practically
significant ? Educational Measurement : Issues &
Practice, 33 (1), 23-35. |
|
MISLEVY, R. (1993). Foundations of a new test theory. In
N. Frederiksen, R.J. Mislevy & I.I. Bejar (Eds.), Test
theory for a new generation of tests (pp. 19-39).
Hillsdale : Erlbaum. |
ROSE, N., VON DAVIER, M. & NAGENGAST, B. (2015).
Commonalities and differences in IRT-based methods for
nonignorable item nonresponses. Psychological Test
& Assessment Modeling, 57, 472-498. |
|
MURAKI, E. & CARLSON, J.E. (1995). Full information
factor analysis for polytomous item responses. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 19, 73-90. |
ROSE, N., VON DAVIER, M. & NAGENGAST, B. (2017).
Modeling omitted and not-reached items in IRT models. Psychometrika,
82, 795-819. |
|
GRAY-LITTLE, B., WILLIAMS, V.S.L. & HANCOCK, T.D.
(1997). An item response theory analysis of the Rosenberg
Self-Esteem Scale. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 23, 443-451. [PDF] |
CARLSON, J. & VON DAVIER, M. (2017). Item response
theory. In R.E. Bennett & M. Van Davier (Eds.),
Advancing human assessment ; The methodological,
psychological, and policy contributions of ETS (pp.
133-178). Springer Open. |
|
HARVEY, R.J. & HAMMER, A. (1999). Item response
theory. Counseling Psychologist, 27, 353-383. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Mesure,
Style de réponse et
Modèle de Rasch |
|
|
Théorie
de la séduction : Chez Freud...
Seduction theory.
| |
|
|
MASSON, J.M. (1984) The assault on truth : Freud's
suppression of the seduction theory. New York, NY
: Farrar, Straus & Giroux. |
|
SCHIMEK, J (1987). Fact and fantasy in the seduction
theory : A historical review. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association 35, 937-965. |
|
ALVAREZ-LINCE, V. (2005). From the seduction theory to the
oedipus complex. Vertex, 16, 386-397. |
|
ZEPF, S. & ZEPF, F.D. (2011). "You are requested to
close an eye" : Freud's seduction theory and theory of the
Oedipus complex revisited. Psychoanalytic Review, 98
(3), 287-323. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
des automates : Un automate est un système
ou une machine simple dont tous les états internes ou externes
(comportements) et les règles de transformation (passage d'un état
à l'autre) peuvent être décrit par des
équations.
Theory of automata.
| |
|
|
VON NEUMANN, J. (1951). The general and logical theory of
automata. In L.A. Jeffress (Ed.), Cerebral mechanisms
in behavior (pp. 1-41). New York : Wiley. |
|
SHANNON, C.E. & McCARTHY, J. (Eds.) (1956). Automata
studies. Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
|
KLEENE, S.C. (1956). Representation of events in nerve
nets and finite automata. In C.E. Shannon & J.
McCarthy (Eds.), Automata studies (pp. 3-41).
Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
|
MINSKY, M.L. (1956). Some universal elements for finite
automata. In C.E. Shannon & J. McCarthy (Eds.), Automata
studies. (pp. 117-128). Princeton : Princeton
University Press. |
|
BICKHARD, M.H. (1982). Automata theory, artificial
intelligence, and genetic epistemology. Revue
Internationale de Philosophie, 36 (142-143),
549-566. |
|
RUBINSTEIN, A. (1986). Finite automata play the repeated
prisoner's dilemma. Journal of Economic Theory, 39,
83-96. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie des catastrophes : Théorie proposée par Thom pour
expliquer comment un système parvient
grâce à de lègères et multiples modifiations internes à maintenir
sont équilibre, jusqu'à
ce qu'il ne puisse plus le faire; alors l'équilibre est rompu et
le système, pour s'adapter,
doit se transformer brusquement (=catastrophe). Les équations
de Thom décrivent comment de petites modifications
engendrent un grand changement.
=
théorie de la goutte qui fait déborder le vase.
Catastrophe
theory.
| |
|
|
THOM, R. (1975). Structural stability and
morphogenesis; an outline of a general theory of models.
Reading, MA : W.A. Benjamin. |
|
ZEEMAN, E.C. (1976). Catastrophe theory. Scientific
American, 234, 65-83. |
|
ZEEMAN, E.C. (1977). Catastrophe Theory : Selected
Papers 1972-1977. Addison-Wesley. |
|
FREY, P.W. & SEARS, R.J. (1978). Model of conditioning
incorporating the Rescorla-Wagner associative axiom, a
dynamic attention process, and a catastrophe rule. Psychological
Review, 85 (4), 321-340. |
|
THOM, R. (1983). Paraboles et catastrophes. Paris
: Flammarion. |
|
THOM, R. (1990). La théorie des catastrophes. Dans R. Thom
(Dir.), Apologie du logos (p. 333-451). Paris :
Hachette. |
|
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W., VAN KOTEN, S. & MOLENAAR, P.C M.
(1996). On the validity of simulating stagewise
development by means of PDP networks : Application of
catastrophe analysis and an experimental test of rule-like
network performance. Cognitive Science, 20,
101-136. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
des champs : Field theory.
| |
|
|
LEWIN, K. (1942). Field theory and learning. In D.
Cartwright (Ed., 1951). Field theory in social
science : selected theoretical papers. London :
Social Science Paperbacks. |
|
LEWIN, K. (1943). Defining the field at a given time. Psychological
Review, 50, 292-310. |
|
LEWIN, K. (1951). Field theory in social science. New
York : Harper. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
des écarts aversifs entre les sois : Théorie
proposée par Higgins. Self-concept
discrepancy theory.
|
|
|
HIGGINS, E.T., KLEIN, R. & STAUMAN, T. (1985).
Self-concept discrepancy theory : a psychological model
for distinguishing among different aspects of depression
and anxiety. Social cognition, 3, 51-76. |
|
HIGGINS, E.T., BOND, R.N., KLEIN, R. & STRAUMAN, T.
(1986). Self-discrepancies and emotional vulnerability :
how magnitude, accessibility, and type of discrepancy
influence affect. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 51, 5-15. |
|
HIGGINS, E.T. (1987). Self-discrepancy : A theory relating
self and affect. Psychological Review, 94 (3),
319-340.
[PDF] |
|
MORETTI M.M. & HIGGINS, E.T. (1990). Relating
self-discrepancy to self-esteem : The contribution of
discrepancy beyond actual-self ratings. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 26, 108-123. |
|
HIGGINS, E.T. (1999). When do self discrepancies have
specific relations to emotions ? The second-generation
question of Tangney, Niedenthal, Covert, and Barlow
(1998). Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 77 (6), 1313-1317. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Higgins
et Théorie |
|
|
|
|
Théorie
des équilibres ponctués : Voir Équilibres
ponctués.
Punctuationism, punctuated
equilibrium, punctuated equilibria.
|
Théorie des jeux : Théorie
qui tente de mesurer les avantages
(gains) et les inconvénients (perte) d'un comportement
ou d'une stratégie
(individuelle ou collective). EX: Un animal
a-t-il avantage à être agressif si ses congénères lui tiennent
tête ? Un consommateur a-t-il avantage à acheter une maison si les
taux d'intérêt sont élevés ? Une enfant a-t-elle avantage à prêter
ses jouets à ses amies si elle est la seule à le faire ? Un pays
a-t-il avantage à réduire ses émission de gaz à effet de serre si
ses voisins n'emboîtent pas le pas ? Le terme jeu
désigne ici une situation où les acteurs peuvent gagner ou perdre
quelque chose, selon qu'ils agissent ou non, et selon qu'ils
savent ou non ce que les autres feront
(stratégie). Théorie des jeux, jeu
et conflits.
Game theory, games.
| |
|
|
VON NEUMANN, J. & MORGENSTERN, O. (1944). Theory
of games and economic behavior. Princeton :
Princeton University Press. |
FRIEDMAN, J.W. & MEZZETTI, C. (2001). Learning in
games by random sampling. Journal of Economic
Theory, 98 (1), 55-84. |
|
STONE, R. (1948). The theory of games. The Economic
Journal, 58 (20), 185–201. |
RASMUSSEN, E. (2001). Games and information : An
introduction to game theory. Blackwell, Oxford.
|
|
NASH, J. (1950). Equilibrium points in n-person games. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 36 (1),
48-49. |
|
|
NASH, J. (1951). Non-cooperative games. The Annals of
Mathematics, 54 (2), 286-295. |
|
|
NASH, J. (1953). Two-person cooperative games.
Econometrica, 21 (1), 128-140. [PDF] |
|
|
TUCKER, A.W. & LUCE, D. (Eds.) (1959). Contributions
to the theory of games, IV, annals of mathematics study,
(AM-40). Princeton, NJ : Princeton University
Press. |
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (2003). Games and theories. New
Scientist, 178, 48-51. |
|
DAVID, F.N. (1962). Games, gods and gambling : the
origins and history of probability and statistical ideas
from the earliest times to the newtonian era.
London : Griffin. |
COLMAN, A.M. (2003). Cooperation, psychological game
theory, and limitations of rationality in social
interaction. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 26, 139-153. |
|
HARSANYI, J.C. (1973). Games with randomly distributed
payoffs : A new rationale for mixed-strategy equilibrium
points. International Journal of Game Theory, 2 (1),
1-23. |
CAMERER, C.F. (2003). Behavioral game theory :
Experiments in strategic interaction. Princeton,
NJ. : Princeton University Press. |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1974). The theory of games and animal
conflicts. Journal of Theoritecal Biology, 47,
209-221. [PDF] |
OSBORNE, M.J. (2004). An introduction to game theory.
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
RAPOPORT, A. (1974). Game theory as a theory of
conflict resolution. D. Riedel Publishing Company. |
WISEMAN, T. (2005). A partial folk theorem for games with
unknown payoff distributions. Econometrica, 73 (2),
629-645.
|
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1976). Evolution and the theory of
games : In situations characterized by conflict of
interest, the best strategy to adopt depends on what
others are doing American Scientist, 64 (1),
41-45. [PDF] |
EBER, N. (2005/2018). Théorie de jeux. Paris :
Dunod. |
|
HINDE, R.A. (1981). Animal signals : ethological and
games-theory approaches are not incompatible. Animal
Behaviour, 29, 535-542. |
ZAMORA-BONILLA, J.P. (2007). Science studies and the
theory of games. Perspectives on Science, 14, 639-671. |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1976). Evolution and the theory of
games. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
HOFBAUER, J. & SANDHOLM, W. (2007). Evolution in games
with randomly distributed payoffs. Journal of
Economic Theory, 132 (1), 47-69.
|
|
MYERSON, R.B. (1991). Game theory : Analysis of
conflict. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
|
BINMORE, K. (1991). Fun and games theory : A text
on game theory. Lexington, MA : D.C. Heath.
|
|
|
FUDENBERG, D. & TIROLE, J. (1991). Game theory.
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
VAN VUGT, M. & KURZBAN, R.K. (2007). Cognitive and
social adaptations for leadership and followership :
Evolutionary game theory and group dynamics. In J. Forgas,
W. von Hippel & M. Haselton (Eds.), The evolution
of the social mind : Evolutionary psychology and social
cognition (Vol. 9 pp. 229-244). London : Psychology
Press. |
|
GIBBONS, R. (1992). Game theory for applied
economists. Princeton : Princeton University
Press, |
|
|
RABIN, M. (1993). Incorporating fairness into game theory
and economics. American Economic Review, 83,1281–1302.
|
ROY, D. (2008). Comportement stratégique en économie
- Une introduction à la théorie des jeux. Montréal
: Modulo. |
|
STEPHENS, D.W. & CLEMENTS, K.C. (1995). Game theory
and learning : The law of effect and altruistic
cooperation. In L.A. Dugatkin & H.K. Reeve (Eds.), Advances
in game theory and the study of animal behavior.
Oxford, UK : Oxford University Press. |
BOTELHO, A., HARRISON, G.W., PINTO, L.M. & RUTSTRÖM,
E.E. (2009). Testing static game theory with dynamic
experiments : A case study of public goods. Games
& Economic Behavior, 67 (1), 253-265. [PDF] |
|
RAPOPORT, A. (1999). Game theory : Contributions to the
study of human cognition. Cognitive Studies : Bulletin
of the Japanese Cognitive Science Society, 6,
142-167. |
CAPPS, D. (2011). John Nash, game theory, and the
schizophrenic brain. Journal of Religion &
Health, 50 (1), 145-162. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
des niveaux intégrés :
Theory of
integrative levels.
| |
|
|
FEIBLEMAN, J.K. (1954). Theory of integrative levels.
The British Journal for the Philosophy of Science, 5,
59-66. |
|
ARONSON, L.R. (1984). Levels of integration and
organization : a reevaluation of the evolutionary scale.
In G. Greenberg & E. Tobach (Eds.), Behavioral
evolution and integrative levels (pp. 57-82).
Hillsdale, NJ : Psychology Press. |
|
BELLO-MORALES, R. & DELGADO-GARCIA, M. (2015). The
social neuroscience and the theory of integrative levels.
Frontiers in Integrative Neuroscience, 9 [54]
1-11. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Émergence
et Théorie |
|
|
|
|
Théorie des petits pas : Conception intuitive
du changement qui
prétend que pour apprendre il faut faire les choses souvent mais à
petites doses : «Souvent;peu». Cette conception renvoie, sur le
plan scientifique, à l'apprentissage
par façonnement, un
concept largement appuyé par les faits. Cette théorie s'applique
également aux changements sociaux. Elle se fonde sur le principe
que les changements trop en profondeur, proposés par des "experts"
sont long à planifier et à initier, et de ce fait suscitent
souvent chez les principaux intéressés une grande
résistance. Il est donc préférable de procéder à quelques
petits changements (les petits pas), rapidement implantés, évalués
et corrigés s'il y a lieu. EX : En éducation,
plutôt que de procéder à de grandes et interminables réformes, il
vaudrait mieux apprendre aux futurs maîtres de bonnes
méthodes d'enseignement du français, qui ont fait leur
preuve dans les écoles, et
compter sur le dévouement et le dynamisme du milieu pour
transformer ce «petit pas» en un changement substantiel et
bénéfique pour tous.
= Souvent;peu,
démarche à petits pas.
Small step theory.
| |
|
| Étapes |
Théorie des petits pas |
| 1 |
Interroger
les acteurs sur les solutions possibles à un problème |
| 2 |
Proposer
un petit changement qui fait consensus chez les
acteurs/experts |
| 3 |
Implanter
rapidement ce changement |
| 4 |
Évaluer
ce changement le plus tôt possible |
| 5 |
S'il y
a lieu, corriger les erreurs et proposer une autre petit
changement, et ainsi de suite... |
|
|
|
Théorie des petits problèmes : Croyance
selon laquelle un individu confronté à des problèmes a très peu de
risque d'être affligé de problèmes encore plus graves, du moins à
court terme . EX: Un type qui découvre que sa
femme le trompe avec son meilleur ami est convaincu d'être à
l'abri d'un cancer ou de déboires financiers. Le raisonnement de
ce "pauvre" type est simple : la malchance n'est pas aveugle, elle
obéit a un principe de justice, en conséquence elle ne peut
frapper un même individu deux fois, et si oui, elle ne poussera
pas l'odieux jusqu'à lui pourir davantage la vie.
= justice naturelle des pauvres, l'équilibre de la
malchance, optimisme des éclopés.
|
Théorie
des portillons : Théorie
développée par Melzack et
Wall pour expliquer la perception de la douleur.
Gate control theory.
|
|
|
MELZACK, R. & WALL, P. (1965). Pain mechanisms : A new
theory. Science, 150, 971. |
|
WALL, P.D. (1978). The gate control of pain mecanism :
re-examination and restatement. Brain, 101 (1),
1-18. |
|
MELZACK, R. (1996). Gate control theory : on the evolution
of pain concepts. Official Journal of the American
Pain Society, 5, 128-138. |
|
KUGELMANN, R. (1997). The psychology and management of
pain : Gate control as theory and symbol. Theory
& Psychology, 7 (1), 43-65. |
|
MELZACK, R. & KATZ, J (2003). The gate control theory
: Reaching for the brain. In T. Hadjistavropoulos &
K.D. Craig (Eds.), Pain : Psychological perspectives.
New Jersey : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
CRAMÉR, H. (1946). |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
des types :
Type theory.
| |
|
|
JACKSON, F.C., PARGETTER, R. & PRIOR, E.W. (1982).
Functionalism and type-type identity theories. Philosophical
Studies, 42, 209-225. |
|
MOSER, P.K. (1984). Types, tokens, and propositions :
Quine's alternative to propositions. Philosophy &
Phenomenological Research, 44 (3), 361-375. |
|
DILWORTH, J. (2003). A refutation of Goodman's type-token
theory of notation. Dialectica, 57 (3), 330-336.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
des vecteurs : Théorie qui met l'accent sur un
ensemble de phénomènes importants et de longue durée (les vecteurs
ou facteurs profonds) pour expliquer les grandes transformations
des sociétés. Ces vecteurs non-orthogonaux forment une toile de
fond de phénomènes, sociaux ou naturels, dont l'influence sur les
phénomènes sociaux plus microscopiques et à court terme est
grandissante, mais souvent sous-estimée ou ignorée. EX :
Rôle des armées dans l'économie mondiale, militarisation de
l'espace et effet sur les conflits armées. Cette toile de
fond vectorielle est, par ailleurs, peu influencée par la nature
des régimes politiques (démocratique ou non), des idéologies
(gauche-droite) ou des valeurs individuelles.
| |
|
|
|
Les vecteurs
|
| 1 |
Vente/Achat
du pétrole en dollar US |
| 2 |
Déplacement
massifs des populations + Immigration |
| 3 |
Réchauffement
climatique + Hausse du niveau de l'eau des océans |
| 4 |
Contrôle
et militarisation de l'espace |
| 5 |
Automatisation
de l'industrie + Développement des processeurs |
| 6 |
Exploitation
des terres rares et des métaux précieux |
| 7 |
Contrôle
et
accès à l'eau potable |
| 8 |
Course
à l'armement + Robotisation militaire |
| 9 |
Production
du pétrole et des autres formes d'énergies |
| 10 |
Contrôle
de l'information + Internet |
|
|
|
Théorie des visuels et des auditifs : Théorie
non-fondée empiriquement qui suggère l'existence de trois styles
d'apprentissage (visuel, auditif et kinesthésique) et se
fonde sur l'idée ou le principe que les individus apprennent de
manière différente et que les sens sont des modalités qui explique
ces différences. NDLR : Pour une raison que
j'ignore, cette pseudothéorie a un succès fou au Québec, notamment
dans le milieu de l'éducation.
Comprenne qui pourra...
= VAK.
| |
|
|
LAFONTAINE, R. et LESSOIL, B. (1989). Êtes-vous
auditif ou visuel ? Montréal : Québécor. |
|
LIEURY, A. (1990). Auditifs, visuels. La grande illusion.
Cahiers pédagogiques, 267, 58-62. |
|
ROUSSEAU, L., GAUTHIER, Y. et CARON, J. (2018).
L'utilité des "styles d'apprentissage" VAK (visuel,
auditif, kinesthésique) en éducation : entre l'hypothèse
de recherche et le mythe scientifique. Revue de
psychoéducation, 47 (2), 409-448. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
dominante : Dans un domaine
de recherche, théorie
qu'une majorité de chercheurs considèrent comme la plus
susceptible d'expliquer
les phénomènes que l'on
cherche à comprendre. Il ne s'agit pas forcément de la théorie «la
plus vraie» ou de la plus «puissante»,
mais bien de la théorie qui emporte l'adhésion auprès des
chercheurs d'un domaine. Il n'y a donc pas de critères objectifs
pour la distinguer d'autres théories, même si le nombres
d'articles scientifiques empiriques et théoriques publiés
constitue une excellente Indication de
sa valeur. Dans certains cas, ces théories deviennent des
paradigmes; parfois elles sont remplacées par une "meilleure"
théorie et disparaissent complètement (cimetière
des théories).
|
Théorie du big five : Voir Traits
centraux (Théorie).
Five personality traits, Five factor model of personality, Big five personality theory.
|
Théorie du chaos :
Chaos theory.
| |
|
|
GLEICK, J. (1989). La théorie du chaos. Albin
Michel. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Chaos |
|
|
|
|
Théorie du choix maximisé : TCM : Théorie,
développée par Shimp, qui cherche à comprendre comment les
individus font des choix.
Maximization
theory.
|
|
|
SHIMP, C.P. (1969) Optimum behavior in free-operant
experiments. Psychological Review, 76, 97–112. |
RACHLIN, H., BATTALIO, R., KAGEL, J. & GREEN, L.
(1981). Maximization theory in behavioral psychology. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 4 (3), 371-388. |
|
STADDON, J.E.R. (1980) Optimality analyses of operant
behavior and their relation to optimal foraging. In J.R.
Staddon (Ed.), Limits to action (pp.
101–141). New York : Academic Press.
|
KAGEL, J., BATTALIO, R.C. & GREEN, L. (1983).
Maximizing versus matching : Comments on Prelec's paper. Psychological
Review, 90, 380-384. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Choix et
Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
du choix public (TCP) : Théorie,
développée par Buchanan
et Tullock, qui tente d'expliquer le
rôle de l'état et
le comportement des
acteurs (électeurs, hommes
et femmes politiques, fonctionnaires, groupes de pression,
etc.).
( ): Buchanan,
Olson, Tullock.
Public choice theory.
| |
|
|
BUCHANAN, J.M. & TULLOCK, G. (1962). The
calculus of consent : Logical foundations of
constitutional democracy. Ann Arbor : University
of Michigan Press. |
|
MUELLER, D.C. (1976). Public choice : A survey.
Journal of Economic Literature, 14 (2), 395-433. |
|
MUELLER, D.C. (1976). Public choice.
New York : Cambridge University Press. |
|
SHUGART, W.F. (2008). Public choice. In David R.
Henderson (Ed.), Concise encyclopedia of economics.
Indianapolis : Library of Economics and Liberty. |
|
|
|
Théorie
du choix rationnel (TCR) : Théorie,
développée par Buchanan
et Tullock, qui attribuent à l'acteur la
possibilité d'opérer des choix rationnels qui permettent de maximiser les gains et de réduire des pertes ou les désavantages.
Rationel choice theory.
| |
|
SIMON, H.A. (1956) Rational choice and the structure of
the environment. Psychological Review, 63,
129–138.
|
|
GOLDTHORPE, J. (1996). Goldthorpe, Rational choice
theory and large-scale data analysis, Oxford : Oxford
University Press.
|
BOUDON, R. (2007). Essais sur la théorie
générale de la rationalité. Paris : Presses Universitaires
de France.
|
|
DING, H. & LI, A.M. (2018). A study on maximization
paradox and its psychological origin. Psychology, 9,
785-796. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Théorie du complot : TC : Il ne s'agit pas
d'une théorie scientifique à proprement
parlé mais plutôt d'une forme
d'explication - parfois scientifique - qui repose sur l'idée
que certains actes ou événements à caractère public sont
planifiés, préparés et commis secrétement, ou du moins à l'insu
des principaux intéressés, en raison de leur nature illégale ou
repréhensible, ou simplement parce que ceux et celles qui complotent
craignent que leur actes soient perçus ainsi. Certaines de ces théories
sont fondées sur des faits et
décrivent ou expliquent de véritables complots
( EX: Rôle de la CIA dans le renversement du
président Salvador Allende au Chili en 1973 (opération Condor), le
Watergate, le scandale des commandites au Canada, etc.), alors que
d'autres sont de pures fictions sans fondements ou appuis
empiriques ( EX: Simulation des voyages sur la
lune par la Nasa, enlèvements par les extra-terrestres). En clair,
certaines "théories" du complot ne reposent que sur des croyances
et des superstition,
souvent amplifiées par Internet (bogus conspiracy theory), alors
que d'autres empruntent à la méthode scientifique et se fondent
sur des hypothèses
vérifiables (genuine conspiratorial politics). En ce sens,
et contrairement à l'idée reçue, une théorie du complot n'est pas
forcément fausse ou produite par des illuminés en mal d'attention.
En fait, ces "théories" ont plusieurs fonctions : elles peuvent
«expliquer» des phénomènes qui semblent inexplicables, qui
échappent à notre compréhension spontanée des choses ( EX:
Objet volant rapidement dans le ciel, de forme étrange); il s'agit
parfois de véritable anomalies,
que même les théories admises en la matière (théorie
dominante ou paradigme)
ne parviennent pas à expliquer; elles peuvent également
servir à contester une théorie
officielle fragile ou bancale ( EX : La
tour numéro 7 lors du 11 septembre) et, dans certains cas,
proposer une explication
alternative à cette théorie. Précisons que les acteurs
savent pertinemment que le complot qu'ils fomentent est un acte
que le public et les autorités considèrent comme illégal ou
repréhensible; en revanche, toute personne participant à un
complot à son insu, donc sans connaître les motifs réels de
l'entreprise, doit être considérée comme instrumentalisée.
Théorie du complot, terrorisme
et Onze
septembre 2001. Conspiracy theories, CT,
conspiracy belief, conspiracy thinking, culture of conspiracy,
conspiracist ideation, Conspiracist ideation bogus conspiracy
theory, genuine conspiratorial politics.
| |
|
|
WRIGHT, T.L. & ARBUTHNOT, J. (1974). Interpersonal
trust, political preference, and perception of the
Watergate affair. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 1, 168-170. |
DARWIN, H., NEAVE, N. & HOLMES, J. (2011). Belief in
conspiracy theories : The role of paranormal belief,
paranoid ideation and schizotypy. Personality &
Individual Differences, 50, 1289-1293. |
|
McCAULEY, C. & JACQUES, S. (1979). The popularity of
conspiracy theories of presidential assassination : a
Bayesian analysis. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 37, 637-644. |
PELKMANS, M. & MACHOLD, R. (2011). Conspiracy theories
and their truth trajectories. Focaal-Journal of
Global & Historical Anthropology, 59, 66-80. |
|
INGLEHART, R. (1987). Extremist political position and
perceptions of conspiracy : Even paranoids have real
enemies. In C.F. Graumann & S. Moscovici (Eds.), Changing
conceptions of conspiracy (pp. 231-244). New York,
NY : Springer-Verlag. |
HAGEN, K. (2011). Conspiracy theories and stylized facts.
Journal for Peace & Justice Studies, 21 (2),
3-22. |
MOSCOVICI, S. (1987). The conspiracy mentality. In C.F.
Graumann & S. Moscovici (Eds.),
Changing conceptions of conspiracy (pp. 151–-169).
New York, NY : Springer-Verlag.
|
NEWHEISER, A.K., FARIAS, M. & TAUSH, N. (2011). The
functional nature of conspiracy beliefs : Examining the
underpinnings of belief in the Da Vinci Code conspiracy. Personality
& Individual Differences, 58, 1007-1011. |
|
GROH, T. (1987). The temptation of conspiracy theory, or :
Why do bad things happen to good people ? Part II : Case
studies In In C.F. Graumann & S. Moscovici (Eds.), Changing
conceptions of conspiracy (pp. 15–37). New York,
NY : Springer-Verlag. |
SWAMI, V., COLES, R., STIEGER, S., PIETSHING, J., FURNHAM,
A., REHIM, S. & VORACEK, M. (2011). Conspiracist
ideation in Britain and Austria : evidence of a
monological belief system and associations between
individual psychological differences and real-world and
fictitious conspiracy theories. British Journal of
Psychology, 102, 443-463. |
BILLIG, M. (1988). Rhetoric of the conspiracy theory :
arguments in national front propaganda. Patterns
Prejudice, 22, 23–34.
|
BOGART, L.M., GALVAN, F.H., WAGNER, G. & KLEIN, D.J.
(2011). Longitudinal association of HIV conspiracy beliefs
with sexual risk among Black Males living with HIV. AIDS
& Behavior, 15 (6), 1180-1186. [PDF] |
|
SIMMEL, G. (1991). Secret et sociétés secrètes.
Circé. |
DOUGLAS, K.M. & SUTTON, R.M. (2011). Does it take one
to know one ? Endorsement of conspiracy theories is influ-
enced by personal willingness to conspire. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 50, 544-552. |
|
GOERTZEL, T. (1994). Belief in conspiracy theories. Political
Psychology, 15, 731-742. |
BARTLETT, J. & MILLER, C. (2011). A bestiary of the
9/11 truth movement : notes from the front line. Skeptical
Inquirer, 35, 43-46. |
|
ZONIS, M. & JOSEPH, C.M. (1994). Conspiracy thinking
in the Middle East. Political psychology, 15 (3),
443-459. |
DARWIN, H., NEAVE, N. & HOLMES, J. (2011). Belief in
conspiracy theories : the role of paranormal belief,
paranoid ideation and schizotypy. Personality &
Individual Differences, 50 (8), 1289-1293. [PDF]
|
|
PIDGEN, C. (1995). Popper revisited, or what is wrong with
conspiracy theories. Philosophy of the Social
Sciences, 25, 3-34. |
WOOD, M.J., DOUGLAS, K.M. & SUTTON, R.M. (2012). Dead
and alive : beliefs in contradictory conspiracy theories.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 3,
767-773. |
|
SASSON, T. (1995). African American conspiracy theories
and the social construction of crime. Sociol.
Inquiry, 65, 265–285. |
SWAMI, V. (2012). Social psychological origins of
conspiracy theories : the case of the Jewish conspiracy
theory in Malaysia. Frontiers in Psychology, 3
[280], 1-9. [PDF]
|
|
PIPES, D. (1997). Conspiracy : How the paranoid style
flourishes and where it comes from. New York : Free
Press. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. (2012). Suspicions of injustice : The
sense-making function of belief in conspiracy theories. In
E. Kals & J. Maes (Eds.), Justice and conflicts :
Theoretical and empirical contribution (pp.
121-132). Berlin Heidelberg, Germany : Springer-Verlag. |
|
KEELEY, B. (1999). Of conspiracy theories. Journal of
Philosophy, 96 (3), 109-126. |
SWAMI, V. & FURNHAM, A. (2012). Examining conspiracist
beliefs about the disappearance of Amelia Earhart. Journal
of General Psychology, 139, 244–259. |
|
FENSTER, M. (1999). Conspiract thories : Secrecy
and power American culture. Minneapolis :
University of Minnesota Press. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. & JOSTMANN, N.B. (2013). Belief in
conspiracy theories : The influence of uncertainty and
perceived morality. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 43, 109-115. |
|
SWAMI, V., PIETSCHNIG, J., TRAN, U.S., NADER, I.W.,
STIEGER, S. & VORACEK, M. (2013). Lunar lies :
the impact of informational framing and individual
differences in shaping conspiracist beliefs about the moon
landings. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 27, 71–80.
|
|
|
FORD, C., WALLACE, S., NEWMAN, P., LEE, S.-J. &
CUNNINGHAM, W. (2013). Belief in AIDS- related conspiracy
theories and mistrust in the government : Relationship
with HIV testing among at-risk older adults. The
Gerontologist, 53 (6), 1–12. |
|
ABALAKINA-PAAP, M., STEPHAN, W.G., CRAIG, T. &
GREGORY, W.L. (1999). Beliefs in conspiracies.
Political Psychology, 20 (3), 637-647. |
WOOD, M.J. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2013). "What about
building 7 ? " A social psychological study of online
discussion of 9/11 conspiracy theories. Frontiers in
Psychology, 4, 1-9. [PDF] |
|
LEWANDOWSKY, S., COOK, J., OBERAUER, K. & MARRIOTT, M.
(2013). Recursive fury : Conspiracist ideation in the
blogosphere in response to research on conspiracist
ideation. Frontiers in Psychology, 4,
73. |
|
WILSON, M.S. & ROSE, C. (2013). The role of
paranoia in a dual-process motivational model of
conspiracy belief. In J.W. van Prooijen &
P.A.M. van Lange (Eds.), Power, politics, and paranoia
(pp. 273–291). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
|
|
BANAS, J.A. & MILLER, G. (2013). Inducing resistance
to conspiracy theory propaganda : testing inoculation and
metainoculation strategies. Human Communication
Research, 39, 184–207. |
|
BRUDER, M., HAFFKE, P., NEAVE, N., NOURIPANAH, N.
& IMHOFF, R. (2013). Measuring individual
differences in generic beliefs in conspiracy theories
across cultures : conspiracy mentality questionnaire.
Frontiers in Psychology, 4 [225], 1-15.
[PDF]
|
|
QUINBY, L. (1999). Millennial civilization and its
discontents : Terminal cynicism, conspiracy mania, and
avatarism. Psychohistory Review, 27 (2), 33-46. |
BROTHERTON, R. (2013). Towards a definition of "conspiracy
theory". PsyPAG Quarterly, 8 (S), 9-14. |
|
CROCKER, J., LUHTANEN, R., BROADNAX, S. & BLAINE, B.E.
(1999). Belief in U.S. government conspiracies against
blacks among black and white college students :
Powerlessness or system blame ? Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 941-953. |
SAPOUNTZIS, A. & CONDOR, S. (2013). Conspiracy
accounts as intergroup theories : Challenging dominant
understandings of social power and political legitimacy. Political Psychology, 34, 731-752 |
|
STIEGER, S., GUMHALTER, N., TRAN, U.S., VORACEK, M. &
SWAMI, V. (2013). Girl in the cellar : a repeated
cross-sectional investigation of belief in conspiracy
theories about the kidnapping of Natascha Kampusch. Frontier
in Psychology, 4, 297.
|
|
PARKER, M. (2001). Human science as conspiracy theory. In
J. Parish & M. Parker (Eds.), The age of anxiety :
Conspiracy theory and the human sciences (pp.
191-207). Oxford : Blackwell. |
LEWANDOWSKY, S., GIGNAC, G.E. & OBERAUER, K. (2013).
The role of conspiracist ideation and worldviews in
predicting rejection of science. PLoS ONE, 8 [10],
1-11. [PDF] |
PARKER, M. (2001). Human science as conspiracy theory. Sociological
Review Monographs, 49, 192–207.
|
LEMAN, P.J. & CINNIRELLA, M. (2013). Beliefs in
conspiracy theories and the need for cognitive closure. Frontiers
in Psychology, 4, [378], 1-10.
|
BYFORD, J. & BILLIG, M. (2001). The emergence of
anti-semitic conspiracy theories in Yugoslavia during the
war with NATO. Patterns Prejudice 35, 50–63.
|
SWAMI, V., PIETSCHNIG, J., TRAN, U.S., NADER, I.W.,
STIEGER, S. & VORACEK, M. (2013). Lunar lies : The
impact of informational framing and individual differences
in shaping conspiracist beliefs about the moon landings.
Applied Cognitive Psychology, 27, 71-80. |
|
DE HAVEN-SMITH, L. (2013). Conspiracy theory in
America. University of Texas Press.
|
|
CLARKE, S. (2002). Conspiracy theories and conspiracy
theorizing. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 32
(2), 131-150. |
LEWANDOWSKY, S., GIGNAC, G.E. & OBERAUER, K. (2013).
NASA faked the moon landing - therefore (climate) science
is a hoax : An anatomy of the motivated rejection of
science. Psychological Science, 24, 622-633. [PDF] |
|
MASHURI A. & ZADUQISITI, E. (2013). The role of social
identification, intergroup threat, and out-group
derogation in explaining belief in conspiracy theory about
terrorism in Indonesia. International Journal of
Research Studies in Psychology, 3, 35-50. |
|
BROTHERTON, R., FRENCH, C.C. & PICKERING, A.D. (2013).
Measuring belief in conspiracy theories : the generic
conspiracist beliefs scale. Frontiers in Psychology, 4 [279], 1-15. [PDF]
|
KNIGHT, P. (2002). Conspiracy nation : The politics of
paranoïa in postwar America. new York : New York
University Press.
|
SUTTON, R.M. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2014). Examining the
monological nature of conspiracy theories. In J.W. Van
Prooije & P.A.M., Van Lang. (Eds.), Power,
politics, and paranoia : Why people are suspicious of
their leaders. Cambridge University Press. |
|
MELLEY, T. (2002) Agency panic and the culture of
conspiracy. In P. Knight (Ed.), Conspiracy nation
thepolitics of paranoia in postwar America. (pp.
57-81). New York, NY : New York University Press. |
LOBATO, E., MENDOZA, J., SIMS, V. & CHIN, M. (2014).
Examining the relationship between conspiracy theories,
paranormal beliefs, and pseudoscience acceptance among a
university population. Applied Cognitive Psychology,
28, 617-625. |
|
BROTHERTON, R. & FRENCH, C. (2014). Belief in
conspiracy theories and susceptibility to the conjunction
fallacy. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 28, 238-248. |
|
SUNSTEIN, C.R. (2014). Conspiracy theories and other
dangerous ideas. New York : Simon and Schuster. |
|
|
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. & VAN DIJK, E. (2014). When
consequence size predicts belief in conspiracy theories :
The moderating role of perspective taking. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 55, 63-73. |
|
BOGART, L.M. & BIRD, S.T. (2003). Exploring the
relationship of conspiracy beliefs about HIV/AIDS to
sexual behaviors and attitudes among African American
adults. Journal of the National Medical Association,
95, 1057-1065. |
JOLLEY, D. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2014). The social
consequences of conspiracism : Exposure to conspiracy
theories decreases intentions to engage in politics and to
reduce one's carbon footprint. British Journal of
Psychology, 105, 35-36. |
|
BIRD, S.T. & BOGART, L.M. (2003). Birth control
conspiracy beliefs, perceived discrimination, and
contraceptive attitudes and behavior among African
Americans : An exploratory study. Journal of Health
Psychology, 8, 263-276. |
USCINSKI, J.E. & PARENT, J.M. (2014). American
conspiracy theories. New York, NY : Oxford
University Press. |
BARTUN, M. (2003). A culture of conspiracy :
Apocalyptic Visions in contemporary america.
Berkeley, CA : University of California Press.
|
OLIVER, J.E. & WOOD, T.J. (2014). Conspiracy theories
and the paranoid style(s) of mass opinion. American
Journal of Political Sciences, 58 (4), 952–966.
|
|
BASHAM, L. (2003). Malevolent global conspiracy.
Journal of Social Philosophy, 34, 91-103. |
SWAMI V. & FURNHAM, A. (2014). Political paranoia and
conspiracy theories. In J.-W. van Prooijen & P.AM. van
Lange (Eds.), Power, politics, and paranoia : Why
people are suspicious of their leaders (pp.
218-236). Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
|
JOLLEY, D. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2014). The social
consequences of conspiracism : Exposure to conspiracy
theories decreases intentions to engage in politics and to
reduce one's carbon footprint. British Journal
of Psychology, 105 (1), 35-56. |
|
SWAMI, V., VORACEK, M., STIEGER, S., TRAN, U.S. &
FURNHAM, A. (2014). Analytic thinking reduces belief in
conspiracy theories. Cognition, 133, 572-585. |
|
BARRON, D., MORGAN, K., TOWELL, T., ALTEMEYER, B. &
SWAMI, V. (2014). Associations between schizotypy and
belief in conspiracist ideation. Personality &
Individual Differences, 70, 156–159.
|
|
IMHOFF, R. & BRUDER, M. (2014). Speaking (un-) truth
to power : Conspiracy mentality as a generalised political
attitude. European Journal of Personality, 28, 25-43. |
|
OLIVER, J.E. & WOOD, T.J. (2014). Medical
conspiracy theories and health behaviors in the United
States. JAMA Internal Medicine 174, 817–818. |
|
JOLLEY, D. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2014). The effects of
anti-vaccine conspiracy theories on vaccination
intentions. PLoS ONE, 9 [2], 1-9. [PDF] |
|
LOBATO, E., MENDOZA, J., SIMS, V. & CHIN, M. (2014).
Examining the relationship between conspiracy theories,
paranormal beliefs, and pseudoscience acceptance among a
university population. Applied Cognitive Psychology,
28, 617–-625. |
|
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W., KROUWEL, A.P. & POLLET, T.V.
(2015). Political extremism predicts belief in conspiracy
theories. Social Psychological & Personality
Science, 6 (5), 570-578. [PDF] |
|
BROTHERTON, R. & ESER, S. (2015). Bored to fears
: boredom proneness, paranoia, and conspiracy theories. Personality
& Individual Differences, 80, 1–5.
|
|
GIRY, J, (2015). Le conspirationnisme. Archéologie et
morphologie d'un mythe politique. Diogène, 249-250,
40-50. |
|
MASHURI, A. & ZADUQISTI, E. (2015). The effect of
intergroup threat and social identity salience on the
belief in conspiracy theories over terrorism. International
Journal of Psychological Research, 8, 24–35.
|
|
KREKO, P. (2015). Conspiracy theory as motivated
collective cognition. In M. Bilewicz, A. Cichocka & W.
Soral(Eds.), The psychology of conspiracy
(pp. 62-76). London : Routledge.
|
|
DIEGUEZ, S., WAGNER-EGGER, P. & GAUVRIT, N. (2015).
Nothing happens by accident, or does it ? A low prior for
randomness does not explain belief in conspiracy theories.
Psychological Science, 26, 1762-1770. |
|
BILEWICZ, M. & SEDEK, G. (2015). Conspiracy
stereotypes. Their socio-psychological antecedents and
consequences. In M. Bilewicz, A. Cichocka,
& W. Soral (Eds.). The psychology of
conspiracy. Routledge.
|
|
|
PASEK, J., STARK, T.H., KROSNICK, J.A. & TOMPSON, T.
(2015). What motivates a conspiracy theory ? Birther
beliefs, partisanship, liberal-conservative ideology, and
anti-Black attitudes. Electoral Studies, 40, 482-489.
[PDF] |
|
CAMPION-VINCENT, V. (2015). Note sur les entrepreneurs en
complots. Diogène, 249-250, 99-106. |
|
WHITSON J.A., GALINSKY, A.D. & KAY, A. (2015). The
emotional roots of conspiratorial perceptions, system
justification, and belief in the paranormal. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 56, 89-95. |
|
CICHOCKA, A., MARCHLEWSKA, M., GOLEC DE ZAVALA, A. &
OLECHOWSKI, M. (2015). “They will not control us”: Ingroup
positivity and belief in intergroup conspiracies. British
Journal of Psychology, 107 (3), 556–576.
|
|
VAN DER LINDEN, S. (2015). The conspiracy-effect :
Exposure to conspiracy theories (about global warming)
decreases pro-social behavior and science acceptance. Personality
& Individual Differences, 87, 171-173. |
|
LEWANDOWSKY, S., COOK, J., OBERAUER, K., BROPHY, S.,
LLOYD, E.A. & MARRIOTT, M. (2015). Recurrent fury :
Conspiratorial discourse in the blogosphere triggered by
research on the role of conspiracist ideation in climate
denial. Journal of Social & Political Psychology,
3 (1), 142-178. |
|
LEWANDOWSKY, S., GIGNAC, G.E. & OBERAUER, K., (2015).
The robust relationship between conspiracism and denial of
(climate) science. Psychological Science, 26 (5),
667–670.
|
|
BROTHERTON, R. (2015). Suspicious minds : Why we
believe conspiracy theories. Bloomsbury Sigma. |
|
BIRD, S.T. & BOGART, L.M. (2005). Conspiracy beliefs
about HIV/AIDS and birth control among African Americans :
Implications for the prevention of HIV, other STDs, and
unintended pregnancy. Journal of Social Issues, 61, 109-126. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. & ACKER, M. (2015). The influence
of control on belief in conspiracy theories : Conceptual
and applied extensions. Applied Cognitive Psychology,
29, 753-761. |
|
CAMPION-VINCENT, V. (2005). La socété parano, théories
du complot, menaces et incertitude. Paris : Payot. |
DOUGLAS, K.M. & SUTTON, R.M. (2015). Climate change :
Why the conspiracy theories are dangerous. Bulletin of
the Atomic Scientists, 71, 98-106.
|
|
CHARPIER, F. (2005). L'obsession du complot.
Bourin Éditeur. |
USCINSKI, J.E., KLOFSTAD, C. & ATKINSON, M.D. (2016).
What drives conspiratorial beliefs ? The role of
informational cues and predispositions. Political
Research Quarterly, 69, 57-71. |
|
TAGUIEFF, P.-A. (2005). La foire aux illuminés :
Esotérisme, théorie du complot, extrêmisme. Paris :
Mille et une nuits. |
BUTTER, M. & KNIGHT, P. (2016). Bridging the great
divide : conspiracy theory research for the 21st century.
Diogenes, 1-13. |
|
|
LANTIAN, A., MULLER, D., NURRA, C. & DOUGLAS, K.M.
(2016). Measuring belief in conspiracy theories:
Validation of a French and English single-item scale.
International Review of Social Psychology, 29 (1),
1–14.
|
|
DOUGLAS, K.M., SUTTON, R.M., CALLAN, M.J., DAWTRY, R.J.
& HARVEY, A.J. (2016). Someone is pulling the strings
: Hypersensitive agency detection and belief in conspiracy
theories. Thinking & Reasoning, 22 (1),
57–77. |
|
SIMMONS, W.P. & PARSONS, S. (2005). Beliefs in
conspiracy theories among African Americans : a comparison
of elites and masses. Social Science Quarterly, 86,
582-598. |
CICHOCKA, A., MARCHLEWSKA, M. & GOLEC DE ZAVALA, A.
(2016). Does self-love or self-hate predict conspiracy
beliefs ? Narcissism, self-esteem and the endorsement of
conspiracy theories. Social Psychological &
Personality Science, 7, 157-166. |
|
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. & DE VRIES, R.E. (2016).
Organizational conspiracy beliefs : Implications for
leadership styles and employee outcomes. Journal of
Business & Psychology, 31, 479-491. |
|
SWAMI, V., WEIS, L., LAY, A., BARRON, D. & FURNHAM, A.
(2016). Associations between belief in conspiracy theories
and the maladaptive personality traits of the personality
inventory for DSM-5. Psychiatry Research, 236 (28)
86-90. |
|
SWAMI, V., FURNHAM, A., SMYTH, N., WEIS, L., LAY, A. &
CLOW, A. (2016). Putting the stress on conspiracy theories
: examining associations between psychological stress,
anxiety, and belief in conspiracy theories.
Personality & Individual Differences, 99, 72–76.
|
|
COADY, D. (2006) (Ed.), Conspiracy theories : The
philosophical debate. Aldershot : Ashgate. |
CICHOCKA, A., MARCHLEWSKA, M., GOLEC DE ZAVALA, A. &
OLECHOWSKI, M. (2016). "They will not control us" :
In-group positivity and belief in intergroup conspiracies.
British Journal of Psychology, 107, 556-576. |
|
MOULDING, R., NIX-CARNELL, S., SCHNABEL, A., NEDELJKOVIC,
M., BURNSIDE, E.E., LENTINI, A.F. & MEHZABIN, N.
2016). Better the devil you know than a world you don’t ?
Intolerance of uncertainty and worldview explanations for
belief in conspiracy theories. Personality
& Individual Differences, 98, 72 345–354.
|
|
BOGART, L.M. & THORBURN, S.T. (2006). Relationship of
African Americans' sociodemographic characteristics to
belief in conspiracies about HIV/AIDS and birth control. Journal
of the National Medical Association, 98, 1144-1150. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. (2016). Sometimes inclusion breeds
suspicion : Self-uncertainty and belongingness predict
belief in conspiracy theories. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 46, 267-279. |
|
RAMSAY, R. (2006). Conspiracy theories. Harpenden
: Pocket Essentials. |
DOUGLAS, K.M. & LEITE, A.C. (2016). Suspicion in the
workplace : Organizational conspiracy theories and
work-related outcomes. British Journal of Psychology
108 (3), 486-506. |
|
OROSZ, G., KREK,Ó, P., PASKUJ, B., TÓTH-KIRÁLY, I., BOTHE,
B. & ROLAND-LÉVY, C. (2016). Changing (2016).
Changing conspiracy beliefs through rationality and
ridiculing. Frontiers in Psychology, 7 [1525],
1-9. [PDF]
|
|
BURHANUDDIN, A. (2007). The conspiracy of Jews: the quest
for anti-semitism in media dakwah. Graduate Journal of
Asia Pacific Studies, 5, 53-76. |
MASHURI, A., ZADUQISTI, E., SUKMAWATI, F., SAKDIAH,
H. & SUHARINI, N. (2016). The role of identity
subversion in structuring the effects of intergroup
threats and negative emotions on belief in anti-west
conspiracy theories in Indonesia. Psychology &
Developing Societies, 28 (1), 1–28. |
|
LEMAN, P.J. & CINNIRELLA, M. (2007). A major event has
a major cause : evidence for the role of heuristics in
reasoning about conspiracy theories. Social
Psychological Review, 9 (2), 18-28. [PDF] |
WOOD, M.J. (2016). Some dare call it conspiracy : Labeling
something a conspiracy theory does not reduce belief in
it. Political Psychology, 37 (5), 695-705. |
|
WAGNER-EEGERT, P. & BANGERTER, A. (2007). La vérité
est ailleurs : Corrélats de l'adhésion aux théories du
complot. Revue Internationale de Psychologie Sociale,
20, 31-61. |
GRIMES, D.R. (2016). On the viability of conspiratorial
beliefs. PLoS ONE 11 (1), 1-17.
[PDF] + correction |
|
BALE, J.M. (2007). Political paranoia v. political realism
: On distinguishing between bogus conspiracy theories and
genuine conspiratorial politics. Patterns of
Prejudice, 41 (1), 45-60. |
PIGDEN, C. (2016). Are conspiracy theories epistemically
vicious ? In K. Lippert-Rasmussen, K., Brownlee & D.
Coady (Eds.), A companion to applied philosophy. Chichester
: Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
LEMAN, P. (2007). The born conspiracy. New Scientist,
195, 35–37. |
SWAMI, V., BARRON, D., WEIS, L., VORACEK, M., STIEGER, S.
& FURNHAM, A. (2017). An examination of the factorial
and convergent validity of four measures of conspiracist
ideation, with recommendations for researchers. PLoS
ONE, 12, 1-27. [PDF]
|
|
PIDGEN, C. (2007). Conspiracy theories and the
conventional wisdom. Episteme : A Journal of Social
Epistemology, 4 (2), 219-232. |
DENTITH, M.R.X. & ORR, M (2017). Secrecy and
conspiracy. Episteme, 15 (4), 433-450. [PDF] |
|
KEELEY, B.L. (2007). God as the ultimate conspiracy
theory. Episteme, 4 (2), 135-149. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. (2017). Why education predicts
decreased belief in conspiracy theories. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 31, 50-58. |
|
CLARKE, S. (2007). Conspiracy theories and the Internet :
controlled demolition and arrested development.
Episteme, 4, 167-180 |
IMHOFF, R. & LAMBERTY, P.K. (2017). Too special to be
duped : Need for uniqueness motivated conspiracy beliefs.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 47 (6),
724-734. |
|
RICHEY, S. (2017). A birther and a truther : the influence
of the authoritarian personality on conspiracy beliefs. Politics
& Policy, 45 (3), 465-485. |
|
ROSE, C. L. (2017). The measurement and prediction of
conspiracy beliefs. Wellington : Victoria University
of Wellington. |
|
MARCHLEWSKA, M., CICHOCKA, A. & KOSSOWSKA, M. (2017).
Addicted to answers: need for cognitive closure and the
endorsement of conspiracy beliefs. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 8, 109–117.
|
|
STEMPEL, C., HARGROVE, R. & STEMPEL, G.H. (2007).
Media use, social structure, and belief in 9/11 conspiracy
theories. Journalism & Mass Communication
Quarterly, 84 (2), 353-372. [PDF]
|
WOOD, M.J. (2017). Conspiracy suspicions as a proxy for
beliefs in conspiracy theories : implications for theory
and measurement. British. Journal of Psychology, 108,
507–527.
|
|
HUSTING, G. & ORR, M. (2007). Dangerous machinery :
Conspiracy theorist as a transpersonal strategy of
exclusion. Symbolic Interaction, 30 (2),
127-150. |
DOUGLAS, K.M., SUTTON, R.M. & CICHOCKA, A. (2017). The
psychology of conspiracy theories. Current Directions
in Psychological Science, 26 (6), 538-542. [PDF] |
|
|
BALLOVÀ MIKUSKOVÀ, E. (2017). Conspiracy beliefs of future
teachers. Current Psychology, 37, 692–701.
|
|
BOGART, L.M., KALICHMAN, S.C. & SIMBAYI, L.C. (2008).
Endorsement of a genocidal HIV conspiracy as a Barrier to
HIV Testing in South Africa. Journal of Acquired
Immune Deficiency Syndromes, 49 (1), 115-116. |
DIGRAZIA, J, (2017). The social determinants of
conspiratorial ideation. Socius, 3, 1-9. |
|
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W., DOUGLAS, K.M., De INOCENCIO, C.
(2017). Connecting the dots : Illusory perception predicts
belief in conspiracies and the supernatural. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 48, (3), 320-335.
|
|
BRATICH, J.Z. (2008). Conspiracy panics : Political
rationality and popular culture. State University
of New York Press. |
MANCOSU, M., VASSALLO, S. & VEZZONI, C. (2017).
Believing in conspiracy theories : evidence from an
exploratory analysis of Italian survey data. South
European Society & Politics 22, 327–344. |
|
GRZESIAK-FELDMAN, M. & EJSMONT, A. (2008). Paranoia
and conspiracy thinking of Jews, Arabs, Germans, and
Russians in a Polish sample. Psychological Reports,
102, 884-886. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. (2018). The psychology of
conspiracy theories. Oxon, England : Routledge. |
GRAY, M. (2008). Explaining conspiracy theories in modern
Arab Mid- dle Eastern political discourse : some problems
and limitations of the literature. Critique : Critical
Middle Eastern Studies,17, 155–174.
|
SWAMI, V., BARRON, D., WEIS, L & FURNHAM, A. (2018).
To Brexit or not to Brexit : the roles of islamophobia,
conspiracist beliefs, and integrated threat in voting
intentions for the United Kingdom European Union
membership referendum. British. Journal of Psychology,
109, 156–-179.
|
|
DOUGLAS, K.M. & SUTTON, R.M. (2008). The hidden impact
of conspiracy theories : perceived and actual influence of
theories surrounding the death of Princess Diana. The
Journal of Social Psychology, 148, 210-222. |
DOUGLAS, K.M. & SUTTON, R.M. (2018). Why conspiracy
theories matter : A social psychological analysis. European
Review of Social Psychology, 29 (1), 256-298. |
|
MARCHLEWSKA, M., CICHOCKA, A. & KOSSOWSKA, M. (2018).
Addicted to answers : Need for cognitive closure and the
endorsement of conspiracy theories. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 48, 109-117. |
|
HOLM, N. (2009). Conspiracy theorizing surveillance.
considering modalities of paranoia and conspiracy in
surveillance studies. Surveillance & Society, 7,
36-48. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W., DOUGLAS, K. & DE INOCENCIO, C.
(2018). Connecting the dots : Illusory pattern perception
predicts beliefs in conspiracies and the supernatural. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 48, 320-335. |
|
SUNSTEIN, C.R. & VERMEULE, A. (2009). Conspiracy
theories : Causes and cures. Journal of Political
Philosophy, 17 (2), 202-227. [PDF] |
JOLLEY, D., DOUGLAS, K.M. & SUTTON, R.M. (2018).
Blaming a few bad apples to save a threatened barrel : The
system-justifying function of conspiracy theories. Political
Psychology, 39, 465-478. |
|
WOOD, M.J. (2018). Propagating and debunking conspiracy
theories on Twitter during the 2015-2016 Zika virus
outbreak. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, & Social
Networking, 21 (8), 485-490. [PDF]
|
|
AARONOVTICH D. (2009). Voodoo histories: The role of
the conspiracy theory in shaping modern history. London
: Jonathan Cape. |
DENTITH, M.R.X. (2018). The problem of conspiracism. Argumenta,
3 (2), 327-343. [PDF] |
|
HAGEN, K. (2018). Conspiracy theorists and monological
belief systems. Argumenta, 3 (2), 303-326. [PDF] |
|
TAÏEB, E. (2010). Logiques politiques du
conspirationnisme. Sociologie et Sociétés, 4, 265-89. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. & VAN VUGT, M. (2018). Conspiracy
theories : Evolved functions and psychological mechanisms.
Perspectives on Psychological Science, 13 (6)
770-788. [PDF] |
|
GOERTZEL, T. (2010). Conspiracy theories in science. EMBO
reports, 11, 493-499. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2018). Belief in
conspiracy theories : Basic principles of an emerging
research domain. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 48 (7), 897-908. [PDF] |
|
IMHOFF, R., LAMBERTY, P., KLEIN, O. (2018). Using power as
a negative cue : How conspiracy mentality affects
epistemic trust in sources of hstorical knowledge. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 44, 1364-1379.
|
|
BARTLETT, J. & MILLER, C. (2010). The power of
unreason : Conspiracy theories, extremism and
counter-terrorism. London, England : Demos. |
COADY, D. (2018). Cass Sunstein and Adrian Vermeule on
conspiracy theories. Argumenta, 6, 291-302.
[PDF] |
|
SWAMI, V., CHAMORRO-PREMIUZIC, T. & FURNHAM, A.
(2010). Unanswered questions : A preliminary investigation
of personality and individual difference predictors of
9/11 conspiracist beliefs. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 24, 749-761. [PDF] |
WOOD, M.J. (2019). The age of conspiracy theory and the
promise of apocalypse. Poltical Psychology, 40
(4), 911-914. |
|
DOUGLAS, K.M., SUTTON, R.M. & STAHI, S. (2010). Why I
am less persuaded than you : people's intuitive
understanding of the psychology of persuasion. Social
Influence, 5, 133-148. |
DOUGLAS, K.M., USCINSKI, J., SUTTON, R.M., CICHOCKA, A.,
NEFES, T., ANG, J. & DERAVI, F. (2019). Understanding
conspiracy theories. Advances in Political
Psychology, 40 (S1), 3-35.
[PDF] |
|
JOLLEY, D. (2019). Belief in conspiracy theories and
intentions to engage in everyday crime. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 58, 534-49. |
|
GOREIS, A. & VORACEK, M. (2019). A systematic review
and meta-analysis of psychological research on conspiracy
beliefs : Field characteristics, measurement instruments,
and associations with personality traits. Frontiers in
Psychology, 10 [205], 1-13. [PDF] |
|
MARCH, E. & SPRINGER, J. (2019). Belief in conspiracy
theories : The predictive role of schizotypy,
machiavellianism, and primary psychopathy. PLoSONE, 14
(12), 1-10. [PDF]
|
|
SWAMI, V. & COLES, R. (2010). The truth is out there :
Belief in conspiracy theories. The Psychologist, 23
(7), 560-563. [PDF] |
SUTTON, R.M. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2020). Conspiracy
theories and the conspiracy mindset : Implications for
political ideology. Current Opinion in Behavioral
Sciences, 34, 118-122. |
|
McMANUS, S., D'ARDENNE, J. & WESSELEY, S. (2020).
Covid conspiracies : Misleading evidence can be more
damaging than no evidence at all. Psychological
Medicine, 52 (3), 597-598. [PDF] |
|
|
JOLLEY, D. & PATERSON, J.L. (2020). Pylons
ablaze : Examining the role of 5G COVID-19 conspiracy
beliefs and support for violence. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 58 (3), 628–640. |
|
MAO, J.-Y., YANG, S.-L. & GUO, Y.-Y. (2020). Are
individuals from lower social classes more susceptible to
conspiracy theories ? An explanation from the
compensatory control theory. Asian Journal of Social
Psychology, 23, 372–383.
|
|
ROBINSON, J. (2020). On the psychology of
conspiracy theories. Self & Society: International
Journal for Humanistic Psychology, 48 (2),
17–20. |
|
IMHOFF, R. & LAMBERTY, P. (2020). A
bioweapon or a hoax ? The link between distinct conspiracy
beliefs about the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) outbreak
and pandemic behavior. Social Psychological &
Personality Science 11 (8), 1110-1118.
|
|
FREEMAN, D., WAITE, F., ROSEBROCK, L., PETIT, A., CAUSIER,
C., EAST, A., JENNER, L., TEALE, A.L. CARR, L., MULHALL,
S., BOLD, E. & LAMBE, S. (2020). Coronavirus
conspiracy beliefs, mistrust, and compliance with
government guidelines in England. Psychological
Medicine, 52 (2), 251-263. [PDF]
|
|
HORNSEY, M.J. (2020). Conspiracy theories. In J. Jetten,
S.D. Reicher, S.A. Haslam & T. Cruwys (Eds.), Together
apart : The psychology of COVID-19 (pp. 41–46). Sage
Publishing.
|
|
GRAY, M. (2010). Revisiting Saddam Hussein's political
language : The sources and roles of conspiracy theories. Arab
Studies Quarterly, 32, 28-46. |
SUTTON, R.M. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2020). Agreeing to
disagree : Reports of the popularity of Covid-19
conspiracy theories are greatly exaggerated. Psychological
Medicine, 52 (4), 791-793. [PDF] |
|
HORNSEY, M.J., CHAPMAN, C.M., ALVAREZ, B., BENTLEY, S.,
CASARA, B.G.S., CRIMSTON, C. R., IONESCU, O., KRUG, H.,
SELVANATHAN, H.P., STEFFENS, N.K. & JETTEN, J. (2021).
To what extent are conspiracy theorists concerned for self
versus others ? A COVID-19 test case. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 51, 285–293.
|
|
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. & SONG, M. (2021). The cultural
dimension of intergroup conspiracy theories. British
Journal of Psychology, 112, 455–473.
|
|
OLESKY, T., WNUK A., MAISON D. & LYS, A. (2021).
Content matters. Different predictors and social
consequences of general and government-related conspiracy
theories on COVID-19. Personality & Individual
Differences, 168, 1-7. [PDF]
|
|
DEHAVEN-SMITH, L. (2010). Beyond conspiracy theory :
Patterns of high crime in American government. American
Behavioral Scientist, 53, 795-825. |
RIZEQ, J., FLORA, D.B. & TOPLAK, M.E. (2021). An
examination of the underlying dimensional structure of
three domains of contaminated mindware : paranormal
beliefs, conspiracy beliefs, and anti-science attitudes.
Thinking & Reasoning, 27 (2), 187-211. |
BOGART, L.M., WAGNER, G., GALVAN, F.H. & BANKS, D.
(2010). Conspiracy beliefs about HIV are related to
antiretroviral treatment nonadherence among African
American men with HIV. Journal of Acquired Immune
Deficiency Syndromes 53, 648–655.
|
VAND DER LINDEN, S., PANAGOPOULOS, C., AZAVEDO, F. &
JOST, J.T. (2021). The paranoid style in American
politics revisited : An ideological asymmetry in
conspiratorial thinking. Political Psychology, 42, 23–51.
|
|
BARTLETT, J. & MILLER, C. (2010). The power
of unreason : Conspiracy theories, extremism and
counter-terrorism. London : Demos.
|
WILLIAMS, M.N., MARQUES, M.D., HILL, S.R., KERR, J.R.
& LING, M. (2022). Why are beliefs in different
conspiracy theories positively correlated across
individuals? Testing monological network versus
unidimensional factor model explanations. British
Journal of Psychology, 61 (3), 1011-1031.
|
|
SHERMER, M. (2010). The conspiracy theory detector. how to
tell the difference between true and false conspiracy
theories. Scientific American, 303 (6),
102./Erratum : (2011) Scientific American, 304 (4),
10. |
PUMMERER, L., BOHM, R., LILLEHOLT., WINTER, K., ZETTLER,
I. & SASSENBERG, K. (2022). Conspiracy theories and
their societal effects during the Covid-19 pandemic. Social
Psychological & Personality Science, 13, 49–59.
|
|
HORNSEY, M.J., BiIERWIACZONEK, K. & SASSENBERG, K.
DOUGLAS, K.M. (2022). Individual, intergroup and
nation-level influences on belief in conspiracy theories.
Nature Reviews Psychology, 2 (2), 85-97. |
|
BOWES, S.M., COSTELLO, T.H. & TASIMI, A. (2023). The
conspiratorial mind: A meta-analytic review of
motivational and personological correlates. Psychological
Bulletin, 149 (5-6), 259–293. [PDF] |
|
HORNSEY, M.J. et al. (2023). Multinational data show that
conspiracy beliefs are associated with the perception (and
reality) of poor national economic performance. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 53 (1), 78-89. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Complot,
Terrorisme, Mythe,
Antivaccination,
Légende urbaime,
Rejet de la scienceet
11 septembre |
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
du comportement orienté par les buts/objectifs : Goal-directed
behaviour.
| |
|
|
TOLMAN, E.C. (1932). Purposive behavior in animals
and men. New York : Century. |
|
|
BAGOZZI, R.P. & WARSHAW, P.R. (1992). An examination
of the etiology of the attitude-behavior relation for
goal-directed behaviors. Multivariate Behavioral
Research, 27, 601-634. |
TAYLOR, S.A., HUNTER, G.H. & LONGFELLOW, T.A. (2006).
Testing an expanded attitude model of goal-directed
behaviour in a loyalty context. Journal of 400
Satisfaction, Dissatisfaction & Complaining
Behavior, 19 (1), 18-39. |
|
BAGOZZI, R.P. & KIMMEL, S.K. (1995). A comparison of
leading theories for the prediction of goal-directed
behaviors. British Journal of Social Psychology, 34,
437-461. |
DE WIT, S. & DICKINSON, A. (2009). Associative
theories of goal-directed behaviour : a case for
animal-human translational models. Psychological
Research, 73, 463-476. [PDF] |
|
BAGOZZI, R.P. (1997). Goal-directed behaviors in marketing
: Cognitive and emotional perspectives. Psychology
& Marketing, 14, 539-543. |
|
|
BAGOZZI, R.P. (1997). Goal-directed behaviors in
marketing : The role of emotion, volition, and motivation.
Psychology & Marketing, 14, 309-313. |
SONG, H., YOU, G.-J., REISINGER, Y., LEE, C.K. & LEE,
S.-K. (2014). Behavioral intention of visitors to an
Oriental medicine festival : An extended model of goal
directed behavior. Tourism Management, 42,
101-113. |
|
BALLEINE, B. & DICKINSON, A. (1998). Goal-directed
instrumental action : contingency and incentive learning
and their cortical substrates. Neuropharmacology, 37,
407-419. |
ESPOSITO, G., VAN BAVEL, R., BARANOWSKI, T. &
DUCH-BROWN, N. (2016). The model of goal-directed
behavior, including descriptive norms, to physical
activity intentions : A contribution to improving the
theory of planned Behavior. Psychological Reports,
119 (1), 5-26. |
| |
|
Voir aussi But |
|
|
Théorie
du comportement planifié : Théorie
proposée par Aizen pour
expliquer et prédire le comportement,
centrée sur le rôle des intentions,
des attitudes, des valeurs
et de la perception
de contrôle.
Theory of planned
behavior.
| |
|
|
|
|
AJZEN, I. (1985). From intentions to actions : A theory of
planned behavior. In J. Kuhl & J. Beckman (Eds.),
Action-control : From cognition to behavior (pp.
11-39). Heidelberg, Germany : Springer. [PDF] |
GAGNÉ, C. & GODIN, G. (2000). The theory of planned
behavior : Some measurement issues concerning belief-based
variables. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 30 (10),
2173-2157. |
|
COURNEYA, K.S., NIGG, C.R. & ESTABROOKS, P.A. (2000).
Relationships among the theory of planned behavior, stages
of change, and exercise behavior in older persons over a
three year period. In P. Norman, C. Abraham & M.
Conner (Eds.), Understanding and changing health
behavior : From health beliefs to self-regulation
(pp.189-205). Amsterdam : Harwood. |
|
SCHIFTER, D.E. & AJZEN, I. (1985). Intention,
perceived control, and weight loss : An application of the
theory of planned behavior. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 49, 843-851. |
ARMITAGE, C. & CONNER, M. (2001). Efficacy of the
theory of planned behavior : a meta-analytic review. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 38, 35-54. |
|
ALBARRACIN, D., JOHNSON, B., FISHBEIN, D. &
MUELLERLEILE, P. (2001). Theories of reasoned action and
planned behavior as models of condom use : a
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 127,
142-161. [PDF] |
|
MURGRAFF, V., McDERMOTT, M.R. & WALSH, J. (2001).
Exploring attitude and belief correlates of adhering to
the new guidelines for low-risk single-occasion drinking :
an application of the theory of planned behavior. Alcohol
& Alcoholism, 36, 135-140. |
|
COURNEYA, K.S., PLOTNIKOKK, R.C., HOTZ, S.B. &
BIRKETT, N.J. (2001). Predicting exercise stage
transitions over two consecutive six month periods : A
test of the theory of planned behavior in a
population-based sample. British Journal of Health
Psychology, 6, 135-150. |
|
CONNER, M. & KIRK, S.F.L. CADE, J.E. & BARRETT, J.H.
(2001). Why do women use dietary supplements ? The use of
the theory of planned behaviour to explore beliefs about
their use. Social Science & Medicine, 52 (4),
621-633. |
|
CONNER, M. & ABRAHAM, C. (2001). Conscientiousness and
the theory of planned behavior : Toward a more complete
model of the antecedents of intentions and behavior. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 11, 1547-1561. |
|
RHODES, R.E., COURNEYA, K.S. & HAYDUK, L.A. (2002).
Does personality moderate the theory of planned behavior
in the exercise domain ? Journal of Sport &
Exercices Psychology, 24, 120-132. [PDF] |
|
CONNER, M., NORMAN, P. & BELL, R. (2002). The theory
of planned behavior and healthy eating. Health
Psychology, 21 (2), 194-201. |
|
ARMITAGE, C., NORMAN, P. & CONNER, M. (2002). Can the
theory of planned behaviour mediate the effects of age,
gender and multidimensional health locus of control ? British
Journal of Health Psychology, 7, 299-316. |
|
AJZEN, I. (2002). Perceived behavioral control,
self-efficacy, locus of control, and the theory of planned
behavior. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 32
(4), 665-683. |
|
AJZEN, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 50, 179-211.
[PDF] |
RISE, J., THOMPSON, M. & VERPLANKEN, B. (2003).
Measuring implementation intentions in the context of the
theory of planned behaviour. Scandinavian avian
Journal of Psychology, 44, 87-95. |
|
BECK, L. & AJZEN, I. (1991). Predicting dishonest
actions using the theory of planned behavior. Journal
of Research in Personality, 25, 285-301. |
RHODES, R.E. & COURNEYA, K.S. (2003). Self-efficacy,
controllability and intention in the theory of planned
behavior: Measurement redundancy or causal independence ?
Psychology & Health, 18, 79-92. |
|
MADDEN, T.J., ELLEN, P.S. & AJZEN, I. (1992). A
comparison of the theory of planned behavior and the
theory of reasoned action. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 18 (1), 3-9. |
RIVIS, A. & SHEERAN, P. (2003). Descriptive norms as
an additional predictor in the theory of planned behavior
: a meta-analysis. Current Psychology : Developmental,
Learning, Personality, Social, 22 (3), 218-233.
[PDF] |
|
PARKER, D. MANSTEAD, A.S.R., STRADLING, S.G. REASON, J.T.
& BAXTER, J.S. (1992). Intention to commit driving
violations. An application of the theoiy of planned
behavior. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 77,
94-101. |
RHODES, R.E. & COURNEYA, K.S. (2003). Relationships
between personality, an extended theory of planned
behaviour and exercise behaviour. British Journal of
Health Psychology, 8, 19-36. |
|
SPARKS, P. & GUTHRIE, C.A. (1992). Self-identity and
the theory of planned behaviour : Assessing the role of
identification with green consumerism. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 55 (4), 388-399. |
RHODES, R.E. & COURNEYA, K.S. (2003). Self-efficacy,
controlability, and intention in the theory of planned
behaviour : Measurement redundancy or causal independence
? Psychology & Health, 18, 79-91. |
|
McMILLAN, B. & CONNER, M. (2003). Applying an extended
version of the theory of planned behavior to illicit drug
use among students. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 33 (8), 1662-1683. |
|
DOLL, J. & AJZEN, I. (1992). Accessibility and
stability of predictor in the theory of planned behavior.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 63,
754-765. |
BAMBERG, S., AJZEN, I. & SCHMIDT, P. (2003). Choice of
travel mode in the theory of planned behavior : The roles
of past behavior, habit, and reasoned action. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 25 (3), 175-188. [PDF] |
|
RHODES, R.E. & COURNEYA, K.S. (2004). Differentiating
motivation and control in the theory of planned behaviour.
Psychology, Health, & Medicine, 9, 205-215. |
|
HAGGER, M.S. & ARMITAGE, C. (2004). The influence of
perceived loci of control and causality in the theory of
planned behavior in a leisure-time exercise context. Journal
of Applied Biobehavioral Research, 9 (1), 45-64. |
|
UMEH K. & PATEL, R. (2004). Theory of planned
behaviour and ecstasy use : An analysis of
moderator-interactions. British Journal of Health
Psychology, 9, 25-38. |
|
|
GODIN, G., VALOIS, P., LEPAGE, L. & DESHARNAIS, R.
(1992). Predictors of smoking behavior : an application of
Ajzen's theory of planned behavior. British Journal of
Addiction, 87, 1335-1343. |
SPIJKERMAN, R., VAN DEN EIJNDEN, R., VITALE, S. &
ENGELS, R. (2004). Explaining adolescents' smoking and
drinking behavior : the concept of smoker and drinker
prototypes in relation to variables of the theory of
planned behavior. Addictive Behaviors, 29, 1615-1622. |
|
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D., HAGGER, M.S., SMITH, B. &
PHOENIX, C. (2004). The influences of continuation
intentions on execution of social behaviour within the
theory of planned behaviour. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 43 (4), 551-583. |
|
WANKEL, L.M. & MUMMERY, W.K. (1993). Using national
survey data incorporating the theory of planned behavior:
Implications for social marketing strategies in physical
activity. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 5,
158-177. |
KRAFT, P., RISE, J., SUTTON, S. & ROYSAMB, E. (2005).
Perceived difficulty in the theory of planned behaviour :
Perceived behavioural control or affective attitude ? British
Journal of Social Psychology, 44, 479-496. [PDF] |
|
SYMONS, D. & HAUSENBLAS, H. (2005). The theories of
reasoned action and planned behavior applied to exercise :
a meta-analytic update. Journal of Physical Activity
& Health, 2, 76-97. |
|
NORMAN, P. & CONNER, M. (2005). The theory of planned
behavior and exercise : Evidence for the mediating and
moderating roles of planning on intention-behavior
relationships. Journal of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 27 (4), 488-504. |
|
KAISER, F.G., HÜBNER, G. & BOGNER, F.X. (2005).
Contrasting the theory of planned behavior with the
value-belief-norm model in explaining conservation
behavior. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 35, 2150-2170. |
|
BUCHAN, H.F. (2005). Ethical decision making in the public
accounting profession : An extension of Ajzen's Theory of
Planned Behavior. Journal of Business Ethics, 61,
165-181. |
|
MCCAUL, K.D., SANDGREN, A.K., O'NEILL, H.K. & HINSZ,
V.B. (1993). The value of the theory of planned behavior,
perceived control and self-efficacy expectations for
predicting health- protective behaviors. Basic &
Applied Social Psychology, 14, 114-128. |
SIDERIDIS, G.D. (2005). Performance approach-avoidance
orientation and planned behaviour theory : Model stability
with Greek students with and without learning
disabilities. Reading & Writing Quarterly, 21,
331-359. |
|
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D. HAGGER, M.S., SMITH, B. & SAGE,
L.D. (2006). The influences of intrinsic motivation on
execution of social behaviour within the theory of planned
behaviour. European Journal of Social Psychology, 36,229-237. |
|
MANSTEAD, A.S.R. & PARKER, D. (1995). Evaluating and
extending the theory of planned behaviour. In W. Stroebe
& M. Hewstone (Eds.), European review of social
psychology (Vol. 6, pp. 68-95). London : Wiley. |
RHODES, R.E., BLANCHARD, C.M., MATHESON, D.H. & COBLE,
J. (2006). Disentangling motivation, intentin, and
planning in the physical activity domain. Psychology
of Sport & Exercise, 7, 15-27. |
|
FANG, M.-L. (2006). Examining ethical intentions of
individual employees of Taiwan from theory of planned
behavior. The Business Review, 6 (1), 257-263. |
|
BAILEY, A.A. (2006). Retail employee theft : a theory of
planned behavior perspective. International Journal of
Retail & Distribution Management, 34 (11),
802-816. |
|
RHODES, R.E., BROWN, S.G. & McINTYRE, C.A. (2006).
Integrating the perceived neighborhood environment and the
theory of planned behavior when predicting walking in
Canadian adult sample. American Journal of Health
Promotion, 21, 110-118. |
|
COURNEYA, K.S. (1995). Understanding readiness for regular
physical activity in older individuals : An application of
the theory of planned behavior. Health Psychology,
14, 80-87. |
SMITH, J.R., MANSTEAD, A.S.R, TERRY, D.J., LOUIS, W.R.,
KOTTERMAN, D. & WOLFS, J. (2007). Interaction effects
in the theory of planned behavior : The interplay of
self-identity and past behavior Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 37 (11), 2726-2750. [PDF] |
|
TERRY, D.J. & O'LEARY, J.E. (1995). The theory of
planned behaviour : The effects of perceived behavioural
control and perceived self-efficacy. British Journal
of Social Psychology, 34, 199-220. |
HARDING, T.S., MAYHEW, M.J., FINELLI, C.J. &
CARPENTER, D.D. (2007). The theory of planned behavior as
a model of academic dishonesty in engineering and
humanities undergraduates. Ethics & Behavior 17 (3),
255-279. |
|
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D., HAGGER, M.S. & SMITH, B.
(2007). Influences of perceived autonomy support on
physical activity within the theory of planned behavior. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 934-954. [PDF] |
|
GODIN, G. & KOK, G. (1995). the theory of planned
behavior : A review of its applications to health-related
behaviors. American Journal of Health Promotion, 11,
87-98. |
VAN DE VEN, M., ENGELS, R.C., OTTEN, R. & VAN DEN
EIJNDEN, R.A. (2007). Longitudinal test of the theory of
planned behavior predicting smoking onset among asthmatic
and non-asthmatic adolescents. Journal of Behavioral
Medicine, 30, 435-445. |
|
ANDERSON, A. & LAVALLEE, D. (2008). Applying the
theories of reasoned action and planned behavior to
athlete training adherence behavior. Applied
Psychology : An International Journal, 57 (2),
304-312. |
|
FEN, Y.S. & SABSRUDDIN, N.A. (2008). An extended model
of theory of planned behaviour in predicting exercise
intention. International Business Research, 1
(4), 108-122. [PDF] |
|
|
KIRAKIDIS, S.P. (2008). Application of the theory of
planned behavior to recidivism : The role of personal norm
in predicting behavioral intentions of re- offending. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology 38 (9), 2210-2221. |
|
HANSON, M. (1997). The theory of planned behavior applied
to cigarette smoking in African-American, Puerto Rican,
and non-Hispanic white teenage females. Nursing
Reearch, 48, 155-162. |
TOPA, G. & MORIANO, J.A. (2010). Theory of planned
behavior and smoking : meta-analysis and SeM model. Substance
Abuse & Rehabilitation, 1, 23-33. [PDF] |
|
MARCOUX, B. & SHOPE, J. (1997). Application of the
theory of planned behavior to adolescent use and misuse of
alcohol. Health Education Research, 12, 323-331. |
YOUSAFZAI, S.Y., FOXALL, G.R. & PALLISTER, J.G.
(2010). Explaining internet banking behavior : Theory of
reasoned action, theory of planned behavior, or technology
acceptance model ? Journal of Applied Psychology, 40
(5), 1172-1202. |
|
MAHER, R. & RICKWOOD, D. (1997). The theory of planned
behavior, domain specific self-efficacy and adolescent
smoking. Journal of Child & Adolescent Substance
Abuse, 6, 57-76. |
LEE, J., CERRETO, F.A. & LEE, J. (2010). Theory of
planned behavior and teachers' decisions regarding use of
educational technology. Educational Technology &
Society, 13 (1), 152-164. [PDF] |
|
COURNEYA, K.S., ESTBROOKS P.A. & NIGG, C.R. (1997).
Predicting change in exercise stage over a three year
period : An application of the theory of planned behavior.
Avante, 3, 1-14. |
AJZEN, I., JOYCE, N., SHEIKH, S. & GILBERT-CÔTÉ, N.
(2011). Knowledge and the prediction of behavior: The role
of information accuracy in the theory of planned behavior.
Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 33 (2),
101-117. |
|
HILL, A., BOUDREAU, F., AMYOT, E., DÉRY, D. & GODIN,
G. (1997). Predicting the stages of smoking acquisition
according to the theory of planned behavior. Journal
of Adolescent Health, 21, 107-115. |
SOMMER, L. (2011). The theory of planned behaviour and the
impact of past behaviour. International Business &
Economics Research Journal, 10 (1), 91-110. [PDF] |
|
AJZEN, I. (2011). Is the theory of planned behavior an
appropriate model for human fertility ? Reflections on
Morgan and Bachrach's critique. Vienna Yearbook of
Population Research, 9, 63-74. |
|
WALL, A., HINSON, R.E. & MCKEE, S.A. (1998) Alcohol
outcome expectancies, attitudes toward drinking and the
theory of planned behavior. Journal of Studies on
Alcohol, 59, 409-419. |
AJZEN, I. (2011). The theory of planned behavior :
Reactions and reflections. Psychology & Health, 26
(9), 1113-1127. |
|
SOMMER, L. (2011). The theory Of planned behaviour and The
impact of past behaviour. International Business
& Economics Research Journal, 10 (1), 91-111. [PDF] |
|
COURNEYA, K.S., NIGG, C.R. & ESTBROOKS, P.A. (1998).
Relationships among the theory of planned behavior, stage
of change, and exercise behavior in older persons over a
three year period. Psychology & Health, 13,
355-367. |
LIN, C.-H S. & CHEN, C.-F. (2011). Application of
theory of planned behavior on the study of workplace
dishonesty. International Conference on Economics,
Business and Management, 2, 66-69. [PDF] |
|
RISE, J., ASTROM, A.N. & SUTTON, S. (1998). Predicting
intentions and use of dental floss among adolescents : An
application of the theory of planned behaviour. Psychology
& Health, 13, 223-236. |
BROWNE, J.L. & CHAN, A.Y.C. (2012). Using the theory
of planned behaviour and implementation intentions to
predict and facilitate upward family communication about
mammography. Psychology & Health : an
international journal, 27 (6), 655-673. [PDF] |
|
CONNER, M. & McMILLIAN, B. (1999). Interaction effects
in the theory of planned behavior : Studying cannabis use.
British Journal of Social Psychology, 38, 195-222. |
AJZEN, I. & KLOBAS, J. (2013). Fertility intentions :
An approach based on the theory of planned behavior. Demographic
Research, 29 (8), 203-232. |
|
SHEERAN, P. & TAYLOR, S. (1999). Predicting intentions
to use condoms: A meta-analysis and comparison of the
theories of reasoned action and planned behavior.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 28, 1624-1675. |
CHAN, K. & BISHOP, B. (2013). A moral basis for
recycling : Extending the theory of planned behaviour. Journal
of Environmental Psychology, 36, 96-102. [PDF] |
|
COURNEYA, K.S., BOBICK, T.M. & SCHINKEE, R.J. (1999).
Does the theory of planned behavior mediate the relation
between personality and exercise behavior ? Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 21 (4), 317-324. |
RHODES, R.E., BEAUCHAMP, M.R., CONNER, M., GERT-JAN DE
BRUIJN, G.-J., KAUSH, N. & LATIMER-CHEUNG, A. (2014).
Prediction of depot-based specialty recycling behavior
using an extended theory of planned behavior. Environment
& Behavior, 1-23. [PDF] |
|
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D., KAMAROVA, S., KAWABATA, M. WANG,
J. & HAGGER, M.S. (2015). Developing and evaluating
utility of school-based intervention programs in promoting
leisure-time physical activity : An application of the
theory of planned behavior. International Journal of
Sport Psychology, 46 (2), 95-116. [PDF] |
|
CONNER, M., WARREN, R., CLOSE, S. & SPARKS, P. (1999).
Alcohol consumption and the theory of planned behavior: An
examination of the cognitive mediation of past behavior. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 29, 1676-1704. |
AJZEN, I. (2015). Consumer attitudes and behavior: The
theory of planned behavior applied to food consumption
decisions. Rivista di Economia Agraria, 70 (2),
121-138. |
|
CHEUNG, S.F., CHAN, D. & WONG, Z. (1999). Reexamining
the theorie of planned behaviour in understanding waste
paper recycling. Environment & Behaviour, 31
(5), 587-612. |
ZHANG, D., HUANG, G., YIN, X. & GONG, Q. (2015).
Residents' waste separation behaviors at the source :
Using SEM with the theory of planned behavior in
Guangzhou, China. International Journal of
Environmental Research & Public Health, 12,
9475-9491. [PDF] |
|
HAGGER, M.S., CHAN, D.K.C., PROTOGEROU, C. &
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D. (2016). Using meta-analytic path
analysis to test theoretical predictions in health
behavior : An illustration based on meta-analyses of the
theory of planned behavior. Preventive Medicine, 89,
154-161. |
|
ESPOSITO, G., VAN BAVEL, R., BARANOWSKI, T. &
DUCH-BROWN, N. (2016). The model of goal-directed
behavior, including descriptive norms, to physical
activity intentions : A contribution to improving the
theory of planned Behavior. Psychological Reports,
119 (1), 5-26. |
|
SHEERAN, P. & ORBELL, S. (1999). Augmenting the theory
of planned behavior : Roles for anticipated regret and
descriptive norms. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 29 (10),2107-2142. |
FICHTEN, C., AMSEL, R., JORGENSEN, M., NGUYEN, M.N.,
BUDD, J., HAVEL, A., KING, L., JORGENSEN, S. &
ASUNCION, J. (2016). Theory of planned behavior :
Sensitivity and specificity in predicting graduation and
drop-out among college and university students ? International
Journal of Learning, Teaching & Educational
Research, 15 (7), 38-52. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie et
Aizen |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
du contact social : Théorie
proposé par Allport (1954)
selon laquelle les préjugés,
la discrimation
et même le racisme
diminuent entre les groupes
lorsque ceux-ci partagent le même territoire (contact), plutôt que
de former des ghettos (absence de contact). Théorie du contact, relations
entre les groupes et conflit.
= hypothèse.
Contact hypothesis, intergroup contact theory, intergroup
contact.
| |
|
|
WIILLIAMS, R.M. (1947). The reduction of intergroup
tensions. New York : Social Science Research
Council. |
CONNOLLY, P. (2000). What now for the contact hypothesis ?
Towards a new research agenda. Race Ethnicity &
Education, 3, 169-193. |
|
ALLPORT, G.W. (1954). The nature of prejudice. Addison-Wesley.
[PDF] |
PETTIGREW, T.F. & TROPP, L.R. (2000). Does intergroup
contact reduce prejudice ? Recent meta-analytic findings.
In S. Oskamp (Ed.), Reducing prejudice and
discrimination : social psychological perspectives
(pp. 93-114). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
AMIR, Y. (1969). Contact hypothesis in ethnic relations. Psychological
Bulletin, 71, 319-342. |
|
|
GARDNER, R.C., TAYLOR, D.M. & SANTOS, E. (1969).
Ethnic stereotypes : The role of contact. Philippine
Journal of Psychology, 2, 11-24. |
BROWN, R., MARAS, P., MASSER, B., VIVIAN, J. &
HEWSTONE, M. (2001). Life on the ocean wave : Testing some
intergroup hypotheses in a naturalistic setting. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 4, 81-98. |
|
PETTIGREW, T.F. (1971). Racially Separate or together
? New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
|
AMIR, Y. (1976). The role of intergroup contact in change
of prejudice and race relations. In P. Katz & D.A.
Taylor (Eds.), Towards the elimination of racism (pp.
245-308). New York : Pergamon Press. |
ROBINSON, J. & PRESTON, J. (2001). Equal-status
contact and modification of racial prejudice : A
reexamination of the contact hypothesis. Social
Forces, 54, 911-924. |
|
BRADOCK, J.H. (1980). The perpetuation of segregation
across levels of education: a behavioral assessment of the
contact hypothesis. Sociology of Education, 53, 178-186. |
ISLAM, M.R. & HEWSTONE, M. (1993). Dimensions of
contact as predictors of intergroup anxiety, perceived
out-group variability, and out-group attitude : An
integrative model. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 19, 700-710. |
|
MILLER, N. & BREWER, M.B. (Eds.) (1984). Groups
in contact : The psychology of desegregation. Orlando,
FL : Academic Press. |
TROPP, L.R. (2003). The psychological impact of prejudice
: Implications for intergroup contact. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 131-149. |
|
CASPI, A. (1984). Contact hypothesis and inter-age
attitudes : A field study of cross-age contact. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 47 (1), 74-80. |
|
|
CHU, D. & GRIFFEY, D. (1985). The contact theory of
racial integration : The case of sport. Sociology of
Sport Journal, 2 (4), 323-333. [PDF] |
HEWSTONE, M. (2003). Intergroup contact, panacea for
prejudice ? The psychologist, 16 (7), 352-355. [PDF] |
|
STEPHAN, W.G. & BRIGHAM, J.C. (1985). Intergroup
contact : Introduction. Journal of Social Issues, 1,
1-8. |
VAN DICK, R., WAGNER, U., PETTIGREW, T.F., CHRIST, O.,
WOLF, C., PETZEL, T., THOMAS, T., CASTRO, V.S. &
JACKSON, J.S. (2004). The role of perceived importance in
intergroup contact. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 87 (2), 211-227. |
|
ROTHBART, M. & JOHN, O.P (1985). Social categorization
and behavioral episodes : A cognitive analysis of the
effects of intergroup contact. Journal of Social
Issues, 41, 81-104. |
DIXON, J.A., DURRHEIM, K. & TREDOUX, C. (2005). Beyond
the optimal strategy : A "reality check" for the contact
hypothesis. American Psychologist, 60, 697-711.
|
|
HEWSTONE, M. & BROWN, R. (Eds.) (1986). Contact
and conflict in intergroup encounters. London :
Basil Blackwell. |
BROWN, R. & HEWSTONE, M. (2005). An integrative theory
of intergroup contact. Advances in Experimental
Social Psychology, 37, 255-343. |
|
HEWSTONE, M. & BROWN, R. (1986). Contact is not enough
: An intergroup perspective on the "Contact Hypothesis."
In M. Hewstone and R.J. Brown (Eds.), Contact and
conflict in intergroup encounters. London :
Basil-Blackwell. |
HEWSTONE, M., CAIRNS, E., VOCI, A., PAOLINI, S., McLERNON,
F., CRISP, R. & NIENS, U. (2005). Intergroup contact
in a divided society : Challenging segregation in Northern
Ireland. In D. Abrams, J.M. Marques & M.A. Hogg
(Eds.), The social psychology of inclusion and
exclusion (pp. 265-292). Philadelphia, PA :
Psychology Press. |
|
STEPHAN, W.G. (1987). The contact hypothesis in intergroup
relations. In C. Hendrick (Ed.), Review of personality
and social psychology (pp. 13-40). Beverly Hills :
Sage. |
HEWSTONE, M., CAIRNS, E., VOCI, A., HAMBERGER, J. &
NIENS, U. (2006). Intergroup contact, forgiveness, and
experience of "The troubles" in Northern Ireland.
Journal of Social Issues, 62, 99-120. |
|
WELLER, L. & GRUNES, S. (1988). Does contact with the
mentally ill reduce prejudice ? British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 61, 277-284. |
TROPP, L.R., STOUT, A.M., BOATSWAIN, C., WRIGHT, S.C.
& PETTIGREW, T.F. (2006). Trust and acceptance in
response to references to group membership : Minority and
majority perspectives on cross-group interactions. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 36, 769-794 |
|
PETTIGREW, T.F. & TROPP, L.R. (2006). A meta-analytic
test of intergroup contact theory. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 90, 751-783. |
|
SIGELMAN, L. & WELCH, S. (1993). The contact
hypothesis revisited: Black-White interaction and positive
racial attitudes. Social Forces, 71, 781-795. |
HENRY, P. & HARDIN, C. (2006). The contact hypothesis
revisited. Psychological Science, 17, 862-868. |
|
ISLAM, M.R. & HEWSTONE, M. (1993). Dimensions of
contact as predictors of intergroup anxiety, perceived
out-group variability, and out-group attitude : An
integrative model. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 19, 700-710. |
PETTIGREW, T.F. & TROPP, L.R. (2006). A meta-analytic
test of intergroup contact theory. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 90, 751-783. [PDF] |
|
GAERTNER, S.L., RUST, M.C., DOVIDIO, J.F., BACHMAN, B.A.
& ANASTASIO, P.A. (1994). The contact hypothesis : The
role of a common ingroup identity on reducing intergroup
bias. Small Group Research, 25, 224-249. |
ABERSON, C.L. & HAAG, S.C. (2007). Contact,
perspective taking, and anxiety as predictors of
stereotype endorsement, explicit attitudes, and implicit
attitudes. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 10, 179-201. [PDF] |
|
|
HEWSTONE, M. (1996). Contact and categorization : Social
psychological interventions to change intergroup
relations. In C.N. Macrae, C. Sechrist and Stangor Stangor
& M. Hewstone (Eds.), Stereotypes and stereotyping
(pp. 323-368). New York : The Guilford Press. |
DIXON, J.A., DURRHEIM, K. & TREDOUX, C. (2007).
Intergroup contact and attitudes toward the principle and
practice of racial equality. Psychological Science,
18, 867-872. |
|
TURNER, R.N., CRISP, R.J. & LAMBERT, E. (2007).
Imagining intergroup contact can improve intergroup
attitudes. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 10, 427-441. |
|
GAERTNER, S.L., RUST, M.C., DOVIDIO, J.F., BACHMAN, B.A.
& ANASTASIO, P.A. (1996). The contact hypothesis : The
role of a common ingroup identity on reducing intergroup
bias among majority and minority group members. In J.L.
Nye & A.M. Brower (Eds.), What's social about
social cognition ? (pp. 230-260). Newbury Park, CA
: Sage Publications. |
PETTIGREW, T.F. & TROPP, L.R. (2008). How does
intergroup contact reduce prejudice ? Meta-analytic tests
of three mediators. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 38 (6), 922-934. [PDF] |
|
TROPP, L.R. (2008). The role of trust in intergroup
contact : Its significance and implications for improving
relations between groups. In U. Wagner, L. R. Tropp, G.
Finchilescu & C. Tredoux (Eds.), Improving
intergroup relations : Building on the legacy of Thomas
F. Pettigrew (pp. 91-106). Malden, MA : Blackwell. |
|
STANGOR, C., JONAS, K., STROEBE, W. & HEWSTONE, M.
(1996). Influence of student exchange on national
stereotypes, attitudes and perceived group variability. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 663-675. [PDF] |
PETTIGREW, T.F. (2008). Future directions for intergroup
contact theory and research. International Journal of
Intercultural Relations, 32, 187-199. |
|
GAERTNER, S.L., DOVIDIO, J.F. & BACHMAN,
B.A. (1996). Revisiting the contact hypothesis: The
induction of a common ingroup identity. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 20 (3 & 4),
271-290. |
TURNER, R.N., HEWSTONE, M., VOCI, A. & VONOFAKOU, C.
(2008). A test of the extended intergroup contact
hypothesi s: The mediating role of intergroup anxiety,
perceived ingroup and outgroup norms, and inclusion of the
outgroup in the self. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 95, 843-860. |
|
WILSON, T.C. (1996). Prejudice reduction or self-selection
? A test of the contact hypothesis. Sociological
Spectrum, 16, 43-60. |
ATA, A., BASTIAN, B. & LUSHER, D. (2009). Intergroup
contact in context : The mediating role of social norms
and group-based perceptions on the contact : prejudice
link. International Journal of Intercultural
Relations, 33, 498-506. [PDF] |
|
PETTIGREW, T.F. (1997). Generalized intergroup contact
effects on prejudice. Personality & Social
Psychological Bulletin, 23, 173-185. |
BINDER, J., ZAGEFKA, H., BROWN, R., FUNKE, F., KESSLER.
T., MUMMENDY, A., MAQUIL, A., DEMOULIN, S. & LEYENS,
J.P. (2009). Does contact reduce prejudice or does
prejudice reduce contact ? A longitudinal test of the
contact hypthesis among majority and minority groups in
three European coutries. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 96 (4), 843-856. |
|
WRIGHT, S.C., ARON, A., McLAUGHLIN, VOLPE, T. & ROPP
,P.S.A. (1997). The extended contact effect : Knowledge of
cross-group friendships and prejudice. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 73-90. |
SAGUY, T., TAUSCH, N., DOVIDIO, J.F. & PRATTO, F.
(2013). The irony of harmony : Intergroup contact can
produce false expectations for equality. Psychological
Science, 20 (1), 114-121. [PDF] |
|
TROPP, L.R. & PETTIGREW, T.F. (2009). Intergroup
contact theory: Summarizing results from a meta-analytic
review. In G. L. Carter (Ed.), Empirical approaches to
sociology. Boston: Allyn & Bacon. |
|
HAMBERGER, J. & HEWSTONE, M. (1997). Inter-ethnic
contact as a predictor of blatant and subtle prejudice :
Tests of a model in four west European nations. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 36, 173-190. |
PETTIGREW, T.F. (2009). Contact's secondary transfer
effect : Do intergroup contact effects spread to
noncontacted outgroups ? Social Psychology, 40, 55-65. |
|
TURNER, R.N. & CRISP, R.J. (2010). Imagining
intergroup contact reduces implicit prejudice. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 49 (1), 129-142. [PDF] |
|
HUSNU, S. & CRISP, R.J. (2010). Elaboration enhances
the imagined contact effect. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 46, 943-950 |
|
HEWSTONE, M. & SWART, H. (2011). Fifty-odd years of
inter-group contact : From hypothesis to integrated
theory. British Journal of Social Psychology, 50 (3),
374-386 |
|
PETTIGREW, T.F. (1998). Intergroup contact theory. Annual
Review of Psychology, 49, 65-85. [PDF] |
PETTIGREW, T.F. & TROPP, L.R. (2011). When groups
meet : The dynamics of intergroup contact.
Psychology Press. |
|
EVERETT, J.A.C. & ONU, D. (2013). Intergroup contact
theory : Past, present, and future. The Inquisite
Mind, 17, 1-7. [PDF] |
|
PETTIGREW, T.F., TROPP, L.R., WAGNER, U. & CHRIST, O.
(2011). Recent advances in intergroup contact theory. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 35, 271-280. |
|
TROPP, L.R. (2012). Intergroup contact theory. In D.
Christie (Ed.), Encyclopedia of peace psychology (pp.
254-259). Hoboken, NJ : Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
WITTIG, M. & GRANT-THOMPSON, S. (1998). The utility of
Allport's conditions of intergroup contact for predicting
perceptions of improved racial attitudes and beliefs. Journal
of Social Issues, 54, 795-812. |
CRISP, R.J. & TURNER, R.N. (2013). Imagined intergroup
contact : Refinements, debates and clarifications. In G.
Hodson & M. Hewstone (Eds.), Advances in
intergroup contact. New York, NY : Psychology
Press. |
|
TROPP, L.R. & PAGE-GOULD, E. (2014). Contact between
groups. In M. Mikulincer, P.R. Shaver, J.F. Dovidio &
J.A. Simpson (Eds.), APA handbook of personality and
social psychology : Group Processes (Vol. 2, pp.
535-560). Washington DC: American Psychological
Association. |
|
BROWN, R., VIVIAN, J. & HEWSTONE, M. (1999). Changing
attitudes through intergroup contact : The effects of
group membership salience. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 29, 741-764. |
PETTIGREW, T.F. (2016). In pursuit of three theories :
Authoritarianism, relative deprivation, and intergroup
contact. Annual Review of Psychology, 67, 1-21.
[PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Voir Théorie, Préjugé,
Conflits, Tension
sociale, Ghetto
et Relations/groupes |
|
|
|
Théories
du développement : Voir Développement.
Developmental theory.
| |
|
|
BOWEN, F. (1860). Remarks on the latest form of the
development theory. Memoirs of the American Academy of
Arts and Sciences. In G. Daniels (Ed.) (1968). Darwinism
comes to America (pp. 66-74). Waltham, MA :
Blaisdell. [LIRE] |
ARNETT, J.J. (2000). Emerging Adulthood : A theory of
development from the late teens through the twenties.
American Psychologist, 55 (5), 469-480. [PDF] |
|
BIJOU, S.W. & BAER, D.M. (1961). Child
development : A systematic and empirical theory.
New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
KNIGHT, C. & SUTTON, R. (2004). Neo-Piagetian theory
and research : enhancing pedagogical practice for
educators of adults. London Review of Education, 2,
47-60. |
|
REESE, H.W. & OVERTON, W.F. (1970). Models of
development and theories of development. In L.R. Goulet
and P.B. Baltes (Eds.), Life-span developmental
psychology : Research and theory (pp. 115-145). New
York : Academic Press. |
|
|
BRAINERD, C.J. (1978). Piaget's theory of
intelligence. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. :
Prentice-Hall |
YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & THEOKAS, C. (2006). The multiple
contexts of youth development : Implications for theory,
research, and practice. Applied Developmental Science,
10, 58-60. [PDF] |
|
CAIRNS, R.B. (1980). Developmental theory before Piaget :
The remarkable contributions of James Mark Baldwin.
Contemporary Psychology, 25, 438-440. |
JENSEN, L. (2010). Bridging cultural and developmental
approaches to psychology : New syntheses in theory,
research, and policy. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
|
FISHER, K.W. (1980). A theory of cognitive development :
The control and construction of hierarchies and skills. Psychological
Review, 87, 477-531. |
|
|
OVERTON, W.F. (1991). The structure of developmental
theory. In H.W. Reese (Ed.), Advances in child
development and behavior (Vol. 23, pp. 1-37) New York :
Academic Press. |
|
|
OVERTON, W.F. (1991). Metaphor, recursive systems and
paradox in science and developmental theory. In H.W. Reese
(Ed.), Advances in child development and behavior
(Vol. 2, pp. 59-71). New York : Academic Press. |
|
| SCARR, S. (1992). Developmental theories for the 1990s:
Development and individual differences. Child
Development, 63, 1-19. |
SIMATWA, E.M.W. (2010). Piaget's theory of intellectual
development and its implication for instructional
management at pre- secondary school level. Educational
Research and Reviews, 5 (7), 366-371. [PDF] |
|
SCHLINGER, H.D. (1992). Theory in behavior analysis : An
application to child development. American
Psychologist, 47, 1396-1410. [PDF] |
|
|
MARKOVITS, H. (1993). The development of conditional
reasoning : A piagetian reformulation of the theory of
mental models. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly :
Invitational issue on the Development of Rationality
& Critical Thinking, 39 (1), 133-160. |
|
|
LOURENÇO, O. & MACHADO, A. (1996). In defense of
Piaget's theory. Psychological Review, 103 (1),
143-164. [PDF] |
|
|
WADSWORTH, B.J. (1996). Piaget's theory of cognitive
and affective development : Foundations of
constructionism. Boston : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Développement |
|
|
Théorie
du développement cognitif de Piaget : Théorie
proposée par Piaget pour
décrire et expliquer le développement
des connaissances
chez un organisme. Piaget's theory, Piagetian theory.
| |
|
|
BRAINERD, C.J. (1978). Piaget's theory of
intelligence. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. :
Prentice-Hall |
WADSWORTH, B.J. (1996). Piaget's theory of cognitive
and affective development : Foundations of
constructionism. Boston : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
SHULMAN, V., RESTAINO-BAUMANN, L. & BUTLER, L. (Eds.)
(1985). The future of Piagetian theory : The
neo-Piagetians. New York : Plenum. |
DE RIBAUPIERRE, A. (1997). Les modèles néo-piagétiens :
Quoi de nouveau ? Psychologie Française, 42,
9-21. |
|
SMITH, L. (1991). Age, ability, and intellectual
development in Piagetian theory. In M. Chandler & M. Chapman (Eds.), Criteria for competence (pp.
69-91). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
KNIGHT, C. & SUTTON, R. (2004). Neo-Piagetian theory and research : enhancing pedagogical practice for
educators of adults. London Review of Education, 2, 47-60. |
|
LOURENÇO, O. & MACHADO, A. (1996). In defense of
Piaget's theory. Psychological Review, 103 (1),
143-164. [PDF] |
SIMATWA, E.M.W. (2010). Piaget's theory of intellectual
development and its implication for instructional
management at pre-secondary school level. Educational
Research & Reviews, 5 (7), 366-371. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Piaget
et Développement |
|
|
Théorie du genre :Il existe clairement deux théories
du genre qu'il convient de bien distinguer car, même si ces deux
théories partagent le concept de genre - la nature de leur
explication et les conséquences que l'on peut en tirer sont fort
différentes. La premières est scientifique, la seconde idéologie;
pour cette raison, il serait préférable de désigner cette
dernière sous le vocable de «conception du genre» plutôt que
«théorie».
La première théorie, développée dans les années
1970, repose sur des arguments à la fois scientifiques et
idéologiques. Les tenants de cette première théorie - souvent des
féministes - fondent leur
raisonnement sur deux arguments : 1) les femmes n'ont pas à être
cantonnées ou réduites aux rôles traditionnels de la femme (en
gros, mère, épouse, secrétaire, etc); il s'agit d'un argument
moral ou idéologique et 2) les rôles sexuels ne sont pas
déterminés par la génétique du sexe : une homme peut très bien
s'occuper de l'éducation de ses enfants - cette tâche n'étant pas
naturellement ou biologiquement dévolues aux femmes - alors qu'une
femme peut très bien apprendre à réparer la voiture familliale. Si
la première affirmation n'est ni vrai ou fausse - au sens
scientique du terme - la seconde a été maintes fois confirmée par
les faits; les rôles sexuels ou comportements genrés sont le
résultats d'apprentissage social et non le produit du sexe
biologique, comme on l'a longtemps laissé entendre en science sous
l'influence notamment de la théorie de l'instinct maternel et des
des études corrélationnelles entre les gènes et le comportement.
Si le rôle des gènes n'est pas totalement nul - après tout la
capacité d'apprendre est génétiquement programmé - ce que l'on
apprend (les comportements) est d'abord et avant tout influencé
par les contingences sociales et culturelles de notre milieu. Par
voie de conséquence, le même raisonnement s'applique aux hommes
qui, malgré leur attributs virils, peuvent très bien apprendre à
coudre, à s'occuper des enfants ou à danser le ballet (EX :
Épisode des Simpson/saison 6 épisode 17).
Bem et sa théorie
des schémas de genre est l'une des nombreuses psychologues qui ont
contribué à l'assise scientifique de cette théorie. En conclusion,
il faut clairement distinguer sexe biologique et genre social; le
premier phénomène est déterminé par les gènes, le second par la
société. Cette théorie du genre permet par ailleurs de combattre
les stéréotypes sexuels. À une jeune fille qui veut jouer au
hockey, on ne dit pas «c'est un sport d"hommes, tu n'as pas ce
qu'il faut sur le plan anatomique ou hormonal», mais plutôt «on va
t'apprendre à jouer»; et surtout pas «c'est parce que tu es en
réalité un garçon !». La première théorie du genre soutient qu'une
fille (sexe) peut se comporter comme un homme (genre); et
vice-versa. Dans cette conception des choses, le genre renvoie à
l'ensemble des comportements et des choix traditionnellement
associés à un sexe. Un gars joue au hockey, une fille à la poupée.
Pour cette théorie, il s'agit d'un stéréotype qui peut engendrer
de la discrimination, et non d'une réalité.
En marge de la théorie originale du genre s'est
développée une seconde théorie, notamment sous l'influence du
socioconstructivisme français et américain. Cette nouvelle théorie
prétend que le sexe est une construction sociale; elle nie
donc l'existence biologique du sexe, et par voie de
conséquence donc la théorie de l'évolution. Elle repose sur deux
arguments fallacieux et incompatibles avec la science : 1) chexz
l'humain, il existe plus de deux sexes biologiques, homme et
femme. En effet selon Fausto-Sterling, il existe cinq sexes sur le
plan chromosomique) Ce que l'on ressent détermine notre
appartenance à un sexe. Cette pseudo-théorie confond sexe et
genre, et laisse entendre que le sexe biologique est une simple
construction sociale et le genre un choix individuel conscient.
Les cellules sont elles une construction sociale ? Le cancer, la
faim ? Le sexe biologique ne se réduit pas à des organes et
des hormones, comme on le laisse souvent entendre. En effet, le
fonctionnement des gonades sexuelles est régulé par le cerveau;
idem pour les hormones. S'il est vrai qu'il existe peu différences
entre le cerveau d'une femme et celui d'un homme, nier toute
différence est une hérésie. Un homme ne peut donc pas décidé
d'être une femme; ce serait comme affirmer que vous n'avez
pas de cerveau ou que votre cerveau peut se modifier à votre guise.
Si le cerveau est doté d'une grande plasticité, et peut apprendre
de nombreuses choses, il ne peut transformer ses propres
structures cérébrales (sauf dans le cas de la regénéresence des
neurones de l'hippocampe ou neurogenèse). Qui plus est, au-delà de
sa structure, le sexe est défini par sa fonction, soit la
reproduction. Or dans la plupart des rares cas de non-femme ou de non
-homme, que l'on appelle des intersexués, les individus sont stérils. Gender
theory.
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
du monde juste : Croyance
selon laquelle il existe un monde juste et équitable.
En conséquence, on dira que «chacun reçoit ce qu'il mérite et
mérite ce qui lui arrive».
= hypothèse
du monde juste.
Belief in a just world.
| |
|
|
LERNER, M.J. & SIMMONS, C.H. (1966). Observer's
reaction to the innocent victim : Compassion or rejection
? Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 4 (2),
203-210. [PDF] |
JOSE, P.E. (1990). Just-world reasoning in children's
immanent justice judgments. Child Development, 61,
1024-1033. |
|
RUBIN, Z. & PEPLAU, L.A. (1973). Belief in a just
world and reactions to another's lot : A study of
participants in the national draft lottery. Journal
of Social Issues, 29 (4), 73-93. |
DALBERT, C. & KATONA-SALLAY, H. (1996). The "belief in
a just world" construct in Hungary. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 27, 293-314. |
|
RUBIN, Z. & PEPLAU, L.A. (1975). Who believes in a
just world ? Journal of Social Issues, 31,
65-89. [PDF] |
LERNER, M.J. & MONTADA, L. (1998). An overview :
advances in belief in a just world theory and methods. In
M.J. Lerner & L. Montada (Eds.), Responses to
Victimizations and Belief in a Just World. Critical
Issues in Social Justice. (pp. 1-7). New York :
Plenum. |
|
MAES, J. (1998). Eight stages in the development of
research on the construct of belief in a just world ? In
M.J. Lerner & L. Montada (Eds.), Responses to
victimizations and belief in a just world (pp.
163-185). New York : Plenum. |
|
ZUCKERMAN, M. & GERBASI, K.C. (1977). Belief in
internal control or belief in a just world : Use and
misuse of I-E Scale in prediction of attitudes and
behavior. Journal of Psychology, 45, 356-378. |
LERNER, M.J. (1998). The two forms of the belief in a just
world : Some thoughts on why and how people care about
justice. In M.J. Lerner & L. Montada (Eds.), Responses
to victimizations and belief in a just world (pp.
246-269). New York : Plenum. |
|
ZUCKERMAN, M. (1975). Belief in a just world and
altruistic behavior. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 31, 972-976. |
BÈGUE, L. & FUMEY, V. (2000). Belief in a just world
or self-serving strategy ? Social Behavior &
Personality, 28, 119-124. |
|
MILLER, D.T. (1977). Altruism and threat to a belief in a
just world. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 13, 113-125. |
HAFER, C.L., BOGAERT, A.F. & McMULLEN, S. (2001).
Belief in a just world and high risk sexual behaviour in
gay men. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 31,
1892-1910. |
|
LERNER, M.J. & MILLER, D.T. (1978). Just world
research and the attribution process : Looking back and
ahead. Psychological Bulletin, 85, 1030-1051. |
DALBERT, C., LIPKUS, I.M., SALLAY, H. & GOCH, I.
(2001). A just and an unjust world : Structure and
validity of different world beliefs. Personality
& Individual Differences, 30, 561-577. |
|
LERNER, M.J. (1980). The belief in a just world : A
fundamental delusion. New York : Plenum. |
BÈGUE, L. (2002). Beliefs in justice and faith in people :
Just world, religiosity and interpersonal trust. Personality
& Individual Differences, 32 (3), 375-382. |
|
REICHLE, B. & SCHMITT, M. (2002). Helping and
rationalization as alternative strategies for restoring
the belief in a just world : Evidence from longitudinal
change analyses. In R. Michael & D.T. Miller (Eds.), The
justice motive in everyday life (pp. 127-148).
Cambridge University Press. |
|
FURNHAM, A. (2003). Belief in a just world : research
progress over the past decade. Personality &
Individual Differences, 34 (5), 795-817. |
|
WAGSTAFF, G.F. (1983). Correlates of the just world in
Britain. Journal of Social Psychology, 121, 145-146. |
BÈGUE, L. & BASTOUNIS, M. (2003). Two spheres of
belief in justice : Extensive support for the
bidimensional model of belief in a just world. Journal
of Personality, 71, 435-463. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, K.B. & GREEN, D.N. (1984). Individual
correlates of the belief in a just world. Psychological
Reports, 54, 435-438. |
HAFER, C.L. & BÈGUE, L. (2005). Experimental research
on just-world theory : problems, developments, and future
challenges. Psychological Bulletin, 131,
128-167. [PDF] |
|
FURNHAM, A. & GUNTER, B. (1984). Just world beliefs
and attitudes towards the poor. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 23, 265-269. |
DALBERT, C. & STOEBER, J. (2005). The belief in a just
world and distress at school. Social Psychology of
Education, 8, 123-135. |
|
ZWEIGENHAFT, R.L., PHILLIPS, B.K.G., ADAMS, K.A., MORSE,
C.K. & HORAN, A.E. (1985). Religious preference and
belief in a just world. Genetic, Social & General
Psychology Monographs, 11, 333-348. |
BÈGUE, L. & MULLER, D. (2006). Belief in a just world
as moderator of hostile attributional bias. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 45, 117-126. [PDF] |
|
DION, K.L. & DION, K.K. (1987). Belief in a just world
and physical attractiveness stereotyping. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 52, 775-780. |
DALBERT, C. & FILKE, E. (2007). Belief in a just
world, justice judgments, and their functions for
prisoners. Criminal Justice & Behavior, 34,
1516-1527. [PDF] |
|
FINAMORE, F. & CARLSON, J.M. (1987). Religiosity,
belief in a just world and crime control attitudes.
Psychological Reports, 61, 135-138. |
CORREIA, I. & DALBERT C. (2007). Belief in a just
world, justice concerns, and well-being at Portuguese
schools. European Journal of Psychology of Education,
22, 421-437. [PDF] |
|
HAFER, C.L. & OLSON, J.M. (1989). Beliefs in a just
world and reactions to personal deprivation. Journal
of Personality, 57, 799-823. |
LENCH, H.C. & CHANG, E.S. (2007). Belief in an unjust
world : When beliefs in a just world fail. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 89 (2), 126-135. [PDF] |
|
FURNHAM, A. & PROCTER, E. (1989). Belief in a just
world : Review and critique of the individual difference
literature. British Journal of Social Psychology, 28,
365-384. |
CORREIA, I., KAMBLE, S.V. & DALBERT, C. (2009). Belief
in a just world and well-being of bullies, victims and
defenders : a study with Portuguese and Indian students. Anxiety,
Stress & Coping : An International Journal, 22
(5), 1-22. [PDF] |
|
DALBERT, C. (2009). Belief in a just world. In M.R. Leary
& R.H. Hoyle (Eds.), Handbook of Individual
Differences in Social Behavior (pp. 288-297). New
York : Guilford Publications. [PDF] |
| |
SUTTON, R.M., STOEBER, J. & KAMBLE, S. (2017). Belief
in a just world for oneself versus others, social goals,
and subjective well-being. Personality &
Individual Differences, 113, 115-119. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Altruisme
et Théorie |
|
|
Théorie du schéma du ruissèlement : Théorie selon laquelle
l'amélioration économique du niveau
socio-économique des individus au sommet de la hiérarchie
sociale profite également à ceux qui occupent le bas du
pavé, en raison d'un mécanisme de distribution de la richesse
globale qui va du haut vers le bas, des riches aux pauvres
(métaphore du ruissèlement montagneux). =
écoulement de la richesse.
|
Théorie du schéma du genre : Théorie
proposée par Bem qui tente
d'expliquer comme se développe le schéma
de genre d'un individu. Un schéma de genre est un réseau
intégré de connaissances,
de croyances et d'attentes
qui déterminent
l'identité sexuelle, le genre
d'un individu.
Selon Bem, l'identité
sexuelle se développe en trois temps : 1) d'abord acquérir le sentiment
(je me sens un x ) et la conviction
intime (je crois être un x) d'être un garçon ou une fille; 2)
apprendre les comportements
(= rôles) , qui dans
chaque culture, sont propres à son genre;
3) choisir un
partenaire sexuel masculin ou féminin. Gender
schema theory.
| |
|
|
BEM, S.L. (1981). Gender schema theory : A cognitive
account of sex-typing. Psychological Review, 88,
354-364. |
BEM, S.L. (1985). Androgyny and gender schema theory : A
onceptual and empirical integration. In T.B. Sonderegger
(Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation 1984:
Psychology and gender (pp. 179-226). Lincoln :
University of Nebraska Press. |
|
SPENCE, J.T. & HELMREICH, R.L. (1981). Androgyny
versus gender schema : a comment on Bem's gender schema
theory. Psychological Review, 88, 365-368. |
|
|
BEM, S.L. (1981). The BSRI and gender schema theory : A
reply to Spence and Helmreich. Psychological Review,
88 (3), 369-371. |
|
|
BEM, S.L. (1982). Gender schema theory and self-schema
theory compared : A comment on Markus, Crane, Bernstein,
and Siladi's "Self-schemas and gender". Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 43 (6),
1192-1194. |
ARCHER, J. (1991). A methodological commentary on gender
schema research. British Journal of Social Psychology,
30, 185-188. |
|
BEM, S.L. (1983). Gender schema theory and its
implications for child development : Raising
gender-aschematic children in a gender- schematic society.
Signs, 8, 598-616. |
HUDAK, M.A. (1993). Gender schema theory revisited: men's
stereotypes of American women. Sex Roles, 28, 279-293.
|
|
MORGAN, K.P. & AYIM, M. (1984). Comment on Bem's
"Gender schema theory and its implications for child
development : Raising gender-aschematic children in a
gender-schematic society". Signs, 10, 188-196.
|
STARR, C. & ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. (2017). Sandra Bem's
gender schema theory after 34 Years : A review of its
reach and impact. Sex Roles, 76 (9-10), 566-578. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Bem, Genre,
Schéma de genre,
Inventraire des rôles
sexuels de Bem et Théorie |
|
|
|
Théorie
du traitement de l'information :
Information-theory, information processing theory.
|
|
|
HICK, W.E. (1951). Information theory and intelligence
tests. British Journal of Psychology, 4, 157–164. |
|
HICK, W.E. (1953). Information theory in psychology. Transactions of the IRE Professional Group on Information Theory 1
(1), 130-133. |
|
BERLYNE, D.E. (1957). Uncertainty and conflict : a point
contact between information-theory and behavior-theory
concepts. Psychological Review, 64, 329-339. |
|
LEAVITT, C. (1975). Information processing theory : New
ideas for copy testing. in American Marketing
Association Proceedings. Chicago : American
Marketing Association. |
|
BETTMAN, J.R. (1979). An information processing
theory of consumer choice. Reading M.A. :
Addison-Wesley. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Traitement de l'information |
|
|
Théorie général des systèmes :
|
Théorie
implicite ou naïve de la personnalité : Il s'agit d'un
ensemble de théorie scientifique qui étudie les théories
personnelles des individus, d'où l'expression «théories des
théories». Ces théories personnelles désignent chez un individu
un système de connaissances et de suppositions non-vérifiées (croyances,
perception, cognition,
attribution, etc), mais
considérées par l'individu comme vraies, qui permettent d'expliquer
(d'où le mot théorie). de nombreux aspects du fonctionnement
normal et anormal d'autrui et de soi-même. EX: Certains
individus croient que les personnes qui portent des lunettes sont
plus intelligentes que la moyenne. Les jeunes enfants croient que
les nuages choisissent la direction vers laquelle ils se déplacent
(animisme). Bien qu'il
soit fréquent, le terme "théorie naïve" laisse entendre que ces
théories personnelles sont suffisamment conscientes et explicites
pour qu'on puisse les décrire et les qualifier de naïves (ce qui
est parfois le cas). Ces théories font partie d'un domaine plus
large de la psychologie que l'on nomme la perception
sociale. Théorie implicite, représentation
sociale et attribution.
= théorie implicite de la personnalité,
théorie de l'esprit, théorie scientifique des théories intuitive,
théorie du monde physique, théorie des théories. Implicit
personality theory, folk psychology.
| |
|
|
BRUNER, J.S. & TAGIURI, R. (1954). The perception of
people. In G. Lindzey (Ed.), Handbook of social
psychology. Cambridge : Addison Wesley. |
MALLE, B.F. (2001). Folk explanations of intentional
action. In B.F. Malle, L.J. Moses & D.A. Baldwin
(Eds.), Intentions and intentionality : Foundations
of social cognition (pp. 265-286). Cambridge, MA :
MIT Press. |
|
SCHNEIDER, D.J. (1973). Implicit personality theory : a
review. Psychological Bulletin, 79 (5), 294-309. |
POON, C.S.K. & KOEHLER, D.J. (2008). Person theories :
Their temporal stability and relation to intertrait
inferences. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 34 (7), 965-977. [PDF]
|
|
AJZEN, I. (1977). Intuitive theories of events and the
effects of base-rate information on prediction. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 35,
303-314. |
|
|
RANDS, M. & LEVINGER, G. (1977). Implicit Theories of
Relationship : An Intergenerational Study. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 37 (5),
645-661. [PDF]
|
|
|
JACKSON, D.N., CHAN, D.W. & STRICKER, L.J. (1979).
Implicit personality theory : Is it illusory. Journal
of Personality, 47, 1-10. |
ROBINS, R.W. & PALS, J.L. (2002). Implicit
self-theories in the academic domain : Implications for
goal orientation, attributions, affect, and self-esteem
change. Self & Identity, 1, 313-336. |
|
STERNBERG, R.J. (1985). Implicit theories of intelligence,
creativity, and wisdom. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 49, 607-627. |
CURY, F., FONSECA D.A., RUFO M et SARRAZIN, P.G. (2002).
Perceptions of competence, implicit theory of ability
perception of motivational climate and achievement goals :
a test of the trichotomous conceptualization of
endorsement of achievement motivation in the physical
education setting. Perception & Motor Skills, 95, 233-244. |
|
RUNCO, M.A. & BAHLEDA, M.D. (1986). Implicit theories
of artistic, scientific, and every- day creativity.
The Journal of Creative Behavior, 20, 93-98. |
WERTH, L. & FORSTER, J. (2002). Implicit person
theories influence memory judgments : the circumstances
under which metacognitive knowledge is used. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 353-362.
[PDF] |
|
ROSS,M. (1989). Relation of implicit theories to the
construction of personal histories. Psychological
Review, 96, 341-357. |
FONSECA, D.A., CURY, F., BAILLY, D. & RUFO, M. (2004).
Rôle des théories implicites de l'intelligence chez les
élèves en situation d'apprentissage. L'Encéphale, 30,
456-463 |
|
McFARLAND C., ROSS, M. & GILTROW, M. (1992). Biased
recollections in older adults : The role of implicit
theories of aging. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 62, 837-850. |
OLSON, M.A. & FAZIO, R.H. (2004). Trait inferences as
a function of automatically-activated racial attitudes and
motivation to control prejudiced reactions. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 26, 1-11. |
|
ERDLEY, C.A. & DWECK, C.S. (1993). Children's implicit
personality theories as predictors of their social
judgments. Child Development, 64, 863-878. |
TAMIR, M., JOHN, O.P., SRIVASTAVA, S. & GROSS, J.J.
(2007). Implicit theories of emotion : affective and
social outcomes across a major life transition.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 92, 731-744. |
|
RUNCO, M.A., JOHNSON, D.J. & BEAR, P.K. (1993).
Parents' and teachers' implicit theories of children's
creativity. Child Study Journal, 23, 91-113. |
BLACKWELL, L.S., RZESNIEWSKI, K.H. & DWECK, C.S.
(2007). Implicit theories of intelligence predict
achievement across an adolescent transition : A
longitudinal study and an intervention. Child
Development, 78 (1), 246-263. [PDF] |
|
DWECK, C.S., HONG, Y. & CHIU, C. (1993). Implicit
theories : Individual differences in the likelihood and
meaning of dispositional inference. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 644-656. |
BREWER, G. & ARCHER, J. (2007). What do people infer
from facial attractiveness ? Journal of Evolutionary
Psychology, 5, 39-49. |
|
DA FONSÉCA, D., CURY, F., FAKRA, E., RUFO, M., POINSO, F.,
BOUNOUA, L. & HUGUET, P. (2008). Implicit theories of
intelligence and IQ test performance in adolescents with
generalized anxiety disorder. Behavior Research and
Therapy, 46 (4), 529-536. |
|
|
WEGENER, D.T. & PETTY, R.E. (1995). Flexible
correction processes in social judgment : the role of
naive theories in corrections for perceived bias. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 68,
36-51. |
MALLE, B.F. (2009). Folk theories of consciousness. In W.
Banks (Ed.), Encyclopedia of consciousness (Vol.
1, pp. 251-263). Elsevier/Academic Press. |
|
ANDERSON, C.A. (1995). Implicit theories in broad
perspective. Psychological Inquiry, 6, 286-290.
[PDF] |
PIZZINGRILLI, P. & ANTONIETTI, A. (2010). Implicit
theories of creativity in schoolchildren an exploratory
study. Procedia Social & Behavioral Sciences, 2,
4732-4736. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, C.A. (1995). Implicit personality theories and
empirical data : Biased assimilation, belief perseverance
and change, and covariation detection sensitivity.
Social Cognition, 13, 25-48. [PDF] |
MIELE, D.B. & MOLDEN, D.C. (2010). Naive theories of
intelligence and the role of processing uency in perceived
comprehension. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 139, 535-555. |
|
ANDERSON, C.A. (1995). Implicit theories in broad
perspective. Psychological Inquiry, 6, 286-290.
[PDF] |
MONROE, A.E. & MALLE, B.F. (2010). From uncaused will
to conscious choice : The need to study, not speculate
about, people's folk concept of free will. Review of
Philosophy & Psychology, 1, 211-224. |
|
DWECK, C.S., CHIU, C. & HONG, Y. (1995). Implicit
theories and their role in judgments and reactions : A
word from two perspectives. Psychological Inquiry, 6
(4), 267-285.
[PDF] |
MALLE, B.F. (2010). Intentional action in folk psychology.
In T. O'Connor and C. Sandis (Eds.), A companion to
the philosophy of action (pp. 357-365). Chichester,
UK : Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
DWECK, C.S., CHIU, C. & HONG, Y. (1995). Implicit
theories : Elaboration and extension of the model. Psychological
Inquiry, 6 (4), 322-333. |
KAPPES, H.B., STEPHENS, E.J. & OETTINGEN, G. (2011).
Implicit theories moderate the relation of positive future
fantasies to academic outcomes. Journal of Research
in Personality, 45, 269-278. |
|
HARE, A.P., HARE, S.E. & KOENIGS, R.J. (1996).
Implicit personality theory, social desirability, and
reflected appraisal of self in the context of new field
theory (SYMLOG). Small Group Research, 27 (4),
504-531. |
YEAGER, D.S., TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H., TIRRI, K., NOKELAINEN,
P. & DWECK, C.S. (2011). Adolescents' implicit
theories predict desire for vengeance after peer conflicts
: Correlational and experimental evidence. Developmental
Psychology, 47, 1090-1107. |
|
DWECK, C.S. (1996). Implicit theories as organizers of
goals and behavior. In P.M. Gollwitzer & J.A. Bargh
(Eds.), The psychology of action : Linking cognition
and motivation to behavior (pp. 69-90). Guilford :
New York. |
CARR, P.B., RATTAN, A. & DWECK, C.S. (2012). Implicit
theories shape intergroup relations. Advances in
Experimental Social Psychology, 45, 127-165. [PDF] |
|
CHIU, C., HONG, Y. & DWECK, C.S. (1997). Lay
dispositionism and implicit theories of personality. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 73 (1),
19-30. [PDF]
|
McFARLAND, C. & BUEHLER, R. (2012). Negative moods and
the motivated remembering of past selves : The role of
implicit theories of personal stability. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 102, 242-263. |
|
ERDLEY, C. A, CAIN, K.M., LOOMIS, C.C., DUMAS-HINES, F.
& DWECK, C.S. (1997). Relations among children's
social goals, implicit personality theories, and responses
to social failure. Developmental Psychology, 33,
263-272. |
YEAGER, D.S., MIU, A.S., POWERS, J. & DWECK, C.S
(2013). Implicit theories of personality and attributions
of hostile intent : A meta-analysis, an experiment, and a
longitudinal intervention. Child Development, 84 (5),
1651-1667. |
|
CHIU, C., DWECK, C.S., TONG, J.Y.-Y. & FU, J.H.-Y.
(1997). Implicit theories and conceptions of morality. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 73 (5),
923-940. |
YEAGER, D.S., TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H. & DWECK, C.S (2013).
An implicit theories of personality intervention reduces
adolescent aggression in response to victimization and
exclusion. Child Development, 84 (3), 970-988. |
|
MALLE, B.F. (1997). People's folk theory of behavior. In
M. G. Shafto, and P. Langley (Eds.), Proceedings of
the nineteenth annual conference of the Cognitive
Science Society (pp. 478-483). Mahwah, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
YEAGER, D.S., JOHNSON, R., SPITZER, B., TRZESNIEWSKI,
K.H., POWERS, J. & DWECK, C.S. (2014). The
far-reaching effects of believing people can change :
Implicit theories of personality shape stress, health, and
achievement during adolescence. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 106 (6),
867-884. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, M.D. (1998). Forming and testing implicit
personality theories in cyberspace. Teaching of
Psychology, 25, 216-218. |
|
|
ANDERSON, C.A. & LINDSAY, J. (1998). The development,
perseverance, and change of naive theories. Social
Cognition, 16, 8-30.
[PDF] |
CABELLO, R. & FERNANDEZ-BEROCAL, P. (2015). Implicit
theories and ability emotional intelligence. Frontiers
in Psychology, 6 [700] : 1-8. [PDF] |
|
RUNCO, M.A. (1999). Implicit theories. In M.A. Runco &
S. Pritzker (Eds.), Encyclopedia of creativity
(Vol. 2, pp. 2-30). London : Academic Press. |
YEAGER, D.S., MIU, A.S., POWERS, J. & DWECK, C.S.
(2015). Implicit theories of personality and attributions
of hostile intent : A meta-analysis, an experiment, and a
longitudinal intervention. Child Development, 84,
1651-1667. [PDF] |
|
MALLE, B. F. (1999). How people explain behavior : A new
theoretical framework. Personality & Social
Psychology Review, 3, 23-48. [PDF] |
SHTULMAN, A. (2017). Scienceblind : Why our intuitive
theories of the world are so often wrong. New
York : Basic Books. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Représentation
sociale, Cognition
sociale, Attribution,
Explication et
Théorie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
neutraliste de l'évolution :
Théorie de l'évolution, proposée par Kimura,
selon laquelle la plupart des mutations
ont une influence négligeable, sinon nulle, sur la valeur
sélective des individus
d'une espèce.
Neutralism, neutral theory of molecular evolution.
| |
|
|
KIMURA, M. (1983). The neutral theory of molecular
evolution. Cambridge, United Kingdom : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
KIMURA, M. (1985). The neutral theory of molecular
evolution. New Scientist, 41-46. |
|
KIMURA, M. (1989). The neutral theory of molecular
evolution and the world view of the neutralists. Genome,
31 (1), 24-31. |
|
GILLEPSIE, J.H. (1994). Alternatives to the neutral
theory. In Y. Kim, W. Stephan and B. Golding. (Ed.),
Non-neutral evolution : Theories and molecular data (pp.
1–17). London : Chapman and Hall. |
|
|
|
Théorie
officielle : Explication
d'un phénomène ou d'un évènement proposée par une autorité
(scientifique, gouvernementale, experts d'un domaine, etc.) et
qui, à un moment donné, semble faire l'unanimité,
ou du moins faire consensus,
dans un groupe, une
société. Une théorie
officielle n'est pas nécessairement «vraie» ni scientifique, bien
que certaines le soient totalement (EX : théorie
sur les vaccins) ou partiellement (EX : théorie
du 11 septembre). Et encore, faut-il préciser que «par
scientifique» on entend pas ici que l'explication officielle ait
été vérifiée, donc soumise à un test au moyen de la méthode
scientifique, ce qui est plutôt rare étant donné le caractère
singulier des événements «historiques» à l'origine de ces théories
(EX : L'assassinat de J.F. Kennedy). Cela ne veut
pas dire non plus dire que la théorie explique «tout» ou qu'aucun
doute ne subsiste quant à la nature des faits qui sont considérés;
ce sont de toute manière des exigences qu'aucune théorie n'est en
mesure de pleinement remplir. En fait, le mot «officiel» renvoie
davantage à une certaine rigueur dans l'examen des faits. C'est
cette dernière qualité «analytique» - la rigueur ou la
cohérence - qui donne aux autorités officielles suffisamment
de poids ou de crédibilité pour convaincre la majorité
du bien-fondé de la théorie. C'est sans doute pour cette raison
que certains auteurs préférent utiliser les termes «version des
faits, vision ou conception des choses ou thèse dominante», plutôt
que «théorie», des termes plus faibles qui s'éloignent de l'idée
de vérité probante ou incontestable.
Bref, une explication officielle serait
davantage un point de vue simple et cohérent partagé par une
majorité, à un moment donné de
l'histoire. C'est d'ailleurs le «danger» qui guette
certaines de ces théories qui s'enferment dans un vocabulaire
hermétique et un raisonnement tellement étriqué et inacessible
qu'elles deviennent, pour de mauvaises raisons, incontestables, la
«seule version» des faits possible. Rappelons que la découverte de
faits cachés, plusieurs années après les incidents du golfe
du Tonkin a permis d'ébranler la version officielle de
l'entrée en guerre des États-Unis contre le Vietnam, une «théorie
officielle» que l'on croyait pourtant solide. Notons qu'une
théorie officielle devient un
dogme lorsqu'il n'est plus possible de la contester ou
lorsque ses détracteurs ou ses «sérieux sceptiques» sont tournés
en dérision dans les médias à la moindre objection
(EX : théorie du 11 septembre du NIST). =
version officielle des faits, vision partagée par la majorité,
concensus historique.
|
Théorie
psychologique : Ensemble des théories
proposées par les psychologues.
Psychological theory.
|
|
| HULL,
C.L. (1930). Simple trial-and-error learning : A study in
psychological theory. Psychological
Review, 37, 241-256.
|
|
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1941). Current trends in psychological
theory. Psychological Bulletin, 38, 29-65. |
HINELINE, P.N. (1990). The origins of environment- based
psychological theory. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 53, 305-320. |
|
RAKOVE, S.S. (1981). Social psychological theory and
falsification. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 7, 123-130. |
HOUSE, R.J., SPANGLER, W.D. & WOYKE, J. (1991).
Personality and charisma in the U.S. presidency : A
psychological theory of leadership effectiveness. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 36, 364-396. |
|
LOWRY, R. (1982). The evolution of psychological
theory. New York : Aldine. |
GREENWOOD, J.D. (1992). Realism, empiricism, and social
constructionism : Psychological theory and the social
dimensions of mind and action. Theory &
Psychology, 2, 131-151. |
|
REICHER, S.D. & POTTER, J. (1985). Psychological
theory as intergroup perspective : A comparative analysis
of "scientific" and "lay" accounts of crowd events. Human
Relations, 38, 167-189. |
|
|
GERGEN, K.J. (1988). The concept of progress in
psychological theory. Recent Trends in Theoretical
Psychology 1-14. |
BROWN, L.A. & CAMPIONE, J.C. (1996). Psychological
theory and design of innovative learning environments : on
procedures, principles and systems. In L. Schauble &
R. Glaser (Eds.), Innovations in learning : New
environments for education. Mahwah, New Jersey :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
GILLIGAN, C. (1989). Mapping the moral domain : A
contribution of women's thinking to psychological theory
and education. Harvard : Harvard University Press. |
CACIOPPO, J.T., SEMIN, G.R. & BERNTSON, G.G. (2004).
Realism, instrumentalism, and scientific symbiosis :
Psychological theory as a search for truth and the
discovery of solutions. American Psychologist, 59
(4), 214-223. [PDF]
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérorie et Psychologie |
|
|
Théorie
parfaite : Désigne les
théories qui expliquent tous les phénomènes
de leur domaine, mieux que toutes les autres thérories dites phénomènes
= Meilleure explication.
|
Théorie
synthétique de l'évolution : Désigne les ajouts à la théorie
de base de l'évolution de Darwin,
notamment les connaissances en génétiques des populations.
= modèle standard de l'évolution. Evolutionary
theory, Modern evolutionary synthesis, evolutionary
synthesis.
|
|
| |
LALAND, K.N., ULLER, T., FELDMAN, M.W. SRERELNY, K.,
MÜLLER, G.B, MOCZECK, A., JABLONKA, E. & ODLING-SMEE,
J. (2015). The extended evolutionary synthesis : its
structure, assumptions and prediction. Proceedings of
the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 282, 1-14.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
type/token :
Type-token theory.
| |
|
|
PEIRCE, C.S. (1931). Collected papers. Cambridge
: Harvard University Press. |
|
HORGAN, T. (1981). Token physicalism, supervenience, and
the generality of physics. Synthese, 49,
395-413. |
|
JACKSON, F., PARGETTER, R. & PRIOR, E. (1982).
Fuctionalism and type-type theories. Philosophical
Studies, 42, 209-225. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie universelle : Théorie unifiée : Théorie unique : Voir Psychologie
unifiée. Unifying psychology, .
|
Théorique : Qualifie toute chose (raisonnement, explication ou
affirmation) qui recourt à des éléments abstraits ou non
observables.
|
théorique
(A-) : Le terme a trois acceptions voisines: a)
Se dit d'une explication, d'un concept ou d'un outil de recherche
dont le développement ne repose pas systématiquement sur une
théorie. Dans ce sens, athéorique est synonyme de neutralité
théorique. EX: Plusieurs psycholologues
considèrent que le DSM-IV
est athéorique, alors que les premières versions du DSM étaient
fortement influencées par la psychanalyse; b) On
utilise également ce terme pour qualifier - souvent dans un sens
péjoratif - les théories psychologiques matérialistes qui refusent
de faire appel à des concepts mentalistes
pour expliquer le comportement. EX: Plusieurs
psycholologues considèrent que la théorie du conditionnement
opérant de Skinner est
athéorique car tous les concepts explicatifs (renforcement,
punition, contingence, etc.) sont du même niveau
ontologique que le comportement (ou la chose à expliquer).
c) Finalement, on utilise ce qualificatif pour désigner
la démarche de certains psychologues empiristes qui prétendent
développer des techniques d'intervention thérapeutique ou des
méthodes d'enseignement hors de tout contexte théorique, en ne se
fondant uniquement sur les données de la recherche. EX:
L'enseignement par
instruction de Engelmann.
En ce sens, «athéorique» est ici synonyme d'empirique.
|
|
|
Theory
& Psychology : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'examen des théories
de la psychologie.
Éditeur : Sage.
GREEN, C.D. (2001). Scientific models, connectionist
networks, and cognitive science. Theory &
Psychology, 11, 97-117. [LIRE]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Thérapeute : Terme générique qui désigne celui ou
celle qui administre un traitement
à une personne souffrante
ou en détresse, que ce
traitement soit ou non éprouvé sur le plan clinique et
scientifique. Au sens strict, spécialiste ou technologue
qui utilise des thérapies qui se fondent
sur les connaissances issues de la psychologie
scientifique pour aider et guérir ses clients/ patients.
= psychothérapeute, clinicien,
psychologue clinicien, analyste.
Therapist, psychotherapist, clinician,
clinician practice, psy, shrink.
| |
|
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1978). Therapists play monopoly. New
Forum, 5, 37-38. |
STILES, W.B., SHAPIRO, D.A. HARPER, H. & MORRISON, L.
(1995). Therapist contributions to psychotherapeutic
assimilation : An alternative to the drug metaphor.
British Journal of Medical Psychology, 68, 1-13. |
|
STILES, W.B., SHAPIRO, D.A. & FIRTH-COZENS, J.A.
(1989). Therapist differences in the use of verbal
response mode forms and intents. Psychotherapy, 26, 314-322. |
MACRAN, S. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1998). The role of
personal therapy for therapists : A review. British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 71, 13-25. |
|
JENNINGS, L. & SKOVHOLT, T.M. (1999). The cognitive
emotional and relational characteristics of master
therapists. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 46,
3-11. |
|
RIEMER, M., ROSOF-WILLIAMS, J. & BICKMAN, L. (2005).
Theories related to changing clinician practice. Child
& Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America,
14 (2), 241-254. |
|
SAPYTA, J., RIEMER, M. & BICKMAN, L. (2005). Feedback
to clinicians : Theory, research & practice. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 61 (2), 145-153. |
|
SCHOLER, S.J., REICH, S.M., BOSHERS, R.B. & BICKMAN,
L. (2005). A multimedia violence prevention program
increases pediatric residents and childcare providers'
knowledge about responding to childhood aggression.
Clinical Pediatrics, 44 (5), 413-417. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A., FIRTH-COZENS, J.A. & STILES, W.B.
(1989). The question of therapists' differential
effectiveness : A Sheffield Psychotherapy Project
addendum. British Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 383-385. |
KUYKEN, W. & TSIVRIKOS, D. (2009). Therapist
competence, comorbidity and cognitive-behavioral therapy
for depression. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics,
78 (1), 42-48. |
|
ELLIOT, R.K. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1992). Client and
therapist as analysts of significant events. In S.G.
Toukmanian & D.L. Rennie (Eds.), Psychotherapeutic
change : Theory-guided and descriptive research
strategies (pp. 163-186). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
ANDERSON, T., OGLES, B.M., PATTERSON, C.L., LAMBERT, M.J.
& VERMEERSCH, D.A. (2009). Therapist effects :
Facilitative interpersonal skills as a predictor of
therapist success. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
65, 755-768. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie et Effet
du thérapeute |
|
|
Thérapeute (Effet) : Effet bénéfique
ressenti par le clients/ patients
du seul fait de la présence de son thérapeute,
à son contact répété lors des séances,
peu importe le type de thérapie auquel ce dernier a recours pour
l'aider et le guérir. Effet du thérapeute, thérapeute
et thérapie. Therapist
effect.
| |
|
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. & MINTZ, J. (1991). Implications
of therapist effects for the design and analysis of
comparative-studies of psychotherapies. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 59 (1),
20-26. [PDF] |
|
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., BARANACKIE, K., KURCIAS, J.S., BECK,
A. T., CARROLL, K., PERRY, K. & ZITRIN, C. (1991).
Meta-analysis of therapist effects in psychotherapy
outcome studies. Psychotherapy Research, 1 (2),
81-91. |
|
|
NAJAVITS, L.M., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. & DIEBERGER, A.
(2000). Clinicians' impact on substance abuse treatment. Substance
Use & Misuse, 35, 2161-2190. [PDF] |
SANDELL, R., LAZAR, A., GRANT, J., CARLSSON, J., SCHUBERT,
J. & BROBERG, J. (2007). Therapist attitudes and
patient outcomes : II. Therapist attitudes influence
change during treatment. Psychotherapy Research, 17
(2), 201-211. |
|
HUPPERT, J.D., BUFKA, L.F., BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M.,
SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W. (2001). Therapists,
therapist variables, and cognitive-behavioral therapy
outcome in a multicenter trial for panic disorder.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69 (5),
747-755. |
LUTZ, W., MARTINOVICH, Z., LYONS, J.S., LEON, S.C. &
STILES, W.B. (2007). Therapist effects in outpatient
psychotherapy : A three-level growth curve approach. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 54 (1), 32-39. [PDF] |
|
SANDELL, R., LAZAR, A., GRANT, J., CARLSSON, J., SCHUBERT,
J. & BROBERG, J (2002). Varieties of therapeutic
experience and their associations with patient outcome. European
Psychotherapy, 3 (1), 17-35. |
MILLER, S.D., HUBBLE, M. & DUNCAN, B. (2008).
Supershrinks : What is the secret of their success. Psychotherapy
in Australia, 14 (4), 14-22. |
|
OKIISHI, J.C., LAMBERT, M.J., NIELSEN, L. & OGLES,
B.M. (2003). Waiting for supershrink: An empirical
analysis of therapist effects. Clinical Psychology
& Psychotherapy, 10 (6), 361-373. |
KUYKEN, W. & TSIVRIKOS, D. (2009). Therapist
competence, comorbidity and Ccognitive-behavioral therapy
for depression. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics,
78 (1), 42-48. |
|
TREPKA, C., REES, A., SHAPIRO, D. A., HARDY, G.E. &
BARKMAN, M. (2004). Therapist competence and outcome of
cognitive therapy for depression. Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 28 (2), 143-157. |
ANDERSON, T., OGLES, B.M., PATTERSON, C.L., LAMBERT, M.
& VERMEERSCH, D.A. (2009). Therapist effects :
Facilitative interpersonal skills as a predictor of
therapist success. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
65, 755-768. |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E. & BROWN, G.S. (2005). Estimating
variability in outcomes attributable to therapists : A
naturalistic study of outcomes in managed care.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 73
(5), 914-923. |
LARRISON, C.R. & SCHPPELREY, S.L. (2011). Therapist
effects on disparities experienced by minorities receiving
services for mental illness. Research on Social Work
Practice, 21 (6), 727-736. |
|
KIM, D.M., WAMPOLD, B.E. & BOLT, D.M. (2006).
Therapist effects in psychotherapy : A random-effects
modeling of the National Institute of Mental Health
Treatment of Depression Collaborative Research Program
data. Psychotherapy Research, 16 (2), 161-172. |
OWEN, J., LEACH, M.M., WAMPOLD, B. & RODOLFA, E.
(2011). Client and therapist variability in clients'
perceptions of their therapists' multicultural
competencies. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 58 (1),
1-9 |
|
SANDELL, R., LAZAR, A., GRANT, J., CARLSSON, J., SCHUBERT,
J. & BROBERG, J. (2006). Therapist attitudes and
patient outcomes. III. A latent class analysis of
therapists. Psychology & Psychotherapy-Theory
Research & Practice, 79, 629-647. |
SAXON, D. & BARKHAM, M. (2012). Patterns of therapist
variability : Therapist effects and the contribution of
patient severity and risk. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 80 (4), 535-546. |
|
OKIISHI, J.C., LAMBERT, M.J., EGGETT, D., NIELSEN, L.,
DAYTON, D.D. & VERMEERSCH, D.A. (2006). An analysis of
therapist treatment effects : Toward providing feedback to
individual therapists on their clients' psychotherapy
outcome. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 62 (9),
1157-1172. |
PODELL, J.L., KENDALL, P.C., GOSCH, E.A., COMPTON, S.N.,
MARCH, J.S., ALBANO, A.-M. & PIACENTINI, J.C. (2013).
Therapist factors and outcomes in CBT for anxiety in
youth. Professional Psychology-Research &
Practice, 44 (2), 89-98. |
|
ELKIN, I., FALCONNIER, L., MARTINOVICH, Z. & MAHONEY,
C. (2006). Therapist effects in the National Institute of
Mental Health Treatment of Depression Collaborative
Research Program. Psychotherapy Research, 16
(2), 144-160. |
LASKA, K.M., SMITH, T.L., WISLOCKI, A.P., MINAMI, T. &
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2013). Uniformity of evidence-based
treatments in practice ? Therapist effects in the delivery
of cognitive processing therapy for PTSD. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 60 (1), 31-41. |
|
STILES, W.B. & HORVARTH, A.O. (2017). Appropriate
responsiveness as a contribution to therapist effects. In
L. Castonguay & C.E. Hill (Eds.), How and why are
some therapists better than others ? Understanding
therapist effects (pp. 71-84). Washington, DC : APA
Books. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Effets,
Relation
thérapeutique,
Effet thérapeutique équivalent et Efficacité
des thérapies |
|
|
|
Thérapeute/Psychologue
(Éthique/Déontologie) : Ethics
in psychotherapy and counseling.
| |
|
|
POPE, K.S., LEVENSON, H. & SCHOVER, L.R. (1979).
Sexual intimacy in psychology training : Results and
implications of a national survey. American
Psychologist, 34, 682-689.
[LIRE] |
POPE, K.S. (1990). Therapist-patient sex as sex abuse :
Six scientific, professional and practical dilemmas in
addressing victimization and rehabilitation. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 21, 227-239.
[LIRE] |
|
POPE, K.S., SCHOVER, L.R. & LEVENSON, H. (1980).
Sexual behavior between clinical supervisors and trainees
: Implications for professional standards.
Professional Psychology, 11, 157-162. |
POPE, K.S. (1990). Therapist-patient sexual involvement :
A review of research. Clinical Psychology Review, 10,
477-490. |
|
REDICH, F. & POPE, K.S. (1980). Ethics of mental
health training. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Disease, 168, 709-714. |
|
|
FELDMAN-SUMMER, S. & JONES, G. (1984). Psychological
impacts of sexual contact between therapists or other
health care practitioners and their clients. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 52, 1054-1061. |
|
|
KEITH-SPIEGEL, P. & KOOCHER, G. (1985). Ethics in
psychology : Professional standards and cases. New
York : Random House. |
HANKINS, G.C., VERA, M.I. BARNARD, G.W. & HERKOV, M.J.
(1994). Therapist sexual involvement : A review of
clinical and research. Bulletin of the American
Academy of Psychiatry & the Law, 22 (1),
109-126. [PDF] |
|
ROBINSON, W.L. & REID, P.T. (1985). Sexual intimacies
in psychology revisited. Professional Psychology, 16,
512-520. |
|
|
GARTRELL, N., HERMAN, J., OLARTE, S., FELDSTEIN, M. &
LOCALIO, R. (1986). Psychiatrist-patient sexual contact :
results of a national survey. I : Prevalence. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 143 (9), 1126-1131. |
|
|
POPE, K.S., KEITH-SPIEGEL, P. & TABACHNICK, B.G.
(1986). Sexual attraction to clients : The human therapist
and the (sometimes) in human training system. American
Psychologist, 41, 147-158. [LIRE] |
POPE, K.S. & VASQUEZ, M.J.T. (1998). Ethics in
psychotherapy and counseling : A practical guide for
psychologists. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Relation
thérapeutique, Affaire
Tarasoff et Éthique
|
|
|
|
Thérapeute
en psychologie (Formation) :
Ensemble des techniques pédagogiques qui permettent de former un psychologue
thérapeute. Au Québec, Tout individu
portant le titre de psychologue doit obligatoirement possèder un permis
de pratique et être inscrit au tableau des membres de
l'Ordre des psychologues (OPQ). Pour obtenir ce permis, il
faut depuis le 27 juillet 2006 détenir un doctorat
(voir la liste des
doctorats admissibles). Formation d'un thérapeute en
psychologie, psychologie
clinique et modèle
de Boulder. Therapist training,
supervision of psychotherapy, graduate training in psychology.
| |
|
|
HILGARD, E.R., KELLY, E.L., LUCKEY, B., SANFORD, N.,
SHAFFER, L.F. & SHAKOW, D. (1947). Recommended
graduate training program in clinical psychology. American
Psychologist, 2, 539-558. |
|
|
WOODY, R.H. (1969). Behavioral counseling : Role
definition and professional training. The Counseling
Psychologist, 1, 84-88. |
AVELINE, M. (1997). The use of audiotapes in supervision
of psychotherapy. In G. Shipton (Ed.), Supervision of
psychotherapy and counselling (pp. 80-93).
Buckingham : Open University Press. |
|
AGRAS, W.S. (1973). Toward the certification of behavior
therapists ? Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6
(1), 167-172. [PDF] |
KRASNER, R., HOWARD, K. & BROWN, A. (1998) The
acquisition of psychotherapeutic skill : An empirical
study. Journal of Clinical Psychology 54,
895-903. |
|
HENDERSON, J., BRIÈRE.J. & HARTSOUGH, W.R. (1980).
Sexism and sex roles in letters of recommendation to
graduate training in psychology. Canadian Psychology,
21, 75-80. [PDF] |
MACRAN, S. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1998). The role of
personal therapy for therapists : A review. British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 71, 13-25. |
|
DODENHOFF, J.T. (1981). Interpersonal attraction and
direct-indiret supervisor influence as predictors of
counselor trainee effectivenes. Counselling
Psychology, 28, 47-52. |
DAVIDSON, C. & DAVIDSON, J. (1997). Similarities and
differences between the training of clinical psychologists
and counsellors. Clinical Psychology, 101, 9-12. |
|
STROSAHL, K.D. & JACOBSON, N. (1986). The training and
supervision of behavior therapists. The Clinical
Supervisor, 4, 183-206. |
ADDIS, M.E. (2000). Graduate training in Boulder model
clinical psychology programs : The evolving tension
between science and art. In S. Soldz & L. McCullough
(Eds.), Reconciling empirical knowledge and clinical
practice (pp. 51-66). Washington, DC : American
Psychological Association. |
|
COLLINS, F.L., FOSTER, S.L. & BERLER, E.S. (1986).
Clinical training issues for behavioral psychology. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 17, 301-307. |
BEIDEL, D.C. (2000). Comment on "On the origins of
clinical psychology faculty : Who is training the
trainers". Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 7, 355-356. |
|
CARROL, M. (1988). Counselling supervision : of personal
the British context. Psychology Quarterly, 1, 387-396. |
BELAR, C.D. (2000). Scientist-practitioner ? Science +
practice : Boulder is bolder. American Psychologist,
55, 249-250. |
|
|
ALBERTS, G. & EDELSTEIN, B. (1990). Therapist training
: a critical review of skill training studies.
Clinical Psychology Review, 10, 497-511. |
CASTONGUAY, L.G. (2000). A common factors approach to
psychotherapy training. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 10, 263-282. |
|
AIKEN, L.S., WEST, S.G., SECHREST, L. & RENO, R R.
(1990). Graduate training in statistics, methodology, and
measurement in psychology : A survey of Ph.D. programs in
North America. American Psychologists, 45, 721-734. |
ADDIS, M.E. & JACOB, K. (2000). On the process of
outcome of graduate training in clinical psychology: Where
do we want to go, how will we get there, and who will join
us? Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice, 7,
364- 367. |
|
CUSHWAY, D. (1992). Stress in clinical psychology
trainees. British Journal Clinical Psychology, 31, 169-179. |
STICKER, G. (2002). What is the scientist-practi- tioner
anyway? Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58,
1277-1283. |
|
BERNARD, J.M. & GOODYEAR, R.K. (1992). Fundamentals
supervision. Boston, MA, US : Allyn & Bacon,
Inc. |
OLATUNJI, B.O., FELDNER, M.T. & WITTE, T.H. (2004).
Graduate training of the scientist-practitioner : Issues
in translational research and statistica analysis. The
Behavior Therapist, 27 (3), 45-68. [PDF] |
|
BELAR, C.D. & PERRY, N.W. (1992). National conference
on scientist-practitioner education and training for the
professional practice of psychology. American
Psychologists, 47, 71- 75. |
LECOMTE, C., SAVARD, R., DROUIN, M.-S. & GUILLON, V.
(2004). Qui sont les psychothérapeutes efficaces ?
Implications pour la formation en psychologie. Revue
Québécoise de Psychologie, 25 (3), 73-102.
[PDF] |
|
TSOI-HOSHMAN, L. & POLKINGHORNE, D.E. (1992).
Redefining the science-practice rela- tionship and
professional training. American Psychologist, 47, 55-66. |
NORCROSS, J.C. (2005). The psychotherapist's own
psychotherapy : Educating and developing psychologists. American
Psychologist, 60, 840-850. |
|
HENRY, W.P., SCHACHT, T.E., STRUPP, H.H., BUTLER, S.F.
& BINDER, J. (1993). Effects of training in time
limited psychotherapy : Mediators of therapist' responses
to training. Journal of Clinical & Consulting
Psychology, 61, 434-440. |
McFALL, R.M. (2006). Doctoral training in clinical
psychology. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 2,
21-49. |
|
LECOMTE, C. CASTONGUAY, L.-G., CYR, M. & SABOURIN, S.
(1993). Supervision and instruction in doctoral
psychotherapy integration. In S. Stricker et J.R. Gold
(Eds.), Comprehensive handbook of psychotherapy
integration. New York : Plenum Press. |
HASSERT, D.L., KELLY, A.N., PRITCHARD, J.K. &
CAUTILLI, J.D. (2008). The licensing of behavior analyste
: Protecting The Profession and the public. Journal
of Early & Intensive Behavior Intervention, 5
(2), 8-19. [PDF] |
|
HENRY, W.P., STRUPP, H.H., BUTLER, S.F., SCHACHT, T.E.
& BINDER, J. (1993). Effects of training in time
limited psychotherapy : Changes in therapist behavior. Journal
of Clinical & Consulting Psychology, 61, 434-440. |
BAKER, T.B., MCFALL, R.M. & SHOHAM, V. (2008). Current
status and future prospects of clinical psychology :
Toward a scientically principled approach to mental and
behavioral health care. Psychological Science in the
Public Interest, 9 (2), 67-103. |
|
BINDER, J.L. (1993). Is it time to improve psychotherapy
training? Psychology Review, 13, 301-318. |
WEISS, J.A., LUNSKY, Y. & MORI, D. (2010). Psychology
graduate student training in developmental disability : A
Canadian survey. Canadian Psychology, 51 (3),
177-184. |
|
FOX, R.E. (1994). Training professional psychologists for
the twenty-first century. American Psychologist, 49,
200-206. |
GRUS, C.L. (2011). Training, credentialing, and new roles
in clinical psychology : Emerging trends. In D.H. Barlow
(Ed.), Oxford handbook of clinical psychology
(pp. 150-168). New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
ELLIS, M.V, LADANY, N., KRENGEL, M. & SCHULT, D.
(1996). Clinical supervision research from 1981 to 1993: A
methodological critique. Journal of Counselling
Psychology, 43 (1), 35-50. |
BARLOW, D.H. & CARL, J.R. (2011). The future of
clinical psychology : Promises, perspectives, and
predictions. In D. H. Barlow (Ed.), Oxford handbook
of clinical psychology (pp. 891-911). New York :
Oxford University Press. |
|
DORAN, A. & CARR, A. (1996). Clinical Psychologists'
roles. Irish Journal Psychology, 17, 228-240. |
MORIN, D., WEISS, J.A., LUNSKY, Y. & TREMBLAY, A.
(2011). Formation des étudiants en psychologie en
déficience intellectuelle et troubles envahissants du
développement. Revue Francophone de la Déficience
Intellectuelle, 22, 51-62. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Psychologie clinique, Doctorat
et Modèle
de Boulder |
|
|
|
|
|
Thérapeutique
équivalent (Effet) : Hypothèse
(Are all psychotherapies equivalent ? demande Stiles),
proposée par Ronsenweig,
selon lequel les thérapies
ont des effets bénéfiques équivalents, peu importe les principes
théoriques sur lesquels elles reposent. Cet effet - dont
l'existence fait toujours l'objet de débat - s'expliquerait par le
fait que les différentes thérapies ont en commun un ensemble de
caractéristiqes (les
facteurs communs) qui ont un effet thérapeutique plus
important que les caractéristiques qui permettent de distinguer ces thérapies les une des autres. On utilise souvent le mot Dodo pour désigner
cet effet. Il s'agit d'un synonyme qui fait allusion à un
personnage (Un oiseaux Dodo) d'un roman de Lewis Caroll, Les
aventures d'Alice au Pays des Merveilles. Dans cette fiction, le
Dodo organise une course qui se termine sans gagnant; le Dodo
décide alors de déclarer gagnant tous les coureurs, peu importe
leur performance, et de leur remettre à chacun un trophée : «
Everybody has won and all must have prizes ». =
effet dodo, verdict de l'oiseau Dodo, la conjecture de
l'oiseau Dodo. Dodo bird verdict,
psychotherapy equivalence, Dodo bird conjecture.
|
|
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1936). Some implicit common factors in
diverse methods of psychotherapy: "At last the Dodo said,
"Everybody has won and all must have prizes". American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 6, 412-415. |
HUNSLEY, J. & DI GULIO, G. (2002). Dodo bird, phoenix,
or urban legend ? The question of psychotherapy
equivalence. The Scientific Review of Mental Health
Practice, 1 (1), 11-22. [LIRE]
|
|
LUBORSKY, L., SINGER, B. & LUBORSKY, L. (1975).
Comparative studies of psychotherapies : Is it true that
"Everyone has won and all must have prizes" ? Archives
of General Psychiatry, 32, 995-1008. |
GIFFORD E. (2002). Socrates and the Dodo Bird : Clinical
BehaviorAnalysis and Psychotherapy Research. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 3 (3), 259-263 |
|
STILES, W.B., SHAPIRO, D.A. & ELLIOTT, R.K. (1986).
Are all psychotherapies equivalent ? American
Psychologist, 41, 165-180. |
DUNCAN, B.L. (2002). The legacy of Saul Rosenzweig : The
profundity of the dodo bird. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 12 (1), 32-57.
[PDF] |
|
SHADISH, W.R. & SWEENEY, R.B. (1991). Mediators
and moderators in meta-analysis : There's a reason why we
don't let Dodo birds tell us which psychotherapies should
have prizes. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59, 883-893. |
BEUTLER, L.E. (2002). The dodo bird is extinct. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 9, 30-34. |
|
BEUTLER, L.E. (1991). Have all won and must all have
prizes ? Revisiting Luborsky et al.’s verdict. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 59, 226-232.
|
CHAMBLESS, D. (2002). Beware the dodo bird : the dangers
of overgeneralization. Clinical Psychology : Science
& Practice, 9, 13-16. |
|
NORCROSS, J.C. (1995). Dispelling the dodo bird verdict
and the exclusivity myth in psychotherapy.
Psychotherapy, 32, 500-504. |
LUBORSKY, L., ROSENTHAL, R., DIGUER, L., ANDRUSYNA, T.P.,
BERMAN, J.S., LEVITT, J.T., SELIGMAN, D.A. & KRAUSE,
E.D. (2002). The Dodo bird verdict is alive and well and
mostly. Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice,
9 (1), 2-12. [PDF]
|
|
WAMPOLD, B.E., MONDIN, G.W., MOODY, M., STICH, F., BENSON,
K. & AHN, H. (1997). A meta-analysis of outcome
studies comparing bonafide psychotherapies : Empirically,
"all must have prizes." Psychological Bulletin, 122,
203-215. |
WINTER, D. (2006). Avoiding the fate of the Dodo bird: the
challenge of evidence-based practice. In D. Loewenthal
& D. Winter (Eds.), What is psychotherapy
research ? (pp. 41-46). London : Karnac Books |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E., MONDIN, G.W., MOODY, M. & AHN, H.
(1997). The flat earth as a metaphor for the evidence for
uniform efficacy of bona fide psychotherapies : Reply to
Crits-Christoph (1997) and Howard et al. (1997). Psychological
Bulletin, 122, 226-230. |
WESTMACOTT, R. & HUNSLEY, J. (2007). Weighing the
evidence for psychotherapy equivalence : Implications for
research and practice. The Behavior Analyst Today, 8
(2), 210-225. [PDF]
|
|
REID, W.J. (1997). Evaluating the Dodo bird verdict : do
all interventions have equivalent outcomes ? Social
Work Research, 21, 5-16. |
SIEV, J. & CHAMBLESS, D.L. (2009). The dodo bird,
treatment technique, and disseminating empirically
supported treatments. The Behavior Therapist, 32,
69-75. [PDF]
|
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. (1997). Limitations of the "dodo bird"
verdict and the role of clinical trials in psychotherapy
research : Comment on Wampold et al. (1997). Psychological
Bulletin, 122, 216-220. [PDF] |
BARLOW, D.H. (2010). The dodo bird- again- and again. The
Behavior Therapist, 33, 15-16. |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E., MONDIN, G.W., MOODY, M. & AHN, H.
(1997), The flat earth as a metaphor for the evidence for
uniform efficacy of bona fide psychotherapies : reply to
Crits-Christoph (1997) and Howard et al. (1997). Psychological
Bulletin, 122, 226-230. |
CARROLL, K.M. & ROUNSAVILLE, B.J. (2010). Commentary
on Sellman (2010). Perhaps it's the Dodo bird verdict that
should be extinct. Addiction, 105 (1), 18-20. [PDF]
|
|
HOWARD, K.I., KRAUSE, M.S., SAUNDERS, S.M. & KOPTA,
S.M. (1997). Trials and tribulations in the meta-analysis
of treatment differences : Comment on Wampold et al.
(1997). Psychological Bulletin, 122, 221-225 |
ELLIOTT, K.P., BARKER, K.K. & HUNSLEY, J. (2015). Dodo
bird verdict in psychotherapy. In R. Cautin & S.
Lilienfeld (Eds.), Encyclopedia of clinical
psychology. Hoboken, NJ : Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
CUIJPERS, P. (1998). Minimising interventions in the
treatment and prevention of depression : Taking the
consequences of the Dodo bird verdict. Journal of
Mental Health, 7, 335-365. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Effets, Efficacité
des thérapies et Méta-analyse |
|
|
|
Thérapeutique
(Relation/Alliance) : Expression
qui désigne la relation qui se tisse entre un thérapeute
et son patient/ client.
Cette rleation se décompose en trois principaux éléments : 1) les
buts de la thérapie (EX : Fumer moins); 2) la nature de la
relation entre le thérapeute et son client/patient (Ex : 2
rencontres par semaine en face à face); 3) la nature des tâches
que le thérapeute propose à son patient/client (S'auto-observer au
moyen d'une grille, parler de son enfance, remplir un
questionnaire, etc). = relation
client-thérapeute, relation patient-thérapeute, alliance
thérapeutique. Client-therapist interaction,
therapeutic alliance, working alliance, therapeutic
relationship, patient-therapist matching, helping alliance.
| |
|
|
DOUGHERTY, F.E. (1976). Patient-therapist matching for
prediction of optimal and minimal therapeutic outcome. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 44 (6),
889-897. |
MARTIN, D.J., GARSKE, M.J. & DAVIS, M.M. (2000).
Relation of the therapeutic alliance with outcome and
other variables : A meta-analytic review. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68, 438-450. |
|
BORDIN, E. (1979). The generalizability of the
psychoanalytic concept of the working alliance. Psychotherapy
: Theory, Research, & Practice, 16, 252-260. |
FLORSHEIM, P., SHOTORBANI, S., GUEST-WARNICK, G., BARRATT,
T. & HWANG, W.-C. (2000). Role of the working
alliance in the treatment of delinquent boys in
community-based programs. Journal of Clinical Child
Psychology, 29 (1), 94-107. |
|
ANDERSON, L. & CARTER, J.H. (1982). Psychotherapy :
Patient-therapist matching reconsidered. Journal of
the National Medical Association, 74 (5), 461-464. |
BOLLING, M., PARKER, C., KANTER, J., KOHLENBERG, R.J.
& TSAI, M. (2000). The client-therapist interaction :
The core of a behavioral approach. European
Psychotherapy, 1, 21-29. |
|
HORVATH, A.O. (2000). The therapeutic relationship : from
transference to alliance. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 56, 163-173. |
|
FELDMAN-SUMMER, S. & JONES, G. (1984). Psychological
impacts of sexual contact between therapists or other
health care practitioners and their clients. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 52, 1054-1061. |
LEBLANC, L.A., HAGOPIAN, L.P., MARHEEFKA, J.M. &
WILKE, A. (2001). Effects of therapist gender and type of
attention on assessment and treatment of
attention-maintained destructive behavior. Behavioral
Interventions, 16, 39-57. |
|
HUNT D.D., CARR, J.E., DAGADAKIS, C.S. & WALKER E.A.
(1985). Cognitive match as a predictor of psychotherapy
outcome. Psychotherapy : Theory, Research, Practice,
Training, 22 (4), 718-721. |
BAILLARGEON P. et LEDUC, A. (2002). Inventaire de
l'alliance théra- peutique (IAT). Trois-Rivières :
Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières. |
|
WEINSTOCK-SAVOY, D.E. (1986). The relationship of
therapist and patient interpersonal styles to outcome in
brief dynamic psychotherapy. Dissertation Abstracts
International, 47, 26-38. |
HALL, J.A. & ROTER, D.L. (2002). Do patients talk
differently to male and female physicians ? A
meta-analytic review. Patient Education &
Counseling, 48, 217-224. |
|
SAFRAN, J.D., CROCKER, P., McMAIN, S. & MURRAY, P.
(1990). Therapeutic alliance rupture as a therapy event
for empirical investigation. Psychotherapy, 27, 154-165. |
MURAN, J.C., SAFRAN, J.D., SAMSTAG, L.W. & WINSTON, A.
(2005). Evaluating an alliance-focused treatment for
personality disorders. Psychotherapy, 42 (4),
532-454. [PDF] |
|
TRYON, G.S. & KANE, A.S. (1990). The helping alliance
and premature termination. Counseling Psychology
Quarterly, 3, 233-238. |
SAFRAN, J.D., MURAN, J.C., SAMSTAG, L. & WINSTON, A.
(2005). Evaluating an alliance-focused intervention for
potential treatment failures. Psychotherapy, 42,
512-531. |
|
POPE, K.S. (1991). Dual relationships in psychotherapy. Ethics
& Behavior, 1, 21-34. |
|
|
HORVATH, A.O. & SYMONDS, B.D. (1991). Relation between
working alliance and outcome in psychotherapy : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 38,
139-149. |
DIAMOND, D. & YEOMANS, F.E. (2008). La relation
patient-thérapeute : rapport avec la théorie de
l'attachement et le fonctionnement réflexif. Santé
Mentale au Québec, 33 (1), 61-87. |
|
HORVATH, A.O. & MARX, R.W. (1991). The development and
decay of the working alliance during time-limited
counseling. Canadian Journal of Counselling &
Psychotherapy, 24 (4), 240-259. |
SAFRAN, J.D., MURAN, J.C. & PROSKUROV, B. (2009).
Alliance, negotiation, and rupture resolution. In R. A.
Levy & J. S. Ablon (Eds.), Handbook of
evidence-based psychodynamic psychotherapy : Bridging
the gap between science and practice (pp. 201-225).
Humana Press. |
|
BEUTLER, L.E., CLARKIN, J.F., CRAGO, M. & BERGAN, J.
(1991). Client-therapist matching. In C.R. Snyder &
D.R. Forsyth (Eds.), Handbook of social and clinical
psychology : The health perspective (pp. 699-716).
New York : Pergamon Press. |
ARDITO, R.B. & RABELINO, D. (2011). Therapeutic
alliance and outcome of psychotherapy: Historical
excursus, measurements, and prospects for research. Frontiers
in Psychology, 2 [270], 1-11. [PDF] |
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., BARBER, J. & KURCIAS, J. (1993).
The accuracy of therapists' interpretations and the
development of the therapeutic alliance. Psychotherapy
Research, 3, 25-35. |
CABRAL, R.R. & SMITH, T.B. (2011). Racial/ethnic
matching of clients and therapists in mental health
services : A meta-analytic review of preferences,
perceptions, and outcomes. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 58 (4), 537-554. |
|
TRYON, G.S. & KANE, A.S. (1993). Relationship of
working alliance to mutual and unilateral termination.
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 40, 33-36. |
BRILLON, M. (2011). L'alliance thérapeutique Un défi
constant pour le thérapeute. Psychologie Québec, 28
(2), 20-23. [PDF] |
|
HORVATH, A.O. & LUBORSKY, L. (1993). The role of the
therapeutic alliance in psychotherapy. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 61, 561-573. |
DEL RE, A.C., FLÜCKIGER, C., HORVATH, A.O., SYMONDS, D.
& WAMPOLD, B.E. (2012). Therapist e ects in the
therapeutic alliance- outcome relationship : A
restricted-maximum likelihood meta-analysis. Clinical
Psychology Review, 32 (7), 642-649. |
BLAAUW, E. & EMMELKAMP, P.M. (1994). The
therapeutic relationship: A study on the value of the
Therapist Client Rating Scale. Behavioural and
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 22, 25–35.
|
|
|
TRYON, G.S. & KANE, A.S. (1995). Client involvement,
working alliance, and type of therapy termination. Psychotherapy
Research, 5, 189-198. |
BAILLARGEON P. et PUSKAS, D. (2013). L'alliance
thérapeutique : Conception, pratique. Défi Jeunesse,
19 (3), 4-9. [PDF] |
|
HORVATH, A.O. (1995). The therapeutic relationship : From
transference to alliance. Psychotherapy in Practice,
1, 7-17. |
|
|
HARDY, G.E., ALDRIDGE, J., DAVIDSON, C., ROWE, C., REILLY,
S. & SHAPIRO, D. (1999). Therapist responsiveness to
client attachment styles and issues observed in
client-identified significant events in psychodynamic-
interpersonal psychotherapy. Psychotherapy Research,
9, 36-53. |
STILES, W.B. (2017). The client-therapist relationship. In
C. Feltham, T. Hanley, & L.A. Winter (Eds.), The
Sage handbook of counselling and psychotherapy (pp.
66-71). London : Sage.
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Effet du thérapeute, Effet thérapeutique équivalent et Efficacité des thérapies |
|
|
|
Thérapie
: Terme générique qui désigne une forme
particulière de traitement pratiqué
par un professionnel,
notamment les psychologues,
dans le but d'aider et de
guérir un patient/ client.
Il existe toutes sortes de thérapies : certaines sont fondées sur
la science, d'autres
reposent uniquement sur l'expérience
acquise par un thérapeute au fil de sa pratique. Enfin, de
nombreuses thérapies ne s'appuient que sur des croyances
et des superstitions.
Les thérapies scientifiques sont des technologies
qui reposent sur des théories
fondées empiriquement et
des observations
cliniques : leur efficacité
et leurs limites ont été clairement montrées.
La nature, les principes, les techniques et le déroulement des
thérapies varient habituellement selon les perspectives.
Certaines thérapies prennent la forme d'entretien (cure
talk), alors que d'autres nécessitent de la part du
patient/ client qu'il
modifie son environnement physique et social (behavior
therapy). NDLR : Au Québec, le terme psychothérapeute
est parfois utilisé pour désigner les non-psychologues qui
pratiquent la psychologie. Cependant, depuis 2006, la pratique de
la psychothérapie est réglementée et donc reservée au seul
détenteur d'un permis (octroyé de facto aux psychologues
cliniciens en titre et... aux médecins (!?). Psychothérapie, pseudothérapies
et psychologie
clinique. = psychothérapie,
technologie ou technique psychologique, traitement.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Therapy,
psychotherapy, psycholgical treatment.
| |
|
|
FREUD, S. (1904/1953). De la psychothérapie in La
technique psychanalytique. Paris : Presses
Universitaire de France |
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., DANTON, W.G. & DENELSKY, G.Y.
(1995). Psychotherapy versus medication for depression :
Challenging the conventional wisdom with data. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 26, 574-585. |
|
MÜNSTERBERG, H. (1909). Psychotherapy. Moffat,
Yard and Company. |
EPSTEIN, W.M. (1995). The illusion of psychotherapy.
New Brunswick, NJ : Transaction. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1940). Areas of agreement in
psychotherapy. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
10, 703-704. |
POOLE, D.A., LINDSAY, D.S., MEMON, A. & BULL, R.
(1995). Psychotherapy and the recovery of memories of
childhood sexual abuse : U.S. and British practitioners'
opinions, practices, and experiences. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63 (3),
426-437. |
|
FREUD, S. (1904/1953). De la psychothérapie in La
technique psychanalytique. Paris : Presses
Universitaire de France |
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1995). The effectiveness of
psychotherapy : The consumer reports study. American
Psychologist, 50, 965-974. |
|
MALING, M.S., GURTMAN, M.B. & HOWARD, K.I. (1995). The
response of interpersonal problems to varying doses of
psychotherapy. Psychotherapy Research, 5, 63-75. |
|
HILGARD, E.R., KELLY, E.L., LUCKEY, B., SANFORD, N.,
SHAFFER, L.F. & SHAKOW, D. (1947). Recommended
graduate training program in clinical psychology. American
Psychologist, 2, 539-558. |
BARBER, J.P., LUBORSKY, L., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. &
DIGUER, L. (1995). A comparison of core conflictual
relationship themes before psychotherapy and during early
sessions. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 63 (1), 145-148. [PDF] |
|
SASLOW, G. (1954). Psychotherapy. Annual Review of
Psychology, 5, 311-336. |
HOWARD, K.I., MORAS, K., BRILL, P.L., MARTINOVICH, Z.
& LUTZ, W. (1996). The evaluation of psychotherapy :
efficacy, effectiveness, patient progress. American
Psychologist, 10, 1059-1064. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1955). Psychotherapy. Annual Review of
Psychology, 6, 357-378. |
BLATT, S.J., SANISLOW, C.A., ZUROFF, D.C. & PILKONIS,
P. (1996). Characteristics of effective therapists :
Further analysis of data from the National Institute of
Mental Health Treatment of Depression Collaborative
Research Program. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 64, 1276-1284. |
|
JESSOR, R. (1956). Social values and psychotherapy. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 20, 264-266. |
KADERA, S.W., LAMBERT, M.J. & ANDREW, A.A. (1996). How
much therapy is enough ? A session-by-session analysis of
the psychotherapy dose-effect relationship. Journal
of Psychotherapy Practice & Research, 5, 132-151. |
|
BANDURA, A. (1956). Psychotherapists' anxiety level,
self-insight, and psychotherapeutic competence. Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 52, 333-337. [PDF] |
GARFIELD, S.L. (1996). Somes problems ssociated with
"validated" forms of psychotherapy. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 39 (3),
218-229. [PDF] |
|
|
HOWARD, K.I., MORAS, K., BRILL, P.L., MARTINOVICH, Z.
& LUTZ, W. (1996). Evaluation of psychotherapy :
Efficacy, effectiveness, and patient progress. American
Psychologist, 51 (10), 159-164. [PDF] |
|
|
|
MAHL, G.F. (1956). Disturbances and silences in the
patient's speech in psychotherapy. Journal of Abnormal
& Social Psychology, 53, 1-15 |
FENSTERHEIM, H. & RAW, S.D. (1996). Psychotherapy research
is not psychotherapy practice. Clinical Psychology:
Science & Practice, 3 (2), 168–171.
|
|
BANDURA, A., LIPSHER, D.H. & MILLER, P.E. (1960).
Psychotherapists' approach-avoidance reactions to
patients' expression of hostility. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 24, 1-8. |
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B., HAN, S.S., GRANGER, D.A. &
MORTON, T. (1995). Effects of psychotherapy with children
and adolescents revisited : A meta-analysis of treatment
outcome studies. Psychological Bulletin, 117
(3), 450-468. [PDF] |
|
BANDURA, A. (1961). Psychotherapy as a learning process. Psychological
Bulletin, 58, 143-159. |
WAMPOLD, B.E., MONDIN, G.W., MODDY, M., STICH, F., BENSON,
K. & AHN, H.N. (1997). A meta-analysis of outcome
studies comparing bona fide psychotherapies : empirically,
"all must have prizes". Psychological Bulletin, 122,
203-215. [PDF] |
|
BANDURA, A., WINDER, C.L., AHMAD, F.Z. & RAU, L.C.
(1962). Dependency of patients, psychotherapists'
responses, and aspects of psychotherapy. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 26, 129-134. |
GOLDEN, G.A. (1997). Impact of psychotherapy : Does it
affect frequency of visits to family physicians ?
Canadian Family Physician, 43, 1098-1102.
[PDF] |
|
GRINBERG, L. (1963). Relations between psycho-analysts. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 44, 363-367. |
WAMPOLD, B.E. (1997). Methodological problems in
identifying efficacious psychotherapies. Psychotherapy
Research, 7, 21-43. |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. (1963). Free-operant conditioning and
psychotherapy. In J.H. Masserman (Ed.), Current
psychiatric therapies (Vol. 3. pp. 47-56). New York
: Grune and Stratton. |
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1997). Why bogus therapies seem to work.
Skeptical Inquirer, 21 (5), 29-34. |
|
TRUAX, C.B. (1964). The old and the new : Theory and
research in counseling and psychotherapy. Journal of
Counseling & Development, 42 (9), 860-866. |
LAZAR, S.G. & GABBARD, G.O. (1997). The
cost-effectiveness of psychotherapy. Journal of
Psychotherapy Practice & Research, 6, 307-314. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1965). Discussion of Eysenck's "The effects
of psychotherapy". International Journal of
Psychiatry, 1, 156-157. [PDF] |
GOLDFRIED, M.R., CASTONGUAY, L.G., HAYES, A.M., DROZD,
J.F. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1997). A comparative analysis of
the therapeutic focus in cognitive-behavioural and
psychodynamic-interpersonal sessions. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 65, 740-748. |
|
KIESLER, D. (1966). Some myths of psychotherapy research
and the search for paradigm. Psychological bulletin,
65, 110-136. |
DeRUBEIS, R.J. & CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P.J. (1998).
Empirically supported individual and group psychological
treatments for adult mental disorders. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66 (1),
37-52. |
|
TRUAX, C.B. (1966). Reinforcement and nonreinforcement in
Rogerian psychotherapy. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 71 (1), 1-9. [PDF]
|
BOHART, A.C., O'HARA, M. & LEITNER, L.M. (1998).
Empirically violated treatments: Disenfranchisement of
humanistic and other psychotherapies. Psychotherapy
Research, 8, 141-157. |
|
STILES, W.B., HONOS-WEBB, L. & SURKO, M. (1998).
Responsiveness in psychotherapy. Clinical Psychology:
Science & Practice, 5, 439-458.
|
|
BERGIN, A.E. (1966). Some implications of psychotherapy
research for therapeutic practice. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 71 (4), 235-246. |
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., THOMAS, M. & DANTON, W.G. (1998). A
cost-effectiveness model : is pharmacotherapy really less
expensive than psychotherapy for depression? In S. Hayes
and Heiby (Eds.), Prescription privileges for
psychologists : A critical analysis. Context Press. |
|
MARGOLIS, J. (1966). Psychotherapy and morality : A
study of two concepts. New York : Random House. |
MILLER, N.E. & MacGRUDER K.M. (Eds.) (1999). Cost-effectiveness of psychotherapy. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
|
McCARTHY, W.C. & FRIEZE, I.H.. (1999). Negative
aspects of therapy : Client perceptions of therapists
social influence, burnout, and quality of care.
Journal of Social Issues, 55, 33-50. |
|
PAUL, G.L. (1967). Outcome research in psychotherapy. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 31, 109-118. |
MACRAN, S., STILES, W.B. & SMITH, J.A. (1999). How
does personal therapy affect therapists' practice ? Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 46, 419-431. |
|
ZEILBERGER, J., SAMPEN, S.E. & SLOANE, H.N. (1968).
Modification of a child's problem behaviors in the home
with the mother as therapist. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 1 (1), 47-53.
[ PDF] |
RUSH, A.J. (1999). Psychotherapy for major mood disorders.
In N.E. Miller & K.M. Magruder (Eds.), Cost-effectiveness
of psychotherapy (pp. 211-223). New York : Oxford
University Press. |
|
|
BERGIN, A.E. & JASPER, L. (1969). Correlates of
empathy in psychotherapy : A replication. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 74, 477-481. |
PARKER, I. (Ed.) (1999). Deconstructing
psychotherapy. London : Sage. |
|
BREGGIN, P.R. (1971). Psychotherapy as applied ethics.
Psychiatry 34, 59-75. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1999). Disorder as a black box
essentialist concept. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
108, 465-472. |
|
BERGIN, A.E. & GARFIELD, S.L. (1971). Handbook of
psychotherapy and behavior change : An empirical
analysis. New York : Wiley. |
MAHRER, A.R. (2000). Philosophy of science and the
foundations of psychotherapy. American Psychologist,
55, 1117-1125. [PDF]
|
|
HARLOW H.F., HARLOW, M.K. & SUOMI, S.J. (1971). From
thought to therapy : Lessons from the primate laboratory.
American Scientist, 59 (5), 538-549. |
HUBER, W. (2000). Les psychothérapies. Quelle
thérapie pour que le patient ? Paris : Armand
Colin. |
|
LUBORSKY, L., AUEBACH, A.H., CHANDLER, M., COHEN, J. &
BACHRACH, H. (1971). Factors influencing the outcome of
psychotherapy : A review of quantitative researchPsychological
Bulletin, 75 (3), 145-185. |
SHADISH, W.R., NAVARRO, A.M., MATT, G.E. & PHILLIPS,
G. (2000). The effects of psychological therapies under
clinically representative conditions : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 126 (4), 512-529. |
|
GARFIELD, S.L. (1974). What are the therapeutic variables
in psychotherapy ? Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics,
24 (4-6), 372-378. |
RYCHLAK, J.F. (2000). A psychotherapist's lessons from the
philosophy of science. American Psychologist, 55,
1126-1132. |
|
LUBORSKY, L., SINGER, B. & LUBORSKY, L. (1975).
Comparative studies of psychotherapies : Is it true that
"Everyone has won and all must have prizes"? Archives
of General Psychiatry, 32, 995-1008. |
CASTONGUAY, L.G. (2000). A common factors approach to
psychotherapy training. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 10, 263–282. |
|
YATES, A.J. (1975). Theory and practice in behaviour
therapy. New York : Wiley. |
|
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1975). Some implications of psychotherapy
research for clinic al psychology. British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 48, 199-206. |
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2001). The great psychotherapy debate:
models, methods, and findings. Mahwah, NJ : L.
Erlbaum, |
|
BERGIN, A.E. & SUINN, R.M. (1975). Individual
psychotherapy and behavior therapy. Annual Review of
Psychology, 26, 509-556. |
GARETY, P.A., KUIPERS, E., FOWLER, D., FREEMAN, D. &
BEBBINGTON, P.E. (2001). A cognitive model of the positive
symptoms of psychosis. Psycological Medicine, 31,
189-195. [PDF]
|
|
SMITH, M.L. & GLASS, G.V. (1977). Choosing your
psychotherapist : Meta-analysis of psychotherapy outcome
studies. American Psychologist, 32 (9), 752-760.
[PDF] |
ANDREWS, B., BREWIN, C.R., OCHERA, J., MORTON, J.,
BEKERIAN, D.A., DAVIES, G.M. & MOLLON, P. (2000). The
process of memory recovery among adults in therapy.
British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 39, 11-26. |
|
STRUPP, H. & HADLEY, S.W. (1977). A tripartite model
of mental health and therapeutic outcomes : With special
reference to negative effects in psychotherapy. American
Psychologist, 32, 187-196. |
|
|
KAZDIN, A.E. & WILSON, G.T. (1978). Criteria for
evaluating psychotherapy. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 35, 407-416. |
HART, V., BLATTNER J. & LEIPSIC, S. (2001). Coaching
versus therapy : A perspective. Consulting
Psychology Journal : Practice & Research, 53,
229-237. |
|
SZASZ, T. (1978). The myth of psychotherapy.
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
STEKEL, W. (2001). Technique de la psychothérapie
analytique. Paris : Payot. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J., DEJULIO, S.S. & STEIN, D.M. (1978).
Therapist interpersonal skills. And recommendations for
future research. Psychological Bulletin, 85,
467-489. |
HALL, G.C.N. (2001). Psychotherapy research with ethnic
minorities : Empirical, ethical, and conceptual issues.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69,
502-510. [PDF] |
|
BEUTLER, L.E. (1979). Toward specific psychological
therapies for specific conditions. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 47, 882-892. |
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (2001). Fringe psychotherapies : The
public at risk. The Scientific Review of Alternative
Medicine, 5 (2), 5-13. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1980). The value of efficiency in
psychotherapy. Psychotherapy Theory, Research &
Practice, 17 (4), 414-419. |
WARWICK, H.M.C. & SALKOVSKI, P.M. (2001). Cognitive-
behavioral treatment of hypochondriasis. In V. Starcevic
& D.R. Lipsitt (Eds.), Hypochondriasis : Modern
perspectives on an ancient malady (pp. 314-328).
New York : Oxford. |
|
McDERMUT, W., MILLER, I.W. & BROWN, R.A. (2001). The
efficacy of group psycho-therapy for depression : a
meta-analysis and review of the empirical research. Clinical
psychology : Science & Practice, 8 (1), 98-116. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1980). Science and psychotherapy : The
state of the art. British Journal of Medical
Psychology, 53, 1-10. |
ROSENZWEIG, S. (2002). Some implicit common factors in
diverse methods of psychotherapy. Journal of Psycho-
therapy Integration, 12, 5-9. |
|
SMITH, M.L., GLASS, G.V. & MILLER, T.I. (1980). The
benefits of psychotherapy. Baltimore : John Hopkins
University Press. |
WHEELER, S. (2002). nature or nurture : Are therapists
born or trained ? Psychodynamic Practice. Individuals,
Groups & Organisations, 8 (4), 427-441. |
|
BERGIN, A.E. (1980). Psychotherapy and religious values. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 48,
95-105. [PDF] |
SCHULBERG, H.C., RAUE, P.J. & ROLLMAN, B.L. (2002).
The effectiveness of psychotherapy in treating depressive
disorders in primary care practice : clinical and
costperspectives. General Hospital Psychiatry, 24
(4), 203-212. |
|
ANDREWS, G. & HARVEY, R. (1981). Does psychotherapy
benefit neurotic patients ? A reanalysis of the Smith,
Glass and Miller data. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 38, 1203-1208. |
BERGIN, A.E. & GARFIELD, S.L. (2003). Handbook of
psychotherapy and behavior change. John Wiley &
Sons, Inc. [PDF] |
|
LUBORSKY, L., WOODY, G.E., McLELLAN, A.T., O'BRIEN, C.P.
& ROSENSWEIG, J. (1982). Can independent judges
recognize different psychotherapies ? An experience with
manual-guided therapies. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 50, 49-62. |
BASKIN, T.W., TIERNEY, S.C., MINAMI, T. & WAMPOLD,
B.E. (2003). Establishing specificity in psychotherapy : A
meta-analysis of structural equivalence of placebo
controls Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 71 (6), 973-979. [PDF] |
|
LANDMAN, J.T. & DAWES, R.M. (1982). Psychotherapy
outcome. American Psychologist, 37, 504-516. |
ROSEN, G.M., GLASGOW R.E. & MOORE, T.E. (2003).
Self-help therapy : The science and business of giving
psychology away. In S.O. Lilienfeld, S.J. Lynn & J.M.
Lohr (Eds.), Science and pseudoscience in clinical
psychology (pp. 399-424). New York, NY : Guilford
Press. |
|
PRIOLEAU, L., MURDOCK, M. & BRODY, N. (1983). An
analysis of psychotherapy versus placebo studies. The
Behavioral & Brain Sciences 6, 275-310. |
WESTEN, D., NOVONTY, C.M. & THOMPSON-BRENNER, H.
(2004). Empirical status of empirically supported
psychotherapies : Assumptions, findings, and reporting in
controlled clinical trials. Psychological Bulletin,
130, 631-663. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J., SHAPIRO, D.A. & BERGIN, A.E. (1986).
The effectiveness of psychotherapy. In S.L. Garfield &
A.E. BERGIN (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and
behavior change (pp. 157-211). Toronto : John Wiley
and Sons. |
WAMPOLD, B.E., MINAMI, T., TIERNEY, S.C., BASKIN, T.W.
& BHATI, K.S. (2005). The placebo is powerful :
Estimating placebo effects in medicine and psychotherapy
from randomized clinical trials. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 61, 835-854. [PDF] |
|
GARMEZY, N. & MASTEN, A.S. (1986). Stress, competence,
and resilience : Common frontiers for therapist and
psychopathologist. Behavior Therapy, 17, 500-521. |
RIVA, G. (2005). Virtual reality in psychotherapy :
Review. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 8 (3),
220-230. [PDF] |
|
HOWARD, K.I., KOPTA, S.M., KRAUSE, M.S. &
ORLINSKY, D.E. (1986). The dose-effect relationship in
psychotherapy. American Psychologist, 41,
159-164. |
ANCHIN, J.C. (2005). Introduction to the special section
on philosophy and psychotherapy integration and to the
inaugural focus on moral philosophy. Journal of
Psychotherapy Integration, 15 (3), 284-298. [PDF] |
|
|
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B. ALICKE, M.D. & KLOTZ, M.L.
(1987). Effectiveness of psychotherapy with children and
adolescents : A meta-analysis for clinicians. Journal
of Consulting Clinical Psychology, 55 (4),
542-549. [PDF] |
NORCROSS, J.C. (2005). The psychotherapist's own
psychotherapy : Educating and developing psychologists. American
Psychologist, 60, 840-850. |
|
CASTONGUAY, L.G. (2005). Training issues in psychotherapy
integration : A commentary. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 15, 384–391. |
|
WALTERS, E. & OFSHE, R. (1989). Therapy's
delusions. New York, NY : Scribne. |
LE POLAIN DE WAROUX, G., BARUFFOL, É., VAN BROECK, N.,
LIETAER, G. et DEKEYSER M. (2005). Orientations et
intégration des psychothérapies en Belgique. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 477, 377-386. [PDF] |
|
POIRIER, M. et ROCHON-GOYER, L. (1990). L'efficacité et la
rentabilité des services psychologiques de santé. Psychologie
Québec, 7 (6). |
ROTH, A. & FONAGY, P. (2005). What works for whom
: A critical review of psychotherapy research. New
York : The Guilford Press. |
|
MASSON, J.M. (1990). Against therapy. London :
Fontana. |
CASTONGUAY, L.G. (2006). Personal pathways in
psychotherapy integration. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 16 (1), 36-58. [PDF] |
|
BERGAN, J.R. & KRATOCHWILL, T.R. (1990). Behavioral
consultation and therapy. Plenum Pub Corp.
Hardcover. |
APA PRESIDENTIAL TASK FORCE (2006). Evidence-based
practice in psychology. American Psychologist, 61, 271-283.
[PDF] |
|
ROBINSON, L.A., BERMAN, J.S. & NEIMEYER, R.A. (1990).
Psychotherapy for the treatment of depression : A
comprehensive review of controlled outcomes research. Psychological
Bulletin, 108, 30-49. |
ABEREGG, S.K., ARKES, H.R. & TERRY, P.B. (2006).
Failure to adopt beneficial therapies caused by bias in
medical evidence evaluation. Medical Decision Making,
26, 575-582. |
|
ALFORD, B.A. (1991). Integration of scientific criteria
into the psychotherapy integration movement. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 22 (3),
211-216. |
POPE, K.S., SONNE, J.L. & GREENE, B.G. (2006). What
therapists don't talk about and why : Understanding
taboos that hurt us and our clients. Washington,
DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B. & DONENBERG, G. R. (1992). The
lab versus the clinic: Effects of child and adolescent
psychotherapy. American Psychologist, 47,
1578-1585. |
THURIN, J.-M. et BRIFFAULT, X. (2006). Limites et
complémentarité des recherches d'efficacité potentielle et
d'efficacité réelle : nouvelles perspectives pour la
recherche en psychothérapie. L'Encéphale, 32,
402-412. |
|
LUBORSKY, L., BARBER, J.P. & DIGUER, L. (1992). The
meanings of the narratives told during psychotherapy : The
fruits of a new observational unit. Psychotherapy
Research, 2, 277-290. |
THURIN, J.-M. (2006). Limites de la médecine fondée sur
des preuves et orientations actuelles; une nouvelle
génération des recherches en psychothérapies. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 59 (6), 575-584. |
|
STRICKER, G. & CUMMINGS, N.A. (1992). The professional
school movement. In D.K. Freedheim, H.J. Freudenberger,
J.W. Kessler, S.B. Messer, D.R. Peterson, H.H. Strupp and
P.L. Wachtel (Eds.), History of psychotherapy : A
century of change (pp. 801-828). Washington, DC :
American Psychological Association. |
PLANTE, T.G. (2007). Integrating spirituality and
psychotherapy : Ethical issues and principles to consider.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 63, 891-902.
[PDF] |
|
GOLDFRIED, M. & NEWMAN, C. (1992). A history of
psychotherapy integration. In J. Norcross and M. Goldfried
(Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy integration
(pp. 46-93). New York : Basic books. |
SCHNURR, P.P. (2007). The rocks and hard places in
psychotherapy outcome research. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 20, 779-792. |
|
PROCTOR, G. (2008) Gender dynamics in person-centered
therapy : Does gender matter ? Person-Centered and
Experiential Psychotherapies, 7 (2), 82-94. |
|
HOWARD, K.I., LUEGER, R.J., MALING, M.S. &
MARTINOVICH, Z. (1993). A phase model of psychotberapy :
Causal mediation of outcome. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 61, 678-685. |
DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN,
J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and
recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [PDF] |
|
LUNDH, L.G. (1993). The role of behaviour and cognition in
psychotherapy. Towards an integration. Scandinavian
Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 22, 3-30. |
ANDERSON, T., OGLES, B.M., PATTERSON, C.L., LAMBERT, M.
& VERMEERSCH, D.A. (2009). Therapist effects :
Facilitative interpersonal skills as a predictor of
therapist success. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
65, 755-768. |
|
KOPTA, S.M., HOWARD, K.I., LOWRY, J.L. & BEUTLER, L.E.
(1994). Patterns of symptomatic recovery in psychotherapy.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 62,
1009-1016. |
ÖST, L.-G. (2009). Inventing the wheel once more or
learning from the history of psychotherapy research
methodology : Reply to Gaudiano's comments on Öst's (2008)
review. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 47 (12),
1071-1073.
[PDF] |
|
ELLIS, A. (1994). Reason and emotion in
psychotherapy. New York : Carol Publishing Group. |
VAN DER HELM, E. & WALKER, M.P. (2009). Overnight
therapy ? The role of sleep in emotional brain processing.
Psychological Bulletin, 135 (5), 731-748.
[PDF] |
|
DAWES, R.M. (1994). House of cards : Psychology and
psychotherapy built on myth. New York : The Free
Press. |
BARLOW, D.H. (2010). Negative effects from psychological
treatments : A perspective. American Psychology, 65
(1), 13-20. [PDF] |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E. & BUDGE, S.L. (2012). The relationship -
and its relationship to the common and specific factors of
psychotherapy. The Counseling Psychologist, 40,
601-623. |
|
RÂBU, M., BINDER, P.-E. & HAAVIND, H. (2013).
Negotiating ending : A qualitative study of the process of
ending psychotherapy. European Journal of
Psychotherapy & Counselling, 15 (3), 274-295.
|
|
THIMM, J. & ANTONEN, L. (2014). Effectiveness of cognitive behavioral group therapy for depression in routine practice. BMC Psychiatry, 14 [292],
1-9. [PDF] |
|
ROZENTAL, A., ANDERSSON, G., BOETTCHER, J., EBERT, D.D.,
CUIJPERS, P., KNAEVELSRUD, C., LJÓTSSON, B., KALDO, V.,
TITOV, N. & CARLBRING, P. (2014). Consensus statement
on defining and measuring negative effects of internet
interventions. Internet Interventions, 1 (1),
12-19. |
|
EMMELKAMP, P.M.G., DAVID, D., BECKERS, T., MURIS, P.,
CUIJPERS, P., LUTZ, W., ANDERSSON, G., ARAYA, R., BANOS
RIVERA, R.M., BARKHAM, M., BERKING, M., BERGER,T.,
BOTELLA, C., CARLBRING, P., COLOM, F., ESSAU, C.,
HERMANS, D., HOFMANN, S.G., KNAPPE, S., OLLENDICK, T.H.,
RAES, F., RIEF, W., RIPER, H., VAN DER OORD, S. &
VERVLIET, B. (2014). Advancing psychotherapy and
evidence-based psychological interventions. International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 23 (S1),
58-91.
|
|
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2015). How important are the common factors
in psychotherapy ? An update. World Psychiatry, 14
(3), 270-277. [PDF] |
|
LINDSAY, D.S. & READ, J.D. (1994). Psychotherapy and
memories of childhood sexual abuse : A cognitive
perspective. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 8,
281-338. |
CASTONGUAY, L.G., EUBANKS-CARTER, C., GOLDFRIED, M.R.,
MURAN, J.C. & LUTZ, W. (2015). Research in
psychotherapy integration : Relevance of the past and
necessity for the future. Psychotherapy Research, 25,
365-382. |
|
ROZENTAL, A., CASTONGUAY, L., DIMIDJIAN, S., LAMBERT, M.,
SHAFRAN, R., ANDERSSON, G. & CARLBRING, P. (2018).
Negative effects in psychotherapy : commentary and
recommendations for future research and clinical practice.
The British Journal of Psychiatry Open, 4 (4),
307-312. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Efficacité des
thérapies |
|
|
Thérapie
(Auto) : Forme de thérapie
où le client/ patient
est son propre thérapeute. =
autotraitement,
autoanalyse. Self-administered
treatment, self-help.
| |
|
|
McKENDREE-SMITH, N.L., FLOYD, M. & SCOGIN, F.R.
(2003). Self-administered treatments for depression : A
review. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 59, 275-288. |
|
DEN BOER, P., WIESMA, P., BOSCH, P. & VAN DEN, R.
(2004). Why is self-help neglected in the treatment of
emotional disorders ? A meta-analysis. Psychological
Medicine, 34, 959-971. |
|
GELLATLY, J., BOWER, P., HENNESSY, S., RICHARDS, D.,
GILBODY, S. & LOVELL, K. (2007). What makes self-help
interventions effective in the management of depressive
symptoms ? Meta-analysis and meta-regression. Psychological
Medicine, 37 (9), 1217-1228. |
|
|
Voir Thérapie |
|
|
|
Thérapie
(Accès) : Ensemble des
facteurs qui favorisent ou nuisent à l'accès d'un traitement
psychologique. EX: Thérapie remboursée par le
système de santé ou une assurance. Accès à une thérapie et
thérapie à distance.
Barriers
to psychological treatment.
|
|
|
BLUMENTHAL, R. & ENDICOTT, J. (1996). Barriers to
seeking treatment for major depression. Depression
& Anxiety, 4 (6), 273-278. |
|
ALVIDREZ, J. & AZOCAR, F. (1999). Distressed women's
clinic patients : Preferences for mental health treatments
and perceived obstacles. General Hospital Psychiatry,
21 (5), 340-347. |
|
BRITT, T.W., GREENE-SHORTRIDGE, T.M., BRINK, S., NGUYEN,
Q.B., RATH, J. & COX, A.L. (2008). Perceived stigma
and barriers to care for psychological treatment :
Implications for reactions to stressors in different
contexts. Journal of Social & Clinical
Psychology, 27, 317-355. |
|
MOHR, D.C., HO, J., DUFFECY, J., BARON, K.G., LEHMAN,
K.A., JIN, L. & REIFLER, D. (2010). Perceived barriers
to psychological treatments and their relationship to
depression. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 66
(4), 394-409. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir Thérapie |
|
|
|
|
|
Thérapie/Psychologie
(Cyber-) : De façon générale, les
termes cyberthérapie et cyberpsychologie désignent
toute application psychologique qui a recourt aux technologies
de l'information et de la communication, que ce soit en éducation,
en thérapie ou dans
d'autres domaines. En thérapie, le terme désigne les techniques
qui utilisent l'ordinateur
pour simuler certaines réalités susceptibles d'influer sur le comportement
ou les émotions du
patient. EX: Dans le traitement des phobies,
on simule le déplacement d'une araignée
ou d'un serpent au
moyen d'un ordinateur plutôt que d'utiliser de vrais animaux. Il
convient de noter qu'en cyberthérapie, l'ordinateur ne se
substitue pas au traitement. En ce sens, l'usage de ce terme
apparaît un peu abusif puisque dans ce cas l'ordinateur constitue
davantage un accessoire qu'une technique ou un principe
thérapeutique (un peu comme les chiens
en zoothérapie). On
utilise également ce terme pour désigner les thérapies réalisées
par l'entremise d'internet ou du courriel, mais cette pratique
semble relever davantage du charlatanisme
et de la psychologie populaire que de la psychologie
clinique et scientifique.
En éducation, l'enseignemen
assisté par ordinateur donne lieu a une foule
d'applications qui vont des sites
pédagogiques au cours en ligne en passant pas les netquiz.
Cyberpsychologie, thérapie
et ordinateur.
= cyberthérapie, thérapie in virtuo,
thérapie fondée sur la réalité virtuelle. Cyberpsychology,
virtual therapy, internet therapy, teletherapy.
| |
|
|
SULER, J. (1987). Computer-simulated psychotherapy as an
aid in teaching clinical psychology. Teaching of
Psychology, 14, 37-39. |
KRIJN, M., EMMELKAMP, P.M.G., OLAFSSON, R.P. &
BIEMOND, R. (2004). Virtual reality exposure therapy of
anxiety disorders : A review. Clinical Psychology
Review, 24, 259-281. |
|
CARR, A.C., GHOSH, A. & MARKS, I.M. (1988).
Computer-supervised exposure treatment for phobias. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 33, 112-117. |
NEWMAN, M.G. (2004). Technology in psychotherapy : An
introduction. Journal of Cliical Psychoologyl/In
Session, 60 (2), 141-145. [PDF] |
|
ROTHBAUM, B.O., HODGES, L.F., KOOPER, R., OPDYKE, D.,
WILLIFORD, J. & NORTH, M. (1995). Virtual reality
graded exposure in the treatment of acrophobia : a case
study. Behavior Therapy, 26 (3), 547-554. |
KRIJN, M., EMMELKAMP, P.M., EMMELKAMP, P.M.G., BIEMOND,
R., DE WILDE DE LIGNY, C., SCHUEMIE, M.J. & VAN DER
MAST, C.A.P.G. (2004). Treatment of acrophobia in virtual
reality : The role of immersion and presence. Behaviour
Research & Therapy 42, 229-239. |
|
ROTHBAUM, B.O., HODGES, L.F. & WATSON, B.A. (1996).
Virtual reality exposure therapy in the treatment of fear
of flying : A case report. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 34, 477-481. |
WIEDERHOLD, B.K. & WIEDERHOLD, M.D. (2004). Virtual
reality therapy for anxiety disorders : Advances in
evaluation and treatment. Washington, D.C. :
American Psychological Association. |
|
STRICKLAND, D. MARCUS, L.M., MESIBOV, G.B. & HOGAN, K.
(1996). Brief report : Two case studies using virtual
reality a learning tool for autistic children. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 26 (6),
651-659. |
WRIGHT, J. (2004). Computer-assisted cognitive behavior
therapy. In J. Wright (Ed.), Cognitive behaviour
therapy. Washington, DC : American Psychiatric
Association. |
|
WRIGHT, J.H. & WRIGHT, A.S. (1997). Computer-assisted
psychotherapy. Journal of Psychotherapy Practice &
Research, 6, 315-329. |
CHRISTENSEN, H., GRIFFITHS, K.M. & JORM, A.F. (2004).
Delivering interventions for depression by using the
internet : Randomised controlled trial. British
Medical Journal, 328, 265-269. |
|
CARLIN, A.S., HOFFMAN, H.G. & WEGHORST, S. (1997).
Virtual reality and tactile augmentation in the treatment
of spider phobia : a case report. Behavior Research
Therapy, 35 (2), 153-158. |
BOTELLA, C., VILLA, H., GARCIA-PALACIOS, A., BANOS, R.M.,
PERPINA, C. & ALCANIZ, M. (2004). Clinically
significant virtual environments for the treatment of
panic disorder and agoraphobia. Cyberpsychology &
Behavior, 7, 527-535. |
|
LAMSON, R. (1997). Virtual Therapy : prevention and
treatment of psychiatric conditions in virtual reality
environments. Montreal Polytechnic International
Press. |
SIMON, G.E., LUDMAN, E.J., TUTTY, S., OPERSKALSKI, B.
& VON KORFF, M. (2004). Telephone psychotherapy and
telephone care management for primary care patients
starting antidepressant treatment : A randomized
controlled trial. Journal of American Medical
Association, 292, 935-942. |
|
MCCRONE, P., KNAPP, M., PROUDFOOT, J., RYDEN, C.,
CAVANAGH, K., SHAPIRO, D.A., ILSON, S., GRAY, J.A.,
GOLDBERG, G., MANN, A., MARKS, I., EVERITT, B. &
TYLEE, A. (2004). Cost-effectiveness of computerized
cognitive-behavioural therapy for anxiety and depression
in primary care : randomized controlled trial. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 185, 55-62. [PDF] |
|
NORTH, M.M., NORTH, S.M. & COBLE, J.R. (1997). Virtual
reality therapy for fear of flying. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 154, 130. |
ANDERSON, P., JACOBS, C. & ROTHBAUM, B.O. (2004).
Computer-supported cognitive behavioral treatment of
anxiety disorders. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
60, 253-267. |
|
LAMSON, R. (1997). Virtual Therapy : prevention and
treatment of psychiatric conditions in virtual reality
environments. Montreal Polytechnic International
Press. |
PARSONS, S.P., MITCHELL, P. & LEONARD, A. (2005). Do
adolescents with autistic spectrum disorder adheres to
social conventions in virtual environments ? Autism :
an International Journal of Research & Practice, 9,
95-117. |
|
NORTH, M.M., NORTH, J.R. & COBLE, J.R. (1998). Virtual
reality therapy : An effective treatment for
psychological disorders, virtual reality
neuro-psycho-physiology. IOS Press. |
RIVA, G. (2005). Virtual reality in psychotherapy :
Review. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 8 (3),
220-230. [PDF] |
|
BOTELLA, C., BANOS, R.M., PERPINA, C., VILLA, H., ALCANIZ,
M. & REY, M. (1998). Virtual reality treatment of
claustrophobia : a case report. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 36, 239-246. |
KLINGER, E., BOUCHARD, S., LÉGÉRON, P., ROY, S., LAUEUR,
F., CHEMIN, I. & NUGUES, P. (2005). Virtual reality
therapy for social phobia : A preliminary controlled
study. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 8 (1),
76-88. |
|
HUANG, M.P. & ALESSI, N.E. (1998). Current limitations
into the application of virtual reality to mental health
research. In G. RIVA, WIEDERHOLD, B.K. & E. MOLINARI
(Eds.), Virtual environments in clinical psychology
and neuroscience. Amsterdam : Ios Press. |
KLEIN, B., RICHARDS, J.C. & AUSTIN, D.W. (2005).
Efficacy of internet therapy for panic disorder. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 37
(3), 213-238. |
|
SMITH, S.G., ROTHBAUM, B.O. & HODGES, L.F. (1999).
Treatment of fear of flying using virtual reality exposure
therapy : A single case study. Behavior Therapist,
22, 154-158, 160. |
WRIGHT, J.H., WRIGHT, A.S., ALBANO, A.M., BASCO, M.R.,
GOLDSMITH, L.J., RAFFIELD, T. & OTTO, M.W. (2005).
Computer-assisted cognitive therapy for depression :
Maintaining efficacy while reducing therapist time. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1158-1164. |
|
LASZLO, J.V., ESTERMAN G. & ZABKO, S. (1999). Therapy
over the Internet ? Theory, research, and finances. Cyber
Psychology & Behavior, 2, 293-307. |
PROCTOR, G. (2005). Should therapy make you worse ? Clinical Psychology, 45, 7-9. |
|
|
PERTAUB, D.P., SLATER, M. & BARKER, C. (2000). An
experiment on public speaking anxiety in response to three
different types of virtual audience. Teleoperators
& Virtual Environments, 11 (1-3), 68-78. |
McGRATH, P.J. & FINLEY, G.A. (2006). Virtual reality
distraction during pediatric medical procedures.
Pediatric Pain Letter, 8 (1), 6-10. [PDF] |
|
KAHAN, M., TANZER, J. & DARVIN, D. (2000). Virtual
reality-assisted cognitive-behavioral treatment for fear
of flying : Acute treatment and follow-up. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 3, 387-392. |
BOUCHARD, S., CÔTÉ, S., ROBILLARD, G., ST-JACQUES, J.
& RENAUD, P. (2006). Effectiveness of virtual reality
exposure in the treatment of arachnophobia using 3D games.
Technology & Health Care, 14 (1), 19-27. |
|
BOTELLA, C., BANOS, R.M., VILLA, H., PERPINA, C. &
GARCIA-PALACIOS, A (2000). Virtual Reality in the
treatment of claustrophobia : A controlled multiple
baseline design. Behavior Therapy, 31, 583-595. |
SULER, J. (2007). Cybertherapeutic theory and techniques.
In A. Barak (Ed.), Psychological aspects of cyberspace
: Theory, research, applications. Cambridge :
University Press. |
|
WIEDERHOLD, B.K. & WIEDERHOLD, M.D. (2000). Lessons
learned from 600 virtual reality sessions. Cyberpsychology
& Behavior, 3, 393-400. |
COULSON, N.S, BUCHANAN, H. & AUBEELUCK, A. (2007).
Social support in cyberspace : A content analysis of
communication within a Huntington's disease online support
group. Patient, Education & Counseling, 68 (2),
173-178. |
|
FENICHEL, M., SULER, J., BARAK, A., ZELVIN, E., JONES, G.,
MUNRO, K., MEUNIER, V. & WALKER-SHCUMUCKER, W. (2002).
Myths and realities of online clinical work. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 5 (5). 481-497. [PDF] |
KHANNA, M.S. & KENDALL, P.C. (2008). Computer
Assisted CBT for Child Anxiety : Development of the
Coping Cat CD Rom. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice,
15, 159-165. |
|
VINCELLI, F., ANOLLI, L., BOUCHARD, S., WIEDERHOLD, B.K.,
ZURLONI, V. & RIVA, G. (2003). Experiential cognitive
therapy in the treatment of panic disorder with
agoraphobia : A controlled study. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 6 (3), 321-328. |
CÔTÉ, S. & BOUCHARD, S. (2008). Virtual reality
exposure for phobias : A critical review. Journal of
CyberTherapy & Rehabilitation, 1 (1), 75-91. |
|
RENAUD, P., DÉCARIE, S., GOURD, L., PAQUIN, B. &
BOUCHARD, S. (2003). Eye-tracking in immersive
environments : a general methodology to analyze
affordance-based interactions from oculomotor dynamics. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 6 (5), 519-526. |
PARSONS, T.D. & RIZZO, A.A. (2008). Affective outcomes
of virtual reality exposure therapy for anxiety and
specific phobias : A meta-analysis. Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 39
(3), 250-261. |
|
ROBILLARD, G., BOUCHARD, S., FOURNIER, T. & RENAUD, P.
(2003). Anxiety and presence during VR immersion : A
comparative study of the reactions of phobic and
non-phobic participants in therapeutic virtual
environments derived from computer games. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 6 (5), 467-476. |
BOUCHARD S., ST-JACQUES, J., RENAUD, P. & WIEDERHOLD,
B.K. (2009). Side effects of immersions in virtual reality
for people suffering from anxiety disorders. Journal
of CyberTherapy & Rehabilitation, 2, 127-137. |
|
ANDERSON, P., ROTHBAUM, B.O. & HODGES, L.F. (2003).
Virtual reality exposure in the treatment of social
anxiety. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 10, 240-247. |
GERMAIN, V., MARCHAND, A., BOUCHARD, S., DROUIN, M.-S.
& GUAY, S. (2009). Effectiveness of cognitive
behavioural therapy administered by videoconference for
posttraumatic stress disorder. Cognitive Behaviour
Therapy, 38 (1), 42-53. |
|
CARBRING, P., EKSELIUS, L. & ANDERSSON, G. (2003).
Treatmentof panic disorder via the Internet : A randomized
trial of CBT vs. applied relaxation. Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 34,
129-140. |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2009). Internet help and therapy for
addictive behavior. Journal of CyberTherapy &
Rehabilitation, 2 (1), 43-52. |
|
SULER, J. (2010). Myths about online psychotherapy. Cross
Currents : The Journal of Addiction & Mental Health,
13, 3. |
|
GERSHON, J., ZIMAND, E. & LEMOS, R. (2003). Use of
virtual reality as a distractor for painful procedures in
pa- tients with pediatric cancer : a controlled study. CyberPsychology
& Behavior 6, 657-661. |
KHANNA, M.S. & KENDALL, P.C. (2010). Computer-assisted
cognitive behavioral therapy for child anxiety : Results
of a randomized clinical trial. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 78 (5), 737-745.
[PDF] |
|
WALD, J. & TAYLOR, S. (2003). Preliminary research on
the efficacy of virtual reality exposure therapy to treat
driving phobia. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 6 (5),
459-465. |
EMMELKAMP, P.M.G. (2011). Effectiveness of cybertherapy in
mental health : a critical appraisal. In B.K. Wiederhold,
S. Bouchard & G. Riva (Eds.), Annual review of
cybertherapy and telemedicine 2011 : advanced
technologies in behavioral, social and neuroscience (pp.
3-8). Amsterdam : IOS Press. |
|
RIZZO, A.A., SCHUTHEIS, M.T. & ROTHBAUM, B.O. (2003).
Ethical issues for the use of virtual reality in the
psychological sciences. In M. Drexler & S. Bush
(Eds.), Ethical issues in clinical neuropsychology
(pp. 243-280). Lisse, NL : Swets & Zeitlinger. |
KENDALL, P.C., KHANNA, M.S. & EDSON, A., CUMMINGS, C.
& HARRIS, S. (2011). Computers and psychosocial
treatment for child anxiety : recent advances and ongoing
efforts. Depression & Anxiety, 28, 58-66. [PDF] |
|
SULER, J. (2016). Psychoanalytic cyberpsychology. International
Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 14 (1),
97-102. |
|
PROUDFOOT, J., GOLDBERG, D., MANN, A., EVERITT, B., MARKS,
I. & GRAY, J.A. (2003). Computerized, interactive,
multimedia cognitive-behavioural program for anxiety and
depression in general practice. Psychological
Medicine, 33, 217-227. |
SULER, J. (2017). The dimensions of cyberpsychology
architecture. In J. Gackenbach (Ed.), Boundaries of
self and reality online : Implications of digitally
constructed realities. Academic Press. |
|
| |
|
Voir Thérapie
et Thérapie à distance |
|
|
Thérapie
(Durée) :
Time-limited therapy, duration of
psychological therapy.
| |
|
|
BURLINGAME, G.M., FUHRIMAN, A.P.S. & OGLES, B.M.
(1989). Implementing a time-limited therapy : program
differential effects of training and experience. Psychotherapy
: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 26,
303-313. |
STILES, W.B., BARKHAM, M. & WHEELER, S. (2015).
Duration of psychological therapy : Relation to recovery
and improvement rates in UK routine practice.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 207, 115–122.
|
|
|
Voir Thérapie |
|
|
|
Thérapie
(Efficacité) : En psychologique,
l'efficacité est
le rapport optimal entre les bénéfices de la thérapie
et ses effets
secondaires. Les bénéfices de la thérapie sont nombreux et
varient selon l'approche ou la perspective du thérapeute
: diminution de la souffrance,
modification des comportements indésirables ou inadaptés,
développement d'habileté sociale, meilleure connaissance du monde,
agréable compagnie du thérapeute, attention accrue à votre égard,
possibilité de ressasser de vieux souvenirs ou de dire du mal de
ses collègues de travail sans subir de jugement ou de
représailles, découverte et compréhension de soi, enrichissement
du vocabulaire du patient, prise
de conscience de son passé, bref toute chose que l'on résume
souvent par le mot changement.
Il va de soi que le bénéfice escompté de la thérapie est la
la guérison complète. Les
bénéfices d'un thérapie sont évalués au moyen de recherches
scientifique. « Are some psychotherapies much more effective
than others ?» demande Luborsky.
Efficacité d'une thérapie, satisfaction
des patients et pseudotechnologie.
Psychotherapy efficacy, empirically validated
therapy, great psychotherapy debate, empirically supported
treatments.
| |
|
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1936). Some implicit common factors in
diverse methods of psychotherapy : At last the Dodo said,
"Everybody has won and all must have prizes". American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 6, 412-415. |
SINGER, T. & LALICH, J. (1996). "Crazy therapies"
What are they ? Do they work ? San Francisco : Jossey-Bass
Publishers. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1940). Areas of agreement in
psychotherapy. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
10, 703-704. |
GARFIELD, S.L. (1996). Some problems associated with
"validated" forms of psychotherapy. Clinical
Psychology : Research & Practice, 3, 218-229. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1956). The effectiveness of psychotherapy with
individuals who have severe homosexual problems.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 20, 191-195. |
MINTZ, J., DRAKE, R.E. & CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. (1996)
Efficacy and effectiveness of psychotherapy : Two
paradigms, one science. American Psychologist, 1084-1085.
[PDF] |
|
SHAPIRO, M.B. (1961). A method of measuring psychological
changes specific to the individual psychiatric patient. British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 34, 151-155. |
HOWARD, K.I., MORAS, K., BRILL, P.L., MARTINOVICH, Z.
& LUTZ, W. (1996). Evaluation of psychotherapy :
Efficacy, effectiveness, and patient progress. American
Psychologist, 51 (10), 159-164. [PDF] |
|
TRUAX, C.B. (1963). Effective ingredients in psychotherapy
: An approach to unraveling the patient-therapist
interaction. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 10,
256-263. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L., SANDERSON, W.C., SHOHAM, V., BENNETT
JOHNSON, S., POPE, K.S., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., BAKER, M.,
JOHNSON, B., WOODY, S.R., SUE, S., BEUTLER, L., WILLIAMS,
D.A. & McCURRY, S. (1996). An update on empirically
validated therapies. The Clinical Psychologist, 49,
5-18. [PDF] |
|
MANN, J. (1966). Evaluation of group psychotherapy. In J.
Moreno (Ed.), The international handbook of group
psychotherapy (129-148). New York : Philosophical
Library. |
KADERA, S.W., LAMBERT, M.J. & ANDREW, A.A. (1996). How
much therapy is really enough? A session-by-session
analysis of the psychotherapy dose-effect relationship. Journal
of Psychotherapy Practice & Research, 5, 132-151. |
|
TRUAX, C.B. & CARKHUFF, R. (1967). Toward
Effective Counseling and Psvchorherapy. Aldine :
Chicago. |
|
|
PAUL, G.L. (1967). Outcome research in psychotherapy. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 31,
109-118. |
BLATT, S.J., SANISLOW, C.A., ZUROFF, D.C. & PILKONIS,
P. (1996). Characteristics of effective therapists :
Further analysis of data from the National Institute of
Mental Health Treatment of Depression Collaborative
Research Program. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 64, 1276-1284. |
|
LUBORSKY, L., AUEBACH, A.H., CHANDLER, M., COHEN, J. &
BACHRACH, H. (1971). Factors influencing the outcome of
psychotherapy : A review of quantitative research Psychological
Bulletin, 75 (3), 145-185. |
ROTH, A. & FONAGY, P. (1996/2005). What works for
whom ? A critical review of psychotherapy research. New
York : Guilford Press. |
|
BERGIN, A.E. & LAMBERT, M.J. (1971).The
evaluation of therapeutic outcomes In S.L. Garfield &
A.E.Bergin (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and
behavior change (pp. 139–189). Wiley: New York. |
|
|
|
SMITH, M.L. & GLASS, G.V. (1977). Meta-analysis of
psychotherapy outcome studies. American Psychologist,
32, 752-60. |
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1996). "Validated" treatments and
evidence-based psychological services. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 3, 256-259. |
|
ORLINSKY, D.E. & HOWARD K. (1978/86). The relation of
process to outcome in psychotherapy. In S.L. Garfield et
A.E. Bergin (Éds), Handbook of psychotherapy and
behavior change : An empirical analysis (pp.
311-338). New York : Wiley. |
GRISSOM, R.J. (1996). The magic number .7+-.2:
Meta-meta-analysis of the probability of superior outcome
incomparisons involving therapy, placebo, and control. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 64 (5),
973-982. |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. & WILSON, G.T. (1978). Criteria for
evaluating psychotherapy. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 35, 407-416. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L. (1996). Identification of empirically
supported psychological interventions. Clinician's
Research Digest/Supplemental Bulletin, 14, 1-2. |
|
RUSH, A.J., HOLLON, S., BECK, A.T. & KOVACS, M.
(1978). Depression : Must pharmacotherapy fail for
cognitive therapy to succeed ? Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 2, 199-206. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L., BAKER, M.J., BAUCOM, D.H., BEUTLER, L.,
CALHOUN, K.S., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., DAIUTO, A., DERUBEIS,
R., DETWEILER, J., HAAGA, D.A.F., JOHNSON, S.B., McCURRY,
S., MUESER, K.T., POPE, K.S., SANDERSON, W.C., SHOHAM, V.,
STICKLE, T., WILLIAMS, D.A. & WOODY, S.R. (1998).
Update on empirically validated therapies, II.
Clinical Psychologist, 51, 3-16. [PDF] |
|
McLEAN, E.D. & HAKSTIAN, A.R. (1979). Clinical
depression : Comparative efficacy of outpatient
treatments. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 47, 818-836. |
BARLOW, D.H. (1996). The effectiveness of psychotherapy :
Science and policy. Clinical Psychology : Science
& Practice, 3 (3), 236-240. |
|
ANDERSON, M.P. & BORKOVEC, T.D. (1980). Imagery
processing and fear reduction during repeated exposure to
two types of phobic imagery. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 18, 537-540. |
LUBORSKY, L., MCLELLAN, A.T., DIGUER, L., WOODY, G. &
SELIGMAN, D. (1997). The psychotherapist masters :
Comparison of outcome across twenty-two therapists and
seven patient samples. Clinical Psychology : Science
& Practice, 4, 53-63. |
|
SMITH, M.L., GLASS, G.V. & MILLER, T.I. (1980). The
benefits of psychotherapy. Baltimore, MD : The
Johns Hopkins University Press. |
HOAG, M.J. & BURLINGAME, G.M. (1997). Evaluating the
effectiveness of child and adolescent group treatment : A
meta-analytic review. Journal of Clinical Child
Psychology, 26, 234-246. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1980). The value of efficiency in
psychotherapy. Psychotherapy Theory, Research &
Practice, 17 (4), 414-419. |
GOLDEN, G.A. (1997). Impact of psychotherapy : Does it
affect frequency of visits to family physicians ?
Canadian Family Physician, 43, 1098-1102. |
|
SAXE, L. (1980). The efficacy and cost-effectiveness
of psychotherapy. Washington, DC: Government
Printing Office. |
CRASKE, M.G. & ROWE, M.K. (1997). A comparison of
cognitive & behavioural treatments of phobias. In
Davey, G.C.L. (Ed.), Phobias : A handbook of theory,
research and treatment (pp. 247-280). London :
Wiley. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1980). Science and psychotherapy : The
state of the art. British Journal of Medical
Psychology, 53, 1-10. |
WAMPOLD, B.E. (1997). Methodological problems in
identifying efficacious psychotherapies. Psychotherapy
Research, 7, 21-43. |
|
GAVIN, A. & ROBIN, H. (1981). Does psychotherapy
benefit neurotic patients? A reanalysis of the Smith,
Glass, and Miller data. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 38 (11), 1203-1208. |
NATHAN, P.E. (1997). In the final analysis, it's the data
that counts. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 4, 281-284. |
|
BUGENTAL, J.F.T. (1981). The search for authenticity
: An existential-analytic approach to psychotherapy. New
York : Irvington. |
MONCRIEFF, J., WESSELEY, S. & HARDY, R (1998).
Meta-analysis of trials comparing antidepressants with
active placebos. The British Journal of Psychiatry
172, 227–231.
|
|
KOVACS, M., RUSH, A.J., BECK, A.T. & HOLLON, S.D.
(1981). Depressed outpatients treated with cognitive
therapy or pharmacotherapy : A one-year follow-up. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 38, 33-39. |
WAMPOLD, B.E., MONDIN, G.W., MODDY, M., STICH, F., BENSON,
K. & AHN, H.N. (1997). A meta-analysis of outcome
studies comparing bona fide psychotherapies : empirically,
"all must have prizes". Psychological Bulletin, 122,
203-215. [PDF] |
|
LANDMAN, J.T. & DAWES, R.M. (1982). Psychotherapy
outcome. American Psychologist, 37, 504-516. |
KING, N.J. (1997). Empirically validated treatments and
AACBT. Behaviour Change, 14, 2-5. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. & SHAPIRO, D. (1982). Meta-analysis of
comparative therapy outcome studies : A reply to Wilson. Behavioural
Psychotherapy, 10, 307-310. |
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., THOMAS, M. & DANTON, W.G. (1998). A
cost-effectiveness model : is pharmacotherapy really less
expensive than psychotherapy for depression? In S. Hayes
and Heiby (Eds.), Prescription privileges for
psychologists : A critical analysis. Context Press. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. & SHAPIRO, D. (1982). Meta-analysis of
comparative therapy outcome research : A critical
appraisal. Behavioural Psychotherapy, 10, 4-25.
|
BEUTLER, L.E. (1998). Identifying empirically supported
treatments : What if we didn't ? Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66, 113-120. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. & SHAPIRO, D. (1982). Meta-Analysis of
comparative therapy outcome studies: A replication and
refinement. Psychological Bulletin, 92 (3),
581-604. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L. & HOLLON, S.D. (1998). Defining
empirically supported therapies. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 66 (1), 7-18. |
|
ALBEE, G.W. (1982). Preventing psychopathology and
promoting human potential. American Psychologist, 37,
1043-1057. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L., BAKER, M.J., BAUCOM, D.H., BEUTLER, L.,
CALHOUN, K.S., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., DAIUTO, A., DERUBEIS,
R., DETWEILER, J., HAAGA, D.A.F., JOHNSON, S.B., McCURRY,
S., MUESER, K.T., POPE, K.S., SANDERSON, W.C., SHOHAM, V.,
STICKLE, T., WILLIAMS, D.A. & WOODY, S.R. (1998).
Update on empirically validated therapies, II.
Clinical Psychologist, 51, 3-16. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, L.M. (1982). What research says about the
effectiveness of psychotherapy. Hospital &
Community Psychiatry, 33 (6), 457-461. |
ROSEN, G.M., LOHR, J.M., McNALLY, R. & HERBERT, J.D.
(1998). Power therapies, miraculous claims, and the cures
that fail. Behavioural & Cognitive Psychotherapy,
26, 97-99. |
|
LANDMAN, J. & DAWES, R. (1982). Psychotherapy outcome
: Smith and Glass' conclusions stand up under scrutiny. American
Psychologist, 37, 504-516. [PDF] |
KING, N.J. & OLLENDICK, T.H. (1998). Empirically
validated treatments in clinical psychology.
Australian Psychologist, 33, 89-95. |
|
BRODSKY, A.M. (1982). Sex, race, and class issues in
psychotherapy research. In J.H. Harvey & M.M. Parks
(Eds.), Psychotherapy research and behavior change. Washington,
DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
|
|
SMITH, D. (1982) Trends in counseling and psychotherapy. American
Psychologist, 37 (7), 802-809. |
|
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. & SHAPIRO, D. (1983). Comparative
therapy outcome research : Methodological implications of
meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 51 (1), 42-53. |
GARFIELD, S.L. (1998). Some comments on empirically
supported treatments. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 66, 121-125. |
|
PRIOLEAU, L., MURDOCK, M. & BRODY, N. (1983). An
analysis of psychotherapy versus placebo studies. The
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 6, 275-310. |
DeRUBEIS, R.J. & CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P.J. (1998).
Empirically supported individual and group psychological
treatments for adult mental disorders. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66 (1),
37-52. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J., CHRISTENSEN, E.R. & DEJULIO, S.S.
(Eds.) (1983). The assessment of psychotherapy
outcomes. New York : Wiley. |
McROBERTS, C., BURLINGAME, G.M. & HOAG, J.M. (1998).
Comparative efficacy of individual and group psychotherapy
: A meta-analytic perspective. Group Dynamics, 2, 101-117. |
|
ROSENTHAL, R. (1983). Assessing the statistical and social
importance of the effects of psychotherapy. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51, 4-13. |
PARKER, I. (Ed.) (1999). Deconstructing
psychotherapy. London : Sage. |
|
MILLER, R.C. & BERMAN, J.S. (1983). The efficacy of
cognitive behavior therapies : A quantitative review of
the research evidence. Psychological Bulletin, 94
(1), 39-53. |
SAUNDERS, S.M. (1999). Clients' assessment of the
affective environment f the psychotherapy session:
Relationship to session quality and treatment
effectiveness. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 55, 597-606. |
|
DELEON, P.H., VANDENBOS, G.R. & CUMMINGS, N.A. (1983).
Psychotherapy : Is it safe, effective, and appropriate ?
The beginning of an evolutionary dialogue. American
Psychologist, 38 (8), 907-911. |
HUBBLE, M.A., DUNCAN, B.L. & MILLER, S.D. (1999).
The heart and soul of change : What works in therapy. Washington
: APA. |
|
WILSON, G.T. & RACHMAN, S.J. (1983). Meta-analysis and
the evaluation of psychotherapy outcome : limitations and
liabilities. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 51, 54-64. |
MUFSON, L., WEISSMAN, M.M., MOREAU, D. & GARFINKEL, R.
(1999). Efficacy of interpersonal psychotherapy for
depressed adolescents. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 56, 573-579. |
|
MANOS, N. & VASIPOULOU, E. (1984). Evaluation of
psychoanalytic psychotherapy outcome. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 70 (1), 28-35. |
LUBORSKY, L.B., DIGUER, L., SELIGMAN, D. A., ROSENTHAL,
R., KRAUSE, E. D., JOHNSON, S., SCHWEIZER, E. (1999). The
researcher's own therapy allegiances : A "wild card" in
efficacy of LTPP 50 comparisons of treatment efficacy. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 6 (1),
95-106. |
|
STEIN, D.M. & LAMBERT, M.J. (1984). On the
relationship between experience and psychotherapy outcome.
Clinical Psychology Review, 4, 1-16. |
ROSEN, G.M., LOHR, J.M., McNALLY, R. & HERBERT, J.D.
(1999). Power therapies : Evidence vs miraculous claims. Behavioural
& Cognitive Psychotherapy, 27, 9-12. |
|
JACOBSON, N.S., FOLLETTE, W.C. & RAVENSTORF, D.
(1984). Psychotherapy outcome research : Methods for
reporting variability and evaluating clinical
significance. Behavior Therapy, 15 (4), 336-352. |
HOWARD, K.I., KRASNER, R.F. & SAUNDERS, S. (1999). The
evaluation of psychotherapy. In Sadock & Sadock
(Eds.), Comprehensive textbook of psychiatry. Philadelphia
: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. [PDF] |
|
SALEND, S.J. (1984). Therapy outcome research : Threats to
treatment integrity. Behavior Modification, 8,
211-222. |
SAUNDERS, S.M. (1999). Psychotherapy is effective : A
brief review of empirical literature supporting the
effectiveness of psychotherapy. In C. Feltham (Ed.), Controversies
in psychotherapy and counseling (pp. 74-85). London
: Sage Publications. |
|
THOMPSON, L.W. & GALLAGHER, D. (1984). Efficacy of
psychotherapy in the treatment of late life depression. Advances
in Behaviour Research & Therapy, 6, 127-139. |
QUITKIN, F.M., RABKIN, J.G., GERALD, J., DAVIS, J. &
KLEIN, D.F. (2000). Validity of clinical trials of
antidepressants. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157,
327-337. |
|
STEINER, J. (1985). The training of psychotherapists.
Psycho-Analytic Psychotherapy, 1, 56-63. |
STEVENS, S.E., HYNAN, M.T. & ALLEN, M. (2000). A
meta-analysis of common factor and specific treatment
effects across the outcome domains of the phase model of
psychotherapy. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 7, 273-290. |
|
CASEY, R.J. & BERMAN, J.S. (1985). The outcome of
psychotherapy with children. Psychological Bulletin,
98 (2), 388-400. |
OLLENDICK, T.H. & KING, N.J. (2000). Empirically
supported treatments for children and adolescents. In P.C.
Kendall (Ed.), Child and adolescent therapy :
Cognitive-behavioral procedures. New York :
Guilford Press.
[PDF] |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. (1985). The role of meta-analysis in the
evaluation of psychotherapy. Special Issue : Meta-analysis
and clinical psychology. Clinical Psychology Review, 5
(1), 49-61. |
|
|
LUBORSKY, L.B., McCLELLAN, A.T., WOODY, G.E., O'BRIEN,
C.P. & AUERBACH, A. (1985). Therapist success and its
determinants. Archives of General Psychiatry, 42,
602-611. |
SHADISH, W.R., MATT, G.E., NAVARRO, A.M. & PHILLIPS,
G. (2000). The effects of psychological therapies under
clinically representative conditions : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 126, 512-529. |
|
FIRTH, J.A., SHAPIRO, D.A. & PARRY, G. (1986). The
impact of research on the practice of psychotherapy.
British Journal of Psychotherapy, 2, 169-179. |
NEZU, A.M., RONAN, G.F., MEADOWS, E.A. & McCLURE, K.S.
(2000). Practitioner's guide to empirically based
measures of depression. New York : Kluwer. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J., SHAPIRO, D.A. & BERGIN, A.E. (1986).
The effectiveness of psychotherapy. In S.L. Garfield &
A.E. Bergin (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and
behavior change (pp. 157-211). Toronto : John Wiley
and Sons. |
MAHRER, A.R. (2000). Philosophy of science and the
foundations of psychotherapy. American Psychologist,
55, 1117-1125. [PDF]
|
|
KAZDIN, A.E. (1986). Comparative outcome studies of
psychotherapy : Methodological issues and strategies.
Special Issue : Psychotherapy research. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 54 (1),
95-105. |
RYCHLAK, J.F. (2000). A psychotherapist's lessons from the
philosophy of science. American Psychologist, 55,
1126-1132. |
|
HOWARD, K.I., KOPTA, S.M., KRAUSE, M.S. & ORLINSKY,
D.E. (1986). The dose-effect relationship in
psychotherapy. Special issue : Psychotherapy research. American
Psychologist, 41 (2), 159-164. |
O'HARA, M.W., STUART, S., GORMAN, L.L. & WENZEL, A.
(2000). Efficacy of interpersonal psychotherapy for
postpartum depression. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 57 (11), 1039-1045. |
|
LUBORSKY, L.B. CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., McCLELLAN, A.T.,
WOODY, G.E., PIPER, W., IMBER, S. & LIBERMAN, B.
(1986). Do therapists vary much in their success ?
Findings from four outcome studies. American Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 56, 501-512. |
INGRAM, R.E., HAYES, A. & SCOTT, W. (2000).
Empirically supported treatments : A critical analysis. In
C.R. Snyder et R.E. Ingram (Eds.), Handbook of
psychological change. New York : Wiley. |
|
STILES, W.B., SHAPIRO, D.A. & ELLIOT, R. (1986). Are
all psychotherapists equivalent ? American
Psychologist, 41 (2), 165-180. |
NATHAN, P.E., STUART, S.P. & DOLAN, S.L. (2000).
Research on psychotherapy efficacy and effectiveness :
Between Scylla & Charybdis ? Psychological
Bulletin, 126, 964-981. [PDF]
|
|
HAYES, S.C. & NELSON, R.O. (1986). Assessing the
effect of therapeutic intervention. In R.O. Nelson &
S.C. Hayes (Eds.), Conceptual foundations of
behavioral assessment (pp. 430-460). New York :
Guilford Press. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L. & OLLENDICK, T.H. (2001). Empirically
supported psychological interventions : Controversies and
evidence. Annual Review o f Psychology, 52,
685-716. |
|
HERMAN, N. (1987). Why psychotherapy ? Free
Association Books. |
GARETY, P.A., KUIPERS, E., FOWLER, D., FREEMAN, D. &
BEBBINGTON, P.E. (2001). A cognitive model of the positive
symptoms of psychosis. Psycological Medicine, 31,
189-195. [PDF]
|
|
GREENBERG, L.S. & SAFRAN, J.D. (1987). Emotions in
psychotherapy. New York : Guilford Press. |
STEKEL, W. (2001). Technique de la psychothérapie
analytique. Paris : Payot. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. & SHAPIRO, D. (1987). Meta-analysis of
comparative therapy outcome studies : A replication and
refinement. Psychological Bulletin, 92, 581-604. |
LAMBERT, M.J. & BARLEY, D.E. (2001). Research summary
on the therapeutic relationship and psychotherapy outcome.
Psychotherapy : Theory, Research, Practice, Training,
38, 357-361. |
|
THOMPSON, L.W., GALLAGHER, D. & BREKENBRIDGE, J.S.
(1987). Comparative effectiveness of psychotherapies for
depressed elders. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 55, 385-390. |
THOMAS, C. & HOWELL, P.J. (2001). Assessing efficacy
of stuttering treatments. Journal of Fluency
Disorders, 26, 311-333. [PDF] |
|
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B., ALICKE, M.D. & KLOTZ, M.L.
(1987). Effectiveness of psychotherapy with children and
adolescents : A meta-analysis for clinicians. Journal
of Consulting Clinical Psychology, 55 (4),
542-549. [PDF] |
NORCROSS, J.C. (2001). Purposes, processes, and products
of the task force on empiricall y supported therapy
relationships. Psychotherapy, 38 (4), 345-356.
[PDF] |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1988). Psychotherapy, distributive
justice, and social work : I. Distributive justice as a
conceptual framework for social work. Social Service
Review, 62, 187-210. |
HALL, G.C.N. (2001). Psychotherapy research with ethnic
minorities : Empirical, ethical, and conceptual issues.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69,
502-510. [PDF] |
|
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1988). Psychotherapy, distributive
justice, and social work : II. Psychotherapy and the
pursuit of justice. Social Service Review, 62,
353-382. |
BURLINGAME, G.M., ELLSWORTH, J.R., RICHARDSON, E.J. &
COX, J.C. (2000). How effective is group psychotherapy : A
review and synthesis of treatment outcomes. Ricerche
Sui Gruppi, 10, 7-35. |
|
TURNER, J.A. & CLANCY, S. (1988). Comparison of
operant behavioral and cognitive-behavioral group
treatment for chronic low back pain. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56, 261-266. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L. & OLLENDICK, T.H. (2001). Empirically
supported psychological interventions : controversies and
evidence. Annual review of psychology, 52,
685-716. [PDF] |
|
STILES, W.B., SHAPIRO, D.A. & FIRTH-COZENS, J.A.
(1988). Do sessions of different treatments have different
impacts ? Journal of Counseling Psychology, 35
(4), 391-396.
[PDF] |
LEICHSENRING, F. (2001). Comparative effects of short-term
psychodynamic psychotherapy and cognitive- behavioral
therapy in depression : A meta-analytic approach. Clinical
Psychology Review, 21, 401-419. |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D. & MATHEWS, A.M. (1988). Treatment of
nonphobic anxiety disorders : A comparison of
nondirective, cognitive, and coping desensitization
therapy. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 56, 877-884. |
ANDREWS, G. (2001). Placebo response in depression : bane
of research, boon to therapy. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 178, 192-194. |
|
STRUPP, H.H. (1989). Psychotherapy : Can the practitioner
learn from the researcher ? American Psychologist, 44
(4), 717-724. |
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2001). The great psychotherapy debate.
London : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J. (1989). The individual therapist's
contribution to psychotherapy process and outcome. Clinical
Psychotherapy Review, 9, 469-485. |
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (2001). Fringe psychotherapies : The
public at risk. The Scientific Review of Alternative
Medicine, 5 (2), 5-13. |
|
ALBEE, G.W. (1990). The futility of psychotherapy.
Mind & Behavior, 11 (3-4), 369-384. |
WILSON, D.B. & LIPSEY, M.W. (2001). The role of method
in treatment effectiveness research : evidence from
meta-analysis. Psychological Methods, 6 (4),
413-429. |
|
ROBINSON, L.A., BERMAN, J.S. & NEIMEYER, R.A. (1990).
Psychotherapy for the treatment of depression : A
comprehensive review of controlled outcome research. Psychological
Bulletin, 108, 30-49. |
LAMBERT, M.J. & BARLEY, D.E. (2002). Research summary
on the therapeutic relationship and psychotherapy outcome.
In J.C. Norcross (Éd.), Psychotherapy relationship
that work. Toronto : Oxford University Press. |
|
BECKHAM, E. E. (1989). Improvement after evaluation in
psychotherapy of depression : Evidence of a placebo effect
? Journal of Clinical Psychology, 45, 945–950.
|
LEICHSENRING, F. & LEIBLING, E. (2003). The
effectiveness of psychodynamic therapy and cognitive
behavior therapy in the treatment of personality disorders
: A meta-analysis. American Journal of Psychiatry,
160, 1223-1232. |
|
DREYFUS, H.L. (1990). Foucault et la psychothérapie. Revue
Internationale de Philosophie, 44 (173), 209-230. |
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2002). A meta-(re) analysis of the effects
of cognitive therapy versus 'other therapies' for
depression. Journal of Affective Disorders, 68
(2-3), 159-165. |
|
KIRSCH, I. (1990). Changing expectations : A key to
effective psychotherapy. Belmont, CA Brooks/Cole. |
FABIANO, G.A. & PELHAM, W.E. (2002). Evidence-based
treatment for child and adolescent mental disorders. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 4, 93-100. |
|
POIRIER, M. et ROCHON-GOYER, L. (1990). L'efficacité et la
rentabilité des services psychologiques de santé. Psychologie
Québec, 7 (6). |
BASKIN, T.W., TIERNEY, S.C., MINAMI, T. & WAMPOLD,
B.E. (2003). Establishing specificity in psychotherapy : A
meta-analysis of structural equivalence of placebo
controls. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 71 (6), 973-979. [PDF] |
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., BARANACKIE, K., KURCIAS, J.S., BECK,
A.T., CARROLL, K., PERRY, K. & ZITRIN, C. (1991).
Meta-analysis of therapist effects in psychotherapy
outcome studies. Psychotherapy Research, 1 (2),
81-91. |
BURLINGAME, G.M., FUHRIMAN, A. & MOSIER, J. (2003).
The differential effectiveness of group psychotherapy : A
meta-analytic perspective. Group Dynamics : Theory,
Research & Practice, 7 (1), 3-12. [PDF] |
|
LUBORSKY, L., ROSENTHAL, R., DIGUER, L., ANDRUSYNA, T.P.,
LEVITT, J.T., SELIGMAN, D.A., BERMAN, J.S. &
KRAUSE,E.D. (2003). Are some psychotherapies much more
effective than others ? Journal of Applied
Psychoanalytic Studies, 5, 455-460. |
|
STILES, W.B., LEACH, C., BARKHAM, M., LUCOCK, M., IVESON,
S., SHAPIRO, D.A., IVESON, M. & HARDY, G.E. (2003).
Early sudden gains in psychotherapy under routine clinic
conditions : Practice-based evidence. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 71, 14-21. |
|
NEWMAN, M. G., ERICKSON, T., PREWORSKI A. & DZUS, E.
(2003). Self-help and minimal-contact therapies for
anxiety disorders : Is human contact necessary for
therapeutic efficacy ? Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 59, 251-274. |
|
SVARTBERG, M. & STILES, T.C. (1991). Comparative
effects of short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59 (5), 704-714. [PDF] |
BERGIN, A.E. & GARFIELD, S.L. (2003). Handbook of
psychotherapy and behavior change. John Wiley &
Sons, Inc. [PDF] |
|
|
BURNS, D. & NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (1991). Coping styles,
homework compliance and the effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral therapy. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 59, 305-311. |
ACKERMAN, S.J. & HILSENROTH, M.J. (2003). A review of
therapist characteristics and techniques positively
impacting the therapeutic alliance. Clinical
Psychology Review, 23, 1-33. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1991). Psychotherapy and the value of a
human being. New York : Albert Ellis Institute. |
LAMBERT, M.J. & OGLES, B.M. (2004). The efficacy and
effectiveness of psychotherapy. In M.J. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin
and Garfield's handbook of psycho therapy and behavior
change (pp. 139-193). New York : John Wiley &
Sons, Inc. |
|
LEICHSENRING, F. RABUNG, S. & LEIBLING, E. (2004). The
efficacy of short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy in
specific psychiatric disorders. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 61, 1208-1216. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J. (1992). Implications of outcome research for
psychotherapy integration. In J.C. Norcross & M.
Goldfried (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy
integration (pp. 94-129). New York : Basic Books. |
NATHAN, P.E. (2004). Epilogue : The clinical utility of
therapy research : Bridging the gap between the present
and the future. In A.R. Roberts & K. Yeager (Eds.), Evidence-based
practice manual : Research and outcome measures in
health and human services (pp. 949-960). New York
: Oxford University Press. |
|
SHIRK, S.R. & RUSSELL, R.L. (1992). A reevaluation of
estimates of child therapy effectiveness Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 31 (4), 703-710. |
WESTEN, D., NOVONTY, C.M. & THOMPSON-BRENNER, H.
(2004). Empirical status of empirically supported
psychotherapies : Assumptions, findings, and reporting in
controlled clinical trials. Psychological Bulletin,
130 (4), 631-663. [DOC] |
|
WIERZBICKI, M.J. (1992). The effectiveness of
psychotherapy. In Issues in clinical psychology :
Subjective versus objective approaches (pp. 7-48).
Boston : Allyn & Bacon. |
NORCROSS, J. (2004). Empirically supported therapy
relationships. Clinical Psychologist, 57, 19-24. |
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. (1992). The efficacy of brief dynamic
psychotherapy : A meta-analysis. The American Journal
of Psychiatry, 149, 151-158. |
LECOMTE, C., SAVARD, R., DROUIN, M.-S. et GUILLON, V.
(2004). Qui sont les psychothérapeutes efficaces ?
Implications pour la formation en psychologie. Revue
Québécoise de Psychologie, 25 (3), 73-102.
[PDF] |
|
ROSEN, G.H. & DAVISON, G.C. (2004). Ppsychology should
list empirically supported principles of change (ESPS) and
not credential trademarked therapies or other treatment
packages. Behavior Modification, 27 (3),
300-312. [PDF] |
|
ORLINSKY, D.E., RONNESTAD, M.H. & WILLUTSKI, U.
(2004). Fifty years of psychotherapy process-outcome
research : Continuity and change. In M. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin
and Garfield's handbook of psychotherapy and behavior
change (pp.307-390). New York : Wiley. |
|
AREAN, P.A., PERRI, M.G., NEZU, A.M., SCHEIN, R.L.,
CHRISTOPHER, F. & JOSEPH, T.X. (1993). Comparative
effectiveness of social problem-solving therapy and
reminiscence therapy as treatments for depression in older
adults. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 61, 1003-1010. |
GREENBERG, R.P. (2004). Essential ingredients for
successful psychotherapy : The impact of common factors.
In M.J. Dewan, B.N. Steenbarger and R.P. Greenberg (Eds.),
The art and science of brief psychotherapies : A
practitioner's guide. American Psychiatric Press. |
|
| JONES, E.E. & PULOS, S.M. (1993). Comparing the
process in psychodynamic and cognitive behavioral
therapies. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 61 (2), 306-316. |
BOHUS, M., HAAF, B., SIMMS, T., SCHMAHL, C., IMBERGER,
M.F., SCHMAHL, C., UNCKELl, C., LIEB, K. & LINEHAN,
M.M. (2004). Effectiveness of inpatient DBT for BPD : A
controlled trial. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
42 (5), 487-499. |
|
GOLDFRIED, M.R. & CASTONGUAY, L.G. (1993). Behavior
therapy : Redefining strengths and limitations. Behavior
Therapy, 24 (4), 505-526. |
JOSEPH, J. (2004). The gene illusion : Genetic
research in psychiatry and psychology under the
microscope. Ross-on-Wye, UK : PCCS Books. |
|
HOROWITZ, L.M. & MALLE, B.F. (1993). Fuzzy concepts in
psychotherapy research. Psychotherapy Research, 3,
131-148. |
NORCROSS, J.C. (2005). The psychotherapist's own
psychotherapy : Educating and developing psychologists. American
Psychologist, 60, 840-850. |
|
WHISTON, S.C. & SEXTON, T.L. (1993). An overview of
psychotherapy outcome research : Implications for
practice. Professional Psychology Research &
Practice, 24 (1), 43-51. [PDF] |
ROTH, A. & FONAGY, P. (2005). What works for whom
: A critical review of psychotherapy research. New
York : The Guilford Press. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J. (2005). Early response in psychotherapy :
Further evidence for the importance of common factors
rather than "placebo effects". Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 61, 855-869. |
|
LUNDH, L.G. (1993). The role of behaviour and cognition in
psychotherapy. Towards an integration. Scandinavian
Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 22, 3-30. |
JACOBSON, J.W., FOXX, R.M. & MULICK, J.A. (Eds.)
(2005). Controversial therapies for developmental
disabilities : Fad, fashion, and science in professional
practice. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates. |
|
LIPSEY, M.W. & WILSON, D.B. (1993). The efficacy of
psychological, educational, and behavioral treatment:
Confirmation from meta-analysis. American
Psychologist, 48, 1181-1209. |
ANCHIN, J.C. (2005). Introduction to the special section
on philosophy and psychotherapy integration and to the
inaugural focus on moral philosophy. Journal of
Psychotherapy Integration, 15 (3), 284-298. [PDF] |
|
PROCTOR, G. (2005). Should therapy make you worse ? Clinical
Psychology, 45, 7-9. |
|
LEICHSENRING, F. (2005). Are psychodynamic and
psychoanalytic therapies effective ? : A review of
empirical data. The International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 86 (3), 841-868. |
|
THURIN, J.-M. (2005). Expertise collective Inserm sur les
psychothérapies, contexte, déroulement, enseignements et
perspectives. Cliniques Méditerranéennes, 71,
19-40. [PDF] |
|
MASH, E.J. & HUNSLEY, J. (1993). Behavior therapy and
managed mental health care : Integrating effectiveness and
economics in mental health practice. Behavior
Therapy, 24, 67-90. |
WAMPOLD, B.E., MINAMI, T., TIERNEY, S.C., BASKIN, T.W.
& BHATI, K.S. (2005). The placebo is powerful :
Estimating placebo effects in medicine and psychotherapy
from randomized clinical trials. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 61, 835-854. [PDF] |
|
WHISTON, S.C. & SEXTON, T.L. (1993). An overview of
psychotherapy outcome research : Implications for
practice. Professional Psychology Research &
Practice, 24 (1), 43-51. [PDF] |
LEICHSENRING, F., HILLER, W., WEISSBERG, M. & LEIBING,
E. (2006). Cognitive-behavioral therapy and psychodynamic
psychotherapy : Techniques, efficacy, and indications. American
Journal of Psychotherapy, 60 (3), 233- 259.
[PDF] |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D. & COSTELLO, E. (1993). Efficacy of
applied relaxation and cognitive behavioral therapy in the
treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 61, 611-619. |
WEERSING, V.R., IYENGAR, S. KOLKO, D.J., BIRMAHER, B.
& BRENT, D.A. (2006). Effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral therapy for adolescent depression : A
benchmarking investigation. Behavior Therapy, 37 (1),
36-48. |
|
WEISZ, J.R., JENSENN-DOSS, A. & HAWKLEY, K.M. (2006).
Evidence-based youth psychotherapies versus usual clinical
care. American Psychologist, 61, 671-689. |
|
LUTZ, W., LAMBERT, M.J. HARMON, C.J., TSCHITSAZ, A.,
SCHÜRCH, E. & STULZ, N. (2006). The probability of
treatment success, failure and duration - What can be
learnd from empirical data to support decision making in
clinical practice ? Clinical Psychology &
Psychotherapy, 13, 223-232. |
|
LIPSEY, M.W. & WILSON, D.B. (1993). The efficacy of
psychological, educational and behavioral treatment.
Confirmation from meta-analysis. American
Psychologist, 48 (12), 1181-1209. |
DIMIDJIAN, S., HOLLON, S.D., DOBSON, K.S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., ADDIS, M.E., GALLOP, R.,
McGLINCHEY, J.B., MARKLEY, D.K., GOLLAN, J.K., ATKINS,
D.C., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2006). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the acute treatment of adults
with major depression. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 74 (4), 658-670. |
|
KRAEMER, H.C. & KUPFER, D.J. (2006). Size of treatment
effects and their importance to clinical research and
practice. Biological Psychiatry, 59, 990-996. |
|
QUINSEY, V.L., RICE, M.E., HARRIS, G.T. & LALUMIÈRE,
M.L. (1993). Assessing treatment efficacy in outcome
studies of sex offenders. Journal of Interpersonal
Violence, 8, 512-523. |
THURIN, J.-M. et BRIFFAULT, X. (2006). Limites et
complémentarité des recherches d'efficacité potentielle et
d'efficacité réelle : nouvelles perspectives pour la
recherche en psychothérapie. L'Encéphale, 32,
402-412. |
|
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B. & McARTHY, C.A. (2006). Effects
of psychotherapy for depression in children and
adolescents : A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin,
132, 132-149 |
|
LINDSAY, R.S. & READ, D.S. (1994). Psychotherapy and
memories of childhood sexual abuse : a cognitive
perspective. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 8, 281-338. |
THURIN, J.-M. (2006). Limites de la médecine fondée sur
des preuves et orientations actuelles; une nouvelle
génération des recherches en psychothérapies. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 59 (6), 575-584. [PDF] |
|
DAWES, R.M. (1994). House of cards : Psychology and
psychotherapy built on myth. New York : The Free
Press. |
THURIN, J.-M., THURIN, M. et BRIFFAULT, X. (2006).
Évaluation des pratiques professionnelles et
psychothérapies. L'Information Psychiatrique, 82,
39-47. |
|
LUBORSKY, L. (1994). Therapeutic alliance as predictor of
psychotherapy outcome : Factors explaining the predictive
success. In A. Horvath et L Greenberg (Eds.), The
working alliance : Theory, research, and practice
(pp. 38-50). New York : Wiley. |
SCHNURR, P.P. (2007). The rocks and hard places in
psychotherapy outcome research. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 20 (5), 779-792. |
|
|
CLINTON, J.J., McCORMICK, K. & BESTERMAN, J. (1994).
Enhancing clinical practice : The role of practice
guidelines. American Psychologist, 49, 30-33. |
SCHNURR, P.P. (2007). The rocks and hard places in
psychotherapy outcome research. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 20, 779-792. |
|
LINDSAY, D.S. & READ, J.D. (1994). Psychotherapy and
memories of childhood sexual abuse : A cognitive
perspective. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 8,
281- 338. |
THURIN, J.-M. (2007). Évaluer les psychothérapies :
méthodes et pratiques. Paris : Éditions Dunod. |
|
HUNSLEY, J. & LEE, C.M. (2007). Research-informed
benchmarks for psychological treatments: Efficacy studies,
effectiveness studies, and beyond. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 38, 21-33. |
|
YAPKO, M.D. (1994). Suggestibility and repressed memories
of abuse : A survey of psychotherapists' beliefs. American
Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 36, 163-171. |
STAINES, G.L. (2007). Comparative outcome evaluations of
psychotherapies : Guidelines for addressing eight
limitations of the gold standard of causal inference. Psychotherapy,
44 (2), 161-174. |
|
ORLINSKY, D.E., GRAWE, K. & PARKS, B.K. (1994).
Process and outcome in psychotherapy. In A.E. Bergin et
S.L. Garfield (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and
behavior change (pp. 311-381). New York : Wiley. |
LEICHSENRING, F. & LEIBLING, E. (2007). Psychodynamic
psychotherapy : a systematic review of techniques,
indications and empirical evidence. Psychological
Psychotherapy, 80 (2), 217-228. |
|
NAJVITS, L.M. & STRUPP, H.H. (1994). Differences in
the effectiveness of psychodynamic therapies : a
process-outcome study. Psychotherapy, 31 (1),
114-123, |
NATHAN, P.E. & GORMAN, J.M. (2007). A guide to
treatments that work. New York : University press.
|
|
SHAPIRO, D.A., BARKHAM, M., REES, A., HARDY, G.E.,
REYNOLDS, S. & STARTUP, M. (1994). Effects of
treatment duration and severity of depression on the
effectiveness of cognitive-behavioral and psychodynamic
interpersonal psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 62, 522-534. |
COFFMAN, S., MARTELL, C.R., DIMIDJIAN, S., GALLOP, R.
& HOLLON, S.D. (2007). Extreme non-response in
cognitive therapy : Can behavioral activation succeed
where cognitive therapy fails ? Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 75 (4), 531-541. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J. & BERGIN, A E. (1994). The effectiveness
of psychotherapy. In A.E. Bergin & S.L. Garfield
(Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change
(pp. 143-189). New York : Wiley. |
SCHNURR, P.P. (2007). The rocks and hard places in
psychotherapy outcome research. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 20 (5), 779-792. |
|
MOTLEY, M.T. & MOOLOY, J.L. (1994) An efficacy test of
a new therapy ("communication-orientation-motivation") for
public-speaking anxiety. Journal of Applied
Communication Research, 22, 48-58. |
MINAMI, T. & WAMPOLD, B.E. (2008). Adult psychotherapy
in the real world. In B.W. Walsh (Ed.), Biennial
review of counseling psychology (pp. 27-45). New
York : Routledge. |
|
CUIJPERS, P., VAN STRATEN, A., VAN OPPEN, P.&
ANDERSSON, G. (2008). Are psychological and pharmacologic
interventions equally effective in the treatment of adult
depressive disorders ? A meta-analysis of comparative
studies. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 69,
1675-1685. |
|
LEICHSENRING, F. & RABUNG, S. (2008). Effectiveness of
long-term psychodynamic psychotherapy : a meta-analysis.
Journal of American Medical Association, 300 (13),
1551-1565. |
|
HOAGWOOD, K., HIBBS, E., BRENT, D. & JENSEN, P.
(1995). Introduction to the special section : Efficacy and
effectiveness in studies of child and adolescent
psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 63, 683-687. |
ZLOMKE, K. & DAVIS, T.E. (2008). One-session treatment
of specific phobias : A detailed description and review of
treatment efficacy. Behavior Therapy, 39 (3),
207-223. |
|
|
ROSENTHAL, R. (1995). Progress in clinical psychology : Is
there any ? Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 2, 133-150. |
HENDRICK, S. (2009). Efficacité des thérapies familiales
systémiques. Thérapie Familiale, 30 (2), 147-165.
[PDF] |
|
PERSONS, J.B. (1995). Why practicing psychologists are
slow to adopt empirically-validated treatments. In S.C.
Hayes, V.M. Follette, R.M. Dawes & K.E. Grady (Eds.),
Scientific standards of psychological practice.
Context Press. |
McLEOD, B.D. (2009). Understanding why therapy allegiance
is linked to clinical outcomes. Clinical Psychology :
Science & Practice, 16 (1), 69-72. |
|
WEISS, B. & WEISZ, J.R. (1995). Relative effectiveness
of behavioral versus nonbehavioral child psychotherapy. Journal
of Clinical & Consulting Psychology, 63,
317-320. |
LEYKIN, Y. & DERUBEIS, R.J. (2009). Allegiance in
psychotherapy outcome research : Separating association
from bias. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 6 (1), 54-69.
[PDF] |
|
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., DANTON, W.G. & DENELSKY, G.Y.
(1995). Psychotherapy versus medication for depression :
Challenging the conventional wisdom with data. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 26 (6),
574-585. |
KENNY, D.A. & HOYT, W.L. (2009). Multiple levels of
analysis in psychotherapy research. Psychotherapy
Research, 19 (4-5), 462-468. |
|
POOLE, D.A., LINDSAY, D.S., MEMON, A. & BUUL, R.
(1995). Psychotherapy and the recovery of memories of
childhood sexual abuse : U.S. and British practitioners'
opinions, practices, and experiences. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63, 426-437. |
OLATUNJI, B.O., CISLER, J.M. & DEACON, B.J. (2010).
Efficacy of cognitive behavioral therapy for anxiety
disorders : A review of meta-analytic findings. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 33, 557-577. [PDF] |
|
CUIJPERS, P., VAN STRATEN, A., BOHLMEIJER, E., HOLLON,
S.D. & ANDERSSON, G. (2010). The effects of
psychotherapy for adult depression are overestimated : a
meta-analysis of study quality and effect size. Psychological
Medicine, 40 (2), 211-223. |
|
STEIN, D.M. & LAMBERT, M.J. (1995). Graduate training
in psychotherapy : Are therapy outcomes enhanced ? Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63, 182-196. |
SHEDLER, J. (2010). The efficacy of psychodynamic
psychotherapy. American Psychologist, 65 (2),
98-109. [PDF] |
|
NORDAL, K.C. (2010). Where has all the psychotherapy gone
? Monitor on Psychology, 41 (10), 17. |
|
ISRAELI, A.L. & SANTOR, D.A. (2010). Reviewing
effective components of feminist therapy. Journal
Counselling Psychology Quarterly, 13 (3), 233-247. |
|
VRIJ, A., GRANHAG, P.A. & PORTER, S. (2011). Pitfalls
and opportunities in nonverbal and verbal lie detection. Psychological
Science in the Public Interest, 11 (3), 89-121. [PDF] |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1995). The effectiveness of
psychotherapy : The Consumer Reports study. American
Psychologist, 50, 965-974. |
DICKERSON, F.B. & LEHMAN, A.F. (2011). Evidence-based
psychotherapy for schizophrenia 2011 update. The
Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 199,
520-526. [PDF] |
|
EPSTEIN, W.M. (1995). The illusion of psychotherapy.
New Brunswick, NJ : Transaction. |
KLINTWALL, L., GILLBERG, C., BÖLT, S. & FERNELL, E.
(2011). The efficacy of intensive behavioral intervention
for children with autism : A matter of allegiance ? Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, doi:10.1007/s10803-011-1223.
[PDF] |
|
CUIJPERS, P., DRIESSEN, E, HOLLON, S.D., VAN OPPEN, P,
BARTH, J,. & ANDERSSON, G. (2012). The efficacy of
non-directive supportive therapy for adult depression : a
meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology Review 32,
280–291
|
|
CUIJPERS, P., BERKING, M., ANDERSSON, G., QUIGLEY, L.,
KLEIBOER, A. & DOBSON, K.S. (2013). A meta-analysis of
cognitive-behavioural therapy for adult depression, alone
and in comparison with other treatments. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry/Revue Canadienne de Psychiatrie,
58 (7), 376-385. |
|
ZIMMERMANN, J., LÖFFLER-STASTKA, H., HUBER, D., KLUG, G.,
ALHABBO, S., BOCK, A. & BENECKE, C. (2015). Is it all
about the higher dose? Why psychoanalytic therapy is an
effective treatment for major depression. Clinical
Psychology & Psychotherapy, 22 (6), 469-487. |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2015). How important are the common factors
in psychotherapy ? An update. World Psychiatry, 14
(3), 270-277. [PDF] |
|
DRIESSEN, E., HEGELMAIER, L.M., ABBASS, A.A.,
BARBER, J.P., DEKKER, J.J.M., VAN, H.L., JANSMA, E.P.,
CUIJPERS, P. (2015).The efficacy of short-term
psychodynamic psychotherapy for depression : a
meta-analysis update. Clinical Psychology Review, 42,
1–15.
|
|
WAMPOLD, B.E. & IMEL, Z.E. (2015) The great
psychotherapy debate : The research evidence for what
works in psychotherapy. New York : Routledge. |
|
STEIN, D.M. & LAMBERT, M.J. (1995). Graduate training
in psychotherapy : Are therapy outcomes enhanced ? Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63, 182-196. |
JAEKEN, M., VERHOFSTADT, L.L. & VAN BROECK, N. (2015).
Qu'est-ce qui détermine l'efficacité d'une psychothérapie
? Brève mise à jour scientifique. Bulletin de
Psychologie, 3 (537), 237-242. [PDF] |
|
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B., HAN, S.S., GRANGER, D.A. &
MORTON, T. (1995). Effects of psychotherapy with children
and adolescents revisited: A meta-analysis of treatment
outcome studies. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 450-468. |
GOORDEN, M., SCHAWO, S.J., BOUWMANS-FRIJTERS, C.A.M., VAN
DER SCHEE, E., HENDRIKS, V.M. & HAKKAART-VAN ROIJEN.,
L. (2016). The cost-effectiveness of family/family-based
therapy for treatment of externalizing disorders,
substance use disorders and delinquency : a systematic
review. BMC Psychiatry, 16, [237] : 1-22. [PDF] |
|
CUIJPERS, P., DONKER, T., WEISSMAN MM, RAVITZ, P,
CRISTEA, I.A (2016). Interpersonal psychotherapy for
mental health problems : a comprehensive meta-analysis. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 173, 680–687.
|
|
FARBER, B., SUZUKI, J. & LYNCH, D.A. (2018). Positive
regard and psychotherapy outcome : A meta-analytic review. Psychotherapy : Theory
Research Practice Training, 55 (4), 411-423.
|
|
WOLL, C. & SCHÖNBRODT, F.D. (2019). A series of
meta-analytic tests of the efficacy of long-term
psychoanalytic psychotherapy. European Psychologist,
25 (1), 1-22. [PDF] |
|
CUIJPERS, P., KARYOTAKI, E., REIJENDES, M. &
EBERT, D.D. (2019). Was Eysenck right after all ? A
reassessment of the effects of psychotherapy for adult
depression. Epidemiology & Psychiatric Sciences,
28, 21–30. [PDF]
|
|
MUNDER, T., FLÜCKIGER, C., LEICHSENRING, F., ABBASS, A.A.,
HILSENROTH, M.J., LUYTEN, P., RABUNG, S., STEINERT, C. & WAMPOLD, B.E.
(2019). Is psychotherapy effective ? A re-analysis of
treatments for depression. Epidemiology &
Psychiatric Sciences, 28 (3), 268-274. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Thérapie, Effet
thérapeutique équivalent et Effet
du thérapeute |
|
|
|
Thérapie
(Préférences) : Lorsque deux
traitements ou deux thérapies sont
disponibles, préférence du patient/client pour l'un deux. Treatment
preference.
|
|
|
THOMAS, E., CROFT, P.R., PATERSON, S.M., DZIEDZIC, K.
& HAY, E.M. (2004). What influences participants'
treatment preference and can it influence outcome ?
Results from a primary care-based randomized trial for
shoulder pain. British Journal of General Practice,
54, 93-96. |
|
SIDANI, S., EPSTEIN, D.R., BOOTZIN, R.R., MORITZ, P. &
MIRANDA, J. (2009). Assessment for preferences for
treatment : Validation of a measure. Nursing &
Health, 32, 419-431. |
|
SIDANI, S., MIRANDA, J., EPSTEIN, D.R., BOOTZIN, R.R.,
COUSINS, J. & MORITZ, P. (2009). Relationships between
personal beliefs and treatment attributes, and preferences
for behavioral treatments. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 47, 823-829. |
|
PREFERENCE COLLABORATIVE REVIEW GROUP (2009). Patients'
preferences within randomized trials : Systematic review
and patient level meta-analysis. British Medical
Journal, 338, 1864. |
|
SIDANI, S., BOOTZIN, R.R., MORITZ, P., EPSTEIN, D.R.,
MIRANDA, J. & COUSINS, J. (2010). Patterns of
enrollment in randomized and preference trials of
behavioral treatments for insomnia. Journal of
Methods & Measurement in the Social Sciences, 1
(2), 15-30. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie/Technologie
(Pseudo) : Fausse
thérapie ou
technologie qui repose sur des croyances
et des superstitions,
bref sur une pseudoscience.
Une vraie technologie
est fondée sur les recherches et les données des sciences
fondamentales et appliquées, ainsi que sur l'expérience
systématique et codifiée de ses praticiens. Son efficacité
est clairement montrée, donc supérieure au placebo
actif et passif.
NDLR : Les gens qui croient à l'efficacité de ses
pseudothérpies les désignent souvent sous le vocable de «thérapie
alternative». Ce terme laisse faussement croire qu'il s'agit de
pratiques valables, et même préférables aux thérapies en vigueur
dans une domaine d'intervention.
Il existe plusieurs types de pseudothérapie :
1) la pseudothérapie mystique qui repose sur une
force surnaturelle ou l'intervention divine ( EX:
La thérapie par les anges); 2) la pseudothérapie
technologique qui s'appuie sur un gadget ou une machine
révolutionnaire ( EX: L'intégration
neuro-émotionnelle par les mouvements oculaires); 3)
la pseudothérapie psychologique qui fait appel à une fonction
cognitive ou mentale méconnue ( EX: le pouvoir du
mental); 4) la pseudothérapie biologique qui
repose sur les forces vitales du corps ou le pouvoir infini du
cerveau ( EX: la programmation
neuro-linguistique); 5) la pseudothérapie
pharmacologique qui se fonde sur les effets placebo de leur
potions magiques ( EX: L'homéopathie); 6)
la pseudothérapie naturelle qui table sur les forces
cachées et la pureté de la nature ( EX: La
naturopathie). 7) Finalement, la pseudothérapie
physique se fonde sur de propriétés insoupçonnées des phénomènes
de la physique ( EX: vibration de la baguette du
sourcier). = thérapie alternative, faux
traitement, technique ou méthode bidon, psychologie
populaire, pseudopsychologie, charlatanisme moderne,
psychologie de sous-sol d'église. ( ):
Voir tableau ci-dessous. Pseudotherapy,
pseudotechnology.
|
|
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1995). Psychoanalysis is not yet a science :
Comment on Shevrin. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 43, 1015-1023. |
|
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1997). Alternative medicine : Where's
the evidence ? Canadian Journal of Public Health, 88
(3), 149-152. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie à distance : Toute forme de thérapie
conduite à distance par l'intermédiaire d'un téléphone
ou d'un internet/ordinateur.
Thérapie à distance,
groupe de soutien à distance et cyberthérapie.
Online therapy, computer-administered therapy,
computer-assisted therapy, telephone behaviour therapy.
| |
|
|
LAWRENCE, G.H. (1986). Using computers for the treatment
of psychological problems. Computers in Human
Behavior, 2, 43-62. |
MOHR, D.C., HART, S., JULIAN, L., CATLEDGE, C.,
HONOS-WEBB, L., VELLA, L. & TASCH, E.T. (2005).
Telephone-administered psychotherapy for depression.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 1007-1014. [PDF] |
|
SELMI, P.M., KLEIN, M.H., GREIST, J.H., SORRELL, S.P.
& ERDMAN, H.P. (1990). Computer-administered
cognitive-behavioral therapy for depression.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 147 (1), 51-56. |
HIRAI, M. & CLUM, G.A. (2005). An Internet-based
self-change program for traumatic event related fear,
distress, and maladaptive coping. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 18 (6), 631-636 |
|
SCHNEIDER, S.J., SCHWARTZ, M.D. & FAST, J. (1995)
Computerized, telephone-based health promotion : I.
Smoking cessation program. Computers in Human
Behavior, 11, 135-148. |
WRIGHT, J.H., WRIGHT, A.S., ALBANO, A.M., BASCO, M.R.,
GOLDSMITH, L.J., RAFFIELD, T. & OTTO, M.W. (2005).
Computer-assisted cognitive therapy for depression :
Maintaining efficacy while reducing therapist time.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1158-1164. [PDF] |
|
SWINSON, R.P., FERGUS, K.D., COX, B.J. & WICKWIRE, K.
(1995). Efficacy of telephone- administered behavioral
therapy for panic disorder with agoraphobia. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 33 (4), 465-469. |
LOVELL, K., COX, D., HADDOCK, G., JONES, C., RAINES, D.,
GARVEY, R., ROBERTS, C. & HADLEY, S. (2006). Telephone
administered cognitive behaviour therapy for treatment of
obsessive compulsive disorder : randomised controlled
non-inferiority trial. British Medical Journal, 333,
883-887. [PDF] |
|
ZHU, S-H., STRECH, V., BALABANIS, M., ROSBROOK, B.,
SADLER, G. & PIERCE, J. (1996). Telephone counseling
for smoking cessation : Effects of single-session and
multiple-session intervention. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 64, 202-211. |
PRZEWORSKI, A. & NEWMAN, M.G. (2006). The efficacy and
utility of computer-assisted cognitive-behavioral therapy
for anxiety disorders. Clinical Psychologist, 10
(2), 43-53. [PDF] |
|
HAAS, L.J., BENEDICT, J.G. & KOBOS, J.C. (1996).
Psychotherapy by telephone : Risks and benefits for
psychologists and consumers. Professional Psychology : Research
& Practice, 27 (2), 154-160. |
NORMAN, S. (2006). The use of telemedicine in psychiatry.
Journal of Psychiatric & Mental Health Nursing,
13, 711-777. |
|
LICHTENSTEIN, E. GLASGOW, R.E., LANDO, H.A., OSSIP-KLEIN,
D.J. & BOLES, S.M. (1996). Telephone counseling for
smoking cessation : Rationales and meta-analytic review of
evidence. Health Education Research, 11 (2),
243-257. [PDF] |
SPEK, V., CUIJPERS, P., NYKLICEK, I.,RIPER, H., KEYZER, J.
& POP, V. (2006). Internet-based cognitive behaviour
therapy for symptoms of depression and anxiety : a
meta-analysis. Psychological Medicine, 37,
319-328. |
|
TAYLOR, S., WOODY, S., McLEAN, P.D. & KOCH, W.J.
(1997). Sensitivity of outcome measures for treatments of
generalized social phobia. Assessment, 4 (2),
181-191. |
CARLBRING, P., NILSSON-IHRFELT, E., WAARA, J., KOLLENSTAM,
C., BUHRMAN, M., KALDO, V., SÖDERBERG, M., EKSELIUS, L.
& ANDERSSON, G. (2005). Treatment of panic disorder :
Live therapy vs. self-help via the Internet. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 43, 1321-1333. [PDF] |
|
LYNCH, D.J., TAMBURINNO, M. & NAGEL, R. (1997).
Telephone counseling for patients with minor depression :
Preliminary findings in a family practice setting.
Journal of Family Practice, 44, 293-296. |
ANDERSSON, G., CARLBRING, P., HOLMSTRÖM, A., SPARTHAN, E.,
FURMARK, T., NILSSON-IHRFELT, E., BUHRMAN M. &
EKSELIUS, L. (2006). Internet-based self-help with
therapist feedback and in vivo group exposure for social
phobia : A randomized controlled trial. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 74 (4),
677-686. |
|
OSGOOD-HYNES, D.J., GREIST, J.H., MARKS, I.M., HENEMAN,
S.W., WENZEL, K.W., MANZO, P.A., PARKIN, J.R., SPIERINGS,
C.J., DOTTL, S.L. & VITSE, H.M. (1998).
Self-administered psychotherapy for depression using a
telephone-accessed computer system plus booklets : An open
U.S.-U.K. study. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 59 (7),
358-365. |
KLWIN, B., RICHARDS, J.C. & AUSTIN, D.W. (2006).
Efficacy of internet therapy for panic disorder. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 37
(3), 213-238. |
|
NEWMAN, M.G. (1999). The clinical use of palmtop computers
in the treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 6, 222-234. [PDF] |
DE LAS CUEVAS, C., ARREDONDO, M.T., CABRERA, M.F.,
SULZENBACHER, H. & MEISE U. (2006). Randomized
clinical trial of telepsychiatry through videoconference
versus face to face conventional psychiatric treatment. Telemedicine
Journal & E-health, 12 (3), 341-350. |
|
SIDANI, S. & STEVENS, B. (2000). Alternative therapies
and placebos : Conceptual clarification and methodologic
implications. Canadian Journal of Nursing Research, 31/
(4), 73-86. [PDF] |
SULER, J. (2007). Cybertherapeutic theory and techniques.
In A. Barak (ed.), Psychological aspects of
cyberspace : Theory, research, applications.
Cambridge University Press. |
|
MOHR, D.C., LIKOSKY, W., BERTAGNOLLI, A., GOODKIN, D., VAN
DER, W.J., DWYER, P. & DICK, L. (2000).
Telephone-administered cognitive-behavioural therapy for
the treatment of depressive symptoms in multiple
sclerosis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 68, 356-361. |
LUDMAN, E.J., SIMON, G.E., TUTTY, S., VON KORFF, M.
SIMON, G.E. & TUTTY, S. (2007). A randomized trial of
telephone psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy for depression
: continuation and durability of effects. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 75, 257-266. |
|
VANDENBOS, G.R. & WILLIAMS, S. (2000). The internet
versus the telephone: what is telehealth anyway ? Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 31, 490-492. |
TITOV, N. (2007). Status of computerized cognitive
behavioural therapy for adults. Australian and New
Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 41 (2), 95-114. |
|
STRÖM, L., PETTERSSON, R. & ANDERSSON, G. (2000). A
controlled trial of self-help treatment of recurrent
headache conducted via the internet. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68, 722-727. |
CALBRING, P., GUNNARSDOTTIR, M., HEDENSÖ, L., ANDERSSON,
G., EKSELIUS, L. & FURMARK, T. (2007). Treatment of
social phobia : Randomised trial of internet-delivered
cognitive-behavioural therapy with telephone support.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 190, 123-128. [PDF] |
|
NEWMAN, M.G. (2000). Generalized anxiety disorder. In M.
Hersen & M. Biaggio (Eds.), Effective brief
therapies : A clinician's guide (pp. 157-178). San
Diego, CA : Academic Press. [PDF] |
LITZ, B.T., ENGEL, C.C., BRYANT, R.A. & PAPA, A.
(2007). A randomized, controlled proof-of- concept trial
of an Internet-based, therapist-as sisted self-management
treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 164 (11), 1676-1684. |
|
MAHEU, M., WHITTEN, P. & ALLEN, A. (2001). E-health,
telehealth and telemedicine. San Francisco, CA :
Jossey-Bass. |
BARAK, A., HEN, L., BONIEL-NISSIM, M. & SHAPIR, A.N.
(2008). A comprehensive review and a meta-analysis of the
effectiveness of Internet-based psychotherapeutic
interventions. Journal of Technology in Human
Services, 26 (2/4), 109-154. |
|
MINAMI, T. (2008). On the "snapshot" of
telephone-administered psychological therapy: Back to
science for a clearer picture. Clinical Psychology :
Science & Practice, 15, 254-258. |
|
|
FENICHEL, M., SULER, J., BARAK, A., ZELVIN, E., JONES, G.,
MUNRO, K., MEUNIER, V. & WALKER-SHCUMUCKER, W. (2002).
Myths and realities of online clinical Work. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 5 (5). 481-497. [PDF] |
BEE, P.E., BOWER, P, LOVELL. K., GILBODY, S., RICHARDS,
D., GASK, L. & ROACH, P. (2008). Psychotherapy
mediated by remote communication technologies : a
meta-analytic review. BMC Psychiatry, 8 (60),
1-13. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, L. & WEISSMAN, M. (2002). Interpersonal
psychotherapy delivered over the telephone to recurrent
depressives : a pilot study. Depress Anxiety, 16, 114-117. |
BILICH, L.L., DEANE, F.P., PHIPPS, A.B., BARISIC, M. &
GOULD, G. (2008). Effectiveness of bibliotherapy self-help
for depression with varying levels of telephone helpline
support. Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy, 15,
61-74 |
|
HERTEL, P.T., BROZOVICH, F., JOORMANN, J. & GOTLIB,
I.H. (2008). Biases in interpretation and memory in
generalized social phobia. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 117 (2), 278-288. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSSON, G., LUNDSTRÖM, P. & STRÖM, L. (2003).
Internet-based treatment of headache. Does telephone
contact add anything ? Headache, 43, 353-361. |
KIROPOULOS, L.A., KLEIN, B., AUSTIN, D.W., AUSTIN, D.W.
GILSON, K., PIER, C., MITCHELL, J. & CIECHOMSKI, L.
(2008). Is internet-based CBT for panic disorder and
agoraphobia as effective as face-to-face CBT ?
Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 22 (8), 1273-1284. |
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & COOPER, G. (2003). Online therapy :
Implications for problem gamblers and clinicians.
British Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 31
(1), 113-135. |
MOHR, D.C., VELLA, L., HART, S., HECKMAN, T. & SIMON,
G. (2008). Th e effect of telephone-administered
psychotherapy on symptoms of de pression and attrition : A
meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 15, 243-253. |
|
LANGE, A., RIETDIJK, D., HUDCOVICOVA, M., VAN DE VEN
SCHHRIEKEN, B. & EMMELKAMP, P.M.G. (2003). Interapy :
A cont rolled randomized trial of the standardized
treatment of postt raumatic stress through the Internet.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 71
(5), 901-909. [PDF] |
BILICH, L.L., DEANE, F.P., PHIPPS, A.B., BARISIC, M. &
GOULD, G. (2008). Effectiveness of bibliotherapy self-help
for depression with varying levels of telephone helpline
support. Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy, 15,
61-74. |
|
TITOV, N., ANDREWS, G., SCHWENCKE, G., SOLLEY, K.,
JOHNSTON, L. & ROBINSON, E. (2009). Clinician-assisted
Internet-based treatment is effective for generalized
anxiety disorder : Randomized controlled trial. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 43 (10),
905-912. |
|
ANDERSSON, G. & CUIJPERS, P. (2009). Internet -based
and other computerized psychological treatments for adult
depression : A meta-analysis. Cognitive Behaviour
Therapy, 38 (4), 196-205. |
|
ANDERSSON, G. (2009). Using the Internet to provide
cognitive behaviour therapy. Behavior Research &
Therapy 47, 175-180. |
|
YEH, A.H., TAYLOR, S., THORDARSON, D.S. & CORCORAN,
K.M. (2003). Efficacy of telephone-administered cognitive
behaviour therapy for obsessive-compulsive spectrum
disorders : Case studies. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy,
32, 75-81 |
VEAZEY, C., COOK, K., STANLEY, M., LAI, E.C. & KUNIK,
M.E. (2009). Telephone administered cognitive behavioral
therapy : A case study of anxiety and depression in
Parkinson's disease. Journal of Clinical Psychology
in Medical Settings, 16, 243-253.
[PDF] |
|
ANDERSSON, G., CALBRING, P., BERGER, T., ALMLÖV, J. &
CUIJPERS, P. (2009). What makes internet therapy work ? Cognitive
Behaviour Therapy, 38 (4), 55-60. |
|
PROUDFOOT, J., GOLDBERG, D., MANN, A., EVERITT, B., MARKS,
I. & GRAY, J.A. (2003). Computerized, interactive,
multimedia cognitive-behavioural program for anxiety and
depression in general practice. Psychological
Medicine, 33, 217-227. |
CRASKE, M.G., ROSE, R.D., LANG, A., WELCH, S.S.,
CAMPBELL-SILLS, L., SULLIVAN, G., SHERBOURNE, C.,
BYSTRITSKY, A., STEIN, M.B. & ROY-BYRNE, P.P. (2009).
Computer-assisted delivery of cognitive behavioral therapy
for anxiety disorders in primary-care settings. Depression
& Anxiety, 26 (3), 235-242. [PDF] |
|
TITOV, N. (2010). Email in low intensity CBT
interventions. In J. Bennett-Levy, D. Richards, P.
Farrand, H. Christensen, K. Griffiths, D. Kavanagh &
C. Williams (Eds.), Oxford guide to low intensity CBT
interventions (pp. 287-294). New York : Oxford
University Press. |
|
TITOV, N., ANDREWS, G. KEMP, A. & ROBINSON, E. (2010).
Characteristics of adults with anxiety or depression
treated at an Internet clinic : Comparison with a national
survey and an outpatient clinic. PLoS ONE, 5 [5],
1-5. [PDF] |
|
WIMS, W., TITOV, N., ANDREWS, G. & CHOI, I. (2010).
Clinician-assisted Internet-based treatment is effective
for panic : A randomized controlled trial. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 44,
599-607. |
|
ROBINSON, E., TITOV, N., ANDREWS, G., McINTYRE, K.,
SCHWENCKE, G. & SOLLEY, K. (2010). Internet treatment
for generalized anxiety disorder : A randomized controlled
trial comp aring clinician vs. technician assistance.
PLoS ONE, 5 (6), 1-9. [PDF]
|
|
WOOTTON, B.M., TITOV, N., DEAR, B.F., SPENCE, J., ANDREWS,
G., JOHNSTON, L. & SOLLEY, K. (2011). An Internet
administered treatment program for obsessive-compulsive
disorder : a feasibility study. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 25, 1102-1107. |
|
ANDERSSON, E., LJOTSSON,B., HEDMAN, E., KALDO V., PAXLING,
B., ANDERSSON, H., LINDEFORS N. & RUCK, C. (2011).
Internet-based cognitive behavior therapy for obsessive
compulsive disorder : A pilot study. BMC Psychiatry,
11 (125), 1-10. [PDF] |
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & COOPER, G. (2003). Online therapy :
Implications for Problem gamblers and clinicians.
British Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 31
(1), 113-135. |
LAM, R.W., LUTZ, K., PREECE, M., CAYLEY, P.M. &
WALKER, A.B. (2011). Telephone-administered
cognitive-behavioral therapy for clients with depressive
symptoms in an employee assistance program : A pilot
study. Annals of Clinical Psychiatry, 23 (1),
11-16. [PDF] |
|
TITOV, N. (2011). Internet-delivered psychotherapy for
depression in adults. Current opinion in Psychiatry,
24 (1), 18-23. |
|
|
SPENCE, J., TITOV, N., DEAR, B.F., JOHNSTON, L., SOLLEY,
K., LORIAN, C., WOOTTON, B., ZOU, J. & SCHWENKE G.
(2011). Randomized controlled trial of Internet-delivered
cognitive behavioral therapy for posttraumatic stress
disorder. Depression & Anxiety, 28 (7),
541-550. |
|
NEWMAN, M.G., SZKODNY, L.E., LLERA, S.J. & PRZEWORSKI,
A. (2011). A review of technology- assisted self-help and
minimal contact therapies for anxiety and depression : Is
human contact necessary for therapeutic efficacy ?
Clinical Psychology Review, 31, 89-103. |
|
TITOV, N., DEAR, B.F., LUKE JOHNSTON, L. & TERIDES, M.
(2012). Transdiagnostic internet treatment for anxiety and
depression. Revista de Psicopatología y Psicología
Clínica, 17 (3), 237-260. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSSON, E., ENANDER, J., ANDRÉN, P., HEDMAN, E.,
LJOTSSON, B., HURSTI, T., BERGSTRÖM, J., KALDO, V.,
LINDERSFORS, N., ANDERSSON, G. & RÜCK, C. (2012).
Internet-based cognitive behavior therapy for
obsessive-compulsive disorder : a randomized controlled
trial. Psychological Medicine, 42, 2193-2203. [PDF] |
|
MURRAY, E. (2012). Web-based interventions for behavior
change and self-management : Potential, pitfalls,
progress. Medicine, 2.0 1 (2), e3. |
|
ESPIE, C.A., KYLE, S.D., WILLIAMS, C., ONG, J.C., DOUGLAS,
N.J., HAMES, P. & BROWN, J.S.L. (2012). A randomized,
placebo-controlled, trial of online cognitive behavioral
therapy for chronic insomnia disorder delivered via an
automated media-rich web application. Sleep, 35 (6),
769-781. [PDF] |
|
MOHR, D.C., HO, J., DUFFECY, J., REIFLER, D., SOKOL, L.,
BURNS, M.N., JIN, L. & SIDDIQUE, J. (2012). Effect of
telephone-administered vs face-to-face cognitive
behavioral therapy on adherence to therapy and depression
outcomesamong primary care patients : A randomized trial.
Journal of American Medical Association, 307 (21),
2278-2285. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSSON, G. & HEDMAN, E. (2013). Effectiveness of
guided internet-based cognitive behavior therapy in
regular clinical settings. Verhaltenstherapie, 23,
140-148.
[PDF] |
|
PRZEWORSKI, A. & NEWMAN, M.G. (2004). Ambulatory
computer-assisted group therapy for generalized social
phobia. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60, 179-188.
[PDF] |
LINTVEDT, O.K., GRIFFITHS, K.M., SÖRENSEN, K., OSTVIK,
A.R., WANG, C.E., EISEMANN, M. & WATERLOO, K. (2013).
Evaluating the effectiveness and efficacy of unguided
internet- based self-help in tervention for the prevention
of depression : a randomized controlled trial. Clinical
Psychology & Psychotherapy, 20, 10-27. |
|
LYNCH, D., TAMBURRINO, M., NAGEL R. & SMITH, N.
(2004). Telephone-based treatment for family practice
patients with mild depression. Psychological Reports,
94, 785-792. |
SHORE, J.H. (2013). Telepsychiatry : Videoconferencing in
the delivery of psychiatric care. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 170, 256-262. [PDF] |
|
NEWMAN, M.G. (2004). Technology in psychotherapy : An
introduction. Journal of Cliical Psychoologyl/In
Session, 60 (2), 141-145. [PDF]
|
ROZENTAL, A., ANDERSSON, G., BOETTCHER, J., EBERT, D.D.,
CUIJPERS, P., KNAEVELSRUD, C., LJÓTSSON, B., KALDO, V.,
TITOV, N. & CARLBRING, P. (2014). Consensus statement
on defining and measuring negative effects of internet
interventions. Internet Interventions, 1 (1),
12-19. |
|
MCCRONE, P., KNAPP, M., PROUDFOOT, J., RYDEN, C.,
CAVANAGH, K., SHAPIRO, D.A., ILSON, S., GRAY, J.A.,
GOLDBERG, G., MANN, A., MARKS, I., EVERITT, B. &
TYLEE, A. (2004). Cost-effectiveness of computerized
cognitive-behavioural therapy for anxiety and depression
in primary care : randomized controlled trial.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 185, 55-62. [PDF] |
ANDERSSON, E., ANDERSSON, E., STENEBY, S., KARLSSON, K.,
LJÖTSSON, B., HEDMAN, E., ENANDER, J., KALDO, V.,
ANDERSSON, G., LINDEFORS, N. & RÜCK, C. (2014).
Long-term efficacy of Internet-based cognitive behavior
therapy for obsessive-compulsive disorder with or without
booster : A randomized controlled trial. Psychological
Medicine, 44 (13), 2877-2887. |
|
CHRISTENSEN, H., GRIFFITHS, K.M. & JORM, A.F. (2004).
Delivering inte rventions for depression by using the
internet : randomized controlled trial. British
Medical Journal, 328. [LIRE] |
ANDERSSON, E., HEDMAN, E., LJÖTSSON, B., WIKSTRÖM, M.,
ELVELING, E., LINDEFORS, N., ANDERSSON, G., KALDO, V.
& RÜCK, C. (2015). Cost-effectiveness of
internet-based cognitive behavior therapy for
obsessive-compulsive disorder : Results from a randomized
controlled trial. Journal of Obsessive-Compulsive
& Related Disorders, 4, 47-53. |
|
BUHRAM, M., GORDH, T. & ANDERSSON, G. (2016). Internet
interventions for chronic pain including headache : a
systematic review. Internet Interventions, 4, 17-34.
[PDF] |
|
HTCHCOCK, P.F., HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2016).
Best learning practices for Internet treatments. The
Behavior Therapist, 39 (2), 51-55 |
|
SEOL, S.-H., KWON, J.S., KIM, Y.Y., KIM, S.N. & SHIN,
M.-S. (2016). Internet-based cognitive behavioral therapy
for obsessive-compulsive disorder in Korea. Psychiatric
Investigation, 13 (4), 373-382. [PDF] |
|
SULER, J. (2016). Psychoanalytic cyberpsychology. International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 14 (1),
97-102. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Groupe
de soutien à distance, Cyberthérapie
et Thérapie |
|
|
|
Thérapie
analytique fonctionnelle : Thérapie d'inpiration
béhavioriste fodées sur les travaux de Kohlenberg et Tsai.
Functional analytic
psychotherapy, FAP.
|
|
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J. & TSAI, M. (1987). Functional
analytic psychotherapy. In N. Jacobson (Ed.),
Cognitive and behavioral therapists in clinical
practice. New York : Guilford. |
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J. & TSAI, M. (1991). Functional
analytic psychotherapy : Creating intense and curative
therapeutic relationships. New York : Plenum
Publishers. |
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J. & TSAI, M. (1994). Functional
analytic psychotherapy : A behavioral approach to
treatment and integration. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 4, 175-201.
[PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C., MASUDA, A., BISSETT, R., LUOMA, J. &
GUERRERO, L.F. (2004). DBT, FAP, and ACT : How empirically
oriented are the new behavior therapy technologies ? Behavior
Therapy, 35, 35-54.
[PDF] |
|
TSAI, M., KOHLENBERG, R.J., KANTER, J.W., KOHLENBERG,
B.S., FOLLETTE, W.C. & CALLAGHAN, G.M. (2008). A
guide to functional analytic psychotherapy : Awareness,
courage, love and behaviorism. New York :
Springer. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
auto-administrée : Forme de thérapie
qui repose sur le principe qu'un individu qui apprend à bien
connaître les grandes théories psychologiques et les techniques
thérapeutiques sera en mesure de modifier ses propres comportements
et de résoudre ses problèmes, sans l'aide d'un thérapeute
(ou grâce à une supervision minimale). Dans le cadre de
certaines thérapies, la lecture des livres ou la consultation dess
sites internet qui présentent ces grandes théories/thérapies est
donc prescrite aux malades/patients. EX: Un
béhavioriste peut proposer à son client phobique la lecture de «MARCHAND,
A. et LETARTE, A. (2001). La peur d'avoir peur : Guide de
traitement du trouble panique avec agoraphobie. Stanké».
Dans le cas d'une phobie simple et légère, cette lecture et la
mise en application des recommandations faites par les auteurs
peuvent suffire à résoudre les problèmes du patient. Il convient
cependant de préciser trois choses : 1) La plupart du temps, la
lecture de ces ouvrages de vulgarisation se fait hors du cadre
thérapeutique, donc sans encadrement adéquat; 2) Malheureusement,
la plupart des ouvrages proposés au grand public ne se fonde pas
sur des connaissances scientifiques; 3) Finalement, une évidence :
savoir et pouvoir sont deux choses bien distinctes; c'est pas
parce que l'on sait que l'on peut (et vice-versa). =
Thérapie auto-administrée.
Bibliotherapy, self-help, self-help intervention.
| |
|
|
GLASGOW, R.E. & ROSEN, G.M. (1978). Behavioral
bibliotherapy : A review of self-help behavior therapy
manuals. Psychological Bulletin, 85, 1-23. |
JAMISON, C. & SCOGIN, E (1995). The outcome of
cognitive bibliotherapy with depressed adults. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63,
644-650. |
|
VAN LONDEN, A., VAN LONDEN-BARENTSEN, M.W., VAN SON, M. J.
& MULDER, G.A. (1995). Relapse rate and subsequent
parental reaction after successful treatment of children
suffering from nocturnal enuresis : A 21?2 year follow-up
of bibliotherapy. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
33, 309-311. |
|
MARRS, R.W. (1995). A meta-analysis of bibliotherapy
studies. American Journal of Community Psychology, 23,
843-870. |
|
MIKULAS, W.L., GOFFMAN, M.G., DAYTON, D., FRAYNE, C. &
MAIER, P.L. (1983). Behavioral bibliotherapy and games for
treating fear of the dark. Child & Family
Behavior Therapy, 7 (3), 1-7. |
CUIJPERS, P. (1997). Bibliotherapy in unipolar depression
: A meta-analysis. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 28 (2), 139-147. |
|
CHRISLER, J. & ULSH, M. (2001). Feminist bibliotherapy
: Report on a survey of feminist therapists. Women
& Therapy, 23, 71-85. |
|
ROSEN, G.M. (1987). Self-help treatment books and the
commercialization of psychotherapy. American
Psychologist, 42 (1), 46-51. |
VAN LANKVELD, J.J.D.M., EVERAERD, W. & GROTJOHANN, Y.
(2001). Cognitive-behavioral bbliotherapy for sexual
dysfunctions in heterosexual couples : A Randomized
waiting-list controlled clinical trial in the Netherlands
: Statistical data included. Journal of Sex Research,
38, 51-67. |
|
NEWMAN, M.G., ERICKSON, T., PRZEWORSKI, A. & DZUS E.
(2003). Self-help and minimal-contact therapies for
anxiety disorders : is human contact necessary for
therapeutic efficacy ? Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 59,251-274. |
|
SCOGIN, F., JAMISON, C. & GOCHNEAUR, K. (1989).
Comparative efficacy of cognitive and behavioral
bibliotherapy for mildly and moderately depressed older
adults. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 57 (3), 403-407. |
ROSEN, G.M. (2003). Bibliotherapy. In W. O'Donohue, J.E.
Fisher & S.C. Hayes (Eds.), Cognitive behavior
therapy : Applying empirically supported techniques in
your practice. New York : John Wiley, Inc. |
|
APODACA, T.R. & MILLER, W.R. (2003). A meta-analysis
of the effectiveness of bibliotherapy for alcohol
problems. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 59,
289-304. |
|
FLOYD, M., SCOGIN, F., McKENDREE-SMITH, N.L., FLOYD, D.L.
& ROKKE, P.D. (2004). Cognitive therapy for depression
: a comparison of individual psychotherapy and
bibliotherapy for depressed older adults. Behavior
Modification, 28, 297-318. |
|
CARLBRING, P., NILSSON-IHREFELT, E., WAARA, J.,
KOLLENSTAM, C., BUHRMAN, M., KALDO, V., SÖDERBERG, M.,
EKSELIUS, L. & ANDERSSON, G. (2005). Treatment of
panic disorder : live therapy vs. self-help via the
Internet. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 43
(10), 1321-1333. |
|
MATAIX-COLS D. & MARKS, I.M. (2006). Self-help with
minimal therapist contact for obsessive-compulsive
disorder : a review. European Psychiatry, 21, 75-80. |
|
LONG, N., RICKERT, V.I. & ASHCRAFT, E.W. (1993).
Bibliotherapy as an adjunct to stimulant medication in the
treatment of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal
of Pediatric Health Care, 7, 82-88. |
RAPEE, R.M., ABBOTT, M. & LYNEHAM, H. (2006).
Bibliotherapy for children with anxiety disorders using
written materials for parents : A randomized controlled
trial. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 74 (3), 436-444. [PDF] |
|
CUIJPERS, P. (2007) Self-help interventions for anxiety
disorders : An overview. Current Psychiatry Reports,
9, 284-290. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thérapie
béhavioriste : Ensemble des thérapies
et des techniques qui vise à modifier les comportements
des client/patient/malade. Ces thérapies
sont fondées sur les théories de l'apprentissage,
et notamment sur l'analyse
fonctionnelle du comportement. Thérapie béhavioriste et
modification du comportement. =
thérapie béhaviorale, thérapie par renforcement/punition, thérapie
comportementale, analyse fonctionnele du comportement.
( ): thérapie
par aversion, thérapie
par exposition, thérapie
par immersion, désensibilisation
systématique, façonnement,
système ou économie de
jetons, technique de punition
et de renforcement, estompage
et mise en relief. Behavior
therapy, behavior therapy technique.
| |
|
|
LINDSLEY, O.R., SKINNER, B.F. & SOLOMON, H.C. (1953).
Studies in behavior therapy. Walthama, MA. :
Metropolitan State Hospital. |
TRYON, W.W. (1981). The practice of clinical behaviorism :
An overview. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 12, 197-202. |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. & SKINNER, B.F. (1954). A method for
the experimental analysis of the behavior of psychotic
patients. American Psychologist, 9, 419-420. |
SLADE, P.D. (1982). Towards a functional analysis of
anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa. British Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 21, 167-191. |
|
FOA, E.B. & EMMELKAMP, P.M.G. (1983). Failures in
behaviour therapy. New York : Wiley. |
|
DURHAM, R.C. & TURVEY, A.A. (1987). Cognitive therapy
vs behaviour therapy in the treatment of chronic general
anxiety. Behavioural Research & Therapy, 25
(3), 229-234. |
|
O'LEARY, K.D. & WILSON, G.T. (1987). Behavior
therapy : Application and outcome. New Jersey :
Prentice-Hall. |
|
WOLPE, J. (1958). Psychotherapy by reciprocal
inhibition. Stanford : Stanford University Press. |
VAN HOUTEN, R., AXELROD, S., BAILEY, J.S., FAVELL, J.E.,
FOXX, R.M., IWATA, B.A. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1988). The
right to efective behavioral treatment. The Behavior
Analyst, 11, 111-114. |
|
EYSENK, H.J. (1959). Learning theory and behavior therapy.
Journal of Mental Science, 105, 61-75. |
BOOTZIN, R.R. & RUGGILL, J.S. (1988). Training issues
in behavior therapy. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 56 (5), 703-709. [PDF] |
|
TURNER, J.A. & CLANCY, S. (1988). Comparison of
operant behavioral and cognitive-behavioral group
treatment for chronic low back pain. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56, 261-266. |
|
EYSENK, H.J. (Ed.) (1960). Behaviour therapy and the
neuroses. London : Pergamon. |
SKINNER, B.F. (1988). The operant side of behavior
therapy. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 19, 171-79. |
|
BARLOW, D.H. (1988/2002). Anxiety and its disorders :
The nature and treatment of anxiety and panic. N.Y.
: The Guilford Press. |
|
GLYNN, J.D. & HARPER, P. (1961). Behaviour therapy in
transvestism. The Lancet, 1, 619. |
BOWERS, T.G. & CLUM, G.A. (1988). Relative
contribution of specific and nonspecific treatment effects
: Meta-analysis of placebo-controlled behavior therapy
research. Psychological Bulletin, 103, 315-323. |
|
WOLPE, J. (1962). Isolation of a conditioning procedure as
the crucial psychotherapeutic factor : A case study. Journal
of Nervous and Mental Disease, 134, 316-329. |
GOLDFRIED, M.R. & HAYES, A.M. (1989). Can
contributions from other orientations complement behavior
therapy ? The Behavior Therapist, 12, 57-60. |
|
HAWKINS, R.P., PETERSON, R.F., SCHWEID, E. & BIJOU,
S.W. (1966) Behavior therapy in the home : Amelioration of
problem parent-child relations with the parent in a
therapeutic role. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 4, 99-107. |
NEZU, A.M. & NEZU, C.M. (Eds.) (1989). Clinical
decision making in behavior therapy : A problem-solving
perspective. Champaign, IL : Research Press. |
|
WOODY, R.H. (1966). Behavior therapy and school
psychology. Journal of Social Psychology, 4, 1-14. |
LADOUCEUR, R., BOUCHARD, M.A. et GRANGER, L. (1989). Principes
et applications des thérapies behaviorales. Edisem. |
|
WOLPE, J. & LAZARUS, A.A. (1966). Behavior
therapy technique. New York : Pergamon Press. |
HERSEN, M. (1989). Innovations in child behavior
therapy. New York : Springer. |
|
GREENSPOON, J. & BROWNSTEIN, A.J. (1967).
Psychotherapy from the standpoint of a behaviorist. Psychological
Record, 17, 401-416. |
VAN RIPER, C. (1990). Final thoughts about stuttering. Journal
of Fluency Disorders, 15, 317-318. |
|
BENCA, R.M., OBERMEYER, W.H., THISTED, R.A. & GILLIN,
J.C. (1992). Sleep and psychiatric disorders : A meta
analysis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49,
651-668. |
|
|
BARLOW, D.H., RAPEE, R.M. & BROWN, T.A. (1992).
Behavioral treatment of generalized anxiety disorder.
Behavior Therapy, 23, 551-570. |
|
BUTLER, G., FENNELL, M., ROBSON, P. & GELDER, M.
(1991). Comparison of behavior therapy and cognitive
behavior therapy in the treatment of generalized anxiety
disorder. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59 (1), 167-75. |
|
WOODY, R.H. (1968). Toward a rationale for
psychobehavioral therapy. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 19 (2), 197-204. |
GOLDFRIED, M.R. & CASTONGUAY, L.G. (1993). Behavior
therapy : Redefining strengths and limitations. Behavior
Therapy, 24 (4), 505-526. |
|
WARD, M.H. & BAKER, B.L. (1968). Reinforcement therapy
in the classroom. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 1 (4), 323-328. [PDF] |
KOHLENBERG, R.J., HAYES, S.C. & TSAI, M. (1993).
Radical behavioral psychotherapy : Two contemporary
examples. Clinical Psychology Review, 13,
579-592. [PDF] |
|
KANFER, F. & SASLOW, G. (1969). Behavioral diagnosis.
In C.M. Franks (Ed.), Behavior therapy : appraisal
and status (pp. 2-16). New York : McGraw Hill. |
VAN RILLAER, J. (1995). Les thérapies
comportementales. Bernet-Danilo/Essentialis. |
|
TURNER, J.A., BEIDEL, D.C., SPAULDING, S, BROWN J. (1995).
The practice of behavior therapy: A national survey of
cost and methods. The Behavior Therapist, 18, 1–4 |
|
GOLDFRIED, M.R. & HAYES, A.M. (1995). Contributions
from other orientations to behavior therapy. M.R.
Goldfried (Ed.), From cognitive-behavior therapy to
psychotherapy integration (pp. 147-157). NY :
Springer. |
|
KANFER, F. & SASLOW, G. (1969). Behavioral diagnosis.
In C.M. Franks (Ed.), Behavior therapy : appraisal
and status (pp. 2-16). New York : McGraw Hill. |
FOA, E.B. (1996). The efficacy of behavioral therapy with
obsessive-compulsives. The Clinical Psychologist, 49
(2), 19-22. |
|
YATES, A.J. (1970). Behavior therapy. New York
: Wiley. |
TERI, L., LOGSDON, R.G., UOMOTO J. & McURRY, S.M.
(1997). Behavioral treatment of depression in dementia
patients : A controlled clinical trial. Journal of
Gerontology : Psychological Sciences, 52B, 159-166. |
|
BLINDER, B.J., FREEMAN, D.M. & STUNKARD, A.J. (1970).
Behavior therapy of anorexia nervosa : effectiveness of
activity as a reinforcer of weight gain. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 126 (8), 1093-1098. |
AGRAS, W.S. (1997). Helping people improve their lives
with behavior therapy. Behavior Therapy, 28,
375-384. |
|
WILSON, K.G. (1997). Science and treatment development :
Lessons from the history of behavior therapy. Behavior
Therapy, 28, 547-558. |
|
FORSYTH, J.P. (1997). In the name of the "advancement" of
behavior therapy : Is it all in a name ? Behavior
Therapy, 28, 615-627. |
|
HAWKINS, R.P. & FORSYTH, J.P. (1997). The behavior
analytic perspective : Its nature, prospects, and
limitations for behavior therapy. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 28, 7-16. |
|
SCHAUSS, S.L., CHASE, P.N. & HAWKINS, R.P. (1997).
Environment-behavior relations, behavior therapy, and the
process of persuasion and attitude change. Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 28, 31-40. |
|
DOUGHER, M.J. (1997). Cognitive concepts, behavior
analysis, and behavior therapy. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 28, 65-70. |
|
KANFER, F. & PHILLIPS, J.S. (1970). Learning
foundations of behavior therapy. New York : Wiley. |
FORSYTH, J.P., CHASE, P.N. & HACKBERT, L. (1997). A
behavior analytic interpretation of attributions in the
context of behavior therapy. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 28, 17-29. |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1971). Behavior therapy and beyond.
New York : McGraw-Hill. |
PLAUD, J. & EIFERT, G. (1998). From behavior
theory to behavior therapy. Boston : Allyn and
Bacon. |
|
LOCKE, E.A. (1971). Is "behavior therapy" "behavioristic"
? An analysis of Wolpe's psychotherapeutic methods. Psychological
Bulletin, 76 (5), 318-327. |
FORSYTH, J.P., KOLLINS, S., PALAV, A., DUFF, K. &
MAHER, S. (1999). Has behavior therapy drifted from its
experimental roots ? : A survey of publication trends in
mainstream behavioral journals. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 30, 205-220. |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1971). Reflections on behavior therapy and
its development : A point of view. Behavior Therapy,
2, 369-374. |
MORLEY, S., ECCLESTON, C. & WILLIAM, A. (1999).
Systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized
controlled trials of cognitive behaviour therapy and
behaviour therapy for chronic pain in adults, excluding
headache. Pain, 80, 1-13. [PDF] |
|
REISINGER, J.J. (1972). The treatment of
"anxiety-depression" via positive reinforcement and
response. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5 (2),
125-130 [PDF] |
MARTELL, C.R. (1999). Behavior therapy and sexual
minorities : Thoughts on progress and future directions. The
Behavior Therapist, 22 (10), 194-195. |
|
AGRAS, W.S. (1973). Toward the certification of behavior
therapists ? Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6,
167–-173.[PDF] |
|
|
BANDURA, A. (1974). Behavior theory and the models of man.
American Psychologist, 29, 859-869. [PDF] |
ZELIKOVSKY, N., RODRIGUE, J.R., GIDYZC, C.A. & DAVIS,
M.A. (2000). Cognitive behavioral and behavioral
interventions to help children cope during voiding
cystourethogram. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 25,
535-543. |
|
FENSTERHEIM, H. (1974). Behavior therapy of the sexual
variations. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1
(1), 16-28. |
O'DONOHUE, W.T., HENDERSON, D.A., HAYES, S.C., FISHER,
J.E. & HAYES, L.J. (2001). A History of the
behavioral therapies : Founders' Person Histories.
Reno, NV : Context Press. |
|
RIMM, D.C. & MASTERS, J.C. (1974). Behavior
therapy : Techniques and empirical findings. New
York : Academic Press. |
BARBOUR, R. (2001). Checklists for improving rigour in
qualitative research : a case of the tail wagging the dog
? British Medical Journal, 322, 115-117. |
|
O'LEARY, K.D. & WILSON, G.T. (1975/87). Behavior
therapy : Application and outcome. New Jersey :
Prentice-Hall. de psychologie. |
JACOBSON, N.S., MARTELL, C.R. & DIMIDJIAN, S. (2001).
Behavioral Activation for depression : Returning to
contextual roots. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 8, 255-270 |
|
WOLPE, J. (1975/1990). The practice of behavior
therapy. New York : Pergamon. / Pratique de
la thérapie comportementale. Paris : Masson. |
MATAIX-COLS, D., MARKS, I.M., GREIST, J.H., KOBAK, K.A.
& BAER, L. (2002). Obsessive-compulsive symptom
dimensions as predictors of compliance with and response
to behaviour therapy : Results from a controlled trial. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 71, 255-262. |
|
CHESSER, E.S. (1976). Behavior therapy: Recent trends and
current practice. British Journal of Psychiatry, 129,
289-307. |
HOPKO, D.R., LEJUEZ, C.W., RUGGIERO, K.J. & EIFERT,
G.H. (2003). Contemporary behavioral activation treatments
for depression : Procedures, principles, and progress. Clinical
Psychology Review, 23, 699-717. |
|
AL-ISSA, I. (1976). Behavior therapy and hallucinations :
A sociocultural approach. Psychotherapy : Theory,
Research & Practice, 13 (2), 156-159. |
ATTWOOD, T. (2003). Frameworks for behavioral
interventions. Child & Adolescent Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 12 (1), 65-86. |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1976). Multimodal behavior therapy.
New York : Springer. |
CONTI, S., GRANDI, S., RUINI, C., RAFANELLI, C., SAVIOTTI,
F.M., BARTOLUCCI, G., TOSSANI, E., BELAISE, C. & FAVA,
G.A. (2003). Long-term follow-up of social phobia treated
by behavioral therapy. Rivista di Psichiatra, 38 (2),
78-85. |
|
RAMSAY, R. (1977). Behavioural approaches to
obsessive-compulsive neurosis. In J.C. Boulougouris &
A.D. Rabavilas (Eds.), The treatment of phobic and
obsessive compulsive disorders : Selected papers from
the sixth annual meeting of the European association of
behaviour therapy (pp. 102-103). Oxford : Pergamon
Press. |
VAN MINNEN, A., HOOGDUIN, K., KEIJSERS, G., HELLENBRAND,
I. & HENDRIKS, G.J. (2003). Treatment of
trichotillomania with behavioral therapy or fluoxetine : a
randomized, waiting-list controlled study. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 60, 517-522. |
|
LADOUCEUR, R., BOUCHARD, M.A. et GRANGER, L. (1977).
Principes et applications des thérapies behaviorales.
St-Hyacinthe : Edisem/Paris : Maloine. |
HASSERT, D.L., KELLY, A.N., PRITCHARD, J.K. &
CAUTILLI, J.D. (2008). The licensing of behavior analyste
: Protecting The Profession and the public. Journal
of Early & Intensive Behavior Intervention, 5
(2), 8-19. [PDF] |
|
MARKS, I.M. (1978). Behavioral psychotherapy of adult
neurosis. In S.L. Garfield and A.E. Bergin (Eds.), Handbook
of psychotherapy and behavior change : an empirical
analysis (pp 493-547). New York : John Wiley &
Sons. |
NEZU, A.M. (2004). Problem solving and behavior therapy
revisited. Behavior Therapy, 35, 1-33. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M. YOUNGREN, M.A. & GROSSCUP, S.J.
(1979). Reinforcement and depression. In R.A. Dupue (Ed.),
The psychobiology of depressive disorders :
Implications for the effects of stress (pp.
291-316). New York : Academic Press. |
EKERS, D., RICHARDS, D. & GILBODY, S. (2008). A
meta-analysis of randomized trials of behavioural
treatment of depression. Psychological Medicine, 38,
611-623.
[PDF] + [PDF] |
|
SJODEN, P., BATES, S. & DOCKENS, W.S. (Eds.) (1979). Trends
in behavior therapy. New York : Academic Press. |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2008). Review : Individual behavioural
therapy reduces symptoms of depression. Evidence-Based
Mental Health, 11, 108. |
|
RACHMAN, S. (2009). Psychological treatment of anxiety :
The evolution of behavior therapy and cognitive behavior
therapy. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 5,
97-119. |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. & HERSEN, M. (1980). The current status
of behavior therapy. Behavior Modification, 4
(3), 283-302. |
MARTELL, C.R., DIMIDJIAN, S. & HERMAN-DUNN, R. (2010).
Behavioral activation for depression : A clinician's
guide. Guilford Press. |
|
BEAUDRY, M. et BOISVERT, J.-M. (1980). La thérapie
behaviorale : courants actuels et perspective d'avenir. Revue
de Modification du Comportement, 10, 113-130. |
PIACENTINI, J.C., WOODS, D.W, SCAHILL, L., WILHELM, S.,
PETERSON, A.L., CHANG, S., GINSBURG, G.S., DECKERSBACH,
T., DZIURA, J., LEVI-PEARL, S. & WALKTUP, J.T. (2010).
Behavior therapy for children with tourette disorder : A
randomized controlled trial. Journal of American
Medecine Association, 303 (19), 1929-1937. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, G.T. & O'LEARY, K.D. (1980). Principles
of behavior therapy. New Jersey : Prentice-Hall. |
FRANKLIN, M.E., EDSON, A.L., LEDLEY, D.A. & CAHILL,
S.P. (2011). Behavior therapy for pediatric
trichotillomania : A randomized controlled trial. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 50, 763-771. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M., SULLIVAN, J.M. & GROSSCUP, S.J.
(1980). Changing reinforcing events : An approach to the
treatment of depression. Psychotherapy : Theory,
Research & Practice, 47, 322-334. |
BARRACA, J. (2012). "Mental control" from a third-wave
behavior therapy perspective. International Journal of
Clinical & Health Psychology, 12 (1), 109-121.
[PDF] |
|
WADDEN, T.A., WEBB, V.L., MORAN, C.H. & BAILER, B.A
(2012). Lifestyle modification for obesity : new
developments in diet, physical activity, and behavior
therapy. Circulation, 125, 1157-1170. |
|
MCGUIRE, J.F., UNG, D., SELLES, R.R., RAHMAN, O. LEWIN,
A.B., MURPHY, T.K. & STORCH, E.A. (2014). Treating
trichotillomania : A meta-analysis of treatment effects
and moderators for behavior therapy and serotonin reuptake
inhibitors. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 58,
76-83. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir
Analyse fonctionnelle du comportement, Intervention
intensive comportementale et Modification
du comportement |
|
|
|
|
|
Thérapie
béhavioriale dialectique : TBD : Thérapie
d'inspiration béhaviorale, cognitive et bouddhiste
(!), développée par Linehan
pour traiter les cas de personnalité
limite et sucidaires,
et qui repose sur le principe que les troubles
psychologiques complexes naissent de l'intéraction entre
une vulnérabilité émotionnelle de base (innée ou acquise) et un
environnement invalidant ou sans ressources adéquatre pour
surmonter cette vulnérabilité. =
TBD, thérapie comportementale dialectique. Dialectical
behavioral therapy, DBT.
| |
|
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1987). Dialectical behavior therapy : A
cognitive behavioral approach to parasuicide. Journal
of Personality Disorders, 1, 328-333. |
RATHUS, J.H. & MILLER, A.L. (2002). Dialectical
behavior therapy adapted for suicidal adolescents.
Suicide & Life-Threatening Behavior, 32 (2),
146-157. [PDF] |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1987). Dialectical behavior therapy for
borderline personality disorder : Theory and method. Bulletin
of the Menninger Clinic, 51, 261-276. |
LINEHAN, M.M., DIMEFF, L.A., REYNOLDS, S.K., COMTOIS,
K.A., WELCH, S.S., HEAGERTY, P. & KIVLAHAN, D.R.
(2002). Dialectical behavior therapy versus comprehensive
validation plus 12-step for the treatment of opioid
dependent women meeting criteria for borderline
personality disorder. Drug & Alcohol Dependence,
67 (1), 13-26. |
|
VAN DEN BOSCH, L.M.C., VERHEUL, R., SCHIPPERS, G.M. &
VAN DEN BRINK, W. (2002). Dialectical behavior therapy of
borderline patients with and without substance use
problems : Implementation and long-term effects. Addictive
Behaviors, 27 (6), 911-923. |
|
LYNCH, T.R., MORSE, J.Q., MENDELSON, T. & ROBINS, C.J.
(2003). Dialectical behavior therapy for depressed older
adults : A randomized pilot study. American Journal
of Geriatric Psychiatry, 11 (1), 33-45. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M., ARMSTRONG, H.E., SUAREZ, A., ALLMON, D.
& HEARD, H.L. (1991). Cognitive-behavioral treatment
of chronically parasuicidal borderline patients. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 48, 1060-1064. |
VERHEUL, R., VAN DEN BOSCH, L.M.C., KOETER, M.W.J., DE
RIDDER, M.A.J., STIJNEN, T. & VON DEN BRINK, W.
(2003). Dialectical behaviour therpy for women with
borderline personality disorder. 12-month, randomised
clinical trail in The Netherlands. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 182, 135-140. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1993). Cognitive-behavioral treatment
of borderline personality disorder. New York, NY,
US : Guilford Press. |
BOHUS, M., HAAF, B., SIMMS, T., LIMBERGER, M.F., SCHMAHL,
C., UNCKEL, C., LIEB, K. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2004).
Effectiveness of inpatient dialectical behavioral therapy
for borderline personality disorder : A controlled trial.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 42 (5),
487-499. |
|
ROBINS, C.J. & CHAPMAN, A.L. (2004). Dialectical
behavior therapy : Current status, recent developments and
future directions. Journal of Personality Disorders,
18 (1), 73-89. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M., SCHMIDT, H., DIMEFF, L.A., CRAFT, J.C.,
KANTER, J. & COMTOIS, K.A. (1999). Dialectical
behavior therapy for patients with borderline personality
disorder and drug-dependence. American Journal on
Addiction, 8 (4), 279-292. |
HAYES, S.C. (2004). Acceptance and commitment therapy,
relational frame theory, and the third wave of behavioral
and cognitive therapies. Behavior Therapy, 35
(4), 639-665. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (2000). Traitement
cognitivo-comportemental du trouble de personalité état
limite. Genève : Éditions Médecine et Hygiène. |
HAYES, S.C., MASUDA, A., BISSETT, R., LUOMA, J. &
GUERRERO, L.F. (2004). DBT, FAP, and ACT : How empirically
oriented are the new behavior therapy technologies ? Behavior
Therapy, 35, 35-54.
[PDF] |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (2000). The empirical basis of dialectical
behavior therapy : Development of new treatments vs.
evaluation of existing treatments. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 7, 113- 119. |
VAN DEN BOSCH, L.M.C., KOETER, M.W.J., STIJNEN, T.,
VERHEUL, R. & VAN DEN BRINK, W. (2005). Sustained
efficacy of dialectical behaviour therapy for borderline
personality disorder. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 43 (9), 1231-1241. |
|
KOERNER, K. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2000). Research on
dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality
disorder. The Psychiatric clinics of North America,
23 (1), 151-167. |
HOLMES, P., GEORGESCU, S. & LILES, W. (2005). Further
delineating the applicability of acceptance and change to
private responses : The example of dialectical behavior
therapy. The Behavior Analyst Today, 7 (3),
301-311. |
|
TURNER, R.M. (2000). Naturalistic evaluation of
dialectical behavior therapy-oriented treatment for
borderline personality disorder. Cognitive &
Behavioral Practice, 7 (4), 413-419. |
CHAPMAN, A.L. (2005). Dialectical behavior therapy :
Current Indications and unique elements. Psychiatry
(Edgmont), 3 (9), 62-68. [PDF] |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (2000). Commentary on innovations in
dialectical behavior therapy. Cognitive &
Behavioral Therapy, 7 (4), 478-481 |
LINEHAN, M.M., COMTOIS, K.A., MURRAY, A.M., BROWN, M. Z.,
GALLOP, R.J., HEARD, H.L., KORSLUND, K.E., TUREK, D.A.,
REYNOLDS, S.K. & LINDENBOIM, N. (2006). Two-year
randomized controlled trial and follow-up of dialectical
behavior therapy vs therapy by experts for suicidal
behaviors and borderline personality disorder.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 63 (7), 757-766. [PDF] |
|
KOONS, C.R., ROBINS, C.J., TWEED, J.L., LYNCH, T.R.,
GONZALEZ, A.M., MORSE, J.Q., BISHOP, C.K., BUTTERFIELD,
M.I. & BASTIAN, L.A. (2001). Efficacy of dialectical
behavior therapy in women veterans with borderline
personality disorder. Behavior Therapy, 32,
371-390. [PDF] |
LYNCH, T.R., CHAPMAN, A.L., ROSNETHAL, M.Z., KUO, J.R.
& LINEHAN, M.M. (2006). Mechanisms of change in
dialectical behavior therapy : Theoretical and empirical
observations. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 62
(4), 459-480. [PDF] |
|
RIZVI, S.L. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2001). Dialectical
behavior therapy for personality disorders. Current
Psychiatric Reports, 3, 64-69. |
KRÜGER, C., SCHWEIGER, U., SIPOS, V., ARDOLD, R., KAHIB,
K.G., SCHUNERT, T., RUDOLF, S. & REINECHER, H. (2006).
Effectiveness of dialectical behaviour therapy for
borderline personality disorder in an inpatient setting. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 44, 1211-1217. [PDF] |
|
DIMEFF, L. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2001). Dialectical
behavior therapy in a nutshell. The California
Psychologist, 34, 10-13. [PDF] |
MILLER, A.L., RATHUS, J.H. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2007). Dialectical
behavior therapy. New York : Guilford Press. |
|
McMAIN, S.F., LINKS, P.S., GNAM, W.H., GUIMOND, T.,
CARDISH, R.J., KORMAN, L. & STREINER, D. L. (2009). A
randomized trial of dialectical behavior therapy versus
general psychiatric management for borderline personality
disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 166 (12),
1365-1374. |
|
TELCH C.F., AGRAS, W.S. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2001)
Dialectical behavior therapy for binge eating disorder.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 1061-1065.
[PDF] |
NEACSIU, A.D., RIZVI, S.L. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2010).
Dialectical behavior therapy skills use as a mediator and
outcome of treatment for borderline personality disorder.
Behavior Research & Therapy, 48, 832-839. |
|
SAFER, D.L., TELCH C.F. & AGRAS, W.S. (2001).
Dialectical behavior therapy for bulimia nervosa.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 158 (4), 632-634. |
KLIEM, S., KRÜGER, C. & KOSSFELDER, J. (2010).
Dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality
disorder : A meta-analysis using mixed-effects modeling. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 78,
936-951.
[PDF] |
|
LINTON, S.J. (2010). Applying dialectical behavior therapy
chronic pain : A case study. Scandinavian Journal of
Pain, 1, 50-54. |
|
KOONS, C.R., ROBINS, C.J., TWEED, J.L., LYNCH, T.R.,
GONSALEZ, A.M., MORSE, J.Q., BISHOP, G.K., BUTTERFIELD,
M.I. & BASTIAN, L.A. (2001). Efficacy of dialectical
behavior therapy in women veterans with borderline
personality disorder. Behavior Therapy, 32 (2),
371-390. [PDF] |
SWEEZY, M. (2011). Treating trauma after dialectical
behavioral therapy. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 21 (1), 90-102. [PDF] |
|
GOETHEM VAN, A., MULDERS, D., MURIS, M., ARNTZ, A. &
EGGER, J. (2012). Reduction of self-injury and improvement
of coping behavior during dialectical behaviour therapy
(DBT) of Patients with borderline personality disorder. International
Journal of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 12
(1), 21-34. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie et
Bouddhiste |
|
|
Thérapie
brève : Ensemble de thérapies
conçues pour atteindre rapidement leur objectifs thérapeutiques,
du moins si on compare leur durée moyenne à celle des traitements
reçus dans le cadre d'une psychanalyse.
Short therapy, brief therapy, brief strategic
therapy, one-session treatment, rapid treatment, brief
treatments.
| |
|
|
GILLIS, J.S. & JESSOR, R. (1970). Effects of brief
psychotherapy on belief in internal control : An
exploratory study. Psychotherapy, 7, 135-137. |
ERON, J. & LUND, T. (1996). Narrative solutions
in brief therapy. New York : Guilford Press. |
|
MADDOCK, J.W. (1975). Initiation problems and time
structuring in brief sex therapy. Journal of Sex
& Marital Therapy, 1 (3), 190-197. |
ÖST L-G. (1997). Rapid treatment of specific phobias. In
G.Davey (Ed.), Phobias : A handbook of theory,
research, and treatment (pp. 227-246). London :
Wiley. |
|
GARFIELD, S.L. (1998). The Practice of brief
psychotherapy. John Wiley Sons. |
|
WOODWARD, C., SANTA-BARBARA, J., LEVIN, S. & EPSTEIN,
N. (1978). Aspects of consumer satisfaction with brief
family therapy. Family Process, 17, 399-407. |
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1999). Book Review : The therapeutic
alliance in brief psychotherapy. Journal of
Psychotherapy Integration, 9, 209-215. |
|
RUSH, A.J. & GILES, D.E. (1982). Cognitive therapy :
Theory and research. In A.J. Rush (Ed.), Short-term
psychotherapies for depression (pp. 143-180). New
York : Guilford Press. |
NARDONE, G. & WATZLAWICK, P. (2000). Brief
strategic therapy. Rowman & Littlefield
Publishers Inc /Paris : Seuil. |
|
RUSH, A.J. (Ed.) (1982). Short-term psychotherapies
for depression. New York : Guilford Press. |
ÖST L-G., ALM, T., BANDBERG, M. & BREITHOLTZ, E.
(2001). One vs. five sessions of exposure and five
sessions of cognitive therapy in the treatment of
claustrophobia. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 39,
167-183. |
|
ÖST L-G. (1989). One-session treatment for specific
phobias. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 27
(1), 1-7. |
ÖST L-G., SVENSSON, L., HELLSTROM, K. & LINDWALL, R.
(2001). One-session treatment of specific phobias in
youths : A randomized clinical trial. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 814-824. |
|
SAFRAN, J.D. (2002). Brief relational psychoanalytic
treatment. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 12, 171-195. |
|
SVARTBERG, M. & STILES, T.C. (1991). Comparative
effects of short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59 (5), 704-714. [PDF] |
BOND, F.W. & DRYDEN, W. (2002). Handbook of brief
cognitive therapy. Chichester, UK : Wiley. |
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. (1992). The efficacy of brief dynamic
psychotherapy : A meta-analysis. The American Journal
of Psychiatry, 149, 151-158. |
SHAPIRO, D.A., BARKHAM, M., STILES, W.B., HARDY, G.E.,
REES, A., REYNOLDS, S. & STARTUP, M. (2003). Time is
of the essence : A selective review of the fall and rise
of brief therapy research. Psychology &
Psychotherapy : Theory, Research & Practice, 76,
211-235. |
|
SVARTBERG, M. & STILES, T.C. & SELTZER, M.H.
(2004). Randomized, controlled trial of the effectiveness
of short-term dynamic psychotherapy and cognitive therapy
for cluster C personality disorders. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 161 (5), 810-817. |
|
ZUROFF, D.C., KOESTNER, R., MOSKOWITZ, D.S., McBRIDE, C.,
MARSHALL, M. & BAGBY, M.R. (2007). Autonomous
motivation for therapy : A new common factor in brief
treatments for depression. Psychotherapy Research,
17 (2), 137-147. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1992). Brief therapy : The rational-emotive
method or approach. In S.H. Budman, M.F. Hoyt & S.
Fieman (Eds.), The first session in brief therapy
(pp. 36-58). New York : Guilford. |
DEWAN, M.J., STEENBARGAR, B.N. & GREENBERG, R.P.
(2008). Brief psychotherapies. In R.E. Hales, S.C.
Yudofsky & G.O. Gabbard (Eds.), The American
psychiatric publishing textbook of psychiatry (pp.
155-170). Washington DC : American Psychiatric Publishing. |
|
KNEKT, P., LINDFORS, O., LAAKSONEN, M.A., RAITASALO, R.,
HAARAMO, P., JÄRVIKOSKI, A. & The Helsinski
Psychotherapy Study Group. (2008). Effectiveness of
short-term and long-term psychotherapy on work ability and
functional capacity — A randomized clinical trial on
depressive and anxiety disorders. Journal of Affective
Disorders Volume 107, Issues 1–3, April 2008, Pages 95-106
|
|
ELLIS, A. (1995). Better, deeper, more enduring brief
therapy : A rational emotive behavior therapy approach.
New York : Routledge. |
ZLOMKE, K. & DAVIS, T.E. (2008). One-session treatment
of specific phobias : A detailed description and review of
treatment efficacy. Behavior Therapy, 39 (3),
207-223. |
|
ÖST L-G. (1996). One-session group treatment of spider
phobia. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 34,
707-715. |
FISCHER, S., MEYER, A.H., DREMMEL, D., SCHLUP, B. &
MUNSCH, S. (2014). Short-term cognitive-behavioral therapy
for binge eating disorder : Long-term efficacy and
predictors of long-term treatment success. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 58, 36-42. [PDF] |
|
KNEKT, P., VIRTALA, E., HÄRKÄNEN, T., VAARAMA, M.,
LEHTONEN, J. & LINDFORS, O. (2016). The outcome of
short- and long-term psychotherapy 10 years after start of
treatment. Psychological Medicine, 46 (6),
1175-1188. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
centrée sur la personne : Thérapie
développée par Rogers. Dans
ce type de thérapie, le thérapeute doit
accorder à son client une considération
positive inconditionnelle et faire preuve à son égard d'authenticité
et d'empathie, toute
chose qui ont pour but de favoriser son bien-être et sa croissance.
= thérapie centrée sur le client, thérapie humaniste. Rogers's
person-centered therapy,
person-centered way, person centred therapy,
client-centered therapy, Rogers's Person-Centered approach, CCT.
| |
|
|
ROGERS, C.R. (1946). Signifiant aspects of client-centered
therapy. American psychologist, 1, 415-422. |
ROGERS, C.R. (1976). Client-centred therapy. Its
current practice, implications and theory. London :
Constable. |
|
HOBBS, N. (1955). Client-centered psychotherapy. In J.L.
McCary (Ed.), New six approaches to psychotherapy
(pp. 11-60). York, NY : Dryden Press. |
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1977). Asymmetry of responsiveness in
client-centred therapy. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 45, 956. |
|
SHLIEN, J. (1961). A client-centered approach to
schizophrenia : First approximation. In A. Burton (Eds.),
The psychotherapy of the psychoses. New York :
Basic Book. |
MILTON, M. (1993). Existential thought and client centred
therapy. Counselling Psychology Quarterly, 6
(3), 239-248. |
|
ROGERS, C.R. (1963). La relation thérapeutique : les bases
de son efficacité. Bulletin de Psychologie, 17, 12-14. |
O'LEARY, E. & KEANE, N. (1997). Person centred
therapy. In P. Hawkins & J. Nesteros (Eds.), Perspectives
in psychotherapy. Athens : Ellinika Grammata. |
|
PROCTOR, G. (2002). Power in person-centred therapy. In J.
Watson, R. Goldman & M. Warner (Eds.), Client-centered
and experiential psychotherapy in the 21st Century :
Advances in theory, research and practice.
Ross-on-Wye : PCCS Books.
|
|
TRUAX, C.B. (1966). Reinforcement and nonreinforcement in
Rogerian psychotherapy. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 71 (1), 1-9. [PDF]
|
McDOUGALL, C. (2002). Rogers's Person-Centered approach :
Consideration for use in multicultural counseling. Journal
of Humanistic Psychology, 42, 48-65. |
|
PROCTOR, G. & REGAN, A, (2007). From Both Sides: The
experience of therapy. Person-Centred Practice : Case
studies in positive psychology. Ross-on-Wye : PCCS
Books. |
|
PROCTOR, G. (2008). Gender dynamics in person-centered
therapy : Does gender matter ? Person-Centered &
Experiential Psychotherapies, 7 (2), 82-94.
|
|
SCHMID, P F. (2013). The anthropological, relational and
ethical foundations of person-centred therapy. In M.
Cooper, M. O'Hara, P.F. Schmid & A.C. Bohart (Eds.),
The handbook of person-centred psychotherapy and
counselling (pp. 66–83). Palgrave
Macmillan/Springer Nature. |
|
PROCTOR, G. & KEYS, S. (2013). Ethics in practice in
person-centred therapy. In M. Cooper, M. O’Hara, P. Schmid
& A.C. Bohart (Eds.), The handbook of
person-centred psychotherapy and counselling (pp.
422-435). Hampshire : Palgrave Macmillan/Springer. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Rogers, Thérapie
non-directive, Thérapie
humaniste, Gestalt
thérapie et Thérapie |
|
|
|
Thérapie
cognitive : TC : Ensemble de thérapies
qui s'inspire de la perspective
cognitive et dont l'objectif et de modifier les
connaissances/pensées erronées et d'en acquérir de nouvelles plus
adaptées à la réalité. = TC. Cognitive
therapy.
| |
|
|
BECK, A.T. (1976). Cognitive therapy and the
emotional disorders. New York : Penguin. |
DRURY, V., BIRCHWOOD, M. & COCHRANE, R. (1996).
Cognitive therapy and recovery from acute psychosis : a
controlled trial 1 : Impact on psychotic symptoms.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 169, 593-601. |
|
CASTONGUAY, L.G., GOLDFRIED, M.R., WISER, S., RAUE, P. J.
& HAYES, A.M. (1996). Predicting the effect of
cognitive therapy for depression: A study of unique and
common factors. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 64, 497–504. |
|
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., THOMAS, M. & DANTON, W.G. (1997). A
cost-effectiveness analysis of cognitive behavior therapy
and fluoxetine (Prozac) in the treatment of depression. Behavior
Therapy, 28, 187-210. [PDF] |
|
RUSH, A.J., HOLLON, S.J., BECK, A.T. & KOVACS, M.
(1978). Depression : Must psychotherapy fail for cognitive
therapy to succeed ? Cognitive Therapy &
Research, 2, 199-206. |
HOFMANN, S.G. & DIBARTOLO, P.M. (1997). Techniques of
cognitive therapy. In W.T. Roth and I.D. Yalom (Eds.), Treating
anxiety disorders (pp. 57-82). San Francisco :
Jossey-Bass. |
|
CHAMBOM, O., PERRIS, C. & MARIE-CARDINE, M. (1997).
Techniques de psychothérapie cognitive des psychoses
chroniques. Paris : Masson. |
|
GOLDFRIED, M.R., LINEHAN, M.M. & SMITH, J.L. (1978).
Reduction of test anxiety through cognitive restructuring.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 46,
32-39. |
SHAW, B.F. (1977). Comparison of cognitive therapy and
behavior therapy in the treatment of depression. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 45 (4),
543-551. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M., GOLDFRIED, M.R. & GODFRIED, A P.
(1979). Assertion therapy : Skill training or cognitive
restructuring. Behavior Therapy, 10, 372-388. |
SCOTT, C., TACCHI, M.J., JONES, R. & SCOTT, J. (1997).
Acute and one-year outcome of a randomised controlled
trial of brief cognitive therapy for major depressive
disorder in primary care. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 171, 131-134. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1979). The history of cognition in
psychotherapy. In A. Freeman, K.M. Simon, I.E. Beutler
& H. Aronowitz (Eds.), Comprehensive handbook of
cognitive therapy (pp. 5-19). New York : Plenum. |
SCOTT, J. (1998). Where there's a will ... cognitive
therapy for chronic depression. In N. Tarrier, G. Haddock
and A. Wells (Eds.), Cognitive therapy for complex
cases (pp. 81-104). London : Wiley. |
|
BECK, A.T., RUSH, A.J., SHAW, B.F. & EMERY, G. (1979).
Cognitive therapy of depression. New York :
Guilford. |
GLOAGUEN, V., COTTRAUX, J., CUCHERAT, M. & BLACKBURN,
I-.M. (1998). A meta-analysis of the effects of cognitive
therapy in depressed patients. Journal of Affective
Disorders, 49, 59-72. |
|
WOODWARD, R. & JONES, R.B. (1980). Cognitive
restructuring treatment : A controlled trial with anxious
patients. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 18, 401-407. |
LECOMTE, C. et LECOMTE, T. (1999). Au-delà et en deçà des
thérapies cognitives pour les personnes souffrant de
troubles mentaux graves : Les facteurs communs. La
Revue de Santé Mentale au Québec, 24 (1), 5-12. |
|
KOVACS, M., RUSH, A.J., BECK, A.T. & HOLLON, S.D.
(1981). Depressed outpatients treated with cognitive
therapy or pharmacotherapy : A one-year follow-up. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 38, 33-39. |
SILVERMAN, W.K., KURTINES, W.M., GINSBURG, G.S., WEEMS,
C.F., LUMPKIN, P.W. & CARMICHAEL, D.H. (1999).
Treating anxiety disorders in children with group
cognitive-behavioral therapy : A randomized clinical
trial. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 67, 995-1003. |
|
BLACKBURN, I.M., BISHOP, S., GLEN, A.I.M., WHALLEY, L.J.
& CHRISTIE, J.E. (1981). The efficacy of cognitive
therapy in depression : A treatment trial using cognitive
therapy and pharmacotherapy, each alone and in
combination. British Journal of Psychiatry, 139, 181-189. |
CLARKE, G.N., ROHDE, P., LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOPS, H. &
SEELEY, J.R. (1999). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of
adolescent depression : Efficacy of acute group treatment
and booster sessions. Journal of the American Academy
of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 272-279.
|
|
HOLROYD, K.A. & ANDRASIK, F. (1982). Do the effects of
cognitive therapy endure ? A two-year follow-up of tension
headache sufferers treated with cognitive therapy or
biofeedback. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 6 (3),
325-334. |
TARRIER, N, PILGRIM, H, SOMMERFIELD, C, FARAGHER B,
REYNOLDS, M, GRAHAM, E. & BARROWCLOUGH, C. (1999). A
randomized trial of cognitive therapy and imaginal
exposure in the treatment of chronic posttraumatic stress
disorder. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 67, 1-18. |
|
VEALE, D. (1999). Cognitive therapy in the treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Advances in
Psychiatric Treatment, 5, 62-70. [PDF] |
|
RUSH, A.J., BECK, A.T., KOVACS, M., WEISSENBURGER, J.
& HOLLON, S.D. (1982). Comparison of the effects of
cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy on hopelessness and
self-concept. American Journal of Psychiatry, 139,
862-866. |
YOUNG, J.E. (1999). Cognitive therapy for personality
disorders : A schema-focused approach. Sarasota,
FL: Professional Resource Exchange. |
|
MILLER, R.C. & BERMAN, J.S. (1983). The efficacy of
cognitive behavior therapies : A quantitative review of
the research evidence. Psychological Bulletin, 94
(1), 39-53. |
MIALET, J.P. (2000). Les explorations cognitives de
l'anxiéte. Dans M. Van der Linden, J.-M. Danion & A.
Agniel (Dirs), La psychopathologie : Une approche
cognitive et neuropsychologique (pp. 133-160).
France : Solar éditeurs. |
|
TEASDALE, J.D., FENNELL, M.J.V., HIBBERT, G.A. &
AMIES, P.L. (1984). Cognitive therapy for major depressive
disorder in primary care. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 144, 400-406. |
HARDY, G.E., CAHILL, J., SHAPIRO, D.A., BARKHAM, M., REES,
A. & MACASKILL, N. (2001). Client interpersonal and
cognitive styles as predictors of response to time-limited
cognitive therapy for depression. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 841-845. |
|
BECK, A.T., HOLLON, S.D., YOUNG, J.E., BEDROSIAN, R.C.
& BUDENZ, D. (1985). Treatment of depression with
cognitive therapy and amitriptyline. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 42, 142-148. |
VISSER, S. & BOUMAN, T.K. (2001). The treatment of
hypochondriasis : Exposure plus response prevention vs
cognitive therapy. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
39, 423-442. |
|
BERMAN, J.S., MILLER, R.C. & MASSMAN, P.J. (1985).
Cognitive therapy versus systematic desensitization : Is
one treatment superior ? Psychological Bulletin, 97,
451-461. |
TEASDALE, J.D., SCOTT, J., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURS, H., POPE,
M. & PAYKEL, E.S. (2001). How does cognitive therapy
prevent relapse in residual depression ? Evidence From a
controlled trial. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 69 (3), 347-357. [PDF] |
|
BLACKBURN, I.M., EUNSON, K.M. & BISHOP, S. (1986). A
two-year naturalistic follow-up of depressed patients
treated with cognitive therapy, pharmacotherapy, and a
combination of both. Journal of Affective Disorders,
10, 67-75. |
PERSONS, J.B., DAVIDSON, J. & TOMPKINS, M.A. (2001). Essential
components of cognitive-behavior therapy for depression.
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
CLARK, D.M. (1986). A cognitive approach to panic. Behavior
Research & Therapy, 24, 461-470. |
JARRETT, R., KRAFT, D., DOYLE, J., FOSTER, B.M., EAVES,
G.G. & SILVER, P.C. (2001). Preventing recurrent
depression using cognitive therapy with and without a
continuation phase : A randomized clinical trial. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 58, 381-388. |
|
DURHAM, R.C. & TURVEY, A.A. (1987). Cognitive therapy
vs behaviour therapy in the treatment of chronic general
anxiety. Behavioural Research & Therapy, 25
(3), 229-234. |
WHITFIELD, G. & WILLIAMS, C. (2004). The evidence base
for cognitive-behavioral therapy in depression : Delivery
in busy clinical settings. Advances in Psychiatric
Treatment, 9, 21-30. |
|
ZETTLE, R.D. & HAYES, S.C. (1987). Component and
process analysis of cognitive therapy. Psychological
Reports, 64, 939-953. |
CLARK, D.M. (2001). A cognitive perspective on social
phobia. In W.R. Crozier & L.E. Alden (Eds.), International
handbook of social anxiety : Concepts, research and
interventions relating to the self and shyness. John
Wiley & Sons Ltd. [PDF] |
|
BORDEN, K.A., BROWN, R.T. & WYNNE, M.E. (1987).
Piagetian conservation and response to cognitive therapy
in attention deficit disordered children. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 28 (5),
755-764. |
TARRIER, N. (2002). Yes, cognitive behaviour therapy may
be all you need. British Medical Journal, 324,
291-292. |
|
PIASECKI, J. & HOLLON, S.D. (1987). Cognitive therapy
for depression : Unexplicated schemata and scripts. Dans
N. S. Jacobson (Ed.), Psychotherapists in clinical
practice : cognitive and behavioural perspectives
(pp. 121-152). New York : Guilford. |
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2002). A meta-(re)analysis of the effects
of cognitive therapy versus 'other therapies' for
depression. Journal of Affective Disorders, 68
(2-3), 159-165. |
|
FREEMAN, A. & GREENWOOD, V.B. (Eds.) (1987). Cognitive
therapy. New York : Human Sciences Press. |
PERLIS, R.H., NIERENBERG, A.A., ALPERT, J.E. & PAVA,
J., MATTHEWS, J.D. (2002). Effects of adding cognitive
therapy to fluoxetine dose increase on risk of relapse and
residual depressive symptoms in continuation treatment of
major depressive disorder. Journal of Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 22, 474-480. |
|
|
EMMELKAMP, P.M.G., VISSER, M.S. & HOEKSTRA, R.J.
(1988). Cognitive therapy vs exposure in vivo in the
treatment of obsessive-compulsives. Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 12,103-114. |
MOORE, R. & GARLAND, A. (2003). Cognitive therapy
for chronic and persistent depression. Chichester,
UK : Wiley. |
|
DOBSON, K.S. (1989). A meta-analysis of the efficacy of
cognitive therapy for depression. Journal of the
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 57, 414-419. |
STANGIER, U., HEIDENRICH, T., PEITZ, M., LAUERBACH, W.
& CLARK, D.M. (2003). Cognitive therapy for social
phobia : Individual versus group treatment. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 41, 991-1007. |
|
BARBER, J.P. & DeRuBEIS, R.J. (1989). On second
thought : Where the action is in cognitive therapy for
depression. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 13, 441-457. |
CAHILL, J., BARKHAM, M., HARDY, G.E., REES, A., SHAPIRO,
D.A., STILES, W.B. & MacASKILL, N.D. (2003). Outcomes
of patients completing and not completing cognitive
therapy for depression. British Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 42, 133-143. [PDF] |
|
FREEMAN, A., SIMON, K.M., BEUTLER, L.E. & ARKOWITZ, H.
(Eds.) (1989). Comprehensive handbook of cognitive
therapy. New York : Plenum Press. |
MORRISON, A.P., RENTON, J.C., DUNN, H., WILLIAMS, S. &
BENTALL, R.P. (2003). Cognitive therapy for psychosis
: A formulation-based approach. New York :
Brunner-Routledge. |
|
ACHMON, J., GRANEK, M., GOLOMB, M. & HART, J. (1989).
Behavioral treatment of essential hypertension : A
comparison between cognitive therapy and biofeedback of
heart rate. Psychosomatic Medicine, 51, 152-164.
[PDF] |
CHADWICK, P.D.J., WILLIAMS, C. & MACKENZIE, J. (2003).
Impact of case formulation in cognitive behavioural
therapy for psychosis. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 41, 671-680. |
|
BOWERS, W.A. (1990). Treatment of depressed in-patients :
Cognitive therapy plus medication, relaxation plus
medication, and medication alone. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 156, 73-78. |
CLARK, D.M., EHLERS, A., MCMANUS, F., HACKMAN, A.,
FENNELL, M., CAMPBELL, H., FLOWER, T., DAVENPORT, C. &
LOUIS, B. (2003). Cognitive therapy versus fluoxetine in
generalized social phobia : A randomized
placebo-controlled trial. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 71 (6), 1058-1067. |
|
SAFRAN, J.D. (1990). Towards a refinement of cognitive
therapy in light of interpersonal theory : I. Theory. Clinical
Psychology Review, 10, 87-105. |
|
|
SAFRAN, J.D. (1990). Towards a refinement of cognitive
therapy in light of interpersonal theory : II. Practice. Clinical
Psychology Review, 10, 107-121 |
|
|
CAUTELA, J.R. & KEARNEY, A.J. (1990). Behavior
analysis, cognitive therapy, and covert conditioning. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 21
(2), 83-90. |
CONTI, S., GRANDI, S., RUINI, C., RAFANELLI, C., SAVIOTTI,
F.M., BARTOLUCCI, G., TOSSANI, E., BELAISE, C. & FAVA,
G.A. (2003). Long-term follow-up of social phobia treated
by behavioral therapy. Rivista di Psichiatra, 38 (2),
78-85. |
|
DeRUBEIS, R.J., EVANS, M.D., HOLLON, S.D., GARVEY, M.J.,
GROVE, W.M. & TUASON, V.B. (1990). How does cognitive
therapy work ? Cognitive change and symptom change in
cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy for depression. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58,
862-869. |
HERBERT, J.D., RHEINGOLD, A.A., GAUDIANO, B.A. &
MYERS, V.H. (2004). Standard versus extended cognitive
behavior therapy for social anxiety disorder : A
randomized-controlled trial. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 32, 131-147. |
|
HOLLON, S.D., SHELTON, R.C. & LOOSEN, E.T. (1991).
Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy for depression. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 59, 88-99. |
MORRISSON, A.P., FRENCH, P., WALFORD, L., LEWIS, S.W.,
KILCOMMONS, A., GREEN, J., PARKER, S. & BENTALL, R.P.
(2004). Cognitive therapy for the prevention of psychosis
in people at ultra-high risk : Randomised controlled
trial. British Journal of Psychiatry, 185, 291-297.
[PDF] |
|
SALZINGER, K. (1992). Cognitive therapy : A
misunderstanding of B.F. Skinner. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 23, 3-8. |
BENNETT-LEVY, J., BUTLER, G., FENNELL, M., HACKMANN, A.,
MUELLER, M., WESTBROOK, D. & ROUF, K. (2004). Oxford
guide to behavioural experiments in cognitive therapy.
Oxford, UK : OUP. |
|
HOLLON, S.D., DeRUBEIS, R.J., EVAN, M.D., WIEMER, M.J.,
GARVEY, M.J., GROVE, W.M. & TUASON, V.B. (1992).
Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy for depression :
Singly and in combination. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 49, 774-781. |
LEAHY, R. (2004). Contemporary cognitive therapy :
Theory, research and practice. London : Guilford
Press. |
|
RESICK, P.A. & SCHNICKE, M.K. (1992). Cognitive
processing therapy for sexual assault victims. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 60,
748-756. |
|
|
|
SEGAL, Z.V. & DOBSON, K.S. (1992). Cognitive models of
depression : Report from a consensus development
conference. Psychological Inquiry, 3 (3),
219-224. |
BECK, A.T. (2005). The current state of cognitive therapy
: A 40-year retrospective. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 62, 953-959. [PDF] |
|
EVANS, M.D., HOLLON, S.D., DeRUBEIS, R.J., PIASECK, J.M.,
GROVE, W.M., GARVEY, M.J. & TUASON, V.B. (1993).
Differential relapse following cognitive therapy and
pharmacotherapy for depression. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 49, 802-808. |
WRIGHT, J.H., WRIGHT, A.S., ALBANO, A.M., BASCO, M.R.,
GOLDSMITH, L.J., RAFFIELD, T. & OTTO, M.W. (2005).
Computer-assisted cognitive therapy for depression :
Maintaining efficacy while reducing therapist time.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1158-1164. [PDF] |
|
BEIDEL, D.C., TURNER, S.M. & COOLEY, M.R. (1993).
Assessing reliable and clinically significant change in
social phobia : Validity of the social phobia and anxiety
inventory. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 31 (3),
331-337. |
DeRUBEIS R, HOLLON, S., AMSTERDAM, J, SHELTON R, YOUNG,
P., SALOMON, R.M., O'REARDON, J.P., LOVETT, M.L., GLADIS,
M.M, BROWN, L.L. & GALLOP, R. (2005). Cognitive
therapy vs medications in the treatment of moderate to
severe depression. Archives of General Psychiatry,
62, 409-416. [PDF] |
|
BECK, A.T., WRIGHT, F.D., NEWMAN, C.F. & LIESE, B.S.
(1993). Cognitive therapy of substance abuse.
New York : Guilford. |
SENSKY, T. (2005). The effectiveness of cognitive therapy
for schizophrenia : what can we learn from the
meta-analyses? Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics,
74, 131-134. |
|
O'DONOHUE, W.T. & SZYMANSKI, J. (1993). Mechanisms of
change in cognitive therapy in a simple phobia : logical
analysis and empirical hypothesis testing. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive Behavior Therapy, 11, 207-222. |
CLARK, D.M., EHLERS, A., HACKMAN, A., McMANUS, F.,
FENNELL, M., GREY, N., WADDINGTON, L & WILD, J.
(2006). Cognitive therapy versus exposure and applied
relaxation in social phobia : A randomized controlled
trial. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 74, 568- 578. |
|
PERSONS, J.B. (1993). The process of change in cognitive
therapy : Schema change or acquisition of compensatory
skills ? Cognitive Therapy & Research, 17, 123-137. |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2006). Is symptomatic improvement in
clinical trials of cognitive behavior therapy for
psychosis clinically significant ? Journal of
Psychiatric Practice, 12, 11-23. |
|
WHISMAN, M.A. (1993). Mediators and moderators of change
in cognitive therapy of depression. Psychological
Bulletin, 114, 248-265. |
HOLLON, S.D., STEWART, M.O. & STRUNK, D. (2006).
Cognitive behavior therapy has enduring effects in the
treatment of depression and anxiety. Annual Review of
Psychology, 57, 285-315. [PDF] |
|
WILFLEY, D.E., AGRAS, W.S., TELCH, C.F., ROSSITER, E.M.,
SCHNEIDER, J.A., COLE, A.G., SIFFORD, L.A. & RAEBURN,
S.D. (1993). Group cognitive-behavioral therapy and group
interpersonal psychotherapy for the nonpurging bulimic
individual: a controlled comparison.Journal of
Consulting Clinical Psychology, 61, 296-305 |
WELLS, A. (2006). Cognitive therapy case formulation in
anxiety disorders. In N. Tarrier (Ed.), Case
formulation in cognitive behaviour therapy : The
treatment of challenging and complex cases (pp.
52-80). London, England : Routledge. |
|
CHAMBLESS, D.L. & GILLIES, M.M. (1993). Cognitive
therapy of anxiety disorders. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 61, 248–260 |
|
|
STARTUP, M.J. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1993). Dimensions of
cognitive therapy for depression : A confirmatory factor
analysis. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 17,
139-151. |
DIMIDJIAN, S., HOLLON, S.D., DOBSON, K.S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., ADDIS, M.E., GALLOP, R.,
McGLINCHEY, J.B., MARKLEY, D.K., GOLLAN, J.K., ATKINS,
D.C., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2006). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the acute treatment of adults
with major depression. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 74 (4), 658-670. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, D.M., SALKOVSKIS, P.M., HACKMAN, A., MIDDLETON, H.,
ANASTASIADES, P. & GELDER, M. (1994). A comparison of
cognitive therapy, applied relaxation, and imipra-mine in
the treatment of panic disorder. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 164, 759-769. |
SEGAL, Z.V., WILLIAMS, J.M.G. & TEASDALE, J.D. (2006).
La thérapie cognitive basée sur la pleine conscience
pour la dépression. Belgique : De Boeck. |
|
ALFORD, B.A. & BECK. A.T. (1994). Cognitive therapy of
delusional beliefs. Behavior Research & Therapy,
32, 369-380. |
LONGMORE, R.J. & WORRELL, M. (2007). Do we need to
challenge thoughts in cognitive behavior therapy ?
Clinical Psychology Review, 27, 173-187. [PDF] |
|
DURHAM, R.C., MURPHY, T., ALLAN, T., RICHARD, K.,
TRELIVING, L.R. & FENTON, G.W. (1994). Cognitive
therapy, analytic psychotherapy and anxiety management
training for generalised anxiety disorder. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 165 (3), 315-323. |
|
|
ROBINS, C.J. & HAYES, A.M. (1995). An appraisal of
cognitive therapy. in M. J. Mahoney (Ed.), Recent
developments in cognitive and constructivist
psychotherapies (pp. 41-65). New York : Springer. |
FORMAN, E.M., HERBERT, J.D., MOITRA, E., YEOMANS, P.D.
& GELLER, P.A. (2007). A randomized controlled
effectiveness trial of acceptance and commitment therapy
and cognitive therapy for anxiety and depression. Behavior
Modification, 31, 772-779.
[PDF] |
|
BUTLER, A.C. & BECK, A.T. (1995). Cognitive therapy
for depression. The Clinical Psychologist, 48 (3),
3-5. |
COFFMAN, S., MARTELL, C.R., DIMIDJIAN, S., GALLOP, R.
& HOLLON, S.D. (2007). Extreme non-response in
cognitive therapy : Can behavioral activation succeed
where cognitive therapy fails ? Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 75 (4), 531-541. |
|
BECK, J.S. (1995). Cognitive therapy : basics and
beyond. New York : Guilford Press. |
BECKERMAN, N.L. & PASS, J. (2008). Assault : Cognitive
trauma therapy with a single event trauma survivor. Clinical
Social Work Journal, 36 (3), 255-263. |
|
CASTONGUAY, L.G., HAYES, A.M., GOLDFRIED, M.R. &
DeRUBUEIS, R.J. (1995). The focus of therapists'
interventions in cognitive therapy for depression. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 19, 485-503. |
DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN,
J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and
recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [PDF] |
|
CHADWICK, P.D.J., BIRCHWOOD, M.J. & TROWER, P. (1996).
Cognitive therapy for delusions, voices and paranoia.
Chichester, UK : Wiley. |
HAYES, A.M. & CUMMING, J. (2009). Cognitive therapy
for depression. In R. Ingram (Ed.), International
encyclopedia of depression (pp. 148-158). NY :
Springer. |
|
GREENBERGER D. & PADESKY, C.A. (1995). Mind over
mood : A cognitive therapy treatment manual for clients.
New York: Guilford Press. |
RACHMAN, S.J. (2009). Psychological treatment of anxiety :
The evolution of behavior therapy and cognitive behavior
therapy. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 5,
97-119. |
CLARK, D.A. (1995). Perceived limitations of
standard cognitive therapy : A reconsideration of efforts
to revise
Beck’s theory and therapy. Journal of Cognitive
Psychotherapy, 9, 153–172. |
CUMMINGS J.A., HAYES, A.M., CARDACIOTTO, L. & EWMAN,
C.F. (2012). The dynamics of self-esteem in cognitive
therapy for avoidant and obsessive-compulsive personality
disorders : An adaptive role of self-esteem variability ?
Cognitive Therapy & Research, 36 (4),
272-281. |
|
HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2013). Caution : The
differences between CT and ACT may be larger (and smaller)
than they appear. Behavior Therapy, 44, 218-223.
[PDF] |
|
VAN OPPEN, P., DE HAAN, E., VAN BALKOM, A., SPINHOVEN, P.,
HOOGDUIN, K. & VAN DYCK, R. (1995). Cognitive therapy
and exposure in vivo in the treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Behavior Research
& Therapy, 33, 379-390 |
HOLLON, S.D. & BECK, A.T. (2013). Cognitive and
cognitive-behavioral therapies. In M.J. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin
and Garfield's handbook of psychotherapy and behavior
change (pp. 393-394). Hoboken, NJ : John Wiley
& Sons. |
|
HERNÁNDEZ-LÓPEZ, M., LUCIANO, M. C., BRICKER, J. B.,
ROALES-NIETO, J.G. & MONTESINOS, F. (2009). Acceptance and commitment therapy for smoking cessation : a
preliminary study of its effectiveness in comparison with cognitive behavioral therapy. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 23 (4), 723–730. |
|
HAYES, A.M., READY, C.B. & YASINSKI, C. (2014).
Exposure to emotion in depression : Exposure- based
cognitive therapy. In N. Thoma and D. McKay (Eds.), Engaging
emotion in cognitive behavioral therapy : experiential
techniques for promoting lasting change (pp.
121-145). Guildford Press. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Cognitivisme et Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie cognitive fondée sur la pleine conscience : Thérapie cognitive qui se fonde sur la méditation
en pleine conscience. Mindfulness-based
cognitive therapy, MBCBT,
Mindfulness-based therapy.
| |
|
|
TEASDALE, J.D., WILLIAMS, J.M.G., SOULSBY, J.M. SEGAL,
Z.V., RIDGEWAY, V.A. & LAU, M.A. (2000). Prevention of
relapse/recurrence in major depression by
mindfulness-based cognitive therapy. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68 (4),
615-623. [PDF] |
HOFMANN, S.G., SAWYER, A.T., WITT, A.A. & OH, D.
(2010). The effect of mindfulness-based therapy on anxiety
and depression : A meta-analytic review. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 78, 169-183. |
|
WILLIAMS, J.M.G., TEASDALE J.D., SEGAL, Z.V. &
SOULSBY, J. (2000). Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy
reduces overgeneral autobiographical memory in formerly
depressed patients. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
109, 150-155. [PDF] |
McCARNEY, R.W., SCHULZ, J. & GREY, A.R. (2011).
Effectiveness of mindfulness-based therapies in reducing
symptoms of depression: A meta-analysis. European
Journal of Psychotherapy & Counselling, 14 (3),
279-299. |
|
MASON, O. & HARGREAVES, I. (2001). A qualitative study
of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for depression. British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 74, 197-212. |
|
|
BISHOP, S.R. (2002). What do we really know about
mindfulness based stress reduction ? Psychosomatic
Medicine, 64, 71-83. |
|
SEGAL, Z.V., WILLIAMS, J.M.G. & TEASDALE, J.D. (2002).
Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for depression: A new
approach to preventing relapse. New York : Guilford. |
|
|
BAER, R.A. (2003). Mindfulness training as a clinical
intervention: A conceptual and empirical review clinical
psychology. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 10, 125-143. |
WILLIAMS, J.M.G. & KUYKEN, W. (2012).
Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy : a promising new
approach to preventing depressive relapse British
Journal of Psychiatry, 200, 359-360. [PDF]
|
|
WILLIAMS, J.M.G. & SWALES, M. (2004). The use of mindfulness-based approaches for suicidal patients.Archives
of Suicide Research, 8,315-330. |
MCMANUS, F., SURAWY, C., MUSE, K., VAZQUEZ-MONTES, M.
& WILLIAMS, J.M.G. (2012). A randomized clinical trial
of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy versus unrestricted
services for health anxiety (Hypochondriasis). Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 80 (5),
817-828. [PDF]
|
|
BISHOP, S.R., LAU, M., SHAPIRO, S., CARLSON, L., ANDERSON,
N.D., CARMODY, J., SEGAL, Z.V., ABBEY, S., SPECA, M.,
VELTING, D. & DEVINS, G. (2004). Mindfulness : A
proposed operational definition. Clinical Psychology :
Science & Practice, 11, 230-241. [PDF] |
CRANE, C., WINDER, R., HARGUS, E., AMARASINGHE, M. &
BARNHOFER, T. (2012). Effects of mindfulness-based
cognitive therapy on specificity of life goals.
Cognitive Therapy & Research, 36, 182-189. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, J.M.G., DUGGAN, D.S., CRANE, C. & FENNELL,
M.J.V. (2006). Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for
prevention of recurrence of suicidal behavior. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 62, 201-210. [PDF] |
McCARNEY, R.W., SCHULZ, J. & GREY, A.R. (2011).
Effectiveness of mindfulness-based therapies in reducing
symptoms of depression: A meta-analysis. European
Journal of Psychotherapy & Counselling, 14 (3),
279-299. |
|
HICK, S.F. & BIEN, T. (2008). Mindfulness and the
therapeutic relationship. New York : Guilford
Press. |
|
|
WILLIAMS, J.M.G., RUSSELL, I.G. & RUSSELL, D.
(2008). Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy : Further
issues in current evidence and future research.Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 76,<524-529.
|
|
|
BARNHOFER, T., CRANE, C., HARGUS, E., AMARASINGHE, M.,
WINDER, R. & WILLIAMS, J.M.G. (2009).
Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy as a treatment for
chronic depression. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
47, 366-373. |
SHARMA, M.P., MAO, A. & SUDHIR, P.M. (2012).
Mindfulness-based cognitive behavior therapy in patients
with anxiety disorders : A case series. Indian
Journal of Psychological Medicine, 34 (3), 263-269.
[PDF] |
|
SHAFRAN, R., CLARK, D.M., FAIRBURN, C.G., ARNTZ, D.,
BARLOW, D.H., EHLERS, E., FREESTON, M., GARETY, P.A.,
HOLLON, S.D., OST, L.G., SALKOVSKIS, P.M., WILLIAMS J.M.G.
& WILSON, G.T. (2009). Mind the gap : Improving the
dissemination of CBT. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 47, 902-909. [PDF] |
|
|
BANBURY, S., LUSHER, J., SNUGGS,S. & CHANDLER, C.
(2023). Mindfulness-based therapies for men and women with
sexual dysfunction : a systematic review and
meta-analysis. Sexual & Relationship TherapY, 38 (4),
534-555. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Méditation
en pleine conscience et
Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
cognitivo-béhaviorale : Voir
Thérapie comportementale et cognitive. Cognitive-behavioral
therapy, cognitive-behavior modification, cognitive-behavioral
treatment, cognitive behavioral intervention.
|
Thérapie
combinée : Forme de thérapie
qui combine médicaments
et thérapie, simultanément ou
consécutivement. Peu d'études indépendantes semblent avoir fait
clairement la démonstration de l'efficacité d'une combinaison.
Dans certains cas, le rapport bénéfice/effets secondaires n'est
pas supérieur à une simple thérapie ou à l'effet
placebo. EX: Thérapie de modification des
comportements hyperactifs et méthylphénidate. Combined
therapies.
| |
|
|
CHRISTENSEN, D. & SPRAGUE, R. (1973). Reduction of
hyperactive behavior by conditioning procedures alone and
combined with methylphenidate (Ritalin). Behavior
Research & Therapy, 11, 331-334. |
RILEY, W.T., McCORMICK, M., SIMON, E.M., STACK, K.,
PUSHKIN, Y. & OVERSTREET, M.M. (1995). Effects of
alprazolam dose on the induction and habituation processes
during behavioral panic induction treatment. Journal
of Anxiety Disorders, 9, 217-227. |
|
JOHNSTON, D. & GATH, D. (1973). Arousal levels and
attribution effects in diazepam-assisted flooding. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 123, 463-466. |
DUVJONE, V.F., BARNARD, M.U. & RAPPOFF, M.A. (1995).
Pharmacological and cognitive-behavioral approaches in the
treatment of childhood depression : A review and critique.
Clinical Psychology Review, 15, 589-611. |
|
BLACKBURN, I.M., BISHOP, S., GLEN, A.I.M., WHALLEY, L.J.
& CHRISTIE, J.E. (1981). The efficacy of cognitive
therapy in depression : A treatment trial using cognitive
therapy and pharmacotherapy, each alone and in
combination. British Journal of Psychiatry, 139, 181-189.
|
SPITZER M. & KAMMER T. (1996). Combining neuroscience
research methods in psychopathology. Current Opinion
in Psychiatry, 9, 352-363. |
|
KOVACS, M., RUSH, A.J., BECK, A.T. & HOLLON, S.D.
(1981). Depressed outpatients treated with cognitive
therapy or pharmacotherapy. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 38, 33-39. |
STITZER, M.L. & WALSH, S.L. (1997). Psychostimulant
abuse : The case for combined behavioral and
pharmacological treatments. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry & Behavior, 57, 457-470. |
|
THASE, M.E., GREENHOUSE, J.B., FRANK, E., REYNOLDS, C.F.,
PILKONIS, P.A., HURLEY, K. & KUPFER, D.J. (1997).
Treatment of major depression with psychotherapy or
psychotherapy-pharmacotherapy combinations. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 54, 1009-1015. |
|
CHOUINARD, G., ANNABLE, L., FONTAINE, R. & SOLYOM, L.
(1982). Alprazolam in the treatment of generalized anxiety
and panic disorders : a double-blind placebo-controlled
study. Psychopharmacology, 77, 229-233. |
ANDERSSON, G. & YARDLEY, L. (1998). Combined
cognitive-behavioural and physiotherapy treatment of
dizziness : A case-report. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 26, 365-369. |
|
WILSON, P.H. (1982). Combined pharmacological and
behavioural treatment of depression. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 20, 173-184. |
GOLDMAN, W., MCCULLOCH, J., CUFFEL, B., ZARIN, D.A.,
SUAREZ, A. & BURNS, B.J. (1998). Outpatient uti-
lization patterns of integrated and split psychotherapy
and psychopharmacology for depression. Psychiatric
Services, 49, 477-482. |
|
RUSH, J., BECK, A.T., KOVACS, M., WEISSENBURGER, J. &
HOLLON, S.D. (1982). Comparison of the effects of
cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy on hopelessness and
self-concept. American Journal of Psychiatry, 139
(7), 862-866. |
DeRUBEIS, R., GELFAND, L.A., TANG, T.Z. & SIMONS, A.D.
(1999). Medications versus cognitive behavioral therapy
for severely depressed outpatients : mega-analysis of four
randomized comparisons. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 156, 1007-1013.
[PDF] |
|
ROTH, D., BIELSKI, R., JONES, M., PARLKER, W. &
OSBORN, G. (1982). A comparison of self-control therapy
and combined self-control therapy and antidepressant
medication in the treatment of depression. Behavior
Therapy, 13, 133-144. |
BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M., SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W.
(2000). Cognitive-behavioral therapy, imipramine, or their
combination for panic disorder : A randomized controlled
trial. Journal of American Medical Association, 283 (19),
2529-2536.
[PDF] |
|
MURPHY, G.E., SIMONS, A.D., WETZEL, R.D. & LUSTMAN,
P.L. (1984). Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy, singly
and together in the treatment of depression. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 41, 33-41. |
MIKLOWITZ, D.J., SIMONEAU, T.L., GEORGE, E.L., RICHARDS,
J.A., KALBAG, A., SACHS-ERICSSON, N. & SUDDATH, R.
(2000). Family-focused treatment of bipolar disorder :
One-year effects of a psychoeducation program in
conjunction with pharmacotherapy. Biological
Psychiatry, 48, 582-592. |
|
BLACKBURN, I.M., EUNSON, K.M. & BISHOP, S. (1986). A
two-year naturalistic follow-up of depressed patients
treated with cognitive therapy, pharmacotherapy, and a
combination of both. Journal of Affective Disorders,
10, 67-75. |
ARNTZ, A. (2002). Cognitive therapy versus interoceptive
exposure as treatment of panic disorder without agorapho-
bia. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 40, 325-341. |
|
SIMONS, A.D., MURPHY, G.E., LEVINE, J.L. & WETZEL,
R.D. (1986). Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy for
depression : Sustained improvement over one year. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 43, 43-50. |
BOND, A.J., WINGROVE, J., CURRAN, H.V. & LADER, M.H.
(2002). Treatment of generalised anxiety disorder with a
short course of psychological therapy, combined with
buspirone or placebo. Journal of affective disorders,
72 (3), 267-271. |
|
CONTE, H.R., PLUTCHIK, R., WILD, K.V. & KARASU, T.B.
(1986). Combined psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy for
depression : A systematic analysis of the evidence. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 43, 471-479. |
WATKINS, E.R. (2003). Combining cognitive therapy with
medication in bipolar disorder. Advances in
Psychiatric Treatment, 9, 110-116. |
|
RUSH, A.J. (1986). Pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy. In
L.R. Derogatis (Ed.), Clinical psychopharmacology (pp.
46-67). Menlo Park, CA : Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. |
MORIN, C.M., COLECCHI, C.A., STONE, J., SOOD, R. &
BRINK, D. (2004). Behavioral and pharmacological therapies
for late-life insomnia : A randomized clinical trial. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 281, 991-999.
|
|
FISHER, W.W., PIAZZA, C.C. & PAGE, T. (1989).
Assessing independent and interactional effects of
behavioral and pharmacological interventions for a client
with dual diagnosis. Journal of Behavior Therapy
& Experimental Psychiatry, 20, 241-250. |
CHISHOLM, D., SANDERSON, K., AYUSO-MATEOS, J.L. &
SAXENA, S. (2004). Reducing the global burden of
depression population-level analysis of intervention
cost-effectiveness in 14 world regions. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 184, 393-403.
[PDF] |
|
RUSH, A.J. (1989).The therapeutic alliance in short-term
cognitive-behaviour therapy. In W. Dryden & P. Trower
(Eds.), Cognitive psychotherapy : Stasis & change
(pp. 59-72). London : Cassell Educational Ltd. |
DeRUBEIS, R., HOLLON, S., AMSTERDAM, J., SHELTON, R.,
YOUNG, P., SALOMON, R.M., O'REARDON, J.P., LOVETT, M.L.,
GLADIS, M.M., BROWN, L.L. & GALLOP, R. (2005)
Cognitive therapy vs medications in the treatment of
moderate to severe depression. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 62, 409-416. [PDF] |
|
GELERNTER, C.S., UHDE, T.W., CIMBOLIC, P., ARNKOFF, D.B.,
VITTONE, B.J., TANCER, M.E. & BARTKO, J.J. (1991).
Cognitive-behavioral and pharmacological treatment for
social phobia : A controlled study. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 48, 938-945. |
CLARKE, G., DEBAR, L., LYNCHH, F., POWELL, J. GALE,
J.O'CONNOR, E., LUDMAN, E., BUSH, T., LIN, E.H.B., VON
KORFF, M. & HERTERT, S. (2005). A randomized
effectiveness trial of brief cognitive-behavioral therapy
for depressed adolescents receiving antidepressant
medication. Journal of American Academy Child
Adolescents Psychiatry, 44 (9), 888-889.
[PDF] |
|
HOZA, B., PELHAM, W.E., SAMS, S.E. & CARLSON, C.
(1992). An examination of the "dosage" effects of both
behavior therapy and methylphenidate on the classroom
performance of two ADHD children. Behavior
Modification, 16, 164-192. |
|
|
|
HOLLON, S.D., DeRUBEIS, R.J., EVAN, M.D., WIEMER, M.J.,
GARVEY, M.J., GROVE, W.M. & TUASON, V.B. (1992).
Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy for depression :
Singly and in combination. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 49, 774-781. |
|
|
CARLSON, C.L., PELHAM, W.E., MILICH, R. & DIXON, J.
(1992). Single and combined effects of methylphenidate and
behavior therapy on the classroom performance of children
with ADHD. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 20,
213-232. |
|
|
ABRAMOVITZ, A.J., ECKSTRAND, D., O'LEARY, S.G. &
DULCAN, M.K. (1992). ADHD children's responses to
stimulant medication and two intensities of a behavioral
intervention. Behavior Modification, 16, 193-203.
|
ANTON, R.F., O'MALLEY, S.S., CIRAULO, D.A CISLER, R.A.,
COUPER, D., DONOVAN, D.M., GASTFRIEND, D.R., HOSKING,
J.D., JOHNSON, B.A., LOCASTRO, J.S., LONGABAUGH, R.,
MASON, B.J., MATTSON, M.E., MILLER, W.R., PETTINATI, H.M.,
RANDALL, C.L., SWIFT, R., WEISS, R.D., WILLIAMS, L.D.
& ZWEBEN, A. (2006). Effect of combined
pharmacotherapies and behavioral interventions for alcohol
dependence : The COMBINE study : A randomized controlled
trial. JAMA : Journal of the American Medical
Association, 295 (17), 2003-2017. [PDF] |
|
EVAN, M.D., HOLLON, S.D., DeRUBEIS, R.J., PIASECKI, J.M,
GROVE, W.M., GARVEY, M.J. & TUASON, V.B. (1992).
Differential relapse following cognitive therapy and
pharmacotherapy for depression. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 49, 802-808. |
FABIANO, G.A., PELHAM, W.E., GNAGY, E.M., BURROWS-MACLEAN,
L., COLES, E.K., CHACKO, A., WYMBS, B.T., WALKER, K.S.,
GAREFINO, A., KEENAN, J.K., ONYANGO, A.N., HOFFMAN, M.T.,
MASSETTI, G.M. & ROBB, J.A. (2007). The single and
combined effects of multiple intensities of behavior
modification and multiple intensities of methylphenidate
in a classroom setting. School Psychology Review, 36,
195-216. [PDF] |
|
ECHEBURUA, E., DE CORRAL, P., GARCIA BAJOS, E. &
BORDA, M. (1993). Interactions between self-exposure and
alprazolam in the treatment of agoraphobia without current
panic: an exploratory study. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 21, 219-238. |
WATANABE, N., CHURCHILL, R. & FURUKAWA, T.A. (2007).
Combination of psychotherapy and benzodiazepines versus
either therapy alone for panic disorder : A systematic
review. BMC Psychiatry, 7 (8), 1-14. [PDF] |
|
OTTO, M.W., POLLACK, M.H., SACHS, G.S., REITER, S.R.,
MELTZER-BRODY, S. & ROSENBAUM, J.F. (1993).
Discontinuation of benzodiazepine treatment : efficacy of
cognitive-behavioral therapy for patients with panic
disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1485-1490. |
DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN,
J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and
recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [PDF] |
|
SPIEGEL, D.A., BRUCE, T.J., GREGG, S.F. & NUZZARELLO,
A. (1994). Does cognitive behavior therapy assist
slow-taper alprazolam discontinuation in panic disorder ?
American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 876-881. |
GREENBERG, R.P. & GOLDMAN, E.D. (2009).
Antidepressants, psychotherapy or their combination :
Weighing options for depression treatments. Journal
of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 39 (2), 83-91. |
|
STRAVYNSKI, A., VERREAULT, R., GAUDETTE, G., LANGLOIS, R.,
GAGNIER S. & LAROSE, R. (1994). The treatment of
depression with group behavioral-cognitive therapy and
imipramine. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 39,
387-390. |
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., NEWMAN, M.G., RICKELS, K., GALLOP,
R., GIBBONS, M.B. C., HAMILTON, J.L., RING-KURTZ, S. &
PASTVA, A.M. (2011). Combined medication and cognitive
therapy for generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of
Anxiety Disorders, 25 (8), 1087-1094. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
comportementale : Terme générique qui, par opposition
aux thérapies verbales, désigne
les thérapies qui insistent davantage sur
les changements de comportements
du client/ patient/ malade
(mais non exclusivement) que sur les modifications de la personnalité
(humaniste, psychanalyse, etc.). De fait, le terme renvoie à
l'effet thérapeutique escompté (le changement de comportement), et
non à l'explication sous-jacente (expérience, personnalité,
perception, schéma, conception du monde, croyances, etc). En ce
sens, le mot englobe aussi bien les thérapies
béhavioristes que les thérapies
cognitivo-béhaviorale.
= thérapie
béhaviorale.
/thérapie
verbale.
( ):
Voir ci-dessous.
Behavioral therapy,
behavior therapy, behavioral intervention.
| |
|
BANDURA, A. (1967). Behavioral psychotherapy. Scientific American, 216, 78-86. |
WILSON, K.G. (1997). Science and treatment development :
Lessons from the history of behavior therapy. Behavior
Therapy, 28, 547-558. |
|
YATES, A.J. (1970). Behavior therapy. New York
: Wiley. |
|
LAZARUS, A.A (1971). Reflections on behavior therapy and
its development : A point of view. Behavior Therapy,
2, 369-374. |
O'DONOHUE, W.T. & KRASNER, L. (Eds.) (1997). Theories
of behavior therapy : Exploring behavior change.
Washington : APA. |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1976). Multimodal behavior therapy.
New York : Springer. |
VAN MINNEN, A., HOOGDUIN, K., KEIJSERS, G., HELLENBRAND,
I. & HENDRIKS, G.J. (2003). Treatment of
trichotillomania with behavioral therapy or fluoxetine : a
randomized, waiting-list controlled study. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 60, 517-522. |
|
COTTRAUX, J. (1979). Les thérapies comportementales.
Paris : Masson. |
ANTON, R.F., O'MALLEY, S.S., CIRAULO, D.A CISLER, R.A.,
COUPER, D., DONOVAN, D.M., GASTFRIEND, D.R., HOSKING,
J.D., JOHNSON, B.A., LOCASTRO, J.S., LONGABAUGH, R.,
MASON, B.J., MATTSON, M.E., MILLER, W.R., PETTINATI, H.M.,
RANDALL, C.L., SWIFT, R., WEISS, R.D., WILLIAMS, L.D.
& ZWEBEN, A. (2006). Effect of combined
pharmacotherapies and behavioral interventions for alcohol
dependence : The COMBINE study : A randomized controlled
trial. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical
Association, 295 (17), 2003-2017. [PDF] |
|
FONTAINE, O., COTTRAUX, J. et LADOUCEUR, R. (1984). Cliniques
de thérapie comportementale. Montréal : Éditions
Mardaga. |
CARROLL, K.M. & ONKEN, L.S. (2005). Behavioral
therapies for drug abuse. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 162 (8), 1452-1460. [PDF] |
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J., HAYES, S.C. & TSAI, M. (1993).
Radical behavioral psychotherapy : Two contemporary
examples. Clinical Psychology Review, 13, 579-592. |
CARROLL, K.M. & ROUNSAVILLE, B.J. (2007). A vision of
the next generation of behavioral therapies research in
the addictions. Addiction, 2 (6), 850-862.
[PDF] |
|
VAN RILLAER, J. (1995). Les thérapies
comportementales. Bernet-Danilo/Essentialis. |
McGUIRE, J.F., UNG, D., SELLES, R.R., RAHMAN, O. LEWIN,
A.B., MURPHY, T.K. & STORCH, E.A. (2014). Treating
trichotillomania : A meta-analysis of treatment effects
and moderators for behavior therapy and serotonin reuptake
inhibitors. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 58,
76-83. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie,
Analyse fonctionnelle du comportement et
Thérapie béhavioriste |
|
|
|
Thérapie comportementale basée sur l'acceptation : TCBA
Acceptance-based behavior therapy, ABBT.
|
|
GIFFORD, E.V. KOHLENBERG, B.S., HAYES, S.C., ANTONNUCIO
DO, PIASECKI, M.M., RASMUSSEN-HALL, ML, PALM, K.M. (2004).
Acceptance theory-based treatment for smoking cessation :
An initial trial of acceptance and commitment therapy.
Behavior Therapy, 35, 689–705.
|
|
ROEMER, L. & ORSILLO, L.M. (2005). An acceptance
based behavior therapy for generalized anxiety disorder.
In S.M. Orsillo & L. Roemer L. (Eds.), Acceptance
and mindfulness-based approaches to anxiety :
Conceptualization and treatment (p. 213-240). New
York : Springer.
|
ZARGAR, F., ASGHAR, A., FARID, A., ATEF-VAHID, M.-K.,
AFSHAR, H. & OMIDI, A. (2013). Comparing the
effectiveness of acceptance-based behavior therapy and
applied relaxation on acceptance of internal experiences,
engagement in valued actions and quality of life in
generalized.Journal of Research in Medical Sciences, 18
(2), 118-122. PDF]
|
|
ORSILLO, S.M., ROEMER, L. & HOLOWKA, D. (2005).
Acceptance-based behavioral therapies for for anxiety :
Using acceptance and mindfulness to enhance traditional
cognitive-behavioral approaches. In S.M. Orsillo & L.
Roemer (Eds.), Acceptance-and mindfulness-based
approaches to anxiety : Conceptualization and treatment.
New York : Springer. |
|
|
ROEMER, L. & ORSILLO, S.M. (2007). An open trial of an
acceptance-based behavior therapy for generalized anxiety
disorder. Behavior Therapy, 38, 72-85. |
|
|
ROEMER, L., ORSILO, S.M. & SALTERS-PEDNEAULT, K.
(2008). Efficacy of an acceptance-based behavior therapy
for generalized anxiety disorder : Evaluation in a
randomized controlled trial. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76, 1083-1089. |
|
|
FORMAN, E.M., BUTRYN, M.L., HOFFMAN, K.L. &
HERBERT, J.D. (2009). An open trial of an acceptance-based
behavioral treatment for weight loss. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 16, 223-235. |
HAYES-SKELTON, S.A., ORSILLO, L.M. & ROEMER, L.
(2013). An acceptance-based behavioral therapy for
individuals with generalized anxiety disorder. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 120 (3), 264-281. |
|
FORMAN, E.M., HOFFMAN, K.L., JUARASCIO, A.S., BUTRYN, M.L.
& HERBERT, J.D. (2013). Comparison of acceptance-based
and standard cognitive-based coping strategies for craving
sweets in overweight and obese women. Eating
Behaviors, 14, 64-68. |
FORMAN, E.M., BUTRYN, M.L., MANASSE, S.M.
& BRADLEY, L.E. (2015). Acceptance-based behavioral
treatment for weight control : a review and future
direction. Current Opinion in Psychology, 2, 87–90.
[PDF]
|
|
LEE, J.K., FUCHS, C., ROEMER, L. & ORSILO, S.M.
(2009). Cultural considerations in acceptance-based
behavior therapy In L. Roemer & S.M.
Orsillo (Eds.), Mindfulness and Acceptance-based
behavioral therapies in practice (pp. 215–228). New
York : Guilford |
|
|
FORMAN, E.M. & HERBERT, J.D. (2009). New directions in
cognitive behavior therapy : Acceptance-based therapies.
In W.T. O'Donohue & J.E. Fisher (Eds.), General
principles and empirically supported techniques of
cognitive behavior therapy (pp. 77–101). John Wiley
& Sons. |
BUTRYN, M.L., KERRIGAN, S.G., ARIGO, D., RAGGIO, G.A.
& FORMAN, E.M. (2016). A pilot test of an
acceptance-based behavioral intervention to promote
physical activity during weight loss maintenance. Behavioral
Medicine, 21, 1-11. |
|
ROEMER, L. & ORSILLO, S.M. (2009). Mindfulness
and acceptance-based behavioral therapies in practice.
New York : The Guilford Press. |
ROEMER, L. & ORSILLO, L.M. (2020). Acceptance-based
behavioral therapy treating anxiety and related
challenges. Guilford Press.
|
|
HAYES, S.A., ORSILLO, S.M. & ROEMER, L. (2010).
Changes in proposed mechanisms of action in an
acceptance-based behavior therapy for generalized anxiety
disorder. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 48, 238-245.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
et
Thérapie comportementale et cognitive |
|
|
|
Thérapie comportementale et cognitive : TCC :
Ensemble de thérapies et de techniques
qui emprunte à la fois au béhaviorisme
et au cognitivisme.
Les fondement théoriques de ces thérapeutes se rapprochent souvent
plus du cognitivisme que du béhaviorisme. L'objectif est de
modifier le comportement et les pensées (cognition). =
TCC, TC, thérapie cognitivo-béhaviorale, thérapie béhavioriste-cognitiviste,
thérapie cognitivo-béhaviorale, thérapie
cognitivo-comportementale, intervention comportementale et
cognitive, thérapie comportementale et cognitive à distance. (
):
Cognitive-Behavior
Therapy (CBT/CB), cognitive-behavioral therapy,
traditional cognitive behavior therapy, cognitive-behavior
modification, cognitive-behavioral treatment, cognitive
behavioral intervention, behavioral and cognitive-behavioral
approaches. 
| |
|
|
MAHONEY, M.J. (1974). Cognition and behavior
modification. Cambridge, MA : Ballinger. |
PRENDERGAST, J. & AUSTIN, M.P. (2001). Early childhood
nurse-delivered cognitive behavioural counselling for
post-natal depression. Australasian Psychiatry, 9,
255-259. |
|
MEICHENBAUM, D.H. (1976). A cognitive behavior approach to
assessment. In M. Hersen & A.S. Bellack (Eds.), Behavioral
assessment : A practical handbook (pp. 143-171).
New York : Pergamon. |
LEICHSENRING, F. (2001). Comparative effects of short-term
psychodynamic psychotherapy and cognitive- behavioral
therapy in depression : A meta-analyticapproach. Clinical
Psychology Review, 21, 401-419. |
|
MEICHENBAUM, D.H. (1977). Cognitive-behavior
modification : An integrative approach. New York :
Plenum Press. |
BURNS, D.D. & SPANGLER, D.L. (2001). Do changes in
dysfunctional attitudes mediate changes in depression and
anxiety in cognitive behavioral therapy ? Behavior
Therapy, 32, 337-369. |
|
TAYLOR, E.G. & MARSHALL, W.L. (1977). Experimental
analysis of a cognitive-behavioral therapy for depression.
Cognitive Therapy & Research, 1, 59-72. |
EDINGER, J.D., WOHLGEMUTH, W.K., RADTKE, R.A., MARSH, G.R.
& QUILLIAN, R.E. (2001). Cognitive behavioral therapy
for treatment of chronic primary insomnia : a randomized
controlled trial. Journal of American Medicine
Assoicaition, 285, 185-1864. |
|
HUPPERT, J.D., BUFKA, L.F., BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M.,
SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W. (2001). Therapists,
therapist variables, and cognitive-behavioral therapy
outcome in a multicenter trial for panic disorder. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69 (5),
747-755. |
|
BARRETT, P.M., DUFFY, A.L., RAPEE, R.M. & DADDS, M.R.
(2001). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of anxiety
disorders in children : Long-term (6-Year) follow-up.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69
(1), 135-141. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, R.E., SMOLL, F.L. & CURTIS, B. (1979). Coach
effectiveness training : A cognitive behavioral approach
to enhance relationship skills in youth sport coaches. Journal
of Sport Psychology, 1, 59-75. |
VEALE, D. (2001). Cognitive-behavioural therapy for body
dysmorphic disorder. Advances in Psychiatric
Treatment, 7, 125-132. [PDF] |
|
MAHONEY, M.J. & KAZDIN, A.E. (1979). Cognitive
behavior modification : Misconceptions and premature
evacuation. Psychological Bulletin, 86 (5),
1044-1049. |
ESPIE, C.A., INGLIS, S.J., TESSIER, S. & HARVEY, L.
(2001). The clinical effectiveness of cognitive behaviour
therapy for chronic insomnia : Implementation and
evaluation of a sleep clinic in general medical practice.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 39, 45-60. |
|
HEINRICHS, N., HOFFMAN, E. & HOFMANN, S.G. (2001).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment for social phobia in
Parkinson's disease : A single-case study. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 8, 329-335. |
|
|
ANTON, R.K., MOAK, D.H., LATHAM, P.K., WAID, L.R.,
MALCOLM, R.J., DIAS, J.K. & ROBERT, J.S. (2001).
Posttreat- ment results of combining naltrexone with
cognitive- behavior therapy for the treatment of
alcoholism. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology,
21, 72-77. |
|
BARROWCLOUGH, C., KING, P., COLVILLE, J., RUSSELL, E.,
BURNS, A. & RAARIER, N. (2001). A randomized trial of
the effectiveness of CBT and supportive counseling for
anxiety symptoms in older adults. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69 (5),
756-762. |
|
ABDEL-BAKI, A. et NICOLE, L. (2001). Schizophrénie et
psychothérapies cognitivo-comportementales. The
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 46 (6), 511-521. [PDF] |
|
DOBSON, K.S. (Ed.) (2001). Handbook of
cognitive-behavioral therapies. New York : The
Guilford Press. |
|
WOODY, S.R. & ADESSKY, R.S. (2002). Therapeutic
alliance, group cohesion, and homework compliance during
cognitive-behavioral group treatment of social phobia. Behavior
Therapy, 33 (1), 5-27. |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D., NEWMAN, M.G., LYTLE, R. & PINCUS, A.L.
(2002). A component analysis of cognitive-behavioral
therapy for generalized anxiety disorder and the role of
interpersonal problems. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 70 (2), 288-298. [PDF] |
|
WILFLEY, D.E., ROBINSON WELCH, R., STEIN,R.I., BORMAN
SPURRELL, E., COHEN, L.R., SAELENS, B.E., ZOLER DOUNCHIS,
J., FRANK, M.A., WISEMAN, C.V. & MATT, G.E. (2002).
Randomized comparison of group cognitive-behavioral
therapy and group interpersonal psychotherapy for the
treatment of overweight individuals with binge-eating
disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 713-721.
[PDF] |
|
TARRIER, N (2002). Yes, cognitive behaviour therapy may be
all you need. British Medical Journal, 324,
291-292. |
|
COOMBS, M.M., COLEMAN, D. & JONES, E.E. (2002).
Working with feelings : The importance of emotion in both
cognitive-behavioral and interpersonal therapy in the NIMH
treatment of depression collaborative research program. Psychotherapy
: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 39,
233-244. |
|
FAIRBANK, J.A., BOOTH, S.R. & CURRY, J.F. (2002).
Integrated cognitive-behavior therapy for traumatic stress
symptoms and substance abuse. In B.J. Burns & K.
Hoagwood (Eds.), Community treatment for youth :
Evidence-based interventions for severe emotional and
behavioral disorders (pp. 198-211). Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
WERNICK, R.L. (1983). Stress inoculation in the management
of clinical pain : Applications to burn patients. In D.
Meichenbaum & M. Jaremko (Eds.), Stress reduction
and prevention : A cognitive behavioral approach
(pp. 191-218). New York : Plenum Press. |
SHAFRAN, R., COOPER, Z. & FAIRBURN, C.G. (2002).
Clinical perfectionism : A cognitive-behavioural analysis.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 40, 773-791. |
|
TURK, D.C., MEICHENBAUM, D. & GENEST, M. (1983).
Pain and behavioral medicine : A cognitive-behavioral
perspective. New York, NY : Guilford Press. |
ANDERSSON, G. (2002). Psychological aspects of tinnitus
and the application of cognitive-behavioural therapy. Clinical
Psychology Review, 22 (7), 977-979. |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D., NEWMAN, M.G., PINCUS, A.L. & LYTLE, R.
(2002). A component analysis of cognitive-behavioral
therapy for generalized anxiety disorder and the role of
interpersonal problems. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 70, 288-298. |
|
WILSON, P.H., GOLDIN, J.C. & CHARBONNEAU-POWIS, M.
(1983). Comparative efficacy of behavioral and cognitive
treatments of depression. Cognitive Therapy &
Research, 7, 111-124. |
McCLANAHAN, T.M. & ANTONUCCIO, D.O. (2002).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of panic attacks. Clinical
Case Studies, 1, 211-223. |
|
MILLER, R.C. & BERMAN, J.S. (1983). The efficacy of
cognitive behavior therapies : A quantitative review of
the research evidence. Psychological Bulletin, 94,
39-53. |
NEWMAN, M.G., CASTONGUAY, L.G. & BORKOVEC, T.D.
(2002). Integrating cognitive behavioral and
interpersonal/emotional processing treatments for
generalized anxiety disorder : Preliminary outcome
findings. Santa Barbara, CA : Symposium
presentation at the annual meeting of the Society for
Psychotherapy Research. |
|
THURMAN, C.W. (1985). Effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral treatment in reducing Type A behavior
among university faculty. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 32, 74-83. |
BLAGYS, M.D. & HILSENROTH, M.J. (2002). Distinctive
activities of cognitive- behavioral therapy : A review of
the comparative psychotherapy process literature. Clinical
Psychology Review, 22, 671-706. |
|
CADDY, G.R. (1985). Cognitive behavior therapy in the
treatment of multiple personality. Behavior
Modification, 9, 267-292. |
TSAO, J.C., MYSKOWSKI, J.L. & ZUCKER, B.G. (2002).
Effects of cognitive-behavioral therapy for panic disorder
on comorbid conditions : Replication and extension. Behavior
Therapy, 33 (4), 493-509. |
|
SIMONS, A.D., MURPHY, G.E., LEVINE, J.L., WETZEL, R.D.
(1986). Cognitive therapy and pharma- cotherapy for
depression: sustained improvement over one year.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 43, 43-48 |
LAIDLAW, K., THOMPSON, L.W., DICK-SISKIN, L. &
GALLAGHER-THOMPSON, D. (2003). Cognitive behaviour
therapy with older adults. Chichester : John Wiley
& Sons, Ltd. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1987). Dialectical behavior therapy : A
cognitive behavioral approach to parasuicide. Journal
of Personality Disorders, 1, 328-333. |
STANLEY, M.A., BECK, J.G., NOVY, D.M., AVERILL, P.M.,
SWANN, A.C., DIEFENBACH, G.J. & HOPKO, D.R. (2003).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of late-life generalized
anxiety disorder. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 71 309- 319. |
|
EYSENK, H.J. (1987) What does "cognitive" add to behavior
therapy ? Southern Psychology, 3 (2), 5-11. |
BASKIN, T.W., TIERNEY, S.C., MINAMI, T. & WAMPOLD,
B.E. (2003). Establishing specificity in psychotherapy : A
meta-analysis of structural equivalence of placebo
controls. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 71 (6), 973-979. [PDF] |
|
DURHAM, R.C. & TURVEY, A.A. (1987). Cognitive therapy
vs behaviour therapy in the treatment of chronic general
anxiety. Behavioural Research & Therapy, 25
(3), 229-234. |
EDINGER, J.D. & SAMPSON, W.S. (2003). A primary care
"friendly" cognitive-behavioral insomnia therapy.
Sleep, 2, 177-182. |
|
|
DOBSON, K.S. (Ed.) (1988). Handbook of
cognitive-behavioral therapies. New York : The
Guilford Press. |
GUMLEY, A., O'GRADY M., MCNAY ,L., REILLY, J., POWER, K.R.
& NORRIE, J. (2003). Early intervention for relapse in
schizophrenia : results of a 12-month randomized
controlled trial of cognitive behavioural therapy. Psychological
Medicine, 33, 419-431. [PDF] |
|
DOBSON, K.S. & SHAW, B.F. (1988). The use of treatment
manuals in cognitive therapy : Experience and issues. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56,
673-680. |
O'DONOHUE, W., FISHER, J.E. & HAYES, S.C. (Eds.)
(2003). Cognitive behavior therapy : Applying
empirically supported techniques in your practice.
Hoboken, NJ : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. |
|
DUGAS, M.J., LADOUCEUR, R., LÉGER, E., FREESTON, M.H.,
ANGOLIS, F.P., PROVENCHER, M.D. & BOISVERT, J.M.
(2003). Group cognitive-behavioral therapy for generalized
anxiety disorder : treatment outcome and long-term
follow-up. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 71, 821-825. |
|
FAIRBURN, C.G., COOPER, Z. & SHAFRAN, R. (2003).
Cognitive behaviour therapy for eating disorders : a
"transdiagnostic" theory and treatment. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 41 (5), 509-528.
[PDF] |
|
FRANK, E., ANDERSON, B., STEWART, B.D., DANCU, C, HUGHES,
C. & WEST, D. (1988). Efficacy of cognitive behavior
therapy and systematic desensitization in the treatment of
rape trauma. Behavior Therapy, 19, 403-420. |
BIONDI, M. & PICARDI, A. (2003). Increased probability
of remaining in remission from panic disorder with
agoraphobia after drug treatment in patients who received
concurrent cognitive-behavioural therapy : A follow-up
study. 60. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 72
(1), 34-42. |
|
STANLEY, M.A., HOPKO, D.R., DIEFENBACH, G.J., BOURLAND,
S.L., RODRIGUEZ, H. & WAGENER, P. (2003).
Cognitive-behavior therapy for late-life generalized
anxiety disorder in primary care : preliminary findings.
American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 11,
92-96. |
|
TURNER, J.A. & CLANCY, S. (1988). Comparison of
operant behavioral and cognitive-behavioral group
treatment for chronic low back pain. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56, 261-266. |
EHLERS, A., CLARK, D.M., HACKMANN, A., McMANUS, F.,
FENNELL, M., HERBERT, C. & MAYOU, R. (2003). A
randomized controlled trial of cognitive therapy, a
self-help booklet, and repeated assessments as early
interventions for posttraumatic stress disorder.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 60, 1024-1032. |
|
FOWLER, D. & MORLEY, S. (1989). The
cognitive-behavioural treatment of hallucinations and
delusions : a preliminary study. Behavioural
Psychotherapy, 17, 267-282. |
STANLEY, M.A., BECK, J.G., NOVY, D.M., AVERILL, P.M.,
SWANN, A.C. DIEFENBACH, G.J. & HOPKO, D.R. (2003).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of late-life generalized
anxiety disorder. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 71 (2), 309-319. |
|
MILLER, I.W., NORMAN, W.H., KEITNER, G.I., BISHOP, S.B.
& DOW, M.G. (1989). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of
depressed inpatients. Behavior Therapy, 20,
25-47. |
GOLDFRIED, M.R. (2003). Cognitive-behavior therapy :
Reflections on the evolution of a therapeutic orientation.
Cognitivie Behavior Therapy & Research, 27
(1), 53-69. |
|
ROSEN, J.C., SALTZBERG, E. & SREBNIK, D. (1989).
Cognitive behavior therapy for negative body image in
obese women. Behavior Therapy, 20, 393-404. [PDF] |
HAYES, S.C., O'DONOHUE, W.T. & FISHER, J.E. (2003). Cognitive
behavior therapy : Applying empirically supported
techniques in your practice. Wiley. |
|
HEIMBERG, R.G. (1989). Cognitive and behavioral treatments
for social phobia : A critical analysis. Clinical
Psychology Review, 9, 107-128. |
RUNYON, M.K., DEBLINGER, E., RYAN, E.E. &
THAKKAR-KOLAR, R. (2004). An overview of child physical
abuse : Developing an integrated parent-child
cognitive-behavioral treatment approach. Trauma,
Violence & Abuse, 5 (1), 65-85. [PDF] |
|
MERSCH, P.P., EMMELKAMP, P.M.G., BOGELS, S.M. & VAN
DER SLEEN, J. (1989). Social phobia : Individul response
patterns and the effects of behavioral and cognitive
interventions. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 27
(4), 421-434. |
JOHNSON, M. & KAZANTZIS, N. (2004). Cognitive
behavioral therapy for chronic pain : Strategies for the
successful use of homework assignments. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 22
(3), 189-218. |
|
MOYER, A. & HAAR, M.D. (1990). The efficacy of
cognitive-behavior therapy and writing process training
for alleviating writing anxiety. Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 14, 515-528. |
LUNDREN, J.D., DANOFF, BURG, S. & ANDERSON, D.A.
(2004). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for bulimia nervosa :
an empirical analysis of clinical significance. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 35 (3), 262-274. [PDF] |
|
MCCRONE, P., KNAPP, M., PROUDFOOT, J., RYDEN, C.,
CAVANAGH, K., SHAPIRO, D.A., ILSON, S., GRAY, J.A.,
GOLDBERG, G., MANN, A., MARKS, I., EVERITT, B. &
TYLEE, A. (2004). Cost-effectiveness of computerized
cognitive-behavioural therapy for anxiety and depression
in primary care : randomized controlled trial. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 185, 55-62. [PDF] |
|
HEIMBERG, R.G. (1990). Cognitive behavior therapy for
social phobia. In A.S. Bellack & M. Hersen (Eds.), Comparative
handbook of treatments for adult disorders (pp.
203-218). New York : Wiley. |
BASTIEN, C.H., MORIN, C.M., OUELLET, M-C.B. &
BOUCHARD, S. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for
insomnia : Comparison of individual therapy, group
therapy, and telephone consultations. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 72 (4),
653-659. [PDF] |
|
PEDIATRIC OCD TREATMENT STUDY (POTS) TEAM PEDIATRIC OCD
TREATMENT STUDY (POTS) TEAM (2004). Cognitive-behavior
therapy, sertraline, and their combination for children
and adolescents with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 292, 1969-1976. |
|
SELMI, P.M., KLEIN, M.H., GREIST, J.H., SORRELL, S.P.
& ERDMAN, H.P. (1990). Computer-administered
cognitive-behavioral therapy for depression. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 147 (1), 51-56. |
STANLEY, M.A., DIEFENBACH, G.J. & HOPKO, D.R. (2004).
Cognitive behavioral treatment for older adults with
generalized anxiety disorder. A therapist manual for
primary care settings. Behavior Modification, 28 (1),
73-117. |
|
McCARTHY, B. (1990). Cognitive-behavioral strategies and
techniques in the treatment of early ejaculation. In
Leiblum, SR. & Rosen, R.C. (Eds.), Principles and
practice of sex therapy : update for the 90s (pp.
141-167). New York : The Guilford Press. |
SECKER, D.L., KAZANTSIS, N. & PACHANA, N.A. (2004).
Cognitive behavior therapy for older adults : practical
guidelines for adapting therapy structure. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 22 (2),
93-109. |
|
|
BUTLER, G., FENNELL, M., ROBSON, P. & GELDER, M.
(1991). Comparison of behavior therapy and cognitive
behavior therapy in the treatment of generalized anxiety
disorder. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59 (1), 167-75. |
ANDERSON, P., JACOBS, C. & ROTHBAUM, B.O. (2004).
Computer-supported cognitive behavioral treatment of
anxiety disorders. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60,
253-267. |
|
HUNTER, J.A. & SANTOS, D.R. (1990). The use of
specialized cognitive-behavioral therapies in the
treatment of adolescent sexual offenders.
International Journal of Offender Therapy &
Comparative Crirninology, 34 (3), 239-248. |
GOLDAPPLE, K., SEGAL, Z., GARSON, C., LAU, M., BIELING,
P., KENNEDY, S. & MAYBERG, H. (2004). Modulation of
cortical-limbic pathways in major depression :
treatment-specific effects of cognitive behavior therapy.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 61 (1), 34-41. [PDF] |
|
GELERNTER, C.S., UHDE, T.W., CIMBOLIC, P., ARNKOFF, D.B.,
VITTONE, B.J., TANCER, M.E. & BARTKO, J.J. (1991).
Cognitive-behavioral and pharmacological treatment for
social phobia : A controlled study. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 48, 938-945. |
CARROLL, K.M., FENTON, L.R., BALL, S.A., NICH, C.,
FRANKFORTER, T.L., SHI, J. & ROUNSAVILLE, B.J. (2004).
Efficacy of disulfiram and cognitive behavior therapy in
cocaine-dependent outpatients : a randomized
placebo-controlled trial. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 61 (3), 264-272. [PDF] |
|
BLOOMQUIST, M.L., AUGUST, G.J. & OSTRANDER, R. (1991).
Effects of a school-based cognitive-behavioral
intervention for ADHD children. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psychology, 19, 591-605. |
FRIEDBERG, R.A., MILLER, R., PERYMON, A., BOTTOMS, J.
& AATRE, G. (2004). Using a session feedback form in
cognitive therapy with children. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 22
(3), 219-230. |
|
ANTONI, M.H., BAGGETT, L., IRONSON, G., LAPIERRE, A.,
AUGUST, S., LIMAS, N., CHNEIDERMAN, N. & LETCHER, M.A.
(1991). Cognitive-behavioral stress management
intervention buffers distress responses and immunologic
changes following notification of HIV-1 seropositivity. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 59, 906-915. |
ATTWOOD, T. (2004). Cognitive behavior therapy for
children and adults with Asperger's syndrome. Behavior
Change, 21, 147-161. |
|
DURLAK, J.A., FUHRMAN, T. & LAMPMAN, C. (1991).
Effectiveness of cognitive-behavior therapy for
maladapting children : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 110 (2), 204-214. |
MARTELL C.R., SAFREN, S.A. & PRINCE, S.E. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral
therapies with lesbian, gay, and bisexual clients. New
York : Guilford. |
|
MCCRONE, P., KNAPP, M., PROUDFOOT, J., RYDEN, C.,
CAVANAGH, K., SHAPIRO, D.A., ILSON, S., GRAY, J.A.,
GOLDBERG, G., MANN, A., MARKS, I., EVERITT, B. &
TYLEE, A. (2004). Cost-effectiveness of computerized
cognitive-behavioural therapy for anxiety and depression
in primary care : randomized controlled trial. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 185, 55-62. |
|
BURNS, D. & NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (1991). Coping styles,
homework compliance and the effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral therapy. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 59, 305-311. |
MATTHEWS, L.T. & MARWIT, S.J. (2004). Complicated
grief and the trend toward cognitive-behavioral therapy. Death
Studies, 28, 849-863. |
|
KEEFE, F.J., DUNSMORE, J. & BURNETT, R. (1992).
Behavioral and cognitive-behavioral approaches to chronic
pain : Recent advances and future directions. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 60 (4),
528-536. [PDF] |
BARSKY, A. & AHEM, D.K. (2004). Cognitive behavior
therapy for hypochondriasis : a randomized controlled
trial. Journal of the American Medical Association,
291, 1464-1470. |
|
GETKA E.J. & GLASS, C.R. (1992). Behavioral and
cognitive-behavioral approaches to the reduction of dental
anxiety. Behavior Therapy, 23 (3), 433-448. |
ADDIS, M.E., HATGIS, C., KRASNOW, A.D., JACOB, K., BOURNE,
L. & MANSFIELD, A. (2004). Effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral treatment for panic disorder versus
treatment as usual in a managed care setting. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 72,
625-635. |
|
ZINBARG, R.E., BARLOW, D.H., BROWN, T.A. & HERTZ, R.M.
(1992). Cognitive-behavioral approaches to the nature and
treatment of anxiety disorders. Annual Review of
Psychology, 43, 235-267 |
NEZU, A., NEZU, C.M. & LOMBARDO, E. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral
case formulation and treatment design : A
problem-solving approach. Springer Publishing
Company. |
|
BLATT, S.J. & MAROUDAS, C. (1992). Convergence of
psychoanalytic and cognitive behavioral theories of
depression. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 9, 157-190. |
SAVARD, J., SIMARD, S., IVERS, H. & MORIN, C.M.
(2005). Randomized study on the efficacy of
cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia secondary to
breast cancer, part I : sleep and psychological effects.
Journal of Clinical Oncology, 23, 6083-6096. |
|
LOCHMAN, J.E. (1992). Cognitive behavioral intervention
with aggressive boys : Three-year follow-up and preventive
effects. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 60, 426-432. |
CLARKE, G., DEBAR, L., LYNCHH, F., POWELL, J., GALE, J.
O'CONNOR, E., LUDMAN, E., BUSH, T., LIN, E.H.B., VON
KORFF, M. & HERTERT, S. (2005). A randomized
effectiveness trial of brief cognitive-behavioral therapy
for depressed adolescents receiving antidepressant
medication. Journal of American Academy Child
Adolescents Psychiatry, 44 (9), 888-889.
[PDF] |
|
|
SMITH, D.E., MARCUS, M.D. & KAYE, W. (1992).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of obese binge eaters. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 12,257-262. |
SOFRONOFF, K., ATTWOOD, T. & HINTON, S. (2005). A
randomised controlled trial of a CBT intervention for
anxiety in children with Asperger syndrome. Journal of
Child Psycholoy & Psychiatry, 46 (11),
1152-1160. |
|
KERR, S., GOLDFRIED, M.R., HAYES, A.M., CASTONGUAY, L.G.
& GOLDSAMT, L.A. (1992). Interpersonal and
intrapersonal focus in cognitive-behavioral and
psychodynamic-interpersonal therapies: a preliminary
analysis of the Sheffield Project. Psychotherapy
Research, 2, 266-276. |
KLINGER, E., BOUCHARD, S, LÉGERON, P., ROY, S., LAUER, F.,
CHEMIN, I. & NUGUES, P. (2005). Virtual reality
therapy versus cognitive behavior therapy for social
phobia : A preliminary controlled study. Cyberpsychology
& Behavior, 8 (1), 76-88. [PDF] |
|
JONES, E.E. & PULOS, S.M. (1993). Comparing the
process in psychodynamic and cognitive behavioral
therapies. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 61 (2), 306-316. |
ZIMMERMANN, M., FAVROD, J., TRIEU, V.H. & POMINI, V.
(2005) The effect of cognitive behavioral treatment on the
positive symptoms of schizophrenia spectrum disorders : A
meta-analysis. Schizophrenia Research, 77, 1-9. |
|
TARRIER, N., SHARPE, L., BECKETT, R., HARWOOD, S., BAKER,
A. & YUSUPOFF, L. (1993). A trial of two
cognitive-behavioural methods of treating drug-resistant
residual psychotic symptoms in schizophrenic patients :
II. Treatment specific changes in coping and problem
solving skills. Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric
Epidemiology, 28, 5-10. |
NORTON, P.J. & PRICE, E.C. (2005). A meta-analytic
review of adult cognitive-behavioral treatment outcome
across the anxiety disorders. The Journal of Nervous
& Mental Disease, 195 (6), 521-531. [PDF] |
|
DUGAS, M.J. & KOERNER, N. (2005). Cognitive-behavioral
treatment for generalized anxiety disorder : Current
status and future directions. Journal of Cognitive
Psychotherapy : An International Quarterly, 19, 61–81.
|
|
FAIRBURN, C.G., MARCUS, M.D. & WILSON, G.T. (1993).
Cognitive behaviour therapy for binge eating and bulimia
nervosa : A comprehensive treatment manual. In C.G.
Fairburn & G.T. Wilson (Eds.), Binge eating :
Nature, assessment, and treatment (pp. 361-404).
New York : Guilford Press. |
McCRACKEN, L.M. (2005). Contextual
cognitive-behavioral therapy for chronic pain. Seattle,
WA : IASP Press. |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D. & COSTELLO, E. (1993). Efficacy of
applied relaxation and cognitive-behavioral therapy in the
treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 61,611-619. |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2005). Cognitive behavior therapies for
psychotic disorders : Current empirical status and future
directions. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 12, 33-50. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1993). Cognitive-behavioral treatment
of borderline personality dsorder. New York :
Guilford Press. |
HEATLEY, C., RICKETTS, T. & FORREST, J. (2005).
Training general practitioners in cognitive-behavioural
therapy for panic disorder : randomized-controlled trial.
Journal of Mental Health, 14, 73-82. |
|
LUNDH, L.G. (1993). The role of behaviour and cognition in
psychotherapy. Towards an integration. Scandinavian
Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 22, 3-30. |
BUTLER, A.C., CHAPMAN, J.E., FORMAN, E.M. & BECK, A.T.
(2006). The empirical status of cognitive-behavioral
therapy : a review of meta-analyses. Clinical
Psychology Review, 26, 17-31. [PDF] |
|
HEIMBERG, R.G., SALZMAN, D.G., HOLT, C.S. & BLENDELL,
K.A. (1993). Cognitive-behavioral group treatment for
social phobia : Effectiveness at five-year follow-up.
Cognitive Therapy & Research, 17 (6), 597-598. |
HOLLON, S.D., STEWART, M.O. & STRUNK, D. (2006).
Cognitive behavior therapy has enduring effects in the
treatment of depression and anxiety. Annual Review of
Psychology, 57, 285-315.
[PDF] |
|
KONEN, A., NEIS, L., HODEL, B. et BRENNER, H.D. (1993). À
propos des thérapies cognitivo-comportementales de la
schizophrénie : le programme intégratif de thérapies
psychologiques (IPT). L'Encéphale, 19, 47-55. |
HAYES, S.C. & DUCKWORTH, M.P. (2006). Acceptance and
commitment therapy and traditional cognitive behavior
therapy approaches to pain. Cognitive &
Behavioral Practice, 13, 185-187. |
|
KINGDON, D., TURKINGTON, D., JOHN, C. (1994). Cognitive
behaviour therapy of schizophrenia : the amenability of
delusions and hallucinations to reasoning. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 164 581-587. |
BIRCHWOOD, M. & TROWER, P. (2006). The future of
cognitive-behavioral therapy for psychosis: not a
quasi-neuroleptic. British Journal of Psychiatry,
188, 107-108. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M., TUTEK, D.A., HEARD, H.L. & ARMSTRONG,
H.E. (1994). Interpersonal outcome of cognitive behavioral
treatment for chronically suicidal borderline patients. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 1771-1776. |
LEICHSENRING, F., HILLER, W., WEISSBERG, M. & LEIBING,
E. (2006). Cognitive-behavioral therapy and psychodynamic
psychotherapy : Techniques, efficacy, and indications. American
Journal of Psychotherapy, 60 (3), 233-259.
[PDF] |
|
TELCH, M.J., LUCAS, J.A., SCHMIDT, N.B., HANNA, H.H.,
LANAE JAIMEZ, T., LUCAS, R.A. (1993). Group
cognitive-behavioral treatment of panic disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 31 (3), 279-287. |
McBRIDE, C., ATKINSON, L., QUILTY, L.C. & BAGBY, R.M.
(2006). Attachment as a moderator of treatment outcome in
major depression: A randomized control trial of
interpersonal psychotherapy versus cognitive behavior
therapy. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 74, 1041-1054. |
|
SAPP, M. & FARRELL, W. (1994). Cognitive-behavioral
interventions: Applications for academically at-risk and
special education students. Preventing School
Failure, 38 (2), 19-24. |
LANDA, Y., SILVERSTEIN, S.M., SCHWARTZ, F. & SAVITZ,
A. (2006). Group cognitive behavioral therapy for
delusions : helping patients improve reality testing. Journal
of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 36, 9-17. |
|
NEWMAN, M.G. & BORKOVEC, T. (1995).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of generalized anxiety
disorder. The Clinical Psychologist, 48, 5-7. |
GOSSELIN, P. (2006). Apport de la thérapie
cognitivo-comportementale dans le sevrage des
benzodiazépines : analyse des études d'efficacité /
Contribution of cognitive-behavioral therapy to
benzodiazepines discontinuation : A critical review and
recommandations. Journal de Thérapie Comportementale
et Cognitive, 16, 131-145. |
|
SAPP, M., FARRELL, W. & DURAND, H. (1995).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy : Applications for African American middle school at-risk students. Journal of Instructional
Psychology, 22 (2), 169-177. |
ADDIS, M.E. HATGIS, C., CARDEMIL, E., JACOB, K., KRASNOW,
A.D. & MANSFIELD, A. (2006). Effectiveness of
cognitive behavioral treatment for panic disorder versus
treatment as usual in a managed care setting : Two year
follow-up. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 74 (2), 377-385. [PDF] |
|
PRZEWORSKI, A. & NEWMAN, M.G. (2006). The efficacy and
utility of computer-assisted cognitive-behavioral therapy
for anxiety disorders. Clinical Psychologist, 10
(2), 43-53. |
|
ARNTZ, A. (1994). Treatment of borderline personality
disorder : a challenge for cognitive-behavioural therapy.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 32, 419-430. |
CHRONIS, A.M., GAMBLE, S.A., ROBERTS, J.E. & PELHAM,
W.E. (2006). Depression treatment for mothers of children
with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Behavior
Therapy, 37, 143-158. [PDF] |
|
FISHER, P.L. (2006). The efficacy of psychological
treatments for generalized anxiety disorder. In
G.C.L.Davey, & A. Wells, A. (Eds.), Worry
and its psychological disorders : Theory, assessment and
treatment (pp. 359-377). New
York : John Wiley and Sons. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A., BARKHAM, M., REES, A., HARDY, G.E.,
REYNOLDS, S. & STARTUP, M. (1994). Effects of
treatment duration and severity of depression on the
effectiveness of cognitive-behavioral and psychodynamic
interpersonal psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 62, 522-534. |
WEERSING, V.R., IYENGAR, S. KOLKO, D.J., BIRMAHER, B.
& BRENT, D.A. (2006). Effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral therapy for adolescent depression : A
benchmarking investigation. Behavior Therapy, 37
(1), 36-48. |
|
GOSSELIN, P., LADOUCEUR, R., MORIN, C.M., DUGAS, M.J.
& BAILLARGEON, L. (2006). Benzodiazepine
discontinuation among adults with GAD : A randomized trial
of cognitive-behavioral therapy. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 74, 908-919.
|
|
HOPE, D.A., HERBERT, J.D. & WHITE, C. (1995).
Diagnostic subtype, avoidant personality disorder, and
efficacy of cognitive-behavioral group therapy for social
phobia. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 19
(4), 399-417. |
McCART, M.R., PRIESTER, P.E., DAVIES, W.H. & AZEN, R.
(2006). Differential effectiveness of behavioral
parent-training and cognitive-behavioral therapy for
antisocial youth : A meta-analysis. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 34 (4), 527-543. |
|
|
COTTRAUX, J. (1995). Les thérapies comportementales
et cognitives. Paris : Masson. |
KENDALLE, P.C. & HEDTKE, K. (2006).Cognitive-
behavioral therapy for anxious children : Therapist
manual. Ardmore, PA : Workbook Publishing. |
|
OLLENDICK, T.H. (1995) Cognitive behavioral treatment of
panic disorder with agoraphobia in adolescents : A
multiple baseline design analysis. Behavior Therapy,
26, 517-531. |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2006). Review : Cognitive behavioural
therapy is an effective treatment for depression, panic
disorder and generalized anxiety disorder, but may be less
effective in severe cases. Evidence-Based Mental
Health, 9, 80.
[PDF] |
|
EDELMAN, R.E. & CHAMBLESS, D.L. (1995). Adherence
during sessions and homework in cognitive-behavioral group
treatment of social phobia. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 33 (5), 573-577. |
BOELEN, P.A. (2006). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for
complicated grief : Theoretical underpinnings and case
descriptions. Journal of Loss & Trauma, 11,
1-30. |
|
BROWN, E.J., HEIMBERG, R.G. & JUSTER, H.R. (1995).
Social phobia subtype and avoidant personality disorder :
Effect on severity of social phobia, impairment, and
outcome of cognitive behavioral treatment. Behavior
Therapy, 26, 467-486. |
BOELEN, P.A., VAN DEN HOUT, M.A. & VAN DEN HOUT, J.
(2006). A cognitive-behavioral conceptualization of
complicated grief. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 13, 109-128. |
|
HOPE, D.A., HERBERT, J.D. & WHITE, C. (1995).
Diagnostic subtype, avoidant personality disorder, and
efficacy of cognitive-behavioral group therapy for social
phobia. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 19
(4), 399-417. |
CHEN, S.Y., JORDAN, C. & THOMPSON, S. (2006). The
effect of cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) on depression
: The role of problem-solving appraisal. Research on
Social Work Practice, 16, 500-510. [PDF] |
|
TELCH, M.J., SCHMIDT, N.B., JAIMEZ, L., JACQUIN, K.M.
& HARRINGTON, K.J. (1995). Impact of
cognitive-behavioral treatment on quality of life in panic
disorder patients. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 63 (5), 823-830. [PDF] |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2006). Cognitive-behavioral treatments for
schizophrenia : The state of the art and the evidence. International
Journal of Behavioral Consultation & Therapy, 2,
1-11. |
|
ROSEN, J.C., OROSAN, P. & REITER, J. (1995). Cognitive
behavior therapy for negative body image in obese women. Behavior Therapy, 26 (1), 25-42. |
BUTLER, A.C., CHAPMAN, J.E., FORMAN, E.M. & BECK, A.T.
(2006). The empirical status of cognitive-behavioral
therapy : A review of meta-analyses. Clinical
Psychology Review, 26, 17-31. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
|
|
WAGNER, B., KNAEVELSRUD, C. & MAERCKER, A. (2006).
Internet-based cognitive-behavioral therapy for
complicated grief : A randomized controlled trial.
Death Studies, 30, 429-453. [PDF] |
|
LEUNG, A.W. & HEIMBERG, R.G. (1996). Homework
compliance, perceptions of control, and outcome of
cognitive-behavioral treatment of social phobia. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 34 (5-6), 423-432. |
HABY, M.M., DONNELLY, M., CORRY, J. & VOS, T. (2006).
Cognitive behavioural therapy for depression, panic
disorder and generalized anxiety disorder: a
meta-regression of factors that may predict outcome. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 40 (1),
9-19. [PDF] |
|
JACOBSON, N.S., DOBSON, K.S., TRUAX, P.A., ADDIS, M.E.,
KOERNER, K., GOLLAN, J.K., GORTNER, E. & PRINCE, S.E.
(1996). A component analysis of cognitive-behavioral
treatment for depression. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 64, 295-304. |
SPEK, V., CUIJPERS, P., NYKLICEK, I., RIPER, H., KEYZER,
J. & POP, V. (2007). Internet-based cognitive
behaviour therapy for symptoms of depression and anxiety :
a meta-analysis. Psychological Medicine, 37,
319-328. |
|
TAYLOR, S. (1996). Meta-analysis of cognitive-behavioral
treatments for social phobia. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 27 (1), 1-9.
|
SOFRONOFF, K., ATTWOOD, T., HINTON, S. & LEVIN, I.
(2007). A randomized controlled trial of a cognitive
behavioural intervention for anger management in children
diagnosed with Asperger syndrome. Journal of Autism
& Developmental Disorders, 37 (7), 1203-1214. |
|
SHORTALL, T. (1996). Cognitive-behavioural treatment of
recurrent headache. The Rational Emotive Behaviour
Therapist, 4 (1), 27-33. |
WALLER, G., CORDERY, H., CORSTORPHINE, E., HINRICHSEN, H.,
LAWSON, R., MOUNTFORD, V. & RUSSELL, K. (2007). Cognitive-behavioral
therapy for the eating disorders : A comprehensive
treatment guide. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
FAVA, G., GRANDI, S., ZIELEZNY, M., RAFANELLI, C. &
CANESTRARI, R. (1996). Four-year outcome for cognitive
behavioral treatment of residual symptoms in major
depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 153,
945-947. |
VITTENGL, J.R. & CLARK, L.A. (2007). Reducing relapse
and recurrence in unipolar depression : a comparative
meta-analysis of cognitive behavioural therapys effects. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 75 (3),
475-488. [PDF] |
|
STILES, W.B., STARTUP, M., HARDY, G.E., BARKHAM, M., REES,
A., SHAPIRO, D.A. & REYNOLDS, S. (1996). Therapist
session intentions in cognitive-behavioral and
psychodynamic-interpersonal psychotherapy. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 43, 402-414. |
LONGMORE, R.J. & WORRELL, M. (2007). Do we need to
challenge thoughts in cognitive behavior therapy ?
Clinical Psychology Review, 27, 173-187. [PDF] |
|
DOBSON, K.S. & CRAIG, K.D. (Eds.) (1996). Advances
in cognitive-behavioral therapy. Thousand Oaks, CA
: Sage Publications. |
CHORPITA, B.F. (2007). Modular cognitive-behavioral
therapy for childhood anxiety disorders. New York :
Guilford. |
|
ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (1996). Reason-giving and
the process and outcome of cognitive-behavioral
psychotherapies. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 64, 1417-1424. |
EDINGER, J.D., WOHLGEMUTH, W.K., RADTKE, R.A., COFFMAN,
C.J. & CARNEY, C. (2007). Dose-response effects of
cognitive- behavioral insomnia therapy : a randomized
clinical trial. Sleep, 30 (2), 203-212. [PDF] |
|
MALKINSON, R. (1996). Cognitive behavioural grief therapy.
Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive Behaviour
Therapy, 14 (3), 155-171. |
FOGLER, J.M., TOMPSON, M.C., STEKETEE, G. & HOFMANN,
S.G. (2007). Influence of expressed emotion and perceived
criticism on cognitive-behavioral therapy for social
phobia. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 45, 235-249.
[PDF] |
|
KROLL, L., HARRINGTON, R., JAYSON, D., FRASER, J. &
GOWERS, S. (1996). Pilot study of continuation
cognitive-behavioral therapy for major depression in
adolescent psychiatric patients. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
35, 1156-1161. |
KRIJN, M, EMMELKAMP, P.M.G., OLAFSONN, R.P., BOUWMAN, M.
VAN GERWEN, L.J., SPINHOVEN, P., SCHUEMIE, M.J. & VAN
DER MAST, C.A. (2007). Fear of flying treatment methods :
virtual reality exposure vs. cognitive behavioral therapy.
Aviation, Space & Environmental Medicine, 7
(2), 121-128. |
|
BASCO, M.R. & RUSH, A.J. (1996). Cognitive-behavioral
therapy for bipolar disorder. New York : Guilford
Press. |
RILEY, C., LEE, M., COOPER, Z., FAIRBURN, C.G. &
SHAFRAN, R. (2007). A randomised controlled trial of
cognitive-behaviour therapy for clinical perfectionism : a
preliminary study. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
45, 2221-2231. |
|
BREWIN, C. (1996). Theoretical foundations of
cognitive-behavioral therapy for anxiety and depression. Annual
Review of Psychology, 47, 33-57. |
CALBRING, P., GUNNARSDOTTIR, M., HEDENSÖ, L., ANDERSSON,
G., EKSELIUS, L. & FURMARK, T. (2007). Treatment of
social phobia : Randomised trial of internet-delivered
cognitive-behavioural therapy with telephone support.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 190, 123-128. [PDF] |
|
STANLEY, M.A., BECK, J.G. & GLASSCO, J.D. (1996).
Treatment of generalized anxiety in older adults : a
preliminary comparison of cognitive-behavioral and
supportive approaches. Behavior Therapy, 27, 565-581. |
HOLMES, E.A., ARNTZ, A. & SMUCKER, M.R. (2007).
Imagery rescripting in cognitive behaviour therapy :
Images, treatment techniques and outcomes. Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 38, 297-305.
[PDF] |
|
NORTON, P.J. & PRICE, E.C. (2007). A meta-analytic
review of adult cognitive-behavioral treatment outcome
across the anxiety disorders. The Journal of Nervous
& Mental Disease, 195 (6), 521-531. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSSON, G. & LARSEN, H.-C. (1997).
Cognitive-behavioural treatment of tinnitus in
otosclerosis : a case-report. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 25, 79-82. |
PIERSON, H. & HAYES, S.C. (2007). Using acceptance and
commitment therapy to empower the therapeutic
relationship. Dans P. Gilbert & R. Leahy (Eds.), The
therapeutic relationship in cognitive behavior therapy
(pp. 205-228). London : Routledge. |
|
NELSON, H. (1997). Cognitive behavioural therapy with
schizophrenia : A practice manual. Cheltenham :
Nelson Thornes. |
EDINGER, J.D., WOHLGEMUTH, W.K., RADTKE, R.A., COFFMAN,
C.J. & CARNEY, C. (2007). Dose-response effects of
cognitive- behavioral insomnia therapy : a randomized
clinical trial. Sleep, 30, 203-212. |
|
ANDERSSON, G. (1997). Cognitive-behavioural treatment for
tinnitus : a difficult case. Scandinavian Journal of
Behaviour Therapy, 26, 86-92. |
McEVOY, P.M. & NATHAN, P. (2007). Effectiveness of
cognitive behavior therapy for diagnostically
heterogeneous groups : a benchmarking study. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 75 (2),
344-350. |
|
GOLDFRIED, M.R., CASTONGUAY, L.G., HAYES, A.M., DROZD,
J.F. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1997). A comparative analysis of
the therapeutic focus in cognitive-behavioural and
psychodynamic-interpersonal sessions. Journal of
Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 65, 740-748. |
TAUBE-SCHIFF, M., SUVAK, M.K., ANOTNY, M.M., BIELING, P.J.
& McCABE, R.E. (2007). Group cohesion in
cognitive-behavioral group therapy for social phobia. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 45, 687-698. [PDF] |
|
GOULD, R.A., BUCKMINSTER, S., POLLACK, M.H., OTTO, M.W.
& YAP, L. (1997). Cognitive-behavioral and
pharmacological treatment for social phobia : A
meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 4, 291-306. |
FOGLER, J.M., TOMPSON, M.C., STEKETEE, G. & HOFMANN,
S.G. (2007). Influence of expressed emotion and perceived
criticism on cognitive-behavioral therapy for social
phobia. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 45, 235-249.
[PDF] |
|
CHAMBLESS, D.L., TRAN, G.Q. & GLASS, C.R. (1997).
Predictors of response to cognitive-behavioral group
therapy for social phobia. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 11 (3), 221-240. |
CALBRING, P., GUNNARSDOTTIR, M., HEDENSÖ, L., ANDERSSON,
G., EKSELIUS, L. & FURMARK, T. (2007). Treatment of
social phobia : Randomised trial of internet-delivered
cognitive-behavioural therapy with telephone support.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 190, 123-128. [PDF] |
|
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., THOMAS, M. & DANTON, W.G. (1997). A
cost-effectiveness analysis of cognitive behavior therapy
and fluoxetine (Prozac) in the treatment of depression. Behavior
Therapy, 28, 187-210. [PDF] |
HARHOFF, B. & KAZANTSIS, N. (2007). How to supervise
the use of homework in cognitive behavior therapy : The
role of trainee therapist beliefs. Cognitive &
Behavioral Practice, 14, 325-332. [PDF] |
|
ENRIGHT, S.J. (1997). Cognitive behaviour therapy -
clinical applications. British Medical Journal, 314,
1811-1816. |
KRIJN, M., EMMELKAMP, P.G.M., OLAFSONN, R.P., BOUWMAN, M.,
VAN GERWEN, L.J., SPINHOVEN, P., SCHUEMIE, M.J. & VAN
DER MAST, C.A. (2007). Fear of flying treatment methods :
virtual reality exposure vs. cognitive behavioral therapy.
Aviation, Space, & Environmental Medicine, 7
(2), 121-128. |
|
GOISMAN, R.M. (1997). Cognitive-behavioral therapy today.
Harvard Mental Health Letter, 13, 4. |
McEVOY, P.M. (2007). Effectiveness of cognitive
behavioural group therapy for social phobia in a community
clinic : A benchmarking study. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 45, 3030-3040. [PDF]
|
|
RAPEE, R.M. & HEIMBERG, R.G. (1997). A
cognitive-behavioral model of anxiety in social phobia. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 35 (8), 741-756. [PDF] |
O'CONNOR, K., STIP, E., PÉLISSIER, M.-C. AARDEMA, F.,
GUAY, S., GAUDETTE, G., VAN HAASTER, I., ROBILLARD, S.,
GRENIER, S., CAREAU, Y., DOUCET, P. & LEBLANC, V.
(2007). Treating delusional disorder : A comparison of
cognitive-behavioural therapy and attention placebo
control. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 52,
182-190. |
|
GARETY, P.A., FOWLER, D., KUIPERS, E., FREEMAN, D., DUNN,
G., BEBBINGTON, R E., HADLEY, C. & JONES, S. (1997).
The London-East Anglia randomised controlled trial of
cognitive behaviour therapy for psychosis II : Predictors
of outcome, British Journal of Psychiatry, 171, 420-426. |
GALLAGHER-THOMPSON, D., STEFFEN, A.M. & THOMPSON, L.W.
(2008). Handbook of Behavioral and Cognitive
Therapies with older adults. New York : Springer. |
|
SHAPIRO, D., HUI, K.K., OAKLLEY, M.E., PASIC, J. &
JAMNER, L. (1997). Reduction in drug requirements for
hypertension by means of a cognitive-behavioral
intervention. American Journal of Hypertension, 10,
9-17. |
KENDALL, P.C., HUDSON, J., GOSCH, E., FLANNERY-SCHROEDER,
E. & SUVEG, C. (2008). Cognitive-behavioral therapy
for anxiety disordered youth : A randomized clinical trial
of child and family modalities. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76, 282-297. |
|
HOFMANN, S.G. & SMITS, J.A. (2008).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy for adult anxiety disorders :
a meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 69 (4), 621-632. [PDF]
|
|
STILES, W.B., BARKHAM, M., MELLOR-CLARK, J. & CONNELL,
J. (2008). Effectiveness of cognitive-behavioural,
person-centred, and psychodynamic therapies in UK
primary-care routine practice : Replication in a larger
sample. Psychological Medicine, 38, 677-688. |
|
PROCTOR, G. (2008). CBT : the obscuring of power in the
name of science. European Journal of Psychotherapy
& Counselling, 10 (3), 231-245. |
|
HEIMBERG, R.G., LIEBOWITZ, M.R., HOPE, D.A., SCHNEIER,
F.R., HOLT, C.S., WELKOWITZ, L.A., JUSTER, H.R., CAMPEAS,
R., BRUCH, M.A., CLOITRE, M., FALLAN, B. & KLEIN, D.F.
(1998). Cognitive behavioral group therapy vs phenelzine
therapy for social phobia : 12-week outcome. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 55 (12), 1133-1141. |
MEYER, T. & SCOTT, J. (2008). Cognitive behavioural
therapy for mood disorders. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 36, 685-693. |
|
GORTNER, E.T., GOLLAN, J.K., DOBSON, K.S. & JACOBSON,
N.S. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depression
: relapse prevention. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 66 (2), 377-384. |
WALKUP, J.T., ALBANO, A.M., PIACENTINI, J., BIRMAHER, B.,
COMPTON, S.N., SHERRILL, J.T., GINSBURG, G.S., RYNN, M.A.,
McCRAKEN, J., WASLICK, B., YYENGAR, S., MARCH, J.S. &
KENDALL, P.C. (2008). Cognitive behavioral therapy,
sertraline, or a combination in childhood anxiety. New
England Journal of Medicine, 359 (26), 2753-2766.
[PDF] |
|
JOHANSSON, C., DAHL, J., JANNERT, M., MELIN, L. &
ANDERSSON, G. (1998). Effects of a cognitive-behavioral
pain-management program. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 36, 915-930. |
EGAN, S.J. & HINE, P. (2008). Cognitive behavioural
treatment of perfectionism : A single case experimental
design series. Behaviour Change, 25, 245-258. |
|
BRYANT, R.A., HARVEY, A.G., DANG, S.T., SACKVILLE, T.
& BASTEN, C. (1998). Treatment of acute stress
disorder : A comparison of cognitive-behavioral therapy
and supportive counseling. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 66 (5), 862-866. |
COOPER, Z. & SHAFRAN, R. (2008). Cognitive behaviour
therapy for eating disorders. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 36, 713-722. |
|
ANDERSSON, G. & YARDLEY, L. (1998). Combined
cognitive-behavioural and physiotherapy treatment of
dizziness : A case-report. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 26, 365-369. |
ÖST, L.-G. (2008). Cognitive behavior therapy for anxiety
disorders : 40 years of progress. Nord Journal of
Psychiatry, 62 (S), 5-10. [PDF]
|
|
HEIMBERG, R.G., LIEBOWITZ, M.R., HOPE, D.A., SCHNEIER,
M.F.R., HOLT, C.S., WELKOWITZ, L.A., JUSTER, H.R.,
CAMPEAS, R., BRUCH, M.A., CLOITRE, M., FALLON, B.A. &
KLEIN, D.F. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral group therapy
versus phenelzine in social phobia : 12-week outcome.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 1133-1141. [PDF] |
ITO, L.M., ROSO, M.C., TIWARI, S., KENDALL, P.C. &
ASBAHR, F.R. (2008). Cognitive-behavioral therapy in
social phobia. Revista Brasileira de Psiquiatria 30
(S2), 96-101. [PDF] |
|
REINECKE, M.A., RYAN, N.E. & DUBOIS, D.L. (1998).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy of depression and depressive
symptoms during adolescence : a review and meta-analysis.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 37 (1), 26-34. |
NORTON, P.J. (2008). An open trial of a transdiagnostic
cognitive-behavioral group therapy for anxiety disorder.
Behavior Therapy, 39, 242-250. [PDF] |
|
TSAO, J.C., LEWIN, M.R. & CRASKE, M.G. (1998) The
effects of cognitive-behavior therapy for panic disorders
on comorbid conditions. Journal of Anxiety Disorders,
12 (4), 357-371. |
KENDALL, P.C., HUDSON, J., GOSCH, E., FLANNERY-SCHROEDER,
E. & SUVEG, C. (2008). Cognitive-behavioral therapy
for anxiety disordered youth : A randomized clinical trial
of child and family modalities. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76, 282-297. |
|
COVIN, R., OUIMET, A.J., SEEDS, P.M. & DOZOIS,
D.J.A. (2008). A meta-analysis of CBT for pathological
worry among
clients with GAD. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 22, 108–116.
|
|
CARTER, J.C. & FAIRBURN, C.G. (1998).
Cognitive-behavioral self-help for binge eating disorder :
a controlled effectiveness study. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66 (4),
616-623. |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2008). Cognitive-behavioural therapies :
Achievements and challenges. Evidence-Based Mental
Health, 11, 5-7. [PDF] |
|
GORTNER, E.T., GOLLAN, J.K., DOBSON, K.S. & JACOBSON,
N.S. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depression
: relapse prevention. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 66 (2), 377-384. [PDF] |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2008). Review : individual behavioural
therapy reduces symptoms of depression. Evidence-Based
Mental Health, 11 (4), 108. [PDF] |
|
|
FLOYD, M. & SCOGIN, F. (1998). Cognitive-behavior
therapy for older adults : how does it work ? Psychotherapy,
35 (4), 459-463. |
WYKES, T., STELL, C., EVERITT, B. & TARRIER, N.
(2008). Cognitive behavior therapy for schizophrenia :
Effect sizes, clinical models, and methodological rigor. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 34 (3), 523-537. [PDF] |
|
DUPUIS, G., MARCHAND, A., GOYER, L. & MAINGUY, N.
(1998). Personality disorders and the outcome of
cognitive-behavioural treatment of panic disorder with
agoraphobia. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science,
1. |
EDINGER, J.D., CARNEY, C.E. & WOHLGEMUTH, W.K. (2008).
Pretherapy cognitive dispositions and treatment outcome in
cognitive behavior therapy for insomnia. Behavior
Therapy, 39 (4), 406-416. |
|
TAI, S. & TURKINGTON, D. (2009).
The evolution of cognitive behavior therapy for schizophrenia: current practice and recent developments Schizophrenia Bulletin, 35 (5), 865-873. a href="https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC2728828/pdf/sbp080.pdf"
target="_top">[PDF] |
|
FREEMAN, D., GARETY, P.A., FOWLER, D., KUIPERS, E., DUNN,
G., BEBBINGTON, P.E. & HADLEY, C. (1998). The
London-East Anglia randomised controlled trial of
cognitive behaviour therapy for psychosis IV : Self-esteem
and persecutory delusions. British Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 37, 415-430. |
PODEA, D., SUCIU, R. & ARDELEAN, M. (2009). An update
on the cognitive behavior therapy of obsessive compulsive
disorder in adults. Journal of Cognitive &
Behavioral Psychotherapies, 9 (2), 221-233. [PDF] |
|
ESPIE, C.A. (2009). "Stepped care" : a health technology
solution for delivering cognitive behavioral therapy as a
first line insomnia treatment. Sleep, 32, 1549-1558. |
|
PRIYAMVADA, R., KUMARI, S., PRAKASH, J. & CHAUDHURY,
S. (2009). Cognitive behaviorale therapy in the treatment
of social phobia. Industrial Psychiatry Journal, 18 (1),
60-64. [PDF] |
|
SHAFRAN, R., CLARK, D., FAIRBURN, C., ARNTZ, A., BARLOW,
D., EHLERS, A., FREESTON, M., GARETY, P., HOLLON, S., OST,
L., SALKOVSKIS, P.M., WILLIAMS, J. & WILSON, G.T.
(2009). Mind the gap : Improving the dissemination of CBT.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 47 (11), 902-909.
[PDF] |
|
STANLEY, B., BROWN,G., BRENT, D.A., WELLS, K., POLING, K.,
CURRY, J.F., KENNARD, B.D., WAGNER, A., CWIK, M.F.,
KLOMEK, A.B., GOLDSTEIN, T., VITIELLO, B., BARNETT, S.,
DANIEL, S. & HUGHES, J. (2009). Cognitive-behavioral
therapy for suicide prevention (CBT-SP) : Treatment model,
feasibility, and acceptability. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
48, 1005-1013. |
|
EDINGER, J.D., OLSEN, M.K., STECHUCHAK, K.M., MEANS, M.K.,
LINEBERGER, M.D., KIRBY, A. & CARNEY, C.E. (2009).
Cognitive behavioral therapy for patients with primary
insomnia or insomnia associated predominantly with mixed
psychiatric disorders : a randomized clinical trial. Sleep,
32 (4), 499-510.
[PDF] |
|
ZLOTNICK, C., JOHNSON, J. & NAJAVITS, L.M. (2009).
Randomized controlled pilot study of cognitive-behavioral
therapy in a sample of incarcerated women with substance
use disorder and PTSD. Behavior Therapy, 40 (4),
325-336. |
|
GERMAIN, V., MARCHAND, A., BOUCHARD, S., DROUIN, M.S.
& GUAY, S. (2009). Effectiveness of cognitive
behavioural therapy administered by videoconference for
posttraumatic stress disorder. Cognitive Behaviour
Therapy, 38 (1), 42-53. |
|
MENNUTI, R.B., FREEMAN, A. & HRISTNER, R.W.
(2009). Cognitive-behavioral interventions in
educational settings : A handbook for practice.
New-York: Routledge Taylor & Francis Group. |
|
VEAZEY, C., COOK, K., STANLEY, M., LAI, E.C. & KUNIK,
M.E. (2009). Telephone administered cognitive behavioral
therapy : A case study of anxiety and depression in
Parkinson's disease. Journal of Clinical Psychology
in Medical Settings, 16, 243-253.
[PDF] |
|
CHU, B.C. & KENDAL, P.C. (2009). Therapist
responsiveness to child engagement : Flexibility within
manual-based CBT for anxious youth. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 65, 736-754. |
|
BRAUN, D.L. (2009). Cognitive behavioral therapy for
bulimia nervosa. In I.F. Dancyger & V.M. Fornari
(Eds.), Evidence-based treatments for eating
disorders. Nova Science Publishers, Inc.
[PDF] |
|
DOBSON, K.S. (2009). Handbook of cognitive-behavioral
therapies. New York: Guilford Press. |
|
ESPIE, C.A. (2009). "Stepped care" : a health technology
solution for delivering cognitive behavioral therapy as a
first line insomnia treatment. Sleep, 32, 1549-1558. |
|
KUYKEN, W. & TSIVRIKOS, D. (2009). Therapist
competence, comorbidity and cognitive-behavioral therapy
for depression. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 78
(1), 42-48. |
|
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2009). Methodological comparison of
clinical trials of acceptance and commitment therapy
versus cognitive behavior therapy : Matching apples with
oranges ? Behaviour Research & Therapy, 47 (12),
1066-1070. [PDF] |
|
PERIVOLIOTIS, D. & CATHER, C. (2009). Cognitive
behavioral therapy of negative symptoms. Journal of
Clinical Psychology : In session, 65 (8), 815-830.
[PDF] |
|
MONESTES, J.L., VILLATTE, M. et LOAS, G. (2009).
Introduction à la thérapie d'acceptation et d'engagement
(ACT). Journal de Thérapie Comportementale et
Cognitive, 19, 30-34. |
|
RACHMAN, S. (2009). Psychological treatment of anxiety :
The evolution of behavior therapy and cognitive behavior
therapy. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 5,
97-119. [PDF] |
|
PASTUCHA, P., PRASKO, P., DIVERKY, T., GRAMBAL, A.,
LATALOVA, K., SIGMUNDOVA, Z. & TICHACKOVA, A. (2009).
Empathy in cognitive behavioral therapy and supervision.
Activitas Nervosa Superior Rediviva, 51 (3-4),
146-149. [PDF] |
|
DIONNE, F. (2009). Nouvelles avenues en thérapie
comportementale et cognitive. Psychologie Québec, 26
(6), 20-24. [PDF] |
|
SCHLUP, B. & MUNSCH, S., MEYER, A.H., MARGRAF, J.
& WILHELM, F.H. (2009). The efficacy of a short
version of a cognitive-behavioral treatment followed by
booster sessions for binge eating disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 47 (7), 628-635. [PDF] |
|
CRASKE, M.G., ROSE, R.D., LANG, A., WELCH, S.S.,
CAMPBELL-SILLS, L., SULLIVAN, G., SHERBOURNE, C.,
BYSTRITSKY, A., STEIN, M.B. & ROY-BYRNE, P.P. (2009).
Computer-assisted delivery of cognitive behavioral therapy
for anxiety disorders in primary-care settings. Depression
& Anxiety, 26 (3), 235-242. [PDF] |
|
DIMIDJIAN, S. & DAVIS, K.J. (2009). Newer variations
of cognitive-behavioral therapy : behavioral activation
and mindfulness-based cognitive therapy. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 11, 453-458. [PDF] |
|
PRIYAMVADA, R., KUMARI, S., PRAKASH, J. & CHAUDHURY,
S. (2009). Cognitive behaviorale therapy in the treatment
of social phobia. Industrial Psychiatry Journal, 18 (1),
60-64. [PDF] |
|
DRIESSEN, E. & HOLLON, S.D. (2010). Cognitive
behavioral therapy for mood disorders : efficacy,
moderators and mediators. Psychiatric Clinics of
North America, 33, 537-555. [PDF] |
|
RATHOD, S., KINGDON, D., WEIDEN, P. & TURKINGTON, D.
(2010). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for medication-
resistant schizophrenia : A review. Focus, 8
(4), 626-636.
[PDF] |
|
HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2010). The evolution of
cognitive behavior therapy : The rise of psychological
acceptance and mindfulness. In J.M. Herbert & E.M.
Forman (Eds.), Acceptance and mindfulness in
cognitive behavior therapy : Understanding and applying
the new therapies. Wiley. [PDF] |
|
McHUGH, R.K., HEARON, B.A. & OTTO, M.W. (2010).
Cognitive behavioral therapy for substance use disorders.
Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 33,
511-525. |
|
HART, S.L. & HART, T.A. (2010). The future of
cognitive behavioral interventions within behavioral
medicine. Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy : An
International Quarterly, 24 (4), 344-353. [PDF] |
|
MURPHY, R., STRAEBLER, S., COOPER, Z. & FAIRBURN, C.G.
(2010). Cognitive behavioral therapy for eating disorders.
Psychiatric Clinics of North America 33, 611-627. |
|
JOKIC-BEGIC, N. (2010). Cognitive-behavioral therapy and
neuroscience : Towards closer integration.
Psychological Topics, 19 (2), 235-254. [PDF] |
|
OLATUNJI, B.O., CISLER, J.M. & DEACON, B.J. (2010).
Efficacy of cognitive behavioral therapy for anxiety
disorders : A review of meta-analytic findings. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 33, 557-577. [PDF] |
|
DIONNE, F. et NEVEU, C. (2010). La troisième génération de
thérapie comportementale et cognitive. Revue
Québécoise de Psychologie, 31 (3), 15-36. |
|
DUGAS, M.J., BRILLON, P., SAVARD, P., TURCOTTE, J.,
GAUDET, A., LADOUCEUR, R, LEBLANC, R. & GERVAIS,
N.J. (2010). A randomized clinical trial of
cognitive-behavioral therapy and applied relaxation for
adults with generalized anxiety disorder. Behavior
Therapy, 41 (1), 46-58. [PDF] |
|
LYNCH, D., LAWS, K.R. & McKENNA, P.J. (2010).
Cognitive behavioural therapy for major psychiatric
disorder : does it really work ? A meta-analytical review
of well-controlled trials Psychological Medicine, 40,
9-24.
[PDF] |
|
NEUDECK, P., SCOEPF, D. & PENBERTHY, J.K. (2010).
Learning theory aspects of the interpersonal
discrimination exercise in cognitive behavioral analysis
system of psychotherapy. Behavior Therapist, 33
(3), 58-63. [PDF] |
|
PAPAS, R.K., SIDLE, J.E., MARTINO, S., BALIDDAWA, J.B.,
SONGOLE, R., OMOLO, O.E., GAKINYA, B.N., MWANIKI, M.M.,
ADINA, J.O., NAFULA, T., OWINO-ONG'OR, W.D., BRYANT, K.J.,
CARROLL, K.M., GOULET, J.L., JUSTICE, A.C. & MAISTO,
S.A. (2010). Systematic cultural adaptation of
cognitive-behavioral therapy to reduce alcohol use among
HIV-infected outpatients in western Kenya. AIDS &
Behavior, 14 (3), 669-678. [PDF] |
|
MALKINSON, R. (2010). Cognitive behavioural grief therapy.
The ABC model of rational-emotion behavior therapy Psychological
Topics, 2, 289-305. [PDF] |
|
PANTALONE, D., IWAMASA, G. & MARTELL, C.R. (2010).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy with diverse populations. In
K.S. Dobson (Ed.), Handbook of cognitive behavior
Therapy (pp. 445-464). New York : Guilford. |
|
WARMERDAM, L. VAN STRATEN, A. JONGSMA, J., TWISK, J. &
CUJPERS, P. (2010). Online cognitive behavioral therapy
and problem-solving therapy for depressive symptoms :
Exploring mechanisms of change. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 41 (1),
64-70 |
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J., KANTER J., TSAI, M. & WEEKS, C.E.
(2010). FAP and cognitive behavior therapy. In J. Kanter,
M. Tsai & R.J. Kohlenberg (Eds.), The practice of
functional analytic psychotherapy. New York :
Springer. |
|
KHANNA, M.S. & KENDALL, P.C. (2010). Computer-assisted
cognitive behavioral therapy for child anxiety : Results
of a randomized clinical trial. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 78 (5), 737-745.
[PDF] |
|
CURRIER, J.M., HOLLAND, J.M. & NEIMEYER, R.A. (2010).
Do CBT-based interventions alleviate distress following
bereavement ? A review of the current evidence.
International Journal of Cognitive Therapy, 3 (1),
77-93. |
|
WATZKE, B., RÜDDEL, H., HOCH, U., GROTHGAR, B. &
SCHULZ, H. (2010). Effectiveness of systematic treatment
selection for psychodynamic and cognitive-behavioural
therapy : randomised controlled trial in routine mental
healthcare. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 197,
96-105. [PDF] |
|
|
FENNELL, M. (1999). Overcoming low self-esteem : A
self-help guide using cognitive-behavioural techniques.
London : Constable Robinson. |
McCARTHY, B.W. (2010). Integrating sexual interventions
and psychosexual skill exercises into cognitive-behavioral
therapy. Behavior Therapist, 33 (3), 54-57.
[PDF] |
|
CLARKE, G.N., RHODE, P., LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOPS, H. &
SEELY, J.R. (1999). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of
adolescent depression : Efficacy of acute group treatment
& booster sessions. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38,
272-279. |
LYNCH, D., LAWS, K.R. & McKENNA, P.J. (2010).
Cognitive behavioural therapy for major psychiatric
disorder : does it really work ? A meta-analytical review
of well-controlled trials. Psychological Medicine,
40, 9-24.
[PDF] |
|
KNIGHT, B.G. & SATRE, D.D. (1999). Cognitive
behavioral psychotherapy with older adults. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 6 (2),
188-203. |
LAM, R.W., LUTZ, K., PREECE, M., CAYLEY, P.M. &
WALKER, A.B. (2011). Telephone-administered
cognitive-behavioral therapy for clients with depressive
symptoms in an employee assistance program : A pilot
study. Annals of Clinical Psychiatry, 23 (1),
11-16. [PDF] |
|
GORENSTEIN, E.E., PAPP, L.A. & KLEBER, M.S. (1999).
Cognitive behavioral treatment of anxiety in later life. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 6, 305-320. |
OTTE, C. (2011). Cognitive behavioral therapy in anxiety
disorders : Current state of the evidence. Dialogues
in Clinical Neuroscience, 13, 413-421. |
|
CARROLL, K.M., KILUK, B.D., NICH, C., BABUSCIO, T.A.,
BREWER, J.A., POTENZA, M.N., BALL, S.A., MARTINO, S.,
ROUNSAVILLE, B.J. & LEJUEZ, C.W. (2011). Cognitive
function and treatment response in a randomized clinical
trial of computer-based training in cognitive-behavioral
therapy. Substance Use & Misuse, 46 (1),
23-34.
[PDF] |
|
MONESTES, J.L., SERRA, E. et DARCHEVILLE, J.C. (1999).
Prise en charge cognitivo-comportementale d'un syndrome
douloureux chronique suite à un accident du travail. Douleur
et Analgésie, 12 (1), 10-11. |
HAYES, S.C., VILLATTE, M., LEVIN, M.E. & HILDEBRANT,
M. (2011). Open, aware, and active : Contextual approaches
as an emerging trend in the behavioral and cognitive
therapies. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 7,
141-168. |
|
MORLEY, S., ECCLESTON, C. & WILLIAM, A. (1999).
Systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized
controlled trials of cognitive behaviour therapy and
behaviour therapy for chronic pain in adults, excluding
headache. Pain, 80, 1-13. [PDF] |
KAR, A. (2011). Cognitive behavioral therapy for the
treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder : a review. Neuropsychiatric
Disease & Treatment, 7, 167-181. [PDF] |
|
FRANKLIN, M.E., SAPYTA, J., FREEMAN, J.B., KHANNA, M.,
COMPTON, S., ALMIRALL, D., MOORE, P., CHOATE-SUMMERS, M.,
GARCIA, A., EDSON, A.L., FOA, E.B. & MARCH, J.S.
(2011). Cognitive behavior therapy augmentation of
pharmacotherapy in pediatric obsessive-compulsive
disorder: the Pediatric OCD Treatment Study II (POTS II)
randomized controlled trial. Journal of Amercian
Medical association, 306 (11), 1224-1232.
[PDF] |
|
SPENCE, J., TITOV, N., DEAR, B.F., JOHNSTON, L., SOLLEY,
K., LORIAN, C., WOOTTON, B., ZOU, J. & SCHWENKE G.
(2011). Randomized controlled trial of Internet-delivered
cognitive behavioral therapy for posttraumatic stress
disorder. Depression & Anxiety, 28 (7),
541-550. |
|
GHADERI, A. & ANDERSSON, G. (1999). Meta-analysis of
CBT for bulimia nervosa : investigating the effects using
DSM-III-R and DSM-IV criteria. Scandinavian Journal
of Behaviour Therapy, 28, 79-87. |
KING, A.L.S., VAKENCA, A.M., LEAO DE MELO- NETO,V.,
FREIRE, R.C., MEZZASALMA, M.-A., CARDOSSO DDE OLIVEIRA E
SILVA, A. & NARDI, A.E. (2011). Efficacy of a specific
model for cognitive-behavioral therapy among panic
disorder patients with agoraphobia : a randomized clinical
tria. Sao Paulo Medical Journal, 129 (5),
325-334. [PDF] |
|
BOELEN, P.A., KEIJSER, J.D., VAN DEN HOUT, M.A. &
BOUT, J.V.D. (2011). Factors associated with outcome of
cognitive-behavioural therapy for complicated grief : A
preliminary study. Clinical Psychology &
Psychotherapy, 18, 284-291. |
|
HOIFODT, R.S., STROM, C., KOLSTRUP, N., EISEMANN, M. &
WATERLOO, K. (2011). Effectiveness of cognitive
behavioural therapy in primary health care : A review. Family
Practice, 28 (5), 489-504. |
|
DeRUBEIS, R., GELFAND, L.A., TANG, T.Z. & SIMONS, A.D.
(1999). Medications versus cognitive behavioral therapy
for severely depressed outpatients : mega-analysis of four
randomized comparisons. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 156, 1007-1013.
[PDF] |
SPIRITO, A., ESPOSITO-SMYTHERS, C., WOLFF, J. & UHL, K
(2011). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for adolescent
depression and suicidality. Child & Adolescent
Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 20 (2),
191-204. [PDF] |
|
TANG, T.Z. & DERUBEIS, R.J. (1999). Sudden gains and
critical sessions in cognitive-behavioral therapy for
depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 67, 894-904. [PDF] |
GRILO, C.M., MASHEB, R.M. & CROSBY, R.D. (2012).
Predictors and moderators of response to cognitive
behavioral therapy and medication for the treatment of
binge eating disorder. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 80 (5), 897-906. |
|
RUIZ, F.J. (2012). Acceptance and commitment therapy
versus traditional cognitive behavioral therapy : A
systematic review and meta-analysis of current empirical
evidence. International Journal of Psychology &
Psychological Therapy, 12 (2), 333-357.
[PDF] |
| |
NORTON, P.J. (2012). A randomized clinical trial of
transdiagnostic cognitve-behavioral treatments for anxiety
disorder by comparison to relaxation training.
Behavior Therapist, 43 (3), 506-517.
[PDF] |
|
SIMONS, A.D., MARTI, N., ROHDE, P., LEWIS, C.C., CURRY, J.
& MARCH, J. (2012). Does homework "matter" in CBT for
adolescent depression ? Journal of Cognitive
Psychotherapy, 26, 390-404. |
|
WALLER, G., STRINGER, H. & MEYER, C. (2012). What
cognitive-behavioral techniques do therapists report using
when delivering cognitive-behavioral therapy for the
eating disorders. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 80, 171-175. |
|
HAYES, A.M., BECK, J.G. & YASINSKI, C. (2012).
Cognitive behavioral perspective on feedback and
corrective experiences in exposure-based treatments. In L.
G. Castonguay & C. Hill (Eds.), Transformation in
psychotherapy: Corrective experiences across cognitive,
behavioral, humanistic, and psychodynamic approaches. (pp.
69-83). Washington, DC : APA. |
|
KEUTHEN, N.J., ROTHBAUM, B.O., FAMA, J., ALTENBURGER, E.,
FALKENSTEIN, M. SPRICH, S.E., KEARNS, M., MEUNIER, S.,
JENIKE, M.A. & WELCH, S.S. (2012). DBT-enhanced
cognitive-behavioral treatment for trichotillomania : A
randomized controlled trial. Journal of Behavioral
Addictions, 1 (3), 106-114. [PDF] |
|
LOCHMAN, J.E., BOXMEYER, C.L. & POWELL, N.P. (2012).
Cognitive-behavioral intervention for anger and aggression
: The coping power program. In S.R. Jimerson & M.J.
Furlong (Eds.), Handbook of school violence and
school safety. Routledge. |
|
MOHR, D.C., HO, J., DUFFECY, J., REIFLER, D., SOKOL, L.,
BURNS, M.N., JIN, L. & SIDDIQUE, J. (2012). Effect of
telephone-administered vs face-to-face cognitive
behavioral therapy on adherence to therapy and depression
outcomes among primary care patients : A randomized trial.
Journal of American Medical Association, 307 (21),
2278-2285. [PDF] |
|
REAVEN, J.R., BLAKELEY-SMITH, A., CULHANE- SHELBURNE, K.
& HEPBURN, S. (2012). Group cognitive behavior therapy
for children with high-functioning autism spectrum
disorders and anxiety : A randomized trial. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 53, 410-419. |
|
KAHAN, M., TANZER, J. & DARVIN, D. (2000). Virtual
reality-assisted cognitive-behavioral treatment for fear
of flying : Acute treatment and follow-up. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 3, 387-392. |
BOOTZIN, R.R. (2012). Implementing CBTI at the Veterans
Health Administration. Journal of Clinical Sleep
Medicine, 8 (2), 219-220.
[PDF] |
|
HORVATH, A.T. & VELTEN, E. (2000). Smart recovery :
Addiction recovery from a cognitive-behavioural
perspective. Journal of Rational-Emotive &
Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 18 (3), 181-191. |
WAITE, P, McMANUS, F, SHAFRAN, R. (2012). Cognitive
behaviour therapy for low self-esteem : A preliminary
randomized controlled trial in a primary care setting.
Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental
Psychiatry, 43 (4), 1049-1057. |
|
BODEN, M.T., JOHN, O.P., GOLDIN, P. R., WERNER, K.,
HEIMBERG, R.G. & GROSS, J.J. (2012). The role of
maladaptive beliefs in cognitive-behavioral therapy :
Evidence from social anxiety disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 50, 287–291. |
|
THEVOS, A.K., ROBERTS, J.S., THOMAS, S.E & RANDALL,
C.L. (2000). Cognitive behavioral therapy delays relapse
in female socially phobic alcoholics. Addictive
Behaviors, 25 (3), 333-345. |
ESPIE, C.A., KYLE, S.D., WILLIAMS, C., ONG, J.C., DOUGLAS,
N.J., HAMES, P. & BROWN, J.S.L. (2012). A randomized,
placebo-controlled, trial of online cognitive behavioral
therapy for chronic Insomnia disorder delivered via an
automated media-rich web application. Sleep, 35,
769-781. |
|
BEIDEL, D.C., TURNER, S.M. & MORRIS, T.L. (2000).
Behavioral treatment of childhood social phobia. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68 (6),
1072-1080. [PDF]
|
HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2012). The evolution of
cognitive behavior therapy : The rise of psychological
acceptance and mindfulness. In Acceptance and
mindfulness in cognitive behavior therapy :
Understanding and applying the new therapies. Wiley.
[PDF] |
|
ROTHBAUM, B.O., MEADOWS, E.A., RESICK, P. & FOY, D.W.
(2000). Cognitive-behavioral therapy. In B. Foa, T.M.
Keane & M.J. Friedman(Eds.), Effective treatments
for PTSD : Practice guidelines from the International
Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (pp. 60-83).
New York & London : Guilford Press. |
JURUENA, M.F.P. (2012). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for
the bipolar disorder patients. In I. Reis De Oliveira
(Ed.), Standard and innovative strategies in
cognitive behavior therapy (pp. 77-98). InTech. [PDF] |
|
AGRAS, W.S., WALSH, T., FAIRBURN, C.G., WILSON, G.T. &
KRAMER, H.C. (2000). A multicenter comparison of
cognitive-behavioral therapy and interpersonal
psychotherapy for bulimia nervosa. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 57, 459-466. |
HOLLON, S.D. & BECK, A.T. (2013). Cognitive and
cognitive-behavioral therapies. In M.J. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin
and Garfield's Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior
change (pp. 393-394). Hoboken, NJ : John Wiley
& Sons. |
|
SUKHODOLSKY, D.G., BLOCH, M.H., PANZA, K. & REICHOW,
B. (2013). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for anxiety in
children with high-functioning autism : A meta-analysis. Pediatrics,
132 (5), 1341-1350. [PDF] |
|
LEUNG, N., WALLER, G. & THOMAS, G. (2000). Outcome of
group cognitive-behavior therapy for bulimia nervosa : The
role of core beliefs. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 38, 145-156. |
HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2013). Caution : The
differences between CT and ACT may be larger (and smaller)
than they appear. Behavior Therapy, 44, 218-223.
[PDF] |
|
JAMES, A.C., JAMES, G., COWDEY, F.A., SOLER, A &
CHOKE, A. (2013). Cognitive behavioural therapy for
anxiety disorders in children and adolescents. Cochrane
Database of Systematic Reviews, 6, [PDF] |
|
BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M., SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W.
(2000). Cognitive-behavioral therapy, imipramine, or their
combination for panic disorder : A randomized controlled
trial. Journal of American Medical Association, 283 (19),
2529-2536.
[PDF] |
SHAFRAN, R., RADOMSKY, A.S., COUGHTREY, A.E. &
RACHMAN, S. (2013). Advances in the cognitive behavioural
treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder. Cognitive
Behaviour Therapy, 42 (4) 265-274. |
|
FENN, K. & BYRNE, M. (2013).The key principles of
cognitive behavioural therapy. InnivAIT, 6 (9),
579-585.
[PDF] |
|
LEHNER-ADAM, I. & DUDAS, B. (2013). Cognitive
behavioral therapy (CBT) of depressive disorders. Nese
Kocabasoglu, IntechOpen. [PDF] |
|
HERBERT, J.D., GAUDIANO, B.A. & FORMAN, E.M. (2013).
The importance of theory in cognitive behavior therapy : A
perspective of contextual behavioral science. Behavior
Therapy, 44, 580-591. |
|
BOUCHARD, S., PAYEUR, R., RIVARD, V., ALLARD, M., PAQUIN
B., RENAUD, P. & GOYER, L. (2000). Cognitive behavior
therapy for panic disorder with agoraphobia in
videoconference : Preliminary results. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 3 (6), 999-1008. |
AMES, M. & WEISS, J. (2013). Cognitive behaviour
therapy for a child with autism spectrum disorder and
verbal impairment : A case study ? Journal of
Developmental Disabiities, 19 (1), 61-69. [PDF] |
|
RICHTER, K., MYLLYMAEKI, J., SCHAROLD-SCHAEFER, S.,
TOMOVA, I., MAYRER, R. & NIKLEWSKI, G. (2014).
Treating comorbid insomnia in older adults via
cognitive-behavioural treatment, bright light and
exercise. Health, 6, 960-968. [PDF] |
|
CARROLL, K.M. (2014). Computerized cognitive-behavioral
Therapy. Alcohol Research, 36 (1), 127-130. [PDF] |
|
CURRY, J F. & HERSH, J. (2014). Development and
evolution of cognitive behavior therapy for depressed
adolescents. Journal of Rational-Emotive &
Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 32, 15-30. |
|
MORGENSTERN, J. & LONGABAUGH, R. (2000).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment for alcohol dependence : A
review of evidence for its hypothesized mechanisms of
action. Addiction, 95, 1475-1490. |
FISCHER, S., MEYER, A.H., DREMMEL, D., SCHLUP, B. &
MUNSCH, S. (2014). Short-term cognitive-behavioral therapy
for binge eating disorder : Long-term efficacy and
predictors of long-term treatment success. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 58, 36-42. [PDF] |
|
STANLEY, M.A., WILSON, N.L., AMSPOKER, A.B.,
KRAUS-SCHUMAN, C., WAGENER, P.D., CALLEO, J.S., CULLY,
J.A., TENG, E., RHOADES, H.M., WILLIAMS, S., MASOZERA, N.,
HORSFIELD, M. & KUNIK, M.E. (2014). Lay providers can
deliver effective cognitive behavior therapy for older
adults with generalized anxiety disorder : a randomized
trial. Depress Anxiety, 31 (5), 391-401. |
|
CARROLL, K.M., KILUK, B.D. NICH, C., GORDON, M.S.,
PORTNOY, G.A., MARINO, D.R. & BALL, S.A. (2014).
Computer-assisted delivery of cognitive-behavioral therapy
: Efficacy and durability of CBT4CBT among cocaine-
dependent individuals maintained on methadone.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 171 (4), 436-444. [PDF]
|
|
BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M., SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W.
(2000). Cognitive-behavioral therapy, imipramine, or their
combination for panic disorder : A randomized controlled
trial. Journal of American Medical Association, 283 (19),
2529-2536.
[PDF] |
VYSKOCILOVA, J., PRASKO, J., SEDLACKOVA, Z., OCISKOVA, M.
& GRAMBAL, A. (2014). Schema therapy for CBT
therapists who treat borderline patients. Activitas
Nervosa Superior Rediviva, 56 (1-2), 24-31. [PDF]
|
|
MOHR, D.C., LIKOSKY, W., BERTAGNOLLI, A., GOODKIN, D., VAN
DER, W.J., DWYER, P. & DICK, L. (2000).
Telephone-administered cognitive-behavioural therapy for
the treatment of depressive symptoms in multiple
sclerosis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 68, 356-361. |
ZIPFEL, S., WILD, B., GROB, G., FRIEDERICH, H.-C., TEUFEL,
M., SCHELLBERG, GIEL, K.E., DE ZWAAN, M., DINKEL, A.,
HERPERTZ, S., BURGMER, M., LÖWE, B., TAGAY, S., VON
WIETERSHEIM, J., ZEECK, A., SCHADE-BRITTINGER, C.,
SCHAUENBURG, H., HERZOG, W. & ANTOP STUDY GROUP
(2014). Focal psychodynamic therapy, cognitive behaviour
therapy, and optimised treatment as usual in outpatients
with anorexia nervosa (ANTOP study) : Randomised
controlled trial. The Lancet, 383, 127-137. |
|
BOMYEA, J., RAMSAWH, H., BALL, T.M., TAYLOR, C.T.,
PAULUS, M.P., LANG, A.J. & STEIN, M.B. (2015).
Intolerance of uncertainty as a mediator of reductions in
worry in a cognitive behavioral treatment program for
generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 33, 90-94. |
|
ZINBARG, R.E. (2000). Comment on "Role of emotion in
cognitive-behavior therapy" : Some quibbles, a call for
greater attention to patient motivation for change, and
implications of adopting a hierarchical model of emotion.
Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice, 7, 394-399. |
MCKAY, D., SOOKMAN, D., NEZIROGLU, F., WILHELM, S., STEIN,
D.J., KYRIOS, M., MATTHEWS, K. & VEALE, D. (2015).
Efficacy of cognitive-behavioral therapy for
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Psychiatry Research,
225 (3), 236-246. |
|
KAHAN, M., TANZER, J. & DARVIN, D. (2000). Virtual
reality-assisted cognitive-behavioral treatment for fear
of flying : Acute treatment and follow-up.
CyberPsychology & Behavior, 3, 387-392. |
SEOL, S.-H., KWON, J.S., KIM, Y.Y., KIM, S.N. & SHIN,
M.-S. (2016). Internet-based cognitive behavioral therapy
for obsessive-compulsive disorder in Korea. Psychiatric
Investigation, 13 (4), 373-382. [PDF] |
|
ZELIKOVSKY, N., RODRIGUE, J.R., GIDYZC, C.A. & DAVIS,
M.A. (2000). Cognitive behavioral and behavioral
interventions to help children cope during voiding
cystourethogram. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 25,
535-543. |
PALAZZOLO, J. (2016). Les thérapies cognitives et
comportementales. Paris : Presses Universitaires
de France. |
|
LORENZO-LUACES, L., KEEFE, J.R. & DeRUBEIS, R (2016).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy: Nature and relation to
non-cognitive behavioral therapy. Behavior Therapy, 47
(6), 785-803. [PDF] |
|
DALLE GRAVE, R., SARTIRANA, M. & CALUGI, S. (2020).
Personalized cognitive-behavioural therapy
for obesity (CBT-OB) : theory, strategies and procedures.
BMC, 14 (5), 1-8. |
|
FOWLER, D., GARETY, P. et KUIPERS, E. (2022). Thérapie
cognitive béhaviorale des psychose. Santé Mentale au
Québec, 24 (1), 61-88. [PDF] |
|
DALLE GRAVE, R. & CALUGI, S. (2024). Enhanced
cognitive behaviour therapy for adolescents with eating
disorders : development, effectiveness, and future
challenges. Biopsychosocial Medicine,
18 (1), 1-10. [PDF] |
|
| |
| |
Voir aussi Béhaviorisme
cognitif et Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie comportementale et cognitive (La troisième vague) : Ensemble de thérapies
d'inspiration béhavioriste (première vague : conditionnement,
renforcement) et cognitiviste (seconde vague : valeur
croyances, attribution) qui intègre au traitement de
nouveaux concepts comme la spiritualité, la métacognition, le
bonheur, l'acceptation, etc.
Third-wave behavior therapy perspective.
| |
|
|
HAYES, S.C. (2004). Acceptance and commitment therapy,
relational frame theory, and third wave of behavioral and cognitive therapies. Behavior Therapy, 35, 639-665.
[PDF] |
HOFMANN, S.G., SAWYER, A.T. & FANG, A. (2010). The
empirical status of the "New wave" of CBT. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 33 (3), 701-710.
[PDF] |
|
ÖST, L.G. (2008). Efficacy of the third wave of behavioral therapies : A systematic review and meta-analysis. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 46 (3) 296-321. [PDF] |
MONESTES, J.L. et VILLATTE, M. (2011). L'acceptation du
côté du thérapeute. In I. Kotsou et A. Heeren (Dir.), Pleine
conscience et acceptation : Au coeur processuel de la
troisième vague des thérapies comportementales et
cognitives. Bruxelles : De Boeck. |
|
HOFMANN, S.G. (2008). ACT : new wave or morita therapy ? Clinical
psychology, 15, 280-285. |
BARRACA, J. (2012). "Mental control" from a third-wave
behavior therapy perspective. International Journal of
Clinical & Health Psychology, 12 (1), 109-121.
[PDF] |
|
JAKOBSEN, J.C., GLUUD, C., KONGERSLEV, M., LARSEN, K.A.,
SORENSEN, P., WINKEL, P., LANGE, T., SOGAARD, U. &
SIMONSEN, E. (2012). Third wave' cognitive therapy versus
mentalization-based therapy for major depressive disorder.
A protocol for a randomised clinical trial. BMC
Psychiatry, 12, 232. [PDF] |
|
HOFMANN, S.G. & ASMUNDSON, G.J.G. (2008). Acceptance
and mindfulness-based therapy : New wave or old hat ? Clinical
Psychology Review, 28, 1-16. |
KAHL, K.G., WINTER, L. & SCHWEIGER, U. (2012). The
third wave of cognitive behavioural therapies : what is
new and what is effective ? Current Opinion in
Psychiatry, 25 (6), 522-528. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
et
Thérapie comportementale et cognitive |
|
|
|
Thérapie contextuelle : Contextual therapy.
| |
|
|
ZETTLE, R.D. & RAINS, J.C. (1989). Group cognitive and
contextual therapies in treatment of depression. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 45, 438-445. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
de conversion : Conversion therapy.
| |
|
|
BYNE, W.M. (2016). Regulations restrict practice of
conversion therapy. LGBT Health, 3 (2), 97-99. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Dysphorie
de genre |
|
|
Thérapie
de couple :
= théorie conjugale.
Couple therapy, marital therapy,
family therapy.
| |
|
|
GOLBERG, M. (1974). The uses of dreams in conjoint marital
therapy. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1
(1), 75-81. |
DUNN, R.L. & SCHWEBEL, A.I. (1995). Meta-analytic
review of marital therapy outcome research. Journal
of Family Psychology, 9 (1), 58-68. |
|
WEISS, R.L. (1975). Contracts, cognition, and change : A
behavioral approach to marriage therapy. The
Counseling Psychologist, 5 (3), 15-26. |
PINSOF, W.M., WYNNE, L.C. & HAMBRIGHT, A.B. (1996).
The outcomes of couple and family therapy : Findings
conclusions, and recommendations. Psychotherapy :
Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 33, 321-331. |
|
JACOBSON, N.S. & MARGOLIN, G. (1979). Marital
therapy : Strategies based on social learning and
behavior exchange principles. New York :
Brunner/Mazel. |
JACOBOSON, N.S. & CHRISTENSEN, A. (1996). Acceptance
and change in couple therapy : A therapist's guide for
transforming relationships. New York : Norton. |
|
VANSTEENWEGEN, A. (1981). Apprendre à négocier dans un
couple : entraînement à la dispute constructive. Thérapie
Familiale, 2, 339-349. |
DAIUTO, A.D., BAUCOM, D.H., EPSTEIN, N. & DUTTON, S.S.
(1998). The application of behavioral couples therapy to
the assessment and treatment of agoraphobia : implications
of empirical research. Clinical Psychology Review, 18
(6), 663-687. |
|
JACOBSON, N.S., FOLLETTE, W.C., REVENSTORF, D., BAUCOM,
D.H., HALWEG, K. & MARGOLIN, G. (1984). Variability in
outcome and clinical significance of behavioral marital
therapy : A reanalysis of outcome data. Journal of
Clinical & Consulting Psychology, 52, 497-504. |
O'LEARY, K.D., HEYMAN, R. & JONGSMMA, A. (1998). Couples therapy treatment planner. NY : Wiley. |
|
WEISS, R.L. (1984). Cognitive and strategic interventions
in behavioral marital therapy. In K. Hahlweg & N.S.
Jacobson (Eds.), Marital interaction : Analysis and
modification. New York : Guilford. |
VANSTEENWEGEN, A. (1998). Helpfulness of therapist verbal
interventions in couple therapy. Sexual & Marital
Therapy, 1, 15-20. |
|
MARGOLIN, G. (1987). Marital therapy : A
cognitive-behavioral affective approach. Dans N.S.
Jacobson (Ed.), Psychotherapy in clinical practice
(pp. 232-285). New York : Guilford. |
CORODOVA, J.V., JACOBSON, N.S. & CHRISTENSEN, A.
(1998). Acceptance versus change interventions in
behavioral couple therapy : Impact on couples' in-session
communication. Journal of Marital & Family
Therapy, 24 (4), 437-455. [PDF] |
|
DEWEY, D. & HUNSLEY, J. (1990). The effects of marital
adjustment and spouse involvement on the behavioral
treatment of agoraphobia : A meta-analysis review. Anxiety
Research, 2, 69-83. |
BUTLER, M.H. & WAMPLER, K.S. (1999). A meta-analytic
update of research on the couple communication program. The
American Journal of Family Therapy, 27, 223-237. |
|
JACOBSON, N.S., DOBSON, K.S., FRUZETTI, A., SCHMALING,
K.B. & SALUSKY, S. (1991). Social-learning based
marital therapy as a treatment for depression. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 59,
547-553. |
JACOBSON, N.S., CHRISTENSEN, A., PRINCE, S.E., CORODOVA,
J. & ELDRIDGE, K. (2000). Integrative behavioral
couple therapy : An acceptance-based, promising new
treatment for couple discord. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 68, 351-355. [PDF] |
|
CORDOVA, J.V. & GEE, C.B. (2001). Marital and family
processes in depression : A scientif foundation for
clinical practice. In S.R.H. Beach (Ed.), Couples
therapy for depression : Using healthy relationships to
treat depression (pp. 185-203). [PDF] |
|
CÔTÉ, K. et WRIGHT, J. (2003). Caractéristiques,
évaluation et traitement des couples dont l'un des
conjoints souffre de dépression. Psychologie
Canadienne, 44 (4), 382-393. |
|
ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (1991). Integration of
cognitive therapy and behavioral marital therapy for
depression. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 4,
249-264. |
GARFIELD, R. (2004). The therapeutic alliance in couples
therapy : Clinical considerations. Family Process,
43, 457-465. |
|
WOOD, N.D., CRANE, D.R., SCHAALJE, G.B. & LAW, D.D.
(2005). What works for whom : A meta-analytic review of
marital and couples therapy in reference to marital
distress. The American Journal of Family Therapy, 33
(4), 273-287. [PDF] |
|
PERRON, A., LUSSIER, Y., WRIGHT, J., ROBERT, T., SABOURIN,
S. etPARADIS, J.-P. (2008). La psychothérapie de couple en
situation d'agression sexuelle intrafamiliale;
indications, paramètres et limites. Dans J. Wright, Y.
Lussier et S. Sabourin (Dirs.), Manuel clinique des
psychothérapies de couple (p. 731-787). Québec :
PUQ. |
|
JACOBSON, N.S. & ADDIS, M.E. (1993). Research on
couples and couple therapy what do we know ? Where are we
going ? Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 61 (1), 85-93. [PDF] |
WRIGHT, J., LUSSIER, Y. & SABOURIN, S. (2008). Manuel
clinique des psychothérapies de couple. Québec :
PUQ. |
|
BULOW, S. (2009). Integrating sex and couples therapy : A
multifaceted case history. Family Process, 48
(3), 379-389. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
et
Satisfaction conjugale |
|
|
Thérapie de groupe : Ensemble des thérapies
qui utilise le groupe
comme soutien ou catalyseur du changement
thérapeutique. Le groupe est habituellement composé d'un
praticien professionnel de la santé mentale (psychologue,
psychiatre, psychanalyste, etc) et de malades/patients/clients.
Group
therapy, group psychotherapy, group treatment, group
intervention.
| |
|
|
HOBBS, N. (1951). Group-centered psychotherapy. In C.R.
Rogers (Ed.), Client-centered therap. Boston, MA
: Houghton Mifflin Co. |
YALOM, I.D. & VINOGRADOV, S. (1989). Concise
guide to group psychotherapy. Washington, D.C. :
American Psychiatric Press, Inc. |
|
KELMAN, H.C. & LERNER, H.H. (1952). Group therapy,
group work and adult education : The need for
clarification. Journal of Social Issues, 8 (2),
3-10. |
FALS-STEWART, W., MARKS, A.P. & SCHAFER, J. (1993).
Comparison of behavioral group therapy and individual
behavior therapy in treating OCD. Journal of Nervous
& Mental Diseases, 181, 189-193. |
|
GLATZER, H.T. (1953). Handling transference resistance in
group therapy. Psychoanalytic Review, 40, 36-43.
|
BURLINGAME, G.M., KIRCHER, J. & TAYLOR, S. (1994).
Methodological considerations in group psychotherapy
research : Past, present, and future practices. In A.
Fuhriman & G. Burlingame (Eds.), Handbook of group
psychotherapy (pp. 41-80). New York : Wiley. |
|
TRUAX, C.B. (1961). The process of group psychotherapy :
Relationships between hypothesized therapeutic conditions
and intrapersonal exploration. Psychological
Monographs : General & Applied, 75 (7), 1-35. |
BAUER, M.S et McBRIDE, L. (1996/2001/2003). Structured
group psychotherapy for bipolar disorder : The life
goals program. New York : Springer. / Thérapie
de groupe pour le trouble bipolaire : Une approche
structurelle ? Paris, France : Médecine & Hygiène.
|
|
CABEEN, C.W. & COLEMAN, J.C. (1961). Group therapy
with sex offenders : Description and evaluation of a group
therapy program in an institutional setting. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 17, 122-129. |
McROBERTS, C., BURLINGAME, G.M. & HOAG, J.M. (1998).
Comparative efficacy of individual and group psychotherapy
: A meta-analytic perspective. Group Dynamics, 2, 101-117. |
|
RICHARD, H. (1962). Selected group psychotherapy
evaluation studies. Journal of General Psychology,
67, 35-50. |
HEIMBERG, R.G., LIEBOWITZ, M.R., HOPE, D.A., SCHNEIER,
MF.R., HOLT C.S., WELKOWITZ, L.A., JUSTER,H.R., CAMPEAS,
R., BRUCH, M.A., CLOITRE, M., FALLON, B.A. & KLEIN,
D.F. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral group therapy versus
phenelzine in social phobia : 12-week outcome.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 1133-1141. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, B.D. & ETTIN, M.F. (1999). Self-structure and
self-transformation in group psychotheray.
International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 49
(1), 61-83. |
|
BURLINGAME, G.M., ELLSWORTH, J.R., RICHARDSON, E.J. &
COX, J.C. (2000). How effective is group psychotherapy : A
review and synthesis of treatment outcomes. Ricerche
Sui Gruppi, 10, 7-35. |
|
KELMAN, H.C. (1963). The role of the group in the
induction of therapeutic change. International Journal
of Group Psychotherapy, 13, 399-432. |
TAYLOR, N.T., BURLINGAME, G.M., FUHRIMAN, A., KRISTENSEN,
K.B., JOHANSEN, J. & DAHL, D. (2001). A survey of
mental health care provider and man- aged care
organization attitudes toward, familiarity with, and use
of group interventions. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 51, 243-263. |
|
|
|
WOLFSDORF, B.A. & ZLOTNICK, C. (2001). Affect
management in group therapy for women with posttraumatic
stress disorder and histories of childhood sexual abuse. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 57 (2), 169-181. |
|
STOTSKY, B. & ZOLIK, E. (1965). Group psychotherapy
with psychotics. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 15, 321-344. |
BURLINGAME, G.M., FURHIMAN, A. & JOHNSON, J.E. (2001).
Cohesion in group psychotherapy. Psychotherapy :
Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 38 (4),
373-379. |
|
|
MORRISON, N. (2001). Group cognitive therapy : Treatment
of choice or sub-optimal option ? Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 29, 311-332. |
|
BURLINGAME, G.M., FURHIMAN, A. & JOHNSON, J.E. (2002).
Cohesion in group psychotherapy. In J.C. Norcross (Ed.), Psychotherapy
relationships that work : Therapist contributions and
responsiveness to patients. New York : Oxford. |
|
PATTISON, E. (1965). Evaluation studies of group psy-
chotherapy. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 15, 382-397. |
BURLINGAME, G.M., FURHIMAN, A. & MOSIER, J. (2003).
The differential effectiveness of group psychotherapy : A
meta-analytic perspective. Group Dynamics : Theory,
Research & Practice, 7 (1), 3-12. [PDF] |
|
MORENO, J.L. (1965/1987). Psychothérapie de groupe et
psychodrame. Introduction théorique et clinique à la
socianalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
STANGIER, U., HEIDENRICH, T., PEITZ, M., LAUERBACH, W.
& CLARK, D.M. (2003). Cognitive therapy for social
phobia : Individual versus group treatment. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 41, 991-1007. |
|
ROETHER, H.A., JOSEPH, J. & PETERS, J.J. (1972).
Cohesiveness and hostility in group psychotherapy. American
Journal of Psychiatry 128, 1014-1017. |
NORTON, P.J. & HOPE, D.A. (2005). Preliminary
evaluation of a broad-spectrum cognitive-behavioral group
therapy for anxiety. Journal of Behavior Therapy
& Experimental Psychiatry, 36 (2), 79-97. |
|
CASTELL, R. & YALOM, I. (1972). Institutional group
therapy. In H.L.P. Resnick & M.F. Wolfgang (Eds.), Sexual
behavior : Social, clinical, and legal aspects (pp.
305-330). Boston : Little, Brown. |
BARROWCLOGH, C., HADDOCK, G., LOBBAN, F., JONES, S.,
SIDDLE, R., ROBERTS, C. & GREGG, L. (2006). Group
cognitive behaviour therapy for schizophrenia : A
randomised control trial. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 189, 527-532. [PDF] |
|
BIRK, L. (1974). Group psychotherapy for men who are
homosexual. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1
(1), 29-52. |
MORTBERG, E., CLARK, D.M., SUNDIN, O. & ABERG WISTEDT,
A. (2007). Intensive group cognitive treatment and
individual cognitive therapy vs. treatment as usual in
social phobia : a randomized controlled trial. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandanvica, 115, 142-154. [PDF] |
|
ZILBERGELD, B. (1975). Group treatment of sexual
dysfunction in men without partner. Journal of Sex
& Marital Therapy, 1 (1), 204-214. |
McEVOY, P.M. (2007). Effectiveness of cognitive
behavioural group therapy for social phobia in a community
clinic : A benchmarking study. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 45, 3030-3040. [PDF]
|
|
YALOM, I.D. (1975/1995/2005). The theory and practice
of group psychotherapy. New York : Basic Books. |
TOURIGNY, M. (2008). Efficacité d'une thérapie de groupe
pour adolescentes agressées sexuellement : suivi six mois
après la thérapie. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie,
29 (3), 117-131. |
|
FARRELL, J.M., SHAW, I.A. & WEBBER, M.A. (2009). A
schema-focused approach to group psychotherapy for
outpatients with borderline personality disorder : A
randomized controlled trial. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 40 (2),
317-328. [PDF] |
| SHAPIRO, D.A., CAPLAN, H.L., RHODE, P.D. & WATSON,
J.P. (1975). Personal questionnaire changes and their
correlates in a psychotherapeutic group. British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 48, 207-216. |
BURLINGAME, G.M., McCLENDON, D.T. & ALONSO, J. (2011).
Cohesion in group therapy. Psychotherapy, 48
(1), 34-42. |
|
RUINI, C., MASONI, L., OTTOLINI, F. & FERRARI, S.
(2014). Positive narrative group psychotherapy : the use
of traditional fairy tales to enhance psychological
well-being and growth. Theory, Research &
Practice, 4 (13), 1-9. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe et
Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie de l'acceptation et de l'engagement : TAE
: Thérapie d'inspiration cognitivo-béhaviorale
proposée par Stroshal, Wilson
et Hayes.
= TAE. Acceptance
and Commitment Therapy, ACT.
| |
|
|
HAYES, S.C. & WILSON, K.G. (1994). Acceptance and
commitment therapy : Altering the verbal support for
experiential avoidance. The Behavior Analyst, 17 (2),
289-303. [PDF]
|
DALRYMPLE, K.L. & HERBERT, J.D. (2007). Acceptance and
commitment therapy for generalized social anxiety disorder
: A pilot study. Behavior Modification, 31, 543-568.
[PDF] |
|
WILSON, K.G., FOLLETTE, V.M., HAYES, S.C. & BATTEN, S
V. (1996). Implications of acceptance theory for the
treatment of survivors of childhood sexual abuse. PTSD
Clinical Quarterly, 6, 34-37 |
FORMAN, E.M., HOFFMAN, K.L., McGRATH, K.B., HERBERT, J.D.,
BRANDMA, L.L. & LOWE, M.R. (2007). A comparison of
acceptance- and control-based strategies for coping with
food cravings : An analog study. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 45, 2372–2386.
|
|
STROSHAL, K.D., HAYES, S.C., BERGAN, J. & ROMANO, P.
(1998). Assessing the field effectiveness of acceptance
and commitment therapy : An example of the manipulated
training research method. Behavior Therapy, 29,
35-64. |
FORMAN, E.M., HERBERT, J.D., MOITRA, E., YEOMANS, P.D.
& GELLER, P.A. (2007). A randomized controlled
effectiveness trial of acceptance and commitment therapy
and cognitive therapy for anxiety and depression. Behavior
Modification, 31, 772-779.
[PDF] |
|
STROSAHL, K.D., HAYES, S.C., BERGAN, J. & ROMANO, P.
(1998). Does field based training in behavior therapy
improve clinical effectiveness ? Evidence from the
acceptance and commitment therapy training project. Behavior
Therapy, 29, 35-64. |
LAPPALAINEN, R., LEHTONEN, T., SKARP, E., TAUBERT, E.,
OJANEN, M. & HAYES, S.C. (2007). The impact of CBT and
ACT models using psychology trainee therapists : A
preliminary controlled effectiveness trial. Behavior
Modification, 31, 488-511. |
|
HAYES, S.C., STROSHAL, K.D. & WILSON, K.G. (1999). Acceptance
and commitment therapy : An experiential approach to
behavior change. New York : Guilford Press. |
TWOHIG, M.P., SHIENBERGER, D. & HAYES, S.C. (2007). A
preliminary investigation of acceptance and commitment
therapy as a treatment for marijuana dependence in adults.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (4),
619-632. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, K.G., HAYES, S.C. & BYRD, M.R. (2000).
Exploring compatibilities between acceptance and
commitment therapy and 12-step treatment for substance
abuse. Journal of Rational-Emotive &
Cognitive-Behavior, 8 (4), 209-234. [PDF] |
ARCH, J. & CRASKE, M. (2008). Acceptance and
commitment therapy and cognitive behavioral therapy for
anxiety disorders : different treatments, similar
mechanisms ? Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 15, 263-279. |
|
CARRASCOSO-LOPEZ, F.J. (2000). Acceptance and Commitment
Therapy (ACT) in panic disorder with agoraphobia : A case
study. Psychology in Spain, 4, 120-128. [PDF] |
PULL, C.B. (2008). Current empirical status of acceptance
and commitment therapy. Current Opinion in
Psychiatry, 22 (1), 55-60. |
|
STROSAHL, K.D. (2002). Acceptance and commitment In G.
Zimmar (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychotherapy, therapy
(Vol. 1, pp. 1-8). London : Elsevier Science. |
HEIMBERG, R.G. & RITTER, R.M. (2008). Cognitive
behavioral therapy and acceptance and commitment therapy
for the anxiety disorders : two approaches with much to
offer. Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice,
15 (4), 296-298. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C. (2002). Buddhism and acceptance and commitment
therapy. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 9, 58-66. |
LUNDGREN, T., DAHL, J. & HAYES, S.C. (2008).
Evaluation of mediators of change in the treatment of
epilepsy with acceptance and commitment therapy.
Journal of Behavior Medicine, 31 (3), 225-235. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, K.G. & ROBERTS, M. (2002). Core principles in
scceptance and commitment therapy : An application to
anorexia. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 9,
237-243. |
HAYES, S.C. (2008). Climbing our hills : a beginning
conversation on the comparison of acceptance and
commitment therapy and traditional cognitive behavioral
therapy. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 15 (4), 286-295.
[PDF] |
|
BACH, P. & HAYES, S.C. (2002). The use of acceptance
and commitment therapy to prevent the rehospitalization of
psychotic patients : A randomized controlled trial. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70 (5),
1129-1139. |
NORTON, P.J. (2008). An open trial of a transdiagnostic
cognitive-behavioral group therapy for anxiety disorder.
Behavior Therapy, 39, 242-250. [PDF] |
|
ZETTLE, R.D. (2003). Acceptance and Commitment Therapy
(ACT) versus systematic desensitization in treatment of
mathematic anxiety. The Psychological Record, 53,
197-215. [PDF] |
STROSAHL, K.D. & ROBINSON, P.J. (2008). The
mindfulness and acceptance workbook for depression using
acceptance and commitment therapy. Oakland : New
Harbinger Publications |
|
HAYES, S.C., STROSAHL, K. & WILSON, K.G. (2003). Acceptance
and commitment therapy : an experiential approach to
behavior change. New York : Guilford Press. |
HOFFMANN, S.G. (2008). Acceptance and commitment therapy :
New wave or Morita therapy ? Clinical Psychology :
Science & Practice, 15 (4), 280-285. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C., BISSETT, R., ROGET, N., PADILLA, M.,
KOHLENBERG, B.S., FISHER, G., MASUDA, A., PISTORELLO, J.,
RYE, A.K., BERRY, K. & NICCOLLS, R. (2004). The impact
of acceptance and commitment training on stigmatizing
attitudes and professional burnout of substance abuse
counselors. Behavior Therapy, 35, 821-836. |
HEIMBERG, R.G. & RITTER, M.R. (2008). Cognitive
behavioral therapy and acceptance and commitment therapy
for the anxiety disorders : Two approaches with much to
offer. Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice,
15 (4), 296-298 [PDF] |
|
DAHL J., WILSON, K.G. & NILSSON, A. (2004). Acceptance
and commitment therapy and the treatment of persons at
risk for long-term disability resulting from stress and
pain symptoms : A preliminary randomized trial.
Behavior Therapy, 35, 785-801. |
HOFFMANN, S.G. & ASMUNDSON, G.J. (2008). Acceptance
and mindfulness-based therapy : New wave or old hat ? Clinical
Psychology Review, 28, 1-16. |
|
HAYES, S.C. (2004). Acceptance and commitment therapy,
relational frame theory, and the third wave of behavior
therapy. Behavior Therapy, 35, 639-665. [PDF] |
STOTTS, A.L., MASUDA, A. & WILSON, K.G. (2009). Using
acceptance and commitment therapy in methadone dose
reduction : Rationale, treatment description, and
preliminary cases. Cognitive & Behavioral
Practice, 16, 205-213. |
|
SHARP, W., WILSON, K.G. & SCHULENBERG, S. (2004). The
use of paradoxical intention in the context of acceptance
and commitment therapy. Psychological Report, 95,
946-948. |
POWERS, M.B., VÖRDING, M. & EMMELKAMP, P.M.G. (2009).
Acceptance and commitment therapy : A meta-analytic
review. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 78 (2),3-80.
[PDF] |
|
STROSAHL, K.D., HAYES, S.C., WILSON, K.G. & GIFFORD,
E.V. (2004). An ACT primer : Core therapy processes,
intervention strategy, and therapist competencies. In In
S.C. Hayes & K.D. Strosahl (Eds.), A practical
guide to acceptance and commitment therapy (pp.
31-58). New York : Springer. [PDF] |
CARRASCOSO-LOPEZ, F.J. & SALAS, S.V. (2009).
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) in the treatment
of panic disorder : Some considerations from the research
on basic processes. International Journal of
Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 9 (3),
299-315.
[PDF] |
|
CRASKE, M.G., ROSE, R.D., LANG, A., WELCH, S.S.,
CAMPBELL-SILLS, L., SULLIVAN, G., SHERBOURNE, C.,
BYSTRITSKY, A., STEIN, M.B. & ROY-BYRNE, P.P. (2009).
Computer-assisted delivery of cognitive behavioral therapy
for anxiety disorders in primary-care settings. Depression
& Anxiety, 26 (3), 235-242. [PDF] |
WILSON, K.G. & MURRELL, A.R. (2004). Values work in
acceptance and commitment therapy: setting a course for
behavioral treatment. In S.C. Hayes, V.M.Follette &
M.M. Linehan (Eds.), Mindfulness and acceptance :
Expanding the cognitive-behavioral tradition (pp. p.
120-151). New York : Guilford.
|
HERNANDEZ-LOPEZ, M., LUCIANO, M.C., BRICKER, J.B.,
ROALES-NIETO, J.G. & MONTESINOS, F. (2009). Acceptance
and commitment therapy for smoking cessation : a
preliminary study of its effectiveness in comparison with
cognitive behavioral therapy. Psychology of Addictive
Behaviors, 23 (4), 723–730.
|
|
DAHL, J., WILSON, K.G. & NILSSON, A. (2004).
Evaluation of an ACT-based intervention for persons at
risk for long-term disability resulting from pain and
stress symptoms : A preliminary randomized trial. Behavior
Therapy, 35, 785-801. |
ZETTLE, R.D., BARNER, S.L. & GIRD, S. (2009). ACT with
depression : The role of forgiving. In J.T. Blackledge, J.
Ciarrochi & F. Deane (Eds.), Acceptance and
commitment therapy : Current directions (pp.
151-173). Bowen Hills QLD : Australian Academic Press. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C., MASUDA, A., BISSETT, R., LUOMA, J. &
GUERRERO, L.F. (2004). DBT, FAP, and ACT : How empirically
oriented are the new behavior therapy technologies ? Behavior
Therapy, 35, 35-54. |
PETERSEN, C.L. & ZETTLE, R.D. (2009). Treating
inpatients with comorbid depression and alcohol use
disorders : a comparison of acceptance and commitment
therapy versus treatment as usual. The Psychological
Record, 59, 521-536. [PDF] |
|
|
GIFFORD, E.V., KOHLENBERG, B.S., HAYES, S.C., ANTONUCCIO,
D.O., PIASECKI, M.M., RASMUSSEN-HALL, M.L. & PALM,
K.M. (2004). Acceptance theory-based treatment for smoking
cessation : An initial trial of acceptance and commitment
therapy. Behavior Therapy, 35, 689-706. [PDF] |
EIFERT, G., FORSYTH, J.P., ARCH, J., ESPEJO, E, KELLER, M.
& LANGER, D. (2009). Acceptance and commitment therapy
for anxiety disorders : Three case studies exemplifying a
unified treatment protocol. Cognitive & Behavioral
Practice, 16, 368-385. |
|
HAYES, S.C. & STROSHAL, K.D. (2004). A practical
guide to acceptance and commitment therapy.
Springer. |
TWOHIG, M.P (2009). Acceptance and commitment therapy for
treatment-resistant posttraumatic stress disorder : A case
study. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 16, 243-252.
|
|
TWOHIG, M.P. & WOODS, D.W. (2004). A preliminary
investigation of acceptance and commitment therapy and
habit reversal as a treatment for trichotillomania. Behavior
Therapy, 35 (4), 803-820. |
NEVEU, C. et DIONNE, F. (2009). La thérapie d'acceptation
et d'engagement : une approche novatrice. Psychologie
Québec, 26 (6), 29-31. |
|
MONESTES, J.L., VILLATTE, M., MOURAS, H., LOAS, G. &
BOND, F. (2009). Translation and validation of the
Acceptance and Action Questionnaire (AAQ-II). European
Review of Applied Psychology, 59, 301-308. |
|
HAYES, S.C., STROSAHL, K.D., BUNTIG, K., TWOHIG, M. &
WILSON, K. (2004). What is acceptance and commitment
therapy? In S. Hayes & K. Strosahl (Eds.), A
practical guide to acceptance and commitment therapy
(pp. 1-30). New York : Springer. |
ROEMER, L. & ORSILLO, S.M. (2009). Mindfulness
and acceptance-based behavioral therapies in practice.
New York : The Guilford Press. |
|
HAYES, S.C., MASUDA, A., BISSETT, R., LUOMA, J. &
GUERRERO, L.F. (2004). DBT, FAP, and ACT : How empirically
oriented are the new behavior therapy technologies ? Behavior
Therapy, 35, 35-54.
[PDF] |
YOVEL, I. (2009). Acceptance and commitment therapy and
the new generation of cognitive behavioral treatments. The
Israel Journal of Psychiatry & Related Sciences, 46
(4), 304-309. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C., BISSETT, R., ROGET, N., PADILLA, M.,
KOHLENBERG, B.S., FISHER, G., MASUDA, A., PISTORELLO, J.,
RYE, A.K., BERRY, K. & NICCOLLS, R. (2004). The impact
of acceptance and commitment training on stigmatizing
attitudes and professional burnout of substance abuse
counselors. Behavior Therapy, 35, 821-836. |
POWERS, M.B., ZUM VORDE SIVE VORDING, M.B. &
EMMELKAMP, P.M.G. (2009). Acceptance and commitment
therapy : A meta-analytic review. Psychotherapy &
Psychosomatics, 78 (2), 73-80. |
|
HAYES, S.C. & SMITH, S. (2005). Get out of your
mind and into your life : The new acceptance and
commitment therapy. New Harbinger Publications. |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2009). Öst's (2008). Methodological
comparison of clinical trials of acceptance and commitment
therapy versus cognitive behavior therapy : Matching
apples with oranges ? Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 47 (12), 1066-1070. [PDF] |
|
ORSILLO, S.M. & BATTEN, S.V. (2005). ACT in the
treatment of PTSD. Behavior Modification, 29, 95-130 |
HERNÁNDEZ-LÓPEZ, M., LUCIANO, M. C., BRICKER, J. B.,
ROALES-NIETO, J.G. & MONTESINOS, F. (2009). Acceptance
and commitment therapy for smoking cessation : a
preliminary study of its effectiveness in comparison with
cognitive behavioral therapy. Psychology of Addictive
Behaviors, 23 (4), 723–730. |
|
ORSILLO, S.M., ROEMER, L. & HOLOWKA, D. (2005).
Acceptance-based behavioral therapies for for anxiety :
Using acceptance and mindfulness to enhance traditional
cognitive-behavioral approaches. In S.M. Orsillo & L.
Roemer (Eds.), Acceptance-and mindfulness-based
approaches to anxiety : Conceptualization and treatment.
New York : Springer. |
JUARASCIO, A.S., FORMAN, E.M. & HERBERT, J.D. (2010).
Acceptance and commitment therapy versus cognitive therapy
for the treatment of comorbid eating pathology. Behavior
Modification, 34, 175-190. |
|
TWOHIG, M.P., MASUDA, A., VARA, A.A. & HAYES, S.C.
(2005). Acceptance and commitment therapy as a treatment
for anxiety disorders. In S.M. Orsillo & L. Roemer
(Eds.), Acceptance and mindfulness-based approaches
to anxiety : conceptualization and treatment (pp.
101-130). New York : Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishing. |
HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2010). The evolution of
cognitive behavior therapy : The rise of psychological
acceptance and mindfulness. In J.M. Herbert & E.M.
Forman (Eds.), Acceptance and mindfulness in
cognitive behavior therapy : Understanding and applying
the new therapies. Wiley. [PDF] |
|
McCRACKEN, L.M., VOWLES, K.E. & ECCLESTON, C. (2005).
Acceptance- based treatment for persons with complex
longstanding chronic pain : A preliminary analysis of
treatment outcome in comparison to a waiting phase. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 43, 1335-1346. |
VILLATTE, M. et MONESTES, J.L. (2010). La théorie des
cadres relationnels : La place du langage dans la thérapie
d'acceptation et d'engagement/ Relational frame theory :
The place of language in acceptance and commitment
therapy. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 31
(3), 85-104. |
|
EIFERT, G.H. & FORSYTH, J.P. (2005). Acceptance
and Commitment Therapy for anxiety disorders : A
practitioner's treatment guide to using mindfulness,
acceptance, and value-guide behavior change strategies.
Oakland CA : New Harbinger. |
RUIZ, F.J. (2010). A review of acceptance and commitment
therapy (ACT) empirical evidence : Correlational,
experimental psychopathology, component and outcome
studies. International Journal of Psychology &
Psychological Therapy, 10 (1), 125-162. [PDF] |
|
ORSILLO, S.M. & BATTEN, S.V. (2005). ACT in the
treatment of PTSD. Behavior Modification, 29, 95-130.
[PDF] |
TWOHIG, M.P., HAYES, S.C., PLUMB, J.C., PRUITT, L.D.,
COLLINS, A.B., HAZLETT-STEVENS, H. & WOIDNECK, M.R.
(2010). A randomized clinical trial of acceptance and
commitment therapy vs. progressive relaxation training for
obsessive compulsive disorder. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 78 (5), 705-716. [PDF] |
|
ZETTLE, R.D. (2005). The evolution of a contextual
approach to therapy : from comprenhensive distancing to
ACT. International Journal of Behavioral &
Consultation Therapy, 2, 77-89. [PDF] |
NEVEU, C. & DIONNE, F. (2010). La thérapie
d'acceptation et d'engagement. Revue Québécoise de
Psychologie, 31 (3), 63-83. |
|
|
ORSILLO, S.M., ROEMER, L. BLOOCK-LERNER, J., LEJEUNE, C.
& HERBERT, D. (2005). ACT with Anxiety disorders. In
S.C. Hayes & K. D. Strosahl (Eds.), A practical
guide to acceptance and commitment therapy (pp.
103-132). New York : Springer. |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2011). A review of acceptance and
commitment therapy (ACT) and recommendations for continued
scientific advancement. The Scientific Review of
Mental Health Practice, 8 (2), 5-22. [PDF] |
|
KANTER, J.W. & BARUCH, D.E. (2006). Acceptance and
commitment therapy and behavioral activation for the
treatment of depression : Description and comparison.
The Behavior Analyst, 29 (2), 161-185. [PDF] |
VOWLES, K.E. & THOMPSON, M. (2011). Acceptance and
commitment therapy for chronic pain. In L.M. McCracken
(Ed.), Mindfulness and acceptance in behavioral
medicine : Current theory and practice (pp.
31-60). Oakland : New Harbinger Press. |
|
ORSILLO, S.M. & BATTEN, S.V. (2005). ACT in the
treatment of PTSD. Behavior Modification, 29, 95-130.
[PDF] |
VOWLES, K.E., McCRACKEN, L.M. & ZHAO-O'BRIEN, J.
(2011). Acceptance and values-based action in chronic pain
: A three year follow-up analysis of treatment
effectiveness and process. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 49, 748-755.
[PDF] |
HAYES, S.C. & SMITH, S. (2005). Get out of your
mind and into your life: The new acceptance and
commitment therapy. Oakland, CA: New Harbinger
|
MONESTES, J.L. & VILATTE, M. (2011). La thérapie
d'acceptation et d'engagement : ACT. Elsevier
Masson. |
|
SOO, C, TATE, R.L. & LANE-BROWN, A. (2011). A
systematic review of acceptance and commitment therapy
(ACT) for managing anxiety : Applicability for people with
acquired brain injury ? Brain Impairment, 12,
54-70. |
|
WETHERELL, J.L., AFARI, N., AYERS, C.R., STODDARD, J.,
RUBERG, J., SORRELL, J.T. & PATTERSON, T.L. (2011).
Acceptance and commitment therapy for generalized anxiety
disorder in older adults : A preliminary report.
Behavior Therapy, 42, 127-134. [PDF] |
|
MONESTES, J.L. et VILLATTE, M. (2012). Une autre approche
de la santé mentale : la thérapie d'acceptation et
d'engagement. In C. Tarquino (Dir.), Manuel pratique
de psychothérapies en psychologie de la santé.
Paris : Dunod. |
|
RUIZ, F.J. (2012). Acceptance and commitment therapy
versus traditional cognitive behavioral therapy : A
systematic review and meta-analysis of current empirical
evidence. International Journal of Psychology &
Psychological Therapy, 12 (2), 333-357.
[PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C., STROSHAL, K.D. & WILSON, K.G. (2012). Acceptance
and commitment therapy : The process and practice of
mindful change. New York, NY : Guilford Press. |
|
MONESTES, J.L. et VILATTE, M. (2012). Une autre approche
de la santé mentale : la thérapie d'acceptation et
d'engagement. In C. Tarquino (Dir.), Manuel pratique
de psychothérapies en psychologie de la santé. Paris
: Dunod. |
|
FORMAN, E.M., CHAPMAN, J.E., HERBERT, J.D., GOETTER, E.M.,
YUEN, E.K. & MOITRA, E.M. (2012). Using
session-by-session measurement to compare mechanisms of
action for acceptance and commitment therapy and cognitive
therapy. Behavior Therapy, 43, 341-354. |
|
TWOHIG, M.P., HAYES, S.C. & MASUDA, A. (2006).
Increasing willingness to experience obsessions :
Acceptance and commitment therapy as a treatment for
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Behavior Therapy, 37,
3-13. [PDF] |
SHARP, K. (2012). A review of acceptance and commitment
therapy with anxiety disorders. International Journal
of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 12 (3),
359-372. [PDF] |
|
WOODS, D.W., WETTERNECK, C.T. & FLESSNER, C.A. (2006).
A controlled evaluation of acceptance and commitment
therapy plus habit reversal for trichotillomania.
Behavior Research & Therapy, 44, 639-656. |
HAYES, S.C., PISTORELLO, J. & LEVIN, M.E. (2012).
Acceptance and commitment therapy as a unified model of
behavior change. The Counseling Psychologist, 40
(7), 976-1002. [PDF] |
|
HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2013). Caution : The
differences between CT and ACT may be larger (and smaller)
than they appear. Behavior Therapy, 44, 218-223.
[PDF] |
|
GAUDIANO, B.A. & HERBERT, J.D. (2006). Acute treatment
of inpatients with psychotic symptoms using acceptance and
commitment therapy : Pilot results. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 44, 415-437. |
MONESTES, J.L. (2013). Thérapie d'acceptation et
d'engagement de rituels de comptage. In S. Rusinek (Ed), Études
de cas en TCC : les troubles anxieux. Paris :
Dunod. |
|
KRISTELLER, J.L. BAER, R.A. & QUILLIAN-WOLEVER, R.
(2006). In R. Baer (Ed.), Mindfulness-based
approaches to eating disorders. New York : Guilford
Press. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
|
JUARASCIO, A., SHAW, J., FORMAN, E.M., TIMKO, C.A.,
HERBERT, J.D. BUTRYN, M.L. & LOWE, M. (2013).
Acceptance and commitment therapy for eating disorders :
Clinical applications of a group treatment. Journal of
Contextual Behavioral Science, 2 (3), 85-94. |
|
TWOHIG, M.P., HAYES, S.C. & MASUDA, A. (2006). A
preliminary investigation of acceptance and commitment
therapy as a treatment for chronic skin picking. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 44, 1513-1522. |
HAYES, S.C., LEVIN, M.E. PLUMB-VILADARGA, J., VILATTE, M.
& PISTORELLO, J. (2013). Acceptance and commitment
therapy and contextual behavioral science : Examining the
progress of a distinctive model of behavioral and
cognitive therapy. Behavior Therapy, 44 (2),
180-198. [PDF] |
|
OSSMAN, W.A., WILSON, K.G., STORAASLI, R. & MCNEILL,
J. (2006). A preliminary investigation of the use of
acceptance and commitment therapy in group treatment for
social phobia : An exploratory study. International
Journal of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 6,
397-416. |
JUARASCIO, A.S, KERRIGAN, S., GOLDSTEIN, S.P., SHAW,
J., FORMAN, E.M., BUTRYN, M. & HERBERT, J.D.
(2013). Baseline eating disorder severity predicts
response to an acceptance and commitment therapy-based
group treatment. Journal of Contextual Behavioral
Science,
2 (3), 74-78 |
|
McCRACKEN, L.M. & VOWLES, K.E. (2014). Acceptance and
commitment therapy and mindfulness for chronic pain. American
Psychologist, 69 (2), 178-187. [PDF] |
|
HARRIS, R. (2006). Embracing your demons : an overview of
acceptance and commitment therapy. Psychotherapy in
Australia, 12 (4), 2-8. [PDF]
|
OST, L.G. (2014). The efficacy of acceptance and
commitment therapy: an updated systematic review and
meta-analysis. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 61,105–21. |
|
HAYES, S.C., LUOMA, J., BOND, F., MASUDA, A. & LILLIS,
J. (2006). Acceptance and commitment therapy : Model,
processes, and outcomes. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 44 (1), 1-25. [PDF]
|
FORMAN, E.M., JUARASCIO, A.S., MARTIN, L.M. & HERBERT,
J. D. (2015). Acceptance and commitment
therapy. In R. Cautin & S. Lilienfeld (Eds.),
The encyclopedia of clinical psychology (pp. 10-
17). Hoboken, NJ : Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
de l'activation comportementale : Behavioral
activation therapy, BA.
| |
|
|
JACOBSON, N.S., MARTELL, C.R. & DIMIDJIAN, S. (2001).
Behavioral activation therapy for depression : Returning
to contextual roots. Clinical Psychology : Science
& Practice, 8 (3), 255-270. [PDF] |
JAKUPCAK, M., ROBERTS, L., MARTELL, C.R., MULICK, P.,
MICHAEL, S., REED, R., BALSAM, K., YOSHIMOTO, D. &
McALL, M. (2006). A pilot study of behavioral activation
for veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder. Journal
of Traumatic Stress, 19, 387-391. |
|
MARTELL, C.R., ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2001).
Depression in context : Strategies for guided action.
New York : W.W. Norton & Co. |
CULLEN, J.M., SPATES, C.R., AGOTO, S. & DORAN, N.
(2006). Behavioral activation treatment for major
depressive disorder : A pilot investigation. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 7 (1), 151-165. |
|
ADDIS, M.E. & MARTELL, C.R. (2004). Overcoming
depression one step at a time : The new behavioral
activationapproach to getting your life back. New
York : New Harbinger Press |
DIMIDJIAN, S., HOLLON, S.D., DOBSON, K.S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., ADDIS, M.E., GALLOP, R.,
McGLINCHEY, J.B., MARKLEY, D.K., GOLLAN, J.K., ATKINS,
D.C., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2006). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the acute treatment of adults
with major depression. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 74 (4), 658-670. [PDF] |
|
LEVITT, J.T., BROWN, T.A., ORSILLO, S.M. & BARLOW,
D.H. (2004). The effects of acceptance versus suppression
of emotion on subjective and psychophysiological response
to carbon dioxide challenge in patients with panic
disorder. Behavior Therapy, 35, 747-766. |
SPATES, C.R., PAGOTO, S. & KALATA, A. (2006). A
qualitative and quantitative review of behavioral
activation treatment of major depressive disorder. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 7 (4), 508-518. |
|
WAGNER, A.W., ZATZICK, D.F., GHESQUIERE, A. &
JURKOVICH, G.J. (2007). Behavioral activation as an early
intervention for posttraumatic stress disorder and
depression among physically injured trauma survivors. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 14 (4), 341-349. |
|
COFFMAN, S., MARTELL, C.R., DIMIDJIAN, S., GALLUP, B.J.
& HOLLON, S. (2007). Extreme non-response to cognitive
therapy for depression : Can behavioral activation succeed
where cognitive therapy fails ? Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 75, 531-541. |
|
PIERSON, H. & HAYES, S.C. (2007). Using acceptance and
commitment therapy to empower the therapeutic
relationship. Dans P. Gilbert & R. Leahy (Eds.), The
therapeutic relationship in cognitive behavior therapy
(pp. 205-228). London : Routledge. |
|
DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN,
J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and
recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [PDF] |
|
MARTELL, C.R., DIMIDJIAN, S. & HERMAN-DUNN, R. (2010).
Behavioral activation for depression : A clinician's
guide. New York : Guilford. |
|
MARTELL, C.R., ADDIS, M.E. & DIMIDJIAN, S. (2004).
Finding the action in behavioral activation : The search
for empirically-supported interventions and mechanisms of
change. In S. Hayes, M. Linehan & V. Folette (Eds.), Mindfulness
acceptance and relationship : The new behavior
therapies. (pp. 152-167). New York : Guilford. |
MARTELL, C.R., DIMIDJIAN, S. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (2010).
Behavioral activation. In N. Kazantizis, M.A. Reinecke
& A. Freeman (Eds.), Cognitive and behavioral
theories in clinical practice (pp. 193-215). New
York : Guilford. |
|
KANTER, J.W. CALLAGHAN, G.M., LANDES, S.J., BUSCH, A.M.
& BROWN, K.R. (2004). Behavior analytic
conceptualization and treatment of depression :
Traditional models and recent advances. The Behavior
Analyst Today, 5, 255-274. |
SYZDEK, M.R., ADDIS, M.E. & MARTELL, C.R. (2010).
Working with emotion and emotion regulation in behavioral
activation treatment for depression. In A.M. Kring &
D.M. Sloan (Eds.), Emotion regulation and
psychopathology : A transdiagnostic approach to etiology
and treatment (pp. 405-426). New York : Guilford. |
|
WEINSTOCK, L.M., MUNROE, M.K. & MILLER, I.W. (2011).
Behavioral Activation for the treatment of atypical
depression : A pilot open trial. Behavior
Modification, 35 (4), 403-424. |
|
DIMIDJIAN, S., BARRERA, M., MARTELL, C., MUNÖZ, R.F. &
LEWINSOHN, P.M. (2011). The origins and current status of
behavioral activation treatments for depression. Annual
Review of Clinical Psychology, 7, 1-38. [PDF]
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie du langage : Ensemble de thérapies
visant à corriger les troubles du
langage. Speech therapy, speech
correction.
| |
|
|
TWITMEYER, E.B. & NATHANSON, Y.S. (1932). Correction of defective speech. Philadelphia, PA : P.
Blakiston's Son and Co. |
BARRY, H. (1961). The young aphasic child : Evaluation
and training. Washington, D.C. : Volta Bureau. |
|
STINCHFIELD, S. (1928). Speech pathology with methods
in speech correction. Boston, Mass. : Expression
Company. |
BLACK, M. (1966). The origins and status of speech therapy
in the schools. ASHA, 419-425. |
|
VAN RIPER, C. (1939/1981). Speech correction,
principles and methods. New York : Prentice-Hall
Inc. |
STREMEL, K. & WARYAS, C. (1974). A
behavioral-psycholinguistic approach to language training.
In L. McReynolds (Ed.), Developing systematic
procedures for training children's language (Vol.
18, pp. 96-130). Washington, D.C. : American Speech and
Hearing Association. |
|
STINCHFIELD-HAWK, S. (1950). Speech therapy for the
physically handicapped. Stanford, CA : Stanford
University Press. |
DAVIS, G. & WILCOX, J. (1985). Adult aphasia
rehabilitation : Applied pragmatics. NFER-Nelson :
Windsor. |
|
BACKUS, O. & BEASLEY, J. (1951). Speech therapy
with children. NY: Houghton Mifflin. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
électroconvulsive (TEC/ECT) : Le
terme a au moins trois usages distincts : a)
Thérapie inventée par Duchenne,
qui consiste à soumettre un patient, généralement affligé d'une dépression
profonde, à une série de décharges
électriques, délivrées dans la région du crâne. Bien
qu'encore en usage, cette thérapie est controversée, car son appui
scientifique est très faible. =
sismothérapie, thérapie par électrochocs, électronarcose. Electrotherapy,
electroconvulsive therapy, ECT, shockwawe therapy, convulsive
therapy. b) L'electricité est également
utilisée pour soigner d'autres problèmes comme les maux de dos ou
de tête, ou même les maladies de Huntington
et Parkinson. c)
Finalement, le terme renvoie à l'usage d'une technique
pour punir les
comportements, notamment les
comportements d'automutilation, qui consiste à donner de
faibles décharges
électriques sur le bout des doigts des patients. Contingent
shock.
| |
|
| a |
|
CERLETTI, U. (1950). Old and new information about
electroshock. American Journal of Psychiatry, 107,
87-94. |
CALEV, A., NIGAL, D., SHAPIRA, B., TUBI, N., CHAZAN, S.
& BEN-YEHUDA, Y. (1991). Early and long-term effects
of electroconvulsive therapy and depression on memory and
other cognitive functions. The Journal of Nervous
& Mental Disease, 179 (9), 526-533. |
|
BRENGELMAN, J.C. (1959). The effect of repeated
electroshocks on learning in depressives. Berlin :
Springer. |
SACKEIM, H.A. (1992). The cognitive effects of
electroconvulsive therapy. In W.H. Moos, E.R. Gamzu &
L.J. Thal, LJ. (Eds.), Cognitive disorders :
Pathophysiology and treatment (pp. 183-228).
New York : Marcel Dekker. |
|
McGUIRE, R.J. & VALLANCE, M. (1964). Aversion therapy
by electric shock : A simple technique. British
Medical Journal, 2, 594-597. |
SMITH, R.B. & SHIMOROTO, F.N. (1992). The use of
cranial electrotherapy stimulation to block fear
perception in phobic patients. Journal of Current
Therapeutic Research, 51 (2), 249-253. |
|
ABRAMS, R. & FINK, M. (1967). Clinical experiences
with multiple electroconvulsive treatments. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 13, 115-121. |
BREGGIN, P.R. (1992). The return of ECT. Readings : A
Journal of Reviews & Commentary in Mental Health, 3,
12-17.
[PDF] |
|
VALENTINE, M., KEDDIE, H.M.G. & DUNNE, D. (1968). A
comparison of techniques in electroconvulsive therapy. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 114, 986-988. |
ENNS, M.W. & REISS, J.P. (1992). L'électrochoc.
The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 37 (10),
679-686. |
|
BRUNSCHWIG, L., STRAIN, J. & BIDDER, T.G. (1971).
Issues in the assessment of post-ECT memory changes. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 119, 73-74. |
ABRAMS, R. (1992/97). Electroconvulsive therapy.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
REGESTEIN, Q.R., MURAWSKI, B.J. & ENGLE, R.P. (1975).
A case of prolonged, reversible dementia associated with
abuse of electroconvulsive therapy.The Journal of
Nervous & Mental Disease, 161 (3), 200-203. |
CAMERON, D.G. (1994). ECT : Sham statistics, the myth of
convulsive therapy, and the case for consumer
misinformation. The Journal of Mind & Behavior, 15
(1 & 2), 177-198. |
|
RANCK, J.B. (1975). Which elements are excited in
electrical stimulation of mammalian central nervous system
: A review. Brain Research, 98, 417–440. |
SOBIN, C., SACKEIM, H.A., PRUDIC, J., DEVANAND, D.PP.,
MOODY, B.J. & McELHINEY, M.C. (1995). Predictors of
retrograde amnesia following ECT. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 152 (7), 995-1001 |
|
GROSSER, G., PEARSALL, D. & FISHER C. (1975). The
regulation of electroconvulsive therapy treatment in
Massachusetts : a follow-up. Mass Journal Mental
Health, 5, 12-25. |
HERMANN, R.C., DORWART, R.A., HOOVER, C.W. & BRODY, J.
(1995). Variation in ECT use in the United States. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 152 (6), 869-875. |
|
COX, A. & HEATH, R.G. (1975). Neurotone therapy : a
preliminary report of its effect of electrical activity of
forebrain structures. Diseases of the Nervous System,
36, 245-247. |
McELHINEY, M.N., MOODY, B.J., STEIF, B.L., PRUDIC, J.,
NOBLER, M.S. & SACKEIM, H.A. (1995).
Autobiographical memory and mood : Effects of
electroconvulsive therapy. Neuropsychology, 9,
501–517. |
|
MILLER, L.J. (1995). Use of electroconvulsive therapy
during pregnancy. Obstetrical & Gynecological
Survey, 50 (1), 10-11. |
|
LEWIS, J.K. & McKINNEY, W.T. (1976). Effects of
electroconvulsive shock on the behavior of normal and
abnormal rhesus monkeys. Behavioral Psychiatry, 37, 687-693. |
CALEV, A., GAUDINO, E.A., SQUIRES, N.K., ZERVAS, I.M.
& FINK, M. (1995). ECT and non-memory cognition : a
review. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 34
(4), 505-515. |
|
KELLNER, C.H. (1996). The cognitive effects of ECT:
bridging the gap between research and clinical practice. Convulsive
Therapy, 12 (3), 133-135. |
|
LICHSTEIN, K.L. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (1976). Employing
electric shock with autistic children : A review of side
effects. Journal of Autism & Childhood
Schizophrenia, 6, 163-173. |
O'LEARY, D.A. & LEE, A.S. (1996). Seven year prognosis
in depression. Mortality and readmission risk in the
Nottingham ECT cohort. British Journal of Psychiatry,
169, 423-429. |
|
DORWORTH, T.R. & OVERMIER, J.B. (1977). On learned
helplessness : The effects of electroconvulsive shocks. Physiological
Psychology, 5 (3), 355-358. [PDF] |
BREGGIN, P.R. (1997). Brain-disabling treatments in
psychiatry drugs, electroshock, and the role of the FDA.
New York : Springer Pub. Co. |
|
EASTWODD, M.R. & STIASNY, S. (1978). The use of
electroconvulsive therapy. The Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 23 (1), 29-34. |
REY, J.M. & WALTER, G. (1997). Half a century of ECT
use in young people. American Journal of Psychiatry,
154 (5) 595-602. |
|
GORMLEY, N., CULLEN, C., WALTERS, L., PHILPOT, M. &
LAWLOR, B. (1998). The safety and efficacy of
electroconvulsive therapy in patients over age 75. International
Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 13 (12), 871-874. |
|
CLARE, W.E. (1978). Therapeutic and ethical aspects of
electroconvulsive therapy : a British perspective. International
Journal of Law & Psychiatry 1, 237-253. |
BREGGIN, P.R. (1998). Electroshock: scientific, ethical,
and political issues. International Journal of Risk
& Safety in Medicine, 11, 5-40. |
|
BUCHER, B. & FABRICATORE, J. (1979). Use of
patient-administered shock to suppress hallucinations. Behavior Therapy, 1, 382-383. |
FINCH, J.M., SOBIN, P.D., CARMODY, T.J., DEWITT, A.P.,
SHIWACH, R.S. (1999). A survey of psychiatrists' attitudes
toward electroconvulsive therapy. Psychiatric
Services, 50 (2), 264-265. |
|
BREGGIN, P.R. (1979). Electroshock : its brain
disabling effect. New York : Springler. |
SMITH, R.B. (1999). Cranial electrotherapy stimulation in
the treatment of stress related cognitive dysfunction with
an eighteen month follow-up. Journal of Cognitive
Rehabilitation, 17 (6), 14-18. |
|
|
FINK, M. (1979). Convulsive therapy, theory and
practice. New York : Raven Press. |
GLEN, T. & SCOTT, A. (1999). Rates of
electroconvulsive therapy use in Edinburgh (1992-1997).
Journal of Affective Disorders, 54 (1-2), 81-85. |
|
FINK, M. (1999). Controversy in electroshock. In M. Fink
(Ed.), Electroshock restoring the mind (pp.
92-109). New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
ROBIN A. & De TISSERA, S. (1982). A double-blind
controlled comparison of the therapeutic effects of low
and high energy electroconvulsive therapies. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 141, 357–366. |
SCRANO, V.R., FELTHOUS, A.R. & EARLY, T.S. (2000). The
state of electroconvulsive therapy in Texas. Part I :
reported data on 41,660 ECT treatments in 5971 patients. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 45 (6), 197-202. |
|
DANIEL, W.F., CROVITZ, H.F., WEINER, R.D. & ROGERS,
H.F. (1982). The effects of ECT modifications on
autobiographical and verbal memory. Biological
Psychiatry, 17, 919-924. |
FINK, M. (2000). ECT has proved effective in treating
depression. Nature, 403 (6772), 826. |
|
KERR, R.A., MCGRATH, J.J., O'KEARNEY, R.T. & PRICE, J.
(1982). ECT : misconceptions and attitudes. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 16 (1),
43-49. |
ABRAMS, R. (2000). And there's no proof of lasting brain
damage. Nature, 403 (6772), 826. |
|
KATZ, R.J. (1982). Animal model of depression : Animal
model of depression : Effects of electroconvulsive shock,
therapy. Neuroscience & Behavioral Reviews, 5,
273-277. [PDF] |
COHEN, D. (2001). Electroconvulsive treatment, neurology,
and psychiatry. Ethical Human Sciences &
Services, 3 (2), 127-129. |
|
GORDON, D. (1982). Electro-convulsive therapy with minimum
hazard. British Journal of Psychiatry, 141, 12-80. |
HASEY, G. (2001). Transcranial magnetic stimulation in the
treatment of mood disorder: a review and comparison with
electroconvulsive therapy. The Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 46 (8), 720-727. |
|
KALINOWSKY, L.B. (1984). ECT in pregnancy. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 141 (12), 1643. |
BENADHIRA, R. & TÉLÈS, A. (2001). Situation actuelle
de l'électroconvulsivothérapie dans le services de
psychiatrie adultes en France. Encephale, 27
(2),129-316. |
|
BREGGIN, P.R. (1984). Electroshock therapy and brain
damage : the acute organic brain syndrome as treatment. Behavior & Brain Sciences, 7, 24-25. [PDF] |
SCHROEDER, M.J. & BARR, R.E. (2001). Quantitative
analysis of electroencephalogram during cranial
electrotherapy stimulation. Clinical Neurophysiology,
112, 2075-2083. [PDF] |
|
KALINOWSKY, L.B. (1984). ECT in pregnancy. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 141 (12), 1643. |
KIRSCH, D.L. (2002). The science behind cranial
electrotherapy stimulation. Edmonton, Alberta,
Medical Scope Publishing. |
|
SMITH, W.E. & RICHMAN, A. (1984). Electroconvulsive
therapy : a Canadian perspective. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 29 (8), 693-699. |
BANKEN, R. (2003). L'utilisation des électrochocs au
Québec (rapport). Montréal : AETMIS/Gouvernement
du Québec. [PDF] |
|
BABIGAN, H.M. & GUTTMACHER, L.B. (1984).
Epidemiological considerations in electroconvulsive
therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 41,
246-253 |
GILULA, M.F. & KIRSH, D.L. (2005). Cranial
electrotherapy stimulation review : A safer alternative to
psychopharmaceuticals in the treatment of depression. Journal
of Neurotherapy, 9 (2), 7-26. [PDF] |
|
SIJUWOLA, O.A. (1985). Use of electroconvulsive therapy in
a Nigerian hospital. East African Medical Journal, 62
(1), 60-64. |
FITZGERALD, P.B., BENITEZ, J., DE CASTELLA, DASKALALIS, J.
& KULKARNI, J. (2006). Randomized, controlled trial of
sequential bilateral repetitive transcranial magnetic
stimulation for treatment-resistant depression. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 88-94. [PDF] |
|
BREGGIN, P.R. (1986). Neuropathology and cognitive
dysfunction from ECT. Psychopharmacology Bulletin,
22, 476-479. [PDF]
|
SACKEIM, H.A., PRUDIC, J., FULLER, R., KEILP, J., LAVORI,
P.W. & OLFSON, M. (2007). The cognitive effects of
electroconvulsive therapy in community settings. Neuropsychopharmacology, 32 (1), 244–254. |
|
SQUIRE, L. (1986). Memory functions as affected by
electroconvulsive therapy. Annals of the New York Academy
of Sciences, 462, 307–314. |
SHORTER, E. & HEALY, E. (2007). Shock therapy The
history of electroconvulsive treatment in mental
illness. New Brunswick : Rutgers University Press. |
|
BAXTER, L.R., ROY-BYRNE, P. & LISTON, E.H. (1986). The
experience of electroconvulsive therapy in the 1980s : a
prospective study of the knowledge, opinons, and
experience of California electroconvulsive therapy in the
Berkely years. Convulsive Therapy, 2, 179-89. |
SACKEIM, H.A., PRUDIC, J., NOBLER, M.S., FITZSIMONS, L.,
LISANBY, S.H., PAYNE, N., BERMAN, R.M., BRAKEMEIER, E.L.,
PERERA, T. & DAVANAND, D.P. (2008). Effects of Pulse
Width and electrode placement on the efficacy and
cognitive effects of electroconvulsive therapy. Brain
Stimulation, 1 (2), 71-83. [PDF] |
|
SACKEIM, H.A., DECINA, P., PROHOVNICK, I. & MALITZ, S.
(1987). Seizure threshold in electroconvulsive therapy.
Effects of sex, age, electrode placement, and number of
treatments. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 44, 355–360. |
WHITE, C. & CRAIG, D.F. (2010). The successful use of
ECT for the treatment of depression during pregnancy. Case
Report, 7 (1), 33-35. [PDF] |
|
REMICK, R.A. & MAURICE, W.L. (1989). ECT in pregnancy.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 135 (6),
761-762. |
BREGGIN, P.R (2010). The FDA should test the safety of ECT
machines. International Journal of Risk & Safety
in Medicine, 22, 89-92.
[PDF] |
|
KELLNER, C.H. & RAMSAY, D. (1990). Please, no more
"ECT". American Journal of Psychiatry, 147 (8),
1092-1093. |
O'CONNOR, D.W., GARDNER, B., EPPINGSTALL, B. & TOFLER,
D. (2010). Cognition in elderly patients receiving
unilateral and bilateral electroconvulsive therapy : a
prospective, naturalistic comparison. Journal of
Affective Disorders, 124 (3), 235-240. |
|
CATTAN, R.A., BARRY, P.P., MEAD, G., REEFE, W.E., GAY, A.
& SILVERMAN, M. (1990). Electroconvulsive therapy in
octogenarians. Journal of the American Geriatrics
Society, 38 (7), 753-758. |
BAKER, P.L., TREVINO, K., McCLINTOCK, S.M., WANI, A. &
HUSAIN, M.M. (2012). Clinical applications of
electroconvulsive therapy and transcranial magnetic
stimulation for the treatment of major depressive disorder
: A critical review. Neuropsychiatry, 2 (5),
443-451 |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
et Décharge
électrique |
| b |
|
BROTMAN, P. (1989) Transcranial electrotherapy.
Medical Electronics, 120-123. [PDF] |
|
|
AARSLAND, D., LARSEN, J.P., WAAGE, O. & LANGEVELD,
J.H. (1997). Maintenance electroconvulsive therapy for
Parkinson's disease. Convulsive Therapy, 13 (4),
274-247. |
|
|
BEALE, M.D., KELLNER, C.H., GUREKI, P., PRITCHETT, J.T.
(1997). ECT for the treatment of Huntington's disease : a
case study. Convulsive Therapy, 13 (2), 108-112. |
KULKARNI, A.D. & SMITH, R.B. (2001). The use of
microcurrent electrical therapy and cranial electrotherapy
stimulation in pain control. Clinical Practice of
Alternative Medicine, 2 (2), 99-102.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
et
Effet électromagnétique |
| c |
|
BAUMEISTER, A.A. & FOREHAND, R. (1972). Effects of
contingent shock and verbal command on body rocking of
retardates. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 28,
586-590. |
FRIEDMAN, S.H., FESTINGER, D.F., NEZU, C.M., McGUFFIN,
P.W. & NEZU, A.M. (1999). Group therapy for
mentally-retarded sex offenders : A behavioral approach. The
Behavior Therapist, 22, 32-33. |
|
RAMEY, G. (1974). Use of electric shock in the classroom :
The remediation of self abusive behavior in a retarded
child. Behavioral Engineering, 1 (2), 4-9. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
et Comportements
d'automutilation |
|
|
Thérapie
émotivo-rationelle : Thérapie développée par Ellis,
qui se fonde sur l'idée que tous les comportements et les
émotions sont le produit des processus cognitifs.
= Thérapie émotivo-rationelle et
comportementale. Rational psychotherapy,
Rational emotive behavior therapy, Rational Emotive Therapy,
RET, REBT, REBT Model.
| |
|
|
ELLIS, A. (1957). How to live with a neurotic.
New York : Crown Publishers. |
ZEIGLER, D.J. (2000). Basic assumptions concerning human
nature underlying rational emotive behaviour therapy
(REBT) personality theory. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 18
(2), 67-85. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1958). Rational psychotherapy. The Journal
of General Psychology, 59, 35-49. |
PALMER, S. (2000). The future of REBT in the New
Millenium. The Rational Emotive Behaviour Therapist,
8 (1), 3-4 |
|
ELLIS, A. (1972). Rational-emotive psychotherapy : A
comprehensive approach to therapy. In G.D. Goldman &
M.S. Milman (Eds.), Innovations in psychotherapy
(pp. 147-163). Springfield : Charles C. Thomas. |
BISHOP, F.M. (2000). Helping clients manage ad- dictions
with REBT. Journal of Rational-Emotive &
Cognitive-Behavior Therapy. 18 (3), 127-151. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1972). Philosophy and rational-emotive therapy.
Counseling & Values, 16 (3), 158-161. |
ELLIS, A. (2000). Can rational emotive behavior therapy
(REBT) be effectively used with people who have devout
beliefs in god and religion ? Professional Psychology
: Research & Practice, 31 (1), 29-33.
[PDF] |
|
ELLIS, A. (1980). Rational-emotive therapy and cognitive
behavior therapy : Similarities and differences. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 4, 325-340. |
RIECKERT, J. & MÖLLER, A. (2000). Rational-emotive
behaviour therapy in the treatment of adult victims of
childhood sexual abuse. Journal of Rational-Emotive
& Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 18 (2), 87-102. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1994). Reason and emotion in
psychotherapy, Revised and updated. Secaucus, NJ :
Carol. |
NEENAN, M. & DRYDEN, W. (2001). Learning from
errors in rational emotive behaviour therapy.
London. Whurr. |
|
WHITFORD R. & PARR, V. (1995). Uses of rational
emotive behaviour therapy with juvenile sex offenders.
Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior
Therapy, 13 (4), 273-282. |
ELLIS, A., GORDON, J., NEENAN, M. & PALMER, S. (2001).
Stress counselling : A rational emotive behaviour
approach. Sage publications. |
|
SMITH, R.R. & LOMBARDO, V.S. (1995). Rational
cognitive therapy with public offenders. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 13
(4), 255-260. |
ROB, H.B. (2001). Can rational emotive behavior therapy
lead to spiritual transformation ? Yes, sometimes!. Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 19 (3), 153-161. |
|
SEASOCK, J.P. (1995). Identification of adolescent sex
offenders : A REBT model. Journal of Rational-Emotive
& Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 13 (4), 261-271 |
BLACKBURN, J. (2001). Anger, chronic pain and rational
emotive behaviour therapy. The Rational Emotive
Behaviour Therapist, 9 (1), 23-28. |
|
KOPEC, A.M. (1995). Rational emotive behaviour therapy in
a forensic setting : Practical issues. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 13 (4),
243-253. |
KINSELLA, P. (2002). Food for thought : REBT and other
approaches to obesity. The Rational Emotive Behaviour
Therapist, 10 (1), 37-44. |
|
WOLFE, J.L. (1995). Rational emotive behaviour therapy
women's groups : A twenty year retrospective. Journal
of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 13
(3), 153-170. |
ALTROWS, I.F. (2002). Rational emotive and cognitive
behavior therapy with adult male offenders. Journal
of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy,
20 (3/4), 201-222. |
|
KENDALL, P.C., MAAGA, D., ELLIS, A., BERNARD, M., DE
GUISEPPE, R. & KASSINOVE, H. (1995). Rational-emotive
therapy in the 1990s and beyond. Clinical Psychology
Review, 15, 169-186. |
ROB, H.B. (2002). Practicing rational emotive behavior
theory and religious clients. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 20 (3/4),
169-200. |
|
SHORTALL, T. (1996). A consideration of the role of
validation in the application of REBT to personality
disorder clients. The Rational Emotive Behaviour
Therapist, 4 (1), 12-17. |
NUCCI, C. (2002). The rational teacher : Rational emotive
behaviour therapy in teacher education. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 20
(1), 15-32. |
|
MALKINSON, R. (1996). Cognitive behavioural grief therapy.
Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive Behaviour
Therapy, 14 (3), 155-171. |
DRYDEN, W. & NEENAN, M. (Eds.) (2002). Rational
emotive behaviour group therapy. London. Whurr. |
|
|
WOODS, P.J. & ELLIS, A. (1996). Supervision in
rational emotive behaviour therapy. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 14 (2),
135-151. |
ZEIGLER, D.J. (2003). The concept of psychological health
in rational emotive behavior therapy. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 21
(1), 21-36. |
|
SHORTALL, T. (1996). Cognitive-behavioural treatment of
recurrent headache. The Rational Emotive Behaviour
Therapist, 4 (1), 27-33. |
DRYDEN, W. (2003). Rational emotive behaviour therapy
: Theoretical developments. Brunner-Routledge. |
|
CALABRO, R.E. (1997)."First things first" : Maslow's
Hierarchy as a framework for REBT in promoting disability
adjustment during rehabilitation. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 15
(3), 193-213. |
ELLIS, A. (2004). Why rational emotive behavior therapy is
the most comprehensive and effective form of behavior
therapy. Journal of Rational-Emotive &
Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 22 (2), 85-92. |
|
COWAN, D. & BRUNERO, S. (1997). Group therapy for
anxiety disorders using rational emotive behaviour
therapy. Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Mental Health Nursing. 6, 164-168 |
|
|
BALTER, R. & UNGER, P. (1997). REBT Stress Management
with patients with chronic fatigue syndrome. Journal
of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive- Behaviour Therapy,
15 (3), 223-230. |
ELLIS, A. (2004). The road to tolerance : The
philosophy of rational emotive behavior therapy.
Prometheus Books. |
|
MOLLER, A.T., NORJTE, C. & HELDERS, S.B. (1998).
Irrational cognitions and the fear of flying. Journal
of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive- Behaviour Therapy,
16 (2), 135-148. |
SECKER, L., KAZANTZIS, N. & PACHANA, N. (2004).
Cognitive behavior therapy for older adults : Practical
guidelines for adapting therapy structure. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 22
(2), 93-110 |
|
BEAL, D. & DIGIUSEOOE, R. (1998). Training supervisors
in rational emotive behaviour therapy. Journal of
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 12, 127-137. |
MALKINSON, R. (2010). Cognitive behavioural grief therapy.
The ABC model of rational-emotion behavior therapy Psychological
Topics, 2, 289-305. [PDF] |
|
SHANNON, S.D. & ALLEN, T.W. (1998). The effectiveness
of a REBT training program in increasing the performance
of high school students in mathematics. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 16 (3), 197-209. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Ellis et
Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
existentielle : Existential
therapy.
|
|
|
YALOM, I.D. (1980). Existential psychotherapy.
Basic Books. |
DEURZEN, E. VAN & KENWARD, R. (2002). Dictionary
of existential psychotherapy and counseling. London
: Sage Publications. |
|
MILTON, M. (1994). The case for existential therapy in HIV
related psychotherapy. Counselling Psychology
Quarterly, 7 (4), 367-374. |
COOPER, M. (2003). Existential therapies. Sage. |
|
MAY, R. (1995). The discovery of being : Writings in
existential psychology. W.W. Norton & Company. |
SCHNEIDER, K.J. (2008). Existential-integrative
psychotherapy : Guideposts to the core of practice.
New York : Routledge. |
|
MILTON, M. (1997). An existential approach to HIV related
psychotherapy. Journal of the Society for Existential
Analysis, 8 (1), 115-129. |
SCHNEIDER, K.J. & KRUG, O.T. (2010). Existential-humanistic
therapy. Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association Press. |
|
DEURZEN, E. VAN (2002). Existential counselling and
psychotherapy in practice. London : Sage
Publications. |
CORBETT, L. & MILTON, M. (2011). Existential therapy :
A useful approach to trauma? British Psychological
Society Counselling Psychology Review, 26 (1),
66-78. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
familiale : Family therapy.
| |
|
|
SATIR, V. (1964/2003). Thérapie du couple et de la
famille. Paris : Éditions Desclée de Brouwer. |
MADANESM, C. (1991). Stratégies en thérapie
familiale. Éditions ESF. |
|
VANSTEENWEGEN, A. (1976). L'importance de l'attitude
empirique en thérapie familiale et sexuelle : résultats de
thérapies de couples et de sexothérapies. In Recherche
et formation en sexologie (p. 26-34). Institut
Interfacultaire des Sciences Familiales et Sexologiques.
Université de Louvain. |
MUESER, K.T., GINGERICH, S.L. & ROSENTHAL, C.K.
(1993). Educational family therapy for schizophrenia : a
new treatment model for clinical service and research. Schizophrenia
Research, 13, 99-108. |
|
WITKIN, M.H. (1977). Sex therapy as an aid to marital and
family therapy. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy,
3 (1), 19-30. |
SHADISH, W.R., RAGSDALE, K., GLASER, R.R. &
MONTGOMERY, L.M. (1995). The efficacy and effectiveness of
marital and family therapy : A perspective from
meta-analysis. Journal of Marital & Family
Therapy, 21, 345-360. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1978). A rational-emotive approach to family
therapy. Part I : Cognitive therapy. Rational Living,
13 (2), 15-19. |
PINSOF, W.M., WYNNE, L.C. & HAMBRIGHT, A.B. (1996).
The outcomes of couple and family therapy : Findings
conclusions, and recommendations. Psychotherapy :
Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 33, 321-331. |
|
WOODWARD, C., SANTA-BARBARA, J., LEVIN, S. & EPSTEIN,
N. (1978). Aspects of consumer satisfaction with brief
family therapy. Family Process, 17, 399-407. |
GOLDSTEIN, M.J. & MIKLOWITZ, D.J. (1997). Bipolar
disorder : A family focused treatment approach. NY
: Guildford Press. |
|
MASTEN, A.S. (1979). Family therapy as a treatment for
children: A critical review of outcome research. Family
Process, 18, 323-335. |
FAVALORO, G.J. (1998). A family therapy perspective on
mediation. Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Family Therapy, 19 (1), 11-14. [PDF] |
|
SATIR, V. (1983). Conjoint family therapy. Palo
Alto, CA : Science and Behavior Books. |
PINSOF, W. & WYNNE L. (2000). Towards progress
research : Closing the gap between family therapy practice
and research. Journal of Marital & Family
Therapy, 26, 1-8. |
|
WYNNE, L. (1983). Family research and family therapy : A
reunion ? Journal of Martial & Family Therapy, 9,
113-117. |
ALBERNKE, K. et ALBERNKE, T. (2000). Les therapies
familiales systémiques. Paris : Masson. |
|
MIKLOWITZ, D.J. & GOLDSTEIN, M.J. (1990). Behavioral
family treatment for patients with bipolar affective
disorder. Behavior Modification, 14, 457-489. |
BEELS, C.C. (2002). Notes for a cultural history of family
therapy. Family Process, 41, 67-82. |
|
CEDAR, B. & LEVANT, R.F. (1990). A meta-analysis of
the effects of parent effectiveness training. The
American Journal of Family Therapy, 18 (4),
373-384. |
REA, M.M., TOMPSON, M.C., MIKLOWITZ, D.J., GOLDSTEIN,
M.J., HWANG, S. & MINTZ, J. (2003). Family-focused
treatment versus individual treatment for bipolar disorder
: Results of a randomized clinical trial. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 71, 482-492. |
|
SATIR, V., BANMEN, J., GERBER, J. & GOMORI, M. (1991).
Satir model : Family therapy and beyond. Palo
Alto, CA : Science and Behavior Books. |
POTE, H., STRATTON, P., COTTRELL, D., SHAPIRO, D.A. &
BOSTON, P. (2003). Systemic family therapy can be
manualised : Research process and findings. Journal of
Family Therapy, 25, 236-262. |
|
SATIR, V., BANMEN, J., GERBER, J. & GOMORI, M. (1991).
Satir model : Family therapy and beyond. Palo
Alto, CA : Science and Behavior Books. |
NICHOLS, M.P. & SCHWARTZ, R.C. (2004). Family
therapy : Concepts and methods. Boston : Allyn
& Bacon. |
|
WOOD, J.J., PIACETINI, J.C., SOUTHAN-GEROW, M., CH, B.C.
& SIGMAN, M. (2006). Family cognitive behavioral
therapy for child anxiety disorders. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
45, 314. |
|
KATZ, E. (2007). A family therapy perspective on
mediation. Family Process, 46 (1), 93-107. |
|
CARR, A. (2010). Ten research questions for family
therapy. The Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Family Therapy, 31 (2), 119-130.
[PDF] |
|
WEAVER, A., GREENO, C.G., MARCUS, S.C., FUSCO, R.A.,
ZIMMERMAN, T. & ANDERSON, C. (2010). Effects of
structural family therapy on child and maternal mental
health symptomatology. Research on Social Work
Practice, 23 (3), 294-303. |
|
BALDWIN, S.A., CHRISTIAN, S., BERKELJON, A. & SHADISH,
W.R. (2012). The effects of family therapies for
adolescent delinquency and substance abuse : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Marital & Family
Therapy, 38 (1), 281-304. |
|
GOORDEN, M., SCHAWO, S.J., BOUWMANS-FRIJTERS, C.A.M., VAN
DER SCHEE, E., HENDRIKS, V.M. & HAKKAART-VAN ROIJEN,
L. (2016). The cost-effectiveness of family/family-based
therapy for treatment of externalizing disorders,
substance use disorders and delinquency : a systematic
review. BMC Psychiatry, 16 [237], 1-22. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Famille
et Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
féministe : Ensemble de
techniques thérapeutiques qui s'inspire du
feminisme. Feminist therapy.
| |
|
|
MITCHELL, J. (1974/75). Psychanalyse et féminisme /
Psychoanalysis and feminism : A radical reassessment of
Freudian psychoanalysis. Penguin/Éditions des
femmes. |
BROWN, L.S. (2000). Feminist therapy. In C.R. Snyder &
R.E. Ingram (Eds.), Handbook of psychological change :
Psychotherapy processes & practices for the 21st
century (pp. 358-380). New York : Wiley. |
|
ROSEWATER, L.B. (1985). Schizophrenic, borderline or
battered. In L.B. Rosewater & L.E.A. Walker (Eds.), Handbook
of feminist therapy : Women's issues in psychotherapy (pp.
215-225). New York : Springer. |
MORADI, B., FISCHER, A.R., HILL, M.S., JOME, L.M. &
BLUM, S.A. (2000). Does "feminist" plus "therapist" equal
"feminist therapist" ? An empirical investigation of the
link between self-labeling and behaviors. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 24, 285-296. |
|
GANLEY, A. (1988). Feminist therapy with male clients. In
M. A. Dutton-Douglas & L.E.A. Walker (Eds.),
Feminist psycho-herapies : Integration of therapeutic
and feminist systems (pp. 186-205). Norwood, NJ :
Ablex. |
WORELL, J. (2001). Feminist interventions : Accountability
beyond symptom reduction. Psychology of Women
Quarterly, 25, 335-343. |
|
CHILDS, E.K. (1990). Therapy, feminist ethics, and the
community of color with particular emphasis on the
treatment of Black women. In H. Lerman & N. Porter
(Eds.), Feminist ethics in psychotherapy (pp.
195-203). New York : Springer. |
CHRISLER, J. & ULSH, M. (2001). Feminist bibliotherapy
: Report on a survey of feminist therapists. Women
& Therapy, 23, 71-85. |
|
BROWN, L.S. & ROOT, M. (Eds.) (1990). Diversity
and complexity in feminist therapy. New York :
Hayworth. |
FUNKERBURK, J.R. & FUKUYAMA, M.A. (2001). Feminism,
multiculturalism and spirituality : Convergent and
divergent forces in psychotherapy. Women &
Therapy, 24 (3/4), 1-18. |
|
GOOD, G., GILBERT, L. & SCHER, M. (1990). Gender aware
therapy : A synthesis of feminist therapy and knowledge
about gender. Journal of Counseling & Development,
68, 376-380. |
WORELL, J. & REMER, P. (2003). Feminist
perspectives in therapy : Empowering diverse women.
Hoboken, NJ : Wiley. |
|
WORELL, J. & JOHNSON, D.M. (1992/2001). Feminist
approaches to psychotherapy. In J. Worell (Ed.),
Encyclopedia of women and gender (pp. 425-437). New
York : Academic Press. |
EVANS, K.M., KINCADE, E.A., MARBLEY, A.F. & SEEM, S.R.
(2005). Feminism and feminist therapy : Lessons from the
past and hopes for the future. Journal of Counseling
& Development, 83, 269-277. [PDF] |
|
BROWN, L.S. (2010). Feminist therapy.
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
ISRAELI, A.L. & SANTOR, D.A. (2010). Reviewing
effective components of feminist therapy. Journal
Counselling Psychology Quarterly, 13 (3), 233-247. |
|
MORROW, S.L. & HAWXHURST, D.M. (1998). Feminist
therapy. Women & Therapy, 21 (2), 37-50. |
DRAGANOVIC, S. (2011). Approaches to feminist therapy: A
case study illustration. Epiphany : Journal of
Transdisciplinarity Studies, 4 (1), 110-127. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Perspective
féministe et Thérapie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thérapie
fondée sur la réalité virtuelle : Voir Cyberpsychologie.
Cyberpsychology, virtual therapy, internet
therapy, teletherapy.
|
|
|
|
|
Thérapie humaniste : Ensemble de
techniques thérapeutiques non-directives qui s'inspire de
la perspective humaniste.
Humanistic therapy.
| |
|
|
TRUAX, C.B. (1966). Reinforcement and nonreinforcement in
Rogerian psychotherapy. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 71 (1), 1-9. [PDF]
|
|
CAIN, D.J. & SEEMAN, J. (Eds.) (2002). Humanistic
psychotherapies : Handbook of research and practice. Washington,
DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2007). Psychotherapy : The humanistic (and
effective) treatment. American Psychologist, 62, 857-873. |
|
SCHNEIDER, K.J. & KRUG, O.T. (2010). Existential-humanistic
therapy. Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Perspective
humaniste et Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
infantile : = Thérapie pour
enfant. Child behavior therapy, child
therapy.
| |
|
|
GELFAND, D.M. & HARTMANN, D.P. (1975). Child
behavior analysis and therapy. New York : Pergamon
Pres. |
|
CASEY, R.J. & BERMAN, J.S. (1985). The outcome of
psychotherapy with children. Psychological Bulletin,
98 (2), 388-400. |
|
RUSSELL, R.L., GREENWALD, S. & SHIRK, S.R. (1991).
Language change in child psychotherapy : A meta-analytic
review. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59 (6), 916-919. |
|
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B. & DONENBERG, G.R. (1992). The
lab versus the clinic. Effects of child and adolescent
psychotherapy. American Psychology, 47 (12),
1578-1585. |
|
WEISS, B. & WEISZ, J.R. (1995). Relative effectiveness
of behavioral versus nonbehavioral child psychotherapy.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63
(2), 317-320. |
|
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B., HAN, S.S., GRANGER, D.A. &
MORTON, T. (1995). Effects of psychotherapy with children
and adolescents revisited : a meta-analysis of treatment
outcome studies. Psychological Bulletin, 117
(3), 450-468. |
|
WATSON, T.S. & GRESHAM, F.M. (Eds.) (1998). Handbook
of child behavior therapy. Plenum Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Enfant
et Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
magnétique : Pseudothérapie.
Magnet therapy.
| |
|
|
CARTER, R., HALL, T., ASPY, C.B. & MOLD, J. (2002).
The effectiveness of magnet therapy for treatment of wrist
pain attributed to carpal tunnel syndrome. The
Journal of Family Practice, 51, 38-40. |
|
FINEGOLD, L. & FLAMM, B. (2006). Magnet therapy :
Extraordinary claims, but no proved benefits. British
Medical Journal, 332, 4. |
|
CEPEDA, M.S., CARR, D.B., SARQUIS, T., MIRANDA, N.,
GARCIA, R.J. & ZARATE, C. (2007). Static magnetic
therapy does not decrease pain or opioid requirements : A
randomized double-blind trial. Ambulatory Anesthesia,
104, 290-294. |
|
SCHIEVE, L. (2011). The effects of magnet therapy on
short-term memory. Sentience, 5, 6-8.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
médicamenteuse : Thérapie
biochimique qui vise à soigner les maladies
mentales et autres troubles
psychologiques au moyen de médicament
(de type psychotrope)
et d'un suivi de près des
effets bénéfiques et secondaire
de ce médicament. Dans certains cas, la prise d'un médicament
s'accompagne d'une thérapie. Sur le plan théorique, la
pharmacothérapie repose soit sur une thèse forte, soit sur une
thèse faible. 1) La thèse forte - développée et
soutenue par l'industrie
pharmaceutique, les médecins, les psychiatres
et de nombreux psychologues
- postule que les causes d'un grand nombre de problèmes
psychologiques (dépression,
psychose,
trouble anxieux, etc.) sont de nature biologique et consistent essentiellement en un
déséquilibre
biochimique du cerveau,
programmé génétiquement ou développé par suite d'expériences
pénibles ou traumatisantes (facteurs déclenchants qui mettent en évidence une prédisposition
biologique, une vulnérabilité,
à développer une maladie mentale). Par conséquent, la
pharmacothérapie consiste, pour l'essentiel, à prescrire des
médicaments pour rétablir cet équilibre (accompagné parfois de
psychothérapie de soutien). 2)La thèse faible,
elle, soutient que le but des drogues n'est pas de s'attaquer aux
sources du mal, mais plutôt d'atténuer la sévérité des symptômes
afin de : 1) soulager le patient/client/malade; 2) lui permettre
de suivre une psychothérapie qui, elle, s'attaquera aux véritables
causes du problème (inconscient pour la psychanalyse, interaction
avec le milieu social et physique pour les béhavioristes,
raisonnement erroné ou pensées magiques pour les cognitivistes,
etc.). Pour ces perspectives psychologiques, la pharmacothérapie
commet une erreur en attribuant aux modifications biochimiques du
cerveau un rôle causal ou central dans l'explication de la maladie
mentale. Pour les tenants de cette thèse faible, ces modifications
ou déséquilibres chimiques existent, sans nul doute, mais il
s'agit d'abord et avant tout des conséquences ou des corrélats des
causes réelles, et non des facteurs déterminants de la maladie.
Pour cette raison, la pharmacothérapie serait moins efficace
qu'on le prétend. Dans tous les cas, il faut déplorer le peu
d'indépendance d'un grand nombre d'études/ essais cliniques qui visent à évaluer l'efficacité de ces thérapies et la précipitation avac laquelle certains médecins/psychiatres prescrivent ces médicaments (sans examen psycholgique). Thérapie
médicamenteuse, placebo
et médicament.
= pharmacothérapie,
traitement pharmacologique, traitement avec médicament,
psychopharmacologie.
Drug therapy,
pharmacological therapy, pharmacological intervention, chemical cure, drug treatment.
| |
|
|
|
WOOLLEY, D.W. & SHAW, E. (1954). A biochemical and
pharmacological suggestion about certain mental disorders.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (USA),
40, 228-231. |
ALLAIN, H., SCHÜCK, S., MAUDUIT, N. & DJEMAÏ, M.
(2001). Comparative effects of pharmacotherapy on the
maintenance of cognitive functions. Europeen
Psychiatry, 16, 35-41. |
|
SROUFE, L.A. (1975). Drug treatment of children. In F. D.
Horowitz (Ed.), Review of child development research
(Vol. 4). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. |
LIN, K.-M., SMITH, M.W. & ORTIZ, V. (2001). Culture
and psychopharmacology. Psychiatric Clinics of North
America, 24, 523-538. |
|
WULBERT, M. & DRIES, R. (1977). The relative efficacy
of methylphenidate (ritalin) and behavior-modification
techniques in the treatment of a hyperactive child. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (1), 21-31. [PDF] |
FTZGERALD, M. (2001). Psychopharmacological treatment of
adolescent and adult attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Irish Journal of Psychological Medicine 18,
93-98. |
|
RUSH, A.J., HOLLON, S., BECK, A.T. & KOVACS, M.
(1978). Depression : Must pharmacotherapy fail for
cognitive therapy to succeed ? Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 2, 199-206. |
BRAWMAN-MINTZER, O. (2001). Pharmacological treatment of
generalized anxiety disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of
North America, 24 (1), 119-137. |
|
STERN, S.L., RUSH, A.J. & MENDELS, J. (1980). Toward a
rational pharmacotherapy of depression. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 137, 545-552. |
SEGAL, Z.V., VINCENT, P. & LEVITT, A. (2002). Efficacy
of combined, sequential and crossover psychotherapy and
pharmacotherapy in improving outcomes in depression. Journal
of Psychiatry & Neuroscience, 27, 281-290. |
|
COLLINS, B.E., WHALEN, C.K. & HENKER, B. (1980).
Ecological and pharmacological influences on behaviors in
the classroom : The hyperkinetic behavioral syndrome. In
S. Salzinger, J. Antrobus & J. Glick (Eds.), The
ecosystem of the "sick" child : Implications for
classification and intervention (pp. 103-137). New
York : Academic Press. |
EMSLIE, G., HEILIGENSTEIN, J., WAGNER, K., HOOG, S.,
ERNEST, D., BROWN, E., NILSSON, M. & JACOBSON, J.
(2002). Fluoxetine for acute treatment of depression in
children and adolescents : A placebo-controlled,
randomized clinical trial. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 41,
1205-1215. |
|
KOVACS, M., RUSH, A.J., BECK, A.T. & HOLLON, S.D.
(1981). Depressed outpatients treated with cognitive
therapy or pharmacotherapy: A one-year follow-up. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 38, 33-39. |
FAVA, G. (2002). Long-term treatment with antidepressant
drugs : the spectacular achievements of propaganda. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 71, 127-132. |
|
BLACKBURN, I.M., BISHOP, S., GLEN, A.I.M., WHALLEY, L.J.
& CHRISTIE, J.E. (1981). The efficacy of cognitive
therapy in depression : A treatment trial using cognitive
therapy and pharmacotherapy, each alone and in
combination. British Journal of Psychiatry, 139, 181-189. |
COHEN, D. (2003). The psychiatric medication history :
Context, meaning, and purpose. Social Work in Mental
Health, 1 (4), 5-28. |
|
STEINBRUECK, S.M., MAXWELL, S.E. & HOWARD, G.S.
(1983). A meta-analysis of psychotherapy and drug therapy
in the treatment of unipolar depression with adults.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51
(6), 856-863. |
BUITELAAR, J.K., MONTGOMERY, S.A. & VAN ZWIETEN-BOO,
B.J. vant (2003). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
: guidelines for investigating efficacy of pharmacological
intervention. European Neuropsychopharmacology, 13, 297-304.
[PDF] |
|
SOLOFF P.H., GEORGE, A. & NATHAN, R.S. (1986).
Progress in pharmacotherapy of borderline disorders : a
double-blind study of amitriptyline, haloperidol and
placebo. Archives of General Psychiatry, 43,
691-697. |
BREGGIN, P.R. (2003). Psychopharmacology and human values.
Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 43, 34-49. [PDF] |
|
MURRAY, E.J. (1989). Measurement issues in the evaluation
of psychopharmacological therapy. In S. Fisher & R.P.
Greenberg (Eds.), The limits of biological treatments
for psychological distress : Comparisons with
psychotherapy and placebo. Hillsdale : Erlbaum. |
PAMPALLONA, S., BOLLINI, P., TIBALDI, G., KUPELNICK, B.
& MUNIZZA, C. (2004) Combined pharmacotherapy and
psychological treatment for depression : a systematic
review. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61, 714-719. |
|
GREENBERG, R.P. & FISHER, S. (1989). Examining
antidepressant effectiveness : Findings, ambiguities, and
some vexing puzzles. In S. Fisher and R.P. Greenberg
(Eds.), The limits of biological treatments for
psychological distress : Comparisons with psychotherapy
and placebo. Hillsdale : Erlbaum. |
MONCRIEFF, J. & COHEN, D. (2005). Rethinking models of
psychotropic drug action. Psychotherapy &
Psychosomatics, 74, 145 -153. |
|
HOLLON, S.D., SHELTON, R.C. & LOOSEN, E.T. (1991).
Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy for depression. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 59, 88-99. |
LACASSE, J.R. (2005). Consumer advertising of psychiatric
medications biases the public against non-pharmacological
treatment. Ethical Human Psychology & Psychiatry,
7 (3), 175-179. |
|
MARDER, S.R., WIRSHING, W.C. & VAN PUTTEN, T. (1991).
Drug treatment of schizophrenia : Overview of recent
research. Schizophrenia Research, 4, 81-90. |
COHEN, D. (2005). Clinical trials in psychopharmacology :
Gold standard or fool's gold ? In S. Kirk (Ed.), Mental
disorders in the social environment : critical
perspectives (pp. 347-367). New York : Columbia
University Press. |
|
GREENBERG, R.P., BORNSTEIN, R.F., ZBOROWSKI, M.J., FISHER,
S. & GREENBERG, M.D. (1994). A meta-analysis of
fluoxetine outcome in the treatment of depression. Journal
of Nervous & Mental Disease, 182, 547-551. |
HUMPRHEYS, M.R. & REINBERG, Y.E. (2005). Contemporary
and emerging drug treatments for urinary incontinence in
children. Pediatric Drugs, 7 (3), 151-162. |
|
COX, B.J., DIRENFELD, D.M., SWINSON, R.P. & NORTON,
G.R. (1994). Suicidal deation and suicide attempts in
panic disorder and social phobia. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 151 (6), 882-887. |
ATTIA, E. & SCHROEDER, L. (2005). Pharmacologic
treatment of anorexia nervosa : Where do we go from here ?
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 37,
60-63. |
|
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., DANTON, W.G. & DENELSKY, G.Y.
(1995). Psychotherapy versus medication for depression :
Challenging the conventional wisdom with data. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 26 (6),
574-585. |
HARROW, M., GROSSMAN, L., JOBE, T.H. & HERBENER, E.
(2005). Do patients with schizophrenia ever show periods
of recovery ? A 15 year multi-followup study. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 31, 723-734. |
|
|
SINGER, H., BROWN, J., QUASKEY, S., ROSENBERG, L.,
MELLITS, E. & DENCKLA, M. (1995). The treatment of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in Tourette's
syndrome : A double-blind placebo-controlled study with
clonidine and desipramine. Pediatrics, 95,
74-81. |
KELSEY, J.E., NEMEROFF, C.B. & NEWPORT, D.J. (2006). Principles
of psychopharmacology for mental health professionals.
John Wiley et Sons. |
|
KANE, J.M. (1996). Drug therapy. Schizophrenia. New
England Journal of Medicine, 334, 34-41. |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2006). Why is it so difficult to stop
psychiatric drug treatment ? It may be nothing to do with
the original problem. Medical Hypotheses, 67 (3),
517-523. [PDF] |
|
FABRE, L., BIRKHIMER, L.J., ZABORNY, B.A., WONG, L.F.
& KAPIK, B.M. (1996). Fluvoxamine versus imipramine
and placebo : A double-blind comparison in depressed
patients. International Clinical Psychopharmacology,
11 (2), 119-127. |
ANTON, R.F., O'MALLEY, S.S., CIRAULO, D.A CISLER, R.A.,
COUPER, D., DONOVAN, D.M., GASTFRIEND, D.R., HOSKING,
J.D., JOHNSON, B.A., LOCASTRO, J.S., LONGABAUGH, R.,
MASON, B.J., MATTSON, M.E., MILLER, W.R., PETTINATI, H.M.,
RANDALL, C.L., SWIFT, R., WEISS, R.D., WILLIAMS, L.D.
& ZWEBEN, A. (2006). Effect of combined
pharmacotherapies and behavioral interventions for alcohol
dependence : The COMBINE study : A randomized controlled
trial. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical
Association, 295 (17), 2003-2017. [PDF] |
|
COWLEY, D.S., HA, E.H. & ROY-BYME, P.P. (1997).
Determinants of pharmacologic treatment failure in panic
disorder. Journal of Clincal Psychiatry, 58
(12), 555-561. |
LANE, C. (2007). Psychiatrists and drug companies are
thoroughly redefining normal behaviour. London :
Institute of Ideas. |
|
GREENBERG, R.P. & FISHER, S. (1997). Mood-mending
medicines : Probing drug, psychotherapy and placebo
solutions. In S. Risher & R.P. Greenberg (Eds.), From
placebo to panacea : Putting psychiatric drugs to the
test. (pp 115-172). New York : Wily. |
HARROW, M. & JOBE, T.H. (2007). Factors involved in
outcome and recovery in schizophrenia patients not on
antipsychotic medications : A 15-year multifollow-up
study. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 195
(5), 406-414. [PDF] |
|
EMSLIE, G., RUSH, J., WEINBERG, W., KOWATCH, R., HUGHES,
C., CARMODY, T. & RINTELMANN, J. (1997). A
double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial of
fluoxetine in children and adolescents with depression. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 54, 1031-1037. |
LANE, C. (2007). Shyness : How normal behavior became
a sickness. New Haven, CT : Yale University Press.
/ Comment la psychiatrie et l'industrie pharmaceutique
ont médicalisé nos émotions. Paris : Flammarion. |
|
LUDMAN, E.J., SIMON, G.E., TUTTY, S. & VON KORFF, M.
SIMON, G.E. & TUTTY, S. (2007). A randomized trial of
telephone psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy for depression
: continuation and durability of effects. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 75, 257-266. |
|
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., THOMAS, M. & DANTON, W.G. (1998). A
cost-effectiveness model : is pharmacotherapy really less
expensive than psychotherapy for depression ? In S. Hayes
& Heiby (Eds.), Prescription privileges for
psychologists : A critical analysis. Context Press. |
HARROW, M. (2007). Factors involved in outcome and
recovery in schizophrenia patients not on antipsychotic
medications. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease,
195, 406-414. |
|
VALENSTEIN, E.S. (1998). Blaming the brain : The
truth about drugs and mental health. New York :
The Free Press. |
BREGGIN, P.R. (2008). The role of psychiatric drugs
in cases of violence, suicide and murder. St.
Martin's Press. |
|
CUIJPERS, P., VAN STRATEN, A., VAN OPPEN, P. &
ANDERSSON, G. (2008). Are psychological and pharmacologic
interventions equally effective in the treatment of adult
depressive disorders ? A meta-analysis of comparative
studies. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 69,
1675-1685. |
|
JACOBS, D. & COHEN, D. (1999). What is really known
about psychological alterations produced by psychiatric
drugs? International Journal of Risk & Safety in
Medicine, 12 (1), 37-47. |
DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN,
J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and
recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [PDF] |
|
MALHI, G.S. & FARMER, A.E. (1999) Drug therapy in
treatment-resistant depression (letter). British
Journal of Psychiatry, 175, 390-391 |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2008). The myth of the chemical cure :
A critique of psychiatric drug treatment. London :
Palgrave Macmillan. |
|
TRYON, W.W. (2009). Cognitive processes in cognitive and
pharmacological therapies. Cognitive Therapy &
Research, 33, 570-584. |
|
WILENS, T.E. (1999). Straight talk about psychiatric
medications for kids. New York : Guilford Press. |
KELLNER, M. (2010). Drug treatment of obsessive-compulsive
disorder. Dialogues in Clinical Neuroscience, 12, 187-197.
[PDF] |
|
SCHARFSTEIN, L.A., BEIDEL, D.C., FINNELL, L.R., DISTLER,
A. & CARTER, N.T. (2011). Do pharmacological and
behavioral interventions differentially affect treatment
outcome for children with social phobia ? Behavior
Modification, 35, 451-467. |
|
QUITKIN, F.M., RABKIN, J.G., GERALD, J., DAVIS, J. &
KLEIN, D.F. (2000). Validity of clinical trials of
antidepressants. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157,
327-337. |
REMSCHMIDT, H. (2013). Psychopharmacological treatments in
children and adolescents. Adequate use or abuse ? World
Psychiatry, 12 (2), 135-136. |
|
WEYANDT, L.L., OSTER, D.O., MARRACCINI, M.E.,
GUDMUNDSDOTTIR, B.G., MUNRO, B.A., ZAVRAS, B.M. &
KUHAR, B. (2014). Pharmacological interventions for
adolescents and adults with ADHD : stimulant and
nonstimulant medications and misuse of prescription
stimulants. Psychology Research & Behavior
Management, 7, 223-249. [PDF] |
|
WEITZ, E.S., HOLLON, S.D., TWISK, J. VAN STRATEN, A,
HUIBERS, M.J., DAVID, D., DERUBEIS, R.J., DIMIDJIAN, S.,
DUNLOP, B.W., CRISTEA, I.A., FARAMARZI, M., HEGERL, U.,
JARRETT, R.B., KHEIRKHAH, F., KENNEDY, S.H., MERGL, R.,
MIRANDA, J., MOHR, D.C., RUSH. A.J., SEGAL, Z.V.,
SIDDIQUE, J., SIMONS, A.D., VITTENGL, J.R. & CUIJPERS
P. (2015). Baseline depression severity as moderator of
depression outcomes between cognitive behavioral therapy
vs pharmacotherapy: an individual patient data meta-
analysis. JAMA Psychiatry, 72, 1102–1109.
|
|
WILKES, T.C.R. & NIXON, M.K. (2015). Pharmacological
treatment of child and adolescent disruptive behaviour
disorders : Between the Scylla and Charybdis : What do the
data say ? The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 60
(2), 39-41. [PDF] |
|
MAHE, V. & BALOGH, A. (2000). Long-term
pharmacological treatment of generalized anxiety disorder.
International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 15 (2),
99-105. |
LACASSE, J.R. PIEL, M.H., LIETZ, C.A., RIDER, A. &
HESS, J.Z. (2016). The client experience of psychiatric
medication : A qualitative study. Social Work in
Mental Health, 14 (1), 61-81. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Thérapie,
Médicament et Pharmacologie |
|
|
Thérapie
méta-cognitive : Metacognitive
therapy.
| |
|
|
WELLS, A. & SEMBI, S. (2004). Metacognitive therapy
for PTSD : a preliminary investigation of a new brief
treatment. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 35, 307-318. |
|
WELLS, A. & SEMBI, S. (2004). Metacognitive therapy
for PTSD : a core treatment manual. Cognitive &
Behavioral Practice, 11, 365-377. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Métacpgnition,
Wells et Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
non-directive : Nondirective
therapy.
| |
|
|
ELLIS, A. (1948). A critique of the theoretical
contributions of nondirective therapy. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 4, 248-255. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
par aversion : Désigne l'ensemble des thérapies
qui font appel à un stimulus
aversif pour diminuer la fréquence
d'un comportement
considéré comme nuisible (agression sexuelle, pédophilie, jeu
compulsif, fumer, alcoolisme, etc). En opérant,
on utilise une punition
positive (faible décharge électrique, jet d'eau froide,
bruit désagréable, présence d'un observateur afin de créer un
sentiment de culpabilité) comme conséquence immédiate à un
comportement nuisible. En conditionnement
répondant, on amène l'individu à associer un stimulus
conditionnel agréable (une image d'enfant chez les
pédophiles ou de femme chez les agresseurs sexuels) à un stimulus
inconditionnel aversif (odeur désagréable d'ammoniaque, décharge
électrique de faible intensité, etc.). Thérapie par
aversion, aversion et
conditionnement
aversif. Aversion therapy.
| |
|
|
RAYMOND, M. (1956). Case of fetishism treated by aversion
therapy. British Medical Journal, 2, 854-856. |
RACHMAN, S. & TEASDALE, J. (1969). Aversion
therapy and behaviour disorders : An analysis. Coral
Gables, FL : University of Miami Press. |
|
JAMES, B. (1962). A case of homosexuality treated by
aversion therapy. British Medical Journal, 1
(5280), 768-770. |
HAMILTON-RUSSELL, M.A. (1970). Effect Of electric aversion
on cigarette smoking. The British Medical Journal, 1
(5688), 82-86. |
|
BLACKMORE, C.B., THORPE, J.G., BARKER, J.C., CONWAY, C.G.
& LAVIN, N.I. (1963). Application of faradic aversion
conditioning in a case of transvestism. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 1, 26-35. |
SERBER, M. (1970). Shame aversion therapy. Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 1, 213-215. |
|
THORPE, J.G., SCHMIDT, E. & CASTELL, D. (1964). A
comparison of positive and negative (aversive)
conditioning in the treatment of homosexuality. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 1, 357-362. |
SEAGER, C.P. (1970). Treatment of compulsive gamblers by
electrical aversion. British Journal of Psychiatry,
117, 545-553. |
|
THORPE, J.G. & SCHMIDT, E. (1964). Therapeutic failure
in a case of aversion therapy. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 1, 193-296. |
ABEL, G.G., LEVIS, D. & CLANCY, J. (1970). Aversion
therapy applied to taped sequences of deviant behavior in
exhibitionism and other sexual deviations : A preliminary
report. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychitary, 1, 59-66. |
|
McGUIRE, R.J. & VALLANCE, M. (1964). Aversion therapy
by electric shock : A simple technique. British
Medical Journal, 2, 594-597. [PDF] |
COLSON, C.E. (1972). Olfactory aversion therapy for
homosexual behavior. Journal of Behavior Therapy
& Experimental Psychiatry, 3, 185-187. |
|
BARKER, J.C. (1965). Behavior therapy for transvestism : A
comparison of pharmacological and electrical aversion
techniques. British Journal of Psychiatry, 111,
268-276. |
CALLAHAN, E. & LEITENBERG, H. (1973). Aversion therapy
for sexual deviation : Contingent shock and covert
sensitization. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 81 (1),
60-73. |
|
RACHMAN, S. (1965). Aversion therapy chemical or
electrical? Behaviour Research & Therapy, 2,
289-299. |
WICKRAMASEKERA, I. (1976). Aversive behavior rehearsal for
sexual exhibitionism. Behavior Therapy, 7,
167-176. |
|
MacCULLOCH M.J. & FELDMAN, M.P. (1967). Aversion
therapy in management of 43 homosexuals. British
Medical Journal, 3 (2), 594-597. |
LEINWAND, S.N. (1976). Aversion therapy : Punishment as
treatment and treatment as cruel and unusual punishment. Southern
California Law Review, 49 (4), 880-983. |
|
BOND, I.K. & EVANS, D.R. (1967). Avoidance therapy :
Its use in two cases of underwear fetishism. Canadian
Medical Association Journal, 96, 1160-1162. |
LANDO, H.A. (1977). Aversion therapy. International Encyclopedia
of Neurology, Psychiatry & Psychoanalysis, 2,
267-271. |
|
FELDMAN, M.P., MacCULLOCH M.J. & MacCULLOCH, M.L.
(1968). The aversion therapy treatement of a heterogeneous
group of five cases of sexual deviation. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 44 (2), 113-123. |
McCONAGHY, N., ARMSTRONG, M.S. & BLASZCZYNSKY, A.
(1981). Controlled comparison of aversive therapy and
covert sensitization in compulsive homosexuality. Behavior
Response & Therapy, 19, 425. |
|
BERKER, J.C. & MILLER, M. (1968). Aversion therapy for
compulsive gambling. The Journal of Nervous &
Mental Disease, 146 (4), 285-302. |
LANDO, H.A. (1982). A factorial analysis of preparation,
aversion, and maintenance in the elimination of smoking. Addictive
Behaviors, 7, 143-154. |
|
BANCROFT, J. & MARKS, I. (1968). Electric aversion
therapy of sexual deviations. Proceedings of the
Royal Society of Medicine, 61 (8), 796-799. |
McCONAGHY, N., ARMSTRONG, M., BLASZCZYNSKI, A. &
ALLOCK, C. (1983). Control comparison of aversion therapy
and imaginal desensitization in compulsive gambling. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 142, 366-372.
[PDF] |
|
BANCROFT, J.H.J. (1969). Aversion therapy of
homosexuality. British Journal of Psychiatry, 115,
1417-1431. |
HOWARD, M. (2001). Pharmacological aversion treatment of
alcohol abuse. American Journal of Drug & Alcohol
Abuse, 27 (3), 561-585. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Conditionnement
aversif, Décharge
électrique, Aversion
et Thérapie |
|
|
|
Thérapie
par désensibilisation systématique : Thérapie
de modification du comportement, développée
par Jones et Wolpe, qui vise à faire disparaître progressivement une réponse
conditionnelle de peur exagérée à un objet ou à une
situation. Cette objet ou cette situation peut-être imaginée par
le clients ou réelle. On utilise le terme désensibilisation in
vivo ou par exposition pour
désigner la phase du traitement qui consiste à amener le patient à
faire face à l'objet/situation réel, de manière à s'habituer à sa
présence. Désensibilisation systématique, répondant
et thérapie
par exposition. Systematic
desensitization, systematic desensitization therapy.
|
|
|
JONES, M.C. (1924). A laboratory study of fear : The case
of Peter. Pedagogical Seminary, 31, 308-315. [LIRE] |
|
|
WOLPE, J. (1963). Quantitative relationships in the
systematic desensitization of phobia. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 119, 1062-1063. |
|
|
AGRAS, W.S., LEITENBERG, H., BARLOW, D.H., CURTIS, N.,
EDWARDS, J. & WRIGHT, D. (1968). The role of
relaxation in systematic desensitization. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 25, 511-514. |
HODGES, W., MCCAULEY, M., RYAN, V. & STROSAHL, K.
(1979). Coping, imagery, systematic desensitization and
self-concept change. Cognitive Therapy &
Research, 3, 181-192. |
|
WILKINS, W. (1971) Desensitization : Social and cognitive
factors underlying the effectiveness of Wolpe's procedure.
Psychological Bulletin, 76, 311-317. |
BERMAN, J.S., MILLER, C. & MASSMAN, P.J. (1985).
Cognitive therapy versus systematic desensitization : Is
one treatment superior ? Psychological Bulletin, 97 (3),
451-461. |
|
LIBERMAN, R.P. & SMITH, V. (1972). A multiple baseline
study of systematic desensitization in a patient with
multiple phobias. Behavior Therapy, 3, 597-603. |
CAPAFONS, J.I., SOSA, C.D. & AVERO, P. (1998).
Systematic desensitization in the treatment of fear of
flyng. Psychology in Spain, 2 (1), 11-16. [PDF] |
|
SCRIGNAR, C.B., SWANSON, W.C. & BLOOM, W.A. (1973).
Use of systematic desensitization in the treatment of
airplane phobic patients. Behavior Research &
Therapy, 1, 129-131. |
|
|
BORKOVEC, T.D. (1974). Heart-rate process during
systematic desensitization and implosive therapy for
analogue anxiety. Behavior Therapy, 5, 636-641. |
FRANK, E., ANDERSON, B., STEWART, B.D., DANCU, C, HUGHES,
C. & WEST, D. (1988). Efficacy of cognitive behavior
therapy and systematic desensitization in the treatment of
rape trauma. Behavior Therapy, 19, 403-420. |
| |
|
MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie
de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts.
St-Hyacinthe : Edisem. |
Voir aussi Modification du
comportement et Répondant |
|
|
Thérapie
par exposition : En thérapie,
technique de désensibilisation
visant à éteindre
progressivement un comportement
que l'on considère nuisible. Elle consiste à amener le
patient à affronter graduellement la situation redoutée ou l'objet
de sa peur (in
vivo), ou la représentation de cet objet/situation
(imagination). Cette désensibilisation repose sur l'habituation.
Thérapie par exposition, phobie
et par
immersion.
= traitement par
exposition, désensibilisation systématique.
( ): thérapie par exposition in vivo, thérapie par
exposition en imagination.
Exposure therapy, in-vivo desensitization, exposure-based cognitive therapy (EBCT).
|
|
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J. (1974). In-vivo desensitization and
aversive stimuli in the treatment of pedophilia.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 83, 192-195. |
VAN OPPEN, P., DE HANN, E., VAN BALKOM, A.J.L.M.,
SPINHOVEN, P., HOOGDUIN, K. & VAN DYCK, R. (1995).
Cognitive therapy and exposure in vivo in the treatment of
obsessive compulsive disorder. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 33, 379-390. |
|
MARKS, I.M., HODGSON, R. & RACHMAN, S. (1975).
Treatment of chronic obsessive-compulsive neurosis by in
vivo exposure : a two year follow-up and issues in
treatment. British Journal of Psychiatry, 127,
349-364. |
VONK, E.M. & THYER, B.A. (1995). Exposure therapy in
the treatment of vaginal penetration phobia. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 29,
359-363. |
|
MARKS, I.M. (1979). Exposure therapy for phobias and
obsessive-compulsive disorders. Hospital Practice, 14
(2), 101-108. |
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. (1996). Variants of exposure and response
prevention in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive
disorder : A meta-analysis. Behavior Therapy, 27 (4),
583-600. |
|
DA SILVA, P. & RACHMAN, S. (1981). Is exposure a
necessary condition for fear-reduction ? Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 19 (3), 227-32. |
VISSER, S. & BOUMAN, T.K. (2001). The treatment of
hypochondriasis : Exposure plus response prevention vs
cognitive therapy. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
39, 423-442. |
|
MILTENBERGER, R.G., WRIGHT, K. & FUQUA, W. (1986).
Graduated in vivo exposure with a severe spider phobic. Scandinavian
Journal of Behavior Therapy, 15, 71-76. |
SCHNEIDER, A.J., MATAIX-COLS, D., MARKS, I.M. &
BACHOFEN, M. (2005). Internet- guided self-help with or
without exposure therapy for phobic and panic disorders: A
randomized controlled trial. Psychotherapy &
Psychosomatics, 74,154-164. |
|
FOA, E.B. & KOZAK, M.J. (1986). Emotional processing
of fear : Exposure to corrective information. Psychological
Bulletin, 99, 20-35. |
TRYON, WW. (2005). Possible mechanisms for why
desensitization and exposure therapy work. Clinical
Psychology Review, 25, 67-95. |
|
LABERGE, B., GAUTHIER, J. et FRADET, C. (1988).
L'imipramine dans le traitement par exposition de
l'agoraphobie : Un examen critique de la littérature. Canadian
Journal of Behavioural Science/Revue Canadienne des
Sciences du Comportement, 20 (3), 332-348. |
CLARK, D.M., EHLERS, A., HACKMANN, A., McMANUS, F.,
FENNEL, M., GREY, N. & WADDINGTON, L. (2006).
Cognitive therapy versus exposure and applied relaxation
in social phobia : a randomized controlled trial.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 74, 568-578.
[PDF]
|
|
WLAZLO, Z., SCHROEDER-HARTWIG, K., HAND, I., KAISER, G.
& MÜNCHAU, N. (1990). Exposure in vivo vs.social
skills training for social phobia : Long-term outcome and
differential effects. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 28, 181-193. |
ST-JACQUES, J., BOUCHARD, S. et BÉLANGER, C. (2008). La
phobie spécifique chez l'enfant et l'adolescent : Une
recension des écrits sur les traitements utilisant
l'exposition. Counseling et Spiritualité, 27, 71-88. |
|
JAEGER, J.A., ECHIVERRI, A., ZOELLNER, L.A., POST, L.
& FEENY, N.C. (2009). Factors associated with choice
of exposure therapy for PTSD. International Journal
of Behavioral Consultation & Therapy, 5 (2),
294-310. [PDF]
|
|
FOA, E.B. & ROTHBAUM, B.O. (1992). Exposure therapy
for rape victims with posttraumatic stress disorder. The
Behavior Therapist, 15, 219-222. |
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S., DEACON, B.J. & WHITESIDE, S.P.
(2010). Exposure therapy for anxiety : Principles and
practice. Guilford Press. |
|
SCHOLING, A. & EMMELKAMP, P.M.G. (1993). Exposure with
and without cognitive therapy for generalized social
phobia : Effects of individual and group treatment. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 31, 667-681. |
LABORDA, M.A., MCCONNELL, B.L. & MILLER, R.R. (2011).
Behavioral techniques to reduce relapse after exposure
therapy : Applications of studies of experimental
extinction. In T.R. Schachtman & S. Reilly (Eds.), Associative
learning and conditioning theory : Human and non-human
applications (pp. 79-103). New York, NY : Oxford
University Press. [PDF] |
|
GROSSE, H., HAYES, A.M., SUTTER, M., WILM, K., SCHMIED,
E., LAURENCEAU, J.P. & CASPAR, F. (2012). Fostering
cognitive-emotional processing in the treatment of
depression : A preliminary investigation in exposure-based
cognitive therapy (EBCT). Psychotherapy &
Psychosomatics, 81 (4), 259-260. |
|
|
Voir aussi Thérapie par
immersion et Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie par exposition et prévention :
Exposure and response prevention.
| |
|
|
MEYER, V. (1966). Modification of expectations in cases
with obsessional rituals. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 4, 273-280. |
|
BAUM, M. (1966). Rapid extinction of an avoidance response
following a period of response prevention in the avoidance
apparatus. Psychological Reports, 18 (1), 59-64. |
|
HUPPERT, J.D. & ROTH, D.A. (2003). Treating
obsessive-compulsive disorder with exposure and response
prevention. The Behavior Analyst Today, 4 (1),
66-67.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie par immersion : En thérapie, technique de désensibilisation,
développée par Meyer, qui vise à éteindre
subitement un comportement.
Elle consiste à amener une personne à confronter directement et
d'un seul coup la situation ou l'objet qui lui fait peur
(plutôt que graduellement comme dans le traitement par
exposition). Thérapie par immersion et par
exposition. = traitement par
immersion. ( ): thérapie par
immersion in vivo, thérapie par immersion virtuelle (in virtuo). Flooding,
implosive therapy, imaginal flooding therapy.
|
|
|
STAMFL, T.G. & LEWIS, D.J. (1967). Essentials of
implosive therapy : a learning theory based psychodynamic
behavioral therapy. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
72, 496-503. |
HECKER, J.E. (1990). Emotional processing in the treatment
of simple phobia : a comparison of imaginal and in vivo
exposure. Behavioural Psychotherapy, 18, 21-34. |
|
STERN, R.S. & MARKS, I.M. (1973). Brief and prolonged
flooding : A comparison in agoraphobic patients. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 28, 270-276. |
LAMSON, R. & MEISNER, M. (1994). The effects of
virtual reality immersion in the treatment of anxiety,
panic, and phobia of heights. Proceedings for Virtual
Reality & Persons with Disabilities, 63-68. |
|
WHITEHEAD, W.E., ROBINSON, A., BLACKWELL, R.A. &
STUTZ, R.M. (1978). Flooding treatment of phobias : does
chronic diazepam increase effectiveness ? Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 9, 219-225.
|
PITMAN, R.K., ALTMAN, B., LONGPRE, R.E., POIRE, R.E.,
MACKLIN, M.L., MICHAELS, M.J. & STEKETEE, G (1991).
Psychiatric complications of flooding therapy for
post-traumatic stress disorder. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 52, 17-20. |
|
KEANE, T.M., FAIRBANK, J.A., CADDELL, J.M. & ZIMERING,
R.T. (1989). Implosive (flooding) therapy reduces symptoms
of PTSD in Vietnam combat veterans. Behavior Therapy,
20 (2), 245-260 |
PITMAN, R.K. ORR, S.P., ALTMAN, B., LONGPRE, R.E., POIRE,
R.E., MACKLIN, M.L., MICHAELS, M.J. & STEKETEE, G.
(1996). Emotional processing and outcome of imaginal
flooding therapy in Vietnam veterans with chronic
post-traumatic stress disorder. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 37, 409-418. |
|
BOUCHARD, S., ST-JACQUES, J., RENAUD, P. & WIEDERHOLD,
B.K. (2009). Side effects of immersions in virtual reality
for people suffering from anxiety disorders. Journal
of CyberTherapy & Rehabilitation, 2, 127-137. |
|
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
par exposition et Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie par internet : Voir Thérapie à distance.
Online therapy,
computer-administered therapy, computer-assisted therapy,
telephone behaviour therapy.
|
|
|
Thérapie par la lumière : Traitement qui vise à soigner la
dépression saisonnière.
= photothérapie.
Light therapy, phototherapy.
| |
|
|
YAMADA, N., MARTIN-IVERSON, M.T., DAIMON, K., TSUJIMOTO,
T. & TAKHASHI, S. (1995). Clinical and
chronobiological effects of light therapy on nonseasonal
affective disorders. Biological Psychiatry, 37,
866-873. |
|
WIRZ-JUSTICE, A., GRAW, P., ROOSLI, H., GLAUSER, G. &
FLEISCHAUEUR, J. (1999). An open trial of light therapy in
hospitalised major depression. Journal of Affective
Disorders, 52, 291-292. |
|
BEAUCHEMIN, K.M. & HAYS, P. (1997). Phototherapy is a
useful adjunct in the treatment of depressed in-patients.
Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 95, 424-427. |
| |
|
Voir auss
Dépression saisonnière et Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie par la musique :
| |
|
|
SCOTT, T. (1970). The use of music to reduce hyperactivity in children. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 4,
677-680. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Pseudothérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
par la parole : Regroupe les thérapies
qui : 1) mettent davantage l'accent sur la
transformation de la personnalité du patient/malade/client que sur
les changements de comportements problématiques; 2)
le rôle du thérapeute consiste davantage à écouter ce que dit son
patient/malade/client, que de tenter de modifier ses comportements
problématiques. /thérapie
comportementale. ( ): thérapie
humaniste, thérapie
psychanalytique, certaines phases ou étapes des thérapies
cognitives.
Language therapy, verbal
cure, talk therapy.
| |
|
|
STAATS, A.W. (1972). Language behavior therapy : A
derivation from social behaviorism. Behavior Therapy,
3, 165-192. |
|
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie par les anges : Angel therapy
|
Thérapie par les arts : Art therapy, dance
therapy.
| |
|
|
RITTER, M. & LOW, K.G. (1996). Effects of
dance/movement therapy : A meta-analysis. The Arts in
Psychotherapy, 23 (3), 249-260. |
|
BOLDT, R.W. & PAUL, S. (2011). Building a
creative-arts therapy group at a university counseling
center. Journal of College Student Psychotherapy, 25,
39-52. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Pseudothérapie |
|
|
|
|
Thérapie par les médicaments : Voir Thérapie médicamenteuse Drug therapy, pharmacological therapy, chemical cure, drug treatment.
|
Thérapie par les pierres :
= Lithothérapie.
Lithotherapy, crystal healing.
|
Thérapie par résolution de problème :
Problem-solving therapy.
| |
|
|
D'ZURILLA, T.J. & GOLDFRIED, M.R. (1971). Problem
solving and behavior modification. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 78, 107-126. |
BIGGAM, F.H. & POWER, K.G. (2002). A controlled,
problem-solving, group-based intervention with vulnerable
incarcerated young offenders. International Journal of
Offender Therapy & Comparative Criminology, 46, 678-698. |
|
URBAIN, E.S. & KENDALL, P.C. (1980). Review of
social-cognitive problem-solving interventions with
children. Psychological Bulletin, 8, 109-143. |
ALEXOPOULOS, G.S., RAUE, P. & AREAN, P. (2003).
Problem-solving therapy versus supportive therapy in
geriatric major depression with executive dysfunction. American
Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 11, 46-52. |
|
LERNER, M.S. & CLUM G.A. (1990). Treatment of suicide
ideators : A problem-solving approach. Behavior
Therapy, 21, 403-411. |
D'ZURILLA, T.J. & NEZU, A.M. (Eds.) (2007).
Problem-solving therapy : A positive approach to clinical
Intervention. New York : Spring Publishing Company. |
|
CUIJPERS, P., VAN STRATEN, A. & WARMEDAM L. (2007).
Problem solving therapies for depression : a
meta-analysis. European Psychiatry, 22, 9-15. |
|
D'ZURILLA, T.J. & NEZU, A.M. (1999).
Problem-solving therapy : A social competence approach
to clinical intervention. New York : Springer. |
MALOUFF, J.M., THORSTEINSSON, E.B. & SCHUTTE, N.S.
(2007). The efficacy of problem solving therapy in
reducing mental and physical health problems : A
meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology Review, 27,
46-57. |
|
NEZU, A.M. & NEZU, C.M. (2001). Problem-solving
therapy. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 11,
187-205. |
BELL, A.C. & D'ZURILLA, T.J. (2009) Problem solving
and behavior therapy revisited. Clinical Psychology
Review, 29, 348-353. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
et Résolution de
problème |
|
|
Thérapie
par satiété : Satiation therapy.
| |
|
|
MARSHALL, W.L. (1979). Satiation therapy : a procedure for
reducing deviant sexual arousal. Journal of Applied
Analysis of Behavior, 12 (3), 377-389. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
|
|
Thérapie psychanalytique : Voir Thérapie
et Psychanalyse.
sychoanalysis, psychoanalytic treatment,
analysis.
|
Thérapie psychodynamique : Au sens strict, ce terme désigne un
ensemble de théories et de
thérapies
qui s'inspirent largement de la théorie
freudienne, et du principe d'énergie
psychique (d'où le terme dynamique), tout en demeurant
critique face à un certain nombre de concepts fondamentaux de
cette théorie, comme
l'inconscient, le complexe
d'Oedipe, la pulsion
de vie, la pulsion
de mort, l'envie du
pénis, etc. Au sens large, le terme est synonyme de
psychanalyse. = psychanalyse,
traitement psychanalytique. Psychodynamic psychotherapy, dynamic
psychotherapy.
Psychodynamic psychotherapy,
dynamic psychotherapy.
| |
|
|
SLOCHOWER, J. (1987). The psychodynamics of obesity : A
review. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 4, 145-159. |
|
|
PERVIN, L.A. (1989). Psychodynamic-systems reflections on
a social-intelligence model of personality. In R. Wyer,
& T. Srull (Eds.), Advances in social cognition
(Vol. 2, pp. 153-161). |
GABBARD, G.O. (2005). Long-term psychodynamic
psychotherapy : A basic text. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 162, 639-640. |
|
SVARTBERG, M. & STILES, T.C. (1991). Comparative
effects of short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59 (5), 704-714. [PDF] |
HOGLEND, P., AMLO, S, MARBLE, A., BOGWALD, K.P., SORBYE,
SJAASTAD, M.C. & HEYERDAHL, O. (2006). Analysis of the
patient-therapist relationship in dynamic psychotherapy :
An experimental study of transference interpretations. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1739-1746. |
|
COADY, N. (1991). The association between client and
therapist interpersonal processes and outcomes in psy-
chodynamic psychotherapy. Research on Social Work
Practice, 1, 122-138. |
|
|
FONAGY, P. & MORAN, G.S. (1991). Studies of the
efficacy of child psychoanalysis. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58, 684-695. |
|
|
HOGLEND, P. GULDBERG, C.A. & PERRY, J.C. (1992).
Scientific approaches to making psychodynamic
formulations. Nordic Journal of Psychiatry, 46,
41-48. |
|
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. (1992) The efficacy of brief dynamic
psychotherapy : a meta-analysis. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 149, 151-158. |
LEICHSENRING, F. & LEIBLING, E. (2007). Psychodynamic
psychotherapy : a systematic review of techniques,
indications and empirical evidence. Psychological
Psychotherapy, 80 (2), 217-228. |
|
JONES, E.E. & PULOS, S.M. (1993). Comparing the
process in psychodynamic and cognitive behavioral
therapies. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 61 (2), 306-316. |
PUSCHENR, B., KRAFT, S., KÄCHELE, H. & KORDY, H.
(2007). Course of improvement over 2 years in
psychoanalytic and psychodynamic outpatient psychotherapy.
Psychology and Psychotherapy : Theory, Research &
Practice, 80 (1), 51-68. |
|
HOGLEND, P. (1993). Personality disorders and long-term
outcome after brief dynamic psychotherapy. Journal of
Personality Disorders, 7, 168-181. |
|
|
GABBARD, G.O., HORWITZ, L., ALLEN, J.G., FRIESWYK, S.,
NEWSOM, G., COLSON, D.B. & COYNE, L. (1994).
Transference interpretations in the psychotherapy of
borderline patients : a high- risk, high-gain phenemenon.
Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 2, 59-69. |
|
|
ROSENTHAL, R.J. & RUGLE, LJ. (1994). A psychodynamic
approach to the treatment of pathological gambling : Part
I. Achieving abstinence. Journal of Gambling Studies,
10, 21-42. |
|
|
FONAGY, P. & TARGET, M. (1994). The efficacy of
psychoanalysis for children with disruptive disorders.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 33, 45-55. |
|
|
MILROD, B. (1995). The continued usefulness of
psychoanalysis in the therapeutic armamentarium for the
treatment of panic disorder. Journal of American
Psychoanalysis Association, 43, 151-162. |
LEICHSENRING, F. & RABUNG, S. (2008). Effectiveness of
long-term psychodynamic psychotherapy : a meta-analysis.
Journal of American Medical Association, 300 (13),
1551-1565. |
|
ANDERSON, E.M. & LAMBERT, M.J. (1995). Short-term
dynamically oriented psychotherapy : a review and
meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology Review, 15,
503-514. |
HOGLEND, P., BOGWALD, K.P., AMLO, S., MARBLE, A., ULBERG,
R.A., COSGROVE-SJAASTD, M., SORBYE, O., HEYERDAHL, O.
& JOHANSSON, P. (2008). Transference interpretations
in dynamic Psychotherapy : Do they really yield sustained
effects ? The American Journal of Psychiatry, 165
(6), 763-771. [PDF] |
|
MILROD, B., BUSCH, F., HOLLANDER, E, ARONSON, A. &
SIEVER, L. (1996). A twenty-three-year-old woman with
panic disorder treated with psychodynamic psychotherapy.
Americn Journal Psychiatry, 153, 698-703. |
GLASS, M. (2008). Psychodynamic psychotherapy and research
evidence : Bambi survives Godzilla ? Journal of
American Medical Association, 300 (13), 1587-1589. |
|
WIBORG, I.M. & DAHL, A.A. (1996). Does brief dynamic
psychotherapy reduce the relapse rate of panic disorder ?
Archives of Geneal Psychiatry, 53, 689-694. |
STILES, W.B., BARKHAM, M., MELLOR-CLARK, J. & CONNELL,
J. (2008). Effectiveness of cognitive-behavioural,
person-centred, and psychodynamic therapies in UK
primary-care routine practice : Replication in a larger
sample. Psychological Medicine, 38, 677-688. |
|
MILROD, B., BUSCH, F., LEON, A.C., SHAPIRO, T. &
ARONSON A. (2000). Open trial of psychodynamic
psychotherapy for panic disorder : a pilot study. The
American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1878-1880. [PDF] |
KNEKT, P., LINDFORS, O., HÄRKÄNEN, T., VÄLIKOSKI, M.,
VIRTALA, E., LAAKSONEN, M.A., MARTTUNEN, M., KAIPAINEN, M.
& RENLUND, C. (2008). Randomized trial on the
effectiveness of long-and short-term psychodynamic
psychotherapy and solution-focused therapy on psychiatric
symptoms during a 3-year follow-up. Psychological
Medicine, 38 (5), 689-703. |
|
|
VAUGHAN, S.C., MARSHALL, R.D., MACKINNON, R.A., VAUGHAN,
R., MELLMAN, L. & ROOSE, S.P. (2000). Can we do
psychoanalytic outcome research ? A feasibility study. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81, 513-527. |
|
|
JUNKERT-TRESS, B., SCHNIERDA, U., HARTKAMP, N., SCHMITZ,
N. & TRESS, W. (2001). Effects of short-term dynamic
psychotherapy for neurotic, somatoform, and personality
disorders : a prospective 1-year follow-up study. Psychotherapy
Research, 11, 187-200. |
ROEPKE, S. & RENNEBERG, B. (2009). Analyzing
effectiveness of long-term psychodynamic psychotherapy. Journal
of American Medical Association, 301 (9), 931-932. |
|
LEICHSENRING, F. (2001). Comparative effects of short-term
psychodynamic psychotherapy and cognitive- behavioral
therapy in depression : A meta-analytic approach. Clinical
Psychology Review, 21, 401-419. |
MILROD, B. (2009). Psychodynamic psychotherapy outcome for
generalized anxiety disorder (Editorial). American
Journal of Psychiatry, 166, 841-844. |
|
BATEMAN, A. & FONAGY, P. (2001). Treatment of
borderline personality disorder with psycho- analytically
oriented partial hospitalization : an 18-month follow-up.
The American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 36-42. |
THOMBS, B.D., BASSEL M. & JEWETT, L.R. (2009).
Analyzing effectiveness of long-term psychodynamic
psychotherapy. Journal of the American Medical
Association, 301, 930. |
|
BLOMBERG, J., LAZAR, A. & SANDELL, R. (2001).
Long-term outcome of long-term psychoanalytically oriented
therapy : first finding of the Stockholm outcome of
psychotherapy and psychoanalysis study. Psychotherapy
Research, 11, 361-382 |
ABBASS, A., KISELY, S. & KROENKE, K. (2009).
Short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy for somatic
disorders : Systematic review and meta- analysis of
clinical trials. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics,
78, 265-274. [PDF] |
|
MILROD, B., BUSCH, F., LEON, A.C., ARONSON A., ROIPHE, J.,
RUDDEN, SINGER, M., SHAPIRO, T., GOLDMAN, H., RICHTER, D.
& SHEAR, M.K. (2001). A pilot open trial of brief
psychodynamic psychotherapy for panic disorder. The
Journal of Psychotherapy Practice & Research, 10, 239-245.
[PDF] |
SCHAUNBURG, H., BUCHHEIM, A., BECKH, K., NOLTE, T.,
BRENK-FRANZ, K., LEICHSENRING, F. & DINGER, U. (2010).
The influence of psychodynamically oriented therapists'
attachment representations on outcome and alliance in
inpatient psychotherapy. Psychotherapy Research, 20 (2),
193-202. |
|
LEICHSENRING, F. & LEIBLING, E. (2003). The
effectiveness of psychodynamic therapy and cognitive
behavior therapy in the treatment of personality disorders
: A meta-analysis. American Journal of Psychiatry,
160, 1223-1232. |
BHAR, S.S., THOMBS, B.D., PIGNOTTI, M., BASSEL, M.,
JEWETT, l., COYNE, J.C. & BECK, A.T. (2010). Is
longer-term psychodynamic psychotherapy more effective
than shorter-term therapies ? Review and critique of the
evidence. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 79
(4), 208-216. [PDF] |
|
BATEMAN, A. & FONAGY, P. (2003). Heath service
utilization costs for borderline personality disorder
patients treated with psychoanalytically oriented partial
hospitalization versus general psychiatric care. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 169-171. |
WATZKE, B., RÜDDEL, H., HOCH, U., GROTHGAR, B. &
SCHULZ, H. (2010). Effectiveness of systematic treatment
selection for psychodynamic and cognitive-behavioural
therapy : randomised controlled trial in routine mental
healthcare. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 197,
96-105. |
|
LEICHSENRING, F., RABUNG, S. & LEIBLING, E. (2004).The
Efficacy of Short-term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy in
Specific Psychiatric Disorders : A Meta-analysis. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 61 (12), 1208-1216. |
SHEDLER, J. (2010). The efficacy of psychodynamic
psychotherapy. American Psychologist, 65 (2),
98-109. [PDF]
|
|
HOGLEND, P. (2003). Long-term effects of brief dynamic
psychotherapy. Psychotherapy Research, 13, 271-292. |
HERSOUG, A.G. (2010). A closer look at good and poor
outcome in psychodynamic psychotherapy : A case comparison
study. Clinical Case Studies, 9 (2), 135-153. |
|
FONAGY, P. (2003). Psychoanalysis today. World
Psychiatry, 2 (2), 73-80.
[PDF] |
|
|
GABBARD, G.O. (2004). Long-term psychodynamic
psychotherapy : A basic text. Arlington, VA :
American Psychiatric Publishing. |
GERBER, J.A., KOCSIS, J.H., MILROD, B.L., ROOSE, S.P.,
BERBER, J.P., THASE, M.E., PERKINS, P. & LEON, A.C.
(2011). A quality-based review of randomized controlled
trials of psychodynamic psychotherapy. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 168, 19-28. [PDF] |
|
MULLEN, L.S., RIEDER, R.O., GLICK, R.A., LUBER, B. &
ROSEN, P.J. (2004). Testing psychodynamic psychotherapy
skills among psychiatric residents : the Psychodynamic
Psychotherapy Competency Test. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 161, 1658-1664. |
LEICHSENRING, F. & RABUNG, S. (2011). Long-term
psychodynamic psychotherapy in complex mental disorders :
update of a meta-analysis. The British Journal of
Psychiatry, 199, 15-22. [PDF] |
|
TOWN, J.M., DIENER, M.J., ABBASS, A.A., LEICHSENRING, F.
DRIESSEN, E. & RABUNG, S. (2012). A meta-analysis of
psychodynamic psychotherapy outcomes : Evaluating the
effects of research-specific procedures. Psychotherapy,
49 (3), 276-290. |
|
LEICHSENRING, F., ABBASS, A.A., LUYTEN, P., HILSENROTH,
M. & RABUNG, S. (2013). The emerging evidence for
long-term psychodynamic therapy. Psychodynamic
Psychiatry, 41 (3), 361-384. |
|
HOGLEND, P. (2004). Analysis of transference in
psychodynamic psychotherapy : a review of empirical
research. Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 12,
279-300. |
ZIPFEL, S., WILD, B., GROB, G., FRIEDERICH, H.-C., TEUFEL,
M., SCHELLBERG, GIEL, K.E., DE ZWAAN, M., DINKEL, A.,
HERPERTZ, S., BURGMER, M., LÖWE, B., TAGAY, S., VON
WIETERSHEIM, J., ZEECK, A., SCHADE-BRITTINGER, C.,
SCHAUENBURG, H., HERZOG, W. & ANTOP STUDY GROUP
(2014). Focal psychodynamic therapy, cognitive behaviour
therapy, and optimised treatment as usual in outpatients
with anorexia nervosa (ANTOP study) : Randomised
controlled trial. The Lancet, 383, 127-137. |
|
LEICHSENRING, F., LEWEKE, F., KLEIN, S. & STEINERT, C.
(2015). The empirical status of psychodynamic
psychotherapy - An update : Bambi's alive and kicking. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 84 (3), 129-148. |
|
STEINERT, C., MUNDER, T., RABUNG, S., HOYER, J. &
LEICHSENRING, F. & F. (2017). Psychodynamic therapy :
As efficacious as other empirically supported treatments?
A meta-analysis EFFICACY OF LTPP 52 testing equivalence of
outcomes. American Journal of Psychiatry, 174, 943-953. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
et Psychanalyse |
|
|
|
|
Thérapie
sexuelle : Ensemble de techniques qui vise à résoudre
des problèmes de nature sexuelle
et les conséquences que ces problèmes engendrent sur les individus
et le couple.
=
sexothérapie.
Sex therapy.
| |
|
|
KURIANSKY, J.B. & SHARPE, L. (1976). Guidelines for
evaluating sex therapy. Journal of Sex & Marital
Therapy, 2 (4), 303-308. |
McCARTHY, B. (2001). Integrating sex therapy strategies
and techniques into marital therapy. Journal of Family Psychotherapy, 12, 45-53. |
|
WITKIN, M.H. (1977). Sex therapy as an aid to marital and
family therapy. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy,
3 (1), 19-30. |
LOPICOLLO, J. (2002). Postmodern sex therapy. In F.W.
Kaslow (Ed.), Comprehensive handbook of psychotherapy
: Integrative/eclectic (Vol. 4, pp. 411-435).
Hoboken, NJ : John Wiley & Sons Inc. |
|
APFELBAUM, B. (1977). A contribution to the development of
the behavioral-analytic sex therapy model. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 3 (2), 128-138. |
WEEKS, G. (2004). The emergence of a new paradigm in sex therapy. Sexual & Relationship Therapy, 20,
89-103. |
|
OSTROV, S. (1978). Sex therapy with orthodox Jewish
couples. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 4
(4), 266-278. |
ALTHOF, S. (2006). Sex therapy in the age of
pharmacotherapy. Annual Review of Sex Research, 17, 116-131. [PDF] |
|
SEROVICH, J.M., CRAFT, S.M., TOVIESSI, P., GANGAMMA, R., McDOWELL, T. & GRAFSKY, E.L. (2008). A systematic
review of the research base on sexual reorientation
therapies. Journal of Marital & Family Therapy,
34 (2), 227-238. |
|
NICHOLS, M. (1989). Sex therapy with lesbians, gay men,
and bisexuals. In S.R. Leiblum & R.C. Rosen (Eds.), Principles and practice of sex therapy (pp. 269-297). New York
: Guilford |
BULOW, S. (2009). Integrating sex and couples therapy : A multifaceted case history. Family Process, 48 (3), 379-389. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie systémique :
System therapy.
| |
|
|
MIERMONT, J. (1994). Le paradigme systémique. Dans D.
Widlöcher (Dir.), Traité de psychopathologie.
Paris : PUF. |
|
MIERMONT, J. (1994). Thérapies systémiques.
Encyclopedie Medico Chirurgicale Psychiatrie, 37-820-B-40,
8. |
|
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
|
|
Thèse : Le terme a deux usages voisins :
a) Au sens philosophique, une thèse est un discours
systématique, public
et cohérent qui défend une idée. Une thèse tente de décrire ou
d'expliquer un phénomène ou
un ensemble de phénomènes, de présenter, d'éclairer ou de
résoudre un problème,
de répondre à une question difficile qui fait débat ou crée une controverse.
Dans le raisonnement dialectique,
ce discours, sous sa forme orale ou écrite, s'oppose à l'antithèse.
On nomme théorie une thèse que l'on soumet à l'épreuve des
faits. = théorie, démonstration,
ensemble d'arguments.
/ antithèse.
Thesis. b)
Ouvrage rédigé par un étudiant
au doctorat et
considéré dans la plupart des programmes universitaires comme
une condition à l'obtention du diplôme de doctorat et au titre
de docteur. Dans les domaines scientifiques, on peut considérer
la thèse comme un ouvrage
scientifique.On utilise les mots doctorant ou thésard
pour désigner la personne qui est en train de faire un doctorat
ou de rédiger sa thèse NDLR : Thèsard - un
mot-valise qui résulte de la fusion de thèse et
vieillard - nous rappelle que la rédaction d'une thèse
se fait rarement en deux temps, trois mouvements... «Rédiger sa
thèse... puis prendre sa retraite.» Thèse, docteur
et mémoire.
= thèse de doctorat. Doctorat
thesis, PhD thesis.
|
GAGNON, A. (1993). L'attention selective et la
conscience objective de soi comme facteurs
mediateurs de l'attribution émotionnelle dans un
contexte de retroaction cardiaque erronée
(Thèse de doctorat). Montréal : Université du Québec
À Montréal.
|
|
NOM DE L'AUTEUR, INITIALE DE SON PRÉNOM (Année de
l'édition). Titre de la thèse. (Thèse de
doctorat). Lieu de l'édition : Éditeur.
|
|
| |
|
| a |
|
|
Voir aussi Discours,
Problème, Raisonnement
dialectique,
Synthèse
et Antithèse |
| b |
|
PINARD, A. (1965). La présentation des thèses et des rapports scientifiques (normes et exemples). Montréal : Institut de Recherches psychologiques. |
|
MUSZYNSKI, S.Y. & AKAMATSU, T.J. (1991). Delay in
completion of doctoral dissertations in clinical
psychology. Professional Psychology Research &
Practice, 22, 119-123. |
|
BOUTHAT, C. (1993). Guide de présentation des
mémoires et thèses. Montréal : Université du
Québec à Montréal. |
|
BEAUD, M. (2006). L'art de la thèse. Paris :
La Découverte. |
|
KAMLER, B. & THOMPSON, P. (2006). Helping
doctoral students write : Pedagogies for supervision.
London and New York : Routledge. |
|
AKMAL, S. Z., ARLINKASARI. F. & FEBRIANI, A. U.
(2017). Hope of success and fear of failure predicting
academic procrastination students who working on a
thesis. Journal Ilmu Pendidikan, Psikologi,
Bimbingan dan Konseling, 7 (1), 78-86. |
|
|
Voir aussi Docteur
et Mémoire |
|
|
|
Thêta : Lettre de
l'alphabet grec. En physiologie,
cette lettre désigne un type d'onde
cérébrale qui caractérise la somnolence,
le rêve et les états
induits par l'hypnose. Thêta
et onde thêta. Theta.
| |
|
|
RAYMOND, J., VARNEY, C., PARKINSON, L.A. & GRUZELIER, J.H. (2005). The effect of alpha /theta neurofeedback on
personality and mood. Cognitive Brain Research, 23, 287-292. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Onde thêta |
|
|
| TH
- THINÈS
- THOM - THOMAS - THOMPSON
- THORNDIKE -
THURSTONE - TIC - TIMIDITÉ
- TINBERGEN - TINTO
- TITCHENER - TITRE
- TIZARD - TO |
|
|
Thiebaut de Schotten Michel (1981-) : Neuropsychologue
français. Il s'intéresse notamment au rôle de la substance
blanche. Collaborateur de Catani.
|
THIEBAUT DE SCHOTTEN, M., KINKINGNEHUN, S., DELMAIRE, C.,
LEHIRICY, S., DUFFAU, H., THIVARD, L., VOLLE, E.,
LEVY, R., DUBOIS, B. & BARTOLOMEO, P. (2008).
Visualization of disconnection syndromes in humans.
Cortex, 44, 1097–1103. |
|
THIEBAUT DE SCHOTTEN, M., DELL'ACQUA, F., FORKEL, S.J.,
SIMMONS, A., VERGANI, F., MURPHY, D.G. & CATANI, M.O.
(2011). A lateralized brain network for visuospatial
attention. Nature Neuroscience, 14, 1245–1246. [PDF] |
|
THIEBAUT DE SCHOTTEN, M., DELL'ACQUA, F., VALABREGUE, R.
& CATANI, M.O. (2012). Monkey to human comparative
anatomy of the frontal lobe association tracts. Cortex, 48, 82–96. |
|
THIEBAUT DE SCHOTTEN, M., TOMAIULO, F., AIELLO, M.,
MEROLA, S., SILVETTI, M., LECCE, F., BARTOLEMEO, P. &
DORICHO, F. (2014). Damage to white matter pathways
in subacute and chronic spatial neglect : a group study
and 2 single-case studies with complete virtual “in vivo”
tractography dissection. Cerebral Cortex, 24, 691-706.
|
|
THIEBAUT DE SCHOTTEN, M., DELL'ACQUA, F., RATIU, P.,
LESLIE, A., HOWELLS, H., CABANIS, E., IBA-ZIZEN, M.T.,
PLAISANT, O., SIMMONS, A., DRONKERS, N. F., CORKIN, S.,
CATANI, M.O. (2015). From Phineas Gage and Monsieur
Leborgne to H.M. : Revisiting disconnection syndromes. Cerebral
Cortex, 25 (12), 1–16. [PDF]
|
|
|
Thiessen Delbert D. (1932-2022) :
Psychologue
et évolutionniste
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'influence des gènes sur l'alcoolisme et l'agression. Il a notamment développé un modèle animal (gerbille) pour étudier la communication olfactive. Il est un des signataires du Manifeste des 52.
Collaborateur de Lindzey,
 |
THIESSEN, D.D., LINDZEY, G. & FRIEND, H.C. (1968). Androgen control of territorial marking in the Mongolian gerbil. Science, 160 (3826), 432-434. |
|
THIESSEN, D.D. & RICE, M. (1976). Mammalian scent gland marking and social behavior. Psychological Bulletin, 83 (4), 505-539. |
|
THIESSEN, D.D. & GREGG, B. (1980). Human assortative mating and genetic equilibrium : An evolutionary perspective. Ethology & Sociobiology, 1 (2), 111-140. |
|
THIESSEN, D.D. & HARRIMAN, A.E. (1986). Harderian gland exudates in the male Meriones unguiculatus regulates female proceptive behavior, aggression, and investigation. The Journal od Comparative Psychology, 100 (1), 85-87. |
|
THIESSEN, D.D., YOUNG, R.K. & DELGADO, M. (1997). Social pressures for assortative mating. Personality & Individual Differences, 22 (2), 157-164 |
|
|
DOMJAN, M.P. (2023). In memorian Delbert D. Thiessen (1932-2022) International Journal of Comparative Psychology, 36 1-2. [PDF] |
|
 |
|
Thijs
Jochem T. (Chitambo 1975-) : Psychosociologue
néerlandais d'origine zambienne et spécialiste de l'étude
des différences
ethniques. Collaborateur de Sierksma
et Verkuyten.
|
THIJS, J., KOOMEN, H.M.Y., VAN DER LEIJ, A. (2006).
Teachers’ self-reported pedagogical practices toward
socially inhibited, hyperactive, and average children.
Psychology in the Schools, 43, 635-651. |
|
THIJS, J. & VERKUYTEN, M. (2009). Students’
anticipated situational engagement : The roles of teacher
behavior, personal engagement, and gender. The Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 170, 268-286. |
|
THIJS, J. & VERKUYTEN, M. (2011). In-group bias in the
classroom : The role of co-ethnic and other-ethnic peers
and multiculturalism. Anales de Psychologia, 27,
662-669. |
|
THIJS, J. (2011). Ethnic differences in teacher-oriented
achievement motivation : A study among early adolescent
students in the Netherlands. The Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 172, 121-140. |
|
THIJS, J. & VERKUYTEN, M. (2012). Ethnic
attitudes of minority students and their contact with
majority group teachers. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 33, 260-268. |
|
|
Thinès
Georges (Liège 1923-2016 Court-Saint-Étienne) :
Psychologue, éthologiste,
poète et romancier belge. Professeur de Zayan.
Collaborateur de Michotte.
 |
THINÈS, G. (1966). Psychologie des animaux.
Dessart : Bruxelles |
|
THINÈS, G. & HEUTS, B.A. (1968). The effects of
submissive experiences on dominance and aggressive
behaviour of Xiphophorus (Pisces, Poeciliidae). Zeitschrift
für Tierpsychologie, 25, 139-154. |
|
THINÈS, G. (1970). The phenomenological approach in
comparative psychology. Journal of Phenomenological
Psychology, 1, 63-70. |
|
THINÈS, G. et LEMPEREUR, A. (1984). Dictionnaire
général des sciences humaines. Louvain-la-neuve :
CIACO. |
|
THINÈS, G., COSTALL A. & BUTTERWORTH, G. (Eds.)
(1991). Michotte's experimental phenomenology of
perception. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
|
|
|
|
Thinking
Skills & Creativity : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
cognitive, qui consacre notamment ses pages à la créativité.
HUNTER, J.A., ABRAHAM, E.H., HUNTER, A.G., GOLDBERG,
L.C. & EASTWOOD, J.D. (2018). Personality and
boredom proneness in the prediction of creativity and
curiosity. Thinking Skills & Creativity, 22,
48-57.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomaes Sander ( ) : Psychosociologue
néerlandais spécialisé dans l'étude de l'estime
de soi et du narcissisme.
Collaborateur de Bushman.
|
THOMAES, S., STEGGE, H. & OLTHOF, T. (2007).
Externalizing shame responses in children : The role of
fragile positive self-esteem. British Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 25, 559-577.
[PDF] |
|
THOMAES, S., BUSHMAN, B J., STEGGE, H. & OLTHOF, T.
(2008). Trumping shame by blasts of noise : Narcissism,
self-esteem, shame, and aggression in young adolescents. Child
Development, 79 (6), 1792-1801. [PDF] |
|
THOMAES, S., STEGGE, H., BUSHMAN, B.J. & OLTHOF, T.
(2008). Development and validation of the Childhood
Narcissism Scale. Journal of Personality Assessment,
90, 382-391. [PDF] |
|
THOMAES, S., BUSHMAN, B.J., OROBIO DE CASTRO, B. &
STEGGE, H. (2009). What makes narcissists bloom ? A
framework for research on the etiology and development of
narcissism. Development & Psychopathology, 21,
1233-1247.
[PDF] |
|
THOMAES, S., BUSHMAN, B.J., OROBIO DE CASTRO, B. &
REIJEIJTES, A. (2012). Arousing "gentle passions" in young
adolescents : Sustained experimental effects of
value-affirmations on prosocial feelings and behaviors. Developmental Psychology, 48 (1), 103-110. |
|
|
|
Thomas Alexander (New York 1914-2003 New York) : Psychiatre américain
spécialisé dans l'étude de la personnalité
et du tempérament.
Il a réalisé, en collabation avec Chess, une recherche
longitudinale sur le développement émotionnel et social de
133 enfants de leur naissance jusqu'à l'âge de 30 ans
(New York Longitudinal Study). Collaborateur de
Chess.
|
THOMAS, A. & CHESS, S. (1957). An approach to the
study of sources of individual difference in child
behavior. Journal of Clinical Experimental
Psychopathology, 18, 347-357. |
|
THOMAS, A., CHESS, S., BIRCH, H., HETZIG, M. & KORN,
S. (1963). Behavioural individuality in early
childhood. New York : New York University Press. |
|
THOMAS, A., CHESS, S. & BIRCH, H.G. (1970). The origin
of personality. Scientific American, 223 (2),
102-109. [LIRE] |
|
THOMAS, A. & CHESS, S. (1977). Temperament and
development. New York : Brunner/Mazel. |
|
THOMAS, A. (1984). Review of Children's emotions
and moods : Developmental theory and measurement.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 54 (3),
512-514. |
|
|
|
Thomas Melvin E. ( ) : Sociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des races,
du racisme et de la discrimination
sociale.
|
THOMAS, M. & HUGHES, M. (1986). The continuing
significance of race : A study of race, class, and quality
of life in America, 1972-1985. American Sociological
Review, 51, 830-841. |
|
THOMAS, M. & HOLMES, B. (1992). Determinants of
satisfaction for Blacks and Whites. Sociological
Quarterly, 33 (3), 459-472. |
|
THOMAS, M., HERRING, C. & HORTON, H.D. (1994). A
discrimination over the life course : A synthetic cohort
analysis of earnings differences between Black and White
males, 1940-1990. Social Problems, 41, 608-628. |
|
THOMAS, M. (2000). Anything but race : The social science
retreat from racism. African American Research
Perspectives, 79-96. [PDF] |
|
THOMAS, M. (2000). Race and the accumulation of human
capital across the career : A theoretical model and
fixed-effects application. American Journal of
Sociology 111 (1), 58-89. |
|
|
|
Thomas Philip ( ) : Psychiatre
anglais et critique
des pratiques en cette matière. Collaborateur de Bracken
et Timimi.
|
THOMAS P., ROMME, M. & HAMELIJINK, J. (1996).
Psychiatry and the politics of the underclass. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 169, 401-404. |
|
THOMAS, P. & BRACKEN, P. (1999). The value of advocacy
: putting ethics into practice. Psychiatric Bulletin,
23, 327-329. [PDF] |
|
THOMAS, P. & BRACKEN, P. (2004). Critical psychiatry
in practice. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 10,
361-370. [PDF] |
|
THOMAS, P., BRACKEN, P., CUTLER, P., HAYWARD, R., MAY, R.
& YASMEEN, S. (2005). Challenging the globalisation of
biomedical psychiatry. Journal of Public Mental
Health, 4, 23-32. [PDF]
|
|
THOMAS, P., BRACKEN, P. & YASMENN, S. (2007).
Explanatory models for mental illness : Limitations and
dangers in a global context. Pakistan Journal of
Neurological Sciences, 176, 176-181. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Thomas Roger Kemp (Americus 1939-) : Neuropsychologue,
primatologue et
historien des
sciences américain. Il s'intéresse également au singe-écureuil.
 |
THOMAS, R.K. & PEACOCK, L.J. (1965). A method for
measuring brain lesions. Psychonomic Science, 3, 183-184. |
|
THOMAS, R.K. & CHASE, L. (1980). Relative numerousness
judgments by squirrel monkeys. Bulletin of the
Psychonomic Society, 16, 79-82.
[PDF] |
|
THOMAS, R.K. (1980). Evolution of intelligence : An
approach to its assessment. Brain, Behavior &
Evolution, 17, 454-472. [PDF] |
|
THOMAS, R.K. (1996). Investigating cognitive abilities in
animals : Unrealized potential. Cognitive Brain
Research, 3, 157-166. [PDF] |
|
THOMAS, R.K. (2007). Recurring errors among recent history
of psychology textbooks. American Journal of
Psychology, 120, 477-495.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Thomas Williams I. (1863-1947) : Sociologue
et psychosociologue
américain et co-fondateur de l'École
de Chicago (avec Park).
Il s'est notamment intéressé à l'immigration,
aux différences
culturelles et à la condition des femmes.
|
THOMAS, W.I. (1899). The psychology of modesty and
clothing. American Journal of Sociology, 5, 246-62.
|
|
THOMAS, W.I. (1907). Sex and society : Studies in the
social psychology of sex. Chicago : University of
Chicago Press. |
|
THOMAS, W.I. (1908). The mind of woman. American
Magazine, 67, 146-152. |
|
THOMAS, W.I. (1927). The behavior pattern and the
situation. Publications of the American Sociological
Society, 22, 1-13. |
|
THOMAS, W.I. (1936). The comparative study of cultures. American
Journal of Sociology, 42, 177-185. |
|
|
|
|
|
Thompson Bruce ( ) : Psychologue
et statisticien
américain, spécialisé en éducation.
Il s'intéresse notamment à l'interprétation des test
d'hypothèse en science et à l'ampleur
de l'effet.
|
THOMPSON, B. (1993). The use of statistical significance
tests in research : Bootstrap and other alternatives.
Journal of Experimental Education, 61, 361-377. |
|
THOMPSON, B. (1996). AERA editorial policies regarding
statistical significance testing : Three suggested
reforms. Educational Researcher, 25 (2), 26-30.
|
|
THOMPSON, B. (1998). Use of tests of statistical
significance and other analytic choices in a school
psychology Journal : Review of practices and suggested
alternatives. School Psychology Quarterly, 13
(4), 335-348. |
THOMPSON, B.
(1998). In praise of brilliance : Where that praise really
belongs. American Psychologist, 53 (7), 799–800.
|
THOMPSON, B. (2015). Demonstration of how score
reliability is integrated into SEM and how reliability
affects all statistical analyses. Multiple Linear
Regression Viewpoints, 36 (2), 1-12.
|
|
|
|
Thompson Lee Anne ( ) : Psychologue
américaine, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'influence des gènes sur l'intelligence. Elle est une des signataires du Groupe des 52.
Collaboratrice de Defries, Detterman,
Fagan et Plomin.
|
|
THOMPSON, L.A., FULKER, D.W., DeFRIES, J.C. & PLOMIN, R. (1985). Multivariate genetic analysis of "environmental" influences on infant cognitive development. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 4 (4), 347-353. |
THOMPSON, L.A., PLOMIN, R. & DeFRIES, J.C. (1985). Parent-infant resemblance for general and specific cognitive abilities in the Colorado adoption project. Intelligence, 9 (1), 1-13. |
THOMPSON, L.A., DETTERMAN, D.K. & PLOMIN, R. (1991). Associations between cognitive abilities and scholastic achievement : Genetic overlap but environmental differences. Psychological Science, 2 (3), 158-165. |
THOMPSON, L.A., FAGAN, J.F. & FULKER, D.W. (1991). Longitudinal prediction of specific cognitive abilities from infant novelty preference. Child Development, 62 (3), 530-538. |
|
THOMPSON, L.A. (2010). The etiology of giftedness. Learning & Individual Differences, 20 (4), 298-307. |
|
|
|
Thompson Merrell E. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'apprentissage animale et de l'inhibition réactive, notamment dans les labyrinthes.
|
THOMPSON, M.E. (1949). Reactive inhibition as a factor in maze learning : II. The role of reactive inhibition in studies of place learning vs response learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 39 (6), 883. |
|
THOMPSON, M.E. (1950). Reactive inhibition as a factor in maze learning : I. The work variable. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 40 (1), 131-134. |
|
THOMPSON, M.E. (1952). Reactive inhibition as a factor in maze learning : III. Effects in the human stylus maze. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 43 (2), 130-133. |
|
THOMPSON, M.E. (1960). A two-factor theory of inhibition. Psychological Review, 67 (3), 200-206. |
|
THOMPSON, M.E. (1962). Stimulus alternation, response alternation in a multiple-choicie situation. Psychological Review, 67 (3), 200-206. |
|
|
|
Thompson Nicholas S. ( ) : Psychologue,
éthologiste et zoologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des
corneilles/corbeaux. Il s'intéresse également à l'anthropomorphisme
et à la sélection de
groupe. Collaborateur de Mitchell
et Tonneau.
|
THOMPSON, N.S. (1967). Some variables affecting the
behavior of irus macaques in dyadic encounters. Animal
Behavior, 15, 307-311. |
|
THOMPSON, N.S. (1982). A comparison of cawing in the
European carrion crow (Corvus corone) and the American
common crow (Corvus brachyrhynchos). Behavior, 80,
106-117. |
|
THOMPSON, N.S. (1994). The many perils of ejective
anthropomorphism. Behavior & Philosophy, 22 (2),
59-70. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, N.S. & DERR, P.G. (1995/96). On the use of
mental terms in behavioral ecology and sociobiology.
Behavior & Philosophy, 23/24 (3/1), 31-37. |
|
THOMPSON, N.S. (2000) Shifting the natural selection
metaphor to the group level. Behavior &
Philosophy, 28, 83-101. |
|
|
|
Thompson Rachel H. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américaine.
Étudiante de Iwata.
Collaboratrice de Fisher,
Hagopian, Hanley,
Kahng, Piazza et Wacker.
|
THOMPSON, R.H., FISHER, W.W., PIAZZA, C.C. & KUHN,
D.E. (1998). The evaluation and treatment of aggression
maintained by attention and automatic reinforcement.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 31 (1),
103-116. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, R.H., IWATA, B.A., CONNERS, J. &
ROSCOE, E.M. (1999). Effects of reinforcement for
alternative behavior during punishment of self-injury.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 32 (3),
317-328. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, R.H., BRUZEK, J.L. & COTNOIR-BICHELMAN, N.M.
(2001). The role of negative reinforcement in infant
caregiving : An experimental simulation. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (2), 295-304. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, R.H. & IWATA, B.A. (2005). A review of
reinforcement control procedures. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 38 (2), 257-278. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, R.H. & IWATA, B.A. (2007). A comparison of
outcomes from descriptive and functional analyses of
problem behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 40 (2), 333-338. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Thompson Richard F. (Portland 1930-2014) : Neuropsychologue
et spécialiste de l'étude de l'habituation,
notamment chez le chat.
Professeur de Shors. Collaborateur
de Berger, Gormezano,
McSweeny et Rankin.
 |
THOMPSON, R.F. (1959). The effect of training procedure
upon auditory frequency discrimination in the cat. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 52,
186-190. |
|
THOMPSON, R.F. & SPENCER, W.A. (1966). Habituation : A
model phenomenon for the study of neuronal substrates of
behavior. Psychological Review, 73, 16-43. |
|
THOMPSON, R.F., MAYERS, K.S., ROBERTSON, R.T. &
PATTERSON, C.J. (1970). Number coding in association
cortex of cat. Science, 168, 271-273. |
|
THOMPSON, R.F. (1986). The neurobiology of learning and
memory. Science, 233, 941-947. |
|
THOMPSON, R.F. (1990). Neural mechanisms of classical
conditioning in mammals. Philosophical Transactions
of the Royal Society B, 329, 161-170. |
|
|
|
Thompson Robert ( ) : Neurosychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'apprentissage, notamment chez le rat. Étudiant de Blodgett et professeur de Ledoux.
|
THOMPSON, R. (1974). Localization on the «maze memory system» in the white rat. Physiological Psychology, 2, 1-17. |
|
THOMPSON, R. & LEDOUX, J.E. (1976). Stereotaxic mapping of brainstrem areas crticial for exoresion of the rodent's preference for the dark. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 8 (6), 472-474. |
|
THOMPSON, R. (1976). Sparing of an olfactory discrimination habit following extensive neocortical removals in rats. Physiology & Behavior, 25 (3), 405-408. |
|
THOMPSON, R. (1980). Brain mechanisms concerned with left-right differentiation in the white rat. Physiological Psychology, 8 (3), 309-319. |
| THOMPSON, R. (1993). Centrencephalic theory, the general learning system, and subcortical dementia. Annals of New York Academy of Science, 702, 197-223.
|
| |
|
LEDOUX, J.E. (2013). Emotional memory : In search of systems and synapses. F.M. Crinelle and J. Yu (Eds.), Brain mecanism : Paper in memory of Robert Thompson (pp. 149-157). New York Academy of Sciences. |
|
|
|
Thompson Travis (Roseville 1937-2023) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé en pharmacologie
béhaviorale, notamment dans l'étude de la
méthadone. Il s'intéresse également à l'autisme
et, chez les animaux, aux comportements
agressifs des combattants.
Étudiant de Skinner. Collaborateur
de Iwata, Cataldo,
Cerutti, Deleon,
Fisher, Horner,
Johanson, Rojahn,
Sandman,
Schroeder, Schuster
Symons et
Zeiler.
|
THOMPSON, T. & STURM, T. (1965). Classical
conditioning of aggressive display in Siamese fighting
fish. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 8 (6), 341-344. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, T., HONOR, J., VERCHOTA, S. & CLEARY, J.
(1984). Interval and ratio reinforcement contingencies as
determinants of methadone's effects. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry, & Behavior, 21, 743-747. |
|
THOMPSON, T. (2007). Relations among functional systems in
behavior analysis. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 87 (3), 423-440. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, T. (2008). Self-awareness : Behavior analysis
and neuroscience. The Behavior Analyst, 31 (2),
137-144. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, T. (2013). Autism research and services for
young children : History, progress and challenges. Journal of Applied Research on Intellectual Disabilities, 26
(2), 1-27. |
|
|
|
Thompson Valerie A. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste européenne
d'origine québécoise et spécialiste de l'étude du raisonnement
et de l'intuition.
Collaboratrice de Byrne, Evans,
Ghasemi,
Markovits et Thompson
|
THOMPSON, V.A. & BYRNE, R.M.J. (2002). Reasoning
counterfactually : Making inferences about things that
didn't happen. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 28, 1154-1170. |
|
THOMPSON, V.A. & CAMPBELL, J.I.D. (2004). A power
struggle : Between- vs within-subject designs in deductive
reasoning research. Psychologia, 47, 277-296. |
|
THOMPSON, V.A., EVANS, J. St.B.T. & HANDLEY, S.J.
(2005). Persuading and dissuading by conditional argument.
Journal of Memory & Language, 53, 238-257. |
|
THOMPSON, V.A., TURNER, J.P. & PENNYCOOK, G. (2011).
Choosing between intuition and reason : The role of
metacognition in initiating analytic thinking.
Cognitive Psychology, 63, 107-140. |
|
THOMPSON, V.A. & EVANS, J. St.B.T. (2012). Belief bias
in informal reasoning. Thinking & Reasoning, 18,
278-310. |
|
|
|
Thompson William R. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste canadien
et spécialiste de l'étude de l'apprentissage
et des premères
expriences, notamment chez le chien.
Collaborateur de Heron et Melzack.
|
THOMPSON, W.R. & HERON, W. (1954). The effects of
early restriction on activity in dogs. Journal of
Comparative Physiological Psychiatry, 47(1),
77-82. |
|
THOMPSON, W.R. & HERON, W. (1954). The effects of
restricting early experience on the problem-solving
capacity of dogs. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 8 (1),
17-31. |
|
THOMPSON, W.R. (1954). Early environment; its importance
for later behavior. Proceedings of the annual meeting
of the American Psychopathological Association :
1954-1955, 120-139; 140-145. |
|
THOMPSON, W.R. (1954). The inheritance and development of
intelligence. Association for Research in Nervous
& Mental Disease, 33, 209-331. |
|
THOMPSON, W.R., MELZACK, R. & SCOTT, T.H. (1956).
"Whirling behavior" in dogs as related to early
experience. Science, 123, 939. |
|
|
|
Thomson Murray W. ( ) : Psychologue
néo-zélandais et spécialiste de l'étude de la santé, notamment de
la santé dentaire.
Collaborateur de Arsenault,
Caspi, Moffitt
et Poulton.
|
THOMSON, W.M., POULTON, R., MILNE, B.J., CASPI, A,
BROUGHTON, J.R. & AYERS, K.M. (2004). Socioeconomic
inequalities in oral health in childhood and adulthood in
a birth cohort. Community Dentistry & Oral
Epidemiology, 32 (5), 345-353. |
|
THOMSON, W.M., POULTON, R., BROADBENT, J.M., MOFFITT,
T.E., CASPI, A, BECK, J.D., WELCH, D. & HANCOX, R.J.
(2008). Cannabis smoking and periodontal disease among
young adults. JAMA, 299 (5), 525-531. |
|
THOMSON, W.M., WILLIAMS, S.M., BROADBENT, J.M., POULTON,
R. & LOCKER, D. (2010). Long-term dental visiting
patterns and adult oral health. Journal of Dental
Research, 89 (3), 307-311. |
|
THOMSON, W.M., CASPI, A., BROADBENT, J.M., POULTON, R.
& MOFFITT, T.E. (2011). Personality and oral health. European
Journal of Oral Sciences, 119 (5), 366-372. |
|
THOMSON, W.M. (2012). Social inequality in oral health. Community
Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology, 40 (S2), 28-32. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thorndike Edward Lee (Williamsburg Massachusett 1874-1949 Montrose New York) : Psychologue
américain et
béhavioriste avant la lettre. Il a découvert l'apprentissage
par essais et erreurs et formulé la loi de l'effet et de l'exercice. Certains historiens des sciences le considèrent comme le père de la psychologie comparée. Il s'est également intéressé aux méthodes
pédagogiques en éducation et à l'intelligence.
Président de l'APA en 1912.
Étudiant de Carr et Cattel.
Professeur de Dashiell,
Hollingworth et
Bingham. Collaborateur de Woodworth.
| |
No 9 |
THORNDIKE, E.L. (1904). An introduction to the theory
of mental and social measurements. New York : The
Science Press. |
|
THORNDIKE, E.L. BERGMAN, E., COBB, M. & WOODYARD, E.
(1926). The measurement of intelligence. New
York : Teachers College Press. |
|
THORNDIKE, E.L. (1932). The fundamentals of learning.
New York : Teachers College Press. |
|
THORNDIKE, E.L. (1943). The origin of language. Science,
New Series, 98 (2531), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
|
ENGELHARD, G. (1984). Thorndike, Thurstone and Rasch : A
comparison of their methods of scaling psychological
tests. Applied Psychological Measurement, 8, 21-38. |
STAM, H.J. & KALMANOVICH, T. (1998). E.L. Thorndike
and the origins of animal psychology - On the nature of
the animal in psychology. American Psychologist, 53 (10), 1135-1144. |
|
ENGELHARD, G. (1991). Thorndike, Thurstone and Rasch : A
comparison of their approaches to item-invariant
measurement. Journal of Research & Development in
Education, 24 (2), 45-60. |
DEWSBURY, D.A. (1998). Celebrating E.L. Thorndike a
century after animal intelligence. American
Psychologist, 53 (10), 1121-1124. [PDF] |
|
TOMLINSON, S. (1997). Edward L. Thorndike and John Dewey
on the science education. Oxford Review of Education,
23 (3), 365-383. [PDF] |
DONAHOE, J.W. (1999). Edward L. Thorndike : The
selectionist connectionist. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 72 (3), 451-454.
[PDF] |
|
GALEF, B.G. (1998). Edward Thorndike revolutionary
psychologist, ambiguous biologist. American
Psychologist, 53, 1128-1134. |
CATANIA, A.C. (1999). Thorndike's legacy : Learning,
selection, and the law of effect. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 72 (3), 425-428.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Thorndike Robert Ladd (Montrose États-Unis 1910-1990) : Psychométricien
américain. Étudiant et fils de Thorndike.
Professeur de Kaufman.
 |
THORNDIKE, R.L. (1949). Personnel selection : Test
and measurement techniques. New York : Wiley. |
|
THORNDIKE, R.L. (1971). Educational measurement.
Washington, D.C.: American Council on Education. |
|
THORNDIKE, R.L. & HAGEN, E.P. (1977). Measurement
and evaluation in psychology and education. New
York : Wiley. |
|
THORNDIKE, R.L. (1982). Applied psychometrics. Boston,
Mass. : Houghton-Mifflin. |
|
THORNDIKE, R.L., HAGEN, E.P. & FRANCE, N. (1986). Cognitive
abilities test. National Foundation for
Educational Research in England & Wales. |
|
|
CRONBACH, L.J. (1992). Robert L. Thorndike (1910-1990) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 47 (10), 1237. |
|
|
|
Thorndike Robert M. (1943-) :
Psychométricien
américain et spécialiste de l'éducation. Il est un des signataires
du Groupe des 52.
Collaborateur de Dawis.
|
THORNDIKE, R.M., WEISS, D.J. & DAWIS, R.V. (1968). Multivariate relationships between a measure of vocational interests and a measure of vocational needs. Journal of Applied Psychology, 52 (6), 491-496. |
THORNDIKE, R.M., WEISS, D.J. & DAWIS, R.V. (1968). Canonical correlation of vocational interests and vocational needs. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 8 (3), 412-435. |
|
THORNDIKE, R.M. (1977). Canonical analysis and predictor selection Multivariate Behavioral Research, 12 (1), 75-87. |
|
THORNDIKE, R.M. (1990). Would the real factors of the Stanford-Binet fourth edition : Please come forward ? Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 8 (3), 412-435. |
|
THORNDIKE, R.M. (1990). Origins of intelligence and its measurement. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 8 (3), 223-230. |
|
|
|
Thornhill Randy (Alabama 1944-) : Entomologiste et biologiste
évolutionniste d'origine américaine. Il s'intéresse aux déterminants
neurogénétiques à l'origine du viol et de la perception de la beauté et de la sexualité.
Collaborateur de Fink, Gangestad, Grammer et Yeo.
|
THORNHILL, R. & GANGESTAD, S.W. (1993). Human facial
beauty : Averageness, symmetry, and parasite resistance. Human
Nature, 4 (3), 237-269. |
|
THORNHILL, R., GANGESTAD, S.W. & COMER, M. (1995).
Human female orgasm and mate fluctuating asymmetry. Animal
Behaviour 50, 1601-1615. |
|
THORNHILL, R. & GANGESTAD, S.W. (1996). The evolution
of human sexuality. Trends in Ecology & Evolution,
11, 98-102. |
|
THORNHILL, R. & GRAMMER, K. (1999). The body and face
of woman : One ornament that signals quality ?Evolution
& Human Behavior, 20, 105-120. |
|
THORNHILL, R. & GANGESTAD, S.W. (1999). Facial
attractiveness. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 3,
452-460. |
|
|
|
|
|
Thurin Jean-Michel ( ) : Médecin et psychiatre
français, spécialisé dans l'évaluation
des psychothérapies.
|
THURIN, J.M. et PACAUD, G. (1984). Pour une approche
scientifique de la psychosomatique. Psychiatrie, 64
(6), 65-70. [PDF] |
|
THURIN, J.-M. (2005). Expertise collective Inserm sur les
psychothérapies, contexte, déroulement, enseignements et
perspectives. Cliniques Méditerranéennes, 71,
19-40.[PDF] |
|
THURIN, J.-M. et BRIFFAULT, X. (2006). Limites et
complémentarité des recherches d'efficacité potentielle et
d'efficacité réelle : nouvelles perspectives pour la
recherche en psychothérapie. L'Encéphale, 32,
402-412. |
|
THURIN, J.-M. (2006). Limites de la médecine fondée sur
des preuves et orientations actuelles; une nouvelle
génération des recherches en psychothérapies. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 59 (6), 575-584. [PDF] |
|
THURIN, J.-M. THURIN, M. et BRIFFAULT, X. (2006).
Évaluation des pratiques professionnelles et
psychothérapies. L'Information Psychiatrique, 82,
39-47. |
|
|
|
|
|
Thurstone Louis Leon (Chicago 1887-1955 Chapel Hill Caroline du Nord) : Psychométricien
américain. Il a développé une échelle
de mesure des attitudes
(Thurston Attitude Scale) et une théorie multi-factorielle de
l'intelligence (en 1938). Président de
l'APA en 1933. Étudiant d'Angell
et de Bingham.
Professeur de Carroll, Coombs,
Taylor et
Thurstone.
No
88 |
THURSTONE, L.L. (1924/1973). The nature of
intelligence. London : Routledge. |
|
THURSTONE, L.L. (1928). Attitudes can be measured. American
Journal of Sociology, 33, 529-54. [LIRE] |
|
THURSTONE, L.L. (1935). Vectors of the mind.
Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
|
THURSTONE, L.L. (1938). Primary mental abilities.
Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
|
THURSTONE, L.L. (1947). Multiple factor analysis. Chicago
: University of Chicago Press. |
|
THURSTONE, L.L. (1959). The measurement of values.
Chicago : The University of Chicago Press. |
|
|
HORST, P. (1955). L.L. Thurstone and the science of human
behavior. Science, 122 (3183), 1259-1260. |
|
WOLFLE, D. (1956). Louis Leon Thurstone, 1887-1955. The
American Journal of Psychology, 69 (1), 131-134. |
|
GULLIKSEN, H. (1968). Louis Leon Thurstone, experimental
and mathematical psychologist. The American
Psychologist, 23 (11), 786-802. |
|
GUILFORD, J.P. (1972). Thurstone's primary mental
abilities and SI abilities. Psychological Bulletin, 77
(2), 129-143. |
|
ENGELHARD, G. (1984). Thorndike, Thurstone and Rasch : A
comparison of their methods of scaling psychological
tests. Applied Psychological Measurement, 8, 21-38. |
|
ENGELHARD, G. (1991). Thorndike, Thurstone and Rasch : A
comparison of their approaches to item-invariant
measurement. Journal of Research & Development in
Education, 24 (2), 45-60. |
|
MARTIN, O. (1997). Psychological measurement from Binet to
Thurstone (1900-1930). Revue de Synthese, 4, 457-493.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thyer Bruce A. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste et
méthodologiste
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment aux
pseudosciences. Collaborateur de Geller.
 |
THYER, B.A. & PAPSDORF, J.D. (1981). Concurrent
validity of the Rational Behavior Inventory. Psychological Reports 49, 255-258. |
|
THYER, B.A. (1994). Empiricists versus social
constructionists. Cease fire or more fuel to the flames ?
Families in Society, 75, 308-312. |
|
THYER, B.A. (2003). Epistemology : A behavior analytic
perspective. Humanamente, 11, 45-63. [PDF] |
|
THYER, B.A. & PIGNOTTI, M. (2010). Science and
pseudoscience in developmental disabilities : Guidelines
for social workers. Journal of Social Work in
Disability & Rehabilitation, 9, 110-129. |
|
THYER, B.A. & MYERS, L.L. (2011). The quest for
evidence-based practice : A view from the United States. Journal of Social Work, 11, 8-25. |
|
|
|
|
|
Thymos
: Du grec, qui signifie humeur.
|
Thyroïde
: Glande
endocrine. Thyroid.
| |
|
|
PRANGE, A.J., WILSON, I.C., RABON, A.M. & LIPTON, M.A.
(1969). Enhancement of imipramine antidepressant activity
by thyroid hormone. American Journal of Psychiatry,
126 (4), 457-469. |
|
|
WILSON, I.C., PRANGE, A.J., MCCLANE, T.K., RABON, A.M.
& LIPTON, M.A. (1970). Thyroid hormone enhancement of
imipramine in nonretarded depressions. New England
Journal of Medicine, 282 (19), 1063-1067. |
|
|
KATHOL, R.G. & DELAHUNT, J.W. (1986). The relationship
of anxiety and depression to symptoms of hyperthyroidism
using operational criteria. General Hospital
Psychiatry, 8 (1), 23-28. |
MARTIN, S.D., MARTIN, E., RAI, S.S., RICHARDSON, M.A.
& ROYALL, R. (2001). Brain blood flow changes in
depressed patients treated with interpersonal
psychotherapy or venlafaxine hydrochloride : preliminary
findings. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58 (7),
641-648. |
|
NEMEROFF, C.B. & EVANS, D.L. (1989).
Thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH), the thyroid axis, and
affective disorder. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 553, 304-310. |
M. BAUER, M., GOETZ, T., GLENN, T. & WHYBROW, P.C.
(2008). The thyroid-brain interaction in thyroid disorders
and mood disorders. Journal of Neuroendocrinology, 20
(10), 1101-1114, |
|
JOFF, R.T. & SINGER, W. (1990). The effect of
tricyclic antidepressants on basal thyroid hormone levels
in depressed patients. Pharmacopsychiatry, 23
(2), 67-69. |
PILHATSCH, M., WINTER, C., NORDSTRÖM, BK., VENNSTRÖM, B.,
BAUER, M. & JUCKEL, G. (2010). Increased depressive
behaviour in mice harboring the mutant thyroid hormone
receptor alpha 1. Behavioural Brain Research, 214 (2),
187-192. |
|
POP, V.J.M., DE ROOY, H.A.M., VADER, H.L., VEN DER, D.,
VAN SON, M, KOMPROE, I.H., ESSED, G.G.M. & DE GEUS,
C.A. (1991). Postpartum thyroid dysfunction and depression
in an unselected population. New England Journal of
Medicine, 324 (25), 1815-1816. [PDF] |
HAGE, M.P. & AZAR, S.T. (2012). The link between
thyroid function and depression. Journal of Thyroid
Research, 2590648, 1-8. [PDF] |
|
ELIA, J., GULOTTA, C., ROSE, J.R., MARIN, G. &
RAPOPORT, J.L. (1994). Thyroid dysfunction in attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
33, 169-182. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Glande
endocrine, Hormone
et Dépression |
|
|
Tibbetts Elizabeth A. ( ) : Biologiste
et éthologiste américaine,
spécialisée dans l'étude de la reconnaissance
individuelle, notamment chez la guêpe.
|
TIBBETTS, E.A. & PRUETT-JONES, S. (1999). Habitat and
nest-site partitioning in splendid and variegated
fairy-wrens (Aves: Maluridae). Australian Journal of
Zoology, 47, 317-326. |
|
TIBBETTS, E.A. & DALE, J. (2004). A socially enforced
signal of quality in a paper wasp. Nature, 432,
218-222. |
|
TIBBETTS, E.A. & DALE, J. (2007). Individual
recognition : it is good to be different. Trends in
Ecology & Evolution, 22, 539-537. |
|
TIBBETTS, E.A. & LINDSAY, R. (2008). Visual signals of
status and rival assessment in Polistes dominulus paper
wasps. Biology Letters, 6, 237-239. |
|
TIBBETTS, E.A. & SHORTER, J.R. (2009). How do fighting
ability and nest value influence usurpation contests in
Polistes wasps ? Behavioral Ecology &
Sociobiology, 63, 1377-1385. |
|
TIBBETTS, E.A., METTLER, A. & LEVY, S. (2010). Mutual
assessment via visual status signals in Polistes dominulus
wasps. Biology Letters, 6 (1), 10-13. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tiberghien Guy ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain d'origine française, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
mémoire. Étudiant de Le
Ny. Collaborateur de Lautrey.
|
TIBERGHIEN, G., DENHIÈRE, G. et VERSTIGGEL, J-C. (1972).
Influence de l'incertitude objective et du système de
coûts sur la latence et la certitude dans une situation de
jugement prédictif. L'Année Psychologique, 72,
319-336. |
|
TIBERGHIEN, G., CAUZINILLE, E. & MATHIEU, J. (1979).
Pre-decision and conditional search in long-term
recognition memory. Acta Psychologica, 43,
329-343. |
|
TIBERGHIEN, G. (1994). Can we really dissociate the
computational and algorithm-level theories of human memory
? Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 17, 680-681. |
|
TIBERGHIEN, G. et JEANNEROD, M. (1995). Pour la science
cognitive la métaphore cognitive est-elle scientifiquement
fondée ? Revue Internationale de Psychopathologie, 18,
173-203.
[PDF] |
|
TIBERGHIEN, G., BAUDOIN, J-Y., GUILLAUME, F. &
MONTOUTE, T. (2003). Should the temporal cortex be chopped
in two ? Cortex, 39 (1), 121-126. |
|
|
|
Tibshirani Robert (Niagara Falls 1956-) : Mathématicien
et statisticien
canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude de la régression.
Collaborateur de Efron et Friedman.
 |
TIBSHIRANI, R.J. (1996) Regression shrinkage and selection
via the lasso. Journal of the Royal Statistical
Society, B, 58, 267-288. |
|
TIBSHIRANI, R.J. (2011). Regression shrinkage and
selection via the lasso : a retrospective. Journal of
the Royal Statistical Society, B, 73 (3),
273-282.
[PDF] |
|
TIBSHIRANI, R. & TAYLOR, J (2011) The solution path of
the generalized lasso. Annals of Statistics, 39, 1335-1371. |
|
TIBSHIRANI, R., BIEN, J., FRIEDMAN, J, HASTIE, T., SIMON,
N., TAYLOR, J. & TIBSHIRAN, R.J. (2012). Strong rules
for discarding predictors in lasso-type problems. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society, B, 74 (2),
245-266. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
TIBSHIRANI, R.J. & TAYLOR, J. (2012). Degrees of
freedom in lasso problems. Annals of Statistics 40 (2),
1198-1232. |
|
|
|
Tic
: Comportement
moteur ou verbal bref et involontaire, qui se répète à intervalles
variables (récurrence), sans fonction apparente ou réelle, mais
qui crée souvent un malaise chez ceux qui sont conscient d'en être
affligés. Tic, comportement
stéréotypé et syndrome
de la Tourette. *TIC.
Tic.
| |
|
|
GILLES DE LA TOURETTE, G. (1899). La maladie des tics
convulsifs. La Semaine Médicale, 19, 153-156. |
JANKOVIC, J. (2001). Differential diagnosis and etiology
of tics. Advances in Neurology, 85, 15-29. |
|
MEIGE, H. & FEINDEL, E. (1902). Les tics et leur
traitement. Paris : Masson. |
WOODS, D.W. & TWOHIG, M.P. (2002). Using habit
reversal to treat chronic vocal tic disorder in children.
Behavioral Interventions, 17, 159-168. |
|
YATES, A.J. (1958). The application of learning theory to
the treatment of tics. Social Psychology, 56, 175-182. |
GROUP, THE TOURETTE'S SYMPTOM STUDY GROUP. (2002).
Treatment of ADHD in children with tics : a randomized
controlled trial. Neurology, 58 (4), 527-536. |
|
BARRETT, B.H. (1962). Reduction in rate of multiple tics
by free operant conditioning methods. Journal of
Nervous & Mental Disease, 135, 187-195.
[PDF] |
ROANE, H.S., PIAZZA, C.C., CERCONE, J.J. & GRADOS, M.
(2002). Assessment and treatment of vocal tics associated
with Tourette's syndrome. Behavior Modification, 26
(4), 482-498. |
|
CORBETT, J.A., MATHEWS, A.M, CONNELL, P.H. & SHAPIRO,
D.A. (1969). Tics and Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome : A
follow-up study and critical review. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 115, 1229-1241. |
WOODS, D.W., TWOHIG, M.P., FLESSNER, C.A. & ROLOFF,
T.J. (2003). Treatment of vocal tics in children with
Tourette syndrome : investigating the efficacy of habit
reversal. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36
(1), 109-112. [PDF] |
|
WOODS, D.W., KOCH, M. & MILTENBERGER, R.G. (2003). The
impact of tic severity on the effects of peer education
about Tourette's syndrome. Journal of Developmental
& Physical Disabilities, 15, 67-78. |
|
KHALIFA, N. & VON KNORRING, A. (2003). Prevalence of
tic disorders and Tourette syndrome in a Swedish school
population. Developmental Medicine & Child
Neurology, 45 (5), 315-319. |
|
AZRIN, N.H. & NUNN, R. G. (1973). Habit-reversal : A
method of eliminating nervous habits and tics.
Behavior Research & Therapy, 11, 619-628. |
WOODS, D.W. & HIMLE, M.B. (2004). Creating tic
suppression : comparing the effects of verbal instruction
to differential reinforcement. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 37 (3), 417-420. [PDF] |
|
LAHEY, B.B., McNEES, M.P. & McNEES, M.C. (1973).
Control of an obscene "verbal tic" through timeout in an
elementary school classroom. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 6 (1), 101-104. [PDF]
|
HIMLE, M.B. & WOODS, D.W (2005). An experimental
evaluation of tic suppression and the tic rebound effect.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 43, 1443-1451. |
|
STORCH, E.A., MURPHY, T.K., GEFFKEN, G.R., SAJID, M.,
ALLEN P., ROBERTI, J.W. & GOODMAN, W.K. (2005).
Reliability and validity of the Yale Global Tic Severity
Scale. Psychological Assessment, 17 (4),
486-491. |
|
VAN DEN EYNDE, F., NAUDTS K.H., DE SAEDELEERI, S., VAN
HEERINGEN, C. & AUDENAERT, K. (2005). Olanzapine in
Gilles de la Tourette syndrome : beyond tics. Acta
Neurologica Belgica, 105, 206-211. [PDF] |
|
JANKOVIC, J. (1997). Phenomenology and classification of
tics. Neurologic Clinics of North America, 15,
267-275. |
MEIDINGER, A.L., MILTENBERGER, R.G., HIMLE, M., OMVIG, M.,
TRAINOR, C. & CROSBY, R. (2005). An investigation of
tic suppression and the rebound effect in Tourette
Syndrome. Behavior Modification, 29, 716-745. |
|
YORDANOVA, J., HEINRICH, H., KOLEV, V. & ROTHENBERGER,
A. (2006) Increased event-related theta activity as a
psychophysiological marker of comorbidity in children with
tics and attention-deficit-hyperactivity disorders. Neuroimage, 15, 940-955. |
|
GOLSE, B. (1983). Pour une psychopathologie ou une
psychogenèse des tics de l'enfant : Une revue de la
littérature. Actualités Psychiatrique, 1, 51-56. |
FRANKLIN, M.E. & HIMLE. M.B. (2007). Evidence-based
psychosocial treatments for tic disorders : Theoretical
and treatment implications (commentary). Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 14, 274-278. |
|
WRIGHT, K. & MILTENBERGER, R.G. (1987). Awareness
training in the treatment of head and facial tics. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 18 (3),
269-274. |
HIMLE, M.B. & WOODS, D.W., CONELEA, C.A., BAUER, C.C.
& RICE, K.A. (2007). Investigating the effects of tic
suppression on premonitory urge ratings in children and
adolescents with Tourette's syndrome. Behaviour &
Research Therapy, 45, 2964-2976. |
|
RIDDLE, M.A., HARDIN, M.T., CHO, S.C., WOOLSTON, J.L.
& LECKMAN, J.F. (1988). Desipramine treatment of boys
with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and tics:
preliminary clinical experience. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
27, 811-814. |
MILTENBERGER, R.G., WOODS, D.W & HIMLE, M. (2007). Tic
disorders and trichotillomania. In P. Sturmey (Ed.), Functional
analysis in clinical treatment (pp. 151-170).
Burlington, MA : Elsevier. |
|
LECKMAN, J.F., RIDDLE, M.A., HARDIN, M.T., ORT, S.I.,
SWARTZ, K L, STEVENSON, J. & COHEN, D.J. (1989). The
Yale Global Tic Severity Scale : initial testing of a
clinician-rated scale of tic severity. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
28 (4), 566-573. |
WOODS, D.W., CONELEA, C.A. & WALTHER, M.R. (2007).
Barriers to dissemination : Exploring the criticisms of
behavior therapy for tics. Clinical Psychology :
Science & Practice, 14, 280-283. |
|
SHARENOW, E., FUQUA, R.W. & MILTENBERGER, R.G. (1989).
The treatment of motor tics with dissimilar competing
response practice. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 22 (1), 35-42. [PDF]
|
CONELEA, C.A. & WOODS, D.W. (2008). The role of
contextual factors in tic expression. Journal of
Psychosomatic Research, 65, 487-496. |
|
AZRIN, N.H. & PETERSON, A.L. (1989). Reduction of an
eye tic by controlled blinking. Behavior Therapy, 2, 467-473. |
CONELEA, C.A. & WOODS, D.W. (2008). Examining the
impact of distraction on tic suppression in children and
adolescents with Tourette syndrome. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 46, 1193-1200. |
|
WOODS, D.W. & MILTENBERER, R.G. (1996). Are persons
with nervous habit nervous? A preliminary examination of
habit function in a nonreferred population. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 26 (2), 259-261. [PDF]
|
HIMLE, M.B., WOODS, D.W. & BUNACIU, L. (2008).
Evaluating the role of the reinforcement contingency in
differentially reinforced tic suppression. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 41 (2), 285-289. [PDF] |
|
VAN DER MEERE, J., GUNNING, W.B. & STEMERDINK, N.
(1996). Changing response set in normal development and in
ADHD children with and without tics. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 24, 767-786. |
WOODS, D.W., WALTHER, M.R., BAUER, C.C., KEMP, J.J. &
CONELEA, C.A. (2009). The development of stimulus control
over tics : A potential explanation for contextually-based
variability in the symptoms of Tourette syndrome. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 47, 41-47. |
|
WOODS, D.W., MILTENBERER, R.G. & LUMLEY, V.A. (1996).
Sequential application of major habit-reversal components
to treat motor tics in children. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psychology, 29 (4), 483-493. [PDF]
|
WALKUP, J.T., FERRAO, Y. LECKMAN, J.F., STEIN, D.J. &
SINGER, H. (2010). Tic disorders : Some key isue for
DSM-V. Depression & Anxiety, 27, 600-610. [PDF] |
|
WOODS, D.W., MILTENBERER, R.G. & FLACH, A.D. (1996).
Habits, tics, and stuttering : Prevalence and relation to
anxiety and somatic awareness. Behavior Modification,
20, 216-225. |
CONELEA, C.A., BRANDT, B.C. & WOODS, D.W. (2011). The
impact of a stress induction task on tic frequencies in
youth with Tourette syndrome. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 49, 492-497. |
|
SPENCER, T.J., BIEDERMAN, J., COFFEY B., GELLER, D.,
WILENS, T. & FARAONE, S. (1999). The 4-year course of
tic disorders in boys with attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56 (9),
842-847. |
HIMLE, M.B., FREITAG, M., WALTHER, M., FRANKLIN, S.A.,
ELY, L. & WOODS, D.W. (2012). A randomized pilot trial
comparing videoconference versus face-to-face delivery of
behavior therapy for childhood tic disorders. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 50, 565- 570. |
|
LAW, S. & SCHACHAR, R. (1999). Do typical clinical
doses of methylphenidate cause tics in children treated
for ADHD ? Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 944-951. |
HIMLE, M.B., CAPRIOTTI, M. HAYES, L.P., WILHELM, S.
DECKERSBACK, T., SPECHT, M., WALKUP, J., SCAHILL, L.,
SUKHOLDOLSKY, D., PETERSON, A., CHANG, S. &
PIACENTINI, J. (2014). Variables associated with tic
exacerbation in children with chronic tic disorders. Behavior
Modification, 38 (2), 163-183. [PDF] |
|
HUISMAN-VAN DIJK, H.M., VAN DE SCHOOT, R., RIJKEBOER,
M.M., MATHEWS, C.A. & CATH, D.C. (2016). The
relationship between tics, OC, ADHD and autism symptoms: A
cross-disorder symptom analysis in Gilles de la Tourette
syndrome patients and their family members. Psychiatry
Reserach, 237, 138-146. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Syndrome
de Gilles de la Tourette et Comportement
stéréotypé |
|
|
|
Tic (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic,
des tests et des
outils de collecte de données
qui permettent d'évaluer et
de mesurer les
tics.
| |
|
|
LECKMAN, J.F., RIDDLE, M.A., HARDIN, M.T., ORT, S.I.,
SWARTZ, K.L., STEVENSON, J. & COHEN, D.J. (1989). The
Yale Global Tic Severity Scale : initial testing of a
clinician-rated scale of tic severity. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
28 (4), 566-573. |
|
STORCH, E.A., MURPHY, T K., GEFFKEN, G R., SAJID, M.,
ALLEN P., ROBERTI, J.W. & GOODMAN, W.K. (2005).
Reliability and validity of the Yale Global Tic Severity
Scale. Psychological Assessment, 17 (4),
486-491. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tice Dianne ( ) : Psychosociologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du handicap
social et de la présentation
des soi. Collaboratrice de Baumeister,
Twenge et
Vohs.
|
TICE, D.M. & BAUMEISTER, R.F. (1990). Self-esteem,
self-handicapping, and self-presentation : the strategy of
inadequate practice. Journal of Personality, 58, 443-464. |
|
TICE, D.M. (1991). Esteem protection or enhancement ?
Self-handicapping motives and attributions differ by trait
self-esteem. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 60, 711-725. |
|
TICE, D.M. (1992). Self-presentation and self-concept
change : The looking-glass self is also a magnifying
glass. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology,
63, 435-451. |
|
TICE, D.M. BUTLER, J.L., MURAVEN, M.B. & STILLWELL,
A.M. (1995). When modesty prevails : Differential
favorability of self-presentation to friends and
strangers. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 69, 1120-1138. |
|
TICE, D.M. & BAUMEISTER, R.F., BLUMBERG, D.S. &
MURAVEN, M. (2007). Restoring the self : Positive affect
helps improve self-regulation following ego depletion. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 43 (3),
379-384. |
|
|
|
Tiedens Larissa Z. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de l'expression
des émotions, du pouvoir
et des hiérarchies sociales.
| |
TIEDENS, L.Z., ELLSWORTH, P.C. & MESQUITA, B. (2000).
Sentimental stereotypes : Emotional expectations for
high-and low-status group members. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 560-575. |
|
TIEDENS, L.Z. & LINTON, S. (2001). Judgment under
emotional certainty and uncertainty: The effects of
specific emotions on information processing. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 81 (56),
973-988. [PDF] |
|
TIEDENS, L.Z. (2001). Anger and advancement versus sadness
and subjugation : The effect of negative emotion
expressions on social status conferral. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 80, 86-94. [PDF] |
|
TIEDENS, L.Z. & JIMENEZ, C. (2001). Assimilation for
affiliation and contrast for control: Complementary
self-construals. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 85 (6), 1049-1061. |
|
TIEDENS, L.Z. & FRAGALE, A.R. (2003). Power moves :
Complementarity in submissive and dominant non-verbal
behavior. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 84, 558-568. |
|
|
|
Tienari Pekka (1931-2018) : Psychiatre
finlandais et spécialiste de la
thérapie familliale et de l'étude de la
schizophrénie, notamment chez les jumeaux.
Collaborateur de Wahlberg
et Wynne.
|
TIENARI, P. (1963). Psychiatric illnesses in identical
twins. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 39 (S
171), 9-195. |
|
TIENARI, P., SORRI, A., LAHTI, I., NAARALA, M., WAHLBERG,
K.-E., MORING, J., POHJOLA, J. & WYNNE, L.C. (1987).
Genetic and psychosocial factors in schizophrenia : The
Finnish Adoptive Family Study. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 13 (3), 477-484. [PDF] |
|
TIENARI, P., WYNNE, L.C., MORING, J. & LAHTI, I.
(2004). The Finnish adoptive family study of schizophrenia
: Implications for family research. The British
Journal of Psychiatry, 164 (S23), 20-26. [PDF] |
|
TIENARI, P., WYNNE, L.C., SORRI, A., LAHTI, I., LÄKSY, K.,
MORING, J., NAARALA, M., NIEMINEN, P. & WAHLBERG,
K.-E. (2004). Genotype-environment interaction in
schizophrenia-spectrum disorder : Long-term follow-up
study of Finnish adoptees. The British Journal of
Psychiatry, 184, 216-222. [PDF] |
|
TIENARI, P., WYNNE, L.C., SORRI, A., LAHTI, I., LÄKSY, K.,
MORING, J., NIEMINEN, P., JOUKAMAA, M., NAARALA, M.,
SEITAMAA, M., WAHLBERG, K.-E. & MIETTUNEN, J. (2005).
Observing relationships in Finnish adoptive families :
Oulu Family Rating Scale. Nordic Journal of
Psychiatry, 59 (4), 253-263. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tienson
John Leander ( ) : Philosophe
et épistémologue américain.
Collaborateur de Horgan.
|
TIENSON, J.L. (1982). Synonyms and the objects of belief.
Philosophical Studies, 42 (3), 297-313. |
|
TIENSON, J.L. (1987). An argument concerning
quantification and propositional attitudes. Philosophical
Studies, 51 (2), 145-168. |
|
HORGAN, T.E. & TIENSON, J.L. (1994). A nonclassical
framework for cognitive science. Synthese, 101
(3), 305-345. [PDF] |
|
HORGAN, T.E. & TIENSON, J.L. (1996). Connectionism
and the philosophy of psychology. Bradford : M.I.T. |
|
TIENSON, J.L. (2002). Higher-order causation. Grazer
Philosophische Studien, 63 (1), 89-101. |
|
|
|
Tiggemann
Marika ( ) :
Psychologue cognitivo-behavioriste
australienne, spécialisée dans l'étude de la résignation
acquise, de l'estime
de soi et des troubles
alimentaires. Collaboratrice de
Bulik, Fairburn, Wade
et Winefield.
|
TIGGEMANN, M. & WINEFIELD, A.H. (1978). Situation
similarity and the generalization of learned helplessness.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 30,
725-735. |
|
TIGGEMANN, M. & WINEFIELD, A.H. & BREBNER, J.
(1982). The role of extraversion in the development of
learned helplessness. Personality & Individual
Differences, 3, 27-34. |
|
TIGGEMANN, M. & DYER, G.M. (1995). Ideal body shape
preferences and eating disorder scores in adolescent
women. Psychology & Health, 10, 345-347. |
|
TIGGEMANN, M. (2003). Media exposure, body dissatisfaction
and disordered eating: Television and magazines are not
the same! European Eating Disorders Review, 11,
418-430. |
|
TIGGEMANN, M. & McGILL, B. (2004). The role of social
comparison in the effect of magazine advertisements on
women's mood and body dissatisfaction. Journal of
Social & Clinical Psychology, 23 (S), 23-44. |
|
|
|
Tigre (Panthera tigris) : Mammifère
carnivore de la
famille des félins.
= Shere khan .
Tiger.
|
|
|
SCHALLER, G.B. (1967). The deer and the tiger.
Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
|
MAZÀK, J.H. (1968). Nouvelle sous-espèce de tigre
provenant de l'Asie due Sud-Est. Mammalia, 32,
104-112. |
|
MAZÀK, J.H. (1981). Panthera tigris. Mammalian
Species, 152, 1-8. [PDF] |
|
CRACRAFT, J., FEINSTEIN, J., VAUGHN, J. &
HELM-BYCHOWSKI, K. (1998). Sorting out tigers (Panthera
tigris) : mitochondrial sequences, nuclear inserts,
systematics and conservation genetics. Animal
Conservation, 1, 139-150. |
|
MAZÀK, J.H. & GROVES, C.P. (2006). A taxonomic
revision of the tigers (Panthera tigris) of Southeast
Asia. Mammalian biology, 71 (5), 268-287. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Animal,
Mammifère et Carnivore |
|
|
Tilapia
: Poisson.
Tilapia.
|
|
| |
RAKOVER, S.S. (1979). Fish (Tilapia aurea), as rats, learn
shuttle better than lever-bumping (press) avoidance tasks
: A suggestion for functionally similar universal
reactions to a conditioned fear-arousing stimulus. American Journal of Psychology, 92 (3), 489-495. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Animal et
Poisson |
|
|
Timberlake
William D. (1942-2019) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'apprentissage.
Collaborateur de Allison
et Schaal.
 |
TIMBERLAKE, W. & BIRCH, D. (1967). Complexity,
novelty, and food deprivation as determinants of speed of
shift of behavior. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 63, 545-548. [PDF] |
|
TIMBERLAKE, W. (1977). The application of the matching law
to simple ratio schedules. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 25 (1), 215-217.
[PDF] |
|
TIMBERLAKE, W. (1988). The behavior of organisms :
Purposive behavior as a type of reflex. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 50 (2),
305-318. [PDF] |
|
TIMBERLAKE, W. (1993). Behavior systems and reinforcement
: an integrative approach. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 60 (1), 105-128.
[PDF] |
|
TIMBERLAKE, W. (2003). Is the operant contingency enough
for a science of purposive behavior ? Behavior &
Philosophy, 31, 1-33. [PDF] |
|
|
HURSH, S.R., CASE, D., MAZUR, J.E., BRANCH, M. &
SHULL, R.L. (1984). Reviewers' comments on Timberlake's
Behavior regulation and learned performance. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 41 (3),
376-82. [PDF] |
|
ARNET, E. (2019). Wiliam Timberlake : An ethologist'
psychologist. Behavioural Process, 166. |
|
BOWERS, R.I. (2020). In memoriam : William D. Timberlake
(1942-2019). Conductual, 8 (10), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Timidité : timide
: Émotion
désagréable, qui se manifeste notamment par des hésitations,
des comportements inadéquats ou maladroits, des rougeurs.
Timidité, solitude et
phobie sociale. =
timidité. Shyness, timidity, unassertive
children.
| |
|
|
DUPUIS, L. (1912). Les conditions biologiques de la
timidité. Revue Philosophique de la France et de
l'Étranger, 74, 140-160. |
|
|
BORNSTEIN, M.R., BELLACK, A.S. & HERSEN, M. (1977).
Social-skills training for unassertive children : a
multiple-baseline analysis. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 9 (2), 183-195.
[PDF] |
CROZIER, W.R. (2000). Shyness and social relationships.
Crozier, W.R. (Ed.), Shyness : development,
consolidation and change. London : Routledge. |
| PILKONIS, P.A. (1977). Shyness, public and private, and
its relationship to other measures of social behavior.
Journal of Personality, 45, 585-595. |
PRIOR, M., SMART, D., SANSON, A. & OBERKLAID, F.
(2000). Does shy-inhibited temperament in childhood lead
to anxiety problems in adolescence ? Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
39, 461-468. |
|
ZIMBARDO, P.G. (1977). Shyness. New York :
Addison-Wesley. |
ST. LORANT, T., HENDERSON, L. & ZIMBARDO, P.G. (2000).
Comorbidity in chronic shyness. Depression &
Anxiety, 12, 232-237. |
|
ZIMBARDO, P.G., PILKONIS, P.A. & NOORWOOD, R. (1977).
The silent prison of shyness. Department of
Psychology : Stanford University. |
ASHE, D.D. & McCUTCHESON, L.E. (2001). Shyness,
loneliness, and attitude towards celebrities. Current
Research in Social Psychology, 6 (9), 124-133. [PDF] |
|
CROZIER, W.R. (1979). Shyness as anxious
self-preoccupation. Psychological Reports, 44,
959- 962. |
HENDERSON, L. & ZIMBARDO, P.G. (2001). Shyness as a
clinical condition : The Stanford Model. In L. Alden &
R. Crozier (Eds.), International h andbook of social
anxiety (pp. 431-447). Sussex, England : John Wiley
& Sons. |
|
FRIEDMAN, P.G. (1980). Shyness and reticence in
students. Educational Resources Information Center
(ERIC). Washington, DC: National Education
Association. |
CROZIER, W.R. & PERKINS, P. (2002). Shyness as a
factor when testing children. Educational Psychology
in Practice, 18, 239-244. |
|
MORALDO, G.K. (1981). Shyness and loneliness among college
men and women. Psychological Reports, 48,
885-886. |
ASENDORPF, J.B., BANSE, R. & MÜCKE, D. (2002). Double
discrimination between implicit and explicit personality
self-concept : The case of shy behavior. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 83, 380-393. [PDF] |
|
LEARY, M.R. & SCHLENKER, B.R. (1981). The social
psychology of shyness : A self- presentation model. In
J.T. Tedeschi (Ed.), Impression management : theory
and social psychological research. New York :
Academic Press. |
CROZIER, W.R. (2002). State of the art : Shyness. The
Psychologist, 15, 460-463. |
|
CHEEK, J.M. & BUSS, A.H. (1981). Shyness and
sociability. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 41, 330-339. |
BEER, J.S. (2002). Implicit self-theories and shyness. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 83 (4),
1009-1024. [PDF] |
|
CROZIER, W.R. (1982). Explanations of social shyness. Current
Psychological Reviews, 2 (1) 47-59. |
CROZIER, W.R. & BIRDSEY N. (2003). Shyness, sensation
seeking and birth-order position. Personality &
Individual Differences, 35, 127-134. |
|
ZIMBARDO, P.G. (1982). Shyness and the stresses of the
human connection. In L. Goldberger & S. Breznitz
(Eds.), Handbook of stress : Theoretical and clinical
aspects (pp. 466-481). New York : Free Press. |
CROZIER, W.R. & HOSTETTLER, K. (2003). The influence
of shyness on children's test performance. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 73, 317-328. |
|
McCROSKEY, J.C. & RICHMOND, V.P. (1982). Communication
apprenhension and shyness : Conceptual and operational
distinctions. Central States Speech Journal,
35, 458-468. [PDF] |
|
|
SNYDER, C.R., SMITH, T.W., AUGELLI, R.W. & INGRAM,
R.E. (1985). On the self-serving function of social
anxiety : Shyness as a self-handicapping strategy. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 48 (4),
970-980. |
|
|
ZIMBARDO, P.G. & PICCIONE, C. (1985). Can shyness
affect your health ? Healthline, 4, 12, 13. |
|
|
ANDERSON, C.A. & ARNOULT, R.H. (1985). Attributional
style and everyday problems in living : Depression,
loneliness, and shyness. Social Cognition, 3,
16-35. |
|
|
CROZIER, W.R. (1985). Shyness and students' perceptions of
seminars. Psychology Learning & Teaching, 4
(1), 27-34. |
|
|
BUSS, A.H. (1985). A theory of shyness. In W.H., Jones,
J.M. Cheek & S.R. Briggs (Eds.), Shyness :
Perspectives on research and treatment. New York :
Plenum Press. |
SANTESSO, D.A., SCHMIDT, L.A. & FOX, N.A. (2004). Are
shyness and sociability still a dangerous combination for
substance use ? Evidence from a US and Canadian sample.
Personality & Individual Differences, 37, 5-17.
[PDF] |
|
BRUCH, M.A., GIORDANO, S. & PEARL, L. (1986).
Differences between fearful and self- conscious shy
subtypes in background and current adjustment. Journal
of Research in Personality, 20, 172-186. |
CROZIER, W.R. (2005). Shyness and students' perceptions of
seminars. Psychology Learning & Teaching, 4
(1), 27-34. |
|
KAGAN, J. & REZNICK, J.S. (1986). Shyness and
temperament. In W.H. Jones, J.M. Cheek & S.R. Briggs
(Eds.), Shyness : Perspectives on research and
treatment (pp. 810-890). New York : Plenum. |
|
|
ASENDORPF, J.B. (1986). Shyness in middle and late
childhood. In W.H. Jones, J.M. Cheek & S.R. Briggs
(Eds.), Shyness : Perspectives on research and
treatment (pp. 91-103). New York : Plenum Press. |
|
|
LEARY, M.R. (1986). Affective and behavioral components of
shyness : Implications for theory, measurement, and
research. In W.H Jones, J.M. Cheek & S.R. Briggs
(Eds.), Shyness : Perspectives on research and
treatment. New York : Plenum. |
|
|
ASENDORPF, J.B. (1987). Videotape reconstruction of
emotions and cognitions related to shyness. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 53, 542-549.
[PDF] |
ARON, E.N., ARON, A. & DAVIES, K. (2005). Adult
shyness : The interaction of temperamental sensitivity and
an adverse childhood environment. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 181-197. [PDF] |
|
KAGAN, J., REZNICK, J.S. & SNIDMAN, N. (1988).
Biological bases of childhood shyness. Science, 240, 167-171. |
CROZIER, W.R. (2005). Measuring shyness : analysis of the
Revised Cheek and Buss Shyness Scale. Personality
& Individual Difference, 38 (8), 1947-1956. |
|
BRIGGS, S.R. (1988). Shyness : Introversion or
neuroticism. Journal of Research In Personality, 22,
290-307. |
SPOONER, A.L., EVANS, M.A. & SANTOS, R. (2005). Hidden
shyness in children: discrepancies between self-
perceptions and the perceptions of parents and teachers. Merill-Palmer
Quarterly, 51 (4), 437-466. |
|
CHEEK, J.M. & WATSON, A.K. (1989). The definition of
shyness : Psychological imperialism or construct validity
? Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 4 (1),
85-95.
[PDF] |
|
|
BRUCH, M.A., GORSKY, J.M., COLLINS, T.M. & BERGER,
P.A. (1989). Shyness and sociability reexamined : A
multicomponent analysis. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 57, 904-915. |
|
|
ASENDORPF, J.B. (1989). Shyness as a final common pathway
for two different kinds of inhibition. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 57, 481-492. |
HAMPES, W.H. (2005). Correlations between humor syles and
loneliness. Psychological Reports, 96, 747-750.
|
|
CHEEK, J.M. & BRIGGS, S.R. (1990). Shyness as a
personality trait. In W.R. Crozier (Ed.), Shyness and
embarrassment : perspectives from social psychology (pp.
315 - 337). Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
HOPKO, D.R., STOWELL, J., JONES, W.H., ARMENTO, M.E.A.
& CHEEK, J.M. (2005). Psychometric properties of the
revised Cheek and Buss Shyness Scale. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 84 (2), 185-192. |
|
SHEPPERD, J.A. & ARKIN, R.M. (1990). Shyness as
self-presentation. In R. Crozier (Ed.), Shyness and
Embarrassment : Perspectives from social psychology
(pp. 287-314). New York : Cambridge University Press |
|
|
CHEEK, J.M. & MELCHOIR, L.A. (1990). Shyness,
self-esteem, and self-consciousness. In H. Leitenberg
(Ed.), Handbook of social and evaluation anxiety
(pp. 47-82). New York : Plenum Publishing. |
RUBIN, K.H., WOJSLAWOWICZ, J.C., ROSE-KRASNOR, L.,
BOOTH-LAFORCE, C. & BURGESS, K.B. (2006). The best
friendships of shy/withdrawn children : prevalence,
stability, and relationship quality. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 34, 139-153. |
|
HARRIS, P.R. (1990). Shyness and embarrassment in
psychological theory and ordinary language. In W.R.
Crozier (Ed.), Shyness and embarrassment :
Perspectives from social psychology (pp. 59-86).
Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
HAMPES, W.H. (2006). Humor and shyness : The relation
between humor styles and shyness. Humor -
International Journal of Humor Research, 19 (2),
179-187. |
|
CROZIER, W.R. & BURNHAM, M. (1990). Age-related
differences in children understanding of shyness.
British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 8, 179-185. |
COPLAN, R.J. & ARMER, M. (2007). A "multitude" of
solitude : A closer look at social withdrawal and
nonsocial play in early childhood. Child Development
Perspectives, 1 (1), 26-32. |
|
BELL, I.R., JASNOSKI, M.L., KAGAN, J. & KING, D.S.
(1990). Is allergic rhinitis more frequent in young adults
with extreme shyness ? A preliminary survey. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 52, 517-525. |
ARBEAU, K.A. & COPLAN, R.J. (2007). Kindergarten
teachers'beliefs and responses to hypothetical prosocial,
asocial, and antisocial children. Merill-Palmer
Quarterly, 53 (2), 291-318. |
|
ASENDORPF, J. (1990). Beyond social withdrawal : Shyness,
unsociability, and peer avoidance. Human Development,
33, 250-259. [PDF] |
DURMUS, E. (2007). The perceptions of shy and non- shy
students. Ankara University. Journal of Faculty of
Educational Sciences, 40 (1), 243-268. |
|
TURNER, S.M., BEIDEL, D.C. & TOWNSLEY, R.M. (1990).
Social phobia : Relationship to shyness. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 28, 497-505. |
LANE, C. (2007). Shyness : How normal behavior became
a sickness. New Haven, CT : Yale University Press./
Comment la psychiatrie et l'industrie pharmaceutique
ont médicalisé nos émotions. Paris : Flammarion. |
|
LEARY, M.R. (1990). Social anxiety, shyness, and related
constructs. In J.P. Robinson & Shaver, P.R. &
Wrightsman, L.S. (Eds.), Measures of personality and
social psychological attitudes (pp. 182-184). San
Diego : Academic Press. |
LUND, I. (2008). I just sit there: shyness as an emotional
and behavioral problem in school (report). Journal of
Research in Special Educational Needs, 8, 78-87. |
|
|
COPLAN, R.J. & ABEAU K.A. (2008). The stresses of a
"brave new world" : Shyness and school adjustment in
kindergarten. Journal of Research in Childhood
Education, 22, 377-389. |
|
BOOTH, R.B., BARTLETT, D. & BOHNSACK, J. (1992).
Examination of the relationship between happiness,
loneliness, and shyness in college student. Journal of
College Student Development, 33, 157-159. |
WADMAN, R., DURKIN, K. & CONTI-RAMSDEN, G. (2008).
Self-esteem, shyness, and sociability in adolescents with
speci c language impairment (SLI). Journal of Speech,
Language, & Hearing Research : JSLHR, 51 (4),
938-952. |
|
MANNING, P. & RAY G. (1993). Shyness, self-confidence,
and social interaction. Social Psychology Quarterly, 56,
178-192. |
BEATON, E.A., SCHMIDT, L.A., SCHULKIN, J., ANTONY, M.M.,
SWINSON, R.P. & HALL, G.B. (2008). Different neural
responses to stranger and personally familiar faces in shy
and bold adults. Behavioral Neuroscience, 122, 704-709. |
|
RUBIN, K.H. & ASENDORPF, J. (1993). Social withdrawal,
inhibition and shyness in childhood : Conceptual and
definitional issues. In K.H. Rubin & J. Asendorpf
(Eds.), Social withdrawal, inhibition, and shyness in
childhood. Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum. |
HUTTERMAN, R., DENISSEN, J.J.A., ASENDORPF, J.B. & VAN
AKEN, M.A.G. (2009). Changing dynamics in problematic
personality : A multiwave longitudinal study of the
relationship between shyness and aggressiveness from
childhood to early adulthood. Development &
Psychopa- thology, 21, 1083-1094. |
|
BELL, I.R., MARTINO, G.M., MEREDITH, K.E., SCHWARTZ, G.E.,
SIANI, M.M. & MORROW, F.D. (1993). Vascular disease
risk factors, urinary-free cortisol, and health histories
in older adults : Shyness and gender interactions. Biological
Psychology, 35, 37-49. |
COPLAN, R.J. & WEEKS, M. (2009). Shy and soft- spoken:
Shyness, pragmatic language, and socio-emotional
adjustment in early childhood. Infant & Child
Development, 18 (3), 238-254. |
|
CROZIER, W.R. & BADAWOOD, A. (2009). Shyness,
vocabulary and children's reticence in Saudi Arabian
preschools. Infant & Child Development, 18, 255-270. |
|
|
ASENDORPF, J.B. & MEIER, G.H. (1993). Personality
effects on children's speech in everyday life :
Sociability-mediated exposure and shyness-mediated
reactivity to social situations. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 64 (6),
1072-1083. [PDF] |
RUBIN, K.H., COPLAN, R.J. & BOWKER, J.C. (2009).
Social withdrawal and shyness in childhood. Annual
Review of Psychology, 60, 141-171. [PDF] |
|
KAMATH, M. & KANEKAR, S. (1993). Loneliness, shyness,
self-esteem, and extraversion. The Journal of Social
Psychology, 733, 855-857. |
HENDERSON, L., ZIMBARDO, P. & CARDUCCI, B. (2010). Shyness.
In The Corsini encyclopedia of psychology. John
Wiley and Sons, |
|
HENDERSON, L. (1994). Social fitness training : A
treatment manual for shyness and social phobia. Palo
Alto : Shyness Institute. |
RUBIN, K.H., COPLAN, R.J. (2010). The development of
shyness and social wthdrawal. New York : Guilford. |
|
WILSON, D.S., CLARK, A.B., COLEMAN, K. & DEARSTYNE, T.
(1994). Shyness and boldness in humans and other animals.
Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 9, 442-446. |
GÖKHAN, B.A.S. (2010). An investigation of the
relationship between shyness and loneliness levels of
elementary students in a Turkish sample. Educational
Sciences, 2 (2), 419-440. |
|
MILLER, R.S. (1995). On the nature of embarassability,
shyness, social evaluation, and orientations to Problems
Experienced Scale. The Journal of Psychology, 63 (2),
315-339. [PDF] |
HENDERSON, L. & ZIMBARDO, P.G. (2010). Shyness, social
anxiety, and social anxiety disorder. In S.G. Hofmann
& P.M. DiBartolo (Eds.), Social anxiety, second
edition : Clinical, developmental, and social
perspectives (pp. 65-93). London, UK : Elsevier,
Inc. |
|
XINYIN, C., RUBON, K.H. & BOSHU, L. (1995). Social and
school adjustment of shy and aggressive children in China.
Development & Psychopathology, 7, 337-349. |
VOLBTRECHT, M.M. & GOLDSMITH, H.H. (2010). Early
temperamental and family predictors of shyness and
anxiety. Developmental Psychology, 46, 1192-1205. |
|
ARBEAU, K.A., COPLAN, R.J. & WEEKS, M. (2010).
Shyness, teacher-child relationships, and socio-economic
adjustment in grade 1. International Journal of
Behavioral Development, 34 (3), 259-269. |
|
CROZIER, W.R. (1995). Shyness and self-esteem in middle
childhood. British Journal of Educational Psychology
65, 85-95. |
CROZIER, W.R. (2010). Shyness and the development of
embarrassment and the self-conscious emotions. In K.H.
Rubin & R.J. Coplan (Eds.), The development of
shyness and social withdrawal (pp.42-63). New York
: Guilford Press. |
|
HUGHES, K. & COPLAN, R.J. (2010). Exploring process
linking shyness and academic achievement in childhood.
School Psychology Quarterly, 25 (4), 213-222. |
|
JOHNSON, J.E., AIKMAN, K.G., DANNER, C.C. & ELLING,
K.A. (1995). Attributions of shy persons in romantic
relationships. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 51,
532-536. |
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. & VINITZKY, G. (2010). Social
network use and personality. Computers in Human
Behavior, 26 (6), 1289-1295. |
|
SCHMIDT, L.A., FOX, N.A., RUBIN, K.H., STERNBERG, E.M.,
GOLD, P.W., SMITH, C.C. & SCHULKIN, J. (1997).
Behavioral and neuroendocrine responses in shy children.
Developmental Psychobiology, 30, 127-140. |
BAS, G. (2010). An investigation of the relationship
between shyness and loneliness levels of elementary
students in a Turkish sample. International Online
Journal of Educational Sciences, 2 (2), 419-440. [PDF] |
|
VAN AMERINGEN, M., MANCINI, C. & OAKMAN, J.M. (1998).
The relationship of behavioral inhibition and shyness to
anxiety disorder. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Disease, 186, 425-431. |
RIMMER, J., GOOD, J., HARRIS, E. & BALAAM, M. (2011).
Class participation and shyness : Affect and learning to
program. In Proceedings of the 23rd Annual Psychology
of programming interest group conference (pp. 1-9).
York : University of York. |
|
COPLAN, R., HUGHES, K., ROSE-KRASNOR, L. & BOSACKI, S.
(2011). Is silence golden ? Elementary school teachers'
strategies and beliefs towards hypothetical shy-quiet and
talkative-exuberant children. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 103 (4), 939-951. |
|
HURLEY, J.R. (1998). Timidity as a response style to
psychological questionnaires. Journal of Psychology,
132, 202-210. |
YOUNG, M.E. & BRUNET, P.M. (2011). It's about time :
The in uence of sociability - but not shyness - on the
categorization of facial expressions of emotion. Journal
of Individual Differences, 32, 65-73. |
|
BEIDEL, D.C. & TURNER, S.M. (1999). The natural course
of shyness and related syndromes. In L.A. Schmidt & J.
Schulkin (Eds.), Extreme fear, shyness and social
phobia : Origins, biological mechanisms, and clinical
outcomes (pp. 203-223). New York : Oxford
University Press. |
BOSACKI, S., COPLAN, R.J., ROSE KRASNOR, L. & HUGHES,
H. (2011). Elementary school teachers' reflections on shy
children in the classroom. Alberta Journal of
Educational Research, 57 (3), 273-287. |
|
DILL, J.C. & ANDERSON, C.A. (1999). Loneliness,
shyness, and depression : The etiology and
interrelationships of everyday problems in living. In T.
Joiner and J.C. Coyne (Eds.) The interactional nature
of depression : Advances in interpersonal approaches
(pp. 93-125). Washington, D.C. : American Psychological
Association. |
SCOTT, S., HINTON-SMITH, T., HARMA, V. & BROOME, K.
(2012). The reluctant researcher : Shyness in the eld. Qualitative
Research, 1-20. |
|
LAO, M.G., AKSEER, T., BOSACKI, S. & COPLAN, R.J.
(2013). Self-identified childhood shyness and perceptions
of shy children : voices of elementary school teachers.
International Electronic Journal of Elementary
Education, 5 (3), 269-284. [PDF] |
|
CARDUCCI, B.J. (1999). Shyness : A bold new approach.
New York : Harper Collins. |
FIORENZO-LAGHI, F., SCHNEIDER, B.H., VITOROULIS, I.,
COPLAN, R.J., BAIOCCO, R., AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y., HUDEK,
N., KOSZYCKI, D., MILLER, S. & FLAMENT, M. (2013).
Knowing when not to use the Internet : Shyness and
adolescents' on-line and offl-line interactions with
friends. Computer in Human Behavior, 29, 51-57. |
|
CROZIER, W.R. (2014). Children's shyness : A suitable case
for treatment ? Educational Research in Practice, 30,
156-166. |
|
DILL, J.C. & ANDERSON, C.A. (1999). Loneliness,
shyness, and depression : The etiology and
interrelationships of everyday problems in living. In T.
Joiner and J.C. Coyne (Eds.) The interactional nature
of depression : Advances in interpersonal approaches
(pp. 93-125). Washington, D.C. : American Psychological
Association. |
HENDERSON, L., GILBERT, P. & ZIMBARDO, P. (2014).
Shyness, social anxiety, and social phobia. In S.G.
Hofmann & P.M. Dibartolo (Eds.), Social anxiety :
Clinical, developmental, and social perspectives
(pp. 95-115). Science Direct. [PDF] |
|
LIU, J., COPLAN, R.J., CHEN, X., LI, D., DING, X. &
ZHOU, Y. (2014). Unsociability and shyness in Chinese
children : concurrent and predictive relations with
indices of adjustment. Social development, 23, 119-136. |
|
KALUTSKAYA, I.N., ARCHBELL, K.A., RUDASILL, K.M. &
COPLAN, R.J. (2015). Shy children in the classroom : from
research to educational practice. Translational Issues
in Psychological Sciences, 1, 149-157. |
|
COPLAN, R.J., LIU, J., CAO, J., CHEN, X. & LI, D.
(2017). Shyness and school adjustment in Chinese children:
The roles of te achers and peers. School Psychology
Quarterly, 32, 131-142. |
|
CHEEK, J.M. & KRASNOPEROVA, E.N. (1999). Varieties of
shyness in adolescence and adulthood. In L.A. Schmidt
& J. Schulkin (Eds.), Extreme fear, shyness, and
social phobia : Origins, biological mechanisms, and
clinical outcomes (pp. 224-250). New York : Oxford
University Press. |
MASSEK, A. & MASDUKI, M. (2017). Participation of shy
children during the teaching and learning of basic
psychomotor skill. Pertanika Journal of Social
Science & Humanities, 25 (S), 55-66. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Solitude
et Émotion |
|
|
Timidité (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des tests
et des outils de collecte de
données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
la timidité. Measure
of shyness, shyness Scale.
| |
|
|
CHEEK, J.M. & BUSS, A.H. (1981). Shyness and
sociability. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 41, 330-339. |
|
CHEEK, J.M. (1983). The Revised Cheek and Buss
Shyness Scale. Wellesly, MA : Wellesly College. |
|
BORTNIK, K., HENDERSON, L.E. & ZIMBARDO, P.G. (2002).
The shy q, a measure of chronic shyness : associations
with interpersonal motives, interpersonal values and
self-conceptualizations. 36th annual conference of
the Association for the Advancement of Behavior Therapy
(pp. 14-17). [PDF] |
|
HOPKO, D.R., STOWELL, J., JONES, W.H., ARMENTO, M.E.A.
& CHEEK, J.M. (2005). Psychometric properties of the
revised Cheek and Buss Shyness Scale. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 84 (2), 185-192. |
|
|
Voir aussi Solitude
et Émotion |
|
|
|
Timimi
Sami ( ) : Psychiatre britannique, d'origine irakienne, spécialisé dans l'étude du
trouble d'attention avec ou sans hyperactivité.
Timimi et les sceptiques.
Collaborateur de Bracken,
Double,
Moncrieff et Thomas.
 |
TIMIMI, S. (2002). Pathological child psychiatry and
the medicalization of childhood. Hove, UK :
Brunner-Routledge. |
|
TIMIMI, S. (2004). Rethinking childhood depression. British
Medical Journal, 329, 1394-1396. [PDF] |
|
TIMIMI, S. & TAYLOR, E. (2004). ADHD is best
understood as a cultural construct. The British
Journal of Psychiatry, 184, 8-9. [PDF] |
|
TIMIMI, S. & al. (2004). A critique of the
international consensus statement on ADHD. Clinical
Child & Family Psychology Review, 7 (1),
59-63. [PDF]
+ [LIRE] |
|
TIMIMI, S. & RADCLIFFE, N. (2005) The rise and rise of
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Public Mental Health, 4, 9-13. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tinbergen
Nikolaas (La haye Danemark 1907-1988 Oxford) :
Éthologiste autrichien.
Chef de file de l'étude du comportement
animal et de l'instinct.
Lauréat du prix Nobel de
physiologie et de médecine en 1973 avec Frisch
et Lorenz. Professeur de
Bastock, Dunbar,
Franck et Manning.
Collaborateur de Verplanck.
 |
TINBERGEN, N. (1951). The study of instinct. Oxford
: Clarendon Press. |
|
TINBERGEN, N. (1952). Derived activities : Their
causation, biological significance, origin and
emancipation during evolution. Quarterly Review of
Biology, 27, 1-32. |
|
TINBERGEN, N. (1957). The fonction of territory. Bird
study, 4, 14-27. |
|
TINBERGEN, N. (1963). On aims and method of ethology. Zeitschrift
für Tierpsychologie, 20, 410-433. [PDF]
|
|
TINBERGEN, N., IMPREKOVEN, M. & FRANCK, D. (1967). An
experiment on spacing out as a defense against predators.
Behaviour, 28, 307-321. |
|
|
DEWBURY, D.A. (1990). Obituary : Nikolaas Tinbergen
(1907-1988). American Psychologist, 45 (1),
67-68. |
|
ZEIFMAN, D.M. (2001). An ethological analysis of human
infant crying : Answering Tinbergen's four questions. Developmental
Psychobiology, 39, 265-285. |
|
KRUUK, H. (2003). Niko's nature : the life of Niko
Tinbergen and his science of animal behaviour. Oxford
: Oxford University Press |
|
MANNING, A. (2005). Four decades on from the "four
question". Animal Biology, 55, 287-296. |
|
CREWS, D. & GROOTHUIS, T. (2005). Tinbergen's fourth
question, ontogeny : Sexual and individual
differentiation. Animal Biology, 55, 343-370. [PDF]
|
|
PELLEGRINI, A.D. (2008). The role of development in
evolutionary psychology : Tinbergen revisited.
Psychological Inquiry, 19, 38-40. |
|
|
|
Tindale
Scott R. ( ) :
Psychosociologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude des groupes.
Collaborateur de Davis, Kerr
et Levine.
|
TINDALE, R.S. & DAVIS, J.H. (1985). Individual and
group reward allocation decisions in two situational
contexts : The effects of relative need and performance. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 48,
1148-1161. |
|
TINDALE, R.S. & KULICK, C.T. & SCOTT, L.A. (1991).
Individual and group feedback and performance : An
attributional perspective. Basic & Applied Social
Psychology, 12, 41- 62. |
|
TINDALE, R.S. & SMITH, C.M., DYKEMA-ENGBLADE, A. &
KLUWE, K. (2012). Good and bad group performance : Same
process - different outcome. Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 15, 603-618. |
|
TINDALE, R.S., SHEFFEY, S. & SCOTT, L.A. (1993).
Framing and group decision-making : Do cognitive changes
parallel preference changes ? Organizational Behavior
& Human Decision Processes, 55, 470-485. |
|
TINDALE, R.S. & SHEFFEY, S. (2002). Shared
information, cognitive load, and group memory. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 5, 5-18. |
|
|
|
Tinto
Vincent ( ) : Sociologue
américain, spécialisé en éducation
et plus particulièrement dans l'étude du décrochage
scolaire.
 |
TINTO, V. (1975). Dropout from higher education : A
theoretical synthesis of recent research. Review of
Educational Research, 45, 89-125. |
|
TINTO, V. (1978). Reflections on classroom authority. Education
& Urban Society, 11, 107-118. |
|
TINTO, V. (1982). Limits of theory and practice in student
attrition. Journal of Higher Education, 53 (6),
687-700. [PDF]
|
|
TINTO, V. (1990). The principles of effective retention. The
Journal of the Freshman Year Experience, 2 (1),
35-48. |
|
TINTO, V. (2006/7). Research and practice of student
retention : What next ? Journal of Student Retention,
8 (1), 1-19. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tipper
Steven P. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude de l'attention
et de l'inhibition.
|
TIPPER, S.P. (1985). The negative priming effect:
Inhibitory priming by ignored objects. The Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 37A, 571-590. |
|
TIPPER, S.P. & BAYLIS, G.C. (1987). Individual
differences in selective attention : The relation of
priming and interference to cognitive failure. Personality
& Individual Differences, 8, 667-675. |
|
TIPPER, S.P. & DRIVER, J. (1988). Negative priming
between pictures and words : Evidence for semantic
processing of ignored stimuli. Memory &
Cognition, 16, 64-70. |
|
TIPPER, S.P., BORQUE, T.A., ANDERSON, S.H. & BREHAUT,
J.C. (1989). Mechanisms of attention : A developmental
study. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 48,
353-378. |
|
TIPPER, S.P., GRISON, S. & KESSLER, K. (2003).
Long-term inhibition of return of attention. Psychological
Science, 14, 19-25. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tisseron Serge (Valence 1948-) : Psychiatre
et psychanalyste
français, spécialisé dans l'étude des effets psychologiques des
technologies, notamment des écrans.
Collaborateur de Houdé.
|
TISSERON, S. (2002). Education aux images : Pourquoi ?
Comment ? Crace Valence, 1-7.
[PDF] |
|
TISSERON, S. (2008). Les dangers de la télé pour les
bébés. Paris : Érés. |
|
TISSERON, S. (2013/18). 3-6-9-12, pour apprivoiser
les écrans et grandir. Paris : Éditions Érès. |
|
BACH. J.F., HOUDÉ, O., LÉNA, P. et TISSERON, S. (2013). L'enfant et les écrans. Avis de l'Académie des sciences. Le Pommier. [PDF] |
|
TISSERON, S. (2019). Les impacts des écrans sur les
enfants et les moyens de les en protéger. Revue
Francophone d'Orthoptie, 12 (4), 176-179. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Titchener Edward Bradford (Chichester Angleterre 1867-1927 Ithaca États-Unis) : Psychologue structuraliste
américain d'origine britannique. Considéré par certains historiens
des sciences comme le père du structuralisme
en psychologie. Il est aussi l'un des membres fondateur de l'American
Psychological Association. Étudiant de
Wundt et professeur de Dallenbach,
Guilford, James,
Ogden, Parrish et Washburn.
 |
TITCHENER, E.B. (1895). Simple reactions. Mind, 4,
74-81. |
|
TITCHENER, E.B. (1898). The postulates of a structural
psychology. Philosophical Review, 7, 449-465. [LIRE] |
|
TITCHENER, E.B. (1899). Structural and functional
psychology. Philosophical Review, 8, 290-299. |
|
TITCHENER, E.B. (1912). The schema of introspection. American Journal of Psychology, 23, 485-508. |
|
TITCHENER, E.B. (1914). On "psychology as the behaviorist
views it". American Philosophical Society, 53,
1-17. |
|
|
CALDWELL, W. (1898). Professor Titchener view of the self.
Psychological Review, 5 (4), 401-408. [PDF] |
| ROWE, F.B. & MURRAY, F.S. (1979). A note on the
Titchener influence on the fust psychology laboratory in
the south. Journal ofthe History of the Behavioral
Sciences, 15, 282-284. |
|
BENJAMIN, L.T. (2006). Titchener's Experimentalists : No
women allowed. In L.T. Benjamin (Ed.), A history of
psychology in letters (pp. 125-138). Malden, MA :
Blackwell. |
|
GREEN, C.D. (2010). Scientific objectivity and E.B.
Titchener's experimental psychology. Isis, 101 (4),
697-721. |
|
PROCOTOR, R.W. & EVANS, R. (2014). E.B. Titchener,
women psychologist, and the experimentalist. The
American Journal of Psychhology, 127 (4), 521-526.
|
|
|
|
Titler Marita G. ( ) : Spécialiste des
soins infirmiers. Elle s'intéresse aussi aux soins prodigués aux personnes agées.
|
TITLER, M.G., KLEIBER, C., STEELMAN, V.J., GOODE, C.J.,
RAKEL, B.A., BARRY-WALKER, J., SMALL, S. & BUCKWALTER,
K.C. (1994). Infusing research into practice to promote
quality care. Nursing Research, 43 (5), 307-313.
[PDF] |
|
TITLER, M.G., KLEIBER, C., STEELMAN, V.J., RAKEL, B.A.
BUDREAU, G., EVERETT, L.Q., BUCKWALTER, K.C.,
TRIPP-REIMER, T. & GOODE, C.J. (2001). The Iowa model
of evidence-based practice to promote quality care. Critical
Care Nursing Clinics of North America - Journal, 13
(4), 497-509. [PDF] |
|
TITLER, M.G., WILSON, D.S., RESNICK, B. & SHEVER, L.L.
(2013) Dissemination and implementation : INQRI's
potential impact. Medical Care, 51 (4 Suppl 2),
41-46. |
|
TITLER, M.G. (2014). Overview of evidence-based practice
and translation science. Nursing Clinics of North
America, 49 (3), 269-274. |
|
TITLER, M.G., CONLON, P., REYNOLDS, M. A., RIPLEY, R.,
TSODIKOV, A., WILSON, D.S. & MONTIE, M. (2016). The
effect of a translating research into practice
intervention to promote use of evidence-based fall
prevention interventions in hospitalized adults : A
prospective pre-post implementation study in the U.S.
Applied. Nursing Research, 31, 52-59. |
|
|
|
Titov Nickolai ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, d'origine australienne, spécialisé dans l'étude
et l'application des thérapies à
distance, notamment dans le traitement de la
dépression et de la phobie
sociale. Collaborateur de Carlbring,
Cuijpers, Hofmann,
Rozental et
Craske.
|
TITOV, N., ANDREWS, G., SCHWENCKE, G., DROBNY, J. &
EINSTEIN, D. (2008). Shyness 1: Distance treatment of
social phobia over the Internet. Australian & New
Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 42 (7), 585-594. |
|
TITOV, N., GIBSON, M., ANDREWS, G. & McVOY, P. (2009).
Internet treatment for social phobia reduces comorbidity.
Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 43,
754-759. [PDF] |
|
TITOV, N., ANDREWS, G., SCHWENCKE, G., SOLLEY, K.,
JOHNSTON, L. & ROBINSON, E. (2009). Clinician-assisted
Internet-based treatment is effective for generalized
anxiety disorder : Randomized controlled trial. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 43 (10),
905-912. |
|
TITOV, N. (2011). Internet-delivered psychotherapy for
depression in adults. Current Opinion in Psychiatry
24 (1), 18-23 |
|
TITOV, N., DEAR, B.F., LUKE JOHNSTON, L. & TERIDES, M.
(2012). Transdiagnostic internet treatment for anxiety and
depression. Revista de Psicopatología y Psicología
Clínica, 17 (3), 237-260. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Titre : Désignation d'un rang ou d'une fonction au sein d'un groupe, d'une hiérarchie.
EX: Un caporal dans l'armée ou une
vice-présidente dans une entreprise. On qualifie «d'honorifique»
un titre sans resposanbilité
ou sans réel pouvoir
|
|
|
|
|
Titre d'un article scientifique : Dans la notice
d'un article scientifique,
désigne le sujet abordé par cette publication. Ce titre peut
contenir les variables à l'étude (variable indépendante et
variable dépendante ou variable observée/décrite), la population
visée par l'étude, la théorie mise à l'épreuve ou le problème
soulevé par l'auteur, s'il y a lieu. Dans le modèle de référence
de l'American Psychological
Association, cette information est placée entre l'année
de publication et le nom
de la revue.
|
BÉLANGER, J. (1978). Images et
réalités du béhaviorisme. Philosophiques,
5 (1), 3-110.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Titre d'un chapitre de livre : Dans la notice
d'un chapitre de
livre, désigne l'un des chapitres du livre, et contient les
grands thèmes couverts par cette publication. Dans le modèle de
référence de l'American
Psychological Association, cette information est placée
entre l'année de
publication et le nom
du directeur du livre.
|
BEAUGRAND, J. (1988). Démarche scientifique et cycle de recherche. Dans M.
Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la recherche
scientifique en psychologie (p. 1-34).
St-Hyacinthe : Édisem.
|
|
|
Titre d'un tableau : Le titre d'un tableau doit refléter son contenu, donc l'ensemble des variables et des groupes qui y sont
présentés. Cependant, si ce contenu est trop imposant, on peut
omettre les données de
l'analyse secondaire ou scinder ce tableau en tableaux plus
petits.
| |
| Titre
--» |
Tableau 1
Comparaisons entre les hommes et femmes sur le plan de la
scolarité, du revenu et des réponses à la question 2. |
| Analyse
principale --» |
| Indicateurs |
Groupes |
n= |
|
Test
t |
Valeur
de p |
<0,05
= * |
Scolarité
(en année) |
Hommes |
15 |
17,20 |
-0,727 |
0,473 |
|
| Femmes |
15 |
16,87 |
Revenu
annuel (en $) |
Hommes |
15 |
57669 |
2,684 |
0,006 |
* |
| Femmes |
15 |
43297 |
|
Foui |
Khi
carré |
|
| Question no 2 |
Hommes |
15 |
10 |
4,821 |
0,028 |
* |
| Femmes |
15 |
4 |
|
| Analyse
secondaire --» |
|
|
Titsworth B. Scott ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, spécialisé en éducation,
notammrent dans l'étude des techniques de travail intellectuelles.
Il s'intéresse plus particulièrement à la prise
de notes. Collaborateur de Allen
et Kiewra.
|
TITSWORTH, B.S. (2001). The effects of teacher immediacy,
use of organizational lecture cues, and students'
notetaking on cognitive learning. Communication
Education, 50 (4), 283-297. |
|
TITSWORTH, B.S. & KIEWRA, K.A. (2004). Spoken
organizational lecture cues and student notetaking as
facilitators of student learning. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 29, 447-461. [PDF] |
|
TITSWORTH, B.S. (2004). Students' notetaking : the effects
of teacher immediacy and clarity. Communication
Education, 53 (4), 305-320. [PDF] |
|
TITSWORTH, B.S. & KIEWRA, K.A. (2004). Organizational
lecture cues and student note-taking as facilitators of
student learning. Contemporary Educational
Psychology, 29, 447-461. |
|
TITSWORTH, B.S., QUINLAN, M. & MAZER, J. (2010).
Emotions in teaching and learning : Development and
validation of the Classroom Emotions Scale. Communication
Education, 59, 431-452. |
|
|
|
|
|
Titze Ingo R. (Allemagne-) : Physicien et linguiste américain,
d'origine allemande, spécialiste de la phonation>
et de l'appareil
phonatoire.
|
TITZE, I.R. (1989). Physiologic and acoustic differences
between male and female voices. Journal of the
Acoustical Society of America, 85 (4), 1699-707. |
|
TITZE, I.R. (1991). A model for neurologic sources of
aperiodicity in vocal fold vibration. Journal of
Speech, Language, & Hearing Research, 34 (3),
460-472. |
|
TITZE, I.R. (1992). Acoustic interpretation of the voice
range profile (phonetogram). Journal of Speech,
Language, & Hearing Research, 35 (1), 21-34. |
|
TITZE, I.R. (1992). Phonation threshold pressure : a
missing link in glottal aerodynamics. Journal of the
Acoustical Society of America, 91 (5), 2926-2935. |
|
TITZE, I.R. (2008). The human instrument. Scientific
American, 298 (1), 94-101. |
|
|
|
Tizard Barbara (Londres 1926-2015) : Psychologue
britannique, spécialisée dans l'étude du développement
et de l'attachement. Avec
Hodges, elle a réalisé une importante recherche
longitudinale sur
l'attachement. Collaboratrice de Blatchford
et Hodges.
|
TIZARD, B., COOPERMAN, O., JOSEPH, A. & TIZARD, J.
(1972). Environmental effects on language development : A
study of young children in long-stay residential
nurseries. Child Development, 43, 337-358. |
|
TIZARD, B. & HODGES, J. (1978). The effect of early
institutional rearing on the development of eight year old
children. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 19, 99-118. |
|
HODGES, J. & TIZARD, B. (1989). Social and family
relationships of ex-institutional adolescents. Journal
of Child Psychiatry & Psychology, 30, 77-97. |
|
TIZARD, B. (1991). Intercountry adoption : A review of the
evidence. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 32, 743-756. |
|
TIZARD, B. & PHOENIX, A. (1993). Black, white or
mixed race ? : Race and racism in the lives of young
people of mixed parentage. London : Routledge. |
|
|
|
Tjosvold Dean William (1945-) : Psychologue
industriel et organisationel et spécialiste de l'étude des
conflits et du pouvoir.
Il s'intéresse également à la Chine.
Collaborateur de Chen, Chen
et Wong.
|
TJOSVOLD, D.W. (1974). Threat as a low-power person's
strategy in bargaining : Social face and tangible
outcomes. International Journal of Group Tensions, 494-510. |
|
TJOSVOLD, D.W. & SAGARIA, S. (1978). Effects of
relative power on cognitive perspective-taking. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 256-259. |
|
TJOSVOLD, D.W., JOHNSON, D.W. & FABREY, L. (1980).
Effects of controversy and defensiveness on cognitive
perspective-taking. Psychological Reports, 47, 1043-1053. |
|
TJOSVOLD, D.W. (2007). The conflict-positive organization
: It depends upon us. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 29, 19-28. |
|
TJOSVOLD, D.W., WONG, A.S.H. & CHEN, N.Y.F. (2014).
Constructively managing conflicts in organizations.
Annual Review of Organizational Psychology &
Organizational Behavior, 1, 545-568. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
THI -
THI -
TOCQUEVILLE - TODD - TOLMAN
- TOMASELLO - TOOBY
- TOPOGRAPHIE - TOUCHER
- TOURAINE - TOWNSEND
- TOXICOMANIE - TR |
Tobach Ethel (1921-2015) : Psychobiologue et féminisme américaine d'origine ukrainienne. Étudiante de Schneirla.
Collaboratrice de Greenberg.
 |
TOBACH, E. (1971). Some evolutionary aspects of human
gender. Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 41, 710-715. |
|
TOBACH, E. (1976). Evolution of behavior and the
comparative method. International Journal of
Psychology, 11, 185-201. |
|
TOBACH, E. (1986). Evolutionary theories and the issues of
nuclear war : Implications for mental health. International
Journal of Mental Health, 15 (1), 56-64. |
|
TOBACH, E. (1992). Personal is political. Journal of
Social Issues, 50, 221-244. |
|
TOBACH, E. & REED, R. (2003). Understanding rape. In
C.B. Travis (Ed.), Evolution, gender, and rape
(pp. 105-138). Cambridge, MA : The MIT Press. |
|
|
MILLER, D.K. (2008). A warm toast to a dear friend. Peace
& Conflict, 14, 23-24. |
|
UNGER, R.K. (2009). Ethel Tobach. Jewish women: A
comprehensive historical encyclopedia. Jewish
Women’s Archive. |
|
LEWIS, R. (2010). Profile of Ethel Tobach. In A.
Rutherford (Ed.), Psychology’s feminist voices
multimedia internet archive. |
|
GREENBERG, G. (2016). Ethel Tobach (1921-2015). American
Psychologist, 71 (1), 75. |
|
|
|
Tobacyk Jerome J. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des croyances
ésotériques. Collaborateur de Eckstein.
|
TOBACYK, J.J. (1982). Paranormal belief and trait anxiety.
Psychological Reports, 50, 861-862. |
|
TOBACYK, J. & MILFORD, G. (1983). Belief in paranormal
phenomena : assessment instrument development and
implications for personality functioning. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 44, 1029-1037. |
|
TOBACYK, J.J. & WILKINSON, L.V. (1990). Magical
thinking and paranormal beliefs. Journal of Social
Behavior & Personality an International, 5,
255-264. |
|
TOBACYK, J.J. & SHADER, D. (1991). Superstition and
self-efficacy. Psychological Reports, 68, 1387-1388. |
|
TOBACYK, J.J. (2004). A revised paranormal belief scale. International Journal of Transpersonal Studies, 23, 94-98. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tobin James (1918-2002) : Économiste américain et lauréat du prix Nobel d'économie en 1981. En 1972, il propose une taxation sur les transactions monétaires internationales qui porte de nos jours son nom. Cette taxe a pour but de réduire ou de décourager la spéculation boursière. Le taux de taxation proposé
par Tobin oscille entre 0,05 et 1 %.
|
TOBIN, J. (1958). Liquidity preference as a behavior
toward risk. Review of Economic Studies, 25, 65-86. |
|
TOBIN, J. (1961). Capital, and others stores of value. The American Economic Review, 51, (2), 26-37. [PDF] |
|
TOBIN, J. (1965). Money and economic growth. Econometrica, 33, (4), 671-684. [PDF] |
| TOBIN, J. (1969). A general equilibrium approach to monetary theory. Journal of Credit & Banking, 1, (1), 15-29. [PDF] |
| TOBIN, J. (1993). Price flexibility and output stability : An old keynesian vew Journal of Economic Perspectives, 7, (1), 44-65.[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Todd James T. (1949-) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et historien de la
psychologie, spécialisé dans l'étude du béhaviorisme.
Il s'intéresse aussi aux conceptions non-scientifiques de l'autisme.
Collaborateur de Bahrick,
Hart et Morris.
 |
TODD, J.T. & MORRIS, E.K. (1983). Misconception and
miseducation : Presentations of radical behaviorism in
psychology textbooks. The Behavior Analyst, 6,
153-160. [PDF] |
|
TODD, J.T. & MORRIS, E.K. (1986). The early research
of J.B. Watson : Before the behavioral revolution. The
Behavior Analyst, 9, 71-88. [PDF] |
|
TODD, J.T. (1987). The great power of steady
misrepresentation : Behaviorism's presumed denial of
instinct. The Behavior Analyst, 10,
117-118. [PDF] |
|
TODD, J.T. & MORRIS, E.K. (1992). Case studies in the
great power of steady misrepresentation. American
Psychologist, 47, 1441-1453. |
|
TODD, J.T. & MORRIS, E.K. (Eds.) (1995). Modern
perspectives on B.F. Skinner and contemporary
behaviorism. Westport, CT : Greenwood. |
|
|
|
Todorov Alex ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la reconnaissance du visage
et des premières
impressions. Collaborateur de
Adolphs, Bargh et
Fiske.
|
TODOROV, A. & BARGH, J.A. (2002). Automatic sources of
aggression. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 7,
53-68. [PDF] |
|
TODOROV, A., MANDISODZA, A.N., GOREN, A. & HALL C.C.
(2005). Inferences of competence from faces predict
election outcomes. Science, 308, 1623-1626. [PDF] |
|
TODOROV, A., SAID, C.P., ENGELL, A.D. & OOTERHOF, N.N.
(2008). Understanding evaluation of faces on social
dimensions. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 12
(12), 455-460. [PDF] |
|
TODOROV, A., PAKRASHI, M. & OOTERHOF, N.N. (2009).
Evaluating faces on trustworthiness after minimal time
exposure. Social Cognition, 27, 813-833. [PDF] |
|
TODOROV, A., LOEHR, V. & OOTERHOF, N.N. (2010). The
obligatory nature of holistic processing of faces in
social judgments. Perception, 39, 514-532. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Toffler Alvin (New York 1928-2016) : Sociologue
et futurologue américain.
 |
TOFFLER, A. (1974). Future Shock. / Le Choc du futur.
Paris : Denoël. |
|
TOFFLER, A. (1980). The third wave. / La Troisième
Vague. Paris : Denoël. |
|
TOFFLER, A. (1986). S'adapter ou périr : l'entreprise
face au choc du futur. Paris : Denoël. |
|
TOFFLER, A. (1990/91). Powershift. / Les nouveaux
pouvoirs. Paris : Fayard, Paris. |
|
TOFFLER, A. (1993/94). War and anti-war.
New-York : Little, Brown and Compan. /Guerre et
contre-guerre, survivre à l'aube du XXIe siècle.
Paris : Fayard. |
|
|
BORNSTEIN, M.H. (1971). Review of future shock by A.
Toffler. Technology & Culture, 12, 532-536. |
|
|
|
|
|
Toilettage : Chez la plupart des mammifères
et des oiseaux,
comportement qui consiste à débarrasser son corps de ses poux (ou
de tout autre parasite), en les extirpant un à un au moyen de ses
doigts/pattes, de ses dents ou de son bec, selon le cas.
Toilettage et épouillage.
Personal grooming, autogrooming.
| |
|
|
IVERSEN, I.H., RAGNARSDOTTIR, G.A. & RANDRUP, K.I.
(1984). Operant conditioning of autogrooming in vervet
monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops). Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 42, 171-189. [PDF] |
|
DUNBAR, R. (1996). Grooming, gossip and the evolution
of language. London : Faber & Faber. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tolérance : Toute chose avec laquelle on accepte de vivre, sans
en admettre par ailleurs la pertinence, l'utilité ou le
bien-fondé. /zero tolérance. Tolerance.
| |
|
|
SMITH, A.W. (1987). Cohorts, education, and the evolution
of tolerance. Social Science Research, 14,
205-225. |
|
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1996). Tolerance : Should we approve of
it, put up with it, or tolerate it ? Academe, 82
(3), 24-28. |
|
ELLIS, A. (2004). The road to tolerance : The
philosophy of rational emotive behavior therapy.
Prometheus Books. |
|
BREWER, M.B. & PIERCE, K.P. (2005). Social identity
complexity and outgroup toleranc. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 428-437. |
|
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION ZERO TOLERANCE TASK
FORCE (2008). Are zero tolerance policies effective in the
schools ? An Evidentiary Review and Recommendations.
American Psychologist, 63 (9), 852-862. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tolérance
zéro : Zero tolerance.
| |
|
|
MORRISON, G.M. & D'INCAU, B. (1997). The web of zero
tolerance : Characteristics of students who Are
recommended for expulsion from school. Education and
Treatment of Children, 20 (3), 316-35. |
DOHRN, B. (2001). "Look out kid/ It's something you did" :
Zero tolerance for children. In W. Ayers, B. Dohrn &
R. Ayers (Eds.), Zero tolerance : Resisting the
drive for punishment in our schools. New York : The
New Press. |
|
SKIBA, R.J. & NOAM, G.G. (Eds.) (2001). Zero
tolerance : Can suspension and expulsion keep schools
safe ? (Vol, 92). New York : Jossey-Bass. |
|
SKIBA, R.J. & KNESTING, K. (2001). Zero tolerance,
zero evidence: An analysis of school disciplinary
practice. In R.J. Skiba & G.G. Noam (Eds.), New
directions for youth development (no. 92: Zero
tolerance : Can suspension and expulsion keep schools
safe?) (pp. 17-43). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
PIPHO, C. (1998). Living with zero tolerance. Phi
Delta Kappan, 79, 725-726. |
HENAULT, C. (2001). Chalktalk : Zero tolerance in schools.
Journal of Law & Education, 30 (3), 547-553. |
|
CURWIN, R. & MENDLER, A. (1999). Zero tolerance for
zero tolerance. Phi Delta Kappan, 81, 119-120. |
VERDUGO, R. (2002). Race-ethnicity, social class, and zero
tolerance policies : The cultural and structural wars.
Education & Urban Society, 35 (1), 50-75. |
|
SKIBA, R.J. & PETERSON, R.L. (1999). The dark side of
zero tolerance : Can punishment lead to safe schools ? Phi
Delta Kappan, 80, 372-382. [PDF] |
HOLLOWAY, J. (2002). The dilemma of zero tolerance.
Educational Leadership, 59 (4), 84-86. |
|
CASELLA, R. (2003). Zero tolerance policy in schools :
Rationale, consequences, and alternatives. Teachers
College Record, 105, 872-892. |
|
SUGHRUE, J. (2003). Zero tolerence for children : Two
wrongs do not make a right. Educational
Administration Quarterly, 39 (2), 238-258. |
|
SKIBA, R.J. (2005). Zero tolerance. In M. Hersen & G.
Sugai (Eds.), Encyclopedia of behavior modification
and therapy. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
SKIBA, R.J. & RAUSCH, M.K. (2006). Zero tolerance,
suspension, and expulsion : Questions of equity and
effectiveness. In C.M. Evertson & C.S. Weinstein
(Eds.), Handbook of classroom management : Research,
practice, and contemporary issues (pp. 1063-1089).
Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION/ ZERO TOLERANCE TASK
FORCE. (2008) Are zero tolerance policies effective in the
schools ? An evidentiary review and recommendaions. American
Psychologist, 63 (9), 852-862. [PDF] |
|
DANIEL, Y. & BONDY, K. (2008). Safe schools and zero
tolerance : Policy, program, and practice in Ontario. Canadian
Journal of Educational Administraion & Policy, 70, 1-20.
[PDF] |
|
SKIBA, R.J. & PETERSON, R.L. (2000). School discipline
at a crossroads : From zero tolerance to early response. Exceptional
Children, 66, 335-347. |
GAGE, N.A., SUGAI, G., LUNDE, K. & DELORETO, L.
(2013). Truancy and zero tolerance in high school : Does
policy align with practice ? Education & Treatment
of Children 36 (2), 117-138. |
|
SKIBA, R.J. (2010). Les politiques de tolérance zéro à
l'école. Regards Sur L'Actualité, 363, 43-51. |
|
SKIBA, R.J. (2014). The failure of tolereance zero. Reclaiming
children & Youth, 22 (4), 27-33. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi École et
Discipline en
classe |
|
|
Tolin David F. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des troubles
d'anxiété, et plus particulièrement du trouble
obsessionnel-compulsif (TOC). Il s'intéresse également au
trouble d'accumulation compulsive. Collaborateur de Abramovitz,
Foa, Franklin,
Frost, Kozak, Lohr,
Olatunji et
Steketee.
|
TOLIN, D.F., ABRAMOWITZ, J.S., KOZAK, M.J. & FOA, E.B.
(2001). Fixity of belief, perceptual aberration, and
magical ideation in obsessive-compulsive disorder.
Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 15 (6), 501-510. |
|
TOLIN, D.F. & FOA, E.B. (2002). Gender and PTSD : A
cognitive model. In R. Kimerling, P. Ouimette & J.
Wolfe (Eds.), Gender and PTSD (pp. 76-97). New
York : Guilford Press. |
|
TOLIN, D.F., HAMLIN, C. & FOA, E.B. (2002). Directed
forgetting in obsessive-compulsive disorder : replication
and extension. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 40,
793-803. |
|
TOLIN, D.F. & FOA, E.B. (2006). Sex differences in
trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder : A quantitative
review of 25 years of research. Psychological
Bulletin, 32 (6), 959-992. [PDF] |
|
TOLIN, D.F. & VILLAVICENCIO, A. (2011). Inattention,
but not OCD, predicts the core features of hoarding
disorder. Behavior Research & Therapy, 49,
120-125. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tolman
Charles W. ( ) : Psychologue
et historien
de la psychologie.
|
TOLMAN, C.W. (1989). For a materialist psychology. Recent
Trends in Theoretical Psychology, 2, 37-49. |
|
TOLMAN, C.W. (1991). Theoretical indeterminacy, pluralism
and the conceptual concrete. Theory & Psychology,
1, 147-162. |
|
TOLMAN, C.W. (1993). Is there a functionalist psychology ?
Contemporary Psychology, 38, 1318-1319. |
|
TOLMAN, C.W. (1996). The critical psychological view of
subject and subjectivity. In C. Tolman, F. Cherry, R. Van
Hezewijk & I. Lubek (Eds.), Problems of
theoretical psychology (pp. 40-45). North York,
Canada : Captus Press. |
|
TOLMAN, C.W. (1997). The moral obligations of
psychological theorizing. History & Philosophy of
Psychology Bulletin, 9 (1), 34-36. |
|
|
|
Tolman Edward Chace (West Newton 1886-1959 Berkeley) : Psychologue béhavioriste-cognitiviste
américain. Il a développé l'une des premières théories de l'apprentissage.
On lui doit le concept de carte
cognitive et
d'apprentissage latent. Président de l'APA
en 1937. Étudiant de Holt.
Professeur de Blodgett, Krech
et Tryon.
Collaborateur de Brunswick.
No
45 |
TOLMAN, E.C. (1922). A new formula for behaviorism. Psychological
Review, 29, 44-53. |
|
TOLMAN, E.C. (1932). Purposive behavior in animals
and men. New York : Century. |
|
TOLMAN, E.C. (1938). The determinants of behavior at a
choice point. Psychological Review, 45, 1-41. |
|
TOLMAN, E.C. (1948). Cognitive maps in rats and men. Psychological
Review, 55, 189-208. |
|
TOLMAN, E.C. (1955). Principles of performance. Psychological
Review, 62, 315-326. |
|
|
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1986). Tolman and modern conditioning
theory. British Journal of Psychology, 77,
517-523. |
|
INNIS, N.K. (1992). Tolman and Tryon : Early research on
the inheritance of the ability to learn. American
Psychologist, 47 (2), 190-197. |
|
|
|
Tomarken Andrew J. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisée dans l'étude des émotions,
notamment de la peur. Collaborateur
de Hollon et
Mineka.
|
TOMARKEN, A.J. & HOLLON, S.D. (1991). Disorders of
emotion : Questions about clarity and integration. Psychological
Inquiry, 2, 94-96. |
|
TOMARKEN, A.J., DAVIDSON, R.J., WHEELER, R.E. & DOSS,
R.C. (1992). Individual differences in anterior brain
asymmetry and fundamental dimensions of emotion.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 62,
676-687. |
|
TOMARKEN, A.J., SIMIEN, C. & GARBER, J. (1994).
Resting frontal brain asymmetry discriminates adolescent
children of depressed mothers from low-risk controls. Psychophysiology,
31, 97-98. |
|
TOMARKEN, A.J., SUTTON, S. & MINEKA, S. (1995).
Fear-relevant illusory correlations : What types of
associations promote judgmental bias ? Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 104, 312-326. |
|
TOMARKEN, A.J. & KEENER, A.D. (1998). Frontal brain
asymmetry and depression : A self- regulatory perspective.
Cognition & Emotion, 12, 387-420. |
|
|
|
Tomasello
Michael (Barlow 1950-) : Psychologue
et primatologue
cognitiviste américain, spécialiste de la psychologie
comparée et de la cognition
animale, notamment chez le
chimpanzé. Professeur de Tennie.
Collaborateur de Akhtar, Balwin,
Bates, Boesch,
Call, Hare,
Haun, Kaminski, Savage-Rumbaugh
et Slobin.
 |
TOMASELLO, M., DAVIS-DAVSILVA, M., CAMAK, L. & BARD,
K. (1987). Observational learning of tool-use by young
chimpanzees. Human Evolution, 2 (2), 175-183. |
|
TOMASELLO, M., KRUGER, A.C. & RATNER, H.H. (1993).
Cultural learning. Behavioral & Brain Sciences,
16, 495-552. |
|
TOMASELLO, M. (2003). Chimpanzees understand psychological
states : the question is which ones and to what extent. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 7 (4), 153-156. [PDF] |
|
TOMASELLO, M., CALL, J. & HARE, B. (2003). Chimpanzees
versus humans : its not that simple. Trends in
Cognitive Science, 7, 239-240. [PDF] |
|
TOMASELLO, M., CARPENTER, M., CALL, J., BEHNE, T. &
MOLL, H. (2005). Understanding and sharing intentions :
The origins of cultural cognition. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 28, 675-735. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tomblin Bruce J. (1944-) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du langage,
notamment chez les autistes.
|
TOMBLIN, J., NISHIMURA C., ZHANG, X. & MURRAY, J.C.
(1998). Association of developmental language impairment
with loci at 7q3. The American Journal of Human
Genetics, 63 (S), A312. |
|
TOMBLIN, J. & BUCKWALTER, P.R. (1998) Heritability of
poor language achievement among twins. Journal of
Speech, Language, & Hearing Research, 41, 188-199. |
|
TOMBLIN, J. & PANDICH, J. (1999) Lessons from children
with specific language impairment. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 3, 283-285. |
|
TOMBLIN, J., BARKER, B.A., SPENCER, L.J., ZHANG, X. &
GANTZ, B.J. (2005). The effect of age at cochlear implant
initial stimulation on expressive language growth in
infants and toddlers. Journal of Speech, Language,
& Hearing Research, 48 (4), 854-867. |
|
TOMBLIN, J., HAFEMAN, L.L. & O'BRIEN, M. (2003).
Autism and autism risk in siblings of children with
specific language impairment. International Journal
of Language & Communication Disorders, 38 (3),
235-250. |
|
|
|
Tomkins Silvan Solomon (Philadelphie 1911-1991 New Jersey) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des émotions.
Collaborateur d'Izard.
 |
TOMKINS, S.S. (1947). The thematic apperception test.
A theory and technique of interpretation. New York
USA : Grune & Stratton. |
|
TOMKINS, S.S. (1962). Affect imagery consciousness :
The positive affects. London : Tavistock. |
|
TOMKINS, S.S. (1963). Affect imagery consciousness :
The negative affects. London : Tavistock. |
|
TOMKINS, S.S. & IZARD, C.E. (1965). Affect,
cognition, and personality : Empirical Studies New
York : Springer. |
|
TOMKINS, S.S. (1991). Affect imagery consciousness :
The negative affects : Anger and fear. New York :
Springer. |
|
|
ALEXANDER, I. (1992). Silvan Samuel Tomkins (1911-1991) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 47 (12),
1674-1675. |
|
|
|
Tomographie par émission de positrons : TEP : Technique
d'imagerie. = TEP. Positron emission tomographic investigation.
|
|
|
PETERSEN, S.E., FOX, P.T., POSNER, M.I., MINTUN, M. &
RAICHLE, M.E. (1988). Positron emission tomographic
studies of the cortical anatomy of single-word processing. Nature, 331, 585-589. |
KOSSLYN, S.M., DIGIROLAMO, G.J., THOMPSON, W.L. &
ALPERT, N.M. (1998). Mental rotation of object versus
hands : Neural mencanisms reveled by positiron emission
tomography. Psychophysiology, 35, 151-161. [PDF] |
|
LABERGE, D. & BUCHSBAUM, M.S. (1990) Positron emission
tomographic measurements of pulvinar activity during an
attention task. Journal of Neuroscience, 10: 613-619. |
|
LABERGE, D. (1990) Thalamic and cortical mechanisms of
attention suggested by recent positron tomographic
experiments. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 2,
358-372.
|
|
|
JONIDES, J., SMITH, E.E., KOEPPE, R.A., AWH, E.,
MINOSHIMA, S. & MINTUN, M.A. (1993). Spatial working
memory in humans as revealed by PET. Science, 363,
623-625. [PDF] |
|
|
AWH, E., SMITH, E.E. & JONIDES, J. (1995). Human
rehearsal processes and the frontal lobes : PET evidence.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 769,
97-117. [PDF] |
|
|
AZARI, N.P., PETTIGREW, K.D., PIETRINI, P., MURPHY, D.G.
& HORWITZ, B. (1995). Sex differences in patterns of
hemispheric cerebral metabolism : A multiple regression /
discrimination analysis of positron emission tomography
data. International Journal of Neuroscience, 81 (3-4), 1-20. |
CRAIK, F., MOROZ, T., MOSCOVITCH, M., STUSS, D., WINOCUR,
G., TULVING, E. & KAPUR, S. (1999). In search of the
self : A positron emission tomography study. Psychological Science, 10, 26-34.
[PDF] |
|
KAPUR, S., CRAIK, F.I.M., JONES, C., BROWN, G.M., HOULE,
S. & TULVING, E. (1995). Functional role of the
prefrontal cortex in memory retrieval : A PET study. NeuroReport, 6, 1880-1884. |
|
|
AWH, E., JONIDES, J., SMITH, E.E., SCHUMACHER, E.H.,
KOEPPE, R.A. & KATZ, S. (1996). Dissociation of
storage and rehearsal in verbal working memory : evidence
from positron emission tomography. Psychological
Science, 7 (1), 25-31. [PDF] |
|
|
STROMSWOLD, K., CAPLAN, D., ALPERT, N. & RAUSCH, S.
(1996). Localization of syntactic comprehension by
Positron Emission Tomography. Brain & Language,
52, 452-473. |
SHIN, L.M., McNALLY, R.J., KOSSLYN, S.M., THOMPSON, W.L.,
RAUCH, S.L., ALPERT, N.M., METZGER, L.J., LASKO, B., ORR,
S.P. & PITMAN, R.K. (1999). Regional cerebral blood
flow during script-driven imagery in childhood sexual
abuse-related posttraumatic stress disorder : A positron
emission tomographic investigation. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 156, 575-584. [PDF] |
|
CABEZA, R. & NYBERG, L. (1997). Imaging cognition : An
empirical review of PET studies with normal subjects. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 9, 1-26. |
|
|
SHIN, L.M., KOSSLYN, S.M., McNALLY, R.J., ALPERT, N.M.,
THOMPSON, W.L., RAUCH, S.L., MACKLIN, M.L. & PITMAN,
R.K. (1997). Visual imagery and perception in
post-traumatic stress disorder. A positron emission
tomographic investigation. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 54, 233-241. |
FRICK, A., ÄHS, F., ENGMAN, J., JONASSON, M., ALAIE, I.,
BJÖRKSTRAND, J., FRANS, Ö., FARIA, V., LINNMAN, C., APPEL,
L., WAHLSTEDT, K., LUBBERINK, M., FREDRIKSON, M. &
FURMARK, T. (2015). Serotonin synthesis and reuptake in
social anxiety disorder : A positron emission tomography
study. JAMA Psychiatry, 72 (8), 794-802. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Imagerie |
|
|
|
Toneatto Tony ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude du
jeu complusif.Il s'intéresse également aux techniques de méditation
en pleine consience et de méditation
bouddhiste. Collaborateur de Blaszczynski,
Ladouceur, Petry,
Potenza, Sobell, Sobell
et Stanovich et Toplak.
|
TONEATTO, T. & SOBELL, L.C. (1990). Pathological
gambling treated with cognitive behavior therapy : A case
report. Addictive Behaviors, 15, 497-501. |
|
TONEATTO, T. (2002). Metacognitive therapy for anxiety
disorders : Buddhist psychology applied. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 9, 72-78. |
|
TONEATTO, T. & LADOUCEUR, R. (2003). Treatment of
pathological gambling : a critical review of the
literature. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 17,
284-292. [PDF] |
|
TONEATTO, T. & DRAGONETTI, R. (2008). Effectiveness of
community- based treatment for problem gambling : A
quasi-experimental evaluation of cognitive-behavioral vs.
twelve-step therapy. The American Journal on
Addictions, 17 (4), 298-303. |
|
TONEATTO, T., CUNNINGHAM, J., HODGINS, D., ADAMS, M.,
TURNER, N. & KOSKI-JANNES, A. (2008). Recovery from
problem gambling without formal treatment. Addiction
Research & Theory, 16 (2), 111-120. |
|
|
|
Tonneau François ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste français,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la modification
du comportement et de la mémoire spatiale, notamment chez le hamster.
Collaborateur de Ahern,
Hineline et Thompson.
 |
TONNEAU, F. (1990). From reflex to memory : Molar
sequences in Pavlovian and instrumental conditioning. Psychological
Record, 40, 587-607. |
|
TONNEAU, F. & SOKOLOWSKI, M.B.C. (1997). Standard
principles, nonstandard data, and unsolved issues.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 68,
266-270. [PDF] |
|
TONNEAU, F., ORTIZ, R. & CABRERA, F. (2000).
Early-session increases in responding during extinction. Behavioural
Processes, 49, 121-129. [PDF] |
|
TONNEAU, F. (2004). Consciousness outside the head.
Behavior & Philosophy, 32, 97-123. [PDF] |
|
TONNEAU, F., ORTIZ, R. & CABRERA, F. (2012). Hamsters'
(Mesocricetus auratus) memory in a radial maze analog :
the role of spatial versus olfactory cues. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 126 (1), 82-86. |
|
|
BARNES-HOLMES, D. (2005). Behavioral pragmatism is
a-ontological, not antirealist : A reply to Tonneau.
Behavior & Philosophy, 33, 67-79. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tönnessen Finn Egil ( ) : Spécialiste norvégien de
l'éducation, notamment de la dyslexie.
Collaborateur de Lundberg.
|
TÖNNESSEN, F.E., LÖKKEN, A, HÖLEN, T. & LUNDBERG, I.
(1993). Dyslexia, left-handedness, and immune disorders. Archives
of Neurology, 50, 411-416. |
|
TÖNNESSEN, F.E. (1993). Do schools make any differences ?
On the variety of reading abilities in the 3rd and 8th
grade in Norway. Scandinavian Journal of Educational
Research, 37 (1), 75-88. |
|
TÖNNESSEN, F.E. (1995). On defining "dyslexia". Scandinavian
Journal of Educational Research, 39 (2), 139-56. |
|
TÖNNESSEN, F.E. (1997). Testerone and dyslexia. Pediatric
Rehabilitation, 51-58. |
|
TÖNNESSEN, F.E (1999). Options and limitations of the
cognitive psychological approach to the treatment of
dyslexia : Special series : Prevention and treatment of
dyslexia. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 32
(5), 386-393. |
|
|
|
Tononi Giulio ( ) : Psychiatre et
neurobiologiste italien, spécialisé dans l'étude de la conscience,
du rêve et du sommeil.
Collaborateur d'Edelman.
 |
TONONI, G. & EDELMAN, G. & SPORNS, O. (1998).
Complexity and coherency : integrating information in the
brain. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 2 (12),
474-484. [PDF] |
|
TONONI, G. & EDELMAN, G. (1998). Consciousness and
complexity. Science, 282, 1846-1851. [PDF] |
|
TONONI, G. (2004). An information integration theory of
consciousness. BMC Neuroscience, 5,42. [PDF] |
|
TONONI, G. & CIRELLI, C. (2006). Sleep and synaptic
homeostasis. Sleep Medicine Reviews, 10, 49-62.
[PDF] |
|
TONONI, G. (2008). Consciousness as integrated information
: a provisional manifesto. Biological Bulletin, 215,
216-242. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tonus musculaire : État de contraction permanente des muscles
striés, assurant l'équilibre
du corps au repos et le maintien de la posture.
Disparaît totalement lors du sommeil
paradoxal. = raideur corporelle.
/atonie.
Tonus.
| |
|
|
BREMER, F. (1929). Tonus and contracture of skeletal
muscles. Archives of Surgery, 18 (4),
1463-1490. |
|
HALVERSON, H.M. (1942). The differential effects of nudity
and clothing on muscular tonus in infancy. The
Pedagogical Seminary & Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 61 (1), 55-67. |
|
|
|
Tooby John (1952-) : Anthropologue
américain et chef de file de la psychologie
évolutionniste. Collaborateur de Barlev,
Barrett, Brace,
Cosmides et Klein.
 |
TOOBY, J. & DEVORE, I. (1987). The reconstruction of
hominid behavioral evolution through strategic modeling.
In W. Kinzey (1987), Primate models of hominid
behavior. New York : SUNY Press. |
|
TOOBY, J. & COSMIDES, L. (1990). On the universality
of human nature and the uniqueness of the individual : The
role of genetics and adaptation. Journal of
Personality, 58 (1), 17-67. |
|
COSMIDES, L. & TOOBY, J. (1994). Origins of domain
specificity : The evolution of functional organization. In
L.A. Hirschfeld & S.A. Gelman (Eds.), Mapping the
mind. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
COSMIDES, L. & TOOBY, J. (2000). Consider the source :
The evolution of adaptations for decoupling and
metarepresentation. In D. Sperber (Ed.), Metarepresentations
: A multidisciplinary perspective (pp. 53-115).
New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
TOOBY, J., COSMIDES, L. & BARRETT, H.C. (2005).
Resolving the debate on innate ideas : Learnability
constraints and the evolved interpenetration of
motivational and conceptual functions. In P. Carruthers,
S. Laurence & S. Stich (Eds.), The innate mind :
structure and content. New York : Oxford
University Press. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tooley Michael ( ) :
Philosophe et épistémologue
américain d'origine canadienne. Collaborateur de
Sosa.
|
TOOLEY, M. (1972). Abortion and Infanticide. Philosophy
& Public Affairs, 2 (1), 37-65, |
|
TOOLEY, M. (1977). The nature of laws. Canadian
Journal of Philosophy, 7 (4), 667-98. |
|
TOOLEY, M. (1990). Causation : Reductionism versus
realism. Philosophy & Phenomenological Research,
50 (S), 215-236. |
|
TOOLEY, M. (1998). Values, obligation, and the asymmetry
question. Bioethics, 1 (2), 111-124. |
|
TOOLEY, M. (2010). Time, truth, actuality, and causation :
On the impossibility of divine foreknowledge. European
Journal for Philosophy of Religion, 1, 143-163. |
|
|
|
Topàl Jozsef (1964-) : Éthologiste
hongrois et spécialiste de l'étude des
chiens, notamment de
l'attachement. Collaborateur de Csànyi,
Gàcsi,
Gergely, Miklosi et
Pongracz.
|
TOPÀL, J., MIKLOSI, A. & CSÀNYI, V. (1997). Dog-human
relationship affects problem solving behavior in the dog.
Anthrozoös, 10, 214-224. [PDF] |
|
TOPÀL, J., MIKLOSI, A. & CSÀNYI, V. (1998). Attachment
behaviour in dogs : a new application of Ainsworth's
(1969) Strange Situation Test. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 112, 219-229. [PDF] |
|
TOPÀL, J., GÀSCI, M., MIKLOSI, A., VIRÀNYI, Z., KUBINYI,
E. & CSÀNYI, V. (2005). Attachment to humans : a
comparative study on hand-reared wolves and differently
socialized dog puppies. Animal Behaviour, 70, 1367-1375.
|
|
TOPÀL, J., BYRNE, R., MIKLOSI, A. & CSÀNYI, V. (2006).
Reproducing human actions and action sequences : "Do as I
Do!" in a dog. Animal Cognition 9, 355-367. [PDF] |
|
TOPÀL, J., MIKLOSI, A., GÀSCI, M., DOKA, A., PONGRÀCZ, P.,
KUBINYI, E., VIRÀNYI, Z. & CSÀNYI, V. (2009). The dog
as a model for understanding human social behavior. Advances
in the Study of Behavior, 39, 71-116. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Topique : Synonyme de théorie
ou d'explication. EX:
La première topique de Freud,
qui permet d'expliquer le fonctionnement de l'inconscient et le
développement de la personnalité, repose sur trois systèmes ou
structures : inconscient, préconscient et conscient. La seconde
topique, quant à elle, se fonde sur le ça,
le moi et le surmoi.
= théorie.
|
Topique : Synonyme de théorie
ou d'explication. EX:
La première topique de Freud,
qui permet d'expliquer le fonctionnement de l'inconscient et le
développement de la personnalité, repose sur trois systèmes ou
structures : inconscient, préconscient et conscient. La seconde
topique, quant à elle, se fonde sur le ça,
le moi et le surmoi.
= théorie.
|
|
|
Topiramate : Anti-épileptique.
| |
|
|
APPOLINARIO, J.C., FONTENELLE, L.F., PAPELBAUM, M., BUENO,
J.R. & COUTINHO, W. (2002). Topiramate use in obese
patients with binge eating disorder: an open study. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 47 (3), 271-273. |
SHINN, A.K. & GREENFIELD, S.F. (2010). Topiramate in
the treatment of substance-related disorders. a critical
review of the literature. The Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 71 (5), 63-648. |
|
SCHMIDT, D.O., PRADO-LIMA, P.A. & BACALTCHUC, J.
(2002). Topiramate in treatment-resistant depression and
binge-eating disorder. Bipolar disorder, 4 (4),
271-273. |
|
|
ZILBERSTEIN, B., PAJECKI, D., GARCIA DE BRITO, A.C.,
GALLAFRIO, S.T., ESHKENAZY, R. & ANDRADE, C.G. (2004).
Topiramate after adjustable gastric banding in patients
with binge eating and difficulty losing weight.
Obesity Surgery, 14 (6), 802-805. |
|
|
NICKEL, C., RITT, K., MUEHLBACHER, M., PEDROSA GIL, F.,
MITTERLEHNER, F.O., KAPLAN, P., LAHMANN, C., LEIBERICH,
P.K., KRAWCZYK, J., KETTLER, C., ROTHER, WK., LOEW, T.H.
& NICKEL, M.K. (2005). Topiramate treatment in bulimia
nervosa patients : a randomized, double-blind,
placebo-controlled trial. International Journal of
Eating Disorders, 38 (4), 295-300. |
|
|
CLAUDINO, A.M., DE OLIVEIRA, I.R., APPOLINARIO, J.C.,
TÀKI, A. CORDÀS, M.D., DUCHESNE, M., SICHIERI, R. &
BACALTCHUK, J. (2007). Double-blind, randomized,
placebo-controlled trial of topiramate plus
cognitive-behavior therapy in binge-eating disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 68 (9), 1324-1332. |
|
|
REIS, A.D., CASTRO, L.A., FARIA, R. & LANRANJEIRA, R.
(2008). Craving decrease with topiramate in outpatient
treatment for cocaine dependence : an open label trial. Revista Brasileira de Psiquiatria, 30 (2), 132-135. |
BERLIN, H.A., BRAUN, A., SIMEON, D., KORAN, L.M., POTENZA,
M.N., MCELROY, U.L., FONG, T., PALLANTI, S. &
HOLLANDER, E. (2011). A double-blind, placebo-controlled
trial of topiramate for pathological gambling. The
World Journal of Biological Psychiatry, 14 (2),
121-128. [PDF] |
|
LEOMBRUNI, P., LAVAGNINO, L. & FASSINO, S. (2009).
Treatment of obese patients with binge eating disorder
using topiramate : a review. Neuropsychiatric Disease
& Treatment, 5, 3385-3392. [PDF] |
SINISCALCHI, A., BONCI BONCI, A., BIAGIO MERCURI, N.,
PIRRITANO, D., SQUILLACE, GIOVAMBATTISTA DE SARRO, A.
& GALLELLI, L. (2015). The role of Topiramate in the
management of cocaine addiction : A possible therapeutic
option. Current Neuropharmacology, 13 (6),
815-818. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Toplak Maggie E. ( ) : Psychologue
canadienne, spécialisée dans l'étude de la pensée rationnelle, du jugement et de la prise de décision. Elle s'intéresse aussi au trouble
du deficit d'attention avec hyperactivité. Collaboratrice de
Stanovich, Tannock, Toneatto
et West.
|
TOPLAK, M.E., WEST, R.F. & STANOVICH, K.E. (2011). The
Cognitive Reflection Test as a predictor of performance on
heuristics and biases tasks. Memory & Cognition,
39, 1275-1289. [PDF] |
|
TOPLAK, M.E., WEST, R.F. & STANOVICH, K.E. (2013).
Practitioner review : Do performance-based measures and
ratings of executive function assess the same construct ?
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 54
(2), 131-143. |
|
TOPLAK, M.E., WEST, R.F. & STANOVICH, K.E. (2014).
Assessing miserly information processing : An expansion of
the Cognitive Reflection Test. Thinking &
Reasoning, 20 (2), 147-168. |
|
TOPLAK, M.E., WEST, R.F. & STANOVICH, K.E. (2014).
Rational thinking and cognitive sophistication :
Development, cognitive abilities, and thinking
dispositions. Developmental Psychology, 50 (4),
1037-1048. |
|
TOPLAK, M.E., WEST, R.F. & STANOVICH, K.E. (2016).
Real-world correlates of performance on heuristics and
biases tasks in a community sample. Journal of
Behavioral Decision Making, 30, 541-554. |
|
|
|
|
|
Topping Jeff S. ( ) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américain, spécialiste de l'étude du
renforcement de l'omission du comportement-cible.
|
TOPPING, J.S., PICKERING, J.W. & JACKSON, J.A. (1971).
Efficiency of DRL responding as a function of response
effort. Psychonomic Science, 24, 149-150. [PDF] |
|
TOPPING, J.S., LARMI, O.K. & JOHNSON, D.L. (1972).
Omission training : Effects of gradual introduction. Psychonomic
Science, 28 (5), 279-280. [PDF] |
|
TOPPING, J.S., PICKERING, J.W. & JACKSON, J.A. (1972).
Comparison of omission and extinction following FR
reinforcement training. The Psychological Record, 22,
221-224. |
|
TOPPING, J.S. & LARMI, O.K. (1973). Response
elimination effectivenes of omission and two extinction
training procedures. The Psychological Record, 2 (3),
197-202. |
|
TOPPING, J.S., THOMPSON, H.J. & BARRIOS, B.A. (1976)
Comparison of omission training and extinction training in
mentally retarded individuals. Bulletin of the
Psychonomic Society, 8 (3), 211-214. |
|
|
|
Topping Keith James (Stockport 1947-) : Psychologue
écossais et spécialiste de l'enseigment/apprentissage
par les pairs.
|
TOPPING, K.J. (1987). Peer tutored paired reading :
Outcome data from ten projects. Educational
Psychology, 7, 133-145. |
|
TOPPING, K.J. (1996). Reaching where adults cannot: Peer
education and counselling. Educational Psychology in
Practice, 11 (4), 23-29. |
|
TOPPING, K.J. (1998). Peer assessment between students in
college and university. Review of Educational
Research, 68 (3), 249-276. [PDF] |
|
TOPPING, K.J. & BRYCE, A. (2004). Cross-age peer
tutoring of reading and thinking : Influence on thinking
skills. Educational Psychology, 24, 595-621. |
|
TOPPING, K.J. (2005). Trends in peer learning. Educational
psychology, 25 (6), 631-645. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Toppino Thomas C. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de la mémoire,
notamment de l'effet
d'espacement.
|
TOPPINO, T.C. (1991). The spacing effect in young
children's free recall : Support for automatic-process
explanations. Memory & Cognition, 19, 159-167. |
|
TOPPINO, T.C. & BLOOM, L.C. (2002). The spacing
effect, free recall, and two-process theory : A closer
look. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning,
Memory & Cognition, 28 (3), 437-444. |
|
TOPPINO, T.C. COHEN, M.S., DAVIS, M.L. & MOORA, A C.
(2009). Metacognitive control over the distribution of
practice : When is spacing preferred ? Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 35 (5), 1352–1358. [PDF] |
|
TOPPINO, T.C., FEARNOW-KENNEY, M.D., KIEPERT, M.H. &
TEREMULA, A.C. (2009). The spacing effect in intentional
and incidental free recall by children and adults : Limits
on the automaticity hypothesis. Memory &
Cognition, 37, 316-325. [PDF] |
|
TOPPINO, T.C. & COHEN, M.S. (2009). The testing effect
and the retention interval. Experimental Psychology,
56, 252–257. |
|
|
|
Torgesen K.J. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'éducation,
notamment de l'apprentissage de la lecture
et de la dyslexie.
Collaborateur de Fletcher,
Foorman,
Lyon, Shaywitz,
Shaywitz et Wagner.
|
TORGESEN, J.K. (1995). Phonological awareness : A
critical factor in dyslexia. Orton Dyslexia
Society. |
|
TORGESEN, J.K. (1997). The prevention and remediation of
reading disabilities : Evaluating what we know from
research. Journal of Academic Language Therapy, 1,
11-47. |
|
TORGESEN, J.K. (2000). Individual differences in response
to early interventions in reading : The lingering problem
of treatment resisters. Learning Disabilities
Research and Practice, 15, 55-64. [PDF]
|
|
TORGESEN, J.K. (2002). The prevention of reading
difficulties. Journal of School Psychology, 40,
7-26. [PDF]
|
|
TORGESEN, J.K. (2006). Recent discoveries from research on
remedial interventions for children with dyslexia. In M.
Snowling and C. Hulme (Eds.), The science of reading
: A handbook. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Torppa Mina ( ) : Psychologue
finlandaise et spécialiste de l'étude de la dyslexie.
Étudiante de Lyytinen.
Collaboratrice de Laasko et
Lyytinen.
|
TORPPA, M., POIKKEUS, A., LAAKSO, M.M., EKLUND, K. &
LYYTINEN, H (2006). Predicting delayed letter knowledge
development and its relation to grade 1 reading
achievement among children with and without familial risk
for dyslexia. Developmental Psychology, 42, 1128-1142. |
|
TORPPA, M., POIKKEUS, A., LAAKSO, M., TOLVANEN, A.,
LESKINEN, E., LEPPÄNEN, P.H.T. & PUOLAKANAHO, A. &
LYYTINEN, H. (2007). Modeling the early paths of
phonological awareness and factors supporting its
development in children with and without familial risk of
dyslexia. Scientific Studies of Reading, 11, 73-103. |
|
TORPPA, M., TOLVANEN, A., POIKKEUS, A., EKLUND, K.,
LEKKANEN, M.-K., LESKINEN, E. & LYYTINEN, H. (2007).
Reading development subtypes and their early
characteristics. Annals of Dyslexia, 57 (1),
3-32. |
|
TORPPA, M., LYYTINEN, P., ERSKINE, J., EKLUND, K. &
LYYTINEN, H. (2010). Language development, literacy
skills, and predictive connections to reading in Finnish
children with and without familial risk for dyslexia. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 43, 308-321. |
|
TORPPA, M., EKLUND, K. VAN BERGEN, E. & LYYTINEN, H.
(2011). Parental literacy predicts children's literacy : a
longitudinal family-risk study. Dyslexia, 17,
339-355. |
|
|
|
Torrance Ellis Paul (1915-2003) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la créativité
et à la douance.
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1962). Non-Test Ways of identifying the
creatively gifted. Gifted Child Quarterly, 6,
71-75. |
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1962). Guiding creative talent. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. |
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1965). Scientific views of creativity and
factors affecting its growth. Daedalus, 94 (3),
663-681. [PDF] |
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1974). Torrance tests of creative
thinking. Lexington, MA : Personnel Press. |
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1998). The torrance tests of creative
thinking norms - technical manual figural (streamlined)
forms A & B. Bensenville, IL : Scholastic
Testing Service. |
|
|
MILLAR, G.W. (2007). E. Paul Torrance, "The
creativity man" : an authorized biography. Praeger
Publishers Inc |
|
|
|
Torrey Edwin Fuller (Utica 1937-) : Psychiatre
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement de la schizophrénie.
Collaborateur de Gottesman,
Lieberman, Weinberger
et
Yolten.
|
TORREY, E.F. (1987). Prevalence studies of schizophrenia.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 598-608. |
|
TORREY, E.F., MILLER, J., RAWLINGS, R. & YOLKEN, R.H.
(1997). Seasonality of births in schizophrenia and bipolar
disorder : A review of the literature. Schizophrenia
Research, 28, 1-38. |
|
TORREY, E.F., RAWLING, R. & YOLKEN, R.H. (2000). The
antecedents of psychoses : a case-control study of
selected risk factors. Schizophrenia Research, 46,
17-23. |
|
TORREY, E.F., BARTKO, J.J., LUN, Z.-R. & YOLKEN, R.H
(2007). Antibodies to toxoplasma gondii in patients with
schizophrenia : A meta-analysis. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 3 (3), 729-736. [PDF] |
|
TORREY, E.F. (2010). Documenting the failure of
deinstitutionalization. Psychiatry, 73 (2),
122-124. |
|
|
|
Tortue : Reptile.
Turtle.
| |
|
|
CARR, A.F. (1965). The navigation of the green turtle. Scientific American, 212, 78-86. |
LOHMANN, K.J. & LOHMANN, C.M.F. (1992). Orientation to
oceanic waves by green turtle hatchlings. Journal of
Experimental Biology, 171, 1-13. |
|
HAILMAN, J.P. & JAEGER, R.G. (1967). On criteria for
color preferences in turtles. Journal of Herpetology,
5, 83-85. |
MELLGREN, R.L., MANN, M.A., BUSHONG, M.E., HARKINS, S.R.
& KEATHLEY, V.L. (2003). Habitat selection and
antipredator behavior in three species of hatchling sea
turtles. International Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 16, 156-171. [PDF] |
|
MROSOVSKY, N. (1972). The water-finding ability of sea
turtles. Brain, Behavior & Evolution, 5, 202-225. |
SULLOWAY, F.J. (2003). Tantalizing tortoises and the
Darwin-Galapagos legend. Journal of the History of
Biology, 42, 3-31. |
|
CARR, A.F. (1980). Some problems of sea turtle ecology. American
Zoologist, 20, 489-498. |
GRAY, K. & WEGNER, D.M. (2010). Torture and judgments
of guilt. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
46, 233-235. |
|
CRANNEY, J. & POWERS, A.S. (1983). The effects of core
nucleus and cortical lesions in turtles on reversal and
dimensional shifting. Physiological Psychology, 11, 103-111.
[PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Reptile
et Animal |
|
|
|
|
Torture : Sévices et douleur
volontairement infligés à une victime
dans le but de lui extirper des aveux ou des renseignements.
Torture, terrorisme et
violence. Torture.
| |
|
| RASMUSSEN, O.V. & LUNDE, I. (1989). The treatment and
rehabilitaion of victims of torture. International
Journal of Mental Health, 18, 122-130. |
| SAPORTA, J.A. & VAN DER KOLK, B.A. (1992).
Psychobiological consequences of severe trauma. In M.
Basoglu (Eds.), Torture and its consequences
(pp. 151-181). Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
|
KELMAN, H.C. (1993). The social context of torture: Policy
process and authority structure. In R.D. Crelinsten &
A.P. Schmid (Eds.), The politics of pain : Torturers
and their masters. (pp. 21-38). Leiden, The
Netherlands : COMT, University of Leiden. [PDF] |
|
KONECNI, V.J. (2005). Abuse of prisoners at Abu Ghraib.
Letter for the policy forum - Why ordinary people torture
prisoners. Science, 307, 1873. |
|
McOY, A.W. (2006). A question of torture : CIA
interrogation, from the cold war to the war on terror. New York : Metropolitan Books. |
|
COSTANZO, M.A., GERRITY, E. & LYKES, M.B. (2007).
Psychologists and the use of torture in interrogations. Analyses
of Social Issues & Public Policy, 7 (1), 7-20. |
|
ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. (2008). Sexualized torture and abuse at
Abu Ghraib prison : Feminist psychological analyses. Feminism
& Psychology, 18, 301-320. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi douleur
et Trouble de
stress post-traumatique |
|
|
Totalitarisme
: Régime
politique fondé sur la concentration du pouvoir
sans partage donc entre les mains d'un petit groupe
d'individus (Le parti,
les Colonels, le bloc au pouvoir, etc.) ou d'un seul
individu (Dictateur, potentat, monarque, etc), qui refuse toute
forme d'opposition. Ce type de régime repose sur une idéologie
qui considère que seules ses idées sont valables ou méritent que
l'on s'y intéresse; en conséquence de quoi, il ne tolère ni la
critique, ni le débat.
| |
|
|
ROUVILLOIS, F. (2000). Utopia and totalitarianism. In R.
Schaer, G. Claeys & L.T. Sargent (Eds.), Utopia :
The search for the ideal society in the western world
(pp. 316-332). Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
BOCK-CÔTÉ, M. (2023). Le totalitarisme
sans le goulag. Paris : Presses de la Cité. |
|
|
Voir aussi État et Opposition |
|
|
|
Tote
(modèle) : Modèle de traitement
de l'information développé en 1960 par Miller,
Galanter et Pribram.
Test-Operate-Test-Exit.
| |
|
|
MILLER, G.A., GALANTER, E. & PRIBRAM, K.H. (1960). Plans
and the structure of behavior. New York : Henry
Holt and Company. |
|
|
|
Toucher : Un des cinq sens.
Consiste à établir un contact plus ou moins prolongé avec un autre
organisme, souvent un congénère,
ou entre deux parties de son propre corps. Le toucher peut
être accidentlel, intentionnel ou non-intentionnel; dans ces deux
derniers cas il est une modalité de la
communication non-verbale. = palper, contact.
Touch, tactile stimulation, physical
contact, tipping.
| |
|
|
|
SILVERTHORNE C., NOREEN C., HUNT T. & ROTA L. (1972).
The effects of tactile stimulation on visual experience.
The Journal of Social Psychology, 88, 153-154. |
HELLER, M.A. (Ed.) (2000). Touch, representation and
blindness. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
PATTISON, J. (1973). Effects of touch on self-exploration
and the therapeutic relationship. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 40, 170-175. |
GUÉGUEN, N. & DE GAIL, M.-A. (2000). Le toucher : un
indicateur implicite du statut et du rôle. Communication
& Organisation : Non-verbal, Communication,
Organisation, 18 (S), 135-145. |
|
HENLEY, N. (1973). The politics of touch. In P. Brown
(Dir.), Radical psychology. New York : Harper
et Row. |
HATWELL, Y., STRERI, A. & GENTAZ, E. (Eds.) (2000). Toucher
pour connaître. Psychologie cognitive de la perception
tactile manuelle. Paris : PUF. |
|
WILLIS, F.N., REEVES, D.L. & BUCHANAN, D.R. (1976).
Interpersonal touch in high school relative to sex and
race. Perceptual & Motor Skills 43, 843-847. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2001). L'effet d'influence du toucher sur le
comportement du consommateur : 2 illustrations
expérimentales en extérieur. Direction et Gestion : La
Revue des Sciences de Gestion, 190-191, 123-132. |
|
FISHER, J.D., RYTTING, M. & HESLIN, R. (1976). Hands
touching hands : affective and evaluative effects on
interpersonal touch. Sociometry, 39, 416-421. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2001). Toucher et soumission à une requête :
Réplications expérimentales en situation naturelle et
évaluation de l'impact du statut. Revue
Internationale de Psychologie Sociale, 14 (3),
113-158. [PDF] |
|
KLEINKE, C. (1977). Compliance to requests made by gazing
and touching experimenters in field settings. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology 13, 218-223. |
GENTAZ, E. & HATWELL, Y. (2002). Le toucher, un sens
trompeur ? Pour La Science, 293, 78-83. |
|
SUMMERHAYES, D. & SUCHNER. (1978). Power implications
of touch in male-female relationships. Sex Roles, 4,
103-110. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). Touch, awareness of touch and
compliance to a request. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 95, 355-360.
[PDF] |
|
WILLIS, F.N. & HAMM, H. (1980). The use of
interpersonal touch in securing compliance. Journal of
Nonverbal Behavior, 5, 49-55. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). Status, apparel and touch: their joint
effects on compliance to a request. North American
Journal of Psychology, 4, 279-286. |
|
MAJOR, B. (1981). Gender patterns in touching behavior In
C. Mayo & N.M. Henley (Eds.), Gender and nonvdrbal
behavior (pp. 15-37). New York : Springer-Verlag. |
HERTENSTEIN, M.J. (2002). Touch : its communicative
functions in infancy. Human Development, 45, 70-94. |
|
SMITH, D., GIER, J. & WILLIS, F. (1982). Interpersonal
touch and compliance with a marketing request. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology 3, 35-38. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). Encouragement non-verbal à participer en cours : l'effet du toucher. Psychologie & Education, 51, 95-107. [PDF] |
|
GOLDMAN, M. & FORDYCE, J. (1983). Prosocial behavior
as affected by eye contact, touch, and voice expression. The
Journal of Social Psychology, 121, 125-129. |
|
|
|
CRUSCO, A. & WETZEL, C. (1984). The midas touch : the
effects of interpersonal touch on restaurant tipping. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 10, 512-517. |
GUÉGUEN, N. & FISHER-LOKOU, J. (2002). An evaluation
of touch on a large request : A field setting. Psychological
Reports, 90, 267-269. [PDF] |
|
PAULSELL, S. & GOLDMAN, M. (1984). The effect of
touching different body areas on prosocial behaviour.
Journal of Social Psychology, 122 (2), 269-273. |
ROLLS, E.T., O'DOHERTY, J., KRINGELBACH, M.L., FRANCIS,
S., BOWTELL, R. & MCGLONE, F. (2003). Representations
of pleasant and painful touch in the human orbitofrontal
and cingulate cortices. Cerebral Cortex, 13,
308-317. |
|
STIER, D.S. & HALL, J.A. (1984). Gender differences in
touch : An empirical and theoretical review. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 47,
440-459. [PDF] |
GUÉGUEN, N. & FISHER-LOKOU, J. (2003). Tactile contact
and spontaneous help. The Journal of Social
Psychology, 143, 785-787. |
|
GOLDMAN, M., KIYOHARA, O. & PFANNENSTEIL, D. (1985).
Interpersonal touch, social labeling and the
foot-in-the-door effect. The Journal of Social
Psychology, 152, 143-147. |
|
|
STEPHEN, R. & ZWIEGENHAFT, R. (1986). The effect on
tipping of a waitress touching male and female customers.
The Journal of Social Psychology, 126 (1),
141-142. [PDF] |
FISHER-LOKOU, J. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2003). Le toucher
comme mode de régulation du conflit : de l'influence d'une
variable non-verbale (pp. 27-38). In B.M. Garreau (Ed.), Dynamiques
du conflit. Lorient : CRELLIC, Université de
Bretagne-Sud : [PDF] |
|
PATTERSON, M., POWELL, J. & LENIHAN, M. (1986). Touch,
compliance and interpersonal affect. Journal of
Nonberbal Behavior, 10, 41-50. |
ROLLS, E.T., O'DOHERTY, J., KRINGELBACH, M.L., BOWTELL,
F.S. & McGLONE, F. (2003). Pleasant and painful touch
are represented in the human orbitofrontal and cingulate
cortices. Cerebral Cortex, 13, 308-317. [PDF] |
|
WHELDALL, K., BEVAN, K. & SHORTALL, K. (1986). A touch
of reinforcement : The effects of contingent teacher touch
on the classroom behaviour of young children.
Educational Review, 38, 207-216. |
HATWELL, Y., STRERI, A. & GENTAZ, E. (Eds.) (2003). Touching
for knowing. Amsterdam : John Benjamins. |
|
STEWARD, L. & LUPFER, M. (1987). Touching as teaching
: The effect of touch on students' perceptions and
performance. Journal of Applied Social Psychology,
17, 800-809. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2004). Nonverbal encouragement of
participation in a course: the effect of touch. Social
Psychology of Education, 7, 89-98. [PDF]+
[PDF] |
|
HORNIK, J. (1987). The effect of touch and gaze upon
compliance and interest of interviewees. The Journal
of Social Psychology, 127, 681-683. [PDF] |
FISHER-LOKOU, J. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2004). Influence non
verbale dans le cadre de la médiation : effets du toucher
et du statut sur la prédisposition à atteindre un accord.
Cahiers Internationaux de Psychologie Sociale, 61,
35-42.[PDF] |
|
WYCOFF, E. & HOLLEY, J. (1990). Effects of flight
attendants' touch upon airline passengers' perceptions of
the attendant and the airline. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 71, 932-934. |
GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2005). The effect of touch on
tipping: an evaluation in a French bar. Hospitality
Management, 24, 295-299. [PDF] |
|
HALL, J.A. & VECCIA, E.M. (1990). More "touching"
observations : New insights on men, women, and
interpersonal touch. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 59, 1155-1162. |
HERTENSTEIN, M.J., VERKAMP, J.M., KERESTES, A.M. &
HOLMES, R.M. (2006). The communicative functions of touch
in humans, nonhuman primates, and rats: a review and
synthesis of the empirical research. Genetic, Social,
& General Psychology Monographs, 132, 5-94. |
|
ROCHAT, P. & SENDERS, S.J. (1991). Active touch in
infancy: Action systems in development. In M.J. Weiss
& P.R. Zelazo (Eds.), Infant attention:
Biological contraints and the influence of experience (pp.
412-442). NJ : Ablex Publishers. [PDF] |
GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2006). Touch and consumer
behavior : A new experimental evidence in a field setting,
International Journal of Management, 23 (1),
24-33. [PDF] |
|
HORNIK, J. (1992). Tactile stimulation and consumer
response. Journal of Consumer Research, 19,
449-458. [PDF] |
HERTENSTEIN, M.J., KELTNER D., APP, B., BULLEIT, B.A.
& JASKOLKA, A.R. (2006). Touch communicates distinct
emotions. Emotion, 6, 528-533. |
|
BURGOON, J.K., WALTHER, J. & BAESLER, E. (1992).
Interpretations, evaluations and consequences of
interpersonal touch. Human Communication Research, 19,
237-263. |
SHÜRMAN, M., CAETANO, G., HLUSHCHUK, Y., JOUSMÄKI V. &
HARI, R. (2006). Touch activates human auditory cortex. NeuroImage,
30, 1325-1331. |
|
HORNIK, J. (1992). Effects of physical contact on
customers' shopping time and behavior. Marketing
Letters 3, 49-55. |
|
|
HORNIK, J. (1992). Tactile stimulation and consumer
response. Journal of Consumer Research, 19,
449-458. [PDF] |
GUÉGUEN, N., JACOB, C. & BOULBRY, G. (2007). The
effect of touch on compliance with a restaurant's employee
suggestion. Hospitality Management, 26,
1019-1023. [PDF] |
|
BURGOON, J.K., WALTHER, J.B. & BAESLER, E.J. (1992).
Interpretations and consequences of interpersonal touch.
Human Communication Research, 19, 237-263. |
ERCEAU, D. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2007). The effect of touch
on the evaluation of the "toucher". The Journal of
Social Psychology, 147 (4), 441-444. |
|
CRAWFORD, C.B. (1994). Effects of sex and sex roles on
avoidance of same-and opposite-sex touch. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 79, 107-112. |
BAILENSON, J.N. & YEE, N. (2007). Virtual
interpersonal touch and digital chameleons. Journal
of Nonverbal Behavior, 31 (4), 225-242. [PDF] |
|
REMLAND, M.S. & JONES, T. (1994). The influence of
vocal intensity and touch on compliance gaining. The
Journal of Social Psychology, 134 (1), 89-97. [PDF] |
EBISH, S.J.H., PERUCCI, M.G., FERRETTI, A., DEL GRATTA,
C., ROMANI, G.L. & GALLESE, V. (2008). The sense of t
ouch: Embodied simulation in a visuo-tactile mirroring
mechanism for observed animate or inanimate touch. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 20 (9), 1611-1623. [PDF] |
|
CRAWFORD, C.B. (1994). Effects of sex and sex roles on
same-sex touch. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 78, 391-394. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2007). The effect of a man's touch on woman's
compliance to a request in a courtship context. Social
Influence, 2, 81-97. |
|
NANNBERG, J. & HANSEN, C. (1994). Post-compliance
touch: An incentive for task performance. The Journal
of Social Psychology, 134, 301-307. |
JOULE, R.-V. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2007). Tactile contact,
awareness of contact and compliance to a request. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 104, 581-588. |
|
|
JONES, S. (1994). The right touch : understanding and
using language of physical contact. Cresskill,
Hampton Press. |
|
|
BERKLEY, K.J. & HUBSCHNER, C.H. (1995). Are there
separate central nervous system pathways to touch and pain
? Nature Medicine 1, 766-773. |
|
|
BOHM, J. & HENDRICKS, B. (1997). Effects of
interpersonal touch, degree of justification, and sex of
participant on compliance with a request. The Journal
of Social Psychology, 137, 460-469. |
|
|
LEWIS, R.J., DERLEGA, V.J., SHANKAR, A., COCHARD, E. &
FINKEL, L. (1997). Nonverbal correlates of confederates'
touch : confounds in touch research. Journal of
Social Behavior & Personality, 12, 821-830. |
|
|
LYNN, M., LE, J.-M. & SHERWYN, D. (1998). Reach out
and touch your customers. Cornell Hotel &
Restaurant Administration Quaterly, 39, 60-65. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2010). The effect of a woman's incidental
tactile contact on men's later behavior. Social
Behavior & Personality, 38 (2), 257-26 [PDF] |
|
HOFFMAN, H.G., HOLLANDER, A., SCHROEDER, K., ROUSSEAU, S.
& FURNESS, T.A. (1998). Physically touching and
tasting virtual objects enhances the realism of virtual
experiences. Virtual Reality : Research, Development
& Application, 3, 226-234. |
GALLACE, A. & SPENCE, C. (2010). The science of
interpersonal touch : An overview. Neuroscience and
Biobehavioral Reviews, 34, 246-259. [PDF] |
|
WILLIS, F. & DODDS, R. (1998). Age, relationship, and
touch initiation. The Journal of Social Psychology,
138, 115-123. |
GUÉGUEN, N., AFFIFI, F., BRAULT, S., CHARLES-SIRE, V.,
LEFORESTIER, P.M., MORZEDEC, A. & PIRON, E. (2011).
Failure of tactile contact to increase request compliance
: The case of blood donation behavior. Journal of
Articles in Support of the Null Hypothesis, 7 (3),
77-84 [PDF] |
|
FIELD, T. (1999). American adolescents touch each other
less and are more aggressive toward their peers as
compared with French adolescents. Adolescence, 34, 753-758. |
HATWELL, Y. & GENTAZ, E. (2012). Origine et évolution
des recherches sur le toucher en France. L'Année
psychologique 111 (04), 701-723. |
|
KAUFMAN, D. & MAHONEY, J. (1999). The effect of
waitresses' touch on alcohol consumption in dyads. The
Journal of Social Psychology, 139, 261-267. |
ACKERLEY, R., CARLSSON, I., WESTER, H., OLAUSSON, H. &
WASLING, H.B. (2014). Touch perceptions across skin sites
: differences between sensitivity, direction
discrimination and pleasantness. Frontiers in
Behavioral Neuroscience, 8, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
FIELD, T. (1999). Preschoolers in American are touched
less and are more aggressive than preschoolers in France.
Early Childhood Development & Care, 151, 11-17. |
AZNAR, N. & TENENBAUM, H.R. (2016). Parent' child
positive touch : Gender, age, and task Differences.
Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 40 (4), 317-333. [PDF]. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Communication
non verbal, Contact
physique et Sens |
|
|
|
|
Toulmin Stephen Edelston (London 1922-2009) :
Épistémologue, logicien et
historien des
sciences anglais. Collaborateur de Kneale.
 |
TOULMIN, S. (1953). The philosophy of science : An
introduction. London : Hutchison University
Library. |
|
TOULMIN, S. (1958). The uses of argument. Cambridge
: University Press. |
|
TOULMIN, S. (1972). Human understanding. Oxford
: Clarendon. |
|
TOULMIN, S. (1990). Cosmopolis : The hidden agenda of
Modernity. Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
|
TOULMIN, S. (2001). Return to reason. Harvard
University Press. |
|
|
ALISON, L., SMITH, M.D., EASTMAN, O. & RAINBOW, L.
(2003). Toulmin's philosophy of argument and its relevance
to offender profiling. Psychology, Crime & Law, 9
(2), 173-183. |
|
|
|
|
Toumai :
| |
|
|
BRUNET, M., GUY, F., PILBEAM, D., MACKAYE, H.T. &
LIKIUS, A. (2002). A new hominid from the Upper Miocene of
Chad, Central Africa. Nature, 418, 145-151. |
|
|
|
Toupin Louise ( ) : Politologue
et féministe québécoise.
Elle enseigne à l'Université du
Québec à Montréal. Collaboratrice de Dumont.
|
TOUPIN, L. (1993). Peut-on faire l'histoire du féminisme ?
Recherches féministes, 6 (1), 25-51. |
|
TOUPIN, L. (1996). Des «usages» de la maternité en
histoire du féminisme. Recherches Féministes, 9 (2),
113-135. |
|
DUMONT, M. et TOUPIN, L. (Dir.) (2003). La pensée
féministe au Québec. Anthologie (1900-1985).
Montréal : Éditions du remue-ménage. |
|
TOUPIN, L. (2003). À l'occasion du débat sur le "trafic
des femmes", le féminisme radical connaît une nouvelle
secousse. Canadian Women's Studies/Les Cahiers de la
femme, 22 (3/4), 203-207. |
|
TOUPIN, L. (2005). Voir les nouvelles figures du féminisme
et entendre leurs voix. Dans M.N. Mensah (Dir.),
Dialogues sur la troisième vague du féminisme (p.
74-87). Montréal : Éditions du remue-ménage. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tourangeau Roger ( ) : Psychologue
social et méthodologiste
américain, spécialisé dans les enquêtes
et les questionnaires,
notamment dans la formulation des questions.
Collaborateur de Couper,
Groves, Presser,
Singer et Wilson.
 |
TOURANGEAU, R. & RASINSKI, K.A. (1988). Cognitive
processes underlying context effects in attitude
measurement. Psychological Bulletin, 103 (3),
299-314. [PDF] |
|
TOURANGEAU, R., RASINSKI, K.A. & BRADBURN, N. (1991).
Measuring happiness in surveys : a test of the subtraction
hypothesis. Public Opinion Quarterly, 55,
255-266. [PDF] |
|
TOURANGEAU, R., RASINSKI, K.A., JOBE, J., SMITH, T.W.
& PRATT, W. (1997). Sources of error in a survey of
sexual behavior. Journal of Official Statistics, 13,
341-365. |
|
TOURANGEAU, R., GROVES, R., KENNEDY, C. & YAN, T.
(2009). The presentation of the survey, nonresponse, and
measurement error. Journal of Official Statistics,
25, 299- 321.
[PDF] |
|
TOURANGEAU, R. & YAN, T. (2007). Sensitive questions
in surveys. Psychological Bulletin, 133 (5),
859-883.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Touretzky David S. ( ) : Neurocognitivste
et cybernéticien
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage
et de la mémoire. Il
s'intéresse notamment au rôle de l'hippocampe.
Professeur de Redish.
|
TOURETSKY, D.S. & POMERLEAU, D.A. (1994).
Reconstructing physical symbol systems. Cognitive
Science, 18 (2), 345-353. [PDF] |
|
TOURETSKY, D.S. & REDISH, D.A. (1996). Theory of
rodent navigation based on interacting representations of
space. Hippocampus, 6 (3), 247-270. |
|
TOURETSKY, D.S., WEISMAN, W.E., FUHS, M.C., SKAGGS, W.E.,
FENTON, A.A. & MULLER, R.U. (2005). Deforming the
hippocampal map. Hippocampus, 15 (1), 41-55. [PDF] |
|
TOURETSKY, D.S. & MULLER, R.U. (2006). Place field
dissociation and multiple maps in hippocampus. Neurocomputing, 69 (10-12), 1260-1263. |
|
TOURETSKY, D.S. (2013). Robotics for computer scientists :
what's the big idea ? Computer Science Education, 23
(4), 349-367. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tourigny Marc ( ) : Psychologue
écologiste québécois
et professeur à l'Université
de Sherbrooke. Il se spécialise dans l'étude de la
maltraitance. Collaborateur de
Wright.
|
TOURIGNY, M., LAVOIE, F., VÉZINA, J. et PELLETIER, V.
(2006). La violence subie par des adolescentes dans leurs
fréquentations amoureuses : incidence et facteurs
associés. Revue de Psychoéducation, 35 (2),
323-354. |
|
TOURIGNY, M., DOMOND, P., TROCMÉ, N., SIOUI, B. &
BARIL, K. (2007). Incidence of maltreatment of aboriginal
children in Quebec reported to youth protection :
Intercultural comparison. First Peoples Child &
Family Review, 3 (3), 103-119. [PDF] |
|
TOURIGNY, M. & HÉBERT, M. (2007). Comparison of open
versus closed group interventions for sexually abused
adolescent girls. Violence & Victims, 22 (3),
335-350. [PDF] |
|
TOURIGNY, M. (2008). Efficacité d'une thérapie de groupe
pour adolescentes agressées sexuellement : suivi six mois
après la thérapie. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie,
29 (3), 117-131. |
|
TOURIGNY, M., JACOB, M., MAYER, M., DAIGNEAULT, I.,
HÉBERT, M. et WRIGHT, J. (2009). Facteurs associés à la
rétention des signalements impliquant une situation d'abus
sexuel. Child Abuse & Neglect, 33 (12),
888-896. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tourinho Emmanuel Zagury ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste d'origine brésilienne. Collaborateur de Glenn
et Houmanfar.
 |
TOURINHO, E.Z. (1996). Behaviorismo radical,
representacionismo e pragmatismo. Temas em
Psicologia, 2, 41-56. |
|
TOURINHO, E.Z. & NENO, S. (2003). Effectiveness as
truth criterion in behavior analysis. Behavior &
Philosophy, 31, 63-80. [PDF] |
|
TOURINHO, E.Z. (2004). Behaviorism, Interbehaviorism and
the boundaries of a science of behavior. European
Journal of Behavior Analysis, 5 (2), 15-27. [PDF] |
|
TOURINHO, E.Z. (2006). Private stimuli, covert responses,
and private events : Conceptual remarks. The Behavior
Analyst, 29 (1), 13-31.
[PDF] |
|
TOURINHO, E.Z., BORBA, A., VICHI, C. & LEITE, F.L.
(2011). Contributions of contingencies in modern societies
to "privacy" in the behavioral relations of cognition and
emotion. The Behavior Analyst, 34 (2), 171-180.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Tourisme
:
Tourism.
| |
|
|
CHESNEY-LIND, M. & LIND, Y.L. (1986). Visitors against
victims : Crimes against tourists in Hawaii. Annals of
Tourism Research, 13 167-191. |
|
|
|
Tourterelle (Streptopelia risoria) : Oiseau de la famille des colombidés.
= Oiseau qui roucoule, colombe .
Ring dove.
br>
| |
|
|
LEHRMAN, D.S. (1955). The physiological basis of parental
feeding behavior in the ring dove (Streptopelia risoria).
Behaviour, 7, 241-286. |
|
LEHRMAN, D.S. (1958). Induction of broodiness by
participation in courtship and nest-building in the ring
dove. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 51, 32-36. |
|
LEHRMAN, D.S. & WORTIS, D.S. (1960). Previous breeding
experience and hormone-induced incubation behavior in the
ring dove. Science, 132, 1667-1668. |
|
McFARLAND, D.J. (1964). Interaction of hunger and thirst
in the barbary dove. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 58, 174-179. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Oiseau |
|
|
Tousignant Michel (1952-2025) : Psychologue
écologiste québécois et
professeur à l'Université du
Québec à Montréal. Il se spécialise dans l'étude du suicide.
Collaborateur de Caron, Misharaet Perreault.
 |
TOUSIGNANT, M. (1992). La santé mentale des migrants :
analyse de son contexte social et longitudinal. Santé
mentale au Québec, 17 (2), 35-46. |
|
TOUSIGNANT, M., BASTIEN, M.F. et HAMEL, S. (1994).
Prévenir le suicide chez les jeunes : une offensive à
plusieurs volets. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 15 (2), 113-127. |
|
TOUSIGNANT, M. (1994). Les origines sociales et
culturelles des troubles psychologiques. Paris :
Les Presses universitaires de France. |
|
TOUSIGNANT, M., SÉGUIN, M., LESAGE, A. CHAWKY, N. et
TURECKY, G. (2003). Le suicide chez les hommes de 18 à 55 ans : trajectoires de vie. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 24 (1), 145-160. |
|
MISHARA, B. & TOUSIGNANT, M. (2004). Comprendre le
suicide. Montréal : Presses de l'Université de
Montréal. |
|
|
|
Tout : Quantificateur
universel.
Any.
| |
|
|
DAVISON, A. (1980). Any as universal or existential ? In J. van der Auwera (Ed.), The semantics of determiners. Londres : Croom Helm. |
|
|
|
Tout
est plus que la somme de ses parties (Le...) :
Principe de la gestalt qui
stipule que notre cerveau
a tendance à regrouper en un tout cohérent - de manière automatique
et involontaire - des éléments épars; l'objet formé par ce tout -
on dit aussi gestalt - possède alors une signification différente
de la totalité de ses éléments; idem pour les éléments qui
acquiert ainsi une nouvelle signification. EX:
Les nombreux sons (éléments) produits par un groupe forment une
pièce de musique (un
tout). Le tout est + que la somme de ses parties et effet
systémique. Whole does not equal the sum of
its parts.
| |
|
|
KIM, J.J. & BAXTER, M.G. (2001). Multiple brain-memory
systems : the whole does not equal the sum of its parts. Trends
in Neuroscience, 24, 324-330. |
|
KUBOVY, M. & VAN DEN BERG, M. (2008). The whole is
equal to the sum of its parts : A probabilistic model of
grouping by proximity and similarity in regular patterns.
Psychological Review, 115, 131-154. |
|
|
|
Toutes catégories confondues : En statistique
et en logique, expression
qui désigne une opération qui consiste à fondre en une et une
seule catégorie ou groupe
tous les éléments de toutes ces catégories/groupes. =
agrégation, former un
tout, toutes choses confondues, former un seul groupe, une seule
catégorie, tout mettre ensemble, former un seul indicateur.
|
Toutes
choses égales par ailleurs (Principe) :
Cette expression, que l'on doit à Bernard,
désigne un principe méthodologique
qui stipule que tous les facteurs
susceptibles d'influencer le phénomène
que l'on cherche à expliquer
(Y ou la
variable dépendante) ont un effet égale (neutre, constant ou
aléatoire), sauf un, celui que le chercheur
a isolé et
qu'il considère comme la cause
réelle (= X), et qui varie
naturellement (variable
indépendante assignée/invoquée) ou à la suite d'une
manipulation volontaire (variable
indépendante manipulée/provoquée). Toutes choses étant
égales par ailleurs,
isoler un X et multidéterminisme.
= ceteris paribus, ceteris paribus sic
stantibus, toutes choses étant égales par ailleurs, un et un seul
facteur. All other things being equal, all
other things being unchanged, all else being equal, ceteris
paribus law.
| |
|
|
JOHANSON, I. (1980). Ceteris paribus clauses, closure
clauses and falsifiability. Journal for the General
Philosophy of Science, 10, 16-22. |
HALL, N. (2005). Causation and ceteris paribus laws. The Harvard
Review of Philosophy, 13 (1), 80-99. |
|
PERSKY, J. (1990). Retroperspectives : Ceteris paribus. The
Journal of Economic Perspectives, 4 (2), 187-193. |
WARD, B. (2007). The natural kind analysis of ceteris
paribus law statements. Philosophical Topics, 35
(1/2), 359-380. |
|
SCHIFFER, S. (1991). Ceteris paribus laws. Mind,
100, 1-17. |
RUPERT, R. (2007). Realization, completers, and ceteris
paribus laws in psychology. British Journal for the
Philosophy of Science, 58, 1-11. |
|
MOTT, P. (1992). Fodor and ceteris paribus laws.
Mind, 101 (402), 335-346. |
WARD, B. (2008). Cartwright, forces, and ceteris paribus
laws. Southwest Philosophy Review, 25 (1),
55-62. |
|
PIETROSKI, P. & REY, G. (1995). When other things
aren't equal : Saving ceteris paribus llaws from vacuity.
British Journal for the Philosophy of Science, 46 (1),
81-110. |
WHITAKER, J.K. (2008). Ceteris paribus. In S.N. Durlauf
& L.E. Blume (Eds.), The new Palgrave dictionary
of economics. London : Palgrave Macmillan. |
|
CARTWRIGHT, N. (1995). Ceteris paribus laws and
socio-economic machines. Monist, 78, 276-297. |
VAN BENTHEM, J., GIRARD, P. & ROY, O. (2009).
Everything else being equal : A modal logic for ceteris
paribus preferences. Journal of Philosophical Logic,
38, 83-125. |
|
EARMAN, J. & ROBERTS, J. (1999). Ceteris paribus :
There are no provisos. Synthese 118, 439-478. [PDF] |
NICKEL, B. (2010). Ceteris paribus laws : generics &
natural kinds. Philosophers' Imprint 10 (6),
1-25. [PDF] |
|
MORREAU, M. (1999). Other things being equal. Philosophical
Studies, 96, 163-182. |
ELIOT, C. (2011). Hempel's provisos and ceteris paribus
clauses. Journal for General Philosophy of Science,
42 (2), 207-218. |
|
LIPTON, P. (1999). All else being equal. Philosophy,
74, 155-168. |
STREVENS, M. (2012). Ceteris Paribus Hedges: Causal voodoo
that works. Journal of Philosophy, 109 (11),
652-675. |
|
DREWERY, A. (2000). Dispositions and ceteris paribus laws.
British Journal for the Philosophy of Science, 52
(4), 723-733. |
ROL, M. (2012). On ceteris paribus laws in economics (and
elsewhere) : why do social sciences matter to each other ?
Erasmus Journal for Philosophy & Economics, 5 (2),
27-53. [PDF] |
|
CARTWRIGHT, N. (2002). In favor of laws that are not
ceteris paribus after all. Erkenntnis 57 (3),
425-439. |
SILVA, R. (2012). Ceteris Paribus Laws and the Human
Sciences. Disputatio, 4 (34), 852-868. [PDF] |
|
SCHURZ, G. (2001). Pietroski and Rey on ceteris paribus
laws. British Journal for the Philosophy of Science,
52 (2), 359-370. |
PEMBERTON, J. & CARTWRIGNT, N. (2014). Ceteris paribus
laws need machines to generate them. Erkenntnis, 79
(10), 1745-1758. |
|
GLYMOUR, C. (2002). A semantics and methodology for
ceteris paribus hypotheses. Erkenntnis, 57 (3),
395-405. |
KOWALENKO, R. (2014). Ceteris paribus laws : A
naturalistic account. International Studies in the
Philosophy of Science, 28 (2), 133-155. |
|
WOODWARD, J. (2002). There is no such thing as a ceteris
paribus law. Erkenntnis, 57 (3), 303-328. |
NICKEL, B. (2014). The role of kinds in the semantics of
ceteris paribus laws. Erkenntnis, 79 (10),
1729-1744. |
|
SCHURZ, G. (2002). Ceteris paribus laws. Erkenntnis,
57 (3), 351-372. |
SCHURZ, G. (2014). Ceteris paribus and ceteris rectis
laws. Content and causal role. Erkenntnis, 79,
1801-1817. |
|
LANGE, M. (2002). Who's afraid of ceteris paribus laws ?
Or : How i stopped worrying and learned to love Them. Erkenntnis,
57 (3), 407-423. [PDF] |
SPOHN, W. (2014). The epistemic account of ceteris paribus
conditions. European Journal for Philosophy of
Science, 4 (3), 385-408. |
|
EARMAN, J., ROBERTS, J. & SMITH, S. (2002). Ceteris
paribus lost. Erkenntnis, 57 (3), 281-301. [PDF] |
HÜTERMANN, A. (2014). Ceteris paribus laws in physics. Erkenntnis,
79, 1715-1728. |
|
SMITH, S. (2002). Violated laws, ceteris paribus clauses,
and capacities. Synthese, 130 (2), 235-264. |
UNTERHUBER, M. (2014). Do ceteris paribus laws exist ? A
regularity-based best system analysis. Erkenntnis,
79, 1833-1847. |
|
MITCHELL, S. (2002). Ceteris paribus - An inadequate
representation of biological contingency. Erkenntnis,
52 (S), 329-350. |
GROSSI, D., LORINI, E. & SCHWARZENTRUBER, F. (2015).
The Ceteris paribus structure of logics of game forms.
Journal of Artificial Intelligence Research 53, 91-126.
[PDF] |
|
KINCAID, J. (2004). There are laws in the social sciences.
In C. Hitchcock (Ed.), Contemporary debates in
philosophy of science (pp. 168-185). Oxford :
Blackwell. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Loi,
Groupes
équivalens et Isoler
un X |
|
|
Tovee Martin J. ( ) : Psychologue évolutioniste
britannique, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'attraction physique, et de image corporel.
Collaborateur de Furnham, Ramachadran, et Swami.
| |
TOVEE, M.J., ROLLS, E.T. & RAMACHADRAN, V.S. (1996).
Rapid visual learning in neurones of the primate temporal
visual cortex. Neuroreport, 7, 2757-2760. |
TOVEE, M.J., REINHARDT, S., EMERY, J. & CORNELISSEN,
P.L. (1998). Optimum body-mass index and maximum sexual
attractiveness. Lancet, 352 (9127), 548. |
|
TOVEE, M.J., MAISEY, D.S., EMERY, J.L. & CORNELISSEN, P.L. (1999). Visual cues to female physical attractiveness Proceeding of the Royal Society of London, Series B, 266, 211-218. [PDF] |
|
TOVEE, M.J., SWAMI, V., FURNHAM, A. & MANGALPARSAD, A.
(2006). Changing perceptions of attractiveness as observers are
exposed to a different culture. Evolution & Human Behavior, 27 443-456. [PDF] |
|
TOVEE, M.J., EDMONDS, L. & VUONG, Q.C. (2012)
Original Article
Categorical perception of human female physical attractiveness and health Evolution & Human Behavior, 33 85-93. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Townsend
James T. ( ) :
Psychologue connexioniste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la reconnaissance,
du traitement
parallèle de l'information et du développement de modèles
neuraux. Professeur de Ashby.
Collaborateur de Nosofsky.
|
TOWNSEND, J.T. (1971). A note on the identifiability of
parallel and serial processes. Perception &
Psychophysics, 10, 161-163. [PDF] |
|
TOWNSEND, J.T. & ASHBY, F.G. (1982). An experimental
test of contemporary mathematical models of visual letter
recognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 8, 834-864. [PDF] |
|
TOWNSEND, J.T. & LANDON, D.E. (1983). Mathematical
models of recognition and confusion in psychology. Mathematical
Social Sciences, 4, 25-71. [PDF] |
|
TOWNSEND, J.T. & ASHBY, F.G. (1984). Measurement
scales and statistics : The misconception misconceived.
Psychological Bulletin, 96, 394-401. [PDF] |
|
TOWNSEND, J.T. & HONEY, C.J. (2007). Consequences of
base time for redundant signals experiments. Journal
of Mathematical Psychology, 51, 242-265. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Towse
John ( ) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
mémoire, et plus
particulièrement de la mémoire
de travail chez les enfants. Collaborateur de Baddeley,
Conway, Cowan,
Hitch et Miyake.
|
TOWSE, J.N. & HOUSTON-PRICE, C.M.T. (2001).
Reflections on the concept of the central executive. In J.
Andrade (Ed.), Working memory in perspective
(pp. 240-260). Hove, England : Psychology Press. |
|
TOWSE, J.N., HITCH, G.J. & HUTTON, U. (2002). On the
nature of the relationship between processing activity and
item retention in children. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 82 (2), 156-184. |
|
TOWSE, J.N. & COWAN, N. (2005). Working memory and its
relevance for cognitive development. In W. Schneider, R.
Schumann-Hengsteler & B. Sodian (Eds.), Young
children's cognitive development : Interrelationships
among executive functioning, working memory, verbal
ability, and theory of mind (pp. 9-37). Mahwah,
New Jersey : LEA. |
|
TOWSE, J.N., LEWIS, C. & KNOWLES, M. (2007). When
knowledge is not enough : the phenomenon of goal neglect
in preschool children. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 96, 320-332. [PDF] |
|
TOWSE, J.N., HITCH, G.J., HAMILTON, Z. & PIRRIE, S.
(2008). The endurance of childrens working memory : a
recall time analysis. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 101, 156-163. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Toxicicité
: Propriété d'une substance qui, suivant la dose,
peut empoisonner l'organisme
qui en fait usage. Toxicité, posologie
et médicament.
Toxicity.
| |
|
|
DU TOIT, J.T., PROVENZA, F.D. & NASTIS, A. (1990).
Conditioned taste aversions : how sick must a ruminant get
before it learns about toxicity in foods ? Applied
Animal Behaviour Science, 30 (1-2), 35-46. |
|
|
|
Toxicomanie : Toxicomane
: Dépendance
physiologique à toute substance toxique, notamment aux drogues
(légales ou non), à
l'alcool et aux
solvants. Toxicomanie et sevrage.
Drug-addiction, drug abuse.
|
|
|
DUFOUR, M. et NADEAU, L. (1995). L'efficacité des
programmes de prévention de la toxicomanie axés sur les
familles. Santé Mentale au Québec, 23 (2),
224-245. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, D. et COLLIN, J. (2000). Les toxicomanies
liées aux médicaments psychotropes chez les personnes
âgées, les femmes et les enfants. Québec, Canada :
Gouvernement du Québec. |
|
STANTON, M. & SHADISH, W. (1997). Outcome, attrition
and family-couples treatment for drug abuse : a
meta-analysis and review of the controlled comparative
studies. Psychological Bulletin, 122, 170-191. |
|
AKINS, C.K. & LEVENS, N. (2007). Sexual effects and
drugs of abuse : Possible learning mechanisms. In S.K.
Turrini (Ed), Consciousness and learning (pp.
79-95). Hauppauge, NY : Nova Science Publishers. |
|
KAIROUZ, S., BOYER, R., NADEAU, L., PERREAULT, M. et
FISET-LANIEL, J. (2008). Troubles mentaux,
toxicomanie et autres problèmes liés à la santé mentale
chez les adultes québécois. Enquête sur la santé dans
les collectivités canadiennes (cycle 1.2). Québec :
Institut de la statistique du Québec. [PDF] |
|
DUFOUR, M. CORBIERE, M. et NADEAU, L. (2001). Stratégies
d'adaptation des victimes d'abus sexuels résilientes et
toxicomanes. Revue Québecoise de Psychologie, 22 (1),
149-162. |
|
Voir aussi Dépendance
et Drogue |
|
|
Toynbee
Arnold (Londres 1889-1975 York) : Historien
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude et du classement des
civilisations.
 |
TOYNBEE, A. (1934-1961). A study of history.
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
TOYNBEE, A. (1948). Civilization on trial. New
York : Oxford University Press. |
|
TOYNBEE, A. (1956). An historian's approach to
religion. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
TOYNBEE, A. (1959). Hellenism : The history of a
civilization. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
TOYNBEE, A. (1969). Some problems of Greek history. New
York : Oxford University Press. |
|
|
DERATHÉ, R. (1955). Les deux conceptions de l'histoire
chez Arnold J. Toynbee. Revue Française de Science
Politique, 5 (1), 119-128. [PDF] |
|
BIERSTEDT, R. (1959). Toynbee and sociology. The
British Journal of Sociology, 10 (2), 95-104. |
|
|
|
|
|
| TO
- TRADITION
- TRAIT - TRAITEMENT
- TRANSFERT - TRANSITIVITÉ
- TRANSMISSION - TRANSSEXUALISME
- TRAUMATISME - TRAVAIL
- TRE |
Trace : La trace est
l'indice visible, donc
observable, d'un événement passé ou historique. Cette trace
peut-être parfaitement visible, enfouie ou fossilisée. Trace.
| |
|
|
MORSEL, J. (2016). Traces ? Quelles traces ? Réflexions
pour une histoire non passéiste. Revue Historique,
68, 813-868. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Trace
mnésique : Voir Engramme.
Memory trace.
|
Tracer
(Lettres/Chiffres) : Voir Lettre.
|
Trachéotomie
: Tracheostomy.
| |
|
|
WRIGHT, L., NUNNERY, A., EICHEL, B. & SCOTT, R.
(1968). Application of conditioning principles to problems
of tracheostomy addiction in children. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 32, 603-606. |
|
WRIGHT, L., NUNNERY, A., EICHEL, B. & SCOTT, R.
(1969). Behavioral tactics for reinstating natural
breathing in infants with tracheostomy. Pediatric
Research, 3, 275-278. |
|
|
|
Tracy
Jessica L. ( ) : Psychologue
sociale américaine et spécialiste de l'étude des émotions,
notamment de la fierté.
Collaboratrice de Elliott,
Robins et
Shaver.
|
TRACY, J.L. & ROBINS, R.W. (2004). Putting the self
into self-conscious emotions : A theoretical model. Psychological
Inquiry, 15, 103-125. [PDF] |
|
TRACY, J.L. & ROBINS, R.W. (2004). Show your pride :
Evidence for a discrete emotion expression. Psychological
Science, 15, 194-197. [PDF] |
|
TRACY, J.L. & ROBINS, R.W. & LAGATTUTA, K.H.
(2005). Can children recognize pride ? Emotion, 5, 251-257.
[PDF] |
|
TRACY, J.L. & MATSUMOTO, D. (2008). The spontaneous
expression of pride and shame: Evidence for biologically
innate nonverbal displays. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences, 105, 11655-11660. [PDF] |
|
TRACY J.L., SHARIFF, A.F. & CHENG, J.T. (2010). A
naturalist's view of pride. Emotion Review, 2, 163-177.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Tradition
: Chez les humains
et certains mammifères ou
oiseaux, ensemble de comportements
(et de règles chez l'humain
et certains primates)
transmis de génération
en génération, qui influence certains comportements individuels et
l'organisation du groupe. Tradition,
culture et
transmission culturelle. Tradition.
|
|
|
GALEF, B.G. & WIGMORE, S.W. (1983). Transfer of
information concerning distant food : a test of the
"information centre" hypothesis. Animal Behaviour,
31, 748-758. |
|
GALEF, B.G. (1996). Traditions in animals. Field
observations and laboratory analyses. In M. Bekoff &
D. Jamieson (Eds.), Readings in animal cognition
(pp. 91-106). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. [PDF] |
|
AVITAL, E. & JABLONKA, E. (2000). Animal
traditions : Behavioural inheritance in evolution.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
GALEF, B.G. (2004). Animal traditions : the social
transmission of behavior. In M. Naguib (Ed.), Encyclopedia
of language and linguistics. Oxford : Elsevier. |
|
HUTCHING, J. (2004). Color in folklore and tradition - The
principles. Color Research & Application, 29, 57-66. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Transmission
culturelle |
|
|
Tradition
orale : Chez les humains
et certains primatees,
ensemble de comportements
(et de règles chez l'humain
et certains primates)
transmis oralement de génération
en génération. Oral tradition.
| |
|
|
BURCH, E.S. (1991). From skeptic to believer: the making
of an oral historian. Alaska History, 6 (1),
1-16. |
|
BURCH, E.S. (1996). More on the reliability of oral and
traditional history. American Ethnologist, 23 (1),
131. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Inuit et
Autochtone |
|
|
|
|
|
Trafic
de femmes ou d'enfants : Commerce illégal de vente de femmes
et d'enfants pour des fins
de prostitution ou d'esclavage.
Trafficking of women, child
trafficking.
|
|
|
BERTONE, A.M. (2000). Sexual trafficking in women:
International political economy and the politics of sex.
Gender Issues, 18 (1), 4-22. |
FARLEY, M. & SEO, S. (2006) Prostitution and
trafficking in Asia. Harvard Asia Pacific Review, 8 (2),
9-12. |
|
UGARTE, M.B., ZARATE, L. & FARLEY, M. (2003)
Prostitution and trafficking of women and children from
Mexico to the United States. Journal of Trauma
Practice, 2 (3/4), 147-165. [PDF] |
FARLEY, M. (2006) Prostitution, trafficking, and cultural
amnesia : What we must not know in order to keep the
business of sexual exploitation running smoothly. Yale
Journal of Law & Feminism, 18, 109-144. |
|
FARLEY, M. (2003) (Ed.) Prostitution, trafficking, and
traumatic stress. Binghamton, NY : Haworth. |
RAFFERTY, Y. (2007). Children for sale : Child trafficking
in Southeast Asia. Child Abuse Review, 16,
401-422. |
|
FARLEY, M., COTTON, A., LYNNE, J., ZUMBECK, S., SPIWAK,
F., REYES, M.E., ALVAREZ, D. & SEZGIN, U. (2003).
Prostitution and trafficking in 9 countries : Update on
violence and posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal
of Trauma Practice, 2 (3/4), 33-74.
[PDF] |
RAFFERTY, Y. (2008). The impact of trafficking on children
: Psychological and social policy perspective. Child
Development Perspectives, 2 (1), 13-18. [PDF] |
|
FARR K. (2005). Sex trafficking : The global market
in women and children. New York : Worth. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Prostitution,
Injustice
et Esclavage |
|
|
Tragedy
of the commons (The...) : Livre écrit
par Hardin.
| |
|
|
HARDIN, G. (1968). The tragedy of the commons. Science,
162, 1243-1248.
[PDF] |
FEENY, D., BERKES, F. McCAY, B.J. & ACHESON, J.M.
(1990). The tragedy of the commons : Twenty-two Years
Later. Human Ecology 18, 1-19. |
|
CROWE, B. (1969). The tragedy of the commons revisited.
Science, 166, 1103-1107. |
FEENY, D., HANNA S. & McEVOY, A.F. (1996). Questioning
the assumptions of the "Tragedy of the commons" : Model of
fisheries. Land Economics, 72, 187-205. |
|
SHELDON, K.M. & McGREGOR, H. (2000). Extrinsic value
orientation and the "Tragedy of the commons". Journal
of Personality, 68, 383-411. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Bien
commun, Bien
public et Hardin |
|
|
Trahir
: Trahisson : Tout comportement qui ébranle, menace
ou remet en question la confiance
qu'un individu nous témoigne. La trahisson engendre souvent chez
celui qui en est victime un sentiment d'aversion,
de colère ou même parfois un
deuil. Betray,
betrayal.
| |
|
|
JONES, W.H., MOORE, D.S., SCHRATTER, A. & NEGEL, L.A.
(2000). Interpersonal transgressions and betrayals. In R.
Kowalski (Ed), Behaving badly : Aversive behaviors in
interpersonal relationships (pp. 233-256).
Washington, DC : APA. |
|
FETCHENHAUER, D. & DUNNING, D. (2012). Betrayal
aversion versus principled trustfulness. How to explain
risk avoidance and risky choices in trust games. Journal
of Economic Behavior & Organization, 81 (2),
534-541. |
|
|
|
|
|
Traill Robert R. ( ) : Cybernéticien
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude de la mémoire.
|
TRAILL, R.R. (1978). Analytical theory of sensori-motor
spatial development. Kybernetes, 7 (1), 61-71. |
|
TRAILL, R.R. (1988). The case that mammalian intelligence
is based on sub-molecular memory coding and fibre-optic
capabilities of myelinated nerve axons. Speculations
in Science & Technology, 11 (3), 173-181. |
|
TRAILL, R.R. (1999). Mind and micro-mechanism, a hunt
for the missing theory. Melbourne : Ondwelle. [PDF] |
|
TRAILL, R.R. (2005/2008). Thinking by molecule, synapse,
or both ? From Piaget's schema, to the Selecting/Editing
of ncRNA. The General Science Journal, 1-34. [PDF] |
|
TRAILL, R.R. (2000). How Popperian positivism killed a
good theory - Insect communication by infrared. The
General Science Journal, 1-24. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Trait (Personnalité) : Selon la perspective théorique, ce concept
renvoie: a) à un simple adjectif
qui permet de qualifier
les comportements
d'un individu ( EX: Cet enfant est intelligent,
cette femme est paresseuse). Le trait n'est ici qu'un
mot, qui désigne un comportent ou une caractéristique chez autrui;
il n'a pas d'existence psychologie propre. La personnalité est
donc dans l'oeil de l'observateur, et non dans l'acteur que l'on
cherche à expliquer.
b) à des propriétés mentales ou cognitives déterminantes du comportement ( EX: cet enfant a de bons résultats à l'école car il est intelligent; cette femme étire ses pauses car elle est paresseuse). Ici, le
trait (paresse ou intelligence) désigne une disposition
psychologique, innée ou acquise, qui peut remplir plusieurs
fonctions. Chez certains auteurs, comme Allport,
la personnalité est
formée d'un ensemble de traits qui oriente nos comportements
et permet de sélectionner ou de trier les stimuli qui influencent
la fréquence ou la nature de ces comportements.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Trait.
| |
a
|
|
| b |
|
ALLPORT, G.W. (1927). Concepts of trait and personality. Psychological Bulletin, 24, 284-293. |
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1995). Trait explanations
in personality psychology. European Journal of
Personality, 9, 231-252. |
|
ALEXANDER, W.P. (1935). Intelligence, concrete and
abstract: A study in differential traits. British
Journal of Psychology Monograph, 6 (No. 19). |
BUSHMAN, B.J. (1995). Moderating role of trait
aggressiveness in the effects of violent media on
aggression. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 69, 950-960.
[PDF] |
|
TWENGE, J.M. (1997). Changes in masculine and feminine
traits over time : A meta-analysis. Sex Roles, 36 (5/6),
305-325. |
|
ACKERMAN, P.L. & HEGGESTAD, E.D. (1997). Intelligence,
personality, and interests : Evidence for overlapping
traits. Psychological Bulletin, 121 (2),
219-245. [PDF] |
|
SHAPIRO, D. & TAGIURI, R. (1958). Some effects of
response context on trait inferences. Journal of
Personality, 26, 42-50. |
WIGGINS, J.S. (1997). In defense of traits. In R. Hogan,
J. Johnson, & S. Briggs (Eds.), Handbook of
personality psychology (pp. 95-115). San Diego :
Academic Press. |
|
GUILFORD, J.P. (1958). Basic traits in intelligence
performances. In C.W. Taylor (Ed.), Second research
conference on identification of creative scientific
talent (pp. 66-81). Salt Lake City, Utah :
University of Utah. |
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1997). Personality trait
structure as a human universal. American
Psychologist, 52, 509-516. [PDF] |
|
DENEVE, K.M. & COOPER, H. (1998). The happy
personality : A meta-analysis of 137 personality traits
and subjective well-being. Psychological Bulletin,
124, 197-229. [PDF] |
|
JEFFERSON, T., HERBST, J.H. & McCRAE, R.R. (1998).
Associations between birth order and personality traits :
Evidence from self-reports and observer ratings. Journal
of Research in Personality, 32, 498-509. [PDF] |
|
MATTEWS, G. & DEARY I.J. (1998). Personality
traits. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press |
|
D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1965). Trait psychology and componential
analysis. American Anthropologist, 67 (5),
215-228. |
McCRAE, R.R. (2001). Traits through time. Psychological
Inquiry, 12, 85-87. |
|
EPSTEIN, S. (1977). Traits are alive and well. In S.
Magnusson & N.S. Endler (Eds.), Personality at
the crossroads : Current issues in interactional
psychology (pp. 83-98). Hilldale, NJ : Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates |
COSTA, P.T., TERRACCIANO, A. & McCRAE, R.R. (2001).
Gender differences in personality traits across cultures:
Robust and surprising findings. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 81, 322-331. |
|
McCRAE, R.R. (2001). Trait psychology and culture :
Exploring intercultural comparisons. Journal of
Personality, 69, 819-846. |
|
WIGGINS, J.S. (1979). A psychological taxonomy of
trait-descriptive terms : The interpersonal domain. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 37 (3),
395-412. |
McCRAE, R.R., COSTA, P.T., TERRACCIANO, A, PARKER, W.D.,
MILLS, C.J., De FRUYT, F. & MERVIELDE, I. (2002).
Personality trait development from age 12 to age 18:
longitudinal, cross-sectional, and cross-cultural
analyses. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 83, 1456-1468. |
|
SULLIVAN, P.F., KENDLER, K.S. & NEALE, M.C. (2003).
Schizophrenia as a complex trait : evidence from a
meta-analysis of twin studies. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 60, 1187-1192. [PDF] |
|
|
SHERMAN, S.J. & FAZIO, R.H. (1983). Parallels between
attitudes and traits as predictors of behavior. Journal
of Personality, 51, 308-345. |
McCRAE, R.R. (2004). Human nature and culture : A trait
perspective. Journal of Research in Personality, 38,
3-14. |
|
OLSON, M.A. & FAZIO, R.H. (2004). Trait inferences as
a function of automatically-activated racial attitudes and
motivation to control prejudiced reactions. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 26 (1), 1-11. [PDF] |
|
HUESMANN, L.R. & ERON, L.D. (1989). Individual
differences and the trait of aggression. European
Journal of Personality, 3 (2), 95-106. [PDF] |
PETRIDES, K.V., FREDERICKSON, N. & FURNHAM, A. (2004).
The role of trait emotional intelligence in academic
performance and deviant behavior at school.
Personality & Individual Differences, 36, 277-293.
[PDF] |
|
TERRACCIANO, A. et al. (2005). National character does not
reflect mean personality trait levels in 49 cultures. Science,
310 (5745), 96-100. [PDF] |
|
McCRAE, R.R. & TERRACCIANO, A. (2005). Personality
profiles of cultures : Aggregate personality traits.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 89
(3), 407-425. [PDF] |
|
FURHAM, A. & CRUMP, J. (2005). Personality traits,
types and disorders. European Journal of Personality,
19, 167-184. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1992). Factors and taxa, traits and types,
differences of degree and differences in kind. Journal
of Personality, 60, 117-174. |
OLTMANNS, T.F., GLEASON, M.E.J., KLONSKY, E.D. &
TURKHEIMER, E. (2005). Meta-perception for pathological
personality traits : Do we know when others think that we
are difficult ? Consciousness & Cognition, 14,
739-751. [PDF] |
|
TUPES, E.C. & CHRISTAL, R.E. (1992). Recurrent
personality factors based on trait ratings. Journal of
Personality, 60, 225-251. |
ROBERTS, B.W., WALTON, K.E. & VIECHTBAUER, W. (2006).
Patterns of mean-level change in personality traits across
the life course: A meta-analysis of longitudinal studies.
Psychological Bulletin, 132, 1-25. |
|
PATTERSON, G.R. (1993). Orderly change in a stable world:
The antisocial trait as a chimera. Journal of
Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 61, 911-919. |
McCRAE, R.R. & TERRACCIANO, A. COSTA, P.T. & OZER,
D.J. (2006). Person factors in the California Adult Q-Set:
Closing the door on personality trait types? European
Journal of Personality, 20, 29-44. |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1993). The structure of phenotypic
personality traits. American Psychologist, 48, 26-34.
[PDF] |
JACOB, C., ROMANOS, J., DEMPFLE, A., HEINE, M.,
WINDERMUTH-KIESELBACK, C., KRUSE, A., REIF, A., WALITZA,
S., ROMANOS, M., STROBEL, A., BROCKE, B., SCHÄFER, H.,
SCHMIDTKE, A., BÖNING, J. & LESCH, K.P. (2007).
Comorbidity of adult attention -deficit/hyperactivity
disorder with focus on personality traits and related
disorders in a tertiary referral center. European
Archives of Psychiatry & Clinical Neuroscience, 257
(6), 309-317. [PDF] |
|
ROBERTS, B.W., WOOD, D. & CASPI, A. (2008). The
development of personality traits in adulthood. In O.P.
John, R.W. Robins & L.A. Pervin (Eds.), Handbook
of personality: Theory and research (pp. 375-398).
New York, NY : Guilford Press. |
|
DEWAELE, J.-M., PETRIDES, K.V. & FURNHAM, A. (2008).
Effects of trait emotional intelligence and
sociobiographical variables on communicative anxiety and
foreign language anxiety aAmong adult multilinguals : A
review and empirical investigation. Language Learning
58 (4), 911-960. [PDF] |
|
PERVIN, L.A. (1994). A critical analysis of current trait
theory. Psychological Inquiry, 5, 103-113. |
WILKS, L. (2009). The stability of personality over time
as a function of personality trait dominance. Undergraduate
Student Psychology Journal, 1, 1-9. [PDF] |
|
DE RAAD, B., BARELDS, D.P.H., LEVERT, E., OSTENDORF, F.,
MLACIC, B., BLAS, L.D., HREBICKOVÀ, M., SZIRMÀK, Z.,
SZAROTA, P., PERUGINI, M., CHURCH, A.T. & KATIGBAK,
M.S. (2010). Only three factors of personality description
are fully replicable across languages : A comparison of 14
trait taxonomies. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 98, 160-173. |
|
PETRIDES, K.V. (2011). An application of belief-importance
theory with reference to trait emotional intelligence,
mood, and somatic complaints. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 52, 161-167. [PDF] |
|
FURNHAM A. & TRICKEY, G. (2011). Sex differences in
the dark side traits. Personality & Individual
Differences, 50, 517-522. [PDF] |
|
EPSTEIN, S. (1994). Trait theory as personality theory:
Can a part be as great as the whole ? Psychological
Inquiry, 5, 120-122. |
PETRIDES, K.V., VERNON, P.A., AITKEN, SCHERMER, J. &
VESELKA, L. (2011). Trait emotional intelligence and the
Dark Triad traits of personality. Twin Research &
Human Genetics, 14, 35-41. [PDF] |
|
SZIRMAK, Z. & DE RAAD, B. (1994). Taxonomy and
structure of Hungarian personality traits. European
Journal of Personality, 8, 95-117. |
PETRIDES, K.V. (2011). A general mechanism for linking
personality traits to affect, motivation, and action. New
Ideas in Psychology, 29, 64-71. [PDF] |
|
SHINER, R.L. (2015). The development of temperament and
personality traits in childhood and adolescence. In M.
Mikulincer, P.R. Shaver, M.L. Cooper & R.J. Larsen
(Eds.), APA handbook of personality and social
psychology : Personality processes and individual
differences (Vol. 4, pp. 85-105). Washington, DC :
American Psychological Association. |
|
HAMPSON, S.E. & EDMONDS, G.W. (2018). A new twist on
old questions : A lifespan approach to the trait concept.
Journal of Personality, 86, 97-108. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Personnalité |
|
|
Trait cardinal : Chez Allport,
trait
de personnalité
tellement important qu'il influence l'ensemble des comportements.
EX: Certains individus sont tellement anxieux que
cela imprègne presque que toutes leurs conduites.
Cardinal trait.
|
|
|
Traits centraux (Théorie des cinq) : Théorie
de la personnalité proposée
par Costa et McCrae,
qui stipule que la personnalité
moyenne des individus peut-être réduite à cinq
traits centraux. Ces traits sont :
extraversion/intraversion, névrotisme, amabilité (agréabilité),
ouverture à l'expérience, méticulosité (consciencieux). /trait
secondaire. Big five, five factor model, FFM. Big five
personality traits, five-factor theory.
| |
|
|
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1983). Joint factors in
self-reports and ratings : Neuroticism, extraversion and
openness to experience. Personality & Individual
Differences, 4, 245-255. |
PAUNONEN, S.V. & JACKSON, D.N. (2000). What is beyond
the Big Five ? Plenty! Journal of Personality, 68,
821-835. |
|
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1987). Validation of the
five-factor model of personality across instruments and
observers. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 52 (1), 81-90. |
PAUNONEN, S.V. & ASHTON, M.S. (2001). Big Five factors
and facets and the prediction of behavior. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 81 (3),
524-539. |
|
REYNOLDS, S.K. & CLARK, L.A. (2001). Predicting
dimensions of person-ality disorder from domains and
facets of the Five-Factor Model. Journal of
Personality, 69, 199-222. |
|
MILLER, J.D., LYNAM, D.R., WIDIGER, T.A. & LEUKEFELD,
C. (2001). Personality disorders as an extreme variant of
common personality dimensions : Can the five-factor model
represent psychopathy. Journal of Personality, 69,
253-276. |
|
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1989). More reasons to
adopt the five-factor model. Special Issue : Children and
their development : Knowledge base, research agenda, and
social polic. American Psychologist, 44,
451-452. |
DE YOUNG, C.G., PETERSON, J.B. & HIGGINGS, D.M.
(2002). Higher-order factors of the Big Five predict
conformity : Are there neuroses of health ?
Personality & Individual Differences, 33, 533-552.
[PDF]
|
|
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1989). Reinterpreting the
Myers-Briggs Type Indicator from the perspective of the
five-factor model of personality. Journal of
Personality, 57, 17-40. |
PENLEY, J.A. & TOMAKA, J. (2002). Associations among
the Big Five, emotional responses, and coping with acute
stress.Personality & Individual Differences, 32
(7), 1215-1228. |
|
DIGMAN, J.M. (1990). Personality structure : Emergence of
the five-factor model. Annual Review of Psychology,
41, 417-440. [PDF] |
ASENDORPF, J.B. & VAN-AKEN, M.A.G. (2003). Validity of
Big Five personality judgements in childhood : A 9 year
longitudinal study. European Journal of Personality,
17, 1-17. |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1990). An alternative "description of
personality" : The big-five factor structure. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 59 (6),
216-1229. [PDF] |
GUTIÉRREZ, K.D. & ROGOFF, B. (2003). Cultural ways of
learning : Individual traits or repertoires of practice. Educational Researcher, 32 (5), 19-25.
[PDF] |
|
MAYER, J.D. (2003). Structural divisions of personality
and the classification of traits. Review of General
Psychology, 7, 381-401. [PDF] |
|
TERRACCIANO, A., MERRITT, M., ZONDERMAN, A.B. & EVANS,
M.K. (2003). Personality traits and sex differences in
emotions recognition among African. Annals of New
York Academy of Sciences, 1000, 309-312.
[PDF] |
|
MILLER, J.D. & LYNAM, D.R. (2003). Psychopathy and the
five-factor model of personality : A replication and
extension. Journal of Personality Assessment, 81,
168-178. |
|
JOHN, O.P. (1990). The "Big Five" factor taxonomy :
Dimensions of personality in the natural language and in
questionnaires. In L.A. Pervin (Ed.), Handbook of
personality : Theory and research (pp. 66-100). New
York : Guilford. |
GOSLING, S.D., RENTFROW, P.J. & SWANN, W.B. (2003). A
very brief measure of the Big Five personality domains. Journal
of Research in Personality, 37, 504-528. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, T.R. (1991). The psychotherapeutic utility of the
five-factor model of personality : a clinician's
experience. Journal of Personality Assessment, 57
(3), 415-433. [PDF]
|
MILLER, J.D., LYNAM, D.R. & LEUKEFELD, C. (2003).
Examining antisocial behavior through the use of the Five
Factor Model facets. Aggressive Behavior, 29,
497-514. |
|
|
BARRICK, M.R. & MOUNT, M.K. (1991). The Big Five
personality dimensions and job performance : A
meta-analysis. Personnel Psychology, 44, 1-26. [PDF] |
SAULSMAN, L.M. & PAGE, A.C. (2004). The five-factor
model and personality disorder empirical literature : A
meta-analytic review. Clinical Psychology Review, 23,
1055-1085. |
|
CORTINA, J.M., DOHERTY, M.L., SCHMITT, N., KAUFMAN, G.
& SMITH, R.G. (1992). The "Big Five" personality
factors in the IPI and MMPI : Predictors of police
performance. Personnel Psychology, 45, 119-141. |
SHEDLER, J. & WESTERN, D. (2004). Dimensions of
personality pathology : An alternative the Five- factor
model. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 1743-1754. |
|
McADAMS, D.P. (1992). The five-factor model in personality
: A critical appraisal. Journal of Personality, 60, 329-361. |
DE FRUYT, F., McCRAE, R.R., SZIRMAK, Z. & NAGY, J.
(2004). The five-factor personality inventory as a measure
of the five-factor model : Belgian, American, and
Hungarian comparisons with the NEO-PI-R. Assessment,
11, 207-215. |
|
McCRAE, R.R. & JOHN, O.P. (1992). An introduction to
the five-factor model and its applications. Journal
of Personality, 60 (2), 175-215. [PDF] |
ALUJA, A. & GARCIA, L.F. (2004). Relationships between
big five personality factors and values. Social
Behavior & Personality, 32 (7), 619-626. [PDF] |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1992). The development of markers for the
Big-five factor structure. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 59 (6), 1216-1229. [PDF] |
DE HOOGH, A., DEN HARTOG, D. & KOOPMAN, P. (2005).
Linking the big five-factors of personality to charismatic
and transactional leadership; perceived dynamic work
environment as a moderator. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 26 (7), 839-865.
[PDF] |
|
SHAVER, P.R. & BRENNAN, K.A. (1992). Attachment styles
and the "big five" personality traits : Their connections
with each other and with romantic relationship outcomes. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 536-545. |
SAULSMAN, L.M. & PAGE, A.C. (2004). The five-factor
model and personality disorder empirical literature: A
meta-analytic review. Clinical Psychology Review, 23,
1055-1085. |
|
BRIGGS, S.R. (1992). Assessing the Five-Factor Model of
personality description. Journal of Personality, 60,
253-293. |
LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2005). Psychopathy,
machiavellianism, and narcissism in the Five-Factor model
and the HEXACO model of personality structure. Personality
& Individual Differences, 38, 1571-1582. [PDF] |
|
HOFSTEE, W.K., DE RAAD, B. & GOLDBERG, L.R. (1992).
Integration of the Big Five and circumplex approaches to
trait structure. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 63, 146-163. |
FURNHAM, A., MOUTAFI, J., CHAMORRO-PREMUZIC, T. (2005).
Personality and intelligence : Gender, the Big Five,
self-estimated and psychometric intelligence. International
Journal of Selection & Assessment, 13 (1),
11-24. |
|
WIDIGER, T.A. (2005). Five factor model of personality
disorder : Integrating science and practice. Journal
of Research in Personality, 39, 67-83. |
|
HAYNES S.C. & UCHIGAKIUCHI, P. (1993). Incorporating
personality trait measures in behavioral assessment: Nuts
in a fruitcake or raisins in a mai tai ? Behavor
Modification, 17, 72-92. |
ASHTON, M.C. & LEEE, K. (2005).
Honesty-humility, the Big Five, and the five factor model.
Journal of Personality, 73, 1321–1353. |
|
SAUCIER, G. (1994). Mini- markers : A brief version of
Goldberg's unipolar Big-Five markers. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 63, 506-516. |
TYLER, G., NEWCOMBE, P. & BARRETT P. (2005). The
Chinese challenge to the Big-5. Selection &
Development Review, 21, 10-14. |
|
BLOCK, J. (1995). A contrarian view of the five-factor
approach to personality description. Psychological
Bulletin, 117, 187-215. |
SHIOTA, M.N., KELTNER, D. & JOHN, O.P. (2006).
Positive emotion dispositions differentially associated
with Big Five personality and attachment style. The
Journal of Positive Psychology, 1, 61-71. |
|
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1996). Toward a new
generation of personality theories : Theoretical contexts
for the five-factor model. In J.S. Wiggins (Ed.), The
five-factor model of personality : Theoretical
perspectives (pp. 51-87). New York : Guilford. |
RUBINSTEIN, G. (2006). The big five and self-esteem among
overweight dieting and non-dieting women. Eating
Behaviors, 7, 355-361. [PDF] |
|
BUSS, D.M. (1996). Social adaptation and five major
factors of personality. In J.S. Wiggins (Ed.), The
five-factor model of personality : Theoretical
perspectives (pp. 180-207). New York : Guilford. |
JANG, K.L., LIVESLEY, J., ANDO, J., YAMAGATA,S., SUZUKI,
A. ANGLEITNER, E., OSTENDORF, F., RIEMANN, R. &
SPINATH, F. (2006). Behavioral genetics of the
higher-order factors of the Big Five. Personality
& Individual Differences, 41, 261-2722. [PDF] |
|
WIGGINS, J.S. (Ed.) (1996). The five-factor model of
personality : Theoretical perspectives. New York :
Guilford. |
NOFTLE, E.E. & SHAVER, P.R. (2006). Attachment
dimensions and the big five personality traits :
Associations and comparative ability to predict
relationship quality. Journal of Research in
Personality, 40, 179-208. [PDF] |
|
CATTELL, H.E. (1996). The original big five : A historical
perspective. European Review of Applied Psychology,
46, 5-14. |
DEYOUNG, C.G. (2006). Higher-order factors of the Big Five
in a multi-informant sample. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 91 (6), 1138-1151. [PDF] |
|
JANG, K., LIVESLEY, W.J. & VERNON, P.A. (1996).
Heritability of the Big Five Personality Dimensions and
their facets: A twin study. Journal of Personality, 64
(3), 577-591. |
McCRAE, R.R. et COSTA, P.T. (2006). Perspectives de la
théorie des cinq facteurs : Traits et culture. Psychologie
Française, 51, 227-244. |
|
|
SAUCIER, G. & GOLDBERG, L.R. (1996). Evidence for the
Big Five in analyses of familiar English personality
adjectives. European Journal of Personality, 10,
61- 77. |
RICE, K.G., ASHBY, J.S. & SLANEY, R.B. (2007).
Perfectionism and the five-factor model of personality.
Assessment, 14 (4), 385-398. |
|
HOGAN, R. (1996). A socioanalytic perspective on the
five-factor model. In J. S. Wiggins (Ed.), The five-
factor model of personality: Theoretical perspectives
(pp. 163-179). New York, NY : Guilford Press. |
DEYOUNG, C.G., QUILTY, L.C. & PETERSON, J.B. (2007).
Between facets and domains 10 aspects of the Big Five. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 93,
880-896. |
|
ARTHUR, W. & GRAZIANO, W. (1996). The five-factor
model, conscientiousness, and driving accident
involvement. Journal of Personality, 64, 593-618. |
TERRACCIANO, A., LOECKENHOFF, C.E., CRUM, RM., BIENVENU,
O.J. & COSTA, P.T. (2008). Five-Factor Model
personality profiles of drug users. BMC Psychiatry, 8:22.
[PDF] |
|
LANGSTON, C.A. & SYKES, W.E. (1997). Beliefs and the
big five. Journal of Research in Personality, 31,
142-165. |
SCHMITT, D.P., ALLIK, J., MCCRAE, R.R. &
BENET-MARTINEZ, V. (2007). The geographic distribution of
Big Five Personality Traits : Patterns and profiles of
human self-description Across 56 nations. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 38, 173-212. [PDF] |
|
DENISSEN, J.J.A. & PENKE, L. (2008). Individual
reaction norms underlying the five factor model of
personality : First steps towards a theory-based
conceptual framework. Journal of Research in
Personality, 42, 1285-1302. [PDF] |
|
DONNELLAN, M.B. & LUCAS, R.E. (2008). Age differences
in the Big Five across the life span : Evidence from two
national samples. Psychology & Aging, 23,
558-566. |
|
DIGMAN, J.M. (1997). Higher-order factors of the Big Five.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 73
(6), 1246-1256. |
SCHMITT, D.P., REALO, A., VORACEK, M. & ALLIK, J.
(2008). Why can't a man be more like a woman? Sex
differences in Big Five personality traits across 55
cultures. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 94 (1), 168-182. [PDF] |
|
BAGBY, R.M. & WIDIGER, T.A. (2018). Five Factor Model
Personality Disorder Scales : An introduction to a special
section on assessment of maladaptive vriants of the five
factor model. Psychological Assessment, 30 (1),
1-9. |
|
JOHN, O.P., NAUMAN, L.P. & SOTO, C.J. (2008).
Paradigm shift to the integrative Big Five trait taxonomy:
History, measurement, and conceptual issues. In O.P. John,
R.W. Robins & L.A. Pervin (Eds.), Handbook of
personality : Theory and research (pp. 114-158).
New York, NY : Guilford Press. |
|
TRULL, T.J. & GEARY, D.C. (1997). Comparison of the
big-five factor structure across samples of Chinese and
American adults. Journal of Personality Assessment,
69 (2), 324-341. |
POROPAT, A.E. (2009). A meta-analysis of the five-factor
model of personality and academic performance. Psychological
Bulletin, 135 (2), 322-338. [PDF] |
|
SOTO, C.J. & JOHN, O.P. (2009). Ten facet scales for
the Big Five Inventory : Convergence with NEO PI- R
facets, self-peer agreement, and discriminant validity. Journal of Research in Personality, 43, 84-90. |
|
ASHTON, M.C., LEE, K., GOLDBERG, L.R. & DE VRIES, R.E.
(2009). Higher order factors of personality: Do they exist
? 79-91. Personality & Social Psychology Review,
13, 79-91. |
|
SAUCIER, G. & GOLDBERG, L.R. (1998). What is beyond
the Big Five ? Journal of Personality, 66,
495-524. [PDF] |
ANUSIC, I., SCHMMACK, U., PINKUS, R.T. & LOCKWOOD, P.
(2009). The nature and structure of correlations among big
five ratings : The halo-apha-beta mode. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 97 (6),
1142-1156.
[PDF] |
|
JEFFERSON, T., HERBST, J.H. & McCRAE, R.R. (1998).
Associations between birth order and personality traits :
Evidence from self-reports and observer ratings. Journal
of Research in Personality, 32, 498-509. [PDF] |
PLAISANT, O., GUERTAULT, J. COURTOIS, E., RÉVEILLÈRE, C.,
MENDELSOHN, G.A. et JOHN, O.P. (2009). Histoire des "Big
Five" : OCEAN des cinq grands facteurs de la personnalité.
Introduction du Big Five Inventory francais ou BFI-FR. Annales Médico-Psychologiques, 168 (7), 481-486.
[PDF] |
|
MOUNT, M.K. & BARRICK, M.R. (1998). Five reasons why
the "Big Five" article has been frequently cited. Personnel
Psychology, 51 (8), 849-857. [PDF] |
FURNHAM, A., CRUMP, S.V. & SWAMI, V. (2009). Abstract
reasoning and Big Five personality correlates of
creativity in a British Occupational sample. Imagination,
Cognition & Personality, 28 (4), 361-370. |
|
FETCHENHAUER, D., GROOTHUIS, T. & PRADEL, J. (2010).
Not only states but traits - Humans can identify permanent
altruistic dispositions in 20 s. Evolution &
Human Behavior, 31, 80–86. |
|
LOEHLIN, J.C., McCRAE, R.R., COSTA, P.T. & JOHN, O.P.
(1998). Heritabilities of common and measure-specific
components of the Big Five personality factors. Journal
of Research in Personality, 32, 431-453.
[PDF] |
SAROGLOU, V. (2010). Religiousness as a cultural
adaptation of basic traits : A five-factor model
perspective. Personality & Social Psychology
Review, 14, 108-125. [PDF] |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1999). A broad-bandwidth, public-domain,
personality inventory measuring the lower-level facets of
several five-factor models. In I. Mervielde, I. Deary, F.
De Fruyt, & F. Ostendorf (Eds.), Personality
psychology in Europe (Vol. 7, pp. 7-28). Tilburg,
The Netherlands : Tilburg University Press. |
BLOCK, J. (2010). The five-factor framing of personality
and beyond : Some ruminations. Psychological Inquiry,
21 (1), 2-25. [PDF] |
|
|
DE RAAD, B., BARELDS, D.P.H., LEVERT, E., OSTENDORF, F.,
MLACIC, B., BLAS, L.D., HREBICKOVÀ, M., SZIRMÀK, Z.,
SZAROTA, P., PERUGINI, M., CHURCH, A.T. & KATIGBAK,
M.S. (2010). Only three factors of personality description
are fully replicable across languages : A comparison of 14
trait taxonomies. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 98, 160-173. |
|
SAUCIER, G. & OSTENDORFF. (1999). Hierarchical
subcomponents of the Big Five personality factors : A
cross-language replication. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 76, 613-627. |
VAN DER LINDEN, D., SCHOLTE, R.H.J., CILESSEN, A.H.N., TE
NIJENHUIS, J. & SEGERS, E. (2010). Classroom ratings
of likeability and popularity are related to the Big Five
and the general factor of personality. Journal of
Research in Personality, 44 (5), 669-672. |
|
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1999). A five-factor
theory of personality. In L.A. Pervin and O.P. John
(Eds.), Handbook of personality : Theory and research
(pp. 139-153). New York : Guilford Press. |
KODARAHIMI, S. (2010). Perfectionism and five-big model of
personality in an Iranian sample. International
Journal of Psychology & Counselling, 2 (4),
72-79. [PDF] |
|
SOTO, C.J. & JOHN, O.P., GOSLING, S.D. & POOTER,
J. (2011). Age differences in personality traits from 10
to 65: Big-Five domains and facets in a large
cross-sectional sample. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 100, 330-348. |
|
BUDAEV, S.V. (1999). Sex differences in the Big Five
personality factors : Testing an evolutionary hypothesis.
Personality & Individual Differences, 26,
801-813. [PDF] |
WIESBERG, Y.J., DEYOUNG, C.G. & HIRSH, J.B. (2011).
Gender differences in personality across the ten aspects
of the Big Five. Frontiers in Psychology, 2, 1-11.
[PDF] |
|
TRAPNELL, P.D. & CAMPBELL, J.D. (1999). Private
self-consciousness and the five-factor model of
personality : distinguishing rumination from reflection. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 76 (2),
284-304.
[PDF] |
SPECHT, J., EGLOFF, B. & SCHMUKLE, S.C. (2011).
Stability and change of personality across the life course
: The impact of age and major life events on mean-level
and rank-order stability of the Big Five. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 1001 (4),
862-882. [PDF] |
|
SOLDZ, S. & VAILLANT, G.E. (1999). The Big Five
personality traits and the life course : A 45-year
longitudinal study. Journal of Research in
Personality, 33, 208-232. |
BOAG, S. (2011). Explanation in personality psychology :
"verbal magic" and the Five-Factor Model. Philosophical
Psychology, 24 (2), 223-243. [PDF] |
|
SOTO, CJ. & JOHN, O.P. (2012). Development of Big Five
domains and facets in adulthood: Mean-level age trends and
broadly versus narrowly acting mechanisms. Journal of
Personality, 80 (4), 881-914. |
|
SOTO, C.J. & JACKSON, J.J. (2013). Five-factor model
of personality. In D.S. Dunn (Ed.), Oxford
Bibliographies in Psychology. New York, NY :
Oxford University Press. |
|
JOHN, O.P. & SRIVASTAVA, S. (1999). The Big-Five trait
taxonomy : History, measurement, and theoretical
perspectives. In L.A. Pervin & O.P. John (Eds.), Handbook
of personality : Theory and research (Vol. 2, pp.
102-138). New York : Guilford Press. [PDF] |
LEHMANN, R., DENISSEN, J.J.A., ALLEMAND, M. & PENKE,
L. (2013). Age and gender differences in motivational
manifestations of the Big Five from age 16 to 60. Developmental
Psychology, 43 (2), 365-383. [PDF] |
|
SAUCIER, G. SRIVASTANA, S. (2014). What makes a good
structural model of personality ? Evaluating the Big Five
and alternatives. In M. Mikulincer, P.R. Shaver, M.L.
Cooper & R.J. Larsen (Eds.), Handbook of
personality and social psychology. Vol. 3: Personality
processes and individual differences (pp. 283-305).
Washington, DC : APA Books. |
|
THALMAYER, A.G. & SAUCIER, G. (2014). The
Questionnaire Big Six (QB6) in 26 nations : Developing
cross-culturally applicable Big Six, Big Five, and Big Two
inventories. European Journal of Personality, 28, 482-496. |
|
SOTO, C.J. (2015). Is happiness good for your personality
? Concurrent and prospective relations of the Big Five
with subjective well-being. Journal of Personality,
83 (1), 45-55. |
|
JUDGE, T.A. & ZAPATA, C. P. (2015). The
person-situation debate revisited : Effect of situation
strength
and trait activation on the validity of the big five
personality traits in predicting job performance.
Academy of Management Journal, 58, 1-31. |
|
SOTO, C.J. & JOHN, O.P. (2017). The next Big Five
Inventory (BFI-2): Developing and assessing a hierarchical
model with 15 facets to enhance bandwidth, fidelity, and
predictive power Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 113 (1), 117-143. |
|
OLTMANNS, J.R., CREGO, C. & WIDIGER, T.A. (2018).
Informant assessment : The Informant Five-Factor
Narcissism Inventory. Psychological Assesment, 30, 31-42 |
|
BAGBY, R.M. & WIDIGER, T.A. (2018). Five Factor Model
Personality Disorder Scales : An introduction to a special
section on assessment of maladaptive variants of the five
factor model. Psychological Assessment, 30 (1),
1-9. [PDF] |
|
SOTO, CJ. (2018). Big Five personality traits. In M.H.
Bornstein, M.E. Arterberry, K.L., Fingerman & J.E.
Lansford (Eds.), The SAGE encyclopedia of lifespan
human development (pp. 240-241). Thousand Oaks, CA
: Sage. |
|
GRAJZEL, K., ACAR, S. & SINGER,G. (2023). The Big Five
and divergent thinking : A meta-analysis. Personality
& Individual Differences, 214 (2), |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Costa, McCrae,
Trait et
Personnalité |
|
|
Traits
centraux (Théorie des six) : Théorie
de la personnalité proposée
par Lee et Ashton,
qui stipule que la personnalité
moyenne des individus
peut-être réduiteà six traits
centraux. Ces traits sont : honnêteté,
émotivité, intra/extraversion, amabilité, consciencieux,
ouverture. EXACO personality, HEXACO model of
personality, HEXACO personality inventory, Big six,
six-dimensional model of personality structure.
| |
|
|
THALMAYER, A.G., SAUCIER, G. & EIGENHUIS, A. (2011).
Comparative validity of brief- to medium-length Big Five
and Big Six questionnaires. Psychological Assessment,
23, 995-1009. |
|
LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2003). A new six-dimensional
model of personality structure : Implications for
industrial and organizational psychology. Korean
Journal of Industrial & Organizational Psychology,
16, 89-105. |
ASHTON, M.C., LEE, K. & DE VRIES, R.E. (2014). The
HEXACO Honesty-Humility, Agreeableness, and Emotionality
Factors : A review of research and theory. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 18 (2), 139-152. [PDF] |
|
LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2004). Psychometric properties
of the HEXACO personality inventory. Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 39, 329-358. |
LEWIS, G.J. & BATES, T.C. (2014). How genes influence
personality : Evidence from multi-facet twin analyses of
the HEXACO dimensions. Journal of Research in
Personality, 51, 9-17. |
|
LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2005). Psychopathy,
machiavellianism, and narcissism in the Five-Factor model
and the HEXACO model of personality structure. Personality
& Individual Differences, 38, 1571-1582. [PDF] |
WAKABAYASHI, A. (2014). A sixth personality domain that is
independent of the Big Five domains : The psychometric
properties of the HEXACO Personality Inventory in a
Japanese sample. Japanese Psychological Research, 56,
211-223. |
|
ASHTON, M.C. & LEE, K. (2005). Honesty-Humility, the
Big Five and the Five-Factor model. Journal of
Personality, 73, 1321-1353. |
THALMAYER, A.G. & SAUCIER, G. (2014). The
Questionnaire Big Six (QB6) in 26 nations: Developing
cross-culturally applicable Big Six, Big Five, and Big Two
inventories. European Journal of Personality, 28, 482-496. |
|
LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2006). Further assessment of
the HEXACO Personality Inventory : Two new facet scales
and an observer report form. Psychological
Assessment, 18, 182-191. |
MANSON, J.H. (2015). Life history strategy and the HEXACO
personality dimensions. Evolutionary Psychology, 13,
48-66. |
|
ASHTON, M.C., LEE, K. & GOLDBERG, L.R. (2007). The
IPIP-HEXACO scales : An alternative, public-domain measure
of the personality constructs in the HEXACO model. Personality
& Individual Differences, 42, 1515-1526. |
ROMERO, E., VILLAR, P. & LOPEZ-ROMERO, L. (2015).
Assessing six factors in Spain : Validation of the
HEXACO-100 in relation to the Five Factor Model and other
conceptually relevant criteria. Personality &
Individual Differences, 76, 75-81. |
|
ASHTON, M.C. & LEE, K. (2007). Empirical, theoretical,
and practical advantages of the HEXACO model of
personality structure. Personality & Social
Psychology Review, 11, 150-166. |
KAWAMOTO, T. (2016). Cross-sectional age differences in
the HEXACO personality : Results from a Japanese sample. Journal
of Research in Personality, 62, 1-5. |
|
LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2008). The HEXACO personality
factors in the indigenous personality lexicons of English
and 11 other languages. Journal of Personality, 76,
1001-1053. |
AUSTIN, E.J. & VAHLE, N. (2016). Associations of the
Managing the Emotions of Others Scale (MEOS) with HEXACO
personality and with trait emotional intelligence at the
factor and facet level. Personality & Individual
Differences, 94, 348-353. |
|
ASHTON, M.C. & LEE, K. (2008). The prediction of
Honesty-Humility-related criteria by the HEXACO and
Five-Factor models of personality. Journal of
Research in Personality, 42, 1216-1228. |
DE VRIES, R.E., WAWOE, K.W. & HOLTROP, D. (2016). What
is engagement ? Proactivity as the missing link in the
HEXACO model of personality. Journal of Personality,
84, 178-193. |
|
ASHTON, M.C. & LEE, K. (2009). The HEXACO-60 : A short
measure of the major dimensions of personality. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 91, 340-345. [PDF] |
ASHTON, M.C. & LEE, K. (2016). Age trends in
HEXACO-PI-R self-reports. Journal of Research in
Personality, 64, 102-111. |
|
SAUCIER, G. (2009). Recurrent personality dimensions in
inclusive lexical studies: Indications for a Big Six
structure. Journal of Personality, 77,
1577-1614. |
THALMAYER, A.G. & SAUCIER, G. (2014). The
Questionnaire Big Six (QB6) in 26 nations: Developing
cross-culturally applicable Big Six, Big Five, and Big Two
inventories. European Journal of Personality, 28, 482-496. |
|
SAUCIER, G. (2019). On the curious history of the Big six
: Variable selection and "moral exclusion" in the
formation of fundamental personality models.
Zeitschrift für Psychologie, 227 (3), 166-173. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Ashton,
Lee, Trait
et
Personnalité |
|
|
|
|
Trait
de source (de personnalité) : Chez Cattel,
disposition qui... Source trait, core
characteristics.
| |
|
|
CATTELL, R.B. (1957). Personality and motivation
structure and measurement. New York : World Book. |
|
CATTELL, R.B. (1965). The scientific analysis of
personality. Baltimore : Penguin. |
|
KANDLER, C., ZIMMERMANN, J. & McADAMS, D.P. (2014).
Core and surface characteristics for the description and
theory of personality differences and development. European
Journal of Personality, 28, 231-243. |
|
KANDLER, C., KORNADT, A E., HAGMEYER, B. & NEYER, F.J.
(2015). Patterns and sources of personality development in
old age. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 109, 175-191. |
|
KANDLER, C., PENNER, A. & ZAPKO-WILLMES, A. (2017).
Core and surface characteristics of personality. In Encyclopedia
of personality and individual differences. Springer
link. |
|
|
|
Trait
de surface : Chez Cattel,
disposition qui... Surface trait, surface
caracteristics.
| |
|
|
CATTELL, R.B. (1957). Personality and motivation
structure and measurement. New York : World Book. |
|
CATTELL, R.B. (1965). The scientific analysis of
personality. Baltimore : Penguin. |
|
KANDLER, C., ZIMMERMANN, J. & McADAMS, D.P. (2014).
Core and surface characteristics for the description and
theory of personality differences and development. European
Journal of Personality, 28, 231-243. |
|
KANDLER, C., PENNER, A. & ZAPKO-WILLMES, A. (2017).
Core and surface characteristics of personality. In Encyclopedia
of personality and individual differences. Springer
link. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Traitement (Adhésion) : Observance plus ou moins
stricte par un patient de
la posologie et de la
durée du médicament/ traitement
qu'on lu a prescrit.
= adhérence au traitement.
Compliance with treatment, compliance therapy, adherence to medication, treatment engagement.
| |
|
|
WRIGHT, L., WOODCOCK, J. & SCOTT, R. (1969).
Conditioning children when refusal of oral medication is
life threatening. Pediatrics, 44, 970-972. |
WEISS, R.D., GREENFILED, S.F. & NAJAVITS, L.M. (1998).
Medication compliance among patients with bipolar disorder
and substance use disorder. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 59 (4), 172-174. |
|
RICKELS, K. & RISCOE, E. (1970). Assessment of dosage
deviation in outpatient drug research. Journal of
Clinical Pharmacology, 10, 153-160. |
CRAMER J.A. & ROSENHECK, R. (1998). Compliance with
medication regimens for mental and physical disorders. Psychiatric Services, 49 (2), 196-201. |
|
ROSENBERG, C.M. & RAYNES, A.E. (1973). Dropouts from
treatment. Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal,
18 (3), 229-233. |
BULTMAN, D.C. & SVARSTADT, B.L. (2000). Effects of
physician communication style on client medication beliefs
and adherence with antidepressant treatment. Patient
Education & Counseling, 40, 173-185. |
|
SOUTTER, R.B. & KENNEDY, M.C. (1974). Patient
compliance in drug trials : Dosage and methods. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Medicine, 4, 360-364. |
OWEN, R.R., THRUSH, C.R., KIRCHNER, J.E., FISHER, E.P.
& BOOTH, B.M. (2000). Performance measurement for
schizophrenia : adherence to guidelines for antipsychotic
dose. International Journal for Quality in Health
Care : Home 12 (6), 475-482. [PDF] |
|
VAN PUTTEN, T. (1974). Why do schizophrenics refuse to
take their drugs ? Archives of General Psychiatry,
31, 67-72. |
ALLEN, KD. & WARZAK, W.J. (2000). The problem of
parental nonadherence in clinical behavior analysis :
effective treatment is not enough. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 33 (3), 373-391. [PDF] |
|
SACKET, D.L.,HAYNES, R.B.,GIBSON, E.S., HACKETT, B.C.,
TAYLOR, D.W., ROBERTS, R.S. & JOHNSON, A.L. (1975).
Randomized clinical trial of strategies for improving
medication compliance in primary hypertension. Lancet,
1, 1205-1207. |
SCHAFFER, S.D. & YOON, S.J. (2001). Evidence-based
methods to enhance medication adherence. Nurse
Practice, 26 (12), 44-54. |
|
EPSTEIN, L.H. & MASEK, B.J. (1978). Behavioral control
of medicine compliance. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 11 (1), 1-9. [PDF] |
ZYGMUNT, A., OLFSON, M., BOYER, C.A. & MECHANIC, D.
(2002). Interventions to improve medication adherence in
schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159
(10), 1653-1664. |
|
MEICHENBAUM, D.H. & TURK, D.C. (1987). Facilitating
treatment adherence : A practitioner’s guidebook. New
York : Plenum Press. |
SAJATOVIC, M., DAVIES, M. & HROUDA, D.R. (2004).
Enhancement of treatment adherence among patients with
bipolar disorder. Psychiatric Services, 55 (3),
264-269. |
BECKMAN, E.E. (1992). Predicting patient dropout in
psychotherapy.Psychotherapy,
29, 177–182. |
HUDSON, T.J., OWEN, R.R., THRUSH, C.R., HAN, X., PYNE,
J.M., THAPA, P. & SULLIVAN, G. (2004). A pilot study
of barriers to medication adherence in schizophrenia. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 65 (2), 211-216. |
|
DUGUAY M., VILLARD H.-P. et COUPAL P. (1993). Evaluation
des facteurs affectant l'adhérence au traitement dans un
service de médecine psychosomatique. Psychologie
Médicale, 25 (13), 1407-1412. |
HERBECK, D.M., FITEK, D.J. & SVIKIS, D.S. (2005).
Treatment compliance in patients with comorbid psychiatric
and substance use disorders. American Journal of
Addictions, 14 (5), 195-207. |
|
ROSTAIN, A., POWER, T. & ATKINS, M. (1993). Knowledge
and opinions of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
and compliance with treatment recommendations. Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 32, 175-181. |
WHITE, H. (2005). Adherence and outcomes : it's more than
taking the pills. Lancet, 366, 1989-1991. |
|
MADDOX, J.C., LEVI, M. & THOMPSON, C. (1994). The
compliance with antidepressants in general practice. Journal
of Psychopharmacology, 8, 48-52. |
OSTERBERG, L. & BLASCHKLE, T. (2005). Adherence to
medication. New England Journal of Medicine, 353 (5),
487-497. |
|
OWEN, R.R., FISHER, E.P., BOOTH, B.M. & CUFFEL, B.J.
(1996). Medication noncompliance and substance abuse among
patients with schizophrenia. Psychiatric Services, 47
(8), 853-858. |
ASTON, A.K., JAMERSON, B.D., WEINSTEIN, W.L. &
WAGONER, C. (2005). Antidepressant-related adverse effects
impacting treatment compliance : Results of a patient
survey. Current Therapeutic Research : Clinical &
Experimental, 66, 96-106. |
|
KEMP, R., HAYWARD, P., APPLEWAITE, G., EVERITT, B. &
DAVID, A. (1996). Compliance therapy in psychotic patients
: randomised controlled trial. British Medical
Journal, 312, 345-349. |
MONTOYA, I.D. (2006). Treatment compliance in patients
with co-occurring mental illness and substance abuse. Psychiatric
Times, 25 (1), 35-38. |
|
HUDSON, T.J., OWEN, R.R., THRUSH, C.R., ARMITAGE, T.L.
& THAPA, P. (2004). Guideline implementation and
patient-tailoring strategies to improve medication
adherence for schizophrenia. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 69 (1), 74-80. |
|
KECK, P.E., McELROY, S.L. & STRAKOWSI, S.M. (1997).
Compliance with maintenance treatment in bipolar disorder.
Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 33 (1), 87-91. |
JACKSON, W.C. (2008). The importance of facilitating
adherence in maintenance therapy for bipolar disorder.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 69 (3). |
|
LAVOIE, K.L., CAMPBELL, T.S. & BACON, S.L. (2012).
Does motivational interviewing improve medication
adherence ? Archives of Internal Medicine, 172 (17),
1351-1352. |
|
STIRRATT, M.J., DUNBAR-JACOB, J. CRANE, H.M., SIMONI,
J.M., CZAJKOWSKI, S., HILLIARD, M.E., AIKENS, J.E.,
HUNTER, C.M., VELLIGAN, D.I., HUNTLEY, K., OGEDEGBE, G.,
RAND, C.S., SCHRON, E. & NILSEN, W.J. (2015).
Self-report measures of medication adherence behavior :
recommendations on optimal use. Translational
Behavioral Medicine, 5 (4), 470-482. [PDF] |
|
PELAEZ, S., BACON, S.L. LACOSTE, G. & LAVOIE, K.L.
(2016). How can adherence to asthma medication be enhanced
? Triangulation of key asthma stakeholders. Perspectives.
Journal of of Asthma, 53 (10), 1076-1084. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Devoir
du patient, Patient
Psychotrope
et Prescription |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Traitement
(thérapeutique) : En psychologie
clinique, synonyme de thérapie ou
de cure. Ensemble des techniques qui vise à aider
et guérir le malade/ patient/ client.
En psychiatrie, le
traitement prend habituellement la forme d'une thérapie
médicamenteuse. En éducation,
on utilise plus souvent le mot
intervention pour désigner les techniques utilisées pour
modifier le comportement des élèves/étudiants.
Traitement, plan de
traitement et
adhérence au traitement. =
intervention, traitement clinique. Treatment,
solution curative, cure.
| |
|
|
CURRY, J.F. & WRIGHT, T.L. (1980). Adult perceptions
of children's behavior disorders. Do attributions of locus
of problems predict recommendations for treatment? Psychological Reports, 46, 1039-1043. |
LEBLANC, L.A., LE, L. & CARPENTER., M.H. (2000).
Behavioral treatment. In M.Hersen and R.T. Ammerman
(Eds.), Advanced abnormal child psychology (pp.
197-218). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. |
|
HERBERT, J.D. (2000). Defining empirically supported
treatments : Pitfalls and possible solutions. The
Behavior Therapist, 23, 113-134. |
|
SAUNDERS, S.M., HOWARD, K.I. & NEWMAN, F.L. (1988).
Evaluating the clinical significance of treatment effects
: Norms and normality. Behavioral Assessment, 10,
207-218. |
HROBJARTSSON, A. & GOTZSCHE, P.C. (2001). Is the
placebo powerless ? An analysis of clinical trials
comparing placebo with no treatment. New England
Journal of Medecine, 344 (21), 1594-1602. [PDF] |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. & BASS, D. (1989). Power to detect
differences between alternative treatments in comparative
psychotherapy outcome research. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 57, 138-147. |
GREEN, G. (2001). Autism and “voodoo science” treatments.
Priorities for Health, 13, 27-32. |
|
FISHER, W.W., PIAZZA, C.C., BOWMAN, L.G. HAGOPIAN, L.P.
& LANGDON, N.A. (1994). Empirically derived
consequences : A data-based method for prescribing
treatments for problem behavior. Research in
Developmental Disabilities, 15, 133-149. |
MICHAEL, K.D. & CROWLEY, S.L. (2002). How effective
are treatments for children and adolescent depression ? A
meta-analytic review. Clinical Psychology Review, 22,
247-269. |
|
LIPSEY, M.W. & WILSON, D.B. (1993). The efficacy of
psychological, educational, and behavioral treatment :
Confirmation from meta-analysis. American
Psychologist, 48, 1181-1209. [PDF] |
BARLOW, D. H. (2004). Psychological treatments. The
American Psychologist, 59, 869-878. [PDF] |
|
PERSONS, J.B. (1995). Why Practicing psychologists are
slow to adopt empirically-validated treatments. In S.C.
Hayes, V.M. Follette, R.M. Dawes & K.E. Grady (Eds.),
Scientific standards of psychological practice.
Context Press. |
TAMMINGA, C.A. (2005). Partial dopamine agonists and the
treatment of psychosis. Current Neuropharmacology, 3,
3-8. [PDF] |
|
LILIENFELD, S.O. (2005). Scientifically supported and
unsupported treatments for childhood psychopathology. Pediatrics,
115, 761-764. |
|
NATHAN, P.E. & GORMAN, J.M. (Eds.) (1998). A
guide to treatments that work. New York : Oxford
University Press. |
SAUNDERS, S. & BOWERSOX, N. (2007). The process of
seeking treatment for mental health problems. Mental
Health & Learning Disabilities Research &
Practice, 4, 99-123. |
|
NOCK, M.K., FERRITER, C. & HOLMBERGE. B. (2007).
Parent beliefs about treatment credibility and
expectancies for improvement : Assessment and relation to
treatment adherence. Journal of Child and Family
Studies, 16, 27-38. |
|
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1999). Social and judgmental biases that
make inert treatments seem to work. Scientific Review
of Alternative Medicine, 13 (2), 20-33. |
NATHAN, P.E & GORMAN, J.M. (2007). A guide to
treatments that work. New York : University press.
|
|
HERBERT, J.D. (2015). Empirically-supported
treatments (ESTs) and empirically-supported principles of
change (ESPs). In R. Cautin & S. Lilienfeld (Eds.),
The encyclopedia of clinical psychology (pp.
1033-1042). Hoboken, NJ : Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Traitement (Plan) : Ensemble
des actes
qu'un professionnel de
la santé, notamment un psychologue
clinicien ou un médecin
entend poser à l'endroit de son son patient/ client
pour l'aider et, si
possible, le guérir. Ce
plan fait l'objet d'un accord par écrit, habituellement en début
traitement, entre le thérapeute et son patient/client,
qui doit, sauf exception, y consentir
de manière éclairée. Il contient le diagnostic,
le traitement,
son déroulement, et parfois le pronostic.
|
Traitement
(Résistance) : Dans une
population donnée, ensemble des individus chez qui un traitement
ou une thérapie est totalement inefficace ou du moins
n'a du moins n'a pas les effets escomptés.
Treatment resistance therapy.
| |
|
|
REMICK, R.A. (1989). Treatment resistant depression. Psychiatric
Journal of the University of Ottawa, 14 (2),
394-396. |
|
SUZUKI, T., REMINGTON, G., MULSANT, B.H., RAJJI, T.K.,
UCHIDA, H., GRAFF-GUERRERO, A. & MAMO, D.C. (2011).
Treatment resistant schizophrenia and response to
antipsychotics : a review. Schizophrenia Research,
133, 54-62. |
|
|
|
|
|
Traitement
automatique (Information) : Traitement
de l'information dont l'exécution se déroule rapidement car
il ne requiert ni attention
soutenu, ni conscience
(ou si peu); de ce fait, il peut difficilement être interrompu.
Dans certaines théories, automatique signifie sans
effort. Traitement automatique, comportement
automatique et inconscient.
= inconscient cognitif, automaticité, automatisme.
Automatic
processes, automatic processing, automatic human information
processing, automaticity, automatic control, Automatic
influences.
| |
|
|
JANET, P. (1889). L'automatisme psychologique.
Paris : Alcan. |
DIJKSTERHUIS, A., AARTS, H., BARGH, J.A. & VAN
KNIPPENBERG, A. (2000). On the relation between
associative strength and automatic behavior. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 36, 531-544. |
|
COLE, M. GAY, J. & GLICK, J. (1968). A cross-cultural
investigation of information processing. International
Journal of Psychology, 3, 93-102. |
MARTI, M., BOBIER D. & BARON, R.S. (2000).
Prototypicality, automaticity, accessibilty and prejudice
recognition : Blinded by the unexpected. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 3, 403-418. |
|
KERR, B. (1973). Processing demands during mental
operations. Memory & Cognition, 1 (4),
401-412. |
NORMAN, D.A. & SHALICE, T. (2000). Attention to action
: Willed and automatic control of behaviour. In M.S.
Gazzaniga (Ed.), Cognitive neuroscience : a reader.
Oxford : Blackwell. |
|
LEAVITT, C. (1975). Information processing theory : New
ideas for copy testing. in American Marketing
Association Proceedings. Chicago : American
Marketing Association. |
AJZEN, I. & FISHBEIN, M. (2000). Attitudes and the
attitude-behavior relation : Reasoned and automatic
processes. In W. Stroebe & M. Hewstone (Eds.), European
Review of Social Psychology (pp. 1-33). John Wiley
& Sons. |
|
SHIFFRIN, R.M. & SCHNEIDER, W. (1977). Controlled and
automatic human information processing : II : Perceptual
learning, automatic attending, and a general theory. Psychological
Review, 84 (2), 127-190. |
BARGH, J.A. & FERGUSON, M.J. (2000). Beyond
behaviorism : On the automaticity of higher mental
processes. Psychological Bulletin, 126 (6),
925-945. [PDF] |
|
HASHER, L. & ZACKS, R.T. (1979). Automatic and
effortful processes in memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 108 (3),
356-388. [PDF] |
|
|
LOGAN, G.D. (1981). Attention, automaticity, and the
ability to stop a speeded choice response. In J. Long
& A.D. Baddeley (Eds.), Attention and
performance IX. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
|
JACOBY, L.L. & WITHERSPOON, D. (1982). Remembering
without awareness. Canadian Journal of Psychology,
36, 300-324.
[PDF] |
|
|
WINTER, L., ULEMAN, J.S. & CUNNIFF, C. (1985). How
automatic are social judgments ? Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 49, 904-917. |
|
|
BJORKLUND, D.F. & JACOBS, J.W. (1985). Associative and
categorical processes in children's memory : The role of
automaticity in the development of organization in free
recall. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 39,
599-617. |
|
|
BLOOM, B.S. (1986). The hands and feet of genius :
Automaticity. Educational Leadership, 43, 70-77. |
|
|
COHEN, L.B. (1988). Information processing
constraints on infant memory and categorization. In P.
Vietze & H. Vaughn (Eds.), Early identification of
handicapped infants (pp. 237-252). Orlando : Gruen
& Stratton. |
|
COHEN, L.B. (1988). An information processing
approach to infant cognitive development. In L. Weiscrantz
(Ed.), Thought without language (pp. 211-228).
Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
|
MacLEOD, C.M. & DUNBAR, K. (1988). Training and
Stroop-like interference : evidence for a continuum of
automaticity. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 14 (1), 126-135.
[PDF] |
|
|
LOGAN, G.D. (1988). Toward an instance theory of
automatization. Psychological Review, 95, 492-527.
[PDF] |
BARGH, J.A., GOLLWITZER, P.M., LEE-CHAI, A., BARNDOLLARD,
K. & TRÖTSCHEL, R. (2001). The automated will :
Nonconscious activation and pursuit of behavioral goals. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 81,
1014-1027. |
|
KRAMER, A.F. & STRAYER, D.L. (1988). Assessing the
development of automatic processing: An application of
dual-task and event-related brain potential methodologies.
Biological Psychology, 26, 231-267. |
WULF, G. (2001).The automaticity of complex motor skill
learning as a function of attentional focus. The
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 54A
(4), 1143-1150.
[PDF] |
|
LOGAN, G.D. (1988). Automaticity, resources and memory :
Theoretical controversies and practical implications.
Human Factors, 30, 583-598.
[PDF] |
TIEDENS, L.Z. & LINTON, S. (2001). Judgment under
emotional certainty and uncertainty: The effects of
specific emotions on information processing. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 81, 1-16. |
|
|
COHEN, L.B. (1988). The relationship between infant
habituation and infant information processing. European
Bulletin of Cognitive Psychology, 8, 445-454. |
|
|
DEVINE, P.G. (1989). Stereotypes and prejudice : Their
automatic and controlled components. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 56, 5-18. |
|
|
KRAMER, A.F., STRAYER, D.L. & BUCKLEY, J. (1990).
Development and transfer of automatic processing.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception
& Performance, 16, 505-522. |
BARGH J.A. (2002). Losing consciousness : Automatic
influences on consumer judgment, behavior, and motivation.
Journal of Consumer Research, 29 (2), 280-285. [PDF] |
|
LOGAN, G.D. (1990). Repetition priming and automaticity :
Common underlying mechanisms ? Cognitive Psychology,
22, 1-35. [PDF] |
ÖHMAN, A. (2002). Automaticity and the amygdala:
Nonconscious responses to emotional faces. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 11, 62-66. |
|
TIFFANY, S.T. (1990). A cognitive model of drug urges and
drug-use behavior : Role of automatic and nonautomatic
processes. Psychological Review, 97 (2),
147-168.[PDF] |
CASTELLI, L., ZOGMAISTER, C., SMITH, E.R. & ARCURI, L.
(2004). On the automatic evaluation of social exemplars. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 86, 373-387.
[PDF] |
|
COHEN, J.D., DUNBAR, K. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (1990). On
the control of automatic processes : A parallel
distributed processing account of the Stroop effect. Psychological
Review, 9 (3), 332-361. [PDF] |
|
|
STRAYER, D.L. & KRAMER, A.F. (1990). Attentional
requirements of automatic and controlled processing. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 16, 67-82. |
|
|
STRAYER, D.L. & KRAMER, A.F. (1990). An analysis of
memory-based theories of automaticity. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 16, 291-304. |
|
|
LOGAN, G.D. (1990). Repetition priming and automaticity :
Common underlying mechanisms ? Cognitive Psychology,
22, 1-35. [PDF] |
|
|
KRAMER, A.F., STRAYER, D.L. & BUCKLEY, J. (1991). Task
versus component consistency in the development of
automatic processing : A psychophysiological assessment.
Psychophysiology, 24, 425-437. |
|
|
JACOBY, L. (1991). A process dissociation framework :
Separating automatic from intentional uses of memory. Journal
of Memory & Language, 30, 513-541. |
DIJKTERHUIS, A. (2004). Think different : The merits of
unconscious thought in preference development and decision
making. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 87, 586-598. |
|
CARR, T.H. (1992). Automaticity and cognitive anatomy : Is
word recognition "automatic"? American Journal of
Psychology, 105, 201-237. |
LODGE, M. & TABER, C.S. (2005). Automaticity of affect
for political candidates, parties, and issues : An
experimental test of the hot cognition hypothesis.
Political Psychology, 26, 455-82. |
|
COHEN, J.D.,
SERVAN-SCHREIBER, D. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (1992). A
parallel distributed processing approach to automaticity.
American Journal of Psychology, 105 (2),
239-269. [PDF] |
|
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1992). Automaticity and the ACT* theory. American
Journal of Psychology, 105, 165-180. |
SHEERAN, P., AARTS, H., CUSTERS, R., RIVIS, A., WEBB, T.L.
& COOKE, R. (2005). The goal-dependent automaticity of
drinking habits. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 44, 47-63. [PDF]
|
|
LOGAN, G.D. (1992). Shapes of reaction-time distributions
and shapes of learning curves : a test of the instance
theory of automaticity. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 18
(5), 883-914. [PDF] |
MOORS, A. & DE HOUWER, J. (2006). Automaticity : A
theoretical and conceptual analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 132, 297-326. [PDF] |
|
STRAYER, D.L. & KRAMER, A.F. (1994). Strategies and
automaticity I : Basic findings and conceptual framework. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 20, 318-341. |
|
|
CRICK, N.R. & DODGE, K.A. (1994). A review and
reformulation of social information-processing mechanisms
in children’s social adjustment. Psychological
Bulletin, 115, 74–101. |
|
|
BARGH, J.A. (1994). The four horseman of automaticity :
awareness, efficiency, intention, and control in social
cognition. In R.S. Wyer & T.K. Srull (Eds.), Handbook
of social cognition (pp. 1-40). Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
|
|
STRAYER, D.L. & KRAMER, A.F. (1994). Strategies and
automaticity II : Dynamic aspects of strategy adjustment.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory,
& Cognition, 20, 342-365. |
|
|
LOGAN, G.D. (1995). The Weibull dstribution, the power
law, and the instance theory of automaticity. Psychological
Review, 102 (4), 751-756. [PDF] |
CESARIO, J., PLAKS, J.E. & HIGGINS, E.T. (2006).
Automatic social behavior as motivated preparation to
interact. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 90, 893-910.
[PDF] |
|
COLONIUS, H. (1995). The instance theory of automaticity :
Why the Weibull ? Psychological Review, 102,
744-750. |
ASHBY, F.G., ENNIS, J.M. & SPIERING, A. (2007).
Neurobiological theory of automaticity in perceptual
categorization. Psychological Review, 114 (3),
632-656. [PDF] |
|
BARGH, J.A., CHEN, M. & BURROWS, L. (1996). The
automaticity of social behaviour : Direct effects of trait
concept and stereotype activation on action. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 71,
230-244. [PDF] |
|
|
LOGAN, G.D. (1997). Automaticity and reading :
Perspectives from the instance theory of automatization. Reading
& Writing Quarterly, 13, 123-146. [PDF] |
TRACY, J.L. & ROBINS, R.W. (2008). The automaticity of
emotion recognition. Emotion, 7, 789-801.
[PDF] |
|
BESNER, D., STOLZ, J.A. & BBOUTILLIER, C. (1997). The
Stroop effect and the myth of automaticity.
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 4, 221-225. [PDF] |
|
|
BARGH, J.A. (1997). The automaticity of everyday life. Advances
in Social Cognition, 10, 1-61. |
VEBRUGGEN, F. & LOGAN, G.D. (2009). Automaticity of
cognitive control : Goal priming in response-inhibition
paradigms. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 35, 1381-1388.
[PDF] |
|
LOGAN, G.D. (1998). What is learned during automatization
? II : Obligatory encoding of location information.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception
& Performance, 24, 1720-1736. [PDF] |
HÉLIE, S. WALDSCHIMDT, J.G. & ASHBY, F.G. (2010).
Automaticity in rule-based and information-integration
categorization. Attention, Perception &
Psychophysics, 72 (4), 1013-1031.
[PDF] |
|
LOGAN, G.D. TAYLOR, S.E. & ETHERTHON, J.L. (1999).
Attention and automaticity : Toward a theoretical
integration. Psychological Research, 62, 165-181.
[PDF] |
SCHWARZ, N. (2012). Feelings-as-information theory. In P.
Van Lange, A. Kruglanski & E.T. Higgins (Eds.), Handbook
of theories of social psychology (pp. 289-308). Los
Angeles, CA : Sage. |
|
BARGH, J.A. & CHARTRAND, T.L. (1999). The unbearable
automaticity of being. American Psychologist, 54,
462-479.
[PDF] |
ASHBY, F.G. & CROSSLEY, M.J. (2012). Automaticity and
multiple memory systems. Wires Cognitive Science, 3,
363-376. [PDF] |
|
| |
| MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons/ La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie
cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
Voir aussi Comportement
automatique et Inconscient |
|
|
Traitement
de l'information : Ensemble des structures et des fonctions
cognitives responsables de l'analyse de l'information
dans le cerveau
virtuel. Cet ensemble, qui varie un peu selon les théories,
est calqué par analogie
sur le fonctionnement de l'ordinateur,
la thèse sous-jacente étant qu'un cerveau,
humain ou animal, est
une machine à résoudre des problèmes. Pour y parvenir, il faut
traiter l'information disponible
afin de trouver la meilleure solution possible (choix),
solution qui se matérialisera sous forme de comportement
(output). = computation, traitement
linéaire. ( ):
algorithme, attention,
balayage,
cognition, indexer,
information, mémoire,
perception, rappel,
reconnaissance, schémas,
script, unité
de traitement, etc. Information
processing, information processing system,
information-processing account, mental processes. information
processing perspective.
| |
|
|
DONDERS, F.C. (1869). On the speed of mental processes. Acta
Psychologica, 30, 412-431. |
LOFTUS, G.R., NELSON, W.W. & TRUAX, P.E. (1986).
Age-related differences in visual information processing :
Quantitative of qualitative ? In C. Schooler & W.
Schaie (Eds.), Cognitive functioning and social
structure over the life course. Norwood, NJ :
Ablex. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, G.A. (1956). The magical number seven, plus or
minus two : Some limits on our capacity for processing
information. Psychological Review, 63, 81-97. [PDF] |
SPERLING, G. & DOSHER, B.A. (1986). Strategy and
optimization in human information processing. In K. Boff,
L. Kaufman & J. Thomas (Eds.), Handbook of
perception and human performance : Sensory processes and
perception (Vol. 1., pp. 2-65.) New York : Wiley. |
|
NEWELL, A. & SIMON, H.A. (1956). The logic theory
machine : A complex information processing system. IRE
Transactions on Information Theory, IT-2 (3),
61-79. |
PALMER, S. & KIMCHI, R. (1986). The information
processing approach to cognition. In T. Knapp and L.
Robertson (Eds.), Approaches to cognition : Contrasts
and controversies. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates. |
|
BODENHAUSEN, G.V. (1987). Social Stereotypes and
information-processing strategies: The impact of task
complexity. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 42 (1), 871-880. |
|
NEWELL, A. & SIMON, H.A. (1961). Computer simulation
of human thinking. Science, 134 (3495),
2011-2017. |
SWANSON, H.L. (1987). lnformation-processing theory and
learning disabilities : An overview. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 20, 3-7. |
|
FITTS, P.M. & WITZER,
G. (1962). Cognitive aspects of information
processing : I. The familiarity of S-R sets and subsets. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 63, 321–329. |
PELLIGRINO, J.W. & GOLDMAN, S.R. (1987). Information
processing and elementary mathematics. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 20, 23–32, 57. |
|
DANSEREAU, D. & GREGG, L.W. (1966). An information
processing analysis of mental multiplication. Psychonomic
Science, 6, 71-72. |
STRAYER, D.L., WICKENS, C.D. & BRAUNE, R. (1987).
Adult age differences in the speed and capacity of
information processing II : An electrophysiological
approach. Psychology & Aging, 2, 99-110. |
|
BERLYNE, D.E. (1957). Uncertainty and conflict : a point
contact between information-theory and behavior-theory
concepts. Psychological Review, 64, 329-339. |
STRAYER, D.L., WICKENS, C.D. & BRAUNE, R. (1987).
Adult age differences in the speed and capacity of
information processing II : An electrophysiological
approach. Psychology & Aging, 2, 99-110. |
|
STERNBERG, S. (1969). The discovery of processing stages :
Extensions of Donder's method. Acta Psychologica, 30,
276-315. |
TOURANGEAU, R. (1987). Attitude measurement : A cognitive
perspective. In H. Hippler, N. Sehwarz & S. Sudman
(Eds.), Social information processing and survey
methodology (pp. 149-162). New York :
Springer-Verlag. |
|
ERIKSEN, C.W. & SPENCER, T. (1969). Rate of
information processing in visual perception : Some results
and methodological considerations. Journal of
Experimental Psychology Monograph, 79 (2), 1-16. |
DODGE, K.A. & COIE, J.D. (1987). Social information
processing factors in reactive and proactive aggression in
children's peer groups. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 53, 1146-1158. |
|
GARNER, W.R. & FELFOLDY, G.L. (1970). Integrality of
stimulus dimensions in various types of information
processing. Cognitive Psychology, 1, 225-241. |
BOCK, O. & DAUNICHT, W.J. (1987). Information
processing in goal-directed movements. Behavior &
Brain Research, 23, 23-28. |
|
SULS, J.M. (1972). A two-stage model for the appreciation
of jokes and cartoons : An information processing
analysis. In J.H. Goldstein & P.E. McGee (Eds.), The
psychology of humor : Theoretical perspectives and
empirical issues (pp. 81-100). New York : Academic
Press. |
HUESMANN, L.R. (1988). An information processing model for
the development of aggression. Aggressive Behavior,
14, 13-24.
[PDF] |
|
STUSS, D.T., STETHEM, L.L. & PELCHAT, G. (1988). Three
tests of attention and rapid information processing. An
extension. The Clinical Neuropsychologist, 2, 246–250. |
|
CRAIK, F.I.M. & LOCKHART, R.S. (1972). Levels of
processing : A framework for memory research. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 11,
671-684. [PDF] |
BORNSTEIN, M.H. (1989). Information processing
(habituation) in infancy and stability in cognitive
development. Human Development, 32, 129-136. |
|
ENGEL, J.F., KOLLAT, D.T. & BLACKWELL, R.D. (1973). Consumer
behavior. New York : Holt, Rinehart, & Winston. |
TINDALE, R.S. (1989). Group vs. individual information
processing : The effects of outcome feedback on
decision-making. Organizational Behavior & Human
Decision Processes, 44, 454-473. |
|
LOOMES, G., STARMER, C. & SUGDEN, R. (1989).
Preference reversal : Information processing effect or
rational nontransitive choice. Economic Journal, 99,
140-151. |
|
LABERGE, D. & SAMUEL, S.J. (1974). Toward a theory of
automatic information processing in reading. Cognitive
Psychology, 6, 293-323. |
DODGE, K.A. & CRICK, N.R. (1990). Social
information-processing bases of aggressive behavior in
children. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 16, 8-22. |
|
SCHANK, R.C. (1975). Conceptual information
processing. New York : Elsevier. |
SEARLE, J.R. (1990). Is the brain a digital computer ? Proceedings & Addresses of the APA, 64 (3). |
|
LOFTUS, G.F. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1976). Human memory
: The processing of information. Hillsdale, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
JENSEN, A.R. (1990). Speed of information processing in a
calculating prodigy. Intelligence, 14, 259-274.
[PDF] |
|
|
MORTON, J. (1990) An information-processing account of
reading acquisition. In A.M. Galaburda (Ed.), From
reading to neurons (pp. 43- 66). Cambridge MA :
The MIT Press. |
|
KAIL, R.V. (1991). Developmental change in speed of
processing during childhood and adolescence. Psychological
Bulletin, 109, 490-501. |
|
COHEN, L.B. (1991). Infant attention : An information
processing approach. In M.J. Weiss & P.R. Zalazo
(Eds.), Newborn attention : Biological constraints and the
influence of experience. (pp. 1-21). Norwood, NJ : Ablex
Publishing Corporation. |
|
KOSSLYN, S.M., HOLYOAK, K.J. & HUFFMAN, C.S. (1976). A
processing approach to the dual coding hypothesis. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Learning &
Memory, 2, 223-233. |
MASSARO, D.W. & COWAN, N. (1993). Information
processing models : Microscopes of the mind. Annual
Review of Psychology, 44, 383-425. |
|
SCHNEIDER, W. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1977). Controlled and
automatic human information processing : I. Detection,
search, and attention. Psychological Review, 84 (1),
1-66. [PDF] |
CRICK, N.R. & DODGE, K.A. (1994). A review and
reformulation of social information-processing mechanisms
in children's social adjustment. Psychological
Bulletin, 115, 74-101. [PDF] |
|
STERNBERG, R.J. (1977). Intelligence, information,
processing, and analogical reasoning. Hillsdale, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
BORS, D.A. & FORRIN, B. (1995). Age, speed of
information processing, recall, and fluid intelligence. Intelligence, 20, 229-248. [PDF] |
|
LINDSAY, P.H. & NORMAN, D.A. (1977/1980). Human
information processing : An introduction to psychology.
New York : Academic Press / Traitement de
l'information et comportement humain : Une introduction
a la psychologie. Montréal : Éditions Études
Vivantes. |
THORPE, S., FIZE, D. & MARLOT, C. (1996). Speed of
processing in the human visual system. Nature, 381, 520-552.
[PDF] |
|
GIGERENZER, G. & GOLDSTEIN, D.G. (1996). Mind as
computer : Birth of a metaphor. Creativity Research
Journal, 9 (2-3), 131-144. [PDF] |
|
THORPE, S. & SALKOVSKIS, P.M. (1997). Information
processing in spider phobics : the Stroop color naming
task may indicate strategic but not automatic attentional
bias. Behaviour Research & Therapy 35,
131-144. |
|
ADDINGTON, J. & ADDINGTON, D. (1998). Facial affect
recognition and information processing in schizophrenia
and bipolar disorder. Schizophrenia Research, 32
(3), 171-811. |
|
PASCUAL-LEONE, J. (1978). Compounds, confounds, and models
in developmental information processing : A reply to
Trabasso and Foeliinger. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 26, 18-40. |
HALFORD, G.S. WILSON, W.H. & PHILLIPS, S. (1998).
Processing capacity defined by relational complexity :
Implications for comparative, developmental, and cognitive
psychology. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21, 803-865. |
|
HARRIS, R.J. & MONACO, G.E. (1978). Psychology of
pragmatic implication : Information processing between the
lines. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General,
107, 1-22. |
RAYNER, K. (1998). Eye movements in reading and
information processing. Psychological Bulletin, 124,
372-422. [PDF] |
|
CARTER, D.E. & WERNER, T.J. (1978). Complex learning
and information processing by pigeons : A critical
analysis. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 29 (3), 565-601. [PDF] |
WYER, R.S., CLORE, G.L. & ISBELL, L.M. (1999). Affect
and information processing. In M.P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances
in experimental social psychology (Vol. 31, pp.
1-77). San Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
|
BURNS, L.R. & D'ZURILLA, T.J. (1999). Individual
differences in perceived information-processing styles in
stress and coping situations: Develop- ment and validation
of the Perceived Modes of Processing Inventory.
Cognitive Therapy & Research, 23, 345-371. |
|
BAR-TAL, Y., RAVIV, A. & SPITZER, A. (1999). The need
and ability to achieve cognitive structuring : Individual
differences that moderate the effect of stress on
information processing. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 77, 33-51. |
|
BJORK, R.A. (1979). An information-processing analysis of
college teaching. Educational Psychologist, 14,
15-23. [PDF] |
PACINI, R. & EPSTEIN, S. (1999). The relation of
rational and experiential information processing styles to
personality, basic beliefs, and the ratio-bias phenomenon.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 76
(6), 972-987. [DOC] |
|
BUCKLEY, T.C., BLANCHARD, E.B. & NEILL, W.T. (1977).
(2000). Information processing and PTSD : A review of
the empirical literature. Clinical Psychology Review,
28, 1041-1065. |
|
HASHER, L. & ZACKS, R.T. (1979). Automatic and
effortful processes in memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: General, 108, 356-388. [PDF] |
BARGH, J.A. & FERGUSON, M.J. (2000). Beyond
behaviorism : On the automaticity of higher mental
processes. Psychological Bulletin, 126 (6),
925-945. [PDF] |
|
FORGAS, J.R. & GEORGE, J.M. (2001). Affective
influences on judgments and behavior in organizations : An
information processing perspective. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 86, 3–34. |
|
ERIKSEN, C.W. & SCHULTZ, W. (1979). Information
processing in visual search : A continuous flow conception
and experimental results. Perception &
Psychophysics, 25 (2), 249-263. |
MANDLER, G. (2002). Organization : What the levels of
processing are levels of. Memory, 10, 333-338. |
|
|
LOCKHART, R.S. & CRAIK, F.I.M. (2002). Levels of
processing, transfer-appropriate processing, and the
concpet of robust encoding. Memory, 10 (5/6),
397-403. [PDF] |
|
BETTMAN, J.R. (1979). An information processing
theory of consumer choice. MA, Reading : Addison
Wesley. |
POLLOCK, E., CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J. (2002).
Assimilating complex information. Learning &
Instruction, 12, 61-86. [PDF] |
|
SCHMEICHEL, B.J., VOHS, K.D. & BAUMEISTER, R.F.
(2003). Intellectual performance and ego depletion : Role
of the self in logical reasoning and other information
processing. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 85, 33–46. |
|
LUTZ, S. & HUITT, W. (2003). Information processing
and memory : Theory and applications. Educational
Psychology Interactive, 1-17. [PDF] |
|
LACHMAN, R., LACHMAN, J.L. & BUTTERFIELD, C. (1979). Cognitive
psychology and information processing: An introduction.
Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
KAMIJO, K., NISHIHIRA, Y., HATTA, A., KANEDA, T., WASAKA,
T., KIDA, T. & KUROIWA, K. (2004). Differential
influences of exercise intensity on information
processing. European Journal of Applied Physiology,
92, 305-311. |
|
BROWN, A.S., LARSEN, M.B., RANKIN, S.A. & BALLARD,
R.A. (1980). Sex differences in information processing. Sex
Roles, 6, 663-673. |
TOWNSEND, J.T. & WENGER, M.J. (2004). A theory of
interactive parallel processing : New capacity measures
and predictions for a response time inequality series. Psychological
Review, 111 (4), 1003-1035. |
|
CALDER, B.J. & STERNTHAL, B. (1980). Television
commercial wearout : an information processing view.
Journal of Marketing Research, 17 (2), 173-186. |
MARKOVITS, H. & DOYON, C. (2004). Information
processing and reasoning with premises that are not
empirically true : Interference, working memory and
processing speed. Memory & Cognition, 32 (4),
592-601. [PDF] |
|
JUDD, C.M. & KULIK, J.A. (1980). Schematic effects of
social attitudes on information processing and recall. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 38,
569-578. |
HALFORD, G.S., BAKER, R., McCREDDEN, J.E. & BAIN, J.D.
(2005). How many variables can humans process ? Psychological
Science, 16, 70-76. |
|
BUTTERS, N. & CERMAK, L.S. (1980). Alcoholic
Korsakoff's syndrome : An information-processing
approach to amnesia. New York : Academic Press. |
McMAINS, S.A. & SOMERS, D.C. (2005). Processing
efficiency of divided spatial attention mechanisms in
human visual cortex. Journal of Neuroscience, 25,
9444-9448. [PDF] |
|
HUNT, E.B. (1980). Intelligence as an
information-processing concept. British Journal of
Psychology, 71, 449-474. |
MARKOVITS, H., BENENSON, J. & WHITE, S. (2006). Gender
and priming differences in speed of processing of
information relating to social structure. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 42, 662-667. [PDF] |
|
WATKINS, M.J. (1981). Human memory and the
information-processing metaphor. Cognition, 10 (1-3),
331-336. |
MURAKATA, Y. (2006). Information processing approaches to
development. In W. Damon (Ed.), Handbook of child
psychology (Vol. 2., pp. 426-463). New York :
Wiley. |
|
NORMAN, D.A. & RUMELHART, D.E. (1981). The LNR
approach to human information processing. Cognition,
10, 235-240. |
THORNTON, T.L. & GILDEN, D.L. (2007). Parallel and
serial processes in visual search. Psychological
Review, 114 (1), 71-103. [PDF] |
|
GEISELMAN, R.E., WOODWARD, J.A. & BEATTY, J. (1982).
Individual differences in verbal memory performance : A
test of alternative information processing models.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 111,
109-134. |
YEIGH, T. (2007). Information-processing and perceptions
of control : How attribution style affects task-relevant
processing. Australian Journal of Educational &
Developmental Psychology, 7, 120-138. [PDF] |
|
PARENT, V., LORANGER, M. et SIROIS, K. (2007). Rendement
en lecture et vitesse du traitement de l'information chez
les enfants de 6 à 8 ans. Canadian Journal of
Behavioural Science, 39 (1), 60-72. |
|
EDELL, J.A. & STAELIN, R. (1983). The information
processing of pictures in print advertisements. Journal
of Consumer Research, 10, 45-61. |
MACHADO DE SOUSA, J.P. & HALLAK, J.E.C. (2008). Facial
information processing in schizophrenia. Psychology
& Neuroscience, 1 (1), 21-26. [PDF] |
|
SHEPPARD, L.D. & VERNON, P.A. (2008). Intelligence and
information processing : a review of 50 years of research.
Personality & Individual Differences, 44 (3),
533-549. |
|
SOWA, J.W. (1984). Conceptual structures: Information
processing in mind and machine. Reading : Addisson
Wesley. |
FIFIC, M., NOSOFSKY, R.M. & TOWNSEND, J.T. (2008).
Information-Processing architectures in multidimensional
classification : A validation test of the systems
factorial technology. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 34, 356-375.
[PDF] |
|
HUMPHREYS, M.S. & REVELLE, W. (1984). Personality,
motivation, and performance: a theory of the relationship
be- tween individual differences and information
processing. Psychological Review, 91 (2),
153–84. |
LARAN, J. (2010). The Influence of information processing
goal pursuit on postdecision affect and behavioral
intentions. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 98 (1), 16-28. [PDF] |
|
GIBBBON, J. & CHURCH, R.M. (1984). Sources of
variance in information processing theories of timing. In
W.L. Roitblat, T.G. Bever, & H.S. Terrace (Eds),
Animal cognition, Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum Associates,
pp. 465-488 |
PICCININI, G. & SCARANTINO, A. (2011). Information
processing, computation, and cognition. Journal of
Biological Physics, 37, 1-38. [PDF] |
|
JIANG, X. & SENGUPTA, A. (2011). Effect of music and
induced mental load in word processing task. Systems,
Man & Cybernetics, 3261-3266. [PDF] |
|
VAN RAVENZWAAIJ, D., BOEKEL, W., FORSTMANN, B., RATCLIFF,
R. & WAGENMAKERS, E.J. (2014). Action video games do
not improve the speed of 10 of 32 information processing
in simple perceptual tasks. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 143, 1794-1805. [PDF] |
|
|
|
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition / La cognition :
Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Wiley,
John & Sons, Incorporated/Paris : Deboeck Université. |
Voir aussi Explication
métaphorique et Codage |
|
|
Traitement
de l'information (Vitesse) :
Voir aussi temps de réaction. Processing
speed, speed of processing, processing rate.
| |
|
|
DONDERS, F.C. (1869). On the speed of mental processes. Acta
Psychologica, 30, 412-431. |
BORS, D.A. & FORRIN, B. (1995). Age, speed of
information processing, recall, and fluid intelligence.
Intelligence, 20, 229-248 |
|
SWANSON, J.M. & BRIGGS, G.E. (1969). Information
processing as a function of speed versus accuracy. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 81, 223-229. |
FRY, A. & HALE, S. (1996). Processing speed, working
memory, and fluid intelligence : Evidence for a
devekpmental cascade. Psychological Science, 7 (4),
237-240. [PDF] |
|
KAIL, R.V. & SALTHOUSE, T.A (1976). Speed and age :
Multiple rates of age decline. Experimental Aging
Research, 2, 349-359. |
BRYAN, J. & LUSZCZ, M.A. (1996). Speed of information
processing as a mediator between age and free-recall
performance. Psychology & Aging, 11, 3-9. |
|
VERNON, P.E. (1983) Speed of information processing and
general intelligence. Intelligence 7, 53-70. |
BULL, R. & JOHNSTON, R.S. (1997). Children's
arithmetical difficulties : Contributions from processing
speed, item identification, and short term memory.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 65, 1-24.
[PDF] |
|
VERNON, P.E. & JENSEN, A.R. (1984). Individual and
group differences in intelligence and speed of information
processing. Personality & Individual Differences,
5 (4), 411-423. [PDF] |
COWAN, N. (1998). What is more explanatory, processing
capacity or processing speed ? Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 21, 835-836. |
|
CERELLA, J. (1985). Information processing rates in the
elderly. Psychological Bulletin, 98, 67-83. |
COWAN, N. (1998). Evidence against the global speed of
processing theory of working memory. In M.A. Gernsbacher
& S.J. Derry (Eds.), Proceedings of the twentieth
annual conference of the Cognitive Science Society (pp.
1211). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
VERNON, P.E. (Ed.) (1987). Speed of information
processing and intelligence. Norwood, NJ : Ablex. |
RIJSDIJK, F.V., VERNON, P.A. & BOOMSMA, D.I. (1998).
The genetic basis of the relation between
speed-of-information-processing and IQ. Behavioral
Brain Research, 95, 77-84. |
|
STUSS, D.T., STETHEM, L.L. & PELCHAT, G. (1988). Three
tests of attention and rapid information processing. An
extension. The Clinical Neuropsychologist, 2, 246–250. |
KRANZLER, J.H. KEITH, T.Z. (1999). Does the cognitive
assessment system measure processing speed ? NASP
Communique, 28 (4), 21. |
|
JENSEN, A.R. (1990). Speed of information processing in a
calculating prodigy. Intelligence, 14, 259-274. |
FRY, A.F. & HALE, S. (2000). Relationships among
processing speed, working memory, and fluid intelligence
in children. Biological Psychology, 5, 1-34. [PDF] |
|
|
NEUBAUER, A.C. (1990). Speed of information processing in
the Hick paradigm and response latencies in a psychometric
intelligence test. Personality & Individual
Differences, 11, 147-152. |
|
|
HALE, S. (1990). A global developmental trend in cognitive
processing speed. Child Development, 61, 653-663. |
SCHEUFFGEN, K., HAPPÉ, F., ANDERSON, M. & FRITH, U.
(2000). High "Intelligence", low "IQ" ? Speed of
processing and measured IQ in children with autism. Development & Psychopathology, 12, 83-90. |
|
SALTHOUSE, T.A. (1991). Mediation of adult age differences
in cognition by reductions in working memory and speed of
processing. Psychological Science, 2, 179-183. |
BRYAN, J. & LUSZCZ, M.A. (2001). Adult age differences
in self-ordered pointing task performance : Contributions
from working memory, executive function, and speed of
information processing. Journal of Clinical and
Experimental Neuropsychology, 23, 608-619. |
|
GEARY, D.C., BROWN, S.C. & SAMRANAYAKE, V.A. (1991).
Cognitive addition : A short lingitudial study of strategy
choise and speed-of-processing differences in normal and
mathematically disabled children. Developmental
Psychology, 27 (5), 7787-7797. [PDF] |
CONWAY, A.R.A., COWAN, N. BUNTING, M.F., THERRIAULT, D.J.
& MINKOFF, S.R.B. (2002). A latent variable analysis
of working memory capacity, short-term memory capacity,
processing speed, and general fluid intelligence. Intelligence,
30, 163-183. |
|
KAIL, R. (1991). Developmental change in speed of
processing during childhood and adolescence. Psychological
Bulletin, 109, 490-501. |
PALMER, J., HUK, A.C. & SHADLEN, M.N. (2005). The
effect of stimulus strength on the speed and accuracy of a
perceptual decision. Journal of Vision, 5,
376-404. |
|
KAIL, R. (1992). Processing speed, speech rate, and
memory. Developmental Psychology, 28, 899-904. |
COWAN, N., ELLIOTT, E.M., SAULTS, J.S., NUGENT, L.D.,
BOMB, P. & HISMJATULLINA, A. (2006). Rethinking speed
theories of cognitive development : Increasing the rate of
recall without affecting accuracy. Psychological
Science, 17, 67-73. |
|
HALE, S., FRY, A.F. & JESSIE, K.A. (1993). Effects of
practice on speedof information processingin children and
adults : Age sensitivity and age invariance. Developmental
Psychology, 29 (5), 880-892. [PDF] |
DYE, M.W.G., GREEN, C.S. & BAVELIER, D. (2009).
Increasing speed of processing with action video games. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 18 (6),
321-326. [PDF] |
|
VERNON, P.E. & WEESE, S.E. (1993). Predicting
intelligence with multiple speed of information-processing
tests. Personality & Individual Differences, 14,
413-419. |
WALLACE, G.L., ANDERSON, M. & HAPPÉ, F. (2009). Brief
report : Information processing speed is intact in autism
but not correlated with measured intelligence. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 39, 809-814.
|
|
KAIL, R.V. & PARK, Y. (1994). Processing time,
articulation rate, and memory span. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 57, 281-291. |
CEPEDA, N.J., BLACKWELL, K.A. & MUNAKATA, Y. (2013).
Speed isn't everything : Complex processing speed measures
mask individual differences and developmental changes in
executive control.
Developmental Science 16 (2), 269-86. [PDF] |
|
HALE, S. & JANSEN, J. (1994). Global processing-time
coefficients characterize individual and group differences
in cognitive speed. Psychological Science, 5, 384-389.
[PDF] |
POWERS, K.L., BROOKS, P.J., ALDRICH, N.J., PALLADINO, M.A.
& ALFIERI, L. (2013). Effects of video-game play on
information processing : A meta- analytic investigation. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 20, 1055-1079. |
|
KAIL, R. & HALL, L.K. (1994). Processing speed, naming
speed, and reading. Developmental Psychology, 30,
949-954. [PDF] |
VAN RAVENZWAAIJ, D., BOEKEL, W., FORSTMANN, B., RATCLIFF,
R. & WAGENMAKERS, E.J. (2014). Action video games do
not improve the speed of 10 of 32 information processing
in simple perceptual tasks. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 143, 1794-1805. [PDF] |
|
KAIL, R. & SALTHOUSE, T.A. (1994). Processing speed as
a mental capacity. Acta Psychologica, 86, 199-225. |
PAHUD, O., RAMMSAYER, T.H. & TROCHE, S.J. (2018).
Elucidating the Functional Relationship Between Speed of
Information Processing and Speed-, Capacity-, and
Memory-Related Aspects of Psychometric Intelligence. Advances
in Cognitive Psychology, 14 (1), 3-13.[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir Temps de réaction et
Traitement de
l'information |
|
|
Traitement de l'information de bas en haut : Traitement de l'information dirigé par les données du milieu, plutôt que par les connaissances du sujets. =
processus ascendant, accommodation.
/traitement
de haut en bas.
Bottom-up processing,
bottom-up guidance, bottom-up learning.
| |
|
|
NORMAN, D.A. & BOBROW, D. (1975). On data-limited and
resource-limited processes. Cognitive Psychology, 7,
44-64. |
FRENCH, R.M., MARESCHAL, D. MERMILLOD, M. & QUINN,
P.C. (2004). The role of bottom-up processing in
perceptual categorization by 3- to 4-month old infants :
Simulations and data.Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General 133, 382-397. |
|
SHINGALA, R. & TOUSSAINT, G.T. (1977). A bottom-up and
top-down approach to using context in text recognition. International
Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 11 (2), 201-212 |
SUN, R. & ZHANG, X. (2004). Top-down versus bottom-up
learning in cognitive skill acquisition. Cognitive
Systems Research, 5 (1), 63-89. [PDF] |
|
CACIOPPO, J.T., PETTY, R.E. & SIDERA, J.A. (1982). The
effects of a salient self-schema on the evaluation of
proattitudinal editorials : Top-down versus bottom-up
message processing. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 18 (4), 324-338. |
HSU, S-M. & PESSOA, L. (2007). Dissociable effects of
bottom-up and top-down factors on the processing of
unattended fearful faces. Neuropsychologia, 45
(13), 3075-3086. [PDF] |
|
SUN, R., MERRILL, E. & ETERSON, T. (2001). From
implicit skill to explicit knowledge : a bottom-up model
of skill learning. Cognitive Science, 25,
203-244. [PDF] |
HÉLIE, S., PROULX, R. & LEFEBVRE, B. (2011). Bottom-up
learning of explicit knowledge using a Bayesian algorithm
and a new Hebbian learning rule. Neural Networks, 24,
219-232. |
|
|
Voir aussi Traitement de
l'information |
|
|
Traitement
de l'information de haut en bas : Traitement
de l'information dirigé par les connaissances du sujet,
plutôt que par les données du milieu. =
processus descendant, assimilation. /traitement
de bas en haut. Top-down processing,
top-down guidance.
| |
|
|
NORMAN, D.A. & BOBROW, D. (1975). On data-limited and
resource-limited processes. Cognitive Psychology, 7,
44-64. |
BUTLER, T., IMPERATO-MCGINLEY, J., PAN, H., VOYER, D.,
CORDERO, J. ZHU, Y.-S., STERN, E. & SILBERWEIG, D.
(2006). Sex differences in mental rotation : Top-down
versus bottom-up processing. NeuroImage, 32, 445-456.
[PDF] |
|
SHINGALA, R. & TOUSSAINT, G.T. (1977). A bottom-up and
top-down approach to using context in text recognition. International
Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 11 (2), 201-212. |
BAR, M., KASSAM, K.S., GHUMAN, A.S., BOSHYAN, J., SCHMID,
A.M., DALE, A.M., HÄMÄLÄINEN, MARINKOVIC, K., SCHACTER,
D.L., ROSEN, B.R. & HALGREN, E. (2006). Top-down
facilitation of visual recognition. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences, 103 (2), 449-454.
[PDF] |
|
HSUA, S-M. & PESSOA, L. (2007). Dissociable effects of
bottom-up and top-down factors on the processing of
unattended fearful faces. Neuropsychologia, 45
(13), 3075-3086. [PDF] |
|
CACIOPPO, J.T., PETTY, R.E. & SIDERA, J.A. (1982). The
effects of a salient self-schema on the evaluation of
pro-attitudinal editorials : Top-down versus bottom-up
message processing. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 18 (4), 324-338. |
GILBERT, C.D. & SIGMAN, M. (2007). Brain states :
Top-down influences in sensory processing. Neuron, 54,
677-696. [PDF] |
|
ROLLS, E.T. (2008) Top-down control of visual perception :
Attention in natural vision. Perception, 37,
333-354. |
|
SUN, R. & ZHANG, X. (2004). Top-down versus bottom-up
learning in cognitive skill acquisition. Cognitive
Systems Research, 5 (1), 63-89. [PDF] |
BECK, D.M. & KASTNER, S. (2009). Top-down and
bottom-up mechanisms in biasing competition in the human
brain. Vision Research, 49 (10), 1154-1165.
[PDF] |
|
WOLFE, J.M., HOROWITZ, T.S., KENNER, N., HYLE, M. &
VASAN, N. (2004). How fast can you change your mind ? The
speed of top-down guidance in visual search. Vision
Research, 44, 1411-1426. |
BALUCH, F. & ITTI, L. (2011). Mechanisms of top-down
attention. Trends in Neurosciences, 34 (4),
210-234. [PDF] |
|
MISHRA, A., ALAHARI, K. & JAWAHAR, C.V. (2012).
Top-down and Bottom-up cues for scene text recognition. Proceedings
of IEEE conference on Computer Vision & Pattern
Recognition, 1-8. [PDF] |
|
ZHANG, S., XU, M., KAMIGAKI, T., HOANG DO, J.P., CHANG,
W.C., JENVAY, S., KAZUNARI, M., LIQUN, L. & YANG, D.
(2014). Long-range and local circuits for top-down
modulation of visual cortex processing. Science, 345,
660-665. [PDF] |
|
FIRESTONE, C. & SCHOLL, B.J. (2015). Cognition does
not affect perception : Evaluating the evidence for
"top-down" effects. Behavioral & Brain sciences,
39, 1-77. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Traitement de
l'information |
|
|
Traitement de l'information en temps partagé : Forme de traitement
de l'information qui consiste à traiter les stimuli
en alternance plutôt que de manière
linéaire (en série). Time sharing.
| |
|
|
GREENWALD, A.G. (1972). On doing two things at once :
Timesharing as a function of ideomotor compatibility. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 94, 52-57. [PDF] |
|
FOX, J.L., WOLF, R.V. & LESGOLD, A.M. (1979).
Microprocessor uses in a time shared facility. Behavior
Research Methods & Instrumentation, 11,
271-280. |
|
SCHUMACHER, E., SEYMOUR, T., GLASS, J., FENCSIK, D.,
LAUBER, E., KIERAS, D. & MEYER, D. (2001). Virtually
perfect time sharing in dual-task performance : Uncorking
the central cognitive bottleneck. Psychological
Science, 12 (2), 101-108. [PDF] |
|
TOMBU, M. & JOLICOEUR, P. (2004). Virtually no
evidence for virtually perfect timesharing. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 3 (5), 795-810. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Multitâche
et Temps |
|
|
Traitement de texte : Logiciel
qui permet de rédiger, d'organiser et de corriger un texte.
Word processor.
| |
|
|
MacARTHUR, C.A. & SHNEIDERMAN, B. (1986). Learning
disabled students' difficulties in learning to use a word
processor : Implications for instruction and software
evaluation. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 19, 248-253. |
|
|
SNYDER, I. (1993). Writing with word processors : a
research overview. Educational Research, 35 (1),
49-68. |
MUMATZ, S. & HAMMOND, M. (2002). The word processor
revisited : observations on the use of the word processor
to develop literacy at key stage 2. British Journal
of Educational Technology, 33 (3), 345-347. |
|
SNYDER, I. (1993). The impact of computers on students'
writing : A comparative study of the effects of pens and
word processors on writing context, process and product. Australian Journal of Education, 37 (1), 5-25. |
PIOLAT, A. (2007). Les avantages et les inconvénients de
l'usage d'un traitement de texte pour réviser. Dans J.
Bisaillon (Dir.), La révision professionnelle :
processus, stratégies et pratiques (pp. 189-211).
Québec : Éditions Nota Bene. |
|
PIOLAT, A. & ROUSSEY, J.-Y. (1995). Le traitement de
texte : un environnement d'apprentissage encore à
expérimenter. Repères, 11, 87-102. |
JOHANSSON, R., WENGELIN, A., JOHANSSON, V. &
HOLMQVIST, K. (2010). Looking at the keyboard or the
monitor : relationship with text production processes. Reading
& Writing, 23 (7), 835-851. |
|
DAVE, A.M. & RUSSEL, D.R. (2010). Drafting and
revision using word processing by undergraduate student
writers: Changing conceptions and practices. Research
in the Teaching of English, 44 (4), 406-434. [PDF] |
|
PLANE, S. (1996). Écriture, réécriture et traitement de
texte. Dans J. David et S. Plane (Dir.), L'apprentissage
de l'écriture de l'école au collège (pp. 37-79).
Paris : Presses universitaires de France. |
GRÉGOIRE, P. et KARSENTI T. (2013). Le traitement de texte
et la qualité de l'écriture d'élèves québécois du
secondaire. Éducation et Formation, 298 (3),
9-28. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Écrire
et Logiciel |
|
|
Traitement en profondeur : Niveau de traitement
de l'information.
Levels of processing, depth
of processing.
| |
|
|
CRAIK, F.I.M. & LOCKHART, R.S. (1972). Levels of
processing : A framework for memory research. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 11 (6),
671-684. [PDF] |
BRADSHAW, G.L. & ANDERSON, C.A. (1982). Elaborative
encoding as an explanation of levels of processing Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 21,
165-174. [PDF] |
|
CRAIK, F.I.M. & TULVING, E. (1975). Depth of
processing and the retention of words in episodic memory.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 104,
268-294. |
NEILL, W.T (1985). Levels of processing in disruptive
effects of prior information. Memory & Cognition,
13, 477-484. |
|
LOCKHART, R.S., CRAIK, F.I.M. & JACOBY, L.L. (1976).
Depth of processing, recognition and recall : Some aspects
of a general memory system. In J. Brown (Ed.), Recall
and recognition. London : Wiley.
[PDF] |
METCALFE, J. & EICH, J. (1985). Levels of processing,
encoding specificity, elaboration, and charm.
Psychological Review, 92, 1-38. [PDF] |
|
STEIN, B.S. (1978). Depth of processing reexamined : The
effects of precision of encoding and test appropriateness.
Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 17,
165-174. |
LOCKHART, R.S. & CRAIK, F.I.M. (1990). Levels of
processing : A retrospective commentary on a framework for
memory research. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 44 (1),
87-112. [PDF] |
|
BADDELEY, A.D. (1978). The trouble with "Levels" : A
reexamination of Craik and Lockhart's framework for memory
research. Psychological Review, 85 (3), 139-152. |
|
|
JACOBY L.L., BARTZ, W.H. & VANS, J.D. (1978). A
functional approach to levels of processing. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Learning &
Memory, 4, 331-346. |
RAGLAND, D.J., GUR, R.C., VALDEZ, J.N., LOUGHEAD, J.,
ELLIOTT, M., KOHLER, C., KANES, S., SIEGEL, S.J., MOELTER,
S.T. & GUR, R.E. (2005). Levels-of-processing effect
on frontotemporal function in schizophrenia during word
encoding and recognition. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 162, 1840-1848. [PDF] |
|
CERMAK L.S. & CRAIK, F.I.M. (Eds.) (1979). Levels
of processing in human memory. Hillsdale, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
|
TULVING, E. (1979). Relation between encoding specificity
and levels of processing. In L.S. Cermak & F.I.M.
Craik (Eds.), Levels of processing in human memory.
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
CRAIK, F.I.M. & LOCKHART, R.S. (2008). Levels of
processing and Zinchenko's approach to memory research. Journal
of Russian & East European Psychology, 46 (6),
52-60. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Traitement de
l'information |
|
|
Traitement intensif (...thérapeutique...) : Traitement
thérapeutique, généralement d'inspiration
béhavioriste (ABA),
appliqué plusieurs fois par jour pendant plusieurs heures, jusqu'à
ce que les comportements-ciibes
soient modifiés.
Intensive behavioral intervention.
| |
|
|
KLINTWALL, L., GILBERG, C., BÖLT, S. & FERNELL, E.
(2011). The efficacy of intensive behavioral intervention
for children with autism : A matter of allegiance ? Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders doi:10.1007/s10803-011-1223.
[PDF] |
|
KLINTWALL, L. & EIKESETH, S. (2012). Number and
controllability of reinforcers as predictors of individual
outcome for children with autism receiving early and
intensive behavioral intervention : A preliminary study. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 6 (1), 493-499.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Traitement parallèle (Information) : Forme de traitement de l'information
qui permet à deux informations ou plus d'être simultanément
analysées par le cerveau (unité de traitement). Traitement
parallèle, connexionisme
et modele
connexioniste.
/traitement sériel.
Parallel processing, parallel
distributed processing, ordinateur à deux coeurs, PDP.
| |
|
|
TOWNSEND, J.T. (1971). A note on the identifiability of
parallel and serial processes. Perception &
Psychophysics, 10, 161-163. [PDF] |
LUCK, S.J. & HILLYARD, S.A. (1990). Perception
& Psychophysics, 48 (6), 603-17.
Electrophysiological evidence for parallel and serial
processing during visual search. Percception &
Psychophysics, 48 (6), 603-617. [PDF] |
|
TOWNSEND, J.T. (1972). Some results concerning the
identifiability of parallel and serial processes. British
Journal of Mathematical and Statistical Psychology, 25,
168-199. [PDF] |
CAVE, K. & WOLFE, J. (1990). Modeling the role of
parallel processing in visual search. Cognitive
Psychology, 22, 225-271. |
|
COHEN, J.D., DUNBAR, K. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (1990). On
the control of automatic processes : A parallel
distributed processing account of the Stroop effect. Psychological
Review, 9 (3), 332-361. [PDF] |
|
ELLIS, S.H. & CHASE, W.G. (1971). Parallel processing
in item recognition. Perception & Psychophysics,
10, 379-384. |
EGETH, H.E. & DAGENBACH, D. (1991). Parallel versus
serial processing in visual search. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 17, 550-559. |
|
TOWNSEND, J.T. (1972). Some results concerning the
identifiability of parallel and serial processes. British
Journal of Mathematical & Statistical Psychology,
25, 168-199. [PDF] |
EGETH, H.E. & MORDKOFF, J.T. (1991). Redundancy gain
revisited: Evidence for parallel processing of separable
dimensions. In J. Pomerantz & G. Lockhead (Eds.), The
perception of structure (pp. 131-143). Washington,
D.C. : American Psychological Association. [PDF] |
|
WITTE, K. (1992). Putting the fear back into fear appeals
- the extended parallel process model. Communication
Monographs, 59 (4), 329–349. |
|
COHEN, J.D.,
SERVAN-SCHREIBER, D. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (1992). A
parallel distributed processing approach to automaticity.
American Journal of Psychology, 105 (2),
239-269. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, J.D. & HUSTON, T.A. (1994). Progress in the use
of parallel distributed processing models for
understanding attention and performance. In C. Utnilta
& M. Moscovitch (Eds.), Attention and performance
: Conscious and nonconscious information processing(pp.
453-476). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
EGETH, H., JONIDES, J. & WALL, S. (1972). Parallel
processing of multi-element displays. Cognitive
Psychology, 3, 674-698. |
WOLFE, J.M., FRIEDMAN-HILL, S.R. & BILSKY, A.B. (1994)
Parallel processing of part-whole information in visual
search tasks. Perception & Psychophysics, 55
(5), 537-550. [PDF] |
|
RATCLIFF, R. (1981). Parallel processing mechanisms and
processing of organized information in human memory. In
J.A. Anderson & G. Hinton (Eds.), Parallel models
in associative memory. Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum. [PDF] |
TOWNSEND, J.T. & NOZAWA, G. (1995). Spatio-temporal
properties of elementary perception : An investigation of
parallel, serial and coactive theories. Journal of
Mathematical Psychology, 39, 321-360. [PDF] |
|
|
RAUSCHECKER, J.P. (1998). Parallel processing in the
auditory cortex of primates. Audiology &
Neurootology, 3, 86-103. |
|
ELMAN, J.L. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (1985). An architecture
for parallel processing in speech recognition : The TRACE
model. In M.R. Schroeder (Ed.), Speech recognition
(pp. 6-35). Gottingen : Biblioteca Phonetica. |
TOWNSEND, J.T. & FIFIC, M. (2004). Parallel versus
serial processing and individual differences in high-speed
search in human memory. Perception &
Psychophysics, 66, 953-962. [PDF] |
|
McCLELLAND, J.L. & RUMELHART, D.E. (1985). Distributed
memory and the representation of general and specific
information. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 114,
159-188. |
ROGERS, T.T. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (2004). Semantic
cognition : A parallel distributed processing approach.
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
BALLARD D.H. (1986). Cortical connections and parallel
processing : Structure and function. The Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 9, 67-120. |
TOWNSEND, J.T. & WENGER, M.J. (2004). The
serial-parallel dilemma : A case study in a linkage of
theory and method. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review,
11 (3), 391-418. [PDF] |
|
JORDAN, M.I. (1986). Serial order : A parallel
distributed processing approach. University of
California, San Diego : Institute for Cognitive Science. |
TOWNSEND, J.T. & WENGER, M.J. (2004). A theory of
interactive parallel processing : New capacity measures
and predictions for a response time inequality series. Psychological
Review, 111 (4), 1003-1035. [PDF] |
|
RUMELHART, D.E. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (1986). Parallel
distributed processing : Explorations in the
microstructure of cognition. Cambridge, MA :
MIT/Bradford. |
THORNTON, T.L. & GILDEN, D.L. (2007). Parallel and
serial processes in visual search. Psychological
Review, 114 (1), 71-103. [PDF] |
|
KIENKER, P.K., SEJNOWSKI, T.J., HINTON, G.E. &
SCHUMACHER, L.E. (1986). Separating figure from ground
with a parallel network. Perception, 15, 197-216.
[PDF] |
ROGERS, T.T. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (2008). A précis of
semantic cognition : A parallel dstributed processing
approach. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 31, 689-714. |
|
DICK, M., ULLMAN, S. & SAGI, D. (1987). Parallel and
serial processes in motion detection. Science, 237, 400-402.
[PDF] |
TOWNSEND, J.T., YANG, H. & BURNS, D.M. (2011).
Experimental discrimination of the world's simplest and
most antipodal models : The parallel-serial issue. In
World scientific review (Vol. 9, pp. 271-302). [PDF] |
|
ROGERS, T.T. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (2014). Parallel
distributed processing at 25 : Further explorations in the
microstructure of cognition. Cognitive Science, 38,
1024-1077. [PDF] |
|
HANDLEY, S.J. & TRIPPAS, D. (2014). Dual processes and
the interplay between knowledge and structure : A new
parallel processing model. Psychology of Learning
& Motivation - Advances in Research & Theory,
131, 75-91. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Connexionisme,
Modele
connexioniste et Traitement
de l'information |
|
|
|
|
|
Traitement
sériel (Information) : Forme de
traitement de l'information
qui consiste à analyser une information
à la fois. En cognition, les modèles classiques du traitement de
l'information reposent sur ce postulat.
Serial
processes.
| |
|
|
EGETH, H.E. (1966). Parallel versus serial processes in
multidimensional stimulus discrimination. Perception
& Psychophysics, 1, 245-252. |
SCHWEICKERT, R., GIORGINI, M. & DZHAFAROV, E. (2000).
Selective influence and response time cumulative
distribution functions in serial-parallel task networks.
Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 44, 504-535. [PDF] |
|
TOWNSEND, J.T. (1971). A note on the identifiability of
parallel and serial processes. Perception &
Psychophysics, 10, 161-163. [PDF] |
|
|
TOWNSEND, J.T. (1972). Some results concerning the
identifiability of parallel and serial processes. British
Journal of Mathematical & Statistical Psychology,
25, 168-199. [PDF] |
|
|
TOWNSEND, J.T. & NOZAWA, G. (1995). Spatio-temporal
properties of elementary perception : An investigation of
parallel, serial and coactive theories. Journal of
Mathematical Psychology, 39, 321-360. [PDF] |
TOWNSEND, J.T. & FIFIC, M. (2004). Parallel versus
serial processing and individual differences in high-speed
search in human memory. Perception &
Psychophysics, 66, 953-962. [PDF] |
|
JORDAN, M.I. (1986). Serial order : A parallel
distributed processing approach. University of
California, San Diego : Institute for Cognitive Science. |
TOWNSEND, J.T. & WENGER, M.J. (2004). The
serial-parallel dilemma : A case study in a linkage of
theory and method. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review,
11 (3), 391-418. [PDF] |
|
DICK, M., ULLMAN, S. & SAGI, D. (1987). Parallel and
serial processes in motion detection. Science, 237, 400-402.
[PDF] |
THORNTON, T.L. & GILDEN, D.L. (2007). Parallel and
serial processes in visual search. Psychological
Review, 114 (1), 71-103. [PDF] |
|
LUCK, S.J. & HILLYARD, S.A. (1990). Perception and
Psychophysics electrophysiological evidence for parallel
and serial processing during visual search. Percception
& Psychophysics, 48 (6), 603-617. [PDF] |
TOWNSEND, J.T., YANG, H. & BURNS, D.M. (2011).
Experimental discrimination of the world's simplest and
most antipodal models : The parallel-serial issue.
In world scientific review (Vol. 9, pp. 271-302).
[PDF] |
|
EGETH, H.E. & DAGENBACH, D. (1991). Parallel versus
serial processing in visual search : Further evidence from
subadditive effects of a visual quality. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 17, 550-559. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Traitement de
l'information |
|
|
Traité
: Ce concept désigne une entente
entre deux états - ou
toute autre entité juridique reconnue sur le plan international -
qui crée des obligations
de part et d'autres et qui est régie par le droit international
public.
Treaty
|
|
| |
BROWN, G. et MAGUIRE, R. (1979). Historique des
traités avec les indiens. Ottawa : Ministères des
Affaires indienne et du nord. |
DUSSAULT, R. et BORGEAT, L. (1984). Traité de droit
administratif canadien et québecois. Sainte-Foy :
Presses de l'Université de Laval. |
| GRAMMOND,
S. (1995). Les traités entre l'état canadien et les
peuples autochtones. Cowansville. Les Éditions
Yvon Blais. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Autochtones |
|
|
Trajectoire personnelle : Désigne le passé d'un
individu-cible, plus particulièrement ce qui distingue cet
individu de son groupe
d'appartenance et contribue à mieux comprendre ses choix,
ses décisions.
|
Tranel Daniel ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américain. Collaborateur de Adolphs,
Bechara, Buchanan,
Colom, Damasio,
Damasio,
Gosselin et Schyns.
|
TRANEL, D., FISHER, A.E. & FOWLES, D.C. (1982).
Magnitude of incentive effects on heart rate. Psychophysiology, 19, 514-519. |
|
TRANEL, D. & DAMASIO, H. (1985). Knowledge without
awareness : An autonomic index of facial recognition by
prosopagnosics. Science, 228, 1453-1454. |
|
TRANEL, D., DAMASIO, H., EICHORN, G.R., GRABOSKI, T.J.,
PONTO, L.L.B. & HICHWA, R.D. (2003). Neural correlates
of naming animals from their characteristic sounds.
Neuropsychologia, 41, 847-854. |
|
TRANEL, D. (2005). On the use of neuropsychology to
diagnose brain damage and study brain-behavior
relationships : A comment on Luria. Cortex, 41,
259-262. |
|
TRANEL, D., DAMASIO, H., DENBURG, N.L. & BECHARA, A.
(2005). Does gender play a role in functional asymmetry of
ventromedial prefrontal cortex ? Brain, 128,
2872-2881. |
|
|
|
Tranquillisant : Psychotrope
utilisé pour appaiser une personne
anxieuse et agitée. Cette susbtance inhibe
l'activité motrice et réduit la vigilance
et le niveau de veille. Tranquillisant et neuro-dépresseur.
= sédatif. ( ):
anxyolitque, somnifère.
Tranquillizer.
| |
|
|
ROBIN, A.A. (1963). A retrospective controlled study of
tranquillizers in long-stay patients. Journal of
Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 26 (3),
262-264. [PDF] |
|
HEPHERD, M., LADER, M. & LADER, S. (1972). Hypnotics
and sedatives, interneurone blocking agents, major
tranquillisers, anticonvulsants. In L. Meyler & A.
Herxheimer (Eds.), Side effects of drugs (Vol.
7, pp. 51-115). Excerpta Medica : Amsterdam. |
|
GABE, J. & LlPSHlTZ-PHlLLlPS, S. (1984).
Tranquillisers as social control ? Sociology Review,
32, 524-526. |
|
PETURSSON, H. & LADER, M.H. (1984). Dependence on
tranquillizers. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
ASHTON, H. & GOLDING, J.F. (1989). Tranquillisers :
prevalence, predictors and possible consequences. Data
from a large United Kingdom survey. British Journal of
Addiction, 84, 541-546. [PDF] |
|
Voir aussi Neuro-dépresseur |
|
|
Trans
: Du préfixe
latin trans qui signifie «au-delà». /cis.
|
Transcultural Psychiatry : Revue
scientifique de psychiatrie
qui s'intéresse plus particulièrement aux différences
culturelles. Éditeur : Sage.
KIRMAYER, L.J., BOOTHROYD, L.J., TANNER, A., ADELSON, N.
& ROBINSON, E. (2000). Psychological distress among
the cree of James Bay. Transcultural Psychiatry, 37
(1), 35-56. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Transdisicplinarité : Efforts concertés de plusieurs chercheurs provenant de
diverses disciplines ou
sciences afin de résoudre un problème de recherche.
Transdisciplinarity.
| |
|
|
VAN MANEN, M. (2001). Transdisciplinarity and the new
production of knowledge. Qualitative Health Research,
11 (6), 850-852. |
MITRANY, M. & STOKOLS, D. (2005). Gauging the
transdisciplinary qualities and outcomes of doctoral
training programs. Journal of Planning Education
& Research, 24, 437-449. |
|
STOKOLS, D., FUQUA, J., GRESS, J., HARVEY, R., PHILLIPS,
K., BAEZCONDE-GARBANATI, L., UNGER, J., PALMER, P., CLARK,
M.A., COLBY, S.M., MORGAN, G. & TROCHIM, W. (2003).
Evaluating transdisciplinary science. Nicotine &
Tobacco Research, 5 (S1) 21-39. |
STOKOLS, D. (2006). Toward a science of transdisciplinary
action research. American Journal of Community
Psychology, 38, 63-77. |
|
NASH, J.M. (2006). Transdisciplinary training : Promises
and pitfalls. The Brown University Digest of
Addiction Theory & Application, 25 (4), 8. |
|
NASH, J.M. (2008). Transdisciplinary training : key
components and prerequisites for success. American
Journal of Preventive Medicine, 35 (S2), 133-140. |
|
NASH, J.M., ABRAMS, D.B., CLARK, M. & STOKOLS, D.
(2003). Using transdisciplinary science to address complex
health problems. Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 25 (S188),
|
STIPELMAN, B.A., HALL, K.L., ZOSS, A., OKAMOTO, J.,
STOKOLS, D. & BORNER, K. (2014). Mapping the impact of
transdisciplinary research : A visual comparison of
investigator-initiated and team-based tobacco use research
publications. Journal of Translational Medicine &
Epidemiology, 2 (2), 1-24. [PDF] |
|
FUQUA, J., STOKOLS, D., GRESS, J., HARVEY, R. &
PHILLIPS, K. (2004). Transdisciplinary collaboration as a
basis for enhancing the science and prevention of
substance use and abuse. Substance Use & Misuse,
39, 1457-1514. |
VOGEL, A.L., STIPELMAN, B.A., HALL, K.L., NEBELING, L.,
STOKOLS, D. & SPRUIJT-METZ, D. (2014). Pioneering the
transdisciplinary team science approach : Lessons learned
from National Cancer Institute grantees. Journal of
Translational Medicine & Epidemiology, 2 (2),
1027. |
|
FUQUA, J., STOKOLS, D., GRESS, J., HARVEY, R. &
PHILLIPS, K (2004). Critical issues in the study of
transdisciplinary scientific collaboration. Substance
Use & Misuse, 39, 2073-2074. |
ALLEN-SCOTT, L.K., BUNTAIN, B., HATFIELD, J.M., MEISSER,
A. & THOMAS, C.J. (2015). Academic institutions and
one health : Building capacity for transdisciplinary
research approaches to address complex health issues at
the animal-human-ecosystem interface. Academic
Medicine, 90 (7), 866-871. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Transduction
: Du latin latin transductio qui signifie
«faire passer d'un point à l'autre». D'abord prroposé par Stern,
puis repris par Piaget,
ce concept désigne un
raisonnement pré-opératoire par lequel un enfant entre 2 et
4 ans établit un lien de causalité entre deux événements en tirant
par transduction de ces deux événements une conclusion par analogie,
par différence ou par identité. Autrement dit , le raisonnement se
fonde sur deux propositions singulières, alors qu'un raisonnement
va du général au particulier (déduction) ou du particulier au
général (induction). Sur le plan développemental, ce mode de
raisonnement précède domc l'induction
et la déduction.
EX: Mon chat vient de se faire écraser par une voiture
(événement singulier 1); Ma mère m'a disputé, car je n'ai pas
rangé ma chambre ce matin (événement singulier 2); donc mon chat
est mort, car je n'ai pas rangé ma chambre (conclusion).
= raisonnement transductif, raisonnement enfantin,
raisonnement illogique.
| |
|
|
NASI, P. & NASI, C. (1970). Étude des modes de pensée
du stade préopératoire à travers le langage. Enfance,
23 (1), 31-45. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Transe : État d'agitation
et d'exaltation d'un individu qui prétend être en communion avec
les esprits, le cosmos ou l'au-delà (C'est selon...). Transe, hystérie
et possession.
Trance.
| |
|
|
ERICKSON, M.H. & HALEY, J. (1959). Transcription d'une
induction de transe avec commentaire. The American
Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 2, 49-84. |
|
WIJESINGHE, C.P., DISSANAYAKE, S.A.W. & MENDIS, N.
(1976). Possession trance in a semi-urban community in Sri
Lanka. Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Psychiatry, 10, 135-139. |
|
KUA, E.H., SIM L.P. & CHEE, T.C. (1986). A
cross-cultural study of the possession-trance in
Singapore. Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Psychiatry 20, 361-364. |
|
SPANOS, N.P. (1986). Hypnotic behavior : A
social-psychological interpretation of amnesia, analgesia,
and trance logic. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 9,
449-502. |
|
|
Voir aussi Hystérie,
Magieet Possession |
|
|
Transférabilité : Pour certains
méthodologistes, capacité de généraliser les résultats d'une
recherche qualitative du milieu étudiée à un milieu comparable.
|
Transfert : De façon générale, le transfert désigne le
déplacement d'un objet physique ou conceptuel. En psychologie,
on utilise le concept pour décrire le déplacement d'un objet
conceptuel comme un apprentissage,
une émotion, une connaissance
et le ou les mécanismes qui sous-tendent ce déplacement au sein
d'un organisme ou d'un
organisme vers un autre. Transfert.
|
Transfert (inconscient) : En psychanalyse,
phase critique de la thérapie durant
laquelle le patient
transfère sur le thérapeute des émotions
et des réactions inconscientes, comme ses réactions émotionnelles
(colère, peur, haine, etc.) face à ses parents, et qui sont à
l'origine de sa souffrance.
Le transfert ne signifie pas que le patient est guéri,
mais il indique qu'il est sur la bonne voie, que l'analyse
commence à porter fruit. Transfert et contre-transfert.
= transfert analytique.
Transference.
| |
|
|
FERENCZI, S. (1909/69). Transfert et introjection. Dans
Psychanalyse I. Paris : Payot. |
PAAS, F. (1992). Training strategies for attaining
transfer of problem-solving skill in statistics : a
cognitive-load approach. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 84 (4), 429-434. |
|
WHITE, W.A. (1917). The mechanism of transference. Psychoanalytic Review, 4, 373-381. |
DE BLÉCOURT, A. (1993). Transference, counter transference
and acting out in psychoanalysis. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 74, 757-774. |
|
HUBBARD, L.D. (1923). Transference and sex. Psychoanalytic
Review, 10, 453-456. |
PARÉ, A. (1993). Transfert et contre-transfert en
éducation. Revue Intégration, 17, 35-49. |
|
VIGNEAULT, J. (1993). Transferts et déplacements :
fondements de la psychanalyse en Amérique du Nord.
Trans, 3, 223-237. [PDF] |
|
RUGLE, L. & ROSENTHAL, R.J. (1994). Transference and
countertransference in the psychotherapy of pathological
gamblers. Journal of Gambling Studies, 10, 43-65. |
|
BALINT, A. & BALINT, M. (1939). On transference and
counter-transference. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 20, 223-230. |
CHIESA, M. (1994). Some thoughts on erotic transference. Psychoanalytic
Psychotherapy, 8, 37-48. |
|
OGDEN, T. (1995). Analysing forms ofaliveness and dead-
ness of the transference-countertransference.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 76,
695-710. |
|
JEKELS, L. & BERGLER, E. (1949). Transference and
love. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 18, 325-350. |
KLEIN, M. (1995). Le transfert et autres écrits.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
KLEIN, M. (1952). The origins of transference. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 33, 433-438. |
LUBORSKY, L. & CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. (1998).
Understanding transference. Washington D.C. :
American Psychological Association Press. |
|
KLEIN, M. (1952/95). Les influences mutuelles dans le
développement du moi et du ça. Le transfert et autres
écrits. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
BOGWALD, K.P., HOGLEND, P. & SORBYE O. (1999).
Measurement of transference interpretations. Journal
of Psychotherapy Practice & Research, 8, 264-273. |
|
KLEIN, M. (1952/95). Les origines du transfert. Le
transfert et autres écrits. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
OGRODNICZUK, J.S. & PIPER, W.E. (1999). Use of
transference interpretations in dynamically oriented
individual psychotherapy for patients with personality
disorders. Journal of Personality Disorders, 13, 297-311
|
|
EAGLE, M.N. (2000). A critical evaluation of current
concepts of transference and countertransference. Psychoanalytic
Psychology, 17, 24-37. |
|
BALINT, E. (1954). Three phases of a transference
neurosis. Psyche, 11 (8), 526-542. |
GABBARD, G.O. (2001). What can neuroscience teach us about
transference ? Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 9
(1), 1-18. |
|
WINNICOTT, D.W. (1956). On transference. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 37, 386-388. |
GABBARD, G.O. (2001). Cyberpassion : E-Erotic transference
on the Internet. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 70,
719-739. [PDF] |
|
|
RAPPAPORT, E.A. (1956). The management of an erotized
transference. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 25,
515-529. |
BARNETT, S.M. & CECI, S.J. (2002). When and where do
we apply what we learn ? A taxonomy for far transfer. Psychological
Bulletin, 128, 612-637. |
|
STERN, M.M. (1957). The ego aspect of transference. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 38, 146-157. |
HOGLEND, P. (2004). Analysis of transference in
psychodynamic psychotherapy : a review of empirical
research. Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 12,
279-300. |
|
ACKERMAN, N.W. (1959). Transference and
counter-transference. Psychoanalytic Review, 46C, 17-28. |
YEOMANS, F.E. (2004). Transference-focused Psychotherapy
in borderline personality disorders. Psychiatric
Annals, 34 (6), 449-454. |
|
PATTERSON, C.H. (1959). Transference and
counter-transference. In Counseling and psychotherapy
: theory and preactice. New York : Haper & Row.
[PDF] |
HOGLEND, P., AMLO, S., MARBLE, A., BOGWALD, K.P., SORBYE,
O., SJAASTAD, M.C. & HEYERDAHL, O. (2006). Analysis of
the patient-therapist relationship in dynamic
psychotherapy : An experimental study of transference
interpretations. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163,
1739-1746. [PDF] |
|
BARON, S. (1960). Transference and countertransference in
the classroom. Psychoanalytic Review, 47A, 76-96.
|
ASSOUN, P.-L. (2006). Leçons psychanalytiques sur le
transfert. Paris : Anthropo. |
|
LACAN, J. (1960-61/2001). Le transfert. Paris :
Le Seuil. |
HOGLEND, P., AMLO, S., MARBLE, A., BOGWALD, K.P., SORBYE,
O., SJAASTAD, M.C. & HEYERDAHL, O. (2006). Analysis of
the patient-therapist relationship in dynamic
psychotherapy : An experimental study of transference
interpretations. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163,
1739-1746. [PDF] |
|
SZASZ, T.S. (1963). The concept of transference. The
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 44 (4),
432-443. [PDF] |
|
|
MENDES LEAL, R. (1970). Le transfert analytique dans
l'analyse de groupe. Bulletin de Psychologie, 23
(13-16), 760-764. |
YEOMANS, F.E., DELANEY J.C. & RENAUD, A. (2007). La
psychothérapie focalisée sur le transfert. Santé
Mentale au Québec, 32 (1), 17-34. |
|
BALKOURA, A. (1974). The fate of the transference neurosis
after analysis. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 22, 895-903. |
LOUKA, J.-M. (2008). De la notion au concept de
transfert de Freud à Lacan. Paris : L'Harmattan. |
|
JUNG, C.G. (1980). Psychologie du transfert.
Paris : Albin Michel. |
HOBDAY, G., MELLMAN, L. & GABBARD, G.O. (2008).
Clinical case conference : Complex Sexualized
Transferences When the patient is male and the therapist
female. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165
(12), 1525-1530. |
|
STEIN, M. (1981). The unobjectionable part of the
transference. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 29, 869-892. |
KERNBERG, O.F., YEOMANS, F.E., CLARKIN, J.F. & LEVY,
K.N. (2004). Transference-focused psychotherapy. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 89, 601-620. [PDF] |
|
WASKA, R. (2008). Using countertransference :
analytic contact, projective identification, and
transference phantasy states. American Journal of
Psychotherapy, 62 (4), 333-351. |
|
MICHON, E. (1985). Du transfert et du contre-transfert en
psychanalyse aux phénomènes transférentiels et contre
transférentiels en rééducation. Revue Canadienne de
Psycho-éducation, 14 (1), 10-18. |
YEOMANS, F.E. & DELANEY J.C. (2008).
Transference-focused psychotherapy as a means to change
the personality structure that underlies borderline
personality disorder. Social Work in Mental Health, 6
(1/2), 157-170. |
|
DRESSER, L. (1985). The use of transference and
counter-transference in assessing emotional disturbance in
children. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 1,
95-106. |
LEVENSON, E.A. (2009). The enigma of the transference. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 45 (2), 163-178. |
|
BRENMAN PICK, I. (1985). Development of the concepts of
transference and counter-transference. Psycho-Analytic
Psychotherapy, 1, 13-23. |
HOGLEND, P. & GABBARD, G.O. (2012). When is
transference work useful in psychodynamic psychotherapy ?
A review of empirical research. In R.A. Levy, J.S. Ablon
& H.Kächele (Eds.), Psychodynamic psychotherapy
research evidence-based practice and practice-based
evidence (pp. 449-467). Springer. |
|
JENSEN, G., ALTSCHULl, D. DANLY, E. & TERRACE,
H.S. (2013). Transfer of a serial representation
between two distinct tasks by rhesus macaques. PLoS
ONE 8 (7) 1-9. [PDF] |
|
MICHON, E. (1985). Du transfert et du contre-transfert en
psychanalyse aux phénomènes transférentiels et contre
transférentiels en rééducation. Revue Canadienne de
Psycho-éducation, 14 (1), 10-18. |
ALLEN, J.G. (2014). Commentary on «transference as a
therapeutic instrument» : Transference in plain old
therapy. Psychiatry : Interpersonal & Biological
Processes, 77 (1), 30-35. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Psychanalyse
et Contre-transfert |
|
|
Transfert
(Contre-) : Transfert
et contre-transfert. Counter-transference.
| |
|
|
STERN, A. (1924). On the counter-transference in
psychoanalysis. Psychoanalysis Review, 11,
166-174. |
DRESSER, L. (1985). The use of transference and
counter-transference in assessing emotional disturbance in
children. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 1,
95-106. |
|
BALINT, A. & BALINT, M. (1939). On transference and
counter-transference. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 20, 223-230. |
BRENMAN PICK, I. (1985). Development of the concepts of
transference and counter-transference. Psycho-Analytic
Psychotherapy, 1, 13-23. |
|
WINNICOTT, D.W. (1949). Hate in the counter-transference.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 30,
69-74. |
GABBARD, K.E. & GABBARD, G.O. (1985).
Countertransference in the movies. The Psychoanalytic
Review, 72 (1), 171-184. |
|
HEIMANN, P. (1950). On counter-transference.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 31,
81-84. |
MICHON, E. (1985). Du transfert et du contre-transfert en
psychanalyse aux phénomènes transférentiels et contre
transférentiels en rééducation. Revue Canadienne de
Psycho-Éducation, 14 (1), 10-18. |
|
REICH, A. (1951). On counter-transference. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 32, 25-31. |
WOOLEY, S.C. (1991). Uses of countertransference in the
treatment of eating disorders : A gender perspective. In
C. Johnson (Ed.), Psychodyamic treatment of anorexia
nervosa and bulirnia (pp.245-294). New York :
Guilford Press. |
MOOSA, F. (1992). Countertransference in trauma work in
South Africa : For better or worse. South African
Journal of Psychology, 22, 126-133.
|
|
RACKER, H. (1953). A contribution to the problem of
counter-transference. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 34, 313-324. |
PARÉ, A. (1993). Transfert et contre-transfert en
éducation. Revue Intégration, 17, 35-49. |
|
WEIGERT, E. (1954). Counter-transference and self-analysis
of the psycho-analyst. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 35, 242-246. |
DIAMOND, D. (1993). The paternal transference : A bridge
to the erotic, oedipal transference in severely disturbed
male patients. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 13,
206-225. |
|
MOODY, R. (1955). On the function of counter-transference
: A case-study. Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 1, 49-58. |
DE BLÉCOURT, A. (1993). Transference, counter transference
and acting out in psychoanalysis. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 74, 757-774. |
|
CUTLER, R.L. (1958). Countertransference effects in
psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 22,
349-356. |
NORMANDIN, L. & BOUCHARD, M.-A. (1993). The effect of
theoretical orientation and experience on rational,
reactive and reflexive countertransference. Psychotherapy
Research, 3, 77-94. |
|
ACKERMAN, N.W. (1959). Transference and
counter-transference. Psychoanalytic Review, 46C, 17-28.
|
GABBARD, K.E. (1993). An overview of countertransference
with borderline patients. Journal of Psychotherapy
Practice & Research, 2 (1), 7-18. |
|
SEARLES, H.F. (1959). Oedipal love in the counter
transference. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 40, 180-190. |
RUGLE, L. & ROSENTHAL, R.J. (1994). Transference and
countertransference in the psychotherapy of pathological
gamblers. Journal of Gambling Studies, 10, 43-65. |
|
PATTERSON, C.H. (1959). Transference and
counter-transference. In Counseling and psychotherapy
: theory and preactice. New York : Haper & Row.
[PDF] |
GABBARD, G.O. (1994). Management of
countertransference with borderline patients.
Washington, DC : American Psychiatric Press |
|
PEARLMAN, L.A. & SAAKVITNE, K.W. (1995). Trauma
and the therapist : Countertransference and vicarious
traumatization in psychotherapy with incest survivors.
New York : Norton. |
|
REICH, A. (1960). Further remarks on counter-transference.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 41,
389-395. |
DE URTUBEY, L. (1995). Counter transference effects of
absence. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis,
76, 683-694. |
|
GRINBERG, L. (1962). On a specific aspect of
countertransference due to the patient's projective
identification. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 43, 436-440. |
BERNSTEIN, J.W. (1999). Countertransference : Our new
royal road to the unconscious ? Psychoanalytic
Dialogues, 9, 275-299. |
|
GRINBERG L. (1963). Psychopathology of projective
identification and counter-identification and
countertransference. Revisión del Psicoanálisis, 20,
113-123. |
EAGLE, M.N. (2000). A critical evaluation of current
concepts of transference and countertransference. Psychoanalytic
Psychology, 17, 24-37. |
SANDLER, J. (1976). Countertransference and role
responsiveness. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 3, 43–47.
|
GELSO, C.J., LATTS, M.G., GOMEZ, M.J. & FASSINGER,
R.E. (2002). Countertransference management and therapy
outcome : an initial evaluation. Journal of Clinical
Psychology 58, 861-867. |
|
RACKER, H. (2007). The meanings and uses of
countertransference. The Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 76,
725-777. |
WASKA, R. (2008). Using countertransference :
analytic contact, projective identification, and
transference phantasy states. American Journal of
Psychotherapy, 62 (4), 333-351.
|
|
CARLSON, S.N. (2009). Whose hate is it ? Encountering
emotional turbulence in the crosscurrents of projective
identification and countertransference experience. Psychoanalysis
Review, 96 (6), 895-915. |
|
MONETTE, L. (1977). Le processus contre-transférentiel
comme travail de deuil. Philosophiques, 4 (2),
305-312. |
PRASKO, J. & VYSKOCILOVA, J. (2010)
Countertransference during supervision in cognitive
behavioral therapy. Activitas Nervosa Superior
Rediviva, 52, 251-260. |
|
GRINBERG, L. (1979). Counter-transference and projective
counter-identification. Contemporary Psycho-Analysis,
15, 226-247. |
VYSKOCILOVA, J. & PRASKO, J. (2013).
Countertransference, schema modes and ethical
considerations in cognitive behavioral therapy.
Activitas Nervosa Superior Rediviva, 55 (1-2),
33-39. [PDF]
|
|
SEARLES, H.F. (1979). Coutertransference and related
subjects. New York : International Universities
Press. |
LOEWNTHAL, D. (2018). Countertransference, phenomenology
and research : Was Freud right ? European Journal of
Psychotherapy & Counselling, 20 (4), 365-372.
|
|
GAIT, S. & HALEWOOD, A. (2019). Developing
countertransference awareness as a therapist in training:
The role of containing contexts. Psychodynamic
Practice, 25 (3), 256-272. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Psychanalyse
et Transfert |
|
|
Transfert
de l'excitation : Excitation
transfer.
| |
|
|
ZILLMAN, D. (1971). Excitation transfer in
communication-mediated aggressive behavior. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 7, 419-434. |
|
ZILLMAN, D., KATCHER, A.H. & MILAVSKY, B. (1971).
Excitation transfer from physical exercise to subsequent
aggressive behavior. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 8, 247-259. |
|
CANTOR, J.R.M., BRYANT, J. & ZILLMAN, D. (1974).
Enhancement of humor appreciation by transferred
excitation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 15, 470-480. |
|
ZILLMAN, D. (1983). Transfer of excitation in emotional
behavior. In J.T. Cacioppo & R.E. Petty (Eds.),
Social psychophysiology : A sourcebook (pp.
215-240). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
BUNCE, S.C., LARSEN, R.J. & CRUZ, M. (1993).
Individual differences in the excitation transfer effect.
Personality & Individual Differences, 15 (5),
507-514. [PDF] |
|
BRYANT, J. & MIRON, D. (2003). Excitation-transfer
theory. In J. Bryant, D. Roskos-Ewoldsen & J. Cantor
(Eds.), Communication and emotion: Essays in honor of
Dolf Zillmann (pp. 31-59). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
MESTON, C.M. & FROLICH, P.F. (2003). Love at first
fright : partner salience moderates roller-coaster-induced
excitation transfer. Archives of sexual behavior, 32,
537-544. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir Excitation
et Erreur
d'attribution |
|
|
Transfert
des apprentissages : En apprentissage,
désigne l'effet favorable ou nuisible d'un apprentissage A sur
l'apprentissage d'un comportement B plus ou moins différent de
l'apprentissage A. ( ):
transfert négatif, transfert
positif. Transfer, transfer of training.
| |
|
|
THORNDIKE, E.L. & WOODWORTH, R.R. (1901). The
influence of improvement in one mental function upon the
efficiency of other functions. Psychological Review,
8, 247-261. |
BALDWIN, T.T. & FORD, J.K. (1988). Transfer of
training : A review and directions for future research. Personnel
Psychology, 41, 61-105. |
|
WEBB, L.W. (1917). Transfer of training and retroaction :
A comparative study. Psychological Monographs, 24 (2),
1-90. |
|
|
HENDRICKSON, G. & SCHROEDER, W.H. (1941). Transfer of
training in learning to hit a submerged target. Journal
of Education Psychology 32, 205-213. |
|
|
SCHULTZ, R.W. (1960). Problem solving behavior and
transfer. Harvard Educational Review, 30, 61-77. |
NINNESS, H.A.C., FUERST, J., RUTHERFORD, R. & GLENN,
S.S. (1991). The effects of self-management training and
reinforcement on the transfer of improved conduct in the
absence of supervision. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 24 (3), 499-508.
[PDF] |
|
ELLIS, H.C. (1965). The transfer of learning.
New York, NY : MacMillan. |
REDER, L.M. & KLATSKY, R. (1994). Transfer : Training
for performance. In Druckman, D. et Bjork, R.A. (Eds.), Learning,
remembering, believing : Enhancing team and individual
performance. Washington, DC : National Academy
Press. |
|
JEFFREY, W.E. & SAMUELS, S.J. (1966). The effect of
method of reading training on initial training and
transfer. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 57, 159-163. |
McKEOUGH, A., LUPART, J. & MARINI, A. (Eds.) (1995). Teaching
for transfer. Fostering generalization in learning.
Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
BRYANT, P.E. (1967) Practical implications of studies of
transfer of learning. Journal of Mental Subnormality,
13, 78-80. |
|
|
RESNICK, L., SIEGEL, A.W. & KRESH, E. (1971). Transfer
and sequence in learning double classification skills. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 11, 139-149. |
TARDIF, J. et MEIRIEU, P. (1996). Stratégie pour favoriser
le transfert des connaissances. Vie Pédagogique, 98,
4-7. |
|
BRYANT, P.E. (1971) Discrimination learning and the
transfer of learning in young children. British
Journal of Psychology, 62, 1-11. |
|
|
SHEA, J.B. & MORGAN, R.L. (1979). Contextual
interference effects on the acquisition, retention, and
transfer of a motor skill. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 5, 183. |
TARDIF, J. (1999). Le transfert des apprentissages.
Montréal : Éditions Logiques. |
|
CORDER, S.P. (1983). A role for the mother tongue. In S.M.
Gass & L. Selinker (Eds.), Language transfer in
language learning (pp. 18-31). Philadelphia, PA :
John Benjamins North America. |
HASKELL, R.E. (2001). Transfer of learning. Cognition,
instruction, and reasoning. San Diego : Academic
Press. |
|
WINKLES, J. (1986). Achievement, understanding, and
transfer in a learning hierarchy. American
Educational Research Journal, 23, 1275-1288. |
HALPERN, D.F. & HAKEL, M.D. (2003). Applying the
science of learning to the university and beyond :
Teaching for long-term retention and transfer. Change,
35 (4), 36-41. |
|
ADAMS, J.A. (1987). Historical review and appraisal of
research on learning, retention, and transfer of human
motor skills. Psychological Bulletin, 101 (1),
41-74. [PDF] |
|
|
CORMIER, S.M. & HAGMAN, J.D. (1987). Transfer of
learning : Contemporary research and applications. San
Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
KOHLENBERG, R.J. (2004). AABT, human misery and
transference: A response to Arnold Lazarus. The
Behavior Therapist, 26, 7. |
|
SALOMON, G. & GLOBERSON, T. (1987). Skill may not be
enough : The role of mindfulness in learning and transfer.
International Journal of Educational Research, 11
(6), 623-637. |
PÉLADEAU, N., FORGET, J. et GAGNÉ, F. (2005). Le transfert
des apprentissages et la réforme de l'éducation au Québec
: quelques mises au point. Revue des Sciences de
l'Éducation : Le Développement Professionnel des
Enseignants, 31 (1), 187-209. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Transfert et Apprentissage |
|
|
Transfert des connaissances : Knowledge transfer, transfer of cognitive skill.
| |
|
|
SASSENRATH, J.M. & GARVERICK, C.M. (1965). Effects of
differential feedback from examinations on retention and
transfer. Journal of Educational Psychology, 56, 259-263. |
BEREITER, C. (1995). A dispositional view of transfer. In
A. McKeough, J. Lupart et A. Marini (Eds.), Teaching
for transfer : Fostering generalization in learning
p 21-34). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
ELMES, D.G.R., ROEDIGER, H.L., WILKINSON, W.C. &
GREENER, W.I. (1972). Positive and negative part/ whole
transfer in free recall. Journal of Verbal Learning
& Verbal Behavior, 11, 251-256. |
MEIRIEU, P. et DEVELAY, M. (Dirs.) (1996). Le
transfert des connaissances en formation initiale et
continue. Lyon : Centre régional de documentation
pédagogique de l'Académie de Lyon. |
|
GICK, M.L. & HOLYOAK, K.J. (1983). Schema induction
and analogical transfer. Cognitive Psychology, 15,
1-38. |
TARDIF, J. et MEIRIEU, P. (1996). Stratégie pour favoriser
le transfert des connaissances. Vie Pédagogique, 98,
4-7. |
|
GICK, M.L. & HOLYOAK, K.J. (1987). The cognitive basis
of knowledge transfer. In S.M. Cormier & J.D. Hagman
(Eds.), Transfer of learning contemporary research and
application (pp. 9-45). New York, NY : Academic
Press. |
MENDELSOHN, P. (1996). Le concept de transfert. In P.
Meirieu et M. Develay (Dirs.), Le transfert des
connaissances en formation initiale et continue (p.
11-19). Lyon : Centre régional de documentation
pédagogique de l'Académie de Lyon. |
|
CORMIER, S. (1987). The structural processes underlying
transfer of training. In S. Cormier & J. Hagman
(Eds.), Transfer of learning : Contemporary research
and applications. San Diego : Academic Press. |
ARGOTE, L. & INGRAM, P. (2000). Knowledge transfer : A
basis for competitive advantage in firms. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 82 (1),
150-169. |
|
BROOKS, L.W. & DANSEREAU, D.F. (1987). Transfer of
information : An instructional perspective. In S.M.
Cormier et J.D. Hagman (Eds.), Transfer of learning :
Contemporary research and applications (pp.
121-149). New York, NY : Academic Press. |
HASKELL, R.E. (2001). Transfer of learning :
Cognition, instruction, and reasoning. San Diego,
CA : Academic Press. |
|
POLSON, P.G. (1988). Transfer and retention. In R. Guindon
(Ed.), Cognitive science and its application for
human-computer interaction (pp. 59-162). Hillsdale,
NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
GENTNER, D., LOEWENSTEIN, J. & THOMPSON, L. (2003).
Learning and transfer : A general role for analogical
encoding. Journal of Educational Psychology, 95
(2), 393-408. [PDF] |
|
SINGLEY, M.K. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1989). The
transfer of cognitive skill. Cambridge, MA :
Harvard University Press. |
PUGH, K.J. & BERGIN, D.A. (2006). Motivational
influences on transfer. Educational Psychologist, 41,
147-160. |
|
LANDRUM, R.E. (1990). Maier's (1931). two-string problem
revisited : Evidence for spontaneous transfer ? Psychological Reports, 67, 1079-1088. |
KORNELL, N., SON, L. & TERRACE, H.S. (2007). Transfer
of metacognitive skills and hint seeking in monkeys. Psychological
Science, 18 (1), 64-71.
[PDF] |
|
DETTERMAN, D.K. & STERNBERG, R.J. (1993). Transfer
on trial : Intelligence, cognition, and instruction.
Norwood, NJ : Ablex. |
ROEDIGER, H.L. & (2007). Transfer : The ubiquitous
concept. In H.L. Roediger, Y. Dudai & S.M. Fitzpatrick
(Eds.), Science of memory : Concepts (pp.
277-282). New York: Oxford University Press.
[PDF] |
|
STERNBERG, R.J. & FRENCH, P.A. (1993). Mechanisms of
transfer. In D.K. Detterman & R.J. Sternberg (Eds.), Transfer
on Trial : Intelligence, Cognition, and Instruction
(pp. 25-38). Stamford, CT : Ablex Publishing Corp. |
TORREY, L. & SHAVLICK, J. (2009). Transfer learning.
In E. Soria, J. Martin, R. Magdalena, M. Martinez and A.
Serrano (Eds.), Handbook of research on machine
learning applications. IGI Global. |
|
BUTTERFIELD, E.C., SLOCUM, T.A. & NELSON, G.D. (1993).
Cognitive and behavioral analyses of teaching and transfer
: Are they different ? In D.K. Detterrnan et R.J.
Sternberg (Eds.), Transfer on trial : Intelligence,
cognition, and instruction (pp. 192-258). Norwood,
NJ : Ablex. |
DAY, S.B. & GOLDSTONE, R.L. (2012). The import of
knowledge export : Connecting findings and theories of
transfer of learning. Educational Psychologist, 47,
153-176.
[PDF] |
|
DETTERMAN, D.K. (1993). The case for the prosecution :
Transfer as an epiphenomenon. In D.K. Detterman et R.J.
Sternberg (Dirs.), Transfer on trial : Intelligence,
cognition, and instruction (pp. 1-24). Norwood, NJ
: Ablex. |
|
|
REEVES, L.M. & WEISBERG, R.W. (1994). The role of
content and abstract information in analogical transfer.
Psychological Bulletin, 115, 381-400. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Transfert et Connaissance |
|
|
Transfert
horizontal : Utilisation dans un contexte particulier
de comportements/connaissances acquis dans un contexte analogue
mais plus simple. EX: Au hockey, faire une
passe du revers est un comportement acquis chez les Atomes
(simple) qui sera utilisé par certains joueurs de niveau Pee-wee
(complexe). = du simple au complexe.
| |
|
|
GAGNÉ, R.M. (1962). The acquisition of knowledge. Psychological
Review, 69, 355-365. |
|
|
|
Transfert
négatif : Désigne l'effet nuisible de l'apprentissage
d'un comportement A
sur l'apprentissage d'un comportement B plus ou moins différent du
premier comportement appris (A).
| |
|
|
LANDRUM, R.E. (2005). The production of negative transfer
in a problem solving task. Psychological Reports, 97,
861-866. |
|
MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie
de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts.
St-Hyacinthe : Edisem. |
|
|
Transfert
positif : Désigne l'effet favorable de l'apprentissage
d'un comportement A
sur l'apprentissage d'un comportement B plus ou moins différent du
premier comportement appris (A).
| |
|
|
BUTTERFIELD, E C. & NELSON, G.D. (1991). Promoting
positive transfer of different types. Cognition &
Instruction, 8, 69-102. |
|
MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts.
St-Hyacinthe : Edisem. |
|
|
Transfert
vertical : Utilisation dans un domaine X de
comportements/connaissances acquis dans un domaine Y.
EX: Apprendre à corriger ses fautes dans le cours de
français (X) pourra être utilisé dans le cours de psychologie (Y).
= d'un domaine à l'autre.
| |
|
|
GAGNÉ, R.M. (1962). The acquisition of knowledge. Psychological
Review, 69, 355-365. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transgenre : Transgénérisme : Désigne les individus
qui croit que leur genre ne
correspond pas à leur sexe
biologique, perception qui engendre un conflit à la fois
psychologique (remise en question, dissonance
cognitive, anxiété)
et social (rejet, discrimination
sociale, intimidation,
etc). EX: un individu possédant un pénis
(sexe = homme) a le sentiment
d'être une femme (= genre). Pour certains, la résolution de ce
conflit consiste à recourir à la chirurgie afin de «changer de sexe", pour d'autres à refuser que l'on
réduise leur identité à leur sexe biologique ( EX:
je ne suis ni homme, ni femme, je suis transgenre). Dans tous les
cas, l'individu qui se dit transgenre adopte un mode vie qui ne
correpnd plus à son sexe biologique. Il est à noter que ce
sentiment de non-correspondance ou d'ambivalence entre sexe/genre
existe chez de nombreux individus sans entraîner de conflit majeur
(Voir androgynie).
NDLR : On peut également se demander si la
reconnaissance de cette ambivalence
entre des caractéristiques physiques et le développement de
l'identité et les rôles
sociaux ne pourrait pas être étendue à une autre réalité,
soit celle de l'ethnie/race
et à l'identité
culturelle ( EX: Ma peau est blanche mais je
me sens Noir, je suis né dans une famille pauvre, mais je me sens riche). Bientôt des transraces ? Des transclasses ? =
personne transexuelle,
transsexualisme. *intersexué.
/cisgenre.
Transgender, transgenderism, gender
nonconforming youth, gender variant children, gender
nonconforming.
| |
| Caractéristiques
|
Transsexualisme |
Transgenrisme |
Intersexué |
Travestisme |
| Trouble
de l'identité |
Oui |
Oui |
Oui, mais pas nécessairement |
Non |
| Sexe
ambigu |
Non |
Non |
Oui |
Non |
| Genre
ambïgu |
Oui |
Oui |
Non |
Non |
| Changement/
Réattribution
sexuelle |
Oui |
Oui |
Oui |
Non |
| Changement
de comportement/rôle
sexuel |
Oui |
Oui |
Non,
conforme au sexe réattribué |
Oui,
mais momentané |
| Changement
de l'apparence/Hormone |
Oui |
Oui,
mais pas nécessairement |
Oui |
Non |
| Changement
biologique/Chirurgie de réattribution |
Oui,
mais pas nécessairement |
Oui,
mais pas nécessairement |
Oui, |
Non |
| Négation
de son sexe biologique |
Oui |
Oui |
Non |
Non |
| Négation
des genres/rôles sexuels |
Non |
Oui,
mais pas toujours |
Non |
Non |
|
|
Tableau réalisé par l'auteur de ce site  |
| |
|
|
CALIFIA, P. (1997). Sex changes : The politics of
transgenderism. San Francisco : Cleis Press. |
TAISHELMAN, A.C., KAUFMAN, R., EDWARSD-LEEPER, L. MANDEL,
F.H., SHUMER, D.E. & SPACK, N.P. (2015). Serving
transgender youth : Challenges, dilemmas and clinical
examples. Professional Psychology & Research
& Practice, 46 (1), 37-45. [PDF] |
|
SISGUSCH, V. (1998). The neosexual revolution.
Archives of Sexual Behavior, 27 (4), 331-359. |
REISNER, S.L., VETTERS, R., LECLERC, M., ZASLOW, S.,
WOLFRUM, S., SHUMER, S. & MIMIAGA, K.J. (2015). Mental
health of transgender youth in care at an adolescent urban
community health center : A matched retrospective cohort
study. Journal of Adolescent Health, 56 (3),
274-279. [LIRE] |
|
BOCKTING, W.O., ROBINSON, B.E. & ROSSER, B.R.S.
(1998). Transgender HIV prevention : a qualitative needs
assessment. AIDS Care, 10 (4), 505-525. |
|
|
KULICK, D. (1999). Transgender and language. GLQ : A
Journal of Lesbian & Gay Studies, 4, 604-623. |
|
|
KRUJVER, F.P. (2000). Male-to-female transsexuals have
female neuron numbers in a limbic nucleus. The
Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, 85,
2034-2041. |
WAHLIG, J.L. (2015). Losing the child they thought they
had : Therapeutic suggestions for an ambiguous loss
perspective with parents of a transgender Child.
Journal of GLBT Family Studies, 11 (4), 305-326. |
|
WHITTLE, S. (2002). Respect and equality: Transsexual
and transgender rights. London: Cavendish
Publishing Company. |
|
|
COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. & PFÄFLLIN, F. (2003). Transgenderism
and intersexuality in childhood and adolescence; Making
choices. Thousand Oaks : Sage. |
|
|
LEV, A.I. (2004). Transgender emergence : Therapeutic
guidelines for working with gender-variant people and
their families. Binghamton, NY : The Haworth
Press, Inc |
PULLEN SANFAÇON, A. (2015). Parentalité et jeunes
transgenres : un survol des enjeux vécus et des
interventions à privilégier pour le développement de
pratiques transaffirmatives. Santé Mentale au Québec,
40 (3), 93-107. |
|
BOCKTING, W.O., ROBINSON, B.E., FORBERG, J. &
SCHELTEMA, K. (2005). Evaluation of a sexual health
approach to reducing HIV/ STD risk in the transgender
community. AIDS Care, 17 (3), 289-303. |
|
|
COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. (2006). Gender identity disorder. In
C. Gillberg, R. Harrington & H.C. Steinhausen (Eds.),
A clinician's handbook of child and adolescent
psychiatry (pp. 695-725). Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
|
VALENTINE, D. (2007) Imagining Transgender: an
ethnography of a category. Duke University Press |
|
|
STRYKER, S. (2008). Transgender history, homonormativity,
and disciplinarity. Radical History Review, 100,
145-157. |
WHITE HUGHTO, J.M., REISNER, S.L. & PACHANKIS, J.E.
(2015). Transgender stigma and health : A critical review
of stigma determinants, mechanisms, and interventions. Social
Science & Medicine, 147, 222-231. |
|
BRILL, S. & PEPPER, R. (2008). The transgender
child : A handbook for families and professionals.
San Francisco : Cleis Press |
|
|
PLEAK, R.R. (2009). Formation of transgender identities in
adolescence. Journal of Gay & Lesbian Mental
Health, 13 (4), 282-291. |
|
|
MURPHY, T.F. (2010). The ethics of helping transgender men
and women have children. Perspectives in Biology &
Medicine, 53 (1), 46-60. |
|
|
ALEGRIA, A.C. (2011). Transgender identity and health care
: Implications for psychosocial and physical evaluation. Journal
of the American Academy of Nurse Practitioners, 23
(4), 175-182. |
|
|
STODDARD, J., LEIBOWITZ, S.F., TON, H. & SNOWDON, S.
(2011). Improving medical education about gender-variant
youth and transgender adolescents. Child &
adolescent psychiatric clinics of North America, 20 (4),
779-791. |
OLSON, K.R. (2016). Prepubescent transgender children:
What we do and do not know. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 55
(3), 155-156. |
|
DRESCHER, J. & BYRNE, W. (Eds.) (2012). Treating
transgender children and adolesceincts : An
interdisciplinary discussion. Routledge. |
|
|
MINTER, S.P. (2012). Supporting transgender children: New
legal, social, and medical approaches. Journal of
Homosexuality, 59 (3), 422-433. |
MCNEIL, J., ELLIS, S.J. & ECCLES, F.J.R. (2017).
Suicide in trans populations: A systematic review of
prevalence and correlates. Psychology of Sexual
Orientation & Gender Diversity, 4 (3),
341-353. |
|
GLICKMAN, E. (2013). Transgender terminology : It's
complicated. American Psychological Association, 44
(4), 39. [LIRE] |
SALEEM, F. & RIZVI, S.R. (2017). Transgender
associations and possible etiology : A literature review.
Cureus, 9 (12), 1-7. [PDF] |
|
BOCKTING, W.O., MINER, M.H., SWIMBURNE ROMINE, R.E.,
HAMILTON, A., COLEMAN, E. (2013). Stigma, mental health,
and resilience in an online sample of the US transgender
population. American. Journal of Public Health, 103
(5), 943–951.
|
|
|
PULLEN SANFAÇON, A. WARD, D., DUMAIS-MICHAUD, A.-A.,
ROBICHAUD, M.-J. & CLEGG, A. (2014). Working with
parents of gender variant children : Using social action
as an emancipatory research framework. Journal of
Progressive Human Services, 25 (3), 214-229. |
PULLEN SANFAÇON, A. et BELLOT, C. (2017). L'éthique de la
reconnaissance comme posture pour travailler avec les
jeunes trans. Nouvelles Pratiques Sociales, 28 (2),
38-53. |
|
VANCE, S.R., EHRENSAFT, D. & ROSENTHAL, M. (2014).
Psychological and medical care of gender nonconforming
youth. Pediatrics, 134, 1184-1192. |
OWEN-SMITH, A.A., GERTH, J., SINEATH, R.C., BARZILAY J.,
BECERRA-CULQUI, T.A., GETAHUN, D., GIAMMATTEI, S.,
HUNKELER, E., LASH, T.L., MILLMAN A., NASH, R., QUINN,
V.P., ROBINSON, B., ROBLIN, D. SANCHEZ T., SILVERBERG
M.J., TANGPRICHA, V., VALENTINE, C., WINTER, S., WOODYATT,
C., SONG, Y. & GOODMAN, M. (2018). Association between
gender confirmation treatments and perceived gender
congruence, body image satisfaction and mental health in a
cohort of transgender individuals. Journal of Sexual
Medicine, 15 (4), 591-600. |
|
KRANZ, G.S, HAHN, A., KAUFMANN, U., KÜBLBÖCK, M., HUMMER,
A., GANGER, S.,SEIGER, R., WINKLER, D., SWAAB, D.F.,
WINDISCHBERGER, C., KASPER, S. & LANZENBERGER, R.
(2014). White matter microstructure in transsexuals and
controls investigated by diffusion tensor imaging. Journal
of Neuroscience, 34, 15466-15475. [PDF] |
HABIB, C. (2021). La question trans. Paris :
Gallimard. |
| |
Voir Identité
de genre, Genre,
LGBTQ+, Dysphorie
de genre, Orientation sexuelle Détermination
du sexe.et Sexe
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transitive : Transitivité : Qualifie une relation - physique ou logique - entre au moins trois objets, de type si A > B et B
> C donc A > C. EX : S'il y avait une
relation de transivité entre ces trois boxeurs - Ali (A) Foreman
(B) et Frazier (C) - Ali, qui a battu Foreman (A > B), aurait
dû battre Fraziez (C), car ce dernier avait perdu contre Foreman
(B > C); cette relation est intransitive car C > A.
= intransitivité.
Transitive.
| |
|
|
SMEDSLUND, J. (1963). Development of concrete transitivity
of length in children. Child Development, 34,
389-405. |
REYNA, V.F. & BRAINERD, C.J. (1990). Fuzzy processing
in transitivity development. Annals of Operations
Research, 23, 37-63. |
|
BRYANT, P. & TRABASSO, T. (1971). Transitive
inferences and memory in young children. Nature, 232,
456–458. |
DAVIS, H. (1992). Transitive inference in rats (Rattus
norvegicus). Journal of Comparative Psychology,
106, 342–349
|
|
BRAINERD, C.J. (1973). Order of acquisition of
transitivity, conservation, and class inclusion of length
and weight. Developmental Psychology, 8, 105-116. |
MARKOVITS, H., DUMAS, C. & MALFAIT, N. (1995).
Understanding transitivity of a spatial relationship : A
developmental analysis. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 59, 124-141. |
|
STEIRN, J.N., WEAVER, J.E. & ZENTALL, T.R. (1995).
Transitive inference in pigeons : simplified procedures
and a test of value transfer theory. Animal Learning
& Behavior, 23, 76–82. |
|
BRAINERD, C.J. (1974). Training and transfer of
transitivity, conservation, and class inclusion of length.
Child Development, 45, 324-334. |
WEAVER, J., STEIRN, J.N. & ZENTALL, T.R. (1997).
Transitive inference in pigeons : Control for differential
value transfer ? Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 4
(1), 113-117. [PDF] |
|
DELIUS, J.D. & SIEMANN, M. (1998). Transitive
responding in animals and humans : exaptation rather than
adaptation. Behavioural Processes, 42, 107–137. |
|
KINGMA, J. (1983). Seriation, correspondence, and
transitivity. Journal of Educational Psychology, 75 (5),
763-771. |
TUFTO, J., SOLBERG, E.J. & RINGSBY, T.-H. (1998).
Statistical models of transitive and intransitive
dominance structures. Animal Behaviour, 55,
1489-1498. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Inférence,
Hiérarchie
et Raisonnement |
|
|
|
|
Transmission culturelle : Pour un individu (humain ou animal),
capacité d'apprendre
un nouveau comportement
(acquis) et de le montrer ou de
l'enseigner aux autres membres du groupe (culture).
Pour le groupe, capacité de
transmettre ce nouveau comportement de génération
en génération. Transmission culturelle, évolution
culturelle et mème.
= transmission sociale, éducation.
/transmission
génétique, hérédité. Cultural
transmission, social transmission.
| |
|
|
STEPHENSON, G.R. (1967). Cultural acquisition of a
specific learned response among rhesus monkeys. In D.
Starek, R. Schneider & H.J. Kuhn. (Eds.), Progress
in primatology (pp. 279-288). Stuttgart : Fischer. |
AUNGER, R. (1995). Cultural transmission and diffusion. In
L. Nadel (Ed.), Encyclopedia of cognitive science. London
: MacMillan. |
|
GALEF, B.G. (1975). The social transmission of acquired
behavior. Biological Psychiatry, 10, 155-160. |
LEFEBVRE, L. (1995). Culturally-transmitted feeding
behavior in primates : evidence for accelerating learning
rates. Primates, 36, 227-239. [PDF] |
|
CAVALLI-SFORZA, L.L. & FELDMAN, M. (1981).
Cultural transmission and evolution : A quantitative
approach. Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
BOYER, P. (1998). Cognitive tracks of cultural inheritance
: How evolved intuitive ontology governs cultural
transmission. American Anthropologist, 100, 876-889. |
|
SHERRY, D.F. & GALEF, B.G. (1984). Cultural
transmission without imitation : Milk bottle opening by
birds. Animal Behaviour, 32, 937-938. |
FREEBERG, T.M. (1998). The cultural transmission of
courtship patterns in cowbirds, Molothrus ater. Animal
Behaviour, 56, 1063-1073. [PDF] |
|
LALAND, K.N. & PLOTKIN, H.C. (1990). Social learning
and social transmission of foraging information in Norway
rats (Rattus norvegicus). Animal Learning &
Behavior, 18, 246-251. |
BOYER, P. (2000). Evolutionary psychology and cultural
transmission. American Behavioral Scientist, 43,
987-1000. |
|
PRYOR, K. (2001). Cultural transmission of behavior in
animals : How a modern training technology uses
spontaneous social imitation in cetaceans. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 2 (2), 352-352. |
|
GALEF, B.G. & WHISKIN, E.E. (1992). Social
transmission of information about multiflavored foods. Animal
Learning & Behavior, 20, 56-62. |
HENRICH, J. & GIL-WHITE, F. (2001). The evolution of
prestige : Freely conferred deference as a mechanism for
enhancing the benefits of cultural transmission. Evolution
& Human Behavior 22 (3), 165-196. [PDF] |
|
GIRALDEAU, L.-A., CARACO, T.T. & VALONE, T. (1994).
Social foraging : Individual learning and cultural
transmission of innovations. Behavioral Ecology, 5 (1),
35-43. |
LECA, J.B., GUNST, N., WATANABE, K. & HUFFMAN, M.A.
(2007). A new case of fish-eating in Japanese macaques :
Implications for social constraints on the diffusion of
feeding innovation. American Journal of Primatology,
69, 821-828. [PDF] |
|
SHARKEY, P. (2008). The intergenerational transmission of
bontext. American Journal of Sociology 113 (4),
931–969. |
|
LEFEBVRE, L. & GIRALDEAU, L.-A. (1994). Cultural
transmission in pigeons is affected by the number of
tutors and bystanders present. Animal Behaviour, 47,
331-337. |
QUILLIAN, L. (2017). Neighborhood and the
intergenerational transmission of poverty. Focus, 33 (2),
22-24. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Évolution
culturelle, Culture
et Mème |
|
|
Transmission
de l'anxiété :
Transmission of
anxiety, transmission of social anxiety.
| |
|
|
DE ROSNAY, M., COOPER, P.J., TSIGARAS, N. & MURRAY, L.
(2006). Transmission of social anxiety from mother to
infant : an experimental study using a social referencing
paradigm. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 44
(8), 1165-1175. |
|
|
Voir aussi Anxiété
et Projet
Verglas |
|
|
|
Transmission génétique : Voir Hérédité.
Heredity, inheritance, heritable factors.
|
Transmission intergénérationelle : Transmission de valeurs, d'habitudes,
d'idées, d'opinions,
d'une génération à
l'autre, donc des parents
aux enfants, et ainsi de
suite.
Intergenerational transmission, next
generation.
| |
|
|
BELSKY, J., YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & PWNSKY, E.M. (1989).
Childrearing history, marital quality, and maternal affect
: Intergenerational transmission in a low-risk sample. Development
& Psychopathology, 1, 291-304. |
SOENENS, B., ELIOT, A.J., GOOSSENS, L., VANSTEENKISTE, M.,
LUYTEN, P. & DURIEZ, B. (2005). The intergenerational
transmission of perfectionism : Parents' psychological
control as an intervening variable. Journal of Family
Psychology, 19 (3), 358-366. |
|
SERBIN, L.A. COOPERMAN, J.M., PETERS, P.L., LEHOUX, P.M.,
STACK, D.M. & SCHWARTZMAN, A.E. (1998).
Intergenerational transfer of psychosocial risk in women
with childhood histories of aggression, withdrawal, or
aggression and withdrawal. Developmental Psychology,
34, 1246-1262. |
|
|
SERBIN, L.A. & STACK, D.M. (1998). Introduction to the
special section : Studying intergenerational continuity
and the transfer of risk. Developmental Psychology,
34, 1159-1161. |
|
|
YING, Y.W., COOMBS, M. & LEE, P.A. (1999). Family
intergenerational relationship of Asian American
adolescents. Cultural Diversity & Ethnic Minority
Psychology, 5 (4), 350-363. |
BLACK, S.E., DEVEREUX, P.J. & SALVANES, K.G. (2005).
Why the apple doesn't fall far : understanding the
intergenerational transmission of education. American
Economic Review, 95 (1), 437-449. [PDF] |
|
CHEN, Z.Y. & KAPLAN, H.B. (2001). Intergenertional
transmission of constructive parenting. Journal of
Marriage & Family, 63, 17-31. |
|
|
THORNBERRY, T.P., FREEMAN-GALLANT, A., LIZOTTE, A.J.,
KROHN, M.D. & SMITH, C.A. (2003). Linked lives : The
intergenerational transmission of antisocial behavior. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 31, 171-184. |
YING, Y.W. & HAN, M. (2007). The longitudinal effect
of intergenerational gap in acculturation on conflict and
mental health in Southeast Asian American adolescents. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 77 (1), 61-65. |
|
SERBIN, L.A. & KARP, J. (2003). Intergenerational
studies of parenting and the transfer of risk from parent
to child. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 139 (4), 138-142. [PDF] |
BEKKERS, R. (2007). Intergenerational transmission of
volunteering. Acta Sociologica, 50, 99-114. |
|
BELSKY, J., SLIGO, J., JAFFEE, S.R., WOODWARD, L. &
SILVA, P.A. (2005). Intergenerational transmission of
warm-sensitive-stimulating parenting : A prospective study
of mothers and fathers of 3-year-olds. Child
Development, 76, 384-396. |
THORNBERRY, T., FEEMAN-GALLANT, A. & LOVEGROVE, P.J.
(2009). Intergenerational linkages in antisocial. Criminal
Behaviour & Mental Health, 19 (2), 80-93.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Génération |
|
|
Transparence : Transparent : Qualité d'un individu
ou d'une organisation
dont les décisions
sont fondées sur des règles (loi,
norme, code, etc.) et des informations publiques disponibles à
tous ceux ou celles qui s'intéressent, s'interrogent, partagent ou s'opposent à ces décisions. La transparence facilite la critique d'une
décision et permet d'éviter le recours à des conjectures
età des ouï-dire. En science, la transparence est une vertu
épistémique qui rend plus crédible le travail des scientifiques.
Les comités de lecture
e
l'accesibilité aux données brutes d'une recherche sont
deux éléments essentiels de la tranparance scientifique. /cacher.
|
Transplanter un organe
: Chirurgie
qui consiste à prélever un organe
chez un donneur sain
ou décédé pour le greffer dans un organisme
malade. = greffe.
Organ transplantation.
| |
|
|
TRZEPACK, P.T., MAUE, F. & COFFMAN, G. (1986).
Neuropsychiatric assessment of liver transplantation
candidates : Delirium and other psychiatric disorders.
International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine, 16,
101-110. |
ORENTLICHER, D. (1996). Psychosocial assessment of organ
transplant candidates and the Americans with disabilities
act. General Hospital Psychiatry, 18 (S), 5-12. |
|
BEIDEL, D.C. (1987). Psychological factors in organ
transplantation. Clinical Psychology Review, 7,
677-694. |
WAGNER, C.C., HALLER, D.L. & OLBRISCH, M.E. (1996).
Relapse prevention treatment for liver transplant
patients. Journal of Clinical Psychology in Medical
Settings, 3, 387-398. |
|
OLBRISCH, M.E. & LEVENSON, J.L & HAMER, R. (1989).
The PACT : A rating scale for the study of clinical
decision making in psychosocial screening of organ
transplant candidates. Clinical Transplantation, 3,
164-169. |
|
|
TRZEPACK, P.T., BRENNER, R. & VAN THIEL, D.H. (1989).
A psychiatric study of 247 liver transplant candidates. Psychosomatics,
30, 147-153. |
PARIS, W., TEBOW, S., DAHR, A.S. & COOPER, D.K.
(1997). Returning to work after heart transplantation : A
replication. Research on Social Work Practice, 7,
370-377. |
|
OLBRISCH, M.E. & LEVENSON, J.L. (1991). Psychosocial
evaluation of cardiac transplant candidates : An
international survey of process, criteria and outcomes. Journal
of Heart & Lung Transplantation, 10, 948-955. |
WOODMAN, C.L., GEIST, L.J., VANCE, S., LAXSON, C., JONES,
K. & KLINE, J.L. (1999). Psychiatric disorders and
survival after lung transplantation. Psychosomatics,
40, 293-297. |
|
TRZEPACK, P.T., LEVENSON, J.L. & TRINGALI, R.A.
(1991). Psychopharmacology and neuropsychiatric syndromes
in organ transplantation. General Hospital
Psychiatry, 13, 233-245. |
STILLEY, C.S., MILLER, D.J., GAYOWSKI, T. & MARINO,
I.R. (1999). Psychological characteristics for liver
transplantation : Differences according to history of
substance abuse and UNOS listing. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 55, 1287-1297. |
|
TWILLMAN, R.K., MANETTO, C., WELLISCH, D.K. & WOLCOTT,
D.L. (1993). The transplant evaluation rating scale : A
revision of the psychosocial levels system for evaluating
organ transplant candidates. Psychosomatics, 34,
144-153. |
TARTER, R.E. & SWITALA, J. (2000). Cognitive
assessment in organ transplantation. In P.T. Trzepacz
& A.F. DiMartini (Eds.), The transplant patient
: Biological, psychiatric and ethical issues in organ
transplantation (pp. 164-186). Cambridge, England
: Cambridge University Press. |
|
SURMAN, O. (1994). Psychiatric aspects of liver
transplantation. Psychosomatics, 35, 297-307. |
TRIFFAUX, J.M., WAUTHY, J., BERTRAND, J., LIMET, R.,
ALBERT, A. & ANSSEAU, M. (2001). Psychological
evolution and assessment in patients undergoing orthotopic
heart transplantation. European Psychiatry, 16,
180-185. |
|
RINGALI, R., ARRIA, A. & TRZEPACK, P.T. (1994).
Psychosocial evaluation and intervention in liver
transplantation. Journal of Applied Biobehavioral
Research, 2, 55-64. |
|
|
HOWARD, L.M., WILLIAMS, R. & FAHY, T.A. (1994). The
psychiatric assessment of liver transplant patients with
alcoholic disease : A review. Journal of
Psychosomatic Research, 38, 643-653. |
|
|
OLBRISCH, M.E. & LEVENSON, J.L. (1995). Psychosocial
assessment of organ transplant candidates: Current status
of methodological and philosophical issues.
Psychosomatics, 36, 236-243. |
OLBRISCH, M.E., BENEDICT, S.M., ASHE, K. & LEVENSON,
J.L. (2002). Assessment and care of organ transplant
patients. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 70 (3), 771-783. [PDF] |
|
OLBRISCH, M.E. (1996). Ethical issues in psychological
evaluation of patients for organ transplant surgery. Rehabilitation
Psychology, 41, 53-71. |
|
|
STEWART, A.M., KELLY, B., ROBINSON, J.D. & CALLENDER,
C.O. (1995). The Howard University Hospital transplant and
dialysis support group: Twenty years and going strong. International
Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 45, 471-488. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Organe
et Don d'organe |
|
|
|
Transport
: Transporter : Consiste à se déplacer (ou à déplacer un objet), d'un point A à un point B au moyen d'un véhicule (vélo, voiture, train, avion, etc). Transport, bruit et conduite.
Transportation.
| |
|
|
McFARLAND, R.A. (1937). Psycho-physiological studies at high altitude in the Andes. I. The effect of rapid ascents by aeroplane and train. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 23 (1), 191-225. |
|
McFARLAND, R.A. (1946). Human factors in air transport design hardcover. McGraw-Hill Book Co. |
|
McFARLAND, R.A. (1953). Human factors in air transportation. New York : McGraw-Hill Book Co. |
|
NASAR, J.L. (2003). Prompting drivers to stop for crossing
pedestrians. Transportation Research, 6, 175-182.
[PDF] |
| BABISCH, W. (2006). Transportation noise
and cardiovascular risk : Review and synthesis of
epidemiological studies dose-effect curve and risk
estimation. Berlin : Federal Environmental Agency.
[PDF] |
|
AITKEN, N.M., PELLETIER, L.G. & BAXTER, D.E. (2016).
Doing the difficult stuff : Influence of self-determined
motivation toward the environment on transportation
pro-environmental behaviour. Ecopsychology, 8,
153-162. [PDF] |
|
Voir aussi Bruit
et Pollution |
|
|
|
Transport
en commun : Transport en commun, conduite
et
réchauffement climatique.
Public
transport, bus ridership.
| |
|
| EVERETT, P.B., HAYWARD, S.C. & MEYERS, A.W. (1974).
The effects of a token reinforcement procedure on bus
ridership. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 7
(1), 1-10. [PDF] |
| DESLAURIES, B.C. & EVERETT, P.B. (1977). Effects of
intermittent and continuous token reinforcement on bus
ridership. Journal of Applied Psychology, 62 (4),
369-375. |
|
|
|
Transsexualisme : Transsexuel : Sentiment
et conviction
d'appartenir au sexe opposé, souvent à l'origine d'une réattribution
de sexe, qui peut également s'accompagner d'une
chirurgie de réattribution sexuelle. Trouble de l'identité
du genre, identité
sexuelle et dysphorie
du genre. =
transgenre. *travestisme.
/cisgenre.
Transsexualism, transsexual, change
sexual orientation, Gender identity disorder, GID.
| |
| Caractéristiques
|
Transsexualisme |
Transgenrisme |
Intersexué |
Travestisme |
| Trouble
de l'identité |
Oui |
Oui |
Oui,
mais pas nécessairement |
Non |
| Sexe
ambigu |
Non |
Non |
Oui |
Non |
| Genre
ambïgu |
Oui |
Oui |
Non |
Non |
| Changement/
Réattribution
sexuelle |
Oui |
Oui |
Oui |
Non |
| Changement
de comportement/rôle
sexuel |
Oui |
Oui |
Non,
conforme au sexe réattribué |
Oui,
mais momentané |
| Changement
de l'apparence/Hormone |
Oui |
Oui,
mais pas nécessairement |
Oui |
Non |
| Changement
biologique/Chirurgie de réattribution |
Oui,
mais pas nécessairement |
Oui,
mais pas nécessairement |
Oui, |
Non |
| Négation
de son sexe biologique |
Oui |
Oui |
Non |
Non |
| Négation
des genres/rôles sexuels |
Non |
Oui, mais pas toujours |
Non |
Non |
|
|
Tableau réalisé par l'auteur de ce site |
| |
|
|
CAULDWELL, D.O. (1949). Psychopathia transsexualis. Sexology,
16, 274-280. |
JOHNSON, S.L. & HUNT, D.D. (1990). The relationship of
male transsexual typology to psychosocial adjustment. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 19 (4), 349-360. |
|
GOOREN, L.J.M. (1990). The endocrinology of transsexualism
: A review and commentary. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
15 (1), 3-14. |
|
PAULY, I.B. (1965). Male psychosexual inversion :
transsexualism : a review of 100 cases. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 13, 172-181. |
TULLY. B. (1992). Accounting for transsexualism and
transhomosexuality. London : Whiting & Birch. |
|
BENJAMIN, H. (1966). The transsexual phenomenon. New
York : Julian Press. |
LANDÉN, M.J., WALINDER, J. & LUNDSTRÖM, B. (1996).
Prevalence, incidence, and sex ratio of transsexualism. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandanvica, 93 (4), 221-223. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, R. & MONEY, J. (1969). Transsexualism and
sex reassignment. The Johns Hopkins Press. |
ZHOU, J.-N., HOFMAN, M.-A., GOOREN, L.J. & SWAAB, D.F.
(1995). A sex difference in the human brain and its
relation to transsexuality. Nature, 378 (6552),
68-70. [PDF] |
BLUMER, D., 1969. Transsexualism, sexual dysfunction and
temporal lobe disorder. In R. Green & R. Money, J.
(Eds.), Transsexualism and sex reassignment. John
Hopkins Press, Baltimore.
|
ZHOU, J.N. (1995). A sex difference in the human brain and
its relation to transsexuality. Nature, 378,
68-70. |
|
BAKER, H.J. & GREEN, R. (1970). Treatment of
transsexualism. Current Psychiatric Therapies, 10, 88-99. |
DE CUPEYRE, G., JANES, C. & RUBENS, R. (1995)
Psychosocial functioning of transsexuals in Belgium.
Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 91, 180-184. |
|
BARLOW, D.H., REYNOLD, E.J. & AGRAS, W.S. (1973).
Gender identity change in a transsexual. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 28 (4), 569-576. |
DIAMOND, M. (1996). Self-Testing among transsexuals
: A check on sexual identity. Journal of Psychology
& Human Sexuality, 8 (3), 61-82. |
|
PERSON, E. & OVESEY, L. (1974). The transsexual
syndrome in males. I. Primary transsexualism. American
Journal of Psychotherapy, 28 (1), 4-20. |
COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. & VAN GOOZEN, S.H. (1998).
Pubertal delay as an aid in diagnosis and treatment of a
transsexual adolescent. European Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 7, 246-248. |
|
COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. & GOOREN, L.J. (1999).
Transsexualism : a review of diagnosis, etiology, and
treatment. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 46 (4),
315-333. |
|
COHEN-KETTENNIS, P.T. & GOOREN, L.J. (1999).
Transsexualism : A review of etiology, diagnosis and
treatment. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 46, 315-333. |
|
KRUIJVER, F.P., ZHOU, J.N., POOL, C.W., HOFMAN, M.A.,
GOOREN, L.J. & SWAAB, D.F. (2000). Male-to-female
transsexuals have female neuron numbers in a limbic
nucleus. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology &
Metabolism 85, 2034-2041. |
|
HIRD, M. (2000). Gender's nature : Intersexuality,
transsexualism and the "sex/gender" binary. Feminist
Theory, 1 (3), 347-364. |
|
|
PERSON, E. & OVESEY, L. (1974). The transsexual
syndrome in males : II. Secondary transsexualism. American
Journal of Psychotherapy, 28, 174-193. |
CHIVERS, M.L. & BAILEY, J.M. (2000). Sexual
orientation of female-to-male transsexuals : A comparison
of homosexual and nonhomosexual types. Archives of
Sexual Behavior, 29, 259-278. |
|
COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. & GOOREN, L.J.G. (2001). Gender
identity disorder in the DSM ? Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
40, 391. |
|
MEYER, J.K. & HOOPES, J.E. (1974). The gender
dysphoria syndromes : A position statement on so-called
transsexualism. Plastic & Reconstructive Surgery,
54 (4), 444-451. |
GREEN, R. & YOUNG, R. (2001). Hand preference, sexual
preference, and transsexualism. Archives of Sex
Behavior, 30 (6), 565-574. |
|
WHITTLE, S. (2002). Respect and equality: Transsexual
and transgender rights. London : Cavendish
Publishing Company. |
|
SIOMOPOULOS, V. (1974). Transsexualism : Disorder of
gender identity, thought disorder, or both ? Journal
of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 2 (3),
201-213. |
CHILAND, C. (2003). Le transsexualisme. Paris :
Que sais-je ? Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
POMEROY, W. (1975). The diagnosis and treatment of
transvestites and transsexuals. Journal of Sex &
Marital Therapy, 1 (3), 215-224. |
BAILEY, J.M. (2003). The man who would be queen : The
science of gender-bending and transsexualism.
Washington, D.C. : Joseph Henry Press. |
|
BENTLER, P.M. (1976). A typology of transsexualism :
Gender identity theory and data. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 5 (6), 567-584. |
SWAAB, D.F. (2004). Sexual differentiation of the human
brain : relevance for gender identity, transsexualism and
sexual orientation. Gynecological Endocrinology, 19
(6), 301-312. [PDF] |
|
WIKAN, U. (1977). Man becomes woman : Transsexualism in
Oman as a key to gender roles. Man, 12, 304-319. |
MEYEROWITZ, J. (2004). How sex changed : A history of
transsexuality in the United States. Harvard
University Press. |
|
GOOREN, L.J.G. & BUNCK, M.C.M. (2001). Transsexuals
and competitive sports. European Journal of
Endocrinology, 151, 425-429. [PDF] |
|
ZUCKER, K.J. & SPITZER, R. (2005). Was the gender
identity disorder of childhood diagnosis introduced into
DSM-III as a backdoor maneuver to replace homosexuality ?
A historical note. Journal of Sex & Marital
Therapy, 31, 31-42. [PDF] |
|
GOOREN, L.J.M. (2005). Hormone treatment of the adult
transsexual patient. Hormone Research, 64 (2),
31-36. |
|
MORGAN, A.J. (1978). Psychotherapy for transsexual
candidates screened out of surgery. Archives of
Sexual Behavior, 7, 273-282. |
SMITH, Y.L.S., VAN GOOZEN, S.H.M., KUIPER, A.J. &
COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. (2005). Transsexual subtypes :
Clinical and theoretical significance. Psychiatry
Research, 137 (3), 151-160.
[PDF] |
|
NAHON, C. (2006). La trans-sexualité ou l’en-dehors des
formes. Cliniques méditerranéennes. Erès, 74, 5-26. |
|
BARLOW, D.H., ABEL, G.G. & BLANCHARD, E.B. (1979).
Gender identity change in transsexuals follow-up and
replications. Archives of General Psychiatry, 36
(9), 1001-1007. |
DE CUYPERE, G., VAN HEMELRIJCK, M., MICHEL, A., CARAEL,
B., HEYLENS, G., RUBENS, R. & MONSTREY, S. (2007).
Prevalence and demography of transsexualism in Belgium.
Europeen Psychiatry, 22 (3), 137-141. |
|
LOTHSTEIN, L.M. (1983). Female-to-male
transsexualism. Routledge. |
LAWRENCE, A.A. (2007). Becoming what we love :
autogynephilic transsexualism conceptualized as an
expression of romantic love. Perspectives in Biology
& Medicine, 50 (4), 506-520. [PDF] |
|
LEITENBERG, H. & SLAVIN, L (1983) Comparison of
attitudes toward transsexuality and homosexuality.
Archives of Sexual Behavior, 12, 337-346. |
ZUCKER, K.J., BLANCHARD, R., KIM, T.S., PAE, C.U. &
LEE, C (2007). Birth order and sibling sex ratio in
homosexual transsexual South Korean men : Effects of the
male-preference stopping rule. Psychiatry &
Clinical Neurosciences, 61 (5), 529-533. |
|
RAMACHADRAN, V.S. & McGEOGH, P.D. (2008). Phantom
penises in transsexuals. Journal of Consciousness
Studies, 15 (1), 5-16. |
|
BLANCHARD, R., CLEMMENSEN, L.H. & STEINER, B.W.
(1983). Gender reorientation and psychosocial adjustment
in male-to-female transsexuals. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 12, 503-510. |
BERGLUND, H., LINDSTRÖM, P., DHEJNE-HELMY, C. & SAVIC,
I. (2008). Male-to-female transsexuals show sex-atypical
hypothalamus activation when smelling odorous steroids. Cerebral
Cortex, 18 (8), 1900–1908.
|
|
COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T., DELEMARRE-VAN DE WAAL, H.A. &
GOOREN, L.J.G. (2008). The treatment of adolescent
transsexuals : Changing insights. Journal of Sexual
Medicine, 5, 1892-1897 [PDF] |
|
|
JACQUES, J.-P. (2008). Le discours transsexuel sur le
corps. Cahiers de Psychologie Clinique, 30, 147-158
|
|
VEALE, J.F., CLARKE, D.E. & LOMAX, T.C. (2008).
Sexuality of male-to-female transsexuals. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 36 (4), 586-597. [PDF] |
|
BEATRICE, J.A. (1985). psychological comparison of hetero-
sexuals, transvestites, preoperative transsexuals, and
postoperative transsexuals. Journal of Nervous &
Mental Disease, 173, 358-365. |
LAWRENCE, A.A. & BAILEY, J.M. (2009). Transsexual
groups in Veale et al. (2008) are "autogynephilic"
and "even more autogynephilic". Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 38 (2), 173-175. |
|
HEMBREE, W.C., COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T., DELEMARRE-VAN
DE WAAL, H.A. & GOOREN, L.J.G., MEYER, W.J. (2009)
Endocrine treatment of transsexual persons : An endocrine
society clinical Practice Guideline. Journal of Clinical
Endocrinology & Metabolism, 94, 3132-3154.
|
|
BLANCHARD, R. (1985). Typology of male-to-female
transsexualism. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 14, 247-261. |
ZUCKER, K.J. (2010). The DSM diagnostic criteria for
gender identity disorder in children. Archives of Sex
Behavior, 39 (2), 477-498. [PDF] |
|
WALTERS, W.A.W. & ROSS, M.W. (1986).
Transsexualism and sex reassignment. New York :
Oxford University Press. |
|
|
CANTOR, J.M. (2011). New MRI studies support the Blanchard
typology of male-to-female transsexualism. Archives
of Sex Behavior, 40, 863-864. [PDF] |
|
LUDERS, E., SÁNCHEZ, F.J., TOSUN, D., SHATTUCK, D.W.,
GASER, C., VILAIN, E., TOGA, A.W. (2012). Increased
cortical thickness in male-to-female transsexualism. Journal
Behavior Brain Science, 2 (3), 357-362,
|
|
FUSS, J., BIEDERMANN, S, STALLA, G.K. & AUER,
M.K. (2013) On the quest for a biomechanism of
transsexualism: Is there a role for BDNF ? Journal of
Psychiatric Research, 47 (12), 2015-2017. |
|
AUER, M.K., HÖHNE, N., BAZARRA-CASTRO, M., PFISTER, H.,
FUSS, J., STALLA, G.K. & ISING, M. (2013).
Psychopathological profiles in transsexuals and the
challenge of their special status among the sexes. PloS
One, 8 (10), 1-9. [PDF]
|
KOCKOTT, G. & FAHRNER, E.M. (1988)
Male-to-female and Female-to-male transsexuals : A
comparison. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 17,
539-546.
|
WAJTEN, J. & MITCHELL, R.W. (2013). College men's
concerns about sharing dormitory space with a
male-to-female transsexual. Sexuality & Culture,
17, 132-166. |
|
SMITH, E.S., JUNGER, J., DERNTL, B. & HABEL, U.
(2015). The transsexual brain – A review of findings on
the neural basis of transsexualism. Neuroscience &
Biobehavioral Reviews, 59, 251–266. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Réattribution du sexe, Transgenre,
Chirurgie
de réattribution et Dysphorie
du genre |
|
|
|
|
Trapold Milton Alvin (Ambridge 1936-1992) : Psychologue
américain spécialisée dans l'étude des relations entre le
conditionemment instrumental et répondant/classique. Collaborateur
de Spence et Winokur.
|
TRAPOLD, M.A. (1962). The effect of incentive motivation
on an unrelated reflex response. Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 55 (6),
1034-1039. |
|
TRAPOLD, M.A. & FAIRLIE, J. (1965). Transfer of
discrimination learning based upon contingent and
noncontingent training procedures. Psychological
Reports, 17 (1), 239-246. |
|
TRAPOLD, M.A. & WINOKUR, S. (1967). Transfer from
classical conditioning and extinction to acquisition,
extinction, and stimulus generalization of a positively
reinforced instrumental response. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 73 (4), 517-525. |
|
TRAPOLD, M.A. (1968). Reversal of an instrumental
discrimination by classical discriminative conditioning.
Journal of Experimental Psychology 78 (4),
686-689. |
|
TRAPOLD, M.A. (1970). Are expectancies based upon
different positive reinforcing events discriminably
different ? Learning & Motivation, 1 (2),
129-140. |
|
|
|
Trauma, Violence & Abuse : Revue
scientifique qui s'intéresse aux différentes formes de traumatisme et à la maltraitance.
Éditeur : Sage.
BRIÈRE, J. & JORDAN, C.E. (2009). Childhood
maltreatment, intervening variables, and adult
psychological difficulties in women : An overview. Trauma,
Violence & Abuse, 10 (4), 375-388. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Traumatisme : Le mot, utilisé dans plusieurs contextes (cérébral,
psychologique, sexuel,
etc.), renvoie à l'idée d'une perturbation importante subie par un
organisme, perturbation
non désirée et dont les effets indésirables peuvent se prolonger
et s'aggraver.
Trauma.
|
Traumatisme
(Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
les traumatismes.
| |
|
|
DePRINCE, A.P., ZURBRIGGEN, E.L., CHU, A.T. & SMART,
L. (2010). Development of the Trauma Appraisal
Questionnaire (TAQ). Journal of Aggression,
Maltreatment, & Trauma, 19, 275-299. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Traumatisme craniocérébral :
= traumatisme cranien. ( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Traumatic brain injury, brain
damage, brain dysfunction, Mild traumatic brain injury.
|
| Commotion cérébrale |
| Niveau
de gravité |
Symptômes/Critères |
Autres
symptômes |
| Gravité
légère |
Confusion,
pas d'amnésie, pas de perte de conscience |
|
| Gravité
modérée |
Confusion
et amnésie, pas de perte de conscience |
|
Gravité sévère |
Perte
de conscience + Confusion + amnésie au réveil et après
coup |
|
| |
|
|
GOLDSTEIN, K. (1942). After effects of brain injuries
in war. New York : Grune & Stratton. |
ABDULLAEV, Y. & POSNER, M.I. (2005). How the brain
recovers following damage. Nature Neuroscience, 8, 1424-1425. |
|
RUTTER, M. (1977). Brain damage syndromes in childhood :
Concepts and findings. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 8, 1-21. |
MENDEZ, C.V., HURLEY, R.A., LASSONDE, M., LIYING, Z. &
TABER, K.H. (2005). Mild traumatic brain injury :
Neuroimaging of sports-related concussion. Journal of
Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neuroscience, 17,
297-303. |
|
RUTTER, M. (1982) Syndromes attributed to "minimal brain
dysfunction". Childhood Journal Psychiatry, 139
(1), 21-33. |
LEE. K.K., SEOW, W.T. & NG, I. (2006). Demographical
profiles of adult severe traumatic brain injury patients :
implications for healthcare planning. Singapore
Medicine Journal, 47 (1), 31-36. [PDF] |
|
SUNDBERG, M.L., SAN JUAN, B., DAWDY, M. & ARGUELLES,
M. (1990). The acquisition of tacts, mands, and
intraverbals by individuals with traumatic brain injury. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 8, 83-99. [PDF] |
SHAPCOTT, E.J.B., BLOOM, G.A., JOHNSTON, K.M., LOUGHEAD,
T.M. & DELANEY, J.S. (2007). The effects of
explanatory style on concussion outcomes in sport. NeuroRehabilitation,
22 (3), 161-167. [PDF] |
|
HANNAN, E.L., MENDELOFF, J., FARRELL, L.S., CAYTEN C.G.
& MURPHY, J.G. (1995). Multivariate models for
predicting survival of patients with trauma from low falls
: the impact of gender and pre-existing conditions. Journal
of Trauma, 38, 697-704. |
GRANACHER, R.A. (2007). Traumatic brain injury :
Methods for clinical & forensic neuropsychiatric
assessment. Boca Raton : CRC. |
|
THURMAN, D., ALVERSON, C., DUNN, K., GUERRERO, J. &
SNIEZEK, J. (1999). Traumatic brain injury in the United
States : a public health perspective. The Journal of
Head Trauma Rehabilitation, 14 (6), 602-615. |
BLOOM, G.A., LOUGHEAD, T.M., SHAPCOTT, E.J.B., JOHNSTON,
K.M. & DELANEY, J.S. (2008). The prevalence and
recovery of concussed male and female collegiate athletes.
European Journal of Sport Science, 8 (5),
295-303. [PDF] |
|
BREGGIN, P.R. (2001). From Prozac to Ecstasy : the
implication of new evidence for drug-induced brain damage.
Ethical Human Sciences & Services, 3, 3-5. |
GERBER, L.M., NI, Q., HÄRTL, R. & GHAJAR, J. (2009).
Impact of falls on early mortality from severe traumatic
brain injury. Journal of Trauma Management &
Outcomes, 39, 1-8. [PDF] |
|
RICHMOND, T.S., KAUDER, D., STRUMPF, N. & MEREDITH, T.
(2002). Characteristics and outcomes of serious trauma
injury in older adults. Journal of the American
Geriatrics Society, 50 (2), 215-222. |
GASPAROVIC, C., YEO, R.A., MANNELL, M., ELGIE, R.,
PHILLIPS, J.P., DOZEMA, D. & MAYER, A.R. (2009).
Neurometabolite concentrations in gray and white matter in
mild traumatic brain injury : A 1H-magnetic resonance
spectroscopy study. Journal of Neurotrauma, 26,
1635-1643. [PDF] |
|
YEO, R.A., GASPAROVIC, C., MERIDETH, F., RUHL, D.,
DOEZEMA, D. & MAYER, A.R. (2011). A longitudinal
proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy study of mild
traumatic brain injury. Journal of Neurotrauma, 28,
1-11. [PDF] |
|
CARON, J.G., BLOOM, G.A., LOUGHEAD, T.M., SHAPCOTT,
E.J.B., JOHNSTON, K.M. JOHNSTON, K.M. & SABISTON, C.M.
(2013). Effects of multiple concussions on retired
National Hockey League players. Journal of Sport &
Exercise Psychology, 35 (2), 168-179.
[PDF] |
|
JOHNSTON, K.M., BLOOM, G.A., RAMSAY, J., KISSICK, J.,
MONTGOMERY, D., FOLEY, D., CHEN, J.K. & PTITO, A.
(2004). Current concepts in concussion rehabilitation. Current
Sports Medicine Reports, 3, 316-323. [PDF] |
CHANTSOULIS, M., ANDRZEJ MIRSKI, A., RASMUS, A. JURI D.,
KROPOTOV, J.D. & PACHALSKA, M. (2015).
Neuropsychological rehabilitation for traumatic brain
injury patients. Annals of Agricultural &
Environmental Medicine, 22 (2), 373-384. [PDF] |
|
WOODS, D.L., WYMA, J.M., HERRON, T. & YUND, E.W.
(2015). The effects of aging, malingering, and traumatic
brain injury on computerized trail-making test
performance. PLOS One, [PDF] |
|
BLOOM, G.A., HORTON, A.S., McCRORY, P. & JOHNSTON,
K.M. (2004). Sport psychology and concussion : New impacts
to explore. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 38
(5), 519-521. [PDF] |
CARON, J.G., BLOOM, G.A., LOUGHEAD, T.M. & HOFFMANN,
M.D. (2016). Paralympic athlete leaders' perceptions of
leadership and cohesion. Journal of Sport Behavior, 39
(3), 219-238. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Sport, Commotion
cérébrale et Accident
|
|
|
Traumatisme psychologique : Le traumatisme
psychologique est un choc physique ou psychologique produit par un
événement intense
qui perturbe le fonctionnement psychologique normal d'un individu
(la victime). On nomme trouble
de stress post-traumatique, le diagnostic
qui décrit un individu dont le traumatisme intial perdure ou
s'aggrave, et résilience
la capacité de surmonter ce traumatisme. Traumatisme
psychologique, victime et
traumatisme
craniocérébral.
= choc émotionnel, traumatisme psychique.
Trauma, psychic trauma, psychological impact.
| |
|
|
LINDZEY, G., LYKKEN, D.T. & WINSTON, H. (1960).
Infantile trauma, genetic factors, and adult temperament.
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 61,
7-14. |
SCHORE, A.N. (2001). The effects of early relational
trauma on right brain development, affect regulation, and
infant mental health. Infant Mental Health Journal,
22, 201-269. [LIRE]
|
|
VAN DER KOLK, B.A. & VAN DER HARTO, O. (1989). Pierre
Janet and the breakdown of adaptation in psychological
trauma. American Journal of Psychiatry, 146,
1530-1540. |
SCHORE, A.N. (2002). Advances in neuropsychoanalysis,
attachment theory, and trauma research : Implications for
self psychology. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 22,
433-484. [PDF]
|
|
SPEIGEL, D. (1991). Dissociation and trauma. In A. Tasman
& S.M. Goldringer (Eds.), Annual review of
psychiatry (Vol. 10, pp. 261-275). Washington, DC
: American Psychiatric Press. |
ANAUT, M. (2002). Trauma, vulnérabilité et resilience en
protection de l'enfance. Connexions, 1, 101-118. |
|
NORRIS, F.H. (1992). Epidemiology of trauma : Frequency
and impact of different potentially traumatic events on
different demographic groups. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 60, 409-418. |
BRACKEN, P. (2002). Trauma : Culture, meaning and
philosophy. London : Whurr. |
|
ROSE, S., BISSON, J. & WESSELEY, S. (2003). A
systematic review of single-session psychological
interventions ("debriefing") following trauma. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 72, 176-84. |
|
FARLEY, M. & KEANEY, J. (1994). Development of a scale
to measure physical symptoms in adults who report
childhood trauma : a pilot study. Family Violence
& Sexual Assault Bulletin, 10 (1-2), 23-27. |
BONNANO, G.A. (2004). Loss, trauma, and human resilience :
have we underestimated the human capacity to thrive after
extremely aversive events ? American Psychologist,
59, 20-28. [PDF] |
|
McNALLY, R.J. (2005). Debunking myths about trauma and
memory. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 50 (13),
817-822. |
|
HIRAI, M. & CLUM, G.A. (2005). An Internet-based
self-change program for traumatic event related fear,
distress, and maladaptive coping. Journal of
Traumatic Stress, 18 (6), 631-636 |
|
SIEGEL, D.J. (1995). Memory, trauma and psychotherapy : a
cognitive science view. Journal of Psychotherapy
Practice & Research, 4, 93-122. |
SMITH, D.K., LEVE, L.D. & CHAMBERLAIN, P. (2006).
Adolescent girls' offending and health-risking sexual
behavior : The predictive role of trauma. Child
Maltreatment, 11 (4), 346-353. [PDF] |
|
REVIERE, S. (1996). Memory of childhood trauma.
New York : Guilford |
BRESLAU, N., LUCIA, V.C. & ALVARADO, G.F. (2006).
Intelligence and other predisposing factors in exposure to
trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder : a follow-up
study at age 17 years. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 63, 1238-1245. [PDF] |
|
AMIR, N., STAFFORD, J., FRESHMAN, M.S. & FOA, E.B.
(1998). Relationship between trauma narratives and trauma
pathology. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 11, 385-392. |
DePRINCE, A.P., ZURBRIGGEN, E.L., CHU, A.T. & SMART,
L. (2010). Development of the Trauma Appraisal
Questionnaire (TAQ). Journal of Aggression,
Maltreatment, & Trauma, 19, 275-299. [PDF] |
|
SINGER, M.I., SLOVAK, K., FRIERSON, T. & YORK, P.
(1998). Viewing preferences, symptoms of psychological
trauma, and violent behaviors among children who watch
television. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 37 (10), 1041-1048. |
ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. (2011). Preventing secondary trauma in
the undergraduate classroom : Lessons from theory and
clinical practice. Psychological Trauma : Theory,
Research, Practice, & Policy, 3, 223-228. [PDF] |
|
MARKOWITSCH, H.J., KESSLER, J., VAN DER VEN, C.,
WEBER-LUXEMBURGER, G., ALBERS, M. & HEISS, W.D.
(1998). Psychic trauma causing grossly reduced brain
metabolism and cognitive deterioration. Neuropsychologia,
36, 77-82. |
BRIERE, J. (2012). Working with trauma : Mindfulness and
compassion. In C.K. Germer & R.D. Siegel (Eds.), Compassion
and wisdom in psychotherapy (pp. 265-279). New York
: Guilford. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble
de stress post-traumatique et Traumatisme
cranioérébral |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Travail : Travailler : Travailleur : Le terme a au moins quatre acceptions : a) En psychanalyse,
le terme renvoie aux efforts
déployés par le patient
pour prendre conscience de son
inconscient ou pour investir/désinvestir l'objet d'une pulsion
«malsaine». Travail, travail du
rêve et travail
du deuil. b) De façon plusgénérale, le
travail désigne les efforts
(énergie) fournis par un employé,
généralement en échange d'un salaire,
pour produire un bien
ou un service. Pour le
travailleur, cet effort, rémunéré ou non, procure une satisfaction
personnelle et lui permet de s'accomplir.
Pour l'entreprise, l'optimisation
de cet effort produit une plus-value.
De nombreux trouble de santé
mentale et physique découlent du travail (stress,
somnolence, fatique,
quart de travail irrégulier, épuisement
professionnel, etc.). On utilise également le mot "travail"
pour désigner l'énergie produite par un animal
ou une machine pour
fabriquer un bien ou rendre un service. Travail, profit
et motivation
au travail. = emploi.
Work, labour, job, working-class, working full-time. c)
Le concept de travail renvoie également au lieu physique où sont
effectuées par le personnel
les tâches et les fonctions rémunérées (bureau, usine,
fabrique, manufacture, mine, port, etc). Travail, syndicat
et entreprise.
= milieu de travail, organisation,
entreprise.
Workplace, workspace. d) Finalement, dans un
contexte plus étroit, on utilise ce mot au pluriel pour désigner
une activité scientifique empirique ou théorique.
=
recherche
scientifique. Work.
| |
|
| a |
|
GREEN, A. (1993). Le travail du négatif. Paris
: Éditions de Minuit. |
| |
|
Voir Psychanalyse
et Travail du rêve |
| b
|
|
VROOM, V.H. (1964). Work and motivation. New
York : Wiley. |
CHONG, J., INGRAM, M., McCLELLAND, D.J., LOPEZ, D.C.W.
& DE ZAPIEN, J.G. (2000). Smoking behavior in a
smoking workplace. Journal of Substance Abuse, 11 (3),
231-240.
[PDF] |
|
SMITH, E.A. (2000). Applying knowledge-enabling methods in
the classroom and in the workplace. Journal of
Workplace Learning, 12 (6), 236-244. |
|
THIBOUTOT, J. (2000). Gestion de stress et travail
policier. Mont-Royal : Modulo Griffon. |
|
FOX, S., SPECTOR, P.E. & MILES, D. (2001).
Counterproductive work behavior (CWB) in response to job
stressors and organizational justice : Some mediator and
moderator tests for autonomy and emotions. Journal of
Vocational Behavior, 59, 291-309. [PDF] |
|
HACKMAN, J.R. & OLDHMAN, G.R. (1976). Motivation
through the design of work : Test of a theory. Organizational
Behavior & Human Performance, 16, 250-279. |
CROPANZANO, R. & WRIGHT, T.A. (2001). When a "happy"
worker is really a "productive" worker : A review and
further refinement of the happy-productive worker thesis.
Consulting Psychology Journal : Practice & Research,
53 (3), 182-199. |
|
GREENSPAN, S. & SHOULTZ, B. (1981). Why mentally
retarded adults lose their jobs : Social competence as a
factor in work adjustment. Applied Research in Mental
Retardation, 2 (1), 23-38. |
KIRSH, D. (2001). The context of work. Human Computer
Interaction, 16 (2-4), 305-322. [PDF] |
|
STERICKER, A. (1981). Does this "he or she" business
really make a difference ? The effect of masculine
pronouns as generics on job attitudes. Sex Roles, 7,
637-641. |
MASLACH, C., SCHAUFELI, W.B. & LEITER, M.P. (2001).
Job burnout. Annual Review of Psychology, 52,
397-422. [PDF] |
|
FRENCH, J.R.P., CAPLAN, R.D. & HARRISON, R.V. (1982).
The mechanisms of job stress and strain. New York
: John Wiley. |
KANFER, R., WANBERG, C.R. & KANTROWITZ, T.M. (2001).
Job search and employment : A personality-motivational
analysis and meta-analytic review. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 86 (5), 837-855. |
|
STEINBERG, L.D., GREENBERGER, E. & RUGGERIO, M.
(1982). A job is a job... or is it ? Work &
Occupations, 9, 79-96. |
MORTIMER, J.T., HARLEY, C. & STAFF, J. (2002). The
quality of work and youth mental health. Work &
Occupations, 29 (2), 166-197. |
|
STUCKEY, M., McGHEE, P. & BELL, N. (1982).
Parent-child interaction : The influence of maternal
employment. Developmental Psychology, 18, 635-644. |
WARR, P.B. (2002). Psychology at work. Penguin. |
|
LEVINE, E.L. (1983/05). Everything you always wanted
to know about job analysis. Tampa : Mariner
Publishing. |
MIKKELSEN, E. & EINARSEN, S. (2002). Relationships
between exposure to bullying at work and psychological and
psychosomatic health complaints : the role of state
negative affectivity and generalized self–efficacy.
Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 43 (5),
397-405. |
|
ARTHURS, H.W. (1984). Labour law and industrial
relations in Canada. Butterworths. |
ÄKERSTEDT, T., KECKLUND, G., GILBERG, M. & JANSSON, B.
(2002). Work load and work hours in relation to disturbed
sleep and fatigue in a large representative sample.
Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 53, 585-588. [PDF] |
|
PINDER, C.C. (1984). Work motivation. Glenview,
IL : Scott, Foresman. |
PARKER, C.P., BALTES, B.B. YOUNG, S.A., HUFF, J.W.,
ALTMANN, R.A., LACOST, H.A. & ROBERTS, J.E. (2003).
Relationships between psychological climate perceptions
and work outcomes : a meta-analytic review. Journal
of Organizational Behavior, 24, 389-416. [PDF] |
|
D'AMICO, R. (1984). Does employment during high school
impair academic progress ? Sociology of Education,
57, 152-164. |
DOOLEY, D. & CATALANO, R. (2003). Introduction to
underemployment and its social costs. American
Journal of Community Psychology, 32, 1-7. |
|
WALTON, R.E. (1985). From control to commitment in the
workplace. Harvard Business Review, 63 (2),
76-84. |
BÉDUWÉ, C. & GIRET, J.-F. (2004). Le travail en cours
d'études a-t-il une valeur professionnelle ? Économie
et Statistique, 378-379, 55-83.
[PDF] |
|
|
LANDY, F. & CONTE, J. (2004). Work in the 21st
century : an introduction to industrial and
organizational psychology. Boston : Mc Graw Hill. |
|
McCARTIN, R., SCHILL, W.J. & MEYER, K. (1985). Youth
employment : Its relationship to academic and family
variables. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 26,
155-163. |
JUDGE, T.A. & COLQUITT, J.A. (2004). Organizational
justice and stress : The mediating role of work-family
conflict. Journal of Applied Psychology, 89,
395-404. [PDF] |
|
HUNTER, J.E. (1986). Cognitive ability, cognitive
aptitude, job knowledge, and job performance. Journal
of Vocational Behavior, 29, 340-362. |
MORTIMER, J.T. & STAFF, J. (2004). Early work as
asource of developmental discontinuity during the
transition to adulthood. Development &
Psychopathology, 16 (4), 1047-1070. |
|
DOOLEY, D. & PRAUSE, J. (2004). The social costs
of underemployment : Inadequate employment as disguised
unemployment. New York : Cambridge University
Press. |
|
BOARD, B.J. & FRITZON, K. (2005). Disordered
personalities at work. Psychology Crime & Law,
11, 17-32. [PDF] |
|
GEIST, C. (2005). The welfare state and the home : regime
differences in the domestic division of labour. European
Sociological Review, 21, 23-41. |
|
HOVEGEEN, B. (2005). The evils with which we are called to
grapple : Elite reformers, eugenicists, environmental
psychologists, and the construction of Toronto’s
working-class boy problem, 1860-1930. Labour/Le
Travail, 55, 37-68. |
|
ARGYLE, M. (1989). The social psychology of work. London
: Penguin Books. |
NIGG, J.T. (2005). Neuropsychologic theory and findings in
attention-deficit/ hyperactivity disorder : The state of
the field and salient challenges for the coming decades. Biological
Psychiatry, 57, 1424-1435. [PDF] |
|
ZASLOW, M., PEDERSEN, F., SUWALSKY, J. & RABINOVICH,
R. (1989). Maternal employment and parent-infant
interaction at one year. Early Childhood Research
Quarterly, 4, 459-478. |
AMABILE, T.M., BARSADE, S.G., MUELLER, J.S. & STAW,
B.M. (2005). Affect and creativity at work. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 50, 367-403. [PDF] |
|
ILGEN, D.R. & HOLLENBECK, J.R. (1991). The structure
of work: Job design and roles. In M.D. Dunnette & L.M.
Hough (Eds.), Handbook of industrial and
organizational psychology (pp. 165-207). Consulting
Psychologists Press. |
MAHER, A. & VON HIPPEL, C. (2005). Individual
differences in employee reactions to open-plan offices. Journal
of Environmental Psychology, 25, 219-229.
[PDF] |
|
LAZARUS, R.S. (1991). Psychological stress in the
workplace. Journal of Social Behavior &
Personality, 6, 1-13. |
DAHLGREN, A., KEKLUND, G. & ÄKERSTEDT, T. (2005).
Different levels of work-related stress and the effects on
sleep, fatigue and cortisol. Scandinavian Journal of
Work, Environment & Health, 31 (4), 277-285. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, J.P., McHENRY, J.J. & WISE, L.L. (1990).
Modeling job performance in a population of jobs. Per-
sonnel Psychology, 43, 313-333. |
BENTLEY, T.J. (2005). Working with narcissism in
organizations. Gestalt Review, 9 (1), 38-52. |
|
ÄKERSTEDT, T. (1990). Psychological and
psychophysiological effects of shift work. Scandinavian
Journal of Work, Environment & Health, 16 (S1),
67-73. |
DAHLGREN, A., KECKLUND, G. & ÄKERSTEDT, T. (2006).
Overtime work and its effects on sleep, sleepiness,
cortisol and blood pressure in an experimental field
study. Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment
& Health, 32 (4), 318-327. [PDF] |
|
KASSER, T., DAVEY, J. & RYAN, R.M. (1992). Motivation,
dependability, and employee-supervisor discrepancies in
psychiatric vocational rehabilitation settings. Rehabilitation Psychology, 37, 175-187. |
SCOLLON, C.N. & DIENER, E. (2006). Love, work, and
changes in extraversion and neuroticism over time.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 91
(6), 1152-1165. |
|
EISENBERGER, R. (1992). Learned industriousness. Psychological Review, 99, 248-267. [PDF] |
HADDOCK, S.A., ZIMMERMAN, T.S., ZIEMBA, S.J., LYNESS, K.P
& ZIEMBA, S.J. (2006). Practices of dual earner
couples successfully balancing work and family. Journal
of Family & Economic Issues, 27 (2), 207-34. |
|
TOMASKOVIC-DEVEY, D. (1993). Gender and racial
inequality at work : The sources and consequences of job
segregation. New York : ILR Press. |
KALAR, T. & WRIGHT, D.L. (2007). Leadership theory and
motivation of medical imaging employees. Radiology
Management, 20-27.
[PDF] |
|
STIFER, C., COULRHAN, C. & FISH, M. (1993). Linking
employment to attachment. Child Development, 64,
1451-1460. |
BOURDON, S. & VULTUR, M. (2007). Les Jeunes et le
travail. Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval. |
|
LOBEL, S.A. (1993). Sexuality at work : Where do we go
from here ? Journal of Vocational Behavior, 42 (1),
136-152. |
ERAUT, M. (2007). Learning from other people in the
workplace. Oxford Review of Education, 33 (4),
403-433. |
|
STEINBERG, L., FEGLEY, S. & DORNBUSCH, S. (1993).
Negative impact of part-time work on adolescent adjustment
: Evidence from a longitudinal study. Developmental
Psychology, 29 (2), 171-180. |
MALOS, S. (2007). Appearance-based sex discrimination and
stereotyping in the workplace : Whose conduct should we
regulate ? Employee Responsibilities & Rights
Journal, 19 (2), 95-111. [PDF] |
|
ILARDI, B.C., LEONE, D., KASSER, R. & RYAN, R.M.
(1993). Employee and supervisor ratings of motivation :
Main effects and discrepancies associated with job
satisfaction and adjustment in a factory setting. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 23, 1789-1805. |
ATTALI, J. (2007). L'avenir du travail. Paris :
Fayard. |
|
RUSCOE, G., MORGAN, J.C. & PEEBLES, C. (1996).
Students who work. Adolescence, 31 (123),
625-632. |
AHMAD, A. (2008). Direct and indirect effects of
work-family conflict on job performance. The Journal
of International Management Studies, 3 (2), 76-178.
[PDF] |
|
RUSCOE, G., MORGAN, J. & PEEBLES, C. (1996). Students
who work. Adolescence 31 (123), 625-632. |
EINARSEN, S., HOEL, H. & NOTELAERS, G. (2009).
Measuring exposure to bullying and harassment at work :
Validity, factor structure and psychometric properties of
the negative acts questionnaire-revised. Work stress,
23, 24-44. |
|
TIENDA, M. & STIER, H. (1996). A generating labor
market inequality : Employment opportunities and the
accumulation of disadvantage. Social Problems, 43,
147-165. |
GRANT, A.M. & WADE-BENZONI, K. (2009). The hot and
cool of death awareness at work : Mortality cues, aging,
and self-protective and prosocial motivations. Academy
of Management Review, 34 (4), 600-622.
[PDF] |
|
ROBERTS, B.W. (1997). Plaster or plasticity : Are work
experiences associated with personality change in women?
Journal of Personality, 65, 205-232. |
NG, T.W.H. & FELDMAN, D.C. (2010). The relationships
of age with job attitudes : A meta-analysis. Personnel
Psychology, 63, 677-718. |
|
PARKER, S.K., CMHIEL, N. & WALL, T. (1997). Work
characteristics and employee well-being within a context
of strategic downsizing. Journal of Occupational
Health Psychology, 3 (4), 289-303. |
BONEFELD, W. (2010). Abstract labour : Against its nature
and on its time. Capital & Class, 34 (2),
257-276. |
|
McCALL, B.P., CAVANAUGH, M.A., ARVEY, R.D. & TAUBMAN,
P. (1997). Genetic influences on job and
occupational switching. Journal of Vocational
Behavior, 50 (1), 60-77. |
CURTIS, S. & SHANI, N. (2010). The effect of taking
paid employment during term-time on students' academic
studies. Journal of Further & Higher Education,
26 (2), 129-138. |
|
ARTHURS, H.W. (1997). Labour law and industrial
relations in the global economy.
Industrial Law Journal, 571-587.
|
MARTINEZ, G., DE CUYPER, N. & DE WITTE, H. (2010).
Review of temporary employment literature : Perspectives
for research and development in Latin America. Psykhe,
19 (1), 61-73. [PDF] |
|
ELLER, N.H., KRISTIANSEN, J. & HANSEN, A.M. (2011).
Long-term effects of psychosocial factors of home and work
on biomarkers of stress. International Journal of
Psychophysiology, 79, 195-202. |
|
|
TAYLOR, N.K. (1998). Survey of paid employment undertaken
by full-time undergraduates at an established Scottish
university. Journal of Further & Higher Education,
22 (1), 33-40. |
BEHESHTIFAR, M., MAZRAE-SEFIDI, F. & MOGHADAM, M.N.
(2011). Role of perfectionism at workplace. European
Journal of Economics, Finance & Administrative
Sciences, 38, 168-173. [PDF] |
|
LUCAS, R. & LAMMONT, N. (1998). Combing work and study
: an empirical study of full-time students in school,
college and university. Journal of Education &
Work, 11 (1), 41-56. |
McLOYD, V.C., KAPLAN, R., PURTEL, K. & HUSTON, A.
(2011). Assessing the effects of a work-based antipoverty
program for parents on youth's future orientation and
employment experiences. Child Development, 82,
113-132. |
|
EISENBERGER, R. (1998). Achievement : The importance of
industriousness. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21,
412-413. |
BIDART C., BOURDON S. et CHARBONNEAU, J. (2011). Le
rapport au travail de jeunes au Québec et en France : mise
en perspective longitudinale. Dans A. Degenne, C. Marry et
S. Moulin (Dirs), Les catégories sociales et leurs
frontières (p. 85-110). Québec Presses de
l'université Laval. |
|
DOOLEY, D. & PRAUSE, J. (1998). Underemployment and
alcohol misuse in the National Longitudinal Survey of
Youth. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 59, 669-680. |
GOLDEN, T.D. (2012). Altering the effects of work and
family conflict on exhaustion : Telework during
traditional and nontraditional work hours. Journal of
Business & Psychology, 7 (3), 255-269.
[PDF] |
|
JUDGE, T.A. & KAMMEYER-MUELLER, J.D. (2012). Job
attitudes. Annual Review of Psychology, 63, 341-
367. |
|
TOLBERT, P.S. & MOEN, P. (1998). Men's and women's
definitions of "good" jobs. Similarities and differences
by age and across times. Work & Occupations, 25
(2), 168-194. |
MARCHAND, A., DURAND, P. & LUPIEN, S. (2012). Work
hours and cortisol variation from non-working to working
days. Psychoneuroendocrinology 40, 27-36. [PDF] |
|
DEWE, P.J., O'DRISCCOLL, M.P. & COOPER, C.L. (2012),
Theories of psychological stress at work. In R.J. Gatchel
and I.Z. Schultz (Eds.), Handbook of occupational
health and wellness. New York : Springer. [PDF] |
|
FREY, C.B. & OSBORNE, M.A. (2013). The future of
employment : how susceptible are jobs to computerisation ?
Oxford Martin School, 1-72. [PDF] |
|
FERNET, C., AUSTIN, S., TRÉPANIER, S.-G. & DUSSAULT,
M. (2013). How do job characteristics contribute to
burnout ? Exploring the distinct mediating roles of
perceived autonomy, competence, and relatedness. European
Journal of Work & Organizational Psychology, 22
(2), 123-137. [PDF] |
|
MACKENZIE, C.R., KEUSKAMP, D., ZIERSCH A.M., BAUM, F.E.
& POPAY, J. (2013). A qualitative study of the
interactions among the psychosocial work environment and
family, community and services for workers with low mental
health. BMC Public Health, 13, 796. [PDF] |
|
AKLIN, W.M., WONG, C.J., HAMPTON, J., SVIKIS, D.S.,
STITZER, M.L., BIGELOW, G.E. & SILVERMAN, K. (2014). A
therapeutic workplace for the long-term treatment of drug
addiction and unemployment : Eight-Year outcomes of a
social business intervention. Journal of Substance
Abuse Treatment, 47 (5), 329-338.
[PDF] |
|
ALFORD, M. (2014). Working full-time while studying
part-time. In C. McMaster & C. Murphy (Eds.), Postgraduate
study in Aotearoa New Zealand : Surviving and succeeding
(pp. 113-121). NZCER Press Editors. |
|
WONG, J.D., MAILICK, M.R., GREENBERG, J.S., HONG, J. &
COE, C.L. (2014). Daily work stress and awakening cortisol
in mothers of individuals with autism spectrum disorders
or fragile X syndrome. Family Relations, 63,
135-147. [PDF] |
|
PIRANI, E. & SALVINI, S. (2015). Is temporary
employment damaging to health ? A longitudinal study on
Italian workers. Social Science & Medicine, 124, 121-131. |
|
HARJU, L., HAKANEN, J. & SCHAUFELI, W.B. (2016). Can
job crafting reduce boredom and increase work engagement ?
A three-year cross-lagged panel study. Journal of
Vocational Behavior, 96, 11-20. [PDF] |
|
SIEGRIST, J. & LI, J. (2017). Work stress and altered
biomarkers : a synthesis of findings based on the
effort-reward imbalance model. International Journal
of Environmental Research & Public Health 14, 1-18.
[PDF] |
|
ENNS, M.W., BERNSTEIN, C.B., KROEKER, K., GRAFF, L.,
WALKER, J.R., LIX, L., HITCHON, C.A., EL-GABALAWY, R.,
FISK, J.D., MARRIE, R.A. (2018). The association of
fatigue, pain, depression and anxiety with work and
activity impairment in immune mediated inflammatory
diseases. PLOS One, 13 (6), 1-18. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Personnel,
Satisfaction
au travail, Milieu de
travail, Équipe
de travail et Motivation
au travail |
| |
| c |
|
BECKER, F.D. (1981). Workspace : Creating
environments in organizations. New York : Praeger. |
|
|
Voir aussi Milieu de travail |
| d |
|
SCHOENFELD, W.N. (1966). Some old work for modem
conditioning theory. Conditional Reflex, 1,
219-233. |
|
Voir aussi Recherche
scientifique
|
|
|
|
|
|
Travail (Chercher) : Chercher un travail, lettre
de recommandation et CV.
Job search, job-seeking behavior.
|
|
|
KRAMER, L.W. & BEIDEL, D.C. (1982). Job seeking skill
groups : A review and application to a chronic psychiatric
population. Occupational Therapy in Mental Health, 2,
37-44. |
|
FEATHER, N.T. & O'BRIEN, G.E. (1987). Looking for
employment : An expectancy-valence analysis of job-seeking
behavior among young people. British Journal of
Psychology, 78, 251-271. |
|
CAPLAN, R.D., VINOKUR, A.D., PRICE, R.H. & VAN RYN, M.
(1989). Job seeking, reemployement, and mental health : A
randomized field experiment in coping with job loss. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 74 (5), 759-769. [PDF] |
|
ZEBROWITZ, L.A., TENENBAUM, R. & GOLDSTEIN, L.H.
(1991). The impact of job applicants' facial maturity,
sex, and academic achievement on hiring recommendations.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 21, 525-548. |
|
CABLE, D.M. & MURRAY, B. (1999). Tournaments versus
sponsored mobility as determinants of job search success.
Academy of Management Journal, 42, 439-449. |
| |
|
Voir aussi CV, Lettre
de recommandation et Travail |
|
|
|
|
Travail (Efficacité) : Dans le milieu
de travail, pratiques qui fonctionnent, qui produisent les
résultats escomptés. Efficacité au travail et épuisement
professionnel.
Job performance, job
proficiency.
|
|
| YUKL, G.A. & LATHAM, G.P. (1978). Interrelationships
among employee participation, individual differences, goal
difficulty, goal acceptance, goal instrumentality, and
performance. Personnel Psychology, 31, 305-324. |
HUNTER, J.E. (1996). Intelligence and job performance
: Economic and social implications. Psychology, Public
Policy, & Law, 2 (3-4), 447-472. |
|
SCHMIDT, F.L., HUNTER, J.E., McKENZIE, R.C. &
MULDROW, T.W. (1979). Impact of valid selection procedures
on work-force productivity. Journal of Applied
Psychology 64 (6), 609-626. |
WRIGHT, T.A. & BONETT, D.G. (1997). The contribution
of burnout to work performance. Journal of Vocational
Behavior, 18, 491-499. |
|
HUNTER, J.E. (1983). A causal analysis of cognitive
ability, job knowledge, and job performance, and
supervisory ratings. In R. Landy, S. Zedeck & J.
Cleveland (Eds.), Performance measurement and theory
(pp. 257-266). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
WRIGHT, T.A. & CROPANZANO, R. (1998). Emotional
exhaustion as a predictor of job performance and voluntary
turnover. Journal of Applied Psychology, 83 (3),
486-493. |
|
HUNTER, J.E. & HUNTER, R.F. (1984). Validity and
utility of alternative predictors of job performance. Psychological
Bulletin, 96, 72-98. |
SEIJTS, G.H. & LATHAM, G.P. (2000). The construct of
goal commitment : Measurement and relationships with task
performance. In R. Goffin & E. Helmes (Eds.), Problems
and solutions in human assessment (pp. 315-332).
Dordrecht, the Netherlands : Kluwer Academic. |
|
HUNTER, J.E. (1986). Cognitive ability, cognitive
aptitude, job knowledge, and job performance. Journal
of Vocational Behavior, 29, 340-362. |
SEIJTS, G.H. & LATHAM, G.P. (2000). The effects of
goal setting and group size on performance in a social
dilemma. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 32,
104-116. |
CAMPBELL, J.P., McHENRY, J.J. & WISE, L.L. (1990).
Modeling job performance in a population of jobs. Per-
sonnel Psychology, 43, 313-333. |
HUNTER, J.E. & SCHMIDT, F.L. (2004). General mental ability
in the world of work : occupational attainment and job
performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86
(1), 152-173. |
|
SMITH, K., LOCKE, E.A. & BARRY, D. (1990). Goal
setting, planning and organizational performance : An
experimental simulation. Organizational Behavior
& Human Decision Processes, 46, 118–134. |
SCHMIDT, F.L. & HUNTER, J.E. (2005). General mental
ability in the world of work : occupational attainment and
job performance. Journal of Personality & Social
psychology, 86 (1), 162-173. |
|
JUDGE, T.A., JACKSON, C., SHAW, J.C., SCOTT, B.A. &
RICH, B.L. (2007). Self-efficacy and work-related
performance : The integral role of individual differences.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 92, 107-127. |
|
BARRICK, M.R. & MOUNT, M.K. (1991). The Big Five
personality dimensions and job performance : A
meta-analysis. Personnel Psychology, 44, 1-26. [PDF] |
NG, T.W.H. & FELDMAN, D.C. (2008). The relationship of
age to ten dimensions of job performance. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 93, 392-423. |
|
O'EARY-KELLY, A., MARTOCCHIO, J. & FRINK, D. (1994). A
review of the influence of group goals on group
performance. Academy of Management Journal, 37, 1285-1301. |
BLICKLE, G., MEURS, J.A., ZETTLER, I., SOLGA, J., NOETHE,
N.D., KRAMER, J. & FERRI, G.R. (2008). Personality,
political skill, and job performance. Journal of
Vocational Behavior, 72 (3), 377-387. [PDF] |
|
KACMAR, K.M., COLLINS, B.J., HARRIS, K.J. & JUDGE,
T.A. (2009). Core self-evaluations and job performance :
The role of the perceived work environment. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 94, 1572-1580 |
|
JUDGE, T.A. & ZAPATA, C. P. (2015). The
person-situation debate revisited : Effect of situation
strength and trait activation on the validity of the big
five personality traits in predicting job performance.
Academy of Management Journal, 58, 1-31. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Épuisement
professionnel, Efficacité
et Travail |
|
|
|
|
Travail (étudiant) : Travail effectué par un-e étudiant-e.
Working during school, student who work.
| |
|
|
HARVEY, P. (1982). The impact of outside employment on
student achievement in macroeconomic principles. Journal
of Economic Education, 13, 51-56. |
WATTS, C. (2002). The effects of term-time employment on
academic performance. Education + Training, 44 (2)
67-75. |
|
GREEN, G. (1987). The effect of part-time employment on
academic achievement. Journal of Educational
Research, 80, (6), 325-329. |
STINEBRICKNER, R. & STINEBRICKNER, T.R. (2003).
Working during school and academic performance. Journal
of Labor Economics, 21 (2), 473-491. [PDF] |
|
EHRENBERG, D. & SHERMAN, D. (1987). Employment while
in college, academic achievement, and postcollege
outcomes. Journal of Human Resources, 22 (1),
1-24. |
SANTANA, V.S., COOPER, S.P., ROBERTS, R.E. &
ARAÙJO-FILHO, J.B. (2005). Adolescent students who work :
Gender differences in school performances and
self-perceived health. International Journal of
Environmental Health, 11 (3), 294-301. |
|
HOOD, A.B., CRAIG, A. & FERGURSON, B. (1992). The
impact of athletics, part-time employment, and other
academic activities on academic ahievement. Journal of
College Student Development, 33, 447-453. |
DUNDES, L. & MARX, J. (2006). Balancing work and
academics in college : Why do students working 10-19 hours
per week excel ? Journal of College Student
Retention, 8 (1), 107-120. |
|
STEINBERG, L., FEGLEY, S., DORNBUSCH, S.M. (1993).
Negative impact of part-time work on adolescent adjustment
: Evidence from a longitudinal study.Developmental
Psychology, 29 (2), 171-180. |
SCOTT-CLAYTON, J. (2011). The causal effect of federal
work-study participation : Quasi-experimental evidence
from West Virginia. Educational Evaluation &
Policy Analysis, 33 (4), 506-527. |
|
HADANI, M., COOMBES, S., DAS, D. & JAJALAS, D. (2012).
Finding a good job : Academic network cen- trality and
early occupational outcomes in management academia. Journal
of Organizational Behavior, 33, 723-739. |
|
RUHM, C.J. (1997). Is high school employment consumption
or investment ? Journal of Labor Economics, 15 (4),
735-776. |
SCOTT-CLAYTON, J. (2012). What explains trends in labor
supply among U.S. undergraduates ? National Tax
Journal, 65 (1), 181-210. [PDF] |
|
YANBARISOVA, D.M. (2015). The effects of student
employment on academic performance in Tatarstan higher
education institutions. Russian Education &
Society, 57 (26), 459-482. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Réussite
scolaire |
|
|
Travail
(Flexibilité) : Capacité de ls'ajuster
aux exigences d'une tâche,
d'un travail, notamment quant aux changements technologiques, au lieu
et au horaire de
travail Flexible work arrangements.
| |
|
|
TEN BRUMMELHUIS, L., HAAR, J. & VAN DER LIPPE, T.
(2010). Collegiality under pressure ? The effects of
family demands and flexible work arrangements in the
Netherlands. International Journal of Human Resource
Management, 21 (15), 2831-2847. |
|
ALLEN, T.D., JOHNSON, R.C., KIBURZ, K.M. & SHOCKLEY,
K.M. (2013). Work-family conflict and flexible work
arrangements : Deconstructing flexibility. Personnel
Psychology, 66 (2), 345-376. |
|
|
Voir aussi Travail |
|
|
|
Travail (Santé mentale) : Ensemble des troubles
mentaux et autres troubles
psychologiques que les travailleurs d'une organisation
éprouvent en raison de la nature et des conditions de leur travail.
| |
|
|
CAPLAN, R.D. (1972). Organizational stress and individual
strain : a social psychological study of risk factors in
coronary heart disease among administrators, engineers and
scientists. Dissertation Abstract International, 32. |
EUWEMA, M.C., KOP, N. & BAKKER, A.B. (2004). The
behaviour of police officers in conflict situations : how
burnout and reduced dominance contribute to better
outcomes. Work & Stress, 18 (1), 23-38.
[PDF] |
|
KARASEK, R.A. (1979). Job demands, job decision latitude,
and mental strain : Implications for job redesign. Administrative Science Quarterly, 24, 285-308. |
RUDD, P., MILLER, N.H., KAUFMAN, J., KRAEMER, H.C.,
BANDURA, A., GREENWALD, G. & DEBUSK, R.F. (2004).
Nurse management for hypertension : A systems approach. American
Journal of Hypertension, 17, 921-927. [PDF] |
|
KELLER, K.L. & KOENIG, W.J. (1989). Management of
stress and prevention of burnout in emergency physicians.
Annals of Emergency Medicine, 18, 42-47. |
HAYES, S.C., BISSETT, R., ROGET, N., PADILLA, M.,
KOHLENBERG, B.S., FISHER, G., MASUDA, A., PISTORELLO, J.,
RYE, A.K., BERRY, K. & NICCOLLS, R. (2004). The impact
of acceptance and commitment training on stigmatizing
attitudes and professional burnout of substance abuse
counselors. Behavior Therapy, 35, 821-836. |
|
SHIROM, A. (1989). Burnout in work organizations. In C.L.
Cooper & I. Robertson I. (Eds.), International
Review of Industrial and Organizational Psychology. (pp.
25-48). New York : John Wiley & Sons Ltd. |
ZELLARSI, K.L., HOCHWATER, W A., HOFFMAN, N.P., PERREWÉ,
P.L. & FORD, E.W. (2004). Experiencing job burnout :
The roles of positive and negative traits and states. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 34 (5), 887-911. [PDF] |
|
CAPLAN, R.D., VINOKUR, A.D., PRICE, R.H. & VAN RYN, M.
(1989). Job seeking, reemployement, and mental health : A
randomized field experiment in coping with job loss. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 74 (5), 759-769. [PDF] |
McCLANAHAN, T.M. & ANTONUCCIO, D.O. (2004). Depression
in the workplace. In J. Thomas & M. Hersen (Eds.) Psychopathology in the workplace : Recognition and adaptation. New
York : Brunner-Routledge. |
|
WOLPIN, J., BURKE, R.J. & GREENGLASS, E.R. (1991). Is
job satisfaction an antecedent or a consequence of
psychological burnout ? Human Relations, 44 (2),
193-209. |
LINDSTRÖM, M. (2005). Psychosocial work conditions,
unemployment and self-reported psychological health : A
population-based study. Occupational Medicine, 55,
(7), 568-571.
[PDF] |
|
KAWAKAMI, N., HARATANI, T. & ARAKI, S. (1992). Effects
of perceived job stress on depressive symptoms in
blue-collar workers of an electrical factory in Japan.
Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment & Health,
18, 195-200. |
DAHLGREN, A., KECLUND, G. & ÄKERSTEDT, T. (2005).
Different levels of work-related stress and the effects on
sleep, fatigue and cortisol. Scandinavian Journal of
Work, Environment & Health, 31 (4), 277-285.
[PDF] |
|
LEITER, M.P. & DURUP, J. (1994). The discriminant
validity of burnout and depression : a confirmatory factor
analytic study. Anxiety Stress Coping, 7,
357-373. [PDF] |
ÄKERSTEDT, M., SÖDERSTRÖM, M., ÄKERSTEDT, T., NILSSON, J.,
SONDERGAARD, H.-P. & ALEKSANDER, P. (2006). Disturbed
sleep and fatigue in occupational burnout.
Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment & Health,
32 (2), 121-131.
[PDF] |
|
VON THIELE, U., LINDFORS, P. & LUNDBERG, F. (2006).
Evaluating different measures of sickness absence with
respect to work characteristics. Scandinavian Journal
of Public Health, 4 (3), 247-253. |
|
LEE, R.T. & ASHFORTH, B.E. (1996). A meta-analytic
examination of the correlates of the three dimensions of
job burnout. Journal of Applied Psychology, 81, 123-133.
|
CUBRILLO-TURK, M., UREK, R. & TUREK, S. (2006).
Burnout syndrome-assessment of a stressful job among
intensive care staff. Collegium Antropologicum, 30, 131-135.
[PDF] |
|
YANG, Y., KOH, D., NG, V., LEE, F.C., DONG, F. & CHIA,
S.E. (2001). Salivary cortisol levels and work-related
stress among emergency department nurses. Journal of
Occupational & Environmental Medicine, 43,
1011-1018. |
HORROCKS, N. & POUNDER, R. (2006). Working the
night shift : preparation, survival and recovery.
London : Royal College of Physicians. |
|
PARK, J. (2007). Work stress and job performance. Perspectives/Statistics
Canada, 75-001-XIE, 5-17. [PDF] |
|
QUINE, L. (2001). Workplace bullying in nurses.
Journal of Health Psychology, 6 (1), 73-84. [PDF] |
WELBOURNE, J.L., EGGERTH, D., HARTLEY, T.A., ANDREW, M.E.
& SANCHEZ, F. (2007). Coping strategies in the
workplace : Relationships with attributional style and job
satisfaction. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 70, 312-325. |
|
HARRINGTON, J.M. (2001). Health effects of shift work and
extended hours of work. Occupational &
Environmental Medicine, 58 (1), 68-72. [PDF] |
EMBRIACO, N., PAPAZIAN, L., KENTISH-BARNES, N., POCHARD,
F. & AZOULAY, E. (2007). Burnout syndrome among
critical care healthcare workers. Current Opinion in
Critical Care, 13, 482-488. [PDF] |
|
VAN DER HULST, M. & GEURTS, S. (2001). Associations
between overtime and psychological health in high and low
reward jobs. Work & Stress, 15, 227-240. |
JONES, M.K., LATREILLE, P.L. & SLOANE, P.J. (2011).
Job anxiety, work-related psychological illness and
workplace performance. Discussion Paper No. 5809
[PDF] |
|
JAHANIAN, R., TABATABEI, S.M. & BEHDAD, B. (2012).
Stress management in the workplace. International
Journal of Academic Research in Economics &
Management Sciences, 1 (6), 1-9. [PDF] |
|
DORMAN, J. (2003). Testing a model for teacher burnout. Australian
Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology,
3, 35-47. |
DEWE, P.J., O'DRISCOLL, M.P. & COOPER, C.L. (2012).
Theories of psychological stress at work. In R.J. Gatchel
& I.Z. Schultz (Eds.), Handbook of occupational
health and wellness. New York : Springer. [PDF] |
|
SONG, J., MAILICK, M.R. & GREENBERG, J.S. (2014). Work
and health of parents of children with serious mental
illness. Family Relations, 63, 122-134. [PDF] |
|
ENNS, M.W., BERNSTEIN, C.B., KROEKER, K., GRAFF, L.,
WALKER, J.R., LIX, L., HITCHON, C.M., EL-GABALAWY, R.,
FISK, J.D., MARRIE, R.A. (2018). The association of
fatigue, pain, depression and anxiety with work and
activity impairment in immune mediated inflammatory
diseases. PLOS One, 13 (6), 1-18. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Santé
mentale, Épuisement
professionnelle et Travail |
|
|
|
Travail (Expérience) : Ce que l'on
apprend en travaillant, au fil des ans.
Work experience.
| |
|
|
HAMILTON, S.F. & CROUTER, A.C. (1980). Work and growth
: A review of research on the impact of work experience on
adolescent development. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 9, 323-338. |
|
STEINBERG, L.B. (1982). Jumping off the work experience
bandwagon. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 11, 183-205. |
|
STERN, D., STONE, J.R., HOPKINS, C. & McMILLAN, M.
(1990). Quality of students' work experience and
orientation toward work. Youth & Society, 22,
263-282. |
|
KABLAOUI, B.N. & PAUTLER, A.J. (1991). The effects of
part-time work experience on high school students.
Journal of Career Development, 17, 195-211. |
|
STEEL, L. (1991). Early work experience among white and
non-white youths : Implications for subsequent enrollment
and employment. Youth & Society, 22,
419-447. |
|
KOLZ, A., McFARLAND, L.A. & SILVERMAN, A.B. (1998).
Cognitive ability and job experience as predictors of work
performance. Journal of Psychology, 132,
539-548. |
| |
|
Voir Travail et Satisfaction
au travail |
|
|
Travail (Flexibilité) : Capacité de s'ajuster
aux exigences d'une tâche,
d'un travail, notamment quant aux changements technologiques, au lieu
et au horaire de
travail
Flexible work arrangements.
| |
|
|
TEN BRUMMELHUIS, L., HAAR, J. & VAN DER LIPPE, T.
(2010). Collegiality under pressure ? The effects of
family demands and flexible work arrangements in the
Netherlands. International Journal of Human Resource
Management, 21 (15), 2831-2847. |
|
ALLEN, T.D., JOHNSON, R.C., KIBURZ, K.M. & SHOCKLEY,
K.M. (2013). Work-family conflict and flexible work
arrangements: Deconstructing flexibility. Personnel
Psychology, 66 (2), 345-376. |
|
|
Voir aussi Travail |
|
|
|
Travail
(Marché) : En économie,
désigne non pas un lieu mais un ensemble d'interactions entre des
individus, d'une part des travailleurs
qui souhaitent vendre leurs force de travail (habiletés,
compétence et connaissances) en retour d'un salaire
(le prix du travail), et d'autres part des employeurs qui
ont besoin de cette force pour produire et vendre des biens
et services.
Labor
market.
|
|
|
BOSWELL, T.E. (1986). A split labor market analysis of
discrimination against Chinese immigrants. 1850-1882. American
Sociological Review, 51 (3), 352-371. |
|
HAMMERMESH, D. & BIDDLE, J.E. (1994). Beauty and the
labor market. The American Economic Review, 84,
1174-1194. |
|
TIENDA, M. & STIER, H. (1996). A generating labor
market inequality : Employment opportunities and the
accumulation of disadvantage. Social Problems, 43,
147-165. |
|
SUM, A., KHATIWADA, I., MCLAUGHLIN, J. & PALMA, S.
(2011). No country for young men : deteriorating labor
market prospects for low-skilled men in the United States.
Annals of the American Academy of Political &
Social Science, 635, 24-55. |
|
GREEN, D.A.& SAND, B.M. (2015), Has the Canadian
labour market polarized ? Canadian Journal of
Economics/Revue canadienne d'économique, 48,
612-646. |
| |
|
Voir Travail, Bien
et Service |
|
|
Travail
(Milieu/Lieu) : Lieu physique
et social où se déroule le travaild'un
indivu, d'un groupe ou d'une entreprise. Milieu de travail, productivité et
entreprise. = lieu de travail, usine, bureau, magasin, boutique.
Workplace, shop, office.
| |
|
|
ICHINO, A. & MAGGI, G. (2000). Work environment and
individual background : Explaining regional shirking
differentials in a large Italian firm. Quarterly
Journal of Economics, 115, 1057-1090. |
|
BECKER, F.D. & POE, D.B. (1980). The effects of
user-generated design modifications in a general hospital.
Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 4 (4), 195-218. |
QUINE, L. (2001). Workplace bullying in nurses.
Journal of Health Psychology, 6 (1), 73-84. [PDF] |
|
VARTIA, M.A. (2001). Consequences of workplace bullying
with respect to the well- being of its targets and the
observers of bullying. Scandinavian Journal of Work,
Environment & Health, 27 (1)63–69. |
|
PERLOW, L. & WEEKS, J. (2002). Who's helping whom ?
Layers of culture and workplace behavior. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 23, 345-361. |
|
WINSTANLEY S. & WHITTINGTON, R. (2002). Anxiety,
burnout and coping styles in general hospital staff
exposed to workplace aggression: A cyclical model of
burnout and vulnerability to aggression. Work &
Stress, 16 (4), 302–315. |
|
BECKER, F.D. (1981). Workspace : Creating
environments in organizations. New York : Praeger. |
JUDGE, T.A. & CABLE, D.M. (2004). The effect of
physical height on workplace success and income. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 89, 428-441. [PDF] |
|
GREENBERGER, E. & STEINBERG, L.D. (1981). The
workplace as a context for the socialization of youth. Journal
of Youth & Adolescence, 10, 185-210. |
BOMMEL, W.J.M. & BELD, J.G. (2004). Lighting for work
: a review of visual and biological effects. Lighting
Research & Technology, 36, 255-269. |
|
JOSHI, A., LIAO, H. & JACKSON, S.E., (2006).
Cross-level effects of workplace diversity on sales
performance and pay. Academy of Management Journal,
49, 459-481. |
|
TOMANEY, J. (1990). The reality of workplace flexibility.
Capital & Class, 14, 29-60. |
MALOS, S. (2007). Appearance-based sex discrimination and
stereotyping in the workplace : Whose conduct should we
regulate ? Employee Responsibilities & Rights
Journal, 19 (2), 95-111. [PDF] |
|
LAZARUS, R.S. (1991). Psychological stress in the
workplace. Journal of Social Behavior &
Personality, 6, 1-13. |
FEATHER, N.T. (2007). Beliefs about gender discrimination
in the workplace in the context of affirmative action :
Effects of gender and ambivalent attitudes in an
Australian sample. Sex Roles, 57, 31-42. |
|
JACKSON, S.E. & ASSOCIATES (1992). Diversity in
the workplace : Human resources initiatives. New
York : Guilford Press. |
BECKER, F.D. & DOUGLASS, S. (2008). The ecology of the
patient visit. Physical attractiveness, waiting times, and
perceived quality of care. The Journal of Ambulatory
Care Management, 31 (2), 128-141. [PDF] |
|
LIPS, H.M. (1993). Women and power in the workplace. In A.
Minas (Ed.), Gender basics (pp. 106-113).
Belmont, CA : Wadsworth. |
POSTHUMA, R.A. & CAMPION, M.A. (2009). Age stereotypes
in the workplace : Common stereotypes, moderators, and
future research directions. Journal of Management,
35, 158-188. [PDF] |
|
RODGERS, C.S. (1993). The flexible workplace : What have
we learned ? Human Resource Management, 31,
183-199. |
BARLING, J., DUPRÉ, K.E. & KELLOWAY, E.K. (2009).
Predicting workplace aggression and violence. Annual
Review of Psychology, 60, 671-692. [PDF] |
|
BOHR, K. & ELLIS, J. (1998). Analysis of contingencies
and metacontingencies in a private workplace. Behavior
& Social Issues, 8, 41-52. [PDF] |
BEHESHTIFAR, M., MAZRAE-SEFIDI, F. & MOGHADAM, M.N.
(2011). Role of perfectionism at workplace. European
Journal of Economics, Finance & Administrative
Sciences, 38.
[PDF] |
|
DANNA, K. & GRIFFIN, R.W. (1999). Health and
well-being in the workplace : A review and synthesis of
the literature. Journal of Management, 25 (3),
357–384. |
HAWES, B.K., BRUNYÉ, MAHONEY, C.R., SULLIVAN, J.M. &
AALL, C.D. (2012). Effects of four workplace lighting
technologies on perception, cognition and affective state.
International Journal of Industrial Ergonomics, 42, 122-128.
[PDF] |
|
PANIGRAHI, A. (2016). Managing stress at workplace. Journal
of Management Research & Analysis, 3 (4),
154-160. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Travail,
Satisfaction
au travail, Motivation
au traval, Harcèlement
au travail et
Utilisibilité |
|
|
|
|
|
Travail
(Nouveau) :
Newcomer, new employee.
| |
|
|
DUGONI, B.L. & ILGEN, D.R. (1981). Realistic job
previews and the adjustment of new employees. Academy
of Management Journal, 24, 579-591. |
|
WANOUS, J., POLAND, T., PREMACK, S. & DAVIS, S.
(1992). The effects of met expectations on newcomer
attitudes and behaviors : A review and meta-analysis.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 77 (3), 288-297. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Travail |
|
|
|
Travail
(Organisation/Division) : Organisation
du travail au sein d'un groupe,
d'une entreprise, de la
société, qui s'appuie sur
un certain nombre de facteurs, notamment la propriété des moyens
de production, le sexe des travailleurs, leurs compétences,
leurs connaissances
(technostructure), leur âge, etc. Le travail, qu'il soit ou
non rémunéré, est
généralement divisé en tâche.
Organisation du travail, taylorisme
et fordisme.
Division of labour.
| |
|
|
WHITE, L.K. & BRINKERNOFF, D. (1981). The sexual
division of labor : Evidence from childhood. Social
Forces, 60, 170-181. |
|
CHRISTOPHERSON, S. (1989). Flexibility in the U.S. service
economy and the emerging spatial division of labour. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, 14,
131-143. |
|
VOUILLOT, F., BLANCHARD, S., MARRO, C. et STEINBRUCKNER,
M.-L. (2004). La division sexuée de l'orientation et du
travail : une question théorique et une question de
pratiques. Psychologie du Travail et des
Organisations, 10, (3), 277-291. |
|
GEIST, C. (2005). The welfare state and the home : regime
differences in the domestic division of labour. European
Sociological Review, 21, 23-41. |
|
| LEPAGE,
H. (1978). Demain le capitalisme. Paris :
Édition Hachette. |
Voir aussi Organisation
et Travail |
|
|
Travail
(Perdre) : Travailleur
à qui l'on retire son emploi,
à la suite d'un congédiement
, une réduction/compression des effectifs ou la fermeture de la entreprise.
Perdre son travail, congédiement
et satisfaction
au travail. = perte d'emploi.
Job loss, work interruption.
| |
|
|
CAPLAN, R.D., VINOKUR, A.D., PRICE, R.H. & VAN RYN, M.
(1989). Job seeking, reemployement, and mental health : A
randomized field experiment in coping with job loss. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 74 (5), 759-769. [PDF] |
|
JACOBSON, D. (1991). Toward a theoretical distinction
between the stress components of the job insccurity and
job loss experiences. Research in the Sociology of
Orgzanisations, 9, 1-19. |
|
McLOYD, V.C., JAYARATNE, T.E., EPSTEIN, T. & CEBALLO,
R. & BOQUEZ, J. (1994). Unemployment and work
Interruption among African American single mothers :
Effects on parenting and adolescent socioemotional
functioning. Child Development, 65 (2), 562-589. |
|
CATALANO, R., ALDRETE, E., VEGA, W., KOLODY, B. &
AGUILAR-GAXIOLA, S. (2000). Job loss and major depression
among Mexican Americans. Social Science Quarterly,
81, 477-487. |
|
VINOKUR, A.D. & SCHUL, Y. (2002). The web of coping
resources and pathways to reemployment following a job
loss. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 7 (1),
68-83. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Précarité du
travail, Dépression,
Mise à pied et
Travail |
|
|
|
|
|
Travail (Précarité) : Crainte
ou inquiétude de perdre
son travail. toute chose qui contribue à
la précarité d'un
individu.
= perte
d'emploi. Précarité du travail, épuisement
professionnel et syndicat.
Job loss, precarious employment, job
insecurity, felt job insecurity.
| |
|
|
GREENHALGH, L. & ROSENBLATT, Z. (1984). Job insecurity
: Toward conceptual clarity. Academy of Management
Review, 9 (3), 438-448. |
NOLAN, J., WICHERT, I. & BURCHELL, B. (2000). Job
insecurity, psychological well-being and family life. In
E. Heery & J. Salmon (Eds.), The insecure work
force (pp. 181-209). London : Routledge. |
|
KING, J.E. (2000). White collar reactions to job
insecurity and the role of the psychological contract :
Implications of Human Resource Management. Human
Resource Management, 39 (1), 79-92. |
|
PROBST, T. & BRUBAKER, T.L. (2001). The effects of job
insecurity on employee safety outcomes : Cross-sectional
and longitudinal explorations. Journal of
Occupational Health Psychology, 6 (2), 139-159.
[PDF] |
|
FERRIE, J. (2001). Is job insecurity harmful to health? Journal
of the Royal Society of Medicine, 94 (2), 71-76. |
|
JACOBSON, D. (1987). A personalogical study of the job
insecurity experience. Social Behavior, 2,
143-155. |
WESTMAN, M., ETZION, D. & DANON, E. (2001). Job
insecurity and crossover of burnout in married couples.
Journal of Organizational Behavior, 22, 467-481. |
|
IVERSEN, L. & SABROE, S. (1988). Psychological
well-being among unemployed and employed people after a
company closedown : A longitudinal study. Journal of
Social Issues, 44 (4), 141-152. |
MANKELOW, R. (2002). The organizational costs of job
insecurity and work intensification. In D. Ladipo & F.
Wilkinson (Eds.), Job insecurity and work
intensification : Flexibility and the changing
boundaries of work (pp. 137-153). |
|
SVERKE, M. & HELLGREN, J. (2002). The nature of job
insecurity : Understanding employment uncertainty on the
brink of a new millennium. Applied Psychology : An
International Review, 51, 23-42. |
|
SVERKE, M., HELLGREN, J. & NÄSWALL, K. (2002). No
security : A meta-analysis and review of job insecurity
and its consequences. Journal of Occupational Health
Psychology, 7 (3), 242-264. [PDF] |
|
JORDAN, P.J., ASHKANASY, N.M. & HARTEL, C.E.J. (2002).
Emotional intelligence as a moderator of emotional and
behavioral reactions to job insecurity. Academy of
Management Review, 27, 361-372. |
|
CHIRUMBOLO, A. & HELLGREN, J. (2003) Individual and
organizational consequences of job insecurity : A European
study. Economic & Industrial Democracy, 24 (2),
215-238. |
|
ASHFORD, S., LEE, C. & BOBKO, P. (1989). Content,
causes, and consequences of job insecurity. A theory-based
measure and substantive test. Academy of Management
Journal, 32 (4), 803-829. |
HELLGREN, J. & SVERKE, M. (2003). Does job insecurity
lead to impaired well-being or vica versa? Estimation of
cross-lagged effects using latent variable modelling.
Journal of Organizational Behavior, 24, 215-236. |
|
KUHNERT, K., SIMS, R. & LAHEY, M. (1989). The
relationship between job security and employees' health. Group
& Organization Studies, 14, 399-410. |
PROBST, T.M. (2003). Development and validation of the Job
Security Index and the Job Security Satisfaction Scale : A
classical test theory and IRT Approach. Journal of
Occupational & Organizational Psychology, 76451-467. |
|
ROSKIES, E. & LOUISOGUERIN, C. (1990). Job insecurity
in managers: Antecedents and consequences. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 11, 345-359. |
NÄSWALL, K. & DE WITTE, H.H. (2003). Who feels
insecure in Europe ? Predicting job insecurity from
background variables. Economic & Industrial
Democracy, 24 (2), 189-215. |
|
DE WITTE, H. (2005). Long-term job insecurity, job
satisfaction and organizational attitudes : test of Warr's
curvilinear hypothesis. SA Journal of Industrial
Psychology, 31 (4), 41-47. |
|
KINNUUNEN, U., FELDT, T. & MAUNO, S. (2003). Job
insecurity and self-esteem : Evidence from cross-lagged
relations in a 1-year longitudinal sample. Personality
& Individual Differences, 35, 617-632. |
|
HARTLEY, J., JACOBSON, D. KLANDERMANS, B. & VAN
VUUREN, T. (1991). Job insecurity. Coping with jobs
at risk. London : Sage Publications. |
DE WITTE, H.H. & NÄSWALL, K. (2003). "Objective" vs
"subjective" job insecurity : Consequences of temporary
work for job satisfaction and organizational commitment in
four European countries. Economic & Industrial
Democracy, 24 (2), 149-188. |
|
HELLGREN, J. & SVERKE, M. (2003). Does job insecurity
lead to impaired well-being or vica versa ? Estimation of
cross-lagged effects using latent variable modelling. Journal
of Organizational Behavior, 24, 215-236. |
|
WILSON, S.M., LARSON, J.H. & STONE K.L. (1993). Stress
among job insecure workers and their spouses. Family
Relations, 42, 74-80. |
LEE, S., COLDITZ, G., BERKMAN, L. & KAWACHI, I.
(2004). Prospective study of job insecurity and coronary
heart disease in US Women'. Annual Epidemiology, 14,
24-30. |
|
STRAZDINS, L., D'SOUZA, R.M., LIM, L.L., BROOM, D.H. &
RODGERS, B. (2004). Job strain, job insecurity, and health
: Rethinking the relationship. Journal of
Occupational Health Psychology, 9, 296-305. |
|
HEANEY, C., ISRAEL, B. & HOUSE, J. (1994). Chronic job
insecurity among automobile workers : Effects on job
satisfaction and health. Social Science &
Medicine, 38 (10), 1431-1437. |
DOOLEY, D. & PRAUSE, J. (2004). The social costs
of underemployment : Inadequate employment as disguised
unemployment. New York : Cambridge University
Press. |
|
KINNUNEN, U. & NATTI, J. (1994). Job insecurity in
Finland : Antecedents and consequences. The European
Work & Organizational Psychologist, 4, 297-321. |
LUCAS, R.E., CLARK, A.E., GEORGELLIS, Y. & DIENER,
E. (2004). Unemployment alters the set point for life
satisfaction. Psychological Science, 15 (1),
8-13. |
|
NÄSWALL, K., SVERKE, M. & HELLGREN, J. (2005). The
moderating role of personality characteristics on the
relation between job insecurity and strain. Work
& Stress, 19, 37-49. |
|
CHIRUMBOLO, A. & ARENI, A. (2005). The influence
of job insecurity on job performance and absenteeism : the
moderating effect of work attitudes. SA Journal of
Industrial Psychology, 31 (4), 65-71. [PDF] |
|
DEKKER, S. & SCHAUFELI, W. (1995). The effects of job
insecurity on psychological health and withdrawal : A
longitudinal study. Australian Psychologist, 30
(1), 57-63. |
PROBST, T. (2005). Countering the negative effects of job
insecurity through participative decision making : Lessons
from the demand-control model. Journal of Occupational
Health Psychology, 10 (4), 320-329. |
|
LIM, V. (1996). Job insecurity and its outcomes :
Moderating effects of work-based and non work-based social
support. Human Relations, 49 (2), 171-194. |
DE WITTE, H. (2005). Job insecurity : review of the
international literature on definitions, prevalence,
antecedents and consequences. A Journal of Industrial
Psychology, 31 (4), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
BARLING, J. & KELLOWAY, E.K. (1996). Job insecurity
and health : The moderating role of workplace control. Stress
Medicine, 12, 253-259. |
NÄSWALL, K., SVERKE, M. & HELLGREN, J. (2005). The
moderating effects of work-based and non-work based
support on the relation between job insecurity and
subsequent strain. SA Journal of Industrial
Psychology, 31 (4), 57-64 [PDF] |
|
NÄTTI, J., HAPPONEN, M., KINNUNEN, U. & MAUNO, S.
(2005). Job Insecurity, temporary work and trade union
membership in Finland 1977-2003. In De Witte, H. (Ed.), Job
insecurity, union involvement and union activism
(pp. 11-48). Aldershot : Ashgate. |
|
|
SVERKE, M., HELLGREN, J. & NÄSWALL, K. (2006). Job
insecurity : A literature review. National Institute
for Working Life, 1, 32. |
|
DE CUYPER, N. & DE WITTE, H. (2005). Job insecurity :
Mediator or moderator of the relationship between type of
contract and various outcomes ? SA Journal of
Industrial Pyschology, 31 (4), 79-86. |
|
DE CUYPER, N. & DE WITTE, H. (2006). The impact of job
insecurity and contract type on attitudes, well-being and
behavioural reports : A psychological contract
perspective. Journal of Occupational &
Organizational Psychology, 79, 395-409. |
|
PROBST, T. & LAWLER, J. (2006). Cultural values as
moderators of the outcomes of job insecurity : The role of
individualism and collectivism. Applied Psychology :
An International Review, 55, 234-254. |
|
LIM, V.K.G. (1997). Moderating effects of work-based
support on the relationship between job insecurity and its
consequences. Work & Stress, 11, 251-266. |
VOSKO, L.F. & ZUKEWICH, N. (2006). Precarious by
choice : Gender and self-employment. In L.F. Vosko (Ed.),
Precarious employment : Understanding labour market
Insecurity in Canada (pp. 67-89). McGill/Queen's
University Press. |
|
CATALANO, R., NOVACO, R. & McCONNELL, W. (1997). A
model of the net effect of job loss on violence. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 72, 1440-1447.
|
CHENG, G.H.L. & CHAN, D.K.S. (2008). Who suffers more
from job insecurity ? A meta-analytic review. Applied
Psychology : An International Review, 57 (2),
272-303. |
|
LIM, V. (1997). Moderating effects of work-based support
on the relationship between job insecurity and its
consequences. Work & Stress, 11 (3),
251-266. |
DE CUYPER, N., BERNHARD-OETTEL, C., BERNSTON, E., DE
WITTE, H. & ALARCO, B. (2008). Employability and
employees ? well-being : Mediation by job insecurity. Applied
Psychology : An International Review, 57 (3),
488-509. |
|
GREEN, F. (2009). Subjective employment insecurity around
the world. Cambridge Journal of Regions, Economy &
Society, 2 (3), 343-363. |
|
PARKER, S.K., CHMIEL, N. & WALL, T. (1997). Work
characteristics and employee well-being within a context
of strategic downsizing. Journal of Occupational
Health Psychology, 3 (4), 289-303. [PDF] |
MOSSAKOWSKI, K.N. (2009). The influence of past
unemployment duration on symptoms of depression among
young women and men in the United States. American
Journal of Public Health, 99 (10), 1826-1832.
[PDF] |
|
SCHAUFELI, W.B., BAKKER, A.B. & VAN RHENEN, W. (2009).
How changes in job demands and resources predict burnout,
work engagement, and sickness absenteeism. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 30, 893-917. [PDF] |
|
DAVY, J.A., KINICKI, A.J. & SCHECK, C.L. (1997). A
test of job insecurity's direct and mediated effects on
withdrawal cognitions. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 18, 323-349. |
DE CUYPER, N. & DE WITTE, H. (2009). Job insecurity
and employability among temporary workers: A theoretical
approach based on the psychological contract. In K.
Naswall, J. Hellgren & M. Sverke (Eds.), The
individual in the changing working life (pp.
88-107). Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
|
DE CUYPER, N., DE WITTE, H., VANDER ELST, T. &
HANDAJA, Y. (2010). Perceived job insecurity during a
restructuring : Associations with emotional exhaustion and
vigour. Journal of Business & Psychology, 25, 75-85. |
|
PROBST, T.M. & EKORE, J. (2010). An exploratory study
of the costs of job insecurity in Nigeria. International
Studies of Management & Organization, 40 (1),
92-104. |
|
LÀSZLO, K.D., PIKHART, H., KOPP, M.S., BOBAK, M., PAJAK,
A., MALYUTINA, S., SALAVECZ, G. & MARMOT, M. (2010).
Job insecurity and health : A study of 16 European
countries. Social Science & Medicine, 70 (6),
867-874. |
|
DE WITTE, H., DE CUYPER, N., HANDAJA, Y., SVERKE, M.,
NÄSWALL, K. & HELLGREN, J. (2010). Associations
between quantitative and qual- itative job insecurity and
well-being : A test in Belgian banks. International
Studies of Management & Organization, 40, 40-56. |
|
CHIRUMBOLO, A. & ARENI, A. (2010). Job insecurity
influence on job performance and mental health : Testing
the moderating effect of the need for closure.
Economic & Industrial Democracy, 31 (2)
195-214. [PDF] |
|
MARTINEZ, G., DE WITTE, H. & DE CUYPER, N. (2010).
Review of the job insecurity literature : The case of
Latin-America. Avances en Psicología Latino
americano, 28 (2), 194-204.
[PDF] |
|
YOUSEF, D.A. (1998). Satisfaction with job security as a
predictor of organizational commitment and job performance
in a multicultural environment. International Journal
of Manpower, 19 (3), 184-194. |
GHOLAMEREZA, J., ALI, M. & BAHRAMI, H. (2011). The
impact of job security on employees' commitment and job
satisfaction in Qom municipalities. African Journal
of Business Management, 5 (16), 6853-6858.
[PDF] |
|
OTTO, K., HOFFMANN-BIENCOURT, A. & MOHR, G. (2011). Is
there a buffering effect of flexibility for job attitudes
and work-related strain under conditions of high job
insecurity and regional unemployment rate? Economic
& Industrial Democracy, 32, 609-630. |
|
VIRTANEN, P., JANLERT, U. & HAMMARSTRÖM, A. (2011).
Exposure to temporary employment and job insecurity : A
longitudinal study of the health effects. Occupational
& Environmental Medicine, 68 (8), 570-574. |
|
|
GREEN, F. (2011). Unpacking the misery multiplier : How
employability modi es the impacts of unemployment and job
insecurity on life satisfaction and mental health. Journal
of Health Economics, 30 (2), 265-276. |
|
BULTENA, C. (1998). Social exchange under fire. Direct and
moderated effects of job insecurity on social exchange. Dissertation
Abstracts International, 59 (4-B), 1894. |
DE CUYPER, N., DE WITTE, H. & VANDER ELST, T. (2011).
The role of perceived control in the relationship between
job insecurity and psychosocial outcomes : Moderator or
mediator ? Stress & Health, 27 (3),
215-227. |
|
HU, Q. & SCHAUFELI, W.B. (2011). Job insecurity and
remuneration in Chinese family-owned business workers. Career
Development International, 16, 6–19. |
|
RANSOME, P. (1998). Conceptualizing job insecurity. Management
Research News, 21, 46-47. |
VANDER ELST, T., VAN DEN BROECK, A., DE WITTE, H. & DE
CUYPER, N. (2012). The mediating role of frustration of
psychological needs in the relationship between job
insecurity and work-related well-being. Work &
Stress : An International Journal of Work, Health &
Organisations, 26 (3), 252-271. [PDF] |
|
DE WITTE, H., DE CUYPER, N., VANDER ELST, T., NIESEN, W.
& VANBELLE, E. (2012). Job insecurity : Review of the
liiterature and a summary of recent studies from Belgium.
Romanian Journal of Applied Psychology, 14 (1),
11-17. [PDF] |
|
PROBST, T. (2012). Précarité et sécurité au travail :
Comment la peur de perdre son emploi menace la sécurité
des salariés [Safety and insecurity: How fear of job loss
can threaten employee safety.] In E.A. de Chatillon, O.
Bachelard & S. Carpentier (Eds.), Risques
psychosociaux, santé et sécurité au travail : Une
perspective managériale [Psychosocial risk, workplace
health and safety: A managerial perspective] (pp.
135-148). Paris, France : Vuibert AGRH. |
|
DICKERSON, A. & GREEN, F. (2012). Fears and
realisations of employment insecurity. Labour
Economics, 19 (2), 198-210. |
|
ROSENBLATT, Z., TALMUD, I. & RUVIO, A. (1999). A
gender-based framework of the experience of job insecurity
and its effects on work attitudes. European Journal of
Work & Organizational Psychology, 8 (2),
197-217. |
UNSAL-AKBIYIK, B.S., ÇAKMAK-OTLUOGLU, K.O. & DE WITTE,
H. (2012). Job insecurity and affective commitment in
seasonal versus permanent workers. International
Journal of Humanities & Social Science, 2 (24),
14-20. [PDF] |
|
BÜSSING, A. (1999). Can control at work and social support
moderate psychological consequences of job insecurity ?
Results from a quasi experimental study in the steel
industry. European Journal of Work &
Organizational Psychology, 8 (2), 219-242. |
PROBST, T., BARBANELLI, C. & PETITA, L. (2013). The
relationship between job insecurity and accident
underreporting : A test in two countries. Work &
Stress, 27, 383-402. |
|
HELLGREN, J., SVERKE, M. & ISAKSSON, K. (1999). A
two-dimensional approach to job insecurity : Consequences
for employee attitudes and well-being. European
Journal of Work & Organizational Psychology, 8
(2), 179-195. |
CHIAMAKA, O.J.A., OGUEGBE, T.M. & AGUANUNU, R. (2014).
Exploratory study of job insecurity and entrepreneurial
intention as correlates of counterproductive work
behaviour. International Journal of Academic Research
in Business & Social Sciences, 4 (5), 41-52. [PDF] |
|
LANDSBERGIS, P.A., GRZYWACZ, J.G. & LAMONTAGNE, A.D.
(2014). Work organization, job insecurity, and
occupational health disparities. American Journal of
Industrial Medicine, 57 (5), 495-515. |
|
VAN DEN BROCECK, A., SULEA, C., ILIESCU, D. & DE
WITTE, H., (2014). The mediating role of psychological
needs in the relation between qualitative job insecurity
and counterproductive Work Behavior. Career
Development Solution, 19, 526-547. |
|
VANDER ELST, T., RICHTER, A., SVERKE, M., NÄSWALL, K., DE
CUYPER, N. & DE WITTE, H. (2014). Threat of losing
valued job features : The role of perceived control in
mediating the effect of qualitative job insecurity on job
strain and psychological withdrawal. Work Stress, 28,
143-164. |
|
JIANG, L. & PROBST, T. (2014). Organizational
communication : A buffer in times of job insecurity ? Economic
& Industrial Democracy, 35, 557-579. |
|
KLANDERMANS, B. & VAN VUUREN, T. (1999). Job
insecurity. European Journal of Work &
Organizational Psychology, 8 (2), 145-314. |
KOKESI, E.K. & AGYEMANG, C.B. (2014). Perceived job
insecurity and psychological distress : The moderating
role of work values. International Journal of
Management, Economics & Social Sciences, 3 (1),
18-35.
[PDF] |
|
BENACH, J., VIVES, A., AMABLE, M., VANROELEN, C., TARAFA,
G. & MUNTANER, C. (2014). Precarious employment :
Understanding an emerging social determinant of health. Nature
& Health : Annual Review of Public Health, 35, 229-253. |
|
DE WITTE, H. (1999). Job insecurity and psychological
well-being. Review of the literature and exploration of
some unresolved issues. European Journal of Work
& Organizational Psychology, 8 (2), 155-177. |
DE CUYPER, N., DE WITTE, H., SVERKE, M., HELLEGREN, J.
& NÄSWALL, K. (2014). Felt job insecurity and union
membership : The case of temporary workers. Journal
for General Social Issues, 23 (4), 577-591. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, F.A., (2015). Health effects of job insecurity. IZA
World of Labor, [212], 1-10.
[PDF] |
|
LASTAD, L., BERNSTON, E., NÄSWALL, K., LINDFORS, P. &
SVERKE, M. (2015). Measuring quantitative and qualitative
aspects of the job insecurity climate : Scale validation.
Career Development International, 20, 202-217. |
|
CHIRUMBOLO, A. (2015). The impact of job insecurity on
counterproductive work behaviors : the moderating role of
Honesty-Humility personality trait. The Journal of
Psychology, 149 (6), 554-569. |
|
GREEN, F.A., FELSTEAD, D., ALLIE, D. & INANC, H.
(2016). Job-related well-being through the great
recession. Journal of Happiness Studies, 17 (1),
389-411. |
|
CAROLI, E. & GODARD, M. (2016). Does job insecurity
deteriorate health ? Health Economics, 25 (2),
131-147. |
|
SCHAUFELI, W.B. (2016). Job insecurity research is still
alive and kicking twenty years later : A commentary. Australian
Psychologist, 51 (2016) 32–35.
[PDF] |
|
CALLEA, A., URBINI, F. & CHIRUMBOLO, A. (2016). The
mediating role of organizational identification in the
relationship between qualitative job insecurity, OCB and
job performance. Journal of Management Development,
35, 735-746. |
|
DE WITTE, H., PIENAAR, J. & DE CUYPER, N. (2016).
Review of 30 years of longitudinal studies on the
association between job insecurity and health and
well-being: Is there causal evidence ? Australian
Psychologist, 51 (1), 18-31. |
|
CHIRUMBOLO, A., URBINI, F., CALLEA, A. & TALAMO, A.
(2017). The impact of qualitative job insecurity on
identification with the organization : The moderating role
of overall oraunizational justice. Swiss Journal of
Psychology, 76 (3), 117-123. [PDF] |
|
NIESEN, W., VAN HOOTEGEM, A., HANDAJA, Y., BATTISTELLI, A.
& DE WITTE, H., (2018). Quantitative and qualitative
job insecurity and idea generation : The mediating role of
psychological contract breach. Scandinavian Journal
of Work and Organizational Psychology, 3, 1-14. |
|
VAN HOOTEGEM, A. & DE WITTE, H. (2019). Qualitative
job insecurity and informal learning : A longitudinal test
of occupational self-efficacy and psychological contract
breach as mediators. International Journal of
Environmental Research & Public Health, 16 (10),
1847. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Perdre son emploi,
Sous-Emploi, Épuisement
professionnel, Satisfaction
au travail, Travail
et Chômage |
|
|
|
Travail
(Quart) : Shift,
8-hour shift, 12-hour shift, Shiftwork.
| |
|
|
ÄKERSTEDT, T. & TORSVALL, L. (1981) Shiftwork :
shift-dependent well-being and individual differences. Ergonomics, 24, 265-273. |
TUCKER, P., SMITH, L., MaCDONALD, I. & FOLKARD, S.
(2000). Effects of direction of rotation in continuous and
discontinuous, 8 hour shift systems. Occupational
& Environmental Medicine, 57 (10), 678-684. |
|
ÄKERSTEDT, T. & TORSVALL, L. (1985). Napping in shift
work. Sleep, 8, 105-109. |
|
|
ÄKERSTEDT, T. (1988). Sleepiness as a consequence of shift
work. Sleep, 11, 17-34. |
|
|
BARTON, J. (1994). Choosing to work at night : a
moderating influence on individual tolerance to shift
work. Journal of Applied Psychology, 79,
449-454. |
PARKES, K.R. (2002). Shift work and age as interactive
predictors of body mass index among offshore workers. Scandinavian
Journal of Work, Environment & Health, 28
(1), 64-71. |
|
MaCDONALD, I., SMITH, L., LOWE, S.L. & FOLKARD, S.
(1997). Effects on accidents of time into shift and of
short breaks between shifts. International Journal of
Occupational & Environmental Health, 3 (S2),
40-45. |
FOLKARD, S. & TUCKER, P. (2003). Shift work, safety
and productivity. Occupational Medicine, 53 (2),
95-101. [PDF] |
|
AXELSSON, J., KECKLUND, G., ÄKERSTEDT, T. & LOWDEN, A.
(1998). Effects of alternating 8- and 12-hour shifts on
sleep, sleepiness, physical effort and performance).
Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment & Health,
24 (3), 62-68. [PDF] |
AXELSSON, J., ÄKERSTEDT, T., KECKLUND, G. & LOWDEN, A.
(2003). Tolerance to shift work-how does it relate to
sleep and wakefulness ? International Archives of
Occupational & Environmental Health, 77 (2),
121-129. |
|
LOWDEN, A., KECKLUND, G., AXELSSON, J. & ÄKERSTEDT, T.
(1998). Change from an 8-hour shift to a 12-hour shift,
attitudes, sleep, sleepiness and performance. Scandinavian
Journal of Work, Environment & Health, 24 (S3),
69-75.
[PDF] |
HORROCKS, N. & POUNDER, R. (2006). Working the
night shift : preparation, survival and recovery.
London : Royal College of Physicians. |
|
ÄKERSTEDT, T. (1998). Is there an optimal sleep-wake
pattern in shift work ? Scandinavian Journal of Work,
Environment & Health, 24 (S3), 18-27.
[PDF] |
EBERLY, R. & FELDMAN, H. (2010). Obesity and shift
work in the general population. Internet Journal of
Allied Health Sciences & Practice, 8 (3), 1-9.
[PDF]
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Travail de nuit, Trouble
du sommeil, Somnolence,
Longévité et Rhythme
cicardien |
|
|
|
Travail
(Sans.. ) : Voir Chomage.
Unemployement.
|
|
|
|
|
Travail
(Surcharge) : Travail
qui, en raison de sa quantité ou de sa nature, nuit à d'autres
activités, comme la
réussite scolaire, la santé
physique et mentale, l'harmonie
familiale, etc.
= travail excessif.
Negative impact of work, negative impact of part-time work.
| |
|
|
STEINBERG, L., GREENBERGER, E., GARDUQUE, L. &
McAULIFFE, S. (1982). High school students in the labor
force : Some costs and benefits to schooling and learning.
Educational Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 4,
363-372. |
STEINBERG, L., FEGLEY, S. & DORNBUSH, S. (1993).
Negative impact of part-time work on adolescent adjustment
: Evidence from a longitudinal study. Developmental
Psychology, 29 (2), 171-180. |
|
D'AMICO, R. (1984). Does employment during high school
impair academic progress ? Sociology of Education, 57,
152-164. |
NEUMARK, D. & WASHER, W. (1995). Minimum-wage effects
on school and work transitions of teenagers. American
Economic Review, 85 (2), 244-249. |
|
SCHILL, W.J., McCARTIN, R. & MEYER, K.A. (1985). Youth
employment : Its relationships to academic and family
variables. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 26,
155-163. |
SKORIKOV, V.B. (1997). Longitudinal relationships between
part-time work and career development in adolescents. Career
Development Quarterly, 5 (3), 221-235. |
|
GOTTFREDSON, D.C. (1986). Youth employment, crime, and
schooling : A longitudinal study of a national sample. Developmental
Psychology, 21 (3), 419-432. |
DAGENAIS, M., MONTMARQUETTE, C., PARENT, D., DUROCHER, B.
et RAYMOND, F. (1998).Travail pendant les études et
abandon scolaire : Causes, conséquences et politiques
d'intervention. Série Scientifique/CIRANO. |
|
EHRENBERG, R. & SHERMAN, D.R. (1987). Employment while
in college, academic achievement, and postcollege outcomes
: A summary of results. The Journal of Human
Resources, 22 (1), 1-23. |
FURR, S.R. & ELLING, T.W. (2000). The influence of
work on college student development. NASPA Journal,
37 (2), 454-470. |
|
GREEN, D.L. (1990). High school student employment in
social context : Adolescents' perceptions of the role of
part-time work. Adolescence, 25, 425-434. |
ORZAG, J.M., ORZAG, P.R. & WHITMORE, D.M. (2001).
Learning and earning : Working in college.
Upromise. |
|
MARSH, H.W. (1991). Employment during high school :
Character builder or a subversion of academic goals ? Sociology
of Education, 64, 172-189. |
|
|
KABLAOUI, B.N. & PAUTLER, A.J. (1991). The effects of
part-time work experience on high school students.
Journal of Career Development, 17, 195-211. |
SANTANA, V.S., COOPER, S.P., ROBERTS, R.E. &
ARAÚJO-FILHO, J.B. (2005). Adolescent students who work :
Gender differences in school performances and
self-perceived health. International Journal of
Environmental Health, 11 (3), 294-301. |
|
HOOD, A., CRAIG, A. & FERGURSON, B. (1992). The impact
of athletics, part-time employment, and other activitieson
academic achievement. Journal of College Student
Development, 33, 447-453. |
DUNDES, L. & MARX, J. (2006). Balancing work and
academics in college : Why do students working 10-19 hours
per week excel ? Journal of College Student
Retention, 8 (1), 107-120. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Travail
et Épuisement
professionnel |
|
|
Travail à distance (domicile) : Travail
effectué hors du milieu de travail, souvent à domicile par
l'intermédiaire d'un ordinateur
ou d'un téléphone.
= télétravail, travail à domicile.
Telework, telecommuting, working at home, virtual work.
| |
|
|
WOODY, L. (1995). The underground guide to
telecommuting. Addison-Wesley. |
VENKATESH, V. & SPEIER, C. (2010). Creating an
effective training environment for enhancing telework. International
Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 52, 991-1005. |
|
REINSCH, N.L. (1997). Relationships between telecommuting
workers and their managers : An exploratory study. Journal
of Business Communication, 34 (4), 343-69. |
|
|
FELDMAN, D.C. & GAINEY, T.W. (1998). Patterns of
telecommuting and their consequences : Framing the
research agenda. Human Resource Management Review, 7
(4), 369-388. |
OFFSTEIN, E.H., MORWICK, J.M. & KOSKINEN, L. (2010).
Making telework work : Leading people and leveraging
technology for competitive advantage. Strategic HR
Review, 9 (2), 32-37. |
|
STEPHENS, G.K. & SZJARNA, B. (1998). Perceptions and
expectations : Why people choose a telecommuting work
style. International Journal of Electronic Commerce,
3 (1), 70-85. |
GOLDEN, T.D. & RAGHURAM, S. (2010). Fostering
teleworker knowledge sharing : The role of altered
relational and technological interactions. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 31, 1061-1085. |
|
GAINEY, T.W., KELLEY, D.E. & HILL, J.A. (1999).
Telecommuting's impact on corporate culture and individual
workers : Examining the effect of employee isolation. SAM
Advanced Management Journal, 64 (4), 4-11. |
VIRICK, M., DASILVA, N. & ARRINGTON, K. (2010).
Moderators of the curvilinear relation between extent of
telecommuting and job and life satisfaction : The role of
performance outcome orientation and worker type. Human
Relations, 63 (1), 137-154. |
|
DUXBURY, L.E. & NEUFELD, D. (1999). An empirical
evaluation of the impacts of telecommuting on
intra-organizational communication. Journal of
Engineering & Technology Management, 16, 1-28. |
TAKIN, L. & BRIDOUX, F. (2010). Telework : A challenge
to knowledge transfer in organizations. The
International Journal of Human Resource Management, 21 (13),
2503-2520. |
|
BARUCH, Y. (2000). Teleworking : Benefits and pitfalls as
perceived by professionals and managers. New
Technology, Work & Employment, 15, 34-49. |
GOLDEN, T.D. & RAGHURAM, S. (2010). Teleworker
knowledge sharing and the role of altered relational and
technological interactions. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 31 (8), 1061-1085. |
|
KONRADT, U., SCHMOOK, R., WILM, A. & HERTEL, G.
(2000). Health circles for teleworkers : Selective results
on stress, strain and coping styles. Health Education
Research, 15 (3), 327-338. |
HUNTON, J.E. & NORMAN, C.S. (2010). The impact of
alternative telework arrangements on organizational
commitment : Insights from a longitudinal field
experiment. Journal of Information Systems, 24
(1), 67-90. |
|
SHIN, B., EL SAWY, O.A., SHENG, O.R.L. & HIGA, K
(2000). Telework : Existing research and future
directions. Journal of Organizational Computing &
Electronic Commerce, 10 (2), 85-101. |
|
|
MANN, S., VARREY, R. & BUTTON, W. (2000). An
exploration of the emotional impact of teleworking via
computer-mediated communication. Journal of
Managerial Psychology, 15 (7), 668-682. |
|
|
LUPTON, P. & HAYNES, B. (2000). Teleworking : The
perception-reality gap. Facilities, 18 (7/8),
323-337. |
GOLDEN, T.D. (2011). Does it matter where your manager
works ? Comparing managerial work mode (traditional,
telework, virtual) across subordinate work experiences and
outcomes. Human Relations, 64 (11), 1451-75. |
|
WEISENFELD, B.M., RAGHURAM, S. & GARUD, R. (2001).
Organizational identification among virtual workers : The
role of need for affiliation and perceived work- based
social support. Journal of Management, 27, 213-229. |
GOLDEN, T.D. (2011). Altering the effects of work and
family conflict on exhaustion : Telework during
traditional and nontraditional work hours. Journal of
Business & Psychology, 27 (3), 255-269. [PDF] |
|
MILLS, J., WONG-ELLISON, C., WERNER, W. & CLAY J.
(2001). Employer liability for telecommuting employees. Cornell
Hotel & Restaurant Quarterly, 42 (5), 48-59. |
FAY, M.J. & KLINE S.L. (2011). Coworker relationships
and informal communication in high-intensity
telecommuting. Journal of Applied Communication
Research, 39 (2), 144-163. |
|
BAILEY, D.E. & KURLAND, N.B. (2002). A review of
telework research : Findings, new directions, and lessons
for the study of modern work. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 23, 383-400. |
|
|
|
HAINES, V.Y., ST. ONGE, S. & ARCHAMBAULT, M.. (2002).
Environmental and person antecedents of telecommuting
outcomes. Journal of End User Computing, 14 (3),
32-50. |
FAY, M.J. & KLINE, S.L. (2011). Coworker relationships
and informal communication in high-intensity
telecommuting. Journal of Applied Communication
Research, 39 (2), 144-163. |
|
TREMBLAY, D.-G. (2002). Balancing work and family with
telework ? Organizational issues and challenges for women
and managers. Women in Management Review, 17 (3/4),
157-70. |
PYÖRIÄ, P. (2011). Managing telework : Risks, fears and
rules. Management Research Review, 34 (4),
386-399. |
|
GIBSON, J., BLACKWELL, C., DOMINICIS, P. & DEMERATH,
N. (2002). Telecommuting in the 21st century : Benefits,
issues, and a leadership model which will work. Journal
of Leadership & Organizational Studies, 8 (4),
75-86. |
TURETKEN, O., JAIN, A., QUESENBERRY, B. & NGWENYAMA,
O. (2011). An empirical investigation of the impact of
individual and work characteristics on telecommuting
success. IEEE Transactions on Professional
Communication, 54 (1), 56-67. |
|
HARPAZ, I. (2002). Advantages and disadvantages of
telecommuting for the individual, organization, and
society. Work Study, 51 (2/3), 74-80. |
|
|
COOPER, C.D. & KURLAND, N.B. (2002). Telecommuting,
professional isolation and employee development in public
and private sector organizations. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 23, 511-532. |
|
|
HILL, E.J., FERRIS, M. & MÄRTINSON, V. (2003). Does it
matter where you work ? A comparison of how three work
venues (traditional office, virtual office, and home
office) influence aspects of work and personal/family
life. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 63 (2),
220-241. |
|
|
POTTER, E. (2003). Telecommuting: The future of work,
corporate culture, and American society. Journal of
Labor Research, 24 (1), 73-84. |
|
|
HARRIS, L. (2003). Home-based teleworking and the
employment relationship : Managerial challenges and
dilemmas. Personnel Review, 32 (4), 422-437. |
|
|
MANN, S. & HOLDSWORTH, L. (2003). The psychological
impact of teleworking : Stress, emotions and health. New
Technology, Work & Employment, 18, 196-211. |
ARORA, S.A. (2012). Does workplace isolation matter ?
Examining the impact of workplace isolation on
telecommuter work engagement. Melbourne, FL :
Florida Institute of Technology. |
|
JUDGE T.A. & ILIES, R. (2004). Affect and job
satisfaction : a study of their relationship at work and
at home. Journal of Applied Psychology, 89,
661-673. |
SARDESHMUKH, S.R., SHARMA, D. & GOLDEN, T.D. (2012).
Impact of telework on exhaustion and job engagement : A
job demands and job resources model. New Technology,
Work and Employment, 27 (3), 193-207. |
|
RAGHRAM, B. & WIESELFELD, B. (2004). Work-nonwork
conflict and job stress among virtual workers. Human
Resource Management, 43 (2), 259-277. |
GOLDEN, T.D. (2012). Altering the effects of work and
family conflict on exhaustion : Telework during
traditional and nontraditional work hours. Journal of
Business & Psychology, 27 (3), 255-269. |
|
|
AMMONS, S.K. & MARKHAM, W.T. (2004). Working at home :
Experiences of skilled white collar workers.
Sociological Spectrum, 24, 191-238. |
MARUYAMA, T. & TIETZE, S. (2012). From anxiety to
assurance : Concerns and outcomes of telework. Personnel
Review, 41 (4), 450-469. |
|
GOLDEN, T.D. & VEIGA, J.F. (2005). The impact of
extent of telecommuting on job satisfaction : Resolving
inconsistent findings. Journal of Management, 31
(2), 301-318. |
WHEATHLEY, D. (2012). Good to be home ? Time-use and
satisfaction levels among home-based teleworkers. New
Technology, Work & Employment, 27 (3), 224-
241. |
|
CRANDALL, W. & GAO, L. (2005). An update on
telecommuting : Review and prospects for emerging issues.
S.A.M. Advanced Management Journal, 70 (3),
30-37. |
|
|
GOLDEN, T.D. (2006). Avoiding depletion in virtual work :
Telework and the intervening impact of work exhaustion on
commitment and turnover intentions. Journal of
Vocational Behavior, 69, 176-187. |
|
|
VALESCHI, R. (2006). Visible moves and invisible bodies :
The case of teleworking in an Italian call centre. New
Technology, Work & Employment, 21, 123-138. |
|
|
GOLDEN, T.D., VEIGA, J.F. & SIMSEK, Z. (2006).
Telecommuting's differential impact on work-family
conflict : Is there no place like home ? Journal of
Applied Psychology, 91 (6), 1340-1350. |
|
|
GAINEY, T.W. & CLENNEY, B.F. (2006). Flextime and
telecommuting : Examining individual perceptions. Southern
Business Review, 32 (1), 13-21. |
|
|
|
JUDGE, T.A., ILIES, R. & SCOTT, B.A. (2006).
Work-family conflict and emotions : Effects at work and at
home. Personnel Psychology, 59, 779-814. |
GRANT, C.A., WALLACE, L.M. & SPURGEON, P.C. (2013). An
exploration of the psychological factors affecting remote
e-worker's job effectiveness, well-being and work-life
balance. Employee Relations, 35 (5), 527-546. |
|
HARTIG, T., KYLIN, C. & JOHANSSON, G. (2007). The
telework tradeoff : Stress mitigation vs. constrained
restoration. Applied Psychology, 56 (2),
231-253. |
DAVIS, R. & CATES, S. (2013). The dark side of working
in a virtual world : An investigation of the relationship
between workplace isolation and engagement among
teleworkers. Journal of Human Resource &
Sustainability Studies, 1 (2), 9-13. |
|
GAJENDRAN, R.S. & HARRISON, D.A. (2007). The good, the
bad, and the unknown about telecommuting : Meta-analysis
of psychological mediators and individual consequences. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 92 (6), 1524-1541. |
MUSTAFA, M. & GOLD, M. (2013). "Chained to my work" ?
Strategies to manage temporal and physical boundaries
among self-employed teleworkers. Human Resource
Management Journal, 23 (4), 413-29. |
|
MEAADOWS, V. (2007). Versatile bureaucracy : A telework
case study. Public Manager, 36 (4), 33-37. |
GREER, T.W. & PAYNE, S.C. (2014). Overcoming telework
challenges : Outcomes of successful telework strategies. The
Psychologist-Manager Journal, 17 (2), 87- 111. |
|
GOLDEN, T.D. (2007). Co-workers who telework and the
impact on those in the office : Understanding the
implications of virtual work for co-worker satisfaction
and turnover intentions. Human Relations, 60, 1641-1667. |
VEGA, R.P., ANDERSON, A.J. & KAPLAN, S.A. (2015). A
within-person examination of the effects of telework. Journal
of Business & Psychology, 30 (2), 313-23. |
|
PETERS, P. & VAN DER LIPPE, T. (2007). The
time-pressure reducing potential of teletelework : The
Dutch case. International Journal of Human Resources
Management, 18 (3), 430-447. |
ALLEN, T.D., GOLDEN, T.D. & SHOCKLEY, K.M. (2015). How
effective is telecommuting ? Assessing the status of our
scientific findings. Psychological Science in the
Public Interest, 16 (2), 40-68. |
|
MELLO, J.A. (2007). Managing telework programs
effectively. Employee Responsibilities & Rights
Journal, 19 (4), 247-61. |
|
|
GOLDEN, T.D. VVEIGA, J.F. & DINO, R.N. (2008). The
impact of professional isolation on teleworker job
performance and turnover intentions : Does time spent
teleworking, interacting face-to-face, or having access to
communication-enhancing technology matter ? Journal
of Applied Psychology, 93 (6), 1412-21. |
GAJENDRAN, R.S., HARRISON, D.A. & DELANEY-KLINGER, K.
(2015). Are telecommuters remotely good citizens?
Unpacking telecommuting's effects on performance via
i-deals and job resources. Personnel Psychology, 68 (2),
353-393. |
|
VERBEKE, A., SCHULZ, R., GREIDANUS, N. & HAMBLEY, L.A.
(2008). Growing the virtual workplace : The
integrative value proposition for telework.
Northampton : Edward Elgar. |
RICHARDSON, J. & KELLIHER, C. (2015). Managing
visibility for career sustainability : A study of remote
workers. In A. De Vos & B. Van der Heijden (Eds.),
Handbook of research on sustainable careers(pp.
116-130). UK : Edward Elgar. |
|
HILL, N.S.,BARTOL, K.M., TESLUK, P.E. & LANGA, GOSIA
A. (2009). Organizational context and face-to-face
interaction : Influences on the development of trust and
collaborative behaviors in computer-mediated groups. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 108 (2),
187-201. |
|
|
O'NEILL, T.A., HAMBLEY, L.A., GREIDANUS, N.S., MACDONNELL,
R. & KLINE, T.J. (2009). Predicting teleworker success
: An exploration of personality, motivational,
situational, and job characteristics. New Technology,
Work & Employment, 24, 144-162. |
BEAUREGARD, T.A., BASILE, K.A. & CANONICO, E. (2019).
Telework : outcomes and facilitators for employees. In
R.N. Landers (Ed.) The Cambridge handbook of
technology and employee behavior (pp. 511-543).
Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Travaail,
Isolement
social et Ordinateur |
|
|
Travail à temps partiel : Travail
qui ne se déroule pas sur une semaine complète de travail (4
ou 5 jours/32 à 40 h. = travail à
temps plein), faute de travail supplémentaire ou simplement parce
que le travailleur souhaite partager son temps avec d'autres
activités (école, famille, sport).
Temporary
worker, temporay employment, part-time work, part-time
employment, nonstandard employment.
| |
|
|
GREEN, D. L. (1990). High School Student Employment in
Social Context : Adolescents'Perceptions of the Role of
Part-Time Work. Adolescence, 25 (98), 425-434.
|
KALLEBERG, A.L. (2000). Nonstandard employment relations :
Part-time, temporary and contract work. Annual Review
Sociology, 26, 341-365. |
|
SAFRON, D.J., SCHULENBERG, J.E. & BACHMAN, J. G.
(2001). Part-time work and hurried adolescence : The links
among work intensity, social activities, health behaviors,
and substance use. Journal of Health & Social
Behavior, 42, 425-449. |
|
KOUVONEN, A. & LINTONEN, T. (2002). Adolescent work
and Drug Experiments. Journal of Substance Use, 7, 85-92. |
|
CURTIS, S. & WILLIAMS, J. (2002). The reluctant
workforce : Undergraduates' part-time employment.
Education & Training, 44 (1) |
|
KOUVONEN, A. & LINTONEN, T. (2002). Adolescent
part-time work and heavy drinking in Finland.
Addiction, 7, 311-318. |
|
MORTIMER, J.T., HARLEY, C. & STAFF, J. (2002). The
quality of work and youth mental health. Work &
Occupations, 29 (2), 166-197. |
|
STEINBERG, L. & DORNBUSCH, S.M. (1991). Negative
correlates of part-time employment during adolescence:
Replication and elaboration. Developmental Psychology,
27, 304-313. |
FORRIER, A. & SELS, L. (2003). Temporary employment
and employability : Training opportunities and efforts of
temporary and permanent employees in Belgium. Work,
Employment & Society, 17 (4), 641-666. |
|
MORTIMER, J.T. & STAFF, J. (2004). Early Work as a
Source of Developmental Discontinuity during the
Transition to Adulthood. Development &
Psychopathology, 16 (4), 1047-1070. |
|
SANTANA, V.S., COOPER, S.P., ROBERTS, R.E. &
ARAÚJO-FILHO, J.B. (2005). Adolescent students who work :
Gender differences in school performances and
self-perceived health. International Journal of
Environmental Health Research, 11 (3), 294-301. |
|
CARNEY, C., McNEISH, S. & McCOLL J. (2005). The impact
of part-time employment on students' health and academic
performance : a Scottish perspective. Journal of
Further & Higher Education, 29 (4), 307-319. |
|
SALAMONSON, Y. & ANDREW, S. (2006). Academic
performance in nursing students : Influence of part-time
employment, age and ethnicity. Journal of Advanced
Nursing, 55 (3), 342-349. |
|
DE CUYPER, N. & DE WITTE, H. (2007). The effects of
contract preference on the attitudes, well-being and
behavioural intentions of temporary workers. Economic
& Industrial Democracy, 28 (2), 292-312. |
|
|
CURTIS, S. (2007) Students' perceptions of the effects of
term-time paid employment. Education & training,
49 (5), 380-390. |
|
DUMONT, M. (2007). Le travail à temps partiel durant les
études chez les élèves du secondaire : impacts sur leur
adaptation scolaire et psychosociale. Éducation et
Francophonie, 35 (1), 161-181.
[PDF] |
| . |
DE CUYPER, N. & DE WITTE, H. (2008). Job insecurity
and employability among temporary workers : A theoretical
approach based on the psychological contract. In K.
Näswall, J. Hellgren & M. Sverke (Eds.), The
individual in the changing working life (pp.
88-107). Cambridge University Press. |
|
DE CUYPER, N. & DE WITTE, H (2008). Temporary
employment : associations with employees' attitudes,
well-being and behaviour : a review of belgian research. Psychologica Belgica, 49 (4), 249-273. [PDF] |
|
HOOD, A., CRAIG, A. & FERGURSON, B. (1992). The impact
of athletics, part-time employment, and other activitieson
academic achievement. Journal of College Student
Development, 33, 447-453. |
DE CUYPER, N., DE JONG, J., DE WITTE, H. ISAKSSON, K.,
RIGOTTI, T. & SCHALK, R. (2008). Literature review of
theory and research on the psychological impact of
temporary employment : Towards a conceptual model. International
Journal of Management Reviews, 10, 25-51. |
|
BARONE, F.J. (1993). The effects of part-time employment
on academic performance. NASSP Bulletin, 77,
67-73. |
DE CUYPER, N., SORA, B., DE WITTE, H., CABALLER, A. &
PEIRO, J.M. (2009). Organizations' use of temporary
employment and job insecurity climate among Belgian and
Spanish permanent workers. Economic & Industrial
Democracy, 30, 1-28. |
|
STEINBERG, L., FEGLEY, S. & DORNBUSCH, S. (1993).
Negative impact of part-time work on adolescent adjustment
: Evidence from a longitudinal study. Developmental
Psychology, 29 (2), 171-180. |
DE CUYPER, N. & DE WITTE, H. (2009). Temporay
employment : Associations with employees' attitudes, well
being and behaviour A review of Belgian research. Psychologica
Belgica, 49 (4), 249-273. [PDF] |
|
FORD, J., BOSWORTH, D. & WILSON, R. (1995). Part time
work and full time higher education. Studies in
Higher Education 20 (2), 187-202. |
BARRON, P. & ANASTASIADOU, C. (2009). Student
part-time employment: Implications, challenges and
opportunities for higher education. International
Journal of Contemporary Hospitality Management, 21 (2),
140-153. |
|
DE CUYPER, N. & DE WITTE, H. (2010). Impress to become
employable. The case of temporary workers. Journal of
Career Development, 37, 635-652. |
|
LUCAS, R. & RALSTON, L. (1997). Youth, gender and
part-time employment. Employee Relations, 19
(1), 51-66. |
MARTINEZ, G., DE WITTE, H. & DE CUYPER, N. (2010).
Review of temporary employment literature : Perspectives
for research and development in Latin America. Psykhe,
19 (1), 61-73. [PDF] |
|
SINGH, K. (1998). Part-time employment in high school and
its effect on academic achievement. The Journal of
Educational Research, 91, 131-139. |
DE CUYPER, N. & DE WITTE, H. (2010). Impress to become
employable. The case of temporary workers. Journal of
Career Development, 37, 635-652. |
|
ELLINGSON, J.E., GRUYS, M.L. & SACKETT, P.R. (1998).
Factors related to the satisfaction and performance of
temporary employees. Journal of Applied Psychology,
83, 913-921. |
BJORNHOLT, M. (2010). Part-time work and the career and
life choices of the men from the Work-Sharing Couples
Study. Equality, Diversity & Inclusion, 29
(6), 573-592. |
|
LEE, T., MAWDSLEY, M. & RANGELEY, H. (1999). Students'
part-time work : towards an understanding of the
implications for nurse education. Nurse Education
Today, 19 (6), 443-451. |
PIRANI, E. & SALVINI, S. (2015). Is temporary
employment damaging to health ? A longitudinal study on
Italian workers. Social Science & Medicine, 124,
121-131. |
|
| |
|
Voir Travail
précaire, Étude
à temps partiel et Travail
|
|
|
|
Travail
dangereux : Tout travail qui comporte des dangers,
une probabilité de se blesser
(EX : la construction, paramédics), de contracter une
maladie (EX : mines, hôpitaux, paramédics, etc) ou un
trouble psychologique (contrôleur aérien, policier,
paramédics, etc). Dangerous work.
| |
|
|
JERMIER, J.M., GAINES, J. & McINTOSH, N.J. (1989).
Reactions to physically dangerous work : A conceptual and
empirical analysis. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 10, 15-33. |
|
GRANT, A.M. & WADE-BENZONI, K. (2009). The hot and
cool of death awareness at work : Mortality cues, aging,
and self-protective and prosocial motivations. Academy
of Management Review, 34 (4), 600-622.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Travail de deuil : En psychanalyse,
efforts du patient pour se
détacher intellectuellement et émotivement de
l'objet perdu ( EX: perte d'un proche,
rupture amoureuse, etc). Se détacher consiste à ne plus ressentir
d'affect ou d'émotion négative en présence de cet objet, ou
simplement lors de son évocation. Travail de deuil et deuil.
|
Travail de nuit : Travail de nuit, quart
de travail et rhythme
cicardien.
Night work.
|
|
|
GILLBERG, M., KECKLUND, G., AXELSSON, J. & ÄKERSTEDT,
T. (1996). The effects of a short daytime nap after
restricted night sleep. Sleep, 19, 570-575. |
|
INGRE, M., KECKLUND, G., ÄKERSTEDT, T. & KECKLUND, L.
(2004). Variation in sleepiness during early morning
shifts : a mixed model approach to an experimental field
study of train drivers. Chronobiology International,
21, 973-990. |
|
HORROCKS, N. & POUNDER, R. (2006). Working the
night shift : preparation, survival and recovery.
London : Royal College of Physicians. |
|
BJORVATN, B., STANGENES, K., OYANE, N., FORBERG, K.,
LOWDEN, A., HOLSTEN, F. & ÄKERSTEDT, T. (2007).
Randomized placebo-controlled field study of the effects
of bright light and melatonin in adaptation to night work.
Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment &
Health, 33 (3), 204-215.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Travail, Quart
de travail, Mélatonine
et Rhythme
cicardien |
|
|
|
|
|
Travail non-qualifié : Travailleur qui ne possède pas les connaissances ou les habiletésnécessaires pour réaliser
tâcheses tâches.h
= travaileur sans
diplôme, sans permis, sans certification.
| |
|
|
CHARDON, O. et AMOSSÉ, T. (2006). Les travailleurs
non qualifiés : une nouvelle classe sociale ? Économie
et Statistique, 393 (1), 203-229. |
|
|
|
Travail pratique : Forme d'évaluation
des apprentissages qui consiste à mettre en application (=
pratique) des aspects particuliers d'une matière ou d'un contenu
que l'on considère comme plus théorique. =
TP.
|
Travail précaire : Voir Travail (précarité).
Job loss, precarious employment, job insecurity, felt job insecurity.
|
Travail social : Technologie
qui s'appuie sur la psychologue
et la sociologue pour
intervenir auprès d'individus, de couples,
de familles, de
groupes afin de les aider à résoudre ou à prévenir des problèmes
d'ordre personnel, familial ou social. Social
work.
| |
|
|
HEINMAN, M.B. (1981). The obsolete scientific imperative
in social work research. Social Service Review, 55,
371-379. |
|
PIEPER, M.H. (1985). The future of social work research. Social
Work Research & Abstracts, 21 (4), 3-11. |
|
PEILE, C. (1988). Research paradigms in social work : From
stalemate to creative synthesis. Social Service
Review, 62, 1-19. |
|
ZIMMERMAN, J.H. (1989). Determinism, science, and social
work. Social Service Review, 63, 52-62. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, H. (1992). If social work hasn't made progress
as a science, might it be an art ? Families in
Society, 73, 48-55. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Travail
temporaire :
Temporary employment
| |
|
|
PIRANI, E. & SALVINI, S. (2015). Is temporary
employment damaging to health ? A longitudinal study on
Italian workers. Social Science & Medicine, 124,
121-131. |
|
|
|
Travestisme : Travesti : Consiste à se vêtir
et à se comporter comme le sexe opposé (tendance surtout présente
chez les hommes). *transsexualisme.
Transvestism.
| |
| Caractéristiques
|
Transsexualisme |
Transgenrisme |
Intersexué |
Travestisme |
| Trouble
de l'identité |
Oui |
Oui |
Oui, mais pas nécessairement |
Non |
| Sexe ambigu |
Non |
Non |
Oui |
Non |
| Genre
ambïgu |
Oui |
Oui |
Non |
Non |
| Changement/
Réattribution
sexuelle |
Oui |
Oui |
Oui |
Non |
| Changement
de comportement/rôle
sexuel |
Oui |
Oui |
Non, conforme au sexe réattribué |
Oui, mais momentané |
| Changement
de l'apparence/Hormone |
Oui |
Oui,
mais pas nécessairement |
Oui |
Non |
| Changement
biologique/Chirurgie de réattribution |
Oui,
mais pas nécessairement |
Oui,
mais pas nécessairement |
Oui, |
Non |
| Négation
de son sexe biologique |
Oui |
Oui |
Non |
Non |
| Négation
des genres/rôles sexuels |
Non |
Oui,
mais pas toujours |
Non |
Non |
|
|
Tableau réalisé par l'auteur de ce site |
| |
|
|
FENICHEL, O. (1930). The psychology of transvestism. International
Journal of Psycho-Analytic, 11, 211-226. |
POMEROY, W. (1975). The diagnosis and treatment of
transvestites and transsexuals. Journal of Sex &
Marital Therapy, 1 (3), 215-224. |
|
CAULDWELL, D.O. (1956). Transvestism : Men in female
dress. New York : Sexology Corporation. |
ROSEN, R.C. & KOPEL, S.A. (1977). Penile
plethysmography and biofeedback in the treatment of a
transvestite-exhibitionist. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 45, 908-916. |
|
HAMBURGER, C., STURUP, G.K. & DAHL-IVERSEN, E. (1953).
Transvestism : Hormonal, psychiatric, and surgical
treatment of a case. Nordisk Medium, 12 (5),
844-848. |
|
|
HAMBURGER, C., STURUP, G.K. & DAHL-IVERSEN, E. (1953).
Transvestism : Hormonal, psychiatric, and surgical
treatment. Journal of the American Medical
Association, 12 (6), 391-396. |
TALAMINI, J.T. (1982). Boys will be girls : The
hidden world of the heterosexual male transvestite.
Washington, DC : University Press of America. |
|
FRIEND, M.R., SCHIDDEL, L., KLEIN, B. & DUNAEFF, D.
(1954). Observations on the development of tranmestism in
boys. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 24,
563-574. |
BEATRICE, J.A. (1985). psychological comparison of hetero-
sexuals, transvestites, preoperative transsexuals, and
postoperative transsexuals. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 173, 358-365. |
|
GLYNN, J.D. & HARPER, P. (1961). Behaviour therapy in
transvestism. Lancet, 1, 619. |
DOCTER, R.F. & PRINCE, V. (1997). Transvestism : A
survey of 1032 cross-dressers. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 26 (6), 589-605. |
|
REKERS, G.A. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1974). Behavioral
treatment of deviant sex-role behaviors in a male child. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 7 (2), 173-190. [PDF] |
LANGSTROM, N. & ZUCKER, K.J. (2005). Transvestic
fetishism in the general population : prevalence and
correlates. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 31,
87-95. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Habillement
et Transsexualisme |
|
|
| TR
- TREMBLAY
- TRIADE -
TRIANDIS - TRIANGULATION - TRICHER
- TRICHOTILLOMANIE - TRIPLETT
- TRISOMIE - TRIVERS
- TRO |
Treisman Anne Marie (Wakefield 1935-2018 New York) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine, d'origine anglaise, spécialisée dans l'étude de
l'attention, de la perception
et de la vision. Elle a proposé une modification au modèe de Boroadbent que l'on appelle de nos jours la théorie de l'atténuation. Étudiante de Broadbent.
Collaboratrice de Kahneman.
 |
TREISMAN, A. M. (1960). Contextual cues in selective listening. (Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 12 ((4), 242-248. |
|
TREISMAN, A.A.M. & GELADE, G. (1980). A
feature-integration theory of attention. Cognitive
Psychology, 12, 97-136. |
|
TREISMAN, A. (1992). Perceiving and re-perceiving objects.
American Psychologist, 47, 862-875. |
|
TREISMAN, A. (1996). The binding problem. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 6, 171-178. |
|
TREISMAN, A. (1999). Solutions to the binding problem :
Progress through controversy and convergence. Neuron,
24, 105-110. |
|
|
TVERSKY, B. (2020). Anne Marie Treisman (1937-2018). American
Psychologist, 75 (4), 592-593. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tremblay
Manon (Grand-Mère 1964-) : Politologue
et féministe québécoise,
spécialisée dans l'étude du parlementarisme et notamment de la
sous-représentation des femmes
au sein des institutions politiques. Elle enseigne à l'Université
d'Ottawa.
 |
OLIVIER, M. et TREMBLAY, M. (2000). Questionnements
féministes et méthodologie de la recherche. Paris
: L'Harmattan. |
|
TREMBLAY, M. & PELLETIER, R. (2003). Feminist women in
Canadian politics : A group ideologically divided ? A
Women's Studies Journal/Journal d'Études sur la Femme,
28 (1), 80-90. |
|
SAWER, M., TREMBLAY, M. & TRIMBLE, L. (Dirs.) (2006).
Representing women in parliament. A comparative study.
Londres : Routledge. |
|
TREMBLAY, M. (2008). Women and legislative
representation : Electoral systems, political parties
and sex quotas. New York : Palgrave Macmillan. |
|
TREMBLAY, M. PELLETIER, R. et PELLETIER, M.R. (2008).
Le parlementarisme canadien. Québec : Université
Laval. |
|
|
|
Tremblay
Richard E. (Barrie 1944-) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
québécois et professeur à l'Université
de Montréal. Ses travaux portent sur le développement
et l'agressivité chez
les enfants et les adolescents.
Collaborateur de Boivin,
Claes, Janosz,
Ladouceur, Larivée,
Le Blanc,
Lupien, Montplaisir,
Nagin, Pagani, Paquette,
Poulin, Vitaro et Zelazo.
 |
TREMBLAY, R.E. (2000). The origins of youth violence. Revue
Canadienne de Recherche sur les Politiques, 1 (2),
19-24. |
|
TREMBLAY R.E. (2000). The development of aggressive
behavior during childhood : What have we learned in the
past century ? International Journal of Behavioral
Development, 24 (2), 129-141. |
|
TREMBLAY, R.E. & NAGIN, D.S. SÉGUIN, J.R., ZOCCOLILLO,
M., ZELAZO, P.D., BOIVIN, M., PÉRUSSE, D. & JAPEL, C.
(2004). Physical aggression during early childhood :
trajectories and predictors. Pediatrics, 114 (1),
43-50. [PDF] |
|
TREMBLAY, R.E. (2008). Prevenir la violence dès la
petite enfance. Paris : Éditions Odile Jacob. |
|
TREMBLAY, R.E. (2010). Developmental origins of disruptive
behaviour problems : The original sin hypothesis,
epigenetics and their consequences for prevention.
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 51
(4), 341-367. |
|
|
|
Tremblement : Trembler : Mouvement
involontaire et répétitf du corps, surtout des membres
(extrémités) et de la tête. Tremor, trembling.
| |
|
|
SHIFFMAN, S.M., GRITZ, E.R., MALTESE, J., LEE, M.A.,
SCHNEIDER, N.G. & JARVIK, M.E. (1983). Effects of
cigarette smoking and oral nicotine on hand tremor. Clinical
Pharmacology & Therapeutics, 33, 800-805. |
|
SCHOLING, A. & EMMELKAMP, P.M.G. (1993). Cognitive and
behavioural treatments of fear of blushing, sweating or
trembling. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 31
(2), 155-170. |
|
LANE, R.M. (1998). SSRI-induced extrapyramidal
side-effects and akathisia : Implications for treatment.
Journal of Psychopharmacology, 12, 192-214. |
|
|
Voir aussi Dystonie
et Dyskénésie |
|
|
|
|
Trends
in Cognitive Sciences :
Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages
aux sciences
cognitives. Éditeur : Cell Press. =
Trends Cogn. Sci.
CALL, J. (2001). Chimpanzee social cognition. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 5 (9), 388-393.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Trends in Molecular Medicine :
Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui se consacre à
l'étude de la relation entre la biochimie et la médecine/ psychiatrie.
Éditeur : Elsevier.
BRAY, N.J. & OWEN, M.J. (2001). Searching for
schizophrenia genes. Trends in Molecular Medicine,
7, 169-174.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trent Judith S. (Suburb of Grand Rapids 1940-2020 Oxford) : Spécialiste américaine de la communication.
Elle s'intéresse notamment aux
élections et aux profils psychologiques des candidats.
|
TRENT, J.S. & TRENT, J.D. (1974). The rhetoric of the
challenger : George Stanley McGovern. Communcation
Studies, 25, 11-18. |
|
TRENT, J.S., MONGEAU, P., TRENT, J.D., KENDALL, K.E. &
CUSHING, R.D. (1993). The ideal candidate : A study of the
desired attributes of the public and media across two
presidential campaigns. American Behavior Scientist,
37, 225-239. |
|
TRENT, J.S., TRENT, J.D., MONGEAU, P.A. &
SHORT-THOMPSON, C. (1997). The ideal candidate revisited :
A study of the desired attributes of the public and the
media across three presidential campaigns. American
Behavior Scientist, 40, 1001-1019. |
|
TRENT, J.S., SHORT-THOMPSON, C., MONGEAU, P.A., NUSZ, A.
& TRENT, J.D. (2001). Image, media bias, and voter
characteristics : The ideal candidate from 1988-2000. American
Behavioral Scientist, 44, 2101-2124. |
|
TRENT, J.S., SHORT-THOMPSON, C., MONGEAU, P.A., METZLER,
M.S. & TRENT, J.D. (2005). The idealized presidential
candidate : A vision over time. American Behavioral
Scientist, 49, 130-156. |
|
|
|
Trente glorieuses : Expression utilisée par Fourastié
pour désigner la période de grande prospérité d'une durée de
trente ans (1945-1975) qui a suivi, dans la plupart de pays
développé, la seconde
grande guerre, et durant laquelle on assiste à la fois à un
essor technologique rapide et à une croissance économique
fulgurante , qui vont se traduire par une augmentation
significative du niveau de vie de l'ensemble de la population.
|
|
| |
FOURASTIÉ, J. (1979). Les trente glorieuses ou la
révolution invisible de 1946 à 1975. Fayard :
Paris. |
|
PAWIN, R. (2013). Retour sur les "Trente Glorieuses "et la
périodisation du second XXe siècle. Revue d'Histoire
Moderne & Contemporaine, 60 (1), 155-175. [PDF] |
|
ORY, P. (2020). Les Trente Glorieuses. Dans D. Kalifa
(Dir), Les Noms d'époques : De Restauration à Années
de plomb. (pp. 321-336). Paris : Gallimard. |
|
|
|
Trépanation
:
| |
|
|
BROCA, P. (1877). Sur la trepanation du crane et les
amulettes craniennes neolithiques. Bulletin de
l'Académie Nationale de Médecine, 6, 710-714. |
|
|
|
Treviranus Gottfried Reinhold (Brême 1776-1837 Brême) :
Naturaliste allemand et
biologiste avant la lettre. On lui doit notamment le terme biologie.
|
Tri
: Préfixe qui
signifie «trois».
|
|
|
Triade
: Le terme a deux acceptions : a) En
éthologie et en sociologie , il s'agit d'une relation asymétrique
entre trois individus. La
triade est la plus petite expression d'une hiérarchie.
Triadic interactions, triad. b)
On utilise également le terme pour désigner l'intéraction de trois
éléments distincts qui forment un tout ou agissent ainsi. =
trio. Tria, triad model.
|
|
| a |
|
KELLEY, H.H. & ARROWOOD, A.J. (1960). Coalitions in
the triad : Critique and experiment. Sociometry, 23, 231-244. |
|
SMITH, E.O. & PEFFER-SMITH, P.G. (1982). Triadic
interactions in captive Barbary macaques (Macaca sylvanus,
Linnaeus, 1758) : "agonistic buffering" ? American
Journal of Primatology, 2, 99-107. |
|
SMITH, E.O. & WHITTEN, P.L. (1988). Triadic
interactions in savanna-dwelling baboons.
International Journal of Primatology, 9, 409-416. |
|
BEAUGRAND, J.P. & COTNOIR, P.A. (1996). The role of
individual differences in the determination of triadic
rank orders of male green swordtail fish (Xiphophorus
helleri). Behavioural Processes, 38, 287-296. |
|
CLOUTIER, S., BEAUGRAND, J.P. & LAGUË, P.C. (1996) The
role of individual characteristics and of patterns of
resolution in the formation of dominance orders in triads
of domestic hens. Behavioural Processes, 38, 227-239. |
|
BOND, C.F., HORN, E.M. & KENNY, D.A. (1997). A model
for triadic relations. Psychological Methods, 2
(1), 79-94. |
| b |
|
RENZULLI, J.S. (1976). The enrichment triad : A guide for
developing defensible programs for the gifted and
talented. Gifted Child Quarterly, 20 (3),
303-306. |
|
BECKHAM, E.E., LEBER, W.R., WATKINS, J.T., BOYER, J.L.
& COOK, J.B. (1986). Development of an instrument to
measure Beck's cognitive triad : The Cognitive Triad
Inventory. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 54 (4), 566-567. |
|
PAULHUS, D.L. & WILLIAMS, K.M. (2002). The dark triad
of personality : Narcissism, machiavellianism, and
psychopathy. Journal of Research in Personality, 36,
556-563. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Triade
cognitive de la dépression, Triade
de Renzulli, Triade
sombre |
|
|
|
Triade cognitive de la dépression : Théorie
proposée par Beck pour
expliquer la dépression.
Elle repose sur trois facteurs cognitifs, d'où le terme triade.
Selon lui, la personne dépressive se dévalue systématiquement, ce
qui la conduit : 1) à se percevoir comme un
perdant, à qui rien de bon n'arrive; 2) à
concevoir les autres comme des obstacles et une source perpétuelle
de frustration; 3) à s'imaginer que les choses
ne peuvent s'améliorer, que son état ne peut que s'aggraver. Cognitive
triad, Cognitive Triad Inventory.
| |
|
|
BECKHAM, E.E., LEBER, W.R., WATKINS, J.T., BOYER, J.L.
& COOK, J.B. (1986). Development of an instrument to
measure Beck's cognitive triad : The Cognitive Triad
Inventory. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 54 (4), 566-567. |
|
KASLOW, N.K., STARK, K.D., PRINTZ, B., LIVINGSTON, R.
& TSAI, S.L. (2010). Cognitive Triad Inventory for
children : Development and relation to depression and
anxiety. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 21 (4),
339-347. |
|
|
Voir aussi Beck |
|
|
|
Triade
de Renzulli : Théorie proposée par Renzulli,
qui décompose la douance
en trois éléments : des aptitudes intellectuelles plus élevées que
la moyenne, une capacité de concentration
et de persévérance à
trouver des solutions (résoudre
des problèmes) et finalement un degré élevé de créativité.
Renzulli's triad, Renzulli's triad
enrichment model.
| |
|
|
RENZULLI, J.S. (1976). The enrichment triad : A guide for
developing defensible programs for the gifted and
talented. Gifted Child Quarterly, 20 (3),
303-306. |
|
RENZULLI, J.S. (1977). The enrichment triad : A guide
for developing defensible programs for the gifted and
talented. Mansfield Center. Conn. : Creative
Learning Press. |
|
REIS, S.M. & RENZULLI, J.S. (1989). The secondary
triad model. Journal for the Education of the Gifted,
13 (1), 55-77. |
|
GARCIA-CEPERO, M. C. (2008). The enrichment triad model :
Nurturing creative-productivity among college students. Innovations
in Education & Teaching International, 45 (3),
295-302. |
|
REIS, S.M. & RENZULLI, J.S. (2009). Systems and models
for developing programs for the gifted and talented. In
J.S. Renzulli & (Eds.), The school wide
enrichment model : A focus on student strengts and
interests. Prufrock Press. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Douance
et Renzulli |
| |
|
|
Triade sombre : Modèle
de la personnalité,
formée de trois sous-catégories : Psychopathie,
machiavélisme et Narcissisme.
= trio sombre. Dark
triad, dark triad personality.
| |
|
|
PAULHUS, D.L. & WILLIAMS, K.M. (2002). The dark triad
of personality : Narcissism, machiavellianism, and
psychopathy. Journal of Research in Personality, 36,
556-563. [PDF] |
VESELKA, L., SCHERMER, J.A., MARTIN, R.A. & VERNON,
P.A. (2011). Beyond the big five : The dark triad and the
supernumery personality inventory. Twin Research
Human & Genetics, 14, 158-168. |
|
LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2005). Psychopathy,
machiavellianism, and narcissism in the five-factor model
and the HEXACO model of personality structure. Personality
& Individual Differences, 38, 1571-1582. [PDF] |
PETRIDES, K.V., VERNON, P.A., SCHERMER, J.A. &
VESELKA, L. (2011). Trait emotional intelligence and the
dark triad of personality. Twin Research & Human
Genetics, 14, 35-41. |
|
VERNON, P.A., VILLANI, V.C., VICKER, L.C. & HARRIS,
J.A. (2008). A behavioral genetic investigation of the
dark triad and the big 5. Personality &
Individual Differences, 44, 445-452. |
RAUTHMANN, J.F. & KOLAR, G.P. (2012). How "dark" are
the "dark triad traits" : Examining the perceived darkness
of narcissism, machiavellianism, and psychopathy. Personality
& Individual Differences, 53, 884-889. |
|
McDONALD, M.M., DONNELLAN, M.B. & NAVARRETE, C.D.
(2012). A life history approach to understanding the dark
triad. Personality & Individual Differences, 52,
601-605. |
|
GORDON, D.S. & PLATEK, S.M. (2009). Trustworthy ? The
brain knows : Implicit neural responses to faces that vary
in dark triad personality characteristics and
trustworthiness. Journal of Social, Evolutionary,
& Cultural Psychology, 3, 182-200. |
JONASON, P.K. & McCAIN, J. (2012). Using the HEXACO
model to test the validity of the dirty dozen measure of
the dark triad. Personality & Individual
Differences 53, 935-938. [PDF] |
|
DOUGLAS, H., BORE, M. & MUNRO, D.F. (2012).
Distinguishing the Dark Triad : Evidence from the Five
Factor Model and the Hogan Development Survey. Psychology,
3 (3), 237-242. [PDF] |
|
RAUTHMANN, J.F. (2012). The dark triad and interpersonal
perception : Similarities and differences in the social
consequences of narcissism, machiavellianism, and
psychopathy. Social Psychological & Personality
Science, 3, 487-496. |
|
VESELKA, L., SCHERMER, J.A., MARTIN, R.A. & VERNON,
P.A. (2010). Relations between humor style and the Dark
traits of personality. Personality & Individual
Differences, 48, 772-774. |
WEBSTER, G.D. & JONASON, P.K. (2013). Putting the
"irt" in "dirty" : Item response theory analyses of the
dark triad dirty dozen : an efficient measure of
narcissism, psychopathy, and machiavellianism.
Personality & Individual Differences, 54 (2),
302-306. |
|
JONASON, P.K. & WEBSTER, G.D. (2010). The dirty dozen
: A concise measure of the dark triad. Psychological
Assessment, 22 (2), 420-432. |
FURNHAM, A., RICHARDS, S.C. & PAULHUS, D.L. (2013).
The dark triad of personality : A 10 year review.
Social & Personality Psychology Compass, 7 (3),
199-216. [PDF] |
|
NAGLER, UK.G., REITER, K.J., FURTNER, M.R. &
RAUTHMANN, J.F. (2014). Is there a "dark intelligence" ?
Emotional intelligence is used by dark personalities to
emotionally manipulate others. Personality &
Individual Differences, 65, 47-52. [PDF] |
|
JONES, D.N. & PAULHUS, D.L. (2014). Introducing the
short dark triad (SD3) : A brief measure of dark
personality traits. Assessment, 21 (1), 28-41. [PDF] |
|
MALESZA, M. & OSTASZEWSKI, P. (2016). Dark side of
impulsivity - Associations between the Dark Triad,
self-report and behavioral measures of impulsivity. Personality & Individual Differences, 88, 197-201. [PDF] |
|
JONES, D.N. & PAULHUS, D.L. (2017). Duplicity
among the Dark Triad : Three faces of deceit.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 113,
329-342. |
|
PAULHUS, D.L. , CURTIS, S.R. & JONES, D.N. (2017).
Trait aggression : the Dark Tetrad alternative. Current
Opinion in Psychology, 19, 88-92. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Psychopathie,
Machiavélisme et
Narcissisme |
|
|
Triandis Harry Charalambos (Patras 1926-2019 Carlsbad)
: Psychosociologue
américain, d'origine grecque, spécialisé dans l'étude des attitudes.
Il a développé une théorie des comportements interpersonnels
(Theory of interpersonal behavior). Il est un des pionniers de la
psychologie
culturelle. Professeur de Leung.
Collaborateur de Bandura, Bond,
Feldman,
Fishbein, Gelfand, Kelman,
Landis,
Osgood et Ottati.
 |
TRIANDIS, H.C. & OSGOOD, C.E. (1958). A comparative
factorial analysis of semantic structures of monolingual
Greece and American students. Journal of Abnormal
& Social Psychology, 57, 187-196. |
|
TRIANDIS, H.C. & TRIANDIS, I.M. (1960). Race, social
class, religion and nationality as determinants of social
distance. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 61, 110-118. [PDF] |
|
TRIANDIS, H.C. (1989). The self and social behavior in
differing cultural contexts. Psychological Review,
96, 506-520.
[PDF] |
|
TRIANDIS, H.C. & SUH, E.M. (2002). Cultural influences
on personality. Annual Review of Psychology, 53,
133-160. [PDF] |
|
TRIANDIS, H.C. (2004). The many dimensions of culture. Academy
of Management Executive, 18 (1), 81-93. [PDF] |
|
| KAWAMURA, K.M. (2014). Dr Kristine Marin Kawamura
interviews Dr Triandis, PhD. Cross Cultural Management
An International Journal, 21 (1) |
|
LANDIS, D. & BHAWUK, D. (2021). Harry C. Triandis
(1926-2019). American Psychologist, 76 (1),
169-170. |
|
|
|
Triangle des Bermudes : Phénomème paranormal.
Bermuda triangle mystery.
| |
|
|
KUSCHE, L. (1975). The Bermuda triangle mystery
solved. NY : Harper and Row. |
|
|
|
Triangulation : Méthode
de contre-vérification des résultats d'une recherche
empirique qui consiste à utiliser une seconde méthode/ mesure
pour appuyer les résultats obtenus au moyen de la première. On
appelle données concurrentes les résultats obtenues par
cette seconde méthode/mesure. Cette opération a pour but
d'augmenter la validité
interne d'une recherche.
EX: Un chercheur utilisera des données
quantitatives pour appuyer une hypothèse
fondée sur des données qualitatives, et vice versa. Triangulation.
|
|
|
|
DENZIN, N.K. (1970). Strategies of multiple triangulation.
In N. Denzin (Ed.), The research act in sociology : a
theoretical introduction to sociological method (pp.
297-313). New York : McGraw-Hill. |
COWMAN, S. (1993). Triangulation : a means of
reconciliation in nursing research. Journal of
Advanced Nursing, 18, 788-792. |
| SMITH, H.W. (1975). Triangulation : the necessity for
multi-method approaches. In H.W. Smith (Ed.), Strategies
of social research : the methodological imagination
(pp. 271-292). Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice-Hall. |
BANIK, B.J. (1993). Applying triangulation in nursing
research. Applied Nursing Research, 6 (1), 47-52. |
|
JICK, T.D. (1979). Mixing qualitative and quantitative
methods : Triangulation in action. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 24, 602-611. |
BEGLEY, C.M. (1996). Triangulation of communication skills
in qualitative research instruments. Journal of
Advanced Nursing, 24 (4), 688-693. |
| JICK, T.D. (1983). Mixing qualitative and quantitative
research methods : triangulation in action. In J. van
Maanen (Ed.), Qualitative methodology (pp.
135-148). Beverley Hills, CA : Sage |
BEGLEY, C.M. (1996). Using triangulation in nursing
research. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 24 (1),
122-128. |
|
SMITH, M.L. & KLEINE, P.L. (1986). Qualitative
research and evaluation : Triangulation and multimethods
reconsidered In D.D. Williams (Ed.), Naturalistic
evaluation (New directions for program evaluation).
San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
ERZRBERGER, C. & PREIN, G. (1997). Triangulation :
Validity and empirically based hypothesis construction. Quality
& Quantity, 31, 141-154. |
|
MITCHELL, E.S. (1986). Multiple triangulation : A
methodology for nursing science. Advances in Nursing
Science, 8 (3), 18-26. |
SHIH, F.-J. (1998). Triangulation in nursing research :
issues of conceptual clarity and purpose. Journal of
Advanced Nursing. 28 (3), 631-641. |
|
DUFFY, M.E. (1987). Methodological triangulation a vehicle
for merging quantitative and qualitative methods. Image,
19 (3), 130-133. |
DEACON, D., BRYMAN, A. & FENTON, N. (1998). Collision
or collusion ? A discussion and case study of the
unplanned triangulation of quantitative and qualitative
research methods. International Journal of Social
Research Methodology, 1 (1), 47-63. |
|
MATHISON, S. (1988). Why triangulate ? Educational
Researcher, 17 (2), 13-17. |
RISJORD, M., MOLONEY, M. & DUNBAR, S. (2001).
Methodological triangulation in nursing research. Philosophy
of the Social Sciences, 31 (1), 40-59. |
|
HINDS, P.S. (1989). Method triangulation to index change
in clinical phenomena Western. Journal of Nursing
Research, 11 (4), 440-447. |
THURMOND, A.V. (2001). The point of triangulation. Journal
of Nursing Scholarship, 33 (3), 253-258. |
|
GUBA E. & LINCOLN, Y. (1989). Fourth generation
evaluation. Newbury Park : Sage. |
O'LEARY, E. & HAYES, J. (2002). Methodological
triangulation : The new way forward in counselling and
health psychology. Irish Psychologist, 29 (4),
60. |
|
MURPHY, S.A. (1989). Multiple triangulation : Application
in research. Qualitative Research, 38 (5),
291-297. |
FOSS, C. & ELLEFSEN, B. (2002). The value of combining
qualitative and quantitative approaches in nursing
research by means of method triangulation. Journal of
Advanced Nursing, 40 (2), 242-248. |
|
TASHAKKORI, A. & TEDDLIE, C. (2003c). The past and
future of mixed methods research : From data triangulation
to mixed model designs. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie
(Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and
behavioral research (pp. 671-701). Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage. |
|
KNAFL, K.A. & BREITMAYER, B.J. (1991). Triangulation
in qualitative research : Issues of conceptual clarity and
purpose. In J.M. Morse (Ed.), Qualitative research :
A contemporary dialogue (pp. 226-239). Newbury
Park, CA : Sage. |
APOSTOLIDIS, T. (2006). Représentations sociales et
triangulation : une application en psychologie sociale de
la santé. Psicologia : Teoria e pesquisa, 22,
211-226, |
|
KIMCHI, J., POLIVKA, B. & STEVENSON, J.S. (1991).
Triangulation : Operational definitions. Nursing
Research, 40 (6), 364-366. |
LEECH, N.L. & ONWUEGBUZIE, A.J. (2007). An array of
qualitative data analysis tools : A call for data analysis
triangulation. School Psychology Quarterly, 22
(4), 557-584. [PDF] |
|
MORSE, J. (1991). Approaches to qualitative-quantitative
methodological triangulation. Nursing Research, 40
(2), 120-123. |
HUSSEIN, A. (2009). The use of triangulation in social
sciences research : Can qualitative and quantitative
methods be combined ? Journal of Comparative Social
Work, 1, 1-12. [PDF] |
|
BLAIKIE, N. (1991). A critique of the use of triangulation
in social research. Quality & Quantity, 25,
115-136. |
FIEDLING, N.G. (2012). Triangulation and mixed methods
designs : Data integration with new research technologies.
Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 6 (2),
124-136. |
|
FLICK, U. (1992). Triangulation revisited : Strategy of
validation or alternative ? Journal for the Theory of
Social Behaviour, 22, 175-197. |
YEASMIN, S. & RAHMAN, K.F. (2012). Triangulation
research method as the tool of social science research. BUP
Journal, 1 (1), 154-163. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Méthodes
quantitatives et qualitatives |
|
|
Tribunal : Lieu d'exercice du pouvoir judiciaire, où les juges rendent la justice
en fonction des lois et
de la jurisprudence d'une
juridiction, d'un état.
= cour.
Court, courtroom.
| |
|
|
SOMMERS, S.R. & ELLSWORTH, P.C. (2000). Race in the
courtroom : Perceptions of guilt and dispositional
attributions. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 26, 1367-1379. [PDF] |
|
AMIRMOKRI, V., ARJOMAND, H., AUDET, É., CARRIER, M. et
HOUDA-PEPIN, F. (2005). Des tribunaux islamiques au
Canada. Sisyphe : Contrepoint. |
|
TYLER, T.R. (2008). Procedural justice and the courts.
Court Review, 44 (1/2), 26-31. |
|
|
Voir aussi Pouvoir
judiciaire, Juges
et Justice |
|
|
|
Tricherie : Tricher : Tricheur : Ensemble des stratégies
utilisées pour contrevenir aux règles
(implicites ou explicites), aux règlements ou aux lois
en vigueur dans un millieu ou un groupe.
Il est plus facile de tricher quand les règles sont floues, quand
on ne mesure pas adéquatement le respect des règles et quand les
conséquences prévues par les règles ne sont pas appliquées
(renforcement ou punition). Tricher,
contrer la tricherie et plagier.
/honneteté,
intégrité, coopérer.
Cheating.
| |
| Conditions
qui favorisent la tricherie |
| 1 |
Absence
de règles |
| 2 |
Règles
floues |
| 3 |
Comportements requis par ces règles non-évalués |
| 4 |
Absence
de conséquence découlant du respect ou non de ces règles |
| 5 |
Conséquences "faibles" sans effet sur le comportement |
| 6 |
Institution
qui ne soutient pas les professeurs dans l'application des
règles |
|
|
| |
|
|
CARTER, M.T. (1929). Cheating as seen by College students.
International Journal of Ethic, 39, 341-355. |
ENKER, M.S. (1987). Attitudinal and normative vari- ables
as predictors of cheating behavior. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 18, 315-330. |
|
MUELER, K.H. (1953). Can cheating be kiled ? Personel
& Guidance Journal, 465-468. |
FLYNN, S.M., REICHARD, M. & SLANEN S. (1987). Cheating
as a function of task outcome and machiavellianism. The
Journal of Psychology, 121, 423-427. |
|
DIENSTBIER, R.A. (1972). The role of anxiety and arousal
attribution in cheating. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology 8 (2), 168-179. [PDF] |
|
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1977). Cheating: The illusory edge. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 2 (4), 364-372. |
|
|
KELLY, J.A. & WORELL, L. (1978). Personality
characteristics, parent behaviors, and sex of subject in
relation to cheating. Journal of Research in
Personality, 12, |
ESKRIDGE, C. & AMES, G.A. (1993). Attitudes about
cheating and self-reported cheating behaviors of criminal
justice majors and non-criminal justice majors: A research
note. Journal of Criminal Justice Education, 4,
65-78. |
|
COOPER, S. & PETERSON, C. (1980). Machiavellianism and
spontaneous cheating in compet tion. Journal of
Research in Personality, 14, 70-76. |
BREMBS, B. (1996). Chaos, cheating and cooperation :
Potential solutions to the prisoner's dilemma. Oikos,
76, 14-24. |
|
EISENBERGER, R. & MASTERTON, F.A. (1983). Required
high effort increases subsequent persistence and reduces
cheating. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 44, 593-599. |
BIRKELUND, J., CHERRY, T.L. & McVOY, D.M. (2022). A
culture of cheating : The role of worldviews in
preferences for honesty. Journal of Behavioral &
Experimental Economics, 96 [4].
|
|
|
Voir aussi Confiance,
Honneteté et Mensonge |
|
|
tricherie
(Cyber-) :
Tricherie organisée au moyen d'un ordinateur
ou d'un téléphone. /integrité,
honnêteté. High-tech cheating,
cybercheat.
| |
|
|
CONNORS, M. (1996). Cybercheating : the Internet could
become the newest battleground in academic fraud. The
Muse. |
|
|
RYAN, J.C.H. (2000). Student plagiarism in an online
world. In A. Lathrop & K. Foss (Eds.), Student
cheating and plagiarism in the internet era : A wakeup
call (pp. 56-59). Englewood, Colorado : Libraries
Unlimited Inc. |
KHAN, Z.R. & BALASUBRAMANINAN, S. (2009). E-cheating,
online sources and technologies - a critical review of
existing literature. Journal of Academic &
Business Ethics, [PDF] |
|
AUER, N.J. & KRUPAR, E.M. (2001). Mouse click
plagiarism : The role of technology in plagiarism and the
librarian's role in combating it. Library Trends, 49,
425. |
KHAN, Z.R. & SAMUEL, S.D. (2009). E-cheating,
online sources and technologies : a critical review of
existing literature. 9th Global conference of
business and economics. Cambridge : Cambridge University
Press. [PDF] |
|
McMURTY K. (2001). E-Cheating : Combating a 21st Century
Challenge. T.H.E. JournaL, 29 (4), 36-38,
40-41. |
|
|
RICHARDSON, A. (2002). High-tech cheating : Where there's
a will, there's a gadget. Community College Week, 14
(24), 1-3. |
TRUSHELL J., BYRNE, K. & SIMPSON, R. (2012). Cheating
behaviours, the internet and education undergraduate
students. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 28
(2), 136-145. |
|
UNDERWOOD, J. & SZABO, A. (2003). Academic offenses
and e-learning : Individual propensities in cheating. British
Journal of Educational Technology, 34 (4), 467-477.
|
CLAYTON, R.B., NAGURNEY, A. & SMITH, J. (2013).
Cheating, breakup, and divorce : Is Facebook use to blame
? Cyberpsychology, Behavior, & Social Networking, 16 (10), 717-720. |
|
SZABO, A. & UNDERWOOD, J. (2004). Cybercheats : Is
information and communication technology fueling academic
dishonesty ? Active Learning in Higher Education, 5 (2),
180-200. |
RAMOROLA, M.Z. (2014). Academic dishonesty in assessment
settings : An overview of distance learning institution. Mediterranean
Journal of Social Sciences, 5 (20), 1623-1628. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tricher,
Téléphone, Ordinateur
et Internet |
|
|
Tricherie à l'école : Ensemble des stratagèmes
illégaux utilisés par les étudiants
pour faire un travail/ examen
et obtenir une meilleure note. Tricher, copier et
plagier. /integrité,
honnêteté. Cheating
on test, cheating in school, academic dishonesty, academic
integrity.
| |
|
|
CARTER, M.T. (1929). Cheating as seen by College students.
International Journal of Ethic, 39, 341-355. |
BLANKESHIP, K.L. & WHITLEY, B.E. (2000). Relation of
general deviance to academic dishonesty. Ethics &
Behavior, 10, 1-12. |
|
GILLENTINE, F.M. (1937). Why do college students cheat ? Peabody
Journal of Education 15, 15-17. |
COLE, S. & KISS, E. (2000). What can we do about
student cheating ? About Campus, 5, 5-12. |
|
PARR, F.W. (1937). The problem of student honesty. Journal
of Higher Education, 17, 318-326. |
McCABE, D.L. & PAVELA, G. (2000). Some good news about
academic integrity. Change, 33 (5), 32-38. |
|
PARMLEY, W.W. (2000). Plagiarism : How serious is it ? Journal
of the American College of Cardiology, 36, 953-954. |
|
HOFF, A.G. (1940). A study of the honesty and accuracy
found in pupil checking of examination papers. Journal
of Educational Research, 34, 127-129 |
PULLEN, R., ORTLOFF, V., CASEY, S. & AYNE, J.B.
(2000). Analysis of academic misconduct using unobtrusive
research : A study of discarded cheat sheets. College
Student Journal, 34 (4), 616-627 |
|
DRAKE, C. (1941). Why students cheat. Journal of
Higher Education, 12 (8), 418-420. |
RYAN, J.C.H. (2000). Student plagiarism in an online
world. In A. Lathrop & K. Foss (Eds.), Student
cheating and plagiarism in the internet era : A wakeup
call (pp. 56-59). Englewood, Colorado : Libraries
Unlimited Inc. |
|
ANDERSON, W.F. (1957). Attitudes of university students
toward cheating. The Journal of Educational Research,
50, 581-588. |
LUPTON, R., CHAPMAN, K. & WEISS, J. (2000).
International perspective : A cross-national exploration
of business students, attitudes, perceptions, and
tendencies toward academic dishonesty. The Journal of
Education for Business, 75 (4), 231-235. |
|
HETHERINGTON, E.M. & FELDMAN, S.E. (1964). College
cheating as a function of subject and situational
variables. Journal of Educational Psychology, 55
(4), 212-228. |
CARAUNA, A. & EWING, M.T. (2000). The effect of anomie
on academic dishonesty of university students. The
International Journal of Educational Management, 14
(1), 23-29. [PDF] |
|
BOWERS, W. (1964). Student dishonesty and its control
in college. New York : Bureau of Applied Social
Research, Columbia University. |
LATHROP, A. & FOSS, K. (2000). Student cheating
and plagiarism in the Internet era. Englewood, CO
: Libraries Unlimited, Inc. |
|
BONJEAN, C.M. & McGEE, R. (1965). Scholastic
dishonesty among undergraduates in differing systems of
social control. Sociology of Education, 38,
27-137. |
|
|
HARP, J. & TAIETZ, P. (1966). Academic integrity and
social structure : A study of cheating among college
students. Social Problems, 13 (4), 365-373. |
|
|
JOHNSON, R.E. & KLORES, M.S. (1968). Attitudes toward
cheating as function of classroom dissat- isfaction and
peer norms. The Journal of Educational Research, 62,
60-64. |
|
|
HILL, J. & KOCHENDORFER, R. (1969). Knowledge of peer
success and risk of detection as determinants of cheating.
Developmental Psychology, 1, 231-238. |
|
|
CENTRA, J.A. (1970). College freshman attitudes toward
cheating. The Personnel & Guidance Journal, 48, 366-373. |
MURDOCK, T.B., HALE, N.M. & WEBER, M.J. (2001).
Predictors of cheating among early adolescents academic
and social motivations. Contemporary Educational &
Psychology, 26 (1), 96-115. |
|
JACOBSON, L.I., BERGER, S.E. & MILHAM, J. (1970).
Individual differences in cheating during a temptation
period when confronting failure. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 15 (1),
48-56. |
McCABE, D.L., TREVINO, L.K. & BUTTERFIELD, K.D.
(2001). Dishonesty in academic environments : The
influence of peer reporting requirements. Journal of
Higher Education, 72 (1), 29-45. |
|
LEVEQUE, K.L. & WALKER, R.E. (1970). Correlates of
high school cheating behavior. Psychology in the
Schools, 7, 159-163. |
JENSEN, L.A., ARNETT, J.J., FELDMAN, S.S. & CAUFFMAN,
E. (2001). It's wrong, but everybody does it : Academic
dishonesty among high school and college students.
Contemporary Educational Psychology, 27, 209-228. |
|
DIENSTBIER, R.A. & MUNTER, P.O. (1971). Cheating as a
function of the labeling of natural arousal. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology 17 (2),
208-213. |
GORDON, J. & WHITEMAN, S. (2001). The price of an A :
An educator's responsibility to academic honesty.
English Journal, 91 (2), 25-30. |
|
JOHNSON, C.D. & GORMLY, J. (1971). Achievement,
sociability, and task importance in relation to academic
cheating. Psychological Reports 28 (1), 302. |
BROWN, B. & EMMET, D. (2001). Explaining the variation
in the level of academic dishonesty in studies of college
students : some new evidence. College Student
Journal, 35, 529-538. |
|
|
DEVRIES, D.L. & AJZEN, I. (1971). The relationship of
attitudes and normative beliefs to cheating in college. Journal
of Social Psychology, 83, 199-207. |
McCABE, D.L., TREVINO, L.K. & BUTTERFIELD, K.D.
(2001). Cheating in academic institutions : A decade of
research. Ethics & Behavior, 11 (3),
219-233. |
|
DIENSTBIER, R.A. (1972). The role of anxiety and arousal
attribution in cheating. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 8 (2), 168-179. [PDF] |
SMITH, S.M., STEELE, K M., GREENE, P., STANNY, C.J.,
KLEIN, E., BAXTER, C., BRISTOW, A., EDWARDS, J., HERZOG,
C., ROSS, L., SANTORO, P., SMITH, G., FORSYTH, D.R. &
RUBIN, Z. (2001). Case reponse for the class that
(probably) cheated : Dr. Dill's dilemma. Ethics
& Behavior, 11, 349-362. [PDF] |
|
VITRO, F.T. & SCHOER, L.A. (1972). The effects of
probability of test success : test importance and risk of
detection on the incidence of cheating. Journal of
Social Psychology, 10, 269-277. |
STEARNS, S.A. (2001). The student-instructor
relationship's effect on academic integrity. Ethics
& Behavior, 11 (3), 275-285. |
|
WRIGHT, J.C. & KELLY, R. (1974). Cheating :
Student/faculty views and responsibility. Improving
College & University Teaching, 22, 31-34. |
NONIS, S. & SWIFT, C.O. (2001). An examination of the
relationship between academic dishonesty and workforce
dishonesty : A multicampus investigation. Journal of
Education for Business, 77 (2), 69-77. |
|
HOUSTON, J.P. & ZIFF, T. (1976). Effects of success
and failure on cheating behavior. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 68 (3), 371-376. |
McCABE, D.L. & MAKOWSKI, A. (2001). Resolving
allegations of academic dishonesty : Is there a role for
students to play ? About Campus, 17-21. |
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1976). Amount and loci of classroom answer
copying, spaced seating, and alternate test forms. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 68 (6), 729-735. |
JORDAN, A.E. (2001). College student cheating : The role
of motivation, perceived norms, attitudes, and knowledge
of institutional policy. Ethics & Behavior, 11
(3), 233-247. [PDF] |
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1976). The assessment and prevention of
answer copying on undergraduate multiple-choice exams. Research
in Higher Education, 5 (4), 301-311. |
McMURTY, K. (2001). E-Cheating : Combating a 21st century
challenge. T.H.E. Journal, 29 (4), 36-38,
40-41. |
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1976). Learning and cheating as a function
of study phase distraction. Journal of Educational
Research, 69 (7), 247-249. |
McCABE, D.L. (2001-2002). Cheating : Why students do it
and how we can help them stop. American Educator,
38-43. [LIRE]
|
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1977). Cheating behavior, anticipated
success-failure, confidence, and test importance. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 69 (1), 55-60. |
McCABE, D.L., TREVINO, L.K. & BUTTERFIELD, K.D.
(2001). Cheating in academic institutions : A decade of
research. Ethics & Behavior, 11 (3),
219-232. [PDF] |
|
|
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1977). Four components of Rotter's
internal-external scale and cheating behavior. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 2 (3), 275-283. |
|
|
BUSHWAY, A. & NASH, W.R. (1977). School cheating
behavior. Review of Educational Reearch, 47,
623-632. |
LUPTON. R.A. & CHAPMAN, K.J. (2002). Russian and
American college students’ attitudes, perceptions, and
tendencies towards cheating. Educational Research,
44, 17-27. |
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1977). Learning, opportunity to cheat, and
amount of reward. Journal of Experimental Education,
45 (3), 30-35. |
STORCH, J.B. & STORCH, E.A. (2002). Fraternities,
sororities, and academic dishonesty. College Student
Journal, 36 (2), 247-252. |
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1977). Cheating: The illusory edge. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 2 (4), 364-372. |
RICHARDSON, A. (2002). High-tech cheating : Where there's
a will, there's a gadget. Community College Week, 14
(24), 1-3. |
|
KELLY, J.A. & WORRELL, L. (1978). Personality
characteristics, parent behaviors, and sex of subject in
relation to cheating. Journal of Research in
Personality, 12, 179-188. |
WHITLEY, B.E. & KEITH-SPIEGEL, P. (2002). Academic
dishonesty : An educator's guide. Mahwah, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1978). Curvilinear relationships among
anticipated success, cheating behavior, temptation to
cheat, and perceived instrumentality of cheating. Journal
of Educational Psychology 70 (5), 758-762. |
STORCH, J.B., STORCH, E.A. & CLARK, P. (2002) Academic
dishonesty and neutralization theory : A comparison of
intercollegiate athletes and nonathletes. Journal of
College Student Development, 43, 921-930 |
|
KARABENICK, S. & SRULL, T.K. (1978). Effects of
personality and situational variations in locus of control
on cheating : Determinants of the congruence effect. Journal
of Personality, 46, 72-95. |
LUPTON, R. & CHAPMAN, K. (2002). Russian and American
college students' attitudes, perceptions and tendencies
towards cheating. Educational Research, 44 (1),
17-27. |
|
LEMING, J.S. (1980). Cheating behavior, subject variables,
and components of the internal-external scale under high
and low risk conditions. Journal of Educational
Research, 74, 83-87. |
MAGNUS, J.R., POLTEROVICH, V.M., DANILOV, D.L. &
SAVVAGTEEV, A.V. (2002). Tolerance of cheating : An
analysis across countries. Journal of Economic
Education, 33 (2), 125-135. [PDF] |
|
HINDMAN, C.D. (1980). Crib notes in the classroom :
Cheaters never win. Teaching of Psychology, 7,
166-168. |
McCABE, D.L., TREVINO, L.K. & BUTTERFIELD, K.D.
(2002). Honor codes and other contextual influences on
academic integrity : An replication and extension of
modified honor code settings. Research in Higher
Education, 43 (3), 357-378. |
|
BAIRD, J.S. (1980). Current trends in college cheating. Psychology
in the Schools, 17, 515- 522. |
SMITH, K.J., DAVY, J.A., ROSENBERG, D.L. & HAIGHT,
G.T. (2002). A structural modeling investigation of the
influence of demographic and attitudinal factors and
in-class deterrents on cheating behaviors among accounting
majors. Journal of Accounting Education, 20,
45-65. |
|
SIERLES, F., HENDRICKX, I. & CIRCLE, S. (1980).
Cheating in medical scholol. Journal of Medical
Education, 55, 124-125. |
MOECK, P.G. (2002). Academic dishonesty : Cheating among
community college students. Community College Journal
of Research & Practice, 26, 479-491. |
|
DIENSTBIER, R.A., KAHLE, L.R., WILLIS, K.A. & TUNNELL,
G.B. (1980). The impact of moral theories on cheating :
Studies of emotion attribution and schema activation. Motivation
& Emotion 4 (3), 193-216. |
|
|
EVE, R. & BROMLEY, D.G. (1981). Scholastic dishonesty
among college undergraduates: Parallel tests of two
sociological explanations. Youth & Society, 13,
3-22. |
ARNETT, J.L., ARNETT, J.J., FELDMAN, S. S. & CAUFFMAN,
E. (2002). It’s wrong, but everybody does it : Academic
dishonesty among high school and college students. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 27 (2), 209–228. |
|
BARNETT, D.C. & DALTON, J.C. (1981). Why college
students cheat. Journal of College Student Personnel,
22 (6), 545-551. |
DENYER, G. & HANCOCK, D. (2002). Graded multiple
choice questions : Rewarding understanding and preventing
plagiarism. Journal of Chemistry Education, 79, 961-964. |
|
SINGHAL, A.C. (1982). Factors in student dishonesty. Psychological
Reports, 51, 775-780. |
JENSEN, L.A., ARNETT, J.J., FELDMAN, S.S. & CAUFFMAN,
E. (2002). It's wrong, but everybody does it : Academic
dishonesty among high school and college students. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 27, 209-228. [PDF] |
|
STIMMEL, B. & YENS, D. (1982). Cheating by medical
students on examinations. The American Journal of
Medicine, 73, 160-164. |
UNDERWOOD, J. & SZABO, A. (2003). Academic offenses
and e-learning : Individual propensities in cheating. British
Journal of Educational Technology, 34 (4), 467-477. |
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1983). College class room cheating, threat,
sex and prior performance. College Student Journal, 17
(3), 196-204. |
SMITH, L. & DAVIS, J. (2003). An examination of
student cheating in the two-year college. Community
College Review, 31 (1), 17-34. |
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1983). Kohlberg-type moral instruction and
cheating behavior. College Student Journal 17 (2),
196-204. |
PARK, C. (2003). In other (people's) words : Plagiarism by
university students : literature and lessons. Assessment
& Evaluation in Higher Education, 28 (5),
471-488. |
|
EISENBERGER, R. & MASTERSON, F.A. (1983). Required
high effort increases subsequent persistence and reduces
cheating. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 44 (3), 593-599. |
PETRESS, K.C. (2003). Academic dishonesty : A plague on
our profession. Education, 123 (3), 624-628. |
|
SINGHAL, A.C. & JOHNSON, P. (1983). How to halt
student dishonesty. College Student Journal, 17,
13-19. |
WENDY, H., DAVIES, G., BATES, I. & AVELONNE, M.
(2003). Academic dishonesty among pharmacy students. Pharmacy
Education, 3 (4), 261-269. |
|
NUSS, E.M. (1984). Academic integrity : comparing faculty
and student attitudes. Improving College and
University Teaching, 32 (3), 140-144. |
STORCH, E.A. & STORCH, J.B. (2003). Academic
dishonesty and attitudes towards academic dishonest acts :
Support for cognitive dissonance theory. Psychological
Reports, 92, 174-176. |
|
FORSYTH, D.R., POPE, W.R. & McMILLAN, J.H. (1985).
Students' reactions after cheating : An attributional
analysis. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 10, 72-82. |
PINCUS, H.S. & SCHMELKIN, L.P. (2003). Faculty
perception of perceptions of dishonest behavior. Journal
of Accounting, Ethics & Public Policy, 5, 375-393. |
|
HAINES, V.J., KIEFHOFF, G.M., LABEFF, E.E. & CLARK, R.
(1986). College cheating : Immaturity, lack of commitment,
and neutralizing attitude. Research in Higher
Education, 25, 342-354. |
HAMILTON, D. (2003). Plagiarism : Librarians help provide
new solutions to an old problem. Searcher, 11
(4), 26-28. |
|
SEMERCI, C. (2004). Medical faculty students’ attitudes
and opinions towards cheating. Firat University
Journal of Health Sciences, 18, 139-146. |
|
STERN, E.B. & HAVLICHEK, L. (1986). Academic
misconduct: Results of faculty and undergraduate student
surveys. Journal of Allied Health, 15, 129-142. |
ANDERMAN, E.M. (2004). Changes in self-reported academic
cheating across the transition from middle school to
high school. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 29
(4), 499–517. |
|
LANZA-KADCE, L. & KLUG, M. (1986). Learning to cheat :
The interaction of moral development and social learning
theories. Deviant Behavior, 7 (3), 243-259. |
SZABO, A. & UNDERWOOD, J. (2004). Cybercheats : Is
information and communication technology fueling academic
dishonesty ? Active Learning in Higher Education, 5 (2),
180-200. |
|
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1986). Survey corroboration of experimental
findings on classroom cheating behavior. College
Student Journal, 20 (2), 168-173. |
BOLIN, A. (2004). Self-control, perceived opportunity and
attitudes as predictors of academic dishonesty. The
Journal of Psychology, 138, 101-114. |
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1986). Classroom answer copying: Roles of
acquaintanceship and free vs. assigned seating. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 78 (3), 230-232. |
EISENBERG, J. (2004). To cheat or not to cheat: effects of
moral perspective and situational variables on students'
attitudes. Journal of Moral Education, 33 (2),
163-178 |
|
FLYNN, S., REICHARD, M. & SLANE, S. (1987). Cheating
as a function of task outcome and Machiavellianism. Journal
of Psychology, 121, 423-427. |
McCABE, D.L., TREVINO, L.K. & BUTTERFIELD, K.D.
(2004). Academic integrity : How widespread are cheating
and plagiarism ? In D.R. Karp & T. Allena (Eds.), Restorative
justice on the college campus : Promoting student
growth, and responsibility, and reawakening the spirit
of campus community (pp. 130-141). Charles C.
Thomas, Springfield, IL. |
|
ROBERTS, D.M. (1987). Limitations of the score-difference
method in detecting cheating in recognition test
situations. Journal of Educational Measurement, 24
(1), 77-81. |
COLLIER, H.W., PERRIN, R. & MCGOWAN, C.B. (2004). Plagiarism
: let the policy fix the crime. Fourth Asia
Pacific Interdisciplinary Research in Accounting
Conference, Singapore, 1226-1245. |
|
ENKER, M. (1987). Attitudinal and normative variables as
predictors of cheating behavior. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 18 (3), 315. |
BERNARDI, R.A., GIULIANO, J.L., KOMATSU, E., POTTER, B.M.
& YAMAMOTO, S. (2004). Contrasting the cheating
behaviors of college students from the united states and
japan. Global Virtue Ethics Review, 5 (4), 5-31.
[PDF] |
|
SHAUGHNESSY, M.F. (1988). The psychology of cheating
behavior. New Mexico : Eastern New Mexico
University. |
SIMON, C., CARR, J., McCULLOUGH, S., MORGAN, S., OLSON, T.
& RESSEL, M. (2004). Gender, student perceptions,
institutional commitments and academic dishonesty : Who
reports in academic dishonesty cases ? Assessment
& Evaluation in Higher Education, 29 (1),
75-90. |
|
KARLINS, M., MICHAELS, C. & PODLOGAR, S. (1988). An
empirical investigation of actual cheating in a large
sample of undergraduates. Research in Higher
Education, 29 (4), 359-364. |
MURDOCK, T.B., MILLER, A. & KOHLHARDT, J. (2004).
Effects of classroom context variables on high school
students' judgments of the acceptability and likelihood of
cheating. Journal of Educational Psychology, 96,
775. |
|
KARLINS, M., MICHAELS, C. & PODLOGAR, S. (1989). Sex
differences in academic dishonesty : College cheating in a
management course. Journal of Education for Business,
65,31-33. |
SMYTH, L.M. & DAVIS, J.R. (2004). Perceptions of
dishonesty among two-year college students : Academic
versus business situations. Journal of Business
Ethics, 51 (1), 62-73. |
|
EISENBERG, J. (2004) To cheat or not to cheat : Effects of
moral perspective and situational variables on students’
attitudes. Journal of Moral Education 33,
163–178. |
|
MICHAELS, J.W. & MIETHE, T.D. (1989). Applying
theories of deviance to academic cheating. Social
Science Quarterly, 70 (4), 870-885. |
McCABE, D.L. & PAVELA, G. (2004). The principles of
academic integrity. Change, 36 (3), 10-15. |
|
JENDREK, M.P. (1989). Faculty reactions to student
cheating. Journal of College Student Development, 30,
401-406. |
HARDING, T.S., CARPENTER, D.D., FINELLI, C.J. &
PASSOW, H.J. (2004). Does academic dishonesty relate to
unethical behavior in professional practice ? An
exploratory study. Science & Engineering Ethics,
10 (2), 311-324.
[PDF] +
[PDF] |
|
EVANS, E.D. & CRAIG, D. (1990). Adolescent cognitions
for academic cheating as a function of grade level and
achievement status. Journal of Adolescent Research 5,
325–345. |
BERNARDI, R.A., METZGER, R.L., BRUNO, R.G.S., HOOGKAMP,
M.A.W., REYES, L.E. & BARNABY, G.H. (2004) Examining
the decision process of students’ cheating behavior: An
empirical study. Journal of Business Ethics 50, 397–414. |
|
MOFFATT, M. (1990). Undergraduate cheating. New
Brunswick, NJ : Rutgers the State University. |
GRIMES, P. (2004). Dishonesty in academics and business :
A cross-cultural evaluation of student attitudes. Journal
of Business Ethics, 49 (3), 273-290. |
|
FASS, R.A. (1990). Cheating and plagiarism. Ethics in
Higher Education. New York : W.W. Macmillan
Publishers. |
FINN, K.V. & FRONE, M.R. (2004). Academic performance
and cheating : Moderating role of school identification
and self-efficacy. The Journal of Educational
Research, 97 (3), 115-122. |
|
LABEFF, E.E., CLARK, R.E., HAINES, V.J. & DIEKHOFF,
G.M. (1990). Situational ethics and col- lege student
cheating. Sociological Inquiry, 60, 190-198. |
SMITH, K.J., DAVY, J.A. & EASTERLING, D. (2004). An
examination of cheating and its antecedents among
marketing and management majors. Journal of Business
Ethics, 50 (1), 63-80. |
|
SEMERCI, C. (2004). Medical faculty students’ attitudes
and opinions towards cheating [In Turkish]. Firat
University Journal of Health Sciences, 18, 139-146. |
|
EVANS, E.D. & CRAIG, D. (1990). Teacher and student
perceptions of academic cheating in middle and senior high
schools. Journal of Educational Research, 84,
44-52. |
MARTIN, B. (2004). Plagiarism : policy against cheating or
policy for learning ? Nexus : Newsletter of the
Australian Sociological Association, 16 (2),
15-16. [PDF] |
|
SCHAB, F. (1991). Schooling without learning : Thirty
years of cheating in high school. Adolescence, 26,
61-69. |
ERCEGOVAC, Z. & RICHARDSON, J.V. (2004). Academic
dishonesty, plagiarism included, in the digital age : A
literature review. College & Research Libraries,
65 (4), 301-318. |
|
TABACHNICK, B.G., KEITH-SPIEGEL, P. & POPE, K.S.
(1991). Ethics of teaching : Beliefs and behaviors of
psychologists as educators. American Psychologist, 46
(5), 506-515. [PDF] |
WEST, T.S. RAVENSCROFT, S. & SHRADER, C.B. (2004).
Cheating and moral judgment in the college classroom : A
natural experiment. Journal of Business Ethics, 54
(2), 173-183. |
|
AIKEN, L.R. (1991). Detecting, understanding, and
controlling for cheating on tests. Research in Higher
Education, 32, 725-736. |
LAWSON, R.A. (2004). Is classroom cheating related to
business students'propensity to cheat in the «real world»?
Journal of Business Ethics, 49 (2), 189-199. |
|
TABACHNICK, B.G., KEITH-SPIEGEL, P. & POPE, K.S.
(1991). Ethics of teaching : Beliefs and behaviors of
psychologists as educators : Correction. American
Psychologist, 46 (7), 802-802. |
ROIG, M. & CASO, M. (2005). Lying and cheating :
Fraudulent excuse making, cheating, and plagiarism. Journal
of Psychology, 139, 485-494. |
|
JOHNSTON, D.K. (1991). Cheating : Reflections on a moral
dilemma. Journal of Moral Education, 20, 283-291.
|
HAYES, N. & INTRONA, L.D. (2005). Cultural values,
plagiarism, and fairness : When plagiarism gets in the way
of learning. Ethics & Behavior, 15 (3),
213-231. |
|
MUSTAINE, E.E. & TEWKSBURY, R. (2005). Southern
college students’ cheating behaviors: An examination of
problem behavior correlates. Deviant Behavior 26,
439–461. |
|
WEAVER, K.A., DAVIS, S.F., LOK, C., BUZANGA, V.L. &
NEAL, L. (1991). Examining academic dishonesty policies. The
College Student Journal, 25, 302-305. |
BRIMBLE, M. & STEVENSON-CLARKE, P. (2005). Perceptions
of the Prevalence and seriousness of academic dishonesty
in Australian universities. Australian Educational
Researcher, 32 (3), 19-44.[PDF] |
|
BUNN, D.N., CAUDILL, S.B. & GROPPER, D.M. (1992).
Crime in the classroom : An economic analysis of
undergraduate student cheating behavior. Journal of
Economic Education, 23 (3), 197-207. [PDF] |
RETTINGER, D.A. & JORDAN, A.E. (2005). The relations
among religion, motivation, and college cheating : A
natural experiment. Ethics & Behavior, 15 (2),
107-129. |
|
LUCAS, G.M. & FREIDRICH, J. (2005). Individual di
erences in workplace deviance and integrity as pre-
dictors of academic dishonesty. Ethics &
Behavior, 15 (1), 15-35. |
|
DAVIS, S.F., GROVER, C.A., BECKER, A.H. & McGREGOR,
L.N. (1992). Academic dishonesty : Prevalence,
determinants, techniques, and punishments. Teaching
of Psychology, 19 (1), 16-20. |
McMANUS, I.C., LISSAIER, T. & WILLIAMS, S.E. (2005).
Detecting cheating in written medical examinations by
statistical analysis of similarity of answers : pilot
study. British Medical Journal, 330, 1064-1066.
[PDF] |
|
AARON, R.M. (1992). Student cheating: Are collegiate
institutions addressing the issue ? NASPA Journal,
107-113. |
MCCABE, D.L. (2005). Cheating among college and university
students : A North American perspective. International
Journal for Educational Integrity, 1 (1), 1-9.
[PDF] |
|
JENDREK, M.P. (1992). Students' reactions to student
cheating. Journal of College Student Development, 33,
260-273. |
PREMEAUX, S.R. (2005). Undergraduate student perceptions
regarding cheating : tier 1 versus tier 2 AACSB accre-
dited business schools. Journal of Business Ethics,
62, 407-418. |
|
McCABE, D.L. (1992). The influence of situational ethics
on cheating among college students. Sociological
Inquiry, 62, 365-374. |
STEPHENS, J.M. (2005). Justice or just us ? What to do
about cheating. In A. Lathrop & K. Foss (Eds.), Guiding
students from cheating and plagiarism to honesty and
integrity : Strategies for change (pp. 32-34).
Westport, CT : Libraries Unlimited. |
|
BUNN, D.N., CAUDILL, S.B. & GROPPER, D.M. (1992).
Crime in the classroom : An economic analysis of
undergraduate student cheating behavior. Journal of
Economic Education, 23, 197-207. |
LATHROP, A. & FOSS, K. (2005). Guiding students
from cheating and plagiarism to honesty and integrity :
Strategies for change. Westport, CT : Libraries
Unlimited. |
|
SIMS, R. (1993).The relationship between academic
dishonesty and unethical business practices. Journal
of Education for Business, 68 (4), 207-211. |
MUSTAINE, E.E. & TEWSBURY, R. (2005). Southern college
students' cheating behaviors : An examination of problem
behavior correlates. Deviant Behavior, 26,
439-461. |
|
HARPP, D.N. & HOGAN, J.J. (1993). Crime in the
classroom : Detection and prevention on cheating on
multiple-choice exams. Journal of Chemical Education,
70, 306-311. |
NATHANSON, C., PAULHUS, D.L. & WILLIAMS, K.M. (2006).
Predictors of a behavioral measure of scholastic cheating
: Personality and competence but not demographics. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 31, 97-122. [PDF] |
|
STRAUB, D.W., CARLSON, P.J. & JONES, E.H. (1993).
Deterring cheating by student programmers : A field
experiment in computer security. Journal of
Management Systems, 5 (1), 33-48. |
GALLANT, T. & DRINAN, P. (2006). Organizational theory
and student cheating : Explanation, responses, and
strategies. Journal of Higher Education, 77 (5),
839-860. [PDF] |
|
KIBLER, W.L. (1993). Student cheating : A student
development dilemma. NASPA Journal, 30 (4),
252-267. |
LINGEN, M.W. (2006) Tales of academic dishonesty and what
do we do about it ? Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine, Oral
Pathology, Oral Radiology, & Endodontology, 102, 429-430. |
|
McCABE, D.L. & TREVINO, L.K. (1993). Academic
dishonesty : Honor codes and other contextual influences.
Journal of Higher Education, 64 (5), 522-538. [PDF] |
KOHN, A. (2006). Who's cheating whom ? In E.M. Anderma
& Murdock, T.B. (Eds.), Psychology of academic
cheating. Academic Press. [LIRE] |
|
MAY, K.M. & LOYD, B.H. (1993). Academic dishonesty :
The honor system and students' attitudes. Journal of
College Student Development, 34, 125-129. |
PASSOW, H.J., MAYHEW, M., FINELLI, J., HARDING C.J.,
TREVOR, S. & CARPENTER, D.D. (2006). Factors
influencing engineering students' decisions to cheat by
type of assessment. Research in Higher Education, 47
(6), 643-684. |
|
WEIS, J., GILBERT, K., GIORDANO, P. & DAVIS, S.F.
(1993). Academic dishonesty, type A behavior, and
classroom orientation. Bulletin of the Psychonomic
Society, 31, 101-102. |
MURDOCK, T.B. & ANDERMAN, E.M. (2006). Motivational
perspectives on student cheating : Toward an integrated
model of academic dishonesty. Educational
Psychologist, 41 (3), 129-145. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS, S.F. (1993). Cheating In college is for a
Career : Academic dishonesty in the 1990s. Annual
Meeting of the Southeastern Psychological Associations. [PDF] |
CAMPBELL, S. (2006). Perceptions of mobile phones in
college classrooms : Ringing, cheating, and classroom
policies. Communication Education, 55 (3),
280-294. |
|
HUTTON, P.A. (2006). Understanding student cheating and
what educators can do about it. College Teaching, 54
(1), 171-176. |
|
LINGEN, M.W. (2006) Tales of academic dishonesty and what
do we do about it ? Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine, Oral
Pathology, Oral Radiology, & Endodontology 102, 429–430. |
|
PAYNE, S.L. & NANTZ, K.S. (1994). Social accounts and
metaphors about cheating. College Teaching, 42,
90-96. |
CHRISTENSEN-HUGHES, J.M. & McCABE, D.L. (2006).
Academic misconduct within higher education in Canada. The
Canadian Journal of Higher Education, 36 (2),
1-21. |
|
McCABE, D.L. & BOWERS, W.J. (1994). Academic
dishonesty among males in college : A thirty year
perspective. Journal of College Student Development,
35, 5-10. |
ANGELL, L.R. (2006). The relationship of impulsiveness,
personal efficacy, and academic motivation to college
cheating. College Student Journal, 40 (1),
118-131. |
|
KERKVLIET, J. (1994). Cheating by economics students : A
comparison of survey results. Journal of Economic
Education, 25 (2), 121-133. |
BERNARDI, R. & ADAIMATIS, K. (2006). Data
contamination by social desirability response bias : an
international study of students' cheating beahvior. Research
on Professional Responsibility & Ethics in
Accounting, 11, 149. |
|
CAPRPENTER, D.D., HARDING, T.S., FINELLI, C.J.,
MONTGOMERY, S.M. & PASSOW, H.J. (2006) Engineering
students’ perceptions of and attitudes towards cheating, Journal
of Engineering Education 95, 181–194. |
|
DAVIS, S.F., NOBLE, L.M., ZAK, E.N. & DREYER, K.K.
(1994). A comparison of cheating and learning/grade
orientation in American and Australian college students. College
Student Journal, 28, 353-356. |
McCABE, D.L., BUTTERFIELD, K.D. & TREVINO, L.K.
(2006). Academic dishonesty in graduate business programs
: Prevalence, causes and proposed action. Academy of
Management Learning & Education, 5 (3),
294-305. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, M.S., LOUIS, K.S. & EARLE, J. (1994).
Disciplinary and departmental effects on observations of
faculty and graduate student misconduct. Journal of
Higher Education, 65, 331-350. |
SHON, P.C.H. (2006). How college students cheat on
in-class examinations : Creativity, strain, and techniques
of innovation. Plagiary : Cross-Disciplinary Studies
in Plagiarism, Fabrication, & Falsification, 1 (10),
1-20. [PDF] |
|
GRAHAM, M.A., MONDAY,J., O'BRIEN, K. & STEFFEN, S.
(1994). Cheating at small colleges : An examination of
student and faculty attitudes and behaviors. Journal
of College Student Development, 35, 255-260. |
BURRUS, R.T., McGOLDRICK, K. & SCHUHMANN, P.W. (2007)
Self-reports of student cheating : Does a definition of
cheating matter ? Journal of Economic Education, 38 (1),
3-16. |
|
PARMESWARAN, A. (2007) Student dishonesty and faculty
responsibility. Teaching in Higher Education, 12,
263–274. |
|
LIN, C.H.S. 7 WEN, L.-Y. M. (2007). Academic dishonesty in
higher education: A nationwide study in Taiwan. Higher
Education, 54, 85-97. |
|
DAVIS, S.F. & LUDVIGSON, H.W. (1995). Additional data
on academic dishonesty and a proposal for remediation. Teaching
of Psychology, 22, 119-122. |
PASSOW, H.J., MAYHEW, M.J., FINELLI, C.J., HARDING, T.S.
& CAPRPENTER, D.D. (2006). Factors influencing
engineering students' decisions to cheat by type of
assessment. Research in Higher Education, 47, 643-684.
[PDF] |
|
FRANKLYN-STOKES, A. & NEWSTEAD, S.E. (1995).
Undergraduate cheating : Who does what and why ? Studies
in Higher Education, 20, 159-172. |
THIBODEAU, P. (2007). Cheating on IT exams may cast doubt
on their value. Computerworld, 41 (18), 1-3. |
|
NEWSTEAD, S.E., FRANKLYN-STOKES, A. & ARRNSTEAD, P.
(1996). Individual differences in student cheating. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 88 (2), 229-241. |
ROKOVSKI, C. & LEVY, E. (2007). Academic dishonesty:
perceptions of business students. College Student
Journal, 41 (2), 466-481. |
|
GENEREUX, R.L. & McLEOD, B.A. (1995). Circumstances
surrounding cheating : A questionnaire study of college
students. Research in Higher Education, 36 (6),
687-704. |
MURDODCK, T.B. & STEPHENS, J.M. (2007). Is cheating
wrong ? Students' reasoning about academic dishonesty. In
E.M. Anderman & T.B. Murdock (Eds.), Psychology
of academic cheating (pp. 229-253). Burlington, MA
: Elsevier. |
|
ALSCHULER, A.S. & BLIMLING, G.S. (1995). Curbing
epidemic cheating through systematic change. College
Teaching, 43 (4), 123-125. |
VANDEHEY, M.A., DIEKHOFF, G.M. & LABEFF, E.E. (2007).
College cheating : A twenty-year follow-up and the
addition of an honor code. Project Muse : Scholarly
Journals Online, 48 (4), 468-480. [PDF] |
|
|
ANDERMAN, E.M. & MURODCK, T. (2007). Psychology
of academic cheating. San Diego, CA : Elsevier. |
|
McCABE, D.L. & TREVINO, L.K. (1995). Cheating among
business students : A challenge for business leaders and
educators. The Journal of Management Education, 19 (2),
205-218. |
ERBE, B. (2007). Reducing text anxiety while increasing
learning - The cheat sheet. College Teaching, 55
(3), 96-98. |
|
FERRELL, C.M. & DANIEL, L.G. (1995). A frame of
reference for understanding behaviors related to the
academic misconduct of undergraduate teacher education
students. Research in Higher Education, 36,
345-375. |
KOHN, A. (2007). Who's cheating whom ? Phi Delta
Kappan, 89, 88-97. [PDF] |
|
SORENSEN, R. (2007) Permission to cheat. Analysis 67,
205–214. |
|
OGILBY, S.M. (1995). The ethics of academic behavior: Will
it affect professional behavior ? Journal of
Education for Business, 71 (2), 92-96. |
LIN, S.C. & WEN, M.L. (2007). Academic dishonesty in
higher education : a nationwide study in Taiwan. Higher
Education, 54 (1), 85-97. |
|
SPILLER, S. & CROWN, D.H. (1995). Changes over time in
academic dishonesty at the collegiate level. Psychological
Reports, 76, 763-768. |
PARAMESWARAN, A. (2007). Student dishonesty and faculty
responsibility. Teaching in Higher Education, 12,
263-274. |
|
ROTH, N.L. & McCABE, D.L. (1995) Communication
strategies for addressing academic dishonesty. Journal
of College Student Development, 36, 531-541. |
YOUNG, J.R. (2007). Cheating incident involving 34
students at Duke is business school's biggest ever. Chronicle
of Higher Education, 53 (36), 45. [PDF] |
|
GARAVALIA, L., OLSON, E., RUSSELL, E.B. & CHRISTENSEN,
L. (2007). How do students cheat ? In E.M. Anderman &
T.B. Murdock (Eds), Psychology of academic cheating
(pp. 33-55). San Diego, CA : E lsevier. |
|
MILLER, A.D., MURDOCK, T.B., ANDERMAN, E.M. &
POINTDEXTER, A.L. (2007). Who are all these cheaters ?
Characteristics of academically dishonest students. In
E.M. Anderman & T.B. Murdock (Eds.), Psychology
of academic cheating (pp. 9-32). Amsterdam :
Elsevier Academic Press. |
|
KING, D.L. & CASE, C.J. (2007). E-cheating : are
students misusing it ? Information Technology Ethics
: A research framework, 8 (1), 71-75. [PDF] |
|
WOWRA, S. A. (2007). Moral identities, social anxiety, and
academic dishonesty among American college students. Ethics
& Behavior, 17 (3), 303-321. |
|
HOLLINGER, E.C. & LANZA-KADUCE, L. (1996). Academic
dishonesty and the perceived effectiveness of
countermeasures : An empirical survey of cheating at a
major public university. NASPA Journal, 33, 292-306. |
KLEIN, H.A., LEVENBURG, N.M., McKENDAL, M. &
MOTHERSELL, W. (2007). Cheating during the college years :
How do business students compare ? Journal of
Business Ethics, 72, 197-206. [PDF] |
|
DIEKHOFF, G.M., LABEFF, E.E., CLARK, R.E, WILLIAMS, L.E.,
FRANCIS, B. & HAINES, V.J. (1996). College cheating :
Ten years later source. Research in Higher Education,
37, 487-502. |
DAVY, J.A., KINCAID, J.F., SMITH, K.J. & TRAWICK, M.A.
(2007). An examination of the role of attitudinal
characteristics and motivation on the cheating behavior of
business students. Ethics & Behavior, 17,
281-302. |
|
McCABE, D.L., TREVINO, L.K. & BUTTERFIELD, K.D.
(1996). The influence of collegiate and corporate codes of
conduct on ethics-related behavior in the workplace. Business
Ethics Quarterly, 6 (4), 461-476. |
WANG, Y. (2008). University student online plagiarism. International
Journal on E-Learning, 7 (4), 743-757. |
|
PALDY, L.G. (1996). The problem that won't go away :
Addressing the causes of cheating. Journal of College
Science Teaching, 26, 4-6. |
NIIYA, Y., BALLANTYNE, R., NORTH, M.S. & CROCKER, J.
(2008). Gender, contingencies of self-worth, and
achievement goals as predictors of academic cheating in a
controlled laboratory setting. Basic & Applied
Social Psychology, 30 (1), 76-83. |
|
NIELS, G.J. (1996). Is the honor code a solution to
the cheating epidemic ? New York : The
Klingenstein Center, Teachers College, Columbia
University. |
CARRELL, S.E., MALMSTROM, F.V. & WEST, J.E. (2008).
Peer effects in academic cheating. Journal Human
Resources, 43 (1), 173-207. [PDF] |
|
GIBSON, C.L., KHEY, D. & SCHRECK, C.J. (2008). Gender,
internal controls, and academic dishonesty : Investigating
mediating and differential effects. Journal of
Criminal Justice Education, 19 (1), 2–18. |
|
WHITLEY, B.E. (1996). Does "cheating" help ? The effect of
using authorized crib notes during examinations. College
Student Journal, 30, 489-493. |
BISPING, T.O., PATRON, H. & ROSKELLY, K. (2008).
Modeling academic dishonesty : The role of student
perceptions and misconduct type. Journal of Economic
Education 39 (1), 4-21. |
|
NEWSTEAD, S., FRANKLYN-STOKES, A. & ARMSTEAD, P.
(1996). Individual differences in student cheating. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 88 (2), 229-241. |
MA, H.J., WAN, G. & LU, E.Y. (2008). Digital cheating
and plagiarism; in schools. Theory into Practice, 47,
197-203. [PDF] |
|
McCABE, D.L. & TREVINO, L.K. (1996). What we know
about cheating in college : Longitudinal trends and recent
developments. Change, 28 (1), 28-33. [PDF] |
BLODGOOD, J., TURNLEY, W. & MUDRACK, P. (2008). The
influence of ethics instruction, religiosity, and
intelligence on cheating behavior. Journal of business
ethics, 82 (3), 557-571. |
|
HARPP, D.N., HOGAN, J.J. & JENNING, J.S. (1996). Crime
in the classroom part II. An update. Journal of
Chemical Education, 73, 349-351. |
BOUVILLE, M. (2008). Plagiarism : Words and ideas. Science
& Engineering Ethics, 14, 311-322. |
|
SCHMELKIN, L., GILBERT, K., SPENCER, H., PINCUS, H. &
SILVA, R. (2008). A multidimensional scaling of college
students' perceptions of academic dishonesty. The
Journal of Higher Education, 79 (5), 587-607. [PDF] |
|
BOUVILLE, M. (2008). Why is cheating wrong ? [PDF] |
|
BOZDOGAN, A.E. & ÖZTÜRK, Ç. (2008). Why do teacher’
candidates cheat ? Elementary Education Online, 7,
141-149. |
|
WIDEMAN, M.A. (2008). Academic dishonesty in postsecondary
education : A literature review. Transformative
Dialogues: Teaching & Learning Journal, 2 (1),
1-12. [PDF] |
|
TROST, K. (2009). Psst, have you ever cheated ? A study of
academic dishonesty in Sweden. Assessment &
Evaluation in Higher Education, 34 (4), 367-376. |
|
McCABE, D.L. & TREVINO, L.K. (1997) Individual and
contextual influences on academic dishonesty : A
multicampus investigation. Research in Higher
Education, 38 (3), 379-396. |
CHIESEL, N. (2009). Pragmatic methods to reduce dishonesty
in web-based courses. In A. Orellana, T.L. Anderson &
M.R. Simonson (Eds.), The perfect online course :
Best practices for designing and teaching (pp.
327-399). Information Age Publishing. |
|
McCABE, D.L. (1997). Classroom cheating among natural
science and engineering majors. Science &
Engineering Ethics, 3, 433-445. [PDF] |
BELTER, R.W. & DUPRE, A. (2009). A strategy to reduce
plagiarism in an undergraduate course. Teaching of
Psychology, 36 (4), 257-261. |
|
SHARIFFUDDIN, S.A. & HOLMES, R.J. (2009). Cheating in
examinations: a study of academic dishonesty in a
Malaysian college. Asian Journal of University
Education, 5 (2), 99-124. |
|
ASWORTH, P., BANNISTER, P. & THORNE, P. (1997). Guilty
in whose eyes ? University students' perceptions of
cheating and plagiarism in academic work and assessment. Studies
in Higher Education, 22, 187-203. |
CRAWFORD, C.J. & STELLENWERF, A.L. (2009). Is there a
correlation between cheating In undergraduate institutions
and the mess on Wall Street ? ... Are we addicted to
cheating ? Contemporary Issues In Education Research,
2 (3), 23-30. [PDF] |
|
NOWELL, C. & LAUFER, D. (1997). Undergraduate student
cheating in the fields of business and economics. Journal
of Economic Education, 28, 3-12. |
DAVIS, S.F., DRINAN, P.F. & GALLANT, T.B. (2009).
Cheating in school : What we know and what we can do.
Wiley, John & Sons. |
|
ASHWORTH, P., BANNISTER, P. & THORNE, P. (1997) Guilty
in whose eyes ? University students' perceptions of
cheating and plagiarism in academic work and assessment. Studies
in Higher Education 22, 187-203. |
WILKINSON, J. (2009). Staff and student perceptions of
plagiarism and cheating. International Journal of
Teaching & Learning in Higher Education, 20
(2), 98-105. [PDF] |
|
|
POWERS, L.G. (2009). University students' perceptions of
plagiarism. The Journal of Higher Education, 80
(6), 643-662. |
|
RETTINGER, D.A. & KRAMER, Y. (2009). Situational and
personal causes of student cheating. Research in
Higher Education, 50, 293-313. |
|
BLUM, S.D. (2009). My word ! Plagiarism and college
culture. Ithaca NY : Cornell University Press. |
|
KEITH-SPIEGEL, P., TABACHNICK, B.G., WHITLEY, B.E. &
WASHBURN, J. (1998). Why do professors ignore cheating ?
Opinions of a national sample of psychology instructors. Ethics
& Behavior, 8, 215-227. |
TEODORESCU, D. & ANDREI, T. (2009). Faculty and peer
influences on academic integrity : College cheating in
Romania. Higher Education, 57 (3), 267-282. |
|
ANDERMAN, E.M., GRIESINGER, T. & WESTERFIELD, G.
(1998). Motivation and cheating during early adolescence.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 90 (1),
84-93.
[PDF] |
FAUCHER, D. & CAVES, S. (2009). Academic dishonesty :
Innovative cheating techniques and the detection and
prevention of them. Teaching & Learning in
Nursing, 4 (2), 37-41. |
|
LOVE, P.G. & SIMMONS, J. (1998). Factors influencing
cheating and plagiarism among graduate students in a
college of education. College Student Journal, 32
(4), 539-550. |
ARTHUR W., GLAZE, R.M., VILLADO, A.J. & TAYLOR, J.E.
(2009). Unproctored internet-based tests of cognitive
ability and personality : Magnitude and extent of cheating
and response distortion. Industrial &
Organizational Psychology : Perspectives on Science
& Practice, 2, 39-45. [PDF] |
|
ANDERMAN, E.M., CUOPP, P.K. & LANE, D.R. (2010).
Impulsivity and academic cheating. Journal of
Experimental Education, 78, 135-150. |
|
ALLEN, J., FULLER, D. & LUCKETT, M. (1998). Academic
integrity : Behaviors, rates, and attitudes of business
students toward cheating. Journal of Marketing
Education, 20 (1), 41-52. |
WILLIAMS, K.M., NATHANSON, C. & PAULHUS, D.L. (2010).
Identifying and profiling scholastic cheaters : Their
personality, cognitive ability, and motivation.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Applied, 16 (3),
293-307. [PDF] |
|
TEIXEIRA, A. & ROCHA, M. (2010). Cheating by economics
and business undergraduate students : An exploratory
international assessment. Higher Education, 59, 663-701.
[PDF] |
|
BOUVILLE, M. (2010). Why is cheating wrong ? Studies
in Philosophy & Education, 29 (1), 67-76. [PDF] |
|
O'ROURKE, J., BARNES, J., DEATON, A., FULKS, K., RYAN, K.
& RETTINGER, D.A. (2010). Imitation is the sincerest
form of cheating : The in uence of direct knowledge and
attitudes on academic dishonesty. Ethics &
Behavior, 20 (1), 47-64. |
|
SWIFT, C., DENTON, L. & NONIS, S. (1998). Cheating
internet style : Guarding against online term paper
Mills'. Marketing Education Review, 8 (2),
19-27. |
SIMKIN, M.G. & McLEOD, A. (2010). Why do college
students cheat ? Journal of Business Ethics, 94
(3), 441-453. [PDF] |
|
CROWN, D.F. & SPILLER, M.S. (1998). Learning from the
literature on college cheating : A review of empirical
research. Journal of Business Ethics, 17,
683-700. |
LEDESMA, R.G. (2011). Academic dishonesty among
undergraduate students in a Korean university. Research
in World Economy, 2 (2), 25-35.
[PDF] |
|
WHITLEY, B.E. (1998). Factors associated with cheating
among college students : A review. Research in Higher
Education, 39 (3), 235-274. [PDF] |
BATOOL, S., ABBAS, A. & NAEEMI, Z. (2011). Cheating
behavior among undergraduate students. International
Journal of Business & Social Science, 2 (3),
246-254. [PDF] |
|
BURNS, S.R., DAVIS, S.F., HOSHINO, J. & MILLER, R.L.
(1998). Academic dishonesty : A delineation of
cross-cultural patterns. College Student Journal, 32
(4), 590-596. |
JURDI, R., HAHE, H.S. & CHOW, H.P.H. (2011). Academic
dishonesty in the Canadian classroom : Behaviours of a
sample of university students. Canadian Journal of
Higher Education/Revue Canadienne d'Enseignement
Supérieur, 41 (3), 1-35. [PDF] |
|
|
ARTHUR W. & GLAZE, R.M. (2011). Cheating and response
distortion on remotely delivered assessments. In N.
Tippins & S. Adler (Eds.), Technology-enhanced
assessment of talent (pp. 99-152). San Francisco,
CA : Jossey-Bass. |
|
DAY, N. E., HUDSON, D., DOBIES, P.R. & WARIS, R.
(2011). Student or situation ? Personality and classroom
context as predictors of attitudes about business school
cheating. Social Psychology of Education, 14 (2),
261-282. |
|
FARNESE, M.L., TRAMONTANO, C., FIDA, R. & PACIELO, M.
(2011). Cheating behaviors in academic con- text: Does
academic moral disengagement matter ? Procedia-Social
& Behavioral Sciences, 29, 356–365. |
|
CURRAN, K., MIDDLETON, G. & DOHERTY, C. (2011).
Cheating in exams with technology. International
Journal of Cyber Ethics in Education, 1 (2),
54-62. |
|
JONES, D.L.R. (2011). Academic dishonesty : Are more
students cheating ? Business Communication Quarterly,
74 (2), 141-150. |
|
BLACHNIO, A. & WEREMKO, M. (2011). Academic cheating
is contagious : The influence of the presence of others on
honesty. A study report. International Journal of
Applied Psychology, 1, 14-19. |
|
CLUSKEY, G.R., EHLEN, C.R. & RAIBORN, M.H. (2011).
Thwarting online exam cheating without proctor
supervision. Journal of Academic & Business
Ethics, 4, 1-7. [PDF] |
|
GRAVES, S.M. (2011). Student cheating habits : A predictor
of workplace deviance. Journal of Diversity
Management, 3 (1), 15-22. |
|
ERASLAN, A. (2011). Prospective mathematics teachers and
cheating: It is a lie if I say I have never cheated!
Education & Science, 36, 52-64. |
|
SMITH, K.J. & SMITH, M. (2012). Academic dishonesty :
Cheating behaviour and other forms of inappropriate
conduct. Accounting Education : an international
Journal, 21 (3), 211-213. [PDF] |
|
GRARIB, A., PHILLIPS, W. & MATHEW, N. (2012). Cheat
sheet or open-book ? A comparison of the effects of exam
types on performance, retention, and anxiety. Psychology
Research, 2 (8), 469-478.
[PDF] |
|
WITHERSPOON, M., MALDONADO, N. & LACEY, C.H. (2012).
Undergraduates and academic dishonesty. International
Journal of Business & Social Science, 3 (1),
76-86. [PDF] |
|
PULVERS, K. & DIEKHOFF, G.M. (1999). The relationship
between academic dishonesty and college classroom
environment. Research in Higher Education, 40 (4),
487-498. |
TRUSHELL, J., BYRNE, K. & SIMPSON, R. (2012). Cheating
behaviours, the internet and education undergraduate
students. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 28
(2), 136-145. |
WRYOBECK, J.M. & WHITLEY, B.E. (1999).
Educational value orien- tation and peer
perception of cheaters. Ethics &
Behavior, 9, 231–242.
|
PARK, E.J., PARK, S. & JJANG, I.S. (2013). Academic
cheating among nursing students. Nurse Education Today,
33 (4), 346–352. |
|
BJÖRKLUND, M. & WENESTAM, C.-G. (1999). Academic
cheating : frequency, methods and causes. Finland :
European Conference on Education Research, Lahti. |
HENSLEY, L.C., KIRKPATRICK, K.M. & BURGOON, J.M.
(2013). Relation of gender, course enrollment, and grades
to distinct forms of academic dishonesty. Teaching in
Higher Education, 18 (8), 895-907. |
|
MA, Y., McCABE, D.L. & LIU, R. (2013). Students’
Academic cheating in Chinese universities: prevalence,
influencing factors, and proposed action. Journal of
Academic Ethics, 11, 169–184. |
|
COCHRANE, J.K., CHAMLIN, M.B., WOODS, P.B. & SELLERS,
C.S. (1999). Shame, embarrassment, and formal sanction
threats: Extending the deterrence/rational choice model to
academic dishonesty. Sociological Inquiry, 69
(1), 91-105. |
SINGH-KATOCH, K. (2013). Academic dishonesty : Issues and
challenges. Pedagogy of Learning, 1 (2),
104-110. [PDF] |
|
SIMMONS, S. (1999). Competing notions of authorship : A
historical look at students and textbooks on plagiarism
and cheating. In L. Buranen & A. Roy (Eds.), Perspectives
on plagiarism and intellectual property in a postmodern
world (pp. 41-54). Albany, NY : SUNY Press. |
RAMOROLA, M.Z. (2014). Academic dishonesty in assessment
settings : An overview of distance learning institution. Mediterranean
Journal of Social Sciences, 5 (20), 1623-1628. [PDF] |
|
WHITLEY, B.E., NELSON, A.B. & JONES, C.J. (1999).
Gender differences in cheating attitudes and classroom
cheating behavior : A meta analysis. Sex Roles, 41
(9/10), 657-680. |
MILLER, B.L., POSICK, C., AGNICH, L. & GOULD, L.A.
(2014). Cheating around the worald : A cross-national
analysis of priincipal reported cheating. Journal of
Criminal Justice Education, 26 (2), 1-22. [PDF] |
|
TIBBETTS, S. (1999). Differences between women and men
regarding decisions to commit test cheating.
Research in Higher Education, 40 (3), 323-342. |
KÜÇÜKTEPE, S.E. (2014). College students’ cheating
behaviors. Social Behavior & Personality, 42
(S), 101-112. [PDF] |
|
DIEKHOFF, G.M., LA BEFF, E.E., SHINOHARA, K. & CLARK,
R.E. (1999). College cheating in Japan and the United
States. Research in Higher Education, 40 (3),
343-353. |
KINGSTON, N.M. & CLARK, A. (2014). Test fraud
statistical detection and methodology. Taylor and
Francis. |
|
THORPE, M.F., PITTENGER, D.J. & REED, B.D. (1999).
Cheating the researcher : A study of the relation between
personality measures and self-reported cheating.
College Student Journal, 33, 49-54. |
CHUDZICKA-CZUPALA, A. (2014). Psychological and moral
determinants in accepting cheating and plagiarism among
university students in Poland. Polish Journal of
Applied Psychology, 12 (1), 75-98. [PDF] |
|
OROSZ, G., TOTH-KIRÀLY, I., BÔTHE, B., KUSZTOR, A.,
KOVÀCS, Z.U. & JANVARI, M. (2015). Teacher
enthusiasm: A potential cure of academic cheating. Frontiers
in Psychology, 6 [318], 1-12. [PDF] |
|
HASWELL S., JUBB, P. & WEARING, G. (1999). Accounting
students and cheating : A comparative study for Australia,
South Africa and the UK. Teaching Business Ethics, 3
(3), 211-239. |
HENSLEE, A.M., GOLDSMITH, J., STONE, N.J. & KRUEGER,
M. (2015). An online tutorial vs. pre-recorded lecture for
reducing incidents of plagiarism. American Journal of
Engineering Education, 6 (1), 27-32. [PDF] |
|
WHITLEY, B.E. & KOST, C.R. (1999). College students'
perceptions of peers who cheat. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 29 (8), 1732-1760. |
WINROW, A.R., REITMAIER-KOEHLER, A. & WINROW, B.P.
(2015). Social desirability bias in relation to academic
cheating behaviors of nursing student. Journal of
Nursing Education & Practice, 5 (8), 121-134. [PDF] |
|
KERKVLIET, J. & SIGMUND, C.L. (1999). Can we control
cheating in the classroom ? The Journal of Economic
Education, 30 (4), 331-343. |
ANDERMAN, E.M. & KOENKA, A.C. (2017). The relation
between academic motivation and cheating. Theory Into
Practice, 56 (2), 95–102. |
|
CISEK, G.H. (1999). Cheating on tests : How to do it,
detect it, and prevent it. Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates. |
YU, H., GLANZER, P.L., SRIRAM, R., JOHNSON, B.R. &
MOORE, B. (2017). What contributes to college
students'cheating ? A study of individual factors. Ethics
& Behavior, 27 (5), 401-422. |
|
McCABE, D.L., TREVINO, L.K. & BUTTERFIELD, K.D.
(1999). Academic integrity in honor code and non-honor
code environments: A qualitative investigation. The
Journal of Higher Education, 70 (2), 211-234. |
RAMBERG, J. & MODIN, B. (2019). School effectiveness
and student cheating : Do students'grades and moral
standards matter for this relationship ? Social
Psychology of Education, 22, 517-538. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Contrer la
tricherie et
Plagiat |
|
|
Tricherie au travail : Ensemble de gestes ou
de pratiques qui contreviennent aux valeurs
et aux règlements de l'entreprise.
Tricher consiste à s'approprier ou à saboter le travail de
ses collègues, à inventer des heures de travail, à prendre des
vacances sans prévenir son patron, à s'inventer des maladies, à
cacher de l'information
vitale pour l'entreprise,
à subtiliser des doà voler du matériel, etc. /integriyé,
honnêteté.
| |
|
|
SIMS, R.L. (1993). The relationship between academic
dishonesty and unethical business practices. Journal
of Education for Business, 68 (4), 207-211. |
|
HARDING, T.S., CARPENTER, D.D., FINELLI, C.J. &
PASSOW, H.J. (2004). Does academic dishonesty relate to
unethical behavior in professional practice ? An
exploratory study. Science & Engineering Ethics,
10 (2), 311-324.
[PDF] +
[PDF] |
|
LUCAS, G.M. & FRIEDRICH, J. (2005). Individual
differences in workplace deviance and integrity as
predictors of academic dishonesty. Ethics &
Behavior, 15 (1), 15-35. |
|
CRAWFORD, C.J. & STELLENWERF, A.L. (2009). Is there a
correlation between cheating in undergraduate institutions
and the mess on Wall Street ? ... Are we addicted to
cheating ? Contemporary Issues In Education Research,
2 (3), 23-30. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Convention
collective,
Fraude et Travail |
|
|
|
|
Tricherie en science : En science,
ensemble de pratiques frauduleuses qui consistent à feindre
l'inexpliqué, trafiquer les résultats d'une recherche,
inventer des phénomènes,
simuler des découvertes
et rédiger des articles-bidon.
Tricherie, éthique en science
et fraude
scientifique.
= falsifier/fabriquer
de toute pièce ses résultats.
/integrité,
honnêteté.
Fabricate and falsify research.
|
|
|
SIERLES, F., HENDRICK, I. & CIRCLE, S. (1981).
Cheating in medical school. Journal of Medical
Education, 55, 124-125. |
|
STIMMEL, B. & YENS, D. (1982). Cheating by medical
students on examinations. The American Journal of
Medicine, 73, 160-164. |
|
BEKAROGLU, Ö. (2002). Scientific dishonesty in the world
and in Turkey [In Turkish]. Tuba Bulletin, Diary, 22,
12-13. |
|
FANELLI, D. (2009). How many scientists fabricate and
falsify research ? A systematic review and meta-analysis
of survey data. PLoS ONE, 4 (5), 1-11. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Scientificité,
Éthique en science,
Article-bidon,
Biais
scientifique, Affaire et Fraude
scientifique |
| |
|
|
|
|
Tricherie
(Contrer/Prévenir) : Ensemble
des mesures administratives et des technologies qui permettent de
lutter contre la tricherie,
aussi bien à l'école qu'au travail.
Thwarting exam cheating.
|
|
|
TAN, S. (2001). Prevention of cheating in exams. Education
& Science, 26, 32-40. |
|
McMURTRY, K. (2009). E-Cheating : Combating a 21st Century
Challenge. THE Journal, 29 (4), 36-41. |
|
SOTARIDONA, L.S. & MEIJER, R.R. (2001). Two new
statistics To detect answer copying. Research
Report, Twente University, Enschede (Netherlands). Faculty
of Educational Science and Technology. |
|
CHIESEL, N. (2009). Pragmatic methods to reduce dishonesty
in web-based courses. In A. Orellana, T.L. Anderson &
M.R. Simonson (Eds.), The perfect online course :
Best practices for designing and teaching (pp.
327-399). Information Age Publishing. |
|
CLUSKEY, G.R., EHLEN, C.R. & RAIBORN, M.H. (2011).
Thwarting online exam cheating without proctor
supervision. Journal of Academic & Business
Ethics, 4, 1-7. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Contrer le
plagiat |
|
|
|
|
Trichotillomanie
: TTM : Habitude
auto-mutilante qui consiste à s'arracher les cheveux
ou les poils. Certains psychologues le considèrent comme un
symptôme du trouble
obsessionnel-compulsif.
Trichotillomania, hair pulling, hair pulling disorder, chronic
hair pullers, TTM.
| |
|
|
AZRIN, N.H., NUNN, R.G. & FRANTZ, S.E. (1980).
Treatment of hairpulling (trichotillomania) : A
comparative study of habit reversal and negative practice
training. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 11, 13-20. |
TWOHIG, M.P. & WOODS, D.W. (2004). A Preliminary
investigation of acceptance and commitment therapy and
habit reversal as a treatment for trichotillomania. Behavior
Therapy, 35, 803-820. |
|
ADAMS, W. (1980). Treatment of assaultive hair pulling in
a multihandicapped youth. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 10, 335-342. |
BEGOTKA, A.M., WOODS, D.W. & WETTERNECK, C.T. (2004).
The relationship between experiential avoidance and the
severity of trichotillomania in a non-referred sample. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 35,
17-24. |
|
FRIMAN, P.C., FINNEY, J.W. & CHRISTOPHERSON, E.R.
(1984). Behavioral treatment of trichotillomania : An
evaluative review. Behavior Therapy, 15,
249-265. |
WOODS, D.W., WETTERNECK, C.T. & FLESSNER, C.A. (2006).
A controlled evaluation of acceptance and commitment
therapy plus habit reversal for trichotillomania. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 44 (5), 639-656. |
|
SWEDO, S.E., LEONARD, H.L., RAPOPORT, J.L., LENANE, M.C.,
GOLDBERGER, E.L. & CHESLOW, D.L. (1989). A
double-blind comparison of clomipramine and despramine in
the treatment of trichotillomania (hair pulling). New
England Journal of Medicine, 21, 497-501. |
|
|
CHRISTENSON, G., MacKENZIE T., MITCHELL, J. & CALLIES,
A.A. (1991). Placebo controlled, double-blind crossover
study of fluoxetine in trichotillomania. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 48, 1566-1571. |
WOODS, D.W., FLESSNER, C.A., FRANKLIN, M.E., WETTERNECK,
C.T., WALTHER, M.R., ANDERSON, E.R. & CARDONA, D.
(2006). Understanding and treating trichotillomania : What
we know and what we don't know. Psychiatric Clinics
of North America, 29, 487-501. [PDF] |
|
POLLARD, C.A., IBE, I.O., KROJANKER, D.N., KITCHEN, A.D.,
BRONSON, S.S., FLYNN, T.M. (1991). Clomipramine treatment
of trichotillomania : a follow-up report on four cases.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 52, 128-130. |
MARKS, B.A., WETTERNECK, C.T. & WOODS, D.W. (2006).
Investigating health care providers' knowledge about
trichotillomania and its treatment. Cognitive
Behaviour Therapy, 35, 19-27. |
|
ROTHBAUM, B.O. (1992). The behavioral treatment of
trichotillomania. Behavioral Psychotherapy, 20, 85-90. |
WOODS, D.W., FLESSNER, C.A., FRANKLIN, M.E., KEUTHEN,
N.J., GOODWIN, R.D., STEIN, D.J. & WALTHER, M.R.
(2006). The Trichotillomania Impact Project (TIP) :
Exploring phenomenology, functional impairment, and
treatment utilization. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 67 (12), 1877-1888.
[PDF] |
|
WATSON, T.S. & ALLEN, K.D. (1993). Elimination of
thumb-sucking as a treatment for severe trichotillomania.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 32 (4), 830-834. |
FRANKLIN, M.E. & TOLIN, D.F. (2007). Treating
trichotillomania : Cognitive behavioral therapy for hair
pulling and related problems. New York, NY :
Springer. |
|
ROTHBAUM, B.O. & NINAN, P.T. (1994). The assessment of
trichotillomania. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
32, 651-662. |
BLOCH, M.H., LANDEROS-WEISENBERGER, A., DOMBROWSKI, P.,
KELMENDI, B., WEGNER, R., NUDEL, J., PITTENGER, C.,
LECKMAN, J.F. & CORIC, V. (2007). Systematic review :
Pharmacological and behavioral treatment for
trichotillomnania. Biological Psychiatry, 62,
839-846. |
|
CHRISTENSON, G.A. & CROW, S.J. (1996). The
characterization and treatment of trichotillomania. The
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 57 (S8), 42-47. |
MILTENBERGER, R.G., WOODS, D.W. & HIMLE, M. (2007).
Tic disorders and trichotillomania. In P. Sturmey (Ed.), Functional
analysis in clinical treatment (pp. 151-170).
Burlington, MA : Elsevier. |
|
O'SULLIVAN, R., RAUCH, S. & BRIETER, H. (1997).
Reduced basal ganglia volumes in trichotillomania measured
via morphometric MRI. Biological Psychiatry, 42,
39-45. |
NORBERG, M.M., WETTERNECK, C.T., WOODS, D.W. &
CONELEA, C.A. (2007). Experiential avoidance as a mediator
of relationships between cognitions and hair-pulling
severity. Behavior Modification, 31, 367-381. [PDF] |
|
STEIN, D., COETZER, R. & LEE, M. (1997). Magnetic
resonance brain imaging in women with obsessive-compulsive
disorder and trichotillomania. Psychiatry Research,
74, 177-182. |
FLESSNER, C.A., CONELEA, C.A. WOODS, D.W. FRANKLIN, M.E.,
KEUTHEN, N.J. & CASHIN, S.E. (2008). Styles of pulling
in trichotillomania : Exploring differences in symptom
severity, phenomenology, and functional impact. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 46, 345-357. |
|
FRANKLIN, M.E., TOLIN, D.F. & DIEFENBACH, G. (2008).
Trichotillomania. In J.S. Abramowitz. S. Taylor & D.
McKay (Eds.), Obsessive compulsive disorder :
Subtypes and spectrum conditions (pp. 139-159).
Elsevier. |
|
MILTENBERGER, R.G., LONG, E.S., RAPP, J.T., LUMLEY, V.
& ELLIOT, A.J. (1998). Evaluating the function of hair
pulling : A preliminary investigation. Behavior
Therapy, 29, 211-219. |
VORNDRAN, C.M., PACE, G.M., LUISELI, J.K., FLAHERTY, J.,
CHRISTIAN, L. & KLEINMANN, A. (2008). Functional
analysis and treatment of chronic hair pulling in a child
with cri du chat syndrome : Effects on co-occurring thumb
sucking. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 1 (1),
10-15. [PDF] |
|
RAPP, J.T., MILTENBERGER, R.G., GALENSKY, T.L., ELLINGTON,
S.A. & LONG, E.S. (1999). A functional analysis of
hair pulling. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 32
(3), 329-337. [PDF] |
CHAMBERLAIN, S.R., ODLAUG, B.L., BOULOUGOURIS, V.,
FINEBERG, N.A. & GRANT, J.E. (2009). Review
Trichotillomania : Neurobiology and treatment. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 33, 831-842. [PDF] |
|
WATSON, T.S., DITTMER, K.I. & RAY, K.P. (2000).
Treating trichotillomania in a toddler : Variations of
effective treatments. Child & Family Behavior
Therapy, 22, 29-40. |
LEWIN, A.B., PIACENTINI, J., FLESSNER, C.A., WOODS, D.W.,
FRANKLIN, M.E., KEUTHEN, N.J., MOORE, P., KHANNA, M.,
MARCH, J.S. & STEIN, D.J. (2009). Depression, anxiety,
and functional impairment in children with
trichotillomania. Depression & Anxiety, 26
(6), 521-527. |
|
BOUDJOUK, P., WOODS, D.W., MILTENBERGER, R.G. & LONG,
E.S. (2000). Negative peer evaluation in adolescents :
Effects of tic disorders and trichotillomania. Child
& Family Behavior Therapy, 22, 17-28. |
FLESSNER, C.A. (2010). Ethnic differences in
trichotillomania : Phenomenology, interference,
impairment, and treatment efficacy. Journal of
Anxiety Disorders, 24, 553-558. |
|
NINAN, P.T., ROTHBAUM, B.O., MARSTELLER, F.A., KNIGHT,
B.T. & ECCARD, M.B. (2000). A placebo-controlled trial
of cognitive- behavioral therapy and clomipramine in
trichotillomania. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 61,
47-50. |
VAN AMERINGEN, M., MANCINI, C., PATTERSON, B., BENNETT, M.
& OAKMAN, J. (2010). A randomized, double-blind,
placebo-controlled trial of olanzapine in the treatment of
trichotillomania. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 61,
1336-1343. |
|
KEUTHEN, N.J., STEIN, D.J. & CHRISTENSON, G.A. (2001).
Help for hair pullers : understanding and coping with
trichotillomania. New Harbinger Publications. |
STEIN, D.J., GRANT, J.E., FRANKLIN, J.E., KEUTHEN, N.J.,
LOCHNER, C., SINGER, H.S. & WOODS, D.W. (2010).
Trichotillomania (hair pulling disorder), skin picking
disorder, and stereotypic movement disorder : toward
DSM-V. Depression & Anxiety, 27, 611-626.
[PDF] |
|
WOODS, D.W. & MILTENBERGER, R.G. (Eds.) (2001). Tic
disorders, trichotillomania, and other repetitive
behavior disorders : Behavioral approaches to analysis
and treatment. Norwell, MA : Kluwer Academic
Publishers. |
KEUTHEN, N.J., ROTHBAUM, B.O., WELCH, S.S., TAYLOR, C.,
FALKENSTEIN, M., HEEKIN, M., JORDAN, C.A., TIMPANO, K.,
MEUNIER, S., FAMA, J. & JENIKE, M.A. (2010). Pilot
trial of dialectical behavior therapy-enhanced habit
reversal for trichotillomania. Depression &
Anxiety, 27 (10), 953-959. |
|
KEUTHEN, N.J., FRAIM, C., DECKERSBACH, T., DOUGHERTY,
D.D., BAER, L. & JENIKE, M.A. (2001). Longitudinal
follow-up of naturalistic treatment outcome in patients
with trichotillomania. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry,
62, 101-107. |
FLESSNER, C.A., PENZEL, F. & KEUTHEN, N.J. (2010),
Current treatment practices for children and adults with
trichotillomania : Consensus among experts. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 17, 290-300. [PDF] |
|
STEWART, R.S. & NEJTEK, V.A. (2003). An open-label,
flexible-dose study of olanzapine in the treatment of
trichotillomania. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 64,
49-52. |
FRANKLIN, M.E., EDSON, A.L., LEDLEY, D.A. & CAHILL,
S.P. (2011). Behavior therapy for pediatric
trichotillomania : A randomized controlled trial. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 50, 763-771. |
|
ROMANIUK, C., MILTENBERGER, R. & DEAVER, C. (2003).
Long term maintenance following habit reversal and adjunct
treatment for trichotillomania. Child & Family
Behavior Therapy, 25 (2), 45-59. |
FRANKLIN, M.E., ZAGRABBE, K. & BENAVIDES, K.L. (2011).
Trichotillomania and its treatment : a review and
recommendation. Expert Review of Neurotherapeutics, 11
(8), 1165-1174. [PDF]
|
|
VAN MINNEN, A., HOOGDUIN, K., KEIJSERS, G., HELLENBRAND,
I. & HENDRIKS, G.J. (2003). Treatment of
trichotillomania with behavioral therapy or fluoxetine : a
randomized, waiting-list controlled study. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 60, 517-522. |
KEUTHEN, N.J., ROTHBAUM, B.O., FAMA, J., ALTENBURGER, E.,
FALKENSTEIN, M. SPRICH, S.E., KEARNS, M., MEUNIER, S.,
JENIKE, M.A. & WELCH, S.S. (2012). DBT-enhanced
cognitive-behavioral treatment for trichotillomania : A
randomized controlled trial. Journal of Behavioral
Addictions, 1 (3), 106-114. [PDF] |
|
PENZEL, F. (2003). The hair-pulling problem : A
complete guide to trichotillomania. Oxford
University Press. |
MCGUIRE, J.F., UNG, D., SELLES, R.R., RAHMAN, O., LEWIN,
A.B., MURPHY, T.K. & STORCH, E.A. (2014). Treating
trichotillomania : A meta-analysis of treatment effects
and moderators for behavior therapy and serotonin reuptake
inhibitors. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 58,
76-83. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble obsessionnel-compulsif
ou Compulsion |
|
|
|
Trichotillomanie
(Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic,
des tests et des
outils de collecte de données
qui permettent d'évaluer et
de mesurer la trichotillomanie.
Trichotillomania.
| |
|
|
KEUTHEN, N.J., FLESSNER, C.A., WOODS, D.W., FRANKLIN,
M.E., STEIN, D.J. & CASHIN, S.E. (2007). The
Trichotillomania Learning Center Scientific Advisory Board
: Factor analysis of the Massachsetts General Hospital
(MGH) Hairpulling Scale. Journal of Psychosomatic
Research, 62, 707-709. |
|
|
Voir aussi Trichotillomanie |
|
|
|
Tricot
André (1966-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, d'origine française, et spécialiste de l'étude de
la charge cognitive.
Collaborateur de Bastien.
|
TRICOT, A. & CHANQUOY, L. (1996). La charge mentale,
"vertu dormitive" ou concept opérationnel ? Introduction.
Psychologie Française, 41 (4), 313-318. [PDF] |
|
TRICOT, A. (1998). Charge cognitive et apprentissage. Une
présentation des travaux de John Sweller. Revue de
Psychologie de l'Éducation, 1, 37-64. [PDF] |
|
TRICOT, A., PUIGSERVER, E., BERDUGO, D. & DIALLO, M.
(1999). The validity of rational criteria for the
interpretation of user-hypertext interaction. Interacting
with Computers, 12, 23-36. |
|
TRICOT, A., DÉTIENNE, F. & BASTIEN, J.M.C. (2003).
Recherches en psychologie ergonomique. Introduction. Psychologie
Française, 48 (2), 1-8. |
|
TRICOT, A. (2009). La régulation de la charge cognitive :
un nouveau point de vue. Épique, 1-7. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trippas Dires ( ) : Psychologue
britannique, d'origine iranienne. Il étudie le développement
de la pensée et du raisonnement,
notamment le biais de
croyance. Étudiant de Handley.
Collaborateur de Thompson et Verde.
|
TRIPPAS, D., HANDLEY, S.J. & VERDE, M.F. (2013). The
SDT model of belief bias : Complexity, time, and cognitive
ability mediate the effects of believability. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 39 (5), 1393-1402. |
TRIPPAS, D., PENNYCOOK, G., VERDE, M.F. & HANDLEY,
S.J. (2015). Better but still biased : Analytic cognitive
style and belief bias. Thinking & Reasoning, 21
(4), 431-445.
|
|
TRIPPAS, D., THOMPSON, V.A. & HANDLEY, S.J. (2017).
When fast logic meets slow belief: Evidence for a parallel-processing model of belief bias. Memory & Cognition, 45 (4), 539–552. |
|
TRIPPAS, D., KELLEN, D., SINGMANN, H., PENNYCOOK, G.
KOEHLER, D.J., FUGELSANG, J.A. & DUBÉ, C. (2018).
Characterizing belief bias in syllogistic reasoning : A
hierarchical Bayesian meta-analysis of ROC data. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 25, 2141-2174.
[PDF] |
|
TRIPPAS, D. & PACHUR, T. (2019). Nothing compares:
Unraveling learning task effects in judgment and
categorization. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition 45 (12),
2239-2266. |
|
|
|
Triplet
: Triplets.
| |
|
|
TORREY, E.F. & GOTTESMAN, I.I. (1999). Triplets with
schizophrenia. Biological Psychiatry, 45, 655. |
|
FELDMAN, R., EIDELMAN, A.I. & ROTENBERG, N. (2004).
Parenting stress, infant emotion regulation, maternal
sensitivity, and the cognitive development of triplets : a
model for parent and child influences in a unique ecology.
Child Development, 75 (6), 1774-1791. |
|
Voir aussi Jumeau et
Quadruplet |
|
|
|
Triplett Norman (1861-1910) : Psychosociologue
avant la lettre. Il fut l'un des premiers à étudier la facilitation
sociale et à appliquer ce concept au milieu sportif.
Certains historiens des sciences le considère comme le père de la
psychologie sociale
(titre partagé avec Ringelmann).
 |
TRIPLETT, N. (1898). The dynamogenic factors in pacemaking
and competition. American Journal of Psychology, 9,
507-533.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AIELLO, J.R. & DOUTHITT, E.A. (2001). Social
facilitation theory from Triplett to electronic
performance monitoring. Group Dynamics, 5 (3),
163-180. [PDF] |
|
STRUBE, M.J. (2005). What did Triplett really find ? A
contemporary analysis of the first experiment in social
psychology. The American Journal of Psychology, 118
(2), 271-286. |
|
STROEBE, W. (2012). The truth about Triplett (1898), but
nobody seems to care. Perspectives on Psychological
Science, 7 (1), 54-57. |
|
|
|
Tripp E. Gail ( ) : Neurobiologiste
britannique, spécialisée dans l'étude des déterminants
biologiques de l'apprentissage
(les récompenses et
les renforcements) notamment
la dopamine. Collaborateur
de Johansen, Luman,
Killeen, Sagvolden,
Tannock et
Wickens.
|
TRIPP, G. & ALSOP, B. (1999). Sensitivity to reward
frequency in boys with attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 28,
366-375. |
|
TRIPP, G. & ALSOP, B. (2001). Sensitivity to reward
delay in children with attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder (AD/HD). Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 42, 691-698. |
|
TRIPP, G. & WICKENS J.R. (2008). Research review :
Dopamine transfer deficit : A neurobiological theory of
altered reinforcement mechanisms in ADHD. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied
Disciplines, 49, 691-704. |
|
TRIPP, G. & WICKENS J.R. (2009). Neurobiology of ADHD.
Neuropharmacology, 57, 579-589. [PDF] |
|
TRIPP, G. & WICKENS J.R. (2012). Reinforcement,
dopamine and rodent models in drug. Development for
ADHD Neurotherapeutics, 9 (3), 622-634. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Tristesse : Émotion négative.
Sadness, grief.
| |
|
|
KELTNER, D., ELLSWORTH, P.C. & EDWARDS, K. (1993).
Beyond simple pessimism : effects of sadness and anger on
social perception. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 64, 740-752. [PDF] |
ADOLPHS, R. & TRANEL, D. (2004). Impaired judgments of
sadness but not happiness following bilateral amygdala
damage. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 16,
453-462. [PDF] |
|
LANE, R.D., REIMAN, E.M., AHERN, G.L., SCHWARTZ, G.E.,
DAVIDSON, R.J. (1997). Neuroanatomical correlates of
happiness, sadness, and disgust. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 154, 926-933. |
REGEHR, C. & SUSSMAN, T. (2004). Intersections between
grief and trauma Toward an empirically based model for
treating traumatic grief. Brief Treatment &
Crisis Intervention, 4 (3), 289-309. [PDF] |
|
BREHM, J.W., BRUMMETT, B.H. & HARVEY, L. (1999).
Paradoxical sadness. Motivation & Emotion, 23, 31-44.
|
HORWITZ, A.V. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007/10). The
loss of sadness : How psychiatry transformed normal
sorrow into depressive disorder. New York : Oxford
University Press / Comment la psychiatrie a
medicalise nos tristesses. Paris : Edition Mardaga. |
|
BONANNO, G.A. & KALTMAN S. (2001). The varieties of
grief experience. Clinical Psychology Review, 21, 705-734.
|
TAN, H.B. & FORGAS, J.R.. (2010). When happiness makes
us selfish, but sadness makes us fair : Affective
influences on interpersonal strategies in the dictator
game. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 46, 571-576.
|
|
BONANNO, G.A. & FIELD, N.P. (2001). Examining the
delayed grief hypothesis across five years of bereavement.
American Behavioral Scientist, 44, 798-806. |
SCHOULTE, J., SUSSMAN, Z., TALLMAN, B., DEB, M., CORNICK,
C. & ALTMAIE, E. (2012). Is there growth in grief :
measuring posttraumatic growth in the grief response. Open
Journal of Medical Psychology, 1 (3), 38-43. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Émotion |
|
|
|
Trivers Robert L. (Washington 1943-) : Biologiste et sociobiologiste américain, pionnier de la psychologie
évolutionniste. Professeur de Cosmides. Collaborateur de Penton-Voak.
 |
TRIVERS, R.L. (1971). The evolution of reciprocal
altruism. Quarterly Review of Biology, 46,
35-57. |
|
TRIVERS, R.L. (1972). Parental investment and sexual
selection. In B. Campbell (Ed.), Sexual selection and
the descent of man, 1871-1971 (pp. 136-179).
Chicago : Aldine. |
|
TRIVERS, R.L. (1974). Parent-offspring conflict. American
Zoologist, 14, 249-264. |
|
TRIVERS, R.L. & HARE, R. (1976). Haplodiploidy and the
evolution of the social insects. Science, 191
(4224), 250-263. |
|
TRIVERS, R.L. (1985). Social evolution. Menlo
Park, CA : Benjamin/Cummings. |
|
|
|
| TRE
- TROMPERIE
- TRONC CÉRÉBRAL -
TROPISME - TROUBLE - TROUBLE
MENTAL - TROUBLE
PSYCHOLOGIQUE - TRYON - TSAI
- TU |
|
|
Trois éléments de la contingence : Voir Contingence.
Three-term contingency.
|
Tromperie
:
Deception, fake.
|
Tromperie (dans la vie de tous les jours) : Ensemble de stratégies dont l'objectif - avoué ou non - consiste à
induire autrui en erreur, à faire croire ou à donner illusion
qu'une chose est vraie.
Tromperie, détecteur de
mensonge et mensonge.
= duperie, ruser.
Deception, verbal deception, deceit.
| |
|
|
MARSTON, W.M. (1917). Systolic blood pressure symptoms of
deception. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 2
(2), 117-163. |
VRIJ, A., EDWARD, K., ROBERTS, K.P. & BULL, R. (2000).
Detecting deceit via analysis of verbal and nonverbal
behavior. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 24 (4),
239-263. [PDF] |
|
MARSTON, W.M. (1920). Reaction time symptoms of deception.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 3, 72- 87. |
COLE, T. (2001). Lying to the one you love : The use of
deception in romantic relationships. Journal of
Social & Personal Relationships, 18 (1),
107-129. [PDF] |
|
MARSTON, W.M. (1921). Psychological possibilities in the
deception tests. Journal of Criminal Law &
Criminology, 11, 551-570. |
VRIJ, A. & MANN, S. (2001). Who killed my relative ?
police officers' ability to detect real-life high-sgtake
lies. Psychology, Crime & Law, 7, 119-132. [PDF] |
|
ZUCKERMAN, M., DEPAULO, B.M. & ROSENTHAL, R. (1981).
Verbal and nonverbal communication of deception.
Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 14, 1-59. |
|
|
HONTS, C.R.RASKIN, D.C. & KIRCHER, J.C. (1984).
Effects of spontaneous countermeasures on the detection of
deception. Psychophysiology, 20, 446. |
ANDERSON, D.E., DEPAULO, B.M. & ANSFIELD, M.E. (2002).
The development of deception detection skill : A
longitudinal study of same sex friends. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 536-545. |
|
DEPAULO, B.M., TANG, J. & STONE, J.I. (1987). Physical
attractiveness and skill at detecting deception. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 13, 177-187. |
FELDMAN, R.S., FORREST, J.A. & HAPP, B.R. (2002).
Self-presentation and verbal deception : Do
self-presenters lie more? Basic & Applied Social
Psychology, 24, 163-170. |
|
DEPAULO, P.J. & DEPAULO, B.M. (1989). Can attempted
deception by salespersons and customers be detected
through nonverbal behavioral cues ? Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 19, 1552-1577. |
STRÖMWALL, L.A. & GRANHAG, P.A. (2003). How to detect
deception? Arresting the beliefs of police officers,
prosecutors and judges. Psychology, Crime & Law,
9 (1), 19-36. |
|
METTS, S. (1989). An exploratory investigation of
deception in close relationships. Journal of Social
& Personal Relationships, 6, 159- 179. |
DEPAULO, B.M., LINDSAY, J.J., MALONE, B.E., MUILENBRUCK,
L.L., CARLTON, K. & COOPER, H. (2003). Cues to
deception. Psychological Bulletin, 129 (1),
74-118 |
|
BULLER, D.B., STRZYZEWSKI, K.D. & COMSTOCK, J. (1991).
Interpersonal deception : I. Deceivers' reactions to
receivers' suspicions and probing. Communications
Monographs, 58, 1-24. |
KOZEL, F.A., PADGETT, T.M. & GEORGE, M.S. (2004). A
replication study of the neural correlates of deception.
Behavioral Neuroscience, 118 (4), 852-856. |
|
GNEEZY, U. (2005). Deception : The role of consequences. American
Economic Review, 95, 384- 394. |
|
SAXE, L. (1994). Detection of deception. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 3, 69-73. |
BOND, C.F.J. & DEPAULO, B.M. (2006). Accuracy of
deception judgments. Personality & Social
Psychology Review, 10 (3), 214-234. [PDF] |
|
HONTS, C.R. (1994). Psychophysiological detection of
deception. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 3 (3), 77-82. |
FRANK, M.G., MENASCO, M.A. & O'SULLIVAN, M. (2008).
Human behavior and deception detection. In Handbook
of science and technology for homeland security (Vol.
5). John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
[PDF] |
|
DREBER, A. & JOHANNESSON, M. (2008). Gender
differences in deception. Economics Letters, 99,
197-199. |
|
BULLER, D.B. & BURGOON, J.K. (1994). Deception :
Strategic and nonstrategic communication. In J.A. Daly
& J.M. Wiemann (Eds.), Strategic interpersonal
communication (pp. 191-223). Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
LANGLEBEN, D.D. (2008). Detection of deception with fMRI :
Are we there yet ? Legal & Criminological
Psychology, 13, 1-9. [PDF] |
|
FORGAS, J.R. & EAST, R. (2008). On being happy and
gullible : Mood effects on scepticism and the detection of
deception. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
44, 1362-1367. |
|
CHRIST, S.E., ESSEN, D.C.V., WATSON, J.M., BRUBAKER, L.E.
& McDERMOTT, K.B. (2008). The contributions of
prefrontal cortex and executive control to deception : Evidence from activation likelihood estimate
meta-analyses. Cerebral Cortex, 19 (7), 1557–1566.
|
|
HONTS, C.R. & SCHWEINLE, W. (2009). Information gain
of psychophysiological detection of deception in forensic
and screening settings. Applied Psychophysiology
& Biofeedback, 34, 161-172. |
|
VRIJ, A. (1995). Behavioral correlates of deception in a
simulated police interview. Journal of Psychology :
Interdisciplinary & Applied, 129 (1), 15-28. |
HART, C.L., FILLMORE, D.G. & GRIFFITH, J.D. (2009).
Indirect detection of deception : looking for change. Current
Research in Social Psychology, 14 (9), 134-142. [PDF] |
|
BULLER, D.B. & BURGOON, J.K. (1996). Interpersonal
deception theory. Communication Theory, 6 (3),
203-242. |
VRIJ, A., GRANHAG, P.A. & PORTER, S. (2010). Pitfalls
and opportunities in nonverbal and verbal lie detection. Psychological
Science in the Public Interest, 11 (3), 89-121. [PDF] |
|
VRIJ, A. & SEMIN, G.R. (1995). Lie experts' beliefs
about nonverbal indicators of deception. Journal of
Nonverbal Behavior, 20 (1), 65-80.
[PDF] |
HONTS, C.R. & KIRCHER, J.C. (2011). Research methods
for psychophysiological deception detection. In B.
Rosenfeld & S.D. Penrod (Eds.), Research methods
in forensic psychology, Hoboken (pp. 105-121) NJ,
USA : Wiley. |
|
LANE, J.D. & ANDERSON, D.E. (1999). Dysphorics'
ability to detect deception : Completing Coyne's cycle.
Journal of Research in Personality, 33, 311-329. |
VRIJ, A., MANN, S., JUNDI, S., HOPE, L. & LEAL, S.
(2012). Can I take your picture ? Undercover interviewing
to detect deception. Psychology, Public Policy &
Law, 18 (2), 231-234. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, D.E., DEPAULO, B.M., ANSFIELD, M.E., TICKLE,
J.J. & GREEN, E. (1999). Beliefs about cues to
deception : Mindless stereotypes or untapped wisdom ? Journal
of Nonverbal Behavior, 23, 67-89. |
DEPAULO, B.M. & BOND, C.F. (2012). Beyond accuracy :
Bigger, broader ways to think about deceit. Journal of
Applied Research in Memory & Cognition, 1,
120-121. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Détecteur
de mensonge, Aveuglement
volontaire et Mensonge |
|
|
|
Tromperie (en recherche) : En science,
procédure méthodologique
qui consiste à dissimuler aux participants
les véritables objectifs
de la recherche et à leur fournir, en lieu et place, un
prétexte crédible, donc de fausses informations, généralement
fournies par un complice
du chercheur, pour faire illusion. Ainsi, les sujets ne
participent pas à la recherche en toute connaissance de cause.
L'absence de consentement
éclairé à une recherche soulève un problème d'éthique et de
déontologie. Selon l'APA,
le recours à la tromperie en recherche doit observer cinq critères
: 1) Il n'existe pas d'autres moyens d'étudier
le phénomène en question
ou de tester l'hypothèse de recherche; 2) On ne
peut s'attendre à ce qu'une fois informés des objectifs réels de
la recherche, les participants accordent leur consentement; 3)
Les participants ont, à tout moment, le droit de refuser de
poursuivre la recherche; 4) À la fin de
l'expérience, il est impératif de dévoiler aux participants les
objectifs réels de la recherche. 5) Si la
recherche ou la divulgation des objectifs de recherche produisent
du stress chez les participants, le chercheur doit tout mettre en
oeuvre pour le réduire ou l'éliminer. Tromperie, débriefing
et déontologie.
= duperie, simulation. Deception,
faking.
| |
|
|
FREUND, K. (1961). A laboratory differential diagnosis of
homo- and heterosexuality : an experiment with faking. Review
of Medicine, 7, 20-31. |
ADAIR, J.O. (1972). Demand characteristics or conformity ?
: Suspiciousness of deception and experimenter bias in
conformity research. Canadian Journal of Behavioral
Science, 1, 238-248. |
|
ALIEN, V.L. (1966). Effect of knowledge of deception on
conformity. Journal of Social Psychology, 69,
101-106. |
GALLO, P.S., SMITH, S. & MUMFORD, S. (1973). Effects
of deceiving sublects upon experimental results. Jounal
of Social Psychology, 89, 99-107. |
|
NEWBERRY, B.H. (1973). Truth telling in subjects with
information about experiments : Who is being deceived. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 25,
369-374. |
|
FILLENBAUM, S. (1966). Prior deception and subsequent
experimental performance : The "faithful" subject.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 4,
552-557. |
HOLMS, D.S. & BENNETT, D.H. (1974). Experiments to
answer questions raised by the use of deception in
psychological research : I. Role playing as an alternative
to deception; II. Effectiveness of debriefing after
deception; III. Effect of informed consent on deception. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 29, 358-367. |
|
STRICTER, L.J. MESSIER, S. & JACKSON, D.N. (1967).
Suspicion of deception : Implications for conformity
research. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 5, 379-389. |
FORWARD, J., CANTER, R. & KIRSCH, N. (1976).
Role-enactment and deception methodologies. American
Psychologist, 31, 595-604. |
|
KELMAN, H.C. (1967). Human use of human subjects : The
problem of deception in social psychological experiments.
Psychological Bulletin, 67 (1), 1-11. [PDF] |
COOPER, I. (1976). Deception and role playing : On telling
the good guys from the bad guys. American
Psychologist, 31, 601-610. |
|
BERSCHEID, E., ABRAHAMS, D. & ARONSON, Y. (1967).
Effectiveness debriefing following deception experiments.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 6,
371-380. |
KOTESKEY, R.L. (1979). Deception and the Christian
psychologist. Journal of the American Scientific
Affiliation, 3, 58-59. |
|
GREENBERG, M.S. (1967). Role playing : An alternative to
deception. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 7, 152-157. |
JOHNSON, D.E. (1979). Deception in social psychological
research : A reply to Koteskey. Journal of the
American Scientific Affiliation, 31, 174-175. |
|
STRICTER, L.J. MESSIER. S. & JACKSON, D.N. (1967).
Suspicion of deception : Implications for conformity
research. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 5, 379-389. |
BAUMRIND, D. (1985). Research using intentional deception
: Ethical issues revisited. American Psychologist, 40
(2), 165-174. |
|
BASSETT, R.L., BASINGER, D. & LIVERMORE, P. (1992).
Lying in the laboratory : Deception in human research from
psychological, philosophical, and theological
perspectives. Journal of the American Scientific
Affiliation, 34, 201-212. |
|
KIMMEL, A.J. (1998). In defense of deception. American
Psychologist, 53, 803-805. |
|
HOROWITZ, I.A. & ROTHSCHILD, B.H. (1970). Conformity
as a function of deception and role playing. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 14, 224-226. |
WENDLER, D. (1996). Deception in medical and behavioral
research : Is it ever acceptable ? The Milbank
quarterly, 74 (1), 33-49. [PDF] |
|
SILVERMAN, I., SHULMN, A.D. & WIESENTHAL, D.L. (1970).
Effects of deceiving and debriefing psychological subjects
on performanee in later experiments. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 14 (3),
203-212. |
NICKS, S.D., KORN, J.H. & MAINIERI, T. (1997). The
rise and fall of deception in social psychology and
personality research, 1921-1994. Ethics &
Behavior, 7, 69-77. |
|
VIRILIO, P. (2000). Strategy of deception. London : Verso. |
|
KIMMEL, A.J. & SMITH, N.C. (2001). Deception in
marketing research : Ethical, methodological, and
disciplinary implications. Psychology & Marketing,
18, 663-689. |
|
COOK. T.D., BEAN, J.R., CALDER, B.J., FREY, R., KROVETZ,
M.L. & REISMAN, S.R. (1970). Demand characteristics
and three conceptions of the frequently deceived subject.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 14,
185-194. |
PLANT, E.A., DEVINE, P.G. & BRAZY P.C. (2003). The
bogus pipeline and motivations to respond without
prejudice : Revisiting the fading and faking of racial
prejudice. Group Processes Intergroup Relations, 6
(2), 187-200. |
|
GOLDING, S.L. & LICHTENSTEIN, E. (1970). Confession of
awareness and prior knowledge of deception as a function
of interview set and approval motivation. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 14, 213-223. |
BENHAM, B. (2008). The ubiquity of deception and the
ethics of deceptive research. Bioethics, 22 (3),
147-156. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, N.C., KIMMEL, A.J. & KLEIN J.G. (2009). Social
contract theory and the ethics of deception in consumer
research. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 19, 486-496.
|
|
WILLIS, R.H. & WILLIS, Y.A. (1970). Role playing
versus deception : An experimental comparison. Jounal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 16,
472-477. |
VERSCHUERE, B., PRATI, V. & DE HOUWER, J. (2009).
Cheating the lie detector : Faking in the autobiographical
implicit association test. Psychological Science, 20
(4), 410-413. |
|
SMITH, N.C., KIMMEL, A.J. & KLEIN, J.G. (2009). Social
contract theory and the ethics of deception in consumer
research. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 19,
486-496. |
|
ATHANASSOULIS, N. & WILSON, J. (2009). When is
deception in research ethical ? Clinical Ethics, 4
(1), 44-49 |
|
HONTS, C.R. & KIRCHER, J.C. (2011). Research methods
for psychophysiological deception detection. In B.
Rosenfeld & S.D. Penrod (Eds.), Research methods
in forensic psychology, Hoboken (pp. 105-121) NJ,
USA : Wiley. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Simulation
d'un détecteur de mensonge, Éthique
en recherche, Complice
et Consentement
éclairé |
|
|
|
|
|
Tropisme : Chez les plantes et les animaux,
réponse
d'orientation et de locomotion provoquées par des stimuli
de l'environnement physique (lumière, humidité, chaleur).
( ): chimiotaxies (orientation en fonction des odeurs,
des phéromones),
galvanotropisme (orientation en fonction d'un champ électrique),
géotaxie (orientation en fonction du poids), halotropisme
(orientation en eaux salées), hygrotropisme (orientation en
fonction de l'humidité), phototaxie (réaction à la lumière),
phonotaxie (réaction à un bruit),
thermotropisme (orientation en fonction de la température),
rhéotropisme (orientation en fonction du mouvement de l'eau).
Tropism.
|
|
|
LOEB, J. (1912). The mechanistic conception of life.
Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
|
BUDDENBROCK, W.V. (1916). A criticism of the tropism
theory of Jacques Loeb. Journal of Animal Behavior, 6
(5), 341-366. |
|
CROZIER, W.J. (1928). Tropisms. Journal of General
Psychology, 1, 213-218. |
|
BARNES, C.L. & SKINNER, B.F. (1930). The progressive increase in the
geotropic response of the ant Aphaenogaster. Journal
of General Psychology, 4, 102-112. |
|
FRIEDMAN, H.S. (2000). Long-term relations of personality
and health : Dynamisms, mechanisms, tropisms. Journal
of Personality, 68, 1089-1108. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Réponse
d'orientation |
|
|
Tropp Linda R. ( ) : Psychologue
sociale américaine et spécialiste de l'étude des préjugés
et de la théorie du contact social. Collaboratrice
de Pettigrew.
|
TROPP, L.R. & WRIGHT, S.C. (2001). Ingroup
identification and relative deprivation : An examination
across multiple social comparisons. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 29, 707-724. |
|
TROPP, L.R. (2003). The psychological impact of prejudice
: Implications for intergroup contact. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 131-149. |
|
TROPP, L.R., STOUT, A.M., BOATSWAIN, C., WRIGHT, S.C.
& PETTIGREW, T.F. (2006). Trust and acceptance in
response to references to group membership : Minority and
majority perspectives on cross-group interactions. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 36, 769-794. |
|
TROPP, L.R. & BIANCHI, R.A. (2006). Valuing diversity
and intergroup contact. Journal of Social Issues, 62,
533-551. |
|
TROPP, L.R., O'BRIEN, T. & MIGACHEVA, K. (2014). How
peer norms of inclusion and exclusion predict children's
interest in cross-ethnic friendships. Journal of
Social Issues, 70, 151-166. |
|
|
|
|
|
Trouble : Terme générique qui recouvre tout un pan de la réalité pathologique (à l'exception des maladies
clairement d'origine biologique). Au sens large, il s'agit d'un problème,
d'un
déséquilibre ou d'une difficulté de nature biologique ou psychologique
(ou les deux). Un trouble peut-être passager, et donc se
résorber rapidement (EX: un étourdissement) ou,
dans certains cas, durer toute une vie ( EX:
handicap mental). Certains troubles sont mineurs et n'engendrent
que quelques désagréments (EX: maux de
tête), tandis que d'autres ont des effets graves : ils diminuent
la qualité de vie,
empêche l'individu de faire ce qu'il veut faire ou provoquent de
la douleur ou de la souffrance
chronique. Parfois, un problème dont l'origine est purement biologique entraîne des conséquences graves sur le plan
psychologiques et sociales. EX : le cancer. Dans
certains cas, c'est l'inverse, le problème psychologique a des
conséquence sur la santé du malade. EX:
Anorexie. Il existe également tout une gamme de troubles dont
l'origine de la cause est matière à débat. EX: la
dyslexie ou la dépression. Il va de soi qu'un problème, quel qu'il oit, a toujours une composante biologique (il se déroule toujours
dans un cerveau) et une composante sociale (ce cerveau est
toujours en relation avec un environnement social). On peut régler certains troubles soi-même (trouble
mineur ou bénin), alors que d'autres requiert l'aide ou
l'intervention d'un professionnel
de la santé (trouble majeur). Dans un sens plus précis, le mot
renvoie à tout une gamme de troubles biologiques et
psychologiques.
= Difficulté, problème, désordre.
( ): Voir tableaux ci-dessous.
Disorder.
| |
| Classement des troubles selon 4 axes |
| Axe
1 : Origine |
De
nature biologique |
Biologique + Psychologique |
De
nature psycholgique |
| Axe 2 :
Durée |
Passager |
+-
long |
Toute
une vie/Chronique |
| Axe
3 : Gravité |
Mineure |
+-
grave |
Majeure |
| Axe 4 :
Séquelles |
Mineures |
+-
grave |
Majeures |
|
|
| |
|
|
| CLAUSEN, J.A. (1981). Stigma and mental disorder : Phenomena and terminology. Psychiatry, 44, 287–296. |
| WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1999). Disorder as a black box essentialist concept. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
108, 465-472. |
| WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1999). Evolutionary versus prototype analyses of the concept of disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 374-399. |
|
STEIN, D.J., PHILIPS, K.A., BOLTON, D., FULFORD, K.W.M.,
SADLER, J.Z. & KENDLER, K.S. (2010). What is a
mental/psychiatric disorder ? From DSM-IV to DSM-V. Psychoogical Medicine, 40 (11), 1759-1765.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Trouble mentalMaladie
biologique et Trouble
psychologique |
|
|
|
Trouble (Mental) : Terme
générique utilisé dans la version française du DSM pour désigner l'ensemble des maladies mentales. Il désigne toute affection d'origine biologique, psychologique
ou social qui
perturbe négativement le comportement,
la pensée ou les émotions/sentiments
d'une individu. Cette expression recouvre une multitude de
troubles allant d'un accès momentané de stress
jusqu'aux problèmes lourds comme la psychose,
le suicide ou la dépendance
à l'alcool et aux drogues.
La plupart du temps, la maladie mentale est suffisamment intense
pour causer de la souffrance
ou - si l'individu n'est pas conscient de son état - de
rendre difficile ou problématique le fonctionnement
de cet individu au sein de sa
famille, à son travail
ou dans la société en général. En raison de l'intensité des symptômes,
une maladie réclame habituellement un traitement
ou une intervention,
habituellement sous forme de thérapie.
Qu'est-ce qui distingue un trouble mental d'une maladie biologique
comme un rhume ? Un rhume n'influence pas directement les
comportements, même s'il peut influencer leur fréquence ou leur
intensité (comme la fatigue). De plus, les symptômes
de la maladie mentale sont souvent plus variés et diffus que ceux
de la plupart des maladies
biologiques. Il s'agit de modifications du comportement dont le sujet à conscience
ou non, de comportements
asociaux ou anti-sociaux,
de troubles de l'humeur,
de troubles cognitifs,
neurocognitifs
et perceptuels (hallucinations, altération de la perception du
réel, etc.), de désorganisation
de la personnalité. Les malades soignés en institut
psychiatrique sont des psychiatrisés.
L'ensemble des maladies mentales est repertorié dans le DSM
(Manuel de Diagnostic et Statistique des troubles mentaux) et se
nomme trouble mental. Kraepelin
est considéré comme le père de la conception moderne des
troubles mentaux. Si le terme maladie est d'usage courant, il tend
à disparaître dans le milieu médical et scientifique au profit des
expressions, pathologie
mentale ou trouble
mental. Rectitude politique oblige, le terme problème
de santé mentale est
en vogue. Au Québec - royaume de la rectitude
politico-administrative - on utilise même l'expression personne
souffrant d'un problème de santé mentale, ce qui, à défaut
de contribuer au génie de la langue, permet de faire de longues
phrase sans virgule... = trouble
mental, problème de santé mentale, pathologie mentale,
psychopathologie, maladie psychologique, maladie nerveuse,
personne atteinte d'un problème de santé mentale, dysfonction
préjudiciable, aliénation mentale, problème psychiatrique,
folie. NDLR : Un trouble est une maladie
officiellement répertoriée; un trouble est donc une maladie, mais
toute maladie, problème ou difficulté n'est pas nécessairement un
trouble. On peut être anxieux sans souffrir d'anxiété.
=psychopathologie, trouble psychiatrique, maladie.
*troubles
psychologiques. /santé
mentale.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Mental disease, mental illnes,
harmful dysfunction, mental disorder, nervous mental disorder,
insanity, psychiatric illnesses.
| |
| Classement
des troubles selon 4 axes |
| Axe
1 : Origine |
De
nature biologique |
Biologique
+ Psychologique |
De nature psychologique |
| Axe 2 :
Durée |
Passager |
+-
long |
Toute
une vie/Chronique |
| Axe
3 : Gravité |
Mineure |
+-
grave |
Majeure |
| Axe 4 :
Séquelles |
Mineures |
+-
grave |
Majeures |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
LUYS, J.B. (1881). Traité clinique et pratique des
maladies mentales. Paris : Delahaye et Lecrosnier. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2000). Aristotle as sociobiologist : The
"function of a human being" argument, black box
essentialism, and the concept of mental disorder. Philosophy,
Psychiatry & Psychology, 7, 17-44. |
|
TREDGOLD, A.F. (1908). Mental deficiency (amentia).
New York : Wood. |
WILKINSON, S. (2000). Is "normal grief" a mental disorder
? The Philosophical Quarterly, 50, 289-304. |
|
WATSON, J.B. (1916). Behavior and the concept of mental
disease. Journal of Philosophy, 13, 589-597. |
McNALLY, R.J. (2001). On Wakefield's harmful dysfunction
analysis of mental disorder. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 39, 309-314. |
|
MYERSON, A. (1925). The inheritance of mental
diseases. Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins
entreprise. |
HOUTS, A.C. (2001). Harmful dysfunction and the search for
value neutrality in the definition of mental disorder :
Response to Wakefield. Behavior Research &
Therapy, 39, 1099-1132. |
|
SZASZ, T. (1960). The myth of mental illness. American
Psychologist, 15, 113-118. |
HORWITZ, A.V. (2002). Creating mental illness. Chicago
: University of Chicago Press. |
|
NUNNALLY, J.C. (1961). Popular conceptions of mental
health. New York : Holt, Rinehart & Winston. |
PHELAN, J.C. (2002). Genetic bases of mental illness :
cure for stigma? Trends in Neurosciences, 25,
430-431. |
|
TIENARI, P. (1963). Psychiatric illnesses in identical
twins. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 39 (S171),
9-195. |
LORBER, J. & MOORE, L.J. (2002). Gender and the
social construction of illness. Walnut Creek, CA :
Altamira Press. |
|
ALBEE, G.W. (1969). Emerging concepts of mental illness
and models of treatment : The psychological point of view.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 125, 870-876. |
HENRIQUES, G.R. (2002). The harmful dysfunction analysis
and the differentiation between mental disorder and
disease. Scientific Review of Mental Health Practice,
1 (2), 157-173. |
|
SZASZ, T.S. (1973). Mental illness as a metaphor. Nature,
242, 305. |
WANG, P.S., DEMIER, O. & KESSLER, R.C. (2002).
Adequacy of treatment for serious mental illness in the
United States. American Journal of Public Health, 92,
92-98. |
|
INSEL, T.R. (2003). Is social attachment an addictive
disorder ? Physiology & Behavior 79, 351–357. |
|
|
RABKIN, J.G. (1974). Public attitudes towards mental
illness : a review of the literature. Psychological
Bulletin, 77, 153-171. |
MacINTYRE, D.J., BLACKWOOD, D.H., PORTEOUS, D.J., PICKARD,
B.S. & MUIR, W.J. (2003). Chromosomal abnormalities
and mental illness. Molecular Psychiatry, 8,
275-287. |
|
SZASZ, T. (1974/75). The myth of mental illness.
Harper and Row. / Le mythe de la maladie mentale.
Paris : Payot. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. & FIRST, M.B. (2003). Clarifying the
distinction between disorder and nondisorder. In K.a.
Phillips, M.B. First & H.A. Pincus (Eds.), Advancing
DSM. Dilemmas in psychiatric diagnosis. (pp.
23-55). American Psychiatric Association, Washington DC. |
|
KENDELL, R.E. (1975). The concept of disease and its
implications for psychiatry. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 127, 305-315. |
BRÜLDE, B. (2003). The concept of mental disorder. Philosophical
Communications, Web Series, No. 29 Dept. of Philosophy.
Sweden : Göteborg University. [PDF] |
|
FARRELL, B.A. (1979). Mental illness : a conceptual
analysis. Psychological Medicine, 9, 21-35. |
KOPPELMAN, J. (2004). Children with mental disorders:
Making sense of their needs and the systems that help
them. National Health Policy Forum, 799, 2-24.
[PDF] |
|
CLAUSEN, J.A. (1981). Stigma and mental disorder :
Phenomena and terminology. Psychiatry, 44, 287–296. |
|
|
HORWITZ, A.V. (1982). The social control of mental
illness. Orlando, Fla. : Academic Press. |
LYNCH, E. & MEDIN, D.L. (2006). Explanatory models of
illness : A study of within-culture variation. Cognitive
Psychology, 53 (4), 285-309. [PDF] |
|
GORENSTEIN, E.E. (1984). Debating Mental illness :
implications for science, medicine, and social policy. American
Psychologist, 39, 50-56. |
RABKIN, J.G. (2006). Who is called mentally ill : Public
and professional views. Journal of Community
Psychology, 7, 253-258. |
|
ROTH, M. & KROLL, J. (1986). The reality of
mental illness. Cambridge : Cambridge University
Press |
BENTALL, R. (2006). Madness explained : Why we must reject
the Kraepelinian paradigm and replace it with a
'complaint-orientated approach to understanding mental
illness. Medical Hypotheses, 66 (2), 220-233. |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1992). The concept of mental disorder :
On the boundary between biological facts and social
values. American Psychologist, 47 (3), 373-388.
[PDF] |
HORWITZ, A.V. & WAKEFILED, J.C. (2006). The epidemic
in mental illness : Clinical fact or survey artifact ? Contexts
: Understanding People in their Social Worlds, 5,
19-23. |
|
BENTALL, R.P. (1992). A proposal to classify happiness as
a psychiatric disorder. Journal of Medical Ethics, 18
(2), 94-98. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2006). Fait et valeur dans le concept de
trouble mental : le trouble en tant que dysfonction
préjudiciable. Philosophiques, 33 (1), 37-63. [PDF] |
|
MONAHAN, J. (1992). Mental disorder and violent behavior.
American Psychologist, 47 (3), 511-521. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2006). High mental disorder rates are
based on invalid measures : Questions about the claimed
ubiquity of mutation-induced dysfunction. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 29, 424-426. |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1992). The concept of mental disorder :
On the boundary between biological facts and social
values. American Psychologist, 47 (3), 373-388.
[PDF] |
SANDERSON, K. & GAVIN, A. (2006). Common mental
disorders in the workforce : Recent findings from
descriptive and social epidemiology. Canadian Journal
of Psychiatry, 51 (2), 63-75. |
|
BARLOW, D.H. (Ed.) (1993). Clinical handbook of
psychological disorders. New York : Guilford
Publications. |
DOUBLE, D.B. (2007). Eclecticism and Adolf Meyer's
functional understanding of mental illness. Philosophy,
Psychiatry & Psychology, 14, 356-358. [PDF] |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1993). Limits of operationalization : A
critique of Spitzer and Endicott's (1978) proposed
operational criteria for mental disorder. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 102, 160-172. |
SHORTER, E. & HEALY, E. (2007). Shock therapy The
history of electroconvulsive treatment in mental
illness. New Brunswick : Rutgers University Press. |
|
MOUNT, E. (1993). Can we talk ? Contexts of meaning for
interpreting illness. Journal of Medical Humanities,
14 (2), 51-67. |
SERVAIS, L. & SAUNDERS, S.M. (2007). Clinical
psychologists' perceptions of persons with mental illness.
Professional Psychology : Research & Practice, 38,
214-219. |
|
BROWN, P. (1995). Naming and framing : The social
construction of diagnosis and illness. Journal of
Health & Social Behaviour, 35, 34-52. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007). The concept of mental disorder :
diagnostic implications of the harmful dysfunction
analysis. World Psychiatry, 6, 149-156. [PDF] |
|
|
SZASZ, T. (1997). Mental illnes is still a myth.
Review of Existential Psychology & Psychiatry, 23,
70-80. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007). What makes a mental disorder
mental ? Philosophy, Psychiatry & Psychology, 13,
123-131. |
|
JENKINS, R., LEWIS, G., BEBBINGTON, P., BRUGHA, T.
FARRELL, M., GILL, B. & MELTZER, H. (1997). The
National Psychiatric Morbidity Surveys of Great Britain -
initial findings from the Household Survey. Psychological
Medicine, 27, 775-789. [PDF] |
KAIROUZ, S., BOYER, R., NADEAU, L., PERREAULT, M. &
FISET-LANIEL, J. (2008). Troubles mentaux,
toxicomanie et autres problèmes liés à la santé mentale
chez les adultes québécois. Enquête sur la santé dans
les collectivités canadiennes (cycle 1.2). Québec :
Institut de la statistique du Québec. [PDF] |
|
KESSLER, C. & WANG, P.S. (2008). The descriptive
epidemiology of commonly occurring mental disorders in the
United States. Annual Review of Public Health, 29,
115-129. |
|
VANDER STOEP, A. & LINK, B. (1998). Social class,
ethnicity, and mental illness : The importance of being
more than earnest. American Journal of Public Health,
88 (9), 1396-1402. |
KELLER, M.C. (2008). The evolutionary persistence of genes
that increase mental disorders risk. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 17, 395-399. |
|
SZASZ, T. (1998). Psychiatric slavery. New York
: Syracuse University Press. |
KENDLER, K.S. (2008). Explanatory models for psychiatric
illness. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 695-702.
[PDF] |
|
FREYD, J.J. (1998). Science in the memory debate.
Ethics & Behavior, 8, 101-113. [PDF] |
INSEL, R. (2008). Assessing the economic costs of serious
mental illness. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165,
663-665. |
|
LITTLEWOOD, R. (1998). Cultural variation in the
stigmatization of mental illness. The Lancet, 352,
1056-1057. |
GAETE, M. (2008). The concept of mental disorder : A
proposal. Philosophy, Psychiatry & Psychology, 15
(4), 327-339. |
|
KIRMAYER, J.L. & YOUNG, A. (1999). Culture and context
in the evolutionary concept of mental disorder. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 446-452. |
ARAGONA, M. (2009). The concept of mental disorder and the
DSM-V. Dialogues in Philosophy, Mental & Neuro
Sciences, 2 (1), 1-14. [PDF] |
|
NESSE, R.M. (1999). Testing evolutionary hypotheses about
mental disorders. In S. Stearns (Ed.), Evolution in
health and disease (pp. 260-266). New York : Oxford
University Press. |
BENTALL R.P. (2009). Doctoring the mind : is our
current treatment of mental illness really any good ?
NYU Press. |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1999). The measurement of mental
disorder. In A.V. Horwitz & T.L. Scheid (Eds.), A
handbook for the study of mental health (pp.
29-57). New York : Cambridge University Press. |
KENDLER, K.S. & JABLENSKY, A. (2010). Kraepelin's
concept of psychiatric illness. Psychological
Medicine, 4 (6), 1119-1126. |
|
LINK, B.G., PHELAN, J.C., BRESNAHAN, M., STUEVE, A. &
PESCOSOLIDO, B.A. (1999). Public conceptions of mental
illness : Labels, causes, dangerousness, and social
distance. American Journal of Public Health, 89
(9), 1328-1333. [PDF] |
STEIN, D.J., PHILIPS, K.A., BOLTON, D., FULFORD, K.W.M.,
SADLER, J.Z. & KENDLER, K.S. (2010). What is a
mental/psychiatric disorder ? From DSM-IV to DSM-V. Psychoogical
Medicine, 40 (11), 1759-1765.
[PDF] |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1999). Disorder as a black box
essentialist concept. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
108, 465-472. |
BROOME, M. & BORTOLLOTI, L. (2010). What's wrong with
'mental' disorders ? Psychological Medicine, 40, 1783-1785. |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C (1999). Evolutionary versus prototype
analyses of the concept of disorder. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 108, 374-399. |
LYNCH, D., LAWS, K.R. & McKENNA, P.J. (2010).
Cognitive behavioural therapy for major psychiatric
disorder : does it really work ? A meta-analytical review
of well-controlled trials. Psychological Medicine,
40, 9-24.
[PDF] |
|
KIRK, S.A., WAKEFIELD, J.C., HSIEH, D. & POTTICK, K.
(1999). Social context and social workers' judgment of
mental disorder. Social Service Review, 73,
82-104. |
FIRST, M.B. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2010). Defining 'mental
disorder' in DSM-IV. Psychological Medicine, 40, 1783-1785.
[PDF] |
|
KRUEGER, R.F. (1999). The structure of common mental
disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56 (10),
921-926. [PDF] |
BACHAND, A. (2012). L'imposture de la maladie
mentale. Critique du discours psychiatrique.
Montréal : Éditions Liber. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Maladie
biologique, Tous les troubles,
Psychopathologie
et Trouble psychologique |
|
|
|
Trouble
(psychologique) : Terme générique qui englobe
aussi bien les troubles mentaux
définis par le DSM-5 ou le
CIM-10 que les autres
problèmes de nature psychologique (qui ne sont pas répertoriés).
Ce terme recouvre donc une réalité plus vaste que les troubles
mentaux ou la maladie mentale. EX: un enfant qui
ne parvient pas toujours à se concentrer en classe ne souffre pas
nécessairement d'un troble mental/ troubles
deficitaire de l'attention. Il s'agit plutôt d'un trouble ou
d'un problème que l'on peut résoudre en classe au moyen d'une technique
de modification du comportement, donc sans recourir au
service d'un professionnel de la santé ou d'une thérapie
médicamenteuse. Cette nuance n'est pas spécieuse. Elle
permet d'exclure tout un ensemble de problèmes du champ légal
d'intervention de la psychologie,
de la médecine et de la psychiatrie
(médicalisation). Cette nuance s'applique également aux
problèmes biologiques; ce n'est pas parce que vous avez mal au dos
ou aux jambes que vous êtes malade. Un peu d'exercice ou un
changement de posture devant votre écran d'ordinateur peut
s'avérer plus bénéfique qu'une consultation chez le médecin.
Autrement dit, il existe un état intermédiaire entre la santé
parfaite et la maladie, un état qui, bien qu'insatisfaisant ou
souffrant, ne réclame pas nécessairement l'intervention d'un
expert. Bref, tout problème ou difficuté personnel n'est pas
nécessairement anormal.
De fait, si on exclut les soins personnels 1),
il existe trois niveaux d'intervention des troubles psychologiques
hors du champ de pratique de la psychiatrie/psychologie clinique:
2) les ressources sociales de l'individu malade
(famille, amis, vosinage, etc.); 3) Les soins
offerts par un professionnel ou un
para-professionnel hors des institutions
psychiatriques ou du système de santé (psychologue
en pratique privée,
ressources alternatives et communautaires); 4)
Le système de santé et la psychiatrie (médecin, psychiatre,
psychologue rémunérés par l'état, travailleurs sociaux, etc). Il
faut préciser Les niveau 1 et 2 correspondent habituellement à ce
que l'on nomme les troubles légers, mais pas
nécessairement, tandis que les cas dit lourds sont
réservés aux deux derniers niveaux d'intervention. Dans d'autres
cas, plutôt rares, il s'agit bel et bien d'un trouble, mais ce
dernier n'est pas officiellement recensé par le DSM-5
ou le CIM-10. EX:
la psychopathie.
Finalement, il convient de noter que le terme problème
de santé mentale est en passe de remplacer cette
expression. = trouble psychologique,
problèmes psychologiques, problème de santé mentale. (
): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Psychological
disorder.
|
Trouble (Gravité) : On peut classer les
troubles psychologiques en quatre catégories, catégories auxquels
correspondent des interventions de nature particulière.
| |
Échelle de gravité des troubles psychologiques
|
| Gravité |
Santé
adéquate |
Troubles
mineurs/Légers |
Troubles
majeurs/Lourds |
| Niveau |
0 |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
Type d'intervention requise
|
Pas
d'intervention |
Que
l'on peut résoudre soi-même
(Ressources
personnelles) |
Qui
peut être résolu grâce à nos propores ressources
sociales |
Qui
peut être résolu grâce aux soins d'un para-professionnel,
hors du sytème de santé |
Qui
requiert les services d'un professionel
oeuvrant généralement au sein d'une
institution psychiatrique ou d'une ressource
alternative en santé mentale. |
| Exemple |
- |
Stress
produit par un choix (EX: Dois-je ou non prendre ma
retraite ?) |
Deuil
d'un parent (EX : On obtient du soutien de nos amis) |
Conflit
consécutif à un divorce (EX: Consulter un psychologue dans
un cabinet privé) |
Agresseur
sexuel violent (EX: Consulter un psychiatre dans un
hôpital) |
|
|
|
Trouble
(Taxonomie) :
| |
| Classement des troubles selon 4 axes |
| Axe 1 : Origine |
De
nature biologique |
Biologique
+ Psychologique |
De
nature psycholgique |
| Axe 2 :
Durée |
Passager |
+-
long |
Toute
une vie/Chronique |
| Axe
3 : Gravité |
Mineure |
+-
grave |
Majeure |
| Axe 4 :
Séquelles |
Mineures |
+-
grave |
Majeures |
|
|
|
| |
|
Trouble à symptomatologie somatique (et autres troubles connexes) : Phénomène psychologique, découvert
par Stekel au début de 20 e, siècle, qui révèle que chez certains patients la souffrance
peut s'exprimer sous forme de symptômes physiques (non simulés ou
feints). La fonction de ce mécanisme, plus ou moins avoué par le
patient, serait d'obtenir une aide, médicale ou non, qui soulagera
partiellement et temporairement ses symptômes. Trouble de
somatisation, médecine
somatique et
hypocondrie. = trouble
somatoforme, syndrome de Briquet, trouble de somatisation,
somatisation, simulation inconsciente d'une maladie.
Somatic symtom disorder
, somatization disorder, Briquet's syndrom, somatization syndrome.
|
|
|
PITMAN, R.K. & MOFFETT, P.S. (1981). Somatization
disorder (Briquet's syndrome) in a male veteran. Journal
of Nervous and Mental Diseases, 169, 462-466. |
|
GUZE, S.B., CLONINGER, C.R., MARTIN, R.L. & CLAYTON,
P.J. (1986). A follow-up and family study of Briquet's
syndrome. British Journal of Psychiatry, 149, 17-23. |
|
SIMON, G.E. & GUREJE, O. (1999). Stability of
somatization disorder and somatization symptoms among
primary care patients. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 56, 90-95. |
|
LIDBECK, J. (2003). Group therapy for somatization
disorders in primary care : Maintenance of treatment goals
of short cognitive-behavioural treatment
one-and-a-half-year follow-up. Acta Psychiatrica
Scandinavica, 107, 449-456. |
|
RIEF, W., HILLER, W. & MARGRAF, J. (2003). Cognitive
aspects of hypochondriasis and the somatization syndrome.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 107, 587-595. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Troubles
et Hypocondrie |
|
|
Trouble affectif : Ensemble des troubles de
l'humeur. = trouble de l'humeur,
trouble thymique.
( ): Voir tableau
ci-dessous.
|
Trouble
alimentaire : Ensemble des troubles
liés à l'alimentation
et au comportement
de manger. Il y a trouble lorsque un individu est incapable
ou refuse de manger
ou de boire des quantités suffisantes pour assurer une
alimentation adéquate et se maintenir en santé.
Parfois, c'est la qualité des aliments qui en cause (aliment
trop gras, trop de sel, malbouffe, pas assez de fruits, etc.). =
trouble des conduites alimentaires. ( ):
Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Eating disorder, feeding disorder, problematic
eating behaviors, feeding problem, feeding difficulties,
disordered eating, eating disturbances, eating pathology.
| |
|
|
SCHMIDEBERG, M. (1938). Intellectual inhibition and
disturbances in eating. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 19, 17-22. |
RICCIARDELLI, L. & McCABE, M. (2004). A
biopsychosocial model of disordered eating and the pursuit
of muscularity in adolescent boys. Psychological
Bulletin, 130 (2), 179-205. |
|
PALMER, S., THOMPSON, R.J. & LINSCHEID, T.R. (1975).
Applied behaviour analysis in the treatment of childhood
feeding problems. Developmental Medicine & Child
Neurology, 17, 333-339. |
BECKER, C.B., EVIVA, J.C. & ZAYFERT, C. (2004). Eating
disorder symptoms among female anxiety disorder patients
in clinical practice : The importance of anxiety
comorbidity assessment. Journal of Anxiety Disorders,
18 (3), 255-274. |
|
LOGUE, A.W. LOGUE K.R. & STRAUSS, K.E. (1983). The
acquisition of taste aversions in humans with eating and
drinking disorders. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
21, 275-289. |
OLIVARDIA, R., POPE, H.G., BORWIECKI, J.J. & COHANE,
G.H. (2004). Biceps and body image : The relationship
between muscularity and self-esteem, depression, and
eating disorder symptoms. Psychology of Men &
Masculinity, 5 (2), 112-120. [PDF] |
|
GARNER, D.M., OLMSTETD, M.P. & POLIVY, J. (1983).
Development and validation of a multidimensional Eating
Disorder Inventory for anorexia and bulimia.
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 2 (2),
15-34. [PDF] |
KJELSAS, E., BJORNSTROM, C. & GÖTESTAM, K.G. (2004).
Prevalence of eating disorders in female and male
adolescents (14-15 years). Eating Behaviors, 5
(1), 13-25. |
|
SUNDGOT-BORGEN, J. (1987). Eating disorders among female
athletes. Physician & Sports Medicine, 2,
89-95. |
STEIGER, H. (2004). Eating disorders and the serotonin
connection : state, trait and developmental effects. Journal
of Psychiatry & Neuroscience, 29 (1), 20-29. |
|
LENNOX, D., MILTENBERGER, R. & DONNELLY, D. (1987).
Response interruption and DRL for the reduction of rapid
eating. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20 (3),
279-284. [PDF] |
STEIN, D, LILENFIELD, L.R., WILDMAN, P.C. & MARCUS,
M.D. (2004). Attempted suicide and self-injury in patients
diagnosed with eating disorders. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 45 (6), 447-451. |
|
MALLICK, M.J., WHIPPLE, T.W. & HUERTA, E. (1987).
Behavioral and psychological traits of weight-conscious
teenagers : a comparison of eating-disordered patients and
high-and low-risk groups. Adolescence, 22, 157-168. |
SUNDGOT-BORGEN, J. & TORSTVEIT, M.K. (2004).
Prevalence of eating disorders in elite athletes is higher
than in the general population. Clinical Journal of
Sport Medicine, 14 (1), 25-32. [PDF] |
|
KING, M.B. & MEZEY, G. (1987). Eating behaviour of
male racing jockeys. Psychological Medicine, 17, 249-253. |
BECKER, A. (2004). Television, disordered eating, and
young women in Fiji : Negotiating body image identity
during rapid social change. Culture, Medicine &
Psychiatry, 28, 533-559. [PDF] |
|
CHAATOR, I & SURLES, J. (2004). Eating disorders in
mid-childhood. Primary Psychiatry, 11, 34–39. |
|
|
GARNER, D.M., GARFINKEL, P.E., ROCKERT, P. & OLMSTED,
M.P. (1987). A prospective study of eating disturbances in
the ballet. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 48
(1-4), 170-175. |
WILSON, G.T. (2005). Psychological treatment of eating
disorders. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 1,
439-465. |
|
PATTON, G.C. (1988). The spectrum of eating disorders in
adolescence. Journal of Psychonomic Research, 32, 579-584. |
BAER, R.A. FISCHER, S. & HUSS, D.B. (2005).
Mindfulness and acceptance in the treatment of disordered
eating. Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive
Behavior Therapy, 23 (4), 281-300. |
|
VADEREYCKEN, W., KROG, E. & VANDERLINDEN, J. (Eds.)
(1989). The family approach to eating disorders.
New York : PMA Publishing Corp. |
REED, G.K., DOLEZAL, D.N., COOPER-BROWN, L.J. &
WACKER, D.P. (2005). The effects of sleep disruption on
the treatment of a feeding disorder. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 38 (2), 243-245. [PDF] |
|
FAVAZZA, A.R., DE ROSEAR, L. & CONTERIO, K. (1989).
Self-mutilation and eating disorders. Suicide &
Life-Threatening Behavior, 19, 352-361. |
PATEL, M.R., PIAZZA, C.C., LAYER, S.A., COLEMAN, R. &
SWARTZWEILDER, D.M. (2005). A systematic evaluation of
food textures to decrease packing and increase oral intake
in children with pediatric feeding disorders. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 38 (1), 89-100. [PDF] |
|
VITOUSEK, K.M. & HOLLON, K.B. (1990). The
investigation of schematic content and processing in
eating disorder. Cognitive Therapy & Research,
14, 191-214. |
VITOUSEK, K.M. & STUMPF, R.E. (2005). Difficulties in
the assessment of personality traits and disorders in
eating-disordered individuals. Eating disorders, 13 (1),
37-60. |
|
THORNTON, J.S. (1990). Feat or famine : eating disorders
in athletes. The Physician & Sports Medicine, 18,
116-122. |
FAIRBURN, C.G., COOPER, Z., DOLL, H.A. & DAVIES, B.A.
(2005). Identifying dieters who will develop an eating
disorder : a prospective, population-based study. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 162 (12), 2249-2255. [PDF] |
|
YATES, A. (1990). Current perspectives on the eating
disorders : 2. Treatment, outcome, and research
directions. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 29. |
JONES, R.L., GLINTMEYER, N. & McKENZIE, A. (2005).
Slim bodies, eating disorders and the coach-athlete
relationship : A tale of identity creation and disruption.
International Review for the Sociology of Sport, 40
(3), 377-391. [PDF] |
|
SHISSLAK, C.M., CRAGO, M. & NEAL, M.E. (1990).
Prevention of eating disorders among adolescents. American
Journal of Health Promotion, 5, 100-106. |
HILDEBRANT, T.B. (2005). A review of eating disorders in
athletes : Recommendations for secondary school prevention
and intervention programs. Journal of Applied School
Psychology, 21 (2), 145-167. [PDF] |
|
PIKE, K.M. & RODIN, J. (1991). Mothers, daughters, and
disordered eating. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
100, 198-204. |
SILBERG, J.L. & BULIK, C.M. (2005). The developmental
association between eating disorders symptoms and symptoms
of anxiety and depression in juvenile twin girls. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 46 (12),
1317-1326. |
|
BINFORD, R.B., LE GRANDE, D. & JELLAR, C. (2005).
Eating Disorder Examination versus Eating Disorder
Examination-Questionnaire in adolescents with full and
partial-syndrome bulimia nervosa and anorexia nervosa.
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 37, 44-49. |
|
WOOLEY, S.C., (1991). Uses of countertransference in the
treatment of eating disorders : A gender perspective. In
C. Johnson (Ed.), Psychodyamic treatment of anorexia
nervosa and bulirnia (pp.245-294). New York :
Guilford Press. |
WILSON, G.T. & SHAFRAN, R. (2005). Eating disorders
guidelines from nice. Lancet, 365, 79-81. |
|
TAUB, D.E. & BLINDE, E.M. (1992). Eating disorders
among adolescent female athletes : influence of athletic
participation and sport team membership. Adolescence,
27,833-848. |
KRISTELLER. J.L., BAER, R.A. & QUILLIANWOLEVER, R.
(2006). Mindfulness-based approaches to eating disorders.
In R.A. Baer (Ed.), Mindfulness-based treatment
approaches : Clinician's guide to evidence base and
applications (pp. 75-91). San Diego, CA : Elsevier
Academic Press. |
|
ANDERSEN, A.E. & DIDOMENICO, L. (1992). Diet vs. shape
content in popular male and female magazines : A
dose-response relationship to the incidence of eating
disorders ? International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 11, 283-287. |
HESSE-BIBER, S., LEAVY, P., QUINN, C.E. & ZOINO, J.
(2006). The mass marketing of disordered eating and eating
disorders : The social psychology of women, thinness and
culture. Women's Studies International Forum, 29 (2),
208-224. |
|
FERNANDEZ-ARANDA, F., JIMENEZ-MURCIA, S., ALVAREZ-MOYA, E.
M., GRANERO, R., VALLEJO, J. & BULIK, C.M. (2006).
Impulse control disorders in eating disorders : clinical
and therapeutic implications. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 47, 482-488. |
|
|
BUDD, K.S., McGRAW, T.E., FARBISZ, R., MURPHY, T.B.,
HAWKINS, D. & HEILMAN, N. (1992). Psychosocial
cocomitants of children's feeding disorders. Journal
of Pediatric Psychology, 17, 81-94. |
AIMÉ, A., SABOURIN, S. & RATTÉ, C. (2006). The eating
disturbed spectrum in relation with coping and
interpersonal functioning. Eating & Weight
Disorders, 11 (2), 66-72. |
|
SUNDGOT-BORGEN, J. (1993). Prevalence of eating disorders
in female elite athletes. International Journal of
Sport Nutrition 3, 29-40. |
WADE, T.D., BERGIN, J.L., TIGGEMANN, M., BULIK, C.M. &
FAIRBURN, C.G. (2006). Prevalence and long-term course of
lifetime eating disorders in an adult Australian
twin cohort. Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Psychiatry, 40, 121-128. [PDF] |
|
SANDERS, M.R., PATEL, R.K., LE GRICE, B. & SHEPERD,
R.W. (1993). Children with persistent feeding
difficulties: An observational analysis of feeding
interactions of problem and non-problem eaters. Health
Psychology, 12, 64-73. |
DERENNE, J.L. & BERESIN, E.V. (2006). Body image,
media, and eating disorders. Academic Psychiatry, 30
(3), 257-261. |
|
SUNDGOT-BORGEN, J. (1994). Eating disorders in female
athletes. Sports Medicine, 17, 176-188. |
CURRIE, A. & MORSE, E.D. (2006). Female athletes and
eating problems: A meta-analysis. Clinics in Sports
Medicine, 24, 871-883. [PDF] |
|
BABBITT, R.L., HOCH, T.A., COE, D.A., CATALDO, M.F.,
KELLY, K.J., STACKHOUSE, C. & PERMAN, J.A. (1994).
Behavioral assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding
disorders. Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics,
15 (4), 278-291. |
CARNEY, T. & LOUW, J. (2006). Eating disordered
behaviors and media exposure. Social Psychiatry &
Psychiatric Epidemiology, 41, 957-966. |
|
SUNDGOT-BORGEN, J. (1994). Risk and trigger factors for
the development of eating disorders in female elite
athletes. Medicine & Science in Sports &
Exercise, 26, 414-419. [PDF] |
MOND, J.M., HAY, P.J., RODGERS, B. & OWEN, C. (2006).
An update on the definition of "excessive exercise" in
eating disorders research. International Journal of
Eating Disorders, 39, 147-153. |
|
PARMARIEGA, A.J., GUSTAVSON, C.R. & GUSTAVSON, J.C.
(1994). Eating attitudes in African-American women : The
Essence eating disorders survey. Eating Disorders, 2,
5-16 |
PEARSON, F.C. & RIVERS, T.C. (2006). Eating disorders
in female college athletes : Risk factors, prevention, and
treatment. The College Student Affairs Journal, 26
(1), 30-44. [PDF] |
|
TURNER K.M., SANDERS, M.R. & WALL, C.R. (1994).
Behavioural parent training versus dietary education in
the treatment of children with persistent feeding
difficulties. Behavior Change, 11, 242-258. |
ROSS, C.A. (2006). Overestimates of the genetic
contribution to eating disorders. Ethical Human
Psychology & Psychiatry, 8 (2), 123-131. |
|
HOLDERNESS, C., BROOKS-GUNN, J. & WARREN, M.P. (1994).
Eating disorders and substance use: A dancing vs non
dancing population. Medicine & Science in Sports
& Exercise, 26, 297-302. |
ADAIR, C.E., MARCOUX, G., WILLIAMS, A. & REIMER, M.
(2006). The Internet as a source of data to support the
development of a quality-of-life measure for eating
disorders. Qualitative Health Research, 16,
538-546. |
|
BABBIT, R.L., HOCH, T.A & COE, D.A. (1994). Behavioral
feeding disorders. In D. Tuchman and R. Walters (Eds.), Pediatric
feeding and swallowing disorders : Pathology, diagnosis,
and treatment. San Diego, CA : Singular Publishing
Group. |
WADE, T.D., BERGIN, J.L., TIGGEMANN, M., BULIK, C.M. &
FAIRBURN, C.G. (2006). Prevalence and long-term course of
lifetime eating disorders in an adult Australian twin
cohort. Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Psychiatry, 40, 121-128. [PDF] |
|
FAIRBURN, C.G. & BEGLIN, S.J. (1994). Assessment of
eating disorders : Interview or self-report questionnaire
? International Journal of Eating Disorders, 16 (4),
363-370. |
TAYLOR, C.B., BRYSON, S., LUCE, K.H., CUNNIN, G.D., DOYLE,
A.C., ABASCAL, L.B., ROCKWELL, R., DEV, P., WINZELBERG,
A.J. & WILFLEY, D.E. (2006). Prevention of eating
disorders in at-risk college-age women. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 63 (8), 881-888. [PDF] |
|
STICE, E., SCHUPACK-NEUBERG, E., SHAW, H.E. & STEIN,
R.I. (1994). Relation of media exposure to eating disorder
symptomatology : An examination of mediating mechanisms. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 103 (4), 836-840.
[PDF] |
LILENFELD, L.R., WONDERLICH, S., RISO, L.P. & CROSBY,
R., MITCHELL, J. (2006). Eating disorders and personality
: A methodological and empirical review. Clinical
Psychology Review, 26 (3), 299-320. |
|
VAN SON, G.E., VAN HOEKEN, D., BARTELDS, A.I.M., VAN
FURTH, E.F. & HOEK, H.W. (2006). Urbanisation and the
incidence of eating disorders. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 189, 562-563. [PDF] |
|
OLIVARDIA, R., POPE, H.G., MANGWETH, B. & HUDSON, J.I.
(1995). Eating disorders in college men. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 1279-1285. |
DALLE, G.R. & CALUGI, S. (2007). Eating disorder not
otherwise specified in an inpatient unit: the impact of
altering the DSM-IV criteria for anorexia and bulimia
nervosa. European Eating Disorders Review, 15
(5), 340-349. |
|
WADE, T.D., TIGGEMANN, M. ABRAHAM, S., HEATRH, A.,
TRELOAR, S.A. & MARTIN, N.G. (1996). The structure of
disordered eating in a female twin population. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 19, 63-71. |
TOBIN, D.L., BANKER, J.D., WEISBERG, L. & BOWERS, W.
(2007). I know what you did last summer (and it was not
CBT) : A factor analytic model of international
psychotherapeutic practice in the eating disorders. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 40, 754-757. |
|
WONDERLICH, S.A. (1995). Personality and eating disorders.
In K.D. Brownell et C.G. Fairburn. (Eds.),
Comprehensive textbook of eating disorders and obesity.
New York : Guilford Press. |
BRIÈRE, J. & SCOTT, C. (2007). Assessment of trauma
symptoms in eating-disordered populations. Eating
Disorders : The Journal of Treatment & Prevention,
15, 1-12. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSEN, A.E. (1995). Eating disorders in males. In K.D.
Brownel & C.G. Fairburn (Eds.), Eating disorders
and obesity : a comprehensive handbook (pp.
177-187). New York : Guilford Press. |
SUNDGOT-BORGEN, J. & TORSTVEIT, M.K. (2007). The
female football player, disordered eating, menstrual
dysfunction and bone health. British Journal of Sport
Medicine, 41 (S1), 68-72.
[PDF] |
|
SVIRKO, E. & HAWTON, K. (2007). Self-injurious
behavior and eating disorders : the extent and nature of
the association. Suicide & Life-Threatening
Behavior, 37 (4), 409-421. |
|
COOPER, L.J., WACKER, D.P., MCCOMAS, J.J, BROWN, K., PECK,
S.M., RICHMAN, D., DREW, J.P., FRISCHMEYER, P. &
MILLARD, T. (1995). Use of component analyses to identify
active variables in treatment packages for children with
feeding disorders. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 28 (2), 139-153. [PDF] |
WILSON, G.T., GRILO, C.M. & VITOUSEK, K.M. (2007).
Psychological treatment of eating disorders. The
American Psychologist, 62 (3), 199-216. |
|
SLADE, P. (1995). Prospects for prevention. In G.
Szmukler, G.C. Dare & Treasure, J. (Eds.), Handbook
of eating disorders : Theory, treatment and research
(pp. 385-398). London : John Wiley & Sons Ltd. |
KEEL, P., BAXTER, M., HEATHERTON T. & JOINER, T.
(2007). A 20-year longitudinal study of body weight,
dieting, and eating disorder symptoms. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 116, 422-432. [PDF] |
|
KILLEN, J.D., TAYLOR, C.B., HAYWARD, C., HAYDEL, K.F.,
WILSON, D.M., HAMMER, L., KRAEMER, H., BLAIR- GREINER, A.
& STRACHOWSKI, D. (1996). Weight concerns influence
the development of eating disorders : A 4 year prospective
study. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 64, 936-940. [PDF] |
MAZZEOA, S.E., TRACE, S.E., MITCHELL, K.S. & WALKER
GOW, R. (2007). Effects of a reality TV cosmetic surgery
makeover program on eating disordered attitudes and
behaviors. Eating Behaviors, 8 (3), 390-397. |
|
|
WILCOX, M. & SATTKER, D.N. (1996). The relationship
between eating disorders and depression. Journal of
Social Psychology, 136, 269-271. |
WALLER, G., CORDERY, H., CORSTORPHINE, E., HINRICHSEN, H.,
LAWSON, R., MOUNTFORD, V. & RUSSELL, K. (2007). Cognitive-behavioral
therapy for the eating disorders: A comprehensive
treatment guide. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
ABRAHAM, S. (1996). Characteristics of eating disorders
among young ballet dancers. Psychopathology, 29
(4), 223-229. |
BULIK, C.M., BROWNLEY, K.A. & SHAPIRO, J.R. (2007).
Diagnosis and management of binge eating disorder.
World Psychiatry, 6 (3), 142-148. |
|
BECKER, A.E. & HAMBURG, P. (1996) Culture, media, and
the eating disorders. Harvard Review of Psychiatry,
4, 163-167. |
COURTNEYA, E.A., GAMBOZA, J. & JOHNSON, J.G. (2008).
Problematic eating behaviors in adolescents with low
self-esteem and elevated depressive symptoms. Eating
Behaviors, 9 (4), 408-414. |
|
McKINLEY, N.M. & HYDE, J.S. (1996). The objectified
body consciousness scale : Self- objectification, body
shame, and disordered eating. Psychology of Women
Quarterly, 22, 623–636. |
AUSTIN, J.L. & SMITH, J.E. (2008). Thin ideal
internalization in Mexican girls : A test of the
sociocultural model of eating disorders. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 41 (5), 448-457. |
|
WESTPHAL, V.K & SMITH, J.E. (1996). Overeaters
anonymous : Who goes and who succeeds ? Eating
Disorders, 4 (2), 160-170. |
HOGAN, M.J. & STRASBURGER, V.C. (2008). Body image,
eating disorders, and the media. Adolescent Medicine,
19 (3), 521-546 [PDF] |
|
WILSON, T.G., HEFFERNAN, K. & BLACK, C.M.D. (1996).
Eating disorders. Dans E.J. Mash et R.A. Barkley (Eds.), Child
psychopathology (pp. 541-571). New York : Guilford
Press. |
PIAZZA, C.C. (2008). Feeding disorders and behavior : what
have we learned ? Developmental Disabilities Research
Reviews, 14 (2), 174-181. |
|
HEWITT, J.K. (1997). Behavior genetics and eating
disorders. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 33,
355-358. |
HOGAN, M.J. & STRASBURGER, V.C. (2008). Body image,
eating disorders, and the media. Adolescent Medicine
: State of the Art Reviews, 19 (3), 521-546. [PDF] |
|
CARLAT, D.J., CAMARGO, C.A. & HERZOG, D.B. (1997).
Eating disorders in males : A report on 135 patients. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 1127-1132. |
FAIRBURN, C.G. (2008). Cognitive behavior therapy
and eating disorders. New York : Guilford Press. |
|
COE, D.A., BABBIT, R.L., WILLIAMS, K.E., HAJIMIHALIS, C.,
SNYDER, A.M., BALLARD, C. & EFRON, L.A. (1997). Use of
extinction and reinforcement to increase food consumption
and reduce expulsion. Journal of Applied Behaviour
Analysis, 30 (3), 581-583. [PDF] |
|
|
WILSON, G.T. (1997). Cognitive behavioral treatment of
bulimia nervosa. The Clinical Psychologist, 50 (2),
10-12. |
COOPER, Z. & SHAFRAN, R. (2008). Cognitive behaviour
therapy for eating disorders. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 36, 713-722. |
|
STICE, E., MAZOTTI, L., KREBS, M. & MATIN, S. (1998).
Predictors of adolescent dieting behaviors: A longitudinal
study. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 12,
195-205. |
VANDER WAL, J.S., GIBBONS, J.L. & DEL PILAR GRAZIOSO,
M. (2008). The sociocultural model of eating disorder
development : Application to a Guatemalan sample.
Eating Behaviors, 9, 277-284. [PDF] |
|
PIKE, K.M. (1998). Long-term course of anorexia nervosa :
Response, relapse, remission, and recovery. Clinical
Psychology Review, 18, 447-475. |
KLUCK, A.S. (2008). Family factors in the development of
disordered eating : Integrating dynamic and behavioral
explanations. Eating Behaviors, 9 (4), 471-483. |
|
LEE, S. (1998). Global modernity and eating disorders in
Asia. European Eating Disorders Review, 6,
151-153. |
GREER, A.J., GULOTTA, C.S., MASLER, E.A. & LAUD, R.B.
(2008). Caregiver stress and outcomes of children with
pediatric feeding disorders teated in an intensive
interdisciplinary program. Journal of Pediatric
Psychology, 33 (6), 612-620. [PDF] |
|
SPRAGUE, J., FLANNERY, B. & SZIDON, K. (1998).
Functional analysis and treatment of mealtime problem
behaviour for a person with developmental disabilities. Journal
of Behavioural Education, 8, 381-392. |
|
|
HOHLSTEIN, L.A., SMITH, G.T. & ATLAS, J.G. (1998). An
application of expectancy theory to eating disorders :
Development and validation of measures of eating and
dieting expectancies. Psychological Assessment, 10, 49-58. |
STICE, E., MARTI, C.N., SPOOR, S., PRESNELL, K. &
SHAW, H.J. (2008). Dissonance and healthy weight eating
disorder prevention programs : Long-term effects from a
randomized efficacy trial. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (2)329-340. [PDF] |
|
BECKER, A.E., GRINSPOON, S.K., KLIBANSKI, A. & HERZOG,
D.B. (1999). Eating disorders. New England Journal of
Medicine, 340 (14), 1092-1098. |
MOND, J.M. & CALOGERO, R.M. (2009). Excessive exercise
in eating disorder patients and healthy women. The
Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 49,
227-234. |
|
JOHNSON, C., POWERS, P.S. & DICK, R. (1999). Athletes
and eating disorders : the National Collegiate Athletic
Association study. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 26 (2), 179-188. |
WOLFE, E., OGDEN, J. & CLARE, L. (2009). Assessing the
impact of attending a day treatment programme for eating
disorders on patient health. Mental Health Review,
14, 12-19. |
|
ZUCKER, N.L., WOMBLE, L.G., WILLIAMSON, D.A. & PERRIN,
L.A. (1999). Protective factors for eating disorders in
female college athletes. Eating Disorders : The
Journal of Treatment & Prevention, 7, 207-218. |
STICE, E., ROHDE, P., GAU, J. & SHAW, H. (2009). An
effectiveness trial of a dissonance-based eating disorder
prevention program for high-risk adolescent girls.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 77,
825-834. [PDF] |
|
KOO-LOEB, J. H., COSTELLO, N., LIGHT, K.C. & GIRDLER,
S.S. (2000). Women with eating disorder tendencies display
altered cardiovascular, neuroendocrine, and psychosocial
profiles. Psychosomatic Medicine, 62, 539-548. |
SHAW, H., STICE, E. & BECKER, C.B. (2009). Preventing
eating disorders. Child & Adolescent Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 18, 199-207. [PDF] |
|
SMOLAK, L., MURNEN, S.K. & RUBLE, A.E. (2000). Female
athletes and eating problems : A meta-analysis. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 27, 371-380. [PDF] |
KLUMP, K.L., BULIK, C.M., KAYE, W.H., TREASURE, J. &
TYSON, E. (2009). Academy for eating disorders position
paper : Eating disorders are serious mental illnesses.
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 42, 97-103. |
|
STEIN, M.T. & ROBINSON, J.R. (2000). Feeding problems,
sleep disturbances, and negative behaviors in a toddler. Journal
of Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 21,
351-355. |
STICE, E., MARTI, C.N., SHAW, H. & JACONIS, M. (2009).
An 8-year longitudinal study of the natural history of
threshold, subthreshold, and partial eating disorders from
a community sample of adolescents. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 118, 587-597. [PDF] |
|
SMOLAK, L., MURNEN, S.K. & RUBLE, A.E. (2000). Female
athletes and eating problems : a meta-analysis. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 27 (4), 371-380. |
HERZOG, D.B. & KAMRYN, T.E. (2009). Eating disorders :
What are the risks ? Journal of the American Academy
of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 48 (8),
782-783. [PDF] |
|
POLIVY, J. & HERMAN, C.P. (2001). Causes of eating
disorders. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 109-132.
[PDF] |
FAIRBURN, C.G. & COOPER, Z. (2011). Eating disorders,
DSM-5 and clinical reality. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 198, 8-10.
[PDF] |
|
BYRNE, S. & McLEAN, N. (2001). Eating disorder in
athletes : a review of the literature. Journal of
Science & Medicine in Sport, 4 (2), 145-159. |
CAREI, T.R., FYFE-JOHNSON, A.L., BREUNER, C.C. &
BROWN, M.A. (2010). Randomized controlled clinical trial
of yoga in the treatment of eating disorders. Journal
of Adolescent Health, 46 (4), 346-351.
[PDF] |
|
PATEL, M.R., PIAZZA, C.C., KELLY, M.L., OSCHNER, C.A.
& SANTANA, C.M. (2001). Using a fading procedure to
increase liquid consumption in a child with feeding
problems. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 34 (3),
357-360. [PDF] |
JUARASCIO, A.S., FORMAN, E.M. & HERBERT, J.D. (2010).
Acceptance and commitment therapy versus cognitive therapy
for the treatment of comorbid eating pathology. Behavior
Modification, 34, 175-190. |
|
ANDERSON, D.A. & MALONEY, K.C. (2001). The efficacy of
cognitive-behavioral therapy on the core symptoms of
bulimia nervosa. Clinical Psychology Review, 21,
971-988. [PDF] |
AGRAS, W.S. (2010). The Oxford handbook of eating
disorders. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
THOMPSON, J.K. & STICE, E. (2001). Thin-ideal
internalization : Mounting evidence for a new risk factor
for body-image disturbance and eating pathology. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 10 (5),
181-183. [PDF] |
THOMAS, J.J., KEEL, P.K. & HEATHERTON, T.F. (2011),
Disordered eating and injuries among adolescent ballet
dancers. Eating & Weight Disorders, 16,
216-222. [PDF] |
|
OLIVARDIA, R., POPE, H.G., MANGWETH, B. & HUDSON, J.I.
(1995). Eating disorders in college men. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 1279-1285. |
MURPHY, R., STRAEBLER, S., COOPER, Z. & FAIRBURN, C.G.
(2010). Cognitive behavioral therapy for eating disorders.
Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 33 (3),
611-627. [LIRE] |
|
STICE, E., CHASE, A., STORMER, S. & APPEL, A. (2001).
A randomized trial of a dissonance-based eating disorder
prevention program. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 29, 247-262. |
SUNDGOT-BORGEN, J. & TORSTVEIT, M.K. (2010). Aspects
of disordered eating continuum in elite high-intensity
sports. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine &
Science in Sports, 20 (2), 112-121. |
|
LIEBERMAN, M., GAUVIN, L., BUKOWSI, W.M. & WHITE, D.R.
(2001). Interpersonal influence and disordered eating
behaviors in adolescent girls : The role of peer modeling,
social reinforcement, and body-related teasing. Eating
Behaviors, 2 (3), 215-236. |
HAVEMANN, L., DE LANGE, Z., PIETERSEN, K. & WRIGHT,
H.H. (2011). Disordered eating and menstrual patterns in
female university netball players. South African
Journal of Sports Medicine, 23 (3), 68-72. [PDF] |
|
STICE, E. (2001). Body image and eating disturbances
prospectively predict increases in depressive symptoms in
adolescent girls : A growth curve analysis.
Develpmental Psychology, 37 (5), 597-607. [PDF] |
GARCIA, F.D., DÉLAVENNE, H. & DÉCHELOTTE, P. (2011).
Atypical eating disorders : a review. Nutrition &
Dietary Supplements, 3, 67-75. [PDF] |
|
GRILLO, C.M., SINHA, R. & O'MALLEY, S.S. (2002).
Eating disorders and alcohol use disorders. Alcohol
Research & Health, 26 (2), 151-160. [PDF] |
MEYER, C., TARANIS, L., GOODWIN, H. & HAYCRAFT, E.
(2011). Compulsive exercise and eating disorders.
European Eating Disorders Review, 19, 174-189. |
|
|
STICE, E. & RAGAN, J. (2002). A preliminary controlled
evaluation of an eating disturbance psychoeducational
intervention for college students.International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 31, 159-171. [PDF] |
PEEBLES, R., WILSON, J.L. & LOCK, J.D. (2011).
Self-injury in adolescents with eating disorders :
Correlates and provider bias. Journal of Adolescent
Health, 48 (3), 310-313. [PDF] |
|
STICE, E. (2002). Risk and maintenance factors for eating
pathology : A meta-analytic review. Psychological
Bulletin, 128 (5), 825-848. [PDF] |
MUEHLENKAMP, J.J., CLAES, L., SMITS, D., PEAT, C.M. &
VANDEREYCKEN, W. (2011). Non-suicidal self-injury in
eating disordered patients : A test of a conceptual model.
Psychiatry Research, 188 (1), 102-108. |
|
FOUTS, G. & VAUGHAN, K. (2002). Locus of control,
television viewing, and eating disorder symptomatology in
young females. Journal of Adolescence, 25,
307-311. |
MEYER, C. & TARANIS, L. (2011). Exercise in the eating
disorders : Terms and definition. European Eating
Disorders Review, 19 (3), 169-173. |
|
STICE, E. & SHAW, H.E. (2002). Role of body
dissatisfaction in the onset and maintenance of eating
pathology : A synthesis of research findings. Journal
of Psychosomatic Research, 53, 985-993. |
WALLER, G., STRINGER, H. & MEYER, C. (2012). What
cognitive-behavioral techniques do therapists report using
when delivering cognitive-behavioral therapy for the
eating disorders ? Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 80, 171-175. |
|
STROBER, M. & JOHNSON, C. (2012). The need for complex
ideas in anorexia nervosa: Why biology, environment, and
psyche all matter, why therapists make mistakes, and why
clinical benchmarks are needed for managing weight
correction. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 45, 155-178. [PDF] |
|
POLIVY, J. & HERMAN, C.P. (2002). Causes of eating
disorders. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 187–213. |
WALLER, G., EVANS, J. & STRINGER, H. (2012). The
therapeutic alliance in the early part of
cognitive-behavioral therapy for the eating disorders. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 45, 63-69. |
|
GRILLO, C.M., SINHA, R. & O'MALLEY, S.S. (2002).
Eating disorders and alcohol use disorders. Alcohol
Research & Health, 26 (2), 151-160. [PDF] |
LAGHI, F., LIGA, F., BAUMGARTNER, E. & BAIOCCO, R.
(2012). Identity and conformism among Italian adolescents
who binge eat and drink. Health, Risk & Society,
14 (4), 361-376. [PDF] |
|
WONDERLICH, S.A. (2002). Personality and eating disorders.
In C.G. Fairburn & K.D. Brownell (Eds.), Eating
disorders and obesity : a comprehensive handbook (pp.
204-209). New York : Guilford Press. |
BARDONE-CONE, A.M., FITZSIMMONS-CRAFT, E.E., HARNEY, M.
B., MALDONADO, C.R., LAWSON, M.A., SMITH, R. &
ROBINSON, D.P. (2012). The inter-relationships between
vegetarianism and eating disorders among females. Journal
of the Academy of Nutrition & Dietetics, 112
(8), 1247-1252. [PDF] |
|
SCHROETER, P.T., DAHME, B. & NUTZINGER, D.O. (2002).
Self-injurious behavior in women with eating disorders.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 159 (3),
408-411. |
OHMMAN, S. & POPOW, C. (2012). Self injurious behavior
in adolescent girls with eating disorders. In I.
Jauregui-Lobera (Ed.), Relevant topics in eating
disorders. (pp. 133-162). In tech. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
|
|
PATRICK, L. (2002). Eating disorders : A review of the
literature with emphasis on medical complications and
clinical nutrition. Alternative Medicine Review, 7 (3),
184-202. [PDF] |
OSTACHER, M.J. (2012). Bipolar and substance use disorder
comorbidity : Diagnostic and treatment considerations.
Focus : The Journal of Lifelong in Pyschiatry, 9
(4), 428-434. [PDF] |
|
FAIRBURN, C.G. & HARRISON, P.J. (2003). Eating
disorders. Lancet, 361 (9355), 407-416. |
BUTRYN, M.L., JUARASCIO, A., SHAW, J., KERRIGAN, S.G.,
CLARK, V., O'PLAANNICK, A. & FORMAN, E.M. (2013).
Mindfulness and its relationship with eating disorders
symptomatology in women receiving residential treatment. Eating
Behaviors, 14, 13-16. [PDF] |
|
FAIRBURN, C.G., COOPER, Z. & SHAFRAN, R. (2003).
Cognitive behaviour therapy for eating disorders : a
"transdiagnostic" theory and treatment. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 41 (5), 509-528.
[PDF] |
GARAIGORDOBIL, M. & MAGANTO, C. (2013). Sexism and
eating disorders : gender differences, changes with age,
and relations between both constructs. Revista de
Psicopatología y Psicología Clínica, 18 (3),
183-192. [PDF] |
|
KEEL, P.K. & KLUMP, K.L. (2003) Are eating disorders
culture-bound syndromes ? Implications conceptualizing
their etiology. Psychological Bulletin, 129,
747-769. |
QUIN, J., HU, Q., WAN, Y., LI, T., WU, M.M REN, Z. &
YU, D. (2013). Chinese Prevalence of eating disorders in
the general population : a systematic review. Shanghai
Archives Psychiatry, 5 (4), 212-223. [PDF] |
|
HINRICHSEN, H., WRIGHT, F., WALLER, G. & MEYER, C.
(2003). Social anxiety and coping strategies in the eating
disorders. Eating Behaviors, 4 (2), 117-126. |
SMARTINSEN, M. & SUNDGOT-BORGEN, J. (2013). Prevalence
of eating disorders among adolescent elite athletes than
controls. Medicine & Science in Sports &
Exercices, 45 (6), 1188-1197. [PDF] |
|
PATEL, D.R., GREYDANUS, D.E., PRATT, H.D. & PHILLIPS,
E.L. (2003). Eating disorders in adolescent athletes. Journal
of Adolescent Research, 18 (3), 280-296. |
KOSTRO, K., LERMAN, J.B. & ATTIA, E. (2014). The
current status of suicide and self-injury in eating
disorders : a narrative review. Journal of Eating
Disorders, 2, 1-9. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
PIAZZA, C.C., PATEL, M.R., GULOTTA, C.S., SEVIN, B.M.
& LAYER, S.A. (2003). On the relative contributions of
positive reinforcement and escape extinction in the
treatment of food refusal. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 36 (3), 309-324. [PDF] |
DUDEK, J., OSTASZEWSKI, P. & MALICKI, S. (2014).
Transdiagnostic models of eating disorders and therapeutic
methods : the example of fairburn's cognitive behavior
therapy and acceptance and commitment therapy. Annals
of Psychology, 17 (1), 25-39. [PDF] |
|
GODART, N.T., FLAMENT, M.F., CURT, F., PERDEREAU, F.,
LANG, F., VENISSE, J.-L., HALFON, O., BIZOUARD, P., LOAS,
G., CORCOS, M., JEAMMET, P. & FERMANIAN, J. (2003).
Anxiety disorders in subjects seeking treatment for eating
disorders : a DSM-IV controlled study. Psychiatry
Research, 117, 245-258. [PDF] |
MILNES, S.M., PIAZZA, C.C. & CARROLL, T. (2014).
Assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders.
In R.E. Tremblay, M. Boivin, RDeV, Peters (Eds,), Encyclopedia
on Early Childhood Development (pp 1-5). Montréal,
Quebec : Centre of Excellence for Early Childhood
Development and Strategic Knowledge Cluster on Early Child
Development.
[PDF] |
|
PIAZZA, C.C., FISHER, W.W., BROWN, K.A., SHORE, B.A.,
PATEL, M.R., KATZ, R.M., SEVIN, B.M., GULOTTA, C.S. &
BLAKELY-SMITH, A. (2003). Functional analysis of
inappropriate meal- time behaviors. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 36, 187-204. [PDF] |
KNAPP, J., AERNI, G. & ANDERSON, J. (2014). Eating
disorders in female athletes : Use of screening tools. Current
Sports Medicine Reports, 13 (4), 214-218. [PDF] |
|
FAIRBURN, C.G. & HARRISON, P.J. (2003). Eating
disorders. Lancet, 361 (9355), 407-416. |
JACOBSON, C.M. & LUIK, C.C. (2014). Epidemiology and
sociocultural aspects of non-suicidal self-Injury and
eating disorders. In L. Claes and J.J. Muehlenkamp (Eds.),
Non-suicidal self-inijury in eating dsorders.
Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg. [PDF] |
|
COOPER, Z. & FAIRBURN, C.G. (2003). Refining the
definition of binge eating disorder and nonpurging bulimia
nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders,
34 (S), 89-95. |
FITZSIMMONS-CRAFT, E.E., BARDONE-CONE, A.M., BULIK, C.M.,
WONDERLICH, S.A., CROSBY, R.D. & ENGEL, S.G. (2014).
Examining an elaborated sociocultural model of disordered
eating among college women: The roles of social comparison
and body surveillance. Body Image, 11, 488-500. [PDF] |
|
AUSTIN, S.B. (2016). Accelerating progress in eating
disorders prevention : A call for policy translation
research and training. Eating Disorders : The Journal
of Treatment & Prevention, 24 (1), 6-19. [PDF] |
|
WADE, T.D., DAVIDSAN, S. & O'DEA, J.A. (2003). A
preliminary controlled evaluation of school based media
literacy program and self esteem program for reducing
eating disorder risk factors. International Journal
of Eating Disorders, 33, 371-383. |
MEYER, C., PLATEAU, C.R., TARANIS, L., BREWIN, N., WALES,
J. & ARCELUS, J. (2016). The Compulsive Exercise Test
: confirmatory factor analysis and links with eating
psychopathology among women with clinical eating
disorders. Journal of Eating Disorders, 4 (1),
1-9. [PDF] |
|
FERNAND, J., SAKSENA, K., PENROD, B. & FRYLING, M.J.
(2018). Feeding disorders. In J. Matson (Ed.), Handbook
of child psychopathology & developmental
disabilities : Treatment. New York, NY : Springer.
|
|
MIKHAIL, M. & KRING, A.M. (2019). Emotion regulation
strategy use and eating disorder symptoms in daily life. Eating
Behaviors, 34 (2). |
|
DALLE GRAVE, R. & CALUGI, S. (2024). Enhanced
cognitive behaviour therapy for adolescents with eating
disorders : development, effectiveness, and future
challenges. Biopsychosocial Medicine,
18 (1), 1-10. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Mesure
des TA, Comportement
alimentaire, Satisfaction
corporelle et Image
du corps |
|
|
|
|
Trouble
alimentaire (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic,
des tests et des
outils de collecte de données
qui permettent d'évaluer et
de mesurer les troubles
alimentaires. Eating disorder.
| |
|
|
GARNER, D.M., OLMSTETD, M.P. & POLIVY, J. (1983).
Development and validation of a Multidimensional Eating
Disorder Inventory for anorexia and bulimia.
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 2 (2),
15-34. [PDF] |
|
|
STUNKARD, A.J. & MESSICK, S. (1985). The three factor
eating questionnaire to measure dietary restraint,
disinhibition, and hunger. Journal of Psychosomatic
Research, 29, 71-81 |
|
|
FAIRBURN, C.G. & COOPER, Z. (1993). The Eating
Disorder Examination (twelfth edition). In C.G. Fairburn
& G.T. Wilson (Eds.), Binge eating : Nature,
assessment and treatment (pp. 317-360). New York :
Guilford Press. |
WOLK, S.L., LOEB, K.L. & WALSH, B.T. (2005).
Assessment of patients with anorexia nervosa : Interview
versus self-report. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 29, 401-408. |
|
FAIRBURN, C.G. & BEGLIN, S.J. (1994). Assessment of
eating disorder psychopathology : interview or self-report
questionnaire ? International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 16, 363-370. |
PETERSON, C.B. & MITCHELL, J.E. (2005). Self-report
measures. In J.E. Mitchell & C.B. Peterson (Eds.), Assessment
of eating disorders (pp. 120-128). New York :
Guilford Press. |
|
BEEBE, D.W. (1995). The attention to body shape scale
(ABS): A new measure of body focus. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 65, 486-501. |
|
|
WILFLEY, D.E., SCHWARTZ, M.B., SPURRELL, E.B. &
FAIRBURN, C.G. (1997). Assessing the specific
psychopathology of binge eating disorder patients :
Interview or self-report ? Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 35, 1151-1159. |
SYSKO, R., WALSH, B.T. & FAIRBURN, C.G. (2005). Eating
Disorder Examination-Questionnaire as a measure of change
in patients with bulimia nervosa. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 37, 100-106. |
|
HOHLSTEIN, L.A., SMITH, G.T. & ATLAS, J.G. (1998). An
application of expectancy theory to eating disorders :
Development and validation of measures of eating and
dieting expectancies. Psychological Assessment, 10, 49-58. |
GOLDFEIN, J.A., DEVLIN, M.J. & KAMENETZ, C. (2005).
Eating Disorder Examination-Questionnaire with and without
instruction to access binge eating in patients with binge
eating disorder. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 37, 107-111. |
|
LUCE, K.H. & CROWTHER, J.H. (1999). The reliability of
the Eating Disorder Examination-self-report questionnaire
version (EDE-Q). International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 25, 349-351. |
BINFORD, R.B., LE GRANDE, D. & JELLAR, C. (2005).
Eating Disorder Examination versus Eating Disorder
Examination-Questionnaire in adolescents with full and
partial-syndrome bulimia nervosa and anorexia nervosa.
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 37, 44-49. |
|
GRILO, C.M., MASHEB, R.M. & WILSON, G.T. (2001).
Different methods for assessing the features of eating
disorders in patients with binge eating disorder: a
replication. Obesity Research, 9, 418-422. |
MOND, J.M., HAY, P.J., RODGERS, B. & OWEN, C. (2006).
Eating Disorder Examination Questionnaire (EDE-Q) : Norms
for young adult women. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 44, 53-62. |
|
KALARCHIAN, M.A., WILSON, G.T., BROLIN, R.E. &
BRADLEY, L. (2000). Assessment of eating disorders in
bariatric surgery candidates : Self-report questionnaire
versus interview. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 28, 465-469. |
BARDONE-CONE, A.M. (2007). Self-oriented and socially
prescribed perfectionism dimensions and their associations
with disordered eating. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 45, 1977-1986.
[PDF] |
|
ENGELSEN, B.K. & LABERG, J.C. (2001). A comparison of
three questionnaires (EAT-12, EDI, and EDE- Q) for
assessment of eating problems in healthy female
adolescents. Nordic Journal of Psychiatry, 55,
129-135. |
BARDONE-CONE, A.M. & BOYD, C.A. (2007). Psychometric
Properties of Eating Disorder Instruments in Black and
White Young Women : Internal Consistency, Temporal
Stability, and Validity. Psychological Assessment, 19
(3), 356-362. [PDF] |
|
CARTER, J.C., STEWART, D.A. & FAIRBURN, C.G. (2001).
Eating Disorder Examination Questionnaire: Norms for young
adolescent girls. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
39, 625-632. |
ZACHRISSON, H.D., VEDUL-KJELSAS, E., GOTESTAM, K.G. &
MYKLETUN, A. (2008). Time trends in obesity and eating
disorders. International Journal of Eating Disorders,
37, 673-680. |
|
CARTER, J.C., AIME, A.A. & MILLS, J.S. (2001).
Assessment of bulimia nervosa: A comparison of interview
and self-report questionnaire methods. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 30, 187-192. |
PETERSON, C.B., CROSBY, R.D., WONDERLICH, S.A., JOINER,
T., CROW, S.J., MITCHELL, J.E., BARDONE-CONE, A.M., KLEIN,
M. & LE GRANDE, D. (2007). Psychometric properties of
the Eating Disorder Examination-Questionnaire : Factor
structure and internal consistency. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 40, 386-389. |
|
GRILO, C.M., MASHEB, R.M. & WILSON, G.T. (2001). A
comparison of different methods for assessing the features
of eating disorders in patients with binge eating
disorder. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 69, 317-322. |
LEVINE, M.P. & MURNEN, S.K. (2009). Everybody knows
that mass media [pick one] are/are not a cause of eating
disorders : A critical review of evidence for a causal
link between media, negative body image, and disordered
eating in females. Journal of Social & Clinical
Psychology, 28, 9-42. |
|
CARTER, J.C., STEWART, D.A. & FAIRBURN, C.G. (2001).
Eating Disorder Examination Questionnaire : Norms for
young adolescent girls. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 39, 625-632. |
GUSTAFSSON, S.A., EDLUND, B., KJELLIN, L. & NORRING,
C. (2010). Characteristics measured by the Eating Disorder
Inventory for children at risk and protective factors for
disordered eating in adolescent girls. International
Journal of Women's Health, 2, 375-379. [PDF] |
|
PASSI, V.A., BRYSON, S.W. & LOCK, J. (2003).
Assessment of eating disorders in adolescents with
anorexia nervosa : Self-report questionnaire versus
interview. International Journal of Eating Disorders,
33, 45-54. |
TOMIYAMA, A.J., AHLSTROM, B. & MANN, T. (2013).
Evaluating eating behavior treatments by FDA standards.
Frontiers in Psychology, 4 [1009], 1-5. [PDF] |
|
FAIRBURN, C.G., COOPER, Z. & SHAFRAN, R. (2003).
Cognitive behaviour therapy for eating disorders : a
"transdiagnostic" theory and treatment. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 41 (5), 509-528.
[PDF] |
ORNSTEIN, R.M., ROSEN, D.S., MAMMEL, K.A., CALLAHAN, S.T.,
FORMAN, S., JAY, M.S., FISHER, M., ROME, E. &
WALSH, B.T. (2013). Distribution of eating disorders in
children and adolescents using the proposed DSM-5 criteria
for feeding and eating disorders. Journal of
Adolescent Health, 53 (2), 303-305. |
|
MOND, J.M., HAY, P.J., RODGERS, B., OWEN, C. &
BEUMONT, R.J.V. (2004). Validity of the Eating Disorder
Examination Questionnaire (EDE-Q) in screening for eating
disorders in community samples. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 42, 551-567. |
KNAPP, J., AERNI, G. & ANDERSON, J. (2014). Eating
disorders in female athletes : Use of screening tools. Current
Sports Medicine Reports, 13 (4), 214-218. [PDF] |
|
DECALUWE, V. & BRAET, C. (2004). Assessment of eating
disorder psychopathology in obese children and adolescents
: Interview versus self-report questionnaire. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 42, 799-811. |
CHAPMAN, J. & WOODMAN, T.J. (2016). Disordered eating
in male athletes: a meta-analysis. Journal of Sports
Sciences, 34 (2), 101-109. [PDF] |
|
DALLE GRAVE, R. & CALUGI, S. (2024). Enhanced
cognitive behaviour therapy for adolescents with eating
disorders : development, effectiveness, and future
challenges. Biopsychosocial Medicine,
18 (1), 1-10. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Troubles
alimentaires |
|
|
Trouble
alimentaire (Prévention) :
Ensemble de mesures prises afin de diminuer la probabilité qu'un
individu développe un trouble
alimentaire. Trouble alimentaire et Prévention.
Eating disorder prevention program, eating
disorder prevention.
| |
|
|
SLADE, P. (1995). Prospects for prevention. In G.
Szmukler, G.C. Dare & Treasure, J. (Eds.), Handbook
of eating disorders : Theory, treatment and research
(pp. 385-398). London : John Wiley & Sons Ltd. |
PEARSON, F.C. & RIVERS, T.C. (2006). Eating disorders
in female college athletes : Risk factors, prevention, and
treatment. The College Student Affairs Journal, 26
(1), 30-44. [PDF] |
|
STICE, E., CHASE, A., STORMER, S. & APPEL, A. (2001).
A randomized trial of a dissonance-based eating disorder
prevention program. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 29, 247-262. |
STICE, E., MARTI, C.N., SPOOR, S., PRESNELL, K. &
SHAW, H.J. (2008). Dissonance and healthy weight eating
disorder prevention programs : Long-term effects from a
randomized efficacy trial. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (2) 329-340. [PDF] |
|
HILDEBRANT, T.B. (2005). A review of eating disorders in
athletes : Recommendations for secondary school prevention
and intervention programs. Journal of Applied School
Psychology, 21 (2), 145-167. [PDF] |
SHAW, H., STICE, E. & BECKER, C.B. (2009). Preventing
eating disorders. Child & Adolescent Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 18, 199-207. [PDF] |
|
REED, G.K., DOLEZAL, D.N., COOPER-BROWN, L.J. &
WACKER, D.P. (2005). The effects of sleep disruption on
the treatment of a feeding disorder. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 38 (2), 243-245. [PDF] |
STICE, E., ROHDE, P., GAU, J. & SHAW, H. (2009). An
effectiveness trial of a dissonance-based eating disorder
prevention program for high-risk adolescent girls.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 77,
825-834. [PDF] |
|
AUSTIN, S.B. (2016). Accelerating progress in eating
disorders prevention : A call for policy translation
research and Training. Eating Disorders : The Journal
of Treatment & Prevention, 24 (1), 6-19. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble
alimentaire |
|
|
Trouble alimentaire (Traitements/Thérapies) :
Ensemble des thérapies et
autres moyens qui permettent du soigner
les personnes au prise avec des
troubles alimentaires.
Treatment of
bulimia nervosa,
treatment of eating
disorders.
| |
|
|
YATES, A. (1990). Current perspectives on the eating
disorders : 2. Treatment, outcome, and research
directions. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 29 (1), 1-9. |
MURPHY, R., STRAEBLER, S., COOPER, Z. & FAIRBURN, C.G.
(2010). Cognitive behavioral therapy for eating disorders.
Psychiatric Clinics of North America 33, 611-627.
|
|
WOOLEY, S.C., (1991). Uses of countertransference in the
treatment of eating disorders : A gender perspective. In
C. Johnson (Ed.), Psychodyamic treatment of anorexia
nervosa and bulimia (pp.245-294). New York :
Guilford Press. |
|
|
CARTER, J.C. & FAIRBURN, C.G. (1998).
Cognitive-behavioral self-help for binge eating disorder :
a controlled effectiveness study. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66 (4),
616-623. |
WALLER, G., STRINGER, H. & MEYER, C. (2012). What
cognitive-behavioral techniques do therapists report using
when delivering cognitive-behavioral therapy for the
eating disorders. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 80, 171-175. |
|
TELCH C.F., AGRAS, W.S. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2001)
Dialectical behavior therapy for binge eating disorder.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 1061-1065.
[PDF] |
BUTRYN, M.L., JUARASCIO, A.S., SHAW, J., KERRIGAN, S.G.,
CLARK, V., O'PLAANNICK, A. & FORMAN, E.M. (2013).
Mindfulness and its relationship with eating disorders
symptomatology in women receiving residential treatment. Eating
Behaviors, 14, 13-16. [PDF]
|
|
PATEL, M.R., PIAZZA, C.C., KELLY, M.L., OSCHNER, C.A.
& SANTANA, C.M. (2001). Using a fading procedure to
increase liquid consumption in a child with feeding
problems. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 34 (3),
357-360. [PDF] |
JUARASCIO, A.S., SHAW, J., FORMAN, E.M., TIMKO, C.A.,
HERBERT, J.D. BUTRYN, M.L. & LOWE, M. (2013).
Acceptance and commitment therapy for eating disorders :
Clinical applications of a group treatment. Journal of
Contextual Behavioral Science, 2 (3), 85-94. |
|
WILFLEY, D.E., ROBINSON WELCH, R., STEIN,R.I., BORMAN
SPURRELL, E., COHEN, L.R., SAELENS, B.E., ZOLER DOUNCHIS,
J., FRANK, M.A., WISEMAN, C.V. & MATT, G.E. (2002).
Randomized comparison of group cognitive-behavioral
therapy and group interpersonal psychotherapy for the
treatment of overweight individuals with binge-eating
disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 713-721.
[PDF] |
JUARASCIO, A.S, KERRIGAN, S., GOLDSTEIN, S.P., SHAW,
J., FORMAN, E.M., BUTRYN, M. & HERBERT, J.D.
(2013). Baseline eating disorder severity predicts
response to an acceptance and commitment therapy-based
group treatment. Journal of Contextual Behavioral
Science,
2 (3), 74-78 |
|
FAIRBURN, C.G., COOPER, Z. & SHAFRAN, R. (2003).
Cognitive behaviour therapy for eating disorders : a
"transdiagnostic" theory and treatment. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 41 (5), 509-528.
[PDF] |
FISCHER, S., MEYER, A.H., DREMMEL, D., SCHLUP, B. &
MUNSCH, S. (2014). Short-term cognitive-behavioral therapy
for binge eating disorder : Long-term efficacy and
predictors of long-term treatment success. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 58, 36-42. [PDF]
|
|
WILSON, G.T. (2005). Psychological treatment of eating
disorders. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 1,
439-465. |
DALLE GRAVE, R. & CALUGI, S. (2024). Enhanced
cognitive behaviour therapy for adolescents with eating
disorders : development, effectiveness, and future
challenges. Biopsychosocial Medicine,
18 (1), 1-10. [PDF] |
|
KRISTELLER, J.L. BAER, R.A. & QUILLIAN-WOLEVER, R.
(2006). In R. Baer (Ed.), Mindfulness-based
approaches to eating disorders. New York : Guilford
Press. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
|
WALLER, G., CORDERY, H., CORSTORPHINE, E., HINRICHSEN, H.,
LAWSON, R., MOUNTFORD, V. & RUSSELL, K. (2007). Cognitive-behavioral
therapy for the eating disorders : A comprehensive
treatment guide. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
|
COOPER, Z. & SHAFRAN, R. (2008). Cognitive behaviour
therapy for eating disorders. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 36, 713-722. |
|
|
SCHLUP, B. & MUNSCH, S., MEYER, A.H., MARGRAF, J.
& WILHELM, F.H. (2009). The efficacy of a short
version of a cognitive-behavioral treatment followed by
booster sessions for binge eating disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 47 (7), 628-635. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Troubles
alimentaires |
|
|
Trouble anxieux : Selon le DSM-5,
ensemble de troubles qui se
caractérise par une anxiété
exagérée et une inquiétude excessive, qui nuit à la qualité de la vie personnelle et sociale.
Anxiety disorder.
| |
|
|
TORGENSEN, S. (1983). Genetic factors in anxiety
disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 40,
1085-1089. |
WITTCHEN, H.U., KESSLER, R.C., PFISTER, H. & LIEB, M.
(2000). Why do people with anxiety disorders become
depressed ? A prospective-longitudinal community study. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 406, 14-23. |
|
BECK, A.T., EMERY, G. & GREENBERG, R.L. (1985).
Anxiety disorder and phobias : a cognitive perspective.
New York : Basic book. |
FELGOISE, S.H., NEZU, C.M. & NEZU, A.M. (2002).
Problem-solving approaches to treating anxiety disorders.
In Ditomasso & Gosch (Eds.), Comparative treatment
of anxiety disorders. NY : Springer. |
|
MINEKA, S. (1985). Animal models of anxiety-based
disorders : Their usefulness and limitations. In A.H. Tuma
& J.D. Maser (Dirs.), Anxiety and the anxiety
disorders (pp. 199-244). Hillsdale : Lawrence
Erlbaum. |
BOOK, S.W. & RANDALL, C.L. (2002). Social anxiety
disorder and alcohol use. Alcohol Research &
Health, 26 (2), 130-135. [PDF] |
|
BARLOW, D.H., BLANCHARD, E.B., VERMILYEA, J.A., VERMILYEA,
B.B. & DI NARDO, P.A. (1986). Generalized anxiety and
generalized anxiety disorder : Description and
reconceptualization. American Journal of Psychiatry,
143, 40, 44. |
|
|
ORR, S.P. & PITMAN, R.K. (1987). Electrodermal
psychophysiology of anxiety disorder : orienting response
and spontaneous fluctuations. Biological Psychiatry,
22 (5), 653-656. |
BLANCO, C., ANTIA, S.X. & LIEBOWITZ, M.R. (2002).
Pharmacotherapy of social anxiety disorder. Biological
Psychiatry, 51 (1), 109-120. |
|
BARLOW, D.H. (1987). The classification of anxiety
disorders. In G.L. Tischler (Ed.), Diagnosis and
classification in psychiatry : A critical appraisal of
DSM-III. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
GODART, N.T., FLAMENT, M.F., CURT, F., PERDEREAU, F.,
LANG, F., VENISSE, J.-L., HALFON, O., BIZOUARD, P., LOAS,
G., CORCOS, M., JEAMMET, P. & FERMANIAN, J. (2003).
Anxiety disorders in subjects seeking treatment for eating
disorders : a DSM-IV controlled study. Psychiatry
Research, 117, 245-258. [PDF] |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D. & MATHEWS, A.M. (1988). Treatment of
nonphobic anxiety disorders : A comparison of
nondirective, cognitive, and coping desensitization
therapy. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 56, 877-884. |
COUDHURY, M.S., PIMENTEL, S.S. & KENDALL, P.C. (2003).
: Childhood anxiety disorders : Parent-child
(dis)agreement using a structured interview for the
DSM-IV. Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 42 (8), 957-964. |
|
BARLOW, D.H. (1988). Anxiety and its disorders : The
nature and treatment of anxiety and panic. New York
: Guilford Press. |
BARLOW, D.H. & ALLEN, L.B. (2004). The scientific
basis of psychological treatments for anxiety disorders :
past, present and future. In J.M. Gorman (Ed.), Fears
and anxiety : Benefits of translational research.
Washington, DC : American Psychiatric Press. |
|
CLARK, D.M. (1989). Anxiety states : panic disorder and
generalised anxiety disorder. In K.E. Hawton, P.M.
Salkvoskis, J. Kirk & ClarK D.M. (Eds.), Cognitive
behaviour therapy for psychiatric problems. Oxford
University Press. |
DEACON, B.J. & ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. (2004). Cognitive and
behavioral treatments for anxiety disorders : A review of
meta-analytic findings. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 60, 429-441. [PDF] |
|
HERBERT, J.D., RHEINGOLD, A.A., GAUDIANO, B.A. &
MYERS, V.H. (2004). Standard versus extended cognitive
behavior therapy for social anxiety disorder : A
randomized-controlled trial. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 32, 131-147. |
|
ORSILLO, S.M. & McCAFFREY, R.J. (1992). Anxiety
disorders. In A. Puente & R.J. McCaffrey (Eds.), Handbook
of neuropsychological assessment : A biopsychosocial
perspective (pp. 215-261). New York : Plenum. |
RODRIGUEZ, B.F., WEISBERG, R.B., PAGANO, M.E., MACHAN,
J.T., CULPEPPER, L. & KELLER, M.B. (2004). Frequency
and patterns of psychiatric comorbidity in a sample of
primary care patients with anxiety disorders. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 45 (2), 129-137. [PDF] |
|
ZINBARG, R.E., BARLOW, D.H., BROWN, T.A. & HERTZ, R.M.
(1992). Cognitive-behavioral approaches to the nature and
treatment of anxiety disorders. Annual Review of
Psychology, 43, 235-267. |
WATSON, D. (2005). Rethinking the mood and anxiety
disorders : A quantitative hierarchical model for DSM-V. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 114, 522-536. |
|
KENDALL, P.C. (1994). Treating anxiety disorders in
children: Results of a randomized clinical trial. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 62, 100-110. |
SWINSON, R.P. (2005). Social anxiety disorder. The
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 50 (6), 305-307. |
|
CLARK, L.A., WATSON, D. & MINEKA, S. (1994).
Temperament, personality, and the mood and anxiety
disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103, 103-116. |
HERBERT, J.D., GAUDIANO, B.A., RHEINGOLD, A.A., MYERS,
V.H., DARYMPLE, K.L. & NOLAN, E.M. (2005). Social
skills training augments the effectiveness of cognitive
behavior group therapy for social anxiety disorder. Behavior Therapy, 36, 125-138. |
|
|
MARCHAND, A. et BRILLION, P. (1995). Thérapie cognitive et
troubles anxieux. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 16,
55-90. |
|
|
ARNTZ, A., RAUNER, M. & VAN DEN HOUT, M.A. (1995). If
I feel anxious, there must be danger: ex-consequentia
reasoning in inferring danger in anxiety disorders. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 33, 917-925. |
ROWA, K. & ANTONY, M.M. (2005). Psychological
treatments for social phobia. Journal of Psychiatry,
50 (6), 308-316. [PDF] |
|
ZINBARG, R.E. & BARLOW, D.H. (1996). The structure of
anxiety and the anxiety disorders : A hierarchical model.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 105, 181-193. |
MINEKA, S. & ZINBARG, R. (2006). A contemporary
learning theory perspective on the etiology of anxiety
disorders : It's not what you thought it was. American
Psychologist, 61 (1), 10-26. [PDF] |
|
SOMMERS, J.M., GOLDNER, E.M., WARAICH, P. & HSU, L.
(2006). Prevalence and incidence studies of anxiety
disorders : A systematic review of the literature. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 51, 100-113. |
|
KENDALL, P.C. & SOUTHAM-GEROW, M.A. (1996). Long-term
follow-up of a cognitive-behavioral therapy for
anxiety-disordered youth. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 64, 724-730. |
NEWMAN, M.G. & STILES, W.B. (2006). Therapeutic
factors in treating anxiety disorders. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 62, 649-659. [PDF] |
|
BOIVIN, I. et MARCHAND, A. (1996). Le perfectionnisme et
les troubles anxieux. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie,
17 (1), 125-141.
[PDF] |
GINSBURG, G.S., RIDDLE, M.A. & DAVIES, M. (2006).
Somatic symptoms in children and adolescents with anxiety
disorders. Journal of the American Academy of Child and
Adolescent Psychiatry, 45 (10), 1179–1187. |
|
CANDILIS, P.J. & POLLACK, M.H. (1997). The hidden
costs of untreated anxiety disorders. Harvard Review
of Psychiatry, 5, 40-42. |
MITTAL, D., FORTNEY, J.C., PYNE, J.M., EDLUND, M.J. &
WETHERELL, J.L. (2006). Impact of comorbid anxiety
disorders on health-related quality of life among patients
with major depressive disorder. Psychiatric Services,
57 (12), 1731-1737.
[PDF] |
|
LEWINSOHN, P., ZINBARG, R., SEELEY, J., LEWINSOHN, M.
& SACK, W. (1997). Comorbidity between anxiety
disorders and between anxiety disorders and other mental
disorders in children. Journal of Anxiety Disorders,
11, 377-394. |
MILAD, M.R., RAUCH, S.L., PITMAN, R.K. & QUIRK, G.J.
(2006). Fear extinction in rats : implications for human
brain imaging and anxiety disorders. Biological
Psychology, 73, 61-71. |
|
KENDALL, P.C., FLANNERY-SCHROEDER, E., PANICHELLI-MINDEL,
S.M., SOUTHAM-GEROW, M., HENIN, A. & WARMAN, M.
(1997). Therapy for youths with anxiety disorders : a
second randomized clinical trial. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 65, 366-380. |
|
|
WELLS, A. (1997). Cognitive therapy of anxiety
disorders. Chichester : Wiley. |
PRZEWORSKI, A. & NEWMAN, M.G. (2006). The efficacy and
utility of computer-assisted cognitive-behavioral therapy
for anxiety disorders. Clinical Psychologist, 10
(2), 43-53. [PDF] |
|
HOFMANN, S.G. & DIBARTOLO, P.M. (1997). Techniques of
cognitive therapy. In W.T. Roth and I.D. Yalom (Eds.), Treating
anxiety disorders (pp. 57-82). San Francisco :
Jossey-Bass. |
KASHDAN, T.B., FRUEH, B.C., KNAPP, R.G., HEBERT, R. &
MAGRUDER, K.M. (2006). Social anxiety disorder in veterans
affairs primary care clinics. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 44, 233-247. [PDF]
|
|
BEIDEL, D.C. (1998). Social anxiety disorder : Etiology
and early clinical presentation. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 59 (17), 27-31. |
KENDALL, P.C. & TREADWELL, K.R.H. (2007). The role of
self-statements as a mediator in treatment for youth with
anxiety disorders. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 75, 380-389. |
|
CLARK, D.M. (1999). Anxiety disorders : why they persist
and how to treat them. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 37, 5-27. [PDF] |
FORMAN, E.M., HERBERT, J.D., MOITRA, E., P.D. &
GELLER, P.A. (2007). A randomized controlled effectiveness
trial of acceptance and commitment therapy and cognitive
therapy for anxiety and depression. Behavior
Modification, 31, 772-779.
[PDF] |
|
BALLENGER, J.C. (1999). Current treatments of anxiety
disorders in adults. Biological Psychiatry, 46, 1579-1594. |
OLATUNJI, B.O., CISLER, J.M. & TOLIN, D.F. (2007).
Quality of life in the anxiety disorders : A meta-analytic
review. Clinical Psychology Review, 27, 572-581.
[PDF] |
|
HOFMANN, S.G. & BARLOW, D.H. (1999). The costs of
anxiety disorders : Implications for psychosocial
interventions. In N.E. Miller & K.M. Magruder (Eds.),
Cost effectiveness of psychotherapy (pp. 224-234).
New York : Oxford University Press. |
NORTON, P.J. & PRICE, E.C. (2007). A meta-analytic
review of adult cognitive-behavioral treatment outcome
across the anxiety disorders. The Journal of Nervous
& Mental Disease, 195 (6), 521-531. [PDF] |
|
TURGEON, L. & GENDREAU, P. (2007). Les troubles
anxieux chez les enfants et les adolescents.
Marseille : Solal. |
|
CHRISTIANA, J.M., GILMAN, S.E., GUARDINO, M., MICKELSON,
K., MORSELLI, P.L., OLFSON, M. & KESSLER, R.C. (2000).
Duration between onset and time of obtaining initial
treatment among people with anxiety and mood disorders :
an international survey of members of mental health
patient advocate groups. Psychological Medicine, 30 (3),
693-703.
[PDF] |
ÖST, L.-G. (2008). Cognitive behavior therapy for anxiety
disorders : 40 years of progress. Nord Journal of
Psychiatry, 62 (S), 5-10. [PDF]
|
|
BALDWIN, D.S. (2000). Clinical experience with paroxetine
in social anxiety disorder. International Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 15 (S), 19-24. |
HOFMANN, S.G. & SMITS, J.A. (2008).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy for adult anxiety disorders :
a meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 69 (4), 621-632. [PDF]
|
|
BARLOW, D.H. (2000). Unraveling the mysteries of anxiety
and its disorders from the perspective of emotion theory.
American Psychologist, 55, 1247-1263. |
NORTON, P.J. (2008). An open trial of a transdiagnostic
cognitive-behavioral group therapy for anxiety disorder.
Behavior Therapy, 39, 242-250. |
|
|
NORTON, P.J., ASMUNDSON, G.J.G., COX, B.J. & NORTON,
G.R. (2000). Future directions in anxiety disorders :
Profiles and perspectives of leading contributors. Journal
of Anxiety Disorders, 14, 69-95. |
KENDALL, P.C., HUDSON, J., GOSCH, E., FLANNERY-SCHROEDER,
E. & SUVEG, C. (2008). Cognitive-behavioral therapy
for anxiety disordered youth : A randomized clinical trial
of child and family modalities. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76, 282-297. |
|
WITTCHEN, H.U., KESSLER, R.C., PFISTER, H. & LIEB, M.
(2000). Why do people with anxiety disorders become
depressed ? A prospective-longitudinal community study. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 406, 14-23. |
HOLMES, J., MARCH, S. & SPENCE, S. (2009). Use of the
Internet in the treatment of anxiety disorders with
children and adolescents. Counselling, Psychotherapy
& Health, 5 (1), 187-231. [PDF] |
|
WITTCHEN, H.U. & HOYER, J. (2001). Generalized Anxiety
Disorder: a depression risk factor ? International
Jounal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 10,
52-57. |
RAPEE, R.M. SCHNIERING, CA, HUDSON, J.L. (2009). Anxiety
disorders during childhood and adolescence : Origins and
treatment. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 5,
311-341. |
|
RANDALL, C.L., THOMAS, S. & THEVOS, A.K. (2001).
Concurrent alcoholism and social anxiety disorder : A
first step toward developing effective treatments. Alcoholism
: Clinical & Experimental Research, 25 (2),
210-220. |
CRASKE, M.G., ROSE, R.D., LANG, A., WELCH, S.S.,
CAMPBELL-SILLS, L., SULLIVAN, G., SHERBOURNE, C.,
BYSTRITSKY, A., STEIN, M.B. & ROY-BYRNE, P.P. (2009).
Computer-assisted delivery of cognitive behavioral therapy
for anxiety disorders in primary-care settings. Depression
& Anxiety, 26 (3), 235-242. [PDF] |
|
HETTEMA, J.M., NEALE, M.C. & KENDLER, K.S. (2001). A
review and meta-analysis of the genetic epidemiology of
anxiety disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry,
158, 1568-1578. |
WATERS, A.M., HENRY, J., MOGG, K. BRADLEY, B. & PINE,
D.S. (2010). Attentional bias towards angry faces in
childhood anxiety disorders. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 41 (2),
158-164. |
|
WITTCHEN, H.U., HOYER, J. (2001). Generalized anxiety
disorder : Nature and cours. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 62, 11, 15-21. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L., BLAKE, K.D. & SIMMONS, R.A. (2010).
Attributions for relatives' behavior and perceived
criticism : Studies with community participants and
patients with anxiety disorders. Behavior Therapy, 41
(3), 388-400. [PDF] |
|
KASHDAN, T.B. & HERBERT, J.D. (2001). Social anxiety
disorder in childhood and adolescence : Current status and
future directions. Clinical Child & Family
Psychology Review, 4, 37-61.
[PDF] |
BLACK, D., RISKIND, J.H. & KLEIMAN, E.M. (2010).
Lifetime history of anxiety and mood disorders predicted
by cognitive vulnerability to anxiety. International
Journal of Cognitive Therapy, 3, 215-227. [PDF] |
|
McKAY, D, STORCH, E.A. (Eds.) (2011). Handbook of
child and adolescent anxiety disorders. New York :
Springer. |
|
BARRETT, P.M., DUFFY, A.L., RAPEE, R.M. & DADDS, M.R.
(2001). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of anxiety
disorders in children : Long-Term (6-Year) follow-up.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69
(1), 135-141. [PDF] |
SHARP, K. (2012). A review of acceptance and commitment
therapy with anxiety disorders. International Journal
of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 12 (3),
359-372. [PDF] |
|
FOX, N.A. & PINE, D.S. (2012). Temperament and the
emergence of anxiety disorders. Journal of the
American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 51
(2), 125–128. |
|
BEESDO, K. & KNAPPE, S.D. (2012). Developmental
epidemiology of anxiety disorders. Child &
Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 21
(3), 457–478. |
|
BOWER, P., RICHARDS. D. & LOVELL, K. (2001). The
clinical and cost-effectiveness of self-help treatments
for anxiety and depressive disorders in primary care : a
systematic review. British Journal of General
Practice, 51 (471), 838-845.
[PDF] |
NORTON, P.J. (2012). A randomized clinical trial of
transdiagnostic cognitve-behavioral treatments for anxiety
disorder by comparison to relaxation training.
Behavior Theapist, 43 (3), 506-517.
[PDF] |
|
MATHEW, S.J., COPLAN, J.D. & GORMAN, J.M. (2001).
Neurobiological mechanisms of social anxiety disorder.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 158 (10),
1558-1567. |
BECHOR, M., PETTIT, J.W., SILVERMANA, W.K., BAR-HAIMB, Y.,
ABENDB, R., PINEC, D.S., VASEYD, M.W. & JACCARDE, J.
(2014). Attention bias modification treatment for children
with anxiety disorders who do not respond to cognitive
behavioral therapy : a case series. Journal of
Anxiety Disorders, 28, 154-159. [PDF] |
|
FRICK, A., ÄHS, F., ENGMAN, J., JONASSON, M., ALAIE, I.,
BJÖRKSTRAND, J., FRANS, Ö., FARIA, V., LINNMAN, C., APPEL,
L., WAHLSTEDT, K., LUBBERINK, M., FREDRIKSON, M. &
FURMARK, T. (2015). Serotonin synthesis and reuptake in
social anxiety disorder : A positron emission tomography
study. JAMA Psychiatry, 72 (8), 794-802. |
|
HILL, C., WAITE, P. & CRESWELL, C. (2016). Anxiety
disorders in children and adolescents. Paediatrics
& Child Health, 26 (12), 548–553. |
|
SCHWARTZ, C., BARICAN, J.L., YUNG, D., ZHENG, Y. &
WADDELL, C. (2019). Six decades of preventing and treating
childhood anxiety disorders: A systematic review and
meta-analysis to inform policy and practice. Evidence-Based
Mental Health, 22 (3), 103–110. |
|
WALTER, H.J., BUKSTEIN, O.G., ABRIGHT, A.R., KEABLE, H.,
RAMTEKKAR, U., RIPPERGER-SUHLER, J. & ROCKHILL, C.
(2020). Clinical practice guideline for the assessment and
treatment of children and adolescents with anxiety
disorders. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 59 (10), 1107–1124. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Phobie
sociale, Anxiété,
Trouble d'anxiété
généralisé, Perfectionnisme
et Trouble
mental |
|
|
|
Trouble
anxieux (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
les troubles anxieux. Assessment
of generalized anxiety.
| |
|
|
HUDSON, J.L., DEVENEY, C. & TAYLOR, L. (2005). Nature,
assessment, and treatment of generalized anxiety disorder
in children. Pediatric Annals, 34, 97-106. |
|
HALE, W.W., RAAIJMAKERS, Q., MURIS, P. & MEEUS W.
(2005). Psychometric properties of the Screen for Child
Anxiety Related Emotional Disorders (SCARED) in the
general adolescent population. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 44
(3), 283–290. |
|
WETHERELL, J.L. & GATZ, M. (2005). The Beck Anxiety
Inventory in older adults with generalized anxiety
disorder. Journal of Psychopathology & Behavioral
Assessment, 27, 17-24. |
|
BUNNELL, B., JOSEPH, D.L. & BEIDEL, D.C. (2013).
Measurement invariance of the Social Phobia and Anxiety
Inventory. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 27,
84-91. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Trouble anxieux (Traitements/Thérapies) :
Ensemble des thérapies et
autres moyens qui permettent du soigner
les personnes au prise avec des
troubles anxieux.
Treatment of anxiety disorder, psychotherapy for
generalized anxiety disorder, psychological treatments for anxiety disorders, cognitive-behavioral therapy for generalized anxiety disorder, cognitive and behavioral treatments for anxiety disorders.
| |
|
|
BORKOVEC, T.D. & MATHEWS, A.M. (1988). Treatment of
nonphobic anxiety disorders : A comparison of
nondirective, cognitive, and coping desensitization
therapy. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 56, 877-884. |
FELGOISE, S.H., NEZU, C.M. & NEZU, A.M. (2002).
Problem-solving approaches to treating anxiety disorders.
In Ditomasso & Gosch (Eds.), Comparative treatment
of anxiety disorders. NY : Springer. |
|
BARLOW, D.H. (1988/2002). Anxiety and its disorders :
The nature and treatment of anxiety and panic. New
York : Guilford Press. |
BLANCO, C., ANTIA, S.X. & LIEBOWITZ, M.R. (2002).
Pharmacotherapy of social anxiety disorder. Biological
Psychiatry, 51 (1), 109-120. |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D., NEWMAN, M.G., LYTLE, R. & PINCUS, A.L.
(2002). A component analysis of cognitive-behavioral
therapy for generalized anxiety disorder and the role of
interpersonal problems. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 70 (2), 288-298.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
ZINBARG, R.E., BARLOW, D.H., BROWN, T.A. & HERTZ, R.M.
(1992). Cognitive-behavioral approaches to the nature and
treatment of anxiety disorders. Annual Review of
Psychology, 43, 235-267. |
BARLOW, D.H. & ALLEN, L.B. (2004). The scientific
basis of psychological treatments for anxiety disorders :
past, present and future. In J.M. Gorman (Ed.), Fears
and anxiety : Benefits of translational research.
Washington, DC : American Psychiatric Press. |
|
KENDALL, P.C. (1994). Treating anxiety disorders in
children : Results of a randomized clinical trial. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 62, 100-110. |
DEACON, B.J. & ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. (2004). Cognitive and
behavioral treatments for anxiety disorders : A review of
meta-analytic findings. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 60, 429-441. [PDF] |
|
KENDALL, P.C., FLANNERY-SCHROEDER, E., PANICHELLI-MINDEL,
S.M., SOUTHAM-GEROW, M., HENIN, A. & WARMAN, M.
(1997). Therapy for youths with anxiety disorders : a
second randomized clinical trial. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 65, 366-380. |
HERBERT, J.D., RHEINGOLD, A.A., GAUDIANO, B.A. &
MYERS, V.H. (2004). Standard versus extended cognitive
behavior therapy for social anxiety disorder : A
randomized-controlled trial. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 32, 131-147. |
|
MARCHAND, A. et BRILLION, P. (1995). Thérapie cognitive et
troubles anxieux. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 16,
55-90. |
HERBERT, J.D., GAUDIANO, B.A., RHEINGOLD, A.A., MYERS,
V.H., DARYMPLE, K.L. & NOLAN, E.M. (2005). Social
skills training augments the effectiveness of cognitive
behavior group therapy for social anxiety disorder. Behavior
Therapy, 36, 125-138. |
|
HOFMANN, S.G. & DIBARTOLO, P.M. (1997). Techniques of
cognitive therapy. In W.T. Roth and I.D. Yalom (Eds.), Treating
anxiety disorders (pp. 57-82). San Francisco :
Jossey-Bass. |
ROWA, K. & ANTONY, M.M. (2005). Psychological
treatments for social phobia. Journal of Psychiatry,
50 (6), 308-316. [PDF] |
|
KENDALL, P.C., FLANNERY-SCHROEDER, E., PANICHELLI-MINDEL,
S.M., SOUTHAM-GEROW, M., HENIN, A. & WARMAN, M.
(1997). Therapy for youths with anxiety disorders : a
second randomized clinical trial. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 65, 366-380. |
NEWMAN, M.G. & STILES, W.B. (2006). Therapeutic
factors in treating anxiety disorders. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 62, 649-659. [PDF] |
|
WELLS, A. (1997). Cognitive therapy of anxiety
disorders. Chichester : Wiley. |
PRZEWORSKI, A. & NEWMAN, M.G. (2006). The efficacy and
utility of computer-assisted cognitive-behavioral therapy
for anxiety disorders. Clinical Psychologist, 10
(2), 43-53. [PDF] |
|
FORMAN, E.M., HERBERT, J.D., MOITRA, E., YEOMANS, P.D.
& GELLER, P.A. (2007). A randomized controlled
effectiveness trial of acceptance and commitment therapy
and cognitive therapy for anxiety and depression. Behavior
Modification, 31, 772-779.
[PDF] |
|
|
ZINBARG, R.E., LEE, J.E. & YOON, L. (2007). Dyadic
predictors of outcome in a cognitive-behavioral program
for patients with generalized anxiety disorder in
committed relationships : A "Spoonful of sugar" and a dose
of non-hostile criticism may help. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 45, 699-713.
[PDF] |
|
NORTON, P.J. & PRICE, E.C. (2007). A meta-analytic
review of adult cognitive-behavioral treatment outcome
across the anxiety disorders. The Journal of Nervous
& Mental Disease, 195 (6), 521-531. [PDF] |
|
HOFMANN, S.G. & SMITS, J.A. (2008).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy for adult anxiety disorders :
a meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 69 (4), 621-632. [PDF]
|
|
NORTON, P.J. (2008). An open trial of a transdiagnostic
cognitive-behavioral group therapy for anxiety disorder.
Behavior Therapy, 39, 242-250. |
| BORKOVEC, T.D., HAZLETT-STEVENS, H. & DIAZ, M.L. (1999). The
role of positive beliefs about worry in generalized
anxiety disorder and its treatment. Clinical
Psychology & Psychotherapy, 6, 126-138. |
KENDALL, P.C., HUDSON, J., GOSCH, E., FLANNERY-SCHROEDER,
E. & SUVEG, C. (2008). Cognitive-behavioral therapy
for anxiety disordered youth : A randomized clinical trial
of child and family modalities. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76, 282-297. |
|
BALLENGER, J.C. (1999). Current treatments of the anxiety
disorders in adults. Biological Psychiatry, 46,
1579-1594. |
ÖST, L.-G. (2008). Cognitive behavior therapy for anxiety
disorders : 40 years of progress. Nord Journal of
Psychiatry, 62 (S), 5-10. [PDF]
|
|
CLARK, D.M. (1999). Anxiety disorders : why they persist
and how to treat them. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 37, 5-27. [PDF]
|
HOLMES, J., MARCH, S. & SPENCE, S. (2009). Use of the
Internet in the treatment of anxiety disorders with
children and adolescents. Counselling, Psychotherapy
& Health, 5 (1), 187-231. [PDF]
|
|
HOFMANN, S.G. & BARLOW, D.H. (1999). The costs of
anxiety disorders : Implications for psychosocial
interventions. In N.E. Miller & K.M. Magruder (Eds.),
Cost effectiveness of psychotherapy (pp. 224-234).
New York : Oxford University Press. |
RAPEE, R.M. SCHNIERING, CA, HUDSON, J.L. (2009). Anxiety
disorders during childhood and adolescence : Origins and
treatment. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 5,
311-341. |
|
CHRISTIANA, J.M., GILMAN, S.E., GUARDINO, M., MICKELSON,
K., MORSELLI, P.L., OLFSON, M. & KESSLER, R.C. (2000).
Duration between onset and time of obtaining initial
treatment among people with anxiety and mood disorders :
an international survey of members of mental health
patient advocate groups. Psychological Medicine, 30 (3),
693-703.
[PDF] |
CRASKE, M.G., ROSE, R.D., LANG, A., WELCH, S.S.,
CAMPBELL-SILLS, L., SULLIVAN, G., SHERBOURNE, C.,
BYSTRITSKY, A., STEIN, M.B. & ROY-BYRNE, P.P. (2009).
Computer-assisted delivery of cognitive behavioral therapy
for anxiety disorders in primary-care settings. Depression
& Anxiety, 26 (3), 235-242. [PDF]
|
|
KENDALL, P.C., KHANNA, M.S., EDSON, A., CUMMINGS, C. &
HARRIS, S. (2011). Computers and psychosocial treatment
for child anxiety : recent advances and ongoing efforts. Depression
& Anxiety, 28, 58-66. [PDF] |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D. & RUSCIO, A.M. (2011). Psychotherapy
for generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 62, 37-42. |
|
BALDWIN, D.S. (2000). Clinical experience with paroxetine
in social anxiety disorder. International Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 15 (S), 19-24. |
SHARP, K. (2012). A review of acceptance and commitment
therapy with anxiety disorders. International Journal
of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 12 (3),
359-372. [PDF]
|
|
KENDALL, P.C., SETTIPANI, C. & CUMMINGS, C. (2012). No
need to worry : The promising future of child anxiety
research. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent
Psychology, 41 (1), 103-115. |
|
RANDALL, C.L., THOMAS, S. & THEVOS, A.K. (2001).
Concurrent alcoholism and social anxiety disorder : A
first step toward developing effective treatments. Alcoholism
: Clinical & Experimental Research, 25 (2),
210-220. |
NORTON, P.J. (2012). A randomized clinical trial of
transdiagnostic cognitve-behavioral treatments for anxiety
disorder by comparison to relaxation training.
Behavior Theapist, 43 (3), 506-517.
[PDF] |
|
BARRETT, P.M., DUFFY, A.L., RAPEE, R.M. & DADDS, M.R.
(2001). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of anxiety
disorders in children : Long-Term (6-Year) follow-up.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69
(1), 135-141. [PDF]
|
BECHOR, M., PETTIT, J.W., SILVERMANA, W.K., BAR-HAIMB, Y.,
ABENDB, R., PINEC, D.S., VASEYD, M.W. & JACCARDE, J.
(2014). Attention bias modification treatment for children
with anxiety disorders who do not respond to cognitive
behavioral therapy : a case series. Journal of
Anxiety Disorders, 28, 154-159. [PDF]
|
|
SCHWART, C, WADDELL, C, BARICAN J. & ANDRES, C.
(2016). Helping children with anxiety. Children’s
Mental Health Research Quarterly, 10 (3), 1–16. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Anxiété |
|
|
|
|
Trouble bipolaire : Bipolarité : TB : La découverte de
cette maladie mentale est souvent attribuée à Kraepelin.
Le trouble bipolaire est un trouble de
l'humeur qui se se caractérise par une alternance de
périodes de grande euphorie et d'irritabilité (état maniaque) et de mélancolie profonde (état
dépressif), entrecoupées de périodes de relative stabilité.
En psychiatrie, on
utilise surtout le lithium
pour soigner le trouble bipolaire (anciennement appelé
maniaco-dépression). Dans la phase dépressive, les symptômes sont
: perte d'énergie, sentiment d'impuissance et d'inutilité, insomnie,
période de sommeil plus ou moins longue que d'habitude, prise ou
perte de poids significative, difficulté à se concentrer et à se
décider, diminution de la libido,
perte d'intérêt dans les activités normalement gratifiantes,
évitement des autres et isolement
social, sentiment de tristesse et de désespoir, consommation
abusive d'alcool ou de drogue, sentiment de culpabilité
déraisonnable, pensée
suicidaire, pensées morbides et tentative de suicide. Dans
la phase dépressive, les symptômes sont : sentiments d'euphorie et
d'irritabilité, optimisme exagéré, estime
de soi gonflée à bloc, élocution rapide et parfois
incompréhensible, pensées qui défilent sans arrêt, idées
récurentes et obsédantes, période de sommeil
plus courte que d'habitude, insomnie,
agitation et manque de concentration.
=
TB, trouble de bipolarité, maniaco-dépression, psychose
maniaco-dépressive, désordre bipolaire, état maniaco-dépressif,
dépression bipolaire. Il existe quelques sous-types
à ce trouble, notamment la bipolarité de type II.
Bipolar disorder, manic-depressiveness.
| |
|
|
KLEIN, M. (1935). A contribution to the psychogenesis of
manic-depressive states. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 16, 145-174. |
GOLDBERG, J. & HARROW, M. (2001). Risk for bipolar
illness in patients initially hospitalized for unipolar
major depression. American Journal of Psychiatry,
158, 1265-1270. |
|
FINDLING, R.L., GRACIOUS, B.L., MCNAMARA, N.K.,
YOUNGSTROM, E.A., DEMETER, C.A., BRANICKY, L.A. &
CALABRESE, J.R. (2001). Rapid, continuous cycling and
psychiatric comorbidity in pediatric bipolar I disorder. Bipolar
Disorders, 3 (4), 202-210. |
|
PIVER, A., YATHAM, L.N. & LAM, R.W. (2002). Bipolar
spectrum disorders : New perspectives. Canadian Family
Physician, 48, 896-904. |
|
VISSCHER, P.M., YAZDI, M.H., JACKSON, A.D. SCHALLING, M.,
LINDBLAD, K., YUAN, Q.P., PORTEOUS, D., MUIR, W.J. &
BLACKWOOD, D.H. (2001). Genetic survival analysis of
age-at-onset of bipolar disorder : evidence for
anticipation or cohort effect in families. Psychiatric
Genetics, 11, 129-137. |
|
JUDD, L.L., AKISKAL, H.S., SCHETTLER, P.J., ENDICOTT, J.,
MASER, J., SOLOMON, D.A., LEON, A.C., RICE, J.A. &
KELLER, M.B. (2002). The long-term natural history of the
weekly symptomatic status of bipolar I disorder. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 59 (6), 530-537. |
|
ANGST, J. & GAMMA, A. (2002). A new bipolar
spectrum concept : a brief review. Bipolar
Disorder, 4 (S1), 11–14. |
|
LOOMIS, M. & SINGER, J. (1980). Testing the bipolar
assumption in Jung typology. Journal of Analytical
Psychology, 25 (4), 351-356. |
ANGST, J. (2002). Historical aspects of the dichotomy
between manic-depressive disorders and schizophrenia. Schizophrenia
Research, 57 (1), 5-13. |
|
HIRSCHFELD, R.M.A. & WEISSMAN, M.M. (2002). Risk
factors for major depression and bipolar disorder. In
K.L., Davis, D. Charney, J.T. Coyle & C. Nemeroff
(Eds.), Neuropsychopharmacology : The fifth generation
of progress (pp. 1018-1025). American College of
Neuropsychopharmacology. [PDF] |
|
BARON, M., RISCH, N., HAMBURGER, R., MANDEL, B., KUSHNER,
S., NEWMAN, M., DRUMER, D. & BELMAKER, R.H. (1987).
Genetic linkage between X chromosome markers and bipolar
affective illness. Nature, 326, 289-292. |
BADNER, J. & GERSHON, E.S. (2002). Meta-analysis of
whole-genome linkage scans of bipolar disorder and
schizophrenia. Molecular Psychiatry, 7, 405-411. |
|
GELLER, B., CHANEY, J.L., BOLHOFNER, K., NICKELSBURG, M.J.
& WILLIAMS, M. & ZIMERMAN B. (2002). Two-year
prospective follow-up of children with a prepubertal and
early adolescent bipolar disorder phenotype. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 927-933. |
|
BEMPORAD, J.R. (1988). Psychodynamic models of depression
and mania. In A. Georgotas and R. Cancro (Eds.), Depression
and mania. New York : Elsevier Science. |
SMOLLER, J.W. & FINN, C.T. (2003). Family, twin, and
adoption studies of bipolar disorder. American
Journal of Medical Genetics Part C, 123C, 48-58. [PDF] |
|
BAUER, M.S. & WHYBROW, P.C. (1990). Rapid cycling
bipolar affective disorder. Treatment of refractory rapid
cycling with high dose levothyroxine a preliminary study.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 47, 435-440. |
ANGST, J., GAMMA, A., BENZAAI, F., AJDACIC, V. EICH, D.
& ROSSLER, W. (2003). Toward a re-definition of
subthreshold bipolarity : Epidemiology and proposed
criteria for bipolar-II minor bipolar disorders and
hypomania. Journal of Affective Disorders, 73, 133-146. |
|
ZORNBERG, G.-L. & POPE, H.-G. (1993). Treatment of
depression in bipolar disorder new direction for research.
Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 13,
397-408. |
WATKINS, E.R. (2003). Combining cognitive therapy with
medication in bipolar disorder. Advances in
Psychiatric Treatment, 9, 110-116. |
|
THALBOURNE, M.A. & FRENCH, C.C. (1995). Paranormal
belief, manic-depressiveness, and magical ideation : A
replication. Personality & Individual
Differences, 18, 291-292. |
MacKINNON, D.F., ZANDI, P.P., GERSHON, E., NURNBERGER,
J.I., REICH, T. & DEPAULO, J.R. (2003). Rapid
switching of mood in families with multiple cases of
bipolar disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 60,
92-928. [PDF] |
|
SWANN, A.C., PAZZAGLIA, P., NICHOLLS, A., DOUGHERTY, D.M,
& MOELLER, F.G. (2003). Impulsivity and phase of
illness in bipolar disorder. Journal of Affective
Disorders, 73, 105–111. |
|
AZORIN, J.M. (1995). Troubles bipolaires à cycles rapides.
L'Encéphale, 6, 43-48. |
McGUFFIN, P., RIJSDIJK, F. & ANDREW, M. (2003). The
heritability of bipolar affective disorder and the genetic
relationship to unipolar depression. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 60 (5), 497-502. |
|
|
SWANN, A.C., DOUGHERTY, D.M., PAZZAGLIA, P., PHAM, M.
& MOELLER, F.G. (2004). Impulsivity : A link between
bipolar disorder and substance abuse. Bipolar
Disorders, 6, 204–212. |
|
ISSAC, G. (1995). Is bipolar disorder the most common
diagnostic entity in hospitalised adolescents and children
? Adolescence, 30, 273-276. |
ZALLA, T., JOYCE, C., SZOKE, A., SCHURHOFF, F., PILLON,
B., KOMANO, O., PEREZ-DIAZ, F., BELLIVIER, F., ALTER, C.,
DUBOIS, B., ROUILLON, F., HOUDÉ, O. & LEBOYER, M.
(2004). Executive dysfunctions as potential markers of
familial vulnerability to bipolar disorder and
schizophrenia. Psychiatry Research, 121,
207-217. |
|
GOLDBERG, J.F., HARROW, M. & GROSSMAN, L.S. (1995).
Course and outcome in bipolar affective disorder : a
longitudinal follow-up study. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 152, 379-384. |
SCOTT, J. (2004). What is the role of psychological
therapies in the treatment of bipolar disorders ? European
Neuropsychopharmacology, 14 (S3), 111-112. |
|
GITLIN, M.J., SWENDSEN, J., HELLER, T.L. & HAMMEN, C.
(1995). Relapse and impairment in bipolar disorder. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 152 (11), 1635-1640. |
LAM, D.H., HAYWARD, P., WATKINS, E.R., WRIGHT, K. &
SHAM, P. (2005). Relapse prevention in patients with
bipolar disorder : Cognitive therapy outcome after 2
years. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 324-329. |
|
VISSCHER, P.M., HALEY, C.S., EWALD, H., MORS, O., EGELAND,
J., THIEL, B., GINNS, E., MUIR, W. & BLACKWOOD, D.H.
(2005). Joint multi-population analysis for genetic
linkage of bipolar disorder or wellness to chromosome 4p.
American Journal of Medical Genetics Part B :
Neuropsychiatric Genetics, 133B, 18-24. [PDF] |
|
STOBER, M., SCHMIDT-LACKNER, S., FREEMAN, R., BOWER, S.,
LAMPERT, C. & DeANTONIO, M. (1995). Recovery and
relapse in adolescents with bipolar affective illness : a
five-year naturalistic, prospective follow-up. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 34, 724-371. |
AKISKAL, K.K. & AKISKAL H.S. (2005). The theoretical
underpinnings of affective temperaments : Implications for
evolutionary foundations of bipolar disorder and human
nature. Journal of Affective Disorders, 85,
231-239. |
|
BIEDERMAN, J., FARAONE, S.V., WOZNIAK, J., MICK, E., KWON,
A., CAYTON, G.A. & CLARK, S.V. (2005). Clinical
correlates of bipolar disorder in a large, referred sample
of children and adolescents. Journal of Psychiatric
Research, 39 (6), 611-622. |
|
SWANN, A.C., DOUGHERTY, D.M, PAZZAGLIA, P., PHAM, M.,
STEINBERG, J.L. & MOELLER, F.G. (2005). Increased
impulsivity associated with severity of suicide attempt
history in patients with bipolar disorder. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1680–1687. |
|
CHEN, Y.W. & DILSAVER, S.C. (1995). Comorbidity of
panic disorder in bipolar illness : evidence from the
epidemiologic catchment area survey. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 152, 280-282. |
PERLIS, R.H. (2005). Misdiagnosis of bipolar disorder. American
Journal of Managed Care, 11 (9), 271-274. |
|
ANGST, J. & CASSANO, G. (2005). The mood spectrum :
improving the diagnosis of bipolar disorder. Bipolar
Disorders, 7 (S4), 4–12. |
|
BAUER, M.S et McBRIDE, L. (1996/2001/2003). Structured
group psychotherapy for bipolar disorder : The life
goals program. New York : Springer. / Thérapie
de groupe pour le trouble bipolaire : Une approche
structurelle . Paris, France : Médecine &
Hygiène. |
BENTALL, R.P., KINDERMAN, P., MANSON, K. (2005).
Self-discrepancies in bipolar disorder : Comparison of
manic, depressed, remitted and normal participants.
British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 44 (4),
457-473. |
|
GROSSMAN, L.S. & HARROW, M. (1996). Interactive
behavior in bipolar manic patients and its link to thought
disorder. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 37, 245-252. |
CLARK, L. & SAHAKIAN, B. (2005). Neuropsychological
and biological approaches to understanding bipolar
disorder. In S. Jones & R. Bentall (Eds.), The
psychology of bipolar disorder. Oxford, UK : OUP. |
|
JONES, L., SCOTT, J., HAQUE, S., GORDON-SMITH, K., HERON,
J., CAESAR, S., COOPER, C., FORTY, L., HYDE, S., LYON, L.,
GREENING, J., SHAM, P., FARMER, A., McGUFFIN, P., JONES,
I. & CRADDOCK, N. (2005). Cognitive style in bipolar
disorder. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 187,
431-437. [PDF]
|
|
BASCO, M.R. & RUSH, A.J. (1996). Cognitive-behavioral
therapy for bipolar disorder. New York Guilford
Press. |
GAUDIANO, B.A. & MILLER, I.W. (2005). Anxiety disorder
comorbidity in bipolar I disorder : Relationship to
depression severity and treatment outcome. Depression
& Anxiety, 21, 71- 77. |
|
TORREY, E.F., MILLER J., RAWLINGS, R. & YOLKEN, R.H.
(1997). Seasonality of births in schizophrenia and bipolar
disorder : A review of the literature. Schizophrenia
Research, 28, 1-38. |
HARRIS, M., CHANDRAN, S., CHAKRABORTY, N. & HEALY, D.
(2005). The impact of mood stabilizers on bipolar disorder
: The 1890s and 1990s compared. History of
Psychiatry, 16, 423-434. |
|
|
GOLDSTEIN, M.J. & MIKLOWITZ, D.J. (1997). Bipolar
disorder : A family focused treatment approach. NY
: Guildford Press. |
CHISTODOULOU, T., LEWIS, M., PLOUBIDIS, G.B. &
FRANGOU, S. (2006). The relationship of impulsivity to
response inhibition and decision-making in remitted
patients with bipolar disorder. European Psychiatry,
21 (4), 270-273. |
|
GELLER, B. & LUBY, J. (1997). Child and adolescent
bipolar disorder : a review of the past 10 years. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 36, 1168-1176. |
JONES, S.H. & BENTALL, R.P. (2006). The
psychology of bipolar disorder. Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
PERUGI, G., AKISKAL, H.S., PFANNER, C., PRESTA, C.,
GEMIGNANI, A. & MILANFRANCHI, A. (1997). The clinical
impact of bipolar and unipolar affective comorbidity on
obsessive–compulsive disorder. Journal of
Affective Disorders, 46 (1), 15-23. |
DIENES, K.A., HAMMEN, C., HENRY, R.M., COHEN, A.N. &
DALEY, S.E. (2006). The stress sensitization hypothesis :
Understanding the course of bipolar disorder. Journal
of Affective Disorders, 95, 43-49. [PDF] |
|
MASOLIVER, E., MENOYO, A., PEREZ, V., VOLPINI, V., RIO,
E.D., PÉREZ, J., ALVAREZ, E. & BAIGET, M. (2006).
Serotonin transporter linked promoter (polymorphism) in
the serotonin transporter gene may be associated with
antidepressant-induced mania in bipolar disorder.
Psychiatric Genetics, 16, 25-29. |
|
GOODWIN, F.K. & GHAEMI, S.N. (1998). Understanding
manic-depressive illness. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 55, 23-25. |
BALL, J.R., MITCHELL, P.B., CORRY, J.C., SKILLECORN, A.,
SMITH, M. & MALHI G.S. (2006). A randomized controlled
trial of cognitive therapy for bipolar disorder : Focus on
long-term change. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 67,
277-286. |
|
GELLER, B., WARNER, K., WILLIAMS M. & ZIMERMAN, B.
(1998). Prepubertal and young adolescent bipolarity versus
ADHD : Assessment and validity using the WASH-U-KSADS,
CBCL, and TRF. Journal of Affective Disorders, 5193-100. |
LAM, D.H. & JONES, S.H. (2006). Bipolar disorder. In
A. Carr & M. McNulty (Eds.), Handbook of adult
clinical psychology. London : Routledge. |
|
WAGNER, K.D., KOWATCH, R.A., EMSLIE, G.J., FINDLING, R.L.,
WILENS, T.E., McCAGUE, K., D'SOUZA, J., WAMIL, A., LEHMAN,
R.B., BERV, D. & LINDEN D. (2006). A double-blind,
randomized, placebo-controlled trial of oxcarbazepine in
the treatment of bipolar disorder in children and
adolescents. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163
(7), 1179-1186. |
|
AXELSON, D., BIRMAHER, B., STROBER, M. GILL, M.K., VALERI,
S., CHIAPPETTA, L., RYAN, N., LEONARD, H., HUNT, J.,
IYENGAR, S., BRIDGE, J., KELLER, M. (2006). Phenomenology
of children and adolescents with bipolar spectrum
disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63 (10),
1139-1148. |
|
THALBOURNE, M.A., KEOGH, E. & CRAWLEY, S.E. (1999).
Manic-depressiveness and its correlates. Psychological
Reports, 85, 45-53. |
LAM, D.H. (2006). What can we conclude from studies on
psychotherapy in bipolar disorder ? The British
Journal of Psychiatry, 188, 321-322. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, D.P., SALOVEY, P. & TRUAX, K.M. (1999). Static,
dynamic, and causative bipolarity of affect. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 76,
856-867. |
TORRENT, C., MARTINEZ-ARAN, A., DABAN, C., SANCHEZ-MORENO,
J., COMES, M., GOIKOLEA, J.M. & VIETA, E. (2006).
Cognitive impairment in bipolar II disorder. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 189, 254-259. [PDF] |
|
LAM, D.H. & JONES, S.H., HAYWARD, P. & BRIGHT, J.
(1999). Cognitive therapy for bipolar disorder : A
therapists guide to concepts, methods & practice.
Chichester, UK : Wiley. |
FRAZIER, T.W., DEMETER, C.A., YOUNGSTROM, E.A., CALABRESE,
J.R., STANSBREY, R.J.,MCNAMARA, N.K. & FINDLING, R.L.
(2007). Evaluation and comparison of psychometric
instruments for pediatric bipolar spectrum disorders in
four age groups. Journal of Child & Adolescent
Psychopharmacology, 6, 853-866.
[PDF] |
|
SMITH, L.A., CORNELIUS, V., WARNOCK, A., TACCHI, M.J.
& TAYLOR, D. (2007). Pharmacological interventions for
acute bipolar mania : a systematic review of randomized
placebo-controlled trials. Bipolar Disorders, 9,
551-560. [PDF] |
|
MORENO, C., LAJE, G., BLANCO, C., JIANG, H., SCHMIDT, A.B.
& OLFSON, M. (2007). National trends in the outpatient
diagnosis and treatment of bipolar disorder in youth. Archives
General of Psychiatry, 64 (9), 1032-1039. |
|
BLADER, J.C. & CARLSTON, G.A. (2007). Increased rates
of bipolar disorder diagnoses among U.S. child,
adolescent, and adult populations, 1996-2004. Biological
Psychiatry, 62, 107-114. |
|
VIGUERA, A.C., WHITFIELD, T., BALDESSARINI, R.J., NEWPORT,
D.J., STOWE, A., ZURICK, R.A. & COHEN, L.S. (2007).
Risk of recurrence in women with bipolar disorder during
pregnancy : prospective study of mood stabilizer
discontinuation. American Journal of Psychiatry,
164, 1817-1824. [PDF] |
|
VIETA, E. & PHILLIPS, M.L (2007)
Deconstructing bipolar disorder: a critical review of its
diagnostic validity and a proposal for DSM- V and ICD-11.
Schizophrenia Bulletin, 33, 886–892. |
|
ANGST, J. (2007). The bipolar spectrum. The British
journal of Psychiatry 190, 189–191. |
|
AKISKAL, H.S. (2007). The emergence of the bipolar
spectrum: validation along clinical-epidemiologic and
familial-genetic lines. Psychopharmacology Bulletin,
40 (4), 99-115. |
|
ANGST, J., GANMMA, A,
GERBER-WERDER, R, ZARATE, A. & MANJI, H.K.
(2007). Does long-term medication with lithium, clozapine
or antidepressants prevent or attenuate dementia in
bipolar and depressed patients ? International Journal
of Psychiatry in Clinical Practice, 11, 2–8. |
|
SYSKO, R. & WALSH, B.T. (2007). A systematic review of
placebo response in studies of bipolar mania. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 68 (8), 1213-1217. |
|
SHARMA, V. & SANTOPINTO, A. (2008). Childbirth and
manic-depressive illness an account of Emil Kraepelin's
contribution. German Journal of Psychiatry, 11, 168-172.
[PDF] |
|
|
HEALY, D. (2008). Mania : A short history of bipolar
disorder. Baltimore : Johns Hopkins. |
|
|
GELLER, B., TILLMANM R., BOLHOFNER, K. & ZIMERMAN, B.
(2008). Child bipolar I disorder: Prospective continuity
with adult bipolar I disorder; Characteristics of second
and third episodes; Predictors of 8-Year outcome.
Archives General of Psychiatry, 65 (10), 1125-1133.
[PDF] |
|
SWANN, A.C., STEINBERG, J.L., LIJFFIJT, M. & MOELLER,
F.G. (2008). Impulsivity : Differential relationship to
depression and mania in bipolar disorder. Journal of
Affective Disorders, 106, 241–248. |
|
LICHTENSTEIN, P., YIP, B.H., BJÖRK, C., PAWITAN, Y.,
CANNON, T.D., SULLIVAN, P.F. & HULTMAN, C.M. (2009).
Common genetic determinants of schizophrenia and bipolar
disorder in Swedish families : a population-based study.
Lancet, 373, 234-239. |
|
GOODWIN, G.M. (2009). Evidence-based guidelines for
treating bipolar disorder : revised second edition :
recommendations from the British Association for
Psychopharmacology. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 23
(4), 346-388. [PDF] |
|
NOVICK, D.M., SWARTZ, H.A. & FRANK, E. (2010). Suicide attempts in bipolar I and bipolar II disorder: a review and meta-analysis of the evidence.
Bipolar Disorders, 12, 1–9 .
|
|
SMITH, D., JONES, I. & SIMPSON S. (2010).
Psychoeducation for bipolaR disorder. Advances in
Psychiatric Treatment, 16, 147–154. [PDF] |
|
LAM, D.H., JONES, S.H. & HAYWARD, P. (2010). Cognitive
therapy for bipolar disorder : A therapist's guide to
concepts, Methods and Practice. Wiley Series in
Clinical Psychology. |
|
ELLISON-WRIGHT, I. & BULLMORE, E. (2010). Anatomy of
bipolar disorder and schizophrenia : A meta-analysis. Schizophrenia
Research, 117, 1-12. [PDF] |
|
HARVEY, P.D. (2011). Mood symptoms, cognition, and
everyday functioning in major depression, bipolar
disorder, and schizophrenia. Innovation in Clinical
Neuroscience, 8 (10), 14-18.
[PDF] |
|
EL-MALLAKH, E.S., ELMAADAWI, A.Z., GAO, Y., LOHANO, K.
& JEANNIE, R. (2011). Current and emerging therapies
for the management of bipolar disorders. Journal of
Central Nervous, 3 189-197. [PDF] |
|
VIETA, E., REINARARES, M. & ROSA, A.R.
(2011). Staging bipolar disorder. Neurotoxicity
Research, 19, 279–285.
|
|
ANGST, J., GAMMA, A., BOWDEN, C., AZORIN, J.M., PERUGI,
G., VIETA, E. & YOUNG, A.H. (2012). Diagnostic
criteria for bipolarity based on an international sample
of 5,635 patients with DSM-IV major depressive episodes. European
Archives of Psychiatry & Clinical Neuroscience 262
(1), 3-11. [PDF]
|
|
FARREN, C.K., HILL K.P. & WEISS, R.D. (2012). Bipolar
disorder and alcohol use disorder: A review. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 14, 659–666.
|
|
FRANCES, A. & JONES, K.D. (2012). Bipolar disorder
type II revisited. Bipolar Disorders,
14 (5), 474–477. |
|
JURUENA, M.F.P. (2012). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for
the bipolar disorder patients. In I. Reis De Oliveira
(Ed.), Standard and innovative strategies in
cognitive behavior therapy (pp. 77-98). InTech. [PDF] |
|
ZARATE, C.A., TOHEN, M., LAND, M. & CAVANAGH, S.
(2000). Functional impairment and cognition in bipolar
disorder. Psychiatric Quarterly, 71, 309-329. |
ANGST, J. (2013). Bipolar
disorders in DSM-5 : strengths, problems and perspectives.
International Journal of Bipolar Disorders, 1,
[12], 1-3. [PDF]
|
|
GHAEMI, S.N. & DAILEY, S. (2014). The bipolar
spectrum: conceptions and misconceptions. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 48 (4),
314-324.
|
|
TIDEMALM, D., HAGLUND, A., KARANTI, A., LANDÉN, M. &
RUNESON, B. (2014). Attempted suicide in bipolar disorder
: Risk factors in a cohort of 6086 patients. PLOS One,
9 (4), 1-9. [PDF] |
|
GRANDE, I., BERK, M., BIRMAHER, B. & VIETA, E. (2016).
Bipolar disorder. Lancet, 387, 1561-1572.[PDF] |
|
ANGST, J. & SELLORO, R. (2000). Historical
perspectives and natural history of bipolar disorder. Biological
Psychiatry, 48 (6), 445-457. |
HANTOUCHE, E.G. (2018). Living with a bipolar. La
Revue du Praticien, 68 (6), 641-642. |
|
TSEVAT, J., KECK, P.E., HORNUNG, R.W. & McELROY, S.L.
(2000). Health values of patients with bipolar disorder. Quality
of Life Research, 9 (5), 579-586. |
ANGST, J., RÖSSLER, W., AJDACIC-GROSS, V., ANGST, F.,
WITTCHE, H.U., LIEB, R., BEESDO,BAUM, K., ASSELMAN, E.,
MERIKANGAS, K.R., CUI, L., ANDRADE, L.H., VIANA, M.C.,
LAMERS, F., PHENNINX, B.W., CARDOSO, T., JANSEN, K.,
SOUZA, L., DA SILVA, R., KAPCZINSKI, F., GROBLER, C.,
GHOLAM,-REZAEE, M., PREISIG, M. & VANDELEUR, C.L.
(2018). Differences between unipolar mania and bipolar-I
disorder : Evidence from nine epidemiological, studies. Bipolar
Disorder, 21
(5), 437–448. |
|
FLETCHER, K, TAN, E.J, SCOTT, J. & MURRAY, G. (2018).
Bipolar II disorder : the need for clearer definition and
improved management. Australian & New Zealand
Journal of Psychiatry, 52 (6), 598-599.
|
|
AKISKAL, H.S., BOURGEOIS, M.L., ANGST, J., POST, R.,
MOLLER, H. & HIRSCHFELD, R. (2000). Re-evaluating the
prevalence of and diagnostic composition within the broad
clinical spectrum of bipolar disorders. Journal of
Affective Disorders, 59 (S), 5-30. |
MALHI, G.S., OUTHRED, T. & IRWIN, L. (2019).
Bipolar II disorder is a myth. The Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 64 (8), 531-536. [PDF] |
|
LANDRY, S. & PROVENCHER, M.D. (2020). E?valuation
qualitative de l’implantation de groupes psychoe?ducatifs
pour le trouble bipolaire a? Que?bec. Santé Mentale au
Québec, 45 (1), 31-52. [PDF] |
|
GUZMAN-PARRA, J. & AL. (2021). Clinical and genetic
differences between bipolar disorder type 1 and 2 in
multiplex families. Translational Psychiatry, 11
[31], 1-10. [PDF] |
|
TONDO, L., MIOLA, A., PINNA, M. CONTU, M. &
BALDESSARINI, R.J. (2022). Differences between bipolar
disorder types 1 and 2 support the DSM two-syndrome
concept. International Journal of Bipolar Disorders,
10 [21], 1-11. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Manie et
Trouble mental |
|
|
Trouble
bipolaire (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic,
des tests et des
outils de collecte de données
qui permettent d'évaluer et
de mesurer le trouble
bipolaire.
Assessment of bipolar
disorder.
| |
|
|
PERLIS, R.H. (2005). Misdiagnosis of bipolar disorder. American
Journal of Managed Care, 11 (9), 271-274. |
|
AKISKAL, H.S. & BENAZZI, F. (2005). Optimizing the
detection of bipolar II disorder in outpatient private
practice : Toward a systematization of clinical diagnostic
wisdom. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 66, 914-921. |
| VIETA, E. & PHILLIPS, M.L (2007)
Deconstructing bipolar disorder: a critical review of its
diagnostic validity and a proposal for DSM-V and ICD-11.
Schizophrenia Bulletin, 33, 886–892. |
|
FRAZIER, T.W. DEMETER, C.A., YOUNGSTROM, E.A., CALABRESE,
J.R., STANSBREY, R.J., MCNAMARA, N.K. & FINDLING, R.L.
(2007). Evaluation and comparison of psychometric
instruments for pediatric bipolar spectrum disorders in
four age groups. Journal of Child & Adolescent
Psychopharmacology, 6, 853-866.
[PDF] |
|
MILLER, C.J., JOHNSON, S.L. & EISNER, L. (2009).
Assessment tools for adult bipolar disorder. Clinical
Psychology, 16 (2), 188-201. [PDF] |
|
ANGST, J., GAMMA, A., BOWDEN, C., AZORIN, J.M., PERUGI,
G., VIETA, E. & YOUNG, A.H. (2012). Diagnostic
criteria for bipolarity based on an international sample
of 5,635 patients with DSM-IV major depressive episodes. European
Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience 262
(1). 3-11. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Touble
bipolaire |
|
|
|
Trouble
bipolaire (Prévention) :
|
|
|
Trouble bipolaire (Traitements/Thérapies) :
Ensemble des thérapies et
autres moyens qui permettent du soigner
les personnes au prise avec un trouble
bipolaire. Treatment in bipolar
disorder.
| |
|
|
KECK, P.E., McELROY, S.L. & STRAKOWSI, S.M. (1997).
Compliance with maintenance treatment in bipolar disorder.
Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 33 (1), 87-91. |
|
|
PARIKH, S.V., KUSUMAKAR, V, HASLAM, D.R., MATTE, R.,
SHARMA, V. & YATHAM, L.N. (1997). Psychosocial
interventions as an adjunct to pharmacotherapy in bipolar
disorder. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 42
(2), 74-85. |
MiIKLOWITZ, D.J. & JOHNSON, S.L. (2006). The
psychopathology and treatment of bipolar disorder. Annual
Review of Clinical Psychology, 2, 199–235. |
|
WEISS, R.D., GREENFIELD, S.F. & NAJAVITS, L.M. (1998).
Medication compliance among patients with bipolar disorder
and substance use disorder. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 59 (4), 172-174. |
ANGST, J., GANMMA, A, GERBER-WERDER, R, ZARATE, A.
& MANJI, H.K. (2007). Does long-term medication
with lithium, clozapine or antidepressants prevent or
attenuate dementia in bipolar and depressed patients ?
International Journal of Psychiatry in Clinical
Practice, 11, 2–8. |
|
BALDESSARINI, R.J., TONDO, L. & VIGUERA, A.C. (1999).
Discontinuing lithium maintenance treatment in bipolar
disorders : risks and implications. Bipolar
Disorders, 1 (1), 17-24. |
NUNES, P.V., FORLENZA, O.V. & GATTAZ, W.F.
(2007). Lithium and risk for Alzheimer's disease in
elderly patients with bipolar disorder. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 90, 359–360. |
|
THASE, M.E., SACHS, G.S. (2000). Bipolar depression :
pharmacotherapy and related therapeutic strategies. Biological
Psychiatry, 48, 558-572. |
GHAEMI, S.N. (2008). Treatment of rapid-cycling bipolar
disorder : are antidepressants mood destabilizers ?
American Journal of Psychiatry, 165 (3),
300–302.
|
|
BEYNON, S., SOARES-WEISER, K., WOOLACOTT, N., DUFFY, S.
& GEDDES, J.R. (2008). Psychosocial
interventions for the prevention of relapse in bipolar
disorder : systematic review of controlled trials. British
Journal of Psychiatry 192: 5–11. [PDF] |
BAUER, M.S et McBRIDE, L. (1996/2001/2003). Structured
group psychotherapy for bipolar disorder : The life
goals program. New York : Springer. / Thérapie
de groupe pour le trouble bipolaire : Une approche
structurelle. Paris, France : Médecine & Hygiène.
|
BATISTA, Von WERNE BRAES, C. & JURUENA, M.F.
(2011). Efficacy of psycho- education in bipolar patients :
Systematic review of randomized trials. Psychology
& Neuroscience, 4 (3), 409-416.
|
|
SMITH, D., JONES, I. & SIMPSON S. (2010).
Psychoeducation for bipolaR disorder. Advances in
Psychiatric Treatment, 16, 147–154. [PDF]
|
|
VIETA, E., GUNTHER, O, LOCKLEAR, J., EKMAN,
M., MILTENBURGER, C., CHATTERTON, M.L., ASTRÔM, M &
PAULSSON, B. (2011). Effectiveness of psychotropic
medications in the maintenance phase of bipolar disorder :
a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials.
International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 14,
1029–1049. |
MIKLOWITZ, D.J., SIMONEAU, T.L., GEORGE, E.L., RICHARDS,
J.A., KALBAG, A., SACHS-ERICSSON, N. & SUDDATH, R.
(2000) Family-focused treatment of bipolar disorder.
1-year effects of a psychoeducational program in
conjunction with pharmacotherapy. Biological
Psychiatry 48, 582–92.
|
AUBRY, J.-M., CHARMILLOT, A., AILLON, N., BOURGEOIS, P.,
MERTEL, S., NERFIN, F., ROMALIER, G., STAUFFER, M.J.,
GEX-FABRY, M. & De ANDRÈS, R.D. (2012). Long-term
impact of the life goals group therapy program for bipolar
patients. Journal of Affective Disorders, 136 (3),
889-894.
|
|
GHAEMI, S.N., HSU, D.J., SOLDANI, F. & GOODWIN, F.K.
(2003). Antidepressants in bipolar disorder : the case for
caution. Bipolar Disorders, 5 (6), 421-433. |
VIETA, E. (2013). Managing bipolar
disorder in clinical practice. Springer.
|
COLOM, F., VIETA, E., MARTINEZ-ARAN, A., REINARES, M.,
GOIKOLEA, J.M., BENA ERRE, A., TORRENT, C., COMES, M.,
CORBELLA, B., PARRAMON, G. & COROMINAS, J. (2003). A
randomized trial on the efficacy of group psychoeducation
in the prophylaxis of recurrences in bipolar patients
whose disease is in remission. Archives General of
Psychitry, 60 (4), 402-407.
|
BOND, K. & ANDERSON, I.M. (2015).
Psychoeducation for relapse prevention in bipolar disorder
: A systematic review of efficacy in randomized controlled
trials. Bipolar Disorders, 17 (4), 349-362.
|
|
AJATOVIC, M., DAVIES, M. & HROUDA, D.R. (2004).
Enhancement of treatment adherence among patients with
bipolar disorder. Psychiatric Services, 55 (3),
264-269. |
LANDRY, S. et PROVENCHER, M.D. (2020). Évaluation
qualitative de l’implantation de groupes psychoéducatifs
pour le trouble bipolaire au Québec. Santé Mentale au
Québec, 45 (1), 31-52. [PDF]
|
|
| |
| Voir aussi Touble
bipolaire |
|
|
|
Trouble
bipolaire (Type/Sous-type) :
Bipolar spectrum, bipolar
I and bipolar II disorder.
|
|
|
VIETA, E., GASTO, C., OTERO, A. NIETO,J. & VALLEJO, J.
(1997). Differential features between bipolar I and
bipolar II disorder. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 38
(2), 98-101. |
PERUGI, G., FORNARO, M. & AKISKAL, H.S. (2011). Are
atypical depression, borderline personality disorder and
bipolar II disorder overlapping manifestations of a common
cyclothymic diathesis ? World Psychiatry, 10 (1),
45-51. |
|
PERUGI, G., AKISKAL, H.S., LATTANZI, L., CECCONI, D.,
MASTROCINQUE, C., PATRONELLI, A., VIGNOLI, S. & BEMI,
E. (1998). The high prevalence of “soft” bipolar (II)
features in atypical depression. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 39 (2), 63-71. |
BEGA, S., SCHAFFER, A, GOLDSTEIN, B. & LEVITT,
A. (2012). Differentiating between bipolar disorder
types I and II. Journal of Affective Disorders, 138 (1–2),
46-53.
|
|
TONDO, L., BALDESSARINI, R.J., HENNEN J. & FlLORIS, G.
(1998). Lithium maintenance treatment of depression and
mania in bipolar I and bipolar II disorders. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 155 (5), 638-645. |
PÄLSSON, E., FIGUERA, C., JOHANSOON, A.G.M., EKMAN, C.-J.,
HULTMAN, B., ÖSTLIND, J. & LANDÉN, M. (2013).
Neurocognitive function in bipolar disorder: a comparison
between bipolar I and II disorder and matched controls. BMC
Psychiatry, 13 [165], 1-9. [PDF] |
|
PARKER, G. et al. (2013). Differentiation of bipolar
I and II disorders by examining for differences in
severity of manic/hypomanic symptoms and the presence or
absence of psychosis during that phase. Journal
of Affective Disorders, 150, 941-947
|
|
PERUGI, G. & AKISKAL, H.S. (2002). The soft bipolar
spectrum redefined : focus on the cyclothymic,
anxious-sensitive, impulse-dyscontrol, and binge-eating
connection in bipolar II and related conditions Psychiatric
Clinics, 25 (4), 713-737. |
FRANCES, A. & JONES, K.D. (2012). Bipolar disorder
type II revisited. Bipolar Disorders, 14 (5), 474–-477. |
JUDD, L.L. , AKISKAL, H.S., SCHETTLER, P.J., ENDICOTT, J.,
LEON, A.C., SOLOMON, D.A., CORYELL, W., MASER, J.D. &
KELLER, M.B. (2005). Psychosocial disability in the
course of bipolar I and II disorders : a prospective,
comparative, longitudinal study. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 62 (12), 1322–1330.
|
DATTO, C., POTTORF, W., FEELEY, L., LAPORTE, S. &
LISS, C. (2016). Bipolar II compared with bipolar I
disorder : baseline characteristics and treatment response
to quetiapine in a pooled analysis of five
placebo-controlled clinical trials of acute bipolar
depression. Annals of General Psychiatry, 15 (9),
1-12. [PDF]
|
|
HANTOUCHE, E.G. & AKISKAL, H.S. (2006).
Toward a defnition of a cyclothymic behavioral
endophenotype : which traits tap the familial diathesis
for bipolar II disorder ? Journal of Affective
Disorders, 96 (3), 233–237. |
DUBBER, D.L. (2017). Bipolar II disorder. Bipolar
Disorders, 19 (7), 520–521.
|
BRUGUE, E., COLOM, F., SANCHEZ-MORENOJ., CRUZ, N. &
VIETA, E. (2007). Depression subtypes in bipolar I and II
disorders. Psychopathology, 41, 111–114.
|
MALHI, G.S., HAMILTON, A. & MORRIS, G. (2018). No
bipolar II—for me, or for you ! Australian &
New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 52 (6), 599–601.
|
|
AKISKAL, H.S. (2007). The emergence of the bipolar
spectrum : validation along clinical-epidemiologic and
familial-genetic lines. Psychopharmacology Bulletin,
40 (4), 99-115. |
FLETCHER, K., TAN, E.J., SCOTT, J. & MURRAY, G.
(2018). Bipolar II disorder : the need for clearer
definition and improved management. Australian &
New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 52 (6), 598-599. |
|
MALHI, G.S., OUTHRED, T. & IRWIN, L. (2019).
Bipolar II disorder is a myth. The Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 64 (8), 531-536. [PDF] |
|
GUZMAN-PARRA, J. &AL. (2021). Clinical and genetic
differences between bipolar disorder type 1 and 2 in
multiplex families. Translational Psychiatry, 11
[31], 1-10.[PDF]
|
|
TONDO, L., MIOLA, A., PINNA, M. CONTU, M. &
BALDESSARINI, R.J. (2022). Differences between bipolar
disorder types 1 and 2 support the DSM two-syndrome
concept. International Journal of Bipolar Disorders,
10 [21], 1-11. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Touble
bipolaire |
|
|
|
|
|
Trouble
concomitant : Ce terme renvoie à tout trouble qui se
manifeste en même temps qu'un autre trouble considéré comme le
trouble principal ou du moins celui qui fait l'objet de la
recherche ou du traitement. Trouble concomitant et
comorbidité. =
trouble secondaire.
|
Trouble
d'accumulation compulsive : TAC :
Jadis un symptôme du trouble
obsessionnel compulsif (la syllogomanie), le trouble
d'accumulation compulsive est maintenant considérée comme un trouble
mental. Cette maladie, répertorié par le DSM-5,
consiste à accumuler un très grand nombre d'objets inutiles
et sans valeur (et donc d'être incapable de s'en départir), même
si ces objets attirent l'attention et finissent par engendrer un isolement
social ou des problèmes d'hygiène personnel et domestique.
NDLR : En revanche, si votre tas d'objets a de la
valeur, peu importe son utilité, ils vous voudront le titre de
collectionneur, et si d'aventure vous demeurez relativement
présentable, quelques invitations à la T.V. =
trouble d'accumulation compulsive, TAC. Hoarding,
compulsive hoarding.
| |
|
|
FROST, R.O. & GROSS, R.C. (1993). The hoarding of
possessions. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 31, 367-381. |
HARTL, T.L., DUFFANY, S.R., ALLEN, G.J., STEKETEE, G.
& FROST, R.O. (2005). Relationships among compulsive
hoarding, trauma, and attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 43
(2), 269-276. |
|
FROST, R.O. & HARTL, T.L. (1996). A
cognitive-behavioral model of compulsive hoarding.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 34, 341-350. |
GRISHAM, J., FROST, R.O., STEKETEE, G., KIM, H-.J. &
HOOD, S. (2006). Age of onset in compulsive hoarding.
Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 20, 675-686. [PDF] |
|
HARTL, T.L. & FROST, R.O. (1999). Cognitive-behavioral
treatment of compulsive hoarding : a multiple baseline
experimental case study. Behavior Research &
Therapy, 37 (5), 451-461. |
SAXENA, S. (2007). Is compulsive hoarding a genetically
and neurobiologically discrete syndrome ? Implications for
diagnostic classification. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 164, 380-384. |
|
FROST, R.O., KIM, H., MORRIS, C., BLOSS, C., MURRAY-CLOSE,
M. & STEKETEE, G. (1998). Hoarding, compulsive buying,
and reasons for saving. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 36, 657-664. |
SAXENA, S., BRODY, A.L., MAIDMENT, K.M. & BAXTER, LR.
(2007). Paroxetine treatment of compulsive hoarding. Journal
of Psychiatric Research, 41, 481-487.
[PDF] |
|
WINSBERG, M.E., CASSIC, K.S. & KORAN, L.M. (1999).
Hoarding in obsessive-compulsive disorder : a report of 20
cases. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 60, 591-597. |
SAMUELS, J.F., BIENVENU, O.J., GRADOS, M.A., CULLEN, B.,
RIDDLE, M.A., LIANG, K.Y., EATON, W.W. & NESTADT, G.
(2008). Prevalence and correlates of hoarding behavior in
a community-based sample. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 46, 836-844. [PDF] |
|
FROST, R.O., STEKETEE, G., WILLIAMS, L. & WARREN, R.
(2000). Mood, disability, and personality disorder
symptoms in hoarding, obsessive compulsive disorder, and
control subjects. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
38, 1071-1082. |
MURDOCK, S.J. (2008). Conceptualizing hoarding behavior
among elderly women : a mixed-methods approach. Dissertation
Abstracts International, 68, 3151A. |
|
KIM, H.J., STEKETEE, G. & FROST, R.O. (2001). Hoarding
by elderly people. Health & Social Work, 26, 176-184. |
SAXENA, S. (2008). Recent advances in hoarding. Current
Psychiatry Report, 10, 297-303. [PDF] |
|
DERVINOS-HODBERT, S., LABLEIGNE, V., BARBE-HAIRY, A.,
LIÉVRE, B. et LEGAY, D. (2001). Syllogomanie ou syndrome
de Diogène, revus à travers histoire, littérature et
clinique : Clinique des psychoses. Information
Psychiatrique, 77 (9), 909-915. |
SAXENA, S. (2008). Neurobiology and treatment of
compulsive hoarding. CNS Spectrums, 13 (9),
29-36.
[PDF] |
|
STEKETEE, G. & FROST, R.O. (2003). Compulsive hoarding
: Current status of the research. Clinical Psychology
Review, 23, 905-927. |
SANSONE, R.A. & SANSONE, L.A. (2010). Hoarding :
obsessive symptom or syndrome ? Psychiatry, 7 (2),
24-27. [PDF] |
|
FROST, R.O. STEKETEE, G. & GREENE, K. (2003).
Cognitive and behavioral treatment of compulsive hoarding.
Brief Treatment & Crisis Intervention, 3, 323-337. |
MATAIX-COLS, D., FROST, R.O., PERTUSA, A., CLARK, L.A.,
SAXENA, S.LECKMAN, J.F., STEIN, D.J., MATSUNAGA, H. &
WILHELM, S. (2010). Hoaring disorder : A new diagnosis for
DSM-V ? Depression & Anxiety, 27, 556-572. [PDF] |
|
STEKETEE, G., FROST, R.O. & KYRIOS, K. (2003).
Cognitive aspects of compulsive hoarding. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 27, 463-479. |
SAXENA, S. (2011). Pharmacotherapy of compulsive hoarding.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 67, 477-484. |
|
|
TOLIN, D.F. & VILLAVICENCIO, A. (2011). Inattention,
but not OCD, predicts the core features of hoarding
disorder. Behavior Research & Therapy, 49,
120-125. |
|
TOLIN, D.F., MEUNIER, S.A., FROST, R.O. & STEKETEE, G.
(2011). Hoarding among patients seeking treatment for
anxiety disorders. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 25,
43-48. |
|
FROST, R.O., STEKETEE, G. & GRISHMAN, J. (2004).
Measurement of compulsive hoarding : saving
inventory-revised. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
42, 1163-1182. |
SAXENA, S., AYERS, C.R., MAIDMENT, K.M., VAPNICK, T.
WETHERELL, J.L. & BYSTRITSKY, A. (2011). Quality of
life and functional impairment in compulsive hoarding. Journal
of Psychiatric Research, 45 (4), 475-480. [PDF] |
|
SAXENA, S. & MAIDMENT, K.M. (2004). Treatment of
compulsive hoarding. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
60, 1143-1154. |
HENZEN, A., ZERMATTEN, A. & SENTISSI, O. (2012).
Syllogomanie, symptômes ou syndrome ? À propos d'un cas
clinique (Hoarding disorder, symptom or separate disorder
? Case report. Revue Medical de Suisse, 8 (339),
951-955. |
|
MATAIX-COLS, D. & PERTUSA, A. (2012). Annual research
review : hoarding disorder : potential benefits and
pitfalls of a new mental disorder. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 53 (5), 608-618. |
|
RASMUSSEN, J., STEKETEE, G., SILVERMAN, M. & WILHELM,
S. (2013). The relationship of hoarding to schizotypal
personality and schemas in an OCD sample. Journal of
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 27 (4), 384-396. |
|
FROST, R.O., ROSENFIELD, E., STEKETEE, G. & TOLIN, D.
(2013). An examination of excessive acquisition in
hoarding disorder. Journal of Obsessive-Compulsive
& Related Disorders, 3 (4), 338- 345. |
|
RASMUSSEN, J., STEKETEE, G., TOLIN, D.F. & FROST, R.O.
& BROWN, T.A. (2014). Assessing squalor in hoarding :
The Home Environment Index. Community Mental Health
Journal, 50 (5), 591-596. |
|
SHAW, A.M., TIMOANO, K.R., STEKETEE, G., TOLIN, D.F. &
FROST, R.O. (2015). Hoarding and emotional reactivity :
The link between negative emotional reactions and hoarding
symptomatology. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 63,
84-90. |
|
TOLIN, D.F., FROST, R.O., STEKETEE, G. & MUROFF, J.
(2015). Cognitive behavioral therapy for hoarding
disorder: A meta-analysis. Depression & Anxiety,
32, 158-166. |
|
FROST, R.O., STEKETEE, G., TOLIN, D.F., SINOPOLI, N. &
RUBY, D. (2015). Motives for acquiring and saving in
hoarding disorder, OCD, and community controls.
Journal of Obsessive-Compulsive & Related Disorders,
4, 54-59. |
|
STEKETEE, G., KELLEY, A.A., WERNOCK J., MUROFF, J.M,
TOLIN, D.F. & FROST, R.O. (2015). Familial aspects of
hoarding disorder. Depression & Anxiety, 32, 728-736. |
|
BRATIOTIS, C., DAVIDOW, J., GLOSSNER, K. & STEKETEE,
G. (2016). Requests for help with hoarding : Who needs
what from whom ? Practice Innovations, 1 (1),
82-88. |
|
HARTL, T.L., FROST, R.O., SAVAGE, C.R., ALLEN, G.J.,
DECKERSBACH, T., STEKETEE, G. & DUFFANY, S.R. (2004).
Actual and perceived memory deficits in individuals with
compulsive hoarding. Depression & Anxiety, 20,
59-69. |
MATTOS, C.N., KIM, H.S., LACOIX, E., REQUIAO, M.,
FILOMENSKY, T., HODGINS, D.C. & TAVARES, H. (2018).
The need to consume : Hoarding as a shared psychological
feature of compulsive buying and binge eating.
Comprehensive Psychiatry, 85, 67-71. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Compulsion,
Trouble mental
et Trouble obsessionnel
compulsif |
|
|
|
Trouble d'accumulation compulsive (Traitements/Thérapies) : Ensemble des thérapies
et autres traitements qui permettent du soigner
les personnes au prise avec un trouble
d'accumulation compulsive.
Treatment
for compulsive hoarding.
| |
|
|
BLACK, D.W., MONAHAN, P., GABLE, J., BLUM, N., CLANCY, G.
& BAKER, P. (1998). Hoarding and treament response in
38 nondepressed subjects with obsessive-compulsive
disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 59, 420–425. |
MUROFF, J., BRATIOTIS, C. & STEKETEE, G. (2011).
Treatment for compulsive hoarding : A review. Clinical
Social Work Journal, 39, 406-423. |
|
TOLIN, D.F., FROST, R.O. & STEKETEE,
G. (2007). An open trial of cognitive-behavioral therapy
for compulsive hoarding. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 45, 1461-1470. |
MUROFF, J., UBDERWOOD, P. & Steketee, G. (2014). Group
treatment for hoarding disorder : Therapist guide.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
MUROFF, J., BRATIOTIS, C. & STEKETEE, G. (2010).
Delivery of internet treatment for compulsive hoarding
(D.I.T.C.H.). Behaviour Research & Therapy, 48, 79-85. |
STEKETEE, G. & FROST, R.O. (2014). Treatment for
hoarding disorder : Therapist guide. New York :
Oxford University Press. |
|
TURNER, K., STEKETEE, G. & NAUTH, L. (2010). Treating
elders with compulsive hoarding : A pilot program. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 17, 449-457. |
BRATIOTIS, C., DAVIDOW, J., GLOSSNER, K. & STEKETEE,
G. (2016). Requests for help with hoarding : Who needs
what from whom ? Practice Innovations, 1 (1),
82-88. |
|
|
|
Trouble d'anxiété généralisée : TAG : Trouble
anxieux qui se caractérise par une anxiété
excessive (= trouble) qui concerne plusieurs aspects de la
vie quotidienne (= généralisée). Trouble d'anxiété, anxiété
et traitement/thérapie
du trouble d'anxiété généralisée. =
TAG, trouble anxieux généralisé. Generalized
Anxiety Disorder (GAD).
| |
|
|
RAPEE, R.M. (1991). Psychological factors involved in
generalized anxiety, in R.M. Rapee & D.H. Barlow
(Dirs.), Chronic anxiety : Generalized anxiety
disorder an mixed anxiety-depression (pp. 76-94).
New York : Guilford Press. |
MONK, C.S., NELSON, E.E., MCCLURE, E.B., MOGG, K.,
BRADLEY, B.P., LEINBENLUFT, E., BLAIR, R.J.R., CHEN, G.,
CHARNEY, D.S., ERNST, M. & PINE, D.S. (2006).
Ventrolateral prefrontal cortex activation and attentional
bias in response to angry faces in adolescents with
generalized anxiety disorder. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 163, 1091-1097.
[PDF] |
|
BUTLER, G., FENNELL, M., ROBSON, P. & GELDER, M.
(1991). Comparison of behavior therapy and cognitive
behavior therapy in the treatment of generalized anxiety
disorder. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59 (1), 167-75. |
WATERS, A.M. & CRASKE, M.G. (2005). Generalized
anxiety disorder. In M.M. Antony, D.R. Ledley & R.G.
Heimberg (Eds.), Improving outcomes and preventing
relapse in cognitive behavioral therapy. New York :
Guilford. |
|
BARLOW, D.H. RAPEE, R.M. & BROW, T.A. (1992).
Behavioral treatment of generalized anxiety disorder.
Behavior Therapy, 23, 551–570. |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D. & COSTELLO, E. (1993). Efficacy of
applied relaxation and cognitive-behavioral therapy in the
treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 61, 611–619. |
|
|
MASSION, A.O., WARSHAW, M.G. & KELLER, M.B. (1993).
Quality of life and psychiatric morbidity in panic
disorder and generalized anxiety disorder. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 150 (4), 600-607. |
|
|
WITTCHEN, H.U., ZHAO, S., KESSLER, R.C. & EATON, W.W.
(1994). DSM-III- R generalized anxiety disorder in the
national comorbidity survey. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 51 (5), 355-364. |
|
|
KESSLER, R.C., McGONAGLE, K.A., ZHAO, S., S, NELSON, C.B.,
HUGHES, M., ESHLEMAN, S., WHITTEN, H.U. & KENDLER,
K.S. (1994). Lifetime and 12- month prevalence of
DSM-III-R psychiatry disorders in the United States.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 51 (1), 8-19. |
|
|
BORKOVEC, T.D. & ROEMER, L. (1995). Perceived
functions of worry among generalized anxiety disorder
subjects : Distraction from more emotionally distressing
topics. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental
Psychiatry, 26, 25–30. |
|
|
CURRY, J.F. & BENNETT-MURPHY, L. (1995). Comorbidity
of anxiety disorders. In J.S. March (Ed.), Anxiety
disorders in children and adolescents (pp.
301-317). New York : Guilford. |
HABY, M.M., DONNELLY, M., CORRY, J. & VOS, T. (2006).
Cognitive behavioural therapy for depression, panic
disorder and generalized anxiety disorder : a
meta-regression of factors that may predict outcome. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 40 (1),
9-19. [PDF] |
|
NEWMAN, M.G. & BORKOVEC, T. (1995).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of generalized anxiety
disorder. The Clinical Psychologist, 48, 5-7. |
WELLS, A. & KING, P. (2006). Metacognitive therapy for
generalized anxiety disorder : An open trial. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 37
(3), 206-212. |
|
MOGG, K., BRADLEY, B.P., MILLAR, N. & WHITE, J.
(1995). A follow-up study of cognitive bias in generalized
anxiety disorder, Behaviour Research and Therapy, 33,
927-935. |
DALRYMPLE, K.L. & HERBERT, J.D. (2007). Acceptance and
commitment therapy for generalized social anxiety disorder
: A pilot study. Behavior Modification, 31, 543-568.
[PDF] |
|
YONKERS, K.A., WARSHAW, M.G., MASSION, A.O. & KELLER,
M.B. (1996). Phenomenology and course of generalized
anxiety disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 168,
308-313. |
|
|
BREITHOLZ, E., WESTLING, B. & ÖST, L.G. (1998).
Cognitions in generalized anxiety disorder and panic
disorder patients. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 12,
567-577. |
ROEMER, L. & ORSILO, S.M. (2007). An open trial of an
acceptance-based behavior therapy for generalized anxiety
disorder. Behavior Therapy, 38, 72-85. |
|
JUDD, L.L., KESSLER, R.C. & PAULUS, M.P. (1998).
Comorbidity as a fundamental feature of generalized
anxiety disorders : results form the National Comorbidity
Survey (NCS). Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 393, (S),
6-11. |
WELLS, A. (2007). Cognition about cognition :
Metacognitive therapy and change in generalized anxiety
disorder and social phobia. Cognitive & Behavioral
Practice, 14, 18–25.
|
|
LADOUCEUR, R., BLAIS, F., FREESTON, M.H. & DUGAS, M.J.
(1998). Problem solving and problem orientation in
generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 12, 139-152. |
ZINBARG, R.E., LEE, J.E. & YOON, L. (2007). Dyadic
predictors of outcome in a cognitive-behavioral program
for patients with generalized anxiety disorder in
committed relationships : A spoonful of sugar' and a dose
of non-hostile criticism may help. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 45, 699-713.
[PDF] |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D., HAZLETT-STEVENS, H. & DIAZ, M.L.
(1999). The role of positive beliefs about worry in
generalized anxiety disorder and its treatment. Clinical
Psychology & Psychotherapy, 6, 126-138. |
NEWMAN, M.G., CASTONGUAY, L.G., BORKOVEC, T.D., FISHER,
A.J. & NORDBERG SS. (2008). An open trial of
integrative therapy for generalized anxiety disorder. Psychology
and Psychotherapy : Theory, Research & Practice, 45,
135-147. |
|
WELLS, A. & CARTER, K. (1999). Preliminary tests of a
cognitive model of generalized anxiety disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 37, 585–594. |
ROEMER, L., ORSILO, S.M. & SALTERS-PEDNEAULT, K.
(2008). Efficacy of an acceptance-based behavior therapy
for generalized anxiety disorder : Evaluation in a
randomized controlled trial. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76, 1083-1089. |
|
BRADLEY, B.P., MOGG, K., WHITE, J., GROOM, C. & DE
BONO, J. (1999). Attentional bias for emotional faces in
generalized anxiety disorder. British Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 38, 267-278. |
SALZER, S., PINCUS, A.L., HOYER, J., KREISHE, R.,
LEICHSENRING, F. & LEIBING, E. (2008). Interpersonal
subtypes within generalized anxiety disorder. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 90, 292-299. |
|
MOGG, K., MILLAR, N. & BRADLEY, B.P. (2000). Biases in
eye movements to threatening facial expressions in
generalised anxiety disorder and depressive disorder. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 109 (4), 695-704. |
MILROD, B. (2009). Psychodynamic psychotherapy outcome for
generalized anxiety disorder (Editorial). American
Journal of Psychiatry, 166, 841-844. |
|
KESSLER, R.C. (2000). The epidemiology of pure and
comorbid generalized anxiety disorder: a review and
evaluation of recent research. Acta Psychiatrica
Scandinavica, 406 (S), 7-13. |
BEHAR, E., DIMARCO, I.D., HEKLER, E.B., MOHLMAN, J. &
STAPLES, A.M. (2009), Current theoretical models of
generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) : Conceptual review and
treatment implications. Journal of Anxiety Disorders,
23, 1011-1023. [PDF] |
|
NORTON, P.J., ASMUNDSON, G.J.G., COX, B.J. & NORTON,
G.R. (2000). Future directions in anxiety disorders :
Profiles and perspectives of leading contributors. Journal
of Anxiety Disorders, 14, 69-95. |
LEE, J., ROEMER, L., ORSILO, S.M. & ALLEN, L. (2010).
Distress and avoidance in generalized anxiety disorder:
Exploring the relationships with intolerance of
uncertainty and worry. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, 39,
126–136. doi |
|
|
WESTERN, D. & MORRISON, K. (2001). A multi-dimensional
meta-analysis of treatments for depression, panic, and
generalized anxiety disorder : An empirical examination of
the status of empirically supported therapies. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 841-845. |
DUGAS, M.J., BRILLON, P., SAVARD, P., TURCOTTE, J.,
GAUDET, A., LADOUCEUR, R, LEBLANC, R. & GERVAIS,
N.J. (2010). A randomized clinical trial of
cognitive-behavioral therapy and applied relaxation for
adults with generalized anxiety disorder. Behavior
Therapy, 41 (1), 46-58.
[PDF] |
|
DADDS, M.R. & BARRETT, P.M. (2001). Practitioner
review : Psychological management of anxiety disorders in
childhood. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 42 (8), 999-1011. |
|
|
BORKOVEC, T.D. & RUSCIO, A.M. (2001). Psychotherapy
for generalized anxiety disorder. The Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 62 (S11), 37-45. [PDF] |
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., NEWMAN, M.G., RICKELS, K., GALLOP,
R., GIBBONS, M.B., HAMILTON, J.L., RING-KURTZ, S. &
PASTVA, A.M. (2011). Combined medication and cognitive
therapy for generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of
Anxiety Disorders, 25 (8), 1087-1094. [PDF] |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D., NEWMAN, M.G., LYTLE, R. & PINCUS, A.L.
(2002). A component analysis of cognitive-behavioral
therapy for generalized anxiety disorder and the role of
interpersonal problems. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 70 (2), 288-298. [PDF] |
WETHERELL, J.L., AFARI, N., AYERS, C.R., STODDARD, J.,
RUBERG, J., SORRELL, J.T. & PATTERSON, T.L. (2011).
Acceptance and commitment therapy for generalized anxiety
disorder in older adults : A preliminary report.
Behavior Therapy, 42, 127-134. [PDF] |
|
GORMAN, J.M. (2003). Treating generalized anxiety
disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 64
(S2), 24-29. [PDF] |
NEWMAN, M.G., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. & SZKODNY, L.E.
(2012). Generalized anxiety disorder. In L.G. Castonguay,
T.F. Oltmanns (Eds.), Psychopathology : Bridging the
gap between basic empirical findings and clinical
practice. New York : Guilford. |
|
MOGG, K., BALDWIN, D.S., BRODICK, P. & BRADLEY, B.P.
(2004). Effect of short-term SSRI treatment on cognitive
bias in generalised anxiety disorder. Psychopharmacology,
176 (3-4), 466-470. |
|
MENNIN, D.S. (2004). Emotion regulation therapy for
generalized anxiety disorder. Clinical Psychology
& Psychotherapy, 11, 17–29. |
NEWMAN, M.G., LLERA, S.J., ERICKSON, T.M. &
PRZEWORSKI, A. (2014). Basic science and clinical
application of the contrast avoidance model in generalized
anxiety disorder. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 24 (3), 155-167.
[PDF] |
|
MOGG, K. & BRADLEY, B.P. (2005). Attentional bias in
generalized anxiety disorder versus depressive disorder. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 29 (1), 29-45. |
MARKELL, H., NEWMAN, M.G., GALLOP, R., CONNOLLY GIBBONS,
M.B., RICKELS, K., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. (2014). Combined
medication and CBT for generalized anxiety disorder with
African American participants : Reliability and validity
of assessments and preliminary outcomes. Behavior
Therapy, 45 (4), 455-588. [PDF] |
|
HERBERT, J.D. & DALRYMPLE, K. (2005). Social anxiety
disorder. In A. Freeman, S. Felgoise, A.M. Nezu, C.
M. Nezu, & M.A. Reinecke (Eds.), Encyclopedia of
cognitive behavior therapy (pp. 368-372). New York
: Springer. |
HILL, C., WAITE, P. & CRESWELL, C. (2016) Anxiety
disorders in children and adolescents. Paediatrics
& Child Health, 26 (12), 548-553.
[PDF] |
|
HUDSON, J.L., DEVENEY, C. & TAYLOR, L. (2005). Nature,
assessment, and treatment of generalized anxiety disorder
in children. Pediatric Annals, 34, 97-106. |
NEWMAN, M.G., SHIN, K.E. & ZUELLIG, A.R. (2016)
Developmental risk factors in generalized anxiety disorder
and panic disorder. Journal of Affective Disorders,
206, 94-102. [PDF] |
|
MENNIN, D.S., HEIMBERG, R.G., TURK, C.L. & FRESCO,
D.M. (2005). Preliminary evidence for an emotion
dysregulation model of generalized anxiety disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 43, 1281–1310. |
RAMOS, K. & STANLEY, M.A., (2018). Anxiety disorders
in late life. Psychiatric Clinics, 41 (1),
55-64. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Phobie
sociale, Anxiété
et Trouble
mental |
|
|
Trouble
d'anxiété (généralisée) (Traitements/thérapies) : Ensemble des thérapies
et autres traitements qui permettent du soigner
les personnes au prise avec un
trouble d'anxiété
généralisée. Treatment of generalized
anxiety, treatment of generalized anxiety, disorder, treatment
of chronic general anxiety.
| |
|
|
REISINGER, J.J. (1972). The treatment of
"anxiety-depression" via positive reinforcement and
response cost. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5
(2), 125-130. [PDF] |
BRAWMAN-MINTZER, O. (2001). Pharmacological treatment of
generalized anxiety disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of
North America, 24 (1), 119-137. |
|
ALLGULANDER, C., HACKETT, D. & SALINAS, E.
(2001). Venlafaxine extended release (ER) in the treatment
of generalized anxiety disorder. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 179, 15-22. |
|
MEONI, P., SALINAS, E. BRAULY, Y. & HACKETT, D.
(20001). Pattern of symptom improvement following
treatment with venlafaxine XR in patients with generalized
anxiety disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62
(11), 888-893. |
|
KAHN, R.J., MCNAIR, D.M., LIPMAN, R.S., COVI, L., RICKELS,
K. & DOWNING, R. (1986). Imipramine and
Chlordiazepoxide in depressive and anxiety disorders. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 43 (1), 79-85. |
BORKOVEC, T.D., NEWMAN, M.G., LYTLE, R. & PINCUS, A.L.
(2002). A component analysis of cognitive-behavioral
therapy for generalized anxiety disorder and the role of
interpersonal problems. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 70 (2), 288-298. [PDF] |
|
CASSANO, G.B., ROSSI, N.B. & PINI, S. (2002).
Psychopharmacology of anxiety disorders. Dialogues in
Clinical Neuroscience, 4, 271-285. [PDF] |
|
NEWMAN, M.G., CASTONGUAY, L.G. & BORKOVEC, T.D.
(2002). Integrating cognitive behavioral and
interpersonal/emotional processing treatments for
generalized anxiety disorder : Preliminary outcome
findings. Santa Barbara, CA : Symposium
presentation at the annual meeting of the Society for
Psychotherapy Research. |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D., MATHEWS, A.M., CHAMBERS, A, EBRAHIMI, S.,
LYTLE, R. & NELSON, R. (1987). The effects of
relaxation training with cognitive or nondirive therapy
and the role of relaxation-induced anxiety in the
treatment of generalized anxiety. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 55 (6),
883-888. |
BOND, A.J., WINGROVE, J.A., CURRAN, H.V. & LADER, M.H.
(2002). Treatment of generalised anxiety disorder with a
short course of psychological therapy, combined with
buspirone or placebo. Journal of Affective Disorders,
72, 267-271. |
|
LINDSAY, W.R., GAMSU, C.V., MCLAUGHLIN, E., HOOD, E.M.
& ESPIE, C.A. (1987). A controlled trial of treatments
for generalized anxiety. British Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 2, 3-15. |
GORMAN, J.M. (2003). Treating generalized anxiety
disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 64
(S2), 24-29. [PDF] |
|
DURHAM, R.C. & TURVEY, A.A. (1987). Cognitive therapy
vs behaviour therapy in the treatment of chronic general
anxiety. Behavioural Research & Therapy, 25
(3), 229-234. |
ARNTZ, A. (2003). Cognitive therapy versus applied
relaxation as treatment of generalized anxiety disorder.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 1 (6),
633-646. |
|
BLOWERS, C, COBB J. & MATHEWS, A. (1987). Generalised
anxiety : a controlled treatment study. Behavioural
Research & Therapy, 25 (6), 493-502. |
BORKOVEC, T.D., NEWMAN, M.G. CASTONGUAY, L.G. (2003).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy for generalized anxiety
disorder with integrations from interpersonal and
experiential therapies. CNS Spectrums 8 (5),
382-389. |
|
BARLOW, D.H. (1988/2002). Anxiety and its disorders :
The nature and treatment of anxiety and panic. N.Y.
: The Guilford Press. |
DURHAM, R.C. CHAMBERS, J.A., MacDONALD, R.R., POWER,KG,
MAJOR, K. (2003). Does cognitive-behavioural therapy
influence the long-term outcome of generalized anxiety
disorder ? An 8-14 year follow-up of two clinical trials.
Psychological Medicine, 33 (3), 499-509. |
|
BUTLER, G., FENNELL, M., ROBSON, P. & GELDER, M.
(1991). Comparison of behavior therapy and cognitive
behavior therapy in the treatment of generalized anxiety
disorder. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59 (1), 167-175. |
STANLEY, M.A., BECK, J.G., NOVY, D.M., AVERILL, P.M.,
SWANN, A.C. DIEFENBACH, G.J. & HOPKO, D.R. (2003).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of late-life generalized
anxiety disorder. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 71 (2), 309-319. |
|
DUGAS, M.J., LADOUCEUR, R., LÉGER, E., FREESTON, M.H.,
LANGLOIS, F.P., PROVENCHER, M.D. & BOISVERT, J.M.
(2003). Group cognitive-behavioral therapy for generalized
anxiety disorder : treatment outcome and long-term
follow-up. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 71, 821-825. |
|
BARLOW, D.H., RAPEE, R.M. & BROWN, T.A. (1992).
Behavioral treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. Behavior
Therapy, 23, 551-570. |
GORMAN, J.M. (2003). Treating generalized anxiety
disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 64
(S2), 24-29. [PDF] |
|
LINDEN, M., ZUBRAEGEL, D., BAER, T., FRANKE, U. &
SCHLATTMANN, P. (2005). Efficacy of cognitive behaviour
therapy in generalized anxiety disorders. Results of a
controlled clinical trial (Berlin CBT-GAD Study). Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 74 (1), 36-42. |
|
STANLEY, M.A., HOPKO, D.R., DIEFENBACH, G.J., BOURLAND,
S.L., RODRIGUEZ, H., WAGENER, P. (2003).
Cognitive-behavior therapy for late-life generalized
anxiety disorder in primary care : preliminary findings.
American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 11,
92-96. |
|
|
WETHERELL, J.L., GATZ, M., CRASE, M.G. (2003). Treatment
of generalized anxiety disorder in older adults. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 71, 31-40. |
|
BUTLER, G. (1993). Predicting outcome after treatment for
generalised anxiety disorder. Behaviour Research
& Therapy , 31 (2), 211-213. |
MOGG, K., BALDWIN, D.S., BRODICK, P. & BRADLEY, B.P.
(2004). Effect of short-term SSRI treatment on cognitive
bias in generalised anxiety disorder. Psychopharmacology,
176 (3-4), 466-470. |
|
RICKELS, K., DOWNING, R., SCHWEIZER, E. & HASSMAN, H.
(1993). Antidepressants for the treatment of generalized
anxiety disorder. A placebo-controlled comparison of
imipramine, trazodone, and diazepam. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 50 (11), 884-895 |
MOHLMAN, J., GORENSTEIN, E.E., KLEBER, M., DE JESUS, M.,
GORMAN, J.M. & PAPP, L.A. (2003). Standard and
enhanced cognitive-behavior therapy for late-life
generalized anxiety disorder : two pilot investigations.
American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, (1),
24-32. |
BORKOVEC, T.D. & COSTELLO, E. (1993). Efficacy of
applied relaxation and cognitive-behavioral therapy in the
treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 61, 611–619. |
STANLEY, M.A., DIEFENBACH, G.J. & HOPKO, D.R. (2004).
Cognitive behavioral treatment for older adults with
generalized anxiety disorder. A therapist manual for
primary care settings. Behavior Modification, 28
(1), 73-117. |
|
BÉLANGER, L., MORIN, C.M., LANGLOIS, F. & LADOUCEUR,
R. (2004). Insomnia and generalized anxiety disorder :
effects of cognitive behavior therapy for GAD on insomnia
symptoms. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 18 (4),
561-571. |
|
ROEMER, L. & ORSILLO, L.M. (2005). An acceptance
based behavior therapy for generalized anxiety disorder.
In S.M. Orsillo & L. Roemer L. (Eds.), Acceptance
and mindfulness-based approaches to anxiety :
Conceptualization and treatment (p. 213-240). New
York : Springer. |
|
BUTLER, G. (1994). Treatment of worry in generalised
anxiety disorder. In G.C.L. Davey & F. Tallis (Eds.),
Worrying : Perspectives on theory, assessment and
treatment (pp. 209-228). John Wiley & Sons. |
VAN BOEIGEN, C.A., VAN OPPEN, P., VAN BALKOM, A.J.L.M.,
VISSER, S., KEMPE, P.T., BLANKENSTEIN, N. & VAN DYCK,
R. (2005). Treatment of anxiety disorders in primary care
practice : a randomised controlled trial. British
Journal of General Practice, 55, 763-769. |
|
DURHAM, R.C., MURPHY, T., ALLAN, T., RICHARD, K.,
TRELIVING, L.R. & FENTON, G.W. (1994). Cognitive
therapy, analytic psychotherapy and anxiety management
training for generalised anxiety disorder. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 165 (3), 315-323. |
HUDSON, J.L., DEVENEY, C. & TAYLOR, L. (2005). Nature,
assessment, and treatment of generalized anxiety disorder
in children. Pediatric Annals, 34, 97-106. |
|
NEWMAN, M.G. & BORKOVEC, T. (1995).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of generalized anxiety
disorder. The Clinical Psychologist, 48, 5-7. |
DUGAS, M.J. & KOERNER, N. (2005). Cognitive-behavioral
treatment for generalized anxiety disorder : current
status and future directions. Journal of Cognitive
Psychotherapy, 19, 61-68. |
|
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2006). Review : Cognitive behavioural
therapy is an effective treatment for depression, panic
disorder and generalized anxiety disorder, but may be less
effective in severe cases. Evidence-Based Mental
Health, 9, 80.
[PDF] |
|
STANLEY, M.A., BECK, J.G. & GLASSCO, J.D. (1996).
Treatment of generalized anxiety in older adults: a
preliminary comparison of cognitive-behavioral and
supportive approaches. Behavior Therapy, 27, 565-581. |
HABY, M.M., DONNELLY, M., CORRY, J. & VOS, T. (2006).
Cognitive behavioural therapy for depression, panic
disorder and generalized anxiety disorder : a
meta-regression of factors that may predict outcome. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 40 (1),
9-19. [PDF] |
|
FISHER, P.L. (2006). The efficacy of psychological
treatments for generalized anxiety disorder. In
G.C.L.Davey, & A. Wells, A. (Eds.), Worry
and its psychological disorders : Theory, assessment and
treatment (pp. 359-377). New
York : John Wiley and Sons. |
|
DURHAM, R.C., ALLAN, T. & HACKETT, C.A. (1997). On
predicting improvement and relapse in generalized anxiety
disorder following psychotherapy. British Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 36 (1), 101-119. |
NORTON, P.J. & PRICE, E.C. (2007). A meta-analytic
review of adult cognitive-behavioral treatment outcome
across the anxiety disorders. The Journal of Nervous
& Mental Disease, 195 (6), 521-531. [PDF] |
|
DALRYMPLE, K.L. & HERBERT, J.D. (2007). Acceptance and
commitment therapy for generalized social anxiety disorder
: A pilot study. Behavior Modification, 31, 543-568.
[PDF] |
|
ROEMER, L. & ORSILLO, S.M. (2007). An open trial of an
acceptance-based behavior therapy for generalized anxiety
disorder. Behavior Therapy, 38, 72-85. |
|
WHITE, J. (1998). "Stresspac" : three-year follow-up of a
controlled trial of a self-help package for the anxiety
disorders.Behavioural & Cognitive Psychotherapy,
26, 133-141. |
HUNOT, V., CHURCHILL, R., TEIXEIRA, V. & SILVA DE
LIMA, M. (2007). Psychological therapies for generalised
anxiety disorder. Cochrane Database System Review, 1,
CD001848. [PDF] |
|
ZINBARG, R.E., LEE, J.E. & YOON, L. (2007). Dyadic
predictors of outcome in a cognitive-behavioral program
for patients with generalized anxiety disorder in
committed relationships : A "Spoonful of sugar" and a dose
of non-hostile criticism may help. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 45, 699-713.
[PDF] |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D., HAZLETT-STEVENS H. & DIAZ, M.L.
(1999). The role of positive beliefs about worry in
generalized anxiety disorder and its treatment. Clinical
Psychology & Psychotherapy, 6, 126-138. |
DUGAS, M.J. & ROBICHAUD, M. (2007). Cognitive-behavioral
treatment for generalized anxiety disorder : From
science to practice. New York : Routledge. |
|
|
NEWMAN, M.G. (1999). The clinical use of palmtop computers
in the treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 6, 222-234. [PDF] |
NEWMAN, M.G., CASTONGUAY, L.G., BORKOVEC, T.D., FISHER,
A.J. & NORDBERG, S.S. (2008). An open trial of
integrative therapy for generalized anxiety disorder. Psychology
& Psychotherapy : Theory, Research & Practice,
45, 135-147. |
|
HACKETT, D., DESMET, A. & SALINAS, E. (1999).
Dose-response efficacy of long-term treatment of
venlafaxine extended-release in generalized anxiety
disorder. Journal of the European College of
Neuropsychopharmacology, 9 (S5), 315. |
NORTON, P.J. (2008). An open trial of a transdiagnostic
cognitive-behavioral group therapy for anxiety disorder.
Behavior Therapy, 39, 242-250. [PDF]
|
|
ROEMER, L., ORSILO, S.M. & SALTERS-PEDNEAULT, K.
(2008). Efficacy of an acceptance-based behavior therapy
for generalized anxiety disorder : Evaluation in a
randomized controlled trial. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76, 1083-1089. |
|
TITOV, N., ANDREWS, G., SCHWENCKE, G., SOLLEY, K.,
JOHNSTON, L. & ROBINSON, E. (2009). Clinician-assisted
Internet-based treatment is effective for generalized
anxiety disorder : Randomized controlled trial. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 43 (10),
905-912. |
|
DURHAM, R.C., FISHER, P.L., TRELIVING, L.R., HAU, C.M.,
RICHARD, K. & STEWART, J.B. (1999). One year follow-up
of cognitive therapy, analytic psychotherapy and anxiety
management training for generalized anxiety disorder :
symptom change, medication usage and attitudes to
treatment. Behavioural & Cognitive Psychotherapy,
27 (1), 19-35. |
RAPEE, R.M., SCHNIERING, C.A. & HUDSON J.L. (2009).
Anxiety disorders during childhood and adolescence :
Origins and treatment. Annual Review of Clinical
Psychology, 5, 311-341. [PDF] |
|
ROBINSON, E., TITOV, N., ANDREWS, G., McINTYRE, K.,
SCHWENCKE, G. & SOLLEY, K. (2010). Internet treatment
for generalized anxiety disorder : A randomized controlled
trial comp aring clinician vs. technician assistance.
PLoS ONE, 5 (6), 1-9. [PDF] |
|
BALLENGER, J.C. (1999). Current treatments of anxiety
disorders in adults. Biological Psychiatry, 46, 1579-1594. |
HAYES, S.A., ORSILLO, S.M. & ROEMER, L. (2010).
Changes in proposed mechanisms of action in an
acceptance-based behavior therapy for generalized anxiety
disorder. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 48, 238-245.
[PDF] |
|
CLARK, D.M. (1999). Anxiety disorders : why they persist
and how to treat them. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 37, 5-27. [PDF]
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., NEWMAN, M.G., RICKELS, K., GALLOP,
R., GIBBONS, M.B., HAMILTON, J.L., RING-KURTZ, S. &
PASTVA, A.M. (2011). Combined medication and cognitive
therapy for generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of
Anxiety Disorders, 25 (8), 1087-1094. [PDF] |
|
HAYES-SKELTON, S.A., ORSILLO, L.M. & ROEMER, L.
(2013). An acceptance-based behavioral therapy for
individuals with generalized anxiety disorder. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 120 (3), 264-281. |
| NEWMAN, M.G. (2000). Generalized anxiety disorder.
In M. Hersen & M. Biaggio (Eds.), Effective brief
therapies : A clinician's guide (pp. 157-178). San
Diego, CA : Academic Press. [PDF] |
STANLEY, M.A., WILSON, N.L., AMSPOKER, A.B.,
KRAUS-SCHUMAN, C., WAGENER, P.D., CALLEO, J.S., CULLY,
J.A., TENG, E., RHOADES, H.M., WILLIAMS, S., MASOZERA, N.,
HORSFIELD, M. & KUNIK, M.E. (2014). Lay providers can
deliver effective cognitive behavior therapy for older
adults with generalized anxiety disorder : a randomized
trial. Depress Anxiety, 31 (5), 391-401. |
|
HACKETT, D. (2000). Venlafaxine XR in the treatment of
anxiety. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 406 (S),
30-35. |
MARKELL, H., NEWMAN, M.G., GALLOP, R., CONNOLLY
GIBBONS, M.B., RICKELS, K., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. (2014).
Combined medication and CBT for generalized anxiety
disorder with African American participants : Reliability
and validity of assessments and preliminary outcomes.
Behavior Therapy, 45 (4), 455-588. [PDF] |
|
ÖST, L.G. & BREITHOLTZ E. (2000). Applied relaxation
vs. cognitive therapy in the treatment of generalized
anxiety disorder. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
38,777-790. |
PERNA, G., ALCIATI, A., RIVA, A., MICIELI, W. &
CALDIROLA, D. (2016). Long-term pharmacological treatments
of anxiety disorders : An updated systematic review. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 18 (3), 23. |
|
MAHE, V. & BALOGH, A. (2000). Long-term
pharmacological treatment of generalized anxiety disorder.
International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 15
(2), 99-105. |
BUTLER, R.M., O'DAY, E.B., SWEE, M.B., HORENSTEIN, A.
& HEIMBERG, R.G. (2021). Cognitive behavioral therapy
for social anxiety disorder : Predictors of treatment
outcome in a quasi-naturalistic setting. Behavior
Therapy, 52 (2), 465-477. |
|
LADOUCEUR, R., DUGAS, M.J., FREESTON, M.H., LÉGER, E.,
GAGNON, F. & THIBODEAU, N. (2000).Efficacy of a
cognitive-behavioral treatment for generalized anxiety
disorder : evaluation in a controlled clinical trial. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68 (6),
957-964. |
POMINI, V. (2022). Les thérapies
cognitivo-comportementales de groupe dans le traitement
des troubles anxieux ont-elles un avantage sur les
traitements individuels ? Santé mentale au Québec, 29
(1), 115-126. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Anxiété,
Thérapie du trouble d'anxiété généralisée et Trouble
anxieux |
|
|
|
Trouble d'anxiété de séparation : Trouble
anxieux. Separation anxiety disorder.
|
|
|
VERDUIN, T.L & KENDALL, P.C. (2003). Differential
occurrence of comorbidity within childhood anxiety
disorders. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent
Psychology, 32, 290-295. |
|
PINCUS, D.B., EYBERG, S.M. & CHOATE, M.L. (2005).
Adapting parent- child interaction therapy for young
children with separation anxiety disorder. Education
& Treatment of Children, 28, 163-181. |
|
SHEAR, K., JIN, R. & RUSCIO, A.M. (2006). Prevalence
and correlates of estimated DSM-IV child and adult
separation anxiety disorder in the National Comorbidity
Survey Replication. American Journal of Psychiatry,
163, 1074-1083. |
|
WAGNER, K.D. (2006). Bipolar disorder and comorbid anxiety
disorders in children and adolescents. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 67, 16-20. |
|
|
Voir aussi Séparation,
Anxiété de
séparation et Trouble
anxieux |
|
|
|
Trouble
d'anxété sociale (TAS) : Nouvelle
expression forgée pour le DSM-5
pour désigner la phobie
sociale. = TAS.
Social anxiety disorder. SAD.
|
|
| |
BEIDEL, D.C., TUERK, P.W., SPITALNICK, J., BOWERS, C.A.
& MORRISON, K. (2021). Treating childhood social
anxiety disorder with virtual environments and serious
games : A randomized. Behavior Therapy, 56 (6),
1351-1363. |
|
|
|
Trouble
d'apprentissage : TA : Selon Kirk,
difficulté à apprendre,
à acquérir de nouveaux comportements,
qui ne sont pas attribuable à une déficience
intellectuelle. = difficulté
d'apprentissage.
Learning Disabilies,
(LD), learning problem,
disadvantaged
and low performer.
| |
|
|
KIRK S.A. & BATEMAN, B. (1962). Diagnosis and
remediation of learning disabilities. Exceptional
Children, 29, 73-78. |
BRODY L.E., MILLS, C.F. (1997). Gifted children with
learning disabilities : A review of the issues.
Journal of Learning Disabilities, 30, 282-296. |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. (1964). Direct measurement and prosthesis
of retarded behavior. Journal of Education, 147,
62-81. |
MACCINI, P. & HUGHES, C.A. (1997). Mathematics
interventions for adolescents with learning disabilities.
Learning Disabilities Research & Practice, 12
(3), 168-176. |
|
HALLAHAN, D.P. & CRUICSHANK, W.M. (1973). Psychoeducational
foundations of learning disabilities. Englewood
Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
|
|
BECKER, W.C. & CARNINE, D.W. (1980). Direct
instruction : An effective approach to educational
intervention with the disadvantaged and low performers. In
B.B. Lahey & A.K. Kazdin (Eds.), Advances in
clinical and child psychology. New York : Plenum. |
|
|
BERK, R.A. (1983). Learning disabilites as a category of
underachievement. In L.H. Fox, L. Brody & D. Tobin
(Eds.), Learning disabled gifted children :
Identification and programming (pp. (51-76).
Baltimore : University Park Press. |
FULK, B.M., BRIGHAM, F.J. & LOHMAN, D.A. (1998).
Motivation and self-regulation : A comparison of students
with learning and behavior problems. Remedial &
Special Education, 19, 300-309. |
|
ALGOZZINE, B. & YSSELDYKE, J.E. (1983). Learning
disabilities as a subset of school failure : The
oversophistication of a concept. Exceptional
Children, 50, 242-246. |
SPEAR-SWERLING, L. & STERNBERG, R.J. (1998). Curing
our "epidemic" of learning disabilities. Phi Delta
Kappan, 397-401. |
|
KIRK, S.A. KIRK, W.D. (1983). On defining learning
disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 16
(1), 20-21. |
FUCHS, L. & FUCHS, D. (1998). A simplifying concept
for reconceptualization of the identification of learning
disabilities. Learning Disabilities Research &
Practice, 4, 204-219. |
|
BERK, R.A. (1983). Toward a definition of learning
disabilities : progress or regress ? Education &
Treatment of Children, 6 (3), 285-310. |
SWANSON, H.L. & HOSKYN, M. (1998). Experimental
intervention research on students with learning
disabilities : a meta-analysis of treatment outcomes. Review
of Educational Research, 68 (3), 277-321. |
|
GERSTEN, R. (1998). Recent advances in instructional
research for students with learning disabilities : An
overview. Learning disabilities Research &
Practice, 13 (3), 161-169. |
|
REYNOLDS, C.R. (1984). Critical measurement issues in
learning disabilities. Journal of Special Education,
18, 451-476. |
SLEETER, C.E. (1998). Yes, learning disabilities is
political; what isn't ? Learning Disability Quarterly, 21, 289-296. |
|
GADDES, W.H. (1985). Learning disabilities and brain
function. A Neuro-psychological Approach. Springer,
New York. |
STANOVICH, K.E. (1999). The sociopsychometrics of learning
disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 32
(3), 350-361. [PDF] |
|
LYON, G.R. & TOOMEY, F. (1985). Neurological,
neuropsychological, and cognitive developmental approaches
to learning disabilities. Topics in Learning
Disabilities, 1, 1-10. |
STANOVICH, K.E. (1999). The sociopsychometrics of learning
disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 32,
350-361. |
|
GANSCHOW, L. (1985). Diagnosing and remediating writing
problems of gifted students with language learning
disabilities. Journal for the Education of the
Gifted, 9 (1), 24-43. |
SWANSON, H.L. (2001). Searching for the best model for
instructing students with learning disabilities. Focus
on Exceptional Children, 34, 1-15. |
|
SHINN, M.R., YSSELDYKE, J.E., DENO, S.L. & TINDAL,
G.A. (1986). A comparison of differences between students
labeled learning disabled and low achieving on measures of
classroom performance. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 19, 545-552. |
LYON, G.R., FLETCHER, J.M., SHAYWITZ, S.E., SHAYWITZ, B.A.,
TORGESEN, J.K., WOOD, F.B., SCHUTLE, A. & OLSON, R.
(2001). Rethinking learning disabilities. In C. Finn, R.
A. Rotherham & C. Hodanson (Eds.), Rethinking
special education for a new century (pp. 259-287).
Washington, DC : Thomas B. Fordham Foundation and
Progressive Policy Institute. |
|
|
SLEETER, C.E. (1986). Learning disabilities : The social
construction of a special education category. Exceptional
Children, 53, 46-54. |
SWANSON, H.L. & HOSKYN, M. (2001). Instructing
adolescents with learning disabilities : A component and
composite analysis. Learning Disabilities Research
& Practice, 16 (2), 109-119. |
|
COLES, G. (1987). The learning mystique : A critical
look at learning disabilities. New York : Pantheon. |
SWANSON, H.L. (2001). Research on interventions for
adolescents with learning disabilities : A meta-analysis
of outcomes related to higher-order processing. The
Elementary School Journal, 101 (3), 331-348. |
|
SIEGEL, L.S. (1988). Definitional and theoretical issues
and research on learning disabilities. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 21, 264-270. |
LYON, G.R., FLETCHER, J.M. & BARNES, M. (2003).
Learning disabilities. In E. Mash & R. Barkley (Eds.),
Child psychopathology (pp. 520-588). New York :
Guilford Press. |
|
CARNINE, D.W. (1989). Teaching complex content to learning
disabled students : The role of technology. Exceptional
Children, 55 (6), 524- 533. |
ZIGMOND, N. (2003). Searching for the most effective
service delivery model for students with learning
disabilities. In H.L. Swanson, K.R. Harris & S. Graham
(Dir.), Handbook of learning disabilities (pp.
110-124). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
SIEGEL, L.S. (1989). I.Q. is irrelevant to the definition
of learning disabilities. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 22, 469-478. |
GEARY, D.C. (2003). Learning disabilities in arithmetic :
Problem solving differences and cognitive deficits. In H.
L. Swanson, K. Harris & S. Graham (Eds.), Handbook
of learning disabilities (pp. 199-212). New York :
Guilford Press. [PDF] |
|
HAMMILL, D.D. (1990). On defining learning disabilities :
An emerging consensus. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 23, 76-84. |
VAUGHN, S. & FUCHS, L. (2003). Redefining learning
disabilities as inadequate response to instruction : The
promise and potential problems. Learning Disabilities
Research & Practice, 18, 137-146. [PDF] |
|
SIEGEL, L.S. (1990). IQ and learning disabilities : R.I.P. In H.L. Swanson & B. Keogh (Eds.), Learning
disabilities : Theoretical and research issues (pp.
111-128). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
LEUNG, A.K. & LEMAY, J.F. (2003). Attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder : An update. Advances in
Therapy, 20, 305-318. |
|
SWANSON, H.L. & DESHLER, D. (2003). Instructing
adolescents with learning disabilities : Converting a
meta-analysis to practice. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 36 (2), 124-135. [PDF] |
|
FRANKBERGER W. & FRONZAGLIO, K. (1991). A review of
states' criteria for identifying children with learning
disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 24, 495-500. |
DUDLEY-MARLING, C. (2004). The social construction of
learning disabilities. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 7 (6), 482-489. |
|
KLATT, H.J. (1991). Learning disabilities : A questionable
construct. Educational Theory, 41, 47-60. |
GEARY, D.C. (2004). Mathematics and learning disabilities.
Journal of Learning Disabilities, 37, 4-15. [PDF] |
|
SHAYWITZ, B.A., SHAYWITZ, S.E. & FLETTCHER, J. (1992).
The Yale Center for the Study of learning and attention
disorders. Learning Disabilities : A
Multidisciplinary Journal, 3, 1-12. |
SANDLER, A. (2005). Placebo effects in developmental
disabilities : implications for research and practice. Mental
Retardation & Developmental Disabilities Research
Reviews, 11 (2), 164-170. |
|
HALLAHAN, D.P., LLOYD, J.W., KAUFFMAN, J.M., WEISS, M.P.
& MARTINEZ, E.A. (2005). Learning disabilities :
Foundations, characteristics, and effective training.
Boston : Pearson Education Inc. |
|
CHASE, C. & TALLAL, P.A. (1992). Learning disabilities
: cognitive aspects. In L.R. Squire (Ed.), Encyclopedia
of learning and memory. New York : Macmillian
Publishing Company, |
STANOVICH, K.E. (2005). The future of a mistake : Will
discrepancy measurement continue to make the learning
disabilities field a pseudoscience ? Learning
Disability Quarterly, 28, 103-106. [PDF] |
|
DORIS, J.L. (1993). Defining learning disabilities : A
history of the search for consensus. In G.R. Lyon, D.B.
Gray, J.F. Kavanagh & N.A. Krasnegor (Ed.), Better
understanding learning disabilities : New views from
research and their implications for education and public
policies (pp. 97-115). Baltimore : Brookes. |
FLETCHER, J.M., FRANCIS, D.J., MORRIS, R.D. & LYON,
G.R. (2005). Evidence-based assessment of learning
disabilities in children and adolescents. Journal of
Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 34, 506-522.
[PDF] |
|
ELLIS, E.S. (1993). Integrative strategy instruction : A
potential model for teaching content area subjects to
adolescents with learning disabilities. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 26, 358-383. |
FLETCHER, J.M., DENTON, C. & FRANCIS, D.J. (2005).
Validity of alternative approaches for the identification
of LD : Operationalizing unexpected underachievement. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 38, 545-552. |
|
SHAFRIR, U. & SIEGEL, L.S. (1994). Subtypes of
learning diabilities in adolascents and adults.
Journal of Learning Disabilities, 23 (2), 123-134. |
DE GRAVE, D., DEBOUTTE, D., ROEYERS, H., VAN BORSEL, J.,
CONTENT, A., WETZBURGER., BONNIER, C., SCHELSTAETE, M.A.,
GOETRY, V., NOSSENT, C. et VAN HECKE, P. (2006). Troubles
du langage et de l'apprentissage. Une recherche de la
littérature. Bruxelles, Belgique : Le Service des
Soins de Santé de l'Institut National d'Assurance
Maladie-Invalidité. |
|
FINLAN, T.G. (1994). Learning disability : The imaginary disease. Westport, CT : Bergin &
Garvey. |
FLETCHER, J.M., LYON, G.R., FUCHS, L. & BARNES, M.
(2007). Learning disabilities : From identification
to intervention. New York : Guilford Press. |
|
MATHER, N. & ROBERTS, R. (1994). Learning disabilities
: A field in danger of extinction ? Learning
Disabilities Research & Practice, 9, 49-58. |
PRATT, H.D. & PATEL, D.R. (2007). Learning disorders
in children and adolescents. Primary Care, 34,
361-374. |
|
PENNINGTON, B. (1994). Genetics of learning disabilities.
Journal of Child Neurology, 10, 69-71. |
HADLEY, W.M. (2007). The necessity of academic
accommodations for first-year college students with
learning disabilities. Journal of College Admission,
9-13. |
|
PINTRICH, P.R., ANDERMAN, E.M. & KLOBUCAR, C. (1994).
Intraindividual differences in motivation and cognition in
students with and without learning disabilities. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 27, 360-370. |
GEARY, D.C. (2007). An evolutionary perspective on
learning disability in mathematics. Developmental
Neuropsychology, 32, 1-49. [PDF] |
|
FRANCIS, D., SHAYWITZ, S., STEUBING, K., SHAYWITZ, B.
& FLETCHER, J. (1994). The measurement of change :
Assessing behavior over time and within a developmental
context. In G.R. Lyon (Ed.), Frames of reference for
the assessment of learning disabilities (pp.
29-58). Baltimore : Paul H. Brookes. |
MACCINI, P., MULCAHY, C.A. & WILSON, M.G. (2007). A
follow-up of mathematics interventions for secondary
students with learning disabilities. Learning
Disabilities Research & Practice, 22 (1),
58-74. |
|
WABER, D.P. (2011). Rethinking learning disabilities
- Understanding children who struggle in school.
New York : Guilford Press. |
|
DUDLEY-MARLING, C. & DIPPO, D. (1995). What learning
disability does : sustaining the ideology of schooling. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 28, 408-414. |
GEARY D.C., HOARD, M.K. & BAILEY, D.H. (2012). Fact
retrieval deficits in low achieving children and children
with mathematical learning disability. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 45, 291-307. [PDF] |
|
LYON, G.R. (1996). Learning disabilities. The Future
of Children, 6, 54-77. |
GEARY, D.C., HOARD, M.K., NUGENT, L. & BAILEY, D.H.
(2012). Mathematical cognition deficits in children with
learning disabilities and persistent low achievement : A
five year prospective study. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 104, 206-223. [PDF] |
|
TORGESEN, J.K. (1997). The prevention and remediation of
reading disabilities : Evaluating what we know from
research. Journal of Academic Language Therapy, 1,
11-47. |
PORENSKY, E.K., DEW, M.A., KARP, J.F., SKIDMOR, E.,
ROLLMAN, B.L., SHEAR, K. & LENZE, E.J. (2012). The
burden of late-life generalized anxiety disorder : Effects
on disability, health-related quality of life, and
healthcare utilization. The American Journal of
Geriatric Psychiatry, 17 (6), 473-482. [PDF] |
|
DARCH, C., EAVES, R.C., CROWE, D.A., SIMMONS, K. &
CONNIFF, A. (2006). Teaching spelling to students with
learning disabilities : A comparison of rule-based
strategies versus traditional instruction. Journal of
Direct Instruction, 6 (1), 1-16. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Éducation
spécialisée, Déficience
intellectuelleet
Trouble
psychologique |
|
|
|
Trouble d'apprentissage spécifique : Difficulté à apprendre,
à acquérir de nouveaux comportements
dans un domaine particulier. ( ):
Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Specific learning difficulties.
| |
|
|
FRANCES-WILLIAMS, J. (1970). Children with specific
learning difficulties. Oxford : Pergamon Press. |
|
|
|
Trouble d'attachement : Trouble et attachement.
Attachment disorder.
|
|
|
AINSWORTH, M.D., BLEHAR, M.C., WATERS, E. & WALL, S.
(1978). Patterns of attachment : A psychological
study of the strange situation. Hillsdale, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
RUTTER, M. (1995). Clinical implications of attachment
concepts : Retrospect and prospect. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines,
36, 549-571. |
|
KING, M.G. & NEWHAM, K. (2007). Attachment disorder,
basic trust and educational psychology. Australian
Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology,
7, 27-35. |
|
KING, M.G. & NEWHAM, K. (2007). Affective anomia : An
interventional focus for attachment disorder. Australian
Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology,
7, 103-113. |
|
BERRY, K., BARROWCLOUGH, C. & WEARDEN, A. (2008).
Attachment theory : A framework for understanding symptoms
and interpersonal relationships in psychosis. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 46 (12), 1275-1282. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Attachement |
|
|
Trouble d'attention : Voir Trouble du déficit de l'attention ( avec
ou sans hyperactivité).
Attention Disorder, AD.
|
|
|
Trouble d'hyperactivité : TH : Trouble
d'hyperactivité, Ritalin et
déficit d'attention. =
hyperactivité, TH,
trouble d'hyperactivité sans déficit
d'attention. Hyperactivity
Disorder, HD, hyperactive child syndrome.
| |
|
|
STEWART, M.A., PITTS, F.N., CRAIG, A.G. & DIERUF, W.
(1966). The hyperactive child syndrome. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 36, 861-867. |
|
WEISS, G. & HECHTMAN, L. (1979). The hyperactive child
syndrome. Science, 205, 1348-1354. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble
mental et Hyperactivité |
|
|
Trouble
de conduite : Conduct disordered.
| |
|
|
MATTHYS, W., VAN LOO, P., PACHEN, V., DE VRIES, H., VAN
HOOFF, J.A.RA.M. & VAN ENGELAND, H. (1994). Behavior
of conduct disordered children in interaction with each
other and with normal peers. Child Psychiatry &
Human Development, 25, 183-195. |
|
MATTHYS, W., DE VRIES, H., HECTORS, A., VEERBEEK, M.,
HEIDMANN, W., GOUD, M., VAN HOOFF, J.A.RA.M. & VAN
ENGELAND, H. (1995). Differences between conduct
disordered and normal control children in their tendencies
to escalate or neutralize conflicts when interacting with
normal peers Child Psychiatry & Human
Development, 26, 29-41. |
|
MATTHYS, W., WALTERBOS, W., VAN ENGELAND, H. & KOOPS,
W. (1995). Conduct-disorderd boys' perceptions of their
liked peers. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 19, 357-372. |
|
MATTHYS, W.C.H.J., CUPERUS, J.M. & VAN ENGELAND, H.
(1999). Deficient social problems-solving in boys with
ODD/CD, with ADHD, and with both disorders. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 38, 311-321. |
|
PAQUETTE, G., PAUZÉ, R. & JOLY, J. (2006)
Caractéristiques sociofamiliales et personnelles qui
permettent de distinguer les filles et les garçons
présentant un trouble des conduites. Revue de
Psychoéducation, 35 (2), 251-276. |
|
|
|
Trouble de consommation compulsive : TCC :
Trouble qui se caractérise principalement par des achats inutiles
ou trop coûteux, ainsi que par un plus grand plaisir à acquérir
des objets qu'à les utiliser, = TCC.
Compulsive consumption, compulsive shopping,
dysfunctional consumer socialization, addictive consumption.
| |
|
|
FABER, R.J., O'GUINN, T.C. & KRYCH, R. (1987).
Compulsive consumption. In M. Wallendorf and P. Anderson
(Eds.), Advances in consumer research (pp. 132-135).
Provo, UT: Association for Consumer Research. |
DITTMAR, H. (2005). Compulsive buying-a growing concern ?
An examination of gender, age, and endorsement of
materialistic values as predictors. British Journal
of Psychology, 96 (4), 467-491. |
|
KRUEGER, D. (1988). On compulsive shopping and spending: A
psychodynamic inquiry. American Journal of
Psychotherapy, 42, 574-585. |
LEJOYEUX, M., BAILLY, F., MOULA, H., LOI, S. & ADES,
J. (2005). Study of compulsive buying in patients
presenting obssessive-compulsive disorder. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 46, 105-110. |
|
DITTMAR, H. (2005). A new look at "compulsive buying" :
Self-discrepancies and materialistic values as predictors
of compulsive buying tendency. Journal of Social
& Clinical Psychology, 24 (6), 832-859. |
|
FABER, R.J. & O'GUINN, T.C. (1988). Compulsive
consumption and credit abuse. Journal of Consumer
Policy 11 (1), 97-109. |
KORAN, L.M., FABER, R.J., AbOUJAOUDE, M.A., LARGE, M.D.
& SERPE, R.T. (2006). Estimated prevalence of
compulsive buying behavior in the United States.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1806-1812. |
|
FABER, R.J. & O'GUINN, T.C. (1988). Dysfunctional
consumer socialization : A search for the roots of com-
pulsive buying. In P. Vanden Abeele (Ed.), Psychology
in micro and macro economics (Vol. 1, pp. 1-15).
Leuven, Belgium : International Association for Research
in Economic Psychology. |
ROSE, P. (2007). Mediators of the association between
narcissism and compulsive buying : The roles of
materialism and impulse control. Psychology of
Addictive Behaviors, 21, 576-581. |
|
BLACK, D.W. (2007). A review of compulsive buying
disorder. World Psychiatry, 6 (1), 14-18. [PDF] |
|
DITTMAR, H., LONG, K. & BOND, R. (2007). When a better
self is only a but- ton click away: associations between
materialistic values, emotional and identity-related
buying motives, and compulsive buying tendency online.
Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 26, 334-361. |
|
O'GUINN, T.C. & FABER, R.J. (1989). Compulsive
consumption : A phenomenological exploration.
Journal of Consumer Research, 16 (2), 147-157. |
LEJOYEUX, M., MATHIEU, K., EMBOUAZZA, H., HUET, F. &
LEQUEN, V. (2007). Prevalence of compulsive buying among
customers of a Parisian general store. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 48, 42-46. |
|
FABER, R.J. & O'GUINN, T.C. (1992). A clinical
screener for compulsive buying. Journal of Consumer
Research, 19, 459-469. |
KUKAR-KINNEY, M., RIDGWAY, N.M. & MONROE, K.B. (2009).
The rela- tionship between consumers' tendencies to buy
compulsively and their motivation to shop and buy on the
Internet. Journal of Retailing, 85 (3), 298-307. |
|
FABER, R.J. (1992). Money changes everything : Compulsive
buying from a biopsychosocial perspective. American
Behavioral Scientist, 35, 809-819. |
JOIREMAN, J., KEES, J. & SPROTT, D. (2010). Concern
with immediate consequences magnifies the impact of
compulsive buying tendencies on college students' credit
Card. Journal of Consumer Affairs, 44 (1),
155-178. [PDF] |
|
BLACK, D.W., SHAW M, BLUM, N. (2010). Pathological
gambling and compulsive buying : do they fall within an
obses- sive-compulsive spectrum ? Dialogues in
Clinical Neuroscience, 12 (2), 175-185. |
|
FRIESE, S. & KOENING, H. (1993). Shopping for trouble.
Advancing the consumer interest, 5 (1), 24-29. |
MÜELLER, A., MITCHELL, J.E., BLACK, D.W., CROSBY, R.D.,
BERG, K. & DE ZWAAN, M. (2010). Latent profile
analysis and comorbidity in a sample of individuals with
compulsive buying disorder. Psychiatry Research, 178
(2), 348-353. |
|
ELLIOTT, R. (1994). Addictive consumption : Function and
fragmentation in postmodernity. Journal of Consumer
Policy, 17, 159-179. |
FABER, R.J. & VOHS, K.D. (2011). Self-regulation
and spending : Evidence from impulsive and compulsive
buying handbook of self-regulation : research, theory,
and applications. Guilford Press : New York. |
|
LEJOYEUX, M. & ADÈS, J. (1994). Les achats
pathologiques : une addiction comporte-mentale.
Neuro-Psy, 9, 25-32. |
GUO, Z. & CAI, Y. (2011). Exploring the antecedents of
compulsive buying tendency among adolescents in China and
Thailand : a consumer socialization perspective.
African Journal of Business Management, 5 (24),
10198-10209. |
|
McELROY, S.L., KECK, P.E., POPE, H.J., SMITH, J.M. &
STRAKOWSKI, S.M. (1994). Compulsive buying : A report of
20 cases. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 55,
242-248. |
DAVENPORT, K., HOUSTON, J.E. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2012).
Excessive eating and compulsive buying behaviours in
women: an empirical pilot study examining reward
sensitivity, anxiety, impulsivity, self-esteem and social
desirability. International Journal of Mental Health
& Addiction, 10 (4), 474-489. |
|
FABER, R.J. CHRISTENSON, G.A., DE ZWAAN, M., RAYMOND,
N.C., SPECKER, S.M., EKERN, M.D., MacKENZIE, T.B., CROSBY,
R.D., CROW, S.J. & ECKET, E.D. (1994). Compulsive
buying : descriptive characteristics and psychiatric
comorbidity. The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 55
(1/), 5-11. |
BLACK, D.W., SHAW, M., McCORMICK, B., BAYLESS, J.D. &
ALLENA, J. (2012). Neuropsychological performance,
impulsivity, ADHD symptoms, and novelty seeking in
compulsive buying disorder. Psychiatry Research, 200
(0), 581-587. [PDF] |
|
McELROY, S.L., KECK, P.E. & PHILLIPS, K.A. (1994).
(1995). Kleptomania, compulsive buying and binge eating
disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 56,
14-26. |
|
|
BLACK, D.W. (1996). Compulsive buying : A review. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 57, 50-55. |
LEJOYEUX, M., GUILLOT, C., CHALVIN, F., PETIT, A. &
LEQUEN, V. (2012). Exercise dependence among customers
from a Parisian sport shop. Journal of Behavioral
Addictions, 1 (1), 28-34. |
|
DE SARBO, W. & EDWARDS, E.A. (1996). Typologies of
compulsive buying behavior: a constrained clusterwise
regression approach. Journal of Consumer Psychology,
5, 231-262. |
|
|
FABER, R.J. & CHRISTENSON, G.A. (1996). In the mood to
buy: Differences in the mood states experienced by
compulsive buyers and other consumers. Psychology
& Marketing, 13 (8), 803-820. |
KUKAR-KINNEY, M., RIDGWAY, N.M. & MONROE, K.B. (2012).
The role of price in the behavior and purchase decisions
of compulsive buyers. Journal of Retailing, 88
(1), 63-71. |
|
LEJOYEUX, M., TASSAIN, V., SOLOMON, J. & ADÈS, J
(1997). Study of compulsive buying in depressed patients.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 58 (4), 169-173. |
MATTOS, C.N., KIM, H.S., REQUIAO, M., MARASALDI, R.,
FILOMENSKY, T.Z., HODGINS, D.C. & TAVARES, H. (2016).
Gender differences in compulsive buying disorder :
Assessment of demographic and psychiatric comorbidities. Plos
One, 11 (12), 1-11. [PDF] |
|
BEATTY, S.E. & FERRELL, M.E. (1998). Impulse buying :
Modeling its precursors. Journal of Retailing, 74,
169-191. |
|
|
FROST R.O., KIM, H.-J., MORRIS, C., BLOSS, C.,
MURRAY-CLOSE, M. & STEKETEE, G. (1998). Hoarding,
compulsive buying and reasons for saving. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 36, 657-664. |
|
|
BLACK, D.W., REPERTINGER, S., GAFFNEY, G.R. & GABEL,
J. (1998). Family history and psychiatric comorbidity in
persons with compulsive buying : preliminary findings.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 15, 960-963. |
|
|
MOWEN, J.C. & SPEARS, N. (1999). Understanding
compulsive buying among college students : A hierarchical
approach. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 8 (4),
407-430. |
|
|
DEVOR, E.J., MAGEE, H.J., DILL-DEVOR, R.M., GABEL, J.
& BLACK, D.W. (1999). Serotonin transporter gene
(5-HTT) polymorphisms and compulsive buying. American
Journal of Medical Genetics, 88 (2), 123-125. |
|
|
LEJOYEUX, M., HABERMAN, N., SOLOMON, J. & ADÈS, J.
(1999). Comparison of buying behavior in depressed
patients presenting with or without compulsive buying.
Comprehensive Psychiatry, 40 (1), 51-56. |
|
|
FABER, R.J. (2000). A systematic investigation into
compulsive buying. In A.L. Benson (Ed.), I shop,
therefore I am : Compulsive buying and the search for
self (pp. 27-54). Northvale, NJ : Aronson Press. |
MARAZ, A., GRIFFITHS, M.D. & DEMETROVICS, Z. (2016).
The prevalence of compulsive buying : a meta-analysis. Addiction,
111 (3), 408-419. |
|
BLACK, D.W. MONAHAN, P., SCHLOSSER, S. & REPERTINGER,
S. (2001). Compulsive buying severity : an analysis of
compulsive buying scale results in 44 subjects.The
Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 189 (2),
123-126. |
|
|
KORAN, L.M., BULLOCK, K.D., HARTSTON H.J., ELLIOTT, M.A.
& D'ANDREA, V. (2002). Citalopram treatment of
compulsive shopping : An open-label study. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 63, 704-708. |
KIM, H.S., HODGINS, D.C., TORRES, A.R., FONTENELLE, L.F.,
DO ROSARIO, M.C., DE MATHIS, A., FERRAO Y.A., MIGUEL, E.C.
& TAVARES, H. (2018). Dual diagnosis of obsessive
compulsive and compulsive buying disorder : Demographic,
clinical and psychiatric correlates. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 86, 67-73 |
|
FROST, R.O., STEKETEE, G. & WILLIAMS, L. (2002).
Compulsive buying, compulsive hoarding and obsessive
compulsive disorder. Behavior Therapy, 33,
201-214. |
|
|
MILTENBERGER, R.G., REDIN, J., CROSBY, R., STICKNEY, M.,
MITCHELL, J., WONDERLICH, S., FABER, R. & SMYTH, J.
(2003). Direct and retrospective assessment of factors
contributing to compulsive buying. Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 34, 1-9.
|
MATTOS, C.N., KIM, H.S., FILOMENSKY, T.Z. & TAVARES,
H. (2019). Development and validation of the Compulsive
Buying Follow-Up Scale : A measure to assess treatment
improvements in compulsive buying disorder. Psychiatry
Research, 282, 1-7. |
|
FABER, R.J. (2003). Self-control and compulsive buying. In
T. Kasser & A. Kanner (Eds.), Psychology and the
culture of consumption (pp. 169-187). Washington,
DC : American Psychological Association. |
MATTOS, C.N., KIM, H.S., REQUIAO, M., MARASALDI, R., DE
OLIVEIRA, E.C.B., FILOMENSKY, T.Z & TAVARES, H.
(2020). A 12-week randomized, double-blind,
placebo-controlled clinical trial of topiramate for the
treatment of compulsive buying disorder. Journal of
Clinical Psychopharmacology, 40 (2), 186-190. |
|
KYRIOS, M., FROST R.O. & STEKETEE, G. (2004).
Cognitions in compulsive buying and acquisition. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 28, 241-258. |
|
|
DITTMAR, H., LONG, K. & MEEK, R. (2004). Buying on the
internet : gender differences in on-line and conventional
buying motivations. Sex Roles, 50, 423-444. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Consommation |
|
|
Trouble de consommation compulsive (Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic,
des tests et des
outils de collecte de données
qui permettent d'évaluer et
de mesurer le trouble de consommation.
Assessment of
compulsive buying disorder.
|
|
|
FABER, R.J. & O'GUINN, T.C. (1992). A clinical
screener for compulsive buying. Journal of Consumer
Research, 19, 459-469. |
|
EDWARDS, E.A. (1992). The measurement and modeling of
compulsive buying behavior. Dissertation Abstracts
International, 53 (11-A). |
|
BLACK, D.W. MONAHAN, P., SCHLOSSER, S. & REPERTINGER,
S. (2001). Compulsive buying severity : an analysis of
compulsive buying scale results in 44 subjects.The
Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 189 (2),
123-126. |
|
MANOLIS, C., ROBERTS, J.A. & KASHYAP, V. (2008). A
critique and comparison of two scales from fifteen years
of studying compulsive buying. Psychological Reports,
102 (1), 153-165. |
|
MARAZ, A., EISINGER, A., HENDE, B., URBAN, R., PAKSI, B.,
KUN, B. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. & DEMETROVICS, Z.
(2015). Measuring compulsive buying behaviour:
psychometric validity of three different scales and
prevalence in the general population and in shopping
centres. Psychiatry Research, 225, 326-334. |
|
MATTOS, C.N., KIM, H.S., FILOMENSKY, T.Z. & TAVARES,
H. (2019). Development and validation of the Compulsive
Buying Follow-Up Scale : A measure to assess treatment
improvements in compulsive buying disorder. Psychiatry
Research, 282, 1-7. |
|
|
|
Troubles de consommation compulsive (Traitements/Thérapies) : Ensemble des thérapies
et autres moyens qui permettent du soigner les personnes au prise avec le trouble de
consommation.
Treatment of compulsive shopping.
|
|
|
McELROY, S.L., SATLIN, A., POPE, H.J., KECK, P.E. &
HUDSON, J.I. (1991). Treatment of compulsive shopping with
antidepressants : A report of three cases. Annals of
Clinical Psychiatry, 3, 199-204. |
|
BLACK, D.W., GABEL, J., HANSEN, J. & SCHLOSSER, S.A.
(2000). A double- blind comparison of fluvoxamine versus
placebo in the treatment of compulsive buying disorder. Annals
of Clinical Psychiatry, 12 (4), 205-211. |
|
KORAN, L.M., BULLOCK, K.D., HARTSTON H.J., ELLIOTT, M.A.
& D'ANDREA, V. (2002). Citalopram treatment of
compulsive shoping : An open-label study. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 63, 704-708. |
|
BULOCK, K. & KORAN, L. (2003). Psychopharmacology of
compulsive buying. Drugs Today, 39 (9), 695-700.
|
|
MATTOS, C.N., KIM, H.S., FILOMENSKY, T.Z. & TAVARES,
H. (2019). Development and validation of the Compulsive
Buying Follow-Up Scale : A measure to assess treatment
improvements in compulsive buying disorder. Psychiatry Research, 282, 1-7. |
|
MATTOS, C.N., KIM, H.S., REQUIAO, M., MARASALDI, R., DE
OLIVEIRA, E.C.B., FILOMENSKY, T.Z. & TAVARES, H.
(2020). A 12-week randomized, double-blind,
placebo-controlled clinical trial of topiramate for the
treatment of compulsive buying disorder. Journal of
Clinical Psychopharmacology, 40 (2), 186-190. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trouble de l'aversion sexuelle :
Sexual aversion syndrome.
| |
|
|
MURPHY, C. & SULLIVAN, M. (1981). Anxiety and
self-concept correlates of sexually aversive women. Sexuality
& Disability, 4, 15-26. |
FINCH, S. (2001). Sexual aversion disorder treated with
behavioural desensitization. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 46, 563-564. |
|
CRENSHAW, T.L. (1985). The sexual aversion syndrome.
Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 11, 285-292. |
KINSBERG, S.A. & JANATA, J.W. (2003). The sexual
aversions. In S.B. Levine, C.B. Risen & S.E. Althof
(Eds.), Handbook of clinical sexuality for mental
health professionals (pp. 153-165). New York :
Brunner-Routledge. |
|
KAPLAN, H.S. (1987). Sexual aversion, sexual phobias,
and panic disorder. New York : Brunner-Mazel. |
|
|
KATZ, R.C., GIPSON, M.T., KEARL, A. & KRISKOVITCH, M.
(1989). Assessing sexual aversion in college students :
The Sexual Aversion Scale. Journal of Sex &
Marital Therapy, 15, 135-140. |
JANATA, J.W. & KINSBERG, S.A. (2005). Sexual aversion
disorder. In R. Balon & R.T. Segraves (Eds.),
Handbook of sexual dysfunction (pp. 43-65). Boca
Raton, FL : Taylor and Francis Group. |
|
KATZ, R.C., GIPSON, M.T. & TURNER, S. (1992). Recent
findings on the Sexual Aversion Scale. Journal of Sex
& Marital Therapy, 18, 141-146. |
BROTTO, L.A. (2009). The DSM Diagnostic criteria for
sexual aversion disorder. Archives of Sexual Behavior,
39 (2), 271-2777. [PDF] |
|
KATZ, R.C. & JARDINE, D. (1999). The relationship
between worry, sexual aversion, and low sexual desire. Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 25, 293-296. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Trouble
mental |
|
|
Trouble de l'excitation sexuelle :
Sexual aversion syndrome.
| |
|
| TRUDEL,
G. (1988). Les dysfonctions sexuelles. Montréal.
Les Presses de l'Universié du Québec. |
|
|
|
|
Trouble
de l'identité :
Identity disorder.
| |
|
|
FIRST, M.B. (2005). Desire for amputation of a limb :
paraphilia, psychosis, or a new type of identity disorder.
Psychological Medicine, 35, 919-928. |
|
VAN DIJK, M.T., VAN WINGEN, G.A., VAN LAMMEREN, A., BLOM, R.M., DE KWAASTENIET, B.P, SCHOLTE, H.S. & DENYS, D.
(2013). Neural basis of limb ownership in individuals with body integrity identity disorder. PLOS One, 8
(8), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Trouble de l'identité sexuelle : TIS : Vaste
catégorie qui englobe aussi bien les difficultés à s'identifier à son genre/sexe (je suis biologiquement une femme mais je me sens un homme), et toutes les souffrance et les insatisfactions qui en découlent, que le rejet pur et simple de son genre/sexe (je ne veux plus être un homme car je me sens une femme). Jadis considérés comme un trouble de santé mentale (voir DSM-IV), les
problèmes d'identité ne sont plus considérés comme tel, sauf si
l'individu souffre de sa condition, souffrance que l'on nomme dysphorie
de genre.
= TIS, trouble de
l'identité du genre.
Gender identity disorder,
(GID).
| |
|
|
STOLLER, R. (1964). A contribution to the study of gender
identity. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
45, 220-226. |
BARTLETT, N.H., VASY, P.L. & BUKOWSKI, W.M. (2000). Is
gender identity disorder in children a mental disorder ?
Sex Roles, 43 (11/12), 753-785. |
|
COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. (2001). Gender identity disorder in
the DSM ? Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatr, 40, 391. |
|
PAULY, I.B. (1965). Male psychosexual inversion :
transsexualism : a review of 100 cases. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 13, 172-181. |
WILSON, I., GRIFFITH, C. & WREN, B (2002). The
validity of the diagnosis of gender identity disorder
(child and adolescent criteria). Clinical Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 7 (3), 335-351. |
|
MUKKADES, N.M. (2002). Gender identity problems in
autistic children. Child : Care, Health &
Development, 28 (6), 529-532. |
|
PERERA, H., GADAMBANATHAN, T. & WEERASIRI, S. (2003).
Gender identity disorder presenting in a girl with
Asperger's disorder and obsessive compulsive disorder. Ceylon
Medical Journal, 48 (2), 57-58. |
|
LAWRENCE, A.A. (2004). Autogynephilia : A paraphilic model
of gender identity disorder. Journal of Gay &
Lesbian Psychotherapy, 8 (1-2), 69-87. |
|
REKERS, G.A. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1974). Behavioral
treatment of deviant sex-role behaviors in a male child.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 7 (2),
173-190. [PDF]
|
CANINO, G., SHROUT, P. E., RUBIO-STIPEC, B., BIRD, H. R.,
BRAVO, M., RAMIREZ, R., CHAVEZ, L., ALEGRIA, M.,
BAUEMEISTER, J.J., HOHMANN, A., RIBERA, J. GARCIA, P.
& MARTINEZ-TOBIAS, A. (2004). The DSM-IV rates of
child and ado- lescent disorders in Puerto Rico :
Prevalence, correlates, service use, and the effects of
impairment. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61, 85-93. |
|
GREEN, R. (1974). Sexual identity conflict in
children and adults. New York : Basic Books. |
GALLUCI, G.F., HACKERMAN, F. & SCHMIDT, C.W. (2005).
Gender identity disorder in an adult male with Asperger's
syndrome. Sex & Disabilities, 23 (1), 35-40.
|
|
PERSON, E. & OVESEY, L. (1974). The transsexual
syndrome in males. I. Primary transsexualism. American
Journal of Psychotherapy, 28 (1), 4-20. |
BOCKTING, W. & EHRBAR, R.D. (2005). Commentary :
Gender variance, dissonance, or identity disorder ? Journal
of Psychology & Human Sexuality, 17 (3/4),
125-134. |
|
WINTERS, K. (2005). Gender Dissonance : Diagnostic reform
of gender identity disorder for adults. Journal of
Psychology & Human Sexuality, 17 (3-4), 76. |
|
ZUCKER, K.J. & SPITZER, R. (2005). Was the gender
identity disorder of childhood diagnosis introduced into
DSM-III as a backdoor maneuver to replace homosexuality ?
A historical note. Journal of Sex & Marital
Therapy, 31 (1), 31-42. |
|
POMEROY, W. (1975). The diagnosis and treatment of
transvestites and transsexuals. Journal of Sex &
Marital Therapy, 1 (3), 215-224. |
BRYANT, K. (2006). Making Gender Identity Disorder of
Childhood : Historical lessons for contemporary debates. Sexuality
Research & Social Policy: Journal of NRSC, 3,
23-29. |
|
BARTLETT, N.H., VASY, P.L. (2006). A retrospective study
of childhood gender-atypical behavior in Samoan
Fa’afafine. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 35,
659–666. |
|
BENTLER, P.M. (1976). A typology of transsexualism :
Gender identity theory and data. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 5 (6), 567-584. |
CHIU, S.W., GERVAN, S., FAIRBROTHER, C., JOHNSON, L.L.,
OWEN- ANDERSON, A.F.H., BRADLEY, S.J. & ZUCKER, K.J.
(2006). Sex-dimorphic color preference in children with
gender identity disorder : A comarison to clinical and
community controls. Sex Roles, 55 (5-6),
385-395. |
|
MORGAN, A.J. (1978). Psychotherapy for transsexual
candidates screened out of surgery. Archives of
Sexual Behavior, 7, 273-282. |
LEV, A.I. (2006). Disordering gender identity: Gender
identity disorder in the DSM-IV-TR. Journal of
Psychology & Human Sexuality, 17 (3-4), 35-69 |
|
MONEY, J. & RUSSO, A.J. (1979). Homosexual outcome of
discordant gender identity/role : Longitudinal follow-up.
Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 4, 29-41. |
DRUMMOND, K.D., BRADLEY, S.J., PETERSON-BADALI, M. &
ZUCKER, K.J. (2008). A follow-up study of girls with
gender identity disorder. Developmental Psychology,
44, 34-45. |
|
COATES, S. & ZUCKER, K.J.. (1988). Gender identity
disorders in children. In C.J. Kestenbaum & D.T.
Williams (Eds.), Handbook of clinical assessment of
children and adolescents (Vol. II, pp. 893-914).
New York : New York University Press. |
EHRBAR, R.D., WITTY, M.C., EHRBAR, H.G. & BOCKTING, W.
(2008). Clinician judgment in the diagnosis of gender
identity disorder in children. Journal of Sex &
Marital Therapy, 34, 385-412. |
|
ZUCKER, K.J. (1990). Treatment of gender identity
disorders in children. In R. Blanchard & B.W. Steiner
(Eds.), Clinical management of gender identity
disorders in children and adults (pp. 27-45).
Washington, D.C. : American Psychiatric Press, Inc. |
COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T., DELAMARRE-VAN DE WAAL, H.A. &
GOOREN, L.J.G. (2008). The treatment of adolescent
transsexuals : Changing insights. Journal of Sexual
Medicine, 5, 1892-1897. [PDF] |
|
BRADLEY, S.J. & ZUCKER, K.J. (1990). Gender identity disorder and psychosexual problems in children and adolescents. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 35, 477-486. |
BOCKTING, W. (2009). Are gender identity disorders mental
disorders ? Recommendations for revision of the World
Professional Association for transgender health'sstandards
of care. International Journal of Transgenderism, 11
(1), 53-62. |
|
ZUCKER, K.J. & BRADLEY, S.J. (1992). Gender identity
disorder in children. Annual Review of Sex Research,
3, 73-120. |
AULT, A. & BRZUZY, S. (2009). Removing gender identity
disorder from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of
Mental Disorders : A call for action. Social Work,
54, 187-189. |
|
ZUCKER, K.J. & BRADLEY S.J. (1995). Gender
identity disorder and psychosexual problems in children
and adolescents. Guilford Press. |
LEVINE, S.B. & SOLOMON, A. (2009). Meanings and
political implications of "psychopathology" in a gender
identity clinic : A report of 10 cases. Journal of
Sex & Marital Therapy, 35 (1), 40-57. |
|
ZUCKER, K. (2010). The DSM diagnostic criteria for gender
identity disorder in children. Archives of Sex Behavior,
39 (2), 4777-498. [PDF] |
|
COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. & PFÄFFLIN, F. (2010). The DSM
diagnostic criteria for gender identity disorder in
adolescents and adults. Archives of Sexual Behavior,
39 (2), 499-513. |
BRADLEY, S.J., BLANCHARD, R., COATES, S., GREEN, R.,
LEVINE, S.B., MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L., PAULY, I.B. &
ZUCKER, K.J. (1991). Interim report of the DSM-IV sub-
committee on gender identity disorders. Archives of
Sexual Be-
havior, 20, (4), 333–343. |
BYNE, W.M., BRADLEY, S.J., COLEMAN, E., PLEAK, R.R. &
TOMPKINS, D.A. (2012). Report of the American psychiatric
association task force on treatment of gender identity
disorder. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 41 (4),
759-796. |
|
ISAY, R.A., (1997). Remove gender identity disorder from
the DSM. Psychiatric News, 32 (22), 9-13. |
McDONALD-LABELLE, S. (2012). A critique of gender identity
disorder and its application. Revue Interdisciplinaire
des Sciences de la Santé / Interdisciplinary Journal of
Health Sciences, 2 (2), 41-47. [PDF] |
|
FEDER, E.K. (1997). Disciplinng the family : The case of
gender identity disorder. Philosophical Studies, 85
(2-3) |
GIORDANO, S. (2012). Sliding doors : Should treatment of
gender identity disorder and other body modifications be
privately funded ? Medicine, Healthcare, &
Philosophy, 15 (1), 34-40. |
|
LANDEN, M. & RAMUSSEN, P. (1997). Gender identity
disorder in a girl with autism-a case report. European
Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 6 (3), 170-173. |
|
|
ZUCKER, K.J. (1999). Gender identity disorder in the
DSM-IV. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 25,
5-9. |
BYNE, W.M., BRADLEY, S.J., COLEMAN, E., PLEAK, R.R. &
TOMPKINS, D.A. (2012). American Journal of
Psychiatry, 169 (8), 875-876. |
|
COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. & GOOREN, L.J. (1999).
Transsexualism : a review of diagnosis, etiology, and
treatment. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 46 (4),
315-333. |
ZUCKER, K.J. & DUSCHINSKY, R. (2017). Dilemmas
encountered by the sexual and gender identity disorders
Work Group for DSM-5 : An interview with Kenneth J.
Zucker. Psychology & Sexuality, 7, 23-33. |
|
|
Voir aussi Dysphorie
de genre et Identité
sexuelle |
|
|
Trouble de l'excitation sexuelle :
Sexual aversion syndrome.
| |
|
| TRUDEL,
G. (1988). Les dysfonctions sexuelles. Montréal.
Les Presses de l'Universié du Québec. |
|
|
Trouble
de la mémoire : Ensemble des troubles et des maladies
qui entravent le fonctionnement normal de la mémoire.
Il peut s'agir d'un affaiblissement momentané ou définitif de la capacité à mémoriser de nouvelles informations, à stocker des
informations à court ou à long
terme , à se rappeler,
à percevoir ou reconnaîre
des objets familliers, à exécuter certains tâches, etc.
Disorders of memory, memory disorders.
| |
|
|
BUTTERS, N. & DELIS, D.C. (1995). Clinical assessment
of memory disorders in aamnesia nd dementia. Annual
Review of Psychology, 46, 493-523. |
SNOWDEN, J.S. (2002). Disorders of semantic memory. In
A.D. Baddeley, M.D. Kopelman & B.A. Wilson BA, (Eds.)
Handbook of memory disorders (pp. 293-314).
Chichester : John Wiley. |
|
KOPELMAN, M.D. (2002). Disorders of memory. Brain,
125 (10), 2152-2190. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble
neurocognitif |
|
|
Trouble de la personnalité : Ensemble de troubles qui se caractérise par une désorganisation plus ou
moins importante de la personnalité,
qui se manifeste par de nombreux symptômes,
notamment des comportements étranges, inadéquats ou
dysfonctionnels.
( ): Voir tableau
ci-dessous.
Personality disorder.
| |
|
|
RIBOT, T.A. (1885). Les maladies de la personnalité. |
KLONSKY, E.D., OLTMANNS, T.F., TURKHEIMER, E. &
FIEDLER, E. (2000). Recollections of conflict with parents
and family support in the personality disorders.
Journal of Personality Disorders, 14, 311-322. [PDF]
|
|
BINET, A. (1892). Les altérations de la personnalité.
Paris : Félix Alcan. |
GABBARD, G.O. (2000). Psychotherapy of personality
disorders. Journal of Psychotherapy Research &
Practice, 9 (1), 1-6. |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1919). Human personality and its pathology.
Journal of Philosophy, Psychology, Scientific Method,
16, 236-246. |
KOERNER, K. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2000). Research on
dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality
disorder. The Psychiatric Clinics of North America,
23 (1), 151-167. |
|
HUNT, J. McV. (Ed. ) (1944). Personality and behavior
disorders. New York : Ronald Press. |
KLONSKY, E.D. (2000). The DSM classification of
personality disorder : Clinical wisdom or empirical truth
? Journal of Clinical Psychology, 56, 1615-1621.
[PDF] |
|
AUSUBEL, D.P. (1961). Personality disorder is disease.
American Psychologist, 16 (2), 59-74. |
COSTA, P.T. & WIDIGER, T.A. (2001). Personality
disorders and the five-factor model of personality.
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
WHITE, R.W. (1964). The abnormal personality.
New York : Ronald Press. |
BENDER, D.S., DOLAN, R.T., SKODOL, A.E., SANISLOW, C.A.,
DYCK, I.R., McGlASHAN, T.H., SHEA, M.T., ZANARINI, M.C.,
OLDHAM, J.M. & GUNDERSON, J.G. (2001). Treatment
utilization by patients with personality disorders. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 295-302. |
|
KERNBERG, O. (1984). Severe personality disorders.
New Haven, CT : Yale University Press |
ALDEN, L.E., LAPOSA, J.M., TAYLOR C.T. & RYDER, A.G.
(2002). Avoidant personality disorder : Current status and
future directions. Journal of Personality Disorders,
16, 1-29. |
|
PILGRIM, D. (2002). Personality disorder (Correspondence).
British Journal of Psychiatry, 181, 77-78. |
|
LIEBOWITZ, M.R., STONE, M.H. & TURKAT, I.D. (1986)
Treatment of personality disorders. In A.J. Frances &
R.E. Hales (Eds.), American Psychiatric Association
Annual Review (Vol. 5). Washington, DC : American
Psychiatric Press. |
FÉLINE, A., GUELFI, J.D. et HARDY, P. (2002). Les
troubles de la personnalité. Paris : Flammarion. |
|
LORANGER, A.W., SUSMAN, V.L., OLDHAM, J.M. &
RUSSAKOFF, L.M. (1987). The Personality Disorder
Examination: A preliminary report. Journal of
Personality Disorders, 1, 1-13. |
KLONSKY, E.D., OLTMANNS, T.F., TURKHEIMER, E. &
FIEDLER, E. (2002). Informant-reports of personality
disorder : Relation to self-reports and future research
directions. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 9, 300-311. |
|
MIRANDA, A., PRESNTACION, M.J. & SORIANO, M. (2002).
Effectiveness of a school-based multicomponent program for
the treatment of ADHD. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 35, 546-562. |
|
RAPOPORT J.L. & ZAMETKIN, A. (1988). Drug treat- ment
of attention deficit disorder. In L.M. Bloomingdale &
J. Sergeant (Eds.), Attention deficit disorder :
Criteria, cognition, intervention (pp. 161-182).
New York : Pergamon Press. |
JONES, S.H. (2002). Assessment of prevalence of
personality disorder in primary and secondary care.
Proceedings of the British Psychological Society, 10,
112. |
|
CANNON, T., TURKHEIMER, E. & OLTMANNS, T.F. (2003).
Factorial structure of pathological personality as
evaluated by peers. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
112 (1), 81-91. [PDF] |
|
FAHY, T.A. (1988). The diagnosis of multiple personality
disorder : A critical review. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 153, 597-606. |
McDERMUT, W., ZIMMERMAN, M. & CHELMINSKI, I. (2003).
The construct validity of depressive personality disorder.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 112, 49-60. |
|
KERNBERG, O.F. (1989). Troubles graves de la
personnalité : les stratégies psychothérapiques. Paris
: Presses Universitaires de France. |
FARABAUGH, A., MISCHOULON, D., YEUNG, A., ALPERT, J.,
MATTHEWS, J., FAVA, J. & FAVA, M. (2002). Predictors
of stable personality disorder diagnoses in outpatients
with remitted depression. Journal of Nervous &
Mental Disease, 190 (4), 248-256. |
|
ALDEN, L. (1989). Short-term structured treatment for
avoidant personality disorder. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 57, 756-764. |
OLTMANNS, T.F., FRIEDMAN, J.N., FIEDLER, E.R. &
TURKHEIMER, E. (2004). Perceptions of people with
personality disorders based on thin slices of behavior. Journal
of Research in Personality, 38, 216-229. |
|
HUPRICH, S.K. (2004). Convergent and discriminant validity
of three measures of depressive personality disorder. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 82, 321-328. |
|
FELDBRUGGE, J. (1992) Rehabilitation of patients with
personality disorders : patient-staff collaboration used
as a working model and a tool. Criminal Behaviour
& Mental Health, 2, 169-176. |
BOARD, B.J. & FRITZON, K. (2005). Disordered
personalities at work. Psychology Crime & Law,
11, 17-32. |
|
|
COOLIDGE, F.L. & MERWIN, M.M. (1992). Reliability and
validity of the Coolidge Axis II Inventory: A new
inventory for the assessment of personality disorders. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 59, 223-238. |
HARPIN, V.A. (2005). The effect of ADHD on the life of an
individual, their family, and community from preschool to
adult life. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 90
(S1), 2-7. |
|
PERRY, J.C. (1992). Problems and considerations in the
valid assessment of personality disorders. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 149, 1645-1653. |
GABBARD, G.O. (2005). Mind, brain, and personality
disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162 (4),
648-655. [PDF] |
|
STONE, M.H. (1993). Long-term outcome in personality
disorders. British Journal of Psychiatry, 162,
299-313. |
OLTMANNS, T.F., GLEASON, M.E.J., KLONSKY, E.D. &
TURKHEIMER, E. (2005). Meta-perception for pathological
personality traits : Do we know when others think that we
are difficult ? Consciousness & Cognition, 14,
739-751. [PDF] |
|
EPPRIGHT, T.D., KASHANI, J.H. & ROBINSON, B.D. (1993)
Comorbidity of conduct disorder and personality disorders
in an incarcerated juvenile population. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1233-1236. |
PROULX, J. (2006). Les troubles de la personnalité des
agresseurs sexuels. Dans T. Pham (Dir.), L'évaluation
diagnostique des agresseurs sexuels (p. 43-68).
Belgique : Mardaga. |
|
LIVESLEY, W.J., JACKSON, D.N. & VERNON, P.A. (1993).
Genetic and environmental contributions to dimensions of
personality disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry,
150 (12), 1826-1831. |
NEWTON-HOWES, G., TYRER, P. & JOHNSON, T. (2006).
Personality disorder and the outcome of depression :
meta-analysis of published studies. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 188, 13-20.
[PDF] |
|
SAMUELS, J.F., NESTADT, G, ROMANOSKI, A.J., FOLSTEIN, M.F.
& McHUGH, P.R. (1994). DSM-III personality disorders
in the community. American Journal of Psychiatry,
151, 1055-1062. |
HUPRICH, S.K., ZIMMERMAN, M. & CHELMINSKI, I. (2006).
Disentangling depressive personality disorder from
avoidant, borderline, and obsessive-compulsive personality
disorders. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 47, 298-306. |
|
COOLIDGE, F.L., BURNS, E.M. & MOONEY, J.A. (1995).
Reliability of observer ratings in the assessment of
personality disorders : A preliminary study. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 51, 22-28. |
HUPRICH, S.K. & BORNSTEIN, R.F. (2007). Categorical
and dimensional assessment of personality disorders : A
consideration of the issues. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 89, 3-15. |
|
ZUCKERMAN, M. (1995). Good and bad humors : Biochemical
bases of personality and its disorders. Psychological
Science, 6 (6), 325-332. [PDF] |
REID, W.H. & THORNE, S.A. (2007). Personality
disorders and violence potential. Journal of
Psychiatric Practice, 13 (4), 1-8. [PDF] |
|
FARMER, R.F. & NELSON-GRAY, R.O. (1995). Anxiety,
impulsivity, and the anxious-fearful and erratic-dramatic
personality disorders. Journal of Research in
Personality, 29, 189-207. |
NELSON-GRAY, R.O., MITCHELL, J.T., KIMBREL N.A. &
HURST, R.M. (2007). The development and maintenance of
personality disorders : A behavioral perspective.The
Behavior Analyst Today, 8 (4), 443-482. [PDF] |
|
ZUCKERMAN, M. (1995). Good and bad humors : Biochemical
bases of personality and its disorders. Psychological
Science, 6 (6), 325-332. [PDF] |
KENDLER, K.S., AGGEN, S.H., CZAJKOWSKI, N., ROYSAMB, E.,
TAMBS, K., TORGERSEN, S., NEALE, M.C. &
REICHBORN-KJENNERUD, T. (2008). The structure of genetic
and environmental risk factors for DSM-IV personality
disorders : a multivariate twin study. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 65 (12), 1438- 1446. [PDF] |
|
FOUNTOULAKIS, K.N., LECHT, S. & APRINIS, G.S. (2008).
Personality disorders and violence. Current Opinion in
Psychiatry, 21, 84-92. |
|
MILLON, T. & DAVIES, R.D. (1996). Disorders of
personality : DSM-IV and beyond. New York : John
Wiley & Sons, Inc. |
CLARK, L.A. (2009). Stability and change in personality
disorder. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 18 (1), 27-31. |
|
OLTMANNS, T.F. & TURKHEIMER, E. (2009). Person
perception and personality pathology. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 18, 32-36. |
|
ESVEC, E. & ECHEBURUA, E. (2010). Violence and
personality disorders: clinical and forensic implications.
Actas Españolas de Psiquiatría, 38 (5), 249-261.
[PDF] |
|
MARSHALL, W. & SERIN, R. (1997). Personality
disorders. In S.M. Turner & R. Hersen (Eds.),
Adult psychopathology and diagnosis (pp. 508-541).
New York : Wiley. |
MURPHY, N. & McVEY, D. (2010). Treating severe
personality disorder : Creatin robust services for
clients with complex mental health needs. London :
Routledge |
|
MILLER, J.D. & LEVY, K.S. (2011). Personality and
personality disorders in the DSM-5 : Introduction to the
Special Issue. Personality Disorders : Theory,
Research, & Treatment, 2 (1), 1-3 [PDF] |
|
OLTMANNS, T.F. & TURKHEIMER, E. & STRAUSS, M.E.
(1998). Peer assessment of personality traits and
pathology. Assessment, 5, 53-65. |
SKODOL, A.E., BENDER, D.S., MOREY, L.C., ALARCON, R.D.,
SIEVER, L.J., CLARK, L.E., KRUEGER, R.F., VERHEUL, R.
BELL, C.C. & OLDHAM, J.M. (2011). Proposed changes in
personality and personality disorder assessment and
diagnosis for DSM-5 part I : Description and Rational. Personality
Disorders : Theory, Research, & Treatment, 2
(1), 4-22. [PDF] |
|
OLTMANNS, T.F. & BALSIS, S. (2011). Personality
pathology in later life : Questions about the measurement,
course, and impact of disorders. Annual Review of
Clinical Psychology, 7, 321-349. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, P.M. & LISAK, D. (1999). Associations between
childhood abuse and personality disorder symptoms in
college males. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 14
(6), 642-656. |
LEVY, K.N., JOHSON, B.N, CLOUTHIER, T.L., SCALA, J.W.
& TEMES, C.M. (2015). An attachment theoretical
framework for personality disorders. Canadian
Psychology / Psychologie Canadienne, 56 (2),
197-207. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Troubles et Personnalité |
|
|
Trouble de la personnalité (Mesures/Évaluations)
: Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
les troubles de la
personnalité. Assessment of personality
disorder.
|
|
|
COOLIDGE, F.L. & MERWIN, M.M. (1992). Reliability and
validity of the Coolidge Axis II Inventory : A new
inventory for the assessment of personality disorders. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 59, 223-238. |
|
PERRY, J.C. (1992). Problems and considerations in the
valid assessment of personality disorders. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 149, 1645-1653. |
|
WESTEN, D (1997). Divergences between clinical and
research methods for assessing personality disorders. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 154 (7), 895-903. |
|
COOLIDGE, F.L., THEDE, L.L., STEWART, S.E. & SEGAL,
D.L. (2002). The Coolidge Personality and Neuropsychology
Inventory for Children : Preliminary psychometric
characteristics. Behavior Modification, 26,
550-566. [PDF] |
|
ARNTZ, A., VAN DEN HOORN, M., VERHEUL, C.J., VAN DEN
BOSCH, W.M.C. & DE BIE, A.J.H.T. (2003). Reliability
and validity of the borderline personality disorder
severity index. Journal of Personality Disorders, 17,
45-59. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Personnalité |
|
|
|
|
Trouble
de la personnalité narcissique : TPN :
Narcissistic personality disorders.
| |
|
|
RANK, O. (1911/74). Une contribution au narcissisme.
Paris : Topiques. |
CAMPBELL, W.K. (2001). Is narcissism really so
bad ? Psychological Inquiry, 12, 214-216. |
|
FREUD, S. (1914/86). Pour introduire le narcissisme :
métapsychologie. Paris : Gallimard. |
PAULHUS, D.L. & WILLIAMS, K.M. (2002). The
dark triad of personality : Narcissism, machiavellianism,
and psychopathy. Journal of Research in Personality,
36, 556-563. [PDF] |
|
HARNIK, J. (1924). The various developments undergone by
narcissism in men and in women. International Journal
of Psycho-Analysis, 5, 66-83. |
BARRY, C.T., FRICK, P.J. & KILLIAN, A.L. (2003). The
relation of narcissism and self-esteem to conduct problems
in children : A preliminary investigation. Journal of
Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 32,
139-152. [PDF]
|
|
ELLIS, H. (1927). The conception of narcissism. Psychoanalytic
Review, 14, 129-153. |
KUBARYCH, T.S., DEARY, I.J. & AUSTIN, E.J. (2004). The
Narcissistic Personality Inventory : Factor structure in a
non-clinical sample. Personality & Individual
Differences, 36, 857-872. |
|
FEDERN, P. (1928). Narcissism in the structure of the ego.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 9,
401-419. |
LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2005). Psychopathy,
machiavellianism, and narcissism in the Five-Factor model
and the HEXACO model of personality structure. Personality
& Individual Differences, 38, 1571-1582. [PDF]
|
|
ABENHEIMER, K.M. (1945) On narcissism — Including an
analysis of Shakespeare’s King Lear. British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 20 (3), 322–329. |
AMES, R.D., ROSE, P. & ANDERSON, P.C. (2006). The
NPI-16 as a short measure of narcissism. Journal of
Research in Personality, 40, 440-450. [PDF]
|
|
REICH, A. (1953). Narcissistic object choice in
Women. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 1, 122-144. |
KERNBERG, O.F. (2007). The almost untreatable narcissistic
patient. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 55 (2), 503-539. |
|
GRAUER, D. (1955). Homosexuality and the paranoid
psychoses as related to the concept of narcissism. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 24, 516-526. |
THOMAES, S., BUSHMAN, B.J., STEGGE, H. & OLTHOF, T.
(2008). Trumping shame by blasts of noise : Narcissism,
self-esteem, shame, and aggression in young adolescents. Child
Development, 79 (6), 1792-1801.
[PDF] |
|
HART, H.H. (1958). Maternal narcissism and the Oedipus
complex. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis,
39, 188-190. |
CRAMER, P. & CONSTANCE, J. (2008). Narcissism,
identification, and longitudinal change in psychological
health : Dynamic predictions. Journal of Research in
Personality, 42, 1148-1159. |
|
ROSENFELD, H. (1964). On the psychopathology of narcissism
: A clinical approach. In H. Rosenfeld (1965/2004), Psychotic
states. Londres : Karnac. |
FULFORD, D., JOHNSON, S.L. & CARVER, C.S. (2008).
Commonalities and differences in characteristics of
persons at risk for narcissism and mania. Journal of
Research in Personality, 42, 1427-1438. |
|
FREEMAN, T. (1962). Narcissism and defensive processes in
schizophrenic states. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 43, 415-425. |
TWENGE, J.M. & FOSTER, J.D. (2008). Mapping the scale
of the narcissism epidemic : Increases in narcissism
2002-2007 within ethnic groups. Journal of Research in
Personality, 42, 1619-1622. [PDF]
|
|
KOHUT, H. (1966). Forms and transformations of narcissism.
In C.B. Strozier (Ed.), Self psychology and the
humanities : Reflections on a new psychoanalytic
approach (pp. 124-160). New York, NY : W.W.
Norton. |
CAIN, N.M., PINCUS, A.L. & ANSELL, E.B. (2008).
Narcissism at the crossroads : Phenotypic description of
pathological narcissism across clinical theory,
social/personality psychology, and psychiatric diagnosis.
Clinical Psychology Review, 28, 638-656. |
|
KOHUT, H. (1968). Narcissistic personality disorders :
outline systematic approach. Psychoanalytic Study of
the Child, 23, 86-113. |
TWENGE, J.M., KONRATH, S., FOSTER, J.D., CAMPBELL, K.
& BUSHMAN, B.J. (2008). Egos inflating over time : A
cross-temporal meta-analysis of the Narcissistic
Personality Inventory. Journal of Personality, 76
(4), 875-901. [PDF]
|
|
|
KOHUT, H. (1968). The psychoanalytic treatment of
narcissistic personality disorders — Outline of a
systematic approach. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child,
23 (1), 86–113. |
RUSS, E., SHEDLER, J. BRADLEY, R. & WESTERN, D.
(2008). Refining the construct of narcissistic personality
disorder : Diagnostic criteria and subtypes. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 1473-1481. [PDF]
|
| PULVER, S.E. (1970). Narcissism — The term &
the concept. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 18 (2), 319–341. |
CORRY, N., MERRITT, R.D., MRUG, S. & PAMP, B. (2008).
The factor structure of the Narcissistic Personality
Inventory. Journal of Personality Assessment, 90,
593-600. |
|
KERNBERG, O.F. (1970). Factors in the psychoanalytic
treatment of narcissistic personality disorders.
Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 18 (1),
51–85. |
THOMAES, S., STEGGE, H., BUSHMAN, B.J. & OLTHOF, T.
(2008). Development and validation of the Childhood
Narcissism Scale. Journal of Personality Assessment,
90, 382-391. [PDF]
|
|
ROSENFELD, H. (1971). A clinical approach to the
psycho-analytic theory of the life and death instincts :
an investigation into the aggressive aspects of
narcissism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
52, 169-178. |
CARLSON, K.S. & GJERDE, P.F. (2009). Preschool
personality antecedents of narcissism in adolescence and
young adulthood : A 20-Year longitudinal study. Journal
of Research in Personality, 43, 570-578. [PDF]
|
|
KERNBERG, O.F. (1974). Further contributions : treatment
of narcissistic personalities. International Journal
of Psycho-Analysis, 55, 215-240. |
MILLER, J.D., GAUGHAN, E.T., PRYOR, L.R., KAMEN, C. &
CAMPBELL, W.K. (2009). Is research using the Narcissistic
Personality Inventory relevant for understanding
narcissistic personality disorder ? Journal of
Research in Personality, 43, 482-488. |
|
SCHWARTZ, L. (1974). Narcissistic personality
disorders - A clinical discussion. Journal of American
Psychoanalytic Association, 22, 292-305 |
BROWN, R.P., BUDZEK, K. & TAMBORSKI, M. (2009). On the
meaning and measure of narcissism. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 35, 951-964. |
|
STOLOROW, R.D. (1975) Toward a functional definition of
narcissism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
56, 179–185. |
TWENGE, J.M. & CAMPBELL, W.K. (2009). The
narcissism epidemic : living in the age of entitlement.
New York : Free Press. |
|
KERNBERG, O.F. (1975). Borderline conditions and
pathological narcissism. New York : Aronson. |
BESSER, A. & PRIEL, B. (2010). Grandiose narcissism
versus vulnerable narcissism in threatening situations :
emotional reactions to achievement failure and
interpersonal rejection. Journal of Social &
Clinical Psychology, 29 (8), 874-902. [PDF]
|
|
RASKIN R. & HALL, C.S. (1979). A narcissistic
personality inventory. Psychological Reports, 45,
590. |
PINCUS, A.L. & LUKOWITSKY, M.R. (2010). Pathological
narcissism and narcissistic personality disorder.
Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 6, 421-446. |
|
RASKIN, R. & HALL, C.S. (1981). The Narcissistic
Personality Inventory : Alternate form reliability and
further evidence of construct validity. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 45,159-162. |
ACKERMAN, R.A., WITT, E.A., DONNELLAN, M.B., TRZESNIEWSKI,
K., ROBINS, R.W. & KASHY, D. (2011). What does the
narcissistic personality inventory really measure ?
Assessment, 18 (1), 67-87. [PDF]
|
|
MASTERSON J. (1981). The narcissistic and borderline
disorders. New York : Brunner/Mazel. |
KEALY, D. & OGRODNICZUK, J.S. (2011). Narcissistic
interpersonal problems in clinical practice. Harvard
Review Psychiatry, 19 (6), 290-301. [PDF]
|
|
GREEN, A. (1983). Narcissisme de vie, narcissisme de
mort. Paris : Éditions de Minuit. |
MORF, C.C., TORCHETTI, L. & SCHÜRCH, E. (2011).
Narcissism from the perspective of the dynamic
self-regulatory processing model. In W.K. Campbell &
J. Miller (Eds.), The handbook of narcissism and
narcissistic personality disorder : Theoretical
approaches, empirical findings, and treatment (pp.
56-70). Hoboken, NJ : Wiley. |
|
WATSON, P.J., GRISHAM, S.O., TROTTER, M.V. & BIDERMAN,
M.D. (1984). Narcissism and empathy : Validity evidence
for the narcissistic personality inventory. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 48, 301-305. |
PINCUS, A.L. (2011). Some comments on nomology, diagnostic
process, and narcissistic personality disorder in the
DSM-5 proposal for personality and personality disorders.
Personality Disorders : Theory, Research, &
Treatment, 2, 41-53. |
|
EMMONS, R.A. (1984). Factor analysis and construct
validity of the Narcissistic Personality Inventory.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 48, 291-300. |
|
|
SMITH, D.L. (1985) Freud’s developmental approach to
narcissism : A concise review. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 66, 489–497. |
DOUGLAS, H., BORE, M. & MUNRO, D.F. (2012).
Distinguishing the dark triad : Evidence from the five
factor model and the Hogan Development Survey. Psychology,
3 (3), 237-242. [PDF]
|
|
RUSSELL, G.A. (1985). Narcissism and the narcissistic
personality disorder : A comparison of the theories of
Kernberg and Kohut. British Journal of Medical
Psychology, 58 (2): , 137–148. |
PINCUS, A.L. (2013). The Pathological Narcissism
Inventory. In J. Ogrudniczuk (Ed.), Understanding and
treating pathological narcissism (pp. 93-110).
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
EMMONS, R.A. (1987). Narcissism : Theory and measurement.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 52,
1117. [PDF] |
WRIGHT, A.G.C., PINCUS, A.L., THOMAS, K.M., HOPWOOD, C.J.,
MARKON, K.E. & KRUEGER, R.F. (2013). Conceptions of
narcissism and the DSM-5 pathological personality traits.
Assessment, 20, 339-352. [PDF]
|
|
RASKIN, R. & TERRY, H. (1988). A principal-components
analysis of the Narcissistic Personality Inventory and
further evidence of its construct validity. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 52 (5),
890-902. [PDF] |
|
|
GABBARD, G.O. (1989). Two subtypes of narcissistic
personality disorder. Bulletin of the Menninger
Clinic, 53 (6), 527-532. |
|
|
WRIGHT, F., O'LEARY, J. & BALKIN, J. (1989). Shame,
guilt, narcissism, and depression : Correlates and sex
differences. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 6, 217-230. |
|
|
|
RASKIN, R., NOVACEK, J. & HOGAN, R. (1991).
Narcissism, self-esteem, and defensive self-enhancement. Journal
of Personality, 59, 20-38. |
PINCUS, A.L., CAIN, N.M. & WRIGHT, A.G.C. (2014).
Narcissistic grandiosity and narcissistic vulnerability in
psychotherapy. Personality Disorders : Theory,
Research, & Treatment, 5, 439-443. [PDF]
|
|
RASKIN, R., NOVACEK, J. & HOGAN, R. (1991).
Narcissistic self-esteem management. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 60 (6),
911-918. [PDF] |
|
|
WATSON, P.J. & BIDERMAN, B.D. (1993). Narcissistic
Personality Inventory factors, splitting and
self-consciousness. Journal of Personality Assessment,
61 (1), 41-57. [PDF] |
|
|
McHOSKEY, J.W. (1995). Narcissism and machiavellianism. Psychological
Reports, 77, 755-759. |
|
|
RHODEWALT, F. & MORF, C.C. (1995). Self and
interpersonal correlates of the Narcissistic Personality
Inventory. Journal of Research in Personality, 29, 1-23. |
VAN DER LINDEN, S. & ROSENTHAL, S.A. (2016). Measuring
narcissism with a single question ? An replication and
extension of the Single-Item Narcissism Scale (SINS).
Personality & Individual Differences, 90, 238-241.
[PDF] |
|
HENDIN, H.M. & CHEEK, J.M. (1997). Assessing
hypersensitive narcissism : A reexamination of Murray's
narcissism scale. Journal of Research in Personality,
31, 588-599. |
|
|
BUSHMAN, B.J. & BAUMEISTER, R.F. (1998). Threatened
egotism, narcissism, self-esteem, and direct and displaced
aggression : Does self-love or self-hate lead to violence
? Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 75,
219-229. |
|
|
TSCHANZ, B., MORF, C.C. & TURNER, C. (1998). Gender
differences in the structure of narcissism : a multi
sample analysis of the narcissistic personality inventory.
Sex Roles, 38 (9/10), 863-870. |
MORF, C.C., SCHÜRCH E., KÜFNER, A., SIEGRIST, P., VATER
A., BACK, M., MESTEL R. & SCHRÖDER-ABÉ, M. (2017).
Expanding the nomological net of the Pathological
Narcissism Inventory : German validation and extension in
a clinical inpatient sample. Assessment, 24 (4),
419-443. |
|
KERNBERG, O.F. (1998). Pathological narcissism and
narcissistic personality disorder : Theoretical background
and diagnostic classification. In E.F. Ronningstam (Ed.),
Disorders of narcissism : Diagnostic, clinical, and
empirical implications (pp. 29-51). Northvale, NJ
: Jason Aronson. |
|
|
CRAMER, P. (1998). Freshman to senior year : A follow-up
study of identity, narcissism and defense mechanisms. Journal
of Research in Personality, 32, 156-172. |
|
|
KERNBERG, O.F. (1999). Sexual inhibition during treatment
of a narcissistic patient. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 80, 899-908. |
DONNELLAN, M.B., ACKERMAN, R.A. & WRIGHT, A G.C.
(2021). Narcissism in contemporary personality psychology.
In O.P. John and R.W. Robins (Eds.), Handbook of
personality : Theory and research (pp. 625-641).
New York : Guilford. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Narcissisme,
Valorisation de
soi, Machiavelisme,
Paranoïa, Estime
de soi, Génération
du moi et Soi |
| LAPLANCHE,
J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la
psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
|
|
| Trouble de la personnalité narcissique : TPN (Mesures/Évaluations) : Voir Narcissisme
(Mesures/Évalautions).
Pathological
Narcissism Inventory, narcissistic personality inventory. |
Trouble
de la vision : Ensemble des difficultés à discerner les
objets ou leurs propriétés
(forme, couleur, texture, etc). Visual
impairment.
| |
|
|
FICHTEN, C.S., NGUYEN, M.N., ASUNCION, J., MARTINIELLO,
N., JORGENSEN, M., BUDD, J., AMSEL, R. & LIBMAN, E.
(2016). An exploratory study of college and university
students with visual impairment in Canada : Grades and
graduation. British Journal of Visual Impairment, 34
(1), 91-100.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trouble
de stress aigu :
|
Trouble de stress post-traumatique : TSPT : Trouble
anxieux consécutif à une forte émotion
de peur causée par un événement
traumatisant (un
accident de voiture, un désastre
naturel, une guerre,
un attentat, un viol,
le décès d'un proche, etc.). Cette peur peut entraîner une
désorganisation temporaire ou permanente des comportements
ou de la personnalité,
désorganisation qui se traduit sur le moment par une peur intense
et un sentiment d'horreur, suivi, après l'événement traumatisant,
par un niveau élevé de stress
ou d'anxiété, des cauchemars
et, dans certains cas, par un état
catatonique. TSTP, résilience
et syndrome
du survivant. = TSPT, stress
post-traumatique, SPT, syndrome de stress post-traumatique, état
de stress post-traumatique. Post
Traumatic Stress Disorder,
PTSD.
| |
|
|
MALLOY, P.F., FAIRBANK, J.A. & KEANE, T.M. (1983)
Validation of a multimethod assessment of post-traumatic
stress disorders in Vietnam veterans. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51, 488-494. |
FRUEH, C.B., HAMNER, M.B., BERNAT, J.A., TURNER, S.M.,
KEANE, T.M. & ARANA, G.W. (2002). Racial differences
in psychotic symptoms among combat veterans with PTSD. Depression
& Anxiety, 16, 157-161. |
|
KOLB, L.C., BURRIS, B.C. & GRIFFITHS, S. (1984).
Propranolol and clonidine in treatment of the chronic
post-traumatic stress disorders of war. In B.A. Kolk
(Eds.) Post-traumatic stress disorder : Psychological
and biological sequelae (pp. 98-105). Washington,
D.C. : American Psychiatric Press. |
HULL, A.M. (2002). Neuroimaging findings in post-traumatic
stress disorder systematic review. The British
Journal of Psychiatry, 181, 102-110. [PDF] |
|
YEHUDA, R. (2002). Post-traumatic stress disorder. New
England Journal of Medicine, 346, 108-114. |
|
FLYNN, C.P. & TEGUIS, A. (1984). Grief and the
treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder. Journal
of Sociology & Social Welfare, 11 (4),
778-792. |
VASTERLING, J.J., BRAILEY, K., ALLAIN, A.N., DUKE, L.M.,
CONSTANS, J.I. & SUTKER, P.B. (2002). Attention,
learning, and memory performances and intellectual
resources in Vietnam veterans : PTSD and no disorder
comparisons. Neuropsychology, 16 (1), 5-14. [PDF] |
|
KOLK, B.A., BOYD, H., KRYSTAL, L.J. & GREENBERG, M.
(1984). Post-traumatic stress disorder as a biologically
based disorder : Implications of the animal model in
inescapable shock. In B.A. Kolk, (Eds.), Post-traumatic
stress disorder : Psychological and biological sequelae
(pp. 98-105). Washington, D.C. : American Psychiatric
Press. |
YEHUDA, R. (2002). Clinical relevance of biologic finding
in PTSD. Psychiatric Quarterly, 73 (2), 123-133. |
|
SCHORE, A.N. (2002). Dysregulation of the right brain : a
fundamental mechanism of traumatic attachment and the
psychopathogenesis of posttraumatic stress disorder. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 36, 9-30.
[PDF] |
|
BARD, M., ARNONE, H. & NIMEROFF, D. (1986). Contextual
Influences on post traumatic stress adaption of homicide
survivor victims. In C. Figley (Ed.), Trauma and its
wake : U.S.traumatic stress theory, research, and
intervention (pp. 292-304). New York :
Brenner/Mazel. |
VAN MINNEN, A., ARNTZ, A. & KEIJSERS, G.P.J. (2002).
Prolonged exposure in patients with chronic PTSD :
Predictors of treatment outcome and dropout. Behavior
Research & Therapy, 40, 439-457. |
|
HICKLING, E.J., SIDON, G.F.P. & VANDERPLOEG, K.D.
(1986). The treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder
with biofeedback and relaxation training. Biofeedback
& Self-Regulation, 11, 125-134. |
ULLMAN, S.E. & BRECKLIN, L.R. (2002). Sexual assault
history, PTSD, and mental health service seeking in a
national sample of women. Journal of Community
Psychology, 30, 1-19. |
|
PITMAN, R.K., ORR, S.P., FORFUE, D.F., DE JONG, J.B. &
CLAIBORN, J.M. (1987). Psychophysiologic assessment of
posttraumatic stress disorder imagery in Vietnam combat
veterans. Archives of General Psychiatry, 44,
970-977. |
NOVACO, R.W. & CHEMTOB, C.M. (2002). Anger and
combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal
of Traumatic Stress, 15, 123-132. |
|
NEZU, A.M. & CARNEVALE, G.J. (1987). Posttraumatic
stress disorder among US Army reservists : Comment on
Stretch. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 55, 270- 271. |
SIMMS, L.J., WATSON, D. & DOEBELLING, B.N. (2002).
Confirmatory factor analyses of posttraumatic stress symp-
toms in deployed and nondeployed veterans of the Gulf War.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 111, 637-647. |
|
NEZU, A.M. & CARNEVALE, G.J. (1987). Interpersonal
problem solving and coping reactions of Vietnam veterans
with posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 96, 155-157. |
MAYOU, R., EHLERS, A. & BRYANT, R. (2002).
Posttraumatic stress disorder after motor vehicle
accidents : 3 year follow-up of a prospective longitudinal
study. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 40,
665-675. |
|
HELZER, J.E., ROBINS, L.N. & McEVOY, L. (1987).
Post-traumatic stress disorder in the general population :
Findings of the Epidemiologic Catchment Area Survey. The
New England Journal of Medicine, 317, 1630-1634. |
DIFEDE, J. & HOFFMAN, H.G. (2002). Virtual reality
exposure therapy for World Trade Center post-traumatic
stress disorder : a case report. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 5 (6), 529-535. |
|
NERIA, Y., BROMET, E.J., SIEVERS, S, LAVELLE, J. &
FOCHTMANN, L.J. (2002). Trauma exposure and posttraumatic
stress disorder in psychosis : Findings from a
first-admission cohort. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 70, 246-251. |
|
PITMAN, R.K., ORR, S.P., FORGUE, D.F., DE JONG, J.B. &
CLAIBORN, J.M. (1987). Psychophysiologic assessment of
posttraumatic stress disorder imagery in Vietnam combat
veterans. Archives of General Psychiatry, 44,
970-977. |
PFEFFERBAUM, B., PFEFFERBAUM, R.L., NORTH, C.S. &
NEAS, B.R. (2002). Does television viewing satisfy
criteria for exposure in posttraumatic stress disorder ? Psychiatry,
65, 306-309. |
|
OCHBERG, F.M. (1988). Post-traumatic therapy and
victims of violence. New York : Brunner/Mazel. |
GALEA, S., VLAHOV, D., RESNICK, H., AHERN, J., SUSSER, E.,
GOLD, J., BUCUVALAS, M. & KILPATRICK, D. (2003).
Trends on probable post-traumatic stress disorder in New
York City after the September 11 terrorist attacks.
American Journal of Epidemiology, 158, 514-524. |
|
PITMAN, R.K. (1988). Post-traumatic stress disorder,
conditioning, and network theory. Psychiatric Annals,
18, 182-189. |
HALLIGAN, S.L., MICHAEL, T., CLARK, D.M. & EHLERS, A.
(2003). Posttraumatic stress disorder following assault :
The role of cognitive processing, traumamemory, and
appraisals. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 71 (3), 419-431. [PDF] |
|
|
EHLERS, A. & CLARK, D.M. (2003). A randomized
controlled trial of cognitive therapy, a self-help
booklet, and repeated assessment as early interventions
for PTSD. Archives of General Psychiatry, 60, 1024-1032. |
|
KILPATRICK, D.G., SAUNDERS, B.E., AMICK-McMULLAN, A.,
BEST, C.L., VERONEN, J.J. & RESNICK, H.S. (1989).
Victim and crime factors associated with the development
of crime-related post-traumatic stress disorder.
Behavior Therapy, 20, (2), 199-214. |
McNALLY, R.J. (2003). Remembering trauma.
Cambridge, MA : Belknap Press/Harvard University Press. |
|
PITMAN, R.K., ORR, S.P. & STEKETEE, G. (1989).
Psychophysiological investigations of posttraumatic stress
disorder imagery. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 25,
426-431. |
BREWIN, C.R. (2003). Posttraumatic stress disorder :
Malady or myth ? New Haven : Yale University Press. |
|
FOA, E. & ROTHBAUM, B.O. (1989). Behavioural
psychotherapy for post-traumatic stress disorder. International
Review of Psychiatry, 1, 219-226. |
EHLERS, A., CLARK, D.M., HACKMANN, A., McMANUS, F.,
FENNELL, M., HERBERT, C. & MAYOU, R. (2003). A
randomized controlled trial of cognitive therapy, a
self-help booklet, and repeated assessments as early
interventions for posttraumatic stress disorder.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 60, 1024-1032. |
|
PITMAN, R.K., VAN DER KOLK, B.A., ORR, S.P. &
GREENBERG, M.S. (1990). Naloxone-reversible analgesic
response to combat-related stimuli in posttraumatic stress
disorder. A pilot study. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 47 (6), 541-544. |
FARLEY, M., COTTON, A., LYNNE, J., ZUMBECK, S., SPIWAK,
F., REYES, M.E., ALVAREZ, D. & SEZGIN, U. (2003).
Prostitution and trafficking in 9 countries : Update on
violence and posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal
of Trauma Practice, 2 (3/4), 33-74.
[PDF] |
|
RAUSCH, J., BUTLER, R., BRAFF, D., JENKINS, M., SPROCK, J.
& GEYER, M. (1990). Empirical confirmation of an
exagerated startle response in PTSD. Biological
Psychiatry, 27, 165A. |
TAYLOR, S., THORDASON, D., MAXFIELD, L., FEDOROFF, I.,
LOVELL K. & OGRODNICZUK, J. (2003). Comparative
efficacy, speed, and adverse effects of three PTSD
treatments : Exposure therapy, EMDR, and relaxation
training. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 71 (2), 330-338. |
|
ORCUTT, H.K., ERICKSON, D.J. & WOLFE, J. (2004). The
course of PTSD symptoms among Gulf War veterans : A growth
mixture modeling approach. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 17 (3), 195-202. |
|
PITMAN, R.K., ORR, S.P., FORGUE, D.F., ALTMAN, B., DE
JONG, J.B. & HERZ, L.R. (1990). Psychophysiologic
responses to combat imagery of Vietnam veterans with
posttraumatic stress disorder versus other anxiety
disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 99,
49-54. |
SHIN, L.M., ORR, S.P., CARSON, M.A., RAUCH, S.L., MACKLIN,
M.L., LASKO, N.B., MARZOL PETERS, P., METZGER, L.J.,
DOUGHERTY, D.D., CANNISTRARO, P.A., ALPERT, N.M.,
FISCHMAN, A.J. & PITMAN, R.K. (2004). Regional
cerebral blood flow in amygdala and medial prefrontal
cortex during traumatic imagery in male and female Vietnam
veterans with PTSD. Archives of General Psychiatry,
61, 168-176. [PDF]
|
|
PITMAN, R.K. & ORR, S.P. (1990). Twenty-four hour
urinary cortisol and catecholamine excretion in
combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder. Biological
Psychiatry, 27, 245-247. |
EHLERS, A., HACKMANN, A. & MICHAEL, T. (2004).
Intrusive reexperiencing in posttraumatic stress disorder
: Phenomenology, theory, and therapy. Memory, 12, 403-415.
[PDF] |
|
DALGLIESH, T. & POWER, M.J. (2004). Emotion specific
and emotion non-specific components of posttraumatic
stress disorder (PTSD) : Implication for a taxonomy of
related psychopathology. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 42, 1069-1088. |
|
WOLF, M., LIPPER, S. & MOSNAIM, A. (1990).
Carbamazepine and the kindling hypothesis of PTSD. Biological
Psychiatry, 27 (A), 165-166. |
WORTMAN, C.B. (2004). Post-traumatic growth: Progress and
problems. Psychological Inquiry, 15, 81-90. |
|
CLOITRE, M., CHASE STOVALL-MCCLOUGH, K., REGINA, M.,
CHEMTOB, C.M. (2004). Therapeutic alliance, negative mood
regulation, and treatment outcome in child abuse- related
posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 72, 411-416. |
|
NATIONAL CENTER FOR PTSD (1990). Biological aspects of
PTSD : Laboratory and clinical research. PTSD
Research Quarterly, 1 (2), 1-8. [PDF] |
ROSEN, G.M. (Ed.) (2004). Posttraumatic stress
disorder : Issues and controversies. Chichester,
England : John Wiley & Sons. |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. & MORROW, J. (1991). A prospective
study of depression and post-traumatic stress symptoms
following a natural disaster : The 1989 Loma Prieta
Earthquake. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 61, 115-121. |
SHIN, L.M., SHIN, P.S., HECKERS, S., KRANGEL, T.S.,
MACKLIN, M.L., ORR, S.P., LASKO, A., SEGAL, E., MAKRIS,
N., RICHERT, K., LEVERING, J., SCHACTER, D.L., ALPERT,
N.M., FISCHMAN, A.J., PITMAN, R.K. & RAUCH, S.L.
(2004). Hippocampal function in posttraumatic stress
disorder. Hippocampus, 14, 292-300. [PDF] |
|
BRESLAU, N., DAVIS, G.C., ANDRESKI, P. & PETERSON, E.
(1991). Traumatic events and post-traumatic stress
disorder in an urban population of young adults. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 48, 216-222. |
TULL, M.T., GRATZ, K.L., SALTERS, K. & ROEMER, L.
(2004). The role of experiential avoidance in
posttraumatic stress symptoms and symptoms of depression,
anxiety, and somatization. Journal of Nervous &
Mental Disease, 192, 754-761. |
|
FOA, E., ZINBARG, R. & ROTHBAUM, B.O. (1992).
Uncontrollability and unpredictability in post-traumatic
stress disorder : An animal model. Psychological
Bulletin, 112 (2), 218-238. |
ROSEN, G.M. (2004). Traumatic events, criterion creep, and
the creation of prettraumatic stress disorder. The
Scientific Review of Mental Health Practice, 3,
39-42. |
|
GERSONS, B.P. & CARLIER, I.V. (1992). Post-traumatic
stress disorder : The history of a recent concept.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 742-748. |
HAISCH, D.C. & MEYERS, L.S. (2004). MMPI-2 assessed
post-traumatic stress disorder related to job stress,
coping, and personality in police agencies. Stress
& Health : Journal of the International Society for
the Investigation of Stress, 20, 223-229. |
|
HICKLING, E.J. & BLANCHARD, E.B. (1992).
Post-traumatic stress disorder and motor vehicle
accidents. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 6, 283-304. |
ROSEN, G.M. (2004). Litigation and reported rates of
posttraumatic stress disorder. Personality &
Individual Differences, 36, 1291-1294. |
|
ROTHBAUM, B.O., FOA, E.B., RIGGS, D.S., MURDOCK, T. &
WALSH, W. (1992). A prospective examination of
posttraumatic stress disorder in rape victims. Journal
of Traumatic Stress, 5, 455-475. |
BRIERE, J., SCOTT, C. & WEATHWRS, F.W. (2005).
Peritraumatic and persistent dissociation in the presumed
etiology of PTSD. American Journal of Psychiatry,
162, 2295-2301. [PDF] |
|
HERMAN, J.L. (1992). Complex PTSD : A syndrome in
survivors of prolonged and repeated trauma. Journal
of Traumatic Stress, 3, 377-391. |
ORSILLO, S.M. & BATTEN, S.V. (2005). ACT in the
treatment of PTSD. Behavior Modification, 29, 95-130.
[PDF] |
|
GALEA, S. & RESNICK, H. (2005). Posttraumatic stress
disorder in the general population after mass terrorist
incidents: Considerations about the nature of exposure. CNN
Spectrums, 10, 107-115. |
|
PITMAN, R.K. & ORR, S.P. (1993). Psychophysiologic
testing for post-traumatic stress disorder : Forensic
psychiatric application. Bulletin of the American
Academy of Psychiatry & the Law, 21, 37-52. |
ELHAI, J.D., GRAY, M.J., KASHDAN, T.B. & FRANKLIN,
C.L. (2005). Which instruments are most commonly used to
assess traumatic event exposure and posttraumatic effects
? : A survey of traumatic stress professionals. Journal
of Traumatic Stress, 18 (5), 541-545. |
|
FOA, E.B., ROTHBAUM, B.O. & RIGGS, D. (1993).
Reliabilty and validity of a brief instrument for
assessing post-traumatic stress disorder. Journal of
Traumatic Stress, 6, 459-473. |
FRUEH, C.B., BUCKLEY, T.C., CUSACK, K.J., KIMBLE, M.O.,
GRUBAUGH, A.L., TURNER, S.M. & KEANE, T.M. (2005).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment for PTSD among people with
severe mental illness : A proposed treatment model. Journal
of Psychiatric Practice, 10, 26-38. |
|
FOA, E.B. & RIGGS, D. (1993). Post-traumatic stress
disorder in rape victims. In J. Oldham, M.B. Riba & A.
Tasman, (Eds.), Annual review of psychiatry (Vol.
12, pp. 273-303). Washington, DC : American Psychiatric
Association. |
ULLMAN, S.E., FILIPAS, H.H., TOWNSEND, S.M. &
STARZYNSKI, L.L. (2005). Trauma exposure, posttraumatic
stress disorder and problem drinking in sexual assault
survivors. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 66, 610-619. |
|
PITMAN, R.K., SAUNDERS, L.S. & ORR, S.P. (1994).
Psychophysiologic testing for PTSD. Trial, 30, 22-26. |
EHLERS, A., CLARK, D.M., HACKMANN, A., McMANUS, F. &
FENNELL, M. (2005). Cognitive therapy for post-traumatic
stress disorder : Development and evaluation. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 43, 413-431. |
|
ELHAI, J.D., GRAY, M.J., NAIFEH, J.A., BUTCHER, J.J.,
DAVIS, J.L., FALSETTI, S.A. & BEST, C.L. (2005).
Utility of the Trauma Symptom Inventory's Atypical
Response Scale in detecting malingered post-traumatic
stress disorder. Assessment, 12 (2), 210-219. |
|
ZALEWSKI, C., THOMPSON, W. & GOTTESMAN, I. (1994).
Comparison of neuropsychological test performance in PTSD,
generalized anxiety disorder, and control Vietnam
veterans. Assessment, 1, 133-142. |
SPARR, L.F. & BREMNER, J.D. (2005). Post-traumatic
stress disorder and memory : Prescient medicolegal
testimony at the International War Crimes Tribunal ? The
Journal of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the
Law, 33 (1), 71-78. [PDF] |
|
ZEIDNER, M. & BEN-ZUR, H. (1994). Individual
differences in posttraumatic stress, anxiety, and coping
in the aftermath of the Persian Gulf War. Personality
& Individual Differences, 16, 459-476. |
PALMIERI, P.A. & FITZGERALD, L.F. (2005). Confirmatory
factor analysis of posttraumatic stress symptoms in
sexually harassed women. Journal of Traumatic Stress,
18, 657-666. |
|
BISSON, J.I. & DEAHL, M.P. (1994). Psychological
debriefing and prevention of post-traumatic stress. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 717-720. |
BRADLEY, R., GREENE, J., RUSS, E., DUTRA, L. & WESTEN,
D. (2005). A multidimensional meta-analysis of
psychotherapy for PTSD. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 162 (2), 214-227. |
|
|
KOOPMAN, C., CLASSEN, D. & SPIEGEL, D. (1994).
Predictors of posttraumatic stress symptoms among
survivors of the Oakland/Berkley California firestorm. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 88-894. |
BRIERE, J. & SPINAZOLLA, J. (2005). Phenomenology and
psychological assessment of complex posttraumatic states.
Journal of Traumatic Stress, 18, 401-412.
[PDF] |
|
VAUGHAN, K., ARMSTRONG, M., GOLD, R., O'CONNOR, N.,
JENNEKE, W. & TARRIER, N. (1994). A trial of eye
movement desensitization compared to image habituation
training and applied muscle relaxation in post-traumatic
stress disorder. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 25, 283-291. |
ALIM, T.N., GRAVES, E., MELLMAN, T.A., AIGBOGUN, N. GRAY,
E., LAWSON, W. & CHARNEY, D.S. (2006). Trauma
exposure, posttraumatic stress disorder and depression in
an African-American primary care population. Journal
of the National Medical Association, 98 (10),
1630-1636. [PDF] |
|
EHLERS, A. & STEIL, R. (1995). Maintenance of
intrusive memories in posttraumatic stress disorde r: a
cognitive approach. Behavioural & Cognitive
Psychotherapy, 23, 217-249. |
GUAY, S. et MARCHAND, A. (Dirs.) (2006). Les troubles
liés aux événements traumatiques : dépistage, évaluation
et traitements. Montréal : Les Presses de
l'Université de Montréal. |
|
ORR, S.P., LASKO, N.B., SHALEV, A.Y. & PITMAN, R.K.
(1995). Physiologic responses to loud tones in Vietnam
veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 104 (1), 75-82. |
|
|
YOUNG, A. (1995). The harmony of illusions :
Inventing post-traumatic stress disorder. Princeton
: Princeton University Press. |
JAKUPCAK, M., ROBERTS, L., MARTELL, C., MULICK, P.,
MICHAEL, S., REED, R., BALSAM, K., YOSHIMOTO, D. &
McALL, M. (2006). A pilot study of behavioral activation
for veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder. Journal
of Traumatic Stress, 19, 387-391. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M.J. & YEHUDA, R. (1995). Post-traumatic
stress disorder and comorbidity : Psychobiological
approaches to differential diagnosis. In M.J. Friedman, D.
Charney & A. Deutch (Eds.), Neurobiological and
clinical consequences of stress : From normal adaptation
to post-traumatic stress disorder (pp. 429-445).
Philadelphia : Lippincott-Raven. |
ULLMAN, S.E., FILIPAS, H.H., TOWNSEND, S.M. &
STARZYNSKI, L.L. (2006). Correlates of comorbid PTSD and
drinking problems among sexual assault survivors. Addictive
Behaviors, 31, 128-132. |
|
ELLIOTT, D.M. & BRIERE, J. (1995). Posttraumatic
stress associated with delayed recall of sexual abuse : A
general population study. Journal of Traumatic Stress,
8, 629-647. [PDF] |
TOLIN, D.F. & FOA, E.B. (2006). Sex differences in
trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder : A quantitative
review of 25 years of research. Psychological
Bulletin, 32 (6), 959-992. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, D.M. & WELLS, A. (1995). A cognitive model of
social phobia. In R.G. Heimberg, M. Liebowitz, D. Hope
& F. Scheier (Eds.), Social phobia : Diagnosis,
assessment, and treatment (pp 69-93). Guilford :
New York. |
EHLERS, A., MICHAEL T., CHEN, Y.P., PAYNE, E. & SHAN,
S. (2006). Enhanced perceptual priming for neutral stimuli
in a traumatic context : A pathway to intrusive memories ?
Memory, 14, 316-328. |
|
McNALLY, R.J. & SHIN, L.M. (1995). Association of
intelligence with severity of posttraumatic stress
disorder symptoms in Vietnam combat veterans. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 936-938. |
JAKUPCAK, M., ROBERTS, L., MARTELL, C.R., MULICK, P.,
MICHAEL, S., REED, R., BALSAM, K., YOSHIMOTO, D. &
McALL, M. (2006). A pilot study of behavioral activation
for veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder.
Journal of Traumatic Stress, 19, 387-391. |
|
KESSLER, R.C., SONNEEGA, A., BROMET, E., HUGHES, M. &
NELSON, C.B. (1995). Post-traumatic stress disorder in the
national comorbidity survey. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 52, 1048-1060. |
SPPECKENS, A.E.M., EHLERS, A., HACKMANN, A. & CLARKE,
D.M. (2006). Changes in intrusive memories associated with
imaginal reliving in posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal
of Anxiety Disorders, 20, 328-341. |
|
McNALLY, R.J., LASKO, N.B., MACKLIN, M.L. & PITMAN,
R.K. (1995). Autobiographical memory disturbance in
combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 33, 619-630. |
KEANE, T.M., MARSHALL, A.D. & TAFT, A.C. (2006).
Posttraumatic stress disorder : etiology, epidemiology,
and treatment outcome. Annual Review Clinical
Psychology, 2, 161-197. |
|
KESSLER, R.C. (1995). Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in the
National Comorbidity Survey. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 52 (12), 1048. |
MAERCKER, A., ZÖLLNER, T., MENNING, H., RABE, S. &
ANKE, K. (2006). Dresden PTSD treatment study : randomized
controlled trial of motor vehicle accident survivors. BMC
Psychiatry, 6, 29-37. [PDF] |
|
YEHUDA, R., KEEFE, R.S., HARVEY, P.D., LEVENGOOD, R.A.,
GERBER, D.K., GENI, J. & SIEVER, L.J. (1995). Learning
and memory in combat veterans with posttraumatic stress
disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152 (1),
137-139. |
BRESLAU, N., LUCIA, V.C. & ALVARADO, G.F. (2006).
Intelligence and other predisposing factors in exposure to
trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder : a follow-up
study at age 17 years. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 63, 1238-1245. [PDF] |
|
BRIERE, J. (2006). Dissociative symptoms and trauma
exposure : Specificity, affect dysregulation, and
posttraumatic stress. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Disease, 194, 78-82. |
|
FILIPAS, H.H. & ULLMAN, S.E. (2006). Child sexual
abuse, coping responses, self-blame, PTSD, and adult
sexual revictimization. Journal of Interpersonal
Violence, 21, 652-672. |
|
|
McNALLY, R.J., AMIR, N. & IPKE, H.J. (1996).
Subliminal processing of threat cues in posttraumatic
stress disorder ? Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 10, 115-128. |
FRIEDMAN, M.J. (2006). Posttraumatic stress disorder among
military returnees from Afghanistan and Iraq. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 163 (4), 586-593. |
|
BREWIN, C.R., DALGLEIGH, T. & JOSEPH, S. (1996). A
dual representation theory of posttraumatic stress
disorder. Psychological Review, 103 (4),
670-686.
[PDF] |
SHIN, L.M., RAUCH, S.L. & PITMAN, R.K. (2006).
Amygdala, medial prefrontal cortex, and hippocampal
function in PTSD. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 1071, 67-79. |
|
ROSEN, G.M. (1996). Posttraumatic stress disorder, pulp
fiction, and the press. Bulletin of American Academy
of Psychiatry & the Law, 24, 267-269. |
KLEIM, B., EHLERS, A. & GLUCKSMAN, E. (2007). Early
predictors of chronic post-traumatic stress disorder in
assault survivors. Psychological Medicine, 37,
1457-1467. [PDF] |
|
COPELAND, W.E., KEELER, G., ANGOLD, A. & COSTELLO, E.
J. (2007). Traumatic Events and Posttraumatic Stress in
Childhood. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64
(5), 577. |
|
AMIR, N., McNALLY, R.J. & WIEGARTZ, P.S. (1996).
Implicit memory bias for threat in posttraumatic stress
disorder. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 20,
625-635. |
BISSON, J.I. (2007). Psychological treatments for chronic
post-traumatic stress disorder systematic review and
meta-analysis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 190,
97-104. |
|
SHIN, L.M., KOSSLYN, S.M., McNALLY, R.J., ALPERT, N.M.,
THOMPSON, W.L., RAUCH, S.L., MACKLIN, M.L. & PITMAN,
R.K. (1997). Visual imagery and perception in
post-traumatic stress disorder. A positron emission
tomographic investigation. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 54, 233-241. |
ULLMAN, S.E., FILIPAS, H.H., TOWNSEND, S.M. &
STARZYNSKI, L.L. (2007). Psychosocial correlates of PTSD
symptom severity in sexual assault survivors. Journal
of Traumatic Stress, 20, 821-831. |
|
ROSEN, G.M. & TAYLOR, S. (2007). Pseudo-PTSD. Journal
of Anxiety Disorders, 21, 201-210. |
|
ZATZICK, D.F., MARMAR, C.R., WEISS, D.S., BROWNER, W.S.,
METZLER, T.J., GOLDING, J.M., STEWART, A, SCHLENGER, W.E.
& WELLS, K.B. (1997). Post-traumatic stress disorder
and functioning and quality of life outcomes in a
nationally representative sample of male Vietnam veterans.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 1690-1695. [PDF] |
RUSSELL, M. & SILVER, S.M. (2007). Training needs for
the treatment of combat-related posttraumatic stress
disorder : A survey of Department of Defense clinicians. Traumatology,
13, 4-10. |
|
ORR, S.P., LASKO, N.B., METZGER, L.J. & PITMAN, R.K.
(1997). Physiologic responses to non-startling tones in
Vietnam veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder. Psychiatry
Research, 73 (1-2), 103-107. |
NERIA, Y., NANDI, A. & GALEA, S. (2007).
Post-traumatic stress disorder following disasters: a
systematic review. Psychological Medicine, 8
(4), 467-480. [PDF] |
|
ORR, S.P., LASKO, N.B., METZGER, L.J., BERRY, N.J., AHERN,
C.E. & PITMAN, R.K. (1997). Psychophysiologic
assessment of PTSD in adult females sexually abused during
childhood. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 821, 491-493. |
ANDREWS, B., BREWIN, C.R., PHILPOTT, R. & STEWART, L.
(2007). Delayed-onset posttraumatic stress disorder : a
systematic review of the evidence. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 164, 1319-1326. |
|
HICKLING, E.J. & BLANCHARD, E.B. (1997). The private
practice psychologist and manual-based treatment : A case
study in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder
secondary to motor vehicle accidents. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 35, 191-203. |
McHUGH, P.R. & TREISMAN, G. (2007). PTSD : a
problematic diagnostic category. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 21 (2), 211-220. |
|
FRUEH, C.B., GOLD, P.B. & De ARELLANO M.A. (1997).
Symptom overreporting in combat veterans evaluated for
PTSD : Differentiation on the basis of compensation
seeking status. Journal of Personality Assessment, 68,
369-384. |
VAN DER KOLK, B.A., SPINAZZOLA, J., BLAUSTEIN, M.E.,
HOPPER, J.W., HOPPER, E.K., KORN, D.L. & SIMPSON, W.B.
(2007). A randomized clinical trial of eye movement
desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), fluoxetine, and
pill placebo in the treatment of posttraumatic stress
disorder : Treatment effects and long-term maintenance. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 68 (1), 37-46. |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D., CASTONGUAY, L.G. & NEWMAN, M.G.
(1997). Measuring treatment outcome for posttraumatic
stress disorder and social phobia : A review of current
instruments and recommendations for future research. In
H.H. Strupp, L.M. Horowitz & M.J. Lambert (Eds.),
Measuring patient changes in mood, anxiety, and
personality disorders : Toward a core battery
(pp. 117-154). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association. |
SHIN, L.M., BUSH, G., WHALEN, P.J., HANDWERGER, K.,
CANNISTRARO, P., WRIGHT, C.I., MARTIS, B., MACKLIN, M.L.,
LASKO, N.B., ORR, S.P., PITMAN, R.K. & RAUCH, S.L.
(2007). Dorsal anterior cingulate function in
posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 20, 701-712. [PDF] |
|
HAMNER, M.B. (1997). Psychotic features and
combat-associated PTSD. Depression Anxiety, 5,
34-38. |
EHRING, T., KLEIM, B., CLARK, D.M., FOA, E.B. &
EHLERS, A. (2007). Screening for post-traumatic stress
disorder : An empirical comparison of symptom measures.
Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 195, 1004-1012. |
|
FOA, E. & MEADOWS, E. (1997). Psychosocial treatments
for posttraumatic disorder : A critical review. Annual
Review of Psychology, 48, 449-480. |
DUFFY, M., GILLEPSIE, K. & CLARK, D.M. (2007).
Post-traumatic stress disorder in the context of terrorism
and other civil conflict in Northern Ireland : randomised
controlled trial. British Medical Journal, 334 (7604),
1147. |
|
PFEFFERBAUM, B. (1997). Posttraumatic stress disorder in
children : A review of the past 10 years. Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 36 (11), 1503-1511. |
KLEIM, B., EHLERS, A. & GLUCKSMAN, E. (2007).
Prediction of chronic posttraumatic stress disorder after
assault. Psychological Medicine, 37, 1457-1468.
|
|
FARLEY, M. & BARKAN, H. (1997). Posttraumatic stress
disorder, dissociation, and pathological tension-reducing
behaviors.Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 66, 133-140. |
SPITZER, R.L., FIRST, M.B. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007).
Saving PTSD from itself in DSM-V. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 21, 233-241. [PDF] |
|
|
LITZ, B.T., ORSILLO, S.M., FRIEDMAN, M., EHLICH, P. &
BATRES, A. (1997). Post- traumatic stress disorder
associated with peacekeeping duty in Somalia for U.S.
military personnel. American Journal of Psychiatry,
154, 178-184. |
STOVER, C., BERKOWITZ, S., KAUFMAN, J. & MARANS, S.
(2007). Childhood PTSD. In F. Volkmar & A. Martin
(Eds.), Lewis textbook of child and adolescent
psychiatry. Baltimore : W.B. Saunders and Co. |
|
REYNOLDS, J.L. (1997). Post-traumatic stress disorder
after childbirth : the phenomenon of traumatic birth. Canadian
Medical Association Journal, 156, 831-835. |
KLEIM, B., WALLOTT, F. & EHLERS, A. (2008). Are trauma
memories disjointed from other autobiographical memories
in PTSD ? An experimental investigation. Behavioural
& Cognitive Psychotherapy, 36 (2), 221-234. [PDF] |
|
ORR, S.P., MEYERHOFF, J.L., EDWRADS, J.V. & PITMAN,
R.K. (1998). Heart rate and blood pressure resting levels
and responses to generic stressors in Vietnam veterans
with posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of
Traumatic Stress, 11 (1), 155-164. |
McNALLY, R.J. (2008). Panic and posttraumatic stress
disorder : Implications for culture, risk, and treatment.
Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, 37, 131-134. |
|
KRIKORIAN, R. & LAYTON, B.S. (1998). Implicit memory
in posttraumatic stress disorder with amnesia for the
traumatic event. The Journal of Neuropsychiatry &
Clinical Neurosciences, 10 (3), 359-362. [PDF] |
SCHNURR, P.P. & FREEDMAN, N.J. (2008) Treatments for
PTSD: Understanding the Evidence. PTSD Research
Quarterly, 19 (3). [PDF] |
|
VAN ETTEN, M.L. & TAYLOR, S. (1998). Comparative
efficacy of treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder :
A meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology &
Psychotherapy, 5 (3), 126-144. |
BISSON, J.I., EHLERS, A., MATTHEW, R., PILLING, S.,
RICHARDS, D. & TURNER, S. (2007). Psychological
treatments for chronic post-traumatic stress disorder :
Systematic review and meta-analysis. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 190, 97-104. [PDF] |
|
FARLEY, M. & BARKAN, H. (1998). Prostitution,
violence, and post-traumatic stress disorder. Women
& Health, 27 (3), 37-49. |
ELHAI, J.D., GRUBAUGH, A.L., KASHDAN, T.B. & FRUEH,
B.C. (2008). Empirical examination of a proposed
refinement to DSM-IV posttraumatic stress disorder symptom
criteria using the National Comorbidity Survey Replication
data. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 42 (4),
597-602. |
|
SHERMANN, J.J. (1998). Effects of psychotherapeutic
treatments for PTSD : a meta-analysis of controlled
clinical trials. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 11
(3), 413-435. |
ROSEN, G.M. & LILIENFELD, S.O. (2008). Posttraumatic
stress disorder : An empirical analysis of core
assumptions. Clinical Psychology Review, 28,
837-868. |
|
HAMNER, M.B. & GOLD, P.B. (1998). Plasma dopamine
betahydroxy-lase in psychotic and nonpsychotic
posttraumatic stress disorder. Psychiatry Research,
77, 175-181. |
EHRING, T., EHLERS, A. & GLUCKMAN, E. (2008). Do
cognitive models help in predicting the severity of
posttraumatic stress disorder, phobia, and depression
after motor vehicle accidents ? A prospective longitudinal
study. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 76 (2), 219-230. [PDF] |
|
EHLERS, A., CLARK, D.M., DUNMORE, E., JAYCOX, L., MEADOWS,
E. & FOA, E.B. (1998). Predicting response to exposure
treatment in PTSD : the role of mental defeat and
alienation. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 11,
457-471. |
DE JONGH, A., OLFF, M., VAN HOOLWERFF, H., AARTMAN,
I.H.A., BROEKMAN, B., LINDAUER, R. & BOER, F. (2008).
Anxiety and post-traumatic stress symptoms following
wisdom tooth removal. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 46, 1305-1310. |
|
RACHMAN, S. (1998). Understanding post-traumatic stress. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 36 (2), 247-248. |
EHLERS, A. & CLARK, D.M. (2008). Post-traumatic stress
disorder : The development of effective psychological
treatments. Nordic Journal of Psychiatry, 6
(47), 11-18. [PDF] |
|
VAN ETTEN, M.E. & TAYLOR, S. (1998). Comparative
efficacy of treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder :
A meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology &
Psychotherapy, 5, 126-144. |
RUBIN, D.C., BERNTSEN, D. & BOHNI, M.K. (2008). A
memory-based model of posttraumatic stress disorder :
Evaluating basic assumptions underlying the PTSD
diagnosis. Psychological Review, 115 (6),
985-1011. [PDF] |
|
BREWIN, C.R. (1998). Intrusive memories in depression and
PTSD. The Psychologist, 12 (4), 281-283. [PDF] |
BRYANT, R.A. (2008). Enhanced amygdala and medial
prefrontal activation during nonconscious processing of
fear in posttraumatic stress disorder : An fMRI study. Human
Brain Mapping, 29, 517-523. |
|
PITMAN, R.K. & SPARR, L.F. (1998). Post-traumatic
stress disorder and the law. PTSD Research Quarterly,
9 (2), 1-6. |
RUBIN, D.C., BOALS, A. & BERNTSEN, D. (2008). Memory
in posttraumatic stress disorder: Properties of voluntary
and involuntary, traumatic and nontraumatic
autobiographical memories in people with and without
posttraumatic stress disorder symptoms. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 137, 591–614. |
|
EHLERS, A., MAYOU, R.A. &, BRYANT, B. (1998).
Psychological predictors of chronic posttraumatic stress
disorder after motor vehicle accidents. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 107, 508-519. |
ROSEN, G.M., SPITZER, R.L. & McHUGH, P.R. (2008).
Problems with the PTSD diagnosis and its future in DSM-V.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 192, 3-4. [PDF] |
|
VASTERLING, J.J. BRAILEY, K., CONSTANS, J.I. & SUTKER,
P.B. (1998). Attention and memory dysfunction in
posttraumatic stress disorder. Neuropsychology, 12,
125-133. |
WITTCHEN, H.-U., GLOSTER, A. BEESDO, K., SCHÖNFELD, S.
& PERKONIGG, A. (2009). Posttraumatic stress disorder
: Diagnostic and epidemiological perspectives. CNS
Spectrums, 14 (S1), 5-12. |
|
|
ORR, S.P., LASKO, N.B. METZGER, L.J. BERRY, N.J., AHERN,
C.E. PITMAN, R.K. (1998). Psychophysiologic assessment of
women with posttraumatic stress disorder resulting from
childhood sexual abuse. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 66 (6), 906-913. |
BEST, S.R., METZLER, T. & MARMAR, C.R. (2009). Gender
and PTSD : What can we learn from female police officers ?
Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 23, 767-774. [PDF] |
|
BRYANT, R.A. & HARVEY, A.G. (1998). Relationship of
acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder
following mild traumatic brain injury. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 625-629. |
TWOHIG, M.P (2009). Acceptance and commitment therapy for
treatment-resistant posttraumatic stress disorder : A case
study. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 16, 243-252.
|
|
VAN ETTEN, M.E. & TAYLOR, S. (1998). Comparative
efficacy of treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder :
A meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology &
Psychotherapy, 5, 126-144. |
SCHNURR, P.P., LUNNEY, C.A., BOIVIN, M.J. & MARX, B.P.
(2009). Posttraumatic stress disorder and quality of life
: Extension of findings to veterans of the wars in Iraq
and Afghanistan. Clinical Psychology Review, 29, 727-735.
[PDF] |
|
FEENY, N.C., ZOELLNER, L.A., MAVISSAKALIAN, M.R. &
ROY-BYRNE, P.P. (2009). What would you choose? Sertraline
or prolonged exposure in community and PTSD treatment
seeking women. Depression & Anxiety, 26,
724-731. |
|
NAJDOWSKI, C.J. & ULLMAN, S.E. (2009). PTSD and
self-rated recovery among adult sexual assault survivors:
The effects of traumatic life events and psychosocial
variables. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 33, 43-53. |
|
EHRING, T., FUCHS, N. & KLÄSNER, I. (2009). The
effects of experimentally induced rumination versus
distraction on analogue posttraumatic stress symptoms. Behavior
Therapy, 40, 403-413. |
|
VASTERLING, J.J. & VERFAELLIE, M. (2009).
Posttraumatic stress disorder : A neurocognitive
perspective. Journal of the International
Neuropsychological Society 15, 826-829. [PDF] |
|
MANSELL, P. & READ, J. (2009). Posttraumatic stress
disorder, drug companies, and the Internet. Journal of
Trauma & Dissociation, 10, 9-23. [PDF] |
|
ZLOTNICK, C., JOHNSON, J. & NAJAVITS, L.M. (2009).
Randomized controlled pilot study of cognitive-behavioral
therapy in a sample of incarcerated women with substance
use disorder and PTSD. Behavior Therapy, 40 (4),
325-336. |
|
BREWIN, C.R. (2009). Reformulating PTSD for DSM-V : Life
after criterion A. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 22 (5),
366-373. [PDF] |
|
NUGENT, N.R., SAUNDERS, B.E., WILLIAMS, L.M., HANSON, R.,
SMITH, D.W. & FITZGERALD, M.M. (2009). Posttraumatic
stress symptom trajectories in children living in families
reported for family violence. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 22 (50), 460-466. |
|
CLOITRE, M., STOLBACH, B.C., HERMAN, J.L., VAN DER KOLK,
B., PYNOOS, R., WANG, J. & PETKOVA, E. (2009). A
developmental approach to complex PTSD : Childhood and
adult cumulative trauma as predictors of symptom
complexity. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 22 (5),
399-408.
[PDF] |
|
JAEGER, J.A., ECHIVERRI, A., ZOELLNER, L.A., POST, L.
& FEENY, N.C. (2009). Factors associated with choice
of exposure therapy for PTSD. International Journal
of Behavioral Consultation & Therapy, 5 (2),
294-310. [PDF] |
|
McNALLY, R.J. (2009). Can we fix PTSD in DSM-V ? Depression
& Anxiety, 26, 597-600. |
|
CUKOR, J., SPITALNICK, J., DIFEDE, J., RIZZO, A. &
ROTHBAUM, B.A. (2009). Emerging treatments for PTSD. Clinical
Psychology Review, 29 (8), 715-726. [PDF] |
|
GEWIRTZ, A.H., POLUSNY, M.A., DEGARMO, D.S., KHALYS, A.
& ERBES, C.R. (2010). Posttraumatic stress symptoms
among National Guard soldiers deployed to Iraq :
Associations with parenting behaviors and couple
adjustment. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 78 (5), 599-610. [PDF] |
|
FORBES, D., CREAMER, M., BISSON, J.I., COHEN, J.A., CROW,
B.E., FOA, E.B., FRIEDMAN, M.J., KEANE, T.M., KUDLER, H.S.
& URSANO, R.J. (2010). A guide to guidelines for the
treatment of PTSD and related conditions. Journal of
Traumatic Stress, 23, 537-552. |
|
ROBERTS, A.L., GILMAN, S.E., BRELAU, J. & KOENEN, K.C.
(2010). Race/ethnic differences in exposure to traumatic
events, development of post-traumatic stress disorder, and
treatment-seeking for post-traumatic stress disorder in
the United States. Psychological Medicine, 41 (1),
71-83.
[PDF] |
|
AMIR, N., LEINER, A.S. & BOMYE, J. (2010). Implicit
memory and posttraumatic stress symptoms. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 34, 49-58. |
|
CLOITRE, M., STOVALL-MCCLOUGH, K., NOONER, P., ZORBAS, S.,
CHERRY, S., JACKSON, C.L., GAN, W. & PETROVA, E.
(2010). Treatment for PTSD related to childhood abuse: A
randomized controlled trial. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 167 (8), 915-924. |
|
GRAY, M.J., ELHAI, J.D. & BRIERE, J. (2010).
Evaluation of the Atypical Response scale of the Trauma
Symptom Inventory-2 in detecting simulated posttraumatic
stress disorder. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 24,
447-451. [PDF] |
|
ROSEN, G.M. & FRUEH, C.B. (Eds.) (2010). Clinician's
guide to posttraumatic stress disorder. New York :
John Wiley and Sons. |
|
KLEIN, B., MITCHELL, J., ABBOTT J., SHANDLEY, K., AUSTIN,
D., GILSON, K., KIROPOULOS, L., CANNARD, G. & REDMAN,
T. (2010). A therapist-assisted cognitive behavior therapy
internet intervention for posttraumatic stress disorder:
Pre-, post- and 3-month follow-up results from an open
trial. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 24 (6),
635-644. |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E., IMEL, Z.E., LASKA, K.M., BENISH, S.,
MILLER, S.D. & FLÜCKIGER, C. (2010). Determining what
works in the treatment of PTSD. Clinical Psychology
Review, 30, 923-933. [PDF] |
|
GAUDIANO, B.A. & ZIMMERMAN, M. (2010). Does comorbid
posttraumatic stress disorder affect the severity and
course of psychotic major depressive disorder ? Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 71, 442-450. [PDF] |
|
SHIN, L.M., BUSH, G., MILAD, M.R., LASKO, N.B., HANDWERGER
BROHAWN, K., HUGHES, K.C., MACKLIN, M.L., GOLD, A.L.,
KARPF, R.D., ORR, S.P., RAUCH, S.L. & PITMAN, R.K.
(2011). Exaggerated activation of dorsal anterior
cingulate cortex during cognitive interference : A
monozygotic twin study of posttraumatic stress disorder. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 168, 979-985. [PDF]
|
|
|
TERR, L.C., BLOCH, D.A., MICHEL, B.A., SHI, H., REINHARDT,
J.A., METAYER, S.A.,T (1999). Children's symptoms in the
wake of challenger : a field study of distant-traumatic
effects and an outline of related conditions. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 1536-1544 |
RUBIN, D.C., DENNIS, M. & BECKMAN, J. (2011).
Autobiographical memory for stressful events : The role of
autobiographical memory in posttraumatic stress disorder.
Consciousness & Cognition, 20, 840-856. |
|
HAMNER, M.B., FRUEH, C., ULMER, H.G. & ARANA, G.W.
(1999). Psychotic features and illness severity in combat
veterans with chronic posttraumatic stress disorder. Biological
Psychiatry, 45, 846-852. [PDF] |
EHRING, T., KLEIM, B. & EHLERS, A. (2011). Combining
clinical studies and analogue experiments to investigate
cognitive mechanisms in posttraumatic stress disorder. International
Journal of Cognitive Therapy, 4 (2), 165-177. [PDF] |
|
WIDOM, C.S. (1999). Posttraumatic stress disorder in
abused and neglected children grown up. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 1223-1229. |
BEIDEL, D.C., FRUEH, B.C., UHDE, T.W., WONG, N. &
MENTRIKOSKI, J. (2011). Multicomponent behavioral
treatment for chronic combat-related posttraumatic stress
disorder : A randomized controlled trial. Journal of
Anxiety Disorders, 25, 224-231.
[PDF] |
|
GRILLON, C. & MORGAN, C.A. (1999). Fear-potentiated
startle conditioning to explicit and contextual cues in
Gulf War veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 134-142. |
BREWIN, C.R. (2011). The nature and significance of memory
disturbance in posttraumatic stress disorder. Annual
Review of Clinical Psychology, 7, 203-227. |
|
HICKLING, E.J., BLANCHARD, E.B., BUCKLEY, T.C. &
TAYLOR, A.E. (1999). Effects of attribution of
responsibility for motor vehicle accidents on severity of
PTSD symptoms. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 12 (2),
345-353. |
EHRING, T., KLEIM, B. & EHLERS, A. (2011). Enhanced
priming for trauma-related words predicts posttraumatic
stress disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 120
(1), 234-239. [PDF] |
|
FORD, J.D. (1999). Disorders of extreme stress
following war-zone military trauma : Associated features
of posttraumatic stress disorder or comorbid but distinct
syndromes ? Journal of Consulting and Clinical
Psychology, 67, 3–12. |
CLOITRE, M., COURTOIS, C.A., CHARUVASTRA, A. CARAPEZZA,
R., STOLBACH, B.C. & GREEN, B.L. (2011). Treatment of
complex PTSD : Results of the ISTSS Expert Clinician
Survey on Best Practices. Journal of Traumatic Stress,
24, 615-627. |
|
ELHAI, J.D. & PALMIERI, P.A (2011). Posttraumatic
stress disorder symptom instruments and factor structure:
An update on the current literature and advancing a
research agenda. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 25
(6), 849-854. |
|
SCHREURS, B.G., SMITH-BELL, C.A. & BURHANS, L.B.
(2011). Unpaired extinction : Implications for treating
post-traumatic stress disorder. Journal of Psychiatic
Research, 45 (5), 638-649. [PDF] |
|
GOODSON, J., HELSTROM, A., HALPERN, J.M., FERENSCHAK,
M.P., GILLIHAN, S.J. & POWERS, M.B. (2011). Treatment
of posttraumatic stress disorder in U.S. combat veterans :
A meta- analytic review. Psychological Reports, 109 (2),
573-599. |
|
BRYANT, R.A., EKASAWIN, S., CHAKRABHAND, S., SUWANMITRI,
S., DUANGCHUN, O. & CHANTALUCKWONG, T. (2011). A
randomized controlled effectiveness trial of cognitive
behavior therapy for post-traumatic stress disorder in
terrorist-affected people in Thailand. World
Psychiatry, 10, 205-209. [PDF] |
|
SHERIN, J.E. & NEMEROFF, C.B. (2011). Post-traumatic
stress disorder : the neurobiological impact of
psychological trauma. Dialogues in Clinical
Neuroscience, 13 (3), 263-278. [PDF] |
|
KAR, A. (2011). Cognitive behavioral therapy for the
treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder : a review. Neuropsychiatric
Disease & Treatment, 7, 167-181. [PDF] |
|
FRIEDMAN, M.J., RESICK, P.A., BRYANT, R.A. & BREWIN,
C.R. (2011). Considering PTSD for DSM-5. Depression
& Anxiety, 28, 750-769. |
|
GALATZER-LEVY, I.R., MADAN, A., NEYLAN, T.C., HENN-HAASE,
C., MARMAR, C.R. (2011). Peritraumatic and trait
dissociation differentiate police officers with resilient
versus symptomatic trajectories of posttraumatic stress
symptoms. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 24 (5),
557-565. |
|
SKODOL, A.E., BENDER, D.S., MOREY, L.C., ALARCON, R.D.,
SIEVER, L.J., CLARK, L.E., KRUEGER, R.F., VERHEUL, R.,
BELL, C.C. & OLDHAM, J.M. (2011). Proposed changes in
personality and personality disorder assessment and
diagnosis for DSM-5 part I : Description and rational. Personality
Disorders : Theory, Research & Treatment, 2
(1), 4-22. [PDF] |
|
SKODOL, A.E., BENDER, D.S., MOREY, L.C., ALARCON, R.D.,
SIEVER, L.J., CLARK, L.E., KRUEGER, R.F., VERHEUL, R.,
BELL, C.C. & OLDHAM, J.M. (2011). Proposed changes in
personality and personality disorder assessment and
diagnosis for DSM-5 part I : Description and rational. Personality
Disorders : Theory, Research & Treatment, 2
(1), 4-22. [PDF] |
|
VASTERLING, J.J., VERFAELLIE, M. & SULLIVAN, K.D.
(2011). Mild traumatic brain injury and posttraumatic
stress disorder in returning veterans : perspectives from
cognitive neuroscience. Clinical Psychoogyl Review,
29 (8), 674-684. [PDF] |
|
PERRY, B.D. & AZAD, I. (1999). Post-traumatic stress
disorders in children and adolescents. Current
Opinions in Pediatrics, 11 (4), 121-132. |
HAMNER, M.B. (2011). Psychotic symptoms in posttraumatic
stress disorder. Focus, 9 (3), 278-285.
[PDF] |
|
SHIN, L.M., McNALLY, R.J., KOSSLYN, S.M., THOMPSON, W.L.,
RAUCH, S.L., ALPERT, N.M., METZGER, L.J., LASKO, B., ORR,
S.P. & PITMAN, R.K. (1999). Regional cerebral blood
flow during script-driven imagery in childhood sexual
abuse-related posttraumatic stress disorder : A positron
emission tomographic investigation. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 156, 575-584. [PDF] |
BREWIN, C.R., KLEINER, J.S., VASTERLING, J.J. & FIELD,
A.P. (2012). Memory for emotionally neutral information in
posttraumatic stress disorder : A meta-analytic
investigation. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 116
(3), 448-463. [PDF] |
|
GALOVSKI, T.E., BLAIN, L.M., MOTT, J.M., ELWOOD, L. &
HOULE, T. (2012). Manualized therapy for PTSD : Flexing
the structure of cognitive processing therapy. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 80,
968-981. |
|
WAGNER, B. BRAND, J., SHULZ, W. & KNAEVELSRUD, C.
(2012). Online working alliance predicts treatment outcome
for posttraumatic stress symptoms in Arab war-traumatized
patients. Depression & Anxiety, 29, 646-651. |
|
BREWIN, C.R. (2012). Post-traumatic stress disorder
(PTSD). In Oxford Bibliographies in Psychology. |
|
PITMAN, R.K., RASMUSSON, A.M., KOENEN, K., SHIN, L.M.,
ORR, S.P., GILBERTSON, M.W., MILAD, M.R. & LIBERZON,
L. (2012). Biological studies of post-traumatic stress
disorder. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 13, 769-787.
[PDF] |
|
GALATZER-LEVY, I.R. & BRYANT, R.A. (2013). 636,120
ways to have psttraumatic stress disorder. Perspectives
on Psychological Science 8 (6) 651-662. [PDF] |
|
|
FRIEDMAN, M.J. (2013). Finalizing PTSD in DSM-5 : Getting
here from there and where to go next. Journal of
Traumatic Stress, 26, 548-556. |
|
WATTS, B.V., SCHNURR, P.P., MAYO, L., YOUNG-XU, Y., WEEKS,
W.B. & FRIEDMAN, M.J. (2013). Meta-analysis of the
efficacy of treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 74 (6), 541-550. |
|
NERIA, Y., SOLOMON, Z., GINZBURG, K., DEKEL, R., ENOCH, D.
& OHRY, A. (2000). Posttraumatic residues of captivity
: A follow-up of Israeli ex-Prisoners of War. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry , 61, 39-46. |
McNALLY, R.J. & FRUEH, B.C. (2013). Why are Iraq and
Afghanistan War veterans seeking PTSD disability
compensation at unprecedented rates ? Journal of
Anxiety Disorders, 27, 520-526. [PDF] |
BUCKLEY, T.C., BLANCHARD, E.B. & NEILL, W.T. (1977).
(2000). Information processing and PTSD : A review of
the empirical literature. Clinical Psychology Review,
28, 1041-1065. |
BOSQUET ENLOW, M., EGELAND, B., CARLSON, E.A., BLOOD, E.
& WRIGHT, R.J. (2013). Mother-infant attachment and
the intergenerational transmission of posttraumatic stress
disorder. Development & Psychopathology 26
(1), 41-65. [PDF] |
|
KOOPMAN, C. (2000). New DSM-IV diagnosis of acute stress
disorder. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 157 (11),
1888. |
McLAUGHLIN, K.A., KOENEN, K.C., HILL, E.D., PETUKHOVA, M.,
SAMPSON, N.A., ZASLAVSKY, A.M. & KESSLER, R.C. (2013).
Trauma exposure and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in a
national sample of adolescents. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
52 (8). |
|
MARSHALL, R.D. & CLOITRE, M. (2000). Maximizing
treatment outcome in post-traumatic stress disorder by
combining psychotherapy with pharmacotherapy. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 2, 335-340. |
GALATZER-LEVY, I.R. & BONANNO, G.A. (2013).
Heterogeneous patterns of stress over the four years of
college : Associations with anxious attachment and
ego-resiliency. Journal of Personality, 81,
476-486. |
|
ORR, S.P & ROTH, W.T. (2000). Psychophysiological
assessment: clinical applications for PTSD. Journal
of Affective Disorder, 61 (3), 225-240. |
RASMUSSEN, A.M. & SHALEV, A.Y. (2014). Integrating the
neuroendocrinology, neurochemistry, and neuroimmunology of
PTSD to date and the challenges ahead. In M.J. Friedman,
T.M. Keane & P.A. Resick (Eds.), Handbook of PTSD
: Science and practice (pp. 275-299). New York :
Guilford Press. |
|
NEWPORT, D.J. & NEMEROFF, C.B. (2000). Neurobiology of
posttraumatic stress disorder. Current Opinion in
Neurobiology, 10, 211-218. [PDF] |
KILPATRICK, D. G., RESNICK, H.S., MILANEK, M.E., MILLER,
M.W., KEYES. K.M. & FRIEDMAN, M. J. (2013). National
estimates of exposure to traumatic events and PTSD
prevalence using DSM-IV and DSM-5 criteria. Journal
of Traumatic Stress, 26, 537-547. |
|
BRYANT, R.A., HARVEY, A.G, GUTHRIE, R.M. & MOULDS,
M.L. (2000). A prospective study of acute
psychophysiological arousal, acute stress disorder, and
posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 109, 341-344. |
BRYANT, R.A., O'DONNELL, M.L., CREAMER, M., McFARLANE,
A.C. & SILOVE, D. (2013). A multi-site analysis of the
fluctuating course of posttraumatic stress disorder. JAMA
: Psychiatry, 70, 839-846. |
|
EHLERS, A & CLARK, D.M. (2000). A cognitive model of
posttraumatic stress disorder. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 38 (4), 319-345. [PDF] |
MILLER, M.W., WOLF, E.J. & KEANE, T.M. (2014).
Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in DSM-5: New criteria and
controversies. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 21, 3, 208-220. |
|
FRUEH, C.B. (2000). Posttraumatic stress disorder. In A.
Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology.
Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Association. |
MOTT, J.M., STANLEY, M., STREET, R., HOFSTEIN, R.F. &
TENG, E.J. (2014). Increasing PTSD treatment engagement
through shared decision-making : A pilot study of a brief
decision-support intervention. Military Medicine,
179, 143-149. |
|
HAMNER, M.B., FRUEH, C., ULMER, H.G. HUBER, M.G., TWONEY,
T.J., TYSON, C. & ARANA, G.W. (2000). Psychotic
features in chronic posttraumatic stress disorder and
schizophrenia : comparative severity. Journal of
Nervous & Mental Disease, 188, 217-221. |
OLSSON, A., KROSS, E., NORDBERG, S., WEINBERG, A., WEBER,
J., SCHMER-GALUNDER, S., FOSSELLA, J., WAGER, T., BONANNO,
G.A. & OCHSNER, K.N. (2014). Neural and genetic
markers of vulnerability to posttraumatic stress symptoms
among survivors of the World Trade Center attacks. Social
Cognitive & Affective Neuroscience, 10, 863-868.
[PDF] |
|
ROTHBAUM, B.O., FOA, E.B., KOZAK, M.J. & WHITAKER,
D.J. (2001). Posttraumatic stress disorder in rape victims
: Autonomic habituation to auditory stimuli. Journal
of Traumatic Stress, 14 (2), 283-293. |
VAN DEN BERG, D.P., DE BONT, P.A., VAN DER VLEUGEL, B.M.,
DE ROOS, C., DE JONGH, A., VAN MINNEN, A. & VAN DER
GAAG, M. (2015). Prolonged exposure vs eye movement
desensitization and reprocessing vs waiting list for
posttraumatic stress disorder in patients with a psychotic
disorder : A randomized clinical trial. JAMA
Psychiatry, 72 (3), 259-267. |
|
FULLERTON, C.S., URSANO, R.J., EPSTEIN, R.S., CROWLEY, B.,
VANCE, K., KAO, T., DOUGALL, A. & BAUM, A. (2001).
Gender differenced in posttraumatic stress disorder after
motor vehicle accidents. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 159, 1486-1491. |
SLOAN, D.M., WISCO, B.P., VOGT, D. & KEANE, T.M.
(2015) Postdoctoral training in posttraumatic stress
disorder research. Psychological Trauma : Theory,
Research, Practice, & Policy, 7, 195-202. |
|
TELCH, M.J., BEEVERS, C.G., ROSENFIELD, D., LEE, H.J.,
REIJNTJES, A., FERRELL, R.E. & HARIRI, A.R. (2015).
5-HTTLPR genotype potentiates the effects of war zone
stressors on the emergence of PTSD, depressive and anxiety
symptoms in soldiers deployed to iraq. World
Psychiatry : Official Journal of the World Psychiatric
Association, 4 (2), 198-206. [PDF] |
|
HEMBREE, E.A., MARSHALL, R.D., FITZGIBBONS, L.A. &
FOA, E.B. (2001). The difficult-to-treat patient with
posttraumatic stress disorder. In M.J. Dewan & R.W.
Pies (Eds.), The difficult-to-treat psychiatric
patient (pp. 149-178). American Psychiatric
Publishing, Inc. |
ZANDBERG, L., ROSENFIELD, D., ALPERT, E., MCLEAN, C.P.
& FOA, E.B. (2016). Predictors of dropout in
concurrent treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder and
alcohol dependence : Rate of improvement matters.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 80, 1-9. |
|
GUINA, J., WELTON, R. S., BRODERICK, P. J., CORRELL,
T.L. & PEIRSON, R.P. (2016). DSM–5 criteria and
its implications for diagnosing PTSD in military service
members and veterans. Current Psychiatry Reports, 18,
[43]. |
|
HOLMES, S.C., FACEMIRE, V.C. & DaFONSECA, A.M.
(2016). Expanding criterion A for posttraumatic
stress disorder: Considering the deleterious impact of
oppression. Traumatology, 22 (4), 314–321. [PDF] |
|
O'TOOLE, B., PIERSE, K., FRIEDRICH, B., OUTRAM, S., DADDS,
M. & CATTS, S. (2019). Combat, posttraumatic stress
disorder and health of Australian Vietnam veteran
conscripts and volunteers in the three decades after
return. Journal of Military & Veterans' Health,
27 (1), 42-57. |
|
ELHAI, J.D., GOLD, S.N., SELLERS, A.H. & DORFMAN, W.I.
(2001). The detection of malingered posttraumatic stress
disorder with MMPI-2 fake bad indices. Assessment, 8
(2), 221-236. |
LI, G., WANG, L., CAO, C., FANG, R., HALL, B.J., ELHAI,
J.D. & LIBERZON, I. (2021). Posttraumatic stress
symptoms of children and adolescents exposed to the 2008
Wenchuan Earthquake: A longitudinal study of 5-HTTLPR
genotype main effects and gene-environment interactions. International
Journal of Psychology, 56, 22-29. |
|
CLOITRE, M., GARVERT, D.W., BREWIN, C.R., BRYANT, R.A.
& MAERCKER, A. (2021). Evidence for proposed ICD-11
PTSD and complex PTSD : A latent profile analysis. European
Journal of Psychotraumatology, 4 (1), 20706 |
|
MARSHALL, R.D., OLFSON, M., HELLMAN, F., BLANCO, C.,
GUARDINO, M. & STRUENING, E.L. (2001). Comorbidity,
impairment, and suicidality in subthreshold PTSD. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1467-1473. |
CHRIST, N., ELHAI, J.D., FORBES, C.N., GRATZ, K.L. &
TULL, M.T. (2021). A machine learning approach to modeling
PTSD and difficulties in emotion regulation. Psychiatry
Research, 279, 113712. |
|
FRUEH, C.B., TURNER, S.M., BEIDEL, D.C. & CAHILL, S.P.
(2001). Assessment of social functioning in combat
veterans with PTSD. Aggression & Violent
Behavior, 6, 79-90. |
CLOITRE, M., BREWIN, C.R., KAZLAUSKAS, E.,
LUEGER-SCHUSTER, B., KARATZIAS, T., HYLAND, P. &
SHEVLIN, M. (2021). Commentary : The need for research on
PTSD in children and adolescents - A commentary On Elliot
Et Al. (2020). Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines, 62 (3),
277-279. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Désastre,
Victime, Stress,
Guerre, Terrorisme,
Syndrome
du survivant, Vétéran
et Anxiété |
|
|
|
a name="tsptconsequences" id="tsptconsequences"> Trouble de stress post-traumatique (Conséquences) :
| |
|
|
MARSHALL, R.D., OLFSON, M., HELLMAN, F., BLANCO, C.,
GUARDINO, M. & STRUENING, E.L. (2001). Comorbidity,
impairment, and suicidality in subthreshold PTSD. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1467-1473. |
|
HAISCH, D.C. & MEYERS, L.S. (2004). MMPI-2 assessed
post-traumatic stress disorder related to job stress,
coping, and personality in police agencies. Stress
& Health : Journal of the International Society for
the Investigation of Stress, 20, 223-229. |
|
LI, G., WANG, L., CAO, C., FANG, R., HALL, B.J., ELHAI,
J.D. & LIBERZON, I. (2021). Posttraumatic stress
symptoms of children and adolescents exposed to the 2008
Wenchuan Earthquake : A longitudinal study of 5-HTTLPR
genotype main effects and gene-environment interactions. International
Journal of Psychology, 56, 22-29. |
|
|
Voir aussi Syndrome
post-traumatique |
|
|
Trouble
de stress post-traumatique (Mesures/Évaluations)
: Ensemble des tests
et des outils de collecte de
données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
le trouble de stress post-traumatique. Assessment
of post-traumatic stress disorder.
| |
|
|
MALLOY, P.F., FAIRBANK, J.A. & KEANE, T.M. (1983)
Validation of a multimethod assessment of post-traumatic
stress disorders in Vietnam veterans. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology 51, 488-494. |
|
KEANE, T.M., WEATHERS, F.W. & KALOUPEK, D.G. (1992).
Psychological assessment of post-traumatic stress
disorder. PTSD Research Quarterly, 3 (4), 1-8. [PDF]
|
|
ELHAI, J.D., GOLD, S.N., SELLERS, A.H. & DORFMAN, W.I.
(2001). The detection of malingered posttraumatic stress
disorder with MMPI-2 fake bad indices. Assessment, 8
(2), 221-236. |
|
ELHAI, J.D., GRAY, M.J., KASHDAN, T.B. & FRANKLIN,
C.L. (2005). Which instruments are most commonly used to
assess traumatic event exposure and posttraumatic effects
? : A survey of traumatic stress professionals. Journal
of Traumatic Stress, 18 (5), 541-545. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Syndrome
post-traumatique |
|
|
Trouble de stress post-traumatique (Traitements/Thérapies) : Thérapies visant à
aider et guérir les individus qui souffrent du trouble
de stress post-traumatique. Treatment
for PTSD, treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder.
|
|
| |
FLYNN, C.P. & TEGUIS, A. (1984). Grief and the
treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder. Journal
of Sociology & Social Welfare, 11 (4), 778-792. |
|
KOLB, L.C., BURRIS, B.C. & GRIFFITHS, S. (1984).
Propranolol and clonidine in treatment of the chronic
post-traumatic stress disorders of war. In B.A. Kolk
(Eds.), Post-traumatic stress disorder : Psychological and
biological sequelae. (pp. 98-105). Washington, D.C. :
American Psychiatric Press. |
| HICKLING, E.J., SIDON, G.F.P.
& VANDERPLOEG, K.D. (1986). The treatment of
posttraumatic stress disorder with biofeedback and
relaxation training. Biofeedback &
Self-Regulation, 11, 125-134. |
|
CLOITRE, M., CHASE STOVALL-MCCLOUGH, K., REGINA, M. &
CHEMTOB, C.M. (2004). Therapeutic alliance, negative mood
regulation, and treatment outcome in child abuse- related
posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 72, 411-416. |
|
CLOITRE, M., STOVALL-MCCLOUGH, K., NOONER, P., ZORBAS, S.,
CHERRY, S., JACKSON, C.L., GAN, W. & PETROVA, E.
(2010). Treatment for PTSD related to childhood abuse: A
randomized controlled trial. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 167 (8), 915-924. |
|
CLOITRE, M., COURTOIS, A., CHARUVASTRA, R., CARAPEZZA,
B.C., STOLBACH B.C. & GREEN, B.L. (2011) Treatment of
complex PTSD : Results of the ISTSS expert clinician
survey on best practices. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 24 (6), 615-627 |
|
|
Voir aussi Syndrome
post-traumatique |
|
|
Trouble
dissociatif de l'identité : Trouble
psychologique définit par le DSM-IV,
qui se aractérise par la présence chez une même personne d'au
moins deux personnalités
distinctes (dissociation),
chacune ayant son propre nom et ses traits caractéristiques. Dans
le CIM, ce trouble se nomme
trouble de
personnalité multiple. Il convient de noter que certains
psychologues remettent en question l'existence de ce phénomène. =
personnalités multiples, trouble dissociatif de la personnalité. *schizophrénie.
Dissociative identity disorder, multiple
personality, multiple personality disorder.
| |
|
|
SCHREIBER, F.R. (1973). Sybil. New York, NY :
Regency. |
McALLISTER, M.M. (2000). Dissociative identity disorder :
A literature review. Journal of Psychiatric &
Mental Health Nursing, 7, 25-33. |
|
BLISS, E.L. & JEPPSEN, E.A. (1985). Prevalence of
multiple personality among inpatients and outpatients. The
American Journal of Psychiatry, 142 (2), 250-251. |
ELMORE, J.L. (2000). Dissociative Spectrum Disorders in
the Primary Care Setting. Primary Care Companion to
the Journal of Cinical Psychiatry, 2 (2), 37-41. |
|
CADDY, G.R. (1985). Cognitive behavior therapy in the
treatment of multiple personality. Behavior
Modification, 9, 267-292. |
|
|
SPANOS, N.P. (1986). Hypnosis, novolitional responding and
multiple personality : A social psychological perspective.
In B. Maher and W. Maher. (Eds.), Progress in
personality research. New York : Academic Press. |
PHELPS, B.J. (2001). Personality, personality "theory" and
dissociative identity disorder : What behavior analysis
can contribute and clarify. The Behavior Analyst
Today, 2 (4), 325-335. [PDF] |
|
ROSS, C.A., HEBER, S., NORTON, G.R., ANDERSON, G.,
ANDERSON, D. & BARCHET, P. (1989). The dissociative
disorders interview schedule : A structured interview. Dissociation, 2 (3), 169-189. |
MERCKLEBACH, H., DEVILLY, G.J. & RASSIN, E. (2002).
Alters in dissociative identity disorder : Metaphors or
genuine entities ? Clinical Psychology Review, 22,
481-497. |
|
SPANOS, N.P. (1989). Hypnosis, demonic possession and
multiple personality : Strategic enactments and disavowals
of responsibility for actions. In C.A. Ward (Ed.), Altered
states of consciousness and mental health : Theoretical
and methodological issues (pp. 96-124). Newbury
Park, CA : Sage. |
LILIENFELD, S.O. & LYNN, S.J. (2003). Dissociative
identity disorder : Multiple personalities, multiple
controversies. In S.O. Lilienfeld, S.J. Lynn & J.M.
Lohr (Eds.), Science and pseudoscience in clinical
psychology (pp. 109-142). New York : Guilford
Press. |
|
PUTNAM, F.W. (1989). Diagnosis and treatment of
multiple personality disorder. New York : The
Guilford Press. |
PIPER, A. & MERSKEY, H (2004). The persistence of
folly : critical examination of dissociative identity
disorder. Part II. The defence and decline of multiple
personality or dissociative identity disorder. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 49 (10), 678-683. |
|
SACKHEIM, H.A. & DEVANAND, D.P. (1991). Dissociative
disorders. In M. Hersen & S.M. Turner (Eds.), Adult
psychopathology and diagnosis (pp. 279-322). New
York : Wiley. |
VERMETTEN, E., SCHMAHL, C., LINDER, S., LOEWENSTEIN, R.J.
& REMMER, J.D. (2006). Hippocampal and amygdalar
volumes in dissociative identity disorder. The
American Journal of Psychiatry, 163 (4), 630-636. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, S.D., BLACKBURN, T., SCHOLES, G., WHITE, G.L.
& MAMALIS, N (1991). Optical differences in multiple
personality disorder. A second look. Journal of
Nervous & Mental Disorders, 179 (3), 132-135. |
|
SPANOS, N.P. (1994). Multiple identity enactements and
multiple personality disorder : A sociocognitive
perspective. Psychoogical Bulletin, 116 (1),
143-165. [PDF] |
SAR, V., UNAL, S.N. & OZTURK, E. (2007). Frontal and
occipital perfusion changes in dissociative identity
disorder. Psychiatry Research, 156, 217-223. |
|
SPANOS, N.P. (1996). Multiple identities & false
memories : A sociocognitive perspective. Washington
: American Psychological Association Press. |
WRIGHT, A.G.C., THOMAS, K.M., HOPWOOD, C.J., MARKO, K.E.,
PINCUS, A.L. & KRUEGER, R.F. (2012). The hierarchical
structure of DSM-5 pathological personality traits. Journal
of Abnormam Psychology, 121 (4), 951-957. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Trouble mental |
|
|
Troubles
du comportement : Trouble du comportement, technique
de modification du comportement et Modification
du comportement.
Behavior diisorder.
| |
|
|
CHILDERS, A.T. (1935). Hyper-activity in children having
behavior disorders. American Journal of
Ortho-psychiatry, 5, 227-243. |
VOLLMER, T.R., BORREO, J.C., LALLI, J.S. & DANIEL, D.
(1999). Evaluating self-control and impulsivity in
children with severe behavior disorders. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 32, 451-466. [PDF] |
|
HUNT, J. McV. (Ed.) (1944). Personality and behavior
disorders. New York : Ronald Press. |
|
|
LYTTON, G.J. & KNOBEL, M. (1958). Diagnosis and
treatment of behavior disorders in children. Diseases
ot the Nervous System, 20, 334-344. |
SHREEMAN, S.S. & KRUESI, M.J.P. (1999). Pharmacologic
treatment of behavior disorders in adolescents. In A.H.
Esman et al (Eds.), Adolescent psychiatry (pp.
179-211). Hillsdale, NJ : Analytic Press. |
|
STEVENS, J.R., SACHDEV, K. & MILSTEIN, V. (1968).
Behavior disorders of childhood and the
electroencephalogram. Archives of Neurology, 18, 160-177.
|
|
|
GLOW, R.A., GLOW, P.H. & RUMP, E.E. (1982). The
stability of child behavior disorders: A one year
test-retest of Adelaide versions of the Conners Teacher
and Parent Rating Scales. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 10, 33-60. |
|
|
DUSH, D.M., HIRT, M.L. & SCHROEDER, H.E. (1983).
Self-statement modification in the treatment of child
behavior disorders : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 106 (1), 91-106.
[PDF] |
ERNST, M., GRANT, S.J., LONDON, E.D., CONTOREGGI, C.S.,
KIMES, A.S. & SPURGEON, L. (2003). Decision making in
adolescents with behavior disorders and adults with
substance abuse. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160,
33-40. |
|
WILLIAMS, B.F., WILLIAMS, R.L. & McLAUGHLIN, T.F.
(1989). The use of token economies with individuals who
have developmental disabilities. In E. Cipani (Ed.), The
treatment of severe behavior disorders (pp. 3-18).
Washington, DC : AAMR Publications. |
|
|
SPITZER, R. DAVIES, M. & BARKLEY, R. (1990). The
DSM-III-R field trial of disruptive behavior disorders.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 29, 690-697. |
|
|
ATKINS, M.S. & STOFF, D. (1993). Instrumental and
hostile aggression in childhood disruptive behavior
disorders. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 21,
165-178. |
CLÉMENT, C. (2006). Les troubles du
comportement chez l'enfant et l'adolescent : Vers une
cohérence des pratiques pluridisciplinaires. Pratiques
Psychologiques, 12, 413-416. |
| SHORE, B.A., IWATA, B.A., VOLLMER, T.R., LERMAN,
D.C. & ZARCONE, J.R. (1995). Pyramidal staff training
in the extension of treatment for severe behavior
disorders. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 28
(3), 323-332.
[PDF] |
|
|
JOHNSTON, C. & FREEMAN, W. (1997). Attributions for
child behavior in parents of children without behavior
disorders and children with attention
deficit-hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 65 (4), 636-645. |
|
|
SMITH, R.G. & IWATA, B.A. (1997). Antecedent
influences on behavior disorders. Journal of Applied
Behavioral Analysis, 30 (2), 343-375.
[PDF] |
KUTZ, P.F., BOELTER, E.W., JARMOLOWICZ, D.P., CHIN,
M.D. & HAGOPIAN, L.P. (2012), An analysis of
functional communication training as an empirically
supported treatment for problem behavior displayed by
individuals with intellectual disabilities. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 32, 2935-2942.
|
|
HERRING, M. & NORTHUP, J. (1998). The generalization
of social skills for a child with behavior disorders in
the school setting. Journal Child & Family
Behavior Therapy, 20 (3), 51-66. |
SHAHTOUT, L., McLAUGHLIN, T.F., DERBY, K.M. & ARENEZ,
T. (2012). The effects of direct instruction flashcards
and reading racetrack on sight words with two elementary
students with behavior disorders : a brief report. Academic
Research International, 2 (2), 303-309. [PDF]
|
|
WOLRAICH, M.L., FEURER, I.D., BAUMGAERTAL, A. &
PINNOCK, T.Y. (1998). Obtaining systematic teacher reports
of disruptive behavior disorders utilizing DSM-IV.
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 26 (2),
141-152. |
TREACY, R., McLAUGHLIN, T.F., DERBY, K.M. &
SCHLETTERT, E. (2012). The effects of flashcards and
student selected reinforcers with goals and additional
practice with multiplication facts for two intermediate
elementary students with behavior disorders. Academic
Research International, 2 (1), 469-476.
[PDF] |
|
TRUCLINA, M., McLAUGHLIN, T.F. & SWAIN, J.C. (1998).
Effects of token reinforcement and response cost on the
accuracy of spelling performance with middle-school
special education students with behavior disorders.
Behavioral Interventions, 13, 1-10. |
KROLL, L., McLAUGHLIN, T.F. & NEYMAN, J. (2013). The
effects of direct instruction on reading first grade high
frequency sight words with a student with severe behavior
disorders. Educational Research International, 2
(1), 13-21. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voir Trouble
du sommeil, Rythme
cicardien et Mélatonine |
|
|
Trouble
du décalage horaire : Trouble
du sommeil. Trouble du décalage-horaire, rythme
cicardien et mélatonine.
Jet lag disorder, JLD.
| |
|
|
DAAN, S. & LEWY, A.J. (1984). Scheduled exposure to
daylight : a potential strategy to reduce "jet lag"
following transmeridian flight. Psychopharmacological
Bulletin, 20, 566-568. |
LEMMER, B., KERN, R.I., NOLD, G. & LOHRER, H. (2002).
Jet lag in athletes after eastward and westward time-zone
transition. Chronobiology International, 19,
743-764. |
|
WEVER, R. (1985). Use of light to treat jet lag :
Differential effects of normal and bright artificial light
on human circadian rhythms. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 453,
282-304. |
WATERHOUSE, J., REILLY, T. & EDWARDS, B. (2004). The
stress of travel. Journal of Sports Sciences, 22,
946-966. |
|
PETRIE, K., DAWSON, A.G., THOMPSON, L. & BROOK, R.
(1993). A double-blind trial of melatonin as a treatment
for jet lag in international cabin crew. Biological
Psychiatry, 33, 526-530. |
REILLY, T., WATERHOUSE, J. & EDWARDS, B. (2005). Jet
lag and air travel : Implications for performance.
Clinics in Sports Medicine, 24, 367-380. |
|
RECHT, L.D., LEW, R.A. & SCHWARTZ, W.J. (1995).
Baseball teams beaten by jet lag. Nature, 377,
583. |
|
|
REILLY, T., ATKINSON, G. & WATERHOUSE, J. (1997). Jet
lag. Lancet, 350, 1611-1616. |
REILLY, T., ATKINSON, G., EDWARDS, B., WATERHOUS, J.,
ÄKERSTEDT, T., DAVENE, D., LEMMER, B. & WIRZ-JUSTICE,
A. (2007). Coping with jet-lag : A position statement for
the European College of Sport Science. European
Journal of Sport Science, 7 (1), 1-7.
[PDF] |
|
WATERHOUSE, J., REILLY, T. & EDWARDS, B. (1997).
Jet-lag. Lancet, 350, 1611-1615. |
SACK, R.L. (2009). The pathophysiology of jet lag. Travel
Medicine & Infectious Disease, 7, 102-110.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir Trouble
du sommeil, Rythme
cicardien et Mélatonine |
|
|
Trouble
du déficit de l'attention avec hyperactivité : TDAH : TDA/H :
TDAH, methylphenidate
et mesure
et évaluation de ce trouble. =
TDAH ou THADA. ADHD, Attention
Disorder Hyperactivity Disorder.
| |
|
|
DOUGLAS, V.I. (1972). Stop, look, and listen : The problem
of sustained attention and impulse control in hyperactive
and normal children. Canadian Journal of Behavioural
Science, 4, 259-282. |
RAPPORT, M.D. & MOFFITT, C. (2002). Attention
deficit/hyperactivity disorder and methylphenidate. A
review of height/weight, cardiovascular, and somatic
complaint side effects. Clinical Psychology Review,
22 (8), 1107-1131. |
|
PELHAM, W.E. (2002) Psychosocial interventions for ADHD.
In P.S. Jensen & J.R. Cooper (Ed.), Attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder : State of the science :
best practices (pp. 121-124). New Jersey : Civic
Research Institute, Inc. |
|
DOUGLAS, V.I. & PETERS, K.G. (1979). Toward a clearer
definition of the attentional deficit of hyperactive
children. In G.A. Hale & M. Lewis (Eds.), Attention
and the developments of cognitive skills (pp.
173-248). New York : Plenum. |
KLINE, J.P., BRANN, C.N. & LONEY, B.R. (2002). A
cacophony in the brainwaves : A critical appraisal of
neurotherapy for ADHD. Scientific Review of Mental
Health Practice, 1 (1), 46-56. [PDF] |
|
SCHIRDUAN, V., CASE, K. & FARYNIARZ, J. (2002). How
ADHD students are smart. Educational Forum, 66,
324-328. |
|
SHALLICE, T., MARZOCCHI, G.M., COSER, S., DEL SAVIO, M.,
MEUTER, R.F. & RUMIATI, R.I. (2002). Executive
function profile of children with attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Development Neuropsychology,
21 (1), 43-71. |
|
WEYANDT, L.L., MITZLAFF L. & THOMAS, L. (2002). The
relationship between intelligence and performance on the
Test of Variables of Attention (TOVA). Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 35, 114-120. |
|
BIEDERMAN, J., FARAONE, S.V. & MONUTEAUX, M.C. (2002).
Differential effect of environmental adversity by gender :
Rutter's index of adversity in a group of boys and girls
with and without ADHD. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 159 (9), 1556-1562. |
| |
DAVIDS, E., ZHANG, K., TARAZI, F.I. & BALDESSARINI,
R.J. (2002). Animal models of attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Brain Research Reviews, 42,
1-21. |
|
MILICH, R., PELHAM, W.E. & HINSHAW, S. (1985). Issues
in the diagnosis of attention deficit disorder : A
cautionary note. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 22, 1101-1104.
|
PURDIE, N., HATTIE, J. & CARROLL, A. (2002). A review
of the research on interventions for attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder. What works best ? Review of
Educational Research, 72 (1), 61-99. [PDF] |
|
BARKLEY, R.A., COOK, E.H. & DIAMOND, A. et al. (2002).
International consensus statement on ADHD. Clinical
Child & Family Psychology Review, 5, 89-111. [PDF] |
|
KLINGBERG, T., FORSSBERG, H. & WESTERBERG, H. (2002).
Training of working memory in children with ADHD.
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Neuropsychology,
24 (6), 781-791. |
|
ARMSTONG, T. (2002). Déficit d'attention et
hyperactivité, stratégies pour intervenir autrement en
classe. Montréal : Chenelière/McGrawHill. |
|
WEISS, M., MURRAY, C. & WEISS, G. (2002). Adults with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : current
concepts. Journal of Psychiatric Practice, 8,
99-111. |
|
BREIER, J.I., FLETCHER, J.M., FOORMAN, B.R. & GRAY,
L.C. (2002). Perception of speech and nonspeech stimuli by
children with and without reading disability and attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 82, 226-250. |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (2002). Psychosocial treatments for
attention-deficit/Hyperactivity disorder children.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 63 (S12), 36-43. [PDF] |
|
|
CARLSON, C.L., BOOTH, J.E., SHINN, M. & CANU, W.H.
(2002). Parent-, teacher-, and self-rated motivational
styles in ADHD subtypes. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 35, 104-113. |
|
LEVIN, F.R., EVANS, S.M., MCDOWELL, D.M., BROOKS, D.J.
& NUNES, E. (2002). Bupropion treatment for cocaine
abuse and adultattention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal
of Addiction & Addictive Disorders, 21 (2),
1-16. |
|
CASTELLANOS, F.X. & TANNOCK, R. (2002). Neuroscience
of attention-deficit/ hyperactivity disorder : The search
for endophenotypes. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 3, 617-628.
[PDF] |
|
CAREY, W.B. (2002). Is ADHD a valid disorder ? In P.
Jensen & J. Cooper (Eds.), Attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder: State of science, best
practices. Kingston NJ : Civic Research Institute. |
|
MURPHY, K.R., BARKLEY, R.A & BUSH, T. (2002). Young
adults with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder 6000:
Subtype differences in comorbidity, educational and
clinical history. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Diseases, 190, 147-157. |
|
CASTELLANOS, F.X., LEE, P.P., SHARP, W., JEFFRIES, N.O.,
GREENSTEIN, D.K. & CLASEN, L.S. (2002). Developmental
trajectories of brain volume abnormalities in children and
adolescents with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder.
Journal of the American Medical Association, 288,
1740-1748. |
|
WERRY, J.S., ELKIND, G.S. & REEVES, J.C. (1987).
Attention deficit, conduct, oppositional, and anxiety
disorders in children: III. Laboratory differences.
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 15 (3),
409-428. |
OTA, K.R. & DUPAUL, G.J. (2002). Task engagement and
mathematics performance in children with attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder : Effects of supplemental computer
instruction. School Psychology Quarterly, 17,
242-257. |
|
HAENLEIN, M. & CAUL, W.F. (1987). Attention deficit
disorder with hyperactivity : A specific hypothesis of
reward dysfunction. Journal of the American Academy
of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 26, 356-362. |
JOSEPH, J. (2002). Adoption study of ADHD [Letter to the
Editor]. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 41, 1389-1391. [PDF] |
|
LAHEY, E.B., SCHAUGHENCY, E.A., HYND, G.W. & CARLSON,
C.L. (1987). Attention deficit disorder with and without
hyperactivity : Comparison of behavioral characteristics
of clinic-referred children. Journal of the American
Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 26, 718-723. |
FABIANO, G.A. & PELHAM, W.E. (2002). Evidence-based
treatment for child and adolescent mental disorders. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 4, 93-100. |
|
HINSHAW, S.P. (1987). Hyperactivity, attention deficit
disorders, and learning disabilities. In V.B. Van Hasselt
& M. Hersen (Eds.), Psychological evaluation of
the developmentally and physically disabled (pp.
213-260). New York : Plenum Press. |
CASTELLANOS, F.X. (2002). Anatomic magnetic resonance
imaging studies of attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Dialogues in Clinical Neuroscience, 4
(4), 444-448.
[PDF] |
|
HINSHAW, S.P. (1987). On the distinction between
attentional deficit/hyperactivity and conduct
problems/aggression in child psychopathology. Psychological Review, 101, 443-463. |
COHEN, D., LEO, J.L., STANTON, T., SMITH, D., McCREEDY,
K., LAING, M.S., STEIN, D.B., OAS, P., KEAN, B. &
PARRY, S. (2002). A boy who stops taking stimulants for
"ADHD" : Commentaries on a pediatrics case study. Ethical
Human Sciences & Services, 4 (3), 189-209. |
|
PELHMAN, W., PILLOW, D.R., KIPP, H.L., GREINER, A.R.,
TRANE, S.T., HOZA, B., GNAGY, E., WASCHBUSCH, D.A.,
GREENHOUSE, J., WOLFSON, L. & FITZPATRICK, E. (2002).
Effects of Methylphenidate and expectancy on children with
ADHD : Behavior, academic performance, and attributions in
a summer treatment program and regular classroom settings.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70 (2),
320-335. [PDF] |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (1987). The assessment of attention deficit
hyperactivity disorders. Behavioral Assessment, 5,
207-233. |
ABIKOFF, H., JENSEN, P.S., ARNOLD, L L., HOZA, B.,
HECHTMAN, L., POLLACK, S., MARTIN, D., ALVIR, J., MARCH,
J.S., HINSHAW, S., VITIELLO, B., NEWCORN, J., GREINER, A.,
CANTWELL, D.P., CONNERS, C.L., ELLIOTT, G., GREENHILL,
L.L., KRAEMER, H., PELHAM, W.E., SEVERE, J.B., SWANSON,
J.M., WELLS, K. & WIGAL, T. (2002). Observed classroom
behavior of children with ADHD : Relationship to gender
and comorbidity. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 30, 349-359. |
|
SOCIÉTÉ CANADIENNE DE PÉDIATRIE (2002). Le recours à la
médecine parallèle dans le traitement des enfants atteints
de trouble de déficit de l'attention avec hyperactivité. Paediatrics
& Child Health, 7 (10), 721-730. [PDF] |
|
|
ROWLAND, A.S., LESESE, A. & ABRAMOWITZ, A.J. (2002).
The epidemiology of attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder : A public health view. Mental Retardation
& Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews, 8 (3),
162-170. [PDF] |
|
GLUTTING, J.J., MONAGHAM, N.C., ADAMS, W. & SHESLOW,
D. (2002) Some psychometric properties of a system to
measure ADHD among college students : factor pattern,
reliability, and one-year predictive validity. Measurement
& Evaluatzion in Counseling & Development, 34, 194-209. |
|
SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S. (2002). Psychological heterogeneity
in AD/HD : A dual pathway model of behaviour and
cognition. Behavioural Brain Research, 10,
29-36. |
|
BICARD, D.F. & NEEF, N.A. (2002). Effects of strategic
versus tactical instructions on adaptation to changing
contingencies in children with ADHD. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 35 (4), 75-390. [PDF] |
|
PELHMAN, W., PILLOW, D.R., KIPP, H.L., GREINER, A.R.,
TRANE, S.T., HOZA, B., GNAGY, E., WASCHBUSCH, D.A.,
GREENHOUSE, J., WOLFSON, L. & FITZPATRICK, E. (2002).
Effects of Methylphenidate and expectancy on children with
ADHD : Behavior, academic performance, and attributions in
a summer treatment program and regular classroom settings.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70 (2),
320-335. [PDF] |
|
WEISS, M., MURRAY, C. & WEISS, G. (2002). Adults with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : current
concepts. Journal of Psychiatric Practice, 8,
99-111. |
|
SPENCER, T.J., BIEDERMAN, J., WILENS, T.E. & FARAONE,
S.V. (2002). Overview and neurobiology of
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 63 (12), 3-9. [PDF] |
|
DOUGLAS, V.I. (1988). Cognitive deficits in children with
attention deficit disorder with hyperactivity. In L.M.
Bloomingdale & J.A. Sergeant (Eds.), Attention
deficit disorder : Criteria, cognition, intervention
(pp. 65-82). New York : Pergamon Press. |
FLOOD, W.A., WILDER D.A., FLOOD, A.L. & MASUDA, A.
(2002). Peer-mediated reinforcement plus prompting as
treatment for off-task behavior in children with attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 35 (2), 199-204. [PDF] |
|
BREEN, M. & BARKLEY, R.A. (1988). Child
psychopathology and parenring stress in girls and boys
having Attention Deficit Disorder with hyperactivity.
Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 13 (2), 65-280. |
SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S., DALEY, D. & THOMPSON, M. (2002).
Does maternal ADHD reduce the effectiveness of parent
training for preschool children's ADHD ? Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychology, 41, 696-702. |
|
MEICHENBAUM, D. (1988). Cognitive behavioral modifi-
cation with attention deficit hyperactive children. In
L.M. Bloomingdale & J. Sergeant (Eds.), Attention
deficit disorder : Criteria, cognition, intervention
(pp. 127-140). New York : Pergamon Press. |
FEWELL, R.R. & DEUTSCHER, B. (2002). Attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder in very young children : Early
signs and interventions. Infants & Young Children,
14 (3), 24-32. [PDF] |
|
ANASTOPAULOS, A. & BARKLEY, R.A. (1988). Biological
factors in attention deficit-hyperactivity disorder. The
Behavior Therapist, 11, 47-53. |
|
|
RUBIA, K. (2002). The dynamic approach to
neurodevelopmental psychiatric disorders : Use of fMRI
combined with neuropsychology to elucidate the dynamics of
psychiatric disorders, exemplified in ADHD and
schizophrenia. Behavioral Brain Research, 130, 47-56. |
|
PARKER, H.C. (2002). Problem solver guide for
students with ADHD : ready-to-use interventions for
elementary and secondary students. Plantation,
Florida : Specialty Press, Inc. |
|
SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S. (2002). Psychological heterogeneity
in AD/HD : A dual pathway model of behaviour and
cognition. Behavioural Brain Research, 10, 29-36 |
|
WEISS, M. & WEISS, J.R. (2002). A guide to the
treatment of adults with ADHD. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 65 (S), 27-37. [PDF] |
|
BENNINGER R.J. (1989). Dopamine and learning :
Implications for attention deficit disorder and
hyperkinetic syndrome. In T. Sagvolden & T. Archer
(Eds.), Attention deficit disorder : Clinical and
basic research (pp. 323-338). Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
CASTELLANOS, F.X. & TANNOCK, R. (2002). Neuroscience
of Attention-Deficit/ Hyperactivity Disorder : The search
for endophenotypes. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 3,
617-628. |
|
DOUGLAS, V.I. (1989). Can Skinnerian theory explain
attention deficit disorder. A reply to Barkley. In L.M.
Bloomingdale & J.A. Sergeant (Eds.), Attention
deficit disorder : Current concepts and emerging trends
in attentional and behavioral disorders of childhood
(pp. 235-254). Elmsford, NY : Pergamon. |
CASTELLANOS, F.X., LEE, P.P., SHARP, W., JEFFRIES, N.O.,
GREENSTEIN, D.K. & CLASEN, L.S. (2002). Developmental
trajectories of brain volume abnormalities in children and
adolescents with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder.
Journal of the American Medical Association, 288,
1740-1748. |
|
RUTTER, M. (1989). Attention deficit disorder/hyper-
kinetic syndrome : Conceptual and research issues re-
garding diagnosis and classification. In T. Sagvolden
& T. Archer (Eds.), Attention deficit disorder :
Clinical and basic research (pp. 1-24). Hillsdale,
NJ : Erlbaum. |
SERGEANT, J., GEURTS, H.M. & OOSTERLANN, J. (2002).
How specific is a deficit of executive functioning for
Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity disorder ? Behavioural
Brain Research, 130, 3-28. |
|
BENNINGER, R.J. (1989). Dopamine and learning :
Implications for attention deficit disorder and
hyperkinetic syndrome. In T. Sagvolden & T. Archer
(Eds.), Attention deficit disorder : Clinical and
basic research (pp. 323-338). Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
MICK, E., BIEDERMAN, J., PRINCE, J., FISCHER, M.J. &
FARAONE, F.V. (2002). Impact of low birth weight on
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 23,
16-22. |
|
WILENS, T., BIEDERMAN, J., BROWN, S., TANGUAY, S.,
MONUTEAUX, M.C., BLAKE, C. & SPENCER, T.J. (2002).
Attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder across the
lifespan. Annual Review of Medicine, 53, 113–131. |
|
ATKINS, M.S., PELHAM, W. & WHITE, K.J. (1989).
Hyperactivity and attention deficit disorders. In M.
Hersen (Ed.), Psychological aspects of developments
and physical disabilities : A casebook. California
: Sage Publications. |
HUPP, S.D.A., REITMAN, D., NORTHUP, J., O'CALLAGHAN, P.
& LEBLANC, M. (2002). The effects of delayed rewards,
tokens, and stimulant medication on sports man like
behavior with ADHD-diagnosed children. Behavior
Modification, 26, 148-162. |
|
SZATMARI, P., OFFORD, D.R. & BOYLE, M.H. (1989).
Ontario child health study : Prevalence of attention
deficit dis- order with hyperactivity. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 30, 219-230. |
PELHAM, W.E., PILLOW, D.R., KIPP, H.L., GREINER, A.R.,
TRANE, S.T., HOZA, B., GNAGY, E., WASCHBUSCH, D.A.,
GREENHOUSE, J., WOLFSON, L. & FITZPATRICK, E. (2002).
Effects of Methylphenidate and expectancy on children with
ADHD : Behavior, academic performance, and attributions in
a summer treatment program and regular classroom settings.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70 (2),
320-335. [PDF] |
|
SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S. (2003). The dual pathway model of
AD/HD : An elaboration of neuro-developmental
characteristics. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 27, 593-604. |
|
KRAUSE, K.H., DRESEL, S.H., KRAUSE, J., FOUNGERE, C. &
ACKENHEIL, M. (2003). The dopamine transporter and
neuroimaging in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 27,
605-613. |
|
WENDER, P.H. & REIMHERR, F.W. (1990). Bupropion
treatment of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder in
adults. American Journal of Psychiatry, 147, 1018-1020. |
LEUNG, A.K. & LEMAY, J.F. (2003). Attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder : an update. Advances in
Therapy, 20, 305–318. |
|
FISHER, M. (1990). Parenting stress and the child with
Attention deficit jyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Clinical Child Psychology, 19 (4), 337-346. |
VOLKOW, N.D. & INSEL, T.R. (2003). What are the long-
term effects of methylphenidate treatment ? Biological
Psychiatry, 54, 1307-1309. |
|
SATTERFIELD, J.R., SCHELL, A.M., NICHOLAS, T.,
SATTERFIELD, B.T. & FREESE, T.E. (1990). Ontogeny of
selective attention effects on event-related potentials in
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and normal boys.
Biological Psychiatry, 28, 879-903. |
SNIDER, V.E., BUSCH, T. & ARROWOOD, L. (2003). Teacher
knowledge of stimulant medication and ADHD. Remedial
& Special Education, 24, 46-56. |
|
SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S, DALEN, L. & REMINGTON, B. (2003).
Do executive deficits and delay aversion make independent
contributions to preschool attention-
deficit/hyperactivity disorder symptoms? Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 42, 1335-1342. |
|
LEO, J.L. & COHEN, D. (2003). Broken brains or flawed
studies ? A critical review of ADHD neuroimaging research.
The Journal of Mind & Behavior, 24, 29-56. [PDF] |
|
MADDOX, C. & WISON, K.B. (2003). Race matters :
Disparities in African-American children with attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder. The Penn State McNair
Journal, 10, 145-164. |
|
|
WHALEN, C.K. & HENKER, B. (1991). The social impact of
stimulant treatment for hyperactive children. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 24, 231-241. |
GOMEZ, R. (2003). Underlying processes in the poor
response inhibition of children with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Attentional Disorders, 6 (3), 111-122. |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (1991). Attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Psychiatric Annals, 21 (12), 725-733. |
STES, S. (2003). Déficit de l'attention/hyperactivité chez
l'adulte: qu'en est-il ? Neurone, 8 (5), 20-25. |
|
BENSON, D.F. (1991). The role of frontal dysfunction in
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Child Neurology, 6 (S), 9-12. |
WEISS, M. & MURRAY, C. (2003). Assessment and
management of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder in
adults. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 168 (6),
715-722. [PDF] |
|
BENSON, D.F. (1991). The role of frontal dysfunction in
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Child Neurology, 6 (S), 9-12. |
GULLEY, V., NORTHUP, J., HUPP, S., SPERA, S., LEVELLE, J.
& RIDGWAY, A. (2003). Sequential evaluation of
behavioral treatments and methylphenidate dosage for
children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36 (3),
275-278. [PDF] |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (1991). Diagnosis and assessment of
attention deficit hyperactivity disorders. Comprehensive
Mental Health Care, 1, 27-44. |
KOLLINS, S.H. (2003). Comparing the abuse potential of
methylphenidate versus other stimulants: a review of
available evidence and relevance to the ADHD patient. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 64 (S11), 14–18. |
|
FRICK, P.J., LAHEY, B.B., CHRIST, M.A.G., LOEBER, R. &
GREEN, S. (1991). History of childhood behavior problems
in biological relatives of boys with attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder and conduct disorder. Journal
of Clinical Child Psychology, 20 (4), 445-451. |
McINNES, A., HUMPHRIES, T., HOGG-JOHNSON, S. &
TANNOCK, R. (2003). Listening comprehension and working
memory are impaired in Attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder irrespective of language impairment. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 31 (4), 427-443. |
|
BLOOMQUIST, M.L., AUGUST, G.J. & OSTRANDER, R. (1991).
Effects of a school-based cognitive-behavioral
intervention for ADHD children. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psychology, 19, 591-605. |
LEIBSON, C.L. & LONG, K.H. (2003). Economic
implications of attention- deficit hyperactivity disorder
for health- care systems. Pharmacoeconomi, 21
(17), 1239-1262. |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (1991). Diagnosis and assessment of
attention deficit hyperactivity disorders. Comprehensive
Mental Health Care, 1, 27-44. |
SOWELL, E.R., THOMPSON, P.M., WELCOME, S.E., HENKENIUS,
A.L., TOGA, A.W. & PETERSON, B.S. (2003). Cortical
abnormalities in children and adolescents with
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. The Lancet,
362, 1699-1707. |
|
HECHTMAN, L. (1991). Resilience and vulnerability in
long-term out-come of attention deficit hyperactive
disorder. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 36,
415-421. |
WILENS, T., FARAONE, S., BIEDERMAN, J. & GUNAWARDENE,
S. (2003). Does stimulant therapy of attention
deficit/hyperactivity disorder beget later substance abuse
? A meta-analytic review of the literature. Pediatrics,
111 (1), 179-185. |
|
PAULS, D.L. (1991). Genetic factors in the expression of
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Child & Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 1,
353-360. |
DUPAUL, G.J. & STONER, G. (2003). ADHD in the
schools. New York : Guilford. |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (1991). Attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder : A clinical workbook. New York, Guilford
Press. |
LEIBSON, C.L. & LONG, K.H. (2003). Economic
implications of attention- deficit hyperactivity disorder
for health-care systems. Pharmacoeconomics, 21
(17), 1239-1262. |
|
JENSEN, P.S. & COOPER, J.R. (2003). Attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder : State of science - Best
practices. Kingston, NJ : Civic Research Institute. |
|
SCHNOLL, R., BURSHTEYN, D. & CEA-ARAVENA, J. (2003).
Nutrition in the treatment of attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder : A neglected but important aspect.
Applied Psychophysiology & Biofeedback, 28
(1), 63-75. [PDF] |
|
LEO, J. & COHEN, D. (2003). Broken brains or flawed
studies? A critical review of ADHD neuroimaging studies. The Journal of Mind & Behavior, 24 (1), 29-56. |
|
CASTELLANOS, F.X., SHARP, W.S., GOTTESMAN, R.F.,
GREENSTEIN, D.K. GIEDD, J.N. & RAPOPORT, J.L. (2003).
Anatomic brain abnormalities in monozygotic twins
discordant for attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 160 (9), 1693-1696. |
|
BUITELAAR, J.K., MONTGOMERY, S.A. & VAN ZWIETEN-BOO,
B.J. (2003). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder :
guidelines for investigating efficacy of pharmacological
intervention. European Neuropsychopharmacology, 13,
297-304. [PDF] |
|
WOLRAICH, M.L., LAMBERT, E., DOFFING, M.A., BICKMAN, L.,
SIMMONS, T. & WORLEY, K. (2003). Psychometric
properties of the Vanderbilt ADHD diagnostic Parent Rating
Scale in a referred population. Journal of Pediatric
Psychology, 28 (8), 559-568. [PDF] |
|
SERGEANT, J., GEURTS, H.M., HUJBREGTS, S., SCHERES, A.
& OOSTERLANN, J. (2003). The top and the bottom of
ADHD : a neuropsychological perspective. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 27, 583-592. |
|
SCHNOLL, R., BURSHTEYN, D. & CEA-ARAVENA, J. (2003).
Nutrition in the treatment of attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder : A neglected but important aspect.
Applied Psychophysiology & Biofeedback, 28
(1), 63-75.
[PDF] |
|
BÉDARD, A-C., ICKOWICZ, A., LOGAN, G.D., HOGG-JOHNSON, S.,
SCHASCHAR, R.J. & TANNOCK, R. (2003). Selective
inhibition in children with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder off and on
stimulant medication. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 31, 315-327. [PDF] |
|
MOLINA, B. & PELHAM W.E. (2003). Childhood predictors
of substance use and conduct problems in a longitudinal
study of children with ADHD. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 112 (3), 497-507. [PDF] |
|
ROOT, R.W. & RESNICK, R.J. (2003). An update on the
diagnosis and treatment of attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder in children. Professional Psychology :
Research & Practice, 34 (1), 34-41. [PDF] |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (2003). Issues in the diagnosis of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in children. Brain
& Development, 25, 77-83. |
|
TOPLAK, M.E., RUCKLIDGE, J.J., HETHERINGTON, R., JOHN,
S.C.F. & TANNOCK, R. (2003). Time perception deficits
in Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder and comorbid
reading difficulties in child and adolescent samples. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 44, 888-903 |
|
FARAONE, S.V., SERGEANT, J., GILLBERG C. & BIEDERMAN,
J. (2003). The worldwide prevalence of ADHD : Is it an
American condition ? World Psychiatry, 2,
104-113.
[PDF] |
|
STEVENS, J., HARMAN, J.S. & KELLEHER, K.J. (2004).
Ethnic and regional differences in primary care visits for
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 25, 318-325. |
|
CHRONIS, A.M., CHACKO, A., FABIANO, G.A., WYMBS, B.T.
& PELHAM, W.E.J. (2004). Enhancements to the
behavioral parent training paradigm for families of
children with ADHD : Review and future directions. Clinical
Child & Family Psychology Review, 7 (1), 1-27. |
|
McGOUGH, J.J. & BARKLEY, R.A. (2004) Diagnostic
controversies in adult attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161,
1948-1956 |
|
COHEN, D. & LEO, J. (2004). An update on ADHD
neuroimaging research. The Journal of Mind &
Behavior, 25 (2), 161-166. [PDF] |
|
TIMIMI, S., MONCRIEFF, J., JUREIDNI, J., LEO, J., COHEN,
D., WHITFIELD, C., DOUBLE, D. et al. (2004). A critique of
the international consensus statement on ADHD. Clinical
Child & Family Psychology Review, 7, 59-63. [PDF]
+ [LIRE] |
|
FLICEK, M. (1992). Social status of boys with both
academic problems and attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Journal of Abnormal Child Psvcholonv, 20,
353-366. |
HECHTMAN, L., ABIKOFF, H., KLEIN, R., WEISS, G., RESPITZ,
C., KOURI, J., BLUM, C., GREENFIELD, B., ETCOVITCH, J.,
FLEISS, K. & POLLACK, S. (2004). Academic achievement
and emotional status of children with ADHD treated with
long-term methylphenidate and multimodal psychosocial
treatment. Journal of the American Academic of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 43, 812-819. |
|
ANASTOPOULOS, A.D., GUEVERMONT, D.C., SHELTON, T.L. &
DUPAUL, G.J. (1992). Parenting stress among families with
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 20 (5), 503-520. |
JOHANSEN, E.B. & SAGVOLDEN, T. (2004). Response
disinhibition may be explained as an extinction deficit in
an animal model of attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder (ADHD). Behavioural Brain Research, 149, 183-196. |
|
FARAONE, S.V., BIEDERMAN, J., CHEN, W.J., KRIFCHER, B.,
KEENAN, K., MOORE, C. SPRICH, S. & TUANG, T. (1992).
Segragation analysis of attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder : evidence for single gene trnsmission. Psychiatric
Genetics, 2, 257-275. |
DALEN, L., SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S., HALL, M. & REMINGTON,
B. (2004). Inhibitory deficits, delay aversion and
preschool AD/HD : Implications the dual pathway model. Neural Plasticity, 11 (1-2), 1-11. [PDF] |
|
|
HOZA, B., PELHAM, W.E., SAMS, S.E. & CARLSON, C.
(1992). An examination of the "dosage" effects of both
behavior therapy and methylphenidate on the classroom
performance of two ADHD children. Behavior
Modification, 16, 164-192. |
McGOUGH, J.J. & BARKLEY, R.A. (2004). Diagnostic
controversies in adult attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161,
1948-1956. [PDF] |
|
WHITE, D.M. & SPRAGUE, R.L. (1992). The "attention
deficit" in children with attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder. In B.B. Lahey & A.E. Kazdin (Eds.) Advances
in clinical child psychology (Vol 14. pp. 3-25).
Boston : Springer. |
BARKLEY, R.A. (2004). Adolescents with ADHD : An overview
of empirically based treatments. Journal of
Psychiatric Practice, 10, 39-56. |
|
SEMRUD-CLIKEMAN, M.S., BIEDERMAN, J., SPRICH-BUCKMINSTER,
S., LEHMAN, B.K., FARAONE, S.V. & NORMAN, D. (1992).
Comorbidity between ADHD and learning disability : a
review and report in a clinically referred sample.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 31, 439-448. |
HERVEY, A.S., EPSTEIN, J.N. & CURRY, J.F. (2004).
Neuropsychology of adults with
attention-deficit/hyper-activity disorder : A
meta-analytic review. Neuropsychology, 18,
495-503. |
|
DUPAUL, G.J., GUEVERMONT, D.C. & BARKLEY, R.A. (1992).
Behavioral treatment of attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder in the classroom. Behavior Modification, 16,
204-225. |
HECHTMAN, L., ABIKOFF, H., KLEIN, R.G., GREENFIELD, B.,
ETCOVITCH, J., COUSINS, L., FLEISS, K., WEISS, M. &
SIMCHA POLLACK, S. (2004). Children With ADHD treated with
long-term methylphenidate and multimodal psychosocial
treatment : Impact on parental practices. [PDF] |
|
DENCKLA, M.B. (1992). Commentary : the myth of ADHD. Journal
of Child Neurology, 7, 458-461. |
SAUVER, J.L.S., BABERESI, W.J., KATUSIC, S.K., COLLIGAN,
R.C., WEAVER, A.L. & JACOBSEN, S.J. (2004). Early life
risk factors for attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
: A population-based cohort study. Mayo Clinical
Proceedings, 79, 1124-1131. |
|
GRODZINSKY, G., DIAMOND, R. (1992). Frontal lobe
functioning in boys with attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Developmental Neuropsychology 8,
427-427. |
MONTANO, B. (2004). Diagnosis and treatment of ADHD in
adults in primary care. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 65, 18-21. |
|
PANIAGUA, F.A. (1992). Verbal-nonverbal correspondence
training with ADHD children. Behavior Modification, 16
(2), 226-252. |
TIMIMI, S. & al. (2004). A critique of the
international consensus statement on ADHD. Clinical
Child & Family Psychology Review, 7 (1),
59-63. [PDF]
+ [LIRE] |
|
GOODYEAR, P. & HYND, G. (1992). Attention deficit
disorder with (ADD/H) and without (ADD/WO) hyper-activity
: Behavioral and neuropsychological differentiation. Journal
of Clinical Child Psychology, 21, 273-304. |
FABIANO, G.A. & PELHAM, W.E., MANOS, M., GNAGY, E.M.,
CHRONIS A.M., ONYANGO, A.N., WILLIAMS, A.A.,
BURROWS-MACLEAN, L.A.L., COLES, E.K., MEICHENBAUM, D.L.,
CASERTA, D.A. & SWAIN, S. (2004). An evaluation of
three time out procedures for children with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Behavior
Therapy, 35, 449-469. |
|
BIEDERMAN, J., FARAONE, S., KEENAN, K., KRIFCHER, B.J.,
MOORE, C., SPRICH-BUCKMINSTER, S., UGAGLIA, K., JELLINEK,
M.S. & STEINGARD, R. (1992). Further evidence for
family-genetic risk factors in attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Patterns of comorbidity in
probands and relatives psychiatrically and pediatrically
referred samples. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49,
728-738. |
MEYER, A., EILERTSEN, D.E., SUNDET, J.M., TSHIFULARO, J.G.
& SAGVOLDEN, T. (2004). Cross-cultural similarities in
ADHD-like behaviour amongst South African primary school
children. South African Journal of Psychology, 34,
123-139. |
|
GILGER, J.W., PENNINGTON, B.F. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1992).
A twin study of the etiology of comorbidity :
Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and dyslexia. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 31, 343-348. |
FRAZIER, T.W., DEMAREE, H.A. & YOUNGSTORM, E.A.
(2004). Meta-analysis of intellectual and
neuropsychological test performance in
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Neuropsychology,
18, 543-555. |
|
ABIKOFF, H., HECHTMAN, L., KLEIN, R.G., GALLAGHER, R.,
ETCOVITCH, J., FLEISS, K., COUSINS, L., GREENFIELD, B.,
MARTIN, D. & POLLACK, S. (2004). Social functioning in
children with ADHD treated with long-term methylphenidate
and multimodal psychosocial treatment. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
43, 820-829. |
|
SPARKS, R.L., JAVORSKY, J. & PHILIPS, L. (2004).
College students classified with ADHD and the foreign
language requirement. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 37, 169-178. |
|
TIMIMI, S. (2004). Developing non-toxic approaches to
helping children who could be diagnosed with ADHD and
their families : Reflections of a UK clinician. Ethical
Human Psychology & Psychiatry, 6, 41-52. [LIRE] |
|
FUNK, J.B., CHESSARE, J.B., WEAVER, M.T. & EXLEY, A.R.
(1993). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder,
creativity, and the effects of methylphenidate. Pediatrics,
91 (4), 816-819. |
SCHACHAR, R.J., CHEN, S., LOGAN, G.D., ORNSTEIN, T.J.,
CROSBIE, J., ICKOWICZ, A. & PAKULAK, A. (2004).
Evidence for an error monitoring deficit in attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psychology, 32, 285-293. [PDF] |
|
ZENTALL, S.S. (1993). Research on the educational
implications of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
Exceptional Children, 60, 143-153.
[PDF] |
REIBER, C. & McLAUGHLIN, T.F. (2004). Classroom
interventions : methods to improve academic performance
and classroom behavior for students with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder International
Journal of Special Education, 19 (1), 1-13. [PDF] |
|
FARAONE, S.V., BIEDERMAN, J., LEHMAN, B.K., KRIFCHER, B.,
THOMAS, S., SEIDMAN, L.J., KRAUS, I., PERRIN, J., CHEN,
W.J. & TSUANG, M.T. (1993). Intellectual performance
and school failure in children with attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder and in their siblings. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 102 (4), 616-623. |
THOME, J. & JACOBS, K. (2004) Attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) in a 19th century children's
book. European Psychiatry, 19, 303–306. |
|
ZAMETKIN, A.J., LIEBENAUER, L.L., FITZGERALD, G.A., KING,
A.C., MINKUNAS, D.V., HERSCOVITCH, P., YAMADA, E.M. &
COHEN, R.M. (1993). Brain metabolism in teenagers with
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 50 (5), 333-340. |
SCIUTTO, M.J., NOLFI C.J. & BLUHM, C.A. (2004).
Effects of child gender and symptom type on elementary
school teachers' referrals for ADHD. Journal of
Emotional & Behavioral Disorders, 12, 247-253. |
|
CARLSON, C.L. & BUNNER, M.R. (1993). Effects of
methylphenidate on the academic performance of children
with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and learning
disabilities. School Psychology Review, 22 (2),
184-199. |
SHASTRY, B.S. (2004). Molecular genetics of
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) : an
update. Neurochemistry International, 44, 469-474. |
|
SCHACHAR, R.J., TANNOCK, R. & LOGAN, G.D. (1993).
Inhibitory control, impulsiveness, and attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Clinical Psychology Review,
13, 721-739. [PDF] |
LIU, Y.H. & STEIN, M.T. (2004).
Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : Evidence-based
diagnosis and management for primary care clinicians. Minerva
Pediatrica, 56, 567-583. |
|
DUPAUL, G.J. & HENNINSON, P.N. (1993). Peer tutoring
effects on the classroom performance of children with
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. School
Psychology Review, 22, 134-143. |
ÀVILA, C., CUENCA, I., FÉLIX, V., PARCET, M.A. &
MIRANDA, A. (2004). Measuring impulsivity in school-aged
boys and examining it relationship with ADHD and ODD
ratings. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 32 (3),
295-304. [PDF] |
|
TULLY, L.A., ARSENEAULT, L., CASPI, A., MOFFITT, T.E.
& MORGAN, J. (2004). Does maternal warmth moderate the
effects of birth weight on twins' attention-deficit/hyper-
activity disorder (ADHD) symptoms and low IQ ? Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 72,
218-226. |
|
WARD, M.F., WENDER, P.H. & REIMHERR, F.W. (1993). The
Wender Utah Rating Scale : An aid in the retrospective
diagnosis of childhood Attention Deficit Hyperactivity
Disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150,
885-890. [PDF] |
WILENS, T.E. (2004). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder and the substance use disorders: the nature of
the at risk, and treatment issuees. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 2, 283-301. [PDF] |
|
BIEDERMAN, J., FARAONE, S.V., SPENCER, T., WILENS, T.,
NORMAN, D., LAPEY, K.A., MICK, E., LEHMAN, B.K. &
DOYLE, A. (1993). Patterns of psychiatric comorbidity,
cognition, and psychosocial functioning in adults with
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1792-1798. |
LORCH, E.P., MILICH, R. & BERTHIAUME, K.S. (2004). Why
don't children with ADHD understand why ? The ADHD
Report, 12, 1-5. |
|
ZENTALL, S.S. (1993). Research on the educational
implications of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
Exceptional Children, 60, 143-153. |
SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S., THOMPSON, M., DALEY, D. &
LAVER-BRADBURY, C. (2004). Parent training for pre-school
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : Is it effective
when delivered as routine rather than as specialist care ?
British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 43,
449-457. |
|
FARAONE, S.V., BIEDERMAN, J., LEHMAN, B.K., KEENAN, K.,
NORMAN, D., SEIDMAN, L.J., KOLDONY, R., KRAUS, I., PERRIN,
J. & CHEN, W.J. (1993). Evidence for the independent
familial transmission of attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder and learning disabilities : Results from a family
genetic study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150 (6),
891-895. |
TIMIMI, S. & TAYLOR, E. (2004). ADHD is best
understood as a cultural construct. The British
Journal of Psychiatry, 184, 8-9. [PDF] |
|
ZENTALL, S.S. & FERKIS, M.A. (1993). Mathematical
problem-solving for youth with ADHD, with and without
learning disabilities. Learning Disability Quarterly,
16, 6-18. [PDF] |
GENTILE, J.P., ATIQ, R. & GILLIG, P.M. (2004). Adult
ADHD : Diagnosis, differential diagnosis and medication
management. Psychiatry, 3 (8), 24-30. [PDF] |
|
PELHMAN, W., CARLSON, C., SAMS, S.E., VALLANO, G., DIXON,
M. J. & HOZA, B. (1993). Separate and combined effects
of methylphenidate and behavior modification on boys with
attention-deficit hyper- activity disorder in the
classroom. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 61, 506-515. |
NIGG, J.T. (2005). Neuropsychologic theory and findings in
attention-deficit/ hyperactivity disorder : The state of
the field and salient challenges for the coming decades. Biological
Psychiatry, 57, 1424-1435. [PDF] |
|
|
NEEF, N.A., MARCKEL, J., FERRERI, S.J., BICARD, D.F.,
ENDO, S., AMAN, M.G., MILLER, K.M., JUNG, S., NIST, L.
& ARMSTRONG, N. (2005). Behavioral assessment of
impulsivity : A comparison of children with and without
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 38 (1), 23-37. [PDF] |
|
NEEF, N.A., MARCKEL, J., FERRERI, S.J., BICARD, D.F.,
ENDO, S., AMAN, M.G., MILLER, K.M., JUNG, S., NIST, L.
& ARMSTRONG, N. (2005). Behavioral assessment of
impulsivity : A comparison of children with and without
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 38 (1), 23-37. [PDF] |
|
CATANIA, A.C. (2005). Precommentary.
Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) :
Delay-of-reinforcement gradients and other behavioral
mechanisms. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 28,
419-424. [PDF] |
|
REIMHERR, F.W., MARCHANT, B.K., STRONG, R.E., HEDGES, D.W., ADLER, L., SPENCER, T.J., WEST, S.A. & SONI, P. (2005). Emotional dysregulation in adult ADHD and response to atomoxetine. Biological Psychiatry, 58 (2), 125-131.
|
|
TOPLAK, M.E., JAIN, U, & TANNOCK, R (2005) Executive
and motivational processes in adolescents with
Attention-Deficit-Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). Behavioral & Brain Functions, 1, 8. |
|
PELHMAN, W., BURROWS-MACLEAN, L., GNAGY, E.M., FABIANO,
G.A., COLES, E.K., TRESCO, K.E., CHACKO, A., WYMBS, B.,
WEINKE, A.L., WALKER, K. & HOFFMAN, M.T. (2005).
Transdermal methylphenidate, behavioral, and combined
treatment for children with ADHD. Experimental &
Clinical Psychopharmacology, 13 (2), 111-126. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, M.J., RICCIO, C.A. & GONZALEZ, J.J. (1994).
Methodological differences in the diagnosis of
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder : Impact on
prevalence. Journal of Emotional & Behavioral
Disorders, 2, 31-38. |
DWIVEDI, K.N. & BANHATTI, R.G. (2005). Attention
deficit/hyperactivity disorder and ethnicity. Archives
of Disease in Childhood, 90 (S), 10-12. [PDF] |
|
BAKER, D.B. (1994). Parenting stress and ADHD : A
cornpaison of mothers and fathers. Journal of
Emotional & Behavioral Disorders, 2, 46-50. |
FONE, K.C. & NUTT, D.J. (2005). Stimulants : use and
abuse in the treatment of attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Current Opinion in Pharmacology, 5,
87-93. |
|
REID, R., VASA, S.F., MAAG, J.W. & WRIGHT, G. (1994).
An analysis of teachers' perceptions of attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Research &
Development in Education, 27, 185-191. |
LUMAN, M., OOSTERLAN, J. & SERGEANT, J.A. (2005). The
impact of reinforcement contingencies on AD/HD : A review
and theoretical appraisal. Clinical Psychology
Review, 25, 183-213. [PDF] |
|
WHEELER, J. & CARLSON, C.L. (1994). The social
functioning of children with ADD with hyperactivity and
ADD without hyperactivity : A comparison of their peer
relations and social deficits. Journal of Emotional
& Behavioral Disorders, 2, 2-12. |
ROHDE, L.A., SZOBOT, C., POLANCZYK, G., SCHMITZ, M.,
MARTINS, S. & TRAMONTINA S. (2005).
Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in a diverse
culture: do research and clinical findings support the
notion of a cultural construct for the disorder ? Biological
Psychiatry, 57 (11), 1436-1441. |
|
SPENCER, T., BIEDERMAN, J., WILENS, T. FARAONE, S.V.
(1994). Is attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder in
adults a valid disorder ? Harvard Review of
Psychiatry, 1, 326-335. |
WILLIAMS, J. & DAYAN, P. (2005). Dopamine, learning,
and impulsivity : A biological account of attention-
deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Child
& Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 15 (1),
160-179. [PDF] |
|
SHAFFER, D. (1994). Attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder in adults. American Journal of Psychiatry,
151, 633-638. |
WILENS, T.E. & DODSON, W. (2004). A clinical
perspective of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
into adulthood. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 65
(10), 1301-1313. |
|
WHEELER, J. & CARLSON, C.L. (1994). The social
functioning of children with ADD with hyperactivity and
ADD without hyperactivity : A comparison of their peer
relations and social deficits. Journal of Emotional
& Behavioral Disorders, 2, 2-12. |
COHEN, D., LLOYD, G. & STEAD, J. (2005). Critical
new perspectives on AD/HD. New York : Routledge. |
|
CRAMOND, B. (1994). Attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder and creativity : What is the connection ?
Journal of Creative Behavior, 28 (3), 193-210. |
KLINGBERG, T., FERNELL, E., OLESEN, P.J., JOHNSON, M.,
GUSTAFSSON, P., DAHLSTRÖM, K., GILLBERG, C.G., FORSSBERG,
H. & WERERBERG, H. (2005). Computerized training of
working memory in children with ADHD : A randomized,
controlled trial. Journal of the American Academy of
Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 44 (2),
177-186. [PDF] |
|
NADEAU, K. (1994). Survival guide for college students
with ADD or LD. Washington, D : Magination Press. |
WILLCUTT, E.G., PENNINGTON, B.F., OLSON, R.K., CHHABILDAS,
N. & HULSLANDER, J. (2005). Neuropsychological
analyses of comorbidity between reading disability and
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder : In search of
the common deficit. Developmental Neuropsychology,
27, 35-78. |
|
ELIA, J., GULOTTA, C., ROSE, J.R., MARIN, G. &
RAPOPORT, J.L. (1994). Thyroid dysfunction in attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
33, 169-182. |
SAGVOLDEN, T., JOHANSEN, E.B., AASE, H. & RUSSELL,
V.A. (2005). A dynamic developmental theory of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD)
predominantly hyperactive/impulsive and combined subtypes.
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 28, 397-419. |
|
TAYLOR, E. (1994). Syndromes of attention deficit and
overactivity. Child & Adolescent Psychiatry 3, 285-308. |
PELHAM, W.E., FABIANO, G.A. & MASSETTI, G.M. (2005).
Evidence-based assessment of
attention-deficit/Hyperactivity disorder in children and
adolescents. Journal of Clinical Child &
Adolescent Psychology, 34 (3), 449-476. [PDF] |
|
SERGEANT, J. (2000). Modeling attention-deficit-hyperactivity disorder : a critical appraisal of the cognitive-energetic model. Biological Psychiatry, 57, 1248–1255 |
|
RUSSELL, V.A., SAGVOLDEN, T. & JOHANSEN, E.B. (2005).
Animal models of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder.
Behavioral & Brain Functions, 15, 1-9. |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (2005). ADHD and the nature of
self-control. New York : Guilford. |
|
TIMIMI, S. (2005). ADHD : The medicalisation of naughty
boys. Human Givens, 12, 10-15. |
|
MARTINUSSEN, R., HAYDEN, J., HOGG-JOHNSON, S. &
TANNOCK, R. (2005). Meta-analysis of working memory
impairments in children with
attention-deficit/hyper-activity disorder. Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 44 (4), 377-384. |
|
CATANIA, A.C. (2005). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder (ADHD) : One process or many ? Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 28, 446-450. |
|
HARPIN, V.A. (2005). The effect of ADHD on the life of an
individual, their family, and community from preschool to
adult life. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 90
(1), 2-7. |
|
|
DESGRANGES, M.K., DESGRANGES, L. & KARSKY, K. (1995).
Attention deficit disorder : Problems with preconceived
diagnosis. Child & Adolescent Social Work
Journal, 12, 3-17. |
AASE, H. & SAGVOLDEN, T. (2005). Moment-to-moment
dynamics of ADHD behaviour. Behavioral & Brain
Functions, 1 (12), 1-14. [PDF] |
|
SWANSON, J.M., McBURNETT, K., CHRISTIAN, D.L. & WIGAL,
T. (1995). Stimulant medications and the treatment of
children with ADHD. Advances in Clinical Child
Psychology, 17, 265-322. |
LOO, S. & BARKLEY, R.A. (2005). Clinical utility of
EEG in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Applied
Neuropsychology, 12, 64-76.
[PDF] |
|
SPENCER, T., WILENS, T. & BIEDERMAN, J. (1995). A
double-blind, crossover comparison of methylphenidate and
placebo in adults with childhood-onset attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 52, 434-443. |
CATANIA, A.C. (2005). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder (ADHD) : Delay-of- reinforcement gradients and
other behavioral mechanisms. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 28, 419-424. |
|
GREENHILL, L.L. (1995). Attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder : The stimulants. Child & Adolescent
Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 4 (1),
123-168. |
BARKLEY, R.A. & MACIAS, M. (2005). Attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder. In R. David (Ed.), Child and
adolescent neurology. New York : Blackwell. |
|
FARAONE, S.V., BIEDERMAN, J., CHEN, W.J., MILBERGER, R.S.,
WARBURTON, R. & TSUANG, M.T. (1995). Genetic
heterogeneity in attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder
(ADHD) : Gender, psychiatric comorbidity, and maternal
ADHD. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 104 (2),
334-345. |
BATES, N. (2005). Attention deficit disorder in adults
Management in primary care. Canadian Family
Physician/Le Médecin de Famille Canadien, 51,
53-59. [PDF] |
|
WENDER, P.H. (1995). Attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder in Adults. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
CHANDLER, M.W. & DUPAUL, G. (2005). Assessment of ADHD
: Differences across psychology ? specialty areas. Journal
of Attention Disorders, 9, 402-412. |
|
VAN DER MEERE, J., SHALEV, R., BORGER, N. &
GROSS-TSUR, V. (1995). Sustained attention, activation and
MPH in ADHD: A research note. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 36, 697-703. |
BIEDERMAN, J. (2005). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder : A selective overview. Biological
Psychiatry, 57 (11), 1215-1220. |
|
FARAONE, S.V., BIEDERMAN, J., CHEN, W.J., MILBERGER, R.S.,
WARBURTON, R. & TSUANG, M.T. (1995). Genetic
heterogeneity in attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder
(ADHD) : Gender, psychiatric comorbidity, and maternal
ADHD. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 104 (2),
334-345. |
NEEF, N.A., BICARD, D.F., ENDO, S., COURY, D.L. &
AMAN, M.G. (2005). Evaluation of pharmacological treatment
of impulsivity in children with attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 38 (2), 135-146. [PDF] |
|
WENDER, P.H. (1995). Attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder in Adults. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
RUSSELL, V.A., SAGVOLDEN, T. & BORGÀ-JOHANSEN, E.
(2005). Animal models of attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Behavioral & Brain Functions, 1
(9), 1-17. [PDF] |
|
ZAMETKIN, A.J. (1995). Attention-deficit disorder : born
to be hyperactive ? Journal of the American Medical
Assocation, 273 (23), 1871-1874. |
GRANET, D.B., GOMI, C.F., VENTURA, R., ILLER-SCHOLTE, A.
(2005). Relationship between convergence insufficiency and
ADHD. Strabismus, 13 (4), 163-168. |
|
BIEDERMAN, J., FARAONE, S.V., MICK, E., SPENCER, T.,
WILENS, T., KIELY, K., GUITE, J., ABLON, J.S., REED, E.
& WARBURTON, R. (1995). High risk for attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder among children of parents
with childhood onset of the disorder : A pilot study. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 431-435. |
COGHILL, D., NIGG, J. ROTHBERGER A, SONUGA-BARKE, E. &
TANNOCK, R. (2005). Whither causal models in the
neuroscience of ADHD ? Developmental Science, 8, 105-114. |
|
BIEDERMAN, J., MILBERGER, S. & FARAONE, S.V, GUITE,
J., MICK, E. & REED, E. (1995). Family- environment
risk factors for ADHD : A test of Rutter's indicators of
adversity. Archives of General Psychiatry, 52
(6), 464-470. |
FARAONE, S.V., PERLIS, R.H., DOYLE, A.E., SMOLLER, J.W.,
GORALNICK, J.J., HOLMGREN, M.A. & SKAER, P. (2005).
Molecular genetics of attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 57 (11),
1313-1323. [PDF] |
|
FARMER J.E. & PETERSON, E. (1995). Injury risk factors
in children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
Health Psychology, 14, 325-332. |
ARMAN, A.R., ERSU, R., SAVE, D., KARADAG, B., KARAMNA, G.,
KARABEKIROGLU, K., KARAKOC, F., DAGLI, E. & BERKEM, M.
(2005). Symptoms of inattention and hyperactivity in
children with habitual snoring: evidence from a
community-based study in Istanbul. Child : Care,
Health & Development, 31 (6), 707-717. [PDF] |
|
MEYER, M.J. & ZENTALL, S.S. (1995). Influence of loud
behavioral consequences on attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Behavior Therapy, 26, 351- 370. [PDF] |
BIEDERMAN, J. & FARAONE, S.V. (2005). Ateention
deficit hyperactivity disorder. Lancet, 366, 237-248. |
|
WILENS, T. (1995). Attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder and comorbid substance use disorders in adults. Psychiatric
Services, 46, 761-763. |
ROBBINS, C.A. (2005). ADHD couple and family relationships
: Enhancing communication and understanding through Imago
Relationship Therapy. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
61, 565-577. |
|
NORTHUP, J., BROUSSARD, C., JONES, K. & GEORGE, T.,
VOLLMER, T. & HERRING, M. (1995). The differential
effects of teacher and peer attention for children with
Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 28, 225-227.
[PDF] |
PLUMER, P.J. & STONER, G. (2005). The relative effects
of classwide peer tutoring and peer coaching on the
positive social behaviors of children With ADHD.
Journal of Attention Disorders, 9 (1), 290-300. [PDF] |
|
ZAMETKIN, A.J. (1995). Attention-deficit disorder : born
to be hyperactive ? Journal of the American Medical
Assocation, 273 (23), 1871-1874. |
ROHDE, L.A., SZOBOT, C., POLANCZYK, G., SCHMITZ, M.,
MARTINS, S. & TRAMONTINA, S. (2005).
Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in a diverse
culture : do research and clinical findings support the
notion of a cultural construct for the disorder ?
Biological Psychiatry, 57 (11), 1436-1441. [PDF] |
|
HEDGES, D. REIMHERR, F.W. & ROGERS, A., STRONG, R.
& WENDER, P.H. (1955). Strong R, Wender PH : An open
trial of venlafaxine in adult patients with attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder. Psychopharmacology
Bulletin, 31, 779- 783 |
FABIANO, G.A., PELHAM, W.E., WASCHBUSCH, D.A., GNAGY,
E.M., LAHEY, B.B., CHRONIS A.M., ONYANGO, A.N., KIPP, H.,
LOPEZ-WILLIAMS, A. & BURROWS-MACLEAN, L.A. (2006).
Practical measure of impairment : psychometric properties
of the impairment rating scale in samples of children with
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and two
school-based samples. Journal of Clinical Child &
Adolescent Psychology, 35 (3), 369-385. |
|
SPENCER, T., WILENS, T. & BIEDERMAN, J. (1995). A
double-blind, crossover comparison of methylphenidate and
placebo in adults with childhood-onset attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 52, 434-443. |
GLUTTING, J.J., YOUNGSTROM, E.A. & WATKINS, M.W.
(2005). ADHD and college students : Exploratory and
confirmatory factor structures with student and parent
data. Psychological Assessment, 17, 44-55. |
|
GREENHILL, L.L. (1995). Attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder : The stimulants. Child & Adolescent
Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 4 (1),
123-168. |
PELHMAN, W., FABIANO, G.A. & MASSETTI, G.M. (2005).
Evidence-Based Assessment of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in children and
adolescents. Journal of Clinical Child &
Adolescent Psychology, 34 (3), 449-476. |
|
BAKER, D.B. & McCAL, K. (1995). Parenting stress in
parents of children with attention-deficit hyeractivity
disorder and parents of children with learning
disabilities. Journal of Child & Farnily Studies,
4 (1), 57-68. |
GILLIG, P.M., GENTILE, J.P. & ATIQ, R. (2005).
Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : a life-span
perspective. Psychiatry, 9 (2), 1-12.
[PDF] |
|
HEILIGENSTEIN, E. & KEELING, R.P. (1995). Presentation
of unrecognized attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
in college students. Journal of American College
Health, 43, 226-228. |
TIMIMI, S. (2005). Naughty boys : Anti-social
behaviour, ADHD and the role of culture. Basingstoke
: Palgrave Macmillan. |
|
TOPLAK, M.E. & TANNOCK, R. (2005). Time perception :
Modality and duration effects in
Attention-Deficit-Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD).
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 33, 639-654.
|
|
ROSSINIE, D. & O'CONNOR, M.A. (1995). Retrospective
self-reorted symptoms of attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder : reliability of the Wender Rating Scale. Psychological Reports, 77, 751-754. |
MATHERS, M. (2005). Some evidence for distinctive language
use by children with attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Clinical Linguistics & Phonetics, 19 (3), 215-226. |
|
FARAONE, S.V., BIEDERMAN, J., CHEN, W.J., MILBERGER, R.S.,
WARBURTON, R. & TSUANG, M.T. (1995). Genetic
heterogeneity in attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder
(ADHD) : Gender, psychiatric comorbidity, and maternal
ADHD. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 104 (2),
334-345. |
MILICH, R., LORCH, E.P. & BERTHIAUME, K.S. (2005).
Story comprehension in children with ADHD: Research
findings and treatment implications. In M. P. Larimer
(Ed.), Attention- deficit/hyperactivity research
(pp. 111-138). Hauppauge, NY : Nova Biomedical Books. |
|
SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S. (2005).Causal models of
attention-deficit=hyperactivity disorder : from common
simple deficits to multiple developmental pathways. Biological Psychiatry, 57, 1231-1238. |
|
KLINGBERG, T., FERNELL, E., OLESEN, P.J., JOHNSON, M.,
GUSTAFSSON, P., DAHLSTROM, K., GILBERG, C.G., FORSSBERG,
H. & WESTERBERG, H. (2005). Computerized training of
working memory in children with ADHD : a randomized,
controlled trial. Journal of the American Academy of
Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 44 (2), 177-186.
[PDF] |
|
OKIE, S. (2006) ADHD in adults. The New England
Journal of Medicine, 354, 2637-2641. |
|
DUPAUL, G.J., JITENDRA, A.K.,VOLPE, R.J., TRESCO, K.E.,
LUTZ, J.G.VILE-JUNOD, R.E., CLEARY, K.S., FLAMMER, L.M.
& MANELLA, M.C. (2006). Consultation-based academic
interventions for children with ADHD : Effects on reading
and mathematics achievement. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psychology, 34 (5), 633-646. |
|
WILENS, T.E. (2006). Mechanism of action of agents used in
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 67 (8), 32-38. [PDF] |
|
WEYANDT, L. & DUPAUL, G.J. (2006). ADHD in college
students. Journal of Attention Disorders, 10 (1),
9-19. |
|
CHRONIS, A.M., GAMBLE, S.A., ROBERTS, J.E. & PELHAM,
W.E. (2006). Depression treatment for mothers of children
with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Behavior
Therapy, 37, 143-158. [PDF] |
|
GADOW, K.D., SVED, J., SPAFKIN, J., NOLAN, E. & EZOR,
S.N. (1995). Efficacy of methylphenidate for
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder in children with
tic disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry 52 (6),
444-455. |
STEVENS, T & MULSOW, M. (2006). There is no meaningful
relationship between television exposure and symptoms of
attention- deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Pediatrics,
117, 665-672. |
|
LEMELIN, G., LAFORTUNE, D. et FORTIER, I. (2006). Les
caractéristiques familiales des enfants présentant un
trouble déficitaire de l'attention avec ou sans
hyperactivité : recension critique des écrits.
Canadian Psychology/ Psychologie Canadienne, 47,
211-228. |
|
STEIN, M.A., SANDOVAL, R., SZUMOWSKI, E., ROIZEN, N.,
REINECKE, M.A., BLONDIS, T.A. & KLEIN, Z. (1995).
Psychometric characteristics of the Wender Utah Rating
Scale (WURS) : reliability and factor structure for men
and women. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 31
(2), 425-433. |
WEYANDT, L.L. & DUPAUL, G.J., (2006). ADHD in College
Students : A review of the literature. Journal of
Attention Disorders, 10 (1), 9-19. |
|
BAUMGAERTEL, A., WOLRAICH, M.L. & DIETRICH, M. (1995).
Comparison of diagnostic criteria for attention deficit
disorders in German elementary school sample.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent, 34,
629-638. |
WEISS, M., GADOW, K. & WASDELL, M.B. (2006).
Effectiveness outcomes in attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 67
(S8), 38-45. |
|
PERRIN, S. & LAST, C.G. (1996). Relationship between
ADHD and anxiety in boys: results from a family study. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 35 (8), 988-996. [PDF] |
POWER, T.J., WERBA, B.E., WATKINS, M.W., ANGELUCCI, J.G.
& EIRALDI, R.B. (2006). Patterns of parent-reported
homework problems among ADHD-referred and non-referred
children. School Psychology Quarterly, 21,
13-33. |
|
SHAPIRO, E.S., DUPAUL, G.J., BRADLEY, K.L. & BAILEY,
L.T. (1996). A school-based consultation program for ser-
vice delivery to middle school students with attention-
deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Emotional and
Behavioral Disorders, 4, 73-81. |
SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S, THOMPSON, M. ABIKOFF, H., KLEIN, R.
& BROTMAN, L.M. (2006). Nonpharmacological
interventions for preschoolers With ADHD : The case for
specialized parent training. Infants & Young
Children, 19 (2), 142-153. [PDF] |
|
LEUTWYLER, K. (1996). Paying Attention : The controversy
over ADHD and the drug Ritalin is obscuring a real look at
the disorder and its underpinnings. Scientific
American, 275 (2), 12-14. |
WOLRAICH, M.L. (2006). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder : Can It be recognized and treated in children
younger than 5 Years ? Infants & Young Children,
19 (2), 86-93. [PDF] |
|
MURPHY, K.R. & BARKLEY, R.A. (1996). Attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder in adults. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 37, 393-401. |
STEVENS, T. & MULSOW, M. (2006). There is no
meaningful relationship between television exposure and
symptoms of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Pediatrics,
117 (3), 665-672. |
|
WILENS, T.E., BIEDERMAN, J., PRINCE, J., SPENCER, T.J.,
FARAONE, S.V., WARBURTON, R., SCHLEIFER, D., HARDING, M.,
LINEHAN, C. & GELLER, D. (1996). Six-week,
double-blind, place- bo-controlled study of desipramine
for adult attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 1147-1153. [PDF] |
SEIDMAN, L.J. (2006). Neuropsychological functioning in
people with ADHD across the lifespan. Clinical
Psychology Review, 26 (4), 466-485. |
|
HILL, J.C. & SCHOENER, J.P. (1996). Age-dependent
decline of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 1143-1146. |
SCHNEIDER, H. & EISENBERG, D. (2006). Who receives a
diagnosis of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in
the United States elementary school population ? Pediatrics, 117, 601-609. |
|
RIEF, S.F. (1996). How to reach and teacher ADD/ADHD
children. New York : John Wiley. |
BUSSING, R., LEHNINGER, F. & EYBERG, S. (2006).
Difficult child temperament and
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in preschool
children. Infants & Young Children, 19 (2),
123-131. |
|
|
CANTWELL, D.P. (1996). Attention deficit disorder : a
review of the past 10 years. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & dolescent Psychiatry, 35,
978-987. |
ROSTAIN, A.L. & RAMSAY, J.R. (2006). A combined
treatment approach for adults with ADHD : Results of an
open study of 43 patients. Journal of Attention
Disorders, 10, 150-159. |
|
JOHNSTON, C. (1996). Parent characteristics and
parent-child interactions in families of nonproblem
children and ADHD children with higher and lower levels of
oppositional-defiant behavior. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psvchology, 24 (1), 85-104. |
LECOMTE, S. et POISSANT, H. (2006). Facteurs de risque du
trouble déficitaire de l'attention avec hyperactivité
(TDAH). In. N. Chevalier et al. (Eds.), Le trouble
déficitaire de l'attention/hyperactivité : Soigner,
éduquer, surtout valoriser. PUQ : Montréal. |
|
AYLWARD, E.H., REISS, A.L., READER, M.J., SINGER, H.S.,
BROWN, J.E. & DENCKLA, M.B. (1996). Basal ganglia
volumes in children with attention deficit-hyperactivity
disorder with normal controls. Journal of Child
Neurology, 11, 112-115. |
AASE, H., MEYER, A. & SAGVOLDEN, T. (2006).
Moment-to-moment dynamics of ADHD behaviour in South
African children. Behavioral & Brain Functions, 2
(11), 1-13. [PDF] |
|
CASTELLANOS, F.X., GIEDD, J.N., MARSH, W.L., HAMBURGER,
S.D., VAITUZIS, A.C., DICKSTEIN, D.P. SARFATTI, S.E.,
VAUSS, Y.C., SNELL, J.W., LANGE, N., KAYSEN, D., KRAIN,
A.L., RITCHIE, G.F., RAJAPAKSE, J.C. & RAPOPORT, J.L.
(1996). Quantitative brain magnetic resonance imaging in
attention deficit-hyperactivity disorder. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 53, (7), 607-616. |
CURRIE, J. & SYABILE, M. (2006). Child mental health
and human capital accumulation; The case of ADHD. Journal
of Health Economics, 25 (6), 1094-1118. |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (2006). Attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder : A handbook for diagnosis and treatment.
New York : Guilford Press. |
|
LORCH, E.P., MILICH, R. ASTRIN, C.C. & BERTHIAUME, K.S
(2006). Cognitive engagement and story comprehension in
typically developing children and children with ADHD from
preschool through elementary school. Developmental
Psychology, 42, 1206-1219. |
|
EGGER, H.L., KONDO, D. & ANGOLD, A. (2006). The
epidemiology and diagnostic issues in preschool ADHD : A
review. Infants & Young Children, 19 (2),
109-122. |
|
FLORY, K., MILICH, R., LORCH, E.P., HAYDEN, A.N., STRANGE,
C. & WELSH, R. (2006). Online story comprehension
among children with ADHD : Which core deficits are
involved ? Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 34,
850-862. |
|
CHRONIS, A.M., JONES, H.A. & RAGGI, V.L. (2006).
Evidence-based psychosocial treatments for children and
adolescents with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder.
Clinical Psychology Review, 26, 486-502.
[PDF] |
|
DUPAUL, G.J., ECKERT, T. & McGOEY, K. (1997).
Interventions for students with attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder : One size does not fit all.
School Psychology Review, 26, 369-381. |
WOLRAICH, M.L. (2006). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder can it be recognized and treated in children
younger than 5 years ? Infants & Young Children,
19 (2), 86-93. [PDF] |
|
QUAY, R.C. (1997). Inhibition and attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 25, 7–13. |
ZENTALL, S.S. (2006). ADHD and education:
Foundations, characteristics, methods, and
collaboration. Upper Saddle River, N.J. :
Pearson Merrill Prentice Hall. |
|
DULCAN, M. (1997). Practice parameters for the assessment
and treatment of children, adolescents, and adults with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
36 (S10), 85-121. |
LLOYD, G., STEAD, J. & COEHEN, D. (2006). Critical
new perspectives on ADHD. London/New York :
Routledge. |
|
GORDON, M. (1997). ADHD in cyberspace. ADHD Report, 5
(4), 4-6. |
BIEDERMAN, J., FARAONE, S.V., SPENCER, T.J., MICK, E.,
MONUTEAUX, M.C. & ALEARDI, M. (2006). Functional
impairments in adults with self-reports of diagnosed ADHD
: A controlled study of 1001 adults in the community. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 67 (4), 524-540. |
|
GILLBERG, C., MELANDER H., VON KNORRING, A.-L., ANOLS,
L.-O., THERLUND, G. & HAGGLOF, B. (1997). Long-term
stimulant treatment of children with attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder symptoms : A randomized,
double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 5 (4), 857-864. |
WEISS, M., GADOW, K. & WASDELL, M.B. (2006).
Effectiveness outcomes in attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 67 (S8),
38-45. |
|
SHERMAN, D.K., MCGUE, M.K. & IACONO, W.G. (1997).
Attention deficit-hyperactivity disorder : A twin study of
inattention and impulsivity-hyperactivity. Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 36, 745-753. |
GENTILE, J.P. & ATIQ, R. & GILLIG, P.M. (2006).
Psychotherapy for the patient with adult ADHD. Psychiatry,
3 (8), 31-35. [PDF] |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (1997). Behavioral inhibition, sustained
attention, and ex- ecutive functions : constructing a
unifying theory of ADHD. Psychological Bulletin, 121
(1), 65-94. [PDF] |
VALERA, E.M. & SEIDMAN, L.J. (2006). Neurology of ADHD
in preschoolers. Infants & Young Children, 19 (2),
94-108. |
|
DUPAUL, G.J. & ECKERT, T.L. (1997). The effects of
school-based interventions for attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder : A meta-analysis. School
Psychology Review, 26, 5-27. |
COHEN, D. (2006). Critique of the ADHD enterprise. In G.
LLOYD, J. STEAD & COHEN, D. (Eds.), Critical new
perspectives on ADHD. London/New York : Routedge.
[PDF] |
|
TOONE, B.K. & VAN DER LINDEN, J.H. (1997). Attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder or hyperkinetic disorder in
adults. British Journal of Psychiatry, 170, 489-491. |
CHEVALIER, N., GUAY, M.-C. et ACHIM, A. (Dirs.) (2006). Trouble
déficitaire de l'attention avec hyperactivité : Soigner,
éduquer, surtout valoriser. Sainte-Foy : Presses
de l'Université du Québec. |
|
FARAONE, S.V., BIEDERMAN, J. WOZNIAK J., MUNDY, E.,
MENNIN, D. & O'DONNELL, D. (1997). Is comorbidity with
ADHD a marker for juvenile- onset mania ? Journal of
the Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36,
1046-1055. |
AASE, H. & SAGVOLDEN, T. (2006). Infrequent, but not
frequent, reinforcers produce more variable responding and
deficient sustained attention in young children with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD).
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 47,
457-471. |
|
PUUMALA, T., RUOTSALAINEN, S., JÄKÄLÄ, P., KOIVISTO, E.,
RIEKKINEN, P. & SIRVIÖ, J. (1997). Behavioral and
pharmacological studies on the validation of a new animal
model for attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Neurobiology
of Learning & Memory, 66 (2), 198-211. |
WASCBUSCH, D.A. & KING, S. (2006). Should sex-specific
norms be used to assess attention-deficit/ hyperactivity
disorder or oppositional defiant disorder?. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 74, 179. |
|
KLEIN, R.G. & ABIKOFF, H. (1997). Behavior therapy and
methylphenidate in the treatment of children with ADHD. Journal
of Attention Disorders, 2 (2), 89-114. |
GUAY, M.-C. et LAPORTE, P. (2006). Profil cognitif des
jeunes avec un TDAH. In N. Chevalier, M.-C. Guay, A.
Achim, P. Lageix et H. Poissant (Eds.), Trouble
déficitaire de l'attention avec hyperactivité : soigner,
éduquer, surtout valoriser (p. 37-55). Québec :
Presses de l'université du Québec. |
|
QUAY, H.C. (1997). Inhibition and attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 25, 7-13. |
BRAUN, J.M., KAHN, R.S., FROEHLICH, T., AUINGER, P. &
LANPHEAR, B.P. (2006). Exposures to environmental
toxicants and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in
U.S. children. Environmental Health Perspectives,
114, 1904-1909. [PDF] |
|
BALLARD, S., BOLAN, M., BURTON, M., SNYDER, S.,
PASTERCZYK-SEABOLT, S. & MARTIN, D. (1997). The
neurological basis of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity
Disorder. Adolescence, 32, 855-862. |
AGUIRRE, A.M.V., SHORT, E.J., PELHAM, W.E., CASERTA, D.
& MANOS, M. (2006). Influence of setting on academic
and behavioral performance of children diagnosed with
ADHD. Advances in ADHD, 1, 16-22. |
|
BOTTING, N., POWLS, A. & COOKE, R.W.I. (1997).
Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and other
psychiatric outcomes in very low birthweight children at
12 years. The Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 38, 931-941. |
NAIR, J., EHIMARE, U., BEITMAN, B.D., NAIR, S.S. &
LAVIN, A. (2006). Clinical review : evidence-based
diagnosis and treatment of ADHD in children. Missouri
Medicine, 103 (6), 617-621. |
|
GARON, N., MOORE, C. & WASCHBUSCH, D.A. (2006)
Decision making in children with ADHD only,
ADHD-anxious-depressed, and control children using a child
version of the Iowa Gambling Task. Journal of
Attention Disorders, 9, 607-619. |
|
LEVY, F., HAY, D.A., MCSTEPHEN, M., WOOD, C. &
WALDMAN, I. (1997). Attention deficit-hyperactivity
disorder : A category or a continuum ? Genetic analysis of
a large-scale twin study. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 737-744. |
CASTELLANOS, F.X., SONUGA-BARKE, E.J., MILHAM, M.P. &
TANNOCK, R. (2006). Characterizing cognition in ADHD :
beyond executive dysfunction. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 10 (3), 117-123. [PDF] |
|
HUNT, R.D. (1997). Nosology, neurobiology, and clinical
patterns of ADHD in adults. Psychiatric Annals, 27 (8),
572-581. |
MIRANDA, A., JARQUE, S. & TARRAGA, R. (2006).
Interventions in school settings for students with ADHD. Exceptionality,
14 (1), 35-52. |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. & BIEDERMAN, J. (1997). Toward a broader
definition of the age-of-onset criterion for
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 36, 1204-1210. |
GAGNE, J.J., SINGH, M. & TALATI, A.R. (2006).
Manifestation of adult attention-deficit/ hyperactivity
disorder and available treatment options. Pharmacy
& Therapeutics, 31 (12), 736-741. [PDF] |
|
YORDANOVA, J., HEINRICH, H., KOLEV, V. & ROTHENBERGER,
A. (2006) Increased event-related theta activity as a
psychophysiological marker of comorbidity in children with
tics and attention-deficit-hyperactivity disorders. Neuroimage,
15, 940-955. |
|
CASEY, B., CASTELLANOS, F., GIEDD, J., MARSH, W.,
HAMBURGER, S., SCHUBERT, A., VAUSS, Y., VAITUZIS, A.,
DICKSTEIN, D. & SARFATTI, S. (1997). Implication of
right frontostriatal circuitry in response inhibition and
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 36 (3), 374-383. |
BROWN, T.E. (2006). Executive functions and attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder : Implications of two con
icting views. International Journal of Disability,
Development and Education, 53 (1), 35-46. |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (1997). Behavioral inhibition, sustained
attention, and executive functions : constructing a
unifying theory of ADHD. Psychological Bulletin, 121
(1), 65-94. [PDF] |
GWYNEDD, L., STEAD, J. & COHEN, D. (Eds.) (2006). Critical
new perspectives on attention deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Routledge. |
|
KAMINESTER, D.D. (1997). Attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder and methylphenidate : When society misunderstands
medicine. McGill Journal of Medicine, 3, 105-114.
[PDF] |
BENNETT, D.E., ZENTALL, S.S. GIORGETTI-BORUCKI K. &
FRENCH, B.F. (2006). The effects of computer-administered
choice on students with and without characteristics of
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Behavioral
Disorders, 31, 187-201. |
|
HINSHAW, S.P., ZUPAN, B.A., SIMMEL, C., NIGG, J.T. &
MELNICK, S. (1997). Peer status in boys with and without
ADHD : Predictions from overt and covert antisocial
behavior, social isolation and authoritative parenting
beliefs. Child Development, 68, 880-896. |
STEVENS, T. & MUSLOW, M. (2006). There is no
meaningful relationship between television exposure and
symptoms of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder.
Pediatrics, 117, 665-672. |
|
GAUB, M. & CARLSON, C.L. (1997). Gender differences in
ADHD: A meta-analysis and critical review. Journal of
Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 1036-1045. |
DUPAUL, G.J., JITENDRA, A.K., TRESCO, K.E., VILE-JUNOD,
R.E., VOLPE, R.J. & LUTZ, J.G. (2006). Children with
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder : Are there
gender differences in school functioning ? School
Psychology Review, 35 (2), 292-308. [PDF] |
|
LEVY, F., HAY, D.A., McSTEPHEN, M., WOOD, C. &
WALDMAN, I. (1997). Attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder : A category or a continuum ? Genetic analysis of
a large-scale twin study. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 36,
737-744. |
STAHR, B., CUSHING, D., LANE, K. & FOX, J. (2006).
Efficacy of a function-based intervention in decreasing
off-task behavior exhibited by a student with ADHD.
Journal of Positive Behavioral Interventions, 8, 201-211. |
|
THOMAS, J. et WILLEMS, G. (1997). Troubles de
l'attention, impulsivité et hyperactivité chez l'enfant.
Approche neurocognitive. Paris : Masson. |
SEIDMAN, L.J. (2006). Neuropsychological functioning in
people with ADHD across the lifespan. Clinical
Psychology Review, 26, 466-485. [PDF] |
|
DUPAUL, G.J., POWER, T.J. & ANASTOPAULOS A.D., REID,
R., McGOEY, K.E. & IKEDA, M.J. (1997). Teacher ratings
of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder symptoms :
Factor structure and normative data. Psychological
Assessment, 9, 436-444. |
BARKLEY, R.A. (2006). 80+ classroom accommodations for
children or teens with ADHD. ADHD Report, 16 (4),
7-10. [PDF] |
|
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (1997). ADHD and the nature of
self-control. New York : Guilford Press. |
VAN DER KOOIJA, M.A. & GLENNON, J.C. (2007). Animal
models concerning the role of dopamine in
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 31, 597-618. [PDF] |
|
WENDER, P.H. (1997). Attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder in Adults : A wide view of a widespread
condition. Psychiatric Annals, 27 (8), 556-562. |
FLORA, S.R (2007). Taking america off drugs : Why
behavioral therapy is more effective for treating ADHD,
OCD, depression and other psychlogical problems.
New York : University of New York Press. |
|
CASTELLANOS, F. (1997). Toward a pathophysiology of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Clinical.
Pediatry, 36, 381-393. |
ZENTALL, S.S. (2007). Math performance of students with
ADHD : Cognitive and behavioral contributors and
interventions. In D.B. Berch & M.M.M. Mazzocco (Eds.),
Why is math so hard for some children ? The nature and
origins of mathematical learning difficulties and
disabilities (pp. 219-243). Baltimore : Paul H.
Brookes Publishing Co. |
|
JOHNSTON, C. & FREEMAN, W. (1997). Attributions for
child behavior in parents of children without behavior
disorders and children with Attention
Deficit-Hyperactivity Disorder. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychoiogy, 65 (4), 636-645. |
BISHOP, D.V.M. (2007). Curing dyslexia and
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder by training motor
co-ordination : Miracle or myth ? Journal of
Paediatrics & Child Health, 43 (10), 653-655.
[PDF] |
|
HONOREZ, J.M. (1997). Les limites en milieu scolaire du
paradigme médical du trouble hyperactivité et d'attention.
Dans R. Féger (Dir.), L'éducation face aux nouveaux
défis. Actes du 4e congrès des sciences
de l'éducation de langue française au Canada (p. 337-345).
Montréal : Éditions Nouvelles. |
PLISZKA, S. & AACAP Work Group on Quality Issues
(2007). Practice parameter for the assessment and
treatment of children and adolescents with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 46, 894-921. [PDF] |
|
WHALEN, C.K. & HENKER, B. (1997). Stimulant
pharmacotherapy for attention deficit/hyperactivity
disorders : An analysis of progress, problems, and
prospects. In S. Fisher & R. Greenberg (Eds.), From
placebo to panacea : Putting psychiatric drugs to the
test (pp. 323-355). New York : Wiley. |
CASTLE, L., AUBERT, R.E., VERBRUGGE, R.R., KHALID, M.
& EPSTEIN, R.S. (2007). Trends in medication treatment
for ADHD. Journal of Attention Disorders, 10,
335-342. |
|
ROY-BYRNE, P, SCHEELE, L., BRINKLEY, J., WARD, N.,
WIATRAK, C., RUSSO, J., TOWNES, B. & VARLEY, C.
(1997). Adult attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder :
assessment guidelines based on clinical presentation to a
specialty clinic. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 38, 133-140 |
ACEVEDO-POLAKOVICH, I.D., LORCH, E.P. & MILICH, R.
(2007). Comparing television use and reading in children
with ADHD and non-referred children across two age groups.
Media Psychology, 9, 447-472. |
|
MAYES, R. & RAFALOVICH, A. (2007). Suffer the restless
children : the evolution of ADHD and paediatric stimulant
use, 1900-80. History of Psychiatry, 18,
435-457. [PDF] |
|
POISSANT, H. et LECOMTE, S. (2007). Facteurs de risque du
trouble déficitaire de l'attention avec hyperactivité
(TDAH) : Données québécoises. Journal - Canadian
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry 16
(1), 9-17.
[PDF] |
|
SEARIGHT, H.R. & McLAREN, A.L. (1998).
Attention-deficit hyperactivity dsorder : The
medicalization of misbehavior. Journal of Clinical
Psychologyin Medical Settings, 5, 467-495. |
FLAKE, R.A., LORCH, E.P. & MILICH, R. (2007). The
effects of thematic importance on story recall among
children with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder and
comparison children. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 35, 43-53. |
|
SMITH, B.H., PELHAM, W., GNAGY, E. & YUDELL, R.S.
(1998). Equivalent effects of stimulant treatment for
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder during childhood
and adolescence. Journal of the American Academy of
Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 37, 1-14. |
HULTMAN,C.M., TORRÄNG, A., TUVBLAD, C., CNATTINGIUS, S.,
LARSSON, J.-O. & LICHTENSTEIN, P. (2007). Birth weight
and attention-deficit/hyperactivity symptoms in childhood
and early adolescence : A prospective Swedish twin study.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent, 46 (3), 370-377. [PDF] |
|
WALDMAN, I.D., ROWE, D.C., ABRAMOWITZ, A., KOZEL, S.T.,
MOHR, J.H., SHERMAN, S.L., CLEVELAND, H.H., SANDERS, M.L.,
GARD, J.M., STEVER, C. (1998). Association and linkage of
the dopamine transporter gene and attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder in children: heterogeneity owing to
diagnostic subtype and severity. The American Journal
of Human Genetics 63, 1767-1776. |
SCIUTTO, M.J. & EISENBERG, M. (2007). Evaluating the
evidence for and against the overdiagnosis of ADHD. Journal
of Attention Disorders, 11 (2), 106-113. |
|
WILENS, T.E., BIEDERMAN, J. & MICK, E. (1998). Does
ADHD impact the course of substance abuse? Findings from a
sample of adults with and without ADHD. American
Journal of Addictions, 7, 156-163. |
STEIN, M.A., WEISS, M. & LEVENTHAL, B.L. (2007). ADHD
By Night : Sleep Problems and ADHD Medications. Child
& Adolescent Pharmacology News, 12 (6), 1-5. |
|
DISCALA, C., LESCOHIER, I., BARTHEL, M. & LI, G.
(1998). Injuries to children with attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Pediatrics, 102, 1415-1421. |
HURTIG, T., EBELING, H. TAANILA, A. MIETTUNEN, J.,
SMALLEY, S., McGOUGH, J.J., LOO, S., JARVELIN, M.R. &
MOILANEN, I. (2007). ADHD and comorbid disorders in
relation to family environment and symptom severity. Europeen
Journal of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 16,
362-369. |
|
WENDER, P.H. (1998). Attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder in adults. Psychiatry Clinics of North
America, 21, 761-774. |
OLANIYAN, O., DOSREIS, S., GARRIETT, V, MYCHAILYSZYN,
M.P., ANIXT, J., ROWE, P.C. & CHENG, T.L. (2007).
community perspectives of childhood behavioral problems
and ADHD among African American parents. Ambulatory
Pediatrics, 7 (3), 226-231. |
|
BUSSING, R., ZIMA, B.T. & BELIN, T.R. (1998).
Variations in ADHD treatment among special education
students. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 37, 968-976. |
SUH, C., KIM, J., YOO, H., HWANG, J., KIM, B., SHIN, M.
& CHO, S. (2007). Comparison of the child behavior
checklist profiles between community- and clinic-based
children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in
korea. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry / La Revue
Canadienne De Psychiatrie, 52 (1), 61-65. |
|
PLISZKA, S.R. (1998). Comorbidity of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder with psychiatric
disorder : an overview. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 59 (S7), 50-58. |
BARBARESI, W.J., KATUSIC, S.K., COLLIGAN, R.C., WEAVER,
A.L. & JACOBSEN, S.J. (2007). Modifiers of long-term
school outcomes for children with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : does treatment
with stimulant medication make a difference ? Results from
a population-based study. Journal of Developmental
& Behavioral Pediatrics, 28 (4), 274-287. |
|
SPENCER, T.J., BIEDERMAN, J., WILENS, T. & FARAONE,
S.V. (1998). Adults with attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder : a controversial diagnosis. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 59 (S7), 59-68. |
WILLIAMS, B.R., STRAUSS, E.H., HULTSCH, D.F. &
TANNOCK, R. (2007). Reaction time performance in
adolescents with attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder
: Evidence of inconsistency in the fast and slow portions
of the RT distribution. Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Neuropsychology, 29, 277-289. |
|
SWANSON, J.M., SERGEANT, J.A., TAYLOR, E., SONUGA-BARKE,
E.J.S., JENSEN, P.S. & CANTWELL, D. (1998). Attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder and hyperkinetic disorder.
The Lancet, 351 (9100), 429-433. |
SHAW, P., GORNICK, M., LERCH, J., ADDINGTON, A., SEAL, J.,
GREENSTEIN, D. & RAPOPORT, J.L. (2007). Polymorphisms
of the dopamine D4 receptor, clinical outcome, and
cortical structure in attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64 (8),
921-931. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, S. & GOLDSTEIN, S. (1998). Managing
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in children: a
guide for practitioners. New York, NY : John
Wiley. |
PFIFFNER, L.J., MIKAMI, A.Y., HUANG-POLLOCK, C.L.,
EASTERLIN, B, ZALECKI, C.A. & McBURNETT, K. (2007). A
randomized, controlled trial of integrated home-school
behavioral treatment for ADHD, predomiantly inattentive
type. Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 46, 1041-1050. |
|
PANKSEPP, J. (1998). Attention deficit hyperactivity
disorders, psychostimulants, and intolerance of childhood
playfulness : A tragedy in the making ? Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 7 (3), 91-98. |
DERKS, E.M., HUDZIAK, J.J. & BOOMSMA, D.I. (2007). Why
more boys than girls with ADHD receive treatment : A study
of Dutch twins. Twin Research & Human Genetics, 10
(5), 765-770. [PDF] |
|
FIRESTONE, P., MONTEIRO-MUSTEN, L., PISTERMAN, S., MERCER,
J. & BENNETT, S. (1998). Short-term side effects of
stimulant medication are increased in preschool children
with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : A
double-blind placebo-controlled study. Journal of
Child & Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 8, 13-25. |
VAN DER KOOIJA, M.A. & GLENNON, J.C. (2007). Animal
models concerning the role of dopamine in
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 31, 597-618. [PDF] |
|
SAGVOLDEN, T., AASE, H., ZEINER P. & BERGER, D.
(1998). Altered reinforcement mechanisms in
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Behavioral
Brain Research, 94, 61-71. |
YANG, B., CHAN, R.C.K, ZOU, X., JING, J., MAI, J. &
LI, J. (2007). Time perception deficit in children with
ADHD. Brain Research, 1170, 90-96. |
|
SPENCER, T.J., BIEDERMAN, J. & WILENS, T. (1998).
Pharmacotherapy of ADHD with antidepressants. In R.A.
Barkley (Ed.), Attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder: A handbook for diagnosis and treatment(pp.
552-563). New York : Guilford. |
GOMEZ, R. (2007). Australian parent and teacher ratings of
the DSM-IV ADHD symptoms : Differential symptom
functioning and parent-teacher agreement and differences.
Journal of Attention Disorders, 11, 17-27. |
|
BIEDERMAN, J. (1998). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder : a life-span perspective. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 59 (S7), 4-16. |
FROEHLICH, T.E., LANPHEAR, B.P., EPSTEIN, J.N., BARBARESI,
W.J., KATUSIC, S.K. & KAHN, R.S. (2007). Prevalence,
recognition, and treatment of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in a national
sample of US children. Archives of Pediatric &
Adolescent Medicine, 151, 857-864. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, S. & GOLDSTEIN, M. (1998). Managing
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in children.
New York : Wiley. |
POLANCYZK, G., DE LIMA, M.S., HORTA, B.L., BIEDERMAN, J.
& RHODE, L.A. (2007). The worldwide prevalence of ADHD
: A systematic review and metaregression analysis. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 942-948. |
|
REID, R., DUPAUL, G.J. POWER, T.J., AASTOPOULOS, A.D.,
ROGERS-ADKINSON, D., NOLL, M. & RICCIO, C. (1998).
Assessing culturally different students for
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder using behavior
rating scales. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology,
26, 187-198. |
BARKLEY, R.A. (2007). School-based interventions for ADHD:
Where to from here ? School Psychology, Review, 36,
276-289. |
|
ROBIN, A.R. (1998). ADHD in adolescents : Diagnosis
and treatment. New York : Guilford. |
MARES, D., MCLUCKIE, A., SCHWARTZ, M. & SAINI, M.
(2007). Executive function impairments in children with
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder : Do they differ
between school and home environments ? Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 52 (8), 527-534. |
|
LAZAR, J.W. & FRANK, Y. (1998). Frontal systems
dysfunction in children with attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder and learning disabilities. The
Journal of Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences,
10, 160-167. |
EISENBERG, L. (2007). When "ADHD" was "the Brain-Damaged
Child". Journal of Child & Adolescent
Psychopharmacology, 17 (3), 279-283. |
|
TURNOCK, P., ROSEN, L.A. & KAMINSKI, P.L. (1998).
Differences in academic coping strategies of college
students who self-report high and low symptoms of
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
College student Development, 39, 484-493. |
FRAZIER, T.W., YOUNGSTORM, E.A., LUTTING, J.J. &
WATKINS, M.W. (2007). ADHD and achievement : Meta-analysis
of the child, adolescent, and adult literatures and a
concomitant study with college students. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 40, (1), 49-65. |
|
VAIDYA, C.J., AUSTIN, G., KIRKORIAN, G., RIDLEHUBER, H.
W., DESMOND, J.E. & GLOVER, G.H. & GABRIELI,
J.D.E. (1998). Selective effects of methylphenidate in
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: a functional
magnetic resonance study. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 95,
14494-14499. [PDF] |
PELHAM, W.E., FOSTER, E.M. & ROBB, J.A. (2007). The
economic impact of attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder in children and adolescents. Journal of
Pediatric Psychology, 32, 711-727. [PDF] |
|
BERGEN, D.F. & SAGVOLDEN, T. (1998). Sex differences
in operant discrimination behavior in an animal model of
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Behavioural
Brain Research, 94, 73-82. |
MISTRY, K.B., MINKOVITZ, C.S., STROBINO, D.M. &
BORZEKOWSKI, D.L.G. (2007). Children's television exposure
and behavioral and social outcomes at 5.5 Years : Does
timing of exposure matter ? Pediatrics, 120,
762-769. |
|
FARAONE, S.V. & BIDERMAN, J. (1998). Neurobiology of
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Biological
Psychiatry, 44 (10), 951-958. |
TAMM, L., McCANDLISS, B.D., LIANG, A., WIGAL, T.L.,
POSNER, M.I. & SWASMSON, J.M. (2007). Can attention
itself be tained ? Attention training for children at-risk
for ADHD. Medical Psychiatry, 37, 397-410. [PDF]
|
|
WENDER, P.H. (1998). Pharmacotherapy of attention-deficit/
hyperactivity disorder in adults. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 59 (S7), 76-79. |
SPENCER, T.J., BIEDERMAN, J. & MICK, E. (2007).
Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : Diagnosis,
lifespan, comorbidities, and neurobiology. Journal of
Pediatric Psychology, 32 (6), 631-642. [PDF]
|
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (Dir.) (1998). Attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder : A handbook for diagnosis and
treatment. New York : Guilford Press. |
FRANK, M.J., SANTAMARIA, A., O'REILLY, R.C. &
WILLCUTT, E. (2007). Testing computational models of
dopamine and noradrenaline dysfunction in attention
deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Neuropsychopharmacology,
32, 1583-1599. |
|
SWANSON, J.M., SERGEANT, J.A., TAYLOR, E., SONUGA-BARKE,
E.J.S., JENSEN, P.S. & CANTWELL, D.P. (1998).
Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and hyperkinetic
disorder. The Lancet, 351, 429-433. |
TIMIMI, S. (2007). Mis-Understanding ADHD : The
complete Guide for parents to alternatives to drugs.
Bloomington : Authorhouse. |
|
WEYANDT, L., RICE, J.A., LINTERMAN, I., MITZLAFF, L. &
EMERT, E. (1998). Neuropsychological performance of a
sample of adults with ADHD, developemental reading
disorder, and controls. Developmental Neuropsychology,
14 (4), 643-656. |
ZENTALL, S.S. & JAVORSKY, J. (2007). Professional
development for teachers of students with ADHD and
characteristics of ADHD. Behavioral Disorders, 32,
78-93. [PDF] |
|
SHAPIRO, E.S., DUPAUL, G.J. & BRADLEY,-KLUG, K.L.
(1998). Self-management as a strategy to improve the
classroom behavior of adolescents with ADHD. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 31 (6), 545-555. |
RE, A.M., PEDRON, M. & CORNOLDI, C. (2007). Expressive
writing difficulties in children described as exhibiting
ADHD symptoms. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 40 (3),
244-255. |
|
DUPAUL, G.J., ERVIN, R.A., HOOK, C.L. & McGOEY, K.E.
(1998). Peer tutoring for children with attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder : Effects of classroom behavior and
academic performance. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 31 (4), 579-592. [PDF] |
JACOB, C., ROMANOS, J., DEMPFLE, A., HEINE, M.,
WINDERMUTH-KIESELBACK, C., KRUSE, A., REIF, A., WALITZA,
S., ROMANOS, M., STROBEL, A., BROCKE, B., SCHÄFER, H.,
SCHMIDTKE, A., BÖNING, J. & LESCH, K.P. (2007).
Comorbidity of adult attention -deficit/hyperactivity
disorder with focus on personality traits and related
disorders in a tertiary referral center. European
Archives of Psychiatry & Clinical Neuroscience, 257
(6), 309-317. [PDF] |
|
|
ERVIN, R.A., DUPAUL, G.J., KERN, L. & FRIMAN, P.C.
(1998). Classroom-based functional assessment : A
proactive approach to intervention selection for
adolescents diagnosed with attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 31
(1), 65-78. [PDF] |
FURMAN, L.M. (2008). Attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder (ADHD) : Does new research support old concepts ?
Journal of Child Neurology, 23 (7), 775-784. |
|
DOUGLAS, V.I. (1998). Cognitive control processes in
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. In H.C. Quay
& A.E. Hogen (Eds.), Handbook of disruptive
behavior disorders (pp. 105-138). Plenum Publishing
Company. |
BIEDERMAN, J., MONUTEAUX, M.C., SPENCER, T.J., WILENS,
T.E., MacPHERSON, H.A. & FARAONE, S.V. (2008).
Stimulant therapy and risk for subsequent substance use
disorders in male adults with ADHD : a naturalistic
controlled 10-year follow-up study. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 165 (5), 597-603. |
|
WEYANDT, L.L., RICE, J.A., LINTERMAN, I., MITZLAFF, L.
& EMERT, E. (1998). Neuropsychological performance of
a sample of adults with ADHD, developmental reading
disorder, and controls. Developmental
Neuropsychology, 14, 643-656. |
SINGH, I. (2008). ADHD, culture and education. Early
Child Development & Care, 178 (4), 347-361. |
|
LARA-MUNOZ, C., HERRERA-GARCIA, S., ROMERO-OGAWA, T.,
TORIJA, L. & GARCIA, M.L. (1998). Psychometric
characteristics of the Spanish version of the Wender Utah
Scale of retrospective evaluation of ADHD. Actas Luso
Espanolas Neurologia Psiquiatria Ciencias Afines, 26, 165-171 |
SPENCER, T.J. (2008). The epidemiology of adult ADHD. CNS
Spectrums, 13 (12), 6-8. |
|
WOLRAICH, M.L., FEURER, I.D., BAUMGAERTAL, A. &
PINNOCK, T.Y. (1998). Obtaining systematic teacher reports
of disruptive behavior disorders utilizing DSM-IV.
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 26 (2),
141-152. |
DE ZEEUW, P., AARNOUDSE-MOENS, C., BIJLHOUT, J., KÖNIG C.,
POST UITERWEER, A., PAPANIKOLAU, A., HOOGENRAAD, C.,
LIEKE-IMANDT, M., DE BEEN, D., SERGEANT, J.A. &
OOSTERLAAN, J. (2008). Inhibitory performance, response
speed, intraindividual variability, and response accuracy
in ADHD. Journal of American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 47 (7), 808-816.
[PDF] |
|
WOLRAICH, M.L., HANNAH, J.N., BAUMGAERTEL, A. &
FEURER, I.D. (1998). Examination of DSM-IV critieria for
attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder in a county-wide
sample. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral
Pediatrics, 19, 162-168. |
ADOLFSDOTTIR, S., SORENSEN, L. & LUNDERVOLD, A.J.
(2008). The attention network test : a characteristic
pattern of deficits in children with ADHD. Behavioral
& Brain Functions, 4 (9),
doi:10.1186/1744-9081-4-9 [PDF] |
|
PELHAM, W.E., WHEELER, T. & CHRONIS, A. (1998).
Empirically supported psychosocial treatments for
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Clinical Child Psychology, 27, 190-205. |
D'AGTI, E., MOAVERO, R., PALOSCIA, C., PASINI, A. &
CURATOLO, P. (2008). The neurology of Attention
Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder problemy neurologiczne w
ADHD. Neurologia, 17 (34), 15-20. [PDF] |
|
GOLDMAN,L.S., GENEL, M., BEZMAN, R.J. & SLANETZ, J.P.
(1998). Diagnosis and treatment of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in children and
adolescents. Journal of American Medical Association,
279, 1100-1107. |
ÉMOND, V., POISSANT, H., MENDEREK, A. et RAÎCHE, G.
(2008). Autorégulation cognitive chez l'enfant avec un
trouble déficitaire de l'attention et hyperactivité (TDAH)
: Revue des études en imagerie cérébrale fonctionnelle.
Revue de Neuropsychologie, 17 (2), 181-206. |
|
SOLANTO, M.V., (1998). Neuropsychopharmacological
mechanisms of stimulant drug action in attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder : a review and integration. Behavioural
Brain Research, 94, 127-152. |
PELHAM, W.E. & FABIANO, G.A. (2008). Evidence-based
psychosocial treatment for attention deficit/hyperactivity
disorder : An update. Journal of Clinical Child &
Adolescent Psychology, 37 (1), 185-214. [PDF] |
|
SALDANA, R.L. & NEURINGER, A. (1998). Is instrumental
variability abnormally high in children exhibiting ADHD
and aggressive behavior ? Behavioural Brain Research,
94, 51-59. |
STRANG-KARLSSON, S., RÄIKKÖNEN PESONEN, A.K., KAJANTIE,
E., PAAVONEN,E.J., LAHTI, J., HOVI, P., HEINONENK.,
JÄRVENPÄÄ, A.-L., ERIKSSON, J.G. & ANDERSSON, S.
(2008). Very low birth weight and behavioral symptoms of
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in young
adulthood : the helsinki study of very-low-birth-weight
adults. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165,
1345-1353. [PDF] |
|
KOLAR, D., KELLER, A., GOLFINOPOULOS, K., CUMYN, L. SYER,
C. & HECHTMAN, L. (2008). Treatment of adults with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Neuropsychiatric Disease & Treatment, 4 (2),
389-403. [PDF] |
|
CORMIER, E. (2008). Attention deficit/hyperactivity
disorder : a review and update. Journal of Pediatric
Nursing, 23 (5), 345-357. |
|
NORWALK, K., NORVILITIS, J.M. & MACLEAN, M.G. (2008).
ADHD symptomatology and its relationship to factors
associated with college adjustment. Journal of
Attention Disorders, 13 (3), 251-258. [PDF] |
|
TRIPP, G. & WICKENS J.R. (2008). Research review :
Dopamine transfer deficit : A neurobiological theory of
altered reinforcement mechanisms in ADHD. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied
Disciplines, 49, 691-704. [PDF] |
|
WILENS, T.E., ADLER L.A., ADAMS, J., SGAMBATI, S.,
ROTROSEN, J. & SAWTELL, R. UTZINGER, L. & FUSILLO,
S. (2008). Misuse and diversion of stimulants prescribed
for ADHD : a systematic review of the literature. Journal
of American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 47 (1), 21-31. |
|
DRECHSLER, R., RIZZO, P. & STEINHAUSEN, H.C. (2008).
Decision-making on an explicit risk-taking task in
preadolescents with attention-de cit/hyperactivity
disorder. Journal of Neural Transmission, 115
(2), 201-209. [PDF] |
|
WOLRAICH, M.L (1999). Attention-deficit-hyperactivity
disorder : The most and yet most controverisal diagnosis.
Mental Retardation & Developmental Disabilities
Reseaech Reviews, 5, 163-168. |
SINGH, I. (2008). Beyond polemics : science and ethics of
ADHD. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 9 (12),
957-64. [PDF] |
|
LEFEVER, G.B., DAWSON, K.V. & MORROW, A.D. (1999). The
extent of drug therapy for attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder among children in public schools. American
Journal of Public Health, 89, 1359-1364. |
BIEDERMAN, J., MONUTEAUX, M.C., SPENCER, T.J., WILENS,
T.E., MacPHERSON, H.A. & FARAONE, S.V. (2008).
Stimulant therapy and risk for subsequent substance use
disorders in male adults with ADHD : A naturalistic
controlled 10-Year follow-Up study. Focus, 6 (3),
358-365. [PDF] |
|
HIGGINS, E.S. (1999). A comparative analysis of
antidepressants and stimulants for the treatment of adults
with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. The
Journal of Family Practice, 48, 15-20. |
RAMSAY, J.R. & ROSTAIN, A. (2008).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy for adult ADHD : An
integrative psychosocial and medical approach. New
York : Routledge. |
|
GIZER, I.R., FICKS, C. & WALDMAN, I.D. (2009).
Candidate gene studies of ADHD : a meta- analytic review.
Human Genetics, 126, 51-90. |
|
HEILIGENSTEIN, E., GUENTHER, G., LEVY, A., SAVINO, F.
& FULWILER, J. (1999). Psychological and academic
functioning in college students with attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Journal of American College
Health, 47 (4), 181-185. |
CAMPBELL, S.B. & VON STAUFFENBERG, C. (2009). Delay
and inhibition as early predictors of ADHD symptoms in
third grade. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology,
37, 1-15. [PDF] |
|
ZAMETKIN, A.J. & ERNST, M. (1999). Problems in the
management of attention-deficit-hyperactivity disorder. The
New England Journal of Medicine, 340, 40-46. |
THURBERS, S., SHEENAN, W. & ROBERTS, R.J. (2009).
Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and scientific
epistemology. Dialogues in Philosophy, Mental &
Neurosciences, 2 (2), 33-39. [PDF] |
|
ELIA, J., AMBROSINI, PJ. & RAPPOPORT, J.L. (1999).
Treatment of attention-deficit-hyperactivity disorder. New
England Journal of Medicine, 340 (11), 780-788. |
POTENZA, M.N., KORAN, L.M. & POLLANTI, S. (2009). The
relationship between impulse control disorders and
obsessive-compulsive disorder : a current understanding
and future research directions. Psychiatry Research,
170 (1), 22-31. [PDF] |
|
KERN, R.M., RASMUSSEN, P.R., BYRD, S.L. & WITTSCHEN,
L.K. (1999). Lifestyle, personality, and attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder in adults. The journal of
Individual Psychology, 55, 186-199. |
HAUTH-CHARLIER, S. et CLÉMENT, C. (2009). Programmes de
formation aux habiletés parentales pour les parents
d'enfant avec un TDA/H : considérations pratiques et
implications cliniques. Pratiques Psychologiques, 15
(4), 457-472. [PDF] |
|
PELHAM, W.E., GNAGY, E.M. CHRONIS, A.M., BURROWS-MACLEAN,
L., FABIANO, G.A., ONYANGO, A.N., MEICHENBAUM, D.L.,
WILLIAMS, A., ARONOFF, H.R. & STEINER, R.L. (1999). A
comparison of morning, midday, and late-afternoon
methylphenidate with morning and late-afternoon Adderall
in children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder.
Pediatrics, 104 (6), 1300-1311. |
LEONARD, M.A. LORCH, E.P., MILICH, R. & HAGANS, N.
(2009). Parent-child joint picture-book reading among
children with ADHD. Journal of Attention Disorders,
12, 361-371. |
|
TRIPP, G. & ALSOP, B. (1999). Sensitivity to reward
frequency in boys with attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 28,
366-375. |
RAPPORT, M.D., KOFLER, M.J., ALDERSON, M.R., TIMKO, T.M.
& DUPAUL, G.J. (2009). Variability of attention
processes in ADHD. Journal of Attention Disorders, 12
(6), 563-573. [PDF] |
|
TOPLAK, M.E., PITCH, A., FLORA, D.B., IWENOFU, L.,
GHELANI, K., JAIN, U. & TANNOCK, R. (2009). The unity
and diversity of inattention and hyperactivity/impulsivity
in ADHD : Evidence for a general factor with separable
dimensions. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 37,
1137-1150. |
|
STEIN, M.A., FISCHER, M. & SZUMOWSKI, E. (1999)
Evaluation of adults for ADHD. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
38, 940-941. |
MOLINA, B.S.G., HINSHAW, S.P., SWANSON, J.M., ARNOLD,
L.E., VITIELLO, B., JENSEN, P.S., EPSTEIN, J.N., HOZ,A B.,
HECHTMAN, L., ABIKOFF, H.B., ELLIOTT, G.R., GREENHILL,
L.L., NEWCORN, J.H., WELLS, K.C., WIGAL, T., SEVERE, J.B.,
GIBBONS, R.D., HUR, K., HOUCK, P.R. & THE MTA
COOPERATIVE GROUP (2009). The MTA at 8 years : Prospective
follow-up of children treated for combined type ADHD in
the multisite study. Journal of the American Academy
of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 48 (5),
484-500. |
|
INGRAM, S., HECHTMAN, L. & MORGENSTERN, G. (1999).
Outcome issues in ADHD : Adolescent and adult long-term
outcome. Mental Retardation & Developmental
Disabilities Research Reviews, 5, 243-250. |
DUPAUL, G.J. & VOLPE, R.J. (2009). ADHD and learning
disabilities : Research findings and clinical
implications. Current Attention Disorders Reports, 1,
152-155. [PDF] |
|
LEO, J. & LACASSE, J.R. (2009). The manipulation of
data and attitudes about ADHD: A study of consumer
advertisements. In S. Tamimi & J. Leo (Eds.), Rethinking
ADD : From brain to culture (pp. 287-312). New
York : Palgrave Macmillan |
|
|
KOESTERS, M, BEXKER, T., KILIAN, R., FEGERT, J.M. &
WEINMAN, S. (2009). Limits of meta-analysis :
methylphenidate in the treatment of adult
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Psychopharmacololgy, 23, 733-744. [PDF] |
|
LEO, J. & COHEN, D. (2009). A critical review of ADHD
neuroimaging research. In S. Timimi & J. Leo (Éds), Rethinking
ADHD : From brain to culture (pp. 92-129). London :
Palgrave MacMillan. |
|
GEVENSLEBEN, H., HOLL, B., ALBRECHT, B., SCHLAMP, D.,
KRATZ, O., STUDER, P., WANGLER, S., ROTHENBERGER, A.,
MOLL, G.H. & HEINRICH, H. (2009). Distinct EEG effects
related to neurofeedback training in children with ADHD :
a randomized controlled trial. International Journal
of Psychophysiology 74, 149-157. [PDF] |
|
PELHAM, W.E. (1999). The NIMH multimodal treatment study
for attention-deficit-hyperactivity disorder : Just say
yes to drugs alone? Canadian Journal of Psychiatry,
44, 765-775. |
ÉMOND, V., JOYAL, C. et POISSANT, H. (2009). Neuroanatomie
structurelle et fonctionnelle du trouble déficitaire
d'attention avec ou sans hyperactivité (TDAH). L'Encéphale,
35 (2), 107-114. |
|
WILENS, T., MCDERMOTT, S., BIEDERMAN, J., ABRANTES, A.,
HAHESEY, A. & SPENCER, T. (1999). Cognitive therapy in
the treatment of adults with ADHD : A systematic chart
review of 26 cases. Journal of Cognitive
Psychotherapy : An International Quarterly, 13,
215-226. |
LUMAN, M., VAN MEEL, C S., OOSTERLAN, J., SERGEANT, J.A.
& GEURTS, H.M. (2009). Does reward frequency or
magnitude drives reinforcement learning in ADHD. Psychiatry
Research, 168, 222-229. [PDF] |
|
GEVENSLEBEN, H., HOLL, B., ALBRECHT, B., SCHLAMP, D.,
KRATZ, O., STUDER, P., ROTHENBERGER, A., MOLL, G.H. &
HEINRICH, H. (2009) Is neurofeedback an efficacious
treatment for ADHD ? A randomised controlled clinical
trial. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry,
50 (7), 780-789. |
|
SPENCER, T.J., BIEDERMAN, J., COFFEY B., GELLER, D.,
WILENS, T. & FARAONE, S. (1999). The 4-year course of
tic disorders in boys with attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56 (9),
842-847. |
JOHANSEN, E.B., KILLEEN, P.R., RUSSELL, V.A., TRIPP, G.,
WICKENS, J.R., TANNOCK, R., WILLIAMS, J. & SAGVOLDEN,
T. (2009). Origins of altered reinforcement effects in
ADHD. Behavioral & Brain Functions, 5 (7),
1-15.
[PDF] +
[PDF] |
|
ZITO, J.M., SAFER, D.J., DOSREIS, S., MAGDER, L.S.,
GARDNER, J.F. & ARIN, D.A. (1999). Psychotherapeutic
medication patterns for youths with attention
deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Archives of
Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 153 (12),
1257-1263. |
TRIPP, G. & WICKENS J.R. (2009). Neurobiology of ADHD.
Neuropharmacology, 57, 579-589. [PDF] |
|
DOPHEIDE, J.A. & PLISKA, S.R. (2009).
Attention-deficit-hyperactivity disorder : an update.
Pharmacotherapy, 29 (6), 656-679. |
|
RUBIA, K., TAYLOR, A., TAYLOR E. & SERGEANT, J.A.
(1999). Synchronization, anticipation, and consistency of
motor timing of children dimensionally defined attention
deficit hyperactivity behaviour. Perceptual &
Motor Skills, 89, 1237-1258. |
LANGBERG, J.M. & EPSTEIN, J.N. (2009).
Non-pharmacological approaches for treating children with
ADHD inattentive type. F1000 Medicine Reports, 1,
1-3. [PDF] |
|
ELIA, J., AMBROSINI, P.J. & RAPOPORT, J.L. (1999).
Treatment of attention-deficit-hyperactivity disorder.
England Journal of Medicine, 340, 780-788. |
TIMIMI, S. & LEO, J. (Eds.) (2009). Rethinking
ADHD : from brain to culture. Palgrave. |
|
BREGGIN, P.R. (1999). NIH consensus report highlights
controversy surrounding ADHD diagnosis and stimulant
treatment. Ethical Human Sciences & Services, 1,
9-11. [PDF] |
POLLACK, Y., KROYZER, N. & FRIEDLER, M. (2009).
Testing possible mechanisms of deficient supra-second time
estimation in adults with attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Neuropsychology, 23 (5), 679-686. [PDF] |
|
WIGGINS, D., SINGH, K., GETZ, H.G. & HUTCHINS, D.E.
(1999). Effects of brief group interventions for adults
with attention deficit/ hyperactivity disorder. Journal
of Mental Health Counseling, 21, 82-92. |
GILDEN, D.L. & MARUSICH, L.R. (2009). Contraction of
time in attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Neuropsychology,
23 (2), 265-269. [PDF] |
|
MASSÉ, L. (1999). Déficit de l'attention/hyperactivité.
Dans Troubles psychopathologiques de l'enfant et de
l'adolescent : Approche intégrée (p. 163-182).
Boucherville, Québec : Gaëtan Morin. |
TIMIMI, S. & LEO. J. (Eds.) (2009). Rethinking
ADHD : From brain to culture. Basingstoke :
Palgrave MacMillan. |
|
CHARLEBOIS, P., NORMANDEAU, S., VITARO, F. & BERNÈCHE,
F. (1999). Skills training for inattentive-overactive
aggressive boys : differential effects of content and
delivery method. Behavioral Disorders, 24, 137-150. |
FABIANO, G.A., PELHAM, W.E., COLES, E.K., GNAGY, E.M.,
TUSCANOA, C. & O'CONNOR, B. (2009). A meta-analysis of
behavioral treatments for attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Clinical Psychology Review, 29 (2),
129-140. [PDF] |
|
BUSH, G., FRAZIER, J., RAUCH, S., SEIDMAN, L., WHALEN, P.,
JENIKE, M., ROSEN, B. & BIEDERMAN, J. (1999). Anterior
cingulate cortex dysfunction in
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder revealed by fMRI
and the counting Stroop. Biological Psychiatry, 45,
1542-1552. |
NAGUI, H. (2009). Attention deficit disorder (ADD)
attention deficit hyperactive disorder (ADHD) : Is it a
product of our modern lifestyles ? American Journal of
Clinical Medicine, 6 (4), 22-28. [PDF] |
|
STEIN, M.A., FISCHER, M. & SZUMOWSKI, E. (1999).
Evaluation of adults for ADHD. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
38, 940-941. |
GIZER, I.R., FICKS, C.A. & WALDMAN, I.D. (2009).
Candidate gene studies of ADHD : A meta-analytic review.
Human Genetics, 126 (1), 51-90. |
|
WELLS, K.C., EPSTEIN, J.N., HINSHAW, S.P., CONNERS, K.,
KLARIC, J., ABIKOFF, H.B. & WIGAL, T. (2000).
Parenting and stress treatment outcomes in attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) : An empirical
analysis in the MTA Study. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 28, 543-553. |
WANG, G.-J., VOLKOW, N., WIGAL, T., KOLLINS, S., NEWCORN,
J., TELANG, F., LOGAN, J., WONG, C., FOWLER, J.S. &
SWANSON, J.M. (2009). Chronic treatment with
methylphenidate increases dopamine transporter density in
patients with attention deficit hyperactive disorder.
Nuclear Medicine & Biology, 50 (S2), 1283. |
|
RESNICK, R.J. (2000). The hidden disorder : A
clinician's guide to attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder in adults. APA. |
ÉMOND, V., JOYAL, C. et POISSANT, H. (2009). Neuroanatomie
structurelle et fonctionnelle du trouble déficitaire
d'attention avec ou sans hyperactivité (TDAH). L'Encéphale,
35 (2), 107-114. |
|
CHARLEBOIS, P. (2000). La prévention des problèmes
associés au déficit d'attention avec hyperactivité. Dans
F. Vitaro et C. Gagnon (Eds.), Prévention des
problèmes d'adaptation chez les enfants et adolescents (Tome
II, p. 69-113). Sainte-Foy : Presses de l'Université du
Québec. |
RAY, G., CROEN, L.A. & HABEL, L.A. (2009). Mothers of
children diagnosed with attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder : Health conditions and medical care utilization
in periods before and after birth of the child. Medical
Care, 47, 105-114. [PDF] |
|
WILCUTT, E.G., PENNINGTON, B.F. & DEFRIES, J.C.
(2000). Twin study of the etiology of comorbidity between
reading disability and attention-deficit/ hyperactivity
disorder. American Journal of Medical Genetics, 96,
293-301. [PDF] |
GEVENSLEBEN, H., HOLL, B., ALBRECHT, B., SCHLAMP, D.,
KRATZ, O., STUDER, P., ROTHENBERGER, A., MOLL, G.H. &
HEINRICH, H. (2010). Neurofeedback training in children
with ADHD : 6-month follow-up of a randomised controlled
trial. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
19, 715-724. [PDF] |
|
|
REID, R., RICCIO, C.A., KESSLER, R.H., DUPAUL, G.J.,
POWER, T.J., ANASTOPOULOS, A.D., ROGERS-ADKINSON, D. &
NOLL, M.B. (2000). Gender and ethnic differences in ADHD
as assessed by behavior ratings. Journal of Emotional
& Behavioral Disorders, 8, 38-48. |
CLÉMENT, C. (2010). Hypothèses et modèles théoriques du
TDA/H : vers une approche holistique du trouble. Journal
de Thérapie Comportementale et Cognitive, 20, 79-86. |
|
PELHAM, W.E. & FABIANO, G.A. (2000). Behavior
modification. Psychiatric Clinics of North America,
9, 671-688. |
ELDER, T.E. (2010). The importance of relative standards
in ADHD diagnoses : Evidence based on exact birth dates. Journal
of Health Economics, 29 (5), 641-656. [PDF] |
|
BIEDERMAN, J. & FARAONE, S.V. (2000). Age-dependent
decline of symptoms of attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder : impact of remission definition and symptom
type. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 816-818. |
WILLCUTT, E.G., BETJEMANN, R., McGRATH, L., CHHABILDAS,
N.A., OLSON, R.K., DeFRIES, J.C. & PENNINGTON, B.F.
(2010). Etiology and neuropsychology of comorbidity
between RD and ADHD : The case for multiple-deficit
models. Cortex, 46, 1345-1361. [PDF] |
|
FARAONE, S.V. & DOYLE, A.E. (2000). Genetic influences
on attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 2 (2), 143-146. |
AKHILA, J.S. (2010). Could pranayama and ekapadasana be an
alternative modality in the management of attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder in children. Journal
of Clinical & Diagnostic Research, 4, 2997-3000.
[PDF] |
|
BINDER, L.M., DIXON, M.R. & GHEZZI, P.M. (2000). A
procedure to teach self-control to children with attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 33, 233-237. [PDF] |
BALLARD, W., HALL, M.N. & KAUFMANN, L. (2010). Do
dietary interventions improve ADHD symptoms in children ?
The Journal of Family Practice, 59 (4), 234-235.
[PDF] |
|
JOSEPH, J. (2000). Not in their genes : A critical review
of the genetics of attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Developmental Review, 20, 539-567. |
BIEDERMAN, J., SPENCER, T.J., MONUTEAUX, M.C. &
FARAONE, S.V. (2010). A naturalistic ten-year prospective
study of height and weight in children with
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder grown up : Sex
and treatment effects. Journal of Pediatry, 157
(4), 635-640. [PDF] |
|
SAFER, D. (2000). Are stimulants overprescribed for youths
with ADHD ? Annals of Clinical Psychiatry, 12,
55-62. |
GRSKOVIC, J.A. & ZENTALL, S.S. (2010). Understanding
ADHD in girls : Identification and social characteristics.
International Journal of Special Education, 25,
171-184. [PDF] |
|
BREGGIN, P.R. (2000). What psychologists and
psychotherapists need to know about ADHD and stimulants. Changes
: An International Journal of Psychology &
Psychotherapy, 18, 13-23. [PDF] |
WEISS, M. (2010). The unique aspects of assessment of
ADHD. Primary Psychiatry, 17 (5), 21-25. |
|
SCHACHAR, R.J., MOTA, V.L., LOGAN, G.D., TANNOCK, R. &
KLIM, P. (2000). Confirmation of an inhibitory deficit in
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 227-235. [PDF] |
MONCRIEFF, J. & TIMIMI, S. (2010). Is ADHD a valid
diagnosis in adults ? British Medical Journal, 340, 736-737.
[PDF]
|
|
SWANSON, J.M., FLODMAN, P., KENNEDY, J., SPENCE, M.A.,
MOYZIS, R., SCHUCK, S., MURIAS, M., MORIARITY, J., BARR,
C., SMITH, M., POSNER, M. (2000). Dopamine genes and ADHD.
Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 24, 21-25. |
LANGBERG, J.M. ARNOLD, L.E., FLOWERS, A.M., EPSTEIN, J.,
ALTAYE, M., HINSHAW, S., SWANSON, J., KOTKIN, R., SIMPSON,
S. MOLINA, B., JENSEN, P., ABIKOFF, H., PELHAM, W.,
VITIELLO, B. WELLS, K. & HECHTMAN, L. (2010).
Parent-reported homework problems in the MTA study :
Evidence for sustained improvement with behavioral
treatment. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent
Psychology, 39 (2), 220-233. |
|
SNIDER, V.E., FRANKENBERGER, W. & ASPENSON, M. (2000).
The relationship between learning disabilities and
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder : A national
survey. Developmental Disabilities Bulletin, 28,
18-38. |
COCKBURN, J. & HOLROYD, C.B. (2010). Focus on the
positive : Computational simulations implicate
asymmetrical reward prediction error signals in childhood
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Brain
Research, 1365, 18-34. [PDF] |
|
ZWI, M., RAMCHANDANI, P. & JOUGHLIN, C. (2000).
Evidence and belief in ADHD. British Medical Journal,
321, 975-976. |
LANGE, K.W., REICHL, S., LANGE, K.M., TUCHA, L. &
TUCHA, O. (2010). The history of attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder. ADHD Attention Deficit &
Hyperactivity Disorders, 2 (4), 241-255. [PDF] |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (2000). Taking charge of ADHD : The
complete authoritative guide for parents. New York
: Guilford Press. |
BROOK, D., BROOK, J.S., ZHANG, C. & KOPPEL, J. (2010).
The Association between attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder in adolescence and substance use disorders in
adulthood. Archives of Pediatric Adolescence
Medicine, 164 (10), 930-934. [PDF] |
|
SCHACHAR, R., MOTA, V.L., LOGAN, G.D., TANNOCK, R. &
KLIM, P. (2000). Confirmation of an inhibitory deficit in
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 227-235. [PDF] |
WILLIAMS, N.M., ZAHARIEVA, I., MARTIN, A., LANGLEY, K.,
MANTRIPRAGADA, K., FOSSDAL, R. & THAPAR, A. (2010).
Rare chromosomal deletions and duplications in
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder : a genome-wide
analysis. Lancet, 376, 1401-1408. |
|
BERGER, N. & VAN DER MEERE, J. (2000). Visual
behaviour of ADHD children during an attention test : An
almost forgotten variable. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 41 (4), 525-532. |
CORKUM, P., McGONNELL, M. & SCHACHAR, R. (2010).
Factors affecting academic achievement in children with
ADHD. Journal of Applied Research on Learning, 3
(9), 1-14. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, B.H., WASCHBUSH, D.A., WILLOUGHBY, M.T. &
EVANS, S. (2000). The efficacy, safety, and practicality
of treatments for adolescents with attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Clinical Child & Family
Psychology Review, 3 (4), 243-267. |
KONRAD, K. & EICKOFF, S.B. (2010). Is the ADHD brain
wired differently ? A review on structural and functional
connectivity in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
Human Brain Mapping, 31, 904-916. |
|
SMITH, B.H., PELHAM, W., GNAGY, E., MOLINA, B. &
EVANS, S. (2000). The reliability, validity, and unique
contributions of self-report by adolescents being treated
for Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68,
489-499. |
PARENT, V. et GUAY, M.-C. (2010). Données actuelles sur
l'intervention auprès d'enfants présentant un trouble
déficitaire de l'attention/hyperactivité. Revue
Québécoise de Psychologie, 31 (1), 117-136. |
|
SERGEANT, J. (2000). The cognitive-energetic model : An
empirical approach to attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews,
24, 7-12. |
ELDER, T.E. (2010). The importance of relative standards
in ADHD diagnoses : Evidence based on exact birth dates. Journal
of Health Economics, 29 (5), 641-656. [PDF] |
|
BROWN, T.E. (2000). Attention deficit disorders and
comorbidities in children, adolescents, and adults.
Washington, DC : American Psychiatric Press.
[PDF] |
HEINONEN, K., RÄIKKÖNEN, K., PESONEN, A.K., ANDERSSON, S.,
KAJANTIE, E., ERIKSSON, J.G., WOLKE, D. & LANO, A.
(2010). Behavioural symptoms of attention deficit/
hyperactivity disorder in preterm and term children born
small and appropriate for gestational age : A longitudinal
study. BMC Pediatrics, 10 (91), 1-8.
[PDF] |
|
HARVEY, E.A. (2000). Parenting similarity and children
with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Child
& Family Behavior Therapy, 22 (3), 39-54. [PDF] |
ASHERSON, P., MONCRIEFF, J. & TIMIMI, S. (2010). Is
ADHD a valid diagnosis in adults ? No. British
Medical Journal, 340, 736–737. [PDF] |
|
POISSANT, H. (2000). Quelques axes de recherche pour une
étude multifactorielle du trouble déficitaire de
l'attention avec ou sans hyperactivité. Revue
Canadienne de Psycho-Éducation, 29 (2), 171-184. |
GONO, F., GULLÉ, J.M. et COHEN D. (2010). Le trouble
déficitaire de l'attention avec hyperactivité : données
récentes des neurosciences et de l'expérience
nord-américaine. Neuropsychiatrie de l'Enfance et de
l'Adolescence, 58, 273-281. |
|
JENSEN, P., ARNOLD, L. & RICHTERS, J. (2000). 14-month
randomized clinical trial of treatment strategies for
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 56, 1073-1086. |
KOOIJ, S.J., BEJEROT, S. & BLACKWELL, A. (2010).
European consensus statement on diagnosis and treatment of
adult ADHD : The European Network Adult ADHD. BMC
Psychiatry, 10 [67], 1-124. [PDF] |
|
FARAONE, S.V., BIEDERMAN, J., SPENCER, T., WILENS, T.,
SEIDMAN, L.J., MICK, E. & DOYLE, A.E. (2000).
Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in adults : An
overview. Biological Psychiatry, 48, 9-20. [PDF] |
DANCKAERTS, M., SONUGA-BARKE E.J.S., BANASCHEWSKI, T.,
BUITELAAR J., DÖPFNER, M., HOLLIS, C., SANTOSH, P.,
ROTHENBERGER, A., SERGEANT, J., STEINHAUSEN H.-C., TAYLOR,
E., ZUDDAS, A. & COGHILL, D. (2010). The quality of
life of children with attention deficit/hyperactivity
disorder : a systematic review. European Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 19, 83-105. [PDF] |
|
SCIUTTO, M.J. (2000). Teachers' knowledge and
misperceptions of attention-deficit/hyperactivity.
Psychology in the Schools, 37 (2), 115-122. |
BURGESS, G.C., DEPUE, B.E., RUZIC, L., WILLCUTT, E.G., DU,
Y.P. & BANICH, M.T. (2010). Attentionnal control
activation relates to working memory in attention
deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Society of Biological
Psychiatry 67, 632-640. [PDF] |
|
FARAONE, S.V., BIEDERMAN, J., SPENCER, T., WILENS, T.,
SEIDMAN, L.J. & DOYLE, A. (2000).
Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in adults : an
overview. Biological Psychiatry, 48, 9-20. |
MONCRIEFF, J. & TIMIMI, S. (2011). Critical analysis
of the concept of adult attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder. The Psychiatrist Online, 35, 334-338.
[PDF] |
|
CONRAD, P. & POTTER, D. (2000). From hyperactive
children to ADHD adults : observations on the expansion of
medical categories. Social Problems, 47,
559-582. [PDF] |
DEMINAN, M. (2011). ADHD in adulthood : Is it mere
persistence ? A Whorfian dilemma. Journal of
Undergraduate Life Science, 5 (1), 74-78. [PDF] |
|
POISSANT, H. (2000). La métacognition chez les enfants
présentant des troubles de l'attention : Vers un nouveau
modèle interprétatif. Revue Canadienne de
Psycho-Éducation, 29 (2), 143-151. |
GONON, F. et COHEN, D. (2011). Le trouble déficitaire de
l'attention avec hyperactivité La génétique est-elle
impliquée ? Médecine/Sciences, 27, 315-317.
[PDF] |
|
RESNICK, R.J. (2000). The hidden disorder : A
clinician's guide to attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder in adults. APA. |
ANTSHEL, K.M., HARGRAVE, T.M., SIMONESCU, M., KAUL, P.,
HENDRICKS, K. & FARAONE, S.V. (2011). Advances in
understanding and treating ADHD. BMC Medicine, 9
(72), 1-12. [PDF] |
|
|
CEPEDA, N.J., CEPEDA, M.L. & KRAMER, A.F. (2000). Task
switching and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 213-226. |
|
|
SWANSON, J.N., FLODMAN, P., KENNEDY, J., SPENCE, M.A.,
MOYZIS, R., SCHUCK, S., MURIAS, M., MORIATY, J., BARR, C.,
SMITH, M. & POSNER, M. (2000). Dopamine genes and
ADHD. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 24,
21-25. |
STARK, R., BAUER, E., MERZA, C.J., ZIMMERMANN, M., REUTER,
M., PLITCHA, M.M., KIRSCH, P., LESCH, K.P., FALLGATTER,
A.J., VAITLA, D. & HERMANN, M.J. (2011). ADHD related
behaviors are associated with brain activation in the
reward system. Neuropsychologia, 49, 426-434. [PDF] |
|
SEARIGNT, H.R., BURKE, J.M. & ROTTNEK, F. (2000).
Adult ADHD : Evaluation and treatment in family medicine.
American Family Physician, 62 (9), 2077-2086,
2091-2092. |
BORELLA, E., CHICHERIO, R.E., SENSINI, A.M. & CORNODI,
V. (2011). Increased intraindividual variability is a
marker of ADHD but also of dyslexia : A study on
handwriting. Brain & Cognition, 77, 33-39.
[PDF] |
|
WEISS, M., HECTMAN, L. & WEISS, G. (2000). ADHD in
parents. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 1059-1061. |
SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S, KOERTING, J., SMITH, E., McCANN, D.C.
& THOMPSON, M. (2011). Early detection and
intervention for attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder.
Expert Review of Neurotherapeutics, 11 (4),
557-563. |
|
BROWN, R.T., FREEMAN, W.S. & PERRIN, J.M. (2001).
Prevalence and assessment of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in primary care
settings. Pediatrics, 107 (3), 1-11. |
KRATZ, O., STUDER, P., MALCHEREK, S., ERBE, K., MOLL. G.H.
& HEINRICH, H. (2011). Attentional processes in
children with ADHD : an event-related potential study
using the attention network test. International
Journal of Psychophysiology, 81 (2), 82-90. |
|
DOYLE, A.E., FARAONE, S.V., DUPRE, E. & BIEDERMAN, J.
(2001). Separating attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder and learning disabilities in girls : A familial
risk analysis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158,
1666-1672. [PDF] |
SCIBERRAS, E., UKOUMUNNE, O.C. & EFRON, D. (2011).
Predictors of parent-reported
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in children aged
6-7 years : A National longitudinal study. Journal of
Abnormality Child Psychology, 39, 1025-1034. [PDF] |
|
WOLF, L.E. (2001). College students with ADHD and other
hidden disabilities. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 931, 385-395. |
MICOULAUD-FRANCHI, J., BAT-PITAULT, F., CERMOLACCE, M.
& VION-DURY, J. (2011). Neurofeedback dans le trouble
déficit de l'attention avec hyperactivité : De
l'efficacité à la spécificité de l'effet
neurophysiologique. /Neurofeedback for
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : From efficacy
to neurophysiology specificity effect. Annales
Médico-Psychologiques, 169 (3), 200-208. |
|
SCHACHTER, H., PHAM, B., KING, J., LANGFORD, S. &
MOHER, D. (2001). How efficacious and safe is short-acting
methylphenidate for the treatment of attention-deficit
disorder in children and adolescents ? A meta-analysis. Canadian
Medical Association Journal, 165, 1475-1488. |
JUPILLE, J. (2011). Le trouble déficitaire de l'attention
avec hyperactivité Le rôle des associations de parents.
Médecine/Sciences, 27 (3), 318-322.
[LIRE] |
|
PELHAM, W.E. & FABIANO, G.A. (2001). Treatment of
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder : The impact of
comorbidity. Journal of Clinical Psychology &
Psychotherapy, 8, 315-329. |
KIM, Y. & CHANG, H. (2011). Correlation between
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and sugar
consumption, quality of diet, and dietary behavior in
school children. Nutrition Research & Practice, 5
(3), 236-245. [PDF] |
|
EVANS, S.W., SMITH, B.H., GNAGY, E.M., PELHAM, W.E.,
BUKSTEIN, O. & GREINER, A.R. (2001). Dose-Response
Effects of methylphenidate on ecologically valid measures
of academic performance and classroom behavior in
adolescents with ADHD. Experimental & Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 9 (2), 163-175.
[PDF] |
LUNDERVOLD, A.J., ADOLFSDOTTIR, S., HALLELAND, H., HALMOY,
A., PLESSEN, K. & HAAVIK, J. (2011). Attention Network
Test in adults with ADHD - the impact of affective
fluctuations. Behavioral & Brain Function, 7
(27), 1-8. [PDF] |
|
PELHAM, W.E., GNAGY, E.M., BURROWS-MACLEAN, L., WILLIAMS,
A., FABIANO, G.A., MORRISEY, S.M., CHRONIS, A.M.,
FOREHAND, G.L., NGUYEN, C.A., HOFFMAN, M.T., LOCK, T.M.,
FIELBELKORN, K., COLES, E.K., PANAHON, C.J., STEINER,
R.L., MEICHENBAUM, D.L., ONYANGO, A.N. & MORSE, G.D.
(2001). Once-a-day Concerta methylphenidate versus t.i.d.
methylphenidate in laboratory and natural settings. Pediatrics,
107 (6), 1-14. [PDF] |
CORTESE, S., FARAONE, S.V. & SERGEANT, J. (2011).
Misunderstandings of the Genetics and Neurobiology of ADH
D: Moving Beyond Anachronisms. American Journal of
Medical Genetics, Part B, 156, 513-516. [PDF]
|
|
LESACA, T. (2001). Executive functions in parents with
ADHD. Psychiatric Times, 18 (11), 4. [LIRE] |
WILENS, T.E., MORRISON, N.R. & PRINCE, J. (2011). An
update on the pharmacotherapy of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in adults. Expert
Review Neurotherapeutics, 11 (10), 1443-1465. [PDF] |
|
FARAONE, S.V., BIEDERMAN, J., MONUTEAUX, M.C., DOYLE, A.E.
& SEIDMAN, L.J. (2001). A psychometric measure of
learning disability predicts educational failure four
years later in boys with attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Journal of Attention Disorders, 4,
220-230. [PDF] |
BODEY, C. (2011). Effectiveness and tolerability of
methylphenidate in children and adolescents with attention
deficit hyperactivity. Disorder Clinical Medicine
Insights : Therapeutics, 3, 353-363. [PDF] |
|
VAILLACOURT, J.P. (2012). L'origine neurologique du
trouble déficitaire de l'attention avec ou sans
hyperactivité : fait ou hypothèse ? Revue Québécoise
de Psychologie, 33 (1), 253-270. [PDF] |
GAWRILOW, C., GOLLWITZER, P.M. & OETTINGEN, G. (2011).
If-then plans benefit executive functions in children with
ADHD. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology,
30, 616-646. |
|
BAUMEISTER, A.A. & HAWKINS, M.F. (2001). Incoherence
of neuroimaging studies of attention deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Clinical Neuropharmacology, 24, 2-10.
[PDF] |
CARDIN, J.-F., DESROSIRS, H., BELLEAU, L. et GIGUÈRE, C.
(2011). Les symptômes d'hyperactivité et d'inattention
chez les enfants de la période préscolaire à la deuxième
année du primaire. Portraits et Trajecoires -
Institut de la Statistique du Québec, 12, 1-8. [PDF] |
|
WILLCUTT, E.G., PENNINGTON, B.F., OLSON, R.K., BOADA, R.,
OGLINE, J., TUNICK, R. & CHABILDAS, N. (2001). A
comparison of the cognitive deficits in reading disability
and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 110, 157-172. |
WEAFER, J., MILICH, R. & FILLMORE, M.T. (2011).
Behavioral components of impulsivity predict alcohol
consumption in adults with ADHD and healthy controls. Drug
& Alcohol Dependence, 113, 139-146. [PDF] |
|
DUPAUL, G.J., SHAUGHENCEY, A., WEYANDTL, L., TRIPP, G.,
KIESNER, J., OTA, K. & STANISH, H. (2001). Self-report
of ADHD symptoms in university students : cross-gender and
cross-national prevalence. Journal of Learning
Disabilitzes, 34, 370-379. |
MONCRIEFF, J. & TIMIMI, S. (2011). Critical analysis
of the concept of adult attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder. The Psychiatrist Online, 35, 334-338.
[PDF] |
|
NEEF, N.A., BICARD, D.F. & ENDO, S. (2001). Assessment
of impulsivity and the development of self-controling
students with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 34 (4), 397- 408. [PDF] |
GONON, F., BÉZARD, E. & BORAUD, T. (2011).
Misrepresentation of neuroscience data might give rise to
misleading conclusions in the media : the case of
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. PLOS One, 6
(1), 1-8. [PDF] |
|
FARAONE, S.V., BIEDERMAN, J., MONUTEAUX, M.C., DOYLE, A.E.
& SEIDMAN, L.J. (2001). A psychometric measure of
learning disability predicts educational failure four
years later in boys with attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Journal of Attention Disorders, 4,
220-230. |
WILLIS, W.G., WEYANDT, L.L., LUBINER, A.G. & SCHUBART,
C.D. (2011). Neurofeedback as a treatment for
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : A systematic
review of evidence for practice. Journal of Applied
School Psychology, 27 (3), 201-227. |
|
SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S., DALEY, D. & THOMPSON, M.,
LAVER-BRADBURY, C. & WEEKS, A. (2001). Parent-based
therapies for preschool attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder : A randomized, controlled trial with a community
sample. Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, 402-408. |
KRATZ, O., STUDER, P., BAACK, J., MALCHEREK, S., ERBE, K.,
MOLL. G.H. & HEINRICH, H. (2012). Differential effects
of methylphenidate and atomoxetine on attentionalprocesses
in children with ADHD : An event-related potential study
using the Attention Network Test. Progress in
Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry, 37
(1), 81-89. |
|
SWANSON, J.N., POSNER, M., WASDELL, M., SOMMER, T. &
FAN, J. (2001). Genes and attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Current Psychiatry Reports, 3, 92-100. |
LUMAN, M., VAN MEEL, C.S., OOSTERLAN, J. & GEURTS,
H.M. (2012). Reward and punishment sensitivity in vhildren
with ADHD : Validating the sensitivity to punishment and
Ssensitivity to reward Questionnaire for Children
(SPSRQ-C). Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 40
(1), 145-157.
[PDF] |
|
McDOWELL C. & KENNAN, M. (2001). Developing fluency
and endurance in a child diagnosed with attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 34 (3), 345-348. [PDF] |
FUSAR-POLI, P., RUBIA, K., ROSSI, G., SARTORI, G. &
BALOTTIN, U. (2012). Striatal dopamine transporter
alterations in ADHD : pathophysiology or adaptation to
psychostimulants ? A meta-analysis. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 69 (3), 264-272. [PDF] |
|
POISSANT, H. et RAPIN, L. (2012). Facteurs de risque dans
le trouble déficitaire de l'attention et de
l'hyperactivité : étude familiale. Journal of the
Canadian Academy of Child & Adolescent, 21 (4),
253-260.
[PDF] |
|
FREDERICK, M.J. (2012). Birth weight predicts scores on
the ADHD self-report scale and attitudes towards casual
sex in college men : A short-term life history strategy ?
Evolutionary Psychology, 10 (2), 342-351. [PDF] |
|
MOHAMMADI, M.R., HAFEZI, P., REZA, A.G., HAJIAGHAEE, R.
& AKHONDZADEH, S. (2012). Buspirone methylphenidate in
the treatment of children with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : randomized,
double-blind study. Acta Medica Iranica, 50
(11), 723-728. [PDF] |
|
|
LOFTHOUSE, N., ARNOLD, L.E., HERSCH, S., HURT, E. &
DEBEUS, R. (2012). A review of neurofeedback treatment for
pediatric ADHD. Journal of Attention Disorders, 16
(5), 351-372. |
|
RICHER, M.-C., LETERTE, M.-J. & MORMANDEAU, S. (2012).
Caractéristiques familiales associées aux trois profils du
trouble déficitaire de l'attention/hyperactivité chez les
enfants âgés de 6 à 9 ans. Enfance en Difficulté, 1,
145-166. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS, J.M., TAKAHASHI, T., SHINODA, H. & GREGG, N.
(2012). Cross-cultural comparison of ADHD symptoms among
Japanese and US university students. International
Journal of Psychology, 47 (3), 203-210. |
|
REYNOLDS, C.R., VANNEST, K.J. & HARRISON, J.R. (2012).
The energetic brain : The truth about ADHD. Wiley. |
|
GREEN, A.L. & RABINER, D.L. (2012). What do we really
know about ADHD in college students ? Neurotherapeutics,
9 (3), 559–568. |
|
WILLCUTT, E.G. (2012). The prevalence of DSM-IV
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : A meta analytic
review. Neurotherapeutics, 9, 490-499. [PDF] |
|
SCASSELLATI. C., BONVICINI, C., FARAONE, S.V. &
GENNARELLI, M. (2012). Biomarkers and
attention-deficit/Hyperactivity disorder : A systematic
review and meta-analyses. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 51 (10),
1003-1020.
[PDF] |
|
WILKINSON, S., HARVEY, W.J., BLOOM, G.A., JOOBER, R. &
GRIZENKO, N. (2013). Student teacher experiences in a
service-learning project for children with
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Physical
Education & Sport Pedagogy, 18 (5), 475-491. |
|
SHAH, P.J. & MORTON, M.J.S. (2013). Adults with
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder diagnosis or
normality ? British Journal of Psychiatry, 203, 317–319. |
|
PFAFF, E., McLAUGHLIN, T.F. & NEYMAN, J. (2013). The
effects of direct instruction flashcards with math
racetrack with addition facts for an elementary school
student with ADHD. International Journal of Basic
& Applied Science, 2 (1), 124-130. [PDF] |
|
ARNETT, A.B., MacDONALD, B. & PENNINGTON, B.F. (2013).
Cognitive and behavioral indicators of ADHD symptoms prior
to school age. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 54 (12), 1284-1294. |
|
SURMAN, C.B.H., HAMMERNESS, P.G., PION, K. & FARAONE,
S.V. (2013). Do stimulants improve functioning in adults
with ADHD? A review of the literature. European
Neuropsychopharmacology, 23, 528–533. |
|
CLÉMENT, C. (Ed) (2013). Le trouble déficit de
l'attention avec ou sans hyperactivité chez l'enfant et
l'adolescent. Marseille : Solal/DeBoeck. |
|
MOLINA, B.S.G., HINSHAW, S.P., ARNOLD, L.E., SWANSON,
J.M., PELHAM, W.E., HECHTMAN, L., HOZA, B., EPSTEIN, J.N.,
WIGAL, T., ABIKIOFF, H.B., GREENHILL, L.L., JENSEN, P.,
WELLS, K.C., VITIELLO, B., GIBBONS, R.D., HOWARD, A.,
HOUCK, P.R., HUR, K., LU, B., MARCUS, S. & MTA
COOPERATIVE GROUP (2013). Adolescent substance use in the
Multimodal Treatment Study of Attention-
Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) (MTA) as a function
of childhood ADHD, random assignment to childhood
treatments, and subsequent medication. Journal of
American Academy Child Adolescent Psychiatry, 52,
250-263.
[PDF] |
|
ARNS, M. & STREHL, U. (2013). Evidence for efficacy of
neurofeedback in ADHD ? The American Journal of
Psychiatry, 170 (7), 799-800. |
|
THOMAS, R., MITCHELL, G.K. & BATSTRA, L. (2013).
Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : are we helping
or harming ? British Medical Journal, 347, 18-20.
[PDF] |
|
AMERINGER, K.J. & LEVENTHAL, A.M. (2013). Associations
between attention deficit hyperactivity disorder symptom
dmains and DSM-IV lifetime substance dependence. The
American Journal on Addictions, 22, 23-32. [PDF] |
|
VISSER, S., DANIELSON, M., BITSKO, R., HOLBROOK, J.R.,
KOGAN, M.D., GHANDOUR, R.M., PEROU, R. & BLUMBERG,
S.J. (2013). Trends in the parent-report of health care
provider-diagnosis and medication treatment for ADHD
disorder : United States, 2003-2011. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
53, 34-46.
[PDF] |
|
HAUTH-CHARLIER, S., MASSIAS, A. et CLÉMENT, C. (2014).
Abord dimensionnel de l'efficacité d'un programme
d'entraînement aux habiletés parentales dans le contexte
du TDA/H. Revue Canadienne des Sciences du
Comportement, 46 (2), 107-116. |
|
MANEETON, N., MANEETON, B., INTAPRASERT, S. &
WOOTTILUK, P. (2014). A systematic review of randomized
controlled trials of bupropion versus methylphenidate in
the treatment of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder.
Neuropsychiatric Disease & Treatment, 10, 1439-1449.
[PDF] |
|
LOFTLIN, M., EARLEYWINE, M., DE LEO J. & HOBRKIRK, A.
Subtypes of attention deficit-hyperactivity disorder
(ADHD) and cannabis use. Substance Use Misuse, 49
(4), 427-434. |
|
WEYANDT, L.L., OSTER, D.O., MARRACCINI, M.E.,
GUDMUNDSDOTTIR, B.G., MUNRO, B.A., ZAVRAS, B.M. &
KUHAR, B. (2014). Pharmacological interventions for
adolescents and adults with ADHD : stimulant and
nonstimulant medications and misuse of prescription
stimulants. Psychology Research & Behavior
Management, 7, 223-249. [PDF] |
|
HOLTMANN, M., SONUGA-BARKE, E., CORTESE, S. &
BRANDEIS, D. (2014). Neurofeedback for ADHD : A review of
current evidence. Child & Adolescent Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 23 (4), 789-806. [PDF] |
|
WILENS, T., BIEDERMAN, J., BROWN, S., TANGUAY, S.,
MONUTEAUX, M.C., BLAKE, C. & SPENCER, T.J. (2001).
Psychiatric comorbidity and functioning in clinically
referred preschool children and school-age youths with
ADHD. Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 41, (3), 262-268. |
CLÉMENT, C. & HAUTH-CHARLIER, S. (2015). Articulation
des programmes de formation aux habiletés parentales et
des interventions en milieu scolaire dans le cadre du
TDA/H : vers une collaboration école-famille. Nouvelle
Revue de l'Adaptation et de la Scolarisation, 68,
71-84. [PDF] |
|
FTZGERALD, M. (2001). Psychopharmacological treatment of
adolescent and adult attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Irish Journal of Psychological Medicine 18,
93-98. |
FABIANO, G.A., SCHATZ, N.K., ALOE, A.M., CHACKO, A. &
CHRONI TUSCANO, A. (2015). A systematic review of
meta-analyses of psychosocial treatment for
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Clinical
Child & Family Psychology Review, 18 (1),
77-97.
[PDF] |
|
LINTERMAN, I. & WEYANDT, L. (2001). Divided attention
skills in college students with ADHD : Is it advantageous
to have ADHD ? The ADHD Report, 9, 1-10. |
LACASSE, J.R. & LEO, J. (2015). The New York Times and
the ADHD epidemic. Society, 52 (1), 3-8. |
|
BAUMEISTER A.A. & HAWKINS, M.F. (2001). Incoherence of
neuroimaging studies in attention deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Clinical Neuropharmacology, 24, 2-10. |
GONZÀLEZ-CASTRO, P., CUELI, M., RODRIGUEZ, C., GARCIÀ, T.
& ÀLVAREZ, L. (2016). Efficacy of neurofeedback versus
pharmacological support in subjects with ADHD. Applied
Psychophysiology & Biofeedback, 41 (1), 17-25. |
|
BROWN, R.T., FREEMAN, W.S., PERRIN, J.M., STEIN, M.T.,
AMLER, R.W., FELDMAN, H.M., PIERCE, K. & WOLRAICH,
M.L. (2001). Prevalence and assessment of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in primary care
settings. Pediatrics, 107 (3), 1. [PDF] |
AGNEW-BLAIS, J.C., POLANCZYK, G.V., DANESE, A., WERTZ, J.,
MOFFITT, T.E. & ARSENEAULT, L. (2016). Evaluation of
the persistence, remission, and emergence of attention-
deficit/hyperactivity disorder in young adulthood. JAMA
Psychiatry, 73 (7), 713-720. [PDF] |
|
WILENS, T., SPENCER, T.J., BIEDERMAN, J., GIRARD, K.,
DOYLE R., PRINCE, J., POLISNER, D., SOLHKAH, R., COMEAU,
S., MONUTEAUX, M.C. & PAREKH, A. (2001). A controlled
clinical trial of buproprion for
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in adults. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 158 (2), 282-288. |
HUISMAN-VAN DIJK, H.M., VAN DE SCHOOT, R., RIJKEBOER,
M.M., MATHEWS, C.A. & CATH, D.C. (2016). The
relationship between tics, OC, ADHD and autism symptoms: A
cross-disorder symptom analysis in Gilles de la Tourette
syndrome patients and their family members. Psychiatry
Research, 237, 138-146. [PDF] |
|
WENDER, P.H., WOLF, L.E. & WASSESTEIN, J. (2001).
Adults with ADHD. An overview. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 931, 1-16. |
PARIS, J., BHAT, V. & THOMBS, B. (2016). Is adult
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder is being
overdiagnosed. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 61
(7), 324-328.
[PDF] |
|
NIGG, J.T. (2001). Is ADHD an inhibitory disorder ? Psychological
Bulletin, 125, 571-596. |
TAMMINGA, H.G.H., RENEMAN, L., HUIZENGA, H.M. &
GEURTS, H.M. (2016). Effects of methylphenidate on
executive functioning in attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder across the lifespan: a meta-regression analysis.
Psychological Medicine, 46, 1791-1807. [PDF] |
|
WOLF, L.E. (2001). College students with ADHD and other
hidden disabilities : Outcomes and interventions.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 931,
385-395. |
BINK, M., BONGERS, I.L., POPMA, A., JANSSEN. T.W.P. &
VAN NIEUWENHUIZEN, C. (2016). 1-year followup of
neurofeedback treatment in adolescents with
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder : randomised
controlled trial. British Journal of Psychiatry Open,
2 (2), 107-115. [PDF] |
|
FARAONE, S.V. & DOYLE, A.E. (2001). The nature and
heritability of attention-deficit/hyper-activity disorder.
Child & Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North
America 10, 299-316. |
DEL-PONTE, B., ANSELMI, L., ASSUNÇÀO, M.C.F.,
TOVO-RODRIGUES, L., MUNHOZ, T.N., MATIJASEVICH, A., ROHDE,
L.A. & SANTOS, I.S. (2019). Sugar consumption and
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) : A birth
cohort study. Journal of Affective Disorders, 243,
290-296. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
CHAE, P.K., JUNG H. & NOH, K. (2001). Attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder in korean juvenile
delinquents. Adolescence, 36 (144), 707-725. |
KATZMAN, M.A., BILKEY, T.S., CHOKKA, P.R., FALLU, A. &
KLASSEN, L.J. (2017). Adult ADHD and comorbid disorders :
clinical implications of a dimensional approach. BMC
Psychiatry, 17 (1), 1-15.
[PDF] |
|
TODD, R.D., RASMUSSEN, E.R., NEUMAN, R.J., REICH, W.,
HUDZIAK, J.J., BUCHOLZ, K.K., MADDEN, P. & HEATH, A.
(2001). Familiality and heritability of subtypes of
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in a population
sample of adolescent female twins. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 158, 1891-1898. [PDF] |
CAMILLERI, N., SALIBA, A. STAFRACE, N.C. (2017). Attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder across the lifespan.
Journal of the Malta College of Pharmacy Practice , 23,
17-24.
[PDF] |
|
GEVENSLEBEN, H., ROTHENBERGER, A., SCHMIEDEKE, D. &
HEINRICH, H. & ROTHENBERGER, A. (2020). Yes, I can -
maybe... Effects of placebo-related instructions on
neuroregulation in children with ADHD. Journal of
Neural Transmission, 127, 1093-1096 [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, A., CHACKO, A., FABIANO, G.A. & PELHAM, W.E.
(2001). Behavioral treatments for children with
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Primary
Psychiatry, 8, 67-72. |
GEE, D.G. (2020). Neudevelopmental and risk for ADHD and
depression. Science Translational Medicine, 12,
(527), eaba29 |
|
REIMHERR, F.W., RÖSLER, M., MARCHANT, B.K., GIFT, T., RETZ, E., PHILIPP-WIEGMANN, F. & REIMHERR, M.L. (2020). Types of adult attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : A replication analysis. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 81 (2), 129-135. [PDF] |
GEE, D.G. (2020). Neudevelopmental and risk for ADHD and
depression. Science Translational Medicine, 12,
(527), eaba29 |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Trouble mental,
TDA, Thérapie
comportementale/cognitive, Hyperactivité,
Sucre et Methylphénidate |
|
|
|
Troubles
du déficit de l'attention sans hyperactivité : TDA :
: Incapacité à demeurer attentif
suffisamment longtemps pour apprendre ou améliorer une habileté
particulière. Troubles deficitaire de l'attention, mesure
et évaluation de ce trouble et trouble
d'hyperactivité. ADD, Attention
Deficit Disorders,
Attention-deficit, Attention deficit disorder without
hyperactivity.
| |
|
|
VARLEY, C.K. (1984). Diet and the behavior of children
with attention deficit disorder. Journal of American
Academy Child Psychiatry, 23 (2), 182-185. |
PFIFFBER L.J. & McBURNETT, K. (1997). Social skills
training with parent generalization : Treatment effects
for children with attention deficit disorder. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 65,
749-757. |
|
LYON, G.R. (1985). Attention deficit disorders in
children. Topics in Learning Disabilities, 2,
3-10. |
BHANDARY, A.M. (1997). The chronic attention deficit
syndrome. Psychiatric Annals, 27 (8), 543-544. |
|
BIEDERMAN, J., GASTFRIEND, D.R. & JELLINEK, M.S.
(1986). Desipramine in the treatment of children with
attention deficit disorder. Journal of Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 6, 359-363. |
LAHEY, B.B. & CARLSON, C.L. (1997). Attention deficit
disorder without hyperactivity : A review of research
relevant to DSM-IV. In T.A. Widiger, A.J. Frances, H.A.
Pincus, W. Davis & M. First (Eds.), DSM-IV
source-book (Vol. 1, pp. 163-188). Washington, DC :
American Psychiatric Press. |
|
DOUGLAS, V.I., BARR, R.G., O'NEIL, M.E. & BRITTON,
B.G. (1986). Short term effects of methylphenidate on the
cognitive, learning and academic performance of children
with attention deficit disorder in the laboratory and the
classroom. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 27 (2), 191-211. |
KADESJÖ, B. & GILBERG, C. (1998). Attention deficits
and clumsiness in Swedish 7-year-old children. Developmental
Medicine & Child Neurology, 40, 796-804. |
|
LAHEY, E.B., SCHAUGHENCY, E.A., HYND, G.W. & CARLSON,
C.L. (1987). Attention deficit disorder with and without
hyperactivity : Comparison of behavioral characteristics
of clinic-referred children. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 26, 718-723. |
BARKLEY, R.A. (1998). Your defiant child. New
York : Guilford Press. |
|
BORDEN, K.A., BROWN, R.T. & WYNNE, M.E. (1987).
Piagetian conservation and response to cognitive therapy
in attention deficit disordered children. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 28 (5),
755-764. |
|
|
PLISKA, S.R. (1987). Tricyclic antidepressants in the
treatment of children with attention deficit disorder. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 26, 127-132. |
LANDGREN, M., KJELLMAN, B. & GILBERG, C. (1998).
Attention deficit disorder with developmental coordination
disorder. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 79,
207-212. |
|
DOUGLAS, V.I. (1988). Cognitive deficits in children with
attention deficit disorder with hyperactivity. In. L.M.
Bloomingdale & J.A. Sergeant (Eds.), Attention
deficit disorder : Criteria, cognition, intervention
(pp. 65-82). London : Pergamon Press. |
|
|
DOUGLAS, V.I., BARR, R.G., AMIN, K., O'NEIL, M.E. &
BRITTON, B.G. (1988). Dosage effects and individual
responsivity to Methylphenidate in attention deficit
disorder. Journal of Child Psychiatry, 29 (4),
453-475. |
PELLETIER, E. (2000). Déficit d'attention sans
hyperactivité : compréhension et interventions.
Outremont, Québec : Québécor. |
|
ATKINS, M.S., PELHAM, W. & LICHT, M. (1989). The
differential validity of teacher ratings of
inattention/overactivity and aggression. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 17, 423-435. |
PARY, R., LEWIS, S., MATUSCKA, P.R., RUDZINSKIY, P., SAFI,
M. & LIPPMANN, S. (2002). Attention deficit disorder
in adults. Annals of Clinical Psychiatry, 14
(2), 105-111. |
|
DOUGLAS, V.I. (1989). Can Skinnerian theory explain
attention deficit disorder. A reply to Barkley. In L.M.
Bloomingdale & J.A. Sergeant (Eds.), Attention
deficit disorder : Current concepts and emerging trends
in attentional and behavioral disorders of childhood
(pp. 235-254). Elmsford, NY : Pergamon. |
|
|
|
DOUGLAS, V.I. (1989). Can Skinnerian psychology acount for
the deficits in attention deficit disorder ? A reply to
Barkley. In L. Bloomingdale & J. Sergeant (Eds.), Attention
deficit disorder (Vol. 6, pp. 235-253). New York :
Pergamon Press. |
|
|
SOBOL, M., ASHBOURNE, D., EARN, B. & CUNNINGHAM, C.
(1989). Parents' attributions for achieving cornpliance
from Attention-deficit-disorderedchildren. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 17 (3), 359-369. |
|
|
PELHAM, W.E. (1989). Behavior therapy, behavioral
assessment, and psychosocial medication in the treatment
of attention deficit disorders : An interactive approach.
In J. Swanson & L. Bloomingdale (Eds.), Attention
deficit disorders : Current concepts and emerging trends
in attentional and behavioral disorders of children
(pp. 169-195). London : Pergamon. |
|
|
HINSHAW, S.P. (1989). Pharmacologic and psychosocial
interventions for children with ADD : Comparative and
combined outcomes. In L.M. Bloomingdale & J.M. Swanson
(Eds.), Attention deficit disorder (Vol. 4, pp.
283-301). Oxford : Pergamon Press. |
KAPALKA, G.M. (2004). Longer eye contact improves ADHD
children's compliance with parents' commands. Journal
of Attention Disorders, 8 (1), 17-23. |
|
BIEDERMAN, J., BALDESSARINI, R.J., WRIGHT, V., KNEE, D.
& HARMATZ, J.S. (1989). A double-blind placebo
controlled study of desimpramine in the treatment of ADD :
I. Efficacy. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 28, 777-784. |
ZENTALL, S.S. (2005). Theory and evidence based strategies
for children with attentional problems. Psychology in
the Schools, 42 (8), 821-836. [PDF] |
|
MEEK, D.C. (1990). Attention-deficit-hyperactivity
disorder. Canadian Family Physician, 36,
1591-1595. [PDF]
|
RESNICK, R.J. (2005). Attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder in teens and adults : They don't all outgrow it.
Journal of Clinical Psychology : In Session, 61
(5), 529-533. |
|
ATKINS, M.S. (1990). A selected survey of basic and
applied research in attention deficit disorder. Contemporary
Psychology, 35, 125-126. |
WEST J., TAYLOR S., HOUGHTON, S. & HUDYMA, S. (2005).
A comparison of teachers' and parents' knowledge and
beliefs about Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
(ADHD). School Psychology International, 26,
192-208. |
|
GAMMON, G.D. & BROWN, T.E. (1991). Fluoxetine and
methylphenidate in combination for treatment of attention
deficit disorder and comorbid depressive disorder. Journal
of Child & Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 3,
1-10. |
McGOUGH, J.J., SMALLEY, S.L., McCRACKEN, J.T., YANG, M.,
DEL'HOMME, M., LYNN, D.E. & LOO, S. (2005).
Psychiatric comorbidity in adult attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder : findings from multiplex families.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1621-1627. |
|
LAHEY, B.B. & CARLSON, C.L. (1991). Validity of the
diag- nostic category of attention deficit disorder
without hyperactivity : A review of the literature. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 24, 110-120. |
|
|
WEISS, L. (1992). ADD in adults. Dallas, TX :
Taylor. |
BIEDERMAN, J., FARAONE, S.V., SPENCER, T.J., MONUTEAUX,
M.C. & ALEARDI, M. (2006). Young adult outcome of
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder : A controlled
10-year follow-up study. Psychological Medicine, 36,
167-179. |
|
ABRAMOWITZ, A.J., ECKSTRAND, D., O'LEARY, S.G. &
DULCAN, M.K. (1992). ADHD children's responses to
stimulant medication and two intensities of a behavioral
intervention. Behavior Modification, 16, 193-203.
|
KOSA, J.M., RICHDALE, A.L. & HAY, D.A. (2006).
Children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and
their teachers : A review of the literature. International
Journal of Disability, Development & Education, 53
(2), 147-160. [PDF]
|
|
BARKLEY, R.A., GRODZINSKY, G. & DUPAUL, G.J. (1992).
Frontal lobe functions in attention deficit disorder with
and without hyperactivity : A review and research report.
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 20, 163-188. |
LEE, D.L. & ZENTALL, S.S. (2006). The effects of
continuous and partial reward on the vigilance task
performance of adults with attentional deficit : A pilot
investigation. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 37, 94-112. [PDF]
|
|
GOODYEAR, P. & HYND, G. (1992). Attention deficit dis-
order with (ADD/H) and without (ADD/WO) hyper-activity :
Behavioral and neuropsychological differenTiation. Journal
of Clinical Child Psychology, 21, 273-304. |
|
|
CARLSON, C.L., PELHAM, W.E., MILICH, R. & DIXON, J.
(1992). Single and combined effects of methylphenidate and
behavior therapy on the classroom performance of children
with ADHD. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 20,
213-232. |
McLEOD, J.D., FETTES, D.L., JENSEN, P.S., PESCOSOLIDO,
B.A. & MARTIN, J.K. (2007). Public knowledge, beliefs,
and treatment preferences concerning attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder. Psychiatric Services, 58
(5), 626-631.
[PDF] |
|
|
INGERSOLL, B. & GOLDSTEIN, S. (1993). Attention
deficit disorder and learning disabilities : Realities,
myths, and controversial Treatments. New York :
Doubleday Publishing Group. |
|
|
SWANSON, J.M., McBURNETT, K., WIGAL, T., FIFFNER, L.J.,
LERNER, M.A.,WILLAIMS, L., CHRISTIAN, D.L., TAMM, L.,
WILCUTT, E., CROWLEY, K., CLEVENGER, W., KHOUZAM, N., WOO,
C., CRINELLA, F.M. & FISHER, T.D. (1993). Effect of
stimulant medication on children with ADD : A "review of
reviews". Exceptional Children, 60, 154-162. |
|
|
FIORE, T.A., BECKER, E.A. & NERO, R.C. (1993).
Educational interventions for students with attention
deficit disorder. Exceptional Children, 60,
163-173. |
NAGUI, H. (2009). Attention deficit disorder (ADD)
attention deficit hyperactive disorder (ADHD) : Is it a
product of our modern lifestyles ? American Journal of
Clinical Medicine, 6 (4), 22-28. [PDF] |
|
NADEAU, K. (1994). Survival guide for college students
with ADD or LD. Washington, D : Magination Press. |
|
|
HARTMANN, T. (1994). Attention deficit disorder : A
different perception. New York : Underwood Books. |
|
|
WHEELER, J. & CARLSON, C.L. (1994). The social
functioning of children with ADD with hyperactivity and
ADD without hyperactivity : A comparison of their peer
relations and social deficits.Journal of Emotional
& Behavioral Disorders, 2, 2-12. |
|
|
COOK, E.H., STEIN, M.A., KRASOWSKI, M.D., COX, N.J. OLKON,
D.M., KIEFER, J.E. & LEVENTHAL, L.E. (1995).
Association of attention deficit disorder and the dopamine
transporter gene. American Journal of Human Genetics,
56 (4), 993-998. [PDF] |
|
|
ZAMETKIN, A.J. (1995). Attention-deficit disorder : born
to be hyperactive ? Journal of the American Medical
Assocation, 273 (23), 1871-1874. |
ÉMOND, V., JOYAL, C. et POISSANT, H. (2009). Neuroanatomie
structurelle et fonctionnelle du trouble déficitaire
d'attention avec ou sans hyperactivité (TDAH). L'Encéphale,
35 (2), 107-114. |
|
RIEF, S.F. (1996). How to reach and teacher ADD/ADHD
children. New York : John Wiley. |
|
|
GREEN, M.F. (1996) What are the functional consequences of
neurocognitive deficits in schizophrenia ? American
Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 321-230. |
|
|
COOK, E.H., STEIN, M.A., KRASOWSKI, M.D., COX, N.J. OLKON,
D.M., KIEFER, J.E. & LEVENTHAL, L.E. (1995).
Association of attention deficit disorder and the dopamine
transporter gene. American Journal of Human Genetics,
56 (4), 993-998. [PDF] |
|
|
PARISIEN, M. (1996). Le modèle de Brown sur les déficits
d'attention. Psychologie Québec, 13 (6), 23-24. |
CLÉMENT, C. (Ed) (2013). Le trouble déficit de
l'attention avec ou sans hyperactivité chez l'enfant et
l'adolescent. Marseille : Solal/DeBoeck. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble mental,
Impulsivité et
Mesure de ce trouble |
|
|
|
Trouble du déficit de l'attention avec/sans hyperactivité (Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
le trouble déficitaire de l'attention (avec
ou sans hyperactivité). Assessment
of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder.
| |
|
|
COHEN, M., BECKER, M.G. & CAMPBELL, R. (1990).
Relationships among four methods of assessment of children
with attention deficit-hyperactivity disorder. Journal
of School Psychology, 28, 189-202. |
KNOUSE, L.E., BAGWELL, C.L., BARKLEY, R.A. & MURPHY,
K.R. (2005). Accuracy of self-evaluation in adults with
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Attention Disorders, 8, 221-234. |
|
WARD, M.F., WENDER, P.H. & REIMHERR, F.W. (1993). The
Wender Utah Rating Scale : an aid in the retrospective
diagnosis of childhood attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150 (6),
885-890. [PDF] |
|
|
ROSSINIE, D. & O'CONNOR, M.A. (1995). Retrospective
self-reorted symptoms of attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder : reliability of the Wender Rating Scale. Psychological
Reports, 77, 751-754. |
KESSLER, R.C., ADLER, L, AMES, M., DEMLER, O., FARAONE,
S., HIRIPI, E., HOWES, M.J., JIN, R., SECNIK, K., SPENCER,
T., USTUN, T.B. & WALTERS, E.E. (2005). The World
Health Organization Adult ADHD Self-Report Scale (ASRS) :
a short screening scale for use in the general population.
Psychological Medicine, 35 (2), 245-256. |
|
STEIN, M.A., SANDOVAL, R., SZUMOWSKI, E., ROIZEN, N.,
REINECKE, M.A., BLONDIS, T.A. & KLEIN, Z. (1995).
Psychometric characteristics of the Wender Utah Rating
Scale (WURS) : reliability and factor structure for men
and women. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 31
(2), 425-433. |
FABIANO, G.A., PELHAM, W.E., WASCHBUSCH, D.A., GNAGY,
E.M., LAHEY, B.B., CHRONIS, A.M., ONYANGO, A.N., KIPP, H.,
LOPEZ-WILLIAMS, A. & BURROWS-MACLEAN, L.A. (2006).
Practical measure of impairment : psychometric properties
of the impairment rating scale in samples of children with
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and two
school-based samples. Journal of Clinical Child &
Adolescent Psychology, 35 (3), 369-385. |
|
ROY-BYRNE, P., SCHEELE, L., BRINKLEY, J., WARD, N.,
WIATRAK, C., RUSSO, J., TOWNES, B. & VARLEY, C.
(1997). Adult attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder :
assessment guidelines based on clinical presentation to a
specialty clinic. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 38, 133-140. |
BROD, M., JOHNSTON, J., ABLE, S. & SWINDLE, R. (2006).
Validation of the Adult Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity
Disorder Quality-of-Life Scale (AAQoL) : a
disease-specific quality-of-life measure. Quality of
Life Research, 15, 117-129. |
|
DULCAN, M. (1997). Practice parameters for the assessment
and treatment of children, adolescents, and adults with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
36 (S10), 85-121. |
|
|
REID, R., DUPAUL, G.J. POWER, T., AASTOPOULOS, A.D.,
ROGERS-ADKINSON, D., NOLL, M. & RICCIO, C. (1998).
Assessing culturally different students for
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder using behavior
rating scales. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology,
26, 187-198. |
HAY, D.A., BENNETT, K.S., LEVY, F., SERGEANT, J. &
SWANSON, J.N. (2007). A twin study of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder dimensions rated
by the strengths and weaknesses of ADHD- symptoms and
normal-behavior (SWAN) scale. Biological Psychiatry,
61 (5), 700-705.
[PDF] |
|
DUPAUL, G.J., POWER, T.J., ANASTOPOULOS, A.D. & REID,
R. (1998). ADHD Rating Scale-IV : Checklists, norms, and
clinical interpretation. New York, NY : Guilford. |
POLDERMAN, T.J., DERKS, E.M., HUDZIAK, J.J., VERHULST,
F.C., POSTHUMA, D. & BOOMSMA, D.I. (2007). Across the
continuum of attention skills : a twin study of the SWAN
ADHD rating scale. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 48 (11), 1080-1087. |
|
WOLRAICH, M.L., FEURER, I.D., BAUMGAERTAL, A. &
PINNOCK, T.Y. (1998). Obtaining systematic teacher reports
of disruptive behavior disorders utilizing DSM-IV.
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 26 (2),
141-152. |
KESSLER, R.C., ADLER, L., GRUBER, M.J., SARAWATE, C.A.,
SPENCER, T. & VAN BRUNT, D.L. (2007). Validity of the
World Health Organization Adult ADHD Self-Report Scale
(ASRS) Screener in a representative sample of health plan
members. International Journal of Methods in
Psychiatric Research, 16 (2), 52-65. [PDF] |
|
CONNERS, C.K. (1999). Clinical use of rating scales in
diagnosis and treatment of attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Pediatric Clinics of North America, 46
(5), 857-870. |
|
|
O'LAUGHLIN, E.M. & MURPHY M.J. (2000). Use of
computerized continuous performance tasks for assessment
of ADHD : A guide for practitioners. The Independent
Practitioner, 20, 282-287. |
|
|
McCANN, B.S., SCHEELE, L., WARD, N. & ROY-BYRNE, P.
(2000). Discriminant validity of the Wender Utah Rating
Scale for Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity disorder in
adults. The Journal of Neuropsychiatry & Clinical
Neurosciences, 12 (2), 240-245. [PDF] |
YEH, C.B., GAU, S.S., KESSLER, R.C. & WU, Y.Y. (2008).
Psychometric properties of the Chinese version of the
adult ADHD Self-report Scale. International Journal
of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 17 (1), 45-54.
|
|
FARIES, D.E., YALCIN, I., HARDER, D. & HEILIGENSTEIN,
J.H. (2001). Validation of the ADHD Rating Scale as a
clinician administered and scored instrument. Journal
of Attention Disorders, 5, 107-115.
[PDF] |
BARKLEY, R.A. (2011). Barkley Functional Impairment
Scale. Guilford Publications. |
|
FOSSATI, A., DI CEGLIE, A., ACQUARINI, E., DONATI, D.,
DONINI, M., NOVELLA, L. & MAFFEI, C. (2001). The
retrospective assessment of childhood attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder in adults : reliability and
validity of the Italian version of the Wender Utah Rating
Scale. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 4 (2),
326-336. |
BARKLEY, R.A. (2011). Barkley Adult ADHD Rating Scale-IV
(BAARS-IV). Guilford Publications. |
|
O'DONNELL, J.P., MCCANN, S.K. & PLUTH, S. (2001).
Assessing adult ADHD using a self-report symptom
checklist. Psychological Reports, 88, 871-881. |
LUMAN, M., VAN MEEL, C.S., OOSTERLAN, J. & GEURTS,
H.M. (2012). Reward and punishment sensitivity in children
with ADHD : Validating the sensitivity to punishment and
Ssensitivity to reward Questionnaire for Children
(SPSRQ-C). Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 40
(1), 145-157.
[PDF] |
|
FABIANO, G.A. & PELHAM, W.E. (2002). Measuring
impairment in children with attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder. The ADHD Report, 10,
6-10. |
SWANSON, J.N., SCHUCK, S., PORTER, M.M., CARLSON, C.,
HARTMAN, C.A., SERGEANT, J.A., CLEVENGER, W., WASDELL, M.,
MCCLEARY, R., LAKES, K. & WIGAL, T. (2012).
Categorical and Dimensional Definitions and Evaluations of
Symptoms of ADHD : History of the SNAP and the SWAN Rating
Scales. The International Journal of Educational
& Psychological Assessment, 10 (1), 51-69. [PDF]
|
|
ZUCKER, M., MORRIS, M.K., INGRAM, S.M., MORRIS, R.D. &
BAKEMAN, R. (2002). Concordance of self-and informant
ratings of adults' current and childhood
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder symptoms. Psychological
Assessment, 14, 379-389. |
SEXTON, C.C., GELHORN, H.L., BELL, J.A. & CLASSI, P.M.
(2012). The co-occurrence of reading disorder and ADHD :
Epidemiology, trreatment, psychosocial impact and economic
burden. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 45, 538-564. |
|
GLUTTING, J.J., MONAGHAMN, C., ADAMS, W. & SHESLOW, D.
(2002) Some psychometric properties of a system to measure
ADHD among college students : factor pattern, reliabil-
ity, and one-year predictive validity. Measurement
& Evaluation in Counseling & Development, 34,
194-209. |
LAKES, K.D., SWANSON, J.M. & RIGGS, M. (2012). The
reliability and validity of the English and Spanish
Strengths and Weaknesses of ADHD and Normal behavior
rating scales in a preschool sample : continuum measures
of hyperactivity and inattention. Journal of
Attention Disorders, 16 (6), 510-516. [PDF] |
|
WOLRAICH, M.L., LAMBERT, E., DOFFING, M.A., BICKMAN, L.,
SIMMONS, T. & WORLEY, K. (2003). Psychometric
properties of the Vanderbilt ADHD diagnostic Parent Rating
Scale in a referred population. Journal of Pediatric
Psychology, 28 (8), 559-568. [PDF] |
ARNETT, A.B., PENNINGTON, B.F., FRIEND, A., WILLCUTT,
E.G., BYRNE, B., SAMUELSSON, S. & OLSON, R.K. (2013).
The SWAN captures variance at the negative and positive
ends of the ADHD symptom dimension. Journal of
Attention Disorders, 17 (2), 152-162. [PDF] |
|
MURPHY, K.R. & ADLER, L.A. (2004). Assessing
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in adults : Focus
on rating scales. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 65
(S3), 8-11. |
WOLRAICH, M.L., BARD, D.E., NEAS, B., DOFFING, M. &
BECK, L. (2013). The psychometric properties of the
Vanderbilt attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder
diagnostic teacher rating scale in a community population.
Journal of Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics,
34 (2), 83-93. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble mental |
|
|
Trouble
du langage : Ensemble des troubles qui affectent la
production et la compréhension du langage.
= trouble de la parole. (
): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Speech
pathology, speech disorders, language
impairment, defects of speech, loss of speech,
language disturbances, specific language impairment.
| |
|
|
BASTIAN, H.C. (1869). On the various forms of loss of
speech in cerebral disease. British and Foreign
Medical-Chirurgical Review, 43, 209-236, 470-492. |
DRONKERS, N.F., REDFERN, B.B. & KNIGHT, R.T. (2000).
The neural architecture of language disorders. In M.S.
Gazzaniga (Ed.), The new cognitive neurosciences. (pp.
949-958). Cambridge : The MIT Press. |
|
KUSSMAUL, P.A. (1877). Disturbances of speech. (Vol.
14). NY : Ziemssen's Cyclopaedia of the Practice of
Medicine. |
SNOWLING, M.J., BISHOP, D.V.M. & STOTHAR, S.E. (2000).
Is pre-school language impairment a risk factor for
dyslexia in adolescence ? Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 41, 587-600. |
|
STINCHFIELD, S. (1928). Speech pathology with methods
in speech correction. Boston, Mass. : Expression
Company. |
GILLON, G.T. (2000). The efficacy of phonological
awareness intervention for children with spoken language
impairment. Language, Speech, & Hearing Services
in Schools, 31, 126-141. |
|
ALCOCK, K.J., PASSINGHAM, R.E., WATKINS, K.E. &
VARGHA-KHADEM, F. (2000). Oral dyspraxia in inherited
speech and language impairment and acquired dysphasia. Brain
& Language, 75, 17-33. |
|
VAN THAL, J. (1929). The education of children suffering
from defects of speech. Mental Welfare, 10, 1. |
McARTHUR, G.M., HOGBEN, J.H., EDWARDS, V.T., HEATH, S.M.
& MENGLER, E.D. (2000). On the «specifics» of specific
reading disability and specific language impairment. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 41, 869-874.
|
|
TRAVIS, L.E. (1931). Speech pathology. NY : D.
Appleton Co. |
BISHOP, D.V.M. (2001). Genetic influences on language
impairment and literacy problems in children : Same or
different ? Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 42, 189-198. |
|
KJELGAARD, M.M. &
TASHER-FLUSBERG, H. (2001). An investigation of language
impairment in autism : Implications for genetic subgroups.
Language & Cognitive Processes, 16 (2-3),
287-308. [PDF] |
|
CATTS, H.W., FEY, M.E., ZHANG, X. & TOMBLIN, J.B.
(2002). A longitudinal investigation of reading outcomes
in children with language impairments. Journal of
Speech, Language, & Hearing Research, 45,
1142-1157. |
|
BARTLETT, C.W., FLAX, J.F., LOGUE, M.W., VIELAND, V.J.,
BASSETT, A.S., TALLAL, P. & BRZUSTOWICZ, L.M. (2002).
A major susceptibility locus for specific language
impairment is located on 13q21. American Journal of
Human Genetics, 71, 45-55. |
|
STINCHFIELD, S. (1933). Speech disorders : A
psychological study of the various defects of speech.
New York : Harcourt Brace and Company. |
BISHOP, D.V.M. (2002). The role of genes in the etiology
of specific language impairment. Journal of
Communication Disorders, 35, 311–320. |
|
BERRY, M. & EESENSON, J. (1942). The defective in
speech. New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
JOANISSE, M.F. & SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2003). Phonology
and syntax in specific language impairments : Evidence
from a connectionist model. Brain & Language, 86,
40-56. [PDF]
|
|
MONTGOMERY, J.W. (2003). Working memory and comprehension
in children with specific language impairment : what we
know so far. Journal of Communication Disorders, 36,
221-231. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, K. (1948). Language and language
disturbances. NY : Grune and Stratton. |
BOTTING, N. & CONTI-RAMSDEN, G. (2003). Autism,
primary pragmatic difficulties, and specific language
impairment : can we distinguish them using
psycholinguistic markers ? Developmental Medicine
& Child Neurology, 8, 515-524. |
|
ELDRIDGE, M. (1968). A history of the treatment of
speech disorders. Edinburgh : E. & S.
Livingstone. |
BISHOP, D.V.M. & SNOWLING, M.J. (2004). Developmental
dyslexia and specific language impairment : same or
different ? Psychological Bulletin, 130, 858-886.
|
|
MOELLER, D. (1975). Speech pathology and audiology : Iowa
origins of a discipline. Iowa City : University of Iowa
Press. |
BARTLETT, C.W., FLAX, J.F., LOGUE, M.W., SMITH, B.J.,
VIELAND, V.J., TALLAL, P. & BRZUSTOWICZ, L.M. (2004).
Examination of potential overlap in autism and language
loci on chromosomes 2, 7, and 13 in two independent
samples ascertained for specific language impairment. Human
Heredity, 57, 10-20. |
|
NEWBURY, D.F., BISHOP, D.V.M. & MONACO, A.P.
(2005). Genetic influences on language impairment and
phonological short-term memory. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 9, 528–534. |
|
MOWRER, D.E. (1977). Methods of modifying speech
behaviors : Learning theory in speech pathology.
Columbus, OH : Charles E. Merrill Publishing Company. |
COWAN,
R., DONLAN, C., NEWTON, E.J. & LLOYD, D. (2005).
Number skills and knowledge in children with specific
language impairment. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 97, 732-744. |
|
NORBURY, C.F. (2005). The relationship between theory of
mind and metaphor : Evidence from children with language
impairment and autistic spectrum disorder. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 23, 383-399. |
|
BLOOM, L. (1978). Notes for a history of speech pathology.
Psychoanalytic Review, 65 (3), 432-463. |
FISHER, S.E. (2005). Dissection of molecular mechanisms
underlying speech and language disorders. Applied
Psycholinguistics, 26, 111–128
|
|
BRACKENBURY, T. & PYE, C. (2005). Semantic deficits in
children with language impairments : Issues for clinical
assessment. Language, Speech & Hearing Services
in Schools, 36, 5-16. [PDF] |
|
ROCKEY, D. (1979). John Thelwall and the origins of
British speech therapy. Medical History, 23,
156-175. |
GILLON, G.T. (2005). Facilitating phoneme awareness
development in 3- and 4-year-old children with speech
impairment. Language, Speech, & Hearing Services
in Schools, 36, 308-324. [PDF]
|
|
O'NEILL, Y.V. (1980). Speech and speech disorders in
Western thought before 1600. Westport, CO :
Greenwood Press. |
CATTS, H.W., ADLOF, S.M., HOGAN, T.P. & WEISMER, S.E.
(2005). Are specific language impairment and dyslexia
distinct disorders ? Journal of Speech, Hearing &
Language Research, 48 (6), 1378-1396. [PDF] |
|
BLOOM, L. (1982). Notes for a history of speech pathology
: An addendum. Folia Phoniatrica, 34 (6),
296-299. |
BISHOP, D.V.W. (2006). What causes specific language
impairment in children ? Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 15 (5), 217-221. [PDF] |
|
CATTS, H. & KAMHI, A.G. (1986). The linguistic basis
of reading disorders : Implications for the
speech-language pathologist. Language, Speech &
Hearing Services in Schools, 17, 329-341. [PDF] |
ARCHIBALD, L.M.D. & GATHERCOLE, S.E. (2006).
Visuospatial immediate memory in specific language
impairment. Journal of Speech, Language & Hearing
Research, 49, 265-277. |
|
WEINER, P. (1986). The study of childhood language
disorders : 19th century perspectives. Journal of
Communication Disorders, 19, 1-47. |
ARCHIBALD, L.M.D. & GATHERCOLE, S.E. (2006).
Short-term and working memory in specific language
impairment. International Journal of Language &
Communication Disorders, 41, 675-693. |
|
BISHOP, D.V.M. & ADAMS, C. (1990). A prospective study
of the relationship between specific language impairment,
phonological disorders and reading retardation. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 31,
1027-1050. |
ARCHIBALD, L.M.D. & GATHERCOLE, S.E. (2007). The
complexities of complex memory span : Storage and
processing deficits in specific language impairment. Journal
of Memory & Language, 57, 177-194. |
|
RICE, M.L. & BODE, J. (1993). GAPS in the verb
lexicons of children with specific language impairment. First
Language, 13, 113–131. |
BERNINGER, V. (2008). Defining and differentiating
dyslexia, dysgraphia, and language learning disability
within a working memory model. In E.R. Silliman & M.
Mody (Eds.), Language impairment and reading
disability-interactions among brain, behavior, and
experience (pp. 103-134). New York : Guilford
Press. |
|
CATTS, H. (1993). The relationship between speech-language
impairments and reading disabilities. Journal of
Speech and Hearing Research, 36, 948-958. |
WADMAN, R., DURKIN, K. & CONTI-RAMSDEN, G. (2008).
Self-esteem, shyness, and sociability in adolescents with
speci c language impairment (SLI). Journal of Speech,
Language, & Hearing Research : JSLHR, 51 (4),
938-952. |
|
ARAM, D.M., MORISS, R. & HALL, N.E. (1993). Clinical
and research congruence in identifying children with
specific language impairment. Journal of Speech &
Hearing Research, 36 (3), 580-591. |
Al OTAIBA, S., PURANIK, C.S., ZIOLKOWSKI, R.A. &
MONTGOMERY, T.M. (2009). Effectiveness of early
phonological awareness interventions for students with
speech or language impairments. Journal of Special
Education, 43 (2), 107-128. |
|
ARAM, D.M. & EISELE, J.A. (1994). Limits to a left
hemisphere explanation for specific language impairment.
Journal of Speech & Hearing Research, 37 (4),
824-830. |
|
|
BISHOP, D.V.M., NORTH, T. & DONLAN, C. (1995). Genetic
basis of specific language impairment: Evidence from a
twin study. Developmental Medicine & Child
Neurology, 37, 56-71. |
|
|
BISHOP, D.V.M., NORTH, T. & DONLAN, C. (1996). Nonword
repetition as a behavioural marker for inherited language
impairment : Evidence from a twin study. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 37, 391-403. |
BADCOCK, N.A., BISHOP, D.V.W., HARDIMAN, M.J., BARRY, J.G.
& WATKINS, K.E. (2011). Co-localisation of abnormal
brain structure and function in specific language
impairment. Brain & Language, 120 (3),
310-320. [LIRE]
|
|
TOMBLIN, J.B., RECORDS, N.L., BUCKWALTER, P., ZHANG, X.,
SMITH, E. & O’BRIEN, M. (1997). Prevalence of specific
language impairment in kindergarten children. Journal of Speech
& Hearing Research, 40, 1245–1260. |
|
|
LEITAO, S., HOGBEN, J. & FLETCHER, J. (1997).
Phonological processing skills in speech and language
impaired children. European Journal of Disorders of
Communication, 32, 73-93. |
BISHOP, D.V.M & SCERIF, G. (2011). Klinefelter
syndrome as a window on the aetiology of language and
communication impairments in children : the
neuroligin-neurexin hypothesis. Acta Paediatrrica,
100 (6), 903-907. |
|
JOANISSE, M.F. & SEIDENBERG, M.S. (1998). Specific
language impairment : a deficit in grammar or processing ?
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 2, 240-247. [PDF] |
RICE, M.L. & BLOSSOM, M. (2013). What do children with
Specific Language Impairment do with multiple forms of DO
? Journal of Speech, Language, & Hearing
Research, 56 (1), 222–235. |
|
TOMBLIN, J., NISHIMURA C., ZHANG, X. & MURRAY, J.C.
(1998). Association of developmental language impairment
with loci at 7q3. The American Journal of Human
Genetics, 63 (S), A312. |
|
|
RICE, M.L., WEXLER K. & HERSHBERGER, S. (1998). Tense
over time : The longitudinal course of tense acquisition
in children with specific language impairments. Journal
of Speech, Language, & Hearing Research, 41, 1412–1431. |
|
|
RICE, M.L., WEXLER K. & HERSHBERGER, S. (1998). Tense
over time : The longitudinal course of tense acquisition
in children with specific language impairments. Journal
of Speech, Language, & Hearing Research, 41, 1412–1431. |
RICE, M.L. (2016). Children with specific language
impairment and their families : A future view of
nature plus nurture and new technologies for comprehensive
language intervention strategies. Seminars in Speech
& Language, 37, 310–318. |
|
JOANISSE, M.F.
& SEIDENBERG, M.S. (1999). Impairments in verb
morphology after brain injury : A connectionist model. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, U.S.A., 96,
7592-7597. [PDF] |
DALE, P.S., RICE, M.L., RIMFILED, K. & HAYIOU-THOMAS,
E. (2018). Grammar clinical marker yields substantial
heritability for language impairments in 16-year-old twins
[Journal Articles]. Journal of Speech, Language,
Hearing Research, 61, 66–78. |
|
WEIMER S.E., EVANS, J. & HESKETH, L. (1999). An
examination of verbal working memory capacity in children
with specific language impairment. Journal of Speech,
Language, & Hearing Research, 42, 1249–1260. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble mental
et Langage |
|
|
|
|
Trouble
du sommeil : Difficulté ou incapacité à s'endormir ou
sommeil de mauvaise
qualité. Trouble du sommeil et parasomnie.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Sleep disturbance, sleep problem, psychopathology of sleep.
| |
|
|
RECHTSHAFFEN, A., GOODENOUGH, D. & SHAPIRO, A. (1962).
Patterns of sleep-talking. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 7, 418-426. |
AMES, J.E. (1998). Acute and chronic effects of caffeine
on performance, mood, headache, and sleep. Neuropsychobiology, 38, 32-41. |
|
FISHER, C. & DEMENT, W. (1963). Studies on the
psychopathology of sleep and dreams. American journal
of Psychiatry, 119, 1160-1168. |
MORIN, C.M., GIBSON, D. & WADE, J. (1998).
Self-reported sleep and mood disturbance in chronic pain
patients. The Clinical Journal of Pain, 14, 311-314. |
|
GUILLEMINAULT, C. (Ed.) (1982). Sleeping and waking
disorders. Menlo Park, California : Addison-Wesley. |
BILLIARD, M. (1998). Le sommeil normal et
pathologique. Paris : Masson. |
|
JONES, D.P.H. & VERDUYN, C.M. (1983). Behavioural
management of sleep problems. Archives of Diseases in
Childhood, 58, 442-444. |
THUNSTRÖM M. (1999). Severe sleep problems among infants
in a normal population in Sweden : prevalence, severity
and correlates. Acta Peadiatrica, 88, 1356-1363. |
|
SCHATZMAN, M. (1983). Solve your problems in your sleep. New
Scientist, 9, 692-693. |
FRANCE, K.G. & BLAMPIED, N.M. (1999). Infant sleep
disturbance : Description of a problem behaviour process.
Sleep Medicine Reviews, 3 (4), 265-280. [PDF] |
|
SCHATZMAN, M. (1983). Sleeping on problems can really
solve them. New Scientist, 9, 416-417. |
STORES, G. (1999). Sleep disorders in children and
adolescents. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 5,
19-29. [PDF] |
|
GUILLEMINAULT, C. & LIGARESI, E. (Eds.) (1983). Sleep/wake
disorders : Natural history, epidemiology, and long-term
evolution. New York : Raven Press. |
MORRELL, J. (1999). The role of maternal cognitions in
infant sleep problems as assessed by a new instrument, the
maternal cognition about infant sleep questionnaire. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 40, 247-258. |
|
RICHMAN, N. (1985). A double blind drug trial of sleep
problems in young children. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 26, 591-598. |
GOODLIN-JONES, B., BURNHAM, M., GAYLOR, E. & ANDERS,
T. (2001). Night waking, sleep-wake organization, and
self-soothing in the first year of life. Journal of
Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 22,
226-233. |
|
FERBER, R. (1985). Solve your child's slep problems.
New York : Simon and Schuster |
ECKERBERG, B. (2002). Treatment of sleep problems in
families with small children : is written information
enough ? Acta Paediatrica, 91, 952-959. |
|
PETER, J.H., PODSZUS, T. & VON WICHERT, P. (Eds.)
(1987). Sleep related disorders and internal
diseases. Berlin : Springer-Verlag. |
ECKERBERG, B. (2004). Treatment of sleep problems in
families with young children : effects of treatment on
family well-being. Acta Paediatra, 93, 126-134. [PDF] |
|
KATARIA, S., SWANSON, M.S. & TREVATHAN, G.E. (1987).
Persistence of sleep disturbances in preschool children. The
Journal of Pediatrics, 110, 642-646. |
O'REILLY, M.F., EDRISINHA, C., SIGAFOOS, J. &
LANCIONI, G. (2004). Using paired-choice assessment to
identify variables maintaining sleep problems in a child
with severe disabilities. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 37 (2), 209-212. [PDF] |
|
GUILLEMINAULT, C. (Ed.) (1987). Sleep and its disorders in
children. New York : Raven Press. |
ABAD, V.C. & GUILLEMINAULT, C. (2004). Review of rapid
eye movement behavior sleep disorders. Expert Opinion
on Pharmacotherapy, 4 (2), 157-163. |
|
GUILLEMINAULT, C. (1988). The role of sleep and sleep
states on breathing disorders. Swiss Medical Weekly,
118 (38), 1331-1332. |
LIU, X., LIU, L., OWENS, J.A. & KAPLAN, D.L. (2005).
Sleep patterns and sleep problems among school children in
the United States and China. Pediatrics, 115 (S),
241-249. |
|
ROSS, R.J., BALL, W.A., SULLIVAN, K.A. & AROFF, S.N.
(1989). Sleep disturbances as the hallmark of post
traumatic stress disorder. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 146, 697-707. |
POYARES, D., ALMEIDA, C.M., SILVA, R.S., ROSA, A. &
GUILLEMINAULT, C. (2005). Violent behavior during sleep. Revista
Brasileira de Psiquiatria, 27 (S1), 22-26. |
|
FERBER, R. (1990). Sleep disorders in childhood and
adolescence. Pediatrician, 17 (1), 2-4. |
ABAD, V.C. & GUILLEMINAULT, C. (2005). Sleep and
psychiatry. Dialogues in Clinical Neuroscience, 7 (4),
291-303. |
|
THORPY, M.J. & YAGER, J. (1990). The encyclopedia
of sleep and sleep disorders. New York : Facts on
File. |
EKSTEDT, M., SÖDERSTRÖM, M., ÀKERSTEDT, T., NILSSON, J.,
SONDERGAARD, H.-P. & ALEKSANDER, P. (2006). Disturbed
sleep and fatigue in occupational burnout.
Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment & Health,
32 (2), 121-131. [PDF] |
|
FRANCE, K.G. & HUDSON, S.M. (1990). Behavior
management of infant sleep disturbance. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 23 (1), 91-98. [PDF] |
CAO, M. & GUILLEMINAULT, C. (2009). Pediatric sleep
disorders : how can sleep-medicine make a difference ? Sleep
Medecine Review, 13 (2), 107-110. |
|
BENCA, R.M., OBERMEYER, W.H., THISTED, R.A. & GILLIN,
J.C. (1992). Sleep and psychiatric disorders : A
meta-analysis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 651-668. |
LUND, H.G., REIDER, B.D., WHITING, A.B. & PRICHARD,
J.R. (2010). Sleep patterns and predictors of disturbed
sleep in a large population of college students. Journal
of Adolescent Health, 46 (2), 124-132. [PDF] |
|
NORRA, C., RICHTER, N. & JUCKEL, G. (2011). Sleep
disturbances and suicidality : A common association to
look for in clinical practice and preventive Care.
EPMA Journal, 2, 295-307.
[PDF] |
|
BLAMPIED, N.M. & FRANCE, K.G. (1993). A behavioral
model of infant sleep disturbance. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 26 (4), 477-492. [PDF] |
OZONOFF, S. (2013). Behavior and sleep problems in
children with a family history of autism. Autism
Research, 6, 169-176. |
|
RICHTER, K., MYLLYMAEKI, J., SCHAROLD-SCHAEFER, S.,
TOMOVA, I., MAYRER, R. & NIKLEWSKI, G. (2014).
Treating comorbid insomnia in older adults via
cognitive-behavioural treatment, bright light and
exercise. Health, 6, 960-968. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble mental,
Sommeil et
Rêve |
|
|
Trouble
du sommeil (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
les troubles du sommeil. Measuring
sleep quality.
| |
|
|
JOHNS, M.W. (1991) A newmethod for measuring daytime
sleepiness : The Epworth Sleepiness Scale. Sleep, 14,
540-545. |
|
LANDRY, G.J., BEST, J.R. & LIU-AMBROSE, T. (2015).
Measuring sleep quality in older adults: a comparison
using subjective and objective methods. Frontiers
Aging Neuroscience, 7 [166], 1-10. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Trouble
du spectre de l'autisme : TSA : Du
grec auto qui signifie "soi-même ou seul". Pathologie
répertoriée par le DSM (trouble
envahissant du développement). Le terme autisme a été
proposé par Bleuler pour
désigner cette maladie qui se caractérise par une absence de communication
ou une communication réduite, l'absence de contact visuel ou
l'évitement du regard, l'obsession des routines (stéréotypie)
et une gamme d'intérêt plutôt limitée. Chez l'enfant, les
symptômes de cette maladie ont été décrits par Kanner
en 1943. Une variante de cette maladie a ensuite été décrite par Asperger
en 1944 : les enfants qu'il a observés présentaient les mêmes symptômes
que ceux décrit par Kanner, sauf qu'ils s'exprimaient normalement
et étaient un peu maladroits sur le plan moteur.
Autisme et communication avec les
autistes. = TSA. (
): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Autism,
autism spectrum, autism spectrum disorder, (ASD), Asperger
syndrome, Kanner syndrome.
| |
| |
|
KANNER, L. (1943). Autistic disturbance of affective
contact. Nervous Child, 2, 217-250. |
WERNER, E., DAWSON, G., OSTERLING, J. & DINNO, J.
(2000). Brief report : Recognition of autism before 1 year
of age : A retrospective study based on home videotapes.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 30
(2), 157-162. |
|
KANNER, L. (1944). Early infantile autism. Journal of
Pediatry, 25, 211-217. |
OZONOFF, S., SOUTH, M. & MILLER, J.N. (2000). DSM-IV
defined Asperger syndrome : Cognitive, behavioural and
early history differentiation from high functioning. Autism,
4, 29-46. |
|
ASPERGER, H. (1944) Die autistischen psychopathen im
kindesalter. Archiv für Psychiatrie und
Nervenkrankheiten, 117, 76-136. |
ROGERS, S. (2000). Interventions that facilitate
socialization in children with autism. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 30, 399-409. |
|
MAHLER, M.S. (1952). On child psychosis and schizophrenia
: autistic and symbiotic infantile psychoses. Psychoanalytic
Study of the Child, 7, 286-305. |
O'LAUGHLIN, C. & THAGARD, P. (2000). Autism and
coherence : A computational model. Mind &
Language, 15, 375-392. [PDF] |
|
SUNDBERG, M.L., EDICOTT, K. & EIGENHEER, P. (2000).
Using intraverbal prompts to establish tacts for children
with autism. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 17,
89-104. [PDF] |
|
EISENBERG, L. (1956). The autistic child in adolescence. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 112, 607-612. |
CHARLOP, M.H., LE, L. & FREEMAN, K.A. (2000). A
comparison of video modeling with in vivo modeling for
teaching children with autism. Journal of Autism and
Developmental Disorders, 30 (6), 537-552. [PDF] |
|
SOMMER, R. & AYLLON, T. (1956). Autism, emphasis and
figure-ground perception. Journal of Psychology, 41,
163-176. |
MUDFORD, O., CROSS, B., BREEN, S. & CULLEN, C. (2000).
Auditory integration training for children with autism :
No behavioural benefits detects. American Journal on
Mental Retardation, 105 (2), 118-129. |
|
VAN KREVELEN, B. (1960). Autismus infantum. Acta
Paedopsychiatrica, 27, 97-107. |
MILLER, N. & NEURINGER, A. (2000). Reinforcing
variability in adolescents with autism. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 33 (2), 151-165. [PDF] |
|
FERSTER, C.B. (1961). Positive reinforcement and
behavioral deficits of autistic children. Child
Development, 32, 437-456. |
SCHREIBMAN, L. (2000). Intensive
behavioral/psychoeducational treatments for autism :
Research needs and future directions. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 30 (5),
373-378. [PDF] |
FERSTER, C.B. & DEMYER, M. (1961). The development of
performances in autistic children in an automatically
controlled environment. Journal of Chronic
Diseases, 13, 312- 345. |
BENNETTO, L. & ROGERS, S.J. (2000). Autism spectrum
disorders. In J.L. Jacobson & A.M. Jacobson (Eds.), Psychiatric
secrets. Philadelphia : Hanley & Belfus. |
|
VAILLANT, G.E. (1962). John Haslam on early infantile
autism. THE American Journal of Psychiatry, 119,
376. |
STEVENS, M.C., FEIN, D.A., DUNN, M., ALLEN, D.,
WATERHOUSE, L.H., FEINSTEIN, C. & RAPIN, I. (2000).
Subgroups of children with autism by cluster analysis : a
longitudinal examination. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 39
(3), 346-352. |
|
FERSTER, C.B. & DEMYER, M. (1962). A method for the
experimental analysis of the behavior of autistic children
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 32, 89-98. |
DAWSON, G., OSTERLING, J., MELTZOFF, A.N. & KUHL, P.
(2000). Case study of the development of an infant with
autism from birth to two yars of age. Journal of
Applied Developmental Psychology, 21 (3), 299-313.
[PDF] |
|
WOLF, M.M., RISLEY, T.R. & MEES, H.L. (1964).
Application of operant conditioning procedures to the
behavior problems of an autistic child. Behaviour
Research Therapy, 1, 305-312. |
SMITH, T., GROEN, A.D. & WYNN, J.W. (2000). Randomized
trial of intensive early intervention for children with
pervasive developmental disorder. American Journal on
Mental Retardation, 105, 269-285. |
|
RIMLAND, B. (1964). Infantile autism : The syndrome
and its implication for a neural theory of behavior. New
York : Appleton Century-Crofts. |
SCHREIBMAN, L., WHALEN, C. & STAHMER, A.C. (2000). The
use of video priming to reduce distruptive transition
behavior in children with autism. Journal of Positive
Behavior Interventions, 2, 3-11. |
|
METZ, J.R. (1965). Conditioning generalized imitation in
autistic children. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 2, 389-399. |
MAWHOOD, L., HOWLIN, P. & RUTTER, M. (2000). Autism
and developmental receptive language disorder -- a
comparative follow-up in early adult life. I : Cognitive
and language outcomes. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 41, 547-559. |
|
SHERMAN, J.A. (1965). Use of reinforcement and imitation
effects to reinstate verbal behavior in mute psychotics. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 70, 155-164. |
O'LOUGHLIN, C. & THAGARD, P. (2000). Autism and
coherence : A computational model. Mind &
Language, 15, 375-392. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, G. (2001). Behavior analytic instruction for
learners with autism : Advances in stimulus control
technology. Focus on Autism & Other Developmental
Disabilities, 16, 72-85. |
|
|
KOEGEL, R.L., KOEGEL, L.K. & McNERNEY, E.K. (2001).
Pivotal areas in intervention for autism. Journal of
Clinical Child Psychology, 1, 19-32. |
|
KJELGAARD, M.M. & TASHER-FLUSBERG, H. (2001). An
investigation of language impairment in autism :
Implications for genetic subgroups. Language &
Cognitive Processes, 16 (2-3), 287-308. [PDF] |
|
ESBENSHADE, P. H. & ROSALES-RUIZ, J. (2001).
Programming common stimuli to promote generalized
question-asking : A case demonstration in a child with
autism. Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions,
3, 199-210. |
|
GREEN, G. (2001). Autism and “voodoo science” treatments.
Priorities for Health, 13, 27-32. |
|
HEWETT, F.M. (1965). Teaching speech to an autistic child
through operant conditioning. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 35, 927-936. |
STONE, W.L. & YODER, P.J. (2001). Predicting spoken
language level in children with autism spectrum disorders.
Autism, 5, 341-361. |
|
ROSENWASSER, B. & AXELROD, S. (2001). The
contributions of applied behavior analysis to the
education of people with autism. Behavior
Modification, 25, 671-677. [PDF] |
|
SUNDBERG, M.L. & MICHAEL, J. (2001). The benefits of
Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior for children with
autism. Behavior Modification, 5, 698-724. [PDF] |
|
FRITH, U. (2001). Mindblindness and the brain in autism. Neuron,
32, 969-979. |
|
WAHLBERG, T. & JORDAN, S. (2001). A case study in the
dynamics of autism. In T. Wahlberg, F. Obiakor & S.
Burkhardt (Eds.), Autism spectrum disorders :
Educational and clinical interventions (pp. 53-65).
Oxford, UK : Elsevier. |
|
LOVAAS, O.I., SCHAEFFER, B. & SIMMONS, J.Q. (1965).
Building social behavior in autistic children by use of
electric shock. Journal of Experimental Research in
Personality, 1, 99-109.
[PDF] |
BARON-COHEN, S. (2002). The extreme male brain theory of
autism. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 6, 248-254. |
|
METZ, J.R. (1965). Conditioning generalized imitation in
autistic children. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 2, 389-399. |
CICERO, F.R. & PFATD, A. (2002). Investigation of a
reinforcement-based toilet training procedure for children
with autism. Research in Developmental Disabilities,
23 (5), 319-331. [PDF] |
|
BRENNAN, L.C. & FEIN, D. (2002). Intensive behavioral
treatment for a toddler at high risk for autism. Behavior
Modification, 26, 69-102. |
|
BREGER, L. (1965). Comments on "Building social behavior
in autistic children by use of electric shock". Journal
of Experimental Research in Personality, 1,
110-113. |
MULICK, J.A. & BUTTER, E.M. (2002). Educational
advocacy for children with autism. Behavioral
Interventions, 17, 57-74. [PDF] |
|
HERBERT, J.D., SHARP, I.R. & GAUDIANO, B.A. (2002).
Separating fact from fiction in the etiology and treatment
of autism: A scientific review of the evidence. The
Scientific Review of Mental Health Practice, 1,
25-45. |
|
RISLEY, T.R. & WOLF, M.M. (1966). Experimental
manipulation of autistic behaviors and generalization into
the home. In R. Ulrich, T. Stachnik & J. Mabry (Eds.),
Control of human behavior. Glenview, IL : Scott,
Foresman. |
EIKESETH, S., SMITH, T., JAHR, E. & ELDEVICK, E.
(2002). Intensive behavioral treatment at school for 4- to
7-year-old children with autism : A 1-year comparison
controlled study. Behavior Modification, 26 (1),
49-68. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, G., BRENNAN, L.C. & FEIN, D. (2002). Intensive
behavioral treatment for a toddler at high risk for
autism. Behavior Modification, 26, 69-102. |
|
CASANOVA, M.F., BUXHOEVEDEN, D., SWITALA, A. & ROY, E.
(2002). Minicolumnar pathology in autism. Neurology,
58, 428-432. |
|
CHARMAN, T. & BAIRD, G. (2002). Practitioner review ;
diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder in 2 and 3 year old
children.Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry,
43. 289-305. |
|
MIGUEL, C.F., CARR, J.E. & MICHAEL, J. (2002). The
effects of a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure on the
vocal behavior of children diagnosed with autism. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 18, 3-13. [PDF] |
|
DAWSON, G., WEBB, S., SCHELLENBERG, G.D., DAGER, S.,
FRIEDMAN, S., AYLWARD, E. & RICHARDS, T. (2002).
Defining the broader phenotype of autism : genetic, brain,
and behavioral perspectives. Development &
Psychopathology, 14, 581–611. |
|
McCLANNAHAN, L.E., MacDUFF, G.S. & KRANTZ, P.J.
(2002). Behavior analysis and intervention for adults with
autism. Behavior Modification, 26, 9-27. [PDF] |
|
KUBINA, R.M., MORRISON, R. & LEE, D.L. (2002).
Benefits of adding precision teaching to behavioral
interventions for students with autism. Behavioral
Interventions, 17, 233-246. [PDF] |
|
SILVERMAN, J., SMITH, C., SCHMEIDLER, J., HOLLANDER, E.,
LAWLOR, B., FITZGERALD, M., BUXBAUM, J., DELANEY, K. &
GALVIN, P. (2002). Symptom domains in autism and related
conditions : Evidence for familiality. American
Journal of Medical Genetics, 114, 64-73. |
|
WETZEL, R., BAKER, J., RONEY, M. & MARTIN, M. (1966).
Outpatient treatment of autistic behavior. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 4, 169-177. |
BIBBY, P., EIKESETH, S., MARTIN, N., MUDFORD, O.C. &
REEVES, D. (2002). Progress and outcomes for children with
autism receiving parent-managed intensive interventions. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 23, 81-104. [PDF] |
|
LOTTER, V. (1966). Epidemiology of autistic conditions in
young children : I. Prevalence. Social Psychiatry, 1,
124-137. |
WILLIAMS, C., WRIGHT, B., CALLAGHAN, G. & COUGHLAN, B.
(2002). Do children with autism learn to read more readily
by computer assisted instruction or traditional book
methods ?: A pilot study. Autism, 6, 71-91. |
|
LOTTER, V. (1967). Epidemiology of autistic conditions in
young children : II. Some characteristics of the parents
and children. Social Psychiatry, 1, 163-173. |
JOSEPH, R. & TANAKA, J. (2002). Holistic and
part-based recognition in children with autism. Journal
of Child Psychiatry & Psychology, 43 (8),
1-14. [PDF] |
|
HERBERT, J.D. & BRANDSMA, L.L. (2002). Applied
behavior analysis for childhood autism : Does the emperor
have clothes ? The Behavior Analyst Today, 3 (1),
45-50. [PDF] |
|
WILLEMSEN-SWINKELS, S.H. & BUITELAAR, J.K. (2002). The
autistic spectrum : subgroups, boundaries, and treatment.
Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 25 (4),
811-836. |
|
SHABANI, D.B., KATZ, R.C., WILDER, D.A., BEAUCHAMP, K.,
TAYLOR, C.R. & FISCHER, K.J. (2002). Increasing social
initiations in children with autism : Effects of a tactile
prompt. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 35
(1), 79-83. [PDF] |
|
HINGTGEN, J.N., COULTER, S.K. & CHURCHILL, D.W.
(1967). Intensive reinforcement of imitative behavior in
mute autistic children. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 17, 36-43. |
TAKEUCHI, I.K., KUBOTA, H. & YAMAMOTO, J. (2002).
Intensive supervision for families conducting home-based
behavioral treatment for children with autism in Malaysia.
Japanese Journal of Special Education, 39, 155-164. |
|
WOLF, M.M, RISLEY, T.R., JOHNSTON, M, HARRIS, F. &
ALLEN, E. (1967). Application of operant conditioning
procedures to the behavior problems of an autistic child :
a follow-up and extension. Behavior Research &
Therapy, 5 (2), 103-111. |
WOLERY, M. & GARFINKLE, A.N. (2002). Measures in
intervention research with young children who have autism.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorder, 32,
463-478. |
|
|
SCHELL, R.E., STARK, J. & GIDDAN, J.J. (1967).
Development of language behavior in an autistic child. Journal
of Speech and Hearing Disorders, 32, 51-64. |
SMITH, T., LOVAAS, N.W. & LOVAAS, O.I. (2002).
Behavior of high-functioning children with autism and
their peers when placed with typically developing versus
delayed peers : A preliminary study. Behavioral
Interventions, 17, 1-15.
[PDF] |
|
McCONNELL, O.L. (1967). Control of eye contact in an
autistic child. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 8, 249-255. |
WYNN, J.W. & SMITH, T. (2003). Generalization between
receptive and expressive language in young children with
autism. Behavioral Interventions, 18 (4),
245-266. |
|
RISLEY, T.R. & WOLF, M.M. (1967). Establishing
functional speech in echolatic children. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 5, 73-88. |
AHEARN, W.H. (2003). Using simultaneous presentation to
increase vegetable consumption in a mildly selective child
with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36
(3), 361-365. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I., FREITAS, L., GUILANI, B.M., NELSON, K. &
WHALAEN, C. (1967). Building social and preschool
behaviors in schizophrenic and autistic children through
non-verbal mitation training. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 5, 171-181. |
LECLERC, R. et THURST, C. (2003). Applications du principe
de Premack par les parents d'un enfant autiste. Revue
Francophone de la Déficience Intellectuelle, 14 (2),
139-150. |
|
MURPHY, C., BARNES-HOLMES, D. & BARNES-HOLMES, Y.
(2003). Derived manding in children with autism :
synthesizing Skinner's Verbal Behavior with Relational
Frame Theory. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
38 (4), 445-462. [PDF] |
|
STEYN, B. & LE COUTEUR, A. (2003). Understanding
autism spectrum disorders. Current Paediatrics, 13,
274-278. [PDF] |
|
BETTELHEIM, B. (1967). The empty fortress : Infantile
autism and the birth of the self. New York : The
Free Press. |
BOTTING, N. & CONTI-RAMSDEN, G. (2003). Autism,
primary pragmatic difficulties, and specific language
impairment : can we distinguish them using
psycholinguistic markers ? Developmental Medicine
& Child Neurology, 8, 515-524. |
|
PETERSON, R.K. & PETERSON, L.R. (1968). The use of
positive reinforcement in the control of self-destructive
behaviorin a retarded boy. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 6, 351-360. |
CAMPBELL, J.M. (2003). Efficacy of behavioral
interventions for reducing problem behavior in persons
with autism : a quantitative synthesis of single-subject
research. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 24,
120-138. [PDF] |
|
VOLKMAR, F.R. & PAULS, D. (2003). Autism. Lancet,
362, 1133-1141. |
|
RUTTER, M. (1968). Concepts of autism : a review of
research. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 9, 1-25. |
GREENSPAN, S. & WIEDER, S. (2003). Engaging
autism : The floortime approach to helping children
relate, communicate and think. Perseus Books. |
|
KANNER, L. (1968). Infantile autism and the
schizophrenias. Psychiatric Digest, 29, 17-28. |
SIEGEL, B. (2003). Helping children with autism
learn. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
ROGERS, S.J., HEPBURN, S.L., STACKHOUSE, T. & WEHNER,
E.A. (2003). Imitation performance in toddlers with autism
and those with other developmental disorders. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 44, 763-781. |
|
ASPERGER, H. (1968). Zur differentialdiagnose des
kindlichen autismus. Acta paedopsychiatrica, 35, 136-145. |
FRITH, C.D. (2003). What do imaging studies tell us about
the neural basis of autism ? In E. Ruter (Ed.), Autism
: neural basis and treatment possibilities.
Novartis Foundation. Chichester, UK : Wiley. |
|
BOER, A.R. (1968). Application of a simple recording
system to the analysis of free-play behavior in autistic
children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1
(1), 335-340. [PDF] |
KOEGEL, R.L., KOEGEL, L.K. & BROOKMAN, L.I. (2003).
Empirically supported pivotal response interventions for
children with autism. In A.E. Kazdin & J.R. Weisz
(Eds.), Evidence-based psychotherapies for children
and adolescents (pp. 341-357). New York : Guilford
Press. |
|
MARTIN, G.L., ENGLAND., G, KAPROWY, E., KILGOUR, K. &
PILEK, V. (1968). Operant conditioning of
kindergarten-class behavior in autistic children.
Behavior Research & Therapy, 6 (3), 281-294. |
FABRIZIO, M.A. & MOORS, A.L. (2003). Evaluating
mastery : Measuring instructional outcomes for children
with autism. European Journal of Behavior Analysis,
4, 23-36. [PDF]
+ [LIRE] |
|
RISLEY, T.R. (1968). The effects and side effects of
punishing the autistic behaviors of a deviant child. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (1), 21-34. [PDF] |
FOMBONNE, E. (2003). The prevalence of autism. Journal
of Americam Medical Association, 289 (1), 87-89. [PDF] |
|
HVIID, A., STELLFELD, M., WOHLTFAHRT, J. & MELBYE, M.
(2003). Association between thimerosal-containing vaccines
and autism. Journal of the American Medical
Association, 290, 1763-1766. |
|
RIMLAND, B. (1968). On the objective diagnosis of
infantile autism. Acta Paedopsychiatrica, 35,
146-161. |
RAPIN, I. & DUNN, M. (2003). Update on the language
disorders of individuals on the autistic spectrum. Brain
& Development, 25 (3), 166-172. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. & SIMMONS, J.Q. (1969). Manipulation of
self-destructive in three retarded children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2 (3), 143-157. [PDF] |
KOEGEL, L.K., KOEGEL, R.L., FREA, W.D. &
GRENN-HOPKINS, I. (2003). Priming as a method of
coordinating educational services for students with
autism. Language, Speech & Hearing Services in
Schools, 34, 228-235. [PDF] |
|
FRITH, U. (1969). Emphasis and meaning in recall in normal
and autistic children. Language & Speech, 2, 29-38. |
KOEGEL, L.K., CARTER, C.M. & KOEGEL, R.L. (2003).
Teaching children with autism self-initiations as a
pivotal response. Topics in Language Disorders, 23, 134-145. |
|
RUTTER, M. (1970) Autistic children : infancy to
adulthood. Seminars in Psychiatry, 2, 435-450. |
HILL, E.L. & FRITH, U. (2003). Understanding autism :
insights from mind and brain. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society B : Biological
Sciences, 358 (1430), 281-289. [PDF] |
|
TREFFERT, D.A. (1970). Epidemiology of infantile autism. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 22, 431-438. |
SENÉCHAL, C., FORGET, J. et GIROUX, N. (2003). Les
programmes de type Lovaas et la réadaptation en autisme
infantile. Revue de Psychoéducation, 32 (1),
123-148. |
|
JENNETT, H.K., HARRIS, S.L. & MESIBOV, G.B. (2003).
Commitment to philosophy, teacher efficacy, and burnout
among teachersofchildrenwith autism. Journal of
Autism and Developmental Disorders, 33 (6),
583-593. |
|
STEHR-GREEN P., TULL P., STELLFELD M., MORTENSON P.B.
& SIMPSON D. (2003). Autism and thimerosal-containing
vaccines : Lack of consistent evidence for an association.
American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 25, 101-106. |
|
|
LOVAAS, O.I., LITROWNIK, A. & MANN, R. (1971).
Response latencies to auditory stimuli in autistic
children. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 9,
39-49. |
NICOLSON, R. & SZATMARI, P. (2003). Genetic and
neurodevelopmental influences in autistic disorder. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 48, 526-537. [PDF] |
|
KANNER, L. (1971). Follow-up study of eleven autistic
children originally reported in 1943. Journal of
Autism & Childhood Schizophrenia, 1 (2),
119-145. |
GERNSBACHER, M.A. (2003). Is one style of autism early
intervention "scientifically proven" ? Journal of
Developmental & Learning Disorders, 7, 19-25.
[PDF]
|
|
REHFELDT, R.A., LATIMER, D. & STOMER, R.J. (2003).
Observational learning and the formation of classes of
reading skills by individuals with autism and other
developmental disabilities. Research in Developmental
Disabilities, 24, 333-358. |
|
YAMAZAKI, K., YAMASHITA, I., SUWA, N., KURODA, T.,
IWAHUCHI, J., IMAMURA, S., MIYAMOTO, M., FUJINO, T., ITO,
N. & SUGAY, K. (1971). Survey on the morbidity rate of
"autistic children" in the Hokkaido district. Japanese
Journal of Child Psychiatry, 12, 141-149. |
WEISS, J. (2003). Self-injurious behaviours in autism : A
literature review. Journal on Developmental
Disabilities, 9 (2), 129-143.
[PDF] |
|
CHESS, S. (1971). Autism in children
with congenital rubella. Journal of Autism &
Childhood Schizophrenia, 1, 33-47. |
KERR, K.P., SMYTH, P. & McDOWELL, C. (2003). Precision
teaching with autism : Helping design effective
programmes. Early Child Development & Care, 17,
399-410. |
|
BROWNING, R.M. (1971). Treatment
effects of a total behavior modification program with five
autistic children.Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 9, 319-327. |
ROGERS, S. (2004). Developmental regression in autism
spectrum disorders. Mental Retardation and
Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews, 10,
139-143. |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (1971). Stimulus over-
selectivity of autistic children in a two stimulus
situation. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 2,
305-310. |
LANDRY, R. & BRYSON, S.E. (2004). Impaired
disengagement of attention in young children with autism.
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 45
(6), 1115-1122. |
|
KOLVIN, I. (1971). Psychoses in childhood : a comparative
study. In M. Rutter (Ed.), Infantile autism :
concepts, characteristics and treatment (pp.
7-26). Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone. |
DAWSON, G., TOTH, K., ABBOTT, R., OSTERLING, J., MUNSON,
J., ESTES, A. & LIAW, J. (2004). Early social
attention impairments in autism : social orienting, joint
attention, and attention to distress. Developmental
Psychology, 40, 271–283. |
|
LOVAAS, O.I., SCHREIBMAN, L., KOEGEL, R. & REHM, R.
(1971). Selective responding by autistic children to
multiple sensory input. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 77, 211-222. |
GOODWIN, M.S., CONSIDINE, S., GRODEN, J., BARON, M.G.,
GRODEN, G., VELICER, W.F., LIPSITT, L.P. & HOFMANN,
S.H. (2004). Exploring heart rate responses to
stereotypical behavior in an individual with autism. Autism
& Related Developmental Disabilities Newsletter, 20,
1-4. |
|
SAILOR, W. & TAMAN, T. (1972). Stimulus factors in the
training of prepositional usage in three autistic
children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5
(2), 183-192. [PDF] |
STOELB, M., YARNAL, R., MILES, J., TAKAHASHI, T.N.,
FARMER, J.E. & McCATHERN, R.B. (2004). Predicting
responsiveness to treatment of children with autism. Focus
on Autism & other Developmental Disabilities, 19
(2), 66. |
|
WOFF, S. (2004). The history of autism. European Child
& Adolescent, 13, 201-208. [PDF] |
|
HINTGEN J.N. & BRYSON, C.Q. (1972). Recent
developments in the study of early childhood psychoses :
Infantile autism, childhood schizophrenia, and related
disorders. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 5, 8-54. |
ESCH, E.B. & CARR, E.G. (2004). Secretin as a
treatment for autism : A review of the evidence. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 34,
543-556. |
|
FRITH, U. (1972). Cognitive mechanisms in autism :
experiments with color and tone sequence production. Journal
of Autism & Childhood Schizophrenia, 2 (2),
160-173. |
KERN-KOEGEL, L. & LAZEBNIK, C. (2004). Overcoming
autism. New York : Penguin Publishing. |
|
|
MUHLE, R., TRENTACOSTE, S.V. & RAPIN, I. (2004). The
genetics of autism. Pediatrics, 113 (5),
472-486. [PDF] |
|
BARTAK, K.L. & RUTTER, M. (1973). Special educational
treatment of autistic children : a comparative study. II.
Follow-up find- ings and implications for services. Journal
of Child Psychol Psychiatry, 14 (3), 241-270. |
MALOTT, R.W. (2004). Autistic behavior, behavior analysis,
and the gene. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 20, 31-36.
[PDF] |
|
HAQ, I. & LE COUTEUR, A. (2004). Autism spectrum
disorder. Medicine, 32 (8), 61-63. |
|
NODQUIST, V.M. & WAHLER, R.G. (1973). Naturalistic
treatment of an autistic child. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 6 (1), 79-87. [PDF] |
CANADIAN PEADIATRIC SOCIETY (2004). Early intervention for
children with autism. Paediatric Child Health, 9
(4), 267-270. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I., KOEGEL, R., SIMMONS, J.Q. & LONG, J.S.
(1973). Some generalization and follow-up measures on
autistic children in behavior therapy. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 6, 131-166. [PDF] |
SUNDBERG, M.L. (2004). The search for the etiology of
autism. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 20, 3-4.
[PDF] |
|
KOEGEL, R.L, FIRESTONE, P.B., KRAMME, K.W. & DUNLAP,
G. (1974). Increasing spontaneous play by suppressing
self-stimulation in autistic children. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 7, 521-528. [PDF] |
CLARK, K.M. & GREEN, G. (2004). Comparison of two
procedures for teaching dictated-word/symbol relations to
learners with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 37 (4), 503-507. [PDF] |
|
MESIBOV, G.B., SHEA, V. & SCHOPLER, E. (2004). The
TEACCH approach to autism spectrum disorders. New
York : Plenum. |
|
MESIBOV, G.B. & SHEA, V. (2004). The culture of
autism : From theoretical understanding to educational
practice. In Structured teaching : The TEACCH approach
to working with autism. New York : Plenum. |
|
ISAEV, D.N. & KAGAN, V.E. (1974). Autistic syndromes
in children and adolescents. Acta Paedopsychiatrica,
40, 182-190. |
LERMAN, D.C., VORNDRAN, C.M., ADDISON, L. & KUHN, S.C.
(2004). A rapid assessment of skills in young children
with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 37
(1), 11-26. [PDF] |
|
MUHLE, R., TENTACOSTA, S.V. & RAPIN, I. (2004). The
genetics of autism. Pediatrics, 113 (5), 472-486. |
|
OZONOFF, S., COOK, H., COON, H., DAWSON, G., JOSEPH, R.M.,
KLIN, A., MCMAHON, W.M., MINSHEW, N., MUNSON, J.A.,
PENNINGTON, B.F., ROGERS, S.J., SPENCE, A.,
TAGER-FLUSBERG, H., VOLKMAR, F.R. & WRATHALL, D.
(2004). Performance on Cambridge Neuropsychological Test
Automated Battery Subtests sensitive to frontal lobe
function in people with autistic disorder : Evidence from
the collaborative programs of Excellence in Autism
Network. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 34 (2), 139-150. [PDF]
|
|
VOLKMAR, F.R., LORD, C., BAILEY, A., SCHULTZ, R.T. &
KLIN, A. (2004). Autism and pervasive developmental
disorders. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 45 (1), 135-170. |
|
GREENBERG, J.S., SELTZER, M.M., KRAUSS, M.W., CHOU, R.J.A.
& HONG, J (2004). The effect of quality of the
relationship between mothers and adult children with
schizophrenia, autism, or Down syndrome on maternal
well-being : The mediating role of optimism. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 74 (1), 14-25. |
|
JONES, F.H. (1974). An extinction procedure for
eliminating self-destructive behavior in a 9-year-old
autistic girl. Journal of Autism & Childhood
Schizophrenia, 4 (3), 241-250. |
ZAMBOLIN, K., FABRIZIO, M.A. & ISLEY, S. (2004).
Teaching a child with autism to answer informational
questions using precision teaching. Journal of
Precision Teaching & Celeration, 20 (1), 22-25.
[PDF] |
|
FREEMAN, B.J., RITVO, E. & MILER, R. (1975). An
operant procedure to teach an echolalic, autistic child to
answer questions apropriately. Journal of Autism
& Chilhood Schizophrenia, 5, 169-176. |
WARREYN, P., ROEYERS, H., PEENE N. & DE GROOTE, I.
(2004). Do early social-communicative abilities predict
later perspective-taking in autism ? A 3-year follow-up
study. Journal of Cognitive & Behavioral
Psychotherapies, 6, 131-148. |
|
RINCOVER, A. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1975). Setting generality
and stimulus control in autistic children. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 8 (3), 235-246. [PDF] |
HALL, G.A. (2004). Towards a balanced account of autism
etiology. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 20, 37-43.
[PDF] |
|
RICKS, D.M. & WING, L. (1975). Language,
communication, and the use of symbols in normal and
autistic children. Journal of Autism & Childhood
Schizophrenia, 5, 191-222. |
DRASH, P.W. & TUDOR, R.M. (2004). An analysis of
autism as a contingency-shaped disorder of verbal
behavior. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 20,
5-23. [PDF] |
|
MELTZER, D. (1975/2004). Explorations in autism : a
psychoanalytic study. Perthshire: Clunie Press. /
Explorations dans le monde de l'autisme. Paris : Payot. |
LEMAY, M. (2004). L'autisme aujourd'hui. Paris :
Odile Jacob. |
|
KOEGEL, R.L & RINCOVER, A. (1976). Some detrimental
effects of using extra stimuli to guide learning in normal
and autistic children. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 4, 59-71. |
GOLDSMITH, T.R. & LEBLANC, L.A. (2004). Use of
technology in interventions for children with autism. Journal
of Early & Intensive Behavior Intervention, 1 (2),
166-178. |
|
FREEMAN, B.J. (1976). Evaluating autistic children. Journal
of Pediatric Psychology, 1, 18-21. |
LERMAN, D.C., VORNDRAN, C.M., ADDISON, L. & KUHN, S.C.
(2004). Preparing teachers in evidence-based practices for
young children with autism. School Psychology Review,
33, 510-526. [PDF] |
|
CARR, E.G., NEWSON, C.D. & BINKOF, J.A. (1976).
Stimulus control of self-destructive behavior in a
psychotic child. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 4, 139-153. |
SUNDBERG, M.L. (2004). The search for the etiology of
autism. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 20,
3-4. |
|
LICHSTEIN, K.L. & SCHEIBRAM, L. (1976). Employing
electric shock with autistic children. A review of the
side effects. Journal of Autism & Childhood
Schizophrenia, 6, 163-173. |
HIXSON, M.D. (2004). Autism as a contingency-shaped
disorder of verbal behavior : Evidence obtained and
evidence needed. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 20,
49-53. [PDF] |
|
ORNITZ, E.M. & RITVO, E. (1976). The syndrome of
autism : A critical review. The American Journal of
Psychiatry, 133, 609-621. |
CHOTKA, CM., DOLOUGHY, P.T. & ZIRKEL, P.A. (2004). The
"discrete trials" of applied behavior analysis for
children with autism : outcome-related factors in the case
law. The Journal of the Special Education, 38 (2),
95-104. |
|
KOEGEL, R.L. & RINCOVER, A. (1976). Some detrimental
effects of using extra stimuli to guide responding in
autistic and normal children. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psychology, 4, 59-71. |
GERNSBACHER, M.A. & FRYMIARE, J.L. (2005). Does the
autistic brain lack core modules ? Journal of
Developmental & Learning Disorders, 9, 3-16. [PDF] |
|
|
BARTAK, L. & RUTTER, M. (1976). Differences between
mentally retarded and normally intelligent autistic
children. Journal of Autism & Childhood
Schizophrenia 6, 109-120. |
PEYTON, R.T., LINDAUER, S.E. & RICHMAN, D.M. (2005).
The effects of directive and nondirective prompts on
noncompliant vocal behavior exhibited by a child with
autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 38
(2), 251-255. [PDF] |
|
FOLSTEIN, L. & RUTTER, M. (1976). Infantile autism: a
genetic study of 21 twin pairs. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry 18, 291-321. |
RUTTER, M. (2005). Aetiology of autism : findings and
questions. Journal of Intellectual Disability
Research, 49 (4), 231-238. |
|
ALVAREZ, A. (1977). Problems of dependence and development
in an excessively passive autistic boy. Journal of
Child Psychotherapy, 4 (3), 25-46. |
HOWARD, J.S., SPARKMAN, C.R., COHEN, H.G., GREEN, G. &
STANISLAW, H. (2005). A comparison of intensive behavior
analytic and eclectic treatments for young children with
autism. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 26,
359-383. |
|
ZWAIGENBAUM, L., BRYSON, S., ROGERS, T., ROBERTS, W.,
BRIAN, J. & SZATMARI, P. (2005). Behavioural
manifestations of autism in the first year of life. International
Journal of Neuroscience, 23, 143-152. |
SIMPSON, R.L. (2005). Evidence-based practices and
students with autism spectrum disorders. Focus on
Autism & Other Developmental Disabilities, 20
(3), 140-149. [PDF] |
|
KOEGEL, R.L., RUSSO, D.C. & RINCOVER, A. (1977).
Assessing and training teachers in the generalized use of
behavior modification with autistic children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (2), 197-205. [PDF] |
CORSELLO, C.M. (2005). Early intervention in autism. Infants
& Young Children, 18 (2), 74-85. [PDF] |
|
MATSON, J.L. (1977). Simple correction for treating an
autistic boy's encopresis. Psychological Reports, 41,
802. [LIRE] |
DAWSON, G., WEBB, S.J. & McPARTLAND, S.J. (2005).
Understanding the nature of face processing impairment in
autism : insights from behavioral and electrophysiological
studies. Developmental Neuropsychology, 27 (3),
403-424. |
|
RUSSO, D.C. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1977). A method for
integrating an autistic child into a normal public-school
classroom. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (4),
579-590. [PDF] |
FOMBONNE, E. (2005). The changing epidemiology of autism.
Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual
Disabilities, 18, 281-294. |
|
AUGUSTYN, P.R., KLIN, A. & VOLKMAR, F.R. (2005).
Perception and production of prosody by speakers with
autism spectrum disorders. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 35 (2), 205-220. |
|
RINCOVER, A. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1977). Classroom
treatment of autistic children : II. Individualized
instruction in a group. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 5 (2), 113-126. |
GERNSBACHER, M.A., DAWSON, M. & GOLDSMITH, H.H.
(2005). Three reasons not to believe in an autism
epidemic. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 14, 55-58. [PDF] |
|
FOLSTEIN, S. & RUTTER, M. (1977). Genetic influences
and infantile autism. Nature, 65, 726-728. |
KUBINA, R.M. & WOLFE, P.S. (2005). Potential
applications of behavioral fluency for students with
autism. Exceptionality, 13, 35-44. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. (1977). The autistic child : Language
development through behavior modification. New York
: Irvington. |
GRODEN, J., GOODWIN, M.S., BARON, M.G., GRODEN, G,
VELICER, W.F., LIPSITT, L.P., HHOFMANN, S.H. &
PLUMMER, B. (2005). Assessing cardiovascular responses to
stressors in individuals with autism and other
developmental disabilities. Focus on Autism &
Other Developmental Disabilities, 20, 244-252. |
|
FOXX, R.M. (1977). Attention training : The use of
overcorrection avoidance to increase the eye contact of
autistic and retarded children. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 10 (4), 489-499.
[PDF] |
WILIAMS, K., MELLIS, C. & PEAT, J.K. (2005). Incidence
and prevalence of autism. Advances in Speech-Language
Pathology, 7, 31-40. |
|
RINCOVER, A. & NEWSOM, C.D. (1978). The relative
motivational properties of sensory and edible reinforcers
in teaching autistic children. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 18 (3), 237-248. [PDF] |
SCIUTTO, M.J. & CANTWELL, C. (2005). Factors
influencing the differential diagnosis of Asperger's
disorder and autism. Journal of Developmental &
Physical Disabilities, 17, 345-359. |
|
RUTTER, M. (1978). Diagnosis and definition of childhood
autism. Journal of Autism & Childhood
Schizophrenia, 8, 138-161. |
ZWAIGENBAUM, L., BRYSON, S., ROGERS, T., ROBERTS, W.,
BRIAN, J. & SZATMARI, P. (2005). Behavioral
manifestations of autism in the first year of life.
International Journal of Developmental Neuroscience, 23
(2-3), 143-152. [PDF] |
|
DAMASIO, A.R. & MAURER, R.G. (1978). A neurological
model for childhood autism. Archives of Neurology,
35, 777-786. |
SIMPSON, R.L. (2005). Evidence-based practices and
students with autism spectrum disorders. Focus on
Autism & Other Developmental Disabilities, 20
(3), 140-149. [PDF] |
|
STRAIN, P.S., KERR, M.M. & RAGLAND, E.U. (1979).
Effects of peer-mediated social initiations and
prompting/reinforcement procedures on the social behavior
of autistic children. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 9 (1), 41-54. |
OBERMAN, L.M., HUBBARD, E.M., McCLEERY, J.P., ALTSCHULER,
E.L. & RAMACHADRAN, V.S. (2005). EEG evidence for
mirror neuron dysfunction in autism spectrum disorders. Cognitive
Brain Research, 24 (2), 190-198. [PDF] |
|
DAWSON, G., WEBB S.J. & McPARTLAND, J. (2005).
Understanding the nature of face processing impairment in
autism: insights from behavioral and electrophysiological
studies. Developmental Neuropsychology, 27,
403–424. |
|
LOVAAS, O.I., KOEGEL, R.L. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (1979).
Stimulus overselectivity in autism : a review of research.
Psychological Bulletin, 86 (6), 1236-1254. |
ESCH, B.E., CARR, J.E. & MICHAEL, J. (2005).
Evaluating stimulus-stimulus pairing and direct
reinforcement in the establishment of an echoic repertoire
of children diagnosed with autism. The Analysis of
Verbal Behavior, 21, 43-58. [PDF] |
|
DEMYER, M. (1979). Parents and children in autism. Winston
: Washington. |
SIGMAN, M. & McGOVERN, C.W. (2005). Improvement in
cognitive and language skills from preschool to
adolescence in autism. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 35 (1), 15-23. |
|
KOEGEL, R.L. & EGEL. A.L. (1979). Motivating autistic
children. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 88,
418-426. |
LEBLANC, L.A., CARR, J.E., CROSSETT, S.E., BENNETT, C.M.
& DETWELILER, D.D. (2005). Intensive outpatient
behavioral treatment of primary urinary incontinence of
children with autism. Focus on Autism & other
Developmental Disabilities, 20 (2), 98-105.
[PDF] |
|
WING, L. & GOULD, J. (1979). Severe impairments of
social interaction and associated abnormalities in
children : epidemiology and classification. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders 9, 11-29. |
INGERSOLL, B., DVORTCSAK, A., WHALEN, C. & SIKORA, D.
(2005). The effect of a developmental, social pragmatic
language intervention on expressive language skills in
young children with autism spectrum disorders. Focus
on Autism & Other Developmental Disabilities, 20, 213-222. |
|
ASPERGER, H. (1979). Problems of infantile autism. Communication,
13, 45-52. |
BARON-COHEN, S., KNICKMEYER, R. & BELMONTE, M (2005).
Sex differences in the brain : implications for explaining
autism. Science, 310, 819-823.
[PDF] |
|
VARNI, J.W., LOVAAS, O.I., KOEGEL, R.L. & EVERETT,
N.L. (1979). An analysis of observational learning in
autistic and normal children. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psycholology, 7 (1), 31-43. |
BARBERA, M.L. & KUBINA, R.M. (2005). Using transfer
procedures to teach tacts to a child with autism. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 21, 155-161. [PDF] |
|
STRAIN, P.S., KERR, M.M. & RAGLAND, E.U. (1979).
Effects of peer-mediated social initiations and prompt
reinforcement procedures on the social behavior of
autistic children. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 9, 41-54. |
SHERER, M.R. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (2005). Individual
behavioral profiles and predictors of treatment
effectiveness for children with autism. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 73 (3),
525-538. [PDF] |
|
GILLBERG, C. (1980). Maternal age and infantile autism. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 10, 293-297. |
GERNBASCHER, M.A. & FRYMIARE, J. (2005). Does the
autistic brain lack core modules ? Journal of
Developmental & Learning Disorders, 9, 3-16. |
|
DUNLAP, G. & KOEGEL, R.L. & EGEL, A.L. (1980).
Motivating autistic children through stimulus variation. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 13 (4), 619-627. [PDF] |
LORD, C., WAGNER, A., ROGERS, S., SZATMARI, P., AMAN, M.,
CHARMAN, T., DAWSON, G., DURAND, V.M., GROSSMAN, L.,
GUTHRIE, D., HARRIS, S., KASARI, C., MARCUS, L., MURPHY,
S., ODOM, S., PICKLES, A., SCAHILL, L., SHAW, E., SIEGEL,
E., SIGMAN, M., STONE, W., SMITH, T. & YODER, P.
(2005). Challenges in evaluating interventions for autism
spectrum disorders. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 35 (6), 695-708. |
|
|
WING, L. (1980). Sex ratios in early childhood autism and
related conditions. Psychiatry Research, 5,
129-137. |
WING, L. (2005). Reflections on opening Pandora's box. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 35 (2),
197-203. [PDF] |
|
EGEL, A.L. (1980). The effects of constant vs. varied
reinforcer presentation on responding by autistic
children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
30, 455-463. |
GERNSBACHER, M.A., DAWSON, M. & GOLDSMITH, H.H.
(2005). Three reasons not to believe in an autism
epidemic. Current Directions in Psyhological Science,
14, 55-58. [PDF]
|
|
WING, L. (1980). Childhood autism and social class : a
question of selection ? British Journal of
Psychiatry, 137, 410-417. |
DAWSON, G., WEBB, S.J. & McPARTLAND, J. (2005).
Understanding the nature of face processing impairment in
autism : insights from behavioral and electrophysiological
studies. Developmental Neuropsychology, 27, 403-424.
[PDF] |
|
KOEGEL, R.L., DUNLAP, G. & DYER, K. (1980). Intertrial
interval duration and learning in autistic children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 13 (1), 91-93. [PDF] |
HOWARD, J.S., SPARKMAN, C.R., COHEN, H.G., GREEN, G. &
STANISLAW, H. (2005). A comparison of intensive behavior
analytic and eclectic treatments for young children with
autism. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 26, 359-383.
[PDF] |
|
FAY, W.H. & SCHULER, A.L. (1980). Emerging
language in autistic children. Baltimore :
University Park Press. |
SHERER, M.R. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (2005). Individual
behavioral profiles and predictors of treatment
effectiveness for children with autism. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 73 (3),
525-538. [PDF] |
|
DUNLAP, G. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1980). Stimulus variation
and motivation in autistic children. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 13, 619-627. [PDF] |
MURPHY, C., BARNES-HOLMES, D. & BARNES-HOLMES, Y.
(2005). Derived manding in children with autism :
Synthesizing Skinner's verbal behavior with relational
frame theory. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 8
(4), 445-462. [PDF] |
|
TAGER-FLUSHBERG, H. (1981). On the nature of linguistic
functioning in early infantile autism. Journal of
Autism and Developmental Disorders 11, 45-56. |
SALLOWS, G.O. & GRAUPNER, T.D. (2005). Intensive
behavioral treatment for children with autism : Four-year
outcome and predictors. American Journal on Mental
Retardation, 110 (2), 417-438. [PDF] |
|
WITT, M.D. & SCHREIBMAN, L.L. (1981).
Stimulus-specific reinforcement in the acquisition of
receptive labels by autistic children. Analysis and
Intervention in Developmental Disabilities, 1,
171-186. |
NORBURY, C.F. (2005). The relationship between theory of
mind and metaphor : Evidence from children with language
impairment and autistic spectrum disorder. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 23, 383-399. |
|
FREEMAN, B.J., RITVO, E.R., SCHROTH, P.C., TONICK, I.,
GUTHRIE, D. & WAKE, L. (1981). Behavioral
characteristics of high and low-IQ autistic children. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 138, 25-29. |
SIGMAN, M. et SPENCE, S.J. (2005). L'autisme et son impact
sur le développement des jeunes enfants. In R.E. Tremblay,
R.G. Barr, RDeV Peters (Eds.), Encyclopédie sur le
développement des jeunes enfants (p 1-6). Montréal,
Québec : Centre d'excellence pour le développement des
jeunes enfants.
[PDF] |
|
WING, L. (1981). Asperger syndrome : a clinical account. Journal
of Psychological Medicine, 11, 115-129. [LIRE] |
SALLOWS, G.O. & GRAUPNER, T.D. (2005). Intensive
behavioral treatment for children with autism : Four-year
outcome and predictors. American Journal on Mental
Retardation, 110 (2), 417-438. [PDF] |
|
SCHREIBMAN, L., KOEGEL, R.L., MILLS, J.I. & BURKE,
J.C. (1981). Social validation of behavior therapy with
autistic children. Behavior Therapy, 12, 610-624. |
OZONOFF, S., GOODLIN-JONES, B.L. & SOLOMON, M. (2005).
Evidence-based assessment of autism spectrum disorders in
children and adolescents. Journal of Clinical Child
& Adolescent Psychology, 34, 523-540. |
|
EGEL, A.L., RICHMAN, G.S. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1981).
Normal peer models and autistic children's learning. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 14 (1), 3-12. [PDF] |
HOWARD, J.S., SPARKMAN, C.R., COHEN, H.G., GREEN, G. &
STANISLAW, H. (2005). A comparison of intensive behavior
analytic and eclectic treatments for young children with
autism. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 26, 359-383. |
|
DUNLAP, G., KOEGEL, R.L. & BURKE, J.C. (1981).
Educational implications of stimulus overselectivity in
autistic children. Exceptional Education Quarterly, 2
(3), 37-49. |
SCHREIBMAN, L. (2005). The science and fiction of
austism. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
|
EGEL, A.L. (1981). Reinforcer variation : Implication for
motivating developmentally disabled children, Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 14 (3), 345-350. [PDF] |
YI, J.I., CHRISTIAN, L., VITTIMBERGA, G. & LOWENKRON,
B. (2006). Generalized negatively reinforced manding in
children with autism. The Analysis of Verbal
Behavior, 22, 21-33. [PDF] |
|
HARRIS, S.L., WOLCHIK, S.A & WEITZ, S. (1981). The
acquisition oflanguage skilsby autistic children : Can
parents do the job ? Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 11, 373-384. |
WHALEN, C. & SCHREIBMAN, L. & INGERSOLL, B.
(2006). The collateral effects of joint attention training
on social initiations, positive affect, imitation, and
spontaneous speech for young children with autism.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 36
(5), 655-664. [PDF] |
|
SCHOPLER, E., MESIBOV, G.B. & BAKER, A. (1982).
Evaluation of treatment for autistic children and their
parents. Journal of the American Academy of Child
Psychiatry, 21, 262-267. |
LEBLANC, L.A., ESCH, J., SIDENER, T.M. & FIRTH, A.M.
(2006). Behavioral language interventions for children
with autism : Comparing applied verbal behavior and
naturalistic teaching approaches. The Analysis of
Verbal Behavior, 22 (1), 49-60. [PDF] |
|
McCLANNAHAN, L.E., KRANTZ, P.J. & McGEE, G.G. (1982).
Parentsas therapists for autistic children : A model for
effective parent training. Analysis and Intervention
in Developmental Disabilities, 2, 223-252. |
ROGERS, S. & OZONOFF, S. (2005). Annotation : What do
we know about sensory dysfunction in autism ? A critical
review of the empirical evidence. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 46, 1255-1268. |
|
DAWSON, G., WARRENBURG, S. & FULLER, P. (1982).
Cerebral lateralization in individuals diagnosed as
autistic in early childhood. Brain & Language,
15, 353-368. |
CLARK, E., TUESDAY-HEATFIELD, L., OLYMPIA, D. &
JENSON, W. (2006). Empirically based interventions for
children with autism. In J. Farmer, J. Donders & S.
Warschausky (Eds.), Treating neurodevelopmental
disabilities : Clinical research and practice. New
York : Guilford Press. |
|
GILLBERG, C. & SCHAUMANN, H. (1982). Social class and
infantile autism. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 12, 223-228. |
YI, J.I., CHRISTIAN, L., VITTIMBERGA, G. & LOWENKRON,
B. (2006). Generalized negatively reinforced manding in
children with autism. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior,
22, 21-33. [PDF] |
|
FOXX, R.M. (1982). Decreasing behaviors of persons
with severe retardation and autism. Champaign :
Research Press. |
GROSSBERG, S. & SEIDMAN, D. (2006). Neural dynamics of
autistic behaviors : Cognitive, emotional, and timing
substrates. Psychological Review, 113 (3),
483-525. [PDF] |
|
FOXX, R.M. (1982). Increasing behaviors of persons
with Severe retardation and autism. Champaign :
Research Press. |
KROEGER, K.A. & NELSON, W.M. (2006). A language
programme to increase the verbal production of a child
dually diagnosed with Down Syndrome and autism.
Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 50, 101-108. |
|
MURPHY, G. (1982). Sensory reinforcement in the mentally
handicapped and autistic child : A review. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 12, 265-278. |
GOODWIN, M.S., GRODEN, J., VELICER W. F., LIPSITT, L.P.,
BARON, M.G., HOFMANN, S.G. & GRODEN, G. (2006).
Validating the Stress Survey Schedule for Persons With
autism and other developmental disabilities. Focus on
Autism & other Developmental Disabilities, 22
(3), 183-189. |
|
GROSSBERG, S. & SEIDMAN, D. (2006). Neural dynamics of
autistic behaviors: Cognitive, emotional, and timing
substrates. Psychological Review, 113, 483-525. |
|
KERN, L., KOEGEL, R.L., DYER, K., BLEW, P.A. & FENTON,
L.R. (1982). The effects of physical exercise on
self-stimulation and appropriate responding in autistic
children. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 4, 399-419. |
ELDEVIK, S., EIKESETH, S., JAHR, E. & SMITH, T.
(2006). Effects of low-intensity behavioral treatment for
children with autism and mental retardation. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 36 (2),
211-224. |
|
TARBOX, R.S.F., GHEZZI, P.M. & WILSON, G. (2006). The
effects of token reinforcement on attending in a young
child with autism. Behavioral Interventions, 21,
155-164. |
|
WIMMER, H. & PERNER, J. (1983). Beliefs about beliefs
: Representation and constraining function of wrong
beliefs in young children's understanding of deception. Cognition, 13 (1), 103-128. [PDF] |
CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL (2006). Parental report of
diagnosed autism in children aged 4-17 years; United
States, 2003-2004. Morbidity & Mortality Weekly
Report, 55, 481-486. |
|
|
CHARLOP, M.E. (1983). The effects of echolalia on acqui-
sition and generalization of receptive labeling in
autistic children. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 16 (1), 111-126. [PDF] |
LONGANO, J.M. & GREER, R.D. (2006). The effects of
stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure on acquisition of
conditioned reinforcement on observing and manipulating
stimuli by young children with autism. Journal of
Early & Intensive Behavior Intervention, 3 (1),
62-80. [PDF] |
|
RUTTER, M. (1983). Cognitive deficits in the pathogenesis
of autism. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 24, 513-531. |
CANITANO, R. (2006). Self injurious behavior in autism :
clinical aspects and treatment with risperidone.
Journal of Neural Transmission, 113 (3), 425-431. |
|
STRAIN, P.S. (1983). Generalization of autistic children's
social behavior change : effects of developmentally
integrated and segregated settings. Analysis &
Intervention in Developmental Disabilities, 3,
23-34 |
YODER, P. (2006). Predicting lexical diversity growth rate
in young children with autism spectrum disorders.
American Journal of Speech-Language Pathology, 15, 378-388. |
|
BACHEVALIER, J. & LOVELAND, K.A. (2006). The orbito-
frontal-amygdala circuit and self-regulation of
social-emotional behavior in autism. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 30 (1), 97-117. |
|
LORD, C., RISI, S., DILAVORE, P.S., SHULMAN, C., THURM, A.
& PICKELS. A. (2006). Autism from 2 to 9 years of age.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 63 (6), 694-701. |
|
McGEE, G.G., KRANTZ, P.J., MASON, D. & McLANNAHAN,
L.E. (1983). A modified incidental-teaching procedure for
autistic youth: Acquisition and generalization of
receptive object labels. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 16 (3), 329-338.
[PDF] |
SICILE-KIRA, C. (2006). Adolescents on the autism
spectrum. New York : Berkley Publishing Group. |
|
FRITH, U. & SNOWLING, M. (1983). Reading for meaning
and reading for sound in autistic and dyslexic children. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 1, (4),
329-342. |
WHEELER, J.J., BAGGETT, B.A., FOX, J. & BLEVINS, L.
(2006). Treatment integrity : A review of intervention
studies conducted with children with autism. Focus on
Autism & Other Developmental Disabilities, 21 (1),
45-54. [PDF] |
|
ELFERT, M. & MIRENDA, P. (2006). The experiences of
behavior interventionists who work with children with
autism in families' homes. SAGE Publications &
The National Autistic Society, 10 (6) 577-591. [PDF] |
|
DUNLAP, G., DYER, K. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1983). Autistic
self-stimulation and intertrial interval duration. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 2, 194-202. |
TURNER, L., STONE, W., POZDOL, S.L. & COONROD, E.
(2006). Follow-up of children with autism spectrum
disorders from age 2 to age 9. Autism, 10,243-265. |
|
GILLBERG, C. (1984). Infantile autism and other childhood
psychoses in a Swedish urban region : Epidemiological
aspects. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 25, 35-43. |
BLACKEDGE, J.T. & HAYES, S.C. (2006). Using Acceptance
and Commitment Training in the support of parents of
children diagnosed with autism. Child & Family
Behavior Therapy, 28, 1-18. |
|
GOODWIN, M.S., GRODEN, J., VELICER W. F., LIPSITT, L.P.,
BARON, M.G., HOFMANN, S.G. & GRODEN, G. (2006).
Cardiovascular arousal in individuals with autism. Focus
on Autism & Other Developmental Disabilities, 21,
100-123. |
|
DAWSON, G. & McKISSICK, F.C. (1984). Self-recognition
in autistic children. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 14, 383-394. |
SINHA, Y., SILOVE, N., WHEELER, D. & WILLIAMS, K.
(2006). Auditory integration training and other sound
therapies for autism spectrum disorders : a systematic
review. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 91
(12), 1018-1022. [PDF] |
|
SIGMAN, M. & UNGERER, J. (1984) Cognitive and language
skills in autistic mentally retarded and normal children.
Developmental Psychology, 20, 293-302. |
YI, J.I., CHRISTIAN, L., VITTIMBERGA, G. & LOWENKRON,
B. (2006). Generalized negatively reinforced manding in
children with autism. The Analysis of Verbal
Behavior, 22, 21-33. [PDF] |
|
DUNLAP, G. (1984). The influence of task variance and
maintenance tasks on the learning and affect of autistic
children. The Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 37, 41-64. |
KATES-McERATH, K. & AXELROD, S. (2006). Behavioral
interventional for autism. A distinction between two
behavioral approaches. The Behavior Analyst Today, 7
(2), 242-252. |
|
McCARTHY, P., FITGERAALD, M. & SMITH, M. (1984).
Prevalence of childhood autism in Ireland. Irish
Medical Journal, 77, 129-130. |
CASSEL, T.D., MESSINGER, D.S., IBANEZ, L.V., HALTIGAN,
J.D., ACOSTA, S.I. & BUCHMAN, A.C. (2007). Early
social and emotional communication in the infant siblings
of children with autism spectrum disorders : an
examination of the broad phenotype. Journal of Austism
& Developmental Disabilities, 37,122–132 |
|
KUEHN, B. (2007). CDC : autism spectrum disorders common.
Journal of the American Medical Association, 297
(9), 940. |
|
DAWSON, G. & ADAMS, A. (1984). Imitation and social
responsiveness in autistic children. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 12, 209-225. |
WETHERBY, A., WATT, N., MORGAN, L. & SHUMWAY, S.
(2007). Social communication profiles of children with
autism spectrum disorders late in the second year of life.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 37,
960-975. |
|
HOBSON, R.P. (1984). Early childhood autism and the
question of egocentrism. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 14, 85-104. |
REHFELDT, R.A., DILLEN, J.E., ZIOMEK, M.M. &
KOWALCHUK, R.K. (2007). Assessing relational learning
deficits in perspective-taking in children with
high-functioning autism spectrum disorder. The
Psychological Record, 57 (1), 23-47. |
|
FENSKE, E.C., ZALENSKI S., KRANTZ, P.J. & McCLANNAHAN,
L.E. (1985). Age at intervention and treatment outcome for
autistic children in a comprehensive intervention program.
Analysis & Intervention in Developmental
Disabilities, 5, 49-58. |
GRINKER, R. (2007). Unstrange minds : Remapping the
world of autism. Basic Books. |
|
CHARLOP, M.E., SCHREIBMAN, L., THIBODEAU, M.G. (1985).
Increasing spontaneous verbal responding in autistic
children using the time-delay procedure. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 18 (2), 155-166. [PDF] |
EIKESETH, S., SMITH, T., JAHR, E. & ELDEVICK, E.
(2007). Outcome for children with autism who began
intensive behavioral treatment between ages 4 and 7 : A
comparison controlled study. Behavior Modification,
31, 264-278. [PDF] |
|
McGEE, G.G., KRANTZ, P.J. & McLANNAHAN, L.E. (1985).
The facilitative effects of incidental teaching on
preposition use by autistic children. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 18 (1), 17-31.
[PDF] |
MATSON, J.L., NEBEL-SCHWALM, M. & MATSON, M.L. (2007).
A review of methodological issues in the differential
diagnosis of autism spectrum disorders in children. Research
in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 1 (1), 38-54. [PDF] |
|
BARON-COHEN, S., LESLIE, A.M. & FRITH, U. (1985). Does
the autistic child have a "theory of mind" ? Cognition,
21, 37-46. [PDF] |
KROEGER, K.A., SCHULTZ, J.R. & NEWSOM, C. (2007). A
comparison of two group-delivered social skills programs
for young children with autism. Journal of Autism
& Developmental Disorders, 37, 808-817. |
|
MULLINS, M. & RINCOVER, A. (1985). Comparing autistic
and normal children along the dimensions of reinforcement
maximization, stimulus sampling, and responsiveness to
extinction. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 40, 350-374. |
AHEARN, W.H., CLARK, K., MacDONALD, R.P.F. & CHUNG,
B.I. (2007). Vocal stereotypy : Assessing and treating
acontextual vocalizations in children with autism. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (2), 263-275. [PDF] |
|
RINCOVER, A. & NEWSOM, C.D. (1985). The relative
motivational properties of sensory and edible reinforcers
in teaching autistic children Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 18 (3), 237-248. [PDF] |
DAWSON, M., SOULIÈRES, I., GERNSBACHER, M.A. &
MOTTRON, L. (2007). The level and nature of autistic
intelligence. Psychological Science, 18,
657-662. |
|
RUTTER, M. (1985). The treatment of autistic children.
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 26,
193-214. |
MATSON, J.L. (2007). Current status of differential
diagnosis for children with autism spectrum disorders. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 28, 109-118. [PDF] |
|
McGEE, G.G., KRANTZ, P.J. & McCLANNAHAN, L.E. (1985).
The facilitative effects of incidental teaching on
preposition use by autistic children. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 18 (1), 17-31. [PDF] |
TURKINGTON, C. & ANAN, R. (2007). The encyclopedia
of autism spectrum disorder. New York : Facts On
File. |
|
TUSTIN, F. (1986). Les états autistiques chez
l'enfant. Paris : Seuil. |
WING, L. (2007). The changing view of autism. Nature,
446 (7132), 141. [PDF] |
|
|
SIGMAN, M., MUNDY, P., SHERMAN, T. & UNGERER, J.
(1986). Social interactions of autistic, mentally retarded
and normal children and their caregivers. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 27, 647-656. |
COURCHESNE, E., PIERCE, K., SCHUMANN, C., REDCAY, E.,
BUCKWALTER, J.A., KENNEDY, D.P. & MORGAN, J. (2007).
Mapping early brain development in autism. Neuron, 56,
399-413. |
|
LOLLAR, D.J., JOHNSON, C.P., MYERS, S.M. & LIPKIN,
P.H. (2007). Management of children with autism spectrum
disorders. Pediatrics 120 (5), 1162-1182. |
|
DENCKLA, M. (1986). Editorial : New diagnostic criteria
for autism aud related behaviour disorders : Guidehues for
research protocols.Journal of the American Academy of
Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 25, 221-224. |
MOTTRON, L., DAWSON, M., BERTONE A. & WANG, L. (2007).
Cognitive versatility in autism cannot be reduced to a
deficit. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 24, 578-580. |
|
McGEE, G.G., KRANTZ, P.J. & McLANNAHAN, L.E. (1986).
An extension of incidental teaching procedures to reading
instruction for autistic children. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 19 (2), 147-157.
[PDF] |
MATSON, J.L., NEBEL-SCHWALM, M. & MATSON, M.L. (2007).
A review of methodological issues in the differential
diagnosis of autism spectrum disorders in children. Research
in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 1 (1), 38-54. [PDF] |
|
ROGERS, S.J., HERBISON, J., LEWIS H., PANTONE, J. &
REIS, K. (1986). An approach for enhancing the symbolic,
communicative, and interpersonal functioning of young
children with autism and severe emotional handicaps. Journal
of the Division of Early Childhood, 10, I35-148. |
NORMAND, M.P. & DALLERY, J. (2007). Mercury rising :
Exposing the vaccine- autism myth. Skeptic, 13,
32-36. [PDF] |
|
MUNDY, P., SIGMAN, M.D., UNGERER, J. & SHERMAN, T.
(1986). Defining the social deficits of autism : The
contribution of non-verbal communication measures. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 27 (5),
657-669. |
ANDERSON, K., LORD, C., RISI, S., DILAVORE, P.S., SHULMAN,
C., THURM, A., WELCH K. & PICKLES, A. (2007). Patterns
of growth in verbal abilities among children with Autism
Spectrum Disorder. Journal of Counseling &
Clinical Psychology, 75, 594-604. |
|
WETHERBY, A. (1986). Ontogeny of communication functions
in autism. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 16, 295-316. |
EIKESETH, S., SMITH, T., JAHR, E. & ELDEVICK, E.
(2007). Outcome for children with autism who began
intensive behavioral treatment between ages 4 and 7: A
comparison controlled study. Behavior Modification,
31, 264-278. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. (1987). Behavioral treatment and normal
education and intellectual functioning in young autistic
children. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 55, 3-9. |
MYERS, S.M. & JOHNSON, C.P. (2007). Management of
children with autism spectrum disorders. Pediatrics,
120, 1162. [PDF] |
|
COURCHESNE, A.E. (1987). Neurophysiological view of
autism. In E. Schopler & G.B. Mesibov (Eds.), Neurobiological
issues in autism. Current issues in autism (pp.
285-324). New York, NY : Plenum Press. |
CANTOR, C. & PRICE, J. (2007). Traumatic entrapment,
appeasement, and complex post-traumatic stress disorder:
evolutionary perspectives of hostage reactions, domestic
abuse and the Stockholm syndrome. Australian &
New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 41, 377-384. |
|
RUTTER, M. & SCHOPLER, E. (1987). Autism and pervasive
developmental disorders : Concepts and diagnostic issues.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 17, 159-186. |
ZHAO, X., LEOTTA, A., KUSTANOVICH, V., LAJONCHERE, C.,
GESCHWIND, D., LAW, K., LAW, P., QIU, S., LORD, C., SEBAT,
J., YE, K. & WIGLER, M. (2007). A unified genetic
theory for sporadic and inherited autism.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the
United States of America, 104 (31), 12831-12836. |
|
ANDERSON, R.S., AVERY, D.L., DIPIETRO, E.K., EDWARDS, G.L.
& CHRISTIAN, W.P. (1987). Intensive home-based early
intervention with autistic children. Education &
treatment of Children, 4, 352-366. |
VISMARA, L.A. & LYONS, G.L. (2007). Using perservative
interests to elicit joint attention behaviors in young
children with autism : Theoretical and clinical
implications for understanding motivation. Journal of
Positive Behavior Interventions, 9, 214-228. |
|
DUNLAP, G., KOEGEL, R.L., JOHNSON, J. & O'NEILL, R.E.
(1987). Maintaining performance of autistic clients in
community settings with delayed contingencies. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20 (2), 184-191. [PDF] |
THOMPSON, T. (2007). Making sense of autism.
Baltimore : Brookes. |
|
KOEGEL, R.L., O'DELL, M.C. & KOEGEL, L.K. (1987). A
natural language paradigm for teaching non-verbal autistic
children. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 17, 187-199. |
PELLACHIA, M. & HINELINE, P.N. (2007). Generalization
of mands in children with autism from adults to peers. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 8, 483-491. [PDF] |
|
BARON-COHEN, S. (1987). Autism and symbolic play. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 5, 139-148. [PDF] |
BEN ITZHAK, B.E. & ZACHOR, D.A. (2007). The effects of
intellectual functioning and autism severity on outcome of
early behavioral intervention for children with autism. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 28, 287-303. |
|
LESLIE, A.M. & FRITH, U. (1987). Metarepresentation
and autism : how not to lose one's marbles. Cognition,
27 (3), 291-294. |
FLORES, M.M. & GANZ, J.B. (2007). Effects of direct
instruction on the reading comprehension of students with
autism and developmental disabilities. Education and
Training in Developmental Disabilities, 44 (1),
39-53. [PDF] |
|
GILLBERG, C., STEFFENBURG, S., BORJESSON, B. &
ANDERSSON, L. (1987). lnfantile autism in children of
immigrant parents : A population-based study from
Göteborg, Sweden. British Journal of Psychiatry, 150,
856-857. |
MAGIATI, I., CHARMAN, T. & HOWLIN, P. (2007). A
two-year prospective follow-up study of community-based
early intensive behavioural intervention and specialist
nursery provision for children with autism spectrum
disorders. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 48 (8), 803-812. |
|
SNOW, M.E., HERTZIG, M.E. & SHAPIRO, T. (1987).
Expression of emotion in young autistic children.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 26, 836-838. |
DOVER, J. & LE COUTEUR, A. (2007). How to diagnose
autism. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 92 (6),
540-545. [PDF] |
|
GILLBERG, C. & STEFFENBURG, S. (1987). Outcome and
prognostic factors in infantile autism and similar
conditions : a population- based study of 46 cases
followed through puberty. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders 17, 273-287. |
SWEENEY-KERWIN, E.J., CARBONE, V.J., O'BRIEN, L., ZECCHIN,
G. & JANECKY, M.N. (2007). Transferring control of the
mand to the motivating operation in children with autism.
The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 23 (1), 89-102.
[PDF] |
|
DURAND, V.M. & CRIMMINS, D.B. (1987). Assessment and
treatment of psychotic speech in an autistic child.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 17
(1), 17-28. |
PAUL, R., CHAWARSKA, K., CICCHETTI, D. & VOLKMAR, F.
(2008). Language outcomes of toddlers with autism spectrum
disorders : A two year follow-up.Autism Research, 1 (2),
9-107. [PDF] |
|
KOEGEL, R.L., O'DELL, M.C. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1987). A
natural langauage paradigm for teaching nonverbal autistic
children. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 17, 187-199. |
BROWN, A.K., BROWN, J.L. & POULSON, C.L. (2008).
Discriminating which fork to use : Teaching selective
imitation to people with autism. Research in Autism
Spectrum Disorders, 2, 199-208. [PDF] |
|
MATSUISHI, T., SHIOTSUKI, Y., YOSHIMURA, K., SHOJI, H.,
IMUTA, F. & YAMASHITA, F. (1987). High prevalence of
infantile autism in Kurume City, Japan. Journal of
Child Neurology, 2, 268-271. |
ROGERS, S.J. & VISMARA, L.A. (2008). Evidence-based
comprehensive treatments for early autism. Journal of
Clinical Child Psychology, 3 (1), 8-38. [PDF] |
|
LE COUTEUR, A., (1988). The role of genetics in the
aetiology of autism, including findings of the links with
fragile X syndrome. In L.Wing (Ed.), Aspects of
autism : Biological research (pp. 38-52). London :
Gaskell Psychiatry Series. |
OZONOFF, S., HANSEN, R., PESSAH, I.N. & SHARP, F.R.
(2008). Gene expression changes in children with autism.
Genomics, 91, 22-29. |
|
McEVOY, M.A., NORDQUIST, V.M., TWARDOSZ, S., HECKAMAN,
K.A., WEHBY, J.H. & DENNY, R.K. (1988). Promoting
autistic children's peer interaction in an integrated
early childhood setting using affection activities. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 21 (2), 193-200. [PDF] |
LE COUTEUR, A. HADEN, G., HAMMAL, D. & McCONACHIE, H.
(2008). Diagnosing autism spectrum disorders in pre-school
children using two standardised assessment instruments :
The ADI-R and the ADOS. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 38 (2), 362-372. |
|
SIEGEL, B., PLINER, C., ESCHLER, J. & ELLIOT, G.
(1988). How children with autism are diagnosed :
difficulties in identification of children with multiple
developmental delays. Journal of Developmental &
Behavioral Pediatrics, 9, 199-204. |
MASON, R.A., WILLIAMS, D.L. & KANA, R.K. (2008).
Theory of mind disruption and recruitment of the right
hemisphere during narrative comprehension in autism.
Neuropsychologia, 46, 269-80. |
|
ATTWOOD, T., FRITH, U. & HERMELIN, B. (1988). The
understanding and use of interpersonal gestures by
autistic and Down's syndrome children. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 18 (2),
241-257. [PDF] |
BEN ITZHAK, B.E., LAHAT, E., BURGIN, R. & ZACHOR, A.D.
(2008). Cognitive, behavior, and intervention outcome in
young children with autism. Research in Developmental
Disabilities, 29, 447-458. |
|
LASKI, K.E., CHARLOP, M.H. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (1988).
Training parents to use the natural language paradigm to
increase their autistic children's speech. Journal of
Aplied Behavior Analysis, 21 (4), 391-400. [PDF] |
SNYDER, D.M., MILLER, K. & STEIN, M.T. (2008). Looks
like autism : Caution in diagnosis Journal of
Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 29 (1),
47-50. |
|
TANOUE, Y., ODA, S., ASANO, F. & KAWASHIMA, K. (1988).
Epidemiology of infantile autism in the Southern Ibaraki,
Japan. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 18, 155-167. |
FOMBONNE, E. (2008). Is autism getting commoner ? In 100
words. British Journal of Psychiatry, 193, 59.
[PDF] |
|
LANDRY, S.H. & LOVELAND, K.A. (1988). Communication
behaviors in autism and developmental language delay. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied
Disciplines, 29, 621-634. |
CUNNINGHAM, A.B. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (2008). Stereotypy
in autism : The importance of function. Research in
Autism Spectrum Disorders, 2 (3), 469-479. |
|
MacDUFF, G.S., KRANTZ, P.J., MacDUFF, M.A. &
McCLANNAHAN, L.E. (1988). Providing incidental teaching
for autistic children : A rapid training procedure for
therapists. Education & Treatment of Children, 11
(3), 205-217. |
WALLACE, S., COLEMAN, M. & BAILEY, A. (2008). An
investigation of basic facial expression recognition in
autism spectrum disorders. Cognition & Emotion,
22 (7), 1353-1380. |
|
SMALLEY, S., ASARNOW R. & SPENCE, M. (1988). Autism
and genetics : a decade of research. Archives of
General Psychiatry 45, (10), 953-961. |
INGERSOLL, B. (2008). The social role of imitation in
autism : Implications for the treatment of imitation
deficits. Infants & Young Children, 21 (2),
107-119. [PDF] |
|
IHRIG, K. & WOLCHIK, S.A. (1988). Peer versus adult
models and autistic children's learning : Acquisition,
generalization, and maintenance. Journal of Autism
& Developmental Disorders, 18, 67-79. |
WOLF., J.M., TANNER, W.P., KLAIMAN, C., COCKBURN, J.
HERLIHY, L., BROWN, C., SOUTH, M., MCPARTLAND, J., KAISER,
M.D., PHILLIPS, R. & SCHULTZ, R.T. (2009). Specific
impairment of face processing abilities in children with
autism spectrum disorder using the Let's Face It! Skills
Battery. Autism Research, 1, 329-340. |
|
SCHREIBMAN, L. (1988). Autism. Newbury Park :
sage Publications. |
ROGERS, S.J. & VISMARA, L. (2008). Evidence-based
comprehensive treatments for early autism. Journal of
Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 37 (1),
8-38. |
|
LESLIE, A.M. & FRITH, U. (1988). Autistic children's
understanding of seeing, knowing and believing.
British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 6,
315-324. |
BORRERO, C.S.W. & BORRERO, J.C. (2008). Descriptive
and experimental analyses of potential precursors to
problem behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 41 (1), 83-96. [PDF] |
|
BRYSON, S.E., CLARK, B.S. & SMITH, I.M. (1988). First
report of a Canadian epidemiological study of autistic
syndromes. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 29, 433-446. |
DAWSON, G. (2008). Early behavioral intervention, brain
plasticity, and the prevention of autism spectrum
disorder. Development & Psychopathology, 20, 775-803.
[PDF] |
|
SCHOPLER, E., SHORT, A. & MESIBOV, C. (1989). Relation
of behavioral treatment to "normal functioning" : Comments
on Lovaas. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 57, 162-164. |
INGERSEOLL, B. (2008).The social role of imitation in
autism : Implication for the treatment of imitation
deficits. Infants & Young Children, 21 (2),
107-119. [PDF] |
|
LORD, C., RUTTER, M., GOODE, S., HEEMSBERGEN, J., JORDAN,
H., MAWHOOD, L. & SCHOPLER, E. (1989). Autism
diagnostic observation schedule : a standardized
observation of communicative and social behavior. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 19,
185-212. |
BROWER-BREITWIESER, C.M., MILTENBERGER, R.G., GROSS, A.,
FUQUA, R.W. & BREITWIESER, J. (2008). The use of
concurrent operants preference assessment to evaluate
choice of interventions for children diagnosed with
autism. International Journal of Behavioral
Consultation & Therapy, 4 (3), 270-278.
[PDF] |
|
BISHOP, D.V.M. (1989). Autism, Asperger's Syndrome and
semantic-pragmatic disorder : where are the boundaries ? British
Journal of Disorders of Communication, 24, 107-121. |
VOLKERT, V.M., LERMAN, D.C., TROISCLAIR, N., ADDISON, L.
& KODAK, T. (2008). An exploratory analysis of
task-interspersal procedures while teaching object labels
to children with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 41 (3), 335-350. [PDF] |
|
DURAND, V.M. & CARR, E.G. (1989). Operant learning
methods with chronic schizophrenia and autism : Aberrant
behavior. In J.L. Matson (Ed.), Chronic schizophrenia
and adult autism : Isues on diagnosis, assessment, and
psychological treatment (pp. 231-273). New York :
Springer. |
LEPISTÖ, T., KAJANDER, M., VANHALA, R., ALKU, P.,
HUOTILAINEN, M., NÄÄTÄNEN, R. & KUJALA, T. (2008). The
perception of invariant speech features in children with
autism. Biological Psychology, 77 (1), 25-31. [PDF] |
|
|
SUGIYAMA, T. & ABE, T. (1989). The prevalence of
autism in Nagoya, Japan : A total population study.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 19, 87-96. |
OZONOFF, S., HEUNG, K., BYRD, R., HANSEN, R. &
HERTZ-PICCIOTTO, I. (2008). The onset of autism : Patterns
of symptom emergence in the first years of life. Autism
Research, 1, 320-328. |
|
KAMPS, D.M., LOCKE, P., DELQUADRI, J. & HALL, R.V.
(1989). Increasing a cademic skils of students with autism
using fifth grade peers as tutors. Education &
Treatment of Children, 12, 38-51. |
ANGLESEA, M.M., HOCH, H. & TAYLOR, B.A. (2008).
Reducing rapid eating in teenagers with autism : Use of a
pager prompt. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
41 (1), 107-111. [PDF] |
|
TANTAM, D., MONOGHAN, L., NICHOLSON, H. & STIRLING, J.
(1989). Autistic children's ability to interpret faces : a
research note. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 30 (4), 623-630. |
LOVELAND, K.A., BACHEVALIER, J. & PEARSON, D. &
LANE, D.M. (2008). Fronto-limbic functioning in children
and adolescents with and without autismm. Neuropsychologia,
46 (1), 49-62. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I., SMITH, T. & McEACHIN, J.J. (1989).
Clarifying comments on the young autism study : Reply to
Schopler, Short & Mesibov. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 57, 165-167. |
VOLKMAR, F.R. & CHAWARSKA, K. (2008). Autism in
infants : an update. World Psychiatry, 7 (1),
19-21. [PDF] |
|
BARON-COHEN, S. (1989). Do autistic children have
obsessions and compulsions ? British Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 28, 193-200. |
REHFELDT, R.A. & BARNES-HOLMES, Y. (2009). Derived
relational responding : Applications for learners with
autism and other developmental disabilities. Oakland,
CA : New Harbinger Publications, Inc. |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. & SMITH, T. (1989). A comprehensive
theory of autistic children : paradigm for research and
treatment. Journal of Behavioral Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 20, 17-29. |
KUBINA, R.M. & YURICH, K.L.K. (2009). Developing
behavioral fluency for students with autism : A guide for
parents and teachers. Intervention in School &
Clinic, 44 (3), 131-138. [PDF] |
|
MINDEREAA, R.B., ANDERSON, G.M., VOLKMAR, F.R., AKKERHUIS,
G.W. & COHEN, D.J. (1989). Neurochemical study of
dopamine functioning in autistic and normal subjects. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 28, 190-194. |
WALLACE, G.L., ANDERSON, M. & HAPPÉ, F. (2009). Brief
report : Information processing speed is intact in autism
but not correlated with measured intelligence. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 39, 809-814.
|
|
HOBSON, R.P. (1989). Beyond cognition : A theory of
autism. In G. Dawson (Ed.), Autism : Nature,
diagnosis, and treatment (pp. 22-48). New York :
Guilford. |
MORRIS, E.K. (2009). A case study in the misrepresentation
of applied behavior analysis in autism : The Gernsbacher
lectures. The Behavior Analyst, 32 (1),
205-240.
[PDF] |
|
NEWSOM, C. & RINCOVER, A. (1989). Autism. In E.J. Mash
& R.A. Barkley (Eds.), Treatment of childhood
disorders (pp. 286-346). New York : The Guilford
Press. |
SCHRANDT, J.A., BUFFINGTON TOWSHEND, D. & POULSON,
C.L. (2009). Teaching empathy skills to children with
autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42 (1),
17-32. [PDF] |
|
STONE, W., LEMANEK, K., FISHEL, P., FERNANDEZ, M. &
ALTEMEIER, W. (1990). Play and imitation skills in
diagnosis of autism in young children. Pediatrics, 86,
267-272. |
SOLOMON, N., OZONOFF, S., URSU, S., RAVIZZA, S.M.,
CUMMINGS N.,LY, S. & CARTER C.S. (2009). The neural
substrates of cognitive control deficits in Autism
Spectrum Disorders. Neuropsychologia, 47 (12),
2515-2526. |
|
VOLKMAR, F.R. & MAYES, L.C. (1990). Gaze behavior in
autism. Development & Psychopathology, 2,
61-69. |
RAPP, J.T., PATEL, M.R., GHEZZI, P.M., O'FLAHERTY, C.
& TITTERINGTON, C.J. (2009). Establishing stimulus
control of vocal stereotypy displayed by young children
with autism. Behavioral Interventions, 24 (2),
85-105. |
|
COE, D., MATSON, J., FEE, V., MANIKAM, R. & LINARELLO,
C. (1990). Training nonverbal and verbal play skills to
mentally retarded and autistic children. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 20, 177-187. |
ESCH, B.E., CARR, J.E. & GROW, L.L. (2009). Evaluating
stimulus-stimulus pairing and direct reinforcement in the
establishment of an echoic repertoire of children
diagnosed with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 42 (2), 225-241. [PDF] |
|
SZATMARI, P., TUFF, L., FINLAYSON, A.J. & BARTOLUCCI,
G. (1990). Asperger's syndrome and autism : Neurocognitive
aspects. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 29, 130-136. |
KARSTEN, A.M. & CARR, J.E. (2009). The effects of
differential reinforcement of unprompted responding on the
skill acquisition of children with autism. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 42 (2), 327-334. [PDF] |
|
BARON-COHEN, S. (1990). Autism : A specific cognitive
disorder of "mind-blindnes". International Review of
Psychiatry, 2, 79-88. |
BÖLTE, S., DZIOBEK, I. & POUSTKA, F. (2009). Brief
report : The level and nature o fautistic intelligence
revisited Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 39, 678-682. [PDF] |
|
CARR, E.G. & DARCY, M. (1990). Setting generality of
peer modeling in children with autism. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 20, 45-59. |
KUHN, D.E. (2009). Assessment and treatment of excessive
straightening and destructive behavior in an adolescent
diagnosed with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 42 (2), 355-360. [PDF] |
|
OZONOFF, S., ROGERS, S. & PENNINGTON, B. (1990). Are
there emotion perception deficits in young autistic
children ? Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 31, 343-361. |
HAYWARD, D.W., EIKESETH, S., GALE, C. & MORGAN, S.
(2009). Assessing progress during treatment for young
children with autism receiving intensive behavioural
interventions. Autism, 13 (6), 613-633. [PDF] |
|
PIVEN, J., GAYLE, J., CHASE, G.A., FINK, B., LANDA, R.,
WZOREK, M.M. & FOLSTEIN, S. (1990). A family history
study of neuropsychiatric disorders in the adult siblings
of autistic individuals. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 29, 177-183. |
|
|
STONE, W. & LEMANEK, K. (1990). Parental report of
social behaviors in autistic preschoolers. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 20, 513-522. |
HOCHMANN, J. (2009). Histoire de l'autisme.
Paris : Odile Jacob. |
|
McCLANNAHAN, L.E., McGEE, G.G., MacDUFF, G.S. &
KRANTZ, P.J. (1990). Assessing and improving child care: A
personal appearance index for children with autism. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 23 (4), 469-482. [PDF] |
EIKESETH, S. (2009). Outcome of comprehensive
psycho-educational interventions for young children with
autism. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 30
(1), 158-178. |
|
CHARLOP, M.H., KURTZ, P.F. & CASEY, F.G. (1990). Using
aberrant behaviors as reinforcers for autistic children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 23 (2), 163-181. [PDF] |
MATSON, J.L. & NEAL, D. (2009). Diagnosing high
incidence autism spectrum disorders in adults. Research
in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 3 (3), 581-589.
[PDF] |
|
RAPIN, I. (1991). Autistic children: Diagnosis and
clinical features. Pediatrics, 87, (S) 751-760. |
|
|
LOVELAND, K.A. & TUNALI, B. (1991). Social scripts for
conversational interactions in Autism and Down syndrome. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 21, 177-186. |
|
|
FRITH, U. (Dir.) (1991). Autism and the Asperger
syndrome. Cambridge University Press. |
KROEGER, K.A. & SORENSEN-BURNWORTH, R. (2009). Toilet
training individuals with autism and other developmental
disabilities : A critical review. Research in Autism
Spectrum Disorders, 3, 607-618. [PDF] |
|
LOVELAND, K.A. & KELLEY, M. (1991). Development of
adaptive behavior in preschoolers with autism and Down
syndrome. American Journal on Mental Retardation, 96,
13-20. |
|
|
KUSCH, M. & PETERMANN, F. (1991). Developmental
psychopathology of autistic disorders : what is primary ?
Acta Paedopsychiatrica, 54 (1), 38-51. |
COHEN, R. (2009). The importance of electroencephalogram
assessment for autistic disorders. Biofeedback, 37 (2),
71-80. [PDF] |
|
NEWMAN, B., BUFFINGTON, D.M. & HEMMES, N.S. (1991).
Maximization of reinforcement by two autistic students
with accurate and inaccurate instructions. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 9, 41-48.
[PDF] |
GRANDPEESHEH, D., TARBOX, J. & DIXON, D.R. (2009).
Applied behavior analytic interventions for children with
autism : A description and review of treatment research. Annals
of Clinical Psychiatry, 21 (3), 162-173. [PDF] |
|
FRITH, U., MORTON, J. & LESLIE, A.M. (1991). The
cognitive basis of a biological disorder : autism. Trends
in Neurosciences, 14 (10), 433-438. [PDF] |
HALL, L.J. (2009). Autism spectrum disorders : from
theory to practic. Upper Saddle River, N.J.:
Pearson Merrill. |
|
ROGERS, S.J & PENNINGTON, B. (1991). A theoretical ap-
proach to the deficits in infantile autism. Developmental
Psychology, 3 (2), 137-162. |
NADIG, A., VIVANTI, G. & OZONOFF, S. (2009).
Adaptation of object descriptions to a partner under
increasing communicative demands : A comparison of
children with and without autism. Autism Research, 2,
334-347. |
|
TAGER-FLUSHBERG, H. & ANDERSON, M. (1991). The
development of contingent discourse ability in autistic
children. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 32, 1123-1134. Tager-Flusberg, H. |
|
|
ROGERS, S.J., OZONOFF, S. & MASLIN-COLE, C. (1991). A
comparative study of attachment behavior in children with
autism and children with other psychiatric disorders. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 30, 483-488. |
CORBETT, B.A., CONSTANTINE, L.J., HENDREN, R., ROCKE, D.
& OZONOFF, S. (2009). Examining executive functioning
in children with autism spectrum disorder, attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder, and typical development. Psychiatry
Research, 166, 210-222 |
|
ROGERS, S.J. & DILALLA, D. (1991). A comparative study
of a developmentally based preschool curriculum on young
children with autism and young children with other
disorders of behavior and development. Topics in Early
Childhood Special Education, 11, 29-48. |
ROGERS, S.J. & DAWSON, G. (2009). Play and
engagement in early autism : The Early Start Denver
Model Volume II : The Treatment. New York : Guilford
Press. |
|
SMALLEY, S.L. (1991). Genetic influences in autism. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 14 (1), 125-139. |
|
|
SCHREIBMAN, L., KANEKO, W.M. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1991).
Positive affect of parents of autistic children: A
comparison across two teaching techniques. Behavior
Therapy, 22, 479-490. |
ROGERS, S.J. & DAWSON, G. (2009). Play and
engagement in early autism: The Early Start Denver
Model. Volume II : The Curriculum. New York :
Guilford Press. |
|
TUSTIN, F. (1991). Revised understandings of psychogenic
autism. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 72,
585-591. |
ROGÉ, B., CHABROL, H. et UNSALDI, I. (2009). Le dépistage
précoce de l'autisme : Quelle faisabilité ? Enfance,
1, 27-40. [PDF] |
|
LEVY, F. (1991). The dopamine theory of attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Australian & New
Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 25, 277-283. |
VOLKMAR, F.R. & WIESMNER, L.A. (2009). A
practical guide to autism. New Jersey : Wiley &
Sons, Inc. Hoboken. |
|
LOVELAND, K. & TUNALL, B. (1991). Social scripts for
conversational interactions in autism and Down syndrome. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 21, 177-186. |
SPECKLEY, M. & BOYD, R. (2009). Efficacy of applied
behavioral intervention in preschool children with autism
for improving cognitive, language and adaptive behavior: a
systematic review and meta-analysis. The Journal of
Pediatrics, 154 (3), 338-344. |
|
|
LORD, C., MULLOY, C, WENDELBOE, M. & SCHOPLER, E.
(1991). Pre- and perinatal factors in high-functioning
females and males with autism. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 21, 197-209. |
|
|
GILLBERG, C., STEFFENBURG, S. & SCHAUMANN, H. (1991).
Is autism more common now than ten years ago? British
Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 403-409. |
CUMMINGS, A.R. & CARR, J.E. (2009). Evaluating
progress in behavioral programs for children with autism
spectrum disorders via continuous and discontinuous
measurement. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42
(1), 57-71. [PDF] |
|
FRITH, U. (Ed.) (1991). Autism and the Asperger
syndrome. Cambridge : Cambridge University. |
HUME, K., LOFTIN, R. & LANTZ, J. (2009). Increasing
independence in autism spectrum disorders: A review of
three focused interventions. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 39 (9), 1329-1238. [PDF] |
|
HARRIS, S.L., HANDLEMAN, J.S., GORDON, R., KRISTOFF, B.
& FUNETES, F. (1991). Changes in cognitive and
language functioning of preschool children with autism. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 21,
281-290. |
ELDEVIK, S., HASTING, R.P., HUGHES, J.C., JAHR, E.
EIKESETH, S. & CROSS, S. (2009). Meta-analysis of
early in- tensive behavioral intervention for children
with autism. Journal of Clinical Child &
Adolescent Psychology, 38 (3), 439-450. [PDF] |
|
CHARLOP, M.E. & TRASOWECH, J.E. (1991). Increasing
autistic children's daily spontaneous speech. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 24 (4), 747-761. [PDF] |
|
|
HORNER, R.H., DAY, H.M., SPRAGUE, J.R., O'BRIEN, M. &
HEATFIELD, L.T. (1991). Interspersed requests : A non
aversive procedure for reducing aggressionand self- injury
during instruction. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 24 (2), 265-278.
[PDF] |
MATSON, J.L., DEMPSEY, T. & FODSTAD, J.C. (2009). The
effect of autism spectrum disorders on adaptive
independent living skills in adults with severe
intellectual disability. Research in Developmental
Disabilities, 30, 1203-1211. |
|
EIKESETH, S. & SMITH, T. (1992). The development of
functional and equivalence classes in high-functioning
autistic children : The role of naming. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 58, 123-133.
[PDF] |
EIKESETH, S. (2009). Outcome of comprehensive
psycho-educational interventions for young children with
autism. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 30 (1),
158-178. [PDF] |
|
BARON-COHEN, S. ALLEN, J. & GILLBERG, C. (1992). Can
autism be detected at 18 months ? The needle, the
haystack, and the CHAT. British Journal of Psychiatry,
161, 839-843. |
RAPIN, I., DUNN, M., ALLEN, D., STEVENS, M. & FEIN, D.
(2009). Subtypes of language disorders in school-age
children with autism. Developmental Neuropsychology,
34, 66-84. |
|
BOLTON, P., PICKLES, A., HARRINGTON, R., MACDONALD, H.
& RUTTER, M. (1992). Season of birth : issues,
approaches and findings for autism. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 33, 509-530. |
EGAN, C.E. & BARNES-HOLMES, D. (2009). Emergence of
tacts following mand training in young children with
autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42
(3), 691-696.
[PDF] |
|
BARON-COHEN, S. (1992). Out of sight or out of mind ?
Another look at deception in autism. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 33, 1141-1155. |
REICHOW, B. & WOLERY, M. (2009). Comprehensive
synthesis of early intensive behavioral interventions for
young children with autism based on the UCLA Young Autism
Project model. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 39, 23-41. |
|
AARONS, M. & GITTEN, S.T. (1992). The handbook of
autism. A guide for parents and professionals. London/New
York : Tavistock/Routledge. |
EIKESETH, S. & HAYWARD, D.W. (2009). The
discrimination of object names and object sounds in
children with autism : A procedure for teaching verbal
comprehension. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
42 (4), 807-812.
[PDF] |
|
GILLBERG, C. (1992). The Emmanuel Miller Memorial Lecture
1991. Autism and autistic-like couditions : Subclasses
among disorders of empathy. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 33, 813-842. |
GERNSBACHER, M.A. (2009). A conspicuous absence of
scientific leadership : The illusory epidemic of autism.
In G.R. Goethals and J.T. Wren (Eds.), Leadership and
discovery (pp. 157-169). New York : Palgrave
MacMillan. |
|
FOMBONNE, E. & du MAZAUBRAN, C. (1992). Prevalence of
infantile autism in four French regions. Social
Psychiatry & Psychiatric Epidemiology, 27,
203-209. |
BÖLTE, S., DZIOBEK, I. & POUSTKA, F. (2009). Brief
report : The level and nature of autistic intelligence
revisited. Journal of Autism Development Disorder, 39
(4), 678-682.
[PDF] |
|
GILLBERG, C. (1992). Autism and autistic-like conditions.
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 33,
813-842. |
DILLENBURGER, K. & KEENAN, M. (2009). None of the As
in ABA stand for autism : Dispelling the myths.
Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability,
34,
193-195. [PDF] |
|
TAGER-FLUSHBERG, H. (1992). Autistic children talk about
psychological states: Deficits in the early acquisition of
a theory of mind. Child Development, 63,
161-172. |
|
|
GRANDIN, T. (1992). An inside view of autism. In E.
Schopler & G.B. Mesibov (Eds.), High-functioning
autism (pp. 105-126). New York : Plenum. |
|
|
KOEGEL, R.L., KOEGEL, L.K. & SURRATT, A. (1992).
Language intervention and disruptive behavior in preschool
children with autism. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 22, 141-153. |
|
|
PIVEN, J., BEHME, E., SIMON, J., BARTA, P., PEARLSON, G.
& FOLSTEIN, S. (1992). Magnetic resonance imaging in
autism: measurement of the cerebellum, pons and fourth
ventricle. Biological Psychiatry 31, 491-504. |
|
|
GILLBERG, C., GILLBERG, I.C. & STEFFENBURG, S. (1992).
Siblings and parents of children with autism : a
controlled population-based study. Developmental
Medicine & Child Neurology 34, 389-398. |
BETZ, A.M., HIGBEE. T.S. & POLLARD, J.S. (2010).
Promoting generalization of mands for information used by
young children with autism. Research in Autism
Spectrum Disorders, 4, 501-508. |
|
BARON-COHEN, S., ALLEN, J. & GILLBERG, C. (1992). Can
autism be detected at 18 months ? The needle, the
haystack, and the CHAT. British Journal of Psychiatry,
161, 839-843. |
GILLBERG, C., BILLSTEDT, E., SUNDH, V. & GILLBERG, C.
(2010). Mortality in autism : a prospective longitudinal
community-based study. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 40 (3), 352-357. |
|
KAMPS, D.M., LEONARD, B., VERNON, S., DUGAN, E.,
DELQUADRI, J., GERSHON, B., WADE, L. & FOLK, L.
(1992). Teaching social skills to students with autism to
increase peer interactions in an integrated first grade
classroom. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25 (2),
281-288. [PDF] |
VOLKERT, V.M. & VAZ, P.C.M. (2010). Recent studies on
feeding problems in children with autism. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 43 (1), 155-159. [PDF] |
|
KOEGEL, R.L. & FREA, W.D. (1993). Treatment of social
behavior in autism through the modification of pivotal
social skills. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
26, 369-377. [PDF] |
DAWSON, G., ROGERS, S., MUNSON, J., SMITH, M., WINTER, J.,
GREENSON, J., DONALDSON, A. & VARLEY, J. (2010).
Randomized, controlled trial of an intervention for
toddlers with autism : The Early Start Denver Model. Pediatrics,
125 (1), 17-23. |
|
MAUK, J.E. (1993). Autism and pervasive developmental
disorders. Pediatric Clinics of North America, 40,
567-578. |
BOLTE, S., GOLAN, O., GOODWIN, M.S. & ZWAIGENBAUM, L.
(2010). What can innovative technologies do for autism
spectrum disorders ? Autism, 14, 155-159. |
|
COX, R.D. & SCHOPLER, E. (1993). Aggression and
self-injurious behaviours in persons with autism - the
TEACCH approach. Acta Paedopsychiatrica, 56, 85-90. |
SCOTT-VAN-ZEELAND, A.A., DAPRETTO, M., GAHHREMANI, D.G.,
POLDRACK, R.A. & BOOKHEIMER, S.Y. (2010). Reward
processing in autism. Autism Research, 3 (2),
53-67. [PDF] |
|
MacDUFF, G.S., KRANTZ, P.J. & McCLANNAHAN, L.E.
(1993). Teaching children with autism to use photographic
activity schedules : maintenance and generalization of
complex response chains. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 26, (1), 89-97. [PDF] |
ROGERS, S.J, YOUNG, G.S., COOK, I., GIOLZETTI, A. &
OZONOFF, S. (2010). Imitating actions on objects in early
onset and regressive autism : Effects and implications of
task characteristics on performance. Development
& Psychopathology, 22, 71-85. |
|
KRANTZ, P.J., MacDUFF, M.T. & McCLANNAHAN, L.E.
(1993). Programming participation in family activities for
children with autism : Parent' use of photographic
activity schedules. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 26 (1), 137-138. [PDF] |
SELTZER, M.M., GREENBERG, J.S., HONG, J., SMITH, L.,
ALMEIDA, D., COE, C. & STAWSKI, R.S. (2010). Maternal
cortisol levels and behavior problems in adolescents and
adults with ASD. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 40, 457-469. |
|
BARON-COHEN, S. & BOLTON, P. (1993). Autism : the
facts. Oxford University Press. |
VIRTUES-ORTEGA, J. (2010). Applied behavior analytic
intervention for autism in early childhood :
Meta-analysis, meta-regression and dose-response
meta-analysis of multiple outcomes. Clinical
Psychology Review, 30 (4), 387-399. |
|
KRANTZ, P.J. & McCLANNAHAN, L.E. (1993). Teaching
children with autism to initiate to peers : Effects of a
script-fading procedure. Journal of Aplied Behavior
Analysis, 26, (1), 121-132. [PDF] |
SMITH, L.E., HONG, J., SELTZER, M.M., GREENBERG, J.S.,
ALMEIDA, D.M. & BISHOP, S.L. (2010). Daily experiences
among mothers of adolescents and aults with autism
spectrum disorder. Journal of Autism Development
Disorder, 40 (2), 167-178.
[PDF] |
|
McCEACHIN, J.J., SMITH, T. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1993).
Long-term outcome for children with autism who received
early intensive behavioral treatment. American Journal
on Mental Retardation, 97, 359-372. |
OOSTERLING, I., VISSER, J., SWINKELS, S., ROMMELSE, N.,
DONDERS, R., WOUDENBERG, T., ROOS, S., VAN DER GAG, R.J.
& BUITELAAR, J. (2010). Randomized controlled trial of
the focus parent training for toddlers with autism :
1-year outcome. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 40,1447-1458. [PDF] |
|
BAILEY, A.J. (1993). The biology of autism. Psychological
Medicine, 23, 7-11. |
ZACHOR, D.A. & BEN ITZHAK, B.E. (2010). Treatment
approach, autism severity and intervention outcomes in
young children. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders,
4,425-432. [PDF] |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. (1993). Replication and extension of
behavioral treatment of autistic disorder. American
Journal on Mental Retardation, 97, 379-380. |
NAPOLITANO, D.A., SMITH, T., ZARCONE, F.R., GOODKIN, K.
& McCADAM, D.B. (2010). Diversity in children with
autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42
(2), 265-271. [PDF] |
|
McEACHIN, J.J., SMITH, T. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1993).
Long-term outcome for children with autism who received
early intensive behavioral treatment. American
Journal of Mental Retardation, 97 (4), 359-372. [PDF] |
O'REILLY, M.F., RISPOLI, M., DAVIS, T., MACHALICEK, W.,
LANG, R., SIGAFOOS, J., KANG, S., LANCIONI, G., GREEN, V.
& DIDDEN, R. (2010). Functional analysis of
challenging behavior in children with autism spectrum
disorders : A summary of 10 cases. Research in Autism
Spectrum Disorders, 4, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, T. (1993). Autism. In T.R. Giles (Ed.), Handbook
of effective psychotherapy (pp. 107-133). New York
: Plenum. |
PETERS-SCHEFFER, N., DIDDEN, R., MULDERS, M. &
KORZILIUSLOW, H. (2010). Low intensity behavioral
treatment supplementing preschool services for young
children with autism spectrum disorders and severe to mild
intellectual disability. Research in Developmental
Disabilities, 31, 1678-1684. |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. (1993). The development of a
treatment-research project for developmentally disabled
and autistic children. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 26 (4), 617-630. [PDF] |
NEITZEL, J. (2010). Positive behavior supports for
children and youth with autism spectrum disorders. Preventing
School Failure, 54 (4), 247-255. [PDF] |
|
McEACHIN, J.J., SMITH, T. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1993).
Long-term outcome for children with autism who received
early intensive behavioral treatment. American
Journal of Mental Retardation, 97, 359-372. |
BEGEER, S., GEVERS, C., CLIFFORD, P., VERHOEVE, M., KAT,
K., HODDENBACH, E. & BOER, F. (2010). Theory of mind
training in children with autism : A randomized controlled
trial. Journal of Autism Developmental Disorder, 41,
997-1006. |
|
WOLFBERG, J.P. & SCHULER, L.A. (1993). Integrated play
groups : a model for promoting the social and cognitive
dimensions of play in children with autism. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 23,
467-469. |
ÄSBERG, J. (2010). Patterns of language and discourse
comprehension skills in school-aged children with autism
spectrum disorders. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 51, 534-539. |
|
McCLANNAHAN, L.E. & KRANTZ, P.J. (1993). On systems
analysis in autism intervention. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 26 (4), 589-596. [PDF] |
WAN, C.Y. & SCLAUG, G. (2010). Neural pathways for
language in autism : The potential for music-based
treatments. Future Neurology, 5, 797-805. |
|
PARTINGTON, J.W., SUNDBERG, M.L., NEWHOUSE, L. &
SPENGLER, S. (1994). Overcoming an autistic child's
failure to acquire a tact repertoire. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (4), 733-734. [PDF] |
ROGERS, S.J. & DAWSON, G. (2010). The Early Start
Denver Model for young children with autism : Promoting
language, learning, and engagement. New York :
Guilford Press. |
|
BACHEVALIER, J. & LOVELAND, K. (1994). Medial temporal
lobe structures and autism : A review of clinical and
experimental findings. Neuropsychologia, 32, 627-648. |
|
|
|
TAGER-FLUSHBERG, H. & SULLIVAN, K. (1994). Predicting
and explaining behavior : A comparison of autistic,
mentally retarded and normal children. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 35, 1059-1075. |
|
|
LORD, C., RUTTER, M. & LECOUTEUR, A. (1994). Autism
Diagnostic Interview-Revised : a revised version of a
diagnostic interview for caregivers of individuals with
possible pervasive developmental disorders. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 24,
659-685. |
|
|
MAURICE, C. (1994). Let me hear your voice : A
family's triumph over autism. Ballantine Books. |
|
|
TUSTIN, F. (1994). Autistic children who are assessed as
not brain-damaged. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
20, 103-131. |
BANDA, D.R. & HART, S.L. (2010). Increasing
peer-to-peer social skills though direct instruction of
two elementary school girls with autism. Journal of
Research in Special Education Needs, 10 (2),
124-132. |
|
TAGER-FLUSHBERG, H. (1994). Dissociations in form and
function in the acquisition of language by autistic
children. In H. Tager-Flusberg (Ed.), Constraints on
language acquisition : Studies of atypical children.
Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum. |
|
|
HAPPÉ, F. (1994). Wechsler IQ profile and theory of mind
in autism : a research note. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 35 (8), 1461-1471. |
|
|
STROMLAND, K., NORDIN, V., MILLER, M., AKERSTROM, B. &
GILLBERG, C. (1994). Autism in thalidomide embryopathy : A
population study. Developmental Medicine & Child
Neurology, 36, 351-356. |
|
|
RUTTER, M., BAILEY, A., BOLTON, P. & LE COUTEUR, A.
(1994) Autism and known medical conditions: myth and
substance. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry
35, 311-322. |
|
|
BOLTON, P., MACDONALD, H., PICKLES, A., RIOS, P., GOODE,
S., CROWSON, M., BAILEY, A. & RUTTER, M. (1994). A
case-control family history study of autism. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 35, 877-900. |
|
|
RIMLAND, B. (1994). The modern history of autism : A
personal perspective. In J.L. Matson (Ed.) Autism in
children and adults : Etiology, assessment, and
intervention. (pp. 1-11) Pacific Grove, CA :
Brooks/Cole Publishing Co. |
|
|
BARON-COHEN, S., RING, H., MORIARTY, J., SCHMITZ, B.,
COSTA, D. & ELL, P. Recognition of mental state terms.
Clinical findings in children with autism and a functional
neuroimaging study of normal adults. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 165, 640-649. |
|
|
HUGHES, C., RUSSELL, J. & ROBBINS, T.W. (1994).
Evidence for executive dysfunction in autism.
Neuropsychologia, 32, 477-492. |
|
|
LOVELAND, K.A. TUNALI-KOTOSKI, B., PEARSON, D., BRELSFORD,
K., ORTEGON, J. & CHEN, R. (1994). Imitation and
expression of facial affect in autism. Development
& Psychopathology, 6, 433-444. |
|
|
HAPPÉ, F. (1994). An advanced test of theory of mind :
understanding of story characters' thoughts and feelings
by able autistic, mentally handicapped, and normal
children and adults. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorder, 24, 129-54. |
YECHIAM, E., ARSHAVSKY, O., SHAMAY-TSOORY, S. G., YANIV,
S. & AHARON, J. (2010). Adapted to explore :
reinforcement learning in autistic spectrum conditions. Brain
Cogniton, 72, 317–324. |
|
YOUNG, J.M., KRANTZ, P.J., McCLANNAHAN, L.E. &
POULSON, C.L. (1994). Generalized imitation and
response-class formation in children with autism.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (4),
685-697. [PDF] |
VIRUES-ORTEGA, J. (2010). Applied behavior analytic
intervention for autism in early childhood :
Meta-analysis, meta-regression and dose-response
meta-analysis of multiple outcomes. Clinical
Psychology Review, 30 (4), 387-399. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, I. & BRYSON, S. (1994). Imitation and action in
autism : A critical review. Psychological Bulletin,
116, 259-273. |
ELDEVIK, S., HASTING, R.P., HUGHES, J.C., JAHR, E.,
EIKESETH, S. & CROSS, S. (2010). Using participant
data to extend the evidence base for intensive behavioral
intervention for children with autism. American
Journal on Intellectual & Developmental
Disabilities, 115, 381-405. |
|
RYDELL, P.J. & MIRENDA, P. (1994). Effects of high and
low constraint utterances on the production of immediate
and delayed echolalia in young children with autism. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 24 (6),
719-735. |
KERN-KOEGEL, L., SINGH, A.K. & KOEGEL, R.L. (2010).
Improving motivation for academics in children with
autism. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 40, 1057-1066. [PDF] |
|
STONE, W.L., HOFFMAN, E.L., LEWIS, S.E. & OUSLEY, O.Y.
(1994). Early recognition of autism. Parental reports vs
clinical observation. Archives of Pediatrics &
Adolescent Medicine, 148 (2), 174-179. |
|
|
KENNEDY, C.H. & SHUKLA, S. (1995). Social interaction
research for people with autism as a set of past, current,
and emerging propositions. Behavioral Disorders, 21,
21-36. |
|
|
BAILEY, A., LECOUTEUR, A., GOTTESMAN, I., BOLTON, P.,
SIMONOFF, E., YUZDA, E. & RUTTER, M. (1995). Autism as
a strongly genetic disorder : Evidence from a British twin
study. Psychological Medicine, 25, 63-77. [PDF] |
|
|
TAYLOR, B.A. & HARRIS, S.L. (1995). Teaching children
with autism to seek information : Acquisition of novel
information and generalization of responding. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 28 (1), 3-14.
[PDF] |
|
|
THORP, D.M., STAHMER, A.C. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (1995).
Teaching socio-dramatic play to children with autism using
Pivotal Response Training. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 25, 265-282. |
|
|
KOEGEL, R.L. & KERN-KOEGEL, L. (Eds.) (1995). Teaching
children with autism : Strategies for initiating
positive interactions and improving learning
opportunities. Paul H. Brookes Publishing Co. |
|
|
OZONOFF, S. (1995). Reliability and validity of the
Wisconsin Card Sorting Test in studies of autism.
Neuropsychology, 9, 491-500. |
|
|
HAPPÉ, F. (1995). The role of age and verbal ability in
the theory of mind task performance of subjects with
autism. Child Development, 66 (3), 843-55. |
|
|
TAGER-FLUSHBERG, H. & SULLIVAN, K. (1995). Attributing
mental states to story characters: A comparison of
narratives produced by autistic and mentally retarded
individuals. Applied Psycholinguistics, 16, 241-256. |
|
|
BAILEY, A., LECOUTEUR, A. GOTTESMAN, I., BOLTON, P.
SIMONOFF, E., YUZDA, E. & RUTTER, M. (1995). Autism as
strongly genetic disorder : Evidence from a British twin
study. Psychological Medicine, 25, 63-77. |
|
|
SMALLEY, S., McCRACKEN, J. & TANGUAY, P. (1995).
Autism, affective disorders, and social phobia. Neuropsychiatric
Genetics, 60, 19-26. |
|
|
PICKLES, A., BOLTON, P., MACDONALD, H., BAILEY, A. LE
COUTEUR, A., SIM, C.H. & RUTTER, M. (1995).
Latent-class analysis of recurrence risks for complex
phenotypes with selection and measurement error : a twin
and family history study of autism. American Journal
of Human Genetic, 57, 717-726.
[PDF] |
|
|
BARON-COHEN, S. (1995). Mindblindness : An essay on
autism and theory of mind. MIT Press. |
WING, L., GOULD, J. & GILLBERG, C. (2011). Autism
spectrum disorders in the DSM-V : Better or worse than the
DSM-IV ? Research in Developmental Disabilities, 32,
768-773.
[PDF] |
|
TAGER-FLUSHBERG, H. (1995). "Once upon a ribbit" : Stories
narrated by autistic children. British Journal of
Developmental Pyschology, 13, 45-59. |
OZONOFF, S. (2011). Symptom onset patterns and functional
outcomes in young children with autism spectrum disorders.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 41,
1727-1732. |
|
PIERCE, K. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (1995). Increasing complex
social behaviors in children with autism : effects of
peer-implemented pivotal response training. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 28 (3), 285-295. [PDF] |
KLINTWALL, L., FERNELL, E., HOLM, A. & GILLBERG, C.
(2011). Sensory abnormalities in autism. Research in
Developmental Disabilities, 32, 795-800.
[PDF] |
|
COOK, E.H., STEIN, M.A., KRASOWSKI, M.D., COX, N.J. OLKON,
D.M., KIEFER, J.E. & LEVENTHAL, L.E. (1995).
Association of attention deficit disorder and the dopamine
transporter gene. American Journal of Human Genetics,
56 (4), 993-998. [PDF] |
WEEDEN, M., PORTER, L., DURGIN, A., REDNER, R., KESTNER,
K., COSTELLO, M., CLEARY, K., EDWARDS, T., HAYES, S. &
POLING, A. (2011). Reporting of medication information in
applied studies of people with autism. Research in
Autism Spectrum Disorders, 5, 108-111. [PDF] |
|
GRANDIN, T. (1995). Thinking in pictures : And other
reports from my life with autism. New York :
Doubleday. |
NOVAK, G. & PELAEZ, M. (2011). Autism : A
behavioral-systems approach. In J.A. Mulick and E.A.
Mayville (Eds.),Behavioral foundations of effective
autism treatment (pp. 13-33). Cornwall-on-Hudson,
NY : Sloan Publishing. |
|
MATSON, J.L., BENAVIDEZ, D.A., COMPTON, L.S., PACLAWSKYJ,
T. & BAGLIO, C. (1996). Behavioral treatment of
autistic persons : A review of research from 1980 to the
present. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 17,
433-465. |
YU, K.K., CHEUNG, C., CHUA, S.E. & McALONAN, G.M.
(2011). Can Asperger syndrome be distinguished from autism
? An anatomic likelihood meta-analysis of MRI studies. Journal
of Psychiatry & Neuroscience, 36 (6), 412-421.
[PDF] |
|
DUGAN, E., KAMPS, D., LEONARD, B., WATKINS, N.,
RHEINBERGER, A. & STACKHAUS, J. (1995). Effects of
cooperative learning groups to facilitate integration of
students with autism in a fourth grade social studies
class. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 28
(2), 175-188. |
GALE, G.M., EIKESETH, S.J. & RUDRUD, E. (2011).
Functional assessment and behavioural intervention for
eating difficulties in children with autism : a study
conducted in the natural environment using parents and ABA
tutors as therapists. Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 41 (10), 1383-1396.
[PDF] |
|
FRITH, U. (1996). Cognitive explanations of autism. Acta
Paediactrica, 415, 63-68. |
KOEGEL, L., MATOS-FREDEEN, R., LANG, R. & KOEGEL, R.
(2011). Interventions for children with autism spectrum
disorders in inclusive school settings. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 18 (3), 421-588. [PDF] |
|
|
SCHROEDER, S.R., LEBLANC, J.M. & MAYO, L. (1996).
Brief report : A lifespan perspective on the development
of individuals with autism. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 26, 251-255. |
EURELINGS-BONTEKOE, E., ZWINKELS, K., SCHAAP-JONKER, H.
& EDREDI, M. (2011). Formal characteristics of
Thematic Apperception Test narratives of adult patients
with an autism spectrum disorder. A preliminary study. Psycholoogy,
2 (7), 687-693. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, G. (1996). Evaluating claims about treatments for
autism. In C. Maurice, G. Green & S.C. Luce (Eds.), Behavioral
intervention for young children with autism : A manual
for parents and professionals (pp. 15-28). Austin,
TX : Pro-Ed. |
MOTTRON, L. (2011). Changing perceptions : The power of
autism. Nature, 479 (7371), 33-35. |
|
SMITH, T. (1996). Are other treatments effective? In C.
Maurice, G. Green & S.C. Luce (Eds.), Behavior
interventions for young children with autism (pp.
45-59). Austin, TX : Pro Ed. |
HALLMAYER, J., CLEVELAND, S., TORRES, A., PHILLIPS, J.,
COHEN, B., TORIGOE, T., MILLER, J., FEDELE, A., COLLINS,
J., SMITH, K., LOTSPEICH, L., CROEN, L.A., OZONOFF, S.,
LAJONCHERE, C., GRETHER, J.K. & RISCH, N. (2011).
Genetic heritability and shared environmental factors
among twin pairs with autism. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 68 (11), 1095-1102. [PDF] |
|
TAGER-FLUSHBERG, H. (1996). Current theory and research on
language and communication in autism. Journal of Autism
and Developmental Disorders, 26, 169-172. |
SUNDBERG, M.L. & SUNDBERG, C.A. (2011). Intraverbal
behavior and verbal conditional discriminations in
typically developing children and children with autism. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 27, 23-43.
[PDF] |
|
RUTTER, M. (1996). Autism research : Prospects and
priorities. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 26, 257-275. |
SHUMWAY, S., THURM, A., SWEDO, S.E., DEPREY, L., BARNETT,
L., AMARAL, D.G., ROGERS, S.J. & OZONOFF, S. (2011).
Symptom onset patterns and functional outcomes in young
children with autism spectrum disorders. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 41,
1727-1732. |
|
GILLBERG, C. & COLEMAN, M. (1996). Autism and medical
conditions : a review of the literature. Developmental
Medicine & Child Neurology, 38, 191-202. |
SCHILLINSBURG, M.A. & VALENTINO, A.L. (2011). Teaching
a child with autism to mand for information using "how". The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 27, 179-184. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, G. (1996). Early behavioral intervention for autism
: What does research tell us ? In C. Maurice (Ed.), G.
Green, & S. Luce (Co-Eds.), Behavioral
intervention for young children with autism : A manual
for parents and professionals (pp. 29-44). Austin,
TX: PRO-ED. |
ROCKWELL, S.B., GRIFFIN, C.C. & JONES, H.A. (2011).
Schema-based strategy instruction in mathematics and the
word problem-solving performance of a student with autism.
Focus on Autism & Other Developmental
Disabilities, 26 (2), 87-95. |
|
BETTISON, S. (1996). The long-term effects of auditory
training on children with autism. Journal of Autism
& Developmental Disorders, 26 (3), 361-374. |
MARZULLO-KERTH, D., REEVE, S.A., REEVE, K.F. &
TOWNSEND, D.B. (2011). Using multiple-exemplar training to
teach a generalized repertoire of sharing to children with
autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (2),
279-294. [PDF] |
|
NORDIN, V. & GILLBERT, C. (1996). Autism spectrum
disorders in children with physical or mental disability
or both. II : Screening aspects. Developmental
Medicine & Child Neurology, 38, 314-324. |
OZONOFF, S. (2011). Symptom onset patterns and functional
outcomes in young children with autism spectrum disorders.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 41, 1727-1732 |
|
LE COUTEUR, A., BAILEY, A., GOODE, S., PICKLES, A,
ROBERTSON, S., GOTTESMAN, I. & RUTTER, M. (1996). A
broader phenotype of autism : the clinical spectrum in
twins. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry,
37, 785-801. |
OZONOFF, S., YOUNG, G.S., CARTER, A., MESSINGER, D., NURIT
YIRMIYA, C., ZWAIGENBAUM, L., BRYSON, S.E, CARVER, L.J.,
DOBKINS, K., HUTMAN, T., IVERSON, J.M., LANDA, R., ROGERS,
S.J., SIGMAN, M. & STONE, W.L. (2011). Recurrence risk
for Autism Spectrum Disorders : A baby siblings Research
Consortium Study. Pediatrics, 128 (3), 488-495.
[PDF] |
|
ROGERS, S.J. (1996). Brief report : Early intervention in
autism. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 26, 243-246. |
OZSIVADJIAN, A. KNOTT, F. & MAGIATI, I. (2011). Parent
and child perspectives on the nature of anxiety in
children and young people with Autism Spectrum Disorders :
a focus group study. Autism, 16 (2), 107-121.
[PDF] |
|
GENA, A., KRANTZ, P.J., McCLANNAHAN, L.E., PELIOS, L.
& POULSON, C.L. (1996). Training and generalization of
affective behavior displayed by youth with autism. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 29 (3), 291-304.
[PDF] |
KLINTWALL, L., FERNELL, E., HOLM, A. & GILLBERG, C.
(2011). Sensory abnormalities in autism. Research in
Developmental Disabilities, 32, 795-800.
[PDF] |
|
MAURICE, C. , GREEN, G. & LUCE, S.C. (Eds.) (1996). Behavioral
intervention for young children with autism : A manual
for parents and professionals. Austin, TX: Pro-Ed. |
MATSON, J.L. & KOZLOSKI, A.M. (2011). The increasing
prevalence of autism spectrum disorders. Research in
Autism Spectrum Disorders, 5, 418-425. [PDF] |
|
STRICKLAND, D., MARCUS, L.M., MESIBOV, G.B. & HOGAN,
K. (1996). Brief report : Two case studies using virtual
reality a learning tool for autistic children. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 26 (6),
651-659. |
LANOVAZ, M.J. & SLADECZEK, I.E. (2011). Effects of
music on vocal stereotypy in children with autism. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (3), 647-651. [PDF] |
|
SCHREIBMAN, L. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1996). Fostering
self-management : Parent-delivered pivotal response
training for children with autistic disorder. In E.D.
Hibbs & P.S. Jensen (Eds.), Psychosocial
treatment for child and adolescent disorders :
Empirically based strategies for clinical practice (pp.
525-552). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association. |
WILLIAMS, B.F. & WILLIAMS, R.L. (2011). Effective
programs for treating autism spectrum disorder : Applied
behavior analysis models. New York, NY :
Routledge. |
|
BAILEY, A., PHILLIPS, W. & RUTTER, M. (1996). Autism :
towards an integration of clinical genetic,
neuropsychological and neurobiological perspectives. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 28, 369-392. |
ROBINSON, E.B., KOENEN, K.C., McCORMICK, M.C., MUNIR, K.,
HALLETT, V., HAPPÉ, F., PLOMIN, R. & RONALD, A.
(2012). A multivariate twin study of autistic traits in
12-year-olds : testing the fractionable autism triad
hypothesis. Behavior Genetics, 42, 245-255. |
|
MATSON, J.L., BENAVIDEZ, D.A., COMPTON, L.S., PACLAWSKYJ,
T. & BAGLIO, C. (1996). Behavioral treatment of
autistic persons : A review of research from 1980 to the
present. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 17 (6),
433-465. |
KOEGEL, R.L. BHAROOCHA, A., RIBNICK, C., RIBNICK, R.,
BUCIO, M., FREDEEN, R. & KOEGEL, L. (2012). Using
individualized reinforcers and hierarchical exposure to
increase food flexibility in children with autism spectrum
disorders. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 42 (8), 1574-1581. [PDF] |
|
MESIBOV, G.B. & SHEA, V. (1996). Full inclusion and
children with autism. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 26, 337-346. |
KLINTWALL, L. & EIKESETH, S. (2012). Number and
controllability of reinforcers as predictors of individual
outcome for children with autism receiving early and
intensive behavioral intervention : A preliminary study. Research
in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 6 (1), 493-499.
[PDF] |
ANDERSON, R.R., TARAS, M. & CANNON, R.O. (1996).
Teaching new skills to young chil- dren with autism. In C.
Maurice, G. Green & S.C. Luce (Eds.), Behavioral
intervention for young children with autism : A manual
for parents and professionals (pp. 181–194).
Austin, TX: Pro-Ed.
|
BAHRICK, L.E. & TODD, J.T. (2012). Multisensory
processing in autism spectrum disorders: Intersensory
processing disturbance as a basis for atypical
development. In B.E. Stein (Ed.), The new handbook of
multisensory processes (pp. 657-674). Cambridge, MA
: MIT. |
|
FRAGALE, C.L., O'REILLY, M.F. AGUILAR, J., PIERCE, N.,
LANG, R., SIGAFOOS, J. & LANCIONI, G. (2012). The
influence of motivating operations on generalization
probes of specific mands by children with autism. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 45, 565-577. |
|
|
KODAK, T. & PADEN, A.R. & DICKES, N. (2012).
Training and generalization of peer-directed mands with
non-vocal children with autism. The Analysis of Verbal
Behavior, 28, 119-124. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, G. (1996). Early behavioral intervention for autism
: What does research tell us ? In C. Maurice, G. Green
& S.C. Luce (Eds.), Behavioral intervention for
young children with autism : A manual for parents and
professionals (pp. 29-44). Austin, TX: Pro-Ed. |
SMITH, T. (2012). Evolution of research on interventions
for individuals with autism spectrum disorder :
Implications for behavior analysts. The Behavior
Analysist, 35 (1), 101-113.
[PDF] |
|
FRITH, U. (1996). Autism : Explaining the enigma.
New York : Blackwell. |
LEBLANC, L.A. & GILLIS, J. (2012). Behavioral
interventions for children with autism spectrum disorders.
Pediatric Clinics of North America, 59, 147-164. |
|
ROGERS, S.J. (1996). Brief report : early intervention in
autism. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 26 (2), 243-246. |
ÅSBERG, J. & DAHLGREN, S.A. (2012). Dyslexic, delayed,
precocious, or just normal ? Word reading skills of
children with autism spectrum disorders. Journal of
Research in Reading, 35, 20-31. |
|
BENNETTO, L., PENNINGTON, B.F. & ROGERS, S.J. (1996).
Intact and impaired memory functions in autism. Child
Development, 67, 1816-1835. |
DICHTER, G. & ADOLPHS, R. (2012). Reward processing in
autism : a thematic series. Journal of
Neurodevelopmental Disorders, 4 (20), 1-4.
[PDF] |
|
CHARMAN, T., SWETTENHAM, J., BARON-COHEN, S., COX, A.,
BAIRD, G. & DREW, A. (1997). Infants with autism : an
investigation of empathy, pretend play, joint attention,
and imitation. Development Psychology, 33 (5),
781-789. |
DUNST, C.J., TRIVETTE, C.M. & HAMBY, D.W. (2012).
Effect of interest-based interventions on the
social-communicative behavior of young children with
autism spectrum disorders. Center for Early Literacy
Learning Review, 5 (6), 1-10. [PDF] |
|
FOMBONNE, E., Du MAZAUBRAN, C., CANS, C. & GRANDJEAN,
H. (1997). Autism and associated medical disorders in a
French epidemiological survey. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 36,
1561-1569. |
ELDEVIK, S., HASTING, R.P., JAHR, E. & HUGHES, J.C.
(2012). Outcomes of behavioral intervention for children
with autism in mainstream pre-school settings. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 42 (2),
210-220.
[PDF] |
|
HOWLIN, P. & MOORE, A. (1997). Diagnosis in autism : A
survey of over 1200 patients in the UK. Autism, 1,
135-162. |
SASSON, N.J., DICHTER, G.S. & BODFISH, J.W. (2012).
Affective responses by adults with autism are reduced to
social images but elevated to images related to
circumscribed interests. PLOS One, 7 (8),
1-14. [PDF] |
|
STONE, W., OUSLEY, O. & LITTLEFORD, C. (1997). Motor
imitation in young children with autism : What's the
object? Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 25,
475-485. |
KLINTWALL, L., GILBERG, C., BÖLTE, S. & FERNELL, E.
(2012). The efficacy of intensive behavioral intervention
for children with autism : A matter of allegiance ? Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 42 (1),
139-140. [PDF] |
|
PIERCE, K. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (1997). Multiple peer use
of pivotal response training social behaviors of
classmates with autism : results from trained and
untrained peers. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 30 (1), 157-160. [PDF] |
SAYLOR, S., SIDENER, T.M., REEVE, S.A. FETHERSTON, A.
& PROGAR, P.R. (2012). Effects of three types of
noncontingent auditory stimulation on vocal stereotypy in
children with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 44 (1), 185-190.
[PDF] |
|
DAWSON, G. & OSTERLING, J. (1997). Early intervention
in autism: Effectiveness and common elements of current
approaches. In M. Guralnick (Ed.), The effectiveness
of early intervention (pp. 307-326). Baltimore :
Paul H. Brookes.
|
CHEVALLIER, C., KOHLS, G., TROIANI, V., BRODKIN, E.S.
& SCHULTZ, R.T. (2012). The social motivation theory
of autism. Trends in Cognitive Science, 16, 231–239. |
|
FRITH, U. (1997). The neurocognitive basis of autism. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 1 (1), 73-77. |
ROGERS, S.J., ESTES, A., LORD, C., VISMARA, L., WINTER,
J., FITZPATRICK, A., GUO, M. & DAWSON, G. (2012).
Effects of a Brief Early Start Denver Model (ESDM)-Based
Parent Intervention on Toddlers at Risk for Autism
Spectrum Disorders: A randomized controlled trial. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 51 (10), 1052-1065. [PDF] |
|
YEUNG-COURCHESNE, R. & COURCHESNE, E. (1997). From
impasse to insight in autism research : From behavioral
symptoms to biological explanations. Development &
Psychopathology, 9, 389-4 19. |
GERNSBACHER, M.A. & PRIPAS-KAPIT, S. (2012). Who's
missing the point ? A commentary on claims that autistic
persons have a specific deficit in figurative language
comprehension. Metaphor & Symbol, 27, 93-105. |
|
BARON-COHEN, S., WHEELWRIGHT, S. & JOLLIFFE, T.
(1997). Is there a "language of the eyes" ? Evidence from
normal adults and adults with autism or Asperger syndrome.
Visual Cognition, 4, 311-331.
[PDF] |
EIKESETH, S., KLINTWALL, L., JAHR, E. & KARLSSON, P.
(2012). Outcome for children with autism receiving early
and intensive behavioral intervention in mainstream
preschool and kindergarten settings. Research in
Autism Spectrum Disorders, 6, 829-835. [PDF] |
|
McMANUS, I.C. (1997). Autism and schizophrenia are not due
to a single genetic locus. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry,
2, 226-230.
[PDF] |
THIEMANN-BOURQUE, K.S., BRADY, N.C. & FLEMING, K.K
(2012). Symbolic play of preschoolers with severe
communication impairments with autism and other
developmental delays : More similarities than differences.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 42
(5), 863-873. [PDF] |
|
RUSSELL, J. (1997). Autism as an executive disorder.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
AXELROD, S., McELRATH, K. & WINE, B. (2012). Applied
behavior analysis : Autism and beyond. Behavioral
Interventions, 27 (1), 1-15. |
|
JOLLIFFE, T. & BARON-COHEN, S. (1997). Are people with
autism and Asperger syndrome faster than normal on the
embedded figues test ? Journal of Child Psycholoy
& Psychiatry, 38 (5), 527-534. [PDF] |
PADEN, A.R., KODAK, T., FISHER, W.W., GAWLEY-BULLINGTON,
E.M. & BOUXSEINT, K.J. (2012). Teaching children with
autism to engage in peer-directed mands using a picture
exchange communication system.Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 45 (2), 425-429.
[PDF] |
|
HAPPÉ, F. (1997). Central coherence and theory of mind in
autism : reading homographs in context. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 15 (1), 1-12. |
DWORZYNSKI, K., RONALD, A., BOLTON, P. & HAPPÉ, F.
(2012) How different are girls and boys above and below
the diagnostic threshold for autism spectrum disorders ? Journal
of American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry. |
|
GRESHAM, F.M. & MacMILLAN, D.L. (1997). Autistic
recovery ? An analysis and critique of the empirical
evidence on the early intervention project. Behavioral
Disorders, 22 (4), 185-201. |
HARTLEY, S.L., SCHAIDLE, E.M. & BURNSON, C.F. (2013).
Parental attributions for the behavior problems of
children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders.
Journal of Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 34
(9), 651-660. [PDF] |
|
GREENSPAN, S.I. & WIEDER, S. (1997). Developmental
patterns and outcomes in infants and children with
disorders in relating and communicating : A chart review
of 200 cases of children with autistic spectrum diagnoses.
Journal of Developmental & Learning, Disorders, 1,
87-141. |
VOEKEL, H., LECROY, C.W., WILLIAMS, L.R. & HOLSCHUH,
J. (2013). The full spectrum : Hispanic understanding of
autism. Best Practices in Mental Health, 9 (1),
31-46.
[PDF] |
|
GRESHAM, F.M. & MacMILLAN, D.L. (1998). Early
intervention project : Can its claims be substantiated and
its effects replicated ? Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 28, 5-13. |
VLADESCU, J.C. & KODAK, T. (2013). Increasing
instructional efficiency by presenting additional stimuli
in learning trials for children with autism spectrum
disorders. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 46
(4), 805-816. [PDF] |
|
GRESHAM, F.M. & MacMILLAN, D.L. (1998). Early
intervention project : Can its claims be substantiated and
its effects replicated ? Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 28, 5-13. |
ERIKSSON, K. (2013)
Autism-spectrum traits predict humor styles in the general population.
Humor : An International Journal of Humor Research, 26 (3), 461-475. [PDF] |
|
KOVER, S.T., MCDUFFIE, A.S., HAGERMAN, R.J. &
ABBEDUTO, L. (2013). Receptive vocabulary in boys with
autism spectrum disorder : Cross-sectional developmental
trajectories. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 43, (11), 2696-2709. [PDF] |
|
GILLBERG, C. (1998). Asperger syndrome and high
functioning autism. British Journal of Psychiatry,
171, 200-209. |
RUTTER, M. (2013). Changing concepts and findings on
autism. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 43, 1749-1757. |
|
ROGERS, S.J. (1998). Neuropsychology of autism and its
implications for early intervention. Mental
Retardation & Developmental Disabilities Research 4,
104-110. |
VOLKMAR, F.R. & REICHOW, B. (2013). Autism in DSM-5:
Progress and challenges. Molecular Autism, 4, [13],
2-6. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, T. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1998). Intensive and early
behavioral intervention with autism : The UCLA Young
Autism Project. Infants & Young Children, 1, 67-78.
|
FARMER, J. & REUPERT, A. (2013). Understanding autism
and understanding my child with autism : An evaluation of
a group parent education program in rural Australia. Australian
Journal of Rural Health, 21, 20-27. |
|
SIGMAN, M. (1998). Change and continuity in the
development of children with autism. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines,
39, 817-827. |
RICKETTS, J., JONES, C.R.G., HAPPÉ, F. & CHARMAN, T.
(2013). Reading comprehension in autism spectrum disorders
: The role of oral language and social functioning. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 43 (4),
807-816. |
|
|
POIRIER, N. (1998). La théorie de l'esprit de l'enfant
autiste. Autisme, 23 (1), 115-129. [PDF] |
SMITH, L.E., GREENBERG, J.S. & MAILICK, M.R. (2013).
Adults with autism: Outcomes, family effects, and the
multi-family group psychoeducation model. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 14, 732-738. |
|
ROGERS, S.J. (1998). Neuropsychology of autism and its
implications for early intervention. Mental
Retardation & Developmental Disabilities Research 4,
104-110. |
TAGER-FLUSBERG, H. & KASARI, C. (2013).
Minimally-verbal school-aged children with autism spectrum
disorder : the neglected end of the spectrum. Autism
Research, 6, 468-478. [PDF] |
|
KOEGEL, R.L., CAMARATA, S.M. & VALDEZ-MENCHACA, M.
(1998). Setting generalization of question-asking by
children with autism. American Journal on Mental
Retardation, 102 (4), 346-357. |
FROEHLICH, W., CLEVELAND, S., TORRES, A., PHILLIPS, J.,
COHEN, B., TORIGOE, T., MILLER, J., FEDELE, A., COLLINS,
J., SMITH, K., LOTSPEICH, L., CROEN, L.A., OZONOFF, S.,
LAJONCHERE, C., GRETHER, J.K., RISCH, N. & HALLMAYER,
J. (2013). Head circumference in twins with and without
autism spectrum disorder. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 43, 2026-2037. [PDF] |
|
SUNBERG, M.L. & PARTINGTON, J.W. (1998). Teaching
language to children with autism or other developmental
disabilities. Pleasent Hill, CA : Behavior
Analysts. |
ZERBO, O., IOSIF, A.M., WALKER, C., OZONOFF, S., HANSEN,
R.L. & HERTZ-PICCIOTTO, I. (2013). Is maternal
influenza or fever during pregnancy associated with autism
or developmental delays ? Results from the CHARGE study.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 43, 25-33. |
|
SHEINKOPF, S. & SIEGEL, B. (1998). Home-based
behavioral treatment of young children with autism. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 28, 15-23. |
CONNERY, V. (2013). An ABA-based intervention package for
treating the inappropriate use of a communication device
within autistic populations. Journal of European
Psychology Students, 4, 47-55. [PDF] |
|
LEAF, R. & McEACHIN, J.J. (1998). A work in
progress: Behavior management strategies and a
curriculum for intensive behavioral treatment of autism.
New York : Different Roads to Learning. |
BARBEAU, E.B., SOULIÈRES, I., DAWSON, M., ZEFFIRO, T.A.
& MOTTRON, L. (2013). The level and nature of autistic
intelligence III : Inspection time. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 122 (1), 295-301. [PDF] |
|
CONNOR, M.M. (1998). A review of behavioural early
intervention programmes for children with autism. Educational
Psychology in Practice, 14, 109-117. |
ZWAIGENBAUM, L., BRYON, S. & GARON, N. (2013). Early
identification of autism spectrum disorders. Behavioural
Brain Research, 251, 133-146. |
|
BAILEY, A., LUTHERT, P., DEAN, A., HARDING, B., JANOTA,
I., MONTGOMERY, M., RUTTER, M. & LANTOS, P. (1998). A
clinicopathological study of autism. Brain, 121,
889-905. |
VOLKMAR, F.R. & REICHOW, B. (2013). Autism in DSM-5 :
Progress and challenges. Molecular Autism, 4, [13],
2-6. [PDF] |
|
WILKINSON, K. (1998). Profiles of language and
communication skills in autism. Mental Retardation and
Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews, 4 73-79. |
MODY, M., MANOACH, D.S., GUENTHER, F.H., KENET, T., BRUNO,
K.A., McDOUGLAS, C.J. & STIGLER, K.A. (2013). Speech
and language in autism spectrum disorder : a view through
the lens of behavior and brain imaging. Neuropsychiatry,
3 (2), 223-232. [PDF] |
|
SMALLEY, S.L. (1998). Autism and tuberous sclerosis. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 28 (5),
407-414. |
BARTON, M.D., ROBINS, D., JASHAR, D., BRENNAN, L. &
FEIN, D. (2013). Sensitivity and specificity of proposed
DSM-5 criteria for autism spectrum disorder in toddlers. Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 43 (5),
1184-1195. |
|
TAYLOR B.A. & LEVIN, L. (1998). Teaching a student
with autism to make verbal initiations : Effects of a
tactile prompt. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
31 (4), 651-654. [PDF] |
OZONOFF, S. (2013). Behavior and sleep problems in
children with a amily history of autism. Autism
Research, 6, 169-176. |
|
TROTTIER, G., SRIVASTAVA, L. & WALKER, C.D. (1999).
Etiology of infantile autism : A review of recent
advancements in genetic and neurobiological research. Journal
of Psychiatry & Neuroscience, 24, 103-115. |
KODAK, T., CLEMENTS, A. & LEBLANC, B. (2013). A rapid
assessment of instructional strategies to teach
auditory-visual conditional discriminations to children
with autism. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders,
7, 801-807. |
|
WHITELEY, P., RODGERS, J., SAVERY, D. & SHATTOCK, P. (1999). A gluten-free diet as an intervention for autism and associated spectrum disorders : Preliminary findings.
Autism, 3, 45-65. |
DUFFY, F.H., SHANKARDASS, A., McANULTY, G.B. &
HEIDELISE, A. (2013). The relationship of Asperger's
syndrome to autism : a preliminary EEG coherence study.
BMC Medicine, 11, 1-12. [PDF] |
|
EDELSON, S., ARIN, D., BAUMAN, M., LUKAS, S., RUDY, J.,
SHOLAR, M. & RIMLAND, B. (1999). Auditory integration
training : A double-blind study of behavioural and
electrophysiological effects in people with autism.
Focus on Autism & Other Developmental Disorders, 14
(2), 73-81. |
FLAVIER, E. & CLÉMENT, C. (2014). Besoins de formation
des enseignants du second degré pour l'inclusion des
élèves avec un trouble du spectre de l'autisme. Nouvelle
Revue de l'Adaptation et de la Scolarisation, 65,
95-112. |
|
MOTTRON, L., PERETZ, I., BELLEVILLE, S. & ROULEAU, N.
(1999). Absolute pitch in autism : A case-study.
Neurocase, 5, 485-501. [PDF] |
KASARI, C., KAISER, A., GOODS, K., NIETFELD, J., MATHY,
P., LANDA, R., MURPHY, S. & ALMIRALL, D. (2014).
Communication interventions for minimally verbal children
with autism : A sequential multiple assignment randomized
trial. American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 53 (6), 635-646. [PDF]
|
|
GRESHAM, F.M., BEEBE-FRANKENBERGER, M.E. & MacMILLIAN, D.L. (1999). A selective review of treatments for children
with autism : Description and methodological
considerations. School Psychology Review, 28 (4), 559-575. [PDF] |
MINSHAWI, N.F., HURWITZ, S., FODSTAD, J.C., BIEBL, S.
MORRISS, D.H. & McDOUGLE, C.J. (2014). The association
between self-injurious behaviors and autism spectrum
disorders. Psychology Research & Behavior
Management, 7, 125-136. [PDF]
|
|
GHEZZI, P.M., WILLIAMS, W.L. & CARR, J.E. (Eds.)
(1999). Autism : Behavior-analytic perspectives.
Context Press. |
WONG, J.D., MAILICK, M.R., GREENBERG, J.S., HONG, J. &
COE, C.L. (2014). Daily work stress and awakening cortisol
in mothers of individuals with autism spectrum disorders
or fragile X syndrome. Family Relations, 63,
135-147. [PDF] |
|
McCLANNAHAN, L.E. & KRANTZ, P.J. (1999). Activity
schedulesf or children with autism : Teaching
independent behavior. Bethesda, MD: Woodbine
House. |
TAGER-FLUSBERG, H. (2014). Promoting communicative speech
in minimally verbal children with autism spectrum
disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 53 (6), 612-613. [PDF]
|
|
BARON-COHEN, S., RING, H., WHEELWRIGHT, S, BULLMORE, E.,
BRAMMER, M., SIMMONS, A. & WILLIAMS, S. (1999). Social
intelligence in the normal and autistic brain : An fMRI
study. European Journal of Neuroscience, 11, 1891-1898. |
BRUNSDON, V. & HAPPÉ, F. (2014). Exploring the
"fractionation" of autism at the cognitive level.
Autism, 18, 17-30. |
|
COX, A., KLEIN, K., CHARMAN, T, BAIRD, G., BARON-COHEN, S.
& SWETTENTHAM, J. (1999). Autism spectrum disorders at
20 and 42 months of age : Stability of clinical and ADI-R
diagnosis. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines, 40 (5),
719-732. |
ROGERS, S.J. VISMARA, L., WAGNER, A.L., MCCORMICK, C.,
YOUNG, G. & OZONOFF, S. (2014). Autism treatment in
the first year of life : A pilot study of infant start, a
parent-implemented intervention for symptomatic infants. Journal
of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 44, 2981-2995. |
|
WOLFBERG, P. (1999). Play and imagination in children
with autism. New York : Teachers' College Press. |
RUDY, N.A., BETZ, A.M., MALONE, E., HENRY, J.E. &
CHONG, I.M. (2014). Effects of video modeling on teaching
bids for joint attention to children with autism. Behavioral
Interventions, 29 (4), 269-285. [PDF]
|
|
TURNER, M.A. (1999). Generating novel ideas : Fluency
performance in high-functioning and learning disabled
individuals with autism. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 40, 189-201. [PDF] |
WARLAUMONT, A., RICHARDS, J., GILKERSON, J. & OLLER,
D.K. (2014). A social feedback loop for speech development
and its reduction in autism. Psychological Science,
25, 1314-1324. |
|
GROW, L.L., KODAK, T. & CARR, J.E. (2014). A
comparison of methods for teaching receptive labeling to
children with autism spectrum disorders : A systematic
replication. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 47
(3), 600-605. |
|
|
HAPPÉ, F. (1999) Autism : Cognitive deficit or cognitive
style ? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 3, 216-222.
|
GELBAR, N.P., REICHOW, B. & SMITH, I. (2014).
Systematic review of articles describing experience and
supports of individuals with autism enrolled in college
and university programs. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 44, 2593-2601. |
|
RAY, K.P., SKINNER, C.H. & WATSON, S.T. (1999).
Transferring stimulus control via momentum to increase
compliance in a student with autism : A deomstration of
collaborative consultation. School Psychology Review,
28 (4), 622-628. |
VOLKMAR, F.R. & REICHOW, B. (2014). Infants and
toddlers with autism : The promise and the challenges. International
Journal of Speech-Language Pathology, 16 (1),
11-14. |
|
HOWLIN, P. & ASHGARIAN, A. (1999). The diagnosis of
autism and Asperger syndrome : findings from a survey of
770 families. Developmental Medicine & Child
Neurology, 41, 834-839. |
FROEHLICH-SANTINO, W., TOBON, A.L., CLEVELAND, S., TORRES, A., PHILLIPS, J., COHEN, B., TORIGOE, T., MILLER, J., FEDELE, A., COLLINS, J., SMITH, K., LOTSPEICH, L., CROEN, L.A., OZONOFF, S., LAJONCHERE, C., GRETHER, J.K., O'HARA, R. & HALLMAYER, J. (2014). Prenatal and perinatal risk
factors in a twin study of autism spectrum disorders.
Journal of Psychiatric Research, 54, 100-108. [PDF] |
|
CLÉMENT, C. (2015). Connaissances et besoins de
formation des enseignants du primaire concernant les
Troubles Envahissant du Développement / Trouble du Spectre
de l’Autisme. Revue
Francophone de la Déficience Intellectuelle, 26,
5-16. |
|
PADEN, A. & KODAK, T. (2015). The effect of
reinforcement magnitude on skill acquisition with children
with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 48
(4), 924-929. |
|
SIGMAN, M., RUSKIN, E., CORONA, R., DISSANAYAKE, C.,
ESPINOSA, M., KIM, N., LOPEZ, A. & ZIERHUT, C. (1999).
Continuity and change in the social competence of children
with autism, Down syndrome, and developmental delays. Mongraphs
of the Society for Research in Child Development, 64
(1), 1-114. |
CHENAUSKY, K.V. (2015). Speech in autism : Spectrum
disorder. Acoustics Today, 11 (4), 18-24. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, T. (1999). Outcome of early intervention for
children with autism. Clinical Psychology : Science
& Practice, 6, 33-49. |
GERNSBACHER, M.A., MORSON, E.M. & GRACE, E.J. (2015).
Language development in autism. In G. Hichkok & S.
Small (Eds.), Neurobiology of language (pp.
879-886). Elsevier. [PDF]
|
|
ZWAIGENBAUM, L., NICHOLAS, D.B., MUSKAT, B., KILMER, C.,
NEWTON, A.S., CRAIG, W.R., RATNAPALAN, S., COHEN-SILVER,
J., GREENBLATT, A., ROBERTS, W. & SHARON, R.J. (2016).
Perspectives of health care providers regarding emergency
department care of children and youth with autism spectrum
disorder. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 46 (5), 1725-1736. |
|
KODAK, T., CLEMENTS, A., PADEN, A.R., LEBLANC, B., MINTZ,
J. & TOUSSAINTS, K.A. (2015). Examination of the
relation between an assessment of skills and performance
on auditory-visual conditional discriminations for
children with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 48 (1), 52-70. |
|
SMITH, T. & IADAROLA, S. (2015). Evidence base update
for autism spectrum disorder. Journal of Clinical
Child & Adolescent Psychology, 44 (6), 897-922. |
|
McGEE, G.G., MORRIER, M.J. & DALY, T. (1999). An
incidental teaching approach to early intervention for
toddlers with autism. Journal of the Association for
Persons with Severe Handicaps, 24 (3), 133-146. |
KLINTWALL, L., ELDEVIK, S. & EIKESETH, S. (2015).
Narrowing the gap-effects of type and intensity of
intervention on developmental trajectories in autism. Autism
: International Journal of Research & Practice, 19 (1),
53-63. [PDF]
|
|
IVY, J.W. & SCHRECK, K.A. (2016) The efficacy of ABA
for individuals with autism across the lifespan. Current Developmental
Disorders Reports, 3, 57-66. |
|
WEISS, M.J. (1999). Differential rates of skill
acquisition and outcomes of early intensive behavioral
intervention for autism. Behavioral Interventions,
14, 3-22. [PDF] |
GERNSBACHER, M.A., MORSON, E.M. & GRACE, E.J. (2016).
Language and speech in autism. Annual Review of
Linguistics, 2, 413-425. |
|
STONE, W, LEE, B, ASHFORD, L., BRISSIE, J, HEPBURN, S.L.,
COONROD, E.E. & WEISS, B.H. (1999). Can autism be
diagnosed accurately in children under 3 years.
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 40,
219-226. |
JOHNSON, K.A., VLADESCU J.C., KODAK, T. & SIDENER T.M.
(2017). An assessment of differential reinforcement
procedures for learners with autism spectrum disorder. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 50 (2), 290-303. |
|
WIGGINS, L.D., TIAN, L.H., LEVY, S.E., RICE, C., LEE,
L.-C., SCHIEVE, L., PANDEY, J., DANIELS, J., BLASKEY, L.,
HEPBURN, S., LANDA, R., EDMONDSON-PRETZEL, R. &
THOMPSON, W. (2017). Homogeneous subgroups of young
children with autism improve phenotypic characterization
in the study to explore early development. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 47 (11),
3634-3645. |
|
GREEN J., PICKLES, A., PASCO, G., BEDFORD, R., WAN, M.W.,
ELSABBAGH, M., SLONIMS, V., GLIGA, T., JONES, E., CHEUNG,
C., CHARMAN, T., JOHNSON, M. & BRITISH AUTISM STUDY OF
INFANT SIBLINGS (BASIS) Team. (2017). Randomised trial of
a parent-mediated intervention for infants at high risk
for autism : longitudinal outcomes to age 3 years. Journal
of Child Psycholology & Psychiatry, 58 (12),
1330-1340. [PDF] |
| |
MOTTRON, L. (2017). Should we change targets and methods
of early intervention in autism, in favor of a
strengths-based education ? European Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 26 (7), 815-825. [PDF]
|
|
SCHUETZE, M., ROHR, C.S., DEWEY, D., McCRIMMON, A. &
BRAY, S. (2017). Reinforcement learning in autism spectrum
disorder. Frontiers in Psychology, 8 [2035] 1-15.
[PDF] |
|
HERMAWATI, D., RAHMADI, F.A., SUMEKAR, T.A. & WINARNI,
T.I. (2018). Early electronic screen exposure and
autistic-like symptoms . Intractable & Rare
Diseases Research Advance Publication, 7 (1),
69-71. [PDF]
|
|
ZHAO, H., JIANG, Y.-H. & ZHANG, Y.Q. (2018). Modeling
autism in non-human primates : Opportunities and
challenges. Autism Research, 11 (5), 686-694. [PDF]
|
|
GREEN, G. (1999). Science and ethics in early intervention
for autism. In P.M. Ghezzi, W.L. Williams & J.E. Carr
(Eds.), Autism : Behavior-analyst perspectives
(pp. 11-28). Reno, NV : Context Press. |
SCHNELL, L.K., VLADESCU, J.C., KODAK, T. & NOTTINGHAM,
C.L. (2018). Comparing procedures on the acquisition and
generalization of tacts for children wih autism spectrum
disorder. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 51
(4), 769-783. |
|
DRASH, P.W., HIGH, R.L. & TUDOR, R.M. (1999). Using
mand training to establish an echoic repertoire in young
children with autism. The Analysis of Verbal
Behavior, 16, 29-44. [PDF] |
LORD, C., ELSABBAGH, M., BAIRD, G. &
VEENSTRA-VANDERWEELE, J. (2018). Autism spectrum disorder.
Lancet, 11, 392 (10146), 508-520. |
|
RIVARD, M., MORIN, M., MELLO, C., TERROUX, A. &
MERCIER, C. (2019). Follow-Up of Children With Autism
Spectrum Disorder 1 Year After Early Behavioral
Intervention. Behavior Modification, 43 (4),
490-517. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble mental et
Syndrome
d'Asperger |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trouble
du spectre de l'autisme (Héritabilité) :
Risk family.
| |
|
|
SANDIN, S., LICHTENSTEIN, P, KUJA-HALKOLA, R, LARSSON, H.,
HULTMAN, C.M. & REICHENBERG, A. (2014). The familial
risk of autism. Journal of American Medical
Association, 311 (17), 1770-1777. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Trouble du spectre de
l'autisme |
|
|
|
Trouble du spectre de l'autisme (Mesures/Évaluations)
: Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
le trouble de l'autisme. Evaluating autistic children, diagnosis of autism, early identification of autism, diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder.
| |
|
|
ASPERGER, H. (1968). Zur differentialdiagnose des
kindlichen autismus. Acta Paedopsychiatrica, 35, 136-145. |
WING, L., LEEKAM, S, LIBBY, S. GOULD, J. &
TINNISWOOD-LACOMBE, M. (2002). The diagnostic interview
for social and communication disorders: algorithms for
ICD-10 childhood autism and Wing and Gould autistic
spectrum disorder. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 43 (3), 307-325. |
|
RIMLAND, B. (1968). On the objective diagnosis of
infantile autism. Acta Paedopsychiatrica, 35,
146-161. |
LEEKAM, S.R., LIBBY, S,WING, L., GOULD, J. & TAYLOR,
C. (2002). The Diagnostic Interview for Social and
Communication disorders : algorithms for ICD-10 childhood
autism and Wing and Gould autistic spectrum disorder. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 43 (3),
327-342. |
|
ORNITZ, E.M. & RITVO, E. (1976). The syndrome of
autism : A critical review. The American Journal of
Psychiatry, 133, 609-621. |
CHARMAN, T. & BAIRD, G. (2002). Practitioner review ;
diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder in 2 and 3 year old
children. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 43, 289-305. |
|
FREEMAN, B.J. (1976). Evaluating autistic children. Journal
of Pediatric Psychology, 1, 18-21. |
LERMAN, D.C., VORNDRAN, C.M., ADDISON, L. & KUHN, S.C.
(2004). A rapid assessment of skills in young children
with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 37
(1), 11-26. [PDF] |
|
RUTTER, M. & SCHOPLER, E. (1987). Autism and pervasive
developmental disorders : Concepts and diagnostic issues.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 17, 159-186. |
OZONOFF, S., COOK, H., COON, H., DAWSON, G., JOSEPH, R.M.,
KLIN, A., MCMAHON, W.M., MINSHEW, N., MUNSON, J.A.,
PENNINGTON, B.F., ROGERS, S.J., SPENCE, A.,
TAGER-FLUSBERG, H., VOLKMAR, F.R. & WRATHALL, D.
(2004). Performance on Cambridge Neuropsychological Test
Automated Battery Subtests sensitive to frontal lobe
function in people with autistic disorder : Evidence from
the collaborative programs of Excellence in Autism
Network. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 34 (2), 139-150. [PDF]
|
|
ZWAIGENBAUM, L., BRYSON, S., ROGERS, T., ROBERTS, W.,
BRIAN, J. & SZATMARI, P. (2005). Behavioural
manifestations of autism in the first year of life. International
Journal of Neuroscience, 23, 143-152. |
|
SCHOPLER, E., REICHLER, R.J., DEVELLIS, R.F. & DALY,
K. (1980). Toward object classification of childhood autsm
: Childhood Autism Rating Scale (CARS). Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 10, 91-103 |
SCIUTTO, M.J. & CANTWELL, C. (2005). Factors
influencing the differential diagnosis of Asperger's
disorder and autism. Journal of Developmental &
Physical Disabilities, 17, 345-359. |
|
DENCKLA, M. (1986). Editorial : New diagnostic criteria
for autism aud related behaviour disorders : Guidehues for
research protocols.Journal of the American Academy of
Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 25, 221-224. |
MATSON, J.L., NEBEL-SCHWALM, M. & MATSON, M.L. (2007).
A review of methodological issues in the differential
diagnosis of autism spectrum disorders in children. Research
in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 1 (1), 38-54. [PDF] |
|
SCHOPLER, E., REICHLER, R.J. & RENNER, B.R. (1986). The
Childhood Autism Rating Scale (CARS) : For diagnostic
screening and classification of autism. New York :
Irvington. |
MATSON, J.L. (2007). Current status of differential
diagnosis for children with autism spectrum disorders. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 28, 109-118. [PDF] |
|
LE COUTEUR, A., RUTTER, M., LORD, C., RIOS, P., ROBERTSON,
S., HOLDGRAFER, M. & MCLENNAN, J. (1989). Autism
Diagnostic Interview : a standardized investigator based
instrument. Journal of Autism & Development
Disorders, 19, 363-387. |
DOVER, J. & LE COUTEUR, A. (2007). How to diagnose
autism. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 92 (6),
540-545. [PDF] |
|
SEVIN, J.A., MATSON, J.L., COE, D.A., FEE, V.E. &
SEVIN, B.M. (1991). A comparison and evaluation of three
commonly used autism scales. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 21, 417-430. |
LE COUTEUR, A. HADEN, G., HAMMAL, D. & McCONACHIE, H.
(2008). Diagnosing autism spectrum disorders in pre-school
children using two standardised assessment instruments :
The ADI-R and the ADOS. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 38 (2), 362-372. |
|
RAPIN, I. (1991). Autistic children : Diagnosis and
clinical features. Pediatrics, 87 (S) 751-760. |
|
|
LORD, C., RUTTER, M. & LE COUTEUR, A. (1994). Autism
Diagnostic Interview-Revised : a revised version of a
diagnostic interview for caregivers of individuals with
possible pervasive developmental disorders. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 24,
659-685. |
NORRIS, M., LECAVALIER, L. & EDWARDS, M.C. (2012). The
structure of autism symptoms as measured by the autism
diagnostic observation schedule. Journal of Autism
& Developmental Disorders, 42, 1075-1086. |
|
HOWLIN, P. & MOORE, A. (1997). Diagnosis in autism : A
survey of over 1200 patients in the UK. Autism, 1,
135-162. |
SHARMA, S., WOOLFSON, L.M. & HUNTER, S.C. (2012).
Confusion and inconsistency in diagnosis of Asperger
syndrome : a review of studies from 1981 to 2010. Autism,
16, 465-486. |
|
LORD, C. (1997). Diagnostic instruments in autism spectrum
disorders. In D.J. Cohen, & F.R. Volkmar (Eds.),
Handbook of Autism and Pervasive Developmental Disorders
(pp. 460-483). New York : Wiley. |
ZWAIGENBAUM, L., BRYON, S. & GARON, N. (2013). Early
identification of autism spectrum disorders. Behavioural
Brain Research, 251, 133-146. |
|
BERUMENT, J., RUTTER, M., LORD, C., PICKLES, A. &
BAILEY, A. (1999). Autism screening questionnaire :
Diagnostic validity. The British Journal of
Psychiatry, 175, 444-451. |
ZWAIGENBAUM, L., BRYSON, S.E., BRIAN, J., SMITH, I.M.,
ROBERTS, W., SZATMARI, P., RONCADIN, C., GARON, N. &
VAILLANCOURT, T. (2016). 72. Stability of diagnostic
assessment for autism spectrum disorder between 18 and 36
months in a high-risk cohort. Autism Research, 9
(7), 790-800. |
|
HOWLIN, P. & ASHGARIAN, A. (1999). The diagnosis of
autism and Asperger syndrome : findings from a survey of
770 families. Developmental Medicine & Child
Neurology, 41, 834-839. |
DALRYMPLE, K.A., WALL, N., SPEZIO, M., PIVEN, J. &
ELISON, J.T. (2018). Rapid face orienting in infants and
school-age children with and without autism: Exploring
measurement invariance in eye-tracking. PLOS One, 13
(8), 1-13.
[PDF] |
|
STONE, W., LEE, B., ASHFORD, L., BRISSIE, J., HEPBURN,
S.L., COONROD, E.E. & WEISS, B.H. (1999). Can autism
be diagnosed accurately in children under 3 years.
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 40,
219-226. |
ZWAIGENBAUM, L., DUKU, E., FOMBONNE, E., SZATMARI, P.,
SMITH, I.M., BRYSON, S.E., MIRENDA, P., VAILLANCOURT, T.,
VOLDEN, J., GEORGIADES, S., ROBERTS, W., BENNETT, T.,
ELSABBAGH, M., WADDELL, C., STEIMAN, M., SIMON, R. &
BRUNO, R. (2018). Developmental functioning and symptom
severity influence age of diagnosis in Canadian preschool
children with autism. Paediatrics & Child Health,
24 (1), 57-65. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trouble du spectre de l'autisme (Prévention) :
Prevention of autism spectrum disorder.
|
|
| |
ROGÉ, B., CHABROL, H. & UNSALDI, I. (2009). Le
dépistage précoce de l'autisme : Quelle faisabilité ? Enfance,
1, 27-40. [PDF] |
|
DAWSON, G. (2008). Early behavioral intervention, brain
plasticity, and the prevention of autism spectrum
disorder. Development & Psychopathology, 20, 775-803.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble du spectre de
l'autisme |
|
|
|
Trouble du spectre de l'autisme (Traitements/Thérapies) :
Ensemble des thérapies
visant à aider et guérir les personnes qui souffrent du trouble
du spectre de l'autisme. Intervention
for autism, intensive behavioral treatment, treatment of
autistic behavior, treatment of autism, Behavioral
interventional for autism.
| |
|
|
ROGERS, S.J. (2000). Interventions that facilitate
socialization in children with autism. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 30, 399-409. |
|
SUNDBERG, M.L., EDICOTT, K. & EIGENHEER, P. (2000).
Using intraverbal prompts to establish tacts for children
with autism. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 17,
89-104. [PDF] |
|
MUDFORD, O., CROSS, B., BREEN, S. & CULLEN, C. (2000).
Auditory integration training for children with autism :
No behavioural benefits detects. American Journal on
Mental Retardation, 105 (2), 118-129. |
|
FERSTER, C.B. (1961). Positive reinforcement and
behavioral deficits of autistic children. Child
Development, 32, 437-456. |
MILLER, N. & NEURINGER, A. (2000). Reinforcing
variability in adolescents with autism. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 33 (2), 151-165. [PDF] |
|
FERSTER, C.B. & DEMYER, M. (1962). A method for the
experimental analysis of the behavior of autistic children
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 32, 89-98. |
SCHREIBMAN, L. (2000). Intensive
behavioral/psychoeducational treatments for autism :
Research needs and future directions. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 30 (5),
373-378. [PDF] |
|
WOLF, M.M., RISLEY, T.R. & MEES, H.L. (1964).
Application of operant conditioning procedures to the
behavior problems of an autistic child. Behaviour
Research Therapy, 1, 305-312. |
SMITH, T., GROEN, A.D. & WYNN, J.W. (2000). Randomized
trial of intensive early intervention for children with
pervasive developmental disorder. American Journal on
Mental Retardation, 105, 269-285. |
|
SHERMAN, J.A. (1965). Use of reinforcement and imitation
effects to reinstate verbal behavior in mute psychotics. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 70, 155-164. |
SCHREIBMAN, L., WHALEN, C. & STAHMER, A.C. (2000). The
use of video priming to reduce distruptive transition
behavior in children with autism. Journal of Positive
Behavior Interventions, 2, 3-11. |
|
GREEN, G. (2001). Behavior analytic instruction for
learners with autism : Advances in stimulus control
technology. Focus on Autism & Other Developmental
Disabilities, 16, 72-85. |
|
|
KOEGEL, R.L., KOEGEL, L.K. & McNERNEY, E.K. (2001).
Pivotal areas in intervention for autism. Journal of
Clinical Child Psychology, 1, 19-32. |
|
KJELGAARD, M.M. & TASHER-FLUSBERG, H. (2001). An
investigation of language impairment in autism :
Implications for genetic subgroups. Language &
Cognitive Processes, 16 (2-3), 287-308. [PDF] |
|
JÄRBRINK, K. & KNAPP, M. (2001). The economic impact
of autism in Britain. Autism, 5 (1), 7–22. |
|
ESBENSHADE, P.H. & ROSALES-RUIZ, J. (2001).
Programming common stimuli to promote generalized
question-asking : A case demonstration in a child with
autism. Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions,
3, 199-210. |
|
HEWETT, F.M. (1965). Teaching speech to an autistic child
through operant conditioning. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 35, 927-936. |
ROSENWASSER, B. & AXELROD, S. (2001). The
contributions of applied behavior analysis to the
education of people with autism. Behavior
Modification, 25, 671-677. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I., SCHAEFFER, B. & SIMMONS, J.Q. (1965).
Building social behavior in autistic children by use of
electric shock. Journal of Experimental Research in
Personality, 1, 99-109.
[PDF] |
CICERO, F.R. & PFATD, A. (2002). Investigation of a
reinforcement-based toilet training procedure for children
with autism. Research in Developmental Disabilities,
23 (5), 319-331. [PDF] |
|
WILLEMSEN-SWINKELS, S.H. & BUITELAAR, J.K. (2002). The
autistic spectrum: subgroups, boundaries, and treatment. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 25 (4), 811-836. |
|
METZ, J.R. (1965). Conditioning generalized imitation in
autistic children. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 2, 389-399. |
BRENNAN, L.C. & FEIN, D. (2002). Intensive behavioral
treatment for a toddler at high risk for autism. Behavior
Modification, 26, 69-102. |
|
BREGER, L. (1965). Comments on "Building social behavior
in autistic children by use of electric shock". Journal
of Experimental Research in Personality, 1,
110-113. |
HERBERT J.D., SHARP, I.R. & GAUDIANO, B.A. (2002).
Separating fact from fiction in the etiology and treatment
of autism : A scientific review of the evidence. The
Scientific Review of Mental Health Practice, 1,
25-45. |
|
RISLEY, T.R. & WOLF, M.M. (1966). Experimental
manipulation of autistic behaviors and generalization into
the home. In R. Ulrich, T. Stachnik & J. Mabry (Eds.),
Control of human behavior. Glenview, IL : Scott,
Foresman. |
EIKESETH, S., SMITH, T., JAHR, E. & ELDEVICK, E.
(2002). Intensive behavioral treatment at school for 4- to
7-year-old children with autism : A 1-year comparison
controlled study. Behavior Modification, 26 (1),
49-68. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, G., BRENNAN, L.C. & FEIN, D. (2002). Intensive
behavioral treatment for a toddler at high risk for
autism. Behavior Modification, 26, 69-102. |
|
McCLANNAHAN, L.E., MacDUFF, G.S. & KRANTZ, P.J.
(2002). Behavior analysis and intervention for adults with
autism. Behavior Modification, 26, 9-27. [PDF] |
|
SHABANI, D.B., KATZ, R.C., WILDER, D A., BEAUCHAMP, K.,
TAYLOR, C.R. & FISCHER, K.J. (2002). Increasing social
initiations in children with autism : Effects of a tactile
prompt. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 35
(1), 79-83. [PDF] |
|
KUBINA, R.M., MORRISON, R. & LEE, D.L. (2002).
Benefits of adding precision teaching to behavioral
interventions for students with autism. Behavioral
Interventions, 17, 233-246. [PDF] |
|
WETZEL, R., BAKER, J., RONEY, M. & MARTIN, M. (1966).
Outpatient treatment of autistic behavior. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 4, 169-177. |
BIBBY, P., EIKESETH, S., MARTIN, N., MUDFORD, O.C. &
REEVES, D. (2002). Progress and outcomes for children with
autism receiving parent-managed intensive interventions. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 23, 81-104. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, C., WRIGHT, B., CALLAGHAN, G. & COUGHLAN, B.
(2002). Do children with autism learn to read more readily
by computer assisted instruction or traditional book
methods ? : A pilot study. Autism, 6, 71-91. |
|
HINGTGEN, J.N., COULTER, S.K. & CHURCHILL, D.W.
(1967). Intensive reinforcement of imitative behavior in
mute autistic children. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 17, 36-43. |
TAKEUCHI, I.K., KUBOTA, H. & YAMAMOTO, J. (2002).
Intensive supervision for families conducting home-based
behavioral treatment for children with autism in Malaysia.
Japanese Journal of Special Education, 39, 155-164. |
|
WOLF, M.M., RISLEY, T.R., JOHNSTON, M., HARRIS, F. &
ALLEN, E. (1967). Application of operant conditioning
procedures to the behavior problems of an autistic child :
a follow-up and extension. Behavior Research &
Therapy, 5 (2), 103-111. |
WOLERY, M. & GARFINKLE, A.N. (2002). Measures in
intervention research with young children who have autism.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorder, 32,
463-478. |
|
|
McCONNELL, O.L. (1967). Control of eye contact in an
autistic child. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 8,249-255. |
AHEARN, W.H. (2003). Using simultaneous presentation to
increase vegetable consumption in a mildly selective child
with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36
(3), 361-365. [PDF] |
|
RISLEY, T.R. & WOLF, M.M. (1967). Establishing
functional speech in echolatic children. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 5, 73-88. |
LECLERC, R. et THURST, C. (2003). Applications du principe
de Premack par les parents d'un enfant autiste. Revue
Francophone de la Déficience Intellectuelle, 14 (2),
139-150. |
|
LOVAAS, O.I., FREITAS, L., GUILANI, B.M., NELSON, K. &
WHALAEN, C. (1967). Building social and preschool
behaviors in schizophrenic and autistic children through
non-verbal mitation training. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 5, 171-181. |
CAMPBELL, J.M. (2003). Efficacy of behavioral
interventions for reducing problem behavior in persons
with autism : a quantitative synthesis of single-subject
research. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 24,
120-138. [PDF] |
|
PETERSON, R.K. & PETERSON, L.R. (1968). The use of
positive reinforcement in the control of self-destructive
behaviorin a retarded boy. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 6, 351-360. |
GREENSPAN, S. & WIEDER, S. (2003). Engaging
autism : The floortime approach to helping children
relate, communicate and think. Perseus Books. |
|
HOLLANDER, E., PHILLIPS, A.T. & YEH, C.C. (2003).
Targeted treatments for symptom domains in child and
adolescent autism. Lancet, 362 (9385), 732-734. |
|
SIEGEL, B. (2003). Helping children with autism
learn. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
LEBLANC, L.A., COATES, A.M., DANESHVAR, S.,
CHARLOP-CHRISTY, M.H., MORRIS, C. & LANCASTER, B.M.
(2003). Using video modeling and reinforcement to teach
perspective-taking skills to children with autism. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36 (2), 253-257. [PDF] |
|
BOER, A.R. (1968). Application of a simple recording
system to the analysis of free-play behavior in autistic
children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1
(1), 335-340. [PDF] |
KOEGEL, R.L., KOEGEL, L.K. & BROOKMAN, L.I. (2003).
Empirically supported pivotal response interventions for
children with autism. In A.E. Kazdin & J.R. Weisz
(Eds.), Evidence-based psychotherapies for children
and adolescents (pp. 341-357). New York : Guilford
Press. |
|
HOLLANDER, E., KING, A., DELANEY, K., SMITH, C.J. &
SILVERMAN, J.M. (2003). Obsessive-compulsive behaviors in
parents of multiplex autism families. Psychiatry
Research, 117, 11-16 |
|
MARTIN, G.L., ENGLAND., G, KAPROWY, E., KILGOUR, K. &
PILEK, V. (1968). Operant conditioning of
kindergarten-class behavior in autistic children.
Behavior Research & Therapy, 6 (3), 281-294. |
FABRIZIO, M.A. & MOORS, A.L. (2003). Evaluating
mastery : Measuring instructional outcomes for children
with autism. European Journal of Behavior Analysis,
4, 23-36. [PDF]
+ [LIRE] |
|
RISLEY, T.R. (1968). The effects and side effects of
punishing the autistic behaviors of a deviant child. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (1), 21-34. [PDF] |
KOEGEL, L.K., KOEGEL, R.L., FREA, W.D. &
GRENN-HOPKINS, I. (2003). Priming as a method of
coordinating educational services for students with
autism. Language, Speech & Hearing Services in
Schools, 34, 228-235. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. & SIMMONS, J.Q. (1969). Manipulation of
self-destructive in three retarded children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2 (3), 143-157. [PDF] |
KOEGEL, L.K., CARTER, C.M. & KOEGEL, R.L. (2003).
Teaching children with autism self- initiations as a
pivotal response. Topics in Language Disorders, 23, 134-145. |
|
SENÉCHAL, C., FORGET, J. et GIROUX, N. (2003). Les
programmes de type Lovaas et la réadaptation en autisme
infantile. Revue de Psychoéducation, 32 (1),
123-148. |
|
KANNER, L. (1971). Follow-up study of eleven autistic
children originally reported in 1943. Journal of
Autism & Childhood Schizophrenia, 1 (2),
119-145. |
GERNBASCHER, M.A. (2003). Is one style of autism early
intervention "scientifically proven" ? Journal of
Developmental & Learning Disorders, 7, 19-25.
[PDF]
|
|
REHFELDT, R.A., LATIMER, D. & STOMER, R.J. (2003).
Observational learning and the formation of classes of
reading skills by individuals with autism and other
developmental disabilities. Research in Developmental
Disabilities, 24, 333-358. |
|
TEUNISEE, J.P. & DE GELDER, B. (2003). Face processing
in adolescents with autistic disorder : The inversion and
composite effects. Brain & Cognition, 52 (3),
285-294. |
|
SAILOR, W. & TAMAN, T. (1972). Stimulus factors in the
training of prepositional usage in three autistic
children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5
(2), 183-192. [PDF] |
WEISS, J. (2003). Self-injurious behaviours in autism : A
literature review. Journal on Developmental
Disabilities, 9 (2), 129-143.
[PDF] |
|
BROWNING, R.M. (1971). Treatment effects of a total
behavior modification program with five autistic children.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 9, 319-327. |
KERR, K.P., SMYTH, P. & McDOWELL, C. (2003). Precision
teaching with autism : Helping design effective
programmes. Early Child Development & Care, 17,
399-410. |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (1971). Stimulus
over-selectivity of autistic children in a two stimulus
situation. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 2,
305-310. |
YEARGINN-ALLSOPP, M., RICE, C., KARAPURKAR, T., DOERNBERG,
N., BOYLE, C. & MURPHY, C. (2003). Prevalence of
autism in a US metropolitan area. Jama-Journal of the
American Medical Association, 289 (1), 49-55. |
|
SROUFE, L.A., STUECHER, H.U. & STUTZER, W. (1973). The
functional significance of autistic behaviors for the
psychotic child. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 1, 225-240. |
STOELB, M., YARNAL, R., MILES, J., TAKAHASHI, T.N.,
FARMER, J.E. & McCATHERN, R.B. (2004). Predicting
responsiveness to treatment of children with autism. Focus
on Autism & other Developmental Disabilities, 19
(2), 66. |
|
|
RUTTER, M. & BARYAK, K.L. (1973). Special educational
treatment of autistic children : a comparative study. II.
Follow-up findings and implications for services. Journal
of Child Psychol Psychiatry, 14, 241-270. |
ESCH, E.B. & CARR, E.G. (2004). Secretin as a
treatment for autism : A review of the evidence. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 34,
543-556. |
|
NODQUIST, V.M. & WAHLER, R.G. (1973). Naturalistic
treatment of an autistic child. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 6 (1), 79-87. [PDF] |
CANADIAN PEADIATRIC SOCIETY (2004). Early intervention for
children with autism. Paediatric Child Health, 9
(4), 267-270. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I., KOEGEL, R., SIMMONS, J.Q. & LONG, J.S.
(1973). Some generalization and follow-up measures on
autistic children in behavior therapy. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 6, 131-166. [PDF] |
CLARK, K.M. & GREEN, G. (2004). Comparison of two
procedures for teaching dictated-word/symbol relations to
learners with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 37 (4), 503-507. [PDF] |
|
KOEGEL, R.L, FIRESTONE, P.B., KRAMME, K.W. & DUNLAP,
G. (1974). Increasing spontaneous play by suppressing
self-stimulation in autistic children. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 7, 521-528. [PDF] |
LANDRY, R. & BRYSON, S.E. (2004). Impaired
disengagement of attention in young children with autism.
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 45
(6), 1115-1122. |
|
JONES, F.H. (1974). An extinction procedure for
eliminating self-destructive behavior in a 9-year-old
autistic girl. Journal of Autism & Childhood
Schizophrenia, 4 (3), 241-250. |
ZAMBOLIN, K., FABRIZIO, M.A. & ISLEY, S. (2004).
Teaching a child with autism to answer informational
questions using precision teaching. Journal of
Precision Teaching & Celeration, 20 (1), 22-25.
[PDF] |
|
FREEMAN, B.J., RITVO, E. & MILER, R. (1975). An
operant procedure to teach an echolalic, autistic child to
answer questions apropriately. Journal of Autism
& Chilhood Schizophrenia, 5, 169-176. |
|
|
RINCOVER, A. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1975). Setting generality
and stimulus control in autistic children. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 8 (3), 235-246. [PDF] |
|
|
RICKS, D.M. & WING, L. (1975). Language,
communication, and the use of symbols in normal and
autistic children. Journal of Autism & Childhood
Schizophrenia, 5, 191-222. |
DRASH, P.W. & TUDOR, R.M. (2004). An analysis of
autism as a contingency-shaped disorder of verbal
behavior. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 20,
5-23. [PDF] |
|
MELTZER, D. (1975/2004). Explorations in autism : a
psychoanalytic study. Perthshire : Clunie Press. /
Explorations dans le monde de l'autisme. Paris : Payot. |
GOLDSMITH, T.R. & LEBLANC, L.A. (2004). Use of
technology in interventions for children with autism. Journal
of Early & Intensive Behavior Intervention, 1 (2),
166-178. |
|
KOEGEL, R.L. & RINCOVER, A. (1976). Some detrimental
effects of using extra stimuli to guide learning in normal
and autistic children. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 4, 59-71. |
HIXSON, M.D. (2004). Autism as a contingency-shaped
disorder of verbal behavior : Evidence obtained and
evidence needed. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 20,
49-53. [PDF] |
|
CARR, E.G., NEWSON, C.D. & BINKOF, J.A. (1976).
Stimulus control of self-destructive behavior in a
psychotic child. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 4, 139-153. |
SHASTRY, B.S. (2005). Recent advances in the genetics of
autism spectrum disorders : a mini review. The British
Journal of Development Disabilities, 51 (2),
129-142. |
|
LICHSTEIN, K.L. & SCHEIBRAM, L. (1976). Employing
electric shock with autistic children. A review of the
side effects. Journal of Autism & Childhood
Schizophrenia, 6, 163-173. |
SIMPSON, R.L. (2005). Evidence-based practices and
students with autism spectrum disorders. Focus on
Autism & Other Developmental Disabilities, 20
(3), 140-149. [PDF] |
|
KOEGEL, R.L. & RINCOVER, A. (1976). Some detrimental
effects of using extra stimuli to guide responding in
autistic and normal children. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psychology, 4, 59-71. |
PEYTON, R.T., LINDAUER, S.E. & RICHMAN, D.M. (2005).
The effects of directive and nondirective prompts on
noncompliant vocal behavior exhibited by a child with
autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 38
(2), 251-255. [PDF] |
|
|
SALLOWS, G.O., GRAUPNER, T.D. & MacLEAN, W.E. (2005).
Intensive behavioral treatment for children with autism :
Four-year outcome and predictors. American Journal on
Mental Retardation, 110 (6), 417-438. |
|
MATSON, J.L. (1977). Simple correction for treating an
autistic boy's encopresis. Psychological Reports, 41,
802. [LIRE] |
HOWARD, J.S., SPARKMAN, C.R., COHEN, H.G., GREEN, G. &
STANISLAW, H. (2005). A comparison of intensive behavior
analytic and eclectic treatments for young children with
autism. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 26,
359-383. |
|
RUSSO, D.C. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1977). A method for
integrating an autistic child into a normal public-school
classroom. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (4),
579-590. [PDF] |
DAWSON, G., WEBB, S.J. & McPARTLAND, S.J. (2005).
Understanding the nature of face processing impairment in
autism : insights from behavioral and electrophysiological
studies. Developmental Neuropsychology, 27, 403-424.
|
|
RINCOVER, A. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1977). Classroom
treatment of autistic children : II. Individualized
instruction in a group. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 5 (2), 113-126. |
FOMBONNE, E. (2005). The changing epidemiology of autism.
Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual
Disabilities, 18, 281-294. |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. (1977). The autistic child : Language
development through behavior modification. New York
: Irvington. |
GERNSBACHER, M.A., DAWSON, M. & GOLDSMITH, H.H.
(2005). Three reasons not to believe in an autism
epidemic. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 14, 55-58. [PDF] |
|
FOXX, R.M. (1977). Attention training : The use of
overcorrection avoidance to increase the eye contact of
autistic and retarded children. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 10 (4), 489-499.
[PDF] |
KUBINA, R.M. & WOLFE, P.S. (2005). Potential
applications of behavioral fluency for students with
autism. Exceptionality, 13, 35-44. [PDF] |
|
KOEGEL, R.L., RUSSO, D.C. & RINCOVER, A. (1977).
Assessing and training teachers in the generalized use of
behavior modification with autistic children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (2), 197-205. [PDF] |
SCHULTZ, R.T. (2005). Developmental deficits in social
perception in autism : The role of the amygdala and
fusiform face area. International Journal of
Developmental Neuroscience, 23 (2-3), 125-141. |
|
RINCOVER, A. & NEWSOM, C.D. (1978). The relative
motivational properties of sensory and edible reinforcers
in teaching autistic children. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 18 (3), 237-248. [PDF] |
SANTANGELO, S.L. & TSATSANIS, K. (2005). What is known
about autism - genes, brain, and behavior. American
Journal of Pharmacogenomics, 5 (2), 71-92. |
|
RUTTER, M. (1978). Diagnosis and definition of childhood
autism. Journal of Autism & Childhood
Schizophrenia, 8, 138-161. |
ZWAIGENBAUM, L., BRYSON, S., ROGERS, T., ROBERTS, W.,
BRIAN, J. & SZATMARI, P. (2005). Behavioral
manifestations of autism in the first year of life.
International Journal of Developmental Neuroscience, 23
(2-3), 143-152. [PDF] |
|
DAMASIO, A.R. & MAURER, R.G. (1978). A neurological
model for childhood autism. Archives of Neurology,
35, 777-786. |
SIMPSON, R.L. (2005). Evidence-based practices and
students with autism spectrum disorders. Focus on
Autism & Other Developmental Disabilities, 20
(3), 140-149. [PDF] |
|
STRAIN, P.S., KERR, M.M. & RAGLAND, E.U. (1979).
Effects of peer-mediated social initiations and
prompting/reinforcement procedures on the social behavior
of autistic children. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 9 (1), 41-54. |
OBERMAN, L.M., HUBBARD, E.M., McCLEERY, J.P., ALTSCHULER,
E.L. & RAMACHADRAN, V.S. (2005). EEG evidence for
mirror neuron dysfunction in autism spectrum disorders. Cognitive
Brain Research, 24 (2), 190-198. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I., KOEGEL, R.L. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (1979).
Stimulus overselectivity in autism : a review of research.
Psychological Bulletin, 86 (6), 1236-1254. |
ESCH, B.E., CARR, J.E. & MICHAEL, J. (2005).
Evaluating stimulus-stimulus pairing and direct
reinforcement in the establishment of an echoic repertoire
of children diagnosed with autism. The Analysis of
Verbal Behavior, 21, 43-58. [PDF] |
|
DEMYER, M. (1979). Parents and children in autism. Winston
: Washington. |
SIGMAN, M. & McGOVERN, C.W. (2005). Improvement in
cognitive and language skills from preschool to
adolescence in autism. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 35 (1), 15-23. |
|
KOEGEL, R.L. & EGEL. A.L. (1979). Motivating autistic
children. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 88,
418-426. |
LEBLANC, L.A., CARR, J.E., CROSSETT, S.E., BENNETT, C.M.
& DETWELILER, D.D. (2005). Intensive outpatient
behavioral treatment of primary urinary incontinence of
children with autism. Focus on Autism & other
Developmental Disabilities, 20 (2), 98-105.
[PDF] |
|
WING, L. & GOULD, J. (1979). Severe impairments of
social interaction and associated abnormalities in
children : epidemiology and classification. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders 9, 11-29. |
INGERSOLL, B., DVORTCSAK, A., WHALEN, C. & SIKORA, D.
(2005). The effect of a developmental, social pragmatic
language intervention on expressive language skills in
young children with autism spectrum disorders. Focus
on Autism & Other Developmental Disabilities, 20, 213-222. |
|
ASPERGER, H. (1979). Problems of infantile autism. Communication,
13, 45-52. |
BARON-COHEN, S., KNICKMEYER, R. & BELMONTE, M (2005).
Sex differences in the brain : implications for explaining
autism. Science, 310, 819-823.
[PDF] |
|
VARNI, J.W., LOVAAS, O.I., KOEGEL, R.L. & EVERETT,
N.L. (1979). An analysis of observational learning in
autistic and normal children. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psycholology, 7 (1), 31-43. |
BARBERA, M.L. & KUBINA, R.M. (2005). Using transfer
procedures to teach tacts to a child with autism. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 21, 155-161. [PDF] |
|
STRAIN, P.S., KERR, M.M. & RAGLAND, E.U. (1979).
Effects of peer-mediated social initiations and prompt
reinforcement procedures on the social behavior of
autistic children. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 9, 41-54. |
SHERER, M.R. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (2005). Individual
behavioral profiles and predictors of treatment
effectiveness for children with autism. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 73 (3),
525-538. [PDF] |
|
DUNLAP, G., KOEGEL, R.L. & EGEL, A.L. (1980).
Motivating autistic children through stimulus variation. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 13 (4), 619-627. [PDF] |
LORD, C., WAGNER, A., ROGERS, S., SZATMARI, P., AMAN, M.,
CHARMAN, T., DAWSON, G., DURAND, V.M., GROSSMAN, L.,
GUTHRIE, D., HARRIS, S., KASARI, C., MARCUS, L., MURPHY,
S., ODOM, S., PICKLES, A., SCAHILL, L., SHAW, E., SIEGEL,
E., SIGMAN, M., STONE, W., SMITH, T. & YODER, P.
(2005). Challenges in evaluating interventions for autism
spectrum disorders. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 35 (6), 695-708. |
|
WING, L. (1980). Sex ratios in early childhood autism and
related conditions. Psychiatry Research, 5,
129-137. |
WING, L. (2005). Reflections on opening Pandora's box. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 35 (2),
197-203. [PDF] |
|
EGEL, A.L. (1980). The effects of constant vs. varied
reinforcer presentation on responding by autistic
children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
30, 455-463. |
GERNSBACHER, M.A., DAWSON, M. & GOLDSMITH, H.H.
(2005). Three reasons not to believe in an autism
epidemic. Current Directions in Psyhological Science,
14, 55-58. [PDF]
|
|
WING, L. (1980). Childhood autism and social class : a
question of selection ? British Journal of
Psychiatry, 137, 410-417. |
DAWSON, G., WEBB, S.J. & McPARTLAND, J. (2005).
Understanding the nature of face processing impairment in
autism : insights from behavioral and electrophysiological
studies. Developmental Neuropsychology, 27, 403-424.
[PDF] |
|
KOEGEL, R.L., DUNLAP, G. & DYER, K. (1980). Intertrial
interval duration and learning in autistic children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 13 (1), 91-93. [PDF] |
HOWARD, J.S., SPARKMAN, C.R., COHEN, H.G., GREEN, G. &
STANISLAW, H. (2005). A comparison of intensive behavior
analytic and eclectic treatments for young children with
autism. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 26, 359-383.
[PDF] |
|
DUNLAP, G. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1980). Stimulus variation
and motivation in autistic children. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 13, 619-627. [PDF] |
SHERER, M.R. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (2005). Individual
behavioral profiles and predictors of treatment
effectiveness for children with autism. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 73 (3),
525-538. [PDF] |
|
TAGER-FLUSHBERG, H. (1981). On the nature of linguistic
functioning in early infantile autism. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders 11, 45-56. |
LORD, C., WAGNER, A., ROGERS, S., SZATMARI, P., AMAN, M.,
CHARMAN, T., DAWSON, G., DURAND, V.M., GROSSMAN, L.,
GUTHRIE, D., HARRIS, S., KASARI, C., MARCUS, L., MURPHY,
S., ODOM, S., PICKLES, A., SCAHILL, L., SHAW, E., SIEGEL,
E., SIGMAN, M., STONE, W., SMITH, T. & YODER, P.
(2005). Challenges in evaluating interventions for autism
spectrum disorders. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 35 (6), 695-708. |
|
|
WITT, M.D. & SCHREIBMAN, L.L. (1981).
Stimulus-specific reinforcement in the acquisition of
receptive labels by autistic children. Analysis and
Intervention in Developmental Disabilities, 1,
171-186. |
NORBURY, C.F. (2005). The relationship between theory of
mind and metaphor : Evidence from children with language
impairment and autistic spectrum disorder. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 23, 383-399. |
|
FREEMAN, B.J., RITVO, E.R., SCHROTH, P.C., TONICK, I.,
GUTHRIE, D. & WAKE, L. (1981). Behavioral
characteristics of high and low-IQ autistic children. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 138, 25-29. |
SIGMAN, M. et SPENCE, S.J. (2005). L'autisme et son impact
sur le développement des jeunes enfants. In R.E. Tremblay,
R.G. Barr, RDeV Peters (Eds.), Encyclopédie sur le
développement des jeunes enfants (p 1-6). Montréal,
Québec : Centre d'excellence pour le développement des
jeunes enfants.
[PDF] |
|
WING, L. (1981). Asperger syndrome : a clinical account. Journal
of Psychological Medicine, 11, 115-129. [LIRE] |
SANTANGELO, S.L. & TSATSANIS, K. (2005). What is known
about autism – genes, brain, and behavior. American
Journal of Pharmacogenomics, 5 (2), 71–92. |
|
SCHREIBMAN, L., KOEGEL, R.L., MILLS, J.I. & BURKE,
J.C. (1981). Social validation of behavior therapy with
autistic children. Behavior Therapy, 12, 610-624. |
OZONOFF, S., GOODLIN-JONES, B.L. & SOLOMON, M. (2005).
Evidence-based assessment of autism spectrum disorders in
children and adolescents. Journal of Clinical Child
& Adolescent Psychology, 34, 523-540. |
|
EGEL, A.L., RICHMAN, G.S. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1981).
Normal peer models and autistic children's learning. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 14 (1), 3-12. [PDF] |
HOWARD, J.S., SPARKMAN, C.R., COHEN, H.G., GREEN, G. &
STANISLAW, H. (2005). A comparison of intensive behavior
analytic and eclectic treatments for young children with
autism. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 26, 359-383. |
|
DUNLAP, G., KOEGEL, R.L. & BURKE, J.C. (1981).
Educational implications of stimulus overselectivity in
autistic children. Exceptional Education Quarterly, 2
(3), 37-49. |
SCHREIBMAN, L. (2005). The science and fiction of
austism. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
|
EGEL, A.L. (1981). Reinforcer variation : Implication for
motivating developmentally disabled children, Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 14 (3), 345-350. [PDF] |
SALLOWS, G.O. & GRAUPNER, T.D. (2005). Intensive
behavioral treatment for children with autism : Four-year
outcome and predictors. American Journal on Mental
Retardation, 110 (2), 417-438. [PDF] |
|
HARRIS, S.L., WOLCHIK, S.A. & WEITZ, S. (1981). The
acquisition oflanguage skilsby autistic children : Can
parents do the job ? Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 11, 373-384. |
WHALEN, C. & SCHREIBMAN, L. & INGERSOLL, B.
(2006). The collateral effects of joint attention training
on social initiations, positive affect, imitation, and
spontaneous speech for young children with autism.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 36
(5), 655-664. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, H, AMERINE-DICKENS, M. & SMITH, T. (2006).
Early intensive behavioral treatment : replication of the
UCLA model in a community setting. Developmental &
Behavioral Pediatrics, 27 (2), 145-155. |
|
SCHOPLER, E., MESIBOV, G.B. & BAKER, A. (1982).
Evaluation of treatment for autistic children and their
parents. Journal of the American Academy of Child
Psychiatry, 21, 262-267. |
LEBLANC, L.A., ESCH, J., SIDENER, T.M. & FIRTH, A.M.
(2006). Behavioral language interventions for children
with autism : Comparing applied verbal behavior and
naturalistic teaching approaches. The Analysis of
Verbal Behavior, 22 (1), 49-60. [PDF] |
|
McCLANNAHAN, L.E., KRANTZ, P.J. & McGEE, G.G. (1982).
Parentsas therapists for autistic children : A model for
effective parent training. Analysis and Intervention
in Developmental Disabilities, 2, 223-252. |
ROGERS, S. & OZONOFF, S. (2005). Annotation : What do
we know about sensory dysfunction in autism? A critical
review of the empirical evidence. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 46, 1255-1268. |
|
DAWSON, G., WARRENBURG, S. & FULLER, P. (1982).
Cerebral lateralization in individuals diagnosed as
autistic in early childhood. Brain & Language,
15, 353-368. |
CLARK, E., TUESDAY-HEATFIELD, L., OLYMPIA, D. &
JENSON, W. (2006). Empirically based interventions for
children with autism. In J. Farmer, J. Donders & S.
Warschausky (Eds.), Treating neurodevelopmental
disabilities : Clinical research and practice. New
York : Guilford Press. |
|
GILLBERG, C. & SCHAUMANN, H. (1982). Social class and
infantile autism. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 12, 223-228. |
YI, J.I., CHRISTIAN, L., VITTIMBERGA, G. & LOWENKRON,
B. (2006). Generalized negatively reinforced manding in
children with autism. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior,
22, 21-33. [PDF] |
|
FOXX, R.M. (1982). Decreasing behaviors of persons
with severe retardation and autism. Champaign, Ill.
: Research Press. |
GROSSBERG, S. & SEIDMAN, D. (2006). Neural dynamics of
autistic behaviors : Cognitive, emotional, and timing
substrates. Psychological Review, 113 (3),
483-525. [PDF] |
|
FOXX, R.M. (1982). Increasing behaviors of persons
with Severe retardation and autism. Champaign, Ill.
: Research Press. |
KROEGER, K.A. & NELSON, W.M. (2006). A language
programme to increase the verbal production of a child
dually diagnosed with Down Syndrome and autism.
Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 50, 101-108. |
|
MURPHY, G. (1982). Sensory reinforcement in the mentally
handicapped and autistic child : A review. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 12, 265-278. |
GOODWIN, M.S., GRODEN, J., VELICER W. F., LIPSITT, L.P.,
BARON, M.G., HOFMANN, S.G. & GRODEN, G. (2006).
Validating the Stress Survey Schedule for Persons With
autism and other developmental disabilities. Focus on
Autism & other Developmental Disabilities, 22
(3), 183-189. |
|
GROSSBERG, S. & SEIDMAN, D. (2006). Neural dynamics of
autistic behaviors : Cognitive, emotional, and timing
substrates. Psychological Review, 113, 483-525. |
|
KERN, L., KOEGEL, R.L., DYER, K., BLEW, P.A. & FENTON,
L.R. (1982). The effects of physical exercise on
self-stimulation and appropriate responding in autistic
children. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 4, 399-419. |
ELDEVIK, S., EIKESETH, S., JAHR, E. & SMITH, T.
(2006). Effects of low-intensity behavioral treatment for
children with autism and mental retardation. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 36 (2),
211-224. |
|
TARBOX, R.S.F., GHEZZI, P.M. & WILSON, G. (2006). The
effects of token reinforcement on attending in a young
child with autism. Behavioral Interventions, 21,
155-164. |
|
WIMMER, H. & PERNER, J. (1983). Beliefs about beliefs
: Representation and constraining function of wrong
beliefs in young children's understanding of deception. Cognition,
13 (1), 103-128. [PDF] |
CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL (2006). Parental report of
diagnosed autism in children aged 4-17 years; United
States, 2003-2004. Morbidity & Mortality Weekly
Report, 55, 481-486. |
|
|
CHARLOP, M.E. (1983). The effects of echolalia on
acquisition and generalization of receptive labeling in
autistic children. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 16 (1), 111-126. [PDF] |
LONGANO, J.M. & GREER, R.D. (2006). The effects of
stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure on acquisition of
conditioned reinforcement on observing and manipulating
stimuli by young children with autism. Journal of
Early & Intensive Behavior Intervention, 3 (1),
62-80. |
|
RUTTER, M. (1983). Cognitive deficits in the pathogenesis
of autism. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 24, 513-531. |
CANITANO, R. (2006). Self injurious behavior in autism :
clinical aspects and treatment with risperidone.
Journal of Neural Transmission, 113 (3), 425-431. |
|
STRAIN, P.S. (1983). Generalization of autistic children's
social behavior change : effects of developmentally
integrated and segregated settings. Analysis &
Intervention in Developmental Disabilities, 3,
23-34. |
YODER, P. (2006). Predicting lexical diversity growth rate
in young children with autism spectrum disorders.
American Journal of Speech-Language Pathology, 15, 378-388. |
|
BACHEVALIER, J. & LOVELAND, K.A. (2006). The
orbito-frontal-amygdala circuit and self-regulation of
social-emotional behavior in autism. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 30 (1), 97-117. |
|
McGEE, G.G., KRANTZ, P.J. MASON, D. & McCLANNAHAN,
L.E. (1983). A modified incidental-teaching procedure for
autistic youth: Acquisition and generalization of
receptive object labels. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 16 (3), 329-338.
[PDF] |
SICILE-KIRA, C. (2006). Adolescents on the autism
spectrum. New York : Berkley Publishing Group. |
|
FRITH, U. & SNOWLING, M. (1983). Reading for meaning
and reading for sound in autistic and dyslexic children. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 1, 329-342. |
WHEELER, J.J., BAGGETT, B.A., FOX, J. & BLEVINS, L.
(2006). Treatment integrity : A review of intervention
studies conducted with children with autism. Focus on
Autism & Other Developmental Disabilities, 21 (1),
45-54. [PDF] |
|
DUNLAP, G., DYER, K. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1983). Autistic
self-stimulation and intertrial interval duration. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 2, 194-202. |
TURNER, L., STONE, W., POZDOL, S.L. & COONROD, E.
(2006). Follow-up of children with autism spectrum
disorders from age 2 to age 9. Autism, 10,
243-265. |
|
SYMES, M.D., REMINGTON, B. & BROWN, T. (2006). Early
intensive intervention for children with autism :
Therapists' perspective on achieving procedural fidelity.
Research in Developmental Disabilities, 27, 30-42. |
|
GILLBERG, C. (1984). Infantile autism and other childhood
psychoses in a Swedish urban region : Epidemiological
aspects. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 25, 35-43. |
BLACKEDGE, J.T. & HAYES, S.C. (2006). Using Acceptance
and Commitment Training in the support of parents of
children diagnosed with autism. Child & Family
Behavior Therapy, 28, 1-18. |
|
DAWSON, G. & McKISSICK, F.C. (1984). Self-recognition
in autistic children. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 14, 383-394. |
SINHA, Y., SILOVE, N., WHEELER, D. & WILLIAMS, K.
(2006). Auditory integration training and other sound
therapies for autism spectrum disorders : a systematic
review. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 91
(12), 1018-1022. [PDF] |
|
SIGMAN, M. & UNGERER, J. (1984) Cognitive and language
skills in autistic mentally retarded and normal children.
Developmental Psychology, 20, 293-302. |
YI, J.I., CHRISTIAN, L., VITTIMBERGA, G. & LOWENKRON,
B. (2006). Generalized negatively reinforced manding in
children with autism. The Analysis of Verbal
Behavior, 22, 21-33. [PDF] |
|
DUNLAP, G. (1984). The influence of task variance and
maintenance tasks on the learning and affect of autistic
children. The Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 37, 41-64. |
KATES-McERATH, K. & AXELROD, S. (2006). Behavioral
interventional for autism. A distinction between two
behavioral approaches. The Behavior Analyst Today, 7
(2), 242-252. |
|
McCARTHY, P., FITGERAALD, M. & SMITH, M. (1984).
Prevalence of childhood autism in Ireland. Irish
Medical Journal, 77, 129-130. |
GOODWIN, M.S., GRODEN, J., VELICER W. F., LIPSITT, L.P.,
BARON, M.G., HOFMANN, S.G. & GRODEN, G. (2006).
Cardiovascular arousal in individuals with autism. Focus
on Autism & Other Developmental Disabilities, 21,
100-123. |
|
DAWSON, G. & ADAMS, A. (1984). Imitation and social
responsiveness in autistic children. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 12, 209-225. |
WETHERBY, A., WATT, N., MORGAN, L. & SHUMWAY, S.
(2007). Social communication profiles of children with
autism spectrum disorders late in the second year of life.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 37,
960-975. |
|
HOBSON, R.P. (1984). Early childhood autism and the
question of egocentrism. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 14, 85-104. |
REHFELDT, R.A., DILLEN, J.E., ZIOMEK, M.M. &
KOWALCHUK, R.K. (2007). Assessing relational learning
deficits in perspective-taking in children with
high-functioning autism spectrum disorder. The
Psychological Record, 57 (1), 23-47. |
|
FENSKE, E.C., ZALENSKI, S., KRANTZ, P.J. &
McCLANNAHAN, L.E. (1985). Age at intervention and
treatment outcome for autistic children in a comprehensive
intervention program. Analysis & Intervention in
Developmental Disabilities, 5, 49-58. |
GRINKER, R. (2007). Unstrange minds : Remapping the
world of autism. Basic Books. |
|
SASSON, N.J. (2006). The development of face processing in
autism. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 36 (3), 381-394. |
|
CHARLOP, M.E., SCHREIBMAN, L. & THIBODEAU, M.G.
(1985). Increasing spontaneous verbal responding in
autistic children using the time-delay procedure. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 18 (2), 155-166. [PDF] |
EIKESETH, S., SMITH, T., JAHR, E. & ELDEVICK, E.
(2007). Outcome for children with autism who began
intensive behavioral treatment between ages 4 and 7 : A
comparison controlled study. Behavior Modification,
31, 264-278. [PDF] |
|
McGEE, G.G., KRANTZ, P.J. & McLANNAHAN, L.E. (1985).
The facilitative effects of incidental teaching on
preposition use by autistic children. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 18 (1), 17-31.
[PDF] |
MATSON, J.L., NEBEL-SCHWALM, M. & MATSON, M.L. (2007).
A review of methodological issues in the differential
diagnosis of autism spectrum disorders in children. Research
in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 1 (1), 38-54. [PDF] |
|
BARON-COHEN, S., LESLIE, A.M. & FRITH, U. (1985). Does
the autistic child have a "theory of mind" ? Cognition,
21, 37-46. [PDF] |
KROEGER, K.A., SCHULTZ, J.R. & NEWSOM, C. (2007). A
comparison of two group-delivered social skills programs
for young children with autism. Journal of Autism
& Developmental Disorders, 37, 808-817. |
|
MULLINS, M. & RINCOVER, A. (1985). Comparing autistic
and normal children along the dimensions of reinforcement
maximization, stimulus sampling, and responsiveness to
extinction. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 40, 350-374. |
AHEARN, W.H., CLARK, K., MacDONALD, R.P.F. & CHUNG,
B.I. (2007). Vocal stereotypy : Assessing and treating
acontextual vocalizations in children with autism. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (2), 263-275. [PDF] |
|
RINCOVER, A. & NEWSOM, C.D. (1985). The relative
motivational properties of sensory and edible reinforcers
in teaching autistic children Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 18 (3), 237-248. [PDF] |
DAWSON, M., SOULIÈRES, I., GERNSBACHER, M.A. &
MOTTRON, L. (2007). The level and nature of autistic
intelligence. Psychological Science, 18,
657-662. |
|
RUTTER, M. (1985). The treatment of autistic children.
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 26,
193-214. |
MATSON, J.L. (2007). Current status of differential
diagnosis for children with autism spectrum disorders. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 28, 109-118. [PDF] |
|
McGEE, G.G., KRANTZ, P.J. & McCLANNAHAN, L.E. (1985).
The facilitative effects of incidental teaching on
preposition use by autistic children. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 18 (1), 17-31. [PDF] |
TURKINGTON, C. & ANAN, R. (2007). The encyclopedia
of autism spectrum disorder. New York : Facts On
File. |
|
WING, L. (2007). The changing view of autism. Nature, 446 (7132), 141. [PDF] |
|
|
McGEE, G.G., KRANTZ, P.J. & McLANNAHAN, L.E. (1986).
An extension of incidental teaching procedures to reading
instruction for autistic children. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 19 (2), 147-157.
[PDF] |
MOTTRON, L., DAWSON, M., BERTONE A. & WANG, L. (2007).
Cognitive versatility in autism cannot be reduced to a
deficit. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 24, 578-580. |
|
ROGERS, S.J., HERBISON, J., LEWIS H., PANTONE, J. &
REIS, K. (1986). An approach for enhancing the symbolic,
communicative, and interpersonal functioning of young
children with autism and severe emotional handicaps. Journal
of the Division of Early Childhood, 10, I35- 148. |
MATSON, J.L., NEBEL-SCHWALM, M. & MATSON, M.L. (2007).
A review of methodological issues in the differential
diagnosis of autism spectrum disorders in children. Research
in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 1 (1), 38-54. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. (1987). Behavioral treatment and normal
education and intellectual functioning in young autistic
children. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 55, 3-9. |
ANDERSON, K., LORD, C., RISI, S., DILAVORE, P.S., SHULMAN,
C., THURM, A., WELCH, K. & PICKLES, A. (2007).
Patterns of growth in verbal abilities among children with
Autism Spectrum Disorder. Journal of Counseling &
Clinical Psychology, 75, 594-604. |
|
COURCHESNE, A.E. (1987). Neurophysiological view of
autism. In E. Schopler E, G.B. Mesibov (Eds.), Neurobiological
issues in autism. Current issues in autism (pp.
285-324). New York, NY : Plenum Press. |
EIKESETH, S., SMITH, T., JAHR, E. & ELDEVICK, E.
(2007). Outcome for children with autism who began
intensive behavioral treatment between ages 4 and 7: A
comparison controlled study. Behavior Modification,
31 (3), 264-278. [PDF] |
|
RUTTER, M. & SCHOPLER, E. (1987). Autism and pervasive
developmental disorders : Concepts and diagnostic issues.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 17, 159-186. |
MYERS, S.M. & JOHNSON, C.P. (2007). Management of
children with autism spectrum disorders. Pediatrics,
120, 1162. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, R.S., AVERY, D.L., DIPIETRO, E.K., EDWARDS, G.L.
& CHRISTIAN, W.P. (1987). Intensive home-based early
intervention with autistic children. Education &
treatment of Children, 4, 352-366. |
CANTOR, C. & PRICE, J. (2007). Traumatic entrapment,
appeasement, and complex post-traumatic stress disorder:
evolutionary perspectives of hostage reactions, domestic
abuse and the Stockholm syndrome. Australian &
New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 41, 377-384. |
|
DUNLAP, G. & KOEGEL, R.L., JOHNSON, J. & O'NEILL,
R.E. (1987). Maintaining performance of autistic clients
in community settings with delayed contingencies. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20 (2), 184-191. [PDF] |
ZHAO, X., LEOTTA, A., KUSTANOVICH, V., LAJONCHERE, C.,
GESCHWIND, D., LAW, K., LAW, P., QIU, S., LORD, C., SEBAT,
J., YE, K. & WIGLER, M. (2007). A unified genetic
theory for sporadic and inherited autism.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the
United States of America, 104 (31), 12831-12836. |
|
KOEGEL, R.L., O'DELL, M.C. & KOEGEL, L.K. (1987). A
natural language paradigm for teaching non-verbal autistic
children. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 17, 187-199. |
VISMARA, L.A. & LYONS, G.L. (2007). Using perservative
interests to elicit joint attention behaviors in young
children with autism : Theoretical and clinical
implications for understanding motivation. Journal of
Positive Behavior Interventions, 9, 214-228. |
|
McEVOY, M.A., NORDQUIST, V.M., TWARDOSZ, S., HECKAMAN,
K.A., WEHBY, J.H. & DENNY, R.K. (1988). Promoting
autistic children's peer interaction in an integrated
early childhood setting using affection activities. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 21 (2), 193-200. [PDF] |
THOMPSON, T. (2007). Making sense of autism.
Baltimore : Brookes. |
|
REMINGTON, B., HASTINGS, R.P., KOVSHOFF, H., DEGLI
ESPINOSA, F., JAHR, E., BROWN, T. & WARD, N. (2007).
Early intensive behavioral intervention : Outcomes for
children with autism and their parents after two years. American
Journal on Mental Retardation, 112, 418-438. |
|
LESLIE, A.M. & FRITH, U. (1987). Metarepresentation
and autism : how not to lose one's marbles. Cognition,
27 (3), 291-294. |
BEN ITZHAK, B.E. & ZACHOR, D.A. (2007). The effects of
intellectual functioning and autism severity on outcome of
early behavioral intervention for children with autism. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 28, 287-303. |
|
MAGIATI, I., CHARMAN, T. & HOWLIN, P. (2007). A
two-year prospective follow-up study of community-based
early intensive behavioural intervention and specialist
nursery provision for children with autism spectrum
disorders. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 48 (8), 803-812. |
|
GILLBERG, C., STEFFENBURG, S., BORJESSON, B. &
ANDERSSON, L. (1987). lnfantile autism in children of
immigrant parents : A population-based study from
Göteborg, Sweden. British Journal of Psychiatry, 150,
856-857. |
FLORES, M.M. & GANZ, J.B. (2007). Effects of direct
instruction on the reading comprehension of students with
autism and developmental disabilities. Education and
Training in Developmental Disabilities, 44 (1),
39-53. [PDF] |
|
SNOW, M.E., HERTZIG, M.E. & SHAPIRO, T. (1987).
Expression of emotion in young autistic children.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 26, 836-838. |
INGERSOLL, B. (2008). The social role of imitation in
autism : Implications for the treatment of imitation
deficits. Infants & Young Children, 21 (2),
107-119. [PDF] |
|
DURAND, V.M. & CRIMMINS, D.B. (1987). Assessment and
treatment of psychotic speech in an autistic child.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 17
(1), 17-28. |
PAUL, R., CHAWARSKA, K., CICCHETTI, D. & VOLKMAR, F.
(2008). Language outcomes of toddlers with autism spectrum
disorders : A two year follow-up.Autism Research, 1 (2),
9-107. [PDF] |
|
KOEGEL, R.L., O'DELL, M.C. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1987). A
natural langauage paradigm for teaching nonverbal autistic
children. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 17, 187-199. |
BROWN, A.K., BROWN, J.L. & POULSON, C.L. (2008).
Discriminating which fork to use : Teaching selective
imitation to people with autism. Research in Autism
Spectrum Disorders, 2, 199-208. [PDF] |
|
MATSUISHI, T., SHIOTSUKI, Y., YOSHIMURA, K., SHOJI, H.,
IMUTA, F. & YAMASHITA, F. (1987). High prevalence of
infantile autism in Kurume City, Japan. Journal of
Child Neurology, 2, 268-271. |
ROGERS, S.J. & VISMARA, L.A. (2008). Evidence-based
comprehensive treatments for early autism. Journal of
Clinical Child Psychology, 3 (1), 8-38. [PDF] |
|
BARON-COHEN, S. (1987). Autism and symbolic play. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 5, 139-148. [PDF] |
OZONOFF, S., HANSEN, R., PESSAH, I.N. & SHARP, F.R.
(2008). Gene expression changes in children with autism.
Genomics, 91, 22-29. |
|
ATTWOOD, T., FRITH, U. & HERMELIN, B. (1988). The
understanding and use of interpersonal gestures by
autistic and Down's syndrome children. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 18 (2),
241-257. [PDF] |
BEN ITZHAK, B.E., LAHAT, E., BURGIN, R. & ZACHOR, A.D.
(2008). Cognitive, behavior, and intervention outcome in
young children with autism. Research in Developmental
Disabilities, 29, 447-458. |
|
LASKI, K.E., CHARLOP, M.H. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (1988).
Training parents to use the natural language paradigm to
increase their autistic children's speech. Journal of
Aplied Behavior Analysis, 21 (4), 391-400. [PDF] |
SNYDER, D.M., MILLER, K. & STEIN, M.T. (2008). Looks
like autism : Caution in diagnosis Journal of
Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 29 (1),
47-50. |
|
TANOUE, Y., ODA, S., ASANO, F. & KAWASHIMA, K. (1988).
Epidemiology of infantile autism in the Southern Ibaraki,
Japan. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 18, 155-167. |
FOMBONNE, E. (2008). Is autism getting commoner ? In 100
words. British Journal of Psychiatry, 193, 59.
[PDF] |
|
LANDRY, S.H. & LOVELAND, K.A. (1988). Communication
behaviors in autism and developmental language delay. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied
Disciplines, 29, 621-634. |
CUNNINGHAM, A.B. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (2008). Stereotypy
in autism : The importance of function. Research in
Autism Spectrum Disorders, 2 (3), 469-479. |
|
MacDUFF, G.S., KRANTZ, P.J., MacDUFF, M.A. &
McCLANNAHAN, L.E. (1988). Providing incidental teaching
for autistic children : A rapid training procedure for
therapists. Education & Treatment of Children, 11
(3), 205-217. |
REHFELDT, R.A. & BARNES-HOLMES, Y. (2009). Derived
relational responding : Applications for learners with
autism and other developmental disabilities. Oakland,
CA : New Harbinger Publications, Inc. |
|
IHRIG, K. & WOLCHIK, S.A. (1988). Peer versus adult
models and autistic children's learning : Acquisition,
generalization, and maintenance. Journal of Autism
& Developmental Disorders, 18, 67-79. |
WOLF., J.M., TANNER, W.P., KLAIMAN, C., COCKBURN, J.
HERLIHY, L., BROWN, C., SOUTH, M., MCPARTLAND, J., KAISER,
M.D., PHILLIPS, R. & SCHULTZ, R.T. (2009). Specific
impairment of face processing abilities in children with
autism spectrum disorder using the Let's Face It! Skills
Battery. Autism Research, 1, 329-340. |
|
SCHREIBMAN, L. (1988). Autism. Newbury Park :
sage Publications. |
ROGERS, S.J. & VISMARA, L. (2008). Evidence-based
comprehensive treatments for early autism. Journal of
Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 37 (1),
8-38. |
|
LESLIE, A.M. & FRITH, U. (1988). Autistic children's
understanding of seeing, knowing and believing.
British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 6,
315-324. |
BORRERO, C.S.W. & BORRERO, J.C. (2008). Descriptive
and experimental analyses of potential precursors to
problem behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 41 (1), 83-96. [PDF] |
|
BRYSON, S.E., CLARK, B.S. & SMITH, I.M. (1988). First
report of a Canadian epidemiological study of autistic
syndromes. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 29, 433-446. |
DAWSON, G. (2008). Early behavioral intervention, brain
plasticity, and the prevention of autism spectrum
disorder. Development & Psychopathology, 20, 775-803.
[PDF] |
|
SCHOPLER, E., SHORT, A. & MESIBOV, C. (1989). Relation
of behavioral treatment to "normal functioning" : Comments
on Lovaas. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
psychology, 57, 162-164. |
INGERSEOLL, B. (2008).The social role of imitation in
autism : Implication for the treatment of imitation
deficits. Infants & Young Children, 21 (2),
107-119. [PDF] |
|
BISHOP, D.V.M. (1989). Autism, Asperger's Syndrome and
semantic-pragmatic disorder : where are the boundaries ? British
Journal of Disorders of Communication, 24, 107-121. |
VOLKERT, V.M., LERMAN, D.C., TROISCLAIR, N., ADDISON, L.
& KODAK, T. (2008). An exploratory analysis of
task-interspersal procedures while teaching object labels
to children with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 41 (3), 335-350. [PDF] |
|
DURAND, V.M. & CARR, E.G. (1989). Operant learning
methods with chronic schizophrenia and autism : Aberrant
behavior. In J.L. Matson (Ed.), Chronic schizophrenia
and adult autism : Isues on diagnosis, assessment, and
psychological treatment (pp. 231-273). New York :
Springer. |
LEPISTÖ, T., KAJANDER, M., VANHALA, R., ALKU, P.,
HUOTILAINEN, M., NÄÄTÄNEN, R. & KUJALA, T. (2008). The
perception of invariant speech features in children with
autism. Biological Psychology 77 (1), 25-31. [PDF] |
|
|
SUGIYAMA, T. & ABE, T. (1989). The prevalence of
autism in Nagoya, Japan : A total population study.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 19, 87-96. |
OZONOFF, S., HEUNG, K., BYRD, R., HANSEN, R. &
HERTZ-PICCIOTTO, I. (2008). The onset of autism : Patterns
of symptom emergence in the first years of life. Autism
Research, 1, 320-328. |
|
KAMPS, D.M., LOCKE, P., DELQUADRI, J. & HALL, R.V.
(1989). Increasing a cademic skils of students with autism
using fifth grade peers as tutors. Education &
Treatment of Children, 12, 38-51. |
ANGLESEA, M.M., HOCH, H. & TAYLOR, B.A. (2008).
Reducing rapid eating in teenagers with autism : Use of a
pager prompt. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
41 (1), 107-111. [PDF] |
|
TANTAM, D., MONOGHAN, L., NICHOLSON, H. & STIRLING, J.
(1989). Autistic children's ability to interpret faces : a
research note. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 30 (4), 623-630. |
LOVELAND, K.A., BACHEVALIER, J. & PEARSON, D. &
LANE, D.M. (2008). Fronto-limbic functioning in children
and adolescents with and without autismm. Neuropsychologia,
46 (1), 49-62. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I., SMITH, T. & McEACHIN, J.J. (1989)
Clarifying comments on the young autism study : Reply to
Schopler, Short & Mesibov. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 57, 165-167. |
|
|
BARON-COHEN, S. (1989). Do autistic children have
obsessions and compulsions? British Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 28, 193-200. |
SPECKLEY, M. & BOYD, R. (2009). Efficacy of applied
behavioral intervention in preschool children with autism
for improving cognitive, language and adaptive behavior: a
systematic review and meta-analysis. The Journal of
Pediatrics, 154 (3), 338-344. |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. & SMITH, T. (1989). A comprehensive
theory of autistic children : paradigm for research and
treatment. Journal of Behavioral Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 20, 17-29. |
KUBINA, R.M. & YURICH, K.L.K. (2009). Developing
behavioral fluency for students with autism : A guide for
parents and teachers. Intervention in School &
Clinic, 44 (3), 131-138. [PDF] |
|
MINDEREAA, R.B., ANDERSON, G.M., VOLKMAR, F.R., AKKERHUIS,
G.W. & COHEN, D.J. (1989). Neurochemical study of
dopamine functioning in autistic and normal subjects. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 28, 190-194. |
WALLACE, G.L., ANDERSON, M. & HAPPÉ, F. (2009). Brief
report : Information processing speed is intact in autism
but not correlated with measured intelligence. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 39, 809-814.
|
|
HOBSON, R.P. (1989). Beyond cognition : A theory of
autism. In G. Dawson (Ed.), Autism : Nature,
diagnosis, and treatment (pp. 22-48). New York :
Guilford. |
MORRIS, E.K. (2009). A case study in the misrepresentation
of applied behavior analysis in autism : The Gernsbacher
lectures. The Behavior Analyst, 32 (1),
205-240.
[PDF] |
|
NEWSOM, C. & RINCOVER, A. (1989). Autism. In E.J. Mash
& R.A. Barkley (Eds.), Treatment of childhood
disorders (pp. 286-346). New York : The Guilford
Press. |
SCHRANDT, J.A., BUFFINGTON TOWSHEND, D. & POULSON,
C.L. (2009). Teaching empathy skills to children with
autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42 (1),
17-32. [PDF] |
|
STONE, W., LEMANEK, K., FISHEL, P., FERNANDEZ, M.,
ALTEMEIER, W. (1990). Play and imitation skills in
diagnosis of autism in young children. Pediatrics, 86,
267-272. |
SOLOMON, N., OZONOFF, S., URSU, S., RAVIZZA, S.M.,
CUMMINGS N.,LY, S. & CARTER C.S. (2009). The neural
substrates of cognitive control deficits in Autism
Spectrum Disorders. Neuropsychologia, 47 (12),
2515-2526. |
|
VOLKMAR, F.R. & MAYES, L.C. (1990). Gaze behavior in
autism. Development & Psychopathology, 2,
61-69. |
RAPP, J.T., PATEL, M.R., GHEZZI, P.M., O'FLAHERTY, C.
& TITTERINGTON, C.J. (2009). Establishing stimulus
control of vocal stereotypy displayed by young children
with autism. Behavioral Interventions, 24 (2),
85-105. |
|
COE, D., MATSON, J., FEE, V., MANIKAM, R. & LINARELLO,
C. (1990). Training nonverbal and verbal play skills to
mentally retarded and autistic children. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 20, 177-187. |
ESCH, B.E., CARR, J.E. & GROW, L.L. (2009). Evaluating
stimulus-stimulus pairing and direct reinforcement in the
establishment of an echoic repertoire of children
diagnosed with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 42 (2), 225-241. [PDF] |
|
SZATMARI, P., TUFF, L., FINLAYSON, A.J. & BARTOLUCCI,
G. (1990). Asperger's syndrome and autism : Neurocognitive
aspects. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 29, 130-136. |
REICHOW, B. & WOLERY, M. (2009). Comprehensive
synthesis of early intensive behavioral interventions for
young children with autism based on the UCLA Young Autism
Project model. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 39 (1), 23-41. |
|
BARON-COHEN, S. (1990). Autism: A specific cognitive
disorder of "mind-blindnes". International Review of
Psychiatry, 2, 79-88. |
BÖLTE, S., DZIOBEK, I. & POUSTKA, F. (2009). Brief
report : The level and nature o fautistic intelligence
revisited Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 39, 678-682. [PDF] |
|
CARR, E.G. & DARCY, M. (1990). Setting generality of
peer modeling in children with autism. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 20, 45-59. |
KUHN, D.E. (2009). Assessment and treatment of excessive
straightening and destructive behavior in an adolescent
diagnosed with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 42 (2), 355-360. [PDF] |
|
OZONOFF, S., ROGERS, S. & PENNINGTON, B. (1990). Are
there emotion perception deficits in young autistic
children ? Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 31, 343-361. |
HAYWARD, D.W., EIKESETH, S., GALE, C. & MORGAN, S.
(2009). Assessing progress during treatment for young
children with autism receiving intensive behavioural
interventions. Autism, 13 (6), 613-633. [PDF] |
|
STONE, W. & LEMANEK, K. (1990). Parental report of
social behaviors in autistic preschoolers. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 20, 513-522. |
HOCHMANN, J. (2009). Histoire de l'autisme.
Paris : Odile Jacob. |
|
McCLANNAHAN, L.E., McGEE, G.G., MacDUFF, G.S. &
KRANTZ, P.J. (1990). Assessing and improving child care :
A personal appearance index for children with autism. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 23 (4), 469-482. [PDF] |
EIKESETH, S. (2009). Outcome of comprehensive
psycho-educational interventions for young children with
autism. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 30
(1), 158-178. |
|
CHARLOP, M.H., KURTZ, P.F. & CASEY, F.G. (1990). Using
aberrant behaviors as reinforcers for autistic children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 23 (2), 163-181. [PDF] |
MATSON, J.L. & NEAL, D. (2009). Diagnosing high
incidence autism spectrum disorders in adults. Research
in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 3 (3), 581-589.
[PDF] |
|
LOVELAND, K.A. & TUNALI, B. (1991). Social scripts for
conversational interactions in Autism and Down syndrome. Journal
of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 21, 177-186. |
EIKESETH, S., HAYWARD, D., GALE, C., GITLESEN, J-P. &
ELDEVIK, S. (2009). Intensity of supervision and outcome
for preschool aged children receiving early and intensive
behavioural interventions : A preliminary study.
Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 3, 67-73.
[PDF] |
|
FRITH, U. (Dir.) (1991). Autism and the Asperger
syndrome. Cambridge University Press. |
KROEGER, K.A. & SORENSEN-BURNWORTH, R. (2009). Toilet
training individuals with autism and other developmental
disabilities : A critical review. Research in Autism
Spectrum Disorders, 3, 607-618. [PDF] |
|
LOVELAND, K.A. & KELLEY, M. (1991). Development of
adaptive behavior in preschoolers with autism and Down
syndrome. American Journal on Mental Retardation, 96,
13-20. |
|
|
KUSCH, M. & PETERMANN, F. (1991). Developmental
psychopathology of autistic disorders : what is primary ?
Acta Paedopsychiatrica, 54 (1), 38-51. |
COHEN, R. (2009). The importance of electroencephalogram
assessment for autistic disorders. Biofeedback, 37 (2),
71-80. [PDF] |
|
NEWMAN, B., BUFFINGTON, D.M. & HEMMES, N.S. (1991).
Maximization of reinforcement by two autistic students
with accurate and inaccurate instructions. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 9, 41-48.
[PDF] |
GRANDPEESHEH, D., TARBOX, J. & DIXON, D.R. (2009).
Applied behavior analytic interventions for children with
autism : A description and review of treatment research. Annals
of Clinical Psychiatry, 21 (3), 162-173. [PDF] |
|
FRITH, U., MORTON, J. & LESLIE, A.M. (1991). The
cognitive basis of a biological disorder : autism. Trends
in Neurosciences, 14 (10), 433-438. [PDF] |
HALL, L.J. (2009). Autism spectrum disorders : from
theory to practic. Upper Saddle River, N.J. :
Pearson Merrill. |
|
ROGERS, S.J & PENNINGTON, B. (1991). A theoretical
approach to the deficits in infantile autism. Developmental
Psychology, 3 (2), 137-162. |
NADIG, A., VIVANTI, G. & OZONOFF, S. (2009).
Adaptation of object descriptions to a partner under
increasing communicative demands: A comparison of children
with and without autism. Autism Research, 2,
334-347. |
|
ROGERS, S.J., OZONOFF, S. & MASLIN-COLE, C. (1991). A
comparative study of attachment behavior in children with
autism and children with other psychiatric disorders. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 30, 483-488. |
CORBETT, B.A., CONSTANTINE, L.J., HENDREN, R., ROCKE, D.
& OZONOFF, S. (2009). Examining executive functioning
in children with autism spectrum disorder, attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder, and typical development. Psychiatry
Research, 166, 210-222. |
|
ROGERS, S.J. & DILALLA, D. (1991). A comparative study
of a developmentally based preschool curriculum on young
children with autism and young children with other
disorders of behavior and development. Topics in Early
Childhood Special Education, 11 29-48. |
ROGERS, S.J. & DAWSON, G. (2009). Play and
engagement in early autism : The Early Start Denver
Model Volume II : The Treatment. New York : Guilford
Press. |
|
SCHREIBMAN, L., KANEKO, W.M. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1991).
Positive affect of parents of autistic children : A
comparison across two teaching techniques. Behavior
Therapy, 22, 479-490. |
ROGERS, S.J. & DAWSON, G. (2009). Play and
engagement in early autism: The Early Start Denver
Model. Volume II : The Curriculum. New York :
Guilford Press. |
|
TUSTIN, F. (1991). Revised understandings of psychogenic
autism. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 72,
585-591. |
ROGÉ, B., CHABROL, H. & UNSALDI, I. (2009). Le
dépistage précoce de l'autisme : Quelle faisabilité ? Enfance,
1, 27-40. [PDF] |
|
|
LOVELAND, K. & TUNALL, B. (1991). Social scripts for
conversational interactions in Autism and Down syndrome. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 21, 177-186,
1991. |
|
|
GILLBERG, C., STEFFENBURG, S. & SCHAUMANN, H. (1991).
Is autism more common now than ten years ago? British
Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 403-409. |
CUMMINGS, A.R. & CARR, J.E. (2009). Evaluating
progress in behavioral programs for children with autism
spectrum disorders via continuous and discontinuous
measurement. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42
(1), 57-71. [PDF] |
|
FRITH, U. (Ed.) (1991). Autism and the Asperger
syndrome. Cambridge : Cambridge University. |
HUME, K., LOFTIN, R. & LANTZ, J. (2009). Increasing
independence in autism spectrum disorders : A review of
three focused interventions. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 39 (9), 1329-1238. [PDF] |
|
HARRIS, S.L., HANDLEMAN, J.S., GORDON, R., KRISTOFF, B.
& FUNETES, F. (1991). Changes in cognitive and
language functioning of preschool children with autism. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 21,
281-290. |
ELDEVIK, S., HASTING, R.P., HUGHES, J.C., JAHR, E.,
EIKESETH, S. & CROSS, S. (2009). Meta-analysis of
early intensive behavioral intervention for children with
autism. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent
Psychology, 38 (3), 439-450. [PDF] |
|
HORNER, R.H., DAY, H.M., SPRAGUE, J.R., O'BRIEN, M. &
HEATFIELD, L.T. (1991). Interspersed requests : A non
aversive procedure for reducing aggressionand self- injury
during instruction. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 24 (2), 265-278.
[PDF] |
MATSON, J.L., DEMPSEY, T. & FODSTAD, J.C. (2009). The
effect of autism spectrum disorders on adaptive
independent living skills in adults with severe
intellectual disability. Research in Developmental
Disabilities, 30, 1203-1211. |
|
EIKESETH, S. & SMITH, T. (1992). The development of
functional and equivalence classes in high-functioning
autistic children : The role of naming. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 58, 123-133.
[PDF] |
EIKESETH, S. (2009). Outcome of comprehensive
psycho-educational interventions for young children with
autism. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 30 (1),
158-178. [PDF] |
|
BARON-COHEN, S. ALLEN, J. & GILLBERG, C. (1992). Can
autism be detected at 18 months ? The needle, the
haystack, and the CHAT. British Journal of Psychiatry,
161, 839-843. |
RAPIN, I., DUNN, M., ALLEN, D., STEVENS, M. & FEIN, D.
(2009). Subtypes of language disorders in school-age
children with autism. Developmental Neuropsychology,
34, 66-84. |
|
BARON-COHEN, S. (1992). Out of sight or out of mind ?
Another look at deception in autism. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 33, 1141-1155. |
REICHOW, B. & WOLERY, M. (2009). Comprehensive
synthesis of early intensive behavioral interventions for
young children with autism based on the UCLA Young Autism
Project model. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 39, 23-41. |
|
AARONS, M. & GITTEN, S.T. (1992). The handbook of
autism. A guide for parents and professionals. London/New
York : Tavistock/Routledge. |
EIKESETH, S. & HAYWARD, D.W. (2009). The
discrimination of object names and object sounds in
children with autism : A procedure for teaching verbal
comprehension. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
42 (4), 807-812.
[PDF] |
|
GILLBERG, C. (1992). The Emmanuel Miller Memorial Lecture
1991. Autism and autistic-like couditions : Subclasses
among disorders of empathy. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 33, 813-842. |
GERNSBACHER, M.A. (2009). A conspicuous absence of
scientific leadership : The illusory epidemic of autism.
In G.R. Goethals and J.T. Wren (Eds.), Leadership and
discovery (pp. 157-169). New York : Palgrave
MacMillan. |
|
FOMBONNE, E. & du MAZAUBRAN, C. (1992). Prevalence of
infantile autism in four French regions. Social
Psychiatry & Psychiatric Epidemiology, 27,
203-209. |
BÖLTE, S., DZIOBEK, I. & POUSTKA, F. (2009). Brief
report : The level and nature of autistic intelligence
revisited. Journal of Autism Development Disorder, 39
(4), 678-682.
[PDF] |
|
GRANDIN, T. (1992). An inside view of autism. In E.
Schopler & G.B. Mesibov (Eds.), High-functioning
autism (pp. 105-126). New York : Plenum. |
SMITH, L.E., HONG, J., SELTZER, M.M., GREENBERG, J.S.,
ALMEIDA, D.M. & BISHOP, S.L. (2010). Daily experiences
among mothers of adolescents and aults with autism
spectrum disorder. Journal of Autism Development
Disorder, 40 (2), 167-178.
[PDF] |
|
KOEGEL, R.L., KOEGEL, L.K. & SURRATT, A. (1992).
Language intervention and disruptive behavior in preschool
children with autism. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 22, 141-153. |
VIRTUES-ORTEGA, J. (2010). Applied behavior analytic
intervention for autism in early childhood :
Meta-analysis, meta-regression and dose-response
meta-analysis of multiple outcomes. Clinical
Psychology Review, 30 (4), 387-399. |
|
ELDEVIK, S., HASTING, R.P., HUGHES, J.C., JAHR, E.,
EIKESETH, S. & CROSS, S. (2010). Using participant
data to extend the evidence base for intensive behavioral
intervention for children with autism. American
Journal on Intellectual & Developmental
Disabilities, 115 (5), 381-405.
[PDF] |
|
BARON-COHEN, S., ALLEN, J. & GILBERG, C. (1992). Can
autism be detected at 18 months ? The needle, the
haystack, and the CHAT. British Journal of Psychiatry,
161, 839-843. |
GILLBERG, C., BILLSTEDT, E., SUNDH, V. & IGILLBERG, C.
(2010). Mortality in autism : a prospective longitudinal
community-based study. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 40 (3), 352-357. |
|
KAMPS, D.M., LEONARD, B., VERNON, S., DUGAN, E.,
DELQUADRI, J., GERSHON, B., WADE, L. & FOLK, L.
(1992). Teaching social skills to students with autism to
increase peer interactions in an integrated first grade
classroom. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25
(2), 281-288. [PDF] |
VOLKERT, V.M. & VAZ, P.C.M. (2010). Recent studies on
feeding problems in children with autism. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 43 (1), 155-159. [PDF] |
|
KOEGEL, R.L. & FREA, W.D. (1993). Treatment of social
behavior in autism through the modification of pivotal
social skills. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
26 (3), 369-377. [PDF] |
DAWSON, G., ROGERS, S., MUNSON, J., SMITH, M., WINTER, J.,
GREENSON, J., DONALDSON, A. & VARLEY, J. (2010).
Randomized, controlled trial of an intervention for
toddlers with autism : The Early Start Denver Model. Pediatrics,
125 (1), 17-23. |
|
MAUK, J.E. (1993). Autism and pervasive developmental
disorders. Pediatric Clinics of North America, 40,
567-578. |
BOLTE, S., GOLAN, O., GOODWIN, M.S. & ZWAIGENBAUM, L.
(2010). What can innovative technologies do for autism
spectrum disorders ? Autism, 14, 155-159. |
|
COX, R.D. & SCHOPLER, E. (1993). Aggression and
self-injurious behaviours in persons with autism - the
TEACCH approach. Acta Paedopsychiatrica, 56, 85-90. |
SCOTT-VAN-ZEELAND, A.A., DAPRETTO, M., GAHHREMANI, D.G.,
POLDRACK, R.A. & BOOKHEIMER, S.Y. (2010). Reward
processing in autism. Autism Research, 3 (2),
53-67. [PDF] |
|
MacDUFF, G.S., KRANTZ, P.J. & McCLANNAHAN, L.E.
(1993). Teaching children with autism to use photographic
activity schedules : maintenance and generalization of
complex response chains. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 26, (1), 89-97. [PDF] |
ROGERS, S.J, YOUNG, G.S., COOK, I., GIOLZETTI, A. &
OZONOFF, S. (2010). Imitating actions on objects in early
onset and regressive autism : Effects and implications of
task characteristics on performance. Development
& Psychopathology, 22, 71-85. |
|
KRANTZ, P.J., MacDUFF, M.T. & McCLANNAHAN, L.E.
(1993). Programming participation in family activities for
children with autism : Parent' use of photographic
activity schedules. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 26 (1), 137-138. [PDF] |
SELTZER, M.M., GREENBERG, J.S., HONG, J., SMITH, L.,
ALMEIDA, D., COE, C. & STAWSKI, R.S. (2010). Maternal
cortisol levels and behavior problems in adolescents and
adults with ASD. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 40, 457-469. |
|
KRANTZ, P.J. & McCLANNAHAN, L.E. (1993). Teaching
children with autism to initiate to peers : Effects of a
script-fading procedure. Journal of Aplied Behavior
Analysis, 26, (1), 121-132. [PDF] |
MAKRYGIANNI, M.K. & REED, P. (2010). A meta-analytic
review of the effectiveness of behavioural early
intervention programs for children with Autistic Spectrum
Disorders. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 4,
577-594. |
|
McCEACHIN, J.J., SMITH, T. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1993).
Long-term outcome for children with autism who received
early intensive behavioral treatment. American Journal
on Mental Retardation, 97, 359-372. |
OOSTERLING, I., VISSER, J., SWINKELS, S., ROMMELSE, N.,
DONDERS, R., WOUDENBERG, T., ROOS, S., VAN DER GAG, R.J.
& BUITELAAR, J. (2010). Randomized controlled trial of
the focus parent training for toddlers with autism :
1-year outcome. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 40,1447-1458. [PDF] |
|
BAILEY, A.J. (1993). The biology of autism. Psychological
Medicine, 23, 7-11. |
ZACHOR, D.A. & BEN ITZHAK, B.E. (2010). Treatment
approach, autism severity and intervention outcomes in
young children. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders,
4,425-432. [PDF] |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. (1993). Replication and extension of
behavioral treatment of autistic disorder. American
Journal on Mental Retardation, 97, 379-380. |
NAPOLITANO, D.A., SMITH, T., ZARCONE, F.R., GOODKIN, K.
& McCADAM, D.B. (2010). Diversity in children with
autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42
(2), 265-271. [PDF] |
|
McEACHIN, J.J., SMITH, T. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1993).
Long-term outcome for children with autism who received
early intensive behavioral treatment. American
Journal of Mental Retardation, 97, 359-372. |
O'REILLY, M.F., RISPOLI, M., DAVIS, T., MACHALICEK, W.,
LANG, R., SIGAFOOS, J., KANG, S., LANCIONI, G., GREEN, V.
& DIDDEN, R. (2010). Functional analysis of
challenging behavior in children with autism spectrum
disorders : A summary of 10 cases. Research in Autism
Spectrum Disorders, 4, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, T. (1993). Autism. In T.R. Giles (Ed.), Handbook
of effective psychotherapy (pp. 107-133). New York
: Plenum. |
PETERS-SCHEFFER, N., DIDDEN, R., MULDERS, M. &
KORZILIUSLOW, H. (2010). Low intensity behavioral
treatment supplementing preschool services for young
children with autism spectrum disorders and severe to mild
intellectual disability. Research in Developmental
Disabilities, 31, 1678-1684. |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. (1993). The development of a
treatment-research project for developmentally disabled
and autistic children. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 26 (4), 617-630. [PDF] |
NEITZEL, J. (2010). Positive behavior supports for
children and youth with autism spectrum disorders. Preventing
School Failure, 54 (4), 247-255. [PDF] |
|
McEACHIN, J.J., SMITH, T. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1993).
Long-term outcome for children with autism who received
early intensive behavioral treatment. American
Journal of Mental Retardation, 97 (4), 359-372. [PDF] |
BEGEER, S., GEVERS, C., CLIFFORD, P., VERHOEVE, M., KAT,
K., HODDENBACH, E. & BOER, F. (2010). Theory of mind
training in children with autism : A randomized controlled
trial. Journal of Autism Developmental Disorder, 41,
997-1006. |
|
WOLFBERG, J.P. & SCHULER, L.A. (1993). Integrated play
groups : a model for promoting the social and cognitive
dimensions of play in children with autism. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 23,
467-469. |
ÄSBERG, J. (2010). Patterns of language and discourse
comprehension skills in school-aged children with autism
spectrum disorders. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 51, 534-539. |
|
McCLANNAHAN, L.E. & KRANTZ, P.J. (1993). On systems
analysis in autism intervention. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 26 (4), 589-596. [PDF] |
SMITH, T. (2010). Early and intensive behavioral
intervention in autism. In J.R. Weisz & A.E. Kazdin
(Eds.), Evidence-based psychotherapies for children
and adolescents(pp. 312-326). New York : Guilford. |
|
PARTINGTON, J.W., SUNDBERG, M.L., NEWHOUSE, L. &
SPENGLER, S. (1994). Overcoming an autistic child's
failure to acquire a tact repertoire. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (4), 733-734. [PDF] |
ROGERS, S.J. & DAWSON, G. (2010). The Early Start
Denver Model for young children with autism : Promoting
language, learning, and engagement. New York :
Guilford Press. |
|
BACHEVALIER, J. & LOVELAND, K. (1994). Medial temporal
lobe structures and autism : A review of clinical and
experimental findings. Neuropsychologia, 32, 627-648. |
BANDA, D.R. & HART, S.L. (2010). Increasing
peer-to-peer social skills though direct instruction of
two elementary school girls with autism. Journal of
Research in Special Education Needs, 10 (2),
124-132. |
|
YOUNG, J.M., KRANTZ, P.J., McCLANNAHAN, L.E. &
POULSON, C.L. (1994). Generalized imitation and
response-class formation in children with autism.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (4),
685-697. [PDF] |
VIRUES-ORTEGA, J. (2010). Applied behavior analytic
intervention for autism in early childhood :
Meta-analysis, meta-regression and dose-response
meta-analysis of multiple outcomes. Clinical
Psychology Review, 30 (4), 387-399. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, I. & BRYSON, S. (1994). Imitation and action in
autism : A critical review. Psychological Bulletin,
116, 259-273. |
ELDEVIK, S., HASTING, R.P., HUGHES, J.C., JAHR, E.,
EIKESETH, S. & CROSS, S. (2010). Using participant
data to extend the evidence base for intensive behavioral
intervention for children with autism. American
Journal on Intellectual & Developmental
Disabilities, 115, 381-405. |
|
STONE, W.L., HOFFMAN, E.L., LEWIS, S.E. & OUSLEY, O.Y.
(1994). Early recognition of autism. Parental reports vs
clinical observation. Archives of Pediatrics &
Adolescent Medicine, 148 (2), 174-179. |
KERN-KOEGEL, L., SINGH, A.K. & KOEGEL, R.L. (2010).
Improving motivation for academics in children with
autism. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 40, 1057-1066. [PDF] |
|
THORP, D.M., STAHMER, A.C. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (1995).
Teaching socio-dramatic play to children with autism using
Pivotal Response Training. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 25, 265-282. |
OZONOFF, S. (2011). Symptom onset patterns and functional
outcomes in young children with autism spectrum disorders.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 41,
1727-1732. |
|
KOEGEL, R.L. & KERN-KOEGEL, L. (Eds.) (1995). Teaching
children with autism : Strategies for initiating
positive interactions and improving learning
opportunities. Paul H. Brookes Publishing Co. |
SUNDBERG, M.L. & SUNDBERG, C.A. (2011). Intraverbal
behavior and verbal conditional discriminations in
typically developing children and children with autism. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 27, 23-43.
[PDF] |
|
OZONOFF, S. (1995). Reliability and validity of the
Wisconsin Card Sorting Test in studies of autism.
Neuropsychology, 9, 491-500. |
EURELINGS-BONTEKOE, E., ZWINKELS, K., SCHAAP-JONKER, H.
& EDREDI, M. (2011). Formal characteristics of
Thematic Apperception Test narratives of adult patients
with an autism spectrum disorder. A preliminary study. Psycholoogy,
2 (7), 687-693. [PDF] |
|
BARON-COHEN, S. (1995). Mindblindness : An essay on
autism and theory of mind. MIT Press. |
KLINTWALL, L., FERNELL, E., HOLM, A. & GILLBERG, C.
(2011). Sensory abnormalities in autism. Research in
Developmental Disabilities, 32, 795-800.
[PDF] |
|
PIERCE, K. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (1995). Increasing complex
social behaviors in children with autism : effects of
peer-implemented pivotal response training. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 28 (3), 285-295. [PDF] |
WEEDEN, M., PORTER, L., DURGIN, A., REDNER, R., KESTNER,
K., COSTELLO, M., CLEARY, K., EDWARDS, T., HAYES, S. &
POLING, A. (2011). Reporting of medication information in
applied studies of people with autism. Research in
Autism Spectrum Disorders, 5, 108-111. [PDF] |
|
NOVAK, G. & PELAEZ, M. (2011). Autism : A
behavioral-systems approach. In J.A. Mulick and E.A.
Mayville (Eds.), Behavioral foundations of effective
autism treatment (pp. 13-33). Cornwall-on-Hudson,
NY : Sloan Publishing. |
|
MATSON, J.L., BENAVIDEZ, D.A., COMPTON, L.S., PACLAWSKYJ,
T. & BAGLIO, C. (1996). Behavioral treatment of
autistic persons : A review of research from 1980 to the
present. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 17,
433-465. |
YU, K.K., CHEUNG, C., CHUA, S.E. & McALONAN, G.M.
(2011). Can Asperger syndrome be distinguished from autism
? An anatomic likelihood meta-analysis of MRI studies. Journal
of Psychiatry & Neuroscience, 36 (6), 412-421.
[PDF] |
|
OZONOFF, S. (2011). Symptom onset patterns and functional
outcomes in young children with autism spectrum disorders.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 41,
1727-1732. |
|
DUGAN, E., KAMPS, D., LEONARD, B., WATKINS, N.,
RHEINBERGER, A. & STACKHAUS, J. (1995). Effects of
cooperative learning groups to facilitate integration of
students with autism in a fourth grade social studies
class. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 28
(2), 175-188. |
GALE, G.M., EIKESETH, S.J. & RUDRUD, E. (2011).
Functional assessment and behavioural intervention for
eating difficulties in children with autism : a study
conducted in the natural environment using parents and ABA
tutors as therapists. Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 41 (10), 1383-1396.
[PDF] |
|
OZONOFF, S., YOUNG, G.S., CARTER, A., MESSINGER, D., NURIT
YIRMIYA, C., ZWAIGENBAUM, L., BRYSON, S.E, CARVER, L.J.,
DOBKINS, K., HUTMAN, T., IVERSON, J.M., LANDA, R., ROGERS,
S.J., SIGMAN, M. & STONE, W.L. (2011). Recurrence risk
for Autism Spectrum Disorders : A baby siblings Research
Consortium Study. Pediatrics, 128 (3), 488-495.
[PDF] |
|
SMITH, T. (1996). Are other treatments effective ? In C.
Maurice, G. Green & S.C. Luce (Eds.), Behavior
interventions for young children with autism (pp.
45-59). Austin, TX : Pro Ed. |
KOEGEL, L., MATOS-FREDEEN, R., LANG, R. & KOEGEL, R.
(2011). Interventions for children with autism spectrum
disorders in inclusive school settings. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 18 (3), 421-588. [PDF] |
|
|
GREEN, G. (1996). Evaluating claims about treatments for
autism. In C. Maurice, G. Green & S.C. Luce (Eds.), Behavioral
intervention for young children with autism : A manual
for parents and professionals (pp. 15-28). Austin,
TX : Pro-Ed. |
MOTTRON, L. (2011). Changing perceptions : The power of
autism. Nature, 479 (7371), 33-35. |
|
RUTTER, M. (1996). Autism research : Prospects and
priorities. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 26, 257-275. |
HALLMAYER, J., CLEVELAND, S., TORRES, A., PHILLIPS, J.,
COHEN, B., TORIGOE, T., MILLER, J., FEDELE, A., COLLINS,
J., SMITH, K., LOTSPEICH, L., CROEN, L.A., OZONOFF, S.,
LAJONCHERE, C., GRETHER, J.K. & RISCH, N. (2011).
Genetic heritability and shared environmental factors
among twin pairs with autism. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 68, 1095-1102. |
|
GREEN, G. (1996). Early behavioral intervention for autism
: What does research tell us ? In C. Maurice (Ed.), G.
Green, & S. Luce (Co-Eds.), Behavioral
intervention for young children with autism : A manual
for parents and professionals (pp. 29-44). Austin,
TX : PRO-ED. |
SHUMWAY, S., THURM, A., SWEDO, S.E., DEPREY, L., BARNETT,
L., AMARAL, D.G., ROGERS, S.J. & OZONOFF, S. (2011).
Symptom onset patterns and functional outcomes in young
children with autism spectrum disorders. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 41,
1727-1732. |
|
BETTISON, S. (1996). The long-term effects of auditory
training on children with autism. Journal of Autism
& Developmental Disorders, 26 (3), 361-374. |
ROCKWELL, S.B., GRIFFIN, C.C. & JONES, H.A. (2011).
Schema-based strategy instruction in mathematics and the
word problem-solving performance of a student with autism.
Focus on Autism & Other Developmental
Disabilities, 26 (2), 87-95. |
|
ROGERS, S.J. (1996). Brief report : Early intervention in
autism. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 26, 243-246. |
MARZULLO-KERTH, D., REEVE, S.A., REEVE, K.F. &
TOWNSEND, D.B. (2011). Using multiple-exemplar training to
teach a generalized repertoire of sharing to children with
autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (2),
279-294. [PDF] |
|
GENA, A., KRANTZ, P.J., MCCLANNAHAN, L.E., PELIOS, L.
& POULSON, C.L. (1996). Training and generalization
of affective behavior displayed by youth with autism. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 29 (3), 291-304.
[PDF] |
KLINTWALL, L., FERNELL, E., HOLM, A. & GILLBERG, C.
(2011). Sensory abnormalities in autism. Research in
Developmental Disabilities, 32, 795-800.
[PDF] |
|
STRICKLAND, D., MARCUS, L.M., MESIBOV, G.B. & HOGAN,
K. (1996). Brief report : Two case studies using virtual
reality a learning tool for autistic children. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 26 (6),
651-659. |
MATSON, J.L. & KOZLOSKI, A.M. (2011). The increasing
prevalence of autism spectrum disorders. Research in
Autism Spectrum Disorders, 5, 418-425. [PDF] |
|
SCHREIBMAN, L. & KOEGEL, R.L. (1996). Fostering
self-management : Parent-delivered pivotal response
training for children with autistic disorder. In E.D.
Hibbs & P.S. Jensen (Eds.), Psychosocial
treatment for child and adolescent disorders :
Empirically based strategies for clinical practice (pp.
525-552). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association. |
LANOVAZ, M.J. & SLADECZEK, I.E. (2011). Effects of
music on vocal stereotypy in children with autism. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (3), 647-651. [PDF] |
|
BAILEY, A., PHILLIPS, W. & RUTTER, M. (1996). Autism :
towards an integration of clinical genetic,
neuropsychological and neurobiological perspectives. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 37 (1),
89-126. |
WILLIAMS, B.F. & WILLIAMS, R.L. (2011). Effective
programs for treating autism spectrum disorder : Applied
behavior analysis models. New York, NY :
Routledge. |
|
OZSIVADJIAN, A., KNOTT, F. & MAGIATI, I. (2011).
Parent and child perspectives on the nature of anxiety in
children and young people with Autism Spectrum Disorders :
a focus group study. Autism, 16 (2), 107-121.
[PDF] |
|
MATSON, J.L., BENAVIDEZ, D.A., COMPTON, L.S., PACLAWSKYJ,
T. & BAGLIO, C. (1996). Behavioral treatment of
autistic persons : A review of research from 1980 to the
present. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 17 (6),
433-465. |
KOEGEL, R.L. BHAROOCHA, A., RIBNICK, C., RIBNICK, R.,
BUCIO, M., FREDEEN, R. & KOEGEL, L. (2012). Using
individualized reinforcers and hierarchical exposure to
increase food flexibility in children with autism spectrum
disorders. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 42 (8), 1574-1581. [PDF] |
|
WONG, N., BEIDEL, D., SARVER, D. & SIMS, V. (2012).
Facial emotion recognition in children with high
functioning autism and children with social phobia. Child
Psychiatry & Human Development, 43, 775-794. |
|
KLINTWALL, L. & EIKESETH, S. (2012). Number and
controllability of reinforcers as predictors of individual
outcome for children with autism receiving early and
intensive behavioral intervention : A preliminary study. Research
in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 6 (1), 493-499.
[PDF] |
|
GREEN, G. (1996). Early behavioral intervention for autism
: What does research tell us ? In C. Maurice, G. Green
& S.C. Luce (Eds.), Behavioral intervention for
young children with autism : A manual for parents and
professionals (pp. 29-44). Austin, TX: Pro-Ed. |
SMITH, T. (2012). Evolution of research on interventions
for individuals with autism spectrum disorder :
Implications for behavior analysts. The Behavior
Analysist, 35 (1), 101-113.
[PDF] |
|
LEBLANC, L.A. & GILLIS, J. (2012). Behavioral
interventions for children with autism spectrum disorders.
Pediatric Clinics of North America, 59, 147-164. |
|
ROGERS, S.J. (1996). Brief report : early intervention in
autism. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 26 (2), 243-246. |
REICHOW, B. (2012). Overview of meta-analyses on early
intensive behavioral intervention for young children with
autism spectrum disorders. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 42, 512-520. |
|
HAPPÉ. F. & FRITH, U. (1996). The neuropsychology of
autism. Brain, 119, 1377-1400. |
DICHTER, G. & ADOLPHS, R. (2012). Reward processing in
autism : a thematic series. Journal of
Neurodevelopmental Disorders, 4 (20), 1-4.
[PDF] |
|
CHARMAN, T., SWETTENHAM, J., BARON-COHEN, S., COX, A.,
BAIRD, G. & DREW, A. (1997). Infants with autism : an
investigation of empathy, pretend play, joint attention,
and imitation. Development Psychology, 33 (5),
781-789. |
DUNST, C.J., TRIVETTE, C.M. & HAMBY, D.W. (2012).
Effect of interest-based interventions on the
social-communicative behavior of young children with
autism spectrum disorders. Center for Early Literacy
Learning Review, 5 (6), 1-10. [PDF] |
|
FOMBONNE, E., Du MAZAUBRAN, C., CANS, C. & GRANDJEAN,
H. (1997). Autism and associated medical disorders in a
French epidemiological survey. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 36,
1561-1569. |
ELDEVIK, S., HASTING, R.P., JAHR, E. & HUGHES, J.C.
(2012). Outcomes of behavioral intervention for children
with autism in mainstream pre-school settings. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 42 (2),
210-220.
[PDF] |
|
|
SASSON, N.J., DICHTER, G.S. & BODFISH, J.W. (2012).
Affective responses by adults with autism are reduced to
social images but elevated to images related to
circumscribed interests. PLOS One, 7 (8),
1-14. [PDF] |
|
DAWSON, G. & OSTERLING, J. (1997). Early intervention
in autism : effectiveness, common elements of current
approaches. In M.J. Guarlnick (Ed.), The
effectiveness of early intervention : Second generation
research (pp. 307-326). Baltimore, MD : Paul H.
Brookes. |
KLINTWALL, L., GILBERG, C., BÖLTE, S. & FERNELL, E.
(2012). The efficacy of intensive behavioral intervention
for children with autism : A matter of allegiance ? Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 42 (1),
139-140. [PDF] |
|
BAHRICK, L.E. & TODD, J.T. (2012). Multisensory
processing in autism spectrum disorders :Intersensory
processing disturbance as a basis for atypical
development. In B.E. Stein, (Ed.), The new handbook of
multisensory processes (pp. 657-674). Cambridge,
MA: MIT. |
|
PIERCE, K. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (1997). Multiple peer use
of pivotal response training social behaviors of
classmates with autism : results from trained and
untrained peers. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 30 (1), 157-160. [PDF] |
SAYLOR, S., SIDENER, T.M., REEVE, S.A. FETHERSTON, A.
& PROGAR, P.R. (2012). Effects of three types of
noncontingent auditory stimulation on vocal stereotypy in
children with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 44 (1), 185-190.
[PDF] |
|
SIGMAN, M. & CAPPS, L. (1997). Children with
autism : A developmental perspective. Cambridge, MA
: Harvard University Press. |
ROGERS, S.J., ESTES, A., LORD, C., VISMARA, L., WINTER,
J., FITZPATRICK, A., GUO, M. & DAWSON, G. (2012).
Effects of a Brief Early Start Denver Model (ESDM)-Based
Parent Intervention on Toddlers at Risk for Autism
Spectrum Disorders : A randomized controlled trial. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 51 (10), 1052-1065. [PDF] |
|
GERNSBACHER, M.A. & PRIPAS-KAPIT, S. (2012). Who's
missing the point ? A commentary on claims that autistic
persons have a specific deficit in figurative language
comprehension. Metaphor & Symbol, 27, 93-105. |
|
REICHOW, B., BARTON, E.E., BOYD, B.A. & HUME, K.
(2012). Early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) for
young children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) : A
systematic review. Campbell Systematic Reviews, 9,
1-116. [PDF] |
|
EIKESETH, S., KLINTWALL, L., JAHR, E. & KARLSSON, P.
(2012). Outcome for children with autism receiving early
and intensive behavioral intervention in mainstream
preschool and kindergarten settings. Research in
Autism Spectrum Disorders, 6, 829-835. [PDF] |
|
REICHOW, B. (2012). Overview of meta-analyses on early
intensive behavioral intervention for young children with
autism spectrum disorders. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 42, 512-520. |
|
THIEMANN-BOURQUE, K.S., BRADY, N.C. & FLEMING, K.K
(2012). Symbolic play of preschoolers with severe
communication impairments with autism and other
developmental delays : More similarities than differences.
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 42
(5), 863-873. [PDF] |
|
GRESHAM, F.M. & MacMILLAN, D.L. (1997). Autistic
recovery ? An analysis and critique of the empirical
evidence on the early intervention project. Behavioral
Disorders, 22 (4), 185-201. |
AXELROD, S., McELRATH, K. & WINE, B. (2012). Applied
behavior analysis : Autism and beyond. Behavioral
Interventions, 27 (1), 1-15. |
|
ROGERS, S.J. (1998). Neuropsychology of autism and its
implications for early intervention. Mental
Retardation & Developmental Disabilities Research 4,
104-110. |
MODY, M., MANOACH, D.S., GUENTHER, F.H., KENET, T., BRUNO,
K.A., McDOUGLAS, C.J. & STIGLER, K.A. (2013). Speech
and language in autism spectrum disorder : a view through
the lens of behavior and brain imaging. Neuropsychiatry,
3 (2), 223-232. [PDF] |
|
DAWSON, G., MELTZOFF, A., OSTERLING, J. & BROWN, E.
(1998). Children with autism fail to orient to naturally
occurring social stimuli. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 28, 479-485. [PDF] |
VOEKEL, H., LECROY, C.W., WILLIAMS, L.R. & HOLSCHUH,
J. (2013). The full spectrum : Hispanic understanding of
autism. Best Practices in Mental Health, 9 (1),
31-46.
[PDF] |
|
SMITH, T. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1998). Intensive and early
behavioral intervention with autism : The UCLA Young
Autism Project. Infants & Young Children, 1, 67-78.
|
KOVER, S.T., MCDUFFIE, A.S., HAGERMAN, R.J. &
ABBEDUTO, L. (2013). Receptive vocabulary in boys with
autism spectrum disorder : Cross-sectional developmental
trajectories. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 43 (11), 2696-2709. [PDF] |
|
SHEINKOPF, S. & SIEGEL, B. (1998). Home-based
behavioral treatment of young children with autism. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 28, 15-23. |
FARMER, J. & REUPERT, A. (2013). Understanding autism
and understanding my child with autism : An evaluation of
a group parent education program in rural Australia. Australian
Journal of Rural Health, 21, 20-27. |
|
SASSON, N.J. LAM, K.S.L., PARLIER, M., DANIELS, J.L. &
PIVEN, J. (2013). Autism and the broad autism phenotype :
Familial patterns and intergenerational transmission. Journal
of Neurodevelopmental Disorders, 5, 11. |
|
CONNOR, M.M. (1998). A review of behavioural early
intervention programmes for children with autism. Educational
Psychology in Practice, 14, 109-117. |
SUCHOWIERSKA, M. & RIPINSKA, M. (2013). Early
intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) for children with
autism & theory and research. Postepy Nauk
Medycznych, 26 (1), 51-57.
[PDF] |
|
|
ROGERS, S.J. (1998). Neuropsychology of autism and its
implications for early intervention. Mental
Retardation & Developmental Disabilities Research 4,
104-110. |
SMITH, L.E., GREENBERG, J.S. & MAILICK, M.R. (2013).
Adults with autism : Outcomes, family effects, and the
multi-family group psychoeducation model. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 14, 732-738. |
|
LEAF, R. & McEACHIN, J.J. (1998). A work in
progress : Behavior management strategies and a
curriculum for intensive behavioral treatment of autism.
New York : Different Roads to Learning. |
TAGER-FLUSBERG, H. & KASARI, C. (2013).
Minimally-verbal school-aged children with autism spectrum
disorder : the neglected end of the spectrum. Autism
Research, 6, 468-478. [PDF] |
|
RAPIN, I. (1999). Appropriate investigations for clinical
care versus research in children with autism. Brain
Develpment, 2, 1152-156. |
FROEHLICH, W., CLEVELAND, S., TORRES, A., PHILLIPS, J.,
COHEN, B., TORIGOE, T., MILLER, J., FEDELE, A., COLLINS,
J., SMITH, K., LOTSPEICH, L., CROEN, L.A., OZONOFF, S.,
LAJONCHERE, C., GRETHER, J.K., RISCH, N. & HALLMAYER,
J. (2013). Head circumference in twins with and without
autism spectrum disorder. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 43, 2026-2037. |
|
ZWAIGENBAUM, L., BRYON, S. & GARON, N. (2013). Early
identification of autism spectrum disorders. Behavioural
Brain Research, 251, 133-146. |
|
WHITELEY, P., RODGERS, J., SAVERY, D. & SHATTOCK, P.
(1999). A gluten-free diet as an intervention for autism
and associated spectrum disorders : Preliminary findings.
Autism, 3, 45-65. |
FEIN, D., BARTON, M., EIGSTI, I.M., KELLEY, E., NAIGLES,
L., SCHULTZ, R.T., STEVENS, M., HELT, M., ORINSTEIN, A.,
ROSENTHAL, M.,TROYB, E. & TYSON, K. (2013). Optimal
outcome in individuals with a history of autism. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 54 (2),
195-205.
[PDF] |
|
EDELSON, S., ARIN, D., BAUMAN, M., LUKAS, S., RUDY, J.,
SHOLAR, M. & RIMLAND, B. (1999). Auditory integration
training : A double-blind study of behavioural and
electrophysiological effects in people with autism.
Focus on Autism & Other Developmental Disorders, 14
(2), 73-81. |
CONNERY, V. (2013). An ABA-based intervention package for
treating the inappropriate use of a communication device
within autistic populations. Journal of European
Psychology Students, 4, 47-55. [PDF] |
|
MOTTRON, L., PERETZ, I., BELLEVILLE, S. & ROULEAU, N.
(1999). Absolute pitch in autism : A case-study.
Neurocase, 5, 485-501. [PDF] |
SUCHOWIERSKA, M. & RIPINSKA, M. (2013). Early
intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) for children with
autism & theory and research. Postepy Nauk
Medycznych, 26 (1), 51-57.
[PDF] |
|
GRESHAM, F.M., BEEBE-FRANKENBERGER, M.E. & MacMILLIAN,
D.L. (1999). A selective review of treatments for children
with autism : Description and methodological
considerations. School Psychology Review, 28 (4),
559-575. [PDF] |
HEALY, O. & LYDON, S. (2013). Early intensive
behavioural intervention in autism spectrum disorders. In
Recent advances in autism spectrum disorder (pp.
567-598). [PDF] |
|
McCLANNAHAN, L.E. & KRANTZ, P.J. (1999). Activity
schedules for children with autism : Teaching
independent behavior. Bethesda, MD: Woodbine
House. |
KASARI, C., KAISER, A., GOODS, K., NIETFELD, J., MATHY,
P., LANDA, R., MURPHY, S. & ALMIRALL, D. (2014).
Communication interventions for minimally verbal children
with autism : A sequential multiple assignment randomized
trial. American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 53 (6), 635-646. [PDF]
|
|
TURNER, M.A. (1999). Generating novel ideas : Fluency
performance in high-functioning and learning disabled
individuals with autism. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 40, 189-201. [PDF] |
TAGER-FLUSBERG, H. (2014). Promoting communicative speech
in minimally verbal children with autism spectrum
disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 53 (6), 612-613. [PDF]
|
|
SIGMAN, M., RUSKIN, E., CORONA, R., DISSANAYAKE, C.,
ESPINOSA, M., KIM, N., LOPEZ, A. & ZIERHUT, C. (1999).
Continuity and change in the social competence of children
with autism, Down syndrome, and developmental delays. Mongraphs
of the Society for Research in Child Development, 64
(1), 1-114. |
RUDY, N.A., BETZ, A.M., MALONE, E., HENRY, J.E. &
CHONG, I.M. (2014). Effects of video modeling on teaching
bids for joint attention to children with autism. Behavioral
Interventions, 29 (4), 269-285. [PDF]
|
|
SASSON, N.J. & TOUCHSTONE, E.W. (2014). Visual
attention to competing social and object images by
preschool children with autism spectrum disorder. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 44,
584-592. |
|
SMITH, T. (1999). Outcome of early intervention for
children with autism. Clinical Psychology : Science
& Practice, 6, 33-49. |
WARLAUMONT, A., RICHARDS, J., GILKERSON, J. & OLLER,
D.K. (2014). A social feedback loop for speech development
and its reduction in autism. Psychological Science,
25, 1314-1324. |
|
McGEE, G.G., MORRIER, M.J. & DALY, T. (1999). An
incidental teaching approach to early intervention for
toddlers with autism. Journal of the Association for
Persons with Severe Handicaps, 24 (3), 133-146. |
KLINTWALL, L., ELDEVIK, S. & EIKESETH, S. (2015).
Narrowing the gap-effects of type and intensity of
intervention on developmental trajectories in autism. Autism
: International Journal of Research & Practice, 19 (1),
53-63. [PDF]
|
|
WEISS, M.J. (1999). Differential rates of skill
acquisition and outcomes of early intensive behavioral
intervention for autism. Behavioral Interventions,
14, 3-22. [PDF] |
JURE, R., RAPIN, I. & POGONZA, R. (2015). Autism
Spectrum Disorders (ASD) in blind children : Very high
prevalence, potentially better outlook. Journal of
Autism and Developmental Disorders, 46 (3, |
|
SASSON, N.J., SHASTEEN, J.R. & INKHAM, A.E. (2016).
Reduced prioritization of facial threat in adults with
autism. Journal of Autism and Developmental
Disorders, 46, 1471-1476. |
|
ZWAIGENBAUM, L., BRYSON, S.E., BRIAN, J., SMITH, I.M.,
ROBERTS, W., SZATMARI, P., RONCADIN, C., GARON, N. &
VAILLANCOURT, T. (2016). Stability of diagnostic
assessment for autism spectrum disorder between 18 and 36
months in a high-risk cohort. Autism Research, 9
(7), 790-800. |
|
SASSON, N.J., PINKHAM, A.E., WEITTENHILER, L.P., FASO,
D.J. & SIMPSON, C. (2016). Context effects on facial
affect recognition in schizophrenia and autism :
behavioral and eye-tracking evidence. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 42, 675-683. |
|
GREEN, G. (1999). Science and ethics in early intervention
for autism. In P.M. Ghezzi, W.L. Williams & J.E. Carr
(Eds.), Autism : Behavior-analyst perspectives
(pp. 11-28). Reno, NV: Context Press. |
MOTTRON, L. (2017). Should we change targets and methods
of early intervention in autism, in favor of a
strengths-based education ? European Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 26 (7), 815-825. [PDF]
|
|
OZONOFF, S., WILLIAMS, B.J., GALE, S. & MILLER, J.N.
(1999). Autism and autistic behavior in Joubert Syndrome.Journal
of Child Neurology, 14, 636-641. |
BERNARD-PAULAIS, M.A., WOLFF, M., NÉZÉREAU, C., BOURGUEIL,
O., GARNIER, A., COLLINET, M., VANDROMME, L. et ADRIEN,
J.-L. (2018). Étude de l'évolution cognitive,
socio-émotionnelle et des comportements autistiques
d'enfants avec autisme et autre trouble envahissant du
développement bénéficiant d'une intervention structurée,
la méthode Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Annales
Médico-Psychologiques, 176, 847-856 |
|
ZWAIGENBAUM, L., DUKU, E., FOMBONNE, E., SZATMARI, P.,
SMITH, I.M., BRYSON, S.E., MIRENDA, P., VAILLANCOURT, T.,
VOLDEN, J., GEORGIADES, S., ROBERTS, W., BENNETT, T.,
ELSABBAGH, M., WADDELL, C., STEIMAN, M., SIMON, R. &
BRUNO, R. (2018). Developmental functioning and symptom
severity influence age of diagnosis in Canadian preschool
children with autism. Paediatrics & Child Health,
24 (1), 57-65. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble mental, Intervention
comportementale intensive et Syndrome
d'Asperger |
|
|
|
Trouble
du spectre de l'autisme de haut-niveau : Diagnostic
que reçoit un autisme dont le QI
est supérieur à la moyenne. Trouble du spectre de l'autisme
de haut-niveau et Syndrome
d'Asperger. = Autiste de
haut-niveau, AHN. High functioning autism
(HFA).
| |
|
|
RUMSEY, J.M. & HAMBURGER, S.D. (1990).
Neuropsychological divergence of high-level autism and
severe dyslexia. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 20, 155-168. |
|
LORD, C. & VENTER, A. (1992). Outcome and follow-up
studies of high-functioning autistic individuals. In E.
Schopler & G.B. Mesibov (Eds.), High-functioning
individuals with autism. Current issues in autism
(pp. 187-199). New York : Plenum Pres. |
|
GILLBERG, C. (1998). Asperger syndrome and high
functioning autism. British Journal of Psychiatry,
171, 200-209. |
|
OZONOFF, S., SOUTH, M. & MILLER, J.N. (2000). DSM-IV
defined Asperger syndrome : Cognitive, behavioural and
early history differentiation from high functioning
autism. Autism 4, 29-46. |
|
SMITH, T., LOVAAS, N.W. & LOVAAS, O.I. (2002).
Behavior of high-functioning children with autism and
their peers when placed with typically developing versus
delayed peers : A preliminary study. Behavioral
Interventions, 17, 1-15.
[PDF] |
|
WONG, N., BEIDEL, D., SARVER, D. & SIMS, V. (2012).
Facial emotion recognition in children with high
functioning autism and children with social phobia. Child
Psychiatry & Human Development, 43, 775-794. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble du spectre de
l'autisme |
|
|
|
Trouble
envahissant du développement : TED :
Ensemble de troubles majeurs qui nuisent au développement.
= retard du développement (
): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Pervasive
Developmental Disorder, PDD,
developmental disabilities.
| |
|
|
BANNERMAN, D.J., SHELDON, J.B., SHERMAN, J.A. &
HARCHIK, A.E. (1990). Balancing the right to habilitation
with the right to personal liberties : the rights of
people with developmental disabilities to eat too many
doughnuts and take a nap. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 30 (1), 79-89. [PDF] |
REEVE, C.E. & CARR, E.G. (2000). Prevention of severe
behavior problems in children with developmental
disorders. Journal of Positive Behavior
Interventions, 2, 144-160. |
|
NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (1991). National
Institutes of Health Consensus Development Conference
Statement. In Treatment of destructive behaviors in
persons with developmental disabilities.
Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human
Services. |
NEEF, N.A. (2001) The past and future of behavior analysis
in developmental disabilities : When good news is bad and
bad wews is good. The Behavior Analyst Today, 2
(4), 336-340. |
|
MAUK, J.E. (1993). Autism and pervasive developmental
disorders. Pediatric Clinics of North America, 40,
567-578. |
MOTTRON, L., MÉNARD, É., SOULIÈRES, I. & DAWSON, M.
(2005). L'évaluation cognitive dans les troubles
envahissants du développement. Revue Québécoise de
Psychologie, 26, 1-20. |
|
HORNER, R.H. (1997). Review of behavior analysis in
developmental disabilities 1968-1995. Edited by Iwata et
al. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 30 (3),
265-271. [PDF] |
WEISS, J.A., LUNSKY, Y. & MORI, D. (2010). Psychology
graduate student training in developmental disability : A
Canadian survey. Canadian Psychology, 51 (3),
177-184. |
|
IWATA, B.A., BAILEY, J.S., NEEF, N.A., WACKER, D.P., REPP,
A.C. & SHOOK, G.L. (Eds.) (1997). Behavior
analysis in developmental disabilities 1968-1995.
Lawrence, KS : Society for the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior. |
WEISS, J.A. (2012). Mental health care for Canadians with
developmental disabilities. Canadian Psychology, 53
(1), 67-69. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble mental |
|
|
|
Trouble
explosif intermittent (TEI) : Accès
de colère incontrôlée
souvent suivi de comportements agressifs, parfois violent, et de
remord à la suite de tels gestes. Intermittent
explosive disorder.
| |
|
|
KESSLER, R.C., COCCARO, E.F., FAVA, M., JAEGER, S., JIN,
R. & WALTERS, E. (2006). The prevalence and correlates
of DSM-IV intermittent explosive disorder in the national
comorbidity survey replication. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 63, 669-678. |
|
COCCARO, E.F. (2012). Intermittent explosive disorder as a
disorder of impulsive aggression for DSM-5. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 169, 577-588. |
|
MEDEIROS, G. C., SEGER-JACOB, L., GARRETO, A.K., KIM,
H.S., COCCARO, E.G. & TAVARES, H. (2019). Aggression
directed to others versus aggression directed to self :
Clinical differences between intermittent explosive
disorder and nonsuicidal self-injury. Brazilian
Journal of Psychiatry, 41, 303-309. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Colère |
|
|
Trouble
factice : Trouble factice, mythomanie
et Syndrome
de Munchausen. = faux trouble,
trouble simulé, maladie imaginaire. Factitious
disorder.
| |
|
|
SPIRO, H.R. (1968). Chronic factitious illness,
Munchausen's Syndrome. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 18 (5), 569-579. |
|
BOOLS, C. (1996). Factitious illness by proxy. Munchausen
syndrome by proxy. The British Journal of Psychiatry,
169 (3), 268-275. |
|
BAUER, M. (1996). Neurological syndromes in factitious
disorder. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease,
184 (5), 281-288. |
|
FELDMAN, F.D. (2000). Munchausen by Internet : Detecting
factitious illness and crisis on the Internet. South
Medical Journal, 93, 669-672. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Mythomanie
et Syndrome
de Munchausen |
|
|
Trouble
hypersexuel :
Paraphilie qui se caractérise par un comportement
sexuel compulsif,
donc trop fréquent et qui, de ce fait, nuit au fonctionnement
quotidien de l'individu qui en souffre. =
sexualité compulsive, dépendance à la sexualité, nymphomanie,
satyriasis. Trouble sexuel, sexualité
et relation
sexuelle. = dépendance à la
sexualité. *hypersexualisation,
dépendance
à la pornographie. Hypersexual disorder,
compulsive sexual behavior, sexual addiction, sexual
compulsivity, sexual impulsivity.
| |
|
|
LEVINE, S.B. (2010). What is sexual addiction ? Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 36, 261-275. |
|
RAVIN, S. (1995). Compulsive sexual behaviors. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 18, 155-169. |
KAFKA, M.P. (2010). Hypersexual disorder : A proposed
diagnosis for DSM-5. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 39,
377-400. [PDF] |
|
SKEGG, K., NADA-RAJA, S., DICHSON, N.T. & PAUL, C.
(2010). Perceived "Out of control" Sexual behavior in a
cohort of young adults from the Dunedin Multidisciplinary
Health and Development Study. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 39, 968-978. |
|
KAPLAN, M.S. & KRUEGER, R.B. (2010). Diagnosis,
assessment, and treatment of hypersexuality. Journal
of Sex Research, 47 (2-3), 181-198. |
|
BLACK, D.W., KEHRBERG, L.D., FLUMERFELT, D.L. &
SCHLOSSER, S.S. (1997). Characteristics of 36 subjects
reporting compulsive sexual behavior. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 243-249. |
SAMENOW, C.P. (2010). A biopsychosocial model of
hypersexual disorder/Sexual addiction. Sexual
Addiction & Compulsivity, 17, 69-81. |
|
RINEHART, N.J. & McCABE, M.P. (1997). Hypersexuality :
Psychopathology or normal variant of sexuality. Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 12, 45-60. |
EDWARDS, W. (2012). Applying sexual health model to the
assessment and treatment of internet sexual compulsivity.
Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 19, 3-15. |
|
RINEHART, N.J. & McCABE, M.P. (1998). An empirical
investigation of hypersexuality. Sex & Matital
Therapy, 13, 369-384. |
REID, R.C. (2013). Personal perspectives on hypersexual
disorder. Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 20,
4-18. |
|
KOR, A., FOGEL, Y.A., REID, R.C. & POTENZA, M.N.
(2013). Should hypersexual disorder be classified as an
addiction ? Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 20,
27-47. |
|
STEIN, D.J., HUGO, F., OOSTHUIZEN, P., HAWKRIDGE, S.M.
& VAN HEERDEN, B. (2000). Neuropsychiatry of
hypersexuality. CNS Spectrums, 5, 36-46. |
WOMACK, S.D., HOOK, J.N., RAMOS, M., DAVIS, D.E. &
PENBERTHY, J.K. (2013). Measuring hypersexual behavior. Sexual
Addiction & Compulsivity, 20, 65-78. |
|
RAYMOND, N.C., COLEMAN, E. & MINER, M.H. (2003).
Psychiatric comorbidity and compulsive/impulsive traits in
compulsive sexual behavior. Comprehensive Psychiatry,
44, 370-380. |
MOSER, C. (2013). Hypersexual disorder : Searching for
clarity. Sexual Dependence & Compulsivity, 20,
48-58. |
|
BANCROFT, J. & VUKADINOVIC, Z. (2004). Sexual
addiction, sexual compulsivity, sexual impulsivity, or
what ? Toward a theoretical model. The Journal of Sex
Research, 41 (3), 225-234. |
KAFKA, M.P. (2013). The development and evolution of the
criteria for a newly proposed diagnosis for DSM-5 :
Hypersexual disorder. Sexual Addiction &
Compulsivity, 20, 19-26. |
|
REID, R.C. (2007). Assessing readiness to change among
clients seeking help for hypersexual behavior. Sexual
Addiction & Compulsivity, 14, 167-186. |
NAFICY, H., SAMENOW, C.P. & FONG, T.W. (2013). A
review of pharmacological treatments for hypersexual
disorder. Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 20,
139-153. |
|
REID, R.C., CARPENTER, B.N., SPACKMAN, M. & WILES,
D.L. (2008). Alexithymia, emotional instability, and
vulnerability to stress proneness in patients seeking help
for hypersexual behavior. Journal of Sex &
Marital Therapy, 34 (2), 133-149. [PDF] |
COUTURE, M. & PROULX, I. (2014). Le trouble
hypersexuel. Psychologie Québec, 31 (2), 44-46.
[PDF] |
|
TOSTO, G., TALARICO, G., LENZI, G.L. & BRUNO, G.
(2008). Effect of citalopram in treating hypersexuality in
an Alzheimer's disease case. Neurological Science, 29,
269-270. |
HOOK, J.N., REID, R.C., PENBERTHY, J.K., DAVIS, D.E. &
JENNING, D.J. (2014). Methodological review of treatments
for nonparaphilic hypersexual behavior. Journal of
Sex & Marital Therapy, 00 (00), 1-1.5. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble mental |
|
|
Trouble
hypersexuel (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
le trouble hypersexuel. Measuring
hypersexual behavior.
| |
|
|
KAPLAN, M.S. & KRUEGER, R.B. (2010). Diagnosis,
assessment, and treatment of hypersexuality. Journal
of Sex Research, 47 (2-3), 181-198. |
|
WOMACK, S.D., HOOK, J.N., RAMOS, M., DAVIS, D.E. &
PENBERTHY, J.K. (2013). Measuring hypersexual behavior. Sexual
Addiction & Compulsivity, 20, 65-78. |
|
EDWARDS, W. (2012). Applying sexual health model to the
assessment and treatment of internet sexual compulsivity.
Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 19, 3-15. |
|
KAFKA, M.P. (2013). The development and evolution of the
criteria for a newly proposed diagnosis for DSM-5 :
Hypersexual disorder. Sexual Addiction &
Compulsivity, 20, 19-26. |
|
|
|
Trouble
majeur : Trouble qui nécessite l'aide ou
l'intervention d'un
professionnel. = Trouble lourd.
| |
| Échelle
de gravité des troubles |
| En santé |
Trouble
mineur/léger |
Trouble
majeur/lourd |
| 0 |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
| Absence
de trouble |
Que
l'on peut résoudre soi-même |
Qui
peut être résolu grâce à nos ressources
sociales |
Qui
peut être résolu grâce aux soins d'un para-professionnel |
Qui
requiert les services d'un profesionnel |
|
|
|
|
Troubles mineur : Trouble que l'on peut
généralement résoudre soi-même. =
trouble léger ou bénin.
|
| Échelle
de gravité des troubles |
| En santé |
Trouble
mineur/léger |
Trouble
majeur/lourd |
| 0 |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
| Absence
de trouble |
Que
l'on peut résoudre soi-même |
Qui
peut être résolu grâce à nos ressources
sociales |
Qui
peut être résolu grâce aux soins d'un para-professionnel |
Qui
requiert les services d'un professionel |
|
|
|
|
Trouble
obsessionnel-compulsif : TOC :
Ensemble de phobies et de
comportements ritualisés qui semble avoir pour rôle de réduire
l'anxiété et les
obsessions. TOC et vérification
compulsive. = Trouble
Obsessionnel Compulsif, TOC, névrose
obsessionelle compulsive.
Obsessive
Compulsive Disorder, OCD.
|
| |
|
SHAPIRO, D. (1962). Aspects of obsessive-compulsive style.
Psychiatry : Journal for the Study of the
Interpersonal Processes, 114, 46-59. |
THOMSEN, P.H. (2000). Obsessive-compulsive disorder :
Pharmacological treatment. European Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 9, 76-84. |
|
JUDD, L.L. (1965). Obsessive-compulsive neurosis in
children. Archives of General Psychiatry, 12,
136-143. |
SAXENA, S. & RAUCH, S.L. (2000). Functional
neuroimaging and the neuroanatomy of obsessive compulsive
disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 23, 563-586. |
|
WOLPE, J. & LAZARUS, A.A. (1966). Behavior
therapy technique. New York : Pergamon Press. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L. & STEKETEE, G.S. (2000). Expressed
emotion and behavior therapy outcome : a prospective study
with obsessive-compulsive and agoraphobic outpatients.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 67, 658-665. |
|
MEYER, V. (1966). Modification of expectations in cases
with obsessional rituals. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 4, 273-280. |
SALKOVSKIS, P.M., WROE, A., GLEDHILL, A., MORRISON, N.,
FORRESTER, E., RICHARDS, C., REYNOLDS, M. & THORPE, S.
(2000). Responsibility attitudes and interpretations are
characteristic of obsessive compulsive disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 38 (4), 347-372. |
|
RACHMAN, S., HODGSON, R. & MARKS, I.M. (1971). The
treatment of chronic obsessive-compulsive neurosis. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 9, 237-247. |
ABRAMOVITZ, J.S., FRANKLIN, M.E., STREET, G.P., KOZAK,
M.J. & FOA, E.B. (2000). Effects of comorbid
depression on response to treatment for
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Behavior Therapy, 31,
517-528. |
|
TEMPLER, D.I. (1972). The obsessive-compulsive neurosis :
Review of research findings. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 13 (4), 375-383. |
MENZIES, R.G., HARRIS, L.M., CUMMING, S.R. & EINSTEIN,
D.A. (2000). The relationship between inflated personal
responsibility and exaggerad danger expectancies in
obsessive-compulsive concerns. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 38, 1029-1037. [PDF] |
|
SALZMAN, L. (1972). Obsessive-compulsive aspects of
obesity. Psychiatry Medicine, 3 (1), 29-36. |
ROTHBAUM, B.O. & SHAHAR, F. (2000). Behavioral
treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder in a
naturalistic setting. Cognitive & Behavioral
Practice, 7, 262-270. |
|
MEYER, V., LEVY, R. & SCHNURER, A. (1974). A
behavioral treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorders. In
H.R. Beech (Ed.), Obsessional states. London :
Methuen. |
PURDON, C. & CLARK, D.A. (2000). White bears and other
elusive intrusions : Assessing the relevance of thought
suppression for obsessional phenomena. Behavior
Modification, 24, 425-453. |
|
AKHTAR, S., WIG, N.N., VERMA, V.K., PERSHAD, D. &
VERMA, S.K. (1975). A phenomenological analysis of
symptoms in obsessive-compulsive neurosis. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 127, 342-348. |
HEYMAN, I., FOMBONNE, E., SIMMONS, H., FORD, T., MELTZER,
H. & GOODMAN, R. (2001). Prevalence of
obsessive-compulsive disorder in the British nationwide
survey of child mental health. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 179, 324-329. |
|
MARKS, I.M., HODGSON, R. & RACHMAN, S. (1975).
Treatment of chronic obsessive-compulsive neurosis by in
vivo exposure. British Journal of Psychiatry, 127,
349-364. |
CATH, D.C., SPINHOVEN, P., VAN WOERKOM, TCAM, VAN DE
WETERING, B.J.M., HOOGDUIN, C.A.L., LANDMAN, A.D., ROOS,
R.A. & ROOIJMANS, H.G. (2001). Gilles de la Tourette's
Syndrome with and without OCD in comparison to OCD without
tics : which symptoms discriminate ? Journal of
Nervous & Mental Disease, 189, 219-228. |
|
RABAVILAS, A.D., BOULOUGOURIS, J.C. & STEFANIS, C.
(1976). Duration of flooding sessions in the treatment of
obsessive-compulsive patients. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 14, 349-355. |
GRADOS, M.A., RIDDLE, M.A., SAMUELS, J., LIANG, K.Y.,
HOEHN- SARIC, R., BIENVENU, O.J., WALKUP, J.T., SONG, D.
& NESTADT, G. (2001). The familial phenotype of
obsessive-compulsive disorder in relation to tic disorders
: the Hopkins OCD family study. Biological
Psychiatry, 50, 559-565. |
|
HODGSON, R.J. & RACHMAN, S. (1977).
Obsessional-compulsive complaints. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 15, 389-395. |
FRANKLIN, M.E., TOLIN, D.F., MARCH, J.S. & FOA, E.B.,
(2001). Treatment of pediatric obsessive-compulsive
disorder: a case example of intensive cognitive-
behavioral therapy involving exposure and ritual
prevention. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice 8,
297-304. |
|
RAMSAY, R. (1977). Behavioural approaches to
obsessive-compulsive neurosis. In J.C. Boulougouris &
A.D. Rabavilas (Eds.), The treatment of phobic and
obsessive compulsive disorders : Selected papers from
the sixth annual meeting of the European association of
behaviour therapy (pp. 102-103) Oxford : Pergamon
Press. |
TOLIN, D.F., ABRAMOWITZ, J.S., KOZAK, M.J. & FOA, E.B.
(2001). Fixity of belief, perceptual aberration, and
magical ideation in obsessive-compulsive disorder.
Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 15 (6), 501-510. |
|
FOA, E.B. & GOLDSTEIN, A. (1978). Continuous exposure
and complete response prevention of obsessive-compulsive
neurosis. Behavior Therapy, 9, 821-829. |
ABRAMOVITZ, J.S. & KALSY, S.A. (2001). Recent
developments in the cognitive-behavioral treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder. The Behavior Analyst
Today, 2 (2), 141-147. |
|
|
FOA, E.B. & STEKETEE, G. (1979). Obsessive-compulsives
: Conceptual issues and treatment interventions. In M.
Hersen & R.M. Eisler & P.M. Miller (Eds.),
Progress in behavior modification VIII. New York :
Academic Press. |
|
|
EMMELKAMP, P.M.G., VAN DER, H.M., VAN ZANTEN, B.L. &
PLOCHG, I. (1980). Treatment of obsessive-compulsive
patients : the contribution of self-instructional training
to the effectiveness of exposure. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 18, 61-66. |
TÜKEL, R., POLAT, A., ÖZDEMIR, O., AKSÜT, D. &
ÖZDEMIR, O, (2002). Comorbid conditions in
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 43 (3), 204-249. |
|
FOA, E.B., STEKETEE, G.S. & MILBY, J.B. (1980).
Differential effects of exposure and response prevention
in obsessive-compulsive washers. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 48, 71-79. |
FRANKLIN, M.E., ABRAMOWITZ, J.S., BUX, D.A., ZOELLNER,
L.A. & FEENY, N.C. (2002). Cognitive-behavioral
therapy with and without medication in the treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Professional
Psychology, Research & Practice, 33 (2),
162-168. |
|
MARKS, I.M., STERN, R.S., MAWSON, D., COBB, J. &
McDONALD, R. (1980). Clomipramine and exposure for
obsessive-compulsive rituals. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 136, 1-25. |
O'CONNOR, K. (2002). Intrusions and inferences in
obsessive compulsive disorder. Clinical Psychology
and Psychotherapy, 9, 38-46. [PDF] |
|
FOA, E.B., STEKETEE, G.S., TURNER, R.M. & FISHER, S.C.
(1980). Effects of imaginal exposure to feared disasters
in obsessive-compulsive checkers. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 18, 449-455. |
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. & HOUTS, A.C. (2002). What is OCD and
what is not : Problems with the OCD spectrum concept. Scientific
Review of Mental Health Practice, 1, 139-156. [PDF] |
|
RACHMAN, S.J. & HODGSON, R. (1980). Obsessions
and compulsions. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice
Hall. |
CLARK, D.A. & BECK, A.T. (2002). Clark-Beck
Obsessive-Compulsive Inventory. San Antonio, TX :
The Psychological Corporation. |
|
SALZMAN, L. & THALER, F.H. (1981).
Obsessive-compulsive disorders : a review of the
literature. American Journal of Psychiatyry, 38
(3), 286-296. |
TOLIN, D.F., HAMLIN, C. & FOA, E.B. (2002). Directed
forgetting in obsessive-compulsive disorder : replication
and extension. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 40,
793-803. |
|
EMMELKAMP, P.M.G. (1982). Phobic and
obsessive-compulsive disorders : Theory. research, and
practice. Plenum, New York. |
GHASSEMZADEH, H., MOJTABAI, R., KHAMSEH, A., EBRAHIMKHANI,
N., ISSAZADEGAN, A.A. & SAIF-NOBAKHT Z. (2002).
Symptoms of obsessive-compulsive disorder in a sample of
Iranian patients. International Journal of Social
Psychiatry, 48 (1), 20-28. |
|
STEKETEE, G.S., FOA, E.B. & GRAYSON, J.B. (1982).
Recent advances in the treatment of obsessive-compulsives.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 39, 1365-1371. |
FROST, R.O. & STEKETEE, G. (Eds.) (2002). Cognitive
approaches to obsessions and compulsions : Theory,
assessment, and treatment. Amsterdam : Elsevier
Science. |
|
RACHMAN, S.J. (1983). Obstacles to the successful
treatment of obsessions. In E.B. Foa & P.M.G.
Emmelkamp (Eds.), Failures in behavior therapy
(pp. 35-57). New York : Wiley. |
LOPEZ-IBOR, J. & LOPEZ-IBOR, M. (2003). Research on
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Current Opinion in
Psychiatry, 16 (S2), S85-S91. |
|
FOA, E.B., STEKETEE, G.S. & GRAYSON, J.B. (1983).
Treatment of obsessive-compulsives : When do we fail ? In
E.B. Foa & P.M.G. Emmelkamp (Eds.), Failures in
hehavior therapy (pp. 55-81). New York : Wiley. |
WOODS, D.W., TWOHIG, M.P., FLESSNER, C.A. & ROLOFF,
T.J. (2003). Treatment of vocal tics in children with
Tourette syndrome : investigating the efficacy of habit
reversal. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36
(1), 109-112. [PDF] |
|
MALTBY, N. & TOLIN, D.F. (2003). Overview of
treatments for obsessive- compulsive disorder and spectrum
Conditions : Conceptualization, theory, and practice. Brief
Treatment & Crisis Intervention, 3:, 127–144.
[PDF] |
|
FOA, E.B., STEKETEE, G.S., GRAYSON, J.B., TURNER, R.M.
& LATIMER, P. (1984). Deliberate exposure and blocking
of obsessive-compulsive rituals : Immediate and long-term
effects. Behavior Therapy, 15, 450-472. |
COHEN, Y., LACHENMEYER, J.R. & SPRINGER, C. (2003).
Anxiety and selective attention in obsessive-compulsive
disorder. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 41
(11), 1311-1323. |
|
CLIFFORD, C.A., MURRAY, R.M. & FULKER, D.W. (1984).
Genetic and environmental influences on obsessional traits
and symptoms. Psychological Medicine, 14,
791-800 |
FREEMAN, J.B., GARCIA, A.M., FUCCI, C., KARITANI, M.,
MILLER, L. & LEONARD, H.L. (2003). Family-based
treatment of early-onset obsessive-compulsive disorder.
Journal of Child & Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 13
(S1), 71-80. |
|
PERSONS, J. & FOA, E. (1984). Processing of fearful
and neutral information by obsessive compulsives. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 22, 259-265. |
HAMMOND, D.C. (2004). Treatment of the obsessional subtype
of obsessive compulsive disorder with neuro-feedback. Biofeedback,
32, 2-12. |
|
SALKOVSKIS, P.M. (1985). Obsessional-compulsive problems :
A cognitive-behavioural analysis. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 23 (5), 571-583. |
McKAY, D., ABRAMOVITZ, J.S., CALAMARI, J.E., KYRIOS, M.,
RADOMSKY, A., SOOKMAN, D., TAYLOR, S. & WILHEM, S.A.
(2004). A critical evaluation of obsessive-compulsive
disorder subtypes : symptoms versus mechanisms. Clinical
Psychology Review, 24, 283-313. |
|
REED, G.F. (1985). Obsessional experience and
compulsive behaviour : A cognitive-structural approach.
London : Academic Press. |
WHITESIDE, S.R., PORT, J.D. & ABRAMOVITZ, J.S. (2004).
A review and meta-analysis of functional neuroimaging in
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Psychiatry Research :
Neuroimaging, 132, 69-79. |
|
PEDIATRIC OCD TREATMENT STUDY (POTS) TEAM.PEDIATRIC OCD
TREATMENT STUDY (POTS) TEAM (2004). Cognitive-behavior
therapy, sertraline, and their combination for children
and adolescents with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 292, 1969-1976. |
|
STEKETEE, G.S., GRAYSON, J. & FOA, E.B. (1985).
Obsessive-compulsive disorder : differences between
washers and checkers. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 23, 197-201. |
MCKAY, D., ABRAMOWITZ, J.S., CALAMARI, J.E., KYRIOS, M.,
RADOMSKY, M., SOOKMAN, D.,TAYLOR, S. & WILHELM, S.
(2004). A critical evaluation of obsessive-compulsive
disorder subtypes : Symptoms versus mechanisms. Clinical
Psychology Review, 24, 283-313.
[PDF] |
|
INSEL, T.R., MUELLER, E.A. & ALTERMAN, I., LINNOILA,
M. & MURPHY, D.L. (1985). Obsessive-compulsive
disorder and serotonin : Is there a connection ? Biological
Psychiatry, 20 (11), 1174-1188. |
AVASTHI, A. & KUMAR, D. (2004). Phenomenology of
obsessive compulsive disorder. JK Science, 6 (1),
9-14. [PDF] |
|
SALKOVSKIS, P. (1985). Obsessional-compulsive problems : A
cognitive-behavioral analysis. Behavior Research
& Therapy, 23 (5), 571-583. |
CLARK, D.A. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for
OCD. New York : Guilford Press. |
|
|
SALZMAN, L. (1985). Psychotherapeutic management of
obsessive-compulsive patients. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 39 (3), 323-330. |
BERTHIAUME, C., TURGEON, L. & O'CONNOR, K. (2004).
L'évaluation et le traitement psychologique du trouble
obsessionnel-compulsif chez les enfants et les adolescents
: découvertes récentes. Journal de Thérapie
Comportementale et Cognitive, 14 (1), 35-46. |
|
CHRISTENSEN, H., HADZI-PAVLOVIC, D., ANDREWS, G. &
ATTICK, R. (1987). Behavior therapy and tricyclic
medication in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive
disorder : a quantitative review. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 55, 701-711. |
OKASHA, A. (2004). OCD in Egyptian adolescents : The
effect of culture and religion. Psychiatric Times, 21
(5), 1-5. |
|
BRANDT, K.R. & MACKENZIE, T.B. (1987).
Obsessive-compulsive disorder exacerbated during pregnancy
: A case report. International Journal of Psychiatry
in Medicine, 17, 361-366. |
EVANS, D.W., LEWIS, M.D. & IOBST, E. (2004). The role
of the orbitofrontal cortex in normally developing
compulsive-like behaviors and obsessive-compulsive
disorder. Brain & Cognition, 55 (1), 220-234.
|
|
BARTUCCI, R.J., STEWART J.T. & KEMPH, J.P. (1987).
Trimipramine in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive
disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 144
(7), 964-965. |
CLARK, D.A (2005). Lumping vs. splitting : A commentary on
subtyping in OCD. Behavior Therapy, 36, 401-404. |
|
CHRISTENSEN, H., HADZI-PAVLOVIC, D., ANDREWS, G. &
MATTICK, R. (1987). Behavior therapy and tricyclic
medication in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive
disorder : A quantitative review. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 55 (5),
701-711. |
PITTENGER, C., KELMENDI, B., BLOCH, M., KRYSTAL, J. &
CODRIC, V. (2005). Clinical treatment of obsessive
compulsive disorder. Psychiatry, 2 (11), 34-43.
[PDF] |
|
PITMAN, R.K. (1987). A cybernetic model of
obsessive-compulsive psychopathology. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 28, 334-343. |
CLARK, D.A. (2005). Focus on "cognition" in cognitive
behavior therapy for OCD : Is it really necessary ? Cognitive
Behavior Therapy, 34, 131-139. |
|
EMMELKAMP, P.M., VISSER, M.S. & HOEKSTRA, R.J. (1988).
Cognitive therapy vs exposure in vivo in the treatment of
obsessive-compulsives. Cognitive Therapy &
Research, 12, 103-114. |
WU, K. & WATSON, D. (2005). Hoarding and its relation
to obsessive-compulsive disorder. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 43, 897-921. |
|
COLES, M.E., HEIMBERG, R.G., FROST, R.O. & STEKETEE,
G. (2005). Not just right experiences and
obsessive-compulsive features : Experimental and
self-monitoring perspectives. Behaviour Research
&Therapy, 43, 153-167. |
|
KOZAK, M.J., FOA, E.B. & McCARTHY, B.R. (1988).
Obsessional-compulsive disorder. In C.G. Hersen & M.
Last (Eds.), Handbook of anxiety disorders. New
York : Pergamon Press. |
MULLER, J. & ROBERTS, J.E. (2005). Memory and
attention in Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder : a review. Anxiety
Disorders, 19, 1-28.
[PDF] |
|
WILHELM, S., STEKETEE, G., REILLY-HARRINGTON, N.A.,
DECKERSBACH, T., BUHLMANN, U. & BAER, L. (2005).
Effectiveness of cognitive therapy for
obsessive-compulsive disorder : An open trial. Journal
of Cognitive Psychotherapy, 19, 173-179. |
|
KARNO, M., GOLDING, J.M., SORENSON, S.B. & BURNAM,
M.A. (1988). The epidemiology of obsessive-compulsive
disorder in five US communities. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 45, 1094-1099. |
ABRAMOVITZ, J.S., WHITESIDE, S.R. & DEACON, B.J.
(2005). The effectiveness of treatment for pediatric
obsessive-compulsive disorder : A meta-analysis.
Behavior Therapy, 36, 55-63. [PDF] |
|
SANAVIO, E. (1988). Obsessions and compulsions : the Padua
Inventory. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 26, 169-177. |
O'CONNOR, K., FREESTON, M.H., GAREAU, D., CAREAU, Y.,
DUFOUR, M.J., AARDEMA, K. & TODOROV, C. (2005). Group
versus individual treatment in obsessions without
compulsions. Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy,
12, 87-96. |
|
KOZAK, M.J., FOA, E. & STEKETEE, G. (1988). Process
and outcome of exposure treatment with
obsessive-compulsives: Psychophysiological indicators of
emotional processing. Behavior Therapy, 19 (2),
157-169. |
ABRAMOVITZ, J.S. & HOUTS, A.C. (Eds.) (2005). Concepts
and controversies in obsessive-compulsive disorder.
New York, NY : Springer. |
|
SCHWARTZ, J.M. (1988). Neuroanatomical aspects of
cognitive-behavioural therapy response in
obsessive-compulsive disorder : An evolving perspective on
brain and behaviour. British Journal of Psychiatry,
35, 38-44. |
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S., WHITESIDE, S.P. & DEACON, B.J.
(2005). The effectiveness of treatment for pediatric
obsessive-compulsive disorder : A meta-analysis.
Behavior Therapy, 36, 55-63. [PDF] |
|
KHANNA, S. & SRINATH, S. (1989). Childhood obsessive
compulsive disorder. Psychopathology, 21 (6),
254-258. |
O'CONNOR, K., AARDEMA, K. & PÉLISSIER, M.C. (2005).
Beyond reasonable doubt. Reasoning processes in
obsessive-compulsive and related disorders.
Chichester, UK : Wiley & Sons. |
|
GOODMAN, W.K., PRICE, L.H., RASMUSSEN, S.A., MAZURE, C.,
DELGADO, P., HENINGER, G.R. & CHARNEY, D.S. (1989).
The Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale (Y-BOCS) : Part
II. Validity. Archives of General Psychiatry, 46,
1012-1016. |
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. TOLIN, D. & DIEFENBACH, G. (2005).
Measuring change in OCD : sensitivity of the Obsessive
Compulsive Inventory - Revised. Journal of
Psychopathology & Behavioral Assessment, 27,
317-324. |
|
BARON-COHEN, S. (1989). Do autistic children have
obsessions and compulsions ? British Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 28, 193-200. |
BERRIDGE, K.C., ALDRIDGE, J.W., HOUCHARD, K.R. &
ZHUANG, X. (2005). Sequential super-stereotypy of an
instinctive fixed action pattern in hyper-dopaminergic
mutant mice : a model of obsessive compulsive disorder and
Tourette's. BMC Biology, 3 (4), 1-16. [PDF] |
|
GREIST, J.H. (1990). Treatment of obsessive compulsive
disorder : Psychotherapies, drugs, and other somatic
treatment. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 5,
44-50. |
RENSHAW, K.D., STEKETEE, G. & CHAMBLESS, D.L. (2005).
Involving family members in the treatment of OCD. Cognitive
Behaviour Therapy, 34, 164-175. |
|
EMMELKAMP, P.M. & BEENS, H. (1991). Cognitive therapy
with obsessive-compulsive disorder : a comparative
evaluation. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 29, 293-300. |
TOLIN, D.F., WORHUNSKY, P. & MALTBY, N. (2006). Are
"obsessive" beliefs specific to OCD ? A comparison across
anxiety disorders. Behaviour Research & Therapy
44, 469-480. |
|
OTTO, M.W. (1992). Normal and abnormal information
processing : A neuropsychologicalperspective on
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of
North America, 15, 825-848. |
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. (2006). The psychological treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 51 (7), 407-415. [PDF] |
|
HAUCK, E.R. & BLUMENTHAL, J.A. (1992).
Obsessive-compulsive traits in athletes. Sports
Medicine, 14, 215-227. |
LOVELL, K., COX, D., HADDOCK, G., JONES, C., RAINES, D.,
GARVEY, R., ROBERTS, C. & HADLEY, S. (2006). Telephone
administered cognitive behaviour therapy for treatment of
obsessive compulsive disorder : randomised controlled
non-inferiority trial. British Medical Journal, 333,
883-887. [PDF] |
|
BARSKY, A.J. (1992). Hypochondriasis and
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of
North America, 15, 791-801. |
TWOHIG, M.P., HAYES, S.C. & MASUDA, A. (2006).
Increasing willingness to experience obsessions :
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as a treatment for
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Behavior Therapy, 37,
3-13. [PDF] |
|
JULIEN, D., O'CONNOR, K.P., AARDEMA, F. & TODOROV, C.
(2006). The specificity of belief domains in
obsessive-compulsive symptom subtypes. Personality and
Individual Differences, 41, 1205-1216. [PDF] |
|
RASMUSSEN, S.A. & EISEN, J.L. (1992). The epidemiology
and clinical features of obsessive compulsive disorder.
Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 15, 743-758.
|
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. (2006). The psychological treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 51 (7), 407-415. [PDF] |
|
|
BLACK, D.W., NOYES, R., GOLDSTEIN, R.B. & BLUM, N.
(1992). A family study of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 49, 362-368. |
GELLER, D. (2006). Obsessive-compulsive and spectrum
disorders in children and adolescents. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 29, 353-370. |
|
FOA, E.B., ILAI, D., MCCARTHY, P.R., SHOYER, B. &
MURDOCK, T. (1993). Information processing in
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 17, 173-189. |
BLANCO, C., OLFSON, M., STEIN, D.J., SIMPSON, H.B.,
GAMEROFF, M.J. & NARROW, W.H. (2006). Treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder by U.S. psychiatrists. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 67, 946-951. |
|
ENRIGHT, S.J. & BEECH, A.R. (1993). Reduced cognitive
inhibition in obsessive-compulsive disorder. British
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 32, 67-74. |
|
|
STEKETEE, G.S. (1993). Treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder. New York : Guilford
Press. |
COUGLE, J.R., LEE, H.-J. & SALKOVSKIS, P.M. (2007).
Are responsibility beliefs inflated in non-checking OCD
patients ? Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 21,
153-159. [PDF] |
|
FALS-STEWART, W., MARKS, A.P. & SCHAFER, J. (1993).
Comparison of behavioral group therapy and individual
behavior therapy in treating OCD. Journal of Nervous
& Mental Diseases, 181, 189-193. |
ARNTZ, A., VONCKEN, M. & GOOSEN, A.C.A. (2007).
Responsibility and obsessive-compulsive disorder : An
experimental test. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
45 (3), 425-435.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
HOLLANDER, E. (Ed.) (1993). Obsessive-compulsive
related disorders. American Psychiatric Press,
Washington. |
FLORA, S.R. (2007). Taking america off drugs : Why
behavioral therapy is more effective for treating ADHD,
OCD, depression and other psychlogical problems.
New York : University of New York Press. |
|
OKASHA, A, SAAD, A, KHALILI, A.H., EL DWALA, A.S. &
YEHIA, N. (1994). Phenomenology of OCD : A transcultural
study. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 35 (3),
191-197. |
RACHMAN, S. (2007). Unwanted intrusive images in obsessive
compulsive disorders. Journal of Behavior Therapy
& Experimental Psychiatry, 38 (4), 402-410. |
|
HISS, H., FOA, E.B. & KOZAK, M.J. (1994). Relapse
prevention program for treatment of obsessive-compulsive
disorder. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 62, 801-808. |
BJORGVINSSON, T., HART, J. & HEFFELFINGER, S. (2007).
Obsessive-compulsive disorder : Update on assessment and
treatment. Journal of Psychiatric Practice, 13, 362-372. |
|
VAN BALKOM, A, VAN OPPEN, P., VERMEULEN, A., VAN DYCK, R.,
NAUTA, M. & VORST, H. (1994). A meta-analysis on the
treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder : A comparison
of antidepressants, behavior, and cognitive therapy. Clinical
Psychology Review, 14, 359-381. |
TOLIN, D.F., BRADY, R.E. & HANNAN, S. (2008).
Obsessional beliefs and symptoms of obsessive-compulsive
disorder in a clinical sample. Journal of
Psychopathology and Behavioural Assessment, 3,
3-42. |
|
VAN OPPEN, P. & ARNTZ, A. (1994). Cognitive therapy
for obsessive-compulsive disorder. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 32, 79-87. |
STORCH, E.A., ABRAMOWITZ, J.S., GOODMAN, W.K. (2008).
Where does obsessive compulsive disorder belong in DSM-V ?
Depress Anxiety, 25, 336-347.
[PDF] |
|
YARYURA-TOBIAS, J.A., NEZIROGLU, F.A. & KAPLAN, S.
(1995). Self-mutilation, anorexia, and dysmenorrhea in
obsessive-compulsive International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 17, 33-38. |
DORON, G. & MOULDING, R. (2009). Cognitive behavioral
treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder : A broader
framework. Israel Journal of psychiatry & Related
Science, 46 (4), 257-263. [PDF] |
|
MARCH, J.S., LEONARD, H.L. & SWEDO, S.E. (1995).
Obsessive-compulsive disorder. Dans March, J.S. (Ed.),
Anxiety disorders in children and adolescents (pp.
251-267). New York : The Guilford Press. |
MOULDING, R., KYRIOS, M., DORON, G. & NEDELJKOVIC, M.
(2009). Mediated and direct effects of general control
beliefs on obsessive compulsive symptoms. Canadian
Journal of Behavioural Science/ Revue Canadienne des
Sciences du Comportement, 41, 84-92. |
|
DUPONT, R.L., RICE, D.P., SHIRAKI, S. & ROWLAND, C.R.
(1995). Economic costs of obsessive compulsive disorder. Medical
Interface, 8 (4), 102-109. |
PODEA, D., SUCIU, R. & ARDELEAN, M. (2009). An update
on the cognitive behavior therapy of obsessive compulsive
disorder in adults. Journal of Cognitive &
Behavioral Psychotherapies, 9 (2), 221-233. [PDF] |
|
FOA, E.B., KOZAK, M. J., GOODMAN, W. K., HOLLANDER, E.,
JENIKE, M.A. & RASMUSSEN, S.A. (1995). DSM-IV field
trial: Obsessive-compulsive disorder. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 152, 90–96. |
|
|
O'CONNOR, K. & ROBILLARD, S. (1995). Inference
processes in obsessive-compulsive disorder : Some clinical
observations. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 33,
887-896. |
TWOHIG, M.P. (2009). The application of acceptance and
commitment therapy to obsessive compulsive disorder. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 16, 18-28.
[PDF] |
|
GREIST, J.H., JEFFERSON, J.W., KOBAK, K.A., KATZEL- NICK,
D.J. & SERLIN, R.C. (1995). Efficacy and tolerability
of serotonin transport inhibitors in obsessive-compulsive
disorder. A meta-analysis. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 52, 53–60. |
|
|
DE ARAUJO, L.A., ITO, L.M., MARKS, I.M. & DEALE, A.
(1995). Does imagined exposure to the consequences of not
ritualizing enhance live exposure for OCD ? A controlled
study. British Journal of Psychology, 167 (1),
65-70. |
STARCEVIC, V. & BRAKOULIAS, V. (2008). Symptom
subtypes of obsessive-compulsive disorder : are they
relevant for treatment ? Australian & New Zealand
Journal of Psychiatry, 42 (8), 651-661.
[PDF] |
|
LADOUCEUR, R., RHÉAUME, J., FREESTON, M.H., AUBLET, F.,
JEAN, K., LACHANCE, S. & POKOMANY-MORIN, K. (1995).
Experimental manipulations of responsibility : An analogue
test for models of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 33, 937-946. |
WATSON, H.J. & REES, C.S. (2008). Meta-analysis of
randomized, controlled treatment trials for pediatric
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry 49, 489-498. |
|
VAN OPPEN, P., DE HAAN, E., VAN BALKOM, A., SPINHOVEN, P.,
HOOGDUIN, K. & VAN DYCK, R. (1995). Cognitive therapy
and exposure in vivo in the treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Behavior Research
& Therapy, 33, 379-390 |
RADUA, J. & MATAIX-COLS, D. (2009). Voxel-wise
meta-analysis of grey matter changes in
obsessive-compulsive disorder. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 195 (5), 393-402. [PDF] |
|
ABRAMOVITZ, J.S. (1996). Variants of exposure and response
prevention in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive
disorder : A meta-analysis. Behavior Therapy, 27, 583-600.
[PDF] |
PHILLIPS, K.A., STEIN, D.J., RAUCH, S.L., HOLLANDER, E.,
FALLON, B.A., R BARSKY, A., FINEBERG, N., MATAIX-COLS, D.,
R ARZENO FERRAO, Y.A., SAXENA, S., WILHELM, S., KELLY,
M.M., CLARK, L.A., PINTO, A., BIENVENU, J., FARROW, J.
& LECKMAN, J. (2010). Should an obsessive-compulsive
spectrum grouping of disorders be included in DSM-V ?
Depression & Anxiety, 27, 528-555. [PDF] |
|
|
CRINO, R.D. & ANDREWS, G. (1996). Obsessive-compulsive
disorder and Axis I comorbidity. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 10, 37-46. |
ABRAMOVITZ, J.S., TAYLOR, S. & McAY, D. (2009).
Obsessive-compulsive disorder. The Lancet, 374,
491-499. [PDF] |
|
APTER, A., FALLON, T.J., KING, R.A., RATZONI, G., ZOHAR,
A.H., BINDER, M., WEIZMAN, A., LECKMAN, J.F., PAULS, D.L.,
KRON, S. & COHEN, D.J. (1996) Obsessive-compulsive
characteristics : From Symptoms to Syndrome. Journal
of American Academy of Child & Adolescents
Psychiatry, 35 (7), 907-912. |
TWOHIG, M.P., HAYES, S.C., PLUMB, J.C., PRUITT, L.D.,
COLLINS, A.B., HAZLETT-STEVENS, H. & WOIDNECK, M.R.
(2010). A randomized clinical trial of Acceptance and
Commitment Therapy vs. Progressive Relaxation Training for
obsessive compulsive disorder. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 78 (5), 705-716. [PDF] |
|
FOA, E.B. & KOZAK, M.J. (1996). Psychological
treatment for obsessive-compulsive disorder. In M.R.
Mavissakalian & R.F. Prien (Eds.), Long-term
treatments of anxiety disorders (pp. 285-309).
Washington, D.C. : American Psychiatric Press, Inc. |
ANHOLT, G.E., CATH, D., VAN OPPEN, P., EIKELENBOOM, M.,
SMIT, J.H., VAN MEGEN, H.J.G.M. & VAN BALKOM, A.J.
(2010). Autism and ADHD symptoms in patients with OCD :
Are they associated with specific OC symptom dimensions or
OC symptom severity ? Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 40, 580-589. |
|
LADOUCEUR, R., FREESTON, M.H. et RHÉAUME, J. (1996).
Traitement cognitif et comportemenal du trouble
obsessionnel-compulsif. Partie I : Modèle explicatif. Revue
Québécoise de Psychologie, 17 (1), 77-102. |
BLOCH, M.H., MCGUIRE, J., LANDEROS-WEISENBERGER, A.,
LECKMAN, J.F. & PITTENGER, C. (2010). Meta-analysis of
the dose-response relationship of SSRI in OCD.
Molecular Psychiatry, 15, 850-855. |
|
SCHWARTZ, J.M., STOESSEL, P.W., BATXER, L.R., MARTIN, K.M.
& PHELPS, M.E. (1996). The systematic changes in
cerebral glucose metabolic rate after successful behavior
modification treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 53, 109-113. |
LANDEROS-WEISENBERGER, A., BLOCH, M.H., KELMENDI, B.,
WEGNER, R., NUDEL, J., DOMBROWSKI, P., PITTENGE, C.,
KRYSTAL, J.H., GOODMAN, W.K., LECKMAN, J.F. & CORIC,
V. (2010). Dimensional predictors of response to SRI
pharmacotherapy in obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal
of Affective Disorders, 121, 175-179. [PDF] |
|
FOA, E.B. (1996).The efficacy of behavioral therapy with
obsessive-compulsives. The Clinical Psychologist, 49
(2), 19-22. |
KELLNER, M. (2010). Drug treatment of obsessive-compulsive
disorder. Dialogues in Clinical Neuroscience, 12, 187-197.
[PDF] |
|
RAVIZZA, L., BARZEGA, G., BELLINO, S., BOGETTO, F. &
MAINA, G. (1996). Drug treatment of obsessive- compulsive
disorder (OCD) : long-term trial with clomipramine and
selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs). Psychopharmacoogical
Bulletin, 32, 167-173. |
BOSHEN, M., DRUMMOND, L.N., PILLAYA, A. & MORTON, K.
(2010). Predicting outcome of treatment for severe,
treatment resistant OCD in inpatient and community
settings. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 41 (2), 90-95.
[PDF] |
|
ZALD, D.H. & KIM S.W. (1996) : Anatomy and function of
the orbitofrontal cortex II : Function and relevance to
obsessive compulsive disorder. Journal of
Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 8, 249-261. |
WILLIAMS, T.I., SALKOVSKIS, P.M., FORRESTER, L., TURNER,
S., WHITE, H., ALLSOPP, M.A., (2010). A randomised
controlled trial of cognitive behavioural treatment for
obsessive compulsive disorder in children and adolescents.
European Children & Adolescent Psychiatry 19,
449-456. |
|
SHAFRAN, R., THODARSON, D.S. & RACHMAN, S. (1996).
Thought-action fusion in obsessive compulsive disorder.
Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 10, 379-391. |
ANDERSSON, E., LJOTSSON, B., HEDMAN, E., KALDO, V.,
PAXLING, B., ANDERSSON, H., LINDEFORS N. & RUCK, C.
(2011). Internet-based cognitive behavior therapy for
obsessive compulsive disorder : A pilot study.
BioMed Central Psychiatry, 11, 125. [PDF]
+ [LIRE] |
|
SHAMS, G., FOROUGHI, E., ESMAILI, Y., AMINI, H. &
EBRAHIMKHANI, N. (2011). Prevalence rates of
obsessive-compulsive symptoms and psychiatric comorbidity
among adolescents in Iran. Acta Medica Iranica, 49 (10),
680-687. [PDF] |
|
FOA, E.B., AMIR, N., GERSHUNY, B., MOLNAR, C. & KOZAK,
M.J. (1997). Implicit and explicit memory in
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 11, 119-129. |
TOLIN, D.F. & VILLAVICENCIO, A. (2011). Inattention,
but not OCD, predicts the core features of hoarding
disorder. Behavior Research & Therapy, 49,
120-125. |
|
|
ELLIS, A. (1997). REBT with obsessive-compulsive disorder.
In J. Yankura & W. Dryden (Eds.), Using REBT with
common psychological problems : A therapist's casebook (pp.
197-222). New York : Springer. |
PIGNOTTI, M. & THYER, B.A. (2011). Guidelines for the
treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder. Best
Practices in Mental Health, 7 (2), 84-93. |
|
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. (1997). Effectiveness of psychological
and pharmacological treatments for obsessive-compulsive
disorder : A quantitative review. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 65 (3),
44-52. [PDF] |
WOOTTON, B.M., TITOV, N., DEAR, B.F., SPENCE, J., ANDREWS,
G., JOHNSTON, L. & SOLLEY, K. (2011). An Internet
administered treatment program for obsessive-compulsive
disorder : a feasibility study. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 25, 1102-1107. |
|
MARKS, I.M. (1997). Behaviour therapy for
obsessive-compulsive disorder : A decade of progress. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 42, 1021-1027. [PDF] |
VIAR, M.A., BLISKY, S.A., ARMSRTONG, T. & OLATUNJI,
B.O. (2011). Obsessive beliefs and dimensions of
obsessive-compulsive disorder : An examination of specific
associations. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 35,
108-117. |
|
STEKETEE, G. (1997). Disability and family burden in
obsessive compulsive disorder. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 42, 919-928. |
|
|
KOZAK, M.J. & FOA, E. (1997). Mastery of
obsessive-compulsive disorder A cognitive-behavioral
approach. The Psychological Corporation. |
ANDERSSON, E., ENANDER, J., ANDRÉN, P., HEDMAN, E.,
LJÖTSSON, B., HURSTI, T., BERGSTRÖM, J., KALDO, V.,
LINDERSFORS, N., ANDERSSON, G. & RÜCK, C. (2012).
Internet-based cognitive behavior therapy for
obsessive-compulsive disorder : a randomized controlled
trial. Psychological Medicine, 42, 2193-2203. [PDF] |
|
SHAFRAN, R. (1997). The manipulation of responsibility in
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 12 (3), 397-407. |
GLASS, D.J. (2012). Evolutionary clinical psychology,
broadly construed : perspectives on obsessive- compulsive
disorder. Journal of Social, Evolutionary &
Cultural Psychology, 6 (3), 292-308.
[PDF] |
|
WEVER, C. & REY, J.M. (1997). Juvenile
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Australian and New
Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 31, 105-113. |
PERTUSA, A., FERNANDEZ, D.L.C., ALONSO, P., MENCHON, J.M.
& MATAIX-COLS, D. (2012). Independent validation of
the dimensional Yale-Brown obsessive-compulsive scale
(DY-BOCS). European Psychiatry, 27, 598-604. |
|
PIGOT, T.A. (1998). Obssesive compulsive disorder:
Symptoms overview and epidemiology. Bulletin of the
Menninger Clinic, 62 (4), 24-32. |
PERIS, T.S., SUGAR, C.A., BERGMAN, R.L., CHANG, S.,
LANGLEY, A. & PIACENTINI, J. (2012). Family factors
predict treatment outcome for pediatric
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 80, 255-263. |
|
FRANKLIN, M.E., KOZAK, M.J., CASHMAN, L.A., COLES, M.E.,
RHEINGOLD, A.A. & FOA, E.B. (1998).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of pediatric
obsessive-compulsive disorder : an open clinical trial. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 37, 412-419. |
RUSSELL, E., FAWCETT, J.M. & MAZMANIAN, D. (2013).
Risk of obsessive-compulsive disorder in pregnant and
post-partum women : A meta-analysis. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 74, 377-385. |
|
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. (1998). Does cognitive-behavioral therapy
cure obsessive-compulsive disorder ? A meta-analytic
evaluation of clinical significance. Behavior
Therapy, 29 (2), 339-355. |
SHAFRAN, R., RADOMSKY, A.S., COUGHTREY, A.E. &
RACHMAN, S. (2013). Advances in the cognitive behavioural
treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder. Cognitive
Behaviour Therapy, 42 (4) 265-274. |
|
SWINSON, R., MARTIN, A., RACHMAN, S. & RICHTE, M.
(Eds.) (1998). Obsessive-compulsive disorder :
Theory, research, treatment. New York : The
Guilford Press. |
AHMED, R., SALAMA, H., WAGDY, M. & KETAT, A. (2013).
(2013). Obsessive compulsive phenomenology in a sample of
Egyptian adolescent population. European Journal of
Psychiatry, 27 (2), 89-96. [PDF] |
|
SZECHTMAN, H., SULIS, W. & EILAM, D. (1998).
Quinpirole induces compulsive checking behavior in rats :
A potential animal model of obsessive-compulsive disorder.
Behavioral Neuroscience, 112, 1475-1485. |
RASMUSSEN, J., STEKETEE, G., SILVERMAN, M. & WILHELM,
S. (2013). The relationship of hoarding to schizotypal
personality and schemas in an OCD sample. Journal of
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 27 (4), 384-396. |
|
BAKKER, A., VAN BALKOM, A.J., SPINHOVEN, P., BLAAUW, B.M.
& VAN DYCK, R. (1998). Follow-up on the treatment of
panic disorder with or without agoraphobia : a
quantitative review. The Journal of Nervous &
Mental Disease, 186 (7), 414-419. |
FROEHLICH, W., CLEVELAND, S., TORRES, A., PHILLIPS, J.,
COHEN, B., TORIGOE, T., MILLER, J., FEDELE, A., COLLINS,
J., SMITH, K., LOTSPEICH, L., CROEN, L.A., OZONOFF, S.,
LAJONCHERE, C., GRETHER, J.K., RISCH, N. & HALLMAYER,
J. (2013). Head circumference in twins with and without
autism spectrum disorder. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 43, 2026-2037. [PDF] |
|
FRANKLIN, M.E., KOZAK, M.J., CASHMAN, L.A., COLES, M.E.,
RHEINGOLD, A.A., FOA, E.B. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral
treatment of pediatric obsessive-compulsive disorder : an
open clinical trial. Journal of the American Academy
of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry 37, 412-419. |
POZZA, A. & DÈTTORE, D. (2014). The specificity of
inflated responsibility beliefs to OCD : A systematic
review and meta-analysis of published cross-sectional
case-control studies. Research in Psychology &
Behavioral Sciences, 2 (4), 75-85. [PDF] |
|
FOA, E.B., ABRAMOVITZ, J.S. FRANKLIN, M.E. & KOZAK,
M.J. (1999). Feared consequences, fixity of belief, and
treatment outcome in patients with obsessive-eompulsive
disorder. Behavior Therapy, 30, 717-724. |
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. & JACOBY, R.J. (2014).
Obsessive-compulsive disorder in the DSM-5. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 21, 221-235. [PDF] |
|
SUMMERFELDT, L.J., RICHTER, M.A., ANTONY, M.M. &
SWINSON, R.P. (1999). Symptom structure in
obsessive-compulsive disorder : a confirmatory
factor-analytic study. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 37, 297-311. |
ANDERSSON, E., ANDERSSON, E., STENEBY, S., KARLSSON, K.,
LJÖTSSON, B., HEDMAN, E., ENANDER, J., KALDO, V.,
ANDERSSON, G., LINDEFORS, N. & RÜCK, C. (2014).
Long-term efficacy of Internet-based cognitive behavior
therapy for obsessive-compulsive disorder with or without
booster : A randomized controlled trial. Psychological
Medicine, 44 (13), 2877-2887. |
|
SKOOG, G. & SKOOG, I. (1999). A 40-year follow-up of
patients with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Archives
of General Psychiatry 56, 121-127. [PDF] |
FREEMAN, J., SAPYTA, J., GARCIA, A., COMPTON, S., KHANNA,
M., FLESSNER, C., FITZGERALD, D., MAURO, C., DINGFELDER,
R., BENITO, K., HARRISON, J., CURRY, J., FOA, E., MARCH,
J., MOORE, P. & FRANKLIN, M. (2014). Family-based
treatment of early childhood obsessive-compulsive disorder
: The pediatric obsessive-compulsive disorder treatment
study for young children (POTS Jr)-a randomized clinical
trial. Journal of American Medical Association
Psychiatry, 71, 689-698 |
|
SALKOVSKIS, P.M. (1999). Understanding and treating
obsessive compulsive disorder. Behaviour Research
& Therapy 37 (S), 29-52. [PDF] |
GOETTER, E.M., HERBERT, J.D. FORMAN, E.M., YUEN, E.
K. & THOMAS, J.G. (2014). An open trial of
videoconference-mediated exposure and ritual prevention
for obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 28 (5), 460-462. |
|
RADOMSKY, A.S. & RACHMAN, S. (1999). Memory bias in
obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD). Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 37 (7), 605-618. |
ANDERSSON, E., HEDMAN, E., LJÖTSSON, B. WIKSTRÖM, M.,
ELVELING, E., LINDEFORS, N., ANDERSSON, G., KALDO, V.
& RÜCK, C. (2015). Cost-effectiveness of
internet-based cognitive behavior therapy for
obsessive-compulsive disorder : Results from a randomized
controlled trial. Journal of Obsessive-Compulsive
& Related Disorders, 4, 47-53. |
|
VEALE, D. (1999). Cognitive therapy in the treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Advances in
Psychiatric Treatment, 5, 62-70. [PDF] |
SHAMS, G. & MILOSEVIC, I. (2015). A comparative study
of obsessive beliefs in obsessive-compulsive disorder,
anxiety disorder patients and a normal group. Acta
Medica Iranica, 53 (5), 301-310. [PDF] |
|
GRADOS, M.A. & RIDDLE, M.A. (1999).
Obsessive-compulsive disorder in children and adolescents.
CNS Drugs, 12 (4), 257-277. |
RABIN-SCHERR, S., HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M.
(2015). The role of therapist experiential avoidance in
predicting therapist preference for exposure treatment for
OCD. Journal of Contextual Behavioral Science, 4, 21-39 |
|
ABRAMOVITZ, J.S., BRIGIDI, B.D. & FOA, E.B. (1999).
Health concerns in patients with obsessive-compulsive
disorder. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 13 (5),
529-539. [PDF] |
SEOL, S.-H., KWON, J.S., KIM, Y.Y., KIM, S.N. & SHIN,
M.-S. (2016). Internet-based cognitive behavioral therapy
for obsessive-compulsive disorder in Korea. Psychiatric
Investigation, 13 (4), 373-382. [PDF] |
|
STEKETEE, G.S. (1999). Client manual. Overcoming
obsessive-compuslive disorder : A behavioral and
cognitive protocol for the treatment of OCD.
Oakland, CA : New Harbinger Publications. |
|
|
MATAIX-COLS, D., RAUCH, S.L., MANZO, P.A., JENIKE, M.A.
& BAER, L. (1999). Use of factor-analyzed symptom
dimensions to predict outcome with serotonin reuptake
inhibitors and placebo in the treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 156, 1409-1416. |
|
|
SKOOOG, G. & SKOOG, I. (1999). 40-year follow up of
patients with obsessive compulsive disorder. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 56, 121-127. |
|
|
ZOHAR, A.H. (1999). The epidemiology of obsessive
compulsive disorder in children and adolescents.Child
and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 8,
445-460. |
SHAMORADI, S. & ORAKY, M. (2019). The effect of
neuro-feedback on indicators obsessive-compulsive disorder
and anxiety. NeuroQuantology, 17 (7), 1-7. [PDF] |
|
SALKOVSKIS, P.M. (1999). Understanding and treating
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 37, 29-52. [PDF] |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Obsession,
Vérification compulsive, Thérapie
par exposition et Trouble
mental |
|
|
|
Trouble
obsessionnel-compulsif (Mesures/Évaluation)
: Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
le trouble obsessionnel-compulsif. Assessment
of obsessive-compulsive disorder, measuring obsessive-compulsive
disorder, obsessive-compulsive inventory.
| |
|
|
FOA E.B., HUPPERT, J.D., LEIBERG, S, LANGNER, R., KICHIC,
R., HAJCAK, G. & SALKOSKIS, P.M. (2002). The
Obsessive-Compulsive Inventory : development and
validation of a short version. Psychological
Assessment, 14 (4), 485-496. |
|
FROST, R.O. & STEKETEE, G. (Eds.) (2002). Cognitive
approaches to obsessions and compulsions : Theory,
assessment, and treatment. Amsterdam : Elsevier
Science. |
|
KOZAK, M.J., FOA, E. & McCARTHY, P. (1987). Assessment
of obsessive-compulsive disorder. In C. Last & M.
Hersen (Eds.), Handbook of anxiety disorders. New
York : Pergamon. |
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S., WHITESIDE, S.R. & DEACON, B.J.
(2005). The effectiveness of treatment for pediatric
obsessive-compulsive disorder : A meta-analysis.
Behavior Therapy, 36, 55-63. [PDF] |
|
GOODMAN, W.K., PRICE, L.H., RASMUSSEN, S.A., MAZURE, C.,
FLEISCHMANN, R.L., HILL, C.L., HENINGER, G.R. &
CHARNEY, D.S. (1989). The Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive
Scale. I. Development, use, and reliability. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 46, 1006-1011. |
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. TOLIN, D. & DIEFENBACH, G. (2005).
Measuring change in OCD : sensitivity of the Obsessive
Compulsive Inventory - Revised. Journal of
Psychopathology & Behavioral Assessment, 27,
317-324. |
|
GOODMAN, W.K., PRICE, L.H., RASMUSSEN, S.A., MAZURE, C.,
DELGADO, P., HENINGER, G.R. & CHARNEY, D.S. (1989).
The Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale (Y-BOCS) : Part
II. Validity. Archives of General Psychiatry, 46,
1012-1016. |
WILHELM, S. STEKETEE, G. (2006). Treating OCD with
cognitive therapy. Oakland, CA : New Harbinger. |
|
MCKAY, D., DANYKO, S., NEZIROGLU, F. & YARYURA, T.J.A.
(1995). Factor structure of the Yale-Brown Obsessive
Compulsive Scale : A two dimensional measure. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 33, 865-869. |
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. (2006). The psychological treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 51 (7), 407-415. [PDF] |
|
WOODY, S.R.,
STEKETEE, G. & CHAMBLESS, D.L. (1995). Reliability and
validity of the Yale-Brown Obsessive-Compulsive Scale. Behavior
Research & Therapy, 33, 597-605. |
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. & DEACON, B.J. (2005). Psychometric
properties and construct validity of the
Obsessive-Compulsive Inventory-Revised : Replication and
extension with a clinical sample. Anxiety Disorders,
20, 101-1035. [PDF] |
|
STEKETEE, G.S., FROST, R.O. & BOGART, K. (1996). The
Yale-Brown Obsessive-Compulsive Scale : Interviewer versus
self-report. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 34, 675-684. |
DEACON, B.J. & ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. (2005). The Yale-Brown
Obsessive Compulsive Scale : factor analysis, construct
validity, and suggestions for refinement. Journal of
Anxiety Disorders, 19, 573-585. |
|
BJORGVINSSON, T., HART, J. & HEFFELFINGER, S. (2007).
Obsessive-compulsive disorder : Update on assessment and
treatment. Journal of Psychiatric Practice, 13, 362-372. |
|
FOA E.B., KOZAK, M.J., SALKOVSKIS, P.M., COLES, M.E.
& AMIR, N. (1998). The validation of a new obsessive
compulsive disorder scale : The obsessive compulsive
inventory. Psychological Assessment, 10, 206–214. |
PERTUSA, A., FERNANDEZ, D.L.C., ALONSO, P., MENCHON, J.M.
& MATAIX-COLS, D. (2012). Independent validation of
the dimensional Yale-Brown obsessive-compulsive scale
(DY-BOCS). European Psychiatry, 27, 598-604. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Trouble obsessionnel-compulsif |
|
|
Trouble
obsessionnel-compulsif (Traitements/Thérapies) : Ensemble des thérapies
visant à aider et guérir les personnes qui ont un trouble
obsessionnel-compulsif. Treatment of
OCD.
| |
|
|
FOA, E.B. (1979). Failure in treating
obsessive-compulsives. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 17, 169-176. |
FROST, R.O. & STEKETEE, G.S. (2002) (Eds.) Cognitive
approaches to obsessive compulsive disorde : Theory,
assessment and treatment. Oxford, UK : Elsevier. |
|
FOA, E.B., GRAYSON, J.B., STEKETEE, G.S., DOPPELT, H.G.,
TURNER, R.M. & LATIMER, P.R. (1983). Success and
failure in the behavioral treatment of
obsessive-compulsives. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51, 287-297. |
VAN NOPPEN, B., STEKETEE, G. & NEZIROGLU F. (2003)
(Eds.). Treatments for obsessive compulsive and spectrum
disorders. Special issue of Journal of Brief
Treatment & Crisis Intervention, 3. |
|
FRANCIS, G. (1988). Childhood obsessive-compulsive
disorder : Extinction of compulsive reassurance-seeking. Journal
of Anxiety Disorders, 2, 361-368. |
|
|
FOA, E.B., KOZAK, M.J., STEKETEE, G.S. & MCCARTHY,
P.R. (1992). Treatment of depressive and
obsessive-compulsive symptoms in OCD by imipramine and
behaviour therapy. British Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 31, 279-292. |
|
|
STEKETEE, G.S. (1993). Treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder. New York : Guilford
Press. |
MALTBY, N. & TOLIN, D.F. (2003). Overview of
treatments for obsessive-compulsive disorder and spectrum
Conditions : Conceptualization, theory, and practice. Brief
Treatment & Crisis Intervention, 3:, 127-144.
[PDF] |
|
FALS-STEWART, W. & SCHAFER, J. (1993). MMPI correlates
of psychotherapy compliance among ob-sessive-compulsives.
Psychopathology, 26, 1-5. |
|
|
VAN NOPPEN, B., STEKETEE, G. & PATO, M. (1997). Group
and multifamily behavioral treatments for OCD. In E.
Hollander & D. Stein (Eds.), OCD : Diagnosis,
etiology, treatment (pp. 331-366). New York :
Marcel Dekker. |
PEDIATRIC OCD TREATMENT STUDY (POTS) TEAM.PEDIATRIC OCD
TREATMENT STUDY (POTS) TEAM (2004). Cognitive-behavior
therapy, sertraline, and their combination for children
and adolescents with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 292, 1969-1976. |
|
FRANKLIN, M.E. & FOA, E.B., (1998).
Cognitive-behavioral treatments for obsessive-compulsive
disorder. In J.M. Gorman (Ed.), A guide to treat-
ments that work (pp. 339–357). New York : Oxford
University Press. |
|
|
RENSHAW, K.D., STEKETEE, G. & CHAMBLESS, D.L. (2005).
Involving family members in the treatment of OCD. Cognitive
Behaviour Therapy, 34, 164-175. |
|
VAN NOPPEN, B., PATO, M.T., MARSLAND, R. & RASMUSSEN,
S. A. (1998). A time-limited beha ioral group for
treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal
of Psychotherapy Practice & Research, 7, 272-280. |
SHAMORADI, S. & ORAKY, M. (2019). The effect of
neuro-feedback on indicators obsessive-compulsive disorder
and anxiety. NeuroQuantology, 17 (7), 1-7. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble obsessionnel-compulsif |
| |
|
Trouble oppositionnel avec provocation : TOP :
Chez l'enfant, ensemble des
comportements,
parfois agressifs -
verbaux ou moteurs - d'opposition à toute forme
d'autorité, notamment parental
ou scolaire. Il
convient de préciser que l'oppossition est "normale" puisqu'elle
permet à l'enfant de s'affirmer,
d'acquérir de l'autonomie,
ainsi que la capacité
d'influencer les autres (pouvoir social), toute chose
essentielle à un bon developpement.
Cependant, lorsque cette opposition est systématique ou
qu'elle se manifeste de manière agressive, elle peut nuire au
développement de l'enfant et au bon fonctionnement de la famille.
/obéissance.
= TOP.
Oppositional defiant disorder.
| |
|
|
CONNOR, D.F., STEEBER, J. & MCBURNETT, K. (2010). A
review of attention de cit/hyperactivity disorder
complicated by symptoms of oppositional defiant disorder
or conduct disorder. Journal of Developmental &
Behavioural Pediatrics, 31, 427-440. |
|
LOEBER, R., BURKE, J.D., LAHEY, B.B., WINTERS, A. &
ZERA, M. (2000). Oppositional de ant and conduct disorder
: a review of the past 10 years, part I. Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 39 (12), 1468-1484. |
BURKE, J.D., WALDMAN, I.D. & LAHEY, B.B. (2010).
Predictive validity of childhood oppositional defiant
disorder and conduct disorder : implications for the
DSM-V. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 119 (4),
739-751. |
|
BURKE, J.D., LOEBER, R. & BIRMAHER, B. (2002),
Oppositional de ant and conduct disorder : a review of the
past 10 years, part II. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 41, 1275-1293. |
DICKSTEIN, D.P. (2010). Oppositional defiant disorder.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 49 (5), 435-436. |
|
MATTHYS, W., VANDERSCHUREN, L.J., SCHUTTER, D.J. &
LOCHMAN, J.E. (2012). Impaired neurocognitive functions
affect social learning processes in oppositional defiant
disorder and conduct disorder : implications for
interventions. Clinical Child & Family Psychology
Review, 15 (3), 234-246. |
|
BURKE, J.D. (2012). An affective dimension within ODD
symptoms among boys : Personality and psychopathology
outcomes into early adulthood. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 53 (11), 1176-1183. |
|
STEINER, H. & REMSING, L. (2007). Practice parameters
for the assessment and treatment of children and
adolescents with oppositional defiant disorder. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 46 (1), 126-141. |
BURKE, J.D. & LOEBER, R. (2015). The effectiveness of
the Stop Now and Plan (SNAP) Program for boys at risk for
violence and delinquency. Prevention Science, 16, 242-253. |
|
|
Voir aussi Trouble
mental |
|
|
Trouble panique : Se caractérise par des attaques récurrentes et inattendues de crainte intense et d'anxiété
qui se traduisent par des symptômes
comme : des palpitations,
une sensation d'étouffement ou d'étranglement, une douleur à la
poitrine, des sensations de vertige, de la transpiration, des
nausées ou une gêne abdominale, des tremblements ou des bouffées
de chaleur ou des frissons, la crainte de vomir ou de s'évanouir,
des jambes en spaghetthi. Trouble panique,
panique et agoraphobie.
Panic anxiety, panic disorder.
| |
|
|
CHOUINARD, G., ANNABLE, L., FONTAINE, R. & SOLYOM, L.
(1982). Alprazolam in the treatment of generalized anxiety
and panic disorders : a double-blind placebo-controlled
study. Psychopharmacology, 77, 229-233. |
BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M., SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W.
(2000). Cognitive-behavioral therapy, imipramine, or their
combination for panic disorder : A randomized controlled
trial. Journal of American Medical Association, 283 (19),
2529-2536.
[PDF] |
|
GRANT, B., KATON, W. & BEITMAN, B. (1983). Panic
disorder. Journal of Family Practice, 17 (5),
907-914. |
CARRASCOSO-LOPEZ, F.J. (2000). Acceptance and Commitment
Therapy (ACT) in panic disorder with agoraphobia : A case
study. Psychology in Spain, 4, 120-128. [PDF] |
|
GORMAN, J.M., KENT, J.M., SULLIVAN, G.M. & COPLAN,
J.D. (2000). Neuroanatomical hypothesis of panic disorder,
revised. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157
(4), 493-505. |
|
CARR, D. & SHEEHAN, M. (1984). Panic anxiety : A new
biological model. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 45,
323-330. |
MILROD, B., BUSCH, F., LEON, A.C., SHAPIRO, T. &
ARONSON A. (2000). Open trial of psychodynamic
psychotherapy for panic disorder : a pilot study. The
American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1878-1880. [PDF]
|
|
AGRAS, W.S. (1985). Panic : Facing fears, phobias, and
anxiety. N.Y.: W.H. Freeman & Co. |
FORSYTH, J.P., EIFERT, G.H. & CANNA, M.A. (2000).
Evoking analogue subtypes of panic attacks in a
non-clinical population using carbon dioxide-enriched air.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 38, 559-572. |
|
MARGRAF, J., EHLERS, A. & ROTH, W. (1986). Sodium
lactate infusions and panic attacks : A review and
critique. Psychosomatic Medicine, 48, 23-51. [PDF] |
HEDLEY, L.M., HOFFART, A., DAMMEN, T., EKEBERG, O. &
FRIIS, S. (2000). The relationship between cognitions and
panic attack intensity. Acta Psychiatrica Scandanavia,
101, 300-302. |
|
CLARK, D.M. (1986). A cognitive approach to panic. Behavior
Research & Therapy, 24, 461-470. |
MATHEW, S.J., COPLAN, J.D. & GORMAN, J.M. (2001).
Management of treatment-refractory panic disorder. Psychopharmacology
Bulletin, 35, 97-110. |
|
GOODWIN, R. & OLFSON, M. (2001). Treatment of panic
attack and risk of major depressive disorder in the
community. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158 (7),
1146-1148. |
|
BECK, A.T. (1988). Cognitive approaches to panic disorder
: Theory and therapy. In S. Rachman & J.D. Maser
(Eds.), Panic : Psychological perspectives. Hillsdale,
NJ : Erlbaum |
HUPPERT, J.D., BUFKA, L.F., BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M.,
SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W. (2001). Therapists,
therapists variables, and cognitive-behavioral therapy
outcome in a mulitcenter trial for panic disorder. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69,
747-755. |
|
FOA, E.B. (1988). What cognitions differentiate panic
disorder from other anxiety disorders ? In I. Hand &
H.V. Wittchen (Eds.), Panic and phobias 2. New
York : Springer-Verlag. |
MARCHAND, A. et LETARTE, A. (2001). La peur d'avoir
peur : Guide de traitement du trouble panique avec
agoraphobie. Montréal : Stanké. |
|
BARLOW, D.H. (1988). Anxiety and its disorders : The
nature and treatment of anxiety and panic. New York
: Guilford Press. |
BOUTON, M.E., MINEKA, S. & BARLOW, D.H. (2001). A
modern learning theory perspective on the etiology of
panic disorder. Psychological Review, 108, 4-32.
[PDF] |
|
ARGYLE, N. & ROTH, M. (1989) The phenomenological
study of 90 patients with panic disorder. Psychiatric
Developments, 3, 187-209. |
GARDENSWARTZ, C.A. & CRASKE, M.G. (2001). Prevention
of panic disorder. Behavior Therapy, 32, 725-737. |
|
BARLOW, D.H., CRASKE, M.G., CERNY, J.A. & KLOSKO, J.S.
(1989). Behavioral treatment of panic disorder. Behavior
Therapy, 20 (2), 261-282. |
MILROD, B., BUSCH, F., LEON, A.C., ARONSON A., ROIPHE, J.,
RUDDEN, SINGER, M., SHAPIRO, T., GOLDMAN, H., RICHTER, D.
& SHEAR, M.K. (2001). A pilot open trial of brief
psychodynamic psychotherapy for panic disorder. The
Journal of Psychotherapy Practice & Research, 10, 239-245.
[PDF] |
|
CLUM, G.A. (1990). Coping with panic : A drug-free a
pproach to dealing with panic attacks. Belmont :
Brooks/Cole. |
WESTERN, D. & MORRISON, K. (2001). A multi-dimensional
meta-analysis of treatments for depression, panic, and
generalized anxiety disorder : An empirical examination of
the status of empirically supported therapies. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 841-845. |
|
|
McCARTHY, P.R. & FOA, E.B. (1990).
Obsessive-compulsive disorder. In M.E. Thase, B.A.
Edelstein & M. Hersen (Eds.), Handbook of
outpatient treatment of adults : Nonpsychotic mental
disorders (pp. 209-234). New York : Plenum. |
SPIEGEL, D.A. & HOFMANN, S.G. (2002). Psychotherapy
for panic disorder. In D.S. Stein and E. Hollander (Eds.),
Textbook of anxiety disorders (pp. 273-285).
Washington, D.C. : American Psychiatric Association. |
|
WEISSMAN, M., MARKOWITZ, J.S., OUELLETTE, R., GRENWALD, S.
& KAHN J.P. (1990). Panic disorder and
cardiovascular/cerebrovascular problems : results from a
community survey. American Journal of Psychiatry, 147
(11), 1504-1508. |
HEINRICHS, N., SPIEGEL, D.A. & HOFMANN, S.G. (2002).
Panic disorder and agoraphobia. In F. Bond and W. Dryden
(Eds.), Handbook of brief cognitive behaviour therapy
(pp. 55-76). Chichester, U.K : John Wiley & Sons. |
|
MICHELSON, L.K. & MARCHIONE, K. (1991). Behavioral,
cognitive and pharmacological treatment of panic disorder
with agoraphobia : Critique and synthesis. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 59, 100-114. |
HINO, T., TAKEUCHI, T. & YAMANOUCHI, N. (2002). A
1-year follow-upstudy of coping in patients with panic
disorder. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 43 (4),
279-284. |
|
PAULI, P., MARQUARDT, C., HARTL, L., NUTZINGER, D.O.,
HÖLZL, R. & STRIAN, F. (1991). Anxiety induced
patients with panic attacks : a field study. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 29 (2), 137-145. [PDF] |
SCHMIDT, N.B., FORSYTH, J.P., SANTIAGO, H.T. &
TRAKOWSKI, J.H. (2002). Classification of panic attack
subtypes in patients and normal controls in response to
biological challenge : Implications for assessment and
treatment. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 16,
625-638. |
|
PAULI, P., MARQUARDT, C., HARTL, L., NUTZINGER, D.O.,
HÖLZL, R. & STRIAN, F. (1991). Anxiety induced by
cardiac perceptions in patients with panic attacks : A
field study. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 29
(2), 137-145.
[PDF] |
|
|
MILROD, B. & SHEAR, M.K. (1991). Dynamic treatment of
panic disorder : a review. Journal of Nervous &
Mental Disease, 179, 741-743. |
McCLANAHAN, T.M. & ANTONUCCIO, D.O. (2002).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of panic attacks. Clinical
Case Studies, 1, 211-223. |
|
WEISSMAN, M.M. (1991). Panic disorder : impact on quality
of life. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 52
(S6-8), discussion 9. |
BAKKER, A., VAN BALKOM, A.J. & SPINHOVEN, P. (2002).
SSRIs vs. TCAs in the treatment of panic disorder : a
meta-analysis. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 106, 163-167. |
|
SOFUOGLU, S., DOGAN, P., BESIM, T., BASTURK, M. &
TANRIKULU, G. (1992). MAO-B activity in de- pression and
anxiety disorders. Biological Psychiatry, 31,
634-638. |
TSAO, J.C., MYSKOWSKI, J.L. & ZUCKER, B.G. (2002).
Effects of cognitive-behavioral therapy for panic disorder
on comorbid conditions : Replication and extension. Behavior
Therapy, 33 (4), 493-509. |
|
THYER, B.A. (1992). Controlling panic attacks : Good
technology, bad theory. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 25 (3), 757-758. [PDF] |
WHITE, K.S. & BARLOW, D.H. (2002). Panic disorder and
agoraphobia. In D.H. Barlow (Ed.), Anxiety and its
disorders : the nature and treatment of anxiety and
panic. New York : Guilford. |
|
EHLERS, A. & BREUER, P. (1992). Increased cardiac
awareness in panic disorder. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 101, 371-382. |
ZVOLENSKY, M.J., FORSYTH, J.P., FUSÉ, T.M., FELDNER, M.T.
& LEEN-FELDNER, E. (2002). Panic attacks and smoking :
An initial investigation of panic-relevant cognitive
processes. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, 31, 170-182. |
|
SWINSON, R.P., SOULIOS, C., COX, B.J. & KUCH, K.
(1992). Brief treatment of emergency room patients with
panic attacks. American Journal of Psychiatry, 149 (7),
944-946. |
KATERNDAHL, D.A. (2003). Predictors and outcomes in people
told theyhave panic attacks. Depression &
Anxiety, 17 (2), 98-100. |
|
CLUM, G.A., CLUM, G.A. & SURLS, R. (1993). A
meta-analysis of treatment for panic disorder. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 61 (2),
317-326. |
CARBRING, P., EKSELIUS, L. & ANDERSSON, G. (2003).
Treatmentof panic disorder via the Internet : A randomized
trial of CBT vs. applied relaxation. Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 34,
129-140. |
|
EHLERS, A. (1993). Interoception and panic disorder.
Advances of Behaviour Research & Therapy, 15, 3-21. |
EIFERT, G.H. & HEFFNER, M. (2003). The effects of
acceptance versus control contexts on avoidance of
panic-related symptoms. Journal of Behavior Therapy
& Experimental Psychiatry, 34, 293-312. |
|
EHLERS, A. (1993). Somatic symptoms and panic attacks : A
retrospective study of learning experiences. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 31, 269-278. |
BAKER, B., KHAYKIN, Y., DEVINS, G., DORIAN, P., SHAPIRO,
C. & NEWMAN, D. (2003). Correlates of therapeutic
response in panic disorder presenting with palpitations :
heart rate variability, sleep, and placebo effect. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 48 (6), 381-387. |
|
CÔTÉ, G., GAUTHIER, J.G., LABERGE, B., CORMIER, H.J. &
PLAMONDON, J. (1994). Reduced therapist contact in the
cognitive behavioral treatment of panic disorder. Behavior
Therapy, 25, 123-145. |
|
|
GOULD, R.A., OTTO, M.W. & POLLACK, M.H. (1995). A
meta-analysis of treatment out-come for panic disorder. Clinical
Psychology Review, 15, 810-844. |
MARCAURELLE, R., BÉLANGER, C. & MARCHAND, A. (2003).
Marital relationship and the treatment of panic disorder
with agoraphobia : a critical review. Clinical
Psychology Review, 23 (2), 247-276. |
|
TELCH, M.J., SCHMIDT, N.B., JAIMEZT, L., JACQUIN, K.M.
& HARRINGTON, K.J. (1995). Impact of
cognitive-behavioral treatment on quality of life in panic
disorder patients. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 63 (5), 823-830. [PDF] |
HAYWARD, C., KILLEN, J.D. & TAYLOR, C.B. (2003). The
relationship between agoraphobia symptoms and panic
disorder in a non-clinical sample of adolescents. Psychological
Medicine, 33, 733-738. |
|
OLLENDICK, T.H. (1995) Cognitive behavioral treatment of
panic disorder with agoraphobia in adolescents: A multiple
baseline design analysis. Behavior Therapy, 26,
517-531. |
|
|
RILEY, W.T., McCORMICK, M., SIMON, E.M., STACK, K.,
PUSHKIN, Y. & OVERSTREET, M.M. (1995). Effects of
alprazolam dose on the induction and habituation processes
during behavioral panic induction treatment. Journal
of Anxiety Disorders, 9, 217-227. |
GODDWIN, R.D. & GOTLIB, I.H. (2004). Panic attacks and
psychopathology among youth. Acta Psychiatrica
Scandinavica, 109, 216-221. [PDF] |
|
EHLERS, A. (1995). A one-year prospective study of panic
attacks. Clinical course and factors associated with
maintenance. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 104,
164-172. |
BALLENGER, J.C. & LYDIARD, R.B. (2004). Panic disorder
: results of a patient survey. Human
Psychopharmacology, 12, 27-33. |
|
|
MILROD, B., BUSCH, F., HOLLANDER, E., ARONSON, A. &
SIEVER, L. (1996). A twenty-three-year-old woman with
panic disorder treated with psychodynamic psychotherapy.
Americn Journal Psychiatry, 153, 698-703. |
|
|
KATON, W. (1996). Panic disorder : relationship to high
medical utilization, unexplained physical symptoms, and
medical costs. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 57
(S10), 11-18. |
HEINRICHS, N., HOFMANN, S.G. & BARLOW, D.H. (2004).
Non-specific encoding of threat in social phobia and panic
disorder. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, 33 (4),
199-207. |
|
ARNTZ, A. & VAN DEN HOUT, M.A. (1996). Psychological
treatments of panic disorder without agoraphobia:
cognitive therapy versus applied relaxation. Behavior
Research & Therapy, 34, 113-21 |
|
|
COWLEY, D.S., HA., E.H. & ROY-BYME P.P. (1997).
Determinants of pharmacologic treatment failure in panic
disorder. Journal of Clincal Psychiatry, 58
(12), 555-561. |
LANDON, T.M. & BARLOW, D.H. (2004).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment for panic disorder :
Current status. Journal of Psychiatric Practice, 10
(4), 211-226. |
|
ZUN, L.S. (1997). Panic disorder : diagnosis and treatment
in emergency medicine. Annals of Emergency Medicine,
30 (1), 92-96. |
ADDIS, M.E. HATGIS, C., KRASNOW, A.D., JACOB, K., BOURNE,
L. & MANSFIELD, A. (2004). Effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral treatment for panic disorder versus
treatment as usual in a managed care setting. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 72,
625-635. [PDF] |
|
WEISSMAN, M.M., BLAND, R.C., CANINO, G.J., FARAVELLI, C.,
GREENWALD, S., HWU, H.G., JOYCE, P.R., KARAM E.G., LEE,
C.K., LELOUCH, J., LÉPINE, J.P., NEWMAN, S.C.,
OAKLEY-BROWNE, M.A., RUBIO-STIPEC, M., WELLS, J.E.,
WICKRAMARATNE, P.J., WITTCHEN, H.U. & YEH, E.K.
(1997). The cross-national epidemiology of panic disorder.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 54 (4), 305-309.
|
MANFRO, G.S., HELDT, E., CORDIOLI, A.C. & OTTO, W.M.
(2008). Cognitive-behavioral therapy in panic disorder. Revista
Brasileira de Psiquiatria, 30 (S2I), 81-87. [PDF] |
|
AMERING, M., KATSCHNIG, H., BERGER, P., WINDHABER, J.,
BAISCHER, W. & DANTENDORFER, K. (1997). Embarrassment
about the first panic attack predicts agoraphobia in panic
disorder patients. Behavior Research & Therapy,
35, 517-521. |
KLEIN, B., RICHARDS, J.C. & AUSTIN, D.W. (2005).
Efficacy of internet therapy for panic disorder. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 37
(3), 213-238. |
|
STARCEVIC, V., DJORDJEVIC, A., LATAS, M. & BOGOJEVIC
G. (1998). Characteristics of agoraphobia in women and men
with panic disorder with agoraphobia. Depression
& Anxiety, 8 (1), 8-13. |
ZVOLENSKY, M.J., SCHMIDT, N.B., ANTONY, M.M., MCCABE,
R.E., FORSYTH, J.P., FELDNER, M.T., LEEN-FELDNER, E.W.,
KAREKLA, M. & KAHLER, C.W. (2005). Evaluating the role
of panic disorder and emotional sensitivity processes
involved with smoking. Journal of Anxiety Disorders,
19, 673-686. |
|
HOFMANN, S.G., SHEAR, M.K., BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M.,
HERSHBERGER, D., PATTERSON, M. & WOODS, S.W. (1998).
Effects of panic disorder treatments on personality
disorder characteristics. Depression & Anxiety,
8, 14-20. |
ZVOLENSKY, M.J., BERNSTEIN, A., SACH-ERICCSON, N.,
SCHMIDT, N.B., BUCKENER, J. & BONN-MILLER, M.O.
(2006). Cannabis use, abuse, and dependence and panic
attacks in a representative sample. Journal of
Psychiatric Research, 40, 477-486. |
|
YONKERS, K.A., ZLOTNICK, C., ALLSWORTH, J., WARSHAW, M.,
SHEA, T. & KELLER, M.B. (1998). Is the course of panic
disorder the same in women and men ? American Journal
of Psychiatry, 155 (5), 596-602. |
ADDIS, M.E., HATGIS, C., CARDEMIL, E., JACOB, K., KRASMOW,
A.D. & MANSFIELD, A. (2006). Effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral treatment for panic disorder versus
treatment as usual in a managed care setting : 2-year
follow-up. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 74 (2), 377-385. [PDF] |
|
TURGEON, L. MARCHAND, A. & G. DUPUIS, G. (1998).
Clinical features inpanic disorder with agoraphobia : a
comparison of men and women. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 12 (6), 539-553. |
HOLT, R.L. & LYDIARD, R.B. (2007). Management of
Treatment-resistant panic disorder. Psychiatry
(Edgmont), 4 (10), 48-59. [PDF] |
|
ZAUBLER, T.S. & KATON, W. (1998). Panic disorder in
the general medical setting. Journal of Psychosomatic
Research, 44 (1 ), 25-42. |
ROTH, W.T. (2008). Translational research for panic
disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 796-798.
[PDF] |
|
TSAO, J.C., LEWIN, M.R. & CRASKE, M.G. (1998) The
effects of cognitive-behavior therapy for panic disorders
on comorbid conditions. Journal of Anxiety Disorders,
12 (4), 357-371. |
GRILLON, C., LISSEK, S. RABIN, S. McDOWELL, D., DVIR, S.
& PINE, D.S. (2008). Increased anxiety during
anticipation of unpredictable but not predictable aversive
stimuli as apsychophysiologic marker of panic disorder.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 898-904. |
|
EHLERS, A., MARGRAF, J., ROTH, W.T., TAYLOR, C.B. &
BIRBAUMER, N. (1988). Anxiety induced by false heart rate
feedback in patients with panic disorder. Behavior
Research & Therapy, 26, 1-11. |
CRASKE, M.G. & BARLOW, D.H. (2008). Panic disorder and
agoraphobia. In D.H. Barlow (Ed.), Clinical handbook
of psychological disorders (pp. 1-64). New York :
The Guilford Press. |
|
LISSEK, S., BIGGS, A.L., RABIN, S.J., CORNWELL B.R.,
ALVAREZ, R.P., PINE, D.S. & GRILLON, C. (2008).
Generalization of conditioned fear-potentiated startle in
humans : experimental validation and clinical relevance. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 46, 678–687. |
|
HOFMANN, S.G., BUFKA, L. & BARLOW, D.H. (1999). Panic
provocation procedures in the treatment of panic disorder
: Early perspectives and case studies. Behavior
Therapy, 30, 307-319. |
MARCHESI, C. (2008). Pharmacological management of panic
disorder. Neuropsychiatric Disease & Treatment, 4
(1), 93-106. [PDF] |
|
PERREAULLT, M., CHARTIER-OTIS, M., BÉLANGR, C., MARCHAND,
A., ZACCHIA, C. & BOUCHARD, S. (2009). Trouble panique
avec agoraphobie et trouble d’anxie?te? sociale : recours
aux pairs-aidants et acce?s au traitement. Sante?
mentale au Que?bec, 24 (1), 187-198. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, D.M. & SALKOVSKIS, P.M. (2009). Panic disorder.
In Hawton, K., Salkovskis, P.M., Kirk, J. & Clark,
D.M. (Eds.), Cognitive behaviour therapy : A
practical guide Oxford : Oxford University Press. [PDF] |
|
FAVA, G.A. & MANGELLI, L. (1999). Subclinical symptoms
of panic disorder : new insights into pathophysiology and
treatment. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 68,
281-289. |
CARRASCOSO-LOPEZ, F.J. & SALAS, S.V. (2009).
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) in the treatment
of panic disorder : Some considerations from the research
on basic processes. International Journal of
Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 9 (3),
299-315.
[PDF] |
|
LISSEK, S., RABIN, S., HELLER, R.E., LUKENBAUGH, D.,
GERACI, M., PINE, D.S. & GRILLON, C. (2010).
Overgeneralization of conditioned fear as a pathogenic
marker of panic disorder. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 167, 47–55. |
|
LUNDH, L.G. WILKSTRÖM, J., WESTERLIND, J. & ÖST, L.G.
(1999). Preattentive bias for emotional information in
panic disorder with agoraphobia. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 108, 222-232. |
NESSE, R.M. (2011). An evolutionary perspective on panic
disorder and agoraphobia. In S. Baron-Cohen (Ed.), The
maladapted mind : classic readings in evolutionary
psychopathology (pp. 73-84). East Sussex :
Psychology Press. |
|
KING, A.L.S., VAKENCA, A.M., LEAO DE MELO-NETO, V.,
FREIRE, R.C., MEZZASALMA, M.-A., CARDOSSO DE OLIVEIRA E
SILVA, A. & NARDI, A.E. (2011). Efficacy of a specific
model for cognitive-behavioral therapy among panic
disorder patients with agoraphobia : a randomized clinical
tria. Sao Paulo Medical Journal, 129 (5),
325-334. [PDF] |
|
HOFMANN, S.G. (1999). The value of psychophysiological
data for cognitive- behavioral treatment of panic
disorder. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 6,
244-248. |
LYDIARD, R.B. (2011). Assessment and management of
treatment-resistance in panic. Focus, 9 (3),
253-263. |
|
HOFMANN, S.G. & BARLOW, D.H. (1999). The costs of
anxiety disorders. Implicationsfor psychosocial
intervention. In N.E. Miller & K.M. Magruder (Dirs.),
Cost-effectiveness of psychotherapy (pp.
224-235). New York : Oxford University Press. |
ACHESON, D.A., FORSYTH, J.P. & MOSES, E. (2012).
Interoceptive conditioning and panic disorder-II : An
experimental evaluation of multiple contingency
arrangements. Behavior Therapy, 43, 174-189. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Troubles mentaux,
Phobie sociale
et Panique |
|
|
Trouble
panique (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
le trouble panique. Assessment
of panic disorder.
| |
|
|
WENZEL, A., SHARP, I.R., BROWN, G.K., GREENBERG, R.L.
& BECK, A.T. (2006). Dysfunctional beliefs in panic
disorder : The Panic Belief Inventory. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 44 (6), 819-833. |
|
LYDIARD, R.B. (2011). Assessment and management of
treatment-resistance in panic. Focus, 9 (3),
253-263. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble panique |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trouble
sexuel : TS : Ensemble de
problèmes sexuels d'origine biologique et psychologique. =
dysfonction sexuelle. ( ): Voir
tableau ci-dessous. Sexual dysfunction, sexual
disorders.
|
|
|
LOBITZ, C.W. & LOPICOLLO, J. (1972). New methods in
the behavioral treatment of sexual dysfunction. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 3
(4), 265-271. |
HEIMAN, J.R. (2002). Sexual dysfunction : Overview of
prevalence, etiological factors, and treatments. Journal
of Sex Research, 39 (1), 73-78. |
|
BIEBER, I. (1974). The psychoanalytic treatment of sexual
disorders. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1
(1), 5-15. |
HEIMAN, J.R. (2002). Psychologic treatments for female
sexual dysfunction : Are they effective and do we need
them ? Archives of Sexual Behavior, 31, 445-450. |
|
KAPLAN, H.S. (1974). The classification of the female
sexual dysfunctions. Journal of Sex & Marital
Therapy, 1 (2), 124- 138. |
BALON, R. (2006). SSRI-associated sexual dysfunction.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 163 (9),
1504-1509. [PDF] |
|
CARPENTIER, M.Y., SILOVSKY, J.F. & CHAFFIN, M. (2006).
Randomized trial of treatment for children with sexual
behavior problems : Ten-year follow-up. Journal of
Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 74, 482-488. |
|
HIGGINS, A., BARKER, P. & BEGLEY, C.M. (2006).
Iatrogenic sexual dysfunction and the protective
withholding of information : in whose best interest? Journal
of Psychiatric & Mental Health Nursing, 13, 437-446. |
|
SHARP, L., KURIANSKY, J.B. & O'CONOR, J.F. (1976). A
preliminary classification of human functional sexual
disorders. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 2
(2), 106-114. |
SEGRAVES, R.T. (2007). Sexual dysfunction associated with
antidepressant therapy. Urology Clinics of North
America, 34, 575-579. |
|
McWHIRTER, D.P. & MATTISON, A.M. (1978). The treatment
of sexual dysfunction in gay male couples. Journal of
Sex & Marital Therapy, 4 (3), 213-218. |
WINCZE, J., BACH, A. & BARLOW, D.H. (2008). Sexual
dysfunction. In D.H. Barlow (Ed.), Clinical handbook
of psychological disorders : A step-by-step treatment
manual (pp. 615-661). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
MUNJACK, D.J. & OZIEL, L.J. (1978). Resistance in the
behavioral treatment of sexual dysfunctions. Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 4 (2), 122-138. |
CSOKA, A.B., BAHRICK, A.S. & MEHTONEN, O. (2008).
Persistent sexual dysfunction after discontinuation of
selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors. Journal of
Sexual Medicine, 5 (1), 227-233. [PDF] |
|
QUADLAND, M.C. (1985). Compulsive sexual behavior :
Definition of a problem and an approach to treatment. Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 11, 121-132. |
BAHRICK, A.S. (2008). Persistence of sexual dysfunction
side effects after discontinuation of antidepressant
medications : Emerging evidence. The Open Psychology
Journal, 1, 42-50. [PDF] |
|
MASTERS, W.H. (1986). Sexual dysfunction as an aftermath
of sexual assault of men by women. Journal of Sex
& Marital Therapy, 12 (1), 35-45. |
BALON, R. (2008). The DSM criteria of sexual dysfunction :
Need for a change. Journal of Sex & Marital
Therapy, 34 (3), 186-197. |
|
LOPICOLLO, J. & STOCK, W.E. (1986). Treatment of
sexual dysfunction. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 54, 158-167. |
McCARTHY, B. & McDONALD, D. (2009). Sex therapy
failures : A crucial, yet ignored, issue. Journal of
Sex & Marital Therapy, 35 (4), 320-329. |
|
APFELBAUM, B. (1997). On the etiology of sexual
dysfunction. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 3
(1), 50-62. |
HIGGINS, A., NASH, M. & LYNCH, A.M. (2010).
Antidepressant-associated sexual dysfunction : impact,
effects, and treatment. Drug, Healthcare &
Patient Safety, 2 141-150. [PDF] |
|
SARWER, D.B. & DURLAK, J.A. (1997). A field trial of
the effectiveness of behavioral treatment for sexual
dysfunctions. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 23
(2), 87-97. |
ZHANG, X.R., ZHANG, Z.J., ZHU, R.X., YUAN, Y.G., JENKINS,
T.A. & REYNOLDS, G.P. (2011). Sexual dysfunction in
male schizophrenia : influence of antipsychotic drugs,
prolactin and polymorphisms of the dopamine D2 receptor
gene. Pharmacogneomics, 12 (8), 1127-1136. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
TRUDEL, G. (1988). Les dysfonctions sexuelles. Montréal.
Les Presses de l'Universié du Québec. |
Voir aussi Plaisir
sexuel et Désir
sexuel |
|
|
|
|
Trouble
somatoforme : Somatic symptom
disorder.
| |
|
|
KROENKE, K., SPITZER, R.L. DEGRUY, F.V., HAHN, S.R.,
LINZER, M., WILLIAMS, J.B., BRODY, D. & DAVIES, M.
(1997). Multisomatoform disorder. An alternative to
undifferentiated somatoform disorder for the somatizing
patient in primary care. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 54 (4), 352-358. |
|
LAFRANCE, S.W. (2009). Somatoform disorders. Seminars
in Neurology, 29 (3), 234-246. |
|
FRANCES, A. (2013). The new somatic symptom disorder in
DSM-5 risks mislabeling many people as mentally ill. British
Medical Journal, 346, 1580. |
|
HEDMAN, E., AXELSSON, E., ANDERSSON, E., LEKANDER, M.
& LJÖTSSON, B. (2016). Exposure-based
cognitive-behavioural therapy via the internet and as
bibliotherapy for somatic symptom disorder and illness
anxiety disorder : randomised controlled trial. The
British Journal of Psychiatry, 209 (5), 407-413. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Trouble
mental |
|
|
Trouillod
David O. ( ) : Psychologue
français et spécialiste du sport,
notamment de l'effet
Pygmalion. Étudiant de
Sarrazin et collaborateur de Bois.
|
TROUILLOD, D. & SARRAZIN, P. (2002). L'effet Pygmalion
existe-t-il en en éducation physique et sportive?
Influence des attentes des enseignants sur la motivation
et la performance des élèves. Science & Motricité,
46, 69-94. |
|
TROUILLOD, D.O., SARRAZIN, P.G., MARTINEK, T.G. &
GUILLET, E. (2002). The influence of teacher expectations
on students achievement in physical education classes :
Pygmalion revisited. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 32, 591-607. [PDF] |
|
TROUILLOD, D.O. et SARRAZIN, P.G. (2003). Les
connaissances actuelles sur l'effet Pygmalion : processus,
poids et modulateurs. Revue Française de Pédagogie,
145, 89-119. [PDF] |
|
TROUILLOD, D.O., BOIS, J. et SARRAZIN, P.G. (2005).
Croyances interpersonnelles des autrui significatifs :
quelles conséquences sur la motivation et les performances
du pratiquant sportif ? In O. Rascle et P. Sarrazin
(Dirs.), Croyances et performance sportive. Processus
socio-cognitifs associés aux comportements sportifs
(p. 189-206). Paris : Edition Revue EPS. |
|
TROUILLOD, D.O., SARRAZIN, P.G., BOIS, J. & BRESSOUX,
P. (2006). Teacher expectations effects on student
perceived competence in physical education classes :
Autonomy-supportive climate as a moderator. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 98, 75-86. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Trout
J.D. ( ) : Philosophe
et épistémologue net
spécialiste de l'étude de
l'explication scientifique. Il s'intérese également au
rôle des croyances et
des attributions
dans ce type d'explication.
|
TROUT, J.D. (1991). Belief attribution in science : Folk
psychology under theoretical stress. Synthese, 87,
379-400. |
|
TROUT, J.D. (1999). Measured realism and statistical
inference : An explanation for the fast progress of "hard"
psychology. Philosophy of Science 66, (S),
260-272. |
|
TROUT, J.D. (2001). The biological basis of speech : What
to infer from talking to the animals. Psychological
Review, 108, (3), 523-549. |
|
TROUT, J.D. (2007). The psychology of scientific
explanation. Philosophy compass, 2/3, 564-591. |
|
TROUT, J.D. (2017). Motivation and the sense of
understanding in theory construction. Motivation
Science, 3 (3), 304-317. |
|
|
Trouver une source (scientifique) : Voir Source.
|
Truax
Charles B. (1933-) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des thérapies,
notamment des thérapies de groupe. Collaborateur
de Wittmer.
|
TRUAX, C.B. (1961). The process of group psychotherapy :
Relationships between hypothesized therapeutic conditions
and intrapersonal exploration. Psychological
Monographs : General & Applied, 75 (7), 1-35. |
|
TRUAX, C.B. (1963). Effective ingredients in psychotherapy
: An approach to unraveling the patient-therapist
interaction. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 10,
256-263. |
|
TRUAX, C.B., CARKHUFF, R.R. & KODMAN, F. (1965).
Relationships between therapist-offered conditions and
patient change in group psychotherapy. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 21, 327-329. |
|
TRUAX, C.B. (1966). Reinforcement and nonreinforcement in
Rogerian psychotherapy. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 71 (1), 1-9. [PDF]
|
|
TRUAX, C.B., WARGO, D.G. & SILBER, L.D. (1966).
Effects of group psychotherapy with high accurate empathy
and nonpossessive warmth upon female 1 institutionalized
delinquents. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 71 (1),
1-9. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trudel
François ( ) : Antropologue
québécois et spécialiste de l'étude des
inuits.
|
TRUDEL, F. (1987). Trolio et Jack : deux Inuit au service
de la compagnie de la baie d'hudson au xviii e siecle.
The Canadian Journal of Native Studies, 7 (1),
79-93. [PDF]
|
|
TRUDEL, F. (1999). Autobiographies, mémoire et histoire :
jalons de recherche chez les Inuit.
Études/Inuit/Studies, 23 (1-2), 145-172. |
|
TRUDEL, F. (2002). De l'ethnohistoire et l'histoire orale
à la mémoire sociale chez les Inuits du Nunavut. Anthropologie
et Sociétés, 26 (2-3), 137-159. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trudel Gilles ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste et
spécialiste des troubles sexuels,
notamment chez les adultes âgés.
Il enseigne à l'Université du
Québec à Montréal. Collaborateur de Bégin,
Maurice et
Turgeon.
|
TRUDEL, G. & GOLDFARB, M. (2006). The effect of age on
sexual repertoire and its concomitant pleasure. European
Journal of Sexual Health, 15, 266-272. |
|
TRUDEL, G., VILLENEUVE, V., ANDERSON, A. & PILON, G.
(2008). Sexual and marital aspects of old age : an update.
Sexual & Relationship Therapy, 23, 161-169 |
|
TRUDEL, G., TURGEON, L. & PICHÉ, L. (2010). Marital
and sexual aspects of old age. Sexual &
Relationship Therapy, 25 (3), 316-341. |
|
TRUDEL, G. & GOLDFARB, M. (2010). Marital and sexual
functioning and dysfunctioning, depression and anxiety. Sexologies
: European Journal of Sexology & Sexual Health/
Revue Europeenne de Sexologie et de Sante Sexuelle, 19 (3),
137-142. |
|
TRUDEL, G., DARGIS, L., VILLENEUVE, L., CADIEUX, J.,
BOYER, R. & PRÉVILLE, R. (2014). Marital, sexual and
psychological functioning of older living at home : The
results of a national survey using a longitudinal
methodology (Part II). European Journal of Sexology
& Sexual Health, 23 (2), 35-48. |
|
|
|
|
|
Truite
: Poisson.
Trout.
| |
|
|
NEWMAN, M.A. (1956). Social behavior and interspecific
competition in two trout species. Physiological
Zoology, 29, 64-81. |
ELLIOT, J.M. (1975). Number of meals in a day, maximum
weight of food consumed in a day and maximum rate of
feeding for brown trout (Salmo trutta). Freshwater
Biology, 5, 287-303. |
|
KEENLEYSIDE, M.A.H. (1962). Skin diving observations of
Atlantic salmon and brook trout in the Miramichi river,
New-Brunswick. Journal of the Fisheries Reasearch
Board of Canada, 19,625-634. |
LI, H.W. & BROCKSEN, R.W. (1977). Approaches to the
analysis of energetic cost of intraspecific competition
for space by rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri). Journal
of Fish Biology, 11, 329-341. |
|
ONODERA, K. (1962). Carrying capacity in a trout stream. Bulletin
of the Freshwater Research Laboratory, 12, 1-41. |
GIBSON, R.J. (1978).The behavior of juvenile Atlantic
salmon (Salmo salar) and brook trout (Salvelinus
fontinalis) with regard of temperature and water velocity.
Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, 107, 703-712. |
|
HARTMAN, G.F. (1963). Observation on behavior of juvenile
brown trout in a stream tank during winter and spring. Journal
of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, 20, 769-
787. |
FAUSCH, K.D. & WHITE, R.J. (1981). Competition between
brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis) and Brown Trout (Salmo
trutta) for positions in a Michigan stream. Canadian
Journal of Fisheries & Aquatic Sciences, 38, 1220-1227. |
|
SAUNDERS, J.M. & SMITH, Y.W. (1962). Physical
alteration of stream habitat to improve brook trout
production. Transactions of the American Fisheries
Society, 91, 185-188. |
WILZBACH, M.A. (1985). Relative roles of food abundance
and cover in determining the habitat distribution of
stream-dwelling cutthroat trout (Salmo clarki).
Canadian Journal of Fisheries & Aquatic Sciences,
42, 1668-1672. |
|
GIBSON, R.J. (1966). Some factors influencing the
distributions of brook trout and young Atlantic salmon. Journal
of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, 23, 1977-1980. |
CARON, J. & BEAUGRAND, J.P. (1988). Social and spatial
structure in brook chars (Salvelinus fontinalis) under
competition for food and shelter/shade. Behavioural
Processes, 16, 173-191. |
|
JENKINS, M. (1969). Social structure, position choice, and
micro distribution of two trout species (Salmo trutta and
Salmo gairdneri) resident in mountain streams. Animal
Behaviour monograph, 2, 7-123. |
OVERLI, O., HARRIS, C.A. & WINBERG, S. (1999).
Short-term effects of fights for social dominance and the
establishment of dominant-subordinate relationships on
brain monoamines and cortisol in rainbow trout. Brain,
Behavior & Evolution, 54, 263-275. |
|
HÉLAND, M. (1971). Observations sur les premières phases
du comportement agonistique et territorial de la truite
commune (Salmo trutta L.) en ruisseau artificiel. Annales
d'Hydrobiologie, 2, 33-46. |
YUE, S., MOCCIA, R.D. & DUNCAN, I.J.H. (2004).
Investigating fear in domestic rainbow trout, Oncorhynchus
mykiss, using an avoidance learning task. Applied
Animal Behaviour Science, 87 (3-4), 343-354. [PDF] |
|
SYMONS, P.E.K. (1974). Territorial behavior of juvenile
Atlantic salmon reduces predatio by brook trout.
Canadian Journal of Zoology, 52, 677-679. |
|
|
SLANEY, P.A. & NORTCOTE, T.G. (1974). Effects of prey
aboundance on density and territorial behavior of young
rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri) in laboratory stream
channels. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of
Canada, 31, 1201-1209. |
PEACOCK, M.M. & DOCHTERMANN, N.A. (2012) Evolutionary
potential but not extinction risk of Lahontan cutthroat
trout (Oncorhynchus clarkii henshawi) is associated with
stream characteristics. Canadian Journal of Fisheries
& Aquatic Sciences, 69, 615-626. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Saumon et
Poisson |
|
|
|
|
Trut
Lyudmila N. ( ) : Biologiste
russe et spécialiste de la domestication,
notamment chez le renard.
Collaborateur de Hare.
|
TRUT, L. (1999). Early canid domestication : The farm-fox
experiment. American Scientist, 87, 160-169. |
|
TRUT, L.N., PLYUSNINA, I.Z. & OSKINA, I.N. (2004). An
experiment on fox domestication and debatable issues of
evolution of the dog. Russian Journal of Genetics,
40, 644-655. [PDF]
|
|
TRUT, L., OSKINA, I. & KHARLAMOVA, A. (2009). Animal
evolution during domestication : the domesticated fox as a
model. Bioessays, 31 (3), 349-360. [PDF]
|
|
KUKEKOVA, A.V., TRUT, L.N., CHASE, K., KHARLAMOVA, A.V.,
JOHNSON, J.L., TEMNYKH, S.V., OSKINA, I.N., GULEVICH,
R.G., VLADIMIROVA, A.V., KLEBANOV, S., SHEPELEVA, D.V.,
SHIKHEVICH, S.G., ACLAND, G.M. & LARK, K.G. (2011).
Mapping loci for fox domestication :
deconstruction/reconstruction of a behavioral phenotype. Behavior
Genetics, 41 (4), 593-606. [PDF] |
|
STATHAM, M.J., TRUT, L.N., SACKS, B.N., KHARLAMOVA, A.V.,
OSKINA, I.N., GULEVICH, R.G., JOHNSON, J.L., TEMNYKH,
S.V., ACLAND, G.M. & KUKEKOVA, A.V. (2011). On the
origin of a domesticated species : identifying the parent
population of Russian silver foxes (Vulpes vulpes).
Biological Journal of the Linnean Society, 103 (1),
168-175.
[PDF] + [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tryon
Georgiana Shick ( ) : Psychologue
américaine.
|
TRYON, G.S. & KANE, A.S. (1990). The helping alliance
and premature termination. Counseling Psychology
Quarterly, 3, 233-238. |
|
TRYON, G.S. & KANE, A.S. (1993). Relationship of
working alliance to mutual and unilateral termination.
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 40, 33-36. |
|
TRYON, G.S. & KANE, A.S. (1995). Client involvement,
working alliance, and type of therapy termination.
Psychotherapy Research, 5, 189-198. |
|
TRYON, G.S., BLACKWELL, S.C. & HAMMEL, E.F. (2007). A
meta-analytic examination of client-therapist perspectives
of the working alliance. Psychotherapy Research, 17
(6), 629-642. |
|
TRYON, G.S. & WINOGRAD, G. (2011). Goal consensus and
collaboration. Psychotherapy, 48 (1), 50-57. |
|
|
|
Tryon
Robert Choate (Butte 1901-1968) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'influence des déterminants neurogénétiques
de l'apprentissage
et de l'intelligence,
en particulier chez le rat.
Étudiant de Tolman.
|
TRYON, R.C. (1929). The genetics of learning ability in
rats; preliminary report. University of California
Publications in Psychology, 4 (5), 71-89. |
|
TRYON, R.C. (1940). Genetic differences in maze learning
ability in rats. Yearbook of the National Society for
the Study of Education, 39 (1), 111-119. |
|
TRYON, R.C. (1942). Individual differences. in F.A. Moss
(Ed), Comparative psychology. New York :
Prentice-Hall. |
|
HIRSH, J. & TYRON, R.C. (1956). Mass screening and
reliable individual measurement in the experimental
behavior genetics of lower organisms. Psychological
Bulletin, 53 (5), 402-410. |
|
TRYON, R.C. & BAILEY, D.E. (1970). Cluster
analysis. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
|
ROWLAND, G.L. & WOODS, P.J. (1961). Performance of the
Tryon bright and dull strains under two conditions in a
multiple T-maze. Canadian Journal of Psychology/Revue
Canadienne de Psychologie, 15 (1), 20-28. |
|
INNIS, N.K. (1992). Tolman and Tryon : Early research on
the inheritance of the ability to learn. American
Psychologist, 47 (2), 190-197. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Tryon
Warren W. ( ) : Psychologue
et méthodologiste américain.
Collaborateur de Ferster et
Kazdin.
|
TRYON, W.W. (1996). Observing contingencies : Taxonomy and
methods. Clinical Psychology Review, 16, 215-230. |
|
TRYON, W.W. (2001). Evaluating statistical difference,
equivalence, and indeterminancy using inferential
confidence intervals : An integrated alternative method of
conducting null hypothesis statistical tests.
Psychological Methods, 6 (4), 371-386. [PDF] |
|
TRYON, W.W. (2002). Network models contribute to cognitive
and social neuroscience. American Psychologist, 57,
728. |
|
TRYON, W.W. (2002). Neural network learning theory:
Unifying radical behaviorism and cognitive neuroscience. The
Behavior Therapist, 25, 53-57. |
|
TRYON, W.W. (2009). Cognitive processes in cognitive and
pharmacological therapies. Cognitive Therapy &
Research, 33, 570-584. |
|
|
|
Trzesniewski
Kali H. ( ) : Psychologue
canadienne et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'estime de soi. Elle s'intéresse aussi aux générations.
Collaborattice de Caspi, Donnellan,
Dweck, Gosling,
Gross,
Moffit, Norenzayan,
Orth, Paulhus,
Robins et
Yeager.
|
TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H., DONNELLAN, M.B. & ROBINS, R.W.
(2003). Stability of self-esteem across the life span.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 84,
205-220. |
|
TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H., MOFFITT, T.E., CASPI, A., TAYLOR, A.
& MAUGHAN, B. (2006). Revisiting the association
between reading ability and antisocial behavior : New
evidence from a longitudinal behavior genetics study. Child
Development, 77, 72-88. |
|
TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H., DONNELLAN, M.B., MOFFIIT, T.E.,
ROBINS, R.W., POULTON, R. & CASPI, A. (2006). Low
self-esteem during adolescence predicts poor health,
criminal behavior, and limited economic prospects during
adulthood. Developmental Psychology, 42, 381-390. |
|
TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H., DONNELLAN, M.B. & ROBINS, R.W.
(2008). Do today's young people really think they are so
extraordinary ? An examination of secular changes in
narcissism and self- enhancement. Psychological
Science, 19, 181-188. |
|
TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H. & DONNELLAN, M.B. (2010).
Rethinking "Generation Me": A Study of cohort effects from
1976-2006. Perspectives in Psychological Science, 5,
58-75. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tsai
Jeanne L. ( ) : Psychologue
écologiste américaine,
spécialisée dans l'étude des effets et des différences
culturelles. Collaboratrice de Gross,
Knutson, Levenson,
Vitousek et Ying.
|
TSAI, J.L. & LEVENSON, R.W. (1997). Cultural influences on emotional responding : Chinese American and
European American dating couples during interpersonal
conflict. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28,
600-625. [PDF]
|
|
TSAI, J.L., YING, Y. & LEE, P.A. (2000). The meaning
of "being Chinese" and "being American" : Variation among
Chinese American young adults. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 31, 302-322. [PDF] |
|
TSAI, J.L., KNUTSON, B. & FUNG, H.H. (2006). Cultural
variation in affect valuation. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 90, 288-307. [PDF] |
|
TSAI, J.L., LEVENSON, R.W. & McCOY, K. (2006).
Cultural and temperamental variation in emotional
response. Emotion, 6, 484-497. [PDF] |
|
TSAI, J.L. (2007). Ideal affect cultural causes and
behavioral consequences. Perspectives on
Psychological Science, 2 (3), 242-259. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tsai
Mavis ( ) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américaine et co-auteure, avec Kohlenberg, de la thérapie
analytique fonctionnelle. Collaboratrice de Hayes
et Kohlenberg.
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J. & TSAI, M. (1991). Functional
analytic psychotherapy : Creating intense and curative
therapeutic relationships. New York : Plenum
Publishers. |
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J. & TSAI, M. (1994). Functional
Analytic Psychotherapy : A behavioral approach to
treatment and integration. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 4, 175-201. |
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J. & TSAI, M. (2002). Functional
Analytic Psychotherapy. In G. Zimmar (Ed.) Encyclopedia
of psychotherapy. New York : Academic Press. |
|
TSAI, M., KOHLENBERG, R.J., KANTER, J.W., KOHLENBERG, B.,
FOLLETTE, W.C. & CALLAGHAN, G.M. (2008). Guide to
functional analytic psychotherapy : Awareness, courage,
love, and behaviorism. New York : Springer. |
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J., KANTER J., TSAI, M. & WEEKS, C.E.
(2010). FAP and cognitive behavior therapy. In J. Kanter,
M. Tsai & R.J. Kohlenberg (Eds.), The practice of
functional analytic psychotherapy. New York :
Springer. |
|
|
|
|
|
| TRO
- TUCKMAN
- TUKEY - TULVING
- TUOMELA - TURING -
TURKHEIMER - TURNER
- TUTORAT - TVERSKY
- TWENGE - TYPE - TZENG
- Fin |
Tubercules quadrijumeaux : Désigne les quatre (= quadri)
structures arrondies situées entre le cerveau
et le cervelet, à la
hauteur du bulbe rachidien.
L'épiphyse est située entre les deux tubercules postérieurs
(colliculi inférieurs) et les deux tubercules antérieurs
(colliculi inférieurs). = colliculi.
Superior colliculus.
| |
|
|
KRAUSLIS, R.J., LISTON, D. & CARELLO, C.D. (2004).
Target selection and the superior colliculus : goals,
choices and hypotheses. Vision Research, 44,
1445-1451. |
|
|
|
Tuckman
Bruce W. (1938-2016) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des groupes
et de la procrastination. Collaborateur
de Pychyl et Schouwenburg.
|
TUCKMAN, B.W. (1965). Developmental sequence in small
groups. Psychological Bulletin, 63, 384-399. [PDF] |
|
TUCKMAN, B.W. & JENSEN, M.A.C. (1977) Stages of
small-group development revisited. Group &
Organization Studies, 2 (4), 419-427. [PDF] |
|
TUCKMAN, B.W. (1990). Group versus goal setting effects on
the self-regulated performance of students differing in
self-efficacy. The Journal of Experimental Education,
58 (4), 291-298. |
|
TUCKMAN, B.W. (1991). The development and concurrent
validity of the Procrastination Scale. Educational
& Psychological Measurement, 51, 473-480. |
|
TUCKMAN, B.W. (1998). Using tests as an incentive to
motivate procrastinators to study. Journal of
Experimental Education, 66 (2), 141-47. |
|
|
RICKARDS, T. & MOGER, S., (2000). Creative leadership
processes in project team development : An alternative to
Tuckman's stage model. British Journal of Management,
11 (4), 273-283. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tuer : Tueur : Tuerie : Consiste à donner la mort à un être vivant, de manière volontaire
ou non, directement (en usant soi-même de violence) ou
indirectement (en demandant à un tiers d'user de cette violence).
Il s'agit d'un meurtre si
on tue volontairement un
congénère, et d'un assassinat si ce meurtre est planifié.
= Enlever la vie, tirer.
Shooter,
shooting.
| |
|
|
VICARY, A.M. & FRALEY, R.C. (2010). Student reactions
to the shootings at Virginia Tech and Northern Illinois
University : Does sharing grief and support over the
Internet affect recovery ? Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 36, 1555-1563. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Psychopathe
et Meurtrier |
|
|
|
|
Tukey John Wilder (New Bedford 1915-2000 New Brunswick États-Unis) : Mathématicien
et statisticien
américain. Professeur de Goodman
et Mosteller.
Collaborateur de Abelson,
Friedman, Luce,
Sheffe et Siegel.
 |
SCHEFFÉ, H. & TUKEY, J.W. (1944). A formula for sample
sizes for population tolerance limits. Annals of
Mathematical Statistics, 15, 217. |
|
TUKEY, J.W. (1949). Comparing individual means in the
analysis of variance. Biometrics, 5 (2),
99-114. [PDF] |
|
TUKEY, J.W. (1969). Analyzing data : Sanctification or
detective work. American Psychologist, 24,
83-91. |
|
TUKEY, J.W. (1974). The future of data analysis. Annals
of Mathematical Statistics, 33, 1-67. |
|
TUKEY, J.W. (1991). The philosophy of multiple
comparisons. Statistical Science, 6 (1), 98-116. |
|
|
|
CHURCH, R.M. (1979). How to look at data: A review of John
W. Tukey's exploratory data analysis. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior , 31 (3),
433-440. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tullock
Gordon (Rockford 1922-2014 Des Moines) :
Économiste américain et
père de la théorie du public choice
(avec Buchanan). Collaborateur de Arrow et Buchanan.
 |
BUCHANAN, J.M. & TULLOCK, G. (1962). The calculus
of consent : Logical foundations of constitutional
democracy. Ann Arbor : University of Michigan
Press. |
|
TULLOCK, G. (1970). Private wants, public means : An
economic analysis of the desirable scope of government.
New York : Basic Books. |
|
TULLOCK, G. (1985). Public choice statement. Public
Choice, 46 (3), 225-226. |
|
TULLOCK, G. (1986). The economics of wealth and
poverty. London, England : Wheatsheaf Press. |
|
TULLOCK, G. (1994). The economics of nonhuman
societies. Tucson AZ : Pallas Press. |
|
|
DA EMPOLI, D. (2014). Gordon Tullock : In Memoriam. Bistol University Press, 32 (1-3), 149-152. |
|
|
|
Tulving
Endel (Estonie 1927-2023) : Psychologue
canadien, d'origine estonienne, et chef de file de la perspective
cognitive
américaine. On lui doit la distinction entre mémoire
épisodique et mémoire
sémantique. Professeur de Habib.
Collaborateur de Bower, Craik,
Kapur, Markowitsch,
Moscovitch,
Nyberg, Roediger, Rosenbaum,
Schacter Stuss et
Wheeler.
No
36 |
TULVING, E. (1969). Retrograde amnesia in free recall.
Science, 164, 88-90.
[PDF] |
|
TULVING, E. (1972). Episodic and semantic memory. In E.
Tulving & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organization of
memory. New York : Academic Press. [PDF] |
|
TULVING, E. (1985). Memory and consciousness. Canadian
Psychology, 26, 1-12. [PDF] |
|
TULVING, E. (1985). How many memory systems are there ?
American Psychologist, 40 (4), 385-398. [PDF] |
|
TULVING, E. (2002). Episodic memory : From mind to brain.
Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 1-25.
[PDF] |
|
|
ROEDIGER, H.L., CRAIK, F.I.M. & SCHACTER, D.L. (2024). Endel Tulving (1927-2023). American Psychologist, 79 (5), 779-780.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Tumeur
: Tumeur, maladie
et cancer.
Tumour.
| |
|
|
BROCA, P. (1866/69). Traité des tumeurs. Paris. |
|
McMANUS, I.C. (1977). Predominance of left-sided breast
tumours. Lancet, 310, 297-298. [PDF] |
| DAIGNEAULT, S. & BRAUN, C.M.J. (1998). Effets psychiatriques d'une petite tumeur de l'hypothalamus. L'Encéphale, 24, 199-205. |
|
SHALLICE, T., MUSSONI, A., D'AGOSTINO, S. & SKRAP, M.
(2010). Right posterior cortical functions in a tumour
patient series. Cortex, 46 (9), 1178-1188. |
|
|
|
Tuomela Raimo (Helsinki 1940-2020 Helsinki) : Philosophe et épistémologue
finlandais.
 |
TUOMELA, R. & NINILUOTO, I. (1973). Theoretical
concepts and hypothetico-inductive inference.
Dordrecht and Boston : D. Reidel Publishing Company. |
|
TUOMELA, R. (1977). Human action and its explanation :
A study on the philosophical foundations of psychology.
Dordrecht and Boston : D. Reidel Publishing Co. |
|
TUOMELA, R. (1984). A theory of social action.
Dordrecht, Boston, and Lancaster : D. Reidel Publishing
Company. |
|
TUOMELA, R. (1985). Science, action, and reality.
Dordrecht, Boston, and Lancaster : D. Reidel Publishing
Company. |
|
TUOMELA, R. (2002). The philosophy of social
practices : A collective acceptance view. Cambridge
University Press. |
|
|
NIINLUOTO, I. (2020). In memoriam : Raimo Tuomela. Ajatus, 77 (1), 7-10. |
|
|
|
Turgeon Lyse ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
québécoise, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'anxiété chez les enfants et les adolescents.
Elle enseigne à l'Université de
Montréal. Collaboratrice de
Brendgen, Freeston,
Julien, Marchand,
Poulin, Trudel et Vitaro.
|
TURGEON, L. & CHARTRAND, E. (2003). Reliability and
validity of the Revised Children's Manifest Anxiety Scale
in a french-canadian sample. Psychological
Assessment, 15 (3), 378-383. |
|
BERTHIAUME, C., TURGEON, L. et O'CONNOR, K. (2004).
L'évaluation et le traitement psychologique du trouble
obsessionnel-compulsif chez les enfants et les adolescents
: découvertes récentes. Journal de Thérapie
Comportementale et Cognitive, 14 (1), 35-46. |
|
BRENDGEN, R., VITARO, F., TURGEON, L. & POULIN, F.
(2004). Over- versus underestimation of social relations
with peers : Links with subsequent behavioral, emotional,
and social adjustment. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 32 (3), 305-332. |
|
BERTHIAUME, C., BÉRIAULT, M. et TURGEON, L. (2006). L'état
de stress post-traumatique chez les enfants :
manifestations et traitement. In S. Guay & A. Marchand
(Eds.), Les troubles liés aux événements traumatiques
: dépistage, evaluation et traitements. Montréal :
Les Presses de l'Université de Montréal. |
| TURGEON, L. et GENDREAU, P. (2007). Les troubles anxieux chez les enfants et les adolescents.
Marseille : Solal. |
|
|
|
Turing Alan Mathison (Paddington Angleterre 1912-1954 Manchester) : Mathématicien, cybernéticien et
philosophe anglais.
Inventeur de la machine
qui porte aujourd'hui son nom. Lors de deuxième guerre mondiale,
il a aussi collaboré au perfectionnement de La Bombe -
une machine à décrypter, l'ancêtre de l'ordinateur
- qui a permis aux alliés de décoder les messages secrets de
l'Allemagne (opération Ultra). Il est considéré comme l'un des
précurseurs du cognitivisme
américain. Membre du
Ratio club.
 |
TURING, A.M. (1936/37). On computable numbers with an
application to the entscheidungs problem. Proceedings
of the London Mathematical Society, 42 (2),
230-265; 43, 544-546. |
|
TURING, A.M. (1950). Computing machinery and intelligence.
Mind, 59, 433-460. |
|
|
GOOD, I.J. (1979). Studies in the history of probability
and statistics : A.M. Turing's statistical work in World
War II. Biometrika, 66 (2), 393-396. [PDF] |
|
HARNAD, S. (2002). Darwin, Skinner, Turing and the mind. Magyar
Pszichologiai Zsemle, 57 (4), 521-528.
[LIRE] |
|
LEAVITT, D. (2006). The man who knew too much : Alan
Turing and the invention of the computer. W.W.
Norton. |
|
|
|
Turing (Machine) : Inventée par Turing, cette machine - un
programme exécuté par un calculateur, l'ancêtre de l'ordinateur - vise à simuler
les fonctions
cognitives de certains états
mentaux (calcul, prise
de décision, degré de certitude, langage, etc). Turing
machine.
| |
|
|
HARNAD, S. (2000). Minds, machines, and Turing : The
indistinguishability of indistinguishables. Journal
of Logic, Language & Information, 9 (4),
425-445.
[LIRE] |
|
ZYLBERBERG, A., DEHAENE, S., ROELFSEMA, P.R. & SIGMAN,
M. (2011). The human Turing machine : A neural framework
for mental programs. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 15
(7), 293-300. |
|
|
|
Turing(Test) : Test élaboré par Turing visant à distinguer un ordinateur d'un humain et à montrer
que la machine "pense". Il consiste à mettre en confrontation
verbale un humain avec un ordinateur et à demander à un tiers
humain d'interroger l'un et l'autre. Si le tiers humain n'est pas
capable de dire qui est l'ordinateur et qui est l'humain, on peut
considérer que l'ordinateur a passé le test de Turing avec succès
: car il «pense». Ce test permet aussi d'affirmer qu'une fonction cognitive (par exemple le langage) est humaine ou non. Une version fictive de ce test, le test d'empathie Voight-Kampff,
test utilisé dans le film Blade Runner par Rick Deckard (joué par
Harrison Ford) pour distinguer un humain d'un réplicant (androïde
humanisé).
Turing test.
| |
|
|
TURING, A.M. (1950). Computing machinery and intelligence.
Mind, 59, 433-460. |
MITCHELL, R.W. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1998). Primate theory
of mind is a Turing test. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 21, 127-128. [PDF] |
|
RICHARDSON, R.C. (1982). Turing tests for intelligence :
Ned Block's defense of psychologism. Philosophical
Studies, 34, 421-426. |
CHURCH, R.M. & GUIHARDI, P. (2005). A Turing test of a
timing theory. Behavioural Processes, 69, 45-58. |
|
HARNAD, S. (1992). The Turing test is not A trick : Turing
indistinguishability is a scientific criterion. SIGART
Bulletin 3 (4), 9-10.
[LIRE] |
SHIEBER, S.M. (2006). Does the Turing test demonstrate
intelligence or not ? In Proceedings of the
Twenty-First National Conference on Artificial
Intelligence. Boston, MA. [PDF] |
|
HARNAD, S. (1994). Levels of functional equivalence in
reverse bioengineering : The Darwinian Turing test for
artificial life. Artificial Life, 1 (3),
293-301.
[LIRE] |
HARNAD, S. & DROR, I. (2006). Distributed cognition :
Cognizing, autonomy and the Turing test. Pragmatics
& Cognition, 14 (2), 209-213. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Turing et Ordinateur |
|
|
Turkheimer Eric (Croton-on-Hudson-) : Psychologue
américain spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence, notamment chez les jumeaux,
et de l'influence des gènes
sur les phénomènes
psychologiques. Étudiant de
Loehlin. Collaborateur de Aronson,
Bouchard, Brooks-Gunn,
Flynn, Gottesman,
Johnson, Klonsky,
Nisbett, Oltmanns,
Slutske et
Yeo.
 |
TURKHEIMER, E., YEO, R.A. & BIGLER, E.D. (1990). Basic
relations among lesion laterality, lesion volume and
neuropsychological performance. Neuropsychologia, 28,
1011-1019. [PDF] |
|
TURKHEIMER, E. & WALDRON, M.C. (2000). Non-shared
environment : A theoretical, methodological, and
quantitative review. Psychological Bulletin, 126,
78-108.
[PDF] |
|
TURKHEIMER, E. & GOTTESMAN, I.I. (1996). Simulating
the dynamics of genes and environment in development. Development
& Psychopathology, 8, 667-677. |
|
TURKHEIMER, E. (2000). Three laws of behavior genetics and
what they mean. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 9, 160-164. [PDF] |
|
TURKHEIMER, E. (2008). A better way to use twins for
developmental research. Life Newsletter, 2, 1-5.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Turkish Online Journal of Educational Technology : Revue
scientifique.
KOC, M. (2011). Internet addiction and psychopathology.
Turkish Online Journal of Educational Technology, 10
(1), 143-148.
[PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Turner Erick H. ( ) : Psychiatre
britannique et spécialiste de l'étude des
antidépresseurs. Il s'intéresse notamment au biais
de publication. Collaborateur de Andersson,
Cuijpers, Driessen,
Hoffmann, Ioannidis,
Mohr et
Rosenthal.
|
TURNER, E.H. & ROSENTHAL, R. (2008). Efficacy of
antidepressants. Bulletin of Medical Journal, 336 (7643),
516-517. [PDF] |
|
TURNER, E.H., MATTHEWS, A.M., LINARDATOS, E., TELL, R.A.
& ROSENTHAL, R. (2008). Selective publication of
antidepressant trials and its influence on apparent
efficacy. New England Journal of Medicine, 358
(3), 262-268. [PDF] |
|
TURNER, E.H., MATTHEWS, A.M., LINARDATOS, E., TELL, R.A.
& ROSENTHAL, R. (2008). Selective publication of
antidepressant trials and its influence on apparent
efficacy. New England Journal of Medecine, 358 (3),
252-260. [PDF] |
|
TURNER, E.H., KNOEPFLMACHER, D. & SHAPLEY, L. (2012).
Publication bias in antipsychotic trials : An analysis of
efficacy comparing the published literature to the US Food
and Drug Administration Database. PLOS
Medicine, 9 (3), 1-17. [PDF] |
|
TURNER, E.H. (2013). Publication bias, with a focus on
psychiatry : Causes and solutions. CNS Drugs, 27, 457-468.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Turner John C. (1947-2011) : Psychosociologue
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude des groupes,
de la comparaison
sociale, de l'auto-catégorisation
et de la dominance sociale.
Collaborateur de Abrams, Haslam,
Hogg, McGarty,
Oakes,
Reynolds et Tajfel.
|
TURNER, J.C. (1975). Social identity and social comparison
: Some prospects for intergroup behavior. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 5, 5-34. |
|
TURNER, J.C., BROWN, R.J. & TAJFEL, H. (1979). Social
comparison and group interest in ingroup favoritism. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 9, 187-204. |
|
TURNER, J.C. & REYNOLDS, K.J. (2003). Why social
dominance theory has been falsified. British Journal
of Social Psychology, 42, 199-206. |
|
TURNER, J.C. (2005). Explaining the nature of power : A
three-process theory. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 35, 1-22. |
|
TURNER, J.C. (2006). Tyranny, freedom and social structure
: Escaping our theoretical prisons. British Journal
of Social Psychology, 45, 41-46. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Turner Mark (1954-) : Philosophe
cognitiviste américain et
Collaborateur de Fauconnier
et Lakoff.
|
TURNER, M. & LAKOFF, G. (1989). More than cool
reason : A field guide to poetic metaphor. Chicago
: University of Chicago Press. |
|
TURNER, M. (1996). The literary mind : The origins of
thought and language. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
|
TURNER, M. (2001). Cognitive dimensions of social
science : The way we think about politics, economics,
law, and society. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
|
TURNER, M. (2006). Compression and representation. Language
& Literature, 15 (1), 17-27. |
|
TURNER, M. (2006). The artful mind : Cognitive
science and the riddle of human creativity. New
York : Oxford University Press. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Turner
Nigel E. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhaviorale américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude du
jeu de hasard et du
jeu compulsif.
|
TURNER, N.E. (1998). Doubling vs. constant bets as
strategies for gambling. The Journal of Gambling
Studies, 14, 413-429. [PDF] |
|
TURNER, N.E. & HORBAY, R. (2004). How do slot machines
and other electronic gambling machines actually work ? Journal
of Gambling Issues, 11, 10-50. [PDF] |
|
TURNER, N.E., LITTMAN-SHARP, N. & ZANGENEH, M. (2006).
The experience of gambling and its role in problem
gambling. International Gambling Studies, 6,
237-266. |
|
TURNER, N.E., MACDONALD, J. & SOMERSET, M. (2008) Life
skills, mathematical reasoning and critical thinking : A
curriculum for the prevention of problem gambling.
Journal of gambling studies, 24, 367-380. |
|
TURNER, N.E., HORTON, K.D. & FRITZ, B. (2009). The
relationship between explicit and implicit learning
processes and probable pathological gambling.
International Gambling Studies, 9, 245-262. |
|
|
|
Turner
Rhiannon N. ( ) : Psychosociologue
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude des préjugés.
Collaborateur de Hewstone.
|
TURNER, R.N., HEWSTONE, M. & VOCI, A. (2007). Reducing
explicit and implicit prejudice via direct and extended
contact: The mediating role of self-disclosure and
intergroup anxiety. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 93, 369-388. |
|
TURNER, R.N., CRISP, R.J. & LAMBERT, E. (2007).
Imagining intergroup contact can improve intergroup
attitudes. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations,
10, 427-441. |
|
TURNER, R.N., HEWSTONE, M. & VOCI, A. (2007). Reducing
prejudice via direct and extended cross-group friendship.
European review of social psychology, 18 (1),
212-255. |
|
TURNER, R.N., HEWSTONE, M., VOCI, A. & VONOFAKOU, C.
(2008). A test of the extended intergroup contact
hypothesis : The mediating role of intergroup anxiety,
perceived ingroup and outgroup norms, and inclusion of the
outgroup in the self. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 95, 843-860. |
|
TURNER, R.N. & CRISP, R.J. (2010). Imagining
intergroup contact reduces implicit prejudice. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 49 (1), 129-142. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Turner
Samuel M. (1944-2005) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhaviorale américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement de la phobie
sociale. Collaborateur de Beidel,
Bourhis, Bellack,
Frueh et Hersen.
|
TURNER, S.M., BEIDEL, D.C., HERSEN, M. & BELLACK, A.S.
(1984). Effects of race on ratings of social skill. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 52, 474-475. |
|
TURNER, S.M., BEIDEL, D.C. & NATHAN, R.S. (1985).
Biological factors in obsessive-compulsive disorders. Psychological
Bulletin, 97, 430-450. |
|
TURNER, S.M., BEIDEL, D.C., DANCU, C.V. & KEYS, D.
(1986). Psychopathology of social phobia and comparison to
avoidant personality disorder. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 95, 389-394. |
|
TURNER, S.M. & BEIDEL, D.C. (1989). Social phobia :
Clinical syndrome, diagnosis, and comorbidity. Clinical
Psychology Review, 9, 3-18. |
|
TURNER, S.M., BEIDEL, D.C. WOLFF, P.L., SPAULDING, S.
& JACOB, R.G. (1996). Clinical features affecting
treatment outcome in social phobia. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 34, 795-804. |
|
|
|
Turquie
: Pays. Turkish.
| |
|
|
McISAAC, M.S. & KOYMEN, U. (1988). Distance education
opportunities for women in Turkey. International
Council for Distance Education Bulletin, 17, 22-27. |
SANLIER, N., YABANCI, N. & ALYAKUT, Ö. (2008). An
evaluation of eating disorders among a group of Turkish
university students. Appetite, 51, 641-645. |
|
McISAAC, M.S., MURPHY, K.L. & DEMRIRAY, U. (1988).
Examining distance education in Turkey. Distance
Education, 9 (1), 106-113. |
|
|
CELIK, B. & KOC, V. (2015). Effect Of class size on
university entrance exam in Turkey. Procedia - Social
& Behavioral Sciences, 191, 919-924. [PDF] |
|
McISAAC, M.S. (1992). Networks for knowledge : The Turkish
electronic classroom in the twenty-first century. Educational
Media International, 29 (3), 165-170. |
BEKLEYEN, N. (2017). Understanding the academic
procrastination attitude of language learners in Turkish
universities. Educational Research & Reviews, 12 (3),
108-115. [PDF] |
|
BEKAROGLU, Ö. (2002). Scientific dishonesty in the world
and in Turkey. Tuba Bulletin, Diary, 22, 12-13. |
SAHIN-BALTACI, H., TAGAY, Ö., WORRELL, F.C. & MELLO,
Z.R. (2017). Psychometric properties of Turkish Adolescent
Time Inventory- Time Attitude (ATI-TA) scores. International
Perspectives in Psychology : Research, Practice,
Consultation, 6 (1), 47-59. [PDF] |
|
SEMERCI, C. (2004). Medical faculty students' attitudes
and opinions towards cheating. Firat University
Journal of Health Sciences, 18, 139-146.
|
SPIEGLER, O., THIJS, J., VERKUYTEN, M. & LEYENDECKER,
B. (2019). Can children develop a dual identity when
immigrant mothers feel homesick? A short-term longitudinal
study among Turkish immigrants. European Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 16, 581-594. |
| |
|
Voir auss Pays |
|
|
Turvey Michael T. (Surrey 1942-2023) : Psychologue
écologiste britannique. Il
s'intéresse notamment à la vision.
|
TURVEY, M.T. (1973). On peripheral and central processes
in vision : Inferences from an information-processing
analysis of masking with patterned stimuli. Psychological
Review, 80, 1-52. |
|
TURVEY, M.T. & CARELLO, C. (1981). Cognition : The
view from ecological realism. Cognition, 10,
313-321. |
|
TURVEY, M.T. & CARELLO, C. (1986). The ecological
multiple reference frames, specification alinformation,
and extraordinary boundary conditions on natural law. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 9, 153-155. |
|
TURVEY, M.T., SOLOMON, H.Y. & BURTON, G. (1989). An
ecological analysis of knowing by wielding. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (3),
387-407. [PDF] |
|
TURVEY, M.T. & FONSECA, S. (2009). Nature of motor
control : perspectives and issues. Advances in
Experimental Medicine & Biology, 629, 93-123. |
|
|
RILEY, M.A. & STERNAD, D. (2024). In Remembrance: The
Life and Legacy of Michael T. Turvey (1942–2023). Motor
Control, 2 28, 93–101.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tutin C.E.G. ( ) :
Primatologue britannique, spécialisé dans l'étude de la culture,
de la coopération
et de l'utilisation
d'outils chez le chimpanzé
et le gorille.
Collaborateur de Boesch, Goodall,
McGrew,
Nishida, Whiten et Wrangham.
|
TUTIN, C.E.G. & McGREW, W.C. (1973). Chimpanzee
copulatory behaviour. Folia Primatologica, 19,
237-256. |
|
TUTIN, C.E.G. & McGREW, W.C. & ALDWIN, P.J.
(1983). Social organization of savanna-dwelling
chimpanzees, Pan troglodytes verus, at Mt. Assirik,
Senegal. Primates, 24 (2), 154-173. |
|
TUTIN, C.E.G. & FERNANDEZ, M. (1985). Foods consumed
by sympatric populations of Gorilla gorilla gorilla and
Pan troglodytes troglodytes in Gabon : some preliminary
data. International Journal of Primatology, 6,
27-43. |
|
TUTIN, C.E.G. & FERNANDEZ, M. (1992). Insect-eating by
sympatric lowland gorillas (Gorilla gorilla gorilla) and
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes troglodytes) in the Lopé
Reserve, Gabon. American Journal of Primatology, 28,
29-40. |
|
TUTIN, C.E.G. (2003). An introductory perspective :
behavioural ecology of gorillas. In A.B. Taylor & M.L.
Goldsmith (Eds.), Gorilla biology : a
multidisciplinary perspective (pp. 295-301).
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
|
Tutorat/Tuteur
: Aide
et encadrement
systématique offert par un pair
(employé ou étudiant) à d'autres employés/étudiants moins
compétents ou habituellement plus jeunes. Contrairement au mentor,
le tuteur est formé par un expert.
Tutorat, pairs et enseignement
par les pairs. = guide, aide
par les pairs. *mentorat.
Tutoring, peer tutoring, peer helping program,
peer tutoring strategies.
| |
|
|
ELLSON, D. G., BARBER, L.L., ENGLE, T.L. & KAMPWERTH,
L. (1965). Programmed tutoring A teaching aid and a
research tool. Reading Research Quarterly 1, 77-
117. |
KOHLER, F.W. & GREENWOOD, C.R. (1990). Effects of
colateral peer supportive behavior swith in the classwide
peer tutoring program. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 23, 307-322.
[PDF] |
|
CLOWARD, R. (1967). Studies in tutoring. The Journal
of Experimental Education, 36, 14-25. |
FOOT, H.C., SHUTE, R.H., MORGAN, M.J. & BARRON, A.
(1990). Theoretical issues in peer Tutoring. In H.C. Foot,
M.J. Morgan & R.H. Shute (Eds.), Children helping
children (pp. 65-92). New York : John Wiley and
Sons. |
|
ELLSON, D. G., HARRIS, P. & BARBER, L. (1968). A field
test of programmed and directed tutoring. Reading
Research Quarterlv, 3, 307-367. |
VACC, N.N. & CANNON, S.J. (1991). Cross-age tutoring
in mathematics : Sixth graders helping students who are
moderately handicapped. Education & Training in
Mental Retardation 26 (1), 89-97. |
|
ROSENSHINE, B.V. & FURST, N. (1969). The effects
of tutoring upon pupil achievement : A research review.
Washington, D.C.: Office of Education. |
GREENWOOD, C.R. (1991). Classwide peer tutoring :
Longitudinal effects on the reading, language, and
mathematics achievement of at-risk students. Reading,
Writing & Learning Disabilities, 7 (2),
105-123. |
|
HARRIS, W.V. & SHERMAN, J.A. (1973). Effects of peer
tutoring and consequences on the math performance of
elementary classroom students. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 6 (4), 587-597. [PDF] |
VARENHORST, B.B. (1992). Why peer helping. The Peer
Facilitator Quarterly, 10 (2), 10-14.
[PDF] |
|
GREENWOOD, C.R. (1992). The classwide peer tutoring
program : implementation factors moderating students'
achievement. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis 25
(1), 101-116.
[PDF] |
|
WASIK, B.A. & SLAVIN, R.E. (1993). Preventing early
reading failure with one-on-one tutoring : A review of
five programs. Reading Research Quarterly, 28 (2),
178-200. |
|
DEVIN-SHEEHAN, L., FELDMAN, R.S. & ALLEN, V.L. (1976).
Research on children tutoring children : A critical
review. Review of Educational Research, 46 (3),
355-385. |
KAMPS, D.M., BARBETTA, P.M., LEONARD, B.R. &
DELQUADRI, J. (1994). Classwide peer tutoring : an
integration strategy to improve reading skills and promote
peer interactions among students with autism and general
education peers. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis
27 (1), 49-61. [PDF] |
|
|
|
ELLSON, D.G. (1976). Tutoring. In N. Gage (Ed.), The
psychology of teaching methods. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
BENSON, R. (1995). Why peer helping matters. The Peer Facilitator Quarterly, Fall, 12-14. |
|
WOOD, D., BRUNER, J. & ROSS, G. (1976). The role of
tutoring in problem solving. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 17, 89-100. |
JUEL, C. (1996). What makes literacy tutoring effective ? Reading Research Quarterly, 31, 268-289. |
|
ROBERTSON, S.J., DeREUS, D.M. & DRABMAN, R.S. (1976).
Peer and college-student tutoring as reinforcement in a
token economy. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
9 (2), 169-177. [PDF] |
TOPPING, K.J. (1996). The effectiveness of peer tutoring in further and higher education. Higher Education, 32, 321-345. |
|
DINEEN, J.P., CLARK, H.B. & RISLEY, T.R. (1977). Peer
tutoring among elementary students : educational benefits
to the tutor. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
10 (2), 231-238. [PDF] |
BRUNEAU, M. (1997). Le tutorat et le monitorat : Faits et
questions. Dans L. Langevin et L. Villeneuve (Dirs.), L'encadrement
des étudiants. Un défi du XXIe siècle (p.
280-300). Montréal : Les Éditions Logiques. |
|
GREER, R.D. & POLIRSTOK, R. (1982). Collateral gains
and short term maintenance in reading and on-task
responses by inner city adolescents as a function of their
use of social reinforcement while tutoring. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 15 (1), 123-139. [PDF] |
SIDERIS, G.D., UTLEY, C., GREENWOOD, C.R., DAWSON, H.,
DELQUADRI, J. & PALMER, P. (1997). Classwide peer
tutoring and its effects on the spelling performance and
social interactions of students with mild disabilities in
an integrated setting. Journal of Behavioral
Education, 7, 435-462. |
|
COHEN, P.A., KULIK, J.A. & KULIK, C.L.C. (1982).
Educational outcomes of tutoring : A meta-analysis of
findings. American Educational Research Journal, 19,
237-248. [PDF] |
DUPAUL, G.J., ERVIN, R.A., HOOK, C.L. & McGOEY, K.E.
(1998). Peer tutoring for children with attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder : Effects of classroom behavior and
academic performance. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 31 (4), 579-592. [PDF] |
|
KEALY, E.R., McDERMOTT, D. & WASSER, J. (1982).
Teaching peer helping skills. Educational Leadership,
515-517. [PDF] |
CHI, M.T.H., SILER, S.A., JEONG, H., YAMAGUSHI, T. &
HAUSMAN, R.G. (2001). Learning from human tutoring. Cognitive
Science, 25, 471-533. [PDF] |
|
DELQUADRI, J., GREENWOOD, C.R., TERTON, K. & HALL,
R.V. (1986). The peer tutoring game : A classroom
procedure for increasing opportunity to respond and
spelling performance. Education & Treatment of
Children, 6, 225-239 |
BRAY, M. & KWOK, P. (2003). Demand for private
supplementary tutoring : conceptual considerations, and
socio-economic patterns in Hong Kong. Economics of
Education Review, 22 (6), 611-620. |
|
GREENWOOD, C.R., DINWIDDIE, G., TERRY, B., WADE, L.,
STANLEY, S.O., THIBADEAU, S, & DELQUADRI, J. (1984).
Teacher- versus peer-mediated instruction : An
eco-behavioral analysis of achievement outcomes. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 17 (4), 521-538. [PDF] |
CHI, M.T.H., SILER, S.A. & JEONG, H. (2004). Can
tutors diagnose student's misunderstandings ? Cognition
& Instruction, 22, 363-387. |
|
DEQUADRI, J., GREENWOOD, C.R., WHORTON, D., CARTA, J.J.
& HALL, R.V. (1986). Classwide peer tutoring.
Exceptional Children, 52 (6), 535-542. [PDF] |
VARENHORST, B.B. (1992). Tapping the power of peer
helping. Reclaiming Children & Youth, 13
(3), 130-133. [PDF] |
|
HEDIN, D. (1987). Students as teachers : A tool for
improving school climate and productivity. Social
Policy, 42-47. |
SMITH, M.K., WOOD, W.B., ADAMS, W.K., EIEMANM, C., KNIGHT,
J.K., GUILD, N. & SU, T. (2009). Why peer discussion
improves student performance on in-class concept
questions. Science, 323, 122-124. [PDF] |
|
MAHEADY, L. & HARPER, G.R. (1987). A class-widepeer
tutoring program to improve the spelling test perfor-
mance of low-income, third and fourth-grade students.
Education & Treatment of Children, 10, 120-133. |
|
|
GREENWOOD, C.R., DINWIDDIE, G., BAILEY, V., CARTA, J.J.,
DORSEY, D., KOHLER, F.W., NELSON, C., ROTHOLZ, D. &
SCHULTE, D. (1987). Field replication of classwide peer
tutoring. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20 (2),
151-160.
[PDF] |
RITTER, G.W., BARNETT, J.H. DENNY, G.S. & ALBIN, G.R.
(2009). The effectiveness of volunteer tutoring programs
for elementary and middle school students : a
meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 79
(1), 3-38. |
|
MAHEADY, L., SACCA, M.K. & HARPER, G.R. (1988).
Class-wide peer tutoring with mildly handicapped high
school students. Exceptional Children, 55,
52-59. |
|
|
GREENWOOD, C.R., CARTA, J.J. & HALL, R.V. (1988). The
use of peer tutoring strategies in classroom management
and educational instruction. School Psychology
Review, 17 (2), 258-275. |
|
|
MAHEADY, L., SACCA, M.K. & HARPER, G.R. (1988).
Classwide peer tutoring system in a secondary resource
room pro- gram for the mildly handicapped. Journal of
Research & Development in Education, 21 (3),
76-83. |
|
|
GREENWOOD, C.R., DELQUARDI, J.C. & HALL, R.V. (1989).
Longitudinal effects of classwide peer tutoring. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 81 (3), 371-383. |
|
|
LAWSON, D. (1989). Peer helping programs in the colleges
and universities of Quebec and Ontario. Canadian
Journal of Councelling, 23 (1), 41-54. |
SMITH, M.K., WOOD, W.B., ADAMS, W.K., EIEMANM C., KNIGHT,
J.K., GUILD, N. & SU, T. (2011). Combining peer
discussion with instructor explanation increases student
learning from in-class concept questions. Life
Sciences Education, 10 (1), 55-63. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Classe
et
Enseignement par les pairs |
|
|
Tutoriel
: Programme ou environnement informatique qui remplace
le professeur dans l'exécution de certaines tâches d'enseignement,
en classe ou à la maison. EX: Tutoriel pour
apprendre les tables de multiplication.
Tutoriel, TIC et
apprentissage
assisté par ordinateur. tutorial.
| |
|
|
ABERSON, C.L., BERGER, D.E., HEALY, M.R., KYLE, D.J. &
ROMERO, V.L. (2000). Evaluation of an interactive tutorial
for teaching the central limit theorem. Teaching of
Psychology, 27, 289-291. |
|
BEYT-MAROM, R., SAPORTA, K. & CASPI, A. (2005).
Synchronous vs. asynchronous tutorials : Factors affecting
student perferences and choices. Journal of Research
on Technology in Education, 37, 245-262 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tversky Amos N. (Haifa Israël 1937-1996) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain. Il a
développé une théorie de la décision
et du jugement. On lui
doit notamment la théorie
des perspectives. Étudiant de Coombs.
Professeur de Kubovy.
Collaborateur de Clark, Gilovich,
Kahneman, Krantz,
Luce, Quattrone, Rapoport,
Slovic et Suppes.
No
93 |
TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1973). Availability : A
heuristic for judging frequency and probability.
Cognitivie Psychology, 5 (2), 207-232. [PDF] |
|
TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1974). Judgment under
uncertainty : Heuristics and biases. Science, 185,
1124-1130. [PDF] |
|
TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1981). The framing of
decisions and the psychology of choice.Science, New
Series, 211 (No. 4481), 453-458. [PDF] |
|
TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1983). Extension versus
intuititve reasoning : The conjunction fallacy in
probability judgment. Psychological Review,
90, 293-315.
[PDF] |
|
TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1991). Loss aversion in
riskless choice : A reference dependent model. Quarterly
Journal of Economics, 106, 1039-1061. [PDF] |
|
|
GIGERENZER, G. (1996). On narrow norms and vague
heuristics : A rebuttal to Kahneman and Tversky (1996). Psychological
Review, 103, 592-596. |
|
LAIBSON D. & ZECKHAUSER, R. (1998). Amos Tversky and
the ascent of behavioral economics. Journal of Risk
& Uncertainty, 16, 7-47. |
|
KAHNEMAN, D. & SHAFIR, E. (1998). Obituary : Amos
Tversky (1937-1996). American Psychologist, 53
(7), 793-794. |
|
McDERMOTT, R. (2001). The psychological ideas of
Amos Tversky and their relevance for political science.
Journal of Theoretical Politics, 13 (1), 5-33. |
|
FISCHHOFF, B. (2001). Amos Tversky. In P.B. Baltes &
N.J. Smelser (Eds.), International encyclopedia of
the social and behavioral sciences (Vol. 23, pp.
15937-15941). Kidlington, UK : Pergamon. |
|
HEUKELOM, F. (2007). Kahneman and Tversky and the origin
of behavioral economics. Tinbergen Institute
Discussion Paper No. 07-003/1, 1-23. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Twenge
Jean M. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude des générations
et du narcissisme.
Étudiante de Baumeister.
Collaboratrice de Bushhman,
Campbell, Foster, Fredrickson,
Leary, Miller et Nolen-Hoeksema.
 |
TWENGE, J.M. (1997). Changes in masculine and feminine
traits over time : A meta-analysis. Sex Roles, 36, 305-325. |
|
TWENGE, J.M. & NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2002). Age, gender, race, socioeconomic status, and birth cohort differences
on the Children's Depression Inventory : A meta-analysis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 111 (4), 578-588. [PDF] |
|
TWENGE, J.M. & FOSTER, J.D. (2008). Mapping the scale of the narcissism epidemic : Increases in narcissism
2002-2007 within ethnic groups. Journal of Research in
Personality, 42, 1619-1622. [PDF] |
|
TWENGE, J.M., KONRATH, S., FOSTER, J.D., FOSTER,
J.D.CAMPBELL, K. & BUSHMAN, B.J. (2008). Egos
inflating over time: A cross-temporal meta-analysis of the
Narcissistic Personality Inventory. Journal of
Personality, 76 (4), 875-901. [PDF] |
|
TWENGE, J.M. (2009). Generational changes and their impact in the classroom : Teaching generation me. Medical
Education, 43, 398-405. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Twin Research (1998-2004) :
Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages
à l'étude des jumeaux.
Éditeur : Australian Academic Press.
KNOPIK, V.S. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1999). Etiology of
covariation between reading and mathematics performance
: a twin study. Twin Research, 2, 226-234.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Twohig Michael P. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste de la thérapie
de l'acceptation et de l'engagement. Étudiant de Hayes.
Collaborateur de Hayes, O'Donohue,
Stroshal,
Wilson et Woods.
 |
TWOHIG, M.P. & WOODS, D.W. (2001). Habit reversal as a
treatment for chronic skin picking in typically developing
adult male siblings. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 34 (2), 217-220. [PDF] |
|
TWOHIG, M.P. & WOODS, D.W. (2004). A preliminary
investigation of acceptance and commitment therapy and
habit reversal as a treatment for trichotillomania. Behavior Therapy, 35, 803-820. |
|
TWOHIG, M.P., HAYES, S.C. & MASUDA, A. (2006).
Increasing willingness to experience obsessions :
Acceptance and commitment therapy as a treatment for
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Behavior Therapy, 37, 3-13. [PDF] |
|
TWOHIG, M.P., SHOENBERGER, D. & HAYES, S.C. (2007). A
preliminary investigation of Acceptance and Commitment
Therapy as a treatment for marijuana dependence in adults.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (4),
619-632. [PDF] |
|
TWOHIG, M.P., HAYES, S.C., PLUMB, J.C., PRUITT, L.D.,
COLLINS, A.B., HAZLETT-STEVENS, H. & WOIDNECK, M.R.
(2010). A randomized clinical trial of Acceptance and
commitment therapy vs. progressive relaxation training for
obsessive compulsive disorder. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 78 (5), 705-716. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Tyler Leona E. (Chetek 1906-1993 Wugene) :
Psychologue et féministe
américaine. Présidente de l'APA
en 1973. Collaboratrice de
Goodenough.
 |
TYLER, L.E. (1941). The measured interests of adolescent
girls. Journal of Educational Psychology, 32, 561-572. |
|
TYLER, L.E. (1945). Relationships between Strong
Vocational Interest Scores and other attitude and
personality factors. Journal of Applied Psychology,
29, 58-67. |
|
TYLER, L.E. (1947/65). The psychology of human
differences. New York :
Appleton-Century-Crofts/Prentice-Hall. |
|
TYLER, L.E. (1956). The initial interview. Personnel
& Guidance Journal, 34, 466-473. |
|
TYLER, L.E. (1959). Toward a workable psychology of
individuality. American Psychologist, 14 (7),
5-81. |
|
|
ZILBER, S.M. & OSIPOW, S.H. (1990). Leona E. Tyler
(1906-). In A.N. O'Connell & N.F. Russo (Eds.), Women
in psychology : A bio-bibliographic sourcebook (pp.
335-341). New York : Greenwood Press. |
|
FASSINGER, R.E. (2003). Leona Tyler : Pioneer of
possibilities. In G.A. Kimble & M. Wertheimer (Eds.),
Portraits of pioneers in psychology (Vol. 5, pp.
231-247). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association. |
|
|
|
Tyler Tom Richard (Columbus 1950-) :
Psychologue social américain et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'acquiescement aux lois. Il s'intéresse également à la légitimité,
à l'autorité, notamment
des policiers, et aux comportement
prosociaux. Étudiant de Sears.
Collaborateur de Jost.
|
TYLER, T.R. & SEARS, D.O. (1977). Coming to like
obnoxious people when we must live with them. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 35,
200-211. |
|
TYLER, T.R. (1988). What is procedural justice ? :
Criteria used by citizens to assess the fairness of legal
procedures. Law & Society Review, 22,
103-135. |
|
TYLER, T.R. (1997). Compliance with intellectual property
laws : A psychological perspective. Journal of
International Law & Politics, 28, 101-115. |
|
TYLER, T.R. (1997). The psychology of legitimacy.
Personality & Social Psychology Review, 1,
323-344. |
|
TYLER, T.R. (2002). Is the internet changing social life ?
: It seems the more things change, the more they stay the
same : Comment on a special issue. Journal of Social
Issues, 58, 195-205. |
|
|
|
|
|
Type
A (Personnalité) : Selon les
cardiologues Friedman et Rosenman, catégorie d'individus dont la personnalité
se caractérise par une hostilité, une agressivité, une impatience
et une difficulté à se détendre plus élevés que la moyenne. Ces
individus ont également pour eux-mêmes des exigences très élevées. Pour toutes ces raisons, ils seraient plus susceptibles de
souffrir de maladie
cardio-vasculaire. Type A, personnalité
et stress. /type
B. Type A personality.
| |
|
|
ROSENHAM, R.H., FRIEDMAN, M., STRAUS, R., WURM, M.,
KOSITCHEK, R., HAHN, W. & WERTHESSEN, N.T. (1964). A
predictive study of coronary heart disease. Journal
of American Medical Association, 189 (1), 15-22. |
BURELL, G., SUNDIN, Ö., STRÖM, G. & ÖHMAN, A. (1986).
Heart and lifestyle : A Type A treatment program for
myocardial infarction patients. Scandinavian Journal
of Behaviour Therapy, 15, 87-93. |
|
RHODEWALT, F. & O'KEEFFE, J. (1986) Type A behavior,
field dependence and hypervigilance : toward increased
Type A. Motivation & Emotion, 10, 105-114. |
|
HALL, J.A., FRIEDMAN, H.S. & HARRIS, M.J. (1986).
Nonverbal cues and the Type A behavior pattern. In P.
Blanck, R. Buck & R. Rosenthal (Eds.), Nonverbal
communication in the clinical context. Penn State
University Press. |
|
ANDERSON, N.B., WILLIAMS, R.B., LANE, J.D., HANEY, T.,
SIMPSON, S. & HOUSEWORTH, S.J. (1986).
Type A behavior, family history of hypertension, and
cardiovascular responsivity among Black
women. Health Psychology, 5, 393-406. |
|
BORTNER, R.W. & ROSENHAM, R.H. (1967). The measurement of Type A behavior. Journal of Chronic Diseases, 20
(7), 525-533. |
SVEBAK, S., NORDBY, H. & ÖHMAN, A. (1987). The
personality of the cardiac responder : Interaction of
seriousmindedness and Type A behavior. Biological
Psychology, 25, 1-9. |
|
KONECNI, V.J. & GOTLIEB, H. (1987). TypeA/Type B
personality syndrome, attention, and music processing. In
R. Spintge and R. Droh (Eds.), Music in medicine/musik
in der Medizin (pp. 169-175). Berlin :
Springer-Verlag. [PDF] |
|
GLASS, D.C., SNYDER, M.L. & HOLTIS, J.F. (1974). Time
urgency and the Type A coronary-prone behavior pattern. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 4 (2), 125-140. |
HOUSTON, B. & KELLY, K. (1987). Type A behavior in
housewives : Relation to work, marital adjustment, stress,
tension, health, fear of failure, and self esteem. Journal
of Psychosomatic Research, 31, 55-61. |
|
FRIEDMAN, H.S. & BOOTH-KEWLEY, S. (1987). Personality,
Type A behavior, and coronary heart disease: The role of
emotional expression. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 53, 783-792. |
|
BURNAM, M. A., PENNEBAKER, J.W. & GLASS, D.C. (1975).
Time consciousness, achievement striving, and the Type A
coronary-prone behavior pattern. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 84 (1), 76-79. |
ROSKIES, E. (1987). Stress management for the healthy
type A. New York : The Guilford Press. |
|
MATTHEWS, K.A. (1977). Caregiver-child interactions and
the Type A coronary-prone behavior pattern. Child
Development, 48, 1752-756. |
THORESEN, C.E. & ÖHMAN, A. (1987). The Type A behavior
pattern : A person-environment interaction perspective. In
D. Magnusson & A.O Öhman (Eds.), Psychopathology
: An interactional perspective (pp. 325-346). New
York : Academic Press. |
|
BLUMENTHAL, J.A., WILLIAMS, R.B., KONG, Y., SCHANBERG, S.
& THOMPSON, L. (1978). Type A behavior pattern and
coronary atherosclerosis. Circulation, 58,
634-639. |
COHEN, S. & MATTHEWS, K.A. (1987). Social support,
Type A behavior and coronary artery disease. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 49, 325-330. [PDF] |
|
STOKOLS, D. NOVACO, R. W., STOKOLS, J. & CAMPBELL, J.
(1978). Traffic congestion, Type-A behavior, and stress. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 63, 467-480. |
BECKER, M.A. & BYRNE, D. (1988). Type A behavior,
distraction, and sexual arousal. Journal of Social
& Clinical Psychology, 6, 472-481. |
|
MURANAKA, M., MONOU, H., SUZUKI, J., LANE, J.D., ANDERSON,
N.B., KUHN, C.M., SCHANBERG, S.M., MCCOWN, N., AND
WILLIAMS, R.B. 1988). Physiological responses to
catecholamine infusions in type A and type B men. Health
Psychology, 7 (S), 145-163. |
|
MURANAKA, M., LANE, J.D., SUAREZ, E.C., ANDERSON, N.B.,
SUZUKI, J. & WILLIAMS R.B. (1988).
Stimulus-specific patterns of cardiovascular reactivity in
Type A and B subjects: Evidence for
enhanced vagal reactivity in Type B. Psychophysiology,
25, 330-339. |
|
FRIEDMAN, H.S. & BOOTH-KEWLEY, S. (1988). The validity
of the Type A construct : A reprise. Psychological
Bulletin, 104, 381-384. |
|
MATTHEWS, K.A. (1980). Coronary heart disease and Type A
behaviors : update on and alternative to the Booth-Kewley
and Friedman (1987) quantitative review. Psychological
Bulletin, 104,373-380. |
MATTHEWS, K.A. (1988). Coronary heart disease and Type A
behaviors : Update on and alternative to the Booth-Kewley
and Friedman (1987) quantitative review. Psychological
Bulletin, 104, 373-380. |
|
BLUMENTHAL, J.A., WILLIAMS, R.S., WILLIAMS, R.B. &
WALLACE, A.G. (1980). The effects of exercise on the Type
A behavior pattern. Psychosomatic Medicine, 42,
289-296. |
ÖHMAN, A., NORBY, H. & SVEBAK, S. (1989). Components of
Type A behavior and patterns of task-induced cardiovascular activation. Psychophysiology, 26, 81-88. |
|
KOBASSA, S.C., MADDI, S.R. & ZOLA, M.A. (1983). Type A
and hardiness. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 6, 41-51. |
STRUBER, M. J. (1989). Evidence for the type in Type A
behavior : A taxometric analysis. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 56, 972-987. |
|
WHALEN, C.K., HENKER, B., HINSHAW, S.P. & GRANGER,
D.A. (1989). Externalizing behavior disorders, situational
generality, and the Type A behavior pattern. Child
Development, 60, 1453-1462. |
|
PERKINS, K.A. (1984). Heart rate change in Type A and Type
B males as a function of response cost and task
difficulty. Psychophysiology, 21, 14-21. |
MORELL, M.A., TWILLMAN, R.K. & SULLAWAY, M.E. (1989).
Would a Type A date another Type A ? Influence of behavior
type and personal attributes in the selection of dating
partners. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 19,
918-931. |
|
BLUMENTHAL, J.A., O'TOOLE, L.C. & HANEY, T. (1984).
Behavioral assessment of the type A behavior pattern. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 46, 415-423. |
FURNHAM, A. (1990). The type A behaviour pattern and the
perception of self. Personality & Individual
Differences, 11, 841-851. |
|
MILLER, T.Q., TURNER, C.W., TINDALE, R.S., POSAVAC, E.J.
& DUGONI, B. L. (1991). Reasons for the trend towards
negative findings in research on Type A behavior. Psychological
Bulletin, 110, 469-485. |
|
LEVINE, R.V., LYNCH, K., MIYAKE, K. & LUCIA, M.
(1990). The Type A city : Coronary heart disease and the
pace of life. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 12,
509-524. |
|
MATTHEWS, K.A. & JENNING, J.R. (1984). The impatience
of youth : phasic cardiovascular response in Type A and
Type B elementary school-aged boys. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 46, 498-511. |
O'LEARY, E. (1991). Type A behaviour : A consideration of
some research findings and emerging issues. Irish
Journal of Psychology, 12, 338-345. |
|
MATTHEWS, K.A. & JENNING, J.R. (1984). Cardiovascular
responses of boys exhibiting the Type A behavior pattern.
sychosomatic Medicine, 46, 484-497. |
SUNDIN, O. & ÖHMAN, A. (1992). Cardiovascular
reactivity and the Type A behavior pattern. Journal of
Psychophysiology, 6, 240-251. |
|
PALM, T. & ÖHMAN, A. (1992). Social interaction,
cardiovascular activation and the Type A behavior pattern.
International Journal of Psychophysiology, 13,
101-110. |
|
BRANDBERG, M. & ÖHMAN, A. (1993). Type A behavior and
real-life situations : A case study of interactions. Scandinavian
Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 22, 31-48. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M. & GHANDOUR, G. (1993). Medical diagnosis
of Type A behavior. American Heart Journal, 126,
607-618. |
|
FLETT, G.L., HEWITT, P.L., BLANSTEIN, K. & DYNIN, C.
(1994). Dimensions of perfectionism and type A behaviour.
Personality & Individual Differences, 16,
477-485. |
|
THURMAN, C.W. (1985). Effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral treatment in reducing Type A behavior
among university faculty. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 32, 74-83. |
SUNDIN, O., ÖHMAN, A., PALM, T., BURELL, G. & STRÖM,
G. (1994). Psychophysiological effects of Type A
modification in myocardial infarction patients. International
Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 1, 55-75. |
|
HANEY, T.L. & BLUMENTHAL, J.A. (1985). Stress and the
Type A behavior pattern. In S. Burchfield (Ed.), Stress
: Psychological and physiological interaction.
Washington, D.C. Hemisphere Publishing Co. |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & DANCASTER, I. (1995). The effect of
Type A personality on physiological arousal while playing
computer games. Addictive Behaviors, 20,
543-548. |
|
BARON, R.A., RUSSELL, G.W. & ARMS, R.L. (1985).
Negative ions and behavior : Impact on mood, memory, and
aggression among Type A and Type B persons. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 48, 746-754. |
SUNDIN, O., ÖHMAN, A., PALM, T. & STRÖM, G. (1995).
Cardiovascular reactivity, Type A behavior and coronary
heart disease : Comparisons between myocardial infarction patients and
controls during laboratory induced stress. Psychophysiology,
32, 28-35. |
|
FRIEDMAN, H.S., HALL, J.A. & HARRIS, M.J. (1985). Type
A behavior, nonverbal expressive style, and health. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 48, 1299-1315. |
MARTIN, R.A. & KUIPER, N.A. (1999). Daily occurrence
of laughter : Relationships with age, gender, and Type A
personality. Humor : International Journal of Humor
Research, 12, 355-384. |
|
LYNCH, P.J. (1999). Hostility, type A behavior, and stress
hromones at rest and after playing violent video games in
teenagers. Psychosomatic Medicine, 61, 113. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Personnalité,
Maladie
cardiovasculaire, Infarctus
du myocarde et Type B |
|
|
|
Type
B (Personnalité) : Selon les
cardiologues Friedman et Rosenman, catégorie d'individus dont la personnalité
se caractérise par un faible besoin d'accomplissement
de soi, l'absence d'agressivité et de compétitivité et la
tolérance à l'égard d'autrui. Ces individus ont également pour
eux-mêmes des exigences peu élevées. Pour toutes ces raisons, ils
seraient moins susceptibles de souffrir de maladie
cardio-vasculaire. Type B, personnalité
et besoin
d'accomplissement. /type
A. Type B personality.
| |
|
|
ROSENHAM, R.H., FRIEDMAN, M., STRAUS, R., WURM, M.,
KOSITCHEK, R., HAHN, W. & WERTHESSEN, N.T. (1964). A
predictive study of coronary heart disease. Journal
of American Medical Association, 189 (1), 15-22. |
|
MATTHEWS, K.A. & JENNING, J.R. (1984). The impatience
of youth : phasic cardiovascular response in Type A and
Type B elementary school-aged boys. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 46, 498-511. |
|
PERKINS, K.A. (1984). Heart rate change in Type A and Type
B males as a function of response cost and task
difficulty. Psychophysiology, 21, 14-21. |
|
BARON, R.A., RUSSELL, G.W. & ARMS, R.L. (1985).
Negative ions and behavior : Impact on mood, memory, and
aggression among Type A and Type B persons. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 48, 746-754. |
|
EKELUND, L.G., BLUMENTHAL, J.A., MOREY, M.C. &
EKELUND, C.C. (1986). The effect of nonselective and
selective betablockade on perceived exertion during
treadmill exercise in mild hypertensive Type A and B males
and the interaction with aerobic training. In G. Borg
& D. Ottoson (Eds.), The perception of exertion in
physical work (pp. 191-199). London : MacMillan
Press. |
|
KONECNI, V.J. & GOTLIEB, H. (1987). Type A/Type B
personality syndrome, attention, and music processing. In
R. Spintge and R. Droh (Eds.), Music in
medicine/Musik in der Medizin (pp. 169-175). Berlin
: Springer-Verlag. |
|
MURANAKA, M., MONOU, H., SUZUKI, J., LANE, J.D., ANDERSON,
N.B., KUHN, C.M., SCHANBERG, S.M., MCCOWN, N. &
WILLIAMS, R.B. 1988). Physiological responses to
catecholamineinfusions in type A and type B men. Health
Psychology, 7 (S), 145-163. |
MURANAKA, M., LANE, J.D., SUAREZ, E.C., ANDERSON, N.B.,
SUZUKI, J. & WILLIAMS R.B. (1988).
Stimulus-specific patterns of cardiovascular reactivity in
Type A and B subjects : Evidence for enhanced vagal reactivity in Type B. Psychophysiology,
25, 330-339.
|
|
|
Voir aussi Personnalité,
Maladie
cardiovasculaire, Infarctus
du myocarde et Type A |
|
|
|
Type : Typologie
: Classement raisonné d'un phénomène
et de ses variations qui
obéit à un ensemble de règles formelles. Typology.
| |
|
|
ROSENTHAL, J.S. (1932). Typology in the light of the
theory of conditioned reflexes. Journal of
Personality, 1 (1), 56-69. |
MARRADI, A. (1990). Classification, typology, taxonomy. Quality
& Quantity, 24 (2), 129-157. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, C.A. & SEDIKIDES, C. (1991). Thinking about
people : Contributions of a typological alternative to
associationistic and dimensional models of person
perception. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 50, 203-217. |
|
MORRIS, R.T. (1956). A typology of norms. American
Sociological Review, 21, 610-613. |
MEEHL, P.E. (1992). Factors and taxa, traits and types,
differences of degree and differences in kind. Journal
of Personality, 60, 117-174. |
|
GRAY, J.A. (1964). Pavlov's typology. Elsevier. |
TAYLOR, D.L., THOMPSON, B. & BOGOTCH, I.E. (1995). A
typology of school climate reflecting teacher
participation : A Q-technique study. Research in the
Schools, 2 (2), 51-57. |
|
GORLOW L., SIMONSON. R. & KRAUSS H. (1966). An
empirical invsestigation of the Jungian typology.
British journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 5
(2), 108-117. |
RAWWAS, M.Y.A. & SINGHAPAKDI, A. (1998). Do consumers'
ethical beliefs vary with age ? : A substantiation of
Kohlberg's typology in marketing. Journal of
Marketing Theory & Practice, 6, 26-38. |
|
COOK, D.A. (1971). Is Jung's typology true ? A theoretical
and experimental study of some assumptions implicit in a
theory of personality types. Dissertation Abstracts
International, 31 (5-B), 2979-2980. |
BUCK, R. (1999). The biological affects : A typology.
Psychological Review, 106 (2), 301-336. |
|
BELL, B.S. & KOZLOWSKI, S.W.J. (2002). A typology of
virtual teams : Implications for effective leadership.
Group & Organization Management, 27, 14-49. |
|
CARBON, R. & LEVY, N. (1973). Studies of jungian
typology : 1. Memory, social perception and social
actions. Journal of Personality, 41 (4),
559-576. |
BASQUE, J. & LUNDGREN-CAYROL, K. (2002). Une typologie
des typologies des applications des TIC en éducation. Sciences
et Techniques Éducatives, 9 (3-4), 263-289. |
|
SAGER, C.F. (1977). A typology of intimate relationships.
Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 3 (2),
83-112. |
FURNHAM, A., MOUTAFI, J. & PALTIEL, L. (2005).
Intelligence in relation to Jung's personality types.
Individual Differences Research, 3 (1), 2-13. [PDF] |
|
LOOMIS, M. & SINGER, J. (1980). Testing the bipolar
assumption in Jung typology. Journal of Analytical
Psychology, 25 (4), 351-356. |
SLOBIN, D.I. (2006). Issues of linguistic typology in the
study of sign language development of deaf children. In B.
Schick, M. Marschark & P.E. Spencer (Eds.), Advances
in the sign language development of deaf children
(pp. 20-45). Oxford University Press. |
|
TEDDLIE, C. & YU, F. (2007). Mixed methods sampling :
A typology with examples. Journal of Mixed Methods
Research, 1 (1), 77-100. [PDF] |
|
KONECNI, V.J. & GOTLIEB, H. (1987). TypeA/Type B
personality syndrome, attention, and music processing. In
R. Spintge and R. Droh (Eds.), Music in Medicine/Musik
in der Medizin(pp. 169-175). Berlin :
Springer-Verlag. [PDF] |
VERHAGEN, H. (2007). Norm typologies. Dagstuhl
Seminar Proceedings, 1-5. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Phénomène
et Variations |
|
|
Typicalité : Dans la théorie de Rosch,
désigne l'exemple le plus
représentatif d'une classe/catégorie.
= exemple parfait. Typicalité prototype
et archétyque. Typicaly.
| |
|
|
MALT, B.C. & SMITH, E.E. The role of familiarity in
determining typicality. Memory & Cognition, 10,
69-75. |
|
CASEY, PJ. (1992). A re-examination of the roles of
typicality and category dominance in verifying category
membership. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 18 (4), 823-834. |
|
FUJIHARA, N, NAGAESHI, Y, KOYOMA S. & NAKIJIMA, Y.
Electrophysiological evidence for the typicality effect of
human cognitive categorization. International Journal
of Psychophysiology, 29, 65-75. |
|
KIRAN, S. & THOMPSON, C.K. (2003). Effect of
typicality on online category verification of animate
category exemplars in aphasia. Brain & Language,
85 (3), 441-450. [PDF] |
|
RAJANI, S. & KIRAN, S. (2007). Effect of typicality of
ad hoc categories in lexical access. Brain &
Language, 103 (1-2), 138-139. |
|
KIRAN, S., SANDBERG, C. & SEBASTIAN, R. (2011).
Treatment of category generation and retrieval in aphasia
: Effect of typicality of category items. Journal of
Speech Language & Hearing Research, 54,
1101-1117. |
| |
| MATLIN,
M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated. / La cognition : Une
introductionà la psychologie cognitive. Paris :
Deboeck Université. |
Voir aussi Rosch, Exemple,
Classe/Catégorie et
Prototype |
|
|
Tyran : Tyranie : Utilisation abusive de la force,
de son pouvoir, dans le
but d'humilier sa victime
(individu, groupe, pays,
etc).
Tyranny.
|
|
|
ASFORTH, B.E. (1994). Petty tyranny in organizations. Relations,
47 (7), 755-778. |
|
HASLAM, S.A. & REICHER, S.D. (2006). The psychology of
tyranny. Scientific American Mind, 16, 44-51.
[PDF] |
|
REICHER S.D. & HASLAM, S.A. (2006). Rethinking the
psychology of tyranny : The BBC Prison Study. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 45, 1-40. [PDF] |
|
TURNER, J.C. (2006). Tyranny, freedom and social structure
: Escaping our theoretical prisons. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 45, 41-46. [PDF] |
|
HASLAM, S.A. & REICHER, S.D. (2007). Beyond the
banality of evil : Three dynamics of an interactionist
social psychology of tyranny. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 33, 615-622. [PDF]
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Force,
Pouvoir,
Humilier et Victime |
|
|
Tzeng Olivier C.S. (Taïwan-) : Psychologue
américain d'origine taïwanaise. Collaborateur de Landis
et Osgood.
 |
TZENG, O.C.S. & DIMIT, M. (1974). Attitudinal
differences of college students and their parents. Psychology
Reports, 35, 1247-1249. |
|
TZENG, O.C.S., OSGOOD, C.E. & MAY, W.H. (1976).
Idealized cultural differences in kinship conceptions. International
Journal of Psycholinguistics, 5, 51-77. |
|
TZENG, O.C.S. & TZENG, C.H. (1982). Myth or fact of
implicit personality theory ? An illustration of how
empirical research can miss. Journal of Personality,
30 (2), 223-239. |
|
TZENG, O.C.S. & EVERETT, A.V. (1985). A cross-cultural
perspective of self-related conceptions in adolescence. International
Journal of Psychology, 22, 231-239. |
|
TZENG, O.C.S. (1992). Theories of love development,
maintenance, and dissolution : Octagonal cycle and
differential perspectives. Praeger. |
|
|
|
TAC
- TE - TEM - TERMAN
- TEST - TH - THÉORIE
- THÉRAPIE - THI
- THORNDIKE - TO
- TRA - TRE/TRI - TRO
- TROUBLE - TU/TY -
TULVING - Début
|
|
|
|
| Comment
citer ce site ? |
|
Pl@nète
Psy©/Claude Goulet |
![[]](http://m3.moostik.net/img/?pseudo=gouc&cpt=definitionst&option=invisible)
